Hello from K3S!
+
+
+```
+
+我们尚未介绍 Kubernetes 中的存储机制，因此在这里我们偷懒一下，仅将该文件存储在 Kubernetes 配置映射中。这不是我们推荐的部署网站的方式，但对于我们的目的来说是可行的。运行以下命令：
+
+```
+kubectl create configmap mysite-html --from-file index.html
+```
+
+该命令从本地文件 `index.html` 创建名为 `mysite-html` 的配置映射资源。这实际上是在 Kubernetes 资源中存储一个文件（或一组文件），我们可以在配置中调出该文件。它通常用于存储配置文件（因此而得名），我们在这里稍加滥用。在以后的文章中，我们将讨论 Kubernetes 中适当的存储解决方案。
+
+创建配置映射后，让我们将其挂载在我们的 `nginx` 容器中。我们分两个步骤进行。首先，我们需要指定一个卷来调出配置映射。然后我们需要将该卷挂载到 `nginx` 容器中。通过在 `mysite.yaml` 中的 `container` 后面的 `spec` 标签下添加以下内容来完成第一步：
+
+```
+ volumes:
+ - name: html-volume
+ configMap:
+ name: mysite-html
+```
+
+这告诉 Kubernetes 我们要定义一个名为 `html-volume` 的卷，并且该卷应包含名为 `html-volume`（我们在上一步中创建的）的配置映射的内容。
+
+接下来，在 `nginx` 容器规范中的端口下方，添加以下内容：
+
+```
+ volumeMounts:
+ - name: html-volume
+ mountPath: /usr/share/nginx/html
+```
+
+这告诉 Kubernetes，对于 `nginx` 容器，我们想在容器中的 `/usr/share/nginx/html` 路径上挂载名为 `html-volume` 的卷。 为什么要使用 `/usr/share/nginx/html`？那个位置就是 `nginx` 镜像提供 HTML 服务的地方。通过在该路径上挂载卷，我们用该卷内容替换了默认内容。
+
+作为参考，配置文件的 `deployment` 部分现在应如下所示：
+
+```
+apiVersion: apps/v1
+kind: Deployment
+metadata:
+ name: mysite-nginx
+ labels:
+ app: mysite-nginx
+spec:
+ replicas: 1
+ selector:
+ matchLabels:
+ app: mysite-nginx
+ template:
+ metadata:
+ labels:
+ app: mysite-nginx
+ spec:
+ containers:
+ - name: nginx
+ image: nginx
+ ports:
+ - containerPort: 80
+ volumeMounts:
+ - name: html-volume
+ mountPath: /usr/share/nginx/html
+ volumes:
+ - name: html-volume
+ configMap:
+ name: mysite-html
+```
+
+### 部署它！
+
+现在我们准备部署！ 我们可以这样做：
+
+```
+kubectl apply -f mysite.yaml
+```
+
+你应该看到类似于以下内容：
+
+```
+deployment.apps/mysite-nginx created
+service/mysite-nginx-service created
+ingress.networking.k8s.io/mysite-nginx-ingress created
+```
+
+这意味着 Kubernetes 为我们指定的三个配置分别创建了资源。使用以下方法检查 Pod 的状态：
+
+```
+kubectl get pods
+```
+
+如果看到状态为 `ContainerCreating`，请给它一些时间并再次运行 `kubectl get pods`。通常，第一次会花一些时间，因为 k3s 必须下载 `nginx` 镜像来创建 Pod。一段时间后，你应该看到 `Running` 的状态。
+
+### 尝试一下！
+
+Pod 运行之后，就该尝试了。打开浏览器，然后在地址栏中输入 `kmaster`。
+
+![][6]
+
+恭喜你！你已经在 k3s 集群上部署了一个网站！
+
+### 另一个
+
+因此，现在我们有了一个运行单个网站的整个 k3s 集群。但是我们可以有更多的网站！如果我们要在同一集群中提供另一个网站怎么办？让我们看看如何做到这一点。
+
+同样，我们需要部署一些东西。碰巧我的狗有一条她想让全世界都知道的信息，她想了好久了。因此，我专门为她制作了一些 HTML（可从示例 zip 文件中获得）。同样，我们将使用配置映射的技巧来托管这些 HTML。这次我们将把整个目录（`html` 目录）放到配置映射中，但是调用是相同的。
+
+```
+kubectl create configmap mydog-html --from-file html
+```
+
+现在，我们需要为此站点创建一个配置文件。它几乎与用于 `mysite.yaml` 的完全相同，因此首先将 `mysite.yaml` 复制为 `mydog.yaml`。现在将 `mydog.yaml` 修改为：
+
+```
+apiVersion: apps/v1
+kind: Deployment
+metadata:
+ name: mydog-nginx
+ labels:
+ app: mydog-nginx
+spec:
+ replicas: 1
+ selector:
+ matchLabels:
+ app: mydog-nginx
+ template:
+ metadata:
+ labels:
+ app: mydog-nginx
+ spec:
+ containers:
+ - name: nginx
+ image: nginx
+ ports:
+ - containerPort: 80
+ volumeMounts:
+ - name: html-volume
+ mountPath: /usr/share/nginx/html
+ volumes:
+ - name: html-volume
+ configMap:
+ name: mydog-html
+---
+apiVersion: v1
+kind: Service
+metadata:
+ name: mydog-nginx-service
+spec:
+ selector:
+ app: mydog-nginx
+ ports:
+ - protocol: TCP
+ port: 80
+---
+apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1beta1
+kind: Ingress
+metadata:
+ name: mydog-nginx-ingress
+ annotations:
+ kubernetes.io/ingress.class: "traefik"
+ traefik.frontend.rule.type: PathPrefixStrip
+spec:
+ rules:
+ - http:
+ paths:
+ - path: /mydog
+ backend:
+ serviceName: mydog-nginx-service
+ servicePort: 80
+```
+
+我们只需进行搜索并将 `mysite` 替换为 `mydog`即可完成大多数修改。其他两个修改在入口部分中。我们将 `path` 更改为 `/mydog`，并添加了一个注解 `traefik.frontend.rule.type: PathPrefixStrip`。
+
+`/mydog` 路径的规范指示 Traefik 将以 `/mydog` 路径开头的所有传入请求路由到 `mydog-nginx-service`。任何其他路径将继续路由到 `mysite-nginx-service`。
+
+新的注解 `PathPrefixStrip` 告诉 Traefik 在将请求发送到 `mydog-nginx-service` 之前先去除前缀 `/mydog`。我们这样做是因为 `mydog-nginx` 应用程序不需要前缀。这意味着我们可以简单地通过更改入口记录中的前缀来更改挂载的服务的位置。
+
+现在我们可以像以前一样进行部署：
+
+```
+kubectl apply -f mydog.yaml
+```
+
+现在，我的狗的消息应该可以在
+
+
+
+```
+
+由于某些 URL 包含特殊字符，shell 通常会将其解释，因此最安全的做法用引号将 URL 包起来。
+
+某些文件无法很好的在终端中转换显示。你可以使用 `--remote-name` 选项使文件根据服务器上的命名进行保存：
+
+```
+$ curl --remote-name "https://example.com/linux-distro.iso"
+$ ls
+linux-distro.iso
+```
+
+或者，你可以使用 `--output` 选项来命名你想要下载的内容：
+
+```
+curl "http://example.com/foo.html" --output bar.html
+```
+
+### 使用 curl 列出带有远程目录的内容
+
+因为 `curl` 不是交互式的，所以很难浏览页面上的可下载元素。如果你要连接的远程服务器允许，可以使用 `curl` 来列出目录的内容：
+
+```
+$ curl --list-only "https://example.com/foo/"
+```
+
+### 继续中断下载
+
+如果你正在下载一个非常大的文件，你可能会发现有时候必须中断下载。`curl` 非常智能，可以确定下载从何处中断并继续下载。这意味着，下一次当你下载一个 4GB 的 Linux 发行版的 ISO 出现问题时，就不必重新开始了。`--continue-at` 的语法有点不寻常：如果你知道下载中断时的字节数，你可以提供给 `curl`；否则，你可以使用单独的一个破折号（`-`）指示 curl 自动检测：
+
+```
+$ curl --remote-name --continue-at - "https://example.com/linux-distro.iso"
+```
+
+### 下载文件序列
+
+如果你需要下载多个文件而不是一个大文件，那么 `curl` 可以帮助你解决这个问题。假设你知道要下载的文件的位置和文件名模式，则可以使用 `curl` 的序列标记：中括号里是整数范围的起点和终点。对于输出文件名，使用 `#1` 表示第一个变量：
+
+```
+$ curl "https://example.com/file_[1-4].webp" --output "file_#1.webp"
+```
+
+如果你需要使用其它变量来表示另一个序列，按照每个变量在命令中出现的顺序表示它们。例如，在这个命令中，`#1` 指目录 `images_000` 到 `images_009`，而 `#2` 指目录 `file_1.webp` 至 `file_4.webp`：
+
+```
+$ curl "https://example.com/images_00[0-9]/file_[1-4].webp" --output "file_#1-#2.webp"
+```
+
+### 从站点下载所有 PNG 文件
+
+你也可以仅使用 `curl` 和 `grep` 进行一些基本的 Web 抓取操作，以找到想要下载的内容。例如，假设你需要下载与正在归档网页关联的所有图像，首先，下载引用了图像的页面。将页面内通过管道传输到 `grep`，搜索所需的图片类型（在此示例中为 PNG）。最后，创建一个 `while` 循环来构造下载 URL，并将文件保存到你的计算机：
+
+```
+$ curl https://example.com |\
+grep --only-matching 'src="[^"]*.[png]"' |\
+cut -d\" -f2 |\
+while read i; do \
+curl https://example.com/"${i}" -o "${i##*/}"; \
+done
+```
+
+这只是一个示例，但它展示了 `curl` 与 Unix 管道和一些基本而巧妙的解析结合使用时是多么的灵活。
+
+### 获取 HTML 头
+
+用于数据交换的协议在计算机发送通信的数据包中嵌入了大量元数据。HTTP 头是数据初始部分的组件。在连接一个网站出现问题时，查看这些报文头（尤其是响应码）会有所帮助：
+
+```
+curl --head "https://example.com"
+HTTP/2 200
+accept-ranges: bytes
+age: 485487
+cache-control: max-age=604800
+content-type: text/html; charset=UTF-8
+date: Sun, 26 Apr 2020 09:02:09 GMT
+etag: "3147526947"
+expires: Sun, 03 May 2020 09:02:09 GMT
+last-modified: Thu, 17 Oct 2019 07:18:26 GMT
+server: ECS (sjc/4E76)
+x-cache: HIT
+content-length: 1256
+```
+
+### 快速失败
+
+响应 200 通常是 HTTP 成功指示符，这是你与服务器连接时通常期望的结果。著名的 404 响应表示找不到页面，而 500 则表示服务器在处理请求时出现了错误。
+
+要查看协商过程中发生了什么错误，添加 `--show-error` 选项：
+
+```
+$ curl --head --show-error "http://opensource.ga"
+```
+
+除非你可以访问要连接的服务器，否则这些问题将很难解决，但是 `curl` 通常会尽力连接你指定的地址。有时在网络上进行测试时，无休止的重试似乎只会浪费时间，因此你可以使用 `--fail-early` 选项来强制 `curl` 在失败时迅速退出：
+
+```
+curl --fail-early "http://opensource.ga"
+```
+
+### 由 3xx 响应指定的重定向查询
+
+300 这个系列的响应更加灵活。具体来说，301 响应意味着一个 URL 已被永久移动到其它位置。对于网站管理员来说，重新定位内容并留下“痕迹”是一种常见的方式，这样访问旧地址的人们仍然可以找到它。默认情况下，`curl` 不会进行 301 重定向，但你可以使用 `--localtion` 选项使其继续进入 301 响应指向的目标：
+
+```
+$ curl "https://iana.org" | grep title
+301 Moved Permanently
+$ curl --location "https://iana.org"
+Internet Assigned Numbers Authority
+```
+
+### 展开短网址
+
+如果你想要在访问短网址之前先查看它们，那么 `--location` 选项非常有用。短网址对于有字符限制的社交网络（当然，如果你使用[现代和开源的社交网络][4]的话，这可能不是问题），或者对于用户不能复制粘贴长地址的印刷媒体来说是有用处的。但是，它们也可能存在风险，因为其目的地址本质上是隐藏的。通过结合使用 `--head` 选项仅查看 HTTP 头，`--location` 选项可以查看一个 URL 的最终地址，你可以查看一个短网址而无需加载其完整的资源：
+
+```
+$ curl --head --location ""
+```
+
+### 下载我们的 curl 备忘录
+
+一旦你开始考虑了将探索 web 由一条命令来完成，那么 `curl` 就成为一种快速有效的方式，可以从互联网上获取所需的信息，而无需麻烦图形界面。为了帮助你适应到工作流中，我们创建了一个 [curl 备忘录][2]，它包含常见的 `curl` 用法和语法，包括使用它查询 API 的概述。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/curl-cheat-sheet
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[MjSeven](https://github.com/MjSeven)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/coverimage_cheat_sheet.png?itok=lYkNKieP (Cheat Sheet cover image)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/downloads/curl-command-cheat-sheet
+[3]: https://www.iana.org/domains/example"\>More
+[4]: https://opensource.com/article/17/4/guide-to-mastodon
diff --git a/published/202010/20200629 Using Bash traps in your scripts.md b/published/202010/20200629 Using Bash traps in your scripts.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..361a1aba6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200629 Using Bash traps in your scripts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (HankChow)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12715-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Using Bash traps in your scripts)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/6/bash-trap)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+在脚本中使用 Bash 信号捕获
+======
+
+> 无论你的脚本是否成功运行，信号捕获都能让它平稳结束。
+
+
+
+Shell 脚本的启动并不难被检测到，但 Shell 脚本的终止检测却并不容易，因为我们无法确定脚本会按照预期地正常结束，还是由于意外的错误导致失败。当脚本执行失败时，将正在处理的内容记录下来是非常有用的做法，但有时候这样做起来并不方便。而 [Bash][2] 中 `trap` 命令的存在正是为了解决这个问题，它可以捕获到脚本的终止信号，并以某种预设的方式作出应对。
+
+### 响应失败
+
+如果出现了一个错误，可能导致发生一连串错误。下面示例脚本中，首先在 `/tmp` 中创建一个临时目录，这样可以在临时目录中执行解包、文件处理等操作，然后再以另一种压缩格式进行打包：
+
+```
+#!/usr/bin/env bash
+CWD=`pwd`
+TMP=${TMP:-/tmp/tmpdir}
+
+## create tmp dir
+mkdir "${TMP}"
+
+## extract files to tmp
+tar xf "${1}" --directory "${TMP}"
+
+## move to tmpdir and run commands
+pushd "${TMP}"
+for IMG in *.jpg; do
+ mogrify -verbose -flip -flop "${IMG}"
+done
+tar --create --file "${1%.*}".tar *.jpg
+
+## move back to origin
+popd
+
+## bundle with bzip2
+bzip2 --compress "${TMP}"/"${1%.*}".tar \
+ --stdout > "${1%.*}".tbz
+
+## clean up
+/usr/bin/rm -r /tmp/tmpdir
+```
+
+一般情况下，这个脚本都可以按照预期执行。但如果归档文件中的文件是 PNG 文件而不是期望的 JPEG 文件，脚本就会在中途失败，这时候另一个问题就出现了：最后一步删除临时目录的操作没有被正常执行。如果你手动把临时目录删掉，倒是不会造成什么影响，但是如果没有手动把临时目录删掉，在下一次执行这个脚本的时候，它必须处理一个现有的临时目录，里面充满了不可预知的剩余文件。
+
+其中一个解决方案是在脚本开头增加一个预防性删除逻辑用来处理这种情况。但这种做法显得有些暴力，而我们更应该从结构上解决这个问题。使用 `trap` 是一个优雅的方法。
+
+### 使用 trap 捕获信号
+
+我们可以通过 `trap` 捕捉程序运行时的信号。如果你使用过 `kill` 或者 `killall` 命令，那你就已经使用过名为 `SIGTERM` 的信号了。除此以外，还可以执行 `trap -l` 或 `trap --list` 命令列出其它更多的信号：
+
+```
+$ trap --list
+ 1) SIGHUP 2) SIGINT 3) SIGQUIT 4) SIGILL 5) SIGTRAP
+ 6) SIGABRT 7) SIGBUS 8) SIGFPE 9) SIGKILL 10) SIGUSR1
+11) SIGSEGV 12) SIGUSR2 13) SIGPIPE 14) SIGALRM 15) SIGTERM
+16) SIGSTKFLT 17) SIGCHLD 18) SIGCONT 19) SIGSTOP 20) SIGTSTP
+21) SIGTTIN 22) SIGTTOU 23) SIGURG 24) SIGXCPU 25) SIGXFSZ
+26) SIGVTALRM 27) SIGPROF 28) SIGWINCH 29) SIGIO 30) SIGPWR
+31) SIGSYS 34) SIGRTMIN 35) SIGRTMIN+1 36) SIGRTMIN+2 37) SIGRTMIN+3
+38) SIGRTMIN+4 39) SIGRTMIN+5 40) SIGRTMIN+6 41) SIGRTMIN+7 42) SIGRTMIN+8
+43) SIGRTMIN+9 44) SIGRTMIN+10 45) SIGRTMIN+11 46) SIGRTMIN+12 47) SIGRTMIN+13
+48) SIGRTMIN+14 49) SIGRTMIN+15 50) SIGRTMAX-14 51) SIGRTMAX-13 52) SIGRTMAX-12
+53) SIGRTMAX-11 54) SIGRTMAX-10 55) SIGRTMAX-9 56) SIGRTMAX-8 57) SIGRTMAX-7
+58) SIGRTMAX-6 59) SIGRTMAX-5 60) SIGRTMAX-4 61) SIGRTMAX-3 62) SIGRTMAX-2
+63) SIGRTMAX-1 64) SIGRTMAX
+```
+
+可以被 `trap` 识别的信号除了以上这些，还包括：
+
+ * `EXIT`：进程退出时发出的信号
+ * `ERR`：进程以非 0 状态码退出时发出的信号
+ * `DEBUG`：表示调试模式的布尔值
+
+如果要在 Bash 中实现信号捕获，只需要在 `trap` 后加上需要执行的命令，再加上需要捕获的信号列表就可以了。
+
+例如，下面的这行语句可以捕获到在进程运行时用户按下 `Ctrl + C` 组合键发出的 `SIGINT` 信号：
+
+```
+trap "{ echo 'Terminated with Ctrl+C'; }" SIGINT
+```
+
+因此，上文中脚本的缺陷可以通过使用 `trap` 捕获 `SIGINT`、`SIGTERM`、进程错误退出、进程正常退出等信号，并正确处理临时目录的方式来修复：
+
+```
+#!/usr/bin/env bash
+CWD=`pwd`
+TMP=${TMP:-/tmp/tmpdir}
+
+trap \
+ "{ /usr/bin/rm -r "${TMP}" ; exit 255; }" \
+ SIGINT SIGTERM ERR EXIT
+
+## create tmp dir
+mkdir "${TMP}"
+tar xf "${1}" --directory "${TMP}"
+
+## move to tmp and run commands
+pushd "${TMP}"
+for IMG in *.jpg; do
+ mogrify -verbose -flip -flop "${IMG}"
+done
+tar --create --file "${1%.*}".tar *.jpg
+
+## move back to origin
+popd
+
+## zip tar
+bzip2 --compress $TMP/"${1%.*}".tar \
+ --stdout > "${1%.*}".tbz
+```
+
+对于更复杂的功能，还可以用 [Bash 函数][3]来简化 `trap` 语句。
+
+### Bash 中的信号捕获
+
+信号捕获可以让脚本在无论是否成功执行所有任务的情况下都能够正确完成清理工作，能让你的脚本更加可靠，这是一个很好的习惯。尽管尝试把信号捕获加入到你的脚本里看看能够起到什么作用吧。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/bash-trap
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/programming-code-keyboard-laptop.png?itok=pGfEfu2S (Hands programming)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-bash
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/how-write-functions-bash
diff --git a/published/202010/20200723 Automate testing for website errors with this Python tool.md b/published/202010/20200723 Automate testing for website errors with this Python tool.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5b0284b231
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200723 Automate testing for website errors with this Python tool.md
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+[#]: collector: "lujun9972"
+[#]: translator: "lxbwolf"
+[#]: reviewer: "wxy"
+[#]: publisher: "wxy"
+[#]: url: "https://linux.cn/article-12700-1.html"
+[#]: subject: "Automate testing for website errors with this Python tool"
+[#]: via: "https://opensource.com/article/20/7/seodeploy"
+[#]: author: "JR Oakes https://opensource.com/users/jroakes"
+
+使用这个 Python 工具对网站 SEO 问题进行自动化测试
+======
+
+> SEODeploy 可以帮助我们在网站部署之前识别出 SEO 问题。
+
+
+
+作为一个技术性搜索引擎优化开发者，我经常被请来协助做网站迁移、新网站发布、分析实施和其他一些影响网站在线可见性和测量等领域，以控制风险。许多公司每月经常性收入的很大一部分来自用户通过搜索引擎找到他们的产品和服务。虽然搜索引擎已经能妥善地处理没有被良好格式化的代码，但在开发过程中还是会出问题，对搜索引擎如何索引和为用户显示页面产生不利影响。
+
+我曾经也尝试通过评审各阶段会破坏 SEO（搜索引擎优化）的问题来手动降低这种风险。我的团队最终审查到的结果，决定了该项目是否可以上线。但这个过程通常很低效，只能用于有限的页面，而且很有可能出现人为错误。
+
+长期以来，这个行业一直在寻找可用且值得信赖的方式来自动化这一过程，同时还能让开发人员和搜索引擎优化人员在必须测试的内容上获得有意义的发言权。这是非常重要的，因为这些团队在开发冲刺中优先级通常会发生冲突，搜索引擎优化者需要推动变化，而开发人员需要控制退化和预期之外的情况。
+
+### 常见的破坏 SEO 的问题
+
+我合作过的很多网站有成千上万的页面，甚至上百万。实在令人费解，为什么一个开发过程中的改动能影响这么多页面。在 SEO 的世界中，Google 或其他搜索引擎展示你的页面时，一个非常微小和看起来无关紧要的修改也可能导致全网站范围的变化。在部署到生产环境之前，必须要处理这类错误。
+
+下面是我去年见过的几个例子。
+
+#### 偶发的 noindex
+
+在部署到生产环境之后，我们用的一个专用的第三方 SEO 监控工具 [ContentKing][2] 马上发现了这个问题。这个错误很隐蔽，因为它在 HTML 中是不可见的，确切地说，它隐藏在服务器响应头里，但它能很快导致搜索不可见。
+
+```
+HTTP/1.1 200 OK
+Date: Tue May 25 2010 21:12:42 GMT
+[...]
+X-Robots-Tag: noindex
+[...]
+```
+
+#### canonical 小写
+
+上线时错误地把整个网站的 [canonical 链接元素][3]全改成小写了。这个改动影响了接近 30000 个 URL。在修改之前，所有的 URL 大小写都正常（例如 `URL-Path` 这样）。这之所以是个问题是因为 `canonical` 链接元素是用来给 Google 提示一个网页真实的规范 URL 版本的。这个改动导致很多 URL 被从 Google 的索引中移除并用小写的版本（`/url-path`）重新建立索引。影响范围是流量损失了 10% 到 15%，也污染了未来几个星期的网页监控数据。
+
+#### 源站退化
+
+有个网站的 React 实现复杂而奇特，它有个神奇的问题，`origin.domain.com` URL 退化显示为 CDN 服务器的源站。它会在网站元数据（如 `canonical` 链接元素、URL 和 Open Graph 链接）中间歇性地显示原始的主机而不是 CDN 边缘主机。这个问题在原始的 HTML 和渲染后的 HTML 中都存在。这个问题影响搜索的可见性和在社交媒体上的分享质量。
+
+### SEODeploy 介绍
+
+SEO 通常使用差异测试工具来检测渲染后和原始的 HTML 的差异。差异测试是很理想的，因为它避免了肉眼测试的不确定性。你希望检查 Google 对你的页面的渲染过程的差异，而不是检查用户对你页面的渲染。你希望查看下原始的 HTML 是什么样的，而不是渲染后的 HTML，因为 Google 的渲染过程是有独立的两个阶段的。
+
+这促使我和我的同事创造了 [SEODeploy][4] 这个“在部署流水线中用于自动化 SEO 测试的 Python 库。”我们的使命是：
+
+> 开发一个工具，让开发者能提供若干 URL 路径，并允许这些 URL 在生产环境和预演环境的主机上进行差异测试，尤其是对 SEO 相关数据的非预期的退化。
+
+SEODeploy 的机制很简单：提供一个每行内容都是 URL 路径的文本文件，SEODeploy 对那些路径运行一系列模块，对比生产环境和预演环境的 URL，把检测到的所有的错误和改动信息报告出来。
+
+![SEODeploy overview][5]
+
+这个工具及其模块可以用一个 YAML 文件来配置，可以根据预期的变化进行定制。
+
+![SEODeploy output][7]
+
+最初的发布版本包含下面的的核心功能和概念：
+
+ 1. **开源**：我们坚信分享代码可以被大家批评、改进、扩展、分享和复用。
+ 2. **模块化**：Web 开发中有许多不同的堆栈和边缘案例。SEODeploy 工具在概念上很简单，因此采用模块化用来控制复杂性。我们提供了两个建好的模块和一个实例模块来简述基本结构。
+ 3. **URL 抽样**：由于它不是对所有 URL 都是可行和有效的，因此我们引入了一种随机抽取 XML 网站地图 URL 或被 ContentKing 监控的 URL 作为样本的方法。
+ 4. **灵活的差异检测**：Web 数据是凌乱的。无论被检测的数据是什么类型（如 ext、数组或列表、JSON 对象或字典、整数、浮点数等等），差异检测功能都会尝试将这些数据转换为差异信息。
+ 5. **自动化**: 你可以在命令行来调用抽样和运行方法，将 SEODeploy 融合到已有的流水线也很简单。
+
+### 模块
+
+虽然核心功能很简单，但在设计上，SEODeploy 的强大功能和复杂度体现在模块上。模块用来处理更难的任务：获取、清理和组织预演服务器和生产服务器上的数据来作对比。
+
+#### Headless 模块
+
+[Headless 模块][8] 是为那些从库里获取数据时不想为第三方服务付费的开发者准备的。它可以运行任意版本的 Chrome，会从每组用来比较的 URL 中提取渲染的数据。
+
+Headless 模块会提取下面的核心数据用来比较：
+
+ 1. SEO 内容，如标题、H1-H6、链接等等。
+ 2. 从 Chrome 计时器和 CDP（Chrome 开发工具协议）性能 API 中提取性能数据
+ 3. 计算出的性能指标，包括 CLS（累积布局偏移），这是 Google 最近发布的一个很受欢迎的 [Web 核心数据][9]
+ 4. 从上述 CDP 的覆盖率 API 获取的 CSS 和 JavaScript 的覆盖率数据
+
+这个模块引入了处理预演环境、网络速度预设（为了让对比更规范化）等功能，也引入了一个处理在预演对比数据中替换预演主机的方法。开发者也能很容易地扩展这个模块，以收集他们想要在每个页面上进行比较的任何其他数据。
+
+#### 其他模块
+
+我们为开发者创建了一个[示例模块][10]，开发者可以参照它来使用框架创建一个自定义的提取模块。另一个示例模块是与 ContentKing 结合的。ContentKing 模块需要有 ContentKing 订阅，而 Headless 可以在所有能运行 Chrome 的机器上运行。
+
+### 需要解决的问题
+
+我们有扩展和强化工具库的[计划][11]，但正在寻求开发人员的[反馈][12]，了解哪些是可行的，哪些是不符合他们的需求。我们正在解决的问题和条目有：
+
+ 1. 对于某些对比元素（尤其是 schema），动态时间戳会产生误报。
+ 2. 把测试数据保存到数据库，以便查看部署历史以及与上次的预演推送进行差异测试。
+ 3. 通过云基础设施的渲染，强化提取的规模和速度。
+ 4. 把测试覆盖率从现在的 46% 提高到 99% 以上。
+ 5. 目前，我们依赖 [Poetry][13] 进行部署管理，但我们希望发布一个 PyPl 库，这样就可以用 `pip install` 轻松安装。
+ 6. 我们还在关注更多使用时的问题和相关数据。
+
+### 开始使用
+
+这个项目在 [GitHub][4] 上，我们对大部分功能都提供了 [文档][14]。
+
+我们希望你能克隆 SEODeploy 并试试它。我们的目标是通过这个由技术性搜索引擎优化开发者开发的、经过开发者和工程师们验证的工具来支持开源社区。我们都见过验证复杂的预演问题需要多长时间，也都见过大量 URL 的微小改动能有什么样的业务影响。我们认为这个库可以为开发团队节省时间、降低部署过程中的风险。
+
+如果你有问题或者想提交代码，请查看项目的[关于][15]页面。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/seodeploy
+
+作者：[JR Oakes][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[lxbwolf](https://github.com/lxbwolf)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jroakes
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/browser_screen_windows_files.png?itok=kLTeQUbY "Computer screen with files or windows open"
+[2]: https://www.contentkingapp.com/
+[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canonical_link_element
+[4]: https://github.com/locomotive-agency/SEODeploy
+[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/seodeploy.png "SEODeploy overview"
+[6]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/seodeploy_output.png "SEODeploy output"
+[8]: https://locomotive-agency.github.io/SEODeploy/modules/headless/
+[9]: https://web.dev/vitals/
+[10]: https://locomotive-agency.github.io/SEODeploy/modules/creating/
+[11]: https://locomotive-agency.github.io/SEODeploy/todo/
+[12]: https://locomotive-agency.github.io/SEODeploy/about/#contact
+[13]: https://python-poetry.org/
+[14]: https://locomotive-agency.github.io/SEODeploy/
+[15]: https://locomotive-agency.github.io/SEODeploy/about/
diff --git a/published/202010/20200810 How to read Lynis reports to improve Linux security.md b/published/202010/20200810 How to read Lynis reports to improve Linux security.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..41188a41c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200810 How to read Lynis reports to improve Linux security.md
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12697-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to read Lynis reports to improve Linux security)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/8/linux-lynis-security)
+[#]: author: (Alan Formy-Duval https://opensource.com/users/alanfdoss)
+
+如何阅读 Lynis 报告提高 Linux 安全性
+======
+
+> 使用 Lynis 的扫描和报告来发现和修复 Linux 安全问题。
+
+
+
+当我读到 Gaurav Kamathe 的文章《[使用 Lynis 扫描 Linux 安全性][2]》时，让我想起了我在美国劳工部担任系统管理员的日子。我那时的职责之一是保证我们的 Unix 服务器的安全。每个季度，都会有一个独立的核查员来审查我们服务器的安全状态。每次在核查员预定到达的那一天，我都会运行 Security Readiness Review（SRR），这是一个扫描工具，它使用一大套脚本来识别和报告任何安全线索。SRR 是开源的，因此我可以查看所有源码脚本及其功能。这使我能够查看其代码，确定具体是什么问题，并迅速修复它发现的每个问题。
+
+### 什么是 Lynis？
+
+[Lynis][3] 是一个开源的安全审计工具，它的工作原理和 SRR 很像，它会扫描 Linux 系统，并提供它发现的任何弱点的详细报告。同样和 SRR 一样，它也是由一大套脚本组成的，每个脚本都会检查一个特定的项目，例如，最小和最大密码时间要求。
+
+运行 Lynis 后，你可以使用它的报告来定位每个项目的脚本，并了解 Lynis 是如何检查和报告每个问题的。你也可以使用相同的脚本代码来创建新的代码来自动解决。
+
+### 如何阅读 Lynis 报告
+
+由于 Gaurav 的文章介绍了 Lynis 的安装和使用，在本文中，我将展示一些如何阅读和使用其报告的例子。
+
+请从运行一次审计开始：
+
+```
+# lynis audit system --quick
+```
+
+完成后，完整的报告将显示在你的屏幕上。在底部，“Suggestions” 部分列出了所有可能需要修复以更好地加固系统的项目，以及每个项目的 TEST-ID。
+
+要想加固系统并减少列表的大小，请开始解决每个项目。在 “Suggestions” 部分的描述可能包含了你需要采取的全部行动。如果没有，你可以使用 `show details` 命令。
+
+```
+# lynis show details TEST-ID
+```
+
+例如，在我的系统中，有一条建议是：
+
+> 找不到 `locate` 所需的数据库，运行 `updatedb` 或 `locate.updatedb` 来创建这个文件。[FILE-6410]
+
+看起来我只需要运行 `updatedb` 命令就行，但如果我想确定一下，我可以使用 Lynis 的 `show details` 选项。
+
+```
+# lynis show details FILE-6410
+2020-06-16 20:54:33 Performing test ID FILE-6410 (Checking Locate database)
+2020-06-16 20:54:33 Test: Checking locate database
+2020-06-16 20:54:33 Result: file /var/lib/mlocate/mlocate.db not found
+2020-06-16 20:54:33 Result: file /var/lib/locate/locatedb not found
+2020-06-16 20:54:33 Result: file /var/lib/locatedb not found
+2020-06-16 20:54:33 Result: file /var/lib/slocate/slocate.db not found
+2020-06-16 20:54:33 Result: file /var/cache/locate/locatedb not found
+2020-06-16 20:54:33 Result: file /var/db/locate.database not found
+2020-06-16 20:54:33 Result: database not found
+2020-06-16 20:54:33 Suggestion: The database required for 'locate' could not be found. Run 'updatedb' or 'locate.updatedb' to create this file. [test:FILE-6410] [details:-] [solution:-]
+2020-06-16 20:54:33 ====
+```
+
+这些细节表明 Lynis 无法找到各种文件。这个情况描述的非常清楚。我可以运行 `updatedb` 命令，然后重新检查这个测试。
+
+```
+# updatedb
+# lynis --tests FILE-6410
+```
+
+重新检查细节时，会显示它发现哪个文件满足了测试：
+
+```
+# lynis show details FILE-6410
+2020-06-16 21:38:40 Performing test ID FILE-6410 (Checking Locate database)
+2020-06-16 21:38:40 Test: Checking locate database
+2020-06-16 21:38:40 Result: locate database found (/var/lib/mlocate/mlocate.db)
+2020-06-16 21:38:40 Result: file /var/lib/locate/locatedb not found
+2020-06-16 21:38:40 Result: file /var/lib/locatedb not found
+2020-06-16 21:38:40 Result: file /var/lib/slocate/slocate.db not found
+2020-06-16 21:38:40 Result: file /var/cache/locate/locatedb not found
+2020-06-16 21:38:40 Result: file /var/db/locate.database not found
+2020-06-16 21:38:40 ====
+```
+
+### 深入挖掘
+
+Lynis 的许多建议并不像这个建议那样直接。如果你不确定某个发现或建议指的是什么，就很难知道如何解决问题。假设你在一个新的 Linux 服务器上运行 Lynis，有几项与 SSH 守护进程有关的内容，其中一项是关于 `MaxAuthTries` 的设置：
+
+```
+* Consider hardening SSH configuration [SSH-7408]
+ - Details : MaxAuthTries (6 --> 3)
+ https://cisofy.com/lynis/controls/SSH-7408/
+```
+
+要解决这个问题，你需要知道 SSH 配置文件的位置。一个经验丰富的 Linux 管理员可能已经知道在哪里找到它们，但如果你不知道，有一个方法可以看到 Lynis 在哪里找到它们。
+
+#### 定位 Lynis 测试脚本
+
+Lynis 支持多种操作系统，因此你的安装位置可能有所不同。在 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 或 Fedora Linux 系统中，使用 `rpm` 命令来查找测试文件：
+
+```
+# rpm -ql lynis
+```
+
+这将列出所有测试文件，并报告它们在 `lynis/include` 目录下的位置。在这个目录下搜索你想知道的 TEST-ID（本例中为 SSH-7408）：
+
+```
+# grep SSH-7408 /usr/share/lynis/include/*
+/usr/share/lynis/include/tests_ssh: # Test : SSH-7408
+```
+
+#### 查找 SSH 问题
+
+名为 `tests_ssh` 的文件中包含了 TEST-ID，在这里可以找到与 SSH 相关的扫描函数。看看这个文件，就可以看到 Lynis 扫描器调用的各种函数。第一部分在一个名为 `SSH_DAEMON_CONFIG_LOCS` 的变量中定义了一个目录列表。下面几节负责检查 SSH 守护进程的状态、定位它的配置文件，并识别它的版本。我在 SSH-7404 测试中找到了查找配置文件的代码，描述为 “确定 SSH 守护进程配置文件位置”。这段代码包含一个 `for` 循环，在列表中的项目中搜索一个名为 `sshd_config` 的文件。我可以用这个逻辑来自己进行搜索：
+
+```
+# find /etc /etc/ssh /usr/local/etc/ssh /opt/csw/etc/ssh -name sshd_config
+/etc/ssh/sshd_config
+/etc/ssh/sshd_config
+find: ‘/usr/local/etc/ssh’: No such file or directory
+find: ‘/opt/csw/etc/ssh’: No such file or directory
+```
+
+进一步探索这个文件，就会看到寻找 SSH-7408 的相关代码。这个测试涵盖了 `MaxAuthTries` 和其他一些设置。现在我可以在 SSH 配置文件中找到该变量：
+
+```
+# grep MaxAuthTries /etc/ssh/sshd_config
+#MaxAuthTries 6
+```
+
+#### 修复法律横幅问题
+
+Lynis 还报告了一个与登录系统时显示的法律横幅有关的发现。在我的家庭桌面系统上（我并不希望有很多其他人登录），我没有去改变默认的 `issue` 文件。企业或政府的系统很可能被要求包含一个法律横幅，以警告用户他们的登录和活动可能被记录和监控。Lynis 用 BANN-7126 测试和 BANN-7130 测试报告了这一点：
+
+```
+* Add a legal banner to /etc/issue, to warn unauthorized users [BANN-7126]
+ https://cisofy.com/lynis/controls/BANN-7126/
+
+* Add legal banner to /etc/issue.net, to warn unauthorized users [BANN-7130]
+ https://cisofy.com/lynis/controls/BANN-7130/
+```
+
+我在运行 Fedora 32 工作站的系统上没有发现什么：
+
+```
+# cat /etc/issue /etc/issue.net
+\S
+Kernel \r on an \m (\l)
+
+\S
+Kernel \r on an \m (\l)
+```
+
+我可以添加一些诸如 “keep out” 或 “don't break anything” 之类的内容，但测试的描述并没有提供足够的信息来解决这个问题，所以我又看了看 Lynis 的脚本。我注意到 `include` 目录下有一个叫 `tests_banners` 的文件；这似乎是一个很好的地方。在 `grep` 的帮助下，我看到了相关的测试：
+
+```
+# grep -E 'BANN-7126|BANN-7130' /usr/share/lynis/include/tests_banners
+ # Test : BANN-7126
+ Register --test-no BANN-7126 --preqs-met ${PREQS_MET} --weight L --network NO --category security --description "Check issue banner file contents"
+ # Test : BANN-7130
+ Register --test-no BANN-7130 --preqs-met ${PREQS_MET} --weight L --network NO --category security --description "Check issue.net banner file contents"
+```
+
+在检查了测试文件中的相关代码后，我发现这两个测试都是通过一个 `for` 循环来迭代一些预定义的法律术语：
+
+```
+for ITEM in ${LEGAL_BANNER_STRINGS}; do
+```
+
+这些法律术语存储在文件顶部定义的变量 `LEGAL_BANNER_STRINGS` 中。向后滚动到顶部可以看到完整的清单：
+
+```
+LEGAL_BANNER_STRINGS="audit access authori condition connect consent continu criminal enforce evidence forbidden intrusion law legal legislat log monitor owner penal policy policies privacy private prohibited record restricted secure subject system terms warning"
+```
+
+我最初的建议（“keep out” 或 “don't break anything”）不会满足这个测试，因为它们不包含这个列表中的任何单词。
+
+下面这条横幅信息包含了几个必要的词，因此，它将满足这个测试，并防止 Lynis 报告它：
+
+> Attention, by continuing to connect to this system, you consent to the owner storing a log of all activity. Unauthorized access is prohibited.
+
+请注意，这条信息必须被添加到 `/etc/issue` 和 `/etc/issue.net` 中。
+
+### 使其可重复
+
+你可以手动进行这些编辑，但你可能要考虑自动化。例如，可能有许多设置需要更改，或者你可能需要在许多服务器上定期进行这些编辑。创建一个加固脚本将是简化这个过程的好方法。对于 SSH 配置，在你的加固脚本中的一些 `sed` 命令可以解决这些发现。或者，你可以使用 `echo` 语句来添加合法的横幅。
+
+```
+sed -i '/MaxAuthTries/s/#MaxAuthTries 6/MaxAuthTries 3/' /etc/ssh/sshd_config
+
+echo "Legal Banner" | tee -a /etc/issue /etc/issue.net
+```
+
+自动化使你能够创建一个可重复的脚本，可以在你的基础设施中保存和管理。你也可以在你的初始服务器配置中加入这个脚本。
+
+### 加固你的系统
+
+这种类型的练习可以提高你的脚本技能，既可以跟着现有的代码走，也可以写自己的脚本。因为 Lynis 是开源的，所以你可以很容易地看到你的系统是如何被检查的，以及它的报告意味着什么。最终的结果将是一个完善的系统，你可以在审计人员来的时候随时向他们炫耀。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/8/linux-lynis-security
+
+作者：[Alan Formy-Duval][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/alanfdoss
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/security-lock-password.jpg?itok=KJMdkKum (Lock)
+[2]: https://linux.cn/article-12696-1.html
+[3]: https://github.com/CISOfy/lynis
diff --git a/published/202010/20200811 TCP window scaling, timestamps and SACK.md b/published/202010/20200811 TCP window scaling, timestamps and SACK.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cd47284eb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200811 TCP window scaling, timestamps and SACK.md
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (gxlct008)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12710-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (TCP window scaling, timestamps and SACK)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/tcp-window-scaling-timestamps-and-sack/)
+[#]: author: (Florian Westphal https://fedoramagazine.org/author/strlen/)
+
+TCP 窗口缩放、时间戳和 SACK
+======
+
+
+
+Linux TCP 协议栈具有无数个可以更改其行为的 `sysctl` 旋钮。 这包括可用于接收或发送操作的内存量、套接字的最大数量、可选的特性和协议扩展。
+
+有很多文章出于各种“性能调优”或“安全性”原因，建议禁用 TCP 扩展，比如时间戳或选择性确认（SACK）。
+
+本文提供了这些扩展功能的背景，为什么会默认启用，它们之间是如何关联的，以及为什么通常情况下将它们关闭是个坏主意。
+
+### TCP 窗口缩放
+
+TCP 可以承受的数据传输速率受到几个因素的限制。其中包括：
+
+* 往返时间（RTT）。
+
+ 这是数据包到达目的地并返回回复所花费的时间。越低越好。
+* 所涉及的网络路径的最低链路速度。
+* 丢包频率。
+* 新数据可用于传输的速度。
+
+ 例如，CPU 需要能够以足够快的速度将数据传递到网络适配器。如果 CPU 需要首先加密数据，则适配器可能必须等待新数据。同样地，如果磁盘存储不能足够快地读取数据，则磁盘存储可能会成为瓶颈。
+* TCP 接收窗口的最大可能大小。
+
+ 接收窗口决定了 TCP 在必须等待接收方报告接收到该数据之前可以传输多少数据（以字节为单位）。这是由接收方宣布的。接收方将在读取并确认接收到传入数据时不断更新此值。接收窗口的当前值包含在 [TCP 报头][2] 中，它是 TCP 发送的每个数据段的一部分。因此，只要发送方接收到来自对等方的确认，它就知道当前的接收窗口。这意味着往返时间（RTT）越长，发送方获得接收窗口更新所需的时间就越长。
+
+TCP 的未确认（正在传输）数据被限制为最多 64KB。在大多数网络场景中，这甚至还不足以维持一个像样的数据速率。让我们看看一些例子。
+
+**理论数据速率**
+
+在往返时间（RTT）为 100 毫秒的情况下，TCP 每秒最多可以传输 640KB。在延迟为 1 秒的情况下，最大理论数据速率降至只有 64KB/s。
+
+这是因为接收窗口的原因。一旦发送了 64KB 的数据，接收窗口就已经满了。发送方必须等待，直到对等方通知它应用程序已经读取了至少一部分数据。
+
+发送的第一个段会把 TCP 窗口缩减去该段的大小。在接收窗口值的更新信息可用之前，需要往返一次。当更新以 1 秒的延迟到达时，即使链路有足够的可用带宽，也会导致 64KB 的限制。
+
+为了充分利用一个具有几毫秒延迟的快速网络，必须有一个比传统 TCP 支持的窗口更大的窗口。“64KB 限制”是协议规范的产物：TCP 头只为接收窗口大小保留了 16 个位。这允许接收窗口最大为 64KB。在 TCP 协议最初设计时，这个大小并没有被视为一个限制。
+
+不幸的是，想通过仅仅更改 TCP 头来支持更大的最大窗口值是不可能的。如果这样做就意味着 TCP 的所有实现都必须同时更新，否则它们将无法相互理解。为了解决这个问题，我们改变了对接收窗口值的解释。
+
+“窗口缩放选项”允许你改变这个解释，同时保持与现有实现的兼容性。
+
+#### TCP 选项：向后兼容的协议扩展
+
+TCP 支持可选扩展。这允许使用新特性增强协议，而无需立即更新所有实现。当 TCP 发起方连接到对等方时，它还会发送一个支持的扩展列表。所有扩展都遵循相同的格式：一个唯一的选项号，后跟选项的长度以及选项数据本身。
+
+TCP 响应方检查连接请求中包含的所有选项号。如果它遇到一个不能理解的选项号，则会跳过
+该选项号附带的“长度”字节的数据，并检查下一个选项号。响应方忽略了从答复中无法理解的内容。这使发送方和接收方都够理解所支持的公共选项集。
+
+使用窗口缩放时，选项数据总是由单个数字组成。
+
+### 窗口缩放选项
+
+```
+Window Scale option (WSopt): Kind: 3, Length: 3
+ +---------+---------+---------+
+ | Kind=3 |Length=3 |shift.cnt|
+ +---------+---------+---------+
+ 1 1 1
+```
+
+[窗口缩放][3] 选项告诉对等方，应该使用给定的数字缩放 TCP 标头中的接收窗口值，以获取实际大小。
+
+例如，一个宣告窗口缩放因子为 7 的 TCP 发起方试图指示响应方，任何将来携带接收窗口值为 512 的数据包实际上都会宣告 65536 字节的窗口。增加了 128 倍（2^7）。这将允许最大为 8MB 的 TCP 窗口。
+
+不能理解此选项的 TCP 响应方将会忽略它，为响应连接请求而发送的 TCP 数据包（SYN-ACK）不会包含该窗口缩放选项。在这种情况下，双方只能使用 64k 的窗口大小。幸运的是，默认情况下，几乎每个 TCP 栈都支持并默认启用了此选项，包括 Linux。
+
+响应方包括了它自己所需的缩放因子。两个对等方可以使用不同的因子。宣布缩放因子为 0 也是合法的。这意味着对等方应该如实处理它接收到的接收窗口值，但它允许应答方向上的缩放值，然后接收方可以使用更大的接收窗口。
+
+与 SACK 或 TCP 时间戳不同，窗口缩放选项仅出现在 TCP 连接的前两个数据包中，之后无法更改。也不可能通过查看不包含初始连接三次握手的连接的数据包捕获来确定缩放因子。
+
+支持的最大缩放因子为 14。这将允许 TCP 窗口的大小高达 1GB。
+
+**窗口缩放的缺点**
+
+在非常特殊的情况下，它可能导致数据损坏。但在你禁用该选项之前，要知道通常情况下是不可能损坏的。还有一种解决方案可以防止这种情况。不幸的是，有些人在没有意识到它与窗口缩放的关系的情况下禁用了该解决方案。首先，让我们看一下需要解决的实际问题。想象以下事件序列：
+
+ 1. 发送方发送段：s_1、s_2、s_3、... s_n。
+ 2. 接收方看到：s_1、s_3、... s_n，并发送对 s_1 的确认。
+ 3. 发送方认为 s_2 丢失，然后再次发送。它还发送了段 s_n+1 中包含的新数据。
+ 4. 接收方然后看到：s_2、s_n+1，s_2：数据包 s_2 被接收两次。
+
+当发送方过早触发重新传输时，可能会发生这种情况。在正常情况下，即使使用窗口缩放，这种错误的重传也绝不会成为问题。接收方将只丢弃重复项。
+
+#### 从旧数据到新数据
+
+TCP 序列号最多可以为 4GB。如果它变得大于此值，则该序列会回绕到 0，然后再次增加。这本身不是问题，但是如果这种问题发生得足够快，则上述情况可能会造成歧义。
+
+如果在正确的时刻发生回绕，则序列号 s_2（重新发送的数据包）可能已经大于 s_n+1。因此，在最后的步骤（4）中，接收方可以将其解释为：s_2、s_n+1、s_n+m，即它可以将 “旧” 数据包 s_2 视为包含新数据。
+
+通常，这不会发生，因为即使在高带宽链接上，“回绕”也只会每隔几秒钟或几分钟发生一次。原始数据包和不需要的重传的数据包之间的间隔将小得多。
+
+例如，对于 50MB/s 的传输速度，重复项要迟到一分钟以上才会成为问题。序列号的回绕速度没有快到让小的延迟会导致这个问题。
+
+一旦 TCP 达到 “GB/s” 的吞吐率，序列号的回绕速度就会非常快，以至于即使只有几毫秒的延迟也可能会造成 TCP 无法检测出的重复项。通过解决接收窗口太小的问题，TCP 现在可以用于以前无法实现的网络速度，这会产生一个新的，尽管很少见的问题。为了在 RTT 非常低的环境中安全使用 GB/s 的速度，接收方必须能够检测到这些旧的重复项，而不必仅依赖序列号。
+
+### TCP 时间戳
+
+#### 最佳截止日期
+
+用最简单的术语来说，[TCP 时间戳][3]只是在数据包上添加时间戳，以解决由非常快速的序列号回绕引起的歧义。如果一个段看起来包含新数据，但其时间戳早于上一个在接收窗口内的数据包，则该序列号已被重新回绕，而“新”数据包实际上是一个较旧的重复项。这解决了即使在极端情况下重传的歧义。
+
+但是，该扩展不仅仅是检测旧数据包。TCP 时间戳的另一个主要功能是更精确的往返时间测量（RTTm）。
+
+#### 需要准确的 RTT 估算
+
+当两个对等方都支持时间戳时，每个 TCP 段都携带两个附加数字：时间戳值和回显时间戳。
+
+```
+TCP Timestamp option (TSopt): Kind: 8, Length: 10
++-------+----+----------------+-----------------+
+|Kind=8 | 10 |TS Value (TSval)|EchoReply (TSecr)|
++-------+----+----------------+-----------------+
+ 1 1 4 4
+```
+
+准确的 RTT 估算对于 TCP 性能至关重要。TCP 会自动重新发送未确认的数据。重传由计时器触发：如果超时，则 TCP 会将尚未收到确认的一个或多个数据包视为丢失。然后再发送一次。
+
+但是，“尚未得到确认” 并不意味着该段已丢失。也有可能是接收方到目前为止没有发送确认，或者确认仍在传输中。这就造成了一个两难的困境：TCP 必须等待足够长的时间，才能让这种轻微的延迟变得无关紧要，但它也不能等待太久。
+
+**低网络延迟 VS 高网络延迟**
+
+在延迟较高的网络中，如果计时器触发过快，TCP 经常会将时间和带宽浪费在不必要的重发上。
+
+然而，在延迟较低的网络中，等待太长时间会导致真正发生数据包丢失时吞吐量降低。因此，在低延迟网络中，计时器应该比高延迟网络中更早到期。所以，TCP 重传超时不能使用固定常量值作为超时。它需要根据其在网络中所经历的延迟来调整该值。
+
+**往返时间的测量**
+
+TCP 选择基于预期的往返时间（RTT）的重传超时。RTT 事先是未知的。它是通过测量发送的段与 TCP 接收到该段所承载数据的确认之间的增量来估算的。
+
+由于多种因素使其而变得复杂。
+
+ * 出于性能原因，TCP 不会为收到的每个数据包生成新的确认。它等待的时间非常短：如果有更多的数据段到达，则可以通过单个 ACK 数据包确认其接收。这称为“累积确认”。
+ * 往返时间并不恒定。这是有多种因素造成的。例如，客户端可能是一部移动电话，随其移动而切换到不同的基站。也可能是当链路或 CPU 的利用率提高时，数据包交换花费了更长的时间。
+ * 必须重新发送的数据包在计算过程中必须被忽略。这是因为发送方无法判断重传数据段的 ACK 是在确认原来的传输数据（毕竟已到达）还是在确认重传数据。
+
+最后一点很重要：当 TCP 忙于从丢失中恢复时，它可能仅接收到重传段的 ACK。这样，它就无法在此恢复阶段测量（更新）RTT。所以，它无法调整重传超时，然后超时将以指数级增长。那是一种非常具体的情况（它假设其他机制，如快速重传或 SACK 不起作用）。但是，使用 TCP 时间戳，即使在这种情况下也会进行 RTT 评估。
+
+如果使用了扩展，则对等方将从 TCP 段的扩展空间中读取时间戳值并将其存储在本地。然后，它将该值作为 “回显时间戳” 放入发回的所有数据段中。
+
+因此，该选项带有两个时间戳：它的发送方自己的时间戳和它从对等方收到的最新时间戳。原始发送方使用 “回显时间戳” 来计算 RTT。它是当前时间戳时钟与 “回显时间戳” 中所反映的值之间的增量。
+
+**时间戳的其他用途**
+
+TCP 时间戳甚至还有除 PAWS（防止序列号回绕） 和 RTT 测量以外的其他用途。例如，可以检测是否不需要重发。如果该确认携带较旧的回显时间戳，则该确认针对的是初始数据包，而不是重新发送的数据包。
+
+TCP 时间戳的另一个更晦涩的用例与 TCP [syn cookie][4] 功能有关。
+
+**在服务器端建立 TCP 连接**
+
+当连接请求到达的速度快于服务器应用程序可以接受新的传入连接的速度时，连接积压最终将达到其极限。这可能是由于系统配置错误或应用程序中的错误引起的。当一个或多个客户端发送连接请求而不对 “SYN ACK” 响应做出反应时，也会发生这种情况。这将用不完整的连接填充连接队列。这些条目需要几秒钟才会超时。这被称为“同步泛洪攻击”。
+
+**TCP 时间戳和 TCP Syn Cookie**
+
+即使队列已满，某些 TCP 协议栈也允许继续接受新连接。发生这种情况时，Linux 内核将在系统日志中打印一条突出的消息：
+
+> 端口 P 上可能发生 SYN 泛洪。正在发送 Cookie。检查 SNMP 计数器。
+
+此机制将完全绕过连接队列。通常存储在连接队列中的信息被编码到 SYN/ACK 响应 TCP 序列号中。当 ACK 返回时，可以根据序列号重建队列条目。
+
+序列号只有有限的空间来存储信息。因此，使用 “TCP Syn Cookie” 机制建立的连接不能支持 TCP 选项。
+
+但是，对两个对等点都通用的 TCP 选项可以存储在时间戳中。ACK 数据包在回显时间戳字段中反映了该值，这也允许恢复已达成共识的 TCP 选项。否则，cookie 连接受标准的 64KB 接收窗口限制。
+
+**常见误区 —— 时间戳不利于性能**
+
+不幸的是，一些指南建议禁用 TCP 时间戳，以减少内核访问时间戳时钟来获取当前时间所需的次数。这是不正确的。如前所述，RTT 估算是 TCP 的必要部分。因此，内核在接收/发送数据包时总是采用微秒级的时间戳。
+
+在包处理步骤的其余部分中，Linux 会重用 RTT 估算所需的时钟时间戳。这还避免了将时间戳添加到传出 TCP 数据包的额外时钟访问。
+
+整个时间戳选项在每个数据包中仅需要 10 个字节的 TCP 选项空间，这不会显著减少可用于数据包有效负载的空间。
+
+**常见误区 —— 时间戳是个安全问题**
+
+一些安全审计工具和（较旧的）博客文章建议禁用 TCP 时间戳，因为据称它们泄露了系统正常运行时间：这样一来，便可以估算系统/内核的补丁级别。这在过去是正确的：时间戳时钟基于不断增加的值，该值在每次系统引导时都以固定值开始。时间戳值可以估计机器已经运行了多长时间（正常运行时间 `uptime`）。
+
+从 Linux 4.12 开始，TCP 时间戳不再显示正常运行时间。发送的所有时间戳值都使用对等设备特定的偏移量。时间戳值也每 49 天回绕一次。
+
+换句话说，从地址 “A” 出发，或者终到地址 “A” 的连接看到的时间戳与到远程地址 “B” 的连接看到的时间戳不同。
+
+运行 `sysctl net.ipv4.tcp_timeamp=2` 以禁用随机化偏移。这使得分析由诸如 `wireshark` 或 `tcpdump` 之类的工具记录的数据包跟踪变得更容易 —— 从主机发送的数据包在其 TCP 选项时间戳中都具有相同的时钟基准。因此，对于正常操作，默认设置应保持不变。
+
+### 选择性确认
+
+如果同一数据窗口中的多个数据包丢失了，TCP 将会出现问题。这是因为 TCP 确认是累积的，但仅适用于按顺序到达的数据包。例如：
+
+ * 发送方发送段 s_1、s_2、s_3、... s_n
+ * 发送方收到 s_2 的 ACK
+ * 这意味着 s_1 和 s_2 都已收到，并且发送方不再需要保留这些段。
+ * s_3 是否应该重新发送？ s_4 呢？ s_n？
+
+发送方等待 “重传超时” 或 “重复 ACK” 以使 s_2 到达。如果发生重传超时或到达了 s_2 的多个重复 ACK，则发送方再次发送 s_3。
+
+如果发送方收到对 s_n 的确认，则 s_3 是唯一丢失的数据包。这是理想的情况。仅发送单个丢失的数据包。
+
+如果发送方收到的确认段小于 s_n，例如 s_4，则意味着丢失了多个数据包。发送方也需要重传下一个数据段。
+
+**重传策略**
+
+可能只是重复相同的序列：重新发送下一个数据包，直到接收方指示它已处理了直至 s_n 的所有数据包为止。这种方法的问题在于，它需要一个 RTT，直到发送方知道接下来必须重新发送的数据包为止。尽管这种策略可以避免不必要的重传，但要等到 TCP 重新发送整个数据窗口后，它可能要花几秒钟甚至更长的时间。
+
+另一种方法是一次重新发送几个数据包。当丢失了几个数据包时，此方法可使 TCP 恢复更快。在上面的示例中，TCP 重新发送了 s_3、s_4、s_5、...，但是只能确保已丢失 s_3。
+
+从延迟的角度来看，这两种策略都不是最佳的。如果只有一个数据包需要重新发送，第一种策略是快速的，但是当多个数据包丢失时，它花费的时间太长。
+
+即使必须重新发送多个数据包，第二个也是快速的，但是以浪费带宽为代价。此外，这样的 TCP 发送方在进行不必要的重传时可能已经发送了新数据。
+
+通过可用信息，TCP 无法知道丢失了哪些数据包。这就是 TCP [选择性确认][5]（SACK）的用武之地了。就像窗口缩放和时间戳一样，它是另一个可选的但非常有用的 TCP 特性。
+
+**SACK 选项**
+
+```
+ TCP Sack-Permitted Option: Kind: 4, Length 2
+ +---------+---------+
+ | Kind=4 | Length=2|
+ +---------+---------+
+```
+
+支持此扩展的发送方在连接请求中包括 “允许 SACK” 选项。如果两个端点都支持该扩展，则检测到数据流中丢失数据包的对等方可以将此信息通知发送方。
+
+```
+ TCP SACK Option: Kind: 5, Length: Variable
+ +--------+--------+
+ | Kind=5 | Length |
+ +--------+--------+--------+--------+
+ | Left Edge of 1st Block |
+ +--------+--------+--------+--------+
+ | Right Edge of 1st Block |
+ +--------+--------+--------+--------+
+ | |
+ / . . . /
+ | |
+ +--------+--------+--------+--------+
+ | Left Edge of nth Block |
+ +--------+--------+--------+--------+
+ | Right Edge of nth Block |
+ +--------+--------+--------+--------+
+```
+
+接收方遇到 s_2 后跟 s_5 ... s_n，则在发送对 s_2 的确认时将包括一个 SACK 块：
+
+```
+
+ +--------+-------+
+ | Kind=5 | 10 |
++--------+------+--------+-------+
+| Left edge: s_5 |
++--------+--------+-------+------+
+| Right edge: s_n |
++--------+-------+-------+-------+
+```
+
+这告诉发送方到 s_2 的段都是按顺序到达的，但也让发送方知道段 s_5 至 s_n 也已收到。然后，发送方可以重新发送那两个数据包（s_3、s_4），并继续发送新数据。
+
+**神话般的无损网络**
+
+从理论上讲，如果连接不会丢包，那么 SACK 就没有任何优势。或者连接具有如此低的延迟，甚至等待一个完整的 RTT 都无关紧要。
+
+在实践中，无损行为几乎是不可能保证的。即使网络及其所有交换机和路由器具有足够的带宽和缓冲区空间，数据包仍然可能丢失：
+
+ * 主机操作系统可能面临内存压力并丢弃数据包。请记住，一台主机可能同时处理数万个数据包流。
+ * CPU 可能无法足够快地消耗掉来自网络接口的传入数据包。这会导致网络适配器本身中的数据包丢失。
+ * 如果 TCP 时间戳不可用，即使一个非常小的 RTT 的连接也可能在丢失恢复期间暂时停止。
+
+使用 SACK 不会增加 TCP 数据包的大小，除非连接遇到数据包丢失。因此，几乎没有理由禁用此功能。几乎所有的 TCP 协议栈都支持 SACK —— 它通常只在不进行 TCP 批量数据传输的低功耗 IOT 类的设备上才不存在。
+
+当 Linux 系统接受来自此类设备的连接时，TCP 会自动为受影响的连接禁用 SACK。
+
+### 总结
+
+本文中研究的三个 TCP 扩展都与 TCP 性能有关，最好都保留其默认设置：启用。
+
+TCP 握手可确保仅使用双方都可以理解的扩展，因此，永远不需因为对等方可能不支持而全局禁用该扩展。
+
+关闭这些扩展会导致严重的性能损失，尤其是 TCP 窗口缩放和 SACK。可以禁用 TCP 时间戳而不会立即造成不利影响，但是现在没有令人信服的理由这样做了。启用它们还可以支持 TCP 选项，即使在 SYN cookie 生效时也是如此。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/tcp-window-scaling-timestamps-and-sack/
+
+作者：[Florian Westphal][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[gxlct008](https://github.com/gxlct008)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/strlen/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/tcp-window-scaling-816x346.png
+[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Transmission_Control_Protocol#TCP_segment_structure
+[3]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7323
+[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SYN_cookies
+[5]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc2018
diff --git a/published/202010/20200820 Learn the basics of programming with C.md b/published/202010/20200820 Learn the basics of programming with C.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8e54cdc13d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200820 Learn the basics of programming with C.md
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (robsean)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12732-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Learn the basics of programming with C)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/8/c-programming-cheat-sheet)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+C 语言简单编程速成
+======
+
+> 我们将所有的 C 语言要素放置到一份易读的备忘录上。
+
+
+
+1972 年，丹尼斯·里奇任职于贝尔实验室，在几年前，他和他的团队成员发明了 Unix 。在创建了一个经久不衰的操作系统（至今仍在使用）之后，他需要一种好的方法来对这些 Unix 计算机编程，以便它们可用执行新的任务。在现在看来，这很奇怪，但在当时，编程语言相对较少，Fortran、Lisp、[Algol][2] 以及 B 语言都很流行，但是，对于贝尔实验室的研究员们想要做的事情来说，它们还是远远不够的。丹尼斯·里奇表现出一种后来被称为程序员的主要特征的特质：创造了他自己的解决方案。他称之为 C 语言，并且在近 50 年后，它仍在广泛的使用。
+
+### 为什么你应该学习 C 语言
+
+今天，有很多语言为程序员提供了比 C 语言更多的特性。最明显的是 C++ 语言，这是一种以相当露骨的方式命名的语言，它构建在 C 语言之上，创建了一种很好的面向对象语言。不过，许多其它语言的存在是有充分理由的。计算机擅长一致的重复，因此任何可预见的东西都可以构建在编程语言中，对程序员来说这意味着更少的工作量。为什么在 C++ 语言中用一行语句就可以将一个 `int` 转换为一个 `long` 时（`long x = long(n);`），还要在 C 语言用两行语句呢？
+
+然而，C 语言在今天仍然有用。
+
+首先，C 语言是一种相当简约和直接的语言。除了编程的基础知识之外，并没有很高级的概念，这很大程度上是因为 C 语言实际上就是现代编程语言的基础之一。例如，C 语言的特性之一是数组，但是它不提供字典（除非你自己写一个）。当你学习 C 语言时，你会学习编程的基础组成部分，它可以帮助你认识到如今的编程语言的改进及其的精心设计。
+
+因为 C 语言是一种最小化的编程语言，你的应用程序很可能会获得性能上的提升，这在其它许多编程语言中是看不到的。当你考虑你的代码可以执行多快的时候，很容易陷入锱铢必较的境地，因此，重要的是要问清楚你是否*需要*为某一特定任务提供更多的速度。与 Python 或 Java 相比，使用 C 语言，你在每行代码中需要纠结的地方更少。C 语言程序运行很快。这是 Linux 内核使用 C 语言编写的一个很好的理由。
+
+最后，C 语言很容易入门，特别是，如果你正在运行 Linux，就已经能运行 C 语言代码了，因为 Linux 系统包含 GNU C 库（`glibc`）。为了编写和构建 C 语言程序，你需要做的全部工作就是安装一个编译器，打开一个文本编辑器，开始编码。
+
+### 开始学习 C 语言
+
+如果你正在运行 Linux ，你可以使用你的软件包管理器安装一个 C 编译器。在 Fedora 或 RHEL 上：
+
+```
+$ sudo dnf install gcc
+```
+
+在 Debian 及其衍生系统上：
+
+```
+$ sudo apt install build-essential
+```
+
+在 macOS 上，你可以 [安装 Homebrew][3] ，并使用它来安装 [GCC][4]：
+
+```
+$ brew install gcc
+```
+
+在 Windows 上, 你可以使用 [MinGW][5] 安装一套最小的包含 GCC 的 GNU 实用程序集。
+
+在 Linux 或 macOS 上验证你已经安装的 GCC：
+
+```
+$ gcc --version
+gcc (GCC) x.y.z
+Copyright (C) 20XX Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+```
+
+在 Windows 上，提供 EXE 文件的完整路径：
+
+```
+PS> C:\MinGW\bin\gcc.exe --version
+gcc.exe (MinGW.org GCC Build-2) x.y.z
+Copyright (C) 20XX Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+```
+
+### C 语法
+
+C 语言不是一种脚本语言。它是一种编译型语言，这意味着它由 C 编译器处理来产生一个二进制可执行文件。这不同于脚本语言（如 [Bash][6]）或混合型语言（如 [Python][7]）。
+
+在 C 语言中，你可以创建*函数*来执行你希望做到的任务。默认情况下，执行的是一个名为 `main` 的函数。
+
+这里是一个使用 C 语言写的简单的 “hello world” 程序：
+
+```
+#include
+
+int main() {
+ printf("Hello world");
+ return 0;
+}
+```
+
+第一行包含一个被称为 `stdio.h`（标准输入和输出）的 *头文件*，它基本上是自由使用的、非常初级的 C 语言代码，你可以在你自己的程序中重复使用它。然后创建了一个由一条基本的输出语句构成的名为 `main` 的函数。保存这些文本到一个被称为 `hello.c` 的文件中，然后使用 GCC 编译它：
+
+```
+$ gcc hello.c --output hello
+```
+
+尝试运行你的 C 语言程序：
+
+```
+$ ./hello
+Hello world$
+```
+
+#### 返回值
+
+这是 Unix 哲学的一部分，一个函数在执行后“返回”一些东西：在成功时不返回任何东西，在失败时返回其它的一些东西（例如，一个错误信息）。这些返回的内容通常使用数字（确切地说是整数）表示：`0` 表示没有错误，任何大于 `0` 的数字都表示一些不成功的状态。
+
+Unix 和 Linux 被设计成在运行成功时保持沉默是很明智的。这是为了让你在执行一系列命令时，假设没有任何错误或警告会妨碍你的工作，从而可以始终为成功执行做准备。类似地，在 C 语言中的函数在设计上也预期不出现错误。
+
+你可以通过一个小的修改，让你的程序看起来是失败的，就可以看到这一点：
+
+```
+include
+
+int main() {
+ printf("Hello world");
+ return 1;
+}
+```
+
+编译它：
+
+```
+$ gcc hello.c --output failer
+```
+
+现在使用一个内置的 Linux 测试方式来运行它。仅在*成功*时，`&&` 操作符才会执行一个命令的第二部分。例如：
+
+```
+$ echo "success" && echo "it worked"
+success
+it worked
+```
+
+在*失败*时，`||` 测试会执行一个命令的第二部分。
+
+```
+$ ls blah || echo "it did not work"
+ls: cannot access 'blah': No such file or directory
+it did not work
+```
+
+现在，尝试你的程序，在成功时，它*不*返回 `0`；而是返回 `1`：
+
+```
+$ ./failer && echo "it worked"
+String is: hello
+```
+
+这个程序成功地执行了，但是没有触发第二个命令。
+
+#### 变量和类型
+
+在一些语言中，你可以创建变量而不具体指定变量所包含的数据的*类型*。这些语言如此设计使得解释器需要对一个变量运行一些测试来视图发现变量是什么样的数据类型。例如，`var=1` 定义了一个整型数，当你创建一个表达式将 `var` 与某些东西相加时，Python 知道显然它是一个整型数。它同样知道当你连接 `hello` 和 `world` 时，单词 `world` 是一个字符串。
+
+C 语言不会为你做任何这些识别和调查；你必须自己定义你的变量类型。这里有几种变量类型，包括整型（`int`），字符型（`char`），浮点型（`float`），布尔型（`boolean`）。
+
+你可能也注意到这里没有字符串类型。与 Python 和 Java 和 Lua 以及其它的编程语言不同，C 语言没有字符串类型，而是将字符串看作一个字符数组。
+
+这里是一些简单的代码，它建立了一个 `char` 数组变量，然后使用 [printf][9] 将数组变量和一段简单的信息打印到你的屏幕上：
+
+```
+#include
+
+int main() {
+ char var[6] = "hello";
+ printf("Your string is: %s\r\n",var);
+}
+```
+
+你可能会注意到，这个代码示例向一个由五个字母组成的单词提供了六个字符的空间。这是因为在字符串的结尾有处一个隐藏的终止符，它占用了数组中的一个字节。你可以通过编译和执行代码来运行它：
+
+```
+$ gcc hello.c --output hello
+$ ./hello
+hello
+```
+
+### 函数
+
+和其它的编程语言一样，C 函数也接受可选的参数。你可以通过定义你希望函数接受的数据类型，来将参数从一个函数传递到另一个函数：
+
+```
+#include
+
+int printmsg(char a[]) {
+ printf("String is: %s\r\n",a);
+}
+
+int main() {
+ char a[6] = "hello";
+ printmsg(a);
+ return 0;
+}
+```
+
+简单地将一个函数分解为两个函数的这种方法并不是非常有用，但是它演示了默认运行 `main` 函数以及如何在函数之间传递数据。
+
+### 条件语句
+
+在真实的编程中，你通常希望你的代码根据数据做出判断。这是使用*条件*语句完成的，`if` 语句是其中最基础的一个语句。
+
+为了使这个示例程序更具动态性，你可以包含 `string.h` 头文件，顾名思义，它包含用于检查字符串的代码。尝试使用来自 `string.h` 文件中的 `strlen` 函数测试传递给 `printmsg` 函数的字符串是否大于 `0`：
+
+```
+#include
+#include
+
+int printmsg(char a[]) {
+ size_t len = strlen(a);
+ if ( len > 0) {
+ printf("String is: %s\r\n",a);
+ }
+}
+
+int main() {
+ char a[6] = "hello";
+ printmsg(a);
+ return 1;
+}
+```
+
+正如在这个示例中所实现的，该条件永远都不会是非真的，因为所提供的字符串总是 `hello`，它的长度总是大于 `0`。这个不够认真的重新实现的 `echo` 命令的最后一点要做是接受来自用户的输入。
+
+### 命令参数
+
+`stdio.h` 文件包含的代码在每次程序启动时提供了两个参数: 一个是命令中包含多少项的计数（`argc`），一个是包含每个项的数组（`argv`）。例如， 假设你发出这个虚构的命令：
+
+```
+$ foo -i bar
+```
+
+`argc` 是 `3`，`argv` 的内容是：
+
+ * `argv[0] = foo`
+ * `argv[1] = -i`
+ * `argv[2] = bar`
+
+你可以修改示例 C 语言程序来以字符串方式接受 `argv[2]`，而不是默认的 `hello` 吗？
+
+### 命令式编程语言
+
+C 语言是一种命令式编程语言。它不是面向对象的，也没有类结构。使用 C 语言的经验可以教你很多关于如何处理数据，以及如何更好地管理你的代码运行时生成的数据。多使用 C 语言，你最后能够编写出其它语言（例如 Python 和 Lua）可以使用的库。
+
+想要了解更多关于 C 的知识，你需要使用它。在 `/usr/include/` 中查找有用的 C 语言头文件，并且看看你可以做什么小任务来使 C 语言对你有用。在学习的过程中，使用来自 FreeDOS 的 [Jim Hall][12] 编写的 [C 语言忘备录][11]。它在一张双面纸忘备录上放置了所有的基本要素，所以在你练习时，可以立即访问 C 语言语法的所有要素。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/8/c-programming-cheat-sheet
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[robsean](https://github.com/robsean)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/coverimage_cheat_sheet.png?itok=lYkNKieP (Cheat Sheet cover image)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/algol68
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/homebrew-mac
+[4]: https://gcc.gnu.org/
+[5]: https://opensource.com/article/20/8/gnu-windows-mingw
+[6]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-bash
+[7]: https://opensource.com/resources/python
+[8]: http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/printf.html
+[9]: https://opensource.com/article/20/8/printf
+[10]: http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/strlen.html
+[11]: https://opensource.com/downloads/c-programming-cheat-sheet
+[12]: https://opensource.com/users/jim-hall
diff --git a/published/202010/20200826 What is IPv6, and why aren-t we there yet.md b/published/202010/20200826 What is IPv6, and why aren-t we there yet.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9eb7aef27a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200826 What is IPv6, and why aren-t we there yet.md
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12688-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (What is IPv6, and why aren’t we there yet?)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3254575/what-is-ipv6-and-why-aren-t-we-there-yet.html)
+[#]: author: (Keith Shaw, Josh Fruhlinger )
+
+什么是 IPv6，为什么我们还未普及？
+======
+
+> 自 1998 年以来，IPv6 一直在努力解决 IPv4 可用 IP 地址的不足的问题，然而尽管 IPv6 在效率和安全方面具有优势，但其采用速度仍然缓慢。
+
+
+
+在大多数情况下，已经没有人一再对互联网地址耗尽的可怕境况发出警告，因为，从互联网协议版本 4（IPv4）的世界到 IPv6 的迁移，虽然缓慢，但已经坚定地开始了，并且相关软件已经到位，以防止许多人预测的地址耗竭。
+
+但在我们看到 IPv6 的现状和发展方向之前，让我们先回到互联网寻址的早期。
+
+### 什么是 IPv6，为什么它很重要？
+
+IPv6 是最新版本的互联网协议（IP），它可以跨互联网识别设备，从而确定它们的位置。每一个使用互联网的设备都要通过自己的 IP 地址来识别，以便可以通过互联网通信。在这方面，它就像你需要知道街道地址和邮政编码一样，以便邮寄信件。
+
+之前的版本 IPv4 采用 32 位寻址方案，可以支持 43 亿台设备，本以为已经足够。然而，互联网、个人电脑、智能手机以及现在物联网设备的发展证明，这个世界需要更多的地址。
+
+幸运的是，互联网工程任务组（IETF）在 20 年前就认识到了这一点。1998 年，它创建了 IPv6，使用 128 位寻址方式来支持大约 340 亿亿亿（或者 2 的 128 次幂，如果你喜欢用这种表示方式的话）。IPv4 的地址可表示为四组一至三位十进制数，IPv6 则使用八组四位十六进制数字，用冒号隔开。
+
+### IPv6 的好处是什么？
+
+IETF 在其工作中为 IPv6 加入了对 IPv4 增强的功能。IPv6 协议可以更有效地处理数据包，提高性能和增加安全性。它使互联网服务提供商（ISP）能够通过使他们的路由表更有层次性来减少其大小。
+
+### 网络地址转换（NAT）和 IPv6
+
+IPv6 的采用被推迟，部分原因是网络地址转换（NAT）导致的，NAT 可以将私有 IP 地址转化为公共 IP 地址。这样一来，拥有私有 IP 地址的企业的机器就可以向位于私有网络之外拥有公共 IP 地址的机器发送和接收数据包。
+
+如果没有 NAT，拥有数千台或数万台计算机的大公司如果要与外界通信，就会吞噬大量的公有 IPv4 地址。但是这些 IPv4 地址是有限的，而且接近枯竭，以至于不得不限制分配。
+
+NAT 有助于缓解这个问题。有了 NAT，成千上万的私有地址计算机可以通过防火墙或路由器等 NAT 设备呈现在公共互联网上。
+
+NAT 的工作方式是，当一台拥有私有 IP 地址的企业计算机向企业网络外的公共 IP 地址发送数据包时，首先会进入 NAT 设备。NAT 在翻译表中记下数据包的源地址和目的地址。NAT 将数据包的源地址改为 NAT 设备面向公众的地址，并将数据包一起发送到外部目的地。当数据包回复时，NAT 将目的地址翻译成发起通信的计算机的私有 IP 地址。这样一来，一个公网 IP 地址可以代表多台私有地址的计算机。
+
+### 谁在部署 IPv6？
+
+运营商网络和互联网服务供应商是最早开始在其网络上部署 IPv6 的群体，其中移动网络处于领先地位。例如，T-Mobile USA 有超过 90% 的流量通过 IPv6，Verizon Wireless 紧随其后，占 82.25%。根据行业组织 [World Ipv6 Launch][3] 的数据，Comcast 和 AT&T 的网络分别为 63% 和 65%。
+
+主要网站则排在其后 —— World IPv6 Launch 称，目前 Alexa 前 1000 的网站中只有不到 30% 可以通过 IPv6 到达。
+
+企业在部署方面比较落后，根据互联网协会的[《2017年 IPv6 部署状况》报告][4]，只有不到四分之一的企业宣传其 IPv6 前缀。复杂性、成本和完成迁移所需时间都是他们给出的理由。此外，一些项目由于软件兼容性的问题而被推迟。例如，一份 [2017 年 1 月的报告][5]称，Windows 10 中的一个 bug “破坏了微软在其西雅图总部推出纯 IPv6 网络的努力”。
+
+### 何时会有更多部署？
+
+互联网协会表示，IPv4 地址的价格将在 2018 年达到顶峰，然后在 IPv6 部署通过 50% 大关后，价格会下降。目前，[根据 Google][6]，全球的 IPv6 采用率为 20% 到 22%，但在美国约为 32%。
+
+随着 IPv4 地址的价格开始下降，互联网协会建议企业出售现有的 IPv4 地址，以帮助资助其 IPv6 的部署。根据[一个发布在 GitHub 上的说明][7]，麻省理工学院已经这样做了。这所大学得出的结论是，其有 800 万个 IPv4 地址是“过剩”的，可以在不影响当前或未来需求的情况下出售，因为它还持有 20 个非亿级 IPv6 地址。（非亿级地址是指数字 1 后面跟着 30 个零）。
+
+此外，随着部署的增多，更多的公司将开始对 IPv4 地址的使用收费，而免费提供 IPv6 服务。[英国的 ISP Mythic Beasts][8] 表示，“IPv6 连接是标配”，而 “IPv4 连接是可选的额外服务”。
+
+### IPv4 何时会被“关闭”？
+
+在 2011 年至 2018 年期间，世界上大部分地区[“用完”了新的 IPv4 地址][9] —— 但我们不会完全没有 IPv4 地址，因为 IPv4 地址会被出售和重新使用（如前所述），而剩余的地址将用于 IPv6 过渡。
+
+目前还没有正式的 IPv4 关闭日期，所以人们不用担心有一天他们的互联网接入会突然消失。随着越来越多的网络过渡，越来越多的内容网站支持 IPv6，以及越来越多的终端用户为 IPv6 功能升级设备，世界将慢慢远离 IPv4。
+
+### 为什么没有 IPv5？
+
+曾经有一个 IPv5，也被称为互联网流协议，简称 ST。它被设计用于跨 IP 网络的面向连接的通信，目的是支持语音和视频。
+
+它在这个任务上是成功的，并被实验性地使用。它的一个缺点是它的 32 位地址方案 —— 与 IPv4 使用的方案相同，从而影响了它的普及。因此，它存在着与 IPv4 相同的问题 —— 可用的 IP 地址数量有限。这导致了发展出了 IPv6 并和最终得到采用。尽管 IPv5 从未被公开采用，但它已经用掉了 IPv5 这个名字。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3254575/what-is-ipv6-and-why-aren-t-we-there-yet.html
+
+作者：[Keith Shaw][a],[Josh Fruhlinger][c]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Keith-Shaw/
+[c]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Josh-Fruhlinger/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3235805/lan-wan/ipv6-deployment-guide.html#tk.nww-fsb
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3214388/lan-wan/how-to-plan-your-migration-to-ipv6.html#tk.nww-fsb
+[3]: http://www.worldipv6launch.org/measurements/
+[4]: https://www.internetsociety.org/resources/doc/2017/state-of-ipv6-deployment-2017/
+[5]: https://www.theregister.co.uk/2017/01/19/windows_10_bug_undercuts_ipv6_rollout/https://www.theregister.co.uk/2017/01/19/windows_10_bug_undercuts_ipv6_rollout/
+[6]: https://www.google.com/intl/en/ipv6/statistics.html
+[7]: https://gist.github.com/simonster/e22e50cd52b7dffcf5a4db2b8ea4cce0
+[8]: https://www.mythic-beasts.com/sales/ipv6
+[9]: https://ipv4.potaroo.net/
+[10]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[11]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/published/202010/20200901 Create a mobile app with Flutter.md b/published/202010/20200901 Create a mobile app with Flutter.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3b525da7c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200901 Create a mobile app with Flutter.md
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (gxlct008)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12693-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Create a mobile app with Flutter)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/9/mobile-app-flutter)
+[#]: author: (Vitaly Kuprenko https://opensource.com/users/kooper)
+
+使用 Flutter 创建 App
+======
+
+> 使用流行的 Flutter 框架开始你的跨平台开发之旅。
+
+
+
+[Flutter][2] 是一个深受全球移动开发者欢迎的项目。该框架有一个庞大的、友好的爱好者社区，随着 Flutter 帮助程序员将他们的项目带入移动领域，这个社区还在继续增长。
+
+本教程旨在帮助你开始使用 Flutter 进行移动开发。阅读之后，你将了解如何快速安装和设置框架，以便开始为智能手机、平板电脑和其他平台开发。
+
+本操作指南假定你已在计算机上安装了 [Android Studio][3]，并且具有一定的使用经验。
+
+### 什么是 Flutter ？
+
+Flutter 使得开发人员能够为多个平台构建应用程序，包括：
+
+ * Android
+ * iOS
+ * Web（测试版）
+ * macOS（正在开发中）
+ * Linux（正在开发中）
+
+对 macOS 和 Linux 的支持还处于早期开发阶段，而 Web 支持预计很快就会发布。这意味着你可以立即试用其功能（如下所述）。
+
+### 安装 Flutter
+
+我使用的是 Ubuntu 18.04，但其他 Linux 发行版安装过程与之类似，比如 Arch 或 Mint。
+
+#### 使用 snapd 安装
+
+要使用 [Snapd][4] 在 Ubuntu 或类似发行版上安装 Flutter，请在终端中输入以下内容：
+
+```
+$ sudo snap install flutter --classic
+
+$ sudo snap install flutter –classic
+flutter 0+git.142868f from flutter Team/ installed
+```
+
+然后使用 `flutter` 命令启动它。 首次启动时，该框架会下载到你的计算机上：
+
+```
+$ flutter
+Initializing Flutter
+Downloading https://storage.googleapis.com/flutter_infra[...]
+```
+
+下载完成后，你会看到一条消息，告诉你 Flutter 已初始化：
+
+![Flutter initialized][5]
+
+#### 手动安装
+
+如果你没有安装 Snapd，或者你的发行版不是 Ubuntu，那么安装过程会略有不同。在这种情况下，请[下载][7] 为你的操作系统推荐的 Flutter 版本。
+
+![Install Flutter manually][8]
+
+然后将其解压缩到你的主目录。
+
+在你喜欢的文本编辑器中打开主目录中的 `.bashrc` 文件（如果你使用 [Z shell][9]，则打开 `.zshc`）。因为它是隐藏文件，所以你必须首先在文件管理器中启用显示隐藏文件，或者使用以下命令从终端打开它：
+
+```
+$ gedit ~/.bashrc &
+```
+
+将以下行添加到文件末尾：
+
+```
+export PATH="$PATH:~/flutter/bin"
+```
+
+保存并关闭文件。 请记住，如果在你的主目录之外的其他位置解压 Flutter，则 [Flutter SDK 的路径][10] 将有所不同。
+
+关闭你的终端，然后再次打开，以便加载新配置。 或者，你可以通过以下命令使配置立即生效：
+
+```
+$ . ~/.bashrc
+```
+
+如果你没有看到错误，那说明一切都是正常的。
+
+这种安装方法比使用 `snap` 命令稍微困难一些，但是它非常通用，可以让你在几乎所有的发行版上安装该框架。
+
+#### 检查安装结果
+
+要检查安装结果，请在终端中输入以下内容：
+
+```
+flutter doctor -v
+```
+
+你将看到有关已安装组件的信息。 如果看到错误，请不要担心。 你尚未安装任何用于 Flutter SDK 的 IDE 插件。
+
+![Checking Flutter installation with the doctor command][11]
+
+### 安装 IDE 插件
+
+你应该在你的 [集成开发环境（IDE）][12] 中安装插件，以帮助它与 Flutter SDK 接口、与设备交互并构建代码。
+
+Flutter 开发中常用的三个主要 IDE 工具是 IntelliJ IDEA（社区版）、Android Studio 和 VS Code（或 [VSCodium][13]）。我在本教程中使用的是 Android Studio，但步骤与它们在 IntelliJ Idea（社区版）上的工作方式相似，因为它们构建在相同的平台上。
+
+首先，启动 Android Studio。打开 “Settings”，进入 “Plugins” 窗格，选择 “Marketplace” 选项卡。在搜索行中输入 “Flutter”，然后单击 “Install”。
+
+![Flutter plugins][14]
+
+你可能会看到一个安装 “Dart” 插件的选项；同意它。如果看不到 Dart 选项，请通过重复上述步骤手动安装它。我还建议使用 “Rainbow Brackets” 插件，它可以让代码导航更简单。
+
+就这样！你已经安装了所需的所有插件。你可以在终端中输入一个熟悉的命令进行检查：
+
+```
+flutter doctor -v
+```
+
+![Checking Flutter plugins with the doctor command][15]
+
+### 构建你的 “Hello World” 应用程序
+
+要启动新项目，请创建一个 Flutter 项目：
+
+1、选择 “New -> New Flutter project”。
+
+![Creating a new Flutter plugin][16]
+
+2、在窗口中，选择所需的项目类型。 在这种情况下，你需要选择 “Flutter Application”。
+
+3、命名你的项目为 `hello_world`。 请注意，你应该使用合并的名称，因此请使用下划线而不是空格。 你可能还需要指定 SDK 的路径。
+
+![Naming a new Flutter plugin][17]
+
+4、输入软件包名称。
+
+你已经创建了一个项目！现在，你可以在设备上或使用模拟器启动它。
+
+![Device options in Flutter][18]
+
+选择你想要的设备，然后按 “Run”。稍后，你将看到结果。
+
+![Flutter demo on mobile device][19]
+
+现在你可以在一个 [中间项目][20] 上开始工作了。
+
+### 尝试 Flutter for web
+
+在安装 Flutter 的 Web 组件之前，你应该知道 Flutter 目前对 Web 应用程序的支持还很原始。 因此，将其用于复杂的项目并不是一个好主意。
+
+默认情况下，基本 SDK 中不启用 “Flutter for web”。 要打开它，请转到 beta 通道。 为此，请在终端中输入以下命令：
+
+```
+flutter channel beta
+```
+
+![flutter channel beta output][21]
+
+接下来，使用以下命令根据 beta 分支升级 Flutter：
+
+```
+flutter upgrade
+```
+
+![flutter upgrade output][22]
+
+要使 “Flutter for web” 工作，请输入：
+
+```
+flutter config --enable-web
+```
+
+重新启动 IDE；这有助于 Android Studio 索引新的 IDE 并重新加载设备列表。你应该会看到几个新设备：
+
+![Flutter for web device options][23]
+
+选择 “Chrome” 会在浏览器中启动一个应用程序， “Web Server” 会提供指向你的 Web 应用程序的链接，你可以在任何浏览器中打开它。
+
+不过，现在还不是急于开发的时候，因为你当前的项目不支持 Web。要改进它，请打开项目根目录下的终端，然后输入：
+
+```
+flutter create
+```
+
+此命令重新创建项目，并添加 Web 支持。 现有代码不会被删除。
+
+请注意，目录树已更改，现在有了一个 `web` 目录：
+
+![File tree with web directory][24]
+
+现在你可以开始工作了。 选择 “Chrome”，然后按 “Run”。 稍后，你会看到带有应用程序的浏览器窗口。
+
+![Flutter web app demo][25]
+
+恭喜你！ 你刚刚为浏览器启动了一个项目，并且可以像其他任何网站一样继续使用它。
+
+所有这些都来自同一代码库，因为 Flutter 使得几乎无需更改就可以为移动平台和 Web 编写代码。
+
+### 用 Flutter 做更多的事情
+
+Flutter 是用于移动开发的强大工具，而且它也是迈向跨平台开发的重要一步。 了解它，使用它，并将你的应用程序交付到所有平台！
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/9/mobile-app-flutter
+
+作者：[Vitaly Kuprenko][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[gxlct008](https://github.com/gxlct008)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/kooper
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/idea_innovation_mobile_phone.png?itok=RqVtvxkd (A person looking at a phone)
+[2]: https://flutter.dev/
+[3]: https://developer.android.com/studio
+[4]: https://snapcraft.io/docs/getting-started
+[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/flutter1_initialized.png (Flutter initialized)
+[6]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[7]: https://flutter.dev/docs/get-started/install/linux
+[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/flutter2_manual-install.png (Install Flutter manually)
+[9]: https://opensource.com/article/19/9/getting-started-zsh
+[10]: https://opensource.com/article/17/6/set-path-linux
+[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/flutter3_doctor.png (Checking Flutter installation with the doctor command)
+[12]: https://www.redhat.com/en/topics/middleware/what-is-ide
+[13]: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/open-source-alternatives-vs-code
+[14]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/flutter4_plugins.png (Flutter plugins)
+[15]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/flutter5_plugincheck.png (Checking Flutter plugins with the doctor command)
+[16]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/flutter6_newproject.png (Creating a new Flutter plugin)
+[17]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/flutter7_projectname.png (Naming a new Flutter plugin)
+[18]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/flutter8_launchflutter.png (Device options in Flutter)
+[19]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/flutter9_demo.png (Flutter demo on mobile device)
+[20]: https://opensource.com/article/18/6/flutter
+[21]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/flutter10_beta.png (flutter channel beta output)
+[22]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/flutter11_upgrade.png (flutter upgrade output)
+[23]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/flutter12_new-devices.png (Flutter for web device options)
+[24]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/flutter13_tree.png (File tree with web directory)
+[25]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/flutter14_webapp.png (Flutter web app demo)
diff --git a/published/202010/20200903 A practical guide to learning awk.md b/published/202010/20200903 A practical guide to learning awk.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..66c613a352
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200903 A practical guide to learning awk.md
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (HankChow)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12686-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (A practical guide to learning awk)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/9/awk-ebook)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+awk 实用学习指南
+======
+
+> 下载我们的电子书，学习如何更好地使用 `awk`。
+
+
+
+在众多 [Linux][2] 命令中，`sed`、`awk` 和 `grep` 恐怕是其中最经典的三个命令了。它们引人注目或许是由于名字发音与众不同，也可能是它们无处不在，甚至是因为它们存在已久，但无论如何，如果要问哪些命令很有 Linux 风格，这三个命令是当之无愧的。其中 `sed` 和 `grep` 已经有很多简洁的标准用法了，但 `awk` 的使用难度却相对突出。
+
+在日常使用中，通过 `sed` 实现字符串替换、通过 `grep` 实现过滤，这些都是司空见惯的操作了，但 `awk` 命令相对来说是用得比较少的。在我看来，可能的原因是大多数人都只使用 `sed` 或者 `grep` 的一些变化实现某些功能，例如：
+
+```
+$ sed -e 's/foo/bar/g' file.txt
+$ grep foo file.txt
+```
+
+因此，尽管你可能会觉得 `sed` 和 `grep` 使用起来更加顺手，但实际上它们还有更多更强大的作用没有发挥出来。当然，我们没有必要在这两个命令上钻研得很深入，但我有时会好奇自己“学习”命令的方式。很多时候我会记住一整串命令“咒语”，而不会去了解其中的运作过程，这就让我产生了一种很熟悉命令的错觉，我可以随口说出某个命令的好几个选项参数，但这些参数具体有什么作用，以及它们的相关语法，我都并不明确。
+
+这大概就是很多人对 `awk` 缺乏了解的原因了。
+
+### 为使用而学习 awk
+
+`awk` 并不深奥。它是一种相对基础的编程语言，因此你可以把它当成一门新的编程语言来学习：使用一些基本命令来熟悉语法、了解语言中的关键字并实现更复杂的功能，然后再多加练习就可以了。
+
+### awk 是如何解析输入内容的
+
+`awk` 的本质是将输入的内容看作是一个数组。当 `awk` 扫描一个文本文件时，会把每一行作为一条记录，每一条记录中又分割为多个字段。`awk` 记录了各条记录各个字段的信息，并通过内置变量 `NR`（记录数） 和 `NF`（字段数） 来调用相关信息。例如一下这个命令可以查看文件的行数：
+
+```
+$ awk 'END { print NR;}' example.txt
+36
+```
+
+从上面的命令可以看出 `awk` 的基本语法，无论是一个单行命令还是一整个脚本，语法都是这样的：
+
+```
+模式或关键字 { 操作 }
+```
+
+在上面的例子中，`END` 是一个关键字而不是模式，与此类似的另一个关键字是 `BEGIN`。使用 `BEGIN` 或 `END` 可以让 `awk` 在解析内容前或解析内容后执行大括号中指定的操作。
+
+你可以使用模式作为过滤器或限定符，这样 `awk` 只会对匹配模式的对应记录执行指定的操作。以下这个例子就是使用 `awk` 实现 `grep` 命令在文件中查找“Linux”字符串的功能：
+
+```
+$ awk '/Linux/ { print $0; }' os.txt
+OS: CentOS Linux (10.1.1.8)
+OS: CentOS Linux (10.1.1.9)
+OS: Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) (10.1.1.11)
+OS: Elementary Linux (10.1.2.4)
+OS: Elementary Linux (10.1.2.5)
+OS: Elementary Linux (10.1.2.6)
+```
+
+`awk` 会将文件中的每一行作为一条记录，将一条记录中的每个单词作为一个字段，默认情况下会以空格作为字段分隔符（`FS`）切割出记录中的字段。如果想要使用其它内容作为分隔符，可以使用 `--field-separator` 选项指定分隔符：
+
+```
+$ awk --field-separator ':' '/Linux/ { print $2; }' os.txt
+ CentOS Linux (10.1.1.8)
+ CentOS Linux (10.1.1.9)
+ Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) (10.1.1.11)
+ Elementary Linux (10.1.2.4)
+ Elementary Linux (10.1.2.5)
+ Elementary Linux (10.1.2.6)
+```
+
+在上面的例子中，可以看到在 `awk` 处理后每一行的行首都有一个空格，那是因为在源文件中每个冒号（`:`）后面都带有一个空格。和 `cut` 有所不同的是，`awk` 可以指定一个字符串作为分隔符，就像这样：
+
+```
+$ awk --field-separator ': ' '/Linux/ { print $2; }' os.txt
+CentOS Linux (10.1.1.8)
+CentOS Linux (10.1.1.9)
+Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) (10.1.1.11)
+Elementary Linux (10.1.2.4)
+Elementary Linux (10.1.2.5)
+Elementary Linux (10.1.2.6)
+```
+
+### awk 中的函数
+
+可以通过这样的语法在 `awk` 中自定义函数：
+
+```
+函数名称(参数) { 操作 }
+```
+
+函数的好处在于只需要编写一次就可以多次复用，因此函数在脚本中起到的作用会比在构造单行命令时大。同时 `awk` 自身也带有很多预定义的函数，并且工作原理和其它编程语言或电子表格一样。你只需要了解函数需要接受什么参数，就可以放心使用了。
+
+`awk` 中提供了数学运算和字符串处理的相关函数。数学运算函数通常比较简单，传入一个数字，它就会传出一个结果：
+
+```
+$ awk 'BEGIN { print sqrt(1764); }'
+42
+```
+
+而字符串处理函数则稍微复杂一点，但 [GNU awk 手册][3]中也有充足的文档。例如 `split()` 函数需要传入一个待分割的单一字段、一个用于存放分割结果的数组，以及用于分割的定界符。
+
+例如前面示例中的输出内容，每条记录的末尾都包含了一个 IP 地址。由于变量 `NF` 代表的是每条记录的字段数量，刚好对应的是每条记录中最后一个字段的序号，因此可以通过引用 `NF` 将每条记录的最后一个字段传入 `split()` 函数：
+
+```
+$ awk --field-separator ': ' '/Linux/ { split($NF, IP, "."); print "subnet: " IP[3]; }' os.txt
+subnet: 1
+subnet: 1
+subnet: 1
+subnet: 2
+subnet: 2
+subnet: 2
+```
+
+还有更多的函数，没有理由将自己限制在每个 `awk` 代码块中。你可以在终端中使用 `awk` 构建复杂的管道，也可以编写 `awk` 脚本来定义和使用你自己的函数。
+
+### 下载电子书
+
+使用 `awk` 本身就是一个学习 `awk` 的过程，即使某些操作使用 `sed`、`grep`、`cut`、`tr` 命令已经完全足够了，也可以尝试使用 `awk` 来实现。只要熟悉了 `awk`，就可以在 Bash 中自定义一些 `awk` 函数，进而解析复杂的数据。
+
+[下载我们的这本电子书][4]（需注册）学习并开始使用 `awk` 吧！
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/9/awk-ebook
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[HankChow](https://github.com/hankchow)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/computer_code_programming_laptop.jpg?itok=ormv35tV (Person programming on a laptop on a building)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/linux
+[3]: https://www.gnu.org/software/gawk/manual/gawk.html
+[4]: https://opensource.com/downloads/awk-ebook
diff --git a/published/202010/20200908 How to install software with Ansible.md b/published/202010/20200908 How to install software with Ansible.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..40a7ea77ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200908 How to install software with Ansible.md
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (MjSeven)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12703-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to install software with Ansible)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/9/install-packages-ansible)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+如何使用 Ansible 安装软件
+======
+
+> 使用 Ansible 剧本自动安装和更新设备上的软件。
+
+
+
+Ansible 是系统管理员和开发人员用来保持计算机系统处于最佳状态的一种流行的自动化工具。与可扩展框架一样，[Ansible][2] 本身功能有限，它真正的功能体现在许多模块中。在某种程度上，Ansible 模块就是 [Linux][3] 系统的命令。它们针对特定问题提供解决方案，而维护计算机时的一项常见任务是使所有计算机的更新和一致。
+
+我曾经使用软件包的文本列表来保持系统或多或少的同步：我会列出笔记本电脑上安装的软件包，然后将其与台式机或另一台服务器之间进行交叉参考，手动弥补差异。当然，在 Linux 机器上安装和维护应用程序是 Ansible 的一项基本功能，这意味着你可以在自己关心的计算机上列出所需的内容。
+
+### 寻找正确的 Ansible 模块
+
+Ansible 模块的数量非常庞大，如何找到能完成你任务的模块？在 Linux 中，你可以在应用程序菜单或 `/usr/bin` 中查找要运行的应用程序。使用 Ansible 时，你可以参考 [Ansible 模块索引][4]。
+
+这个索引按照类别列出。稍加搜索，你就很可能找到所需的模块。对于包管理，[Packaging 模块][5]几乎适用于所有带包管理器的系统。
+
+### 动手写一个 Ansible 剧本
+
+首先，选择本地计算机上的包管理器。例如，如果你打算在运行 Fedora 的笔记本电脑上编写 Ansible 指令（在 Ansible 中称为“剧本”），那么从 `dnf` 模块开始。如果你在 Elementary OS 上编写，使用 `apt` 模块，以此类推。这样你就可以开始进行测试和验证，并可以在以后扩展到其它计算机。
+
+第一步是创建一个代表你的剧本的目录。这不是绝对必要的，但这是一个好习惯。Ansible 只需要一个配置文件就可以运行在 YAML 中，但是如果你以后想要扩展剧本，你就可以通过改变目录和文件的方式来控制 Ansible。现在，只需创建一个名为 `install_packages` 或类似的目录：
+
+```
+$ mkdir ~/install_packages
+```
+
+你可以根据自己的喜好来命名 Ansible 的剧本，但通常将其命名为 `site.yml`：
+
+```
+$ touch ~/install_packages/site.yml
+```
+
+在你最喜欢的文本编辑器中打开 `site.yml`，添加以下内容：
+
+```
+---
+- hosts: localhost
+ tasks:
+ - name: install packages
+ become: true
+ become_user: root
+ dnf:
+ state: present
+ name:
+ - tcsh
+ - htop
+```
+
+你必须调整使用的模块名称以匹配你使用的发行版。在此示例中，我使用 `dnf` 是因为我在 Fedora Linux 上编写剧本。
+
+就像 Linux 终端中的命令一样，知道 **如何** 来调用 Ansible 模块就已经成功了一半。这个示例剧本遵循标准剧本格式：
+
+ * `hosts` 是一台或多台计算机。在本示例中，目标计算机是 `localhost`，即你当前正在使用的计算机（而不是你希望 Ansible 连接的远程系统）。
+ * `tasks` 是你要在主机上执行的任务列表。
+ * `name` 是任务的人性化名称。在这种情况下，我使用 `install packages`，因为这就是该任务正在做的事情。
+ * `become` 允许 Ansible 更改运行此任务的用户。
+ * `become_user` 允许 Ansible 成为 `root` 用户来运行此任务。这是必须的，因为只有 root 用户才能使用 `dnf` 安装应用程序。
+ * `dnf` 是模块名称，你可以在 Ansible 网站上的模块索引中找到。
+
+`dnf` 下的节点是 `dnf` 模块专用的。这是模块文档的关键所在。就像 Linux 命令的手册页一样，模块文档会告诉你可用的选项和所需的参数。
+
+![Ansible 文档][6]
+
+安装软件包是一个相对简单的任务，仅需要两个元素。`state` 选项指示 Ansible 检查系统上是否存在 **软件包**，而 `name` 选项列出要查找的软件包。Ansible 会针对机器的 **状态** 进行调整，因此模块指令始终意味着更改。假如 Ansible 扫描了系统状态，发现剧本里描述的系统（在本例中，`tcsh` 和 `htop` 存在）与实际状态存在冲突，那么 Ansible 的任务是进行必要的更改来使系统与剧本匹配。Ansible 可以通过 `dnf`（或 `apt` 或者其它任何包管理器）模块进行更改。
+
+每个模块可能都有一组不同的选项，所以在编写剧本时，要经常参考模块文档。除非你对模块非常熟悉，否则这是期望模块完成工作的唯一合理方法。
+
+### 验证 YAML
+
+剧本是用 YAML 编写的。因为 YAML 遵循严格的语法，所以安装 `yamllint` 来检查剧本是很有帮助的。更妙的是，有一个专门针对 Ansible 的检查工具称为 `ansible-lint`，它专门为剧本而生。在继续之前，安装它。
+
+在 Fedora 或 CentOs 上：
+
+```
+$ sudo dnf ins tall yamllint python3-ansible-lint
+```
+
+在 Debian、Elementary 或 Ubuntu 上，同样的：
+
+```
+$ sudo apt install yamllint ansible-lint
+```
+
+使用 `ansible-link` 来验证你的剧本。如果你无法使用 `ansible-lint`，你可以使用 `yamllint`。
+
+```
+$ ansible-lint ~/install_packages/site.yml
+```
+
+成功则不返回任何内容，但如果文件中有错误，则必须先修复它们，然后再继续。复制和粘贴过程中的常见错误包括在最后一行的末尾省略换行符、使用制表符而不是空格来缩进。在文本编辑器中修复它们，重新运行 `ansible-lint`，重复这个过程，直到 `ansible-lint` 或 `yamllint` 没有返回为止。
+
+### 使用 Ansible 安装一个应用
+
+现在你有了一个可验证的有效剧本，你终于可以在本地计算机上运行它了，因为你碰巧知道该剧本定义的任务需要 root 权限，所以在调用 Ansible 时必须使用 `--ask-become-pass` 选项，因此系统会提示你输入管理员密码。
+
+开始安装：
+
+```
+$ ansible-playbook --ask-become-pass ~/install_packages/site.yml
+BECOME password:
+PLAY [localhost] ******************************
+
+TASK [Gathering Facts] ******************************
+ok: [localhost]
+
+TASK [install packages] ******************************
+ok: [localhost]
+
+PLAY RECAP ******************************
+localhost: ok=0 changed=2 unreachable=0 failed=0 [...]
+```
+
+这些命令被执行后，目标系统将处于与剧本中描述的相同的状态。
+
+### 在远程系统上安装应用程序
+
+通过这么多操作来替换一个简单的命令可能会适得其反，但是 Ansible 的优势是它可以在你的所有系统中实现自动化。你可以使用条件语句使 Ansible 在不同的系统上使用特定的模块，但是现在，假定所有计算机都使用相同的包管理器。
+
+要连接到远程系统，你必须在 `/etc/ansible/hosts` 文件中定义远程系统，该文件与 Ansible 是一起安装的，所以它已经存在了，但它可能是空的，除了一些解释性注释之外。使用 `sudo` 在你喜欢的文本编辑器中打开它。
+
+你可以通过其 IP 地址或主机名（只要主机名可以解析）定义主机。例如，如果你已经在 `/etc/hosts` 中定义了 `liavara` 并可以成功 `ping` 通，那么你可以在 `/etc/ansible/hosts` 中将 `liavara` 设置为主机。或者，如果你正在运行一个域名服务器或 Avahi 服务器并且可以 `ping` 通 `liavara`，那么你就可以在 `/etc/ansible/hosts` 中定义它。否则，你必须使用它的 IP 地址。
+
+你还必须成功地建立与目标主机的安全 shell（SSH）连接。最简单的方法是使用 `ssh-copy-id` 命令，但是如果你以前从未与主机建立 SSH 连接，[阅读我关于如何创建自动 SSH 连接的文章][8]。
+
+一旦你在 `/etc/ansible/hosts` 文件中输入了主机名或 IP 地址后，你就可以在剧本中更改 `hosts` 定义：
+
+```
+---
+- hosts: all
+ tasks:
+ - name: install packages
+ become: true
+ become_user: root
+ dnf:
+ state: present
+ name:
+ - tcsh
+ - htop
+```
+
+再次运行 `ansible-playbook`：
+
+```
+$ ansible-playbook --ask-become-pass ~/install_packages/site.yml
+```
+
+这次，剧本会在你的远程系统上运行。
+
+如果你添加更多主机，则有许多方法可以过滤哪个主机执行哪个任务。例如，你可以创建主机组（服务器的 `webserves`，台式机的 `workstations`等）。
+
+### 适用于混合环境的 Ansible
+
+到目前为止，我们一直假定 Ansible 配置的所有主机都运行相同的操作系统（都是是使用 `dnf` 命令进行程序包管理的操作系统）。那么，如果你要管理不同发行版的主机，例如 Ubuntu（使用 `apt`）或 Arch（使用 `pacman`），或者其它的操作系统时，该怎么办？
+
+只要目标操作系统具有程序包管理器（[MacOs 有 Homebrew][9]，[Windows 有 Chocolatey][10]），Ansible 就能派上用场。
+
+这就是 Ansible 优势最明显的地方。在 shell 脚本中，你必须检查目标主机上有哪些可用的包管理器，即使使用纯 Python，也必须检查操作系统。Ansible 不仅内置了这些功能，而且还具有在剧本中使用命令结果的机制。你可以使用 `action` 关键字来执行由 Ansible 事实收集子系统提供的变量定义的任务，而不是使用 `dnf` 模块。
+
+```
+---
+- hosts: all
+ tasks:
+ - name: install packages
+ become: true
+ become_user: root
+ action: >
+ {{ ansible_pkg_mgr }} name=htop,transmission state=present update_cache=yes
+```
+
+`action` 关键字会加载目标插件。在本例中，它使用了 `ansible_pkg_mgr` 变量，该变量由 Ansible 在初始 **收集信息** 期间填充。你不需要告诉 Ansible 收集有关其运行操作系统的事实，所以很容易忽略这一点，但是当你运行一个剧本时，你会在默认输出中看到它：
+
+```
+TASK [Gathering Facts] *****************************************
+ok: [localhost]
+```
+
+`action` 插件使用来自这个探针的信息，使用相关的包管理器命令填充 `ansible_pkg_mgr`，以安装在 `name` 参数之后列出的程序包。使用 8 行代码，你可以克服在其它脚本选项中很少允许的复杂跨平台难题。
+
+### 使用 Ansible
+
+现在是 21 世纪，我们都希望我们的计算机设备能够互联并且相对一致。无论你维护的是两台还是 200 台计算机，你都不必一次又一次地执行相同的维护任务。使用 Ansible 来同步生活中的计算机设备，看看 Ansible 还能为你做些什么。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/9/install-packages-ansible
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[MjSeven](https://github.com/MjSeven)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/puzzle_computer_solve_fix_tool.png?itok=U0pH1uwj (Puzzle pieces coming together to form a computer screen)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-ansible
+[3]: https://opensource.com/resources/linux
+[4]: https://docs.ansible.com/ansible/latest/modules/modules_by_category.html
+[5]: https://docs.ansible.com/ansible/latest/modules/list_of_packaging_modules.html
+[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/ansible-module.png (Ansible documentation)
+[7]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[8]: https://opensource.com/article/20/8/how-ssh
+[9]: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/homebrew-mac
+[10]: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/chocolatey
diff --git a/published/202010/20200910 Automate your container orchestration with Ansible modules for Kubernetes.md b/published/202010/20200910 Automate your container orchestration with Ansible modules for Kubernetes.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c30f1e28d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200910 Automate your container orchestration with Ansible modules for Kubernetes.md
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (HankChow)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12766-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Automate your container orchestration with Ansible modules for Kubernetes)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/9/ansible-modules-kubernetes)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+使用 Ansible 的 Kubernetes 模块实现容器编排自动化
+======
+
+> 将 Kubernetes 与 Ansible 结合实现云端自动化。此外，还可以参照我们的 Ansible 的 k8s 模块速查表。
+
+
+
+[Ansible][2] 是实现自动化工作的优秀工具，而 [Kubernetes][3] 则是容器编排方面的利器，要是把两者结合起来，会有怎样的效果呢？正如你所猜测的，Ansible + Kubernetes 的确可以实现容器编排自动化。
+
+### Ansible 模块
+
+实际上，Ansible 本身只是一个用于解释 YAML 文件的框架。它真正强大之处在于它[丰富的模块][4]，所谓模块，就是在 Ansible 剧本 中让你得以通过简单配置就能调用外部应用程序的一些工具。
+
+Ansible 中有模块可以直接操作 Kubernetes，也有对一些相关组件（例如 [Docker][5] 和 [Podman][6]）实现操作的模块。学习使用一个新模块的过程和学习新的终端命令、API 一样，可以先从文档中了解这个模块在调用的时候需要接受哪些参数，以及这些参数在外部应用程序中产生的具体作用。
+
+### 访问 Kubernetes 集群
+
+在使用 Ansible Kubernetes 模块之前，先要有能够访问 Kubernetes 集群的权限。在没有权限的情况下，可以尝试使用一个短期在线试用账号，但我们更推荐的是按照 Kubernetes 官网上的指引，或是参考 Braynt Son 《[入门 Kubernetes][8]》的教程安装 [Minikube][7]。Minikube 提供了一个单节点 Kubernetes 实例的安装过程，你可以像使用一个完整集群一样对其进行配置和交互。
+
+- 下载 [Ansible k8s 速记表][9]（需注册）
+
+在安装 Minikube 之前，你需要确保你的环境支持虚拟化并安装 `libvirt`，然后对 `libvirt` 用户组授权：
+
+```
+$ sudo dnf install libvirt
+$ sudo systemctl start libvirtd
+$ sudo usermod --append --groups libvirt `whoami`
+$ newgrp libvirt
+```
+
+#### 安装 Python 模块
+
+为了能够在 Ansible 中使用 Kubernetes 相关的模块，你需要安装以下这些 Python 模块：
+
+```
+$ pip3.6 install kubernetes --user
+$ pip3.6 install openshift --user
+```
+
+#### 启动 Kubernetes
+
+如果你使用的是 Minikube 而不是完整的 Kubernetes 集群，请使用 `minikube` 命令在本地创建一个最精简化的 Kubernetes 实例：
+
+```
+$ minikube start --driver=kvm2 --kvm-network default
+```
+
+然后等待 Minikube 完成初始化，这个过程所需的时间会因实际情况而异。
+
+### 获取集群信息
+
+集群启动以后，通过 `cluster-info` 选项就可以获取到集群相关信息了：
+
+```
+$ kubectl cluster-info
+Kubernetes master is running at https://192.168.39.190:8443
+KubeDNS is running at https://192.168.39.190:8443/api/v1/namespaces/kube-system/services/kube-dns:dns/proxy
+
+To further debug and diagnose cluster problems, use 'kubectl cluster-info dump'.
+```
+
+### 使用 k8s 模块
+
+Ansible 使用 `k8s` 这个模块来实现对 Kubernetes 的操作，在剧本中使用 `k8s` 模块就可以对 Kuvernetes 对象进行管理。这个模块描述了 `kubectl` 命令的最终状态，例如对于以下这个使用 `kubectl` 创建新的[命名空间][10]的操作：
+
+```
+$ kubectl create namespace my-namespace
+```
+
+这是一个很简单的操作，而对这个操作的最终状态用 YAML 文件来描述是这样的：
+
+```
+- hosts: localhost
+ tasks:
+ - name: create namespace
+ k8s:
+ name: my-namespace
+ api_version: v1
+ kind: Namespace
+ state: present
+```
+
+如果你使用的是 Minikube，那么主机名（`hosts`）应该定义为 `localhost`。需要注意的是，所使用的模块也定义了可用参数的语法（例如 `api_version` 和 `kind` 参数）。
+
+在运行这个剧本之前，先通过 `yamllint` 命令验证是否有错误：
+
+```
+$ yamllint example.yaml
+```
+
+确保没有错误之后，运行剧本：
+
+```
+$ ansible-playbook ./example.yaml
+```
+
+可以验证新的命名空间是否已经被创建出来：
+
+```
+$ kubectl get namespaces
+NAME STATUS AGE
+default Active 37h
+kube-node-lease Active 37h
+kube-public Active 37h
+kube-system Active 37h
+demo Active 11h
+my-namespace Active 3s
+```
+
+### 使用 Podman 拉取容器镜像
+
+容器是个 Linux 系统，几乎是最小化的，可以由 Kubernetes 管理。[LXC 项目][11]和 Docker 定义了大部分的容器规范。最近加入容器工具集的是 Podman，它不需要守护进程就可以运行，为此受到了很多用户的欢迎。
+
+通过 Podman 可以从 Docker Hub 或者 Quay.io 等存储库拉取容器镜像。这一操作对应的 Ansible 语法也很简单，只需要将存储库网站提供的镜像路径写在剧本中的相应位置就可以了：
+
+```
+ - name: pull an image
+ podman_image:
+ name: quay.io/jitesoft/nginx
+```
+
+使用 `yamllint` 验证：
+
+```
+$ yamllint example.yaml
+```
+
+运行剧本：
+
+```
+$ ansible-playbook ./example.yaml
+[WARNING]: provided hosts list is empty, only localhost is available.
+Note that the implicit localhost does not match 'all'
+
+PLAY [localhost] ************************
+
+TASK [Gathering Facts] ************************
+ok: [localhost]
+
+TASK [create k8s namespace] ************************
+ok: [localhost]
+
+TASK [pull an image] ************************
+changed: [localhost]
+
+PLAY RECAP ************************
+localhost: ok=3 changed=1 unreachable=0 failed=0
+ skipped=0 rescued=0 ignored=0
+```
+
+### 使用 Ansible 实现部署
+
+Ansible 除了可以执行小型维护任务以外，还可以通过剧本实现其它由 `kubectl` 实现的功能，因为两者的 YAML 文件之间只有少量的差异。在 Kubernetes 中使用的 YAML 文件只需要稍加改动，就可以在 Ansible 剧本中使用。例如下面这个用于使用 `kubectl` 命令部署 Web 服务器的 YAML 文件：
+
+```
+apiVersion: apps/v1
+kind: Deployment
+metadata:
+ name: my-webserver
+spec:
+ selector:
+ matchLabels:
+ run: my-webserver
+ replicas: 1
+ template:
+ metadata:
+ labels:
+ run: my-webserver
+ spec:
+ containers:
+ - name: my-webserver
+ image: nginx
+ ports:
+ - containerPort: 80
+```
+
+如果你对其中的参数比较熟悉，你只要把 YAML 文件中的大部分内容放到剧本中的 `definition` 部分，就可以在 Ansible 中使用了：
+
+```
+ - name: deploy a web server
+ k8s:
+ api_version: v1
+ namespace: my-namespace
+ definition:
+ kind: Deployment
+ metadata:
+ labels:
+ app: nginx
+ name: nginx-deploy
+ spec:
+ replicas: 1
+ selector:
+ matchLabels:
+ app: nginx
+ template:
+ metadata:
+ labels:
+ app: nginx
+ spec:
+ containers:
+ - name: my-webserver
+ image: quay.io/jitesoft/nginx
+ ports:
+ - containerPort: 80
+ protocol: TCP
+```
+
+执行完成后，使用 `kubectl` 命令可以看到预期中的的部署：
+
+```
+$ kubectl -n my-namespace get pods
+NAME READY STATUS
+nginx-deploy-7fdc9-t9wc2 1/1 Running
+```
+
+### 在云上使用模块
+
+随着现在越来越多的开发和部署工作往云上转移的趋势，我们必须了解如何在云上实现自动化。其中 `k8s` 和 `podman_image` 这两个模块只是云开发中的其中一小部分。你可以在你的工作流程中寻找一些需要自动化的任务，并学习如何使用 Ansible 让你在这些任务上事半功倍。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/9/ansible-modules-kubernetes
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/ship_captain_devops_kubernetes_steer.png?itok=LAHfIpek (Ship captain sailing the Kubernetes seas)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-ansible
+[3]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-is-kubernetes
+[4]: https://docs.ansible.com/ansible/latest/modules/modules_by_category.html
+[5]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-docker
+[6]: http://podman.io
+[7]: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/tools/install-minikube
+[8]: https://opensource.com/article/18/10/getting-started-minikube
+[9]: https://opensource.com/downloads/ansible-k8s-cheat-sheet
+[10]: https://opensource.com/article/19/10/namespaces-and-containers-linux
+[11]: https://www.redhat.com/sysadmin/exploring-containers-lxc
diff --git a/published/202010/20200914 NFC vs. Bluetooth LE- When to use which.md b/published/202010/20200914 NFC vs. Bluetooth LE- When to use which.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ddac09e47d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200914 NFC vs. Bluetooth LE- When to use which.md
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (chenmu-kk)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12735-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (NFC vs. Bluetooth LE: When to use which)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3574932/nfc-vs-bluetooth-le-when-to-use-which.html)
+[#]: author: (Jon Gold https://www.networkworld.com/author/Jon-Gold/)
+
+近场通信 vs. 低功耗蓝牙：如何抉择
+======
+
+> 近场通信（NFC）和低功耗蓝牙（BLE）是适合企业不同用途的低功耗无线技术。
+
+
+
+在低功率、相对短距离连接的众多选择中，有两种技术脱颖而出——近场通信（NFC）和低功耗蓝牙（BLE）。两者都具有相对低廉的部署成本且易于使用。
+
+NFC 作为许多现代智能卡片的背后技术而为大众所熟知。NFC 芯片必须十分接近（在几厘米内）读卡器来实现连接，但这是它主要企业用例（安全性和访问控制）的一个优势。
+
+BLE 是主要蓝牙标准的低功耗衍生品，以较低的潜在吞吐量换来了能耗的显著降低，从而能够适应更广泛的潜在用例。
+
+接下来，我们将对每种技术及其主要用例进行更深入的描述。
+
+### NFC 的未来
+
+NFC 在近距离接触范围内工作（设备间必须靠近到几厘米范围内来进行连接），一个可读的无源 NFC “标签”根本不需要任何独立电源，它会从读卡器的信号中汲取能量，工作频率约为 13.5MHz，在主动读取芯片时需要 100-700µA 的电量。
+
+“短距离实际上是它的优势。”Gartner 研究高级总监兼分析师说， “NFC 的一大优点是它不仅仅是无线电，还内置了一个庞大的安全协议。”也就是说，潜在的不良行为者必须非常接近——使用专用设备、在几米的范围内——才能检测到正在发生的 NFC 连接。NFC 还可以施行在 SSL 技术上面一层以提高安全性。
+
+考虑到 NFC 本就起源于非接触式支付技术，这不足为奇。它在这一领域的根基在于对零售商的吸引力，零售商可以利用 NFC 让客户在购买商品前获取相关的信息、获得优惠券或者向店员寻求帮助，只需将手机接触到 NFC 热点即可。
+
+尽管 NFC 只能在一个很近的范围内使用，这限制了使用 NFC 技术用例场景，但它不仅仅是为了开门和买一杯拿铁。NFC 可以用于引导连接，便于设备间轻松快速的配对，因此用户只需在会议室中将手机贴近配备好的投影仪，即可创建一个 NFC 连接，并验证智能手机是否是一个可连接的授权设备，并进行演示。演示文稿或者视频数据本身不会通过 NFC 来传输，但是 NFC 握手可作为另外的无线协议（例如 Wi-Fi 网络或者任何其他更高带宽可以传输数据的网络）间的验证，从而无需用户登录。
+
+### BLE 的特点
+
+相较之下，BLE 的工作距离要远的多（长达几十米），其最大带宽 ：1 Mbit/s 约为 NFC 连接的两倍。它是著名的蓝牙技术的产物，相较于主线标准的更低功耗，它为机器到机器的连接做了优化。在连接两端的耗电量均小于 15 mA，实用范围约为 10米，可通过 AES 加密保护连接。
+
+然而，根据 Forrester 首席分析师 Andre Kindness 的说法，它远非 NFC 的替代品。
+
+他说：“从信息传递角度来看， [NFC] 比 BLE 快得多。”BLE 通常需要几分之一秒或更长时间的验证并安全连接，而 NFC 几乎在瞬间完成连接。
+
+不过，根据 IDC 高级研究分析师 Patrick Filkins 的说法，相较于 NFC，BLE 由于范围更广而有着更多的通用性。
+
+他说：“我认为 BLE 比较适合企业”。而类似于资产追踪、室内导航和目标广告的用例只是冰山一角。
+
+对于企业，结果是相当直接的——NFC 用例大多与公司使用蓝牙的用例是分开的，对于少有的可以选择的重叠，相对的优势和劣势显而易见。NFC 距离很短、价格便宜、可即时连接以及数据转换率较低。BLE 的工作距离更远、传输速率更高，成本也更高，连接时还需要一点时间来进行“握手”。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3574932/nfc-vs-bluetooth-le-when-to-use-which.html
+
+作者：[Jon Gold][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[chenmu-kk](https://github.com/chenmu-kk)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Jon-Gold/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[2]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[3]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/published/202010/20200916 How to Create-Configure LVM (Logical Volume Management) in Linux.md b/published/202010/20200916 How to Create-Configure LVM (Logical Volume Management) in Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d89593b28d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200916 How to Create-Configure LVM (Logical Volume Management) in Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12670-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to Create/Configure LVM in Linux)
+[#]: via: (https://www.2daygeek.com/create-lvm-storage-logical-volume-manager-in-linux/)
+[#]: author: (Magesh Maruthamuthu https://www.2daygeek.com/author/magesh/)
+
+如何在 Linux 中创建/配置 LVM（逻辑卷管理）
+======
+
+
+
+逻辑卷管理（LVM）在 Linux 系统中扮演着重要的角色，它可以提高可用性、磁盘 I/O、性能和磁盘管理的能力。
+
+LVM 是一种被广泛使用的技术，对于磁盘管理来说，它是非常灵活的。
+
+它在物理磁盘和文件系统之间增加了一个额外的层，允许你创建一个逻辑卷而不是物理磁盘。
+
+LVM 允许你在需要的时候轻松地调整、扩展和减少逻辑卷的大小。
+
+
+
+### 如何创建 LVM 物理卷？
+
+你可以使用任何磁盘、RAID 阵列、SAN 磁盘或分区作为 LVM 物理卷（PV）。
+
+让我们想象一下，你已经添加了三个磁盘，它们是 `/dev/sdb`、`/dev/sdc` 和 `/dev/sdd`。
+
+运行以下命令来[发现 Linux 中新添加的 LUN 或磁盘][2]：
+
+```
+# ls /sys/class/scsi_host
+host0
+```
+
+```
+# echo "- - -" > /sys/class/scsi_host/host0/scan
+```
+
+```
+# fdisk -l
+```
+
+**创建物理卷 （`pvcreate`） 的一般语法：**
+
+```
+pvcreate [物理卷名]
+```
+
+当在系统中检测到磁盘，使用 `pvcreate` 命令初始化 LVM PV：
+
+```
+# pvcreate /dev/sdb /dev/sdc /dev/sdd
+Physical volume "/dev/sdb" successfully created
+Physical volume "/dev/sdc" successfully created
+Physical volume "/dev/sdd" successfully created
+```
+
+**请注意：**
+
+ * 上面的命令将删除给定磁盘 `/dev/sdb`、`/dev/sdc` 和 `/dev/sdd` 上的所有数据。
+ * 物理磁盘可以直接添加到 LVM PV 中，而不必是磁盘分区。
+
+使用 `pvdisplay` 和 `pvs` 命令来显示你创建的 PV。`pvs` 命令显示的是摘要输出，`pvdisplay` 显示的是 PV 的详细输出：
+
+```
+# pvs
+PV VG Fmt Attr PSize PFree
+/dev/sdb lvm2 a-- 15.00g 15.00g
+/dev/sdc lvm2 a-- 15.00g 15.00g
+/dev/sdd lvm2 a-- 15.00g 15.00g
+```
+
+```
+# pvdisplay
+
+"/dev/sdb" is a new physical volume of "15.00 GiB"
+--- NEW Physical volume ---
+PV Name /dev/sdb
+VG Name
+PV Size 15.00 GiB
+Allocatable NO
+PE Size 0
+Total PE 0
+Free PE 0
+Allocated PE 0
+PV UUID 69d9dd18-36be-4631-9ebb-78f05fe3217f
+
+"/dev/sdc" is a new physical volume of "15.00 GiB"
+--- NEW Physical volume ---
+PV Name /dev/sdc
+VG Name
+PV Size 15.00 GiB
+Allocatable NO
+PE Size 0
+Total PE 0
+Free PE 0
+Allocated PE 0
+PV UUID a2092b92-af29-4760-8e68-7a201922573b
+
+"/dev/sdd" is a new physical volume of "15.00 GiB"
+--- NEW Physical volume ---
+PV Name /dev/sdd
+VG Name
+PV Size 15.00 GiB
+Allocatable NO
+PE Size 0
+Total PE 0
+Free PE 0
+Allocated PE 0
+PV UUID d92fa769-e00f-4fd7-b6ed-ecf7224af7faS
+```
+
+### 如何创建一个卷组
+
+卷组（VG）是 LVM 结构中的另一层。基本上，卷组由你创建的 LVM 物理卷组成，你可以将物理卷添加到现有的卷组中，或者根据需要为物理卷创建新的卷组。
+
+**创建卷组 （`vgcreate`） 的一般语法：**
+
+```
+vgcreate [卷组名] [物理卷名]
+```
+
+使用以下命令将一个新的物理卷添加到新的卷组中：
+
+```
+# vgcreate vg01 /dev/sdb /dev/sdc /dev/sdd
+Volume group "vg01" successfully created
+```
+
+**请注意：**默认情况下，它使用 4MB 的物理范围（PE），但你可以根据你的需要改变它。
+
+使用 `vgs` 和 `vgdisplay` 命令来显示你创建的 VG 的信息：
+
+```
+# vgs vg01
+VG #PV #LV #SN Attr VSize VFree
+vg01 3 0 0 wz--n- 44.99g 44.99g
+```
+
+```
+# vgdisplay vg01
+--- Volume group ---
+VG Name vg01
+System ID
+Format lvm2
+Metadata Areas 3
+Metadata Sequence No 1
+VG Access read/write
+VG Status resizable
+MAX LV 0
+Cur LV 0
+Open LV 0
+Max PV 0
+Cur PV 3
+Act PV 3
+VG Size 44.99 GiB
+PE Size 4.00 MiB
+Total PE 11511
+Alloc PE / Size 0 / 0
+Free PE / Size 11511 / 44.99 GiB
+VG UUID d17e3c31-e2c9-4f11-809c-94a549bc43b7
+```
+
+### 如何扩展卷组
+
+如果 VG 没有空间，请使用以下命令将新的物理卷添加到现有卷组中。
+
+**卷组扩展 （`vgextend`）的一般语法：**
+
+```
+vgextend [已有卷组名] [物理卷名]
+```
+
+```
+# vgextend vg01 /dev/sde
+ Volume group "vg01" successfully extended
+```
+
+### 如何以 GB 为单位创建逻辑卷？
+
+逻辑卷（LV）是 LVM 结构中的顶层。逻辑卷是由卷组创建的块设备。它作为一个虚拟磁盘分区，可以使用 LVM 命令轻松管理。
+
+你可以使用 `lvcreate` 命令创建一个新的逻辑卷。
+
+**创建逻辑卷（`lvcreate`） 的一般语法：**
+
+```
+lvcreate –n [逻辑卷名] –L [逻辑卷大小] [要创建的 LV 所在的卷组名称]
+```
+
+运行下面的命令，创建一个大小为 10GB 的逻辑卷 `lv001`：
+
+```
+# lvcreate -n lv001 -L 10G vg01
+Logical volume "lv001" created
+```
+
+使用 `lvs` 和 `lvdisplay` 命令来显示你所创建的 LV 的信息：
+
+```
+# lvs /dev/vg01/lvol01
+LV VG Attr LSize Pool Origin Data% Move Log Cpy%Sync Convert
+lv001 vg01 mwi-a-m-- 10.00g lv001_mlog 100.00
+```
+
+```
+# lvdisplay /dev/vg01/lv001
+--- Logical volume ---
+LV Path /dev/vg01/lv001
+LV Name lv001
+VG Name vg01
+LV UUID ca307aa4-0866-49b1-8184-004025789e63
+LV Write Access read/write
+LV Creation host, time localhost.localdomain, 2020-09-10 11:43:05 -0700
+LV Status available
+# open 0
+LV Size 10.00 GiB
+Current LE 2560
+Segments 1
+Allocation inherit
+Read ahead sectors auto
+- currently set to 256
+Block device 253:4
+```
+
+### 如何以 PE 大小创建逻辑卷？
+
+或者，你可以使用物理范围（PE）大小创建逻辑卷。
+
+### 如何计算 PE 值？
+
+很简单，例如，如果你有一个 10GB 的卷组，那么 PE 大小是多少？
+
+默认情况下，它使用 4MB 的物理范围，但可以通过运行 `vgdisplay` 命令来检查正确的 PE 大小，因为这可以根据需求进行更改。
+
+```
+10GB = 10240MB / 4MB （PE 大小） = 2560 PE
+```
+
+**用 PE 大小创建逻辑卷 （`lvcreate`） 的一般语法：**
+
+```
+lvcreate –n [逻辑卷名] –l [物理扩展 （PE） 大小] [要创建的 LV 所在的卷组名称]
+```
+
+要使用 PE 大小创建 10GB 的逻辑卷，命令如下：
+
+```
+# lvcreate -n lv001 -l 2560 vg01
+```
+
+### 如何创建文件系统
+
+在创建有效的文件系统之前，你不能使用逻辑卷。
+
+**创建文件系统的一般语法：**
+
+```
+mkfs –t [文件系统类型] /dev/[LV 所在的卷组名称]/[LV 名称]
+```
+
+使用以下命令将逻辑卷 `lv001` 格式化为 ext4 文件系统：
+
+```
+# mkfs -t ext4 /dev/vg01/lv001
+```
+
+对于 xfs 文件系统：
+
+```
+# mkfs -t xfs /dev/vg01/lv001
+```
+
+### 挂载逻辑卷
+
+最后，你需要挂载逻辑卷来使用它。确保在 `/etc/fstab` 中添加一个条目，以便系统启动时自动加载。
+
+创建一个目录来挂载逻辑卷：
+
+```
+# mkdir /lvmtest
+```
+
+使用挂载命令[挂载逻辑卷][3]：
+
+```
+# mount /dev/vg01/lv001 /lvmtest
+```
+
+在 [/etc/fstab 文件][4]中添加新的逻辑卷详细信息，以便系统启动时自动挂载：
+
+```
+# vi /etc/fstab
+/dev/vg01/lv001 /lvmtest xfs defaults 0 0
+```
+
+使用 [df 命令][5]检查新挂载的卷：
+
+```
+# df -h /lvmtest
+Filesystem Size Used Avail Use% Mounted on
+/dev/mapper/vg01-lv001 15360M 34M 15326M 4% /lvmtest
+```
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.2daygeek.com/create-lvm-storage-logical-volume-manager-in-linux/
+
+作者：[Magesh Maruthamuthu][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.2daygeek.com/author/magesh/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.2daygeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/create-lvm-storage-logical-volume-manager-in-linux-2.png
+[2]: https://www.2daygeek.com/scan-detect-luns-scsi-disks-on-redhat-centos-oracle-linux/
+[3]: https://www.2daygeek.com/mount-unmount-file-system-partition-in-linux/
+[4]: https://www.2daygeek.com/understanding-linux-etc-fstab-file/
+[5]: https://www.2daygeek.com/linux-check-disk-space-usage-df-command/
diff --git a/published/202010/20200917 GNOME 3.38 is Here With Customizable App Grid, Performance Improvements and Tons of Other Changes.md b/published/202010/20200917 GNOME 3.38 is Here With Customizable App Grid, Performance Improvements and Tons of Other Changes.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b51f072124
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200917 GNOME 3.38 is Here With Customizable App Grid, Performance Improvements and Tons of Other Changes.md
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (robsean)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12726-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (GNOME 3.38 is Here With Customizable App Grid, Performance Improvements and Tons of Other Changes)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/gnome-3-38-release/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+GNOME 3.38：可定制应用程序网格、性能改善
+======
+
+
+
+[GNOME 3.36][1] 带来大量亟需的改进，同时也带来性能的重大提升。现在，在 6 个月后，我们终于引来了 GNOME 3.38，并带来了一系列重大的变化。
+
+### GNOME 3.38 主要特色
+
+这里是 GNOME 3.38 (代码名称：Orbis) 的主要亮点:
+
+- [video](https://www.youtube.com/embed/DZ_P5W9r2JY)
+
+#### 可定制应用程序菜单
+
+作为 GNOME 3.38 重大更改中的一部分，应用程序网格（或称应用菜单）现在是可以可定制的。
+
+现在，你可以通过拖拽每个应用程序图标来创建文件夹，将它们移到文件夹，或移出文件夹并将其设置回应用网格。你也可以在应用网格中随心所欲地调整图标的位置。
+
+![][3]
+
+此外，这些变化是一些即将到来的设计更改的基本组成部分，因此，看到我们可以期待的东西会很令人兴奋。
+
+#### 日历菜单更新
+
+![][4]
+
+随着最近一次的 GNOME 更新，通知区整洁了很多，但是现在随着 GNOME 3.38 的到来，你终于可以通过日历区域的正下方访问日历事件，使事情变得方便且容易访问。
+
+它不是一个重大的视觉改造，但也是一些改善。
+
+#### 家长控制改善
+
+作为 GNOME 3.38 一部分，你将会注意家长控制服务。它支持与桌面、shell、设置以及其它各种各样组件的集成，来帮助你限制用户可以访问的内容。
+
+#### 重新启动按钮
+
+一些细微的改善导致了巨大的变化，重新启动按钮正是其中的一个变化。先单击 “关闭电源” / “关机” 按钮，再单击 “重新启动” 按钮的操作来重新启动系统总是让人很烦。
+
+因此，随着 GNOME 3.38 的到来，你将最终会注意到一个作为单独按钮的 “重新启动” ，这将节省你的单击次数，平复你烦闷的心情。
+
+#### 屏幕录制改善
+
+[GNOME shell 内置的屏幕录制][5] 现在是一项独立的系统服务，这可能会使录制屏幕成为一种平滑流畅的体验。
+
+另外，窗口截屏也有一些改善，并修复了一些错误：
+
+- [video](https://www.youtube.com/embed/c29ge3KwBk8)
+
+#### GNOME 应用程序更新
+
+GNOME 计算器也收到很多的错误修复。除此之外，你也将发现 [epiphany GNOME 浏览器][6] 的一些重大改变。
+
+GNOME Boxes 现在允许你从一个操作系统列表中选择将要运行的操作系统，GNOME 地图也有一些图像用户界面上的更改。
+
+当然，不仅限于这些，你页将注意到 GNOME 控制中心、联系人、照片、Nautilus，以及其它一些软件包的细微更新和修复。
+
+#### 性能和多显示器支持改善
+
+这里有一大堆底层的改进来全面地改善 GNOME 3.38 。例如，[Mutter][7] 有一些重要的修正，它现在允许在两个显示器中使用不同的刷新频率。
+
+![][8]
+
+先前，如果一台显示器的刷新频率为 60 Hz，而另一台的刷新频率为 144 Hz ，那么刷新频率较慢的显示器将限制另外一台显示器的刷新频率。但是，随着在 GNOME 3.38 中的改善，它将能够处理多个显示器，而不会使显示器相互限制。
+
+另外，[Phoronix][9] 报告的一些更改指出，在一些情况下，缩短大约 10% 的渲染时间。因此，这绝对是一个很棒的性能优化。
+
+#### 各种各样的其它更改
+
+ * 电池百分比指示器
+ * 电源菜单中的重新启动选项
+ * 新的欢迎指引
+ * 指纹登录
+ * 二维码扫描以共享 Wi-Fi 热点
+ * GNOME 浏览器的隐私和其它改善
+ * GNOME 地图现在反应敏捷并能根据屏幕大小改变其大小
+ * 重新修订的图标
+
+你可以在它们的官方 [更改日志][10] 中找到一个详细的更改列表。
+
+### 总结
+
+GNOME 3.38 确实是一个令人赞叹的更新，它改善了 GNOME 用户体验。尽管 GNOME 3.36 带来了性能的很大改善，但是针对 GNOME 3.38 的更多优化仍然是一件非常好的事.
+
+GNOME 3.38 将在 Ubuntu 20.10 和 [Fedora 33][11] 中可用。Arch 和 Manjaro 用户应该很快就能获得。
+
+我认为有很多变化是朝着正确的方向发展的。你觉得呢？
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/gnome-3-38-release/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[robsean](https://github.com/robsean)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/gnome-3-36-release/
+[2]: https://www.youtube.com/c/itsfoss?sub_confirmation=1
+[3]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/gnome-app-arranger.jpg?resize=799%2C450&ssl=1
+[4]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/gnome-3-38-calendar-menu.png?resize=800%2C721&ssl=1
+[5]: https://itsfoss.com/gnome-screen-recorder/
+[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GNOME_Web
+[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mutter_(software)
+[8]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/gnome-multi-monitor-refresh-rate.jpg?resize=800%2C369&ssl=1
+[9]: https://www.phoronix.com/scan.php?page=news_item&px=GNOME-3.38-Last-Min-Mutter
+[10]: https://help.gnome.org/misc/release-notes/3.38
+[11]: https://itsfoss.com/fedora-33/
diff --git a/published/202010/20200918 How to Extend-Increase LVM-s (Logical Volume Resize) in Linux.md b/published/202010/20200918 How to Extend-Increase LVM-s (Logical Volume Resize) in Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..db9b0c9679
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200918 How to Extend-Increase LVM-s (Logical Volume Resize) in Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12673-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to Extend/Increase LVM’s in Linux)
+[#]: via: (https://www.2daygeek.com/extend-increase-resize-lvm-logical-volume-in-linux/)
+[#]: author: (Magesh Maruthamuthu https://www.2daygeek.com/author/magesh/)
+
+如何在 Linux 中扩展/增加 LVM 大小（逻辑卷调整）
+======
+
+
+
+扩展逻辑卷非常简单，只需要很少的步骤，而且不需要卸载某个逻辑卷就可以在线完成。
+
+LVM 的主要目的是灵活的磁盘管理，当你需要的时候，可以很方便地调整、扩展和缩小逻辑卷的大小。
+
+如果你是逻辑卷管理（LVM） 新手，我建议你从我们之前的文章开始学习。
+
+ * **第一部分：[如何在 Linux 中创建/配置 LVM（逻辑卷管理）][1]**
+
+
+
+扩展逻辑卷涉及到以下步骤：
+
+ * 检查逻辑卷（LV）所在的卷组中是否有足够的未分配磁盘空间
+ * 如果有，你可以使用这些空间来扩展逻辑卷
+ * 如果没有，请向系统中添加新的磁盘或 LUN
+ * 将物理磁盘转换为物理卷（PV）
+ * 扩展卷组
+ * 增加逻辑卷大小
+ * 扩大文件系统
+ * 检查扩展的文件系统大小
+
+### 如何创建 LVM 物理卷？
+
+使用 `pvcreate` 命令创建 LVM 物理卷。
+
+当在操作系统中检测到磁盘，使用 `pvcreate` 命令初始化 LVM 物理卷：
+
+```
+# pvcreate /dev/sdc
+Physical volume "/dev/sdc" successfully created
+```
+
+**请注意：**
+
+ * 上面的命令将删除磁盘 `/dev/sdc` 上的所有数据。
+ * 物理磁盘可以直接添加到 LVM 物理卷中，而不是磁盘分区。
+
+使用 `pvdisplay` 命令来显示你所创建的物理卷：
+
+```
+# pvdisplay /dev/sdc
+
+"/dev/sdc" is a new physical volume of "10.00 GiB"
+--- NEW Physical volume ---
+PV Name /dev/sdc
+VG Name
+PV Size 10.00 GiB
+Allocatable NO
+PE Size 0
+Total PE 0
+Free PE 0
+Allocated PE 0
+PV UUID 69d9dd18-36be-4631-9ebb-78f05fe3217f
+```
+
+### 如何扩展卷组
+
+使用以下命令在现有的卷组（VG）中添加一个新的物理卷：
+
+```
+# vgextend vg01 /dev/sdc
+Volume group "vg01" successfully extended
+```
+
+使用 `vgdisplay` 命令来显示你所创建的物理卷：
+
+```
+# vgdisplay vg01
+--- Volume group ---
+VG Name vg01
+System ID
+Format lvm2
+Metadata Areas 2
+Metadata Sequence No 1
+VG Access read/write
+VG Status resizable
+MAX LV 0
+Cur LV 0
+Open LV 0
+Max PV 0
+Cur PV 2
+Act PV 2
+VG Size 14.99 GiB
+PE Size 4.00 MiB
+Total PE 3840
+Alloc PE / Size 1280 / 4.99
+Free PE / Size 2560 / 9.99 GiB
+VG UUID d17e3c31-e2c9-4f11-809c-94a549bc43b7
+```
+
+### 如何扩展逻辑卷？
+
+使用以下命令增加现有逻辑卷大小。
+
+**逻辑卷扩展（`lvextend`）的常用语法：**
+
+```
+lvextend [要增加的额外空间] [现有逻辑卷名称]
+```
+
+使用下面的命令将现有的逻辑卷增加 10GB：
+
+```
+# lvextend -L +10G /dev/mapper/vg01-lv002
+Rounding size to boundary between physical extents: 5.90 GiB
+Size of logical volume vg01/lv002 changed from 5.00 GiB (1280 extents) to 15.00 GiB (3840 extents).
+Logical volume var successfully resized
+```
+
+使用 PE 大小来扩展逻辑卷：
+
+```
+# lvextend -l +2560 /dev/mapper/vg01-lv002
+```
+
+要使用百分比（%）扩展逻辑卷，请使用以下命令：
+
+```
+# lvextend -l +40%FREE /dev/mapper/vg01-lv002
+```
+
+现在，逻辑卷已经扩展，你需要调整文件系统的大小以扩展逻辑卷内的空间：
+
+对于基于 ext3 和 ext4 的文件系统，运行以下命令：
+
+```
+# resize2fs /dev/mapper/vg01-lv002
+```
+
+对于 xfs 文件系统，使用以下命令：
+
+```
+# xfs_growfs /dev/mapper/vg01-lv002
+```
+
+使用 [df 命令][3]查看文件系统大小：
+
+```
+# df -h /lvmtest1
+Filesystem Size Used Avail Use% Mounted on
+/dev/mapper/vg01-lv002 15360M 34M 15326M 4% /lvmtest1
+```
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.2daygeek.com/extend-increase-resize-lvm-logical-volume-in-linux/
+
+作者：[Magesh Maruthamuthu][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.2daygeek.com/author/magesh/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://linux.cn/article-12670-1.html
+[2]: https://www.2daygeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/extend-increase-resize-lvm-logical-volume-in-linux-3.png
+[3]: https://www.2daygeek.com/linux-check-disk-space-usage-df-command/
diff --git a/published/202010/20200921 Installing and running Vagrant using qemu-kvm.md b/published/202010/20200921 Installing and running Vagrant using qemu-kvm.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..336a5bd209
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200921 Installing and running Vagrant using qemu-kvm.md
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12676-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Installing and running Vagrant using qemu-kvm)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/vagrant-qemukvm-fedora-devops-sysadmin/)
+[#]: author: (Andy Mott https://fedoramagazine.org/author/amott/)
+
+使用 qemu-kvm 安装和运行 Vagrant
+======
+
+![][1]
+
+Vagrant 是一个出色的工具，DevOps 专业人员、程序员、系统管理员和普通极客来使用它来建立可重复的基础架构来进行开发和测试。引用自它的网站：
+
+> Vagrant 是用于在单工作流程中构建和管理虚拟机环境的工具。凭借简单易用的工作流程并专注于自动化，Vagrant 降低了开发环境的设置时间，提高了生产效率，并使“在我的机器上可以工作”的借口成为过去。
+>
+> 如果你已经熟悉 Vagrant 的基础知识，那么该文档为所有的功能和内部结构提供了更好的参考。
+>
+> Vagrant 提供了基于行业标准技术构建的、易于配置、可复制、可移植的工作环境，并由一个一致的工作流程控制，帮助你和你的团队最大限度地提高生产力和灵活性。
+>
+>
+
+本指南将逐步介绍使 Vagrant 在基于 Fedora 的计算机上工作所需的步骤。
+
+我从最小化安装 Fedora 服务器开始，因为这样可以减少宿主机操作系统的内存占用，但如果你已经有一台可以使用的 Fedora 机器，无论是服务器还是工作站版本，那么也没问题。
+
+### 检查机器是否支持虚拟化
+
+```
+$ sudo lscpu | grep Virtualization
+```
+
+```
+Virtualization: VT-x
+Virtualization type: full
+```
+
+### 安装 qemu-kvm
+
+```
+sudo dnf install qemu-kvm libvirt libguestfs-tools virt-install rsync
+```
+
+### 启用并启动 libvirt 守护进程
+
+```
+sudo systemctl enable --now libvirtd
+```
+
+### 安装 Vagrant
+
+```
+sudo dnf install vagrant
+```
+
+### 安装 Vagrant libvirtd 插件
+
+```
+sudo vagrant plugin install vagrant-libvirt
+```
+
+### 添加一个 box
+
+```
+vagrant box add fedora/32-cloud-base --provider=libvirt
+```
+
+（LCTT 译注：以防你不知道，box 是 Vagrant 中的一种包格式，Vagrant 支持的任何平台上的任何人都可以使用盒子来建立相同的工作环境。）
+
+### 创建一个最小化的 Vagrantfile 来测试
+
+```
+$ mkdir vagrant-test
+$ cd vagrant-test
+$ vi Vagrantfile
+```
+
+```
+Vagrant.configure("2") do |config|
+ config.vm.box = "fedora/32-cloud-base"
+end
+```
+
+**注意文件名和文件内容的大小写。**
+
+### 检查文件
+
+```
+vagrant status
+```
+
+```
+Current machine states:
+
+default not created (libvirt)
+
+The Libvirt domain is not created. Run 'vagrant up' to create it.
+```
+
+### 启动 box
+
+```
+vagrant up
+```
+
+### 连接到你的新机器
+
+```
+vagrant ssh
+```
+
+完成了。现在你的 Fedora 机器上 Vagrant 可以工作了。
+
+要停止该机器，请使用 `vagrant halt`。这只是简单地停止机器，但保留虚拟机和磁盘。
+要关闭并删除它，请使用 `vagrant destroy`。这将删除整个机器和你在其中所做的任何更改。
+
+### 接下来的步骤
+
+在运行 `vagrant up` 命令之前，你不需要下载 box。你可以直接在 Vagrantfile 中指定 box 和提供者，如果还没有的话，Vagrant 会下载它。下面是一个例子，它还设置了内存量和 CPU 数量：
+
+```
+# -*- mode: ruby -*-
+# vi: set ft=ruby :
+
+Vagrant.configure("2") do |config|
+ config.vm.box = "fedora/32-cloud-base"
+ config.vm.provider :libvirt do |libvirt|
+ libvirt.cpus = 1
+ libvirt.memory = 1024
+ end
+end
+```
+
+关于使用 Vagrant、创建你自己的机器和使用不同 box 的更多信息，请参见官方文档 。
+
+有一个庞大的仓库，你可以随时下载使用这些 box，它们的的官方仓库是 Vagrant Cloud - 。这里有些是基本的操作系统，有些提供完整的功能，如数据库、网络服务器等。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/vagrant-qemukvm-fedora-devops-sysadmin/
+
+作者：[Andy Mott][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/amott/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/vagrant-beginner-howto-816x346.png
diff --git a/published/202010/20200922 How to Reduce-Shrink LVM-s (Logical Volume Resize) in Linux.md b/published/202010/20200922 How to Reduce-Shrink LVM-s (Logical Volume Resize) in Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7d1348c83f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200922 How to Reduce-Shrink LVM-s (Logical Volume Resize) in Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12740-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to Reduce/Shrink LVM’s \(Logical Volume Resize\) in Linux)
+[#]: via: (https://www.2daygeek.com/reduce-shrink-decrease-resize-lvm-logical-volume-in-linux/)
+[#]: author: (Magesh Maruthamuthu https://www.2daygeek.com/author/magesh/)
+
+如何在 Linux 中减少/缩小 LVM 大小（逻辑卷调整）
+======
+
+
+
+减少/缩小逻辑卷是数据损坏的最高风险。
+
+所以，如果可能的话，尽量避免这种情况，但如果没有其他选择的话，那就继续。
+
+缩减 LVM 之前，建议先做一个备份。
+
+当你在 LVM 中的磁盘空间耗尽时，你可以通过缩小现有的没有使用全部空间的 LVM，而不是增加一个新的物理磁盘，在卷组上腾出一些空闲空间。
+
+**需要注意的是：** 在 GFS2 或者 XFS 文件系统上不支持缩小。
+
+如果你是逻辑卷管理 （LVM） 的新手，我建议你从我们之前的文章开始学习。
+
+* **第一部分：[如何在 Linux 中创建/配置 LVM（逻辑卷管理）][1]**
+* **第二部分：[如何在 Linux 中扩展/增加 LVM（逻辑卷调整）][2]**
+
+
+
+减少逻辑卷涉及以下步骤：
+
+ * 卸载文件系统
+ * 检查文件系统是否有任何错误
+ * 缩小文件系统的大小
+ * 缩小逻辑卷的大小
+ * 重新检查文件系统是否存在错误（可选）
+ * 挂载文件系统
+ * 检查减少后的文件系统大小
+
+**比如：** 你有一个 **100GB** 的没有使用全部空间的 LVM，你想把它减少到 **80GB**，这样 **20GB** 可以用于其他用途。
+
+```
+# df -h /testlvm1
+
+Filesystem Size Used Avail Use% Mounted on
+/dev/mapper/vg01-lv002 100G 15G 85G 12% /testlvm1
+```
+
+### 卸载文件系统
+
+使用 `umount` 命令卸载文件系统：
+
+```
+# umount /testlvm1
+```
+
+### 检查文件系统是否有任何错误
+
+使用 `e2fsck` 命令检查文件系统是否有错误：
+
+```
+# e2fsck -f /dev/mapper/vg01-lv002
+
+e2fsck 1.42.9 (28-Dec-2013)
+Pass 1: Checking inodes, blocks, and sizes
+Pass 2: Checking directory structure
+Pass 3: Checking directory connectivity
+Pass 4: Checking reference counts
+Pass 5: Checking group summary information
+/dev/mapper/vg01-lv002: 13/6553600 files (0.0% non-contiguous), 12231854/26212352 blocks
+```
+
+### 缩小文件系统
+
+下面的命令将把 `testlvm1` 文件系统从 **100GB** 缩小到 **80GB**。
+
+**文件系统大小调整的常用语法（`resize2fs`）**：
+
+```
+resize2fs [现有逻辑卷名] [新的文件系统大小]
+```
+
+实际命令如下：
+
+```
+# resize2fs /dev/mapper/vg01-lv002 80G
+
+resize2fs 1.42.9 (28-Dec-2013)
+Resizing the filesystem on /dev/mapper/vg01-lv002 to 28321400 (4k) blocks.
+The filesystem on /dev/mapper/vg01-lv002 is now 28321400 blocks long.
+```
+
+### 减少逻辑卷 （LVM） 容量
+
+现在使用 `lvreduce` 命令缩小逻辑卷（LVM） 的大小。通过下面的命令， `/dev/mapper/vg01-lv002` 将把逻辑卷 （LVM） 从 100GB 缩小到 80GB。
+
+**LVM 缩减 （`lvreduce`） 的常用语法**：
+
+```
+lvreduce [新的 LVM 大小] [现有逻辑卷名称]
+```
+
+实际命令如下：
+
+```
+# lvreduce -L 80G /dev/mapper/vg01-lv002
+
+WARNING: Reducing active logical volume to 80.00 GiB
+THIS MAY DESTROY YOUR DATA (filesystem etc.)
+Do you really want to reduce lv002? [y/n]: y
+Reducing logical volume lv002 to 80.00 GiB
+Logical volume lv002 successfully resized
+```
+
+### 可选：检查文件系统是否有错误
+
+缩减 LVM 后再次检查文件系统是否有错误：
+
+```
+# e2fsck -f /dev/mapper/vg01-lv002
+
+e2fsck 1.42.9 (28-Dec-2013)
+Pass 1: Checking inodes, blocks, and sizes
+Pass 2: Checking directory structure
+Pass 3: Checking directory connectivity
+Pass 4: Checking reference counts
+Pass 5: Checking group summary information
+/dev/mapper/vg01-lv002: 13/4853600 files (0.0% non-contiguous), 1023185/2021235 blocks
+```
+
+### 挂载文件系统并检查缩小后的大小
+
+最后挂载文件系统，并检查缩小后的文件系统大小。
+
+使用 `mount` 命令[挂载逻辑卷][4]：
+
+```
+# mount /testlvm1
+```
+
+使用 [df 命令][5]检查挂载的卷。
+
+```
+# df -h /testlvm1
+
+Filesystem Size Used Avail Use% Mounted on
+/dev/mapper/vg01-lv002 80G 15G 65G 18% /testlvm1
+```
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.2daygeek.com/reduce-shrink-decrease-resize-lvm-logical-volume-in-linux/
+
+作者：[Magesh Maruthamuthu][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.2daygeek.com/author/magesh/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://linux.cn/article-12670-1.html
+[2]: https://linux.cn/article-12673-1.html
+[3]: https://www.2daygeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/reduce-shrink-decrease-resize-lvm-logical-volume-in-linux-1.png
+[4]: https://www.2daygeek.com/mount-unmount-file-system-partition-in-linux/
+[5]: https://www.2daygeek.com/linux-check-disk-space-usage-df-command/
diff --git a/published/202010/20200923 Find security issues in Go code using gosec.md b/published/202010/20200923 Find security issues in Go code using gosec.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a18b93ad79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200923 Find security issues in Go code using gosec.md
@@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
+[#]: collector: "lujun9972"
+[#]: translator: "lxbwolf"
+[#]: reviewer: "wxy"
+[#]: publisher: "wxy"
+[#]: url: "https://linux.cn/article-12681-1.html"
+[#]: subject: "Find security issues in Go code using gosec"
+[#]: via: "https://opensource.com/article/20/9/gosec"
+[#]: author: "Gaurav Kamathe https://opensource.com/users/gkamathe"
+
+使用 gosec 检查 Go 代码中的安全问题
+======
+
+> 来学习下 Go 语言的安全检查工具 gosec。
+
+
+
+[Go 语言][2]写的代码越来越常见，尤其是在容器、Kubernetes 或云生态相关的开发中。Docker 是最早采用 Golang 的项目之一，随后是 Kubernetes，之后大量的新项目在众多编程语言中选择了 Go。
+
+像其他语言一样，Go 也有它的长处和短处（如安全缺陷）。这些缺陷可能会因为语言本身的缺陷加上程序员编码不当而产生，例如，C 代码中的内存安全问题。
+
+无论它们出现的原因是什么，安全问题都应该在开发过程的早期修复，以免在封装好的软件中出现。幸运的是，静态分析工具可以帮你以更可重复的方式处理这些问题。静态分析工具通过解析用某种编程语言写的代码来找到问题。
+
+这类工具中很多被称为 linter。传统意义上，linter 更注重的是检查代码中编码问题、bug、代码风格之类的问题，它们可能不会发现代码中的安全问题。例如，[Coverity][3] 是一个很流行的工具，它可以帮助寻找 C/C++ 代码中的问题。然而，也有一些工具专门用来检查源码中的安全问题。例如，[Bandit][4] 可以检查 Python 代码中的安全缺陷。而 [gosec][5] 则用来搜寻 Go 源码中的安全缺陷。`gosec` 通过扫描 Go 的 AST（抽象语法树）来检查源码中的安全问题。
+
+### 开始使用 gosec
+
+在开始学习和使用 `gosec` 之前，你需要准备一个 Go 语言写的项目。有这么多开源软件，我相信这不是问题。你可以在 GitHub 的 [热门 Golang 仓库][6]中找一个。
+
+本文中，我随机选了 [Docker CE][7] 项目，但你可以选择任意的 Go 项目。
+
+#### 安装 Go 和 gosec
+
+如果你还没安装 Go，你可以先从仓库中拉取下来。如果你用的是 Fedora 或其他基于 RPM 的 Linux 发行版本：
+
+```
+$ dnf install golang.x86_64
+```
+
+如果你用的是其他操作系统，请参照 [Golang 安装][8]页面。
+
+使用 `version` 参数来验证 Go 是否安装成功：
+
+```
+$ go version
+go version go1.14.6 linux/amd64
+```
+
+运行 `go get` 命令就可以轻松地安装 `gosec`：
+
+```
+$ go get github.com/securego/gosec/cmd/gosec
+```
+
+上面这行命令会从 GitHub 下载 `gosec` 的源码，编译并安装到指定位置。在仓库的 `README` 中你还可以看到[安装该工具的其他方法][9]。
+
+`gosec` 的源码会被下载到 `$GOPATH` 的位置，编译出的二进制文件会被安装到你系统上设置的 `bin` 目录下。你可以运行下面的命令来查看 `$GOPATH` 和 `$GOBIN` 目录：
+
+```
+$ go env | grep GOBIN
+GOBIN="/root/go/gobin"
+$ go env | grep GOPATH
+GOPATH="/root/go"
+```
+
+如果 `go get` 命令执行成功，那么 `gosec` 二进制应该就可以使用了：
+
+```
+$ ls -l ~/go/bin/
+total 9260
+-rwxr-xr-x. 1 root root 9482175 Aug 20 04:17 gosec
+```
+
+你可以把 `$GOPATH` 下的 `bin` 目录添加到 `$PATH` 中。这样你就可以像使用系统上的其他命令一样来使用 `gosec` 命令行工具（CLI）了。
+
+```
+$ which gosec
+/root/go/bin/gosec
+$
+```
+
+使用 `gosec` 命令行工具的 `-help` 选项来看看运行是否符合预期：
+
+```
+$ gosec -help
+
+gosec - Golang security checker
+
+gosec analyzes Go source code to look for common programming mistakes that
+can lead to security problems.
+
+VERSION: dev
+GIT TAG:
+BUILD DATE:
+
+USAGE:
+```
+
+之后，创建一个目录，把源码下载到这个目录作为实例项目（本例中，我用的是 Docker CE）：
+
+```
+$ mkdir gosec-demo
+$ cd gosec-demo/
+$ pwd
+/root/gosec-demo
+$ git clone https://github.com/docker/docker-ce.git
+Cloning into 'docker-ce'...
+remote: Enumerating objects: 1271, done.
+remote: Counting objects: 100% (1271/1271), done.
+remote: Compressing objects: 100% (722/722), done.
+remote: Total 431003 (delta 384), reused 981 (delta 318), pack-reused 429732
+Receiving objects: 100% (431003/431003), 166.84 MiB | 28.94 MiB/s, done.
+Resolving deltas: 100% (221338/221338), done.
+Updating files: 100% (10861/10861), done.
+```
+
+代码统计工具（本例中用的是 `cloc`）显示这个项目大部分是用 Go 写的，恰好迎合了 `gosec` 的功能。
+
+
+```
+$ ./cloc /root/gosec-demo/docker-ce/
+ 10771 text files.
+ 8724 unique files.
+ 2560 files ignored.
+
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Language files blank comment code
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Go 7222 190785 230478 1574580
+YAML 37 4831 817 156762
+Markdown 529 21422 0 67893
+Protocol Buffers 149 5014 16562 10071
+```
+
+### 使用默认选项运行 gosec
+
+在 Docker CE 项目中使用默认选项运行 `gosec`，执行 `gosec ./...` 命令。屏幕上会有很多输出内容。在末尾你会看到一个简短的 “Summary”，列出了浏览的文件数、所有文件的总行数，以及源码中发现的问题数。
+
+```
+$ pwd
+/root/gosec-demo/docker-ce
+$ time gosec ./...
+[gosec] 2020/08/20 04:44:15 Including rules: default
+[gosec] 2020/08/20 04:44:15 Excluding rules: default
+[gosec] 2020/08/20 04:44:15 Import directory: /root/gosec-demo/docker-ce/components/engine/opts
+[gosec] 2020/08/20 04:44:17 Checking package: opts
+[gosec] 2020/08/20 04:44:17 Checking file: /root/gosec-demo/docker-ce/components/engine/opts/address_pools.go
+[gosec] 2020/08/20 04:44:17 Checking file: /root/gosec-demo/docker-ce/components/engine/opts/env.go
+[gosec] 2020/08/20 04:44:17 Checking file: /root/gosec-demo/docker-ce/components/engine/opts/hosts.go
+
+# End of gosec run
+
+Summary:
+ Files: 1278
+ Lines: 173979
+ Nosec: 4
+ Issues: 644
+
+real 0m52.019s
+user 0m37.284s
+sys 0m12.734s
+$
+```
+
+滚动屏幕你会看到不同颜色高亮的行：红色表示需要尽快查看的高优先级问题，黄色表示中优先级的问题。
+
+#### 关于误判
+
+在开始检查代码之前，我想先分享几条基本原则。默认情况下，静态检查工具会基于一系列的规则对测试代码进行分析，并报告出它们发现的*所有*问题。这是否意味着工具报出来的每一个问题都需要修复？非也。这个问题最好的解答者是设计和开发这个软件的人。他们最熟悉代码，更重要的是，他们了解软件会在什么环境下部署以及会被怎样使用。
+
+这个知识点对于判定工具标记出来的某段代码到底是不是安全缺陷至关重要。随着工作时间和经验的积累，你会慢慢学会怎样让静态分析工具忽略非安全缺陷，使报告内容的可执行性更高。因此，要判定 `gosec` 报出来的某个问题是否需要修复，让一名有经验的开发者对源码做人工审计会是比较好的办法。
+
+#### 高优先级问题
+
+从输出内容看，`gosec` 发现了 Docker CE 的一个高优先级问题，它使用的是低版本的 TLS（传输层安全）。无论什么时候，使用软件和库的最新版本都是确保它更新及时、没有安全问题的最好的方法。
+
+```
+[/root/gosec-demo/docker-ce/components/engine/daemon/logger/splunk/splunk.go:173] - G402 (CWE-295): TLS MinVersion too low. (Confidence: HIGH, Severity: HIGH)
+ 172:
+ > 173: tlsConfig := &tls.Config{}
+ 174:
+```
+
+它还发现了一个弱随机数生成器。它是不是一个安全缺陷，取决于生成的随机数的使用方式。
+
+```
+[/root/gosec-demo/docker-ce/components/engine/pkg/namesgenerator/names-generator.go:843] - G404 (CWE-338): Use of weak random number generator (math/rand instead of crypto/rand) (Confidence: MEDIUM, Severity: HIGH)
+ 842: begin:
+ > 843: name := fmt.Sprintf("%s_%s", left[rand.Intn(len(left))], right[rand.Intn(len(right))])
+ 844: if name == "boring_wozniak" /* Steve Wozniak is not boring */ {
+```
+
+#### 中优先级问题
+
+这个工具还发现了一些中优先级问题。它标记了一个通过与 `tar` 相关的解压炸弹这种方式实现的潜在的 DoS 威胁，这种方式可能会被恶意的攻击者利用。
+
+```
+[/root/gosec-demo/docker-ce/components/engine/pkg/archive/copy.go:357] - G110 (CWE-409): Potential DoS vulnerability via decompression bomb (Confidence: MEDIUM, Severity: MEDIUM)
+ 356:
+ > 357: if _, err = io.Copy(rebasedTar, srcTar); err != nil {
+ 358: w.CloseWithError(err)
+```
+
+它还发现了一个通过变量访问文件的问题。如果恶意使用者能访问这个变量，那么他们就可以改变变量的值去读其他文件。
+
+```
+[/root/gosec-demo/docker-ce/components/cli/cli/context/tlsdata.go:80] - G304 (CWE-22): Potential file inclusion via variable (Confidence: HIGH, Severity: MEDIUM)
+ 79: if caPath != "" {
+ > 80: if ca, err = ioutil.ReadFile(caPath); err != nil {
+ 81: return nil, err
+```
+
+文件和目录通常是操作系统安全的最基础的元素。这里，`gosec` 报出了一个可能需要你检查目录的权限是否安全的问题。
+
+```
+[/root/gosec-demo/docker-ce/components/engine/contrib/apparmor/main.go:41] - G301 (CWE-276): Expect directory permissions to be 0750 or less (Confidence: HIGH, Severity: MEDIUM)
+ 40: // make sure /etc/apparmor.d exists
+ > 41: if err := os.MkdirAll(path.Dir(apparmorProfilePath), 0755); err != nil {
+ 42: log.Fatal(err)
+```
+
+你经常需要在源码中启动命令行工具。Go 使用内建的 exec 库来实现。仔细地分析用来调用这些工具的变量，就能发现安全缺陷。
+
+```
+[/root/gosec-demo/docker-ce/components/engine/testutil/fakestorage/fixtures.go:59] - G204 (CWE-78): Subprocess launched with variable (Confidence: HIGH, Severity: MEDIUM)
+ 58:
+ > 59: cmd := exec.Command(goCmd, "build", "-o", filepath.Join(tmp, "httpserver"), "github.com/docker/docker/contrib/httpserver")
+ 60: cmd.Env = append(os.Environ(), []string{
+```
+
+#### 低优先级问题
+
+在这个输出中，gosec 报出了一个 `unsafe` 调用相关的低优先级问题，这个调用会绕开 Go 提供的内存保护。再仔细分析下你调用 `unsafe` 的方式，看看是否有被别人利用的可能性。
+
+```
+[/root/gosec-demo/docker-ce/components/engine/pkg/archive/changes_linux.go:264] - G103 (CWE-242): Use of unsafe calls should be audited (Confidence: HIGH, Severity: LOW)
+ 263: for len(buf) > 0 {
+ > 264: dirent := (*unix.Dirent)(unsafe.Pointer(&buf[0]))
+ 265: buf = buf[dirent.Reclen:]
+
+
+
+[/root/gosec-demo/docker-ce/components/engine/pkg/devicemapper/devmapper_wrapper.go:88] - G103 (CWE-242): Use of unsafe calls should be audited (Confidence: HIGH, Severity: LOW)
+ 87: func free(p *C.char) {
+ > 88: C.free(unsafe.Pointer(p))
+ 89: }
+```
+
+它还标记了源码中未处理的错误。源码中出现的错误你都应该处理。
+
+```
+[/root/gosec-demo/docker-ce/components/cli/cli/command/image/build/context.go:172] - G104 (CWE-703): Errors unhandled. (Confidence: HIGH, Severity: LOW)
+ 171: err := tar.Close()
+ > 172: os.RemoveAll(dockerfileDir)
+ 173: return err
+```
+
+### 自定义 gosec 扫描
+
+使用 `gosec` 的默认选项会带来很多的问题。然而，经过人工审计，随着时间推移你会掌握哪些问题是不需要标记的。你可以自己指定排除和包含哪些测试。
+
+我上面提到过，`gosec` 是基于一系列的规则从 Go 源码中查找问题的。下面是它使用的完整的[规则][10]列表：
+
+- G101：查找硬编码凭证
+- G102：绑定到所有接口
+- G103：审计 `unsafe` 块的使用
+- G104：审计未检查的错误
+- G106：审计 `ssh.InsecureIgnoreHostKey` 的使用
+- G107: 提供给 HTTP 请求的 url 作为污点输入
+- G108: `/debug/pprof` 上自动暴露的剖析端点
+- G109: `strconv.Atoi` 转换到 int16 或 int32 时潜在的整数溢出
+- G110: 潜在的通过解压炸弹实现的 DoS
+- G201：SQL 查询构造使用格式字符串
+- G202：SQL 查询构造使用字符串连接
+- G203：在 HTML 模板中使用未转义的数据
+- G204：审计命令执行情况
+- G301：创建目录时文件权限分配不合理
+- G302：使用 `chmod` 时文件权限分配不合理
+- G303：使用可预测的路径创建临时文件
+- G304：通过污点输入提供的文件路径
+- G305：提取 zip/tar 文档时遍历文件
+- G306: 写到新文件时文件权限分配不合理
+- G307: 把返回错误的函数放到 `defer` 内
+- G401：检测 DES、RC4、MD5 或 SHA1 的使用
+- G402：查找错误的 TLS 连接设置
+- G403：确保最小 RSA 密钥长度为 2048 位
+- G404：不安全的随机数源（`rand`）
+- G501：导入黑名单列表：crypto/md5
+- G502：导入黑名单列表：crypto/des
+- G503：导入黑名单列表：crypto/rc4
+- G504：导入黑名单列表：net/http/cgi
+- G505：导入黑名单列表：crypto/sha1
+- G601: 在 `range` 语句中使用隐式的元素别名
+
+#### 排除指定的测试
+
+你可以自定义 `gosec` 来避免对已知为安全的问题进行扫描和报告。你可以使用 `-exclude` 选项和上面的规则编号来忽略指定的问题。
+
+例如，如果你不想让 `gosec` 检查源码中硬编码凭证相关的未处理的错误，那么你可以运行下面的命令来忽略这些错误：
+
+```
+$ gosec -exclude=G104 ./...
+$ gosec -exclude=G104,G101 ./...
+```
+
+有时候你知道某段代码是安全的，但是 `gosec` 还是会报出问题。然而，你又不想完全排除掉整个检查，因为你想让 `gosec` 检查新增的代码。通过在你已知为安全的代码块添加 `#nosec` 标记可以避免 `gosec` 扫描。这样 `gosec` 会继续扫描新增代码，而忽略掉 `#nosec` 标记的代码块。
+
+#### 运行指定的检查
+
+另一方面，如果你只想检查指定的问题，你可以通过 `-include` 选项和规则编号来告诉 `gosec` 运行哪些检查：
+
+```
+$ gosec -include=G201,G202 ./...
+```
+
+#### 扫描测试文件
+
+Go 语言自带对测试的支持，通过单元测试来检验一个元素是否符合预期。在默认模式下，`gosec` 会忽略测试文件，你可以使用 `-tests` 选项把它们包含进来：
+
+```
+gosec -tests ./...
+```
+
+#### 修改输出的格式
+
+找出问题只是它的一半功能；另一半功能是把它检查到的问题以用户友好同时又方便工具处理的方式报告出来。幸运的是，`gosec` 可以用不同的方式输出。例如，如果你想看 JSON 格式的报告，那么就使用 `-fmt` 选项指定 JSON 格式并把结果保存到 `results.json` 文件中：
+
+```
+$ gosec -fmt=json -out=results.json ./...
+
+$ ls -l results.json
+-rw-r--r--. 1 root root 748098 Aug 20 05:06 results.json
+$
+
+ {
+ "severity": "LOW",
+ "confidence": "HIGH",
+ "cwe": {
+ "ID": "242",
+ "URL": "https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/242.html"
+ },
+ "rule_id": "G103",
+ "details": "Use of unsafe calls should be audited",
+ "file": "/root/gosec-demo/docker-ce/components/engine/daemon/graphdriver/graphtest/graphtest_unix.go",
+ "code": "304: \t// Cast to []byte\n305: \theader := *(*reflect.SliceHeader)(unsafe.Pointer(\u0026buf))\n306: \theader. Len *= 8\n",
+ "line": "305",
+ "column": "36"
+ },
+```
+
+### 用 gosec 检查容易被发现的问题
+
+静态检查工具不能完全代替人工代码审计。然而，当代码量变大、有众多开发者时，这样的工具往往有助于以可重复的方式找出容易被发现的问题。它对于帮助新开发者识别和在编码时避免引入这些安全缺陷很有用。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/9/gosec
+
+作者：[Gaurav Kamathe][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[lxbowlf](https://github.com/lxbwolf)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/gkamathe
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/BUSINESS_3reasons.png?itok=k6F3-BqA "A lock on the side of a building"
+[2]: https://golang.org/
+[3]: https://www.synopsys.com/software-integrity/security-testing/static-analysis-sast.html
+[4]: https://pypi.org/project/bandit/
+[5]: https://github.com/securego/gosec
+[6]: https://github.com/trending/go
+[7]: https://github.com/docker/docker-ce
+[8]: https://golang.org/doc/install
+[9]: https://github.com/securego/gosec#install
+[10]: https://github.com/securego/gosec#available-rules
+
diff --git a/published/202010/20200925 5 questions to ask yourself when writing project documentation.md b/published/202010/20200925 5 questions to ask yourself when writing project documentation.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3b59da6ca5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200925 5 questions to ask yourself when writing project documentation.md
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12691-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (5 questions to ask yourself when writing project documentation)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/9/project-documentation)
+[#]: author: (Alexei Leontief https://opensource.com/users/alexeileontief)
+
+编写项目文档时要问自己的 5 个问题
+======
+
+> 使用有效沟通的一些基本原则可以帮助你创建与你的品牌一致的、编写良好、内容丰富的项目文档。
+
+
+
+在开始实际撰写又一个开源项目的文档之前，甚至在采访专家之前，最好回答一些有关新文档的高级问题。
+
+著名的传播理论家 Harold Lasswell 在他 1948 年的文章《社会中的传播结构和功能》中写道：
+
+> （一种）描述沟通行为的方便方法是回答以下问题：
+>
+> * 谁
+> * 说什么
+> * 在哪个渠道
+> * 对谁
+> * 有什么效果？
+
+作为一名技术交流者，你可以运用 Lasswell 的理论，回答关于你文档的类似问题，以更好地传达你的信息，达到预期的效果。
+
+### 谁：谁是文档的所有者？
+
+或者说，文档背后是什么公司？它想向受众传达什么品牌形象？这个问题的答案将极大地影响你的写作风格。公司可能有自己的风格指南，或者至少有正式的使命声明，在这种情况下，你应该从这开始。
+
+如果公司刚刚起步，你可以向文件的主人提出上述问题。作为作者，将你为公司创造的声音和角色与你自己的世界观和信念结合起来是很重要的。这将使你的写作看起来更自然，而不像公司的行话。
+
+### 说什么：文件类型是什么？
+
+你需要传达什么信息？它是什么类型的文档：用户指南、API 参考、发布说明等？许多文档类型有模板或普遍认可的结构，这些结构为你提供一个开始的地方，并帮助确保包括所有必要的信息。
+
+### 在哪个渠道：文档的格式是什么？
+
+对于技术文档，沟通的渠道通常会告诉你文档的最终格式，也就是 PDF、HTML、文本文件等。这很可能也决定了你应该使用什么工具来编写你的文档。
+
+### 对谁：目标受众是谁？
+
+谁会阅读这份文档？他们的知识水平如何？他们的工作职责和主要挑战是什么？这些问题将帮助你确定你应该覆盖什么内容，是否应该应该涉及细节，是否可以使用特定的术语，等等。在某些情况下，这些问题的答案甚至可以影响你使用的语法的复杂性。
+
+### 有什么效果：文档的目的是什么？
+
+在这里，你应该定义这个文档要为它的潜在读者解决什么问题，或者它应该为他们回答什么问题。例如，你的文档的目的可以是教你的客户如何使用你的产品。
+
+这时，你可以参考 [Divio][2] 建议的方法。根据这种方法，你可以根据文档的总体方向，将任何文档分为四种类型之一：学习、解决问题、理解或获取信息。
+
+在这个阶段，另一个很好的问题是，这个文档要解决什么业务问题（例如，如何削减支持成本）。带着业务问题，你可能会看到你写作的一个重要角度。
+
+### 总结
+
+上面的问题旨在帮助你形成有效沟通的基础，并确保你的文件涵盖了所有应该涵盖的内容。你可以把它们分解成你自己的问题清单，并把它们放在身边，以便在你有文件要创建的时候使用。当你面对空白页无从着笔时，这份清单也可能会派上用场。希望它能激发你的灵感，帮助你产生想法。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/9/project-documentation
+
+作者：[Alexei Leontief][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/alexeileontief
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/rh_003784_02_os.comcareers_resume_rh1x.png?itok=S3HGxi6E (A person writing.)
+[2]: https://documentation.divio.com/
diff --git a/published/202010/20200926 10 Open Source Static Site Generators to Create Fast and Resource-Friendly Websites.md b/published/202010/20200926 10 Open Source Static Site Generators to Create Fast and Resource-Friendly Websites.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6878aea281
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200926 10 Open Source Static Site Generators to Create Fast and Resource-Friendly Websites.md
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+[#]: collector: "lujun9972"
+[#]: translator: "lxbwolf"
+[#]: reviewer: "wxy"
+[#]: publisher: "wxy"
+[#]: url: "https://linux.cn/article-12671-1.html"
+[#]: subject: "10 Open Source Static Site Generators to Create Fast and Resource-Friendly Websites"
+[#]: via: "https://itsfoss.com/open-source-static-site-generators/"
+[#]: author: "Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/"
+
+10 大静态网站生成工具
+======
+
+
+
+> 在寻找部署静态网页的方法吗？这几个开源的静态网站生成工具可以帮你迅速部署界面优美、功能强大的静态网站，无需掌握复杂的 HTML 和 CSS 技能。
+
+### 静态网站是什么？
+
+技术上来讲，静态网站是指网页不是由服务器动态生成的。HTML、CSS 和 JavaScript 文件就静静地躺在服务器的某个路径下，它们的内容与终端用户接收到的版本是一样的。原始的源码文件已经提前编译好了，源码在每次请求后都不会变化。
+
+Linux.CN 是一个依赖多个数据库的动态网站，当有浏览器的请求时，网页就会生成并提供服务。大部分网站是动态的，你与这些网站互动时，大量的内容会经常改变。
+
+静态网站有一些好处，比如加载时间更短，请求的服务器资源更少、更安全（值得商榷）。
+
+传统上，静态网站更适合于创建只有少量网页、内容变化不频繁的小网站。
+
+然而，随着静态网站生成工具出现后，静态网站的适用范围越来越大。你还可以使用这些工具搭建博客网站。
+
+我整理了几个开源的静态网站生成工具，这些工具可以帮你搭建界面优美的网站。
+
+### 最好的开源静态网站生成工具
+
+请注意，静态网站不会提供很复杂的功能。如果你需要复杂的功能，那么你可以参考适用于动态网站的[最佳开源 CMS][1]列表。
+
+#### 1、Jekyll
+
+![][2]
+
+Jekyll 是用 [Ruby][3] 写的最受欢迎的开源静态生成工具之一。实际上，Jekyll 是 [GitHub 页面][4] 的引擎，它可以让你免费用 GitHub 托管网站。
+
+你可以很轻松地跨平台配置 Jekyll，包括 Ubuntu。它利用 [Markdown][5]、[Liquid][5]（模板语言）、HTML 和 CSS 来生成静态的网页文件。如果你要搭建一个没有广告或推广自己工具或服务的产品页的博客网站，它是个不错的选择。
+
+它还支持从常见的 CMS（内容管理系统）如 Ghost、WordPress、Drupal 7 迁移你的博客。你可以管理永久链接、类别、页面、文章，还可以自定义布局，这些功能都很强大。因此，即使你已经有了一个网站，如果你想转成静态网站，Jekyll 会是一个完美的解决方案。你可以参考[官方文档][6]或 [GitHub 页面][7]了解更多内容。
+
+- [Jekyll][8]
+
+#### 2、Hugo
+
+![][9]
+
+Hugo 是另一个很受欢迎的用于搭建静态网站的开源框架。它是用 [Go 语言][10]写的。
+
+它运行速度快、使用简单、可靠性高。如果你需要，它也可以提供更高级的主题。它还提供了一些有用的快捷方式来帮助你轻松完成任务。无论是组合展示网站还是博客网站，Hogo 都有能力管理大量的内容类型。
+
+如果你想使用 Hugo，你可以参照它的[官方文档][11]或它的 [GitHub 页面][12]来安装以及了解更多相关的使用方法。如果需要的话，你还可以将 Hugo 部署在 GitHub 页面或任何 CDN 上。
+
+- [Hugo][13]
+
+#### 3、Hexo
+
+![][14]
+
+Hexo 是一个有趣的开源框架，基于 [Node.js][15]。像其他的工具一样，你可以用它搭建相当快速的网站，不仅如此，它还提供了丰富的主题和插件。
+
+它还根据用户的每个需求提供了强大的 API 来扩展功能。如果你已经有一个网站，你可以用它的[迁移][16]扩展轻松完成迁移工作。
+
+你可以参照[官方文档][17]或 [GitHub 页面][18] 来使用 Hexo。
+
+- [Hexo][19]
+
+#### 4、Gatsby
+
+![][20]
+
+Gatsby 是一个越来越流行的开源网站生成框架。它使用 [React.js][21] 来生成快速、界面优美的网站。
+
+几年前在一个实验性的项目中，我曾经非常想尝试一下这个工具，它提供的成千上万的新插件和主题的能力让我印象深刻。与其他静态网站生成工具不同的是，你可以使用 Gatsby 生成一个网站，并在不损失任何功能的情况下获得静态网站的好处。
+
+它提供了与很多流行的服务的整合功能。当然，你可以不使用它的复杂的功能，或将其与你选择的流行 CMS 配合使用，这也会很有趣。你可以查看他们的[官方文档][22]或它的 [GitHub 页面][23]了解更多内容。
+
+- [Gatsby][24]
+
+#### 5、VuePress
+
+![][25]
+
+VuePress 是由 [Vue.js][26] 支持的静态网站生成工具，而 Vue.js 是一个开源的渐进式 JavaScript 框架。
+
+如果你了解 HTML、CSS 和 JavaScript，那么你可以无压力地使用 VuePress。你应该可以找到几个有用的插件和主题来为你的网站建设开个头。此外，看起来 Vue.js 的更新一直很活跃，很多开发者都在关注 Vue.js，这是一件好事。
+
+你可以参照他们的[官方文档][27]和 [GitHub 页面][28]了解更多。
+
+- [VuePress][29]
+
+#### 6、Nuxt.js
+
+![][30]
+
+Nuxt.js 使用了 Vue.js 和 Node.js，但它致力于模块化，并且有能力依赖服务端而非客户端。不仅如此，它的目标是为开发者提供直观的体验，并提供描述性错误，以及详细的文档等。
+
+正如它声称的那样，在你用来搭建静态网站的所有工具中，Nuxt.js 可以做到功能和灵活性两全其美。他们还提供了一个 [Nuxt 线上沙盒][31]，让你不费吹灰之力就能直接测试它。
+
+你可以查看它的 [GitHub 页面][32]和[官方网站][33]了解更多。
+
+- [Nuxt.js][33]
+
+#### 7、Docusaurus
+
+![][34]
+
+Docusaurus 是一个有趣的开源静态网站生成工具，为搭建文档类网站量身定制。它还是 [Facebook 开源计划][35]的一个项目。
+
+Docusaurus 是用 React 构建的。你可以使用所有的基本功能，像文档版本管理、文档搜索和翻译大多是预先配置的。如果你想为你的产品或服务搭建一个文档网站，那么可以试试 Docusaurus。
+
+你可以从它的 [GitHub 页面][36]和它的[官网][37]获取更多信息。
+
+- [Docusaurus][37]
+
+#### 8、Eleventy
+
+![][38]
+
+Eleventy 自称是 Jekyll 的替代品，旨在以更简单的方法来制作更快的静态网站。
+
+它似乎很容易上手，而且它还提供了适当的文档来帮助你。如果你想找一个简单的静态网站生成工具，Eleventy 似乎会是一个有趣的选择。
+
+你可以参照它的 [GitHub 页面][39]和[官网][40]来了解更多的细节。
+
+- [Eleventy][40]
+
+#### 9、Publii
+
+![][41]
+
+Publii 是一个令人印象深刻的开源 CMS，它能使生成一个静态网站变得很容易。它是用 [Electron][42] 和 Vue.js 构建的。如果有需要，你也可以把你的文章从 WorkPress 网站迁移过来。此外，它还提供了与 GitHub 页面、Netlify 及其它类似服务的一键同步功能。
+
+如果你利用 Publii 生成一个静态网站，你还可以得到一个所见即所得的编辑器。你可以从[官网][43]下载它，或者从它的 [GitHub 页面][44]了解更多信息。
+
+- [Publii][43]
+
+#### 10、Primo
+
+![][45]
+
+一个有趣的开源静态网站生成工具，目前开发工作仍很活跃。虽然与其他的静态生成工具相比，它还不是一个成熟的解决方案，有些功能还不完善，但它是一个独特的项目。
+
+Primo 旨在使用可视化的构建器帮你构建和搭建网站，这样你就可以轻松编辑和部署到任意主机上。
+
+你可以参照[官网][46]或查看它的 [GitHub 页面][47]了解更多信息。
+
+- [Primo][46]
+
+### 结语
+
+还有很多文章中没有列出的网站生成工具。然而，我试图提到最好的静态生成器，为您提供最快的加载时间，最好的安全性和令人印象深刻的灵活性。
+
+列表中没有你最喜欢的工具？在下面的评论中告诉我。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/open-source-static-site-generators/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[lxbwolf](https://github.com/lxbwolf)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/open-source-cms/
+[2]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/jekyll-screenshot.jpg?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[3]: https://www.ruby-lang.org/en/
+[4]: https://pages.github.com/
+[5]: https://github.com/Shopify/liquid/wiki
+[6]: https://jekyllrb.com/docs/
+[7]: https://github.com/jekyll/jekyll
+[8]: https://jekyllrb.com/
+[9]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/hugo.jpg?resize=800%2C414&ssl=1
+[10]: https://golang.org/
+[11]: https://gohugo.io/getting-started/
+[12]: https://github.com/gohugoio/hugo
+[13]: https://gohugo.io/
+[14]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/hexo.jpg?resize=800%2C213&ssl=1
+[15]: https://nodejs.org/en/
+[16]: https://hexo.io/api/migrator.html
+[17]: https://hexo.io/docs/
+[18]: https://github.com/hexojs/hexo
+[19]: https://hexo.io/
+[20]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/gatsbyjs.png?resize=800%2C388&ssl=1
+[21]: https://reactjs.org/
+[22]: https://www.gatsbyjs.com/docs/
+[23]: https://github.com/gatsbyjs/gatsby
+[24]: https://www.gatsbyjs.com/
+[25]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/VuePress.jpg?resize=800%2C498&ssl=1
+[26]: https://vuejs.org/
+[27]: https://vuepress.vuejs.org/guide/
+[28]: https://github.com/vuejs/vuepress
+[29]: https://vuepress.vuejs.org/
+[30]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/nuxtjs.jpg?resize=800%2C415&ssl=1
+[31]: https://template.nuxtjs.org/
+[32]: https://github.com/nuxt/nuxt.js
+[33]: https://nuxtjs.org/
+[34]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/docusaurus.jpg?resize=800%2C278&ssl=1
+[35]: https://opensource.facebook.com/
+[36]: https://github.com/facebook/docusaurus
+[37]: https://docusaurus.io/
+[38]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/eleventy.png?resize=800%2C375&ssl=1
+[39]: https://github.com/11ty/eleventy/
+[40]: https://www.11ty.dev/
+[41]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/publii.jpg?resize=800%2C311&ssl=1
+[42]: https://www.electronjs.org
+[43]: https://getpublii.com/
+[44]: https://github.com/GetPublii/Publii
+[45]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/primo-af.jpg?resize=800%2C394&ssl=1
+[46]: https://primo.af/
+[47]: https://github.com/primo-app/primo-desktop
diff --git a/published/202010/20200926 Linux Jargon Buster- What is FOSS (Free and Open Source Software)- What is Open Source.md b/published/202010/20200926 Linux Jargon Buster- What is FOSS (Free and Open Source Software)- What is Open Source.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..69af9d8b63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200926 Linux Jargon Buster- What is FOSS (Free and Open Source Software)- What is Open Source.md
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12748-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Linux Jargon Buster: What is FOSS \(Free and Open Source Software\)? What is Open Source?)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/what-is-foss/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+Linux 黑话解释：什么是 FOSS（自由和开源软件）？什么是开源？
+======
+
+![][7]
+
+什么是 FOSS？
+
+在过去，我曾多次被问到这个问题，现在是时候解释一下什么是 Linux 和软件世界中的 FOSS 了。
+
+这个区别很重要，因为 FOSS 是一个通用的词汇，它可以根据上下文的不同而有不同的含义。在这里，我讨论的是软件中的 FOSS 原则。
+
+### 什么是 FOSS？
+
+FOSS 是指自由和开放源码软件。这并不意味着软件是免费的。它意味着软件的源代码是开放的，任何人都可以自由使用、研究和修改代码。这个原则允许人们像一个社区一样为软件的开发和改进做出贡献。
+
+#### FOSS 的起源
+
+在上世纪 60、70 年代，计算机以硬件为主，硬件价格昂贵。它们主要由大学的学者或实验室的研究人员使用。以前有限的软件都是免费的，或者是带有它们的源代码，用户可以根据自己的需要修改源代码。
+
+在上世纪 70 年代末和 80 年代初，制造商为了不让自己的软件在竞争对手的计算机上运行，停止了分发源代码。
+
+这种限制性的许可导致了那些习惯和喜欢修改软件的人的不便和不喜。上世纪 80 年代中期，Richard Stallman 发起了自由软件运动。
+
+[Stallman 指明了一个软件要成为 FOSS 的四个基本自由][1]。
+
+![自由软件自由][2]
+
+为了便于理解，我将它们重新表述：
+
+ * 任何用户应能为任何目的运行软件。
+ * 用户应能自由查看软件的源代码，如有需要，应允许用户修改代码。
+ * 用户应能自由地将软件的副本分发给他人。
+ * 如果用户修改了代码，她/他应该可以自由地将修改后的代码发布给他人。修改后的代码必须开放源代码。
+
+如果有兴趣，我建议阅读这篇关于 [FOSS 的历史][3]的文章。
+
+### FOSS 中的 “Free” 并不意味着免费
+
+![][4]
+
+你可能已经注意到了，自由和开源软件中的 “Free” 并不意味着它是免费的，它意味着运行、修改和分发软件的“自由”。
+
+人们经常错误地认为，FOSS 或开源软件不能有价格标签。这是不正确的。
+
+大多数 FOSS 都是免费提供的，原因有很多：
+
+ * 源代码已经向公众开放，所以一些开发者认为没有必要在下载软件时贴上价格标签。
+ * 有些项目是由一些志愿者免费提供的。因此，主要的开发者认为对这么多人免费贡献的东西收费是不道德的。
+ * 有些项目是由较大的企业或非营利组织支持和/或开发的，这些组织会雇佣开发人员在他们的开源项目上工作。
+ * 有些开发者创建开源项目是出于兴趣，或者出于他们对用代码为世界做贡献的热情。对他们来说，下载量、贡献和感谢的话比金钱更重要。
+
+为了避免强调 “免费”，有些人使用了 FLOSS 这个词（LCTT 译注：有时候也写作 F/LOSS）。FLOSS 是自由和开源软件的缩写。单词 Libre（意为自由）与 gartuit/gratis（免费）不同。
+
+> “Free” 是言论自由的自由，而不是免费啤酒的免费。
+
+### FOSS 项目如何赚钱？
+
+开源项目不赚钱是一个神话。红帽是第一个达到 10 亿美元大关的开源公司。[IBM 以 340 亿美元收购了红帽][5]。这样的例子有很多。
+
+许多开源项目，特别是企业领域的项目，都会提供收费的支持和面向企业的功能。这是红帽、SUSE Linux 和更多此类项目的主要商业模式。
+
+一些开源项目，如 Discourse、WordPress 等，则提供其软件的托管实例，并收取一定的费用。
+
+许多开源项目，特别是桌面应用程序，依靠捐赠。VLC、GIMP、Inkscape 等这类开源软件就属于这一类。有[资助开源项目的方法][6]，但通常，你会在项目网站上找到捐赠链接。
+
+利用开源软件赚钱可能很难，但也不是完全不可能。
+
+### 但我不是程序员，我为什么要关心一个软件是否开源？
+
+这是一个合理的问题。你不是一个软件开发者，只是一个普通的计算机用户。即使软件的源代码是可用的，你也不会理解程序的工作原理。
+
+这很好。你不会明白，但有必要技能的人就会明白，这才是最重要的。
+
+你可以这样想。也许你不会理解一份复杂的法律文件。但如果你有看文件的自由，并保留一份副本，你就可以咨询某个人，他可以检查文件中的法律陷阱。
+
+换句话说，开源软件具有透明度。
+
+### FOSS 与开源之间的区别是什么？
+
+你会经常遇到 FOSS 和开源的术语。它们经常被互换使用。
+
+它们是同一件事吗？这很难用“是”和“不是”来回答。
+
+你看，FOSS 中的“Free”一词让很多人感到困惑，因为人们错误地认为它是免费的。企业高管、高层和决策者往往会关注自由和开源中的“免费”。由于他们是商业人士，专注于为他们的公司赚钱，“自由”一词在采用 FOSS 原则时起到了威慑作用。
+
+这就是为什么在上世纪 90 年代中期创立了一个名为[开源促进会][8]的新组织。他们从自由和开放源码软件中去掉了“自由”一词，并创建了自己的[开放源码的定义][9]，以及自己的一套许可证。
+
+“开源”一词在软件行业特别流行。高管们对开源更加适应。开源软件的采用迅速增长，我相信 “免费”一词的删除确实起到了作用。
+
+### 有问题吗？
+
+这正如我在[什么是 Linux 发行版][10]一文中所解释的那样，FOSS/开源的概念在 Linux 的发展和普及中起到了很大的作用。
+
+我试图在这篇黑话解释文章中用更简单的语言解释 FOSS 和开源的概念，而试图避免在细节或技术精度上做过多的阐述。
+
+我希望你现在对这个话题有了更好的理解。如果你有问题或建议，欢迎留言并继续讨论。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/what-is-foss/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.html
+[2]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/foss-freedoms.jpg?resize=800%2C671&ssl=1
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/history-of-foss/
+[4]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/think-free-speech-not-free-beer.jpg?resize=800%2C800&ssl=1
+[5]: https://itsfoss.com/ibm-red-hat-acquisition/
+[6]: https://itsfoss.com/open-source-funding-platforms/
+[7]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/what-is-foss.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[8]: https://opensource.org/
+[9]: https://opensource.org/osd
+[10]: https://itsfoss.com/what-is-linux-distribution/
diff --git a/published/202010/20200928 Create template files in GNOME.md b/published/202010/20200928 Create template files in GNOME.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..932b6d352c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200928 Create template files in GNOME.md
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (rakino)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12699-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Create template files in GNOME)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/9/gnome-templates)
+[#]: author: (Alan Formy-Duval https://opensource.com/users/alanfdoss)
+
+在 GNOME 中创建文档模板
+======
+
+> 制作模板可以让你更快地开始写作新的文档。
+
+
+
+我只是偶然发现了 [GNOME][2] 的一个新功能（对我来说是的）：创建文档模版。模版也被称作样版文件，一般是有着特定格式的空文档，例如律师事务所的信笺，在其顶部有着律所的名称和地址；另一个例子是银行以及保险公司的保函，在其底部页脚包含着某些免责声明。由于这类信息很少改变，你可以把它们添加到空文档中作为模板使用。
+
+一天，在浏览我的 Linux 系统文件的时候，我点击了模板文件夹，然后刚好发现窗口的上方有一条消息写着：“将文件放入此文件夹并用作新文档的模板”，以及一个“获取详情……” 的链接，打开了模板的 [GNOME 帮助页面][3]。
+
+![Message at top of Templates folder in GNOME Desktop][4]
+
+### 创建模板
+
+在 GNOME 中创建模板非常简单。有几种方法可以把文件放进模板文件夹里：你既可以通过图形用户界面（GUI）或是命令行界面（CLI）从另一个位置复制或移动文件，也可以创建一个全新的文件；我选择了后者，实际上，我创建了两个文件。
+
+![My first two GNOME templates][6]
+
+我的第一份模板是为 Opensource.com 的文章准备的，它有一个输入标题的位置以及关于我的名字和文章使用的许可证的几行。我的文章使用 Markdown 格式，所以我将模板创建为了一个新的 Markdown 文档——`Opensource.com Article.md`：
+
+````
+# Title
+```
+An article for Opensource.com
+by: Alan Formy-Duval
+Creative Commons BY-SA 4.0
+```
+
+````
+
+我将这份文档保存在了 `/home/alan/Templates` 文件夹内，现在 GNOME 就可以将这个文件识别为模板，并在我要创建新文档的时候提供建议了。
+
+### 使用模板
+
+每当我有了新文章的灵感的时候，我只需要在我计划用来组织内容的文件夹里单击右键，然后从新建文档列表中选择我想要的模板就可以开始了。
+
+![Select the template by name][7]
+
+你可以为各种文档或文件制作模板。我写这篇文章时使用了我为 Opensource.com 的文章创建的模板。程序员可能会把模板用于软件代码，这样的话也许你想要只包含 `main()` 的模板。
+
+GNOME 桌面环境为 Linux 及相关操作系统的用户提供了一个非常实用、功能丰富的界面。你最喜欢的 GNOME 功能是什么，你又是怎样使用它们的呢？请在评论中分享～
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/9/gnome-templates
+
+作者：[Alan Formy-Duval][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[rakino](https://github.com/rakino)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/alanfdoss
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/computer_desk_home_laptop_browser.png?itok=Y3UVpY0l (Digital images of a computer desktop)
+[2]: https://www.gnome.org/
+[3]: https://help.gnome.org/users/gnome-help/stable/files-templates.html.en
+[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/gnome-message_at_top_border.png (Message at top of Templates folder in GNOME Desktop)
+[5]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/gnome-first_two_templates_border.png (My first two GNOME templates)
+[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/gnome-new_document_menu_border.png (Select the template by name)
diff --git a/published/202010/20200928 How to Use the Firefox Task Manager (to Find and Kill RAM and CPU Eating Tabs and Extensions).md b/published/202010/20200928 How to Use the Firefox Task Manager (to Find and Kill RAM and CPU Eating Tabs and Extensions).md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7fbd012005
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200928 How to Use the Firefox Task Manager (to Find and Kill RAM and CPU Eating Tabs and Extensions).md
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12708-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to Use the Firefox Task Manager \(to Find and Kill RAM and CPU Eating Tabs and Extensions\))
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/firefox-task-manager/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+如何使用 Firefox 任务管理器
+======
+
+
+
+> 查找并杀死占用内存和 CPU 的标签页和扩展程序
+
+Firefox 在 Linux 用户中很受欢迎。它是几个 Linux 发行版上的默认 Web 浏览器。
+
+在它所提供的许多功能之中，Firefox 也提供了一个自己的任务管理器。
+
+不过，在 Linux 中既然你有[任务管理器][1]这种形式的[系统监控工具][2]，为什么还要使用 Firefox 的呢？这里有个很好的理由。
+
+假设你的系统占用了太多的内存或 CPU。如果你使用 `top` 或其他一些系统[资源监控工具，如 Glances][3]，你会发现这些工具无法区分是哪个打开的标签或扩展占用了资源。
+
+通常情况下，每个 Firefox 标签页都显示为 “Web 内容”。你可以看到是某个 Firefox 进程导致了这个问题，但这无法准确判断是哪个标签页或扩展。
+
+这时你可以使用 Firefox 任务管理器。让我来告诉你怎么做！
+
+### Firefox 任务管理器
+
+有了 Firefox 任务管理器，你就可以列出所有消耗系统资源的标签页、跟踪器和附加组件。
+
+![][4]
+
+正如你在上面的截图中所看到的，你会看到标签页的名称、类型（标签或附加组件）、能源影响和消耗的内存。
+
+其它的都不言自明，但**“能源影响”指的是 CPU 的使用**，如果你使用的是笔记本电脑，它是一个很好的指标，可以告诉你什么东西会更快耗尽电池电量。
+
+#### 在 Firefox 中访问任务管理器
+
+令人意外的是，任务管理器没有 [Firefox 键盘快捷键][5]。
+
+要快速启动 Firefox 任务管理器，可以在地址栏中输入 `about:performance`，如下图所示。
+
+![Quickly access task manager in Firefox][6]
+
+另外，你也可以点击“菜单”图标，然后进入“更多”选项，如下截图所示。
+
+![Accessing task manager in Firefox][7]
+
+接下来，你会发现选择“任务管理器”的选项，只需点击它就行。
+
+![][8]
+
+#### 使用 Firefox 任务管理器
+
+到这后，你可以检查资源的使用情况，展开标签页来查看跟踪器和它的使用情况，也可以选择关闭标签，如下截图高亮所示。
+
+![][9]
+
+以下是你应该知道的：
+
+ * “能源影响”指的是 CPU 消耗。
+ * 子框架或子任务通常是与需要在后台运行的标签相关联的跟踪器/脚本。
+
+通过这个任务管理器，你可以发现网站上的流氓脚本，以及它是否导致你的浏览器变慢。
+
+这并不是什么 高科技，但并不是所有人都知道 Firefox 任务管理器。现在你知道了，它应该很方便，你觉得呢？
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/firefox-task-manager/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/task-manager-linux/
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/linux-system-monitoring-tools/
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/glances/
+[4]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/firefox-task-manager-shot.png?resize=800%2C519&ssl=1
+[5]: https://itsfoss.com/firefox-keyboard-shortcuts/
+[6]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/firefox-url-performance.jpg?resize=800%2C357&ssl=1
+[7]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/firefox-task-manager-steps.jpg?resize=800%2C779&ssl=1
+[8]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/firefox-task-manager-menu.jpg?resize=800%2C465&ssl=1
+[9]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/firefox-task-manager-close-tab.png?resize=800%2C496&ssl=1
diff --git a/published/202010/20200928 How to view information on your Linux devices with lshw.md b/published/202010/20200928 How to view information on your Linux devices with lshw.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b2a76f2661
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200928 How to view information on your Linux devices with lshw.md
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (rakino)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12702-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to view information on your Linux devices with lshw)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3583598/how-to-view-information-on-your-linux-devices-with-lshw.html)
+[#]: author: (Sandra Henry-Stocker https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/)
+
+如何使用 lshw 查看 Linux 设备信息
+======
+
+> Linux 系统上的 lshw 命令提供的系统设备信息比我们大多数人想象的要多得多。
+
+![Kali Linux logo / gears / binary data][1]
+
+虽然 `lshw` 命令（列出硬件，读作 “ls hardware”）远不是每个人最先学会的 50 个 Linux 命令之一，但它可以提供很多系统硬件的有用信息。
+
+它以一种相当易于理解的格式提取出可能比你知道的更多的信息。在看到描述、（设备）逻辑名称、大小等以后，你可能会理解到自己能获得多少信息。
+
+这篇文章会研究 `lshw` 给出的信息，但侧重于磁盘及相关硬件。下面是 `lshw` 的输出示例：
+
+```
+$ sudo lshw -C disk
+ *-disk:0
+ description: SCSI Disk
+ product: Card Reader-1
+ vendor: JIE LI
+ physical id: 0.0.0
+ bus info: scsi@4:0.0.0
+ logical name: /dev/sdc
+ version: 1.00
+ capabilities: removable
+ configuration: logicalsectorsize=512 sectorsize=512
+ *-medium
+ physical id: 0
+ logical name: /dev/sdc
+```
+
+请注意，你需要使用 `sudo` 运行 `lshw` 命令以确保能得到所有可用的信息。
+
+虽然我们在上面的命令中要求了输出“磁盘（`disk`）”（上面只包含了原始输出里五个条目中的一个），这里的输出却不是一个硬盘，而是读卡器——磁盘的一种。注意系统将这个设备命名为了 `/dev/sdc`。
+
+系统的主磁盘上也有相似的信息：
+
+```
+*-disk
+ description: ATA Disk
+ product: SSD2SC120G1CS175
+ physical id: 0
+ bus info: scsi@0:0.0.0
+ logical name: /dev/sda <==这里
+ version: 1101
+ serial: PNY20150000778410606
+ size: 111GiB (120GB)
+ capabilities: partitioned partitioned:dos
+ configuration: ansiversion=5 logicalsectorsize=512 sectorsize=512 signature=
+ f63b5929
+```
+
+这块硬盘是 `/dev/sda`。这个系统上的硬盘都显示为 `ATA` 磁盘，`ATA` 是一种把控制器与盘体集成在一起的磁盘驱动器实现。
+
+要获得“磁盘”类设备的简略列表，可以运行下面这条命令。注意其中有两个设备被列出了两次，所以我们看到的仍然是五个磁盘设备。
+
+```
+$ sudo lshw -short -C disk
+H/W path Device Class Description
+=============================================================
+/0/100/1d/1/1/0.0.0 /dev/sdc disk Card Reader-1
+/0/100/1d/1/1/0.0.0/0 /dev/sdc disk
+/0/100/1d/1/1/0.0.1 /dev/sdd disk 2
+/0/100/1d/1/1/0.0.1/0 /dev/sdd disk
+/0/100/1f.2/0 /dev/sda disk 120GB SSD2SC120G1CS175
+/0/100/1f.2/1 /dev/cdrom disk DVD+-RW GSA-H73N
+/0/100/1f.5/0.0.0 /dev/sdb disk 500GB SAMSUNG HE502HJ
+```
+
+如果你决定要查看系统上的 **所有** 设备，请坐稳了；你会得到一个包含的东西比你通常认为的“设备”要多得多的列表，下面是一个例子，这是一个“简短（`short`）”（信息很少）的列表：
+
+```
+$ sudo lshw -short
+[sudo] password for shs:
+H/W path Device Class Description
+=============================================================
+ system Inspiron 530s
+/0 bus 0RY007
+/0/0 memory 128KiB BIOS
+/0/4 processor Intel(R) Core(TM)2 Duo CPU
+/0/4/a memory 32KiB L1 cache
+/0/4/b memory 6MiB L2 cache
+/0/24 memory 6GiB System Memory
+/0/24/0 memory 2GiB DIMM DDR2 Synchronous 667
+/0/24/1 memory 1GiB DIMM DDR2 Synchronous 667
+/0/24/2 memory 2GiB DIMM DDR2 Synchronous 667
+/0/24/3 memory 1GiB DIMM DDR2 Synchronous 667
+/0/1 generic
+/0/10 generic
+/0/11 generic
+/0/12 generic
+/0/13 generic
+/0/14 generic
+/0/15 generic
+/0/17 generic
+/0/18 generic
+/0/19 generic
+/0/2 generic
+/0/20 generic
+/0/100 bridge 82G33/G31/P35/P31 Express DRAM
+/0/100/1 bridge 82G33/G31/P35/P31 Express PCI
+/0/100/1/0 display Caicos [Radeon HD 6450/7450/84
+/0/100/1/0.1 multimedia Caicos HDMI Audio [Radeon HD 6
+/0/100/19 enp0s25 network 82562V-2 10/100 Network Connec
+/0/100/1a bus 82801I (ICH9 Family) USB UHCI
+/0/100/1a/1 usb3 bus UHCI Host Controller
+/0/100/1a.1 bus 82801I (ICH9 Family) USB UHCI
+/0/100/1a.1/1 usb4 bus UHCI Host Controller
+/0/100/1a.1/1/2 input Rock Candy Wireless Keyboard
+/0/100/1a.2 bus 82801I (ICH9 Family) USB UHCI
+/0/100/1a.2/1 usb5 bus UHCI Host Controller
+/0/100/1a.2/1/2 input USB OPTICAL MOUSE
+/0/100/1a.7 bus 82801I (ICH9 Family) USB2 EHCI
+/0/100/1a.7/1 usb1 bus EHCI Host Controller
+/0/100/1b multimedia 82801I (ICH9 Family) HD Audio
+/0/100/1d bus 82801I (ICH9 Family) USB UHCI
+/0/100/1d/1 usb6 bus UHCI Host Controller
+/0/100/1d/1/1 scsi4 storage CD04
+/0/100/1d/1/1/0.0.0 /dev/sdc disk Card Reader-1
+/0/100/1d/1/1/0.0.0/0 /dev/sdc disk
+/0/100/1d/1/1/0.0.1 /dev/sdd disk 2
+/0/100/1d/1/1/0.0.1/0 /dev/sdd disk
+/0/100/1d.1 bus 82801I (ICH9 Family) USB UHCI
+/0/100/1d.1/1 usb7 bus UHCI Host Controller
+/0/100/1d.2 bus 82801I (ICH9 Family) USB UHCI
+/0/100/1d.2/1 usb8 bus UHCI Host Controller
+/0/100/1d.7 bus 82801I (ICH9 Family) USB2 EHCI
+/0/100/1d.7/1 usb2 bus EHCI Host Controller
+/0/100/1d.7/1/2 multimedia USB Live camera
+/0/100/1e bridge 82801 PCI Bridge
+/0/100/1e/1 communication HSF 56k Data/Fax Modem
+/0/100/1f bridge 82801IR (ICH9R) LPC Interface
+/0/100/1f.2 scsi0 storage 82801IR/IO/IH (ICH9R/DO/DH) 4
+/0/100/1f.2/0 /dev/sda disk 120GB SSD2SC120G1CS175
+/0/100/1f.2/0/1 /dev/sda1 volume 111GiB EXT4 volume
+/0/100/1f.2/1 /dev/cdrom disk DVD+-RW GSA-H73N
+/0/100/1f.3 bus 82801I (ICH9 Family) SMBus Con
+/0/100/1f.5 scsi3 storage 82801I (ICH9 Family) 2 port SA
+/0/100/1f.5/0.0.0 /dev/sdb disk 500GB SAMSUNG HE502HJ
+/0/100/1f.5/0.0.0/1 /dev/sdb1 volume 433GiB EXT4 volume
+/0/3 system PnP device PNP0c02
+/0/5 system PnP device PNP0b00
+/0/6 storage PnP device PNP0700
+/0/7 system PnP device PNP0c02
+/0/8 system PnP device PNP0c02
+/0/9 system PnP device PNP0c01
+```
+
+运行下面的命令来列出设备类别，并统计每个类别中的设备数量。
+
+```
+$ sudo lshw -short | awk ‘{print substr($0,36,13)}’ | tail -n +3 | sort | uniq -c
+ 4 bridge
+ 18 bus
+ 1 communication
+ 7 disk
+ 1 display
+ 12 generic
+ 2 input
+ 8 memory
+ 3 multimedia
+ 1 network
+ 1 processor
+ 4 storage
+ 6 system
+ 2 volume
+```
+
+**注意：** 上面使用 `awk` 命令从 `lshw` 的输出中选择 Class（类别）栏是这样实现的：使用 `$0`（选取完整行），但只取从正确位置（第 36 个字符）开始的子串，而因为“类别”中并没有条目的长度超过 13 个字符，所以子串就在那里结束。命令中 `tail -n +3` 的部分移除了标题和下面的`=====`，所以最终的列表中只包含了那 14 种设备类型。
+
+（LCTT 译注：上面的命令中 `awk` 的部分在选取子串时是从第 36 个字符开始的，这个数字基本上取决于最长的设备逻辑名称的长度，因而在不同的系统环境中可能有所不同，一个例子是，当你的系统上有 NVMe SSD 时，可能需要将其改为 41。）
+
+你会发现在没有使用 `-short` 选项的时候，每一个磁盘类设备都会有大约 12 行的输出，包括像是 `/dev/sda` 这样的逻辑名称，磁盘大小和种类等等。
+
+```
+$ sudo lshw -C disk
+[sudo] password for shs:
+ *-disk:0
+ description: SCSI Disk
+ product: Card Reader-1 <== 读卡器？
+ vendor: JIE LI
+ physical id: 0.0.0
+ bus info: scsi@4:0.0.0
+ logical name: /dev/sdc
+ version: 1.00
+ capabilities: removable
+ configuration: logicalsectorsize=512 sectorsize=512
+ *-medium
+ physical id: 0
+ logical name: /dev/sdc
+ *-disk:1
+ description: SCSI Disk
+ product: 2
+ vendor: AC4100 -
+ physical id: 0.0.1
+ bus info: scsi@4:0.0.1
+ logical name: /dev/sdd
+ capabilities: removable
+ configuration: logicalsectorsize=512 sectorsize=512
+ *-medium
+ physical id: 0
+ logical name: /dev/sdd
+ *-disk
+ description: ATA Disk
+ product: SSD2SC120G1CS175
+ physical id: 0
+ bus info: scsi@0:0.0.0
+ logical name: /dev/sda <== 主要磁盘
+ version: 1101
+ serial: PNY20150000778410606
+ size: 111GiB (120GB)
+ capabilities: partitioned partitioned:dos
+ configuration: ansiversion=5 logicalsectorsize=512 sectorsize=512 signature=f63b5929
+ *-cdrom <== 也叫 /dev/sr0
+ description: DVD writer
+ product: DVD+-RW GSA-H73N
+ vendor: HL-DT-ST
+ physical id: 1
+ bus info: scsi@1:0.0.0
+ logical name: /dev/cdrom
+ logical name: /dev/cdrw
+ logical name: /dev/dvd
+ logical name: /dev/dvdrw
+ logical name: /dev/sr0
+ version: B103
+ serial: [
+ capabilities: removable audio cd-r cd-rw dvd dvd-r
+ configuration: ansiversion=5 status=nodisc
+ *-disk
+ description: ATA Disk
+ product: SAMSUNG HE502HJ
+ physical id: 0.0.0
+ bus info: scsi@3:0.0.0
+ logical name: /dev/sdb <== 次要磁盘
+ version: 0002
+ serial: S2B6J90B501053
+ size: 465GiB (500GB)
+ capabilities: partitioned partitioned:dos
+ configuration: ansiversion=5 logicalsectorsize=512 sectorsize=512 signature=7e67ccf3
+```
+
+### 总结
+
+`lshw` 命令提供了一些我们许多人通常不会处理的信息，不过即使你只用了其中的一部分，知道有多少信息可用还是很不错的。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3583598/how-to-view-information-on-your-linux-devices-with-lshw.html
+
+作者：[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[rakino](https://github.com/rakino)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://images.idgesg.net/images/article/2020/02/kali_linux_tools_abstract_gears_binary_data_by_nevarpp_gettyimages-688718788_2400x1600-100832674-large.jpg
+[2]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[3]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/published/202010/20200929 Drawing is an Open Source MS-Paint Type of App for Linux Desktop.md b/published/202010/20200929 Drawing is an Open Source MS-Paint Type of App for Linux Desktop.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2c998c10ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200929 Drawing is an Open Source MS-Paint Type of App for Linux Desktop.md
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12712-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Drawing is an Open Source MS-Paint Type of App for Linux Desktop)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/drawing-app/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+Drawing：一款开源的类似微软画图的 Linux 桌面应用
+======
+
+
+
+> Drawing 是一个基本的图像编辑器，就像微软画图一样。有了这个开源的应用，你可以画箭头、线条、几何图形、添加颜色和其他你期望在普通绘图应用程序中做的事情。
+
+### Drawing: 一个简单的 Linux 绘图应用
+
+![][1]
+
+对于从 Windows XP （或更早版本）开始使用电脑的人来说，微软画图是一个有趣的应用，是个可以随便画一些草图的应用。在这个被 Photoshop 和 GIMP 主导的世界里，画图应用仍然具有一定的现实意义。
+
+有几个[可用于 Linux 的绘画应用][2]，我打算在这个列表中再添加一个。
+
+这款应用不出意外地叫做 [Drawing][3]，你可以在 Linux 桌面和 Linux 智能手机上使用它。
+
+### Drawing 应用的功能
+
+![][4]
+
+Drawing 拥有你所期待的绘图应用的所有功能。你可以：
+
+ * 从头开始创建新的绘图
+ * 编辑现有的 PNG、JPEG 或 BMP 图像文件
+ * 添加几何图形、线条、箭头等
+ * 虚线
+ * 使用铅笔工具进行自由手绘
+ * 使用曲线和形状工具
+ * 裁剪图像
+ * 缩放图像到不同的像素大小
+ * 添加文本
+ * 选择图像的一部分（矩形、自由选择和颜色选择）
+ * 旋转图像
+ * 添加复制到剪贴板的图像
+ * 可在偏好中使用橡皮擦、荧光笔、油漆桶、颜色选择、颜色选择器工具
+ * 无限撤销
+ * 滤镜可以增加模糊、像素化、透明度等
+
+### 我使用 Drawing 的经验
+
+![][5]
+
+这个应用是新出现的，并且有不错的用户界面。它具有你期望在标准的绘画应用中找到的所有基本功能。
+
+它有一些额外的工具，如颜色选择和拾色器，但在使用时可能会混淆。没有什么文档描述这些工具的使用，要全靠你自己摸索。
+
+它的体验很流畅，作为图像编辑工具，我觉得这个工具很有潜力取代 Shutter （是的，我[用 Shutter 编辑截图][6]）。
+
+我觉得最麻烦的是，添加元素后无法编辑/修改。你有撤消和重做选项，但如果你想修改一个你在 12 步前添加的文本，你就必须重做所有的步骤。这是未来的版本中开发者可能要做的一些改进。
+
+### 在 Linux 上安装 Drawing
+
+这是一款 Linux 专属应用。它也适用于基于 Linux 的智能手机，如 [PinePhone][7]。
+
+有多种方式可以安装 Drawing。它在许多主要的 Linux 发行版的仓库中都有。
+
+#### 基于 Ubuntu 的发行版
+
+Drawing 包含在 Ubuntu 的 universe 仓库中，这意味着你可以从 Ubuntu 软件中心安装它。
+
+但是，如果你想要最新的版本，有一个 [PPA][8] 可以轻松地在 Ubuntu、Linux Mint 和其他基于 Ubuntu 的发行版上安装 Drawing。
+
+使用下面的命令：
+
+```
+sudo add-apt-repository ppa:cartes/drawing
+sudo apt update
+sudo apt install drawing
+```
+
+如果你想删除它，你可以使用以下命令：
+
+```
+sudo apt remove drawing
+sudo add-apt-repository -r ppa:cartes/drawing
+```
+
+#### 其他 Linux 发行版
+
+检查你的发行版的包管理器中是否有 Drawing，然后在那里安装。如果你想要最新的版本，你可以使用 Flatpak 版本的应用。
+
+- [Drawing Flatpak][9]
+
+### 总结
+
+你还在用画图应用么？你用的是哪一款？如果你已经尝试过 Drawing，你的体验如何？
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/drawing-app/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/drawing-app-interface.jpg?resize=789%2C449&ssl=1
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/open-source-paint-apps/
+[3]: https://maoschanz.github.io/drawing/
+[4]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/drawing-screenshot.jpg?resize=800%2C489&ssl=1
+[5]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/using-drawing-app-linux.png?resize=787%2C473&ssl=1
+[6]: https://itsfoss.com/install-shutter-ubuntu/
+[7]: https://itsfoss.com/pinephone/
+[8]: https://launchpad.net/~cartes/+archive/ubuntu/drawing
+[9]: https://flathub.org/apps/details/com.github.maoschanz.drawing
diff --git a/published/202010/20200930 Present Slides in Linux Terminal With This Nifty Python Tool.md b/published/202010/20200930 Present Slides in Linux Terminal With This Nifty Python Tool.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d780724635
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200930 Present Slides in Linux Terminal With This Nifty Python Tool.md
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12719-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Present Slides in Linux Terminal With This Nifty Python Tool)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/presentation-linux-terminal/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+在 Linux 终端中展示幻灯片
+======
+
+
+
+演示文稿往往是枯燥的。这就是为什么有些人会添加动画或漫画/meme 来增加一些幽默和风格来打破单调。
+
+如果你需要在你的大学或公司的演示文稿中加入一些独特的风格，那么使用 Linux 终端怎么样？想象一下，这将是多么酷的事情啊！
+
+### Present：Linux 终端中进行演示
+
+在终端中可以做很多[有趣好玩的事情][1]。制作和展示幻灯片只是其中之一。
+
+这个基于 Python 的应用名为 [Present][2]，它可以让你创建基于 Markdown 和 YML 的幻灯片，你可以在你的大学或公司里演讲，并以真正的极客风格取悦人们。
+
+我制作了一个视频，展示了在 Linux 终端中用 Present 演示一些东西的样子。
+
+- [VIDEO](https://img.linux.net.cn/static/video/Makes%20ASCII%20Based%20Presentation%20Slides%20in%20Linux%20terminal-462902030.mp4)
+
+#### Present 的功能
+
+你可以用 Present 做以下事情：
+
+ * 使用 Markdown 语法在幻灯片中添加文本
+ * 用箭头或 `PgUp`/`Down` 键控制幻灯片
+ * 改变前景和背景颜色
+ * 在幻灯片中添加图像
+ * 增加代码块
+ * 播放模拟代码，并用 codio YML 文件输出
+
+#### 在 Linux 上安装 Present
+
+Present 是一个基于 Python 的工具，你可以使用 PIP 来安装它。你应该确保用这个命令[在 Ubuntu 上安装 Pip][4]：
+
+```
+sudo apt install python3-pip
+```
+
+如果你使用的是其他发行版，请检查你的包管理器来安装 PIP3。
+
+安装 PIP 后，你就可以以这种方式全局安装 Present：
+
+```
+sudo pip3 install present
+```
+
+你也可以只为当前用户安装，但你也必须将 `~/.local/bin` 添加到你的 `PATH` 环境变量。
+
+#### 在 Linux 终端中使用 Present 来创建和展示幻灯片
+
+![][5]
+
+由于 Present 使用了 Markdown 语法，你应该用它来创建自己的幻灯片。在这里使用 [Markdown 编辑器][6]会有帮助。
+
+Present 需要一个 Markdown 文件来读取和播放幻灯片。你可以[下载这个示例幻灯片][7]，但你需要单独下载嵌入的图像，并将它放在图像文件夹内。
+
+ * 在 Markdown 文件中使用 `—` 来分隔幻灯片。
+ * 使用 Markdown 语法在幻灯片中添加文本。
+ * 使用以下语法添加图片 `![RC] (images/name.png)`。
+ * 通过添加像 `` 这样的语法来改变幻灯片的颜色。
+ * 使用像 `` 这样的语法来添加带有效果的幻灯片。
+ * 使用 [codio 语法][8] 添加代码运行模拟。
+ * 使用 `q` 退出演示，并用左/右箭头或 `PgUp`/`Down` 键控制幻灯片。
+
+请记住，在演示时调整终端窗口的大小会把东西搞乱，按回车键也是如此。
+
+### 总结
+
+如果你熟悉 Markdown 和终端，使用 Present 对你来说并不困难。
+
+你不能把它和常规的用 Impress、MS Office 等制作的幻灯片相比，但偶尔使用，它是一个很酷的工具。如果你是计算机科学/网络专业的学生，或者是开发人员或系统管理员，你的同事一定会觉得很有趣。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/presentation-linux-terminal/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/funny-linux-commands/
+[2]: https://github.com/vinayak-mehta/present
+[4]: https://itsfoss.com/install-pip-ubuntu/
+[5]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/presentation-in-linux-terminal.png?resize=800%2C494&ssl=1
+[6]: https://itsfoss.com/best-markdown-editors-linux/
+[7]: https://github.com/vinayak-mehta/present/blob/master/examples/sample.md
+[8]: https://present.readthedocs.io/en/latest/codio.html
diff --git a/published/202010/20200930 Recovering deleted files on Linux with testdisk.md b/published/202010/20200930 Recovering deleted files on Linux with testdisk.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c8c8e0dac0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20200930 Recovering deleted files on Linux with testdisk.md
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12674-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Recovering deleted files on Linux with testdisk)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3575524/recovering-deleted-files-on-linux-with-testdisk.html)
+[#]: author: (Sandra Henry-Stocker https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/)
+
+用 testdisk 恢复 Linux 上已删除的文件
+======
+
+> 这篇文章介绍了 testdisk，这是恢复最近删除的文件（以及用其他方式修复分区）的工具之一，非常方便。
+
+
+
+当你在 Linux 系统上删除一个文件时，它不一定会永远消失，特别是当你最近才刚刚删除了它的时候。
+
+除非你用 `shred` 等工具把它擦掉，否则数据仍然会放在你的磁盘上 —— 而恢复已删除文件的最佳工具之一 `testdisk` 可以帮助你拯救它。虽然 `testdisk` 具有广泛的功能，包括恢复丢失或损坏的分区和使不能启动磁盘可以重新启动，但它也经常被用来恢复被误删的文件。
+
+在本篇文章中，我们就来看看如何使用 `testdisk` 恢复已删除的文件，以及该过程中的每一步是怎样的。由于这个过程需要不少的步骤，所以当你做了几次之后，你可能会觉得操作起来会更加得心应手。
+
+### 安装 testdisk
+
+可以使用 `apt install testdisk` 或 `yum install testdisk` 等命令安装 `testdisk`。有趣的是，它不仅是一个 Linux 工具，而且还适用于 MacOS、Solaris 和 Windows。
+
+文档可在 [cgsecurity.org][1] 中找到。
+
+### 恢复文件
+
+首先，你必须以 `root` 身份登录，或者有 `sudo` 权限才能使用 `testdisk`。如果你没有 `sudo` 访问权限，你会在这个过程一开始就被踢出，而如果你选择创建了一个日志文件的话，最终会有这样的消息：
+
+```
+TestDisk exited normally.
+jdoe is not in the sudoers file. This incident will be reported.
+```
+
+当你用 `testdisk` 恢复被删除的文件时，你最终会将恢复的文件放在你启动该工具的目录下，而这些文件会属于 `root`。出于这个原因，我喜欢在 `/home/recovery` 这样的目录下启动。一旦文件被成功地还原和验证，就可以将它们移回它们的所属位置，并将它们的所有权也恢复。
+
+在你可以写入的选定目录下开始：
+
+```
+$ cd /home/recovery
+$ testdisk
+```
+
+`testdisk` 提供的第一页信息描述了该工具并显示了一些选项。至少在刚开始，创建个日志文件是个好主意，因为它提供的信息可能会被证明是有用的。下面是如何做的：
+
+```
+Use arrow keys to select, then press Enter key:
+>[ Create ] Create a new log file
+ [ Append ] Append information to log file
+ [ No Log ] Don’t record anything
+```
+
+左边的 `>` 以及你看到的反转的字体和背景颜色指出了你按下回车键后将使用的选项。在这个例子中，我们选择了创建日志文件。
+
+然后会提示你输入密码（除非你最近使用过 `sudo`）。
+
+下一步是选择被删除文件所存储的磁盘分区（如果没有高亮显示的话）。根据需要使用上下箭头移动到它。然后点两次右箭头，当 “Proceed” 高亮显示时按回车键。
+
+```
+Select a media (use Arrow keys, then press Enter):
+ Disk /dev/sda - 120 GB / 111 GiB - SSD2SC120G1CS1754D117-551
+>Disk /dev/sdb - 500 GB / 465 GiB - SAMSUNG HE502HJ
+ Disk /dev/loop0 - 13 MB / 13 MiB (RO)
+ Disk /dev/loop1 - 101 MB / 96 MiB (RO)
+ Disk /dev/loop10 - 148 MB / 141 MiB (RO)
+ Disk /dev/loop11 - 36 MB / 35 MiB (RO)
+ Disk /dev/loop12 - 52 MB / 49 MiB (RO)
+ Disk /dev/loop13 - 78 MB / 75 MiB (RO)
+ Disk /dev/loop14 - 173 MB / 165 MiB (RO)
+ Disk /dev/loop15 - 169 MB / 161 MiB (RO)
+>[Previous] [ Next ] [Proceed ] [ Quit ]
+```
+
+在这个例子中，被删除的文件在 `/dev/sdb` 的主目录下。
+
+此时，`testdisk` 应该已经选择了合适的分区类型。
+
+```
+Disk /dev/sdb - 500 GB / 465 GiB - SAMSUNG HE502HJ
+
+Please select the partition table type, press Enter when done.
+ [Intel ] Intel/PC partition
+>[EFI GPT] EFI GPT partition map (Mac i386, some x86_64...)
+ [Humax ] Humax partition table
+ [Mac ] Apple partition map (legacy)
+ [None ] Non partitioned media
+ [Sun ] Sun Solaris partition
+ [XBox ] XBox partition
+ [Return ] Return to disk selection
+```
+
+在下一步中，按向下箭头指向 “[ Advanced ] Filesystem Utils”。
+
+```
+[ Analyse ] Analyse current partition structure and search for lost partitions
+>[ Advanced ] Filesystem Utils
+ [ Geometry ] Change disk geometry
+ [ Options ] Modify options
+ [ Quit ] Return to disk selection
+```
+
+接下来，查看选定的分区。
+
+```
+Partition Start End Size in sectors
+> 1 P Linux filesys. data 2048 910155775 910153728 [drive2]
+```
+
+然后按右箭头选择底部的 “[ List ]”，按回车键。
+
+```
+[ Type ] [Superblock] >[ List ] [Image Creation] [ Quit ]
+```
+
+请注意，它看起来就像我们从根目录 `/` 开始，但实际上这是我们正在工作的文件系统的基点。在这个例子中，就是 `/home`。
+
+```
+Directory / <== 开始点
+
+>drwxr-xr-x 0 0 4096 23-Sep-2020 17:46 .
+ drwxr-xr-x 0 0 4096 23-Sep-2020 17:46 ..
+ drwx——— 0 0 16384 22-Sep-2020 11:30 lost+found
+ drwxr-xr-x 1008 1008 4096 9-Jul-2019 14:10 dorothy
+ drwxr-xr-x 1001 1001 4096 22-Sep-2020 12:12 nemo
+ drwxr-xr-x 1005 1005 4096 19-Jan-2020 11:49 eel
+ drwxrwxrwx 0 0 4096 25-Sep-2020 08:08 recovery
+...
+```
+
+接下来，我们按箭头指向具体的主目录。
+
+```
+drwxr-xr-x 1016 1016 4096 17-Feb-2020 16:40 gino
+>drwxr-xr-x 1000 1000 20480 25-Sep-2020 08:00 shs
+```
+
+按回车键移动到该目录，然后根据需要向下箭头移动到子目录。注意，如果选错了，可以选择列表顶部附近的 `..` 返回。
+
+如果找不到文件，可以按 `/`（就像在 `vi` 中开始搜索时一样），提示你输入文件名或其中的一部分。
+
+```
+Directory /shs <== current location
+ Previous
+...
+ -rw-rw-r— 1000 1000 426 8-Apr-2019 19:09 2-min-topics
+>-rw-rw-r— 1000 1000 24667 8-Feb-2019 08:57 Up_on_the_Roof.pdf
+```
+
+一旦你找到需要恢复的文件，按 `c` 选择它。
+
+注意：你会在屏幕底部看到有用的说明：
+
+```
+Use Left arrow to go back, Right to change directory, h to hide deleted files
+ q to quit, : to select the current file, a to select all files
+ C to copy the selected files, c to copy the current file <==
+```
+
+这时，你就可以在起始目录内选择恢复该文件的位置了（参见前面的说明，在将文件移回原点之前，先在一个合适的地方进行检查）。在这种情况下，`/home/recovery` 目录没有子目录，所以这就是我们的恢复点。
+
+注意：你会在屏幕底部看到有用的说明：
+
+```
+Please select a destination where /shs/Up_on_the_Roof.pdf will be copied.
+Keys: Arrow keys to select another directory
+ C when the destination is correct
+ Q to quit
+Directory /home/recovery <== 恢复位置
+```
+
+一旦你看到 “Copy done! 1 ok, 0 failed” 的绿色字样，你就会知道文件已经恢复了。
+
+在这种情况下，文件被留在 `/home/recovery/shs` 下（起始目录，附加所选目录）。
+
+在将文件移回原来的位置之前，你可能应该先验证恢复的文件看起来是否正确。确保你也恢复了原来的所有者和组，因为此时文件由 root 拥有。
+
+**注意：** 对于文件恢复过程中的很多步骤，你可以使用退出（按 `q` 或“[ Quit ]”）来返回上一步。如果你愿意，可以选择退出选项一直回到该过程中的第一步，也可以选择按下 `^c` 立即退出。
+
+#### 恢复训练
+
+使用 `testdisk` 恢复文件相对来说没有痛苦，但有些复杂。在恐慌时间到来之前，最好先练习一下恢复文件，让自己有机会熟悉这个过程。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3575524/recovering-deleted-files-on-linux-with-testdisk.html
+
+作者：[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.cgsecurity.org/testdisk.pdf
+[2]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[3]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/published/202010/20201005 Linux Jargon Buster- What is a Package Manager in Linux- How Does it Work.md b/published/202010/20201005 Linux Jargon Buster- What is a Package Manager in Linux- How Does it Work.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ea001d9fd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20201005 Linux Jargon Buster- What is a Package Manager in Linux- How Does it Work.md
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12713-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Linux Jargon Buster: What is a Package Manager in Linux? How Does it Work?)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/package-manager/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+Linux 黑话解释：什么是包管理器？它是如何工作的？
+======
+
+
+
+[Linux 发行版之间有什么不同][1]的要点之一是包管理。在这篇 Linux 黑话解释中，你将了解 Linux 中的打包和包管理器。你将了解什么是包，什么是包管理器，它们是如何工作的，以及有什么包管理器。
+
+### 什么是包管理器？
+
+简单来说，“包管理器”（或“软件包管理器”）是一种工具，它允许用户在操作系统上安装、删除、升级、配置和管理软件包。软件包管理器可以是像“软件中心”这样的图形化应用，也可以是像 [apt-get][2] 或 [pacman][3] 这样的命令行工具。
+
+你会发现我经常在教程和文章中使用“包”这个词。要了解包管理器，你必须了解什么是包。
+
+### 什么是包？
+
+一个“包”（或“软件包”）通常指的是一个应用程序，它可以是一个 GUI 应用程序、命令行工具或（其他软件程序需要的）软件库。包本质上是一个存档文件，包含二进制可执行文件、配置文件，有时还包含依赖关系的信息。
+
+在旧时代，[软件曾经是从它的源代码安装的][4]。你会参考一个文件（通常命名为 `README`），看看它需要什么软件组件、二进制文件的位置。它通常包括一个配置脚本或 `Makefile`。你必须自己编译该软件或自己处理所有的依赖关系（有些软件需要安装其他软件）。
+
+为了摆脱这种复杂性，Linux 发行版创建了自己的打包格式，为终端用户提供随时可用的二进制文件（预编译软件），以便安装软件，同时提供一些[元数据][5]（版本号、描述）和依赖关系。
+
+这就像烤蛋糕与买蛋糕一样。
+
+![][6]
+
+大约在上世纪 90 年代中期，Debian 创建了 DEB 打包格式（`.deb`），Red Hat Linux 创建了 RPM（Red Hat Package Manager 的缩写）打包系统（`.rpm`）。编译源代码的方式仍然存在，但现在是可选的。
+
+要与打包系统交互或使用打包系统，你需要一个包管理器。
+
+### 包管理器是如何工作的？
+
+请记住，包管理器是一个通用的概念，它并不是 Linux 独有的。你会经常发现各种软件或编程语言的包管理器。有[只是针对 Python 包的 PIP 包管理器][7]。甚至 [Atom 编辑器也有自己的包管理器][8]。
+
+由于本文的重点是 Linux，所以我会从 Linux 的角度出发。不过，这里的大部分解释也可以应用于一般的包管理器。
+
+我创建了这个图（基于 SUSE Wiki），这样你就可以很容易理解包管理器是如何工作的。
+
+![][9]
+
+几乎所有的 Linux 发行版都有“软件仓库”，它基本上是软件包的集合。是的，可以有不止一个软件库。软件库包含不同种类的软件包。
+
+软件仓库也有元数据文件，其中包含了软件包的信息，如软件包的名称、版本号、软件包的描述和软件仓库名称等。这就是你在 Ubuntu/Debian 中使用 [apt show 命令][10]所看到的。
+
+你的系统上的包管理器首先会与元数据进行交互。包管理器在你的系统上创建了一个元数据的本地缓存。当你运行包管理器的更新选项（例如 `apt update`）时，它会通过引用仓库中的元数据来更新本地元数据缓存。
+
+当你运行软件包管理器的安装命令（例如 `apt install package_name`）时，软件包管理器会引用这个缓存。如果它在缓存中找到了包的信息，它就会使用互联网连接到相应的仓库，并在你的系统上安装之前先下载包。
+
+一个包可能有依赖关系。意思是说，它可能需要安装其他软件包。软件包管理器通常会处理这些依赖关系，并将其与你正在安装的软件包一起自动安装。
+
+![Linux 中包管理器会处理依赖关系][11]
+
+同样，当你使用包管理器删除一个包时，它要么自动删除，要么通知你系统有未使用的包可以清理。
+
+除了安装、删除这些显而易见的任务外，你还可以使用包管理器对包进行配置，并根据自己的需要进行管理。例如，你可以在常规的系统更新中[防止升级某个包的版本][12]。你的包管理器可能还能做很多事情。
+
+### 不同种类的包管理器
+
+包管理器因打包系统而异，但同一打包系统却可能有多个包管理器。
+
+例如，RPM 有 [Yum][13] 和 [DNF][14] 包管理器。对于 DEB，你有 `apt-get`、[aptitude][15] 等基于命令行的包管理器。
+
+![Synaptic 包管理器][16]
+
+软件包管理器不一定是基于命令行的，也有图形化的软件包管理工具，比如 [Synaptic][17]。你的发行版的“软件中心”也是一个软件包管理器，即使它在底层运行的是 `apt-get` 或 DNF。
+
+### 结论
+
+我不想进一步详细介绍这个话题，虽然我可以继续说下去，但这将偏离本主题的目标 —— 即让你对 Linux 中的包管理器有一个基本的了解。
+
+我暂时忽略了新的通用打包格式，比如 Snap 和 Flatpak。
+
+我希望你对 Linux 中的包管理系统有更好的理解。如果你还有困惑，或者你对这个主题有一些问题，请发表评论。我会尽量回答你的问题，如果需要的话，我会在本文中更新新的内容。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/package-manager/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/what-is-linux/
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/apt-vs-apt-get-difference/
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/pacman-command/
+[4]: https://itsfoss.com/install-software-from-source-code/
+[5]: https://www.computerhope.com/jargon/m/metadata.htm
+[6]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/source-code-comilation-vs-packaging.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[7]: https://itsfoss.com/install-pip-ubuntu/
+[8]: https://itsfoss.com/install-packages-in-atom/
+[9]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/linux-package-manager-explanation.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[10]: https://itsfoss.com/apt-search-command/
+[11]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/package-manager-handling-dependencies-in-linux.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[12]: https://itsfoss.com/prevent-package-update-ubuntu/
+[13]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Yum
+[14]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/DNF
+[15]: https://wiki.debian.org/Aptitude
+[16]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/see-packages-by-repositories-synaptic.png?resize=799%2C548&ssl=1
+[17]: https://itsfoss.com/synaptic-package-manager/
diff --git a/published/202010/20201006 Simplify your web experience with this internet protocol alternative.md b/published/202010/20201006 Simplify your web experience with this internet protocol alternative.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dd013f7416
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20201006 Simplify your web experience with this internet protocol alternative.md
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12738-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Simplify your web experience with this internet protocol alternative)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/10/gemini-internet-protocol)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+使用互联网协议替代方案 Gemini 简化你的 Web 体验
+======
+
+> 用 Gemini 协议发现更安静、更简单的互联网新角落。
+
+
+
+如果你很久以前就已经上网了，或者是知识非常丰富，你可能还记得一个早期的文本共享协议，叫做 [Gopher][2]。Gopher 最终被 HTTP 协议所取代，当然，HTTP 协议是现代万维网的基础。对于很多人来说，“互联网”和“万维网”是一回事，因为很多人没有意识到在网上进行了*非* www 子域下的任何操作。
+
+但一直以来，都有各种网络协议在互联网络上共享信息：Telnet、FTP、SSH、Torrent、GNUnet 等等。最近，在这一系列的替代品中又多了一个，它叫 [Gemini][3]。
+
+Gemini（双子座）协议，以“水星计划”和“阿波罗计划”的基础实验之间的太空任务命名，旨在和平地处在 Gopher 和 HTTP 之间。无论如何，它的目的并不是要取代现代 Web，但它确实试图创造一个简化的网络和一个现代化的 Gopher。
+
+它的发展历史虽然可能很年轻，但意义重大，原因有很多。当然，人们会因为技术和哲学上的原因而对现代 Web 表示质疑，但它只是一般的臃肿。当你真正想要的是一个非常具体的问题的可靠答案时，那么无数次点击谷歌搜索的结果让人感觉过头了。
+
+许多人使用 Gopher 就是因为这个原因：它的规模小到可以让小众的兴趣很容易找到。然而，Gopher 是一个旧的协议，它对编程、网络和浏览做出了一些假设，但这些假设已经不再适用了。 Gemini 的目标是将最好的网络带入一种类似于 Gopher 但易于编程的格式。一个简单的 Gemini 浏览器可以用几百行代码写成，并且有一个非常好的浏览器用 1600 行左右写成。这对于程序员、学生和极简主义者来说都是一个强大的功能。
+
+### 如何浏览 Gemini
+
+就像早期的网络一样，Gemini 的规模很小，所以有一个列表列出了运行 Gemini 网站的已知服务器。就像浏览 HTTP 站点需要一个网页浏览器一样，访问 Gemini 站点也需要一个 Gemini 浏览器。在 [Gemini 网站][4]上列出了有几个可用的浏览器。
+
+最简单的一个是 [AV-98][5] 客户端。它是用 Python 编写的，在终端中运行。要想试试的话，请下载它：
+
+```
+$ git clone https://tildegit.org/solderpunk/AV-98.git
+```
+
+进入下载目录，运行 AV-98：
+
+```
+$ cd AV-98.git
+$ python3 ./main.py
+```
+
+客户端是一个交互式的提示符。它有有限的几个命令，主要的命令是简单的 `go`，后面跟着一个 Gemini 服务器地址。在已知的 [Gemini 服务器][6]列表中选择一个看起来很有趣的服务器，然后尝试访问它：
+
+```
+AV-98> go gemini://example.club
+
+Welcome to the example.club Gemini server!
+
+Here are some folders of ASCII art:
+
+[1] Penguins
+[2] Wildebeests
+[3] Demons
+```
+
+导航是按照编号的链接来进行的。例如，要进入 `Penguins` 目录，输入 `1` 然后按回车键：
+
+
+```
+AV-98> 1
+
+[1] Gentoo
+[2] Emperor
+[3] Little Blue
+```
+
+要返回，输入 `back` 并按回车键：
+
+```
+AV-98> back
+```
+
+更多命令，请输入 `help`。
+
+### 用 Gemini 作为你的 web 替代
+
+Gemini 协议非常简单，初级和中级程序员都可以为其编写客户端，而且它是在互联网上分享内容的一种简单快捷的方式。虽然万维网的无处不在对广泛传播是有利的，但总有替代方案的空间。看看 Gemini，发现更安静、更简单的互联网的新角落。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/gemini-internet-protocol
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/1980s-computer-yearbook.png?itok=eGOYEKK- (Person typing on a 1980's computer)
+[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gopher_%28protocol%29
+[3]: https://gemini.circumlunar.space/
+[4]: https://gemini.circumlunar.space/clients.html
+[5]: https://tildegit.org/solderpunk/AV-98
+[6]: https://portal.mozz.us/gemini/gemini.circumlunar.space/servers
diff --git a/published/202010/20201008 Integrate your calendar with Ansible to avoid schedule conflicts.md b/published/202010/20201008 Integrate your calendar with Ansible to avoid schedule conflicts.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a37438c779
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20201008 Integrate your calendar with Ansible to avoid schedule conflicts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12733-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Integrate your calendar with Ansible to avoid schedule conflicts)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/10/calendar-ansible)
+[#]: author: (Nicolas Leiva https://opensource.com/users/nicolas-leiva)
+
+将你的日历与 Ansible 集成，以避免与日程冲突
+======
+
+> 通过将日历应用集成到 Ansible 中，确保你的自动化工作流计划不会与其他东西冲突。
+
+
+
+“随时”是执行自动化工作流的好时机吗？出于不同的原因，答案可能是否定的。
+
+如果要避免同时进行更改，以最大限度地减少对关键业务流程的影响，并降低意外服务中断的风险，则在你的自动化运行的同时，其他任何人都不应该试图进行更改。
+
+在某些情况下，可能存在一个正在进行的计划维护窗口。或者，可能有大型事件即将来临、一个关键的业务时间、或者假期（你或许不想在星期五晚上进行更改）。
+
+![Street scene with a large calendar and people walking][2]
+
+无论出于什么原因，你都希望将此信息发送到你的自动化平台，以防止在特定时间段内执行周期性或临时任务。用变更管理的行话，我说的是当变更活动不应该发生时，指定封锁窗口。
+
+### Ansible 中的日历集成
+
+如何在 [Ansible][5] 中实现这个功能？虽然它本身没有日历功能，但 Ansible 的可扩展性将允许它与任何具有 API 的日历应用集成。
+
+目标是这样的：在执行任何自动化或变更活动之前，你要执行一个 `pre-task` ，它会检查日历中是否已经安排了某些事情（目前或最近），并确认你没有在一个阻塞的时间段中。
+
+想象一下，你有一个名为 `calendar` 的虚构模块，它可以连接到一个远程日历，比如 Google 日历，以确定你指定的时间是否已经以其他方式被标记为繁忙。你可以写一个类似这样的剧本：
+
+```
+- name: Check if timeslot is taken
+ calendar:
+ time: "{{ ansible_date_time.iso8601 }}"
+ register: output
+```
+
+Ansible 实际会给出 `ansible_date_time`，将其传递给 `calendar` 模块，以验证时间的可用性，以便它可以注册响应 （`output`），用于后续任务。
+
+如果你的日历是这样的：
+
+![Google Calendar screenshot][6]
+
+那么这个任务的输出就会指明这个时间段被占用的事实 （`busy: true`）：
+
+```
+ok: [localhost] => {
+ "output": {
+ "busy": true,
+ "changed": false,
+ "failed": false,
+ "msg": "The timeslot 2020-09-02T17:53:43Z is busy: true"
+ }
+}
+```
+
+### 阻止任务运行
+
+接下来，[Ansible Conditionals][8] 将帮助阻止所有之后任务的执行。一个简单的例子，你可以在下一个任务上使用 `when` 语句来强制它只有当上一个输出中的 `busy` 字段不是 `true` 时，它才会运行：
+
+```
+tasks:
+ - shell: echo "Run this only when not busy!"
+ when: not output.busy
+```
+
+### 总结
+
+在[上一篇文章][9]中，我说过 Ansible 是一个将事物连接在一起的框架，将不同的组成部分相互连接，以协调端到端自动化工作流。
+
+这篇文章探讨了 Ansible 剧本如何与日历应用集成以检查可用性。然而，我只做了一些表面工作！例如，你的任务也可以阻止日历中的一个时间段，这里的发挥空间很大。
+
+在我的下一篇文章中，我将深入 `calendar` 模块是如何构建的，以及其他编程语言如何与 Ansible 一起使用。如果你和我一样是 [Go][10] 的粉丝，请继续关注！
+
+* * *
+
+_这篇文章最初发表在 Medium 上，名为 [Ansible and Google Calendar integration for change management][11]，采用 CC BY-SA 4.0 许可，经许可后转载。_
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/calendar-ansible
+
+作者：[Nicolas Leiva][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/nicolas-leiva
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/calendar.jpg?itok=jEKbhvDT (Calendar close up snapshot)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/street-calendar.jpg (Street scene with a large calendar and people walking)
+[3]: https://www.flickr.com/photos/7841127@N02/4217116202
+[4]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/2.0/
+[5]: https://docs.ansible.com/ansible/latest/index.html
+[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/googlecalendarexample.png (Google Calendar screenshot)
+[7]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[8]: https://docs.ansible.com/ansible/latest/user_guide/playbooks_conditionals.html
+[9]: https://medium.com/swlh/python-and-ansible-to-automate-a-network-security-workflow-28b9a44660c6
+[10]: https://golang.org/
+[11]: https://medium.com/swlh/ansible-and-google-calendar-integration-for-change-management-7c00553b3d5a
diff --git a/published/202010/20201009 How to Install Deepin Desktop on Ubuntu 20.04 LTS.md b/published/202010/20201009 How to Install Deepin Desktop on Ubuntu 20.04 LTS.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..84fc35c76f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20201009 How to Install Deepin Desktop on Ubuntu 20.04 LTS.md
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (gxlct008)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12724-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to Install Deepin Desktop on Ubuntu 20.04 LTS)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/install-deepin-ubuntu/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+如何在 Ubuntu 20.04 LTS 上安装深度（Deepin）桌面环境
+======
+
+
+
+> 本教程向你展示在 Ubuntu 上安装深度（Deepin）桌面环境的正确步骤。还提到了移除步骤。
+
+毫无疑问，深度操作系统（Deepin OS）是一个 [漂亮的 Linux 发行版][1]。最近发布的 [深度操作系统 V20][2] 就更加美观了。
+
+[深度操作系统][3] 是基于 [Debian][4] 的，默认的存储库镜像太慢了。如果你更愿意使用 Ubuntu，可以选择 [UbuntuDDE Linux 发行版][5] 形式的 Ubuntu 的深度操作系统的变体。它还不是 [官方的 Ubuntu 风格][6] 之一。
+
+[重新安装新的发行版][7] 是一个麻烦，因为你会丢失数据，你将不得不在新安装的 UbuntuDDE 上重新安装你的应用程序。
+
+一个更简单的选择是在现有的 Ubuntu 系统上安装深度桌面环境（DDE）。毕竟，你可以轻松地在一个系统中安装多个[桌面环境][8]。
+
+不要烦恼，这很容易做到，如果你不喜欢，也可以恢复这些更改。让我来告诉你怎么做。
+
+### 在 Ubuntu 20.04 上安装深度桌面环境
+
+UbuntuDDE 团队已为他们的发行版创建了一个 PPA，你可以使用相同的 PPA 在 Ubuntu 20.04 上安装深度桌面环境。请记住，此 PPA 仅适用于 Ubuntu 20.04。请阅读有关 [在 Ubuntu 中使用 PPA][10]。
+
+> 没有深度桌面环境 V20
+>
+> 你将在此处使用 PPA 安装的深度桌面环境还不是新的 V20。它可能会在 Ubuntu 20.10 发布后出现，但是我们不能担保。
+
+以下是你需要遵循的步骤：
+
+**步骤 1**：你需要首先在终端上输入以下内容，来添加 [Ubuntu DDE Remix 团队的官方 PPA][11]：
+
+```
+sudo add-apt-repository ppa:ubuntudde-dev/stable
+```
+
+**步骤 2**：添加存储库以后，继而安装深度桌面环境。
+
+```
+sudo apt install ubuntudde-dde
+```
+
+![][12]
+
+现在，安装将启动，一段时间后，将要求你选择显示管理器。
+
+![][13]
+
+如果需要深度桌面主题的锁屏，则需要选择 “lightdm”。如果不需要，你可以将其设置为 “gdm3”。
+
+如果你看不到此选项，可以通过键入以下命令来获得它，然后选择你首选的显示管理器：
+
+```
+sudo dpkg-reconfigure lightdm
+```
+
+**步骤 3**： 完成后，你必须退出并通过选择 “Deepin” 会话再次登录，或者重新启动系统。
+
+![][14]
+
+
+就是这样。马上在你的 Ubuntu 20.04 LTS 系统上享受深度桌面环境体验吧！
+
+![][15]
+
+### 从 Ubuntu 20.04 删除深度桌面
+
+如果你不喜欢这种体验，或者由于某些原因它有 bug，可以按照以下步骤将其删除。
+
+**步骤 1**： 如果你已将 “lightdm” 设置为显示管理器，则需要在卸载深度桌面环境之前将显示管理器设置为 “gdm3”。为此，请键入以下命令：
+
+```
+sudo dpkg-reconfigure lightdm
+```
+
+![Select gdm3 on this screen][13]
+
+然后，选择 “gdm3” 继续。
+
+完成此操作后，你只需输入以下命令即可完全删除深度桌面环境：
+
+```
+sudo apt remove startdde ubuntudde-dde
+```
+
+你只需重启即可回到原来的 Ubuntu 桌面环境。如果图标没有响应，只需打开终端（`CTRL + ALT + T`）并输入：
+
+
+```
+reboot
+```
+
+### 总结
+
+有不同的 [桌面环境选择][16] 是件好事。如果你真的喜欢深度桌面环境的界面，那么这可能是在 Ubuntu 上体验深度操作系统的一种方式。
+
+如果你有任何疑问或遇到任何问题，请在评论中告诉我。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/install-deepin-ubuntu/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[gxlct008](https://github.com/gxlct008)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/beautiful-linux-distributions/
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/deepin-20-review/
+[3]: https://www.deepin.org/en/
+[4]: https://www.debian.org/
+[5]: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntudde/
+[6]: https://itsfoss.com/which-ubuntu-install/
+[7]: https://itsfoss.com/reinstall-ubuntu/
+[8]: https://itsfoss.com/what-is-desktop-environment/
+[9]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/ubuntu-20-with-deepin.jpg?resize=800%2C386&ssl=1
+[10]: https://itsfoss.com/ppa-guide/
+[11]: https://launchpad.net/~ubuntudde-dev/+archive/ubuntu/stable
+[12]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/deepin-desktop-install.png?resize=800%2C534&ssl=1
+[13]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/deepin-display-manager.jpg?resize=800%2C521&ssl=1
+[14]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/deepin-session-ubuntu.jpg?resize=800%2C414&ssl=1
+[15]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/ubuntu-20-with-deepin-1.png?resize=800%2C589&ssl=1
+[16]: https://itsfoss.com/best-linux-desktop-environments/
diff --git a/published/202010/20201009 How to Remove Physical Volume from a Volume Group in LVM.md b/published/202010/20201009 How to Remove Physical Volume from a Volume Group in LVM.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..92d4b4c6c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20201009 How to Remove Physical Volume from a Volume Group in LVM.md
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12750-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to Remove Physical Volume from a Volume Group in LVM)
+[#]: via: (https://www.2daygeek.com/linux-remove-delete-physical-volume-pv-from-volume-group-vg-in-lvm/)
+[#]: author: (Magesh Maruthamuthu https://www.2daygeek.com/author/magesh/)
+
+如何从 LVM 的卷组中删除物理卷？
+======
+
+
+
+如果你的 LVM 不再需要使用某个设备，你可以使用 `vgreduce` 命令从卷组中删除物理卷。
+
+`vgreduce` 命令可以通过删除物理卷来缩小卷组的容量。但要确保该物理卷没有被任何逻辑卷使用，请使用 `pvdisplay` 命令查看。如果物理卷仍在使用，你必须使用 `pvmove` 命令将数据转移到另一个物理卷。
+
+数据转移后，它就可以从卷组中删除。
+
+最后使用 `pvremove` 命令删除空物理卷上的 LVM 标签和 LVM 元数据。
+
+ * **第一部分：[如何在 Linux 中创建/配置 LVM（逻辑卷管理）][1]**
+ * **第二部分：[如何在 Linux 中扩展/增加 LVM 大小（逻辑卷调整）][2]**
+ * **第三部分：[如何在 Linux 中减少/缩小 LVM 大小（逻辑卷调整）][3]**
+
+
+
+### 将扩展块移动到现有物理卷上
+
+使用 `pvs` 命令检查是否使用了所需的物理卷（我们计划删除 LVM 中的 `/dev/sdc` 磁盘）。
+
+```
+# pvs -o+pv_used
+
+PV VG Fmt Attr PSize PFree Used
+/dev/sda myvg lvm2 a- 75.00G 14.00G 61.00G
+/dev/sdb myvg lvm2 a- 50.00G 45.00G 5.00G
+/dev/sdc myvg lvm2 a- 17.15G 12.15G 5.00G
+```
+
+如果使用了，请检查卷组中的其他物理卷是否有足够的空闲扩展块。
+
+如果有的话，你可以在需要删除的设备上运行 `pvmove` 命令。扩展块将被分配到其他设备上。
+
+```
+# pvmove /dev/sdc
+
+/dev/sdc: Moved: 2.0%
+…
+/dev/sdc: Moved: 79.2%
+…
+/dev/sdc: Moved: 100.0%
+```
+
+当 `pvmove` 命令完成后。再次使用 `pvs` 命令检查物理卷是否有空闲。
+
+```
+# pvs -o+pv_used
+
+PV VG Fmt Attr PSize PFree Used
+/dev/sda myvg lvm2 a- 75.00G 1.85G 73.15G
+/dev/sdb myvg lvm2 a- 50.00G 45.00G 5.00G
+/dev/sdc myvg lvm2 a- 17.15G 17.15G 0
+```
+
+如果它是空闲的，使用 `vgreduce` 命令从卷组中删除物理卷 `/dev/sdc`。
+
+```
+# vgreduce myvg /dev/sdc
+Removed "/dev/sdc" from volume group "vg01"
+```
+
+最后，运行 `pvremove` 命令从 LVM 配置中删除磁盘。现在，磁盘已经完全从 LVM 中移除，可以用于其他用途。
+
+```
+# pvremove /dev/sdc
+Labels on physical volume "/dev/sdc" successfully wiped.
+```
+
+### 移动扩展块到新磁盘
+
+如果你在卷组中的其他物理卷上没有足够的可用扩展。使用以下步骤添加新的物理卷。
+
+向存储组申请新的 LUN。分配完毕后，运行以下命令来[在 Linux 中发现新添加的 LUN 或磁盘][5]。
+
+```
+# ls /sys/class/scsi_host
+host0
+```
+
+```
+# echo "- - -" > /sys/class/scsi_host/host0/scan
+```
+
+```
+# fdisk -l
+```
+
+操作系统中检测到磁盘后，使用 `pvcreate` 命令创建物理卷。
+
+```
+# pvcreate /dev/sdd
+Physical volume "/dev/sdd" successfully created
+```
+
+使用以下命令将新的物理卷 `/dev/sdd` 添加到现有卷组 `vg01` 中。
+
+```
+# vgextend vg01 /dev/sdd
+Volume group "vg01" successfully extended
+```
+
+现在，使用 `pvs` 命令查看你添加的新磁盘 `/dev/sdd`。
+
+```
+# pvs -o+pv_used
+
+PV VG Fmt Attr PSize PFree Used
+/dev/sda myvg lvm2 a- 75.00G 14.00G 61.00G
+/dev/sdb myvg lvm2 a- 50.00G 45.00G 5.00G
+/dev/sdc myvg lvm2 a- 17.15G 12.15G 5.00G
+/dev/sdd myvg lvm2 a- 60.00G 60.00G 0
+```
+
+使用 `pvmove` 命令将数据从 `/dev/sdc` 移动到 `/dev/sdd`。
+
+```
+# pvmove /dev/sdc /dev/sdd
+
+/dev/sdc: Moved: 10.0%
+…
+/dev/sdc: Moved: 79.7%
+…
+/dev/sdc: Moved: 100.0%
+```
+
+数据移动到新磁盘后。再次使用 `pvs` 命令检查物理卷是否空闲。
+
+```
+# pvs -o+pv_used
+
+PV VG Fmt Attr PSize PFree Used
+/dev/sda myvg lvm2 a- 75.00G 14.00G 61.00G
+/dev/sdb myvg lvm2 a- 50.00G 45.00G 5.00G
+/dev/sdc myvg lvm2 a- 17.15G 17.15G 0
+/dev/sdd myvg lvm2 a- 60.00G 47.85G 12.15G
+```
+
+如果空闲，使用 `vgreduce` 命令从卷组中删除物理卷 `/dev/sdc`。
+
+```
+# vgreduce myvg /dev/sdc
+Removed "/dev/sdc" from volume group "vg01"
+```
+
+最后，运行 `pvremove` 命令从 LVM 配置中删除磁盘。现在，磁盘已经完全从 LVM 中移除，可以用于其他用途。
+
+```
+# pvremove /dev/sdc
+Labels on physical volume "/dev/sdc" successfully wiped.
+```
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.2daygeek.com/linux-remove-delete-physical-volume-pv-from-volume-group-vg-in-lvm/
+
+作者：[Magesh Maruthamuthu][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.2daygeek.com/author/magesh/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://linux.cn/article-12670-1.html
+[2]: https://linux.cn/article-12673-1.html
+[3]: https://linux.cn/article-12740-1.html
+[4]: https://www.2daygeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/remove-delete-physical-volume-pv-from-volume-group-vg-lvm-linux-2.png
+[5]: https://www.2daygeek.com/scan-detect-luns-scsi-disks-on-redhat-centos-oracle-linux/
diff --git a/published/202010/20201010 6 Essential Things To Do After Installing Manjaro Linux.md b/published/202010/20201010 6 Essential Things To Do After Installing Manjaro Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9f4147f6c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20201010 6 Essential Things To Do After Installing Manjaro Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (rakino)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12721-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (6 Essential Things To Do After Installing Manjaro Linux)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/things-to-do-after-installing-manjaro/)
+[#]: author: (Dimitrios Savvopoulos https://itsfoss.com/author/dimitrios/)
+
+安装 Manjaro Linux 后必做的 6 件事
+======
+
+你刚刚[全新安装了 Manjaro Linux][1]，那么现在该做什么呢？
+
+下面是我推荐你在安装后进行的一些必不可少的步骤。
+
+不过说实话，这些都是我在安装 Manjaro 后喜欢做的事，根据你的需求，步骤可能会有所不同。
+
+### 推荐在安装完 Manjaro Linux 后去做的事
+
+![][2]
+
+我使用的是 Xfce 版的 Manjaro，但这些步骤也适用于 [Manjaro][3] 的其它桌面环境版本。
+
+#### 1、设置最快的镜像
+
+在更新系统之前，我建议先整理一下镜像列表。在刷新 Manjaro 系统和从软件仓库下载软件包的时候，优化后的镜像列表会对系统的性能产生明显的影响。
+
+打开终端模拟器并输入以下命令：
+
+```
+sudo pacman-mirrors --fasttrack
+```
+
+![][4]
+
+#### 2、更新系统
+
+保持系统更新可以降低安全漏洞的发生机率，在安装新的软件之前也建议刷新一下系统的软件仓库。
+
+你可以用下面的命令来[更新 Manjaro 系统][5]：
+
+```
+sudo pacman -Syu
+```
+
+![][6]
+
+#### 3、启用 AUR、Snap 以及 Flatpak 支持
+
+[Arch 用户仓库（AUR）][7]是用户选择[基于 Arch Linux 的系统][8]的一个主要理由。你可以在 AUR 中访问到大量的附加软件。
+
+（LCTT 译注：AUR 中的 PKGBUILD 均为用户上传且未经审核，使用者需要自负责任，在构建软件包前请注意检查其中内容是否合理。）
+
+作为可选项，你可以直接在 Pacman 图形化软件包管理器中启用对 [Snap][9] 以及 [Flatpak][10] 的支持。
+
+![][11]
+
+#### 启用 TRIM（仅 SSD）
+
+如果你的根分区已经安装在了 SSD 上，启用 [TRIM][12] 会是你在安装 Manjaro 后需要做的一件事。TRIM 会帮助清理 SSD 中的块，从而延长 SSD 的使用寿命。
+
+要在 Manjaro 中启用 TRIM，请在终端中输入以下命令：
+
+```
+sudo systemctl enable fstrim.timer
+```
+
+![][13]
+
+#### 5、安装内核（高级用户）
+
+我在 [Manjaro 评测][14]中提到的一个话题就是，你可以在图形界面中轻易地更换内核。
+
+喜欢使用命令行？你也可以在终端中列出系统中已安装的内核以及安装新的内核。
+
+列出已安装的内核：
+
+```
+mhwd-kernel -li
+```
+
+安装新内核（以最新的 5.8 版本内核为例）：
+
+```
+sudo mhwd-kernel -i linux58
+```
+
+![][15]
+
+#### 6、安装微软 TrueType 字体（如果需要）
+
+我经常在个人电脑上编辑工作文件，因此我需要 Times New Roman 或 Arial 等微软字体。
+
+如果你也需要使用微软字体，可以从 [AUR][7] 中取得这个[软件包][16]。如果你想要在命令行中管理 AUR 软件包，可以选择安装一个 [AUR 助手][17]。
+
+![][18]
+
+### 结论
+
+如果你想在一个预配置、为桌面优化的发行版上享受 Arch Linux 的优点，[Manjaro 是一个很好的发行版][19]。虽然它预置了很多东西，但由于每个人设置和需求的不同，有几个步骤是不能提前完成的。
+
+除开已经提到的步骤，还有哪一步对你来说是必不可少的？请在下面的评论中告诉我们。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/things-to-do-after-installing-manjaro/
+
+作者：[Dimitrios Savvopoulos][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[rakino](https://github.com/rakino)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/dimitrios/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/install-manjaro-linux/
+[2]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/things-to-do-after-installing-manjaro.jpg?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[3]: https://manjaro.org
+[4]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/manjaro-fasttrack.png?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
+[5]: https://itsfoss.com/update-arch-linux/
+[6]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/sudo-pacman-Syu.png?resize=800%2C504&ssl=1
+[7]: https://itsfoss.com/aur-arch-linux/
+[8]: https://itsfoss.com/arch-based-linux-distros/
+[9]: https://itsfoss.com/use-snap-packages-ubuntu-16-04/
+[10]: https://itsfoss.com/flatpak-guide/
+[11]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/pamac-2.png?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
+[12]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trim_(computing)
+[13]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/fstrim.timer_.png?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
+[14]: https://itsfoss.com/manjaro-linux-review/
+[15]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/manjaro-cli-kernels.png?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
+[16]: https://aur.archlinux.org/packages/ttf-ms-fonts
+[17]: https://itsfoss.com/best-aur-helpers/
+[18]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/ttf-ms-fonts.png?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
+[19]: https://itsfoss.com/why-use-manjaro-linux/
diff --git a/published/202010/20201012 Could Microsoft be en route to dumping Windows in favor of Linux.md b/published/202010/20201012 Could Microsoft be en route to dumping Windows in favor of Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..db061a927a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20201012 Could Microsoft be en route to dumping Windows in favor of Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+[#]: collector: (wxy)
+[#]: translator: (gxlct008)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12718-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Could Microsoft be en route to dumping Windows in favor of Linux?)
+[#]: via: (https://www.techrepublic.com/article/could-microsoft-be-en-route-to-dumping-windows-in-favor-of-linux/)
+[#]: author: (Jack Wallen https://www.techrepublic.com/meet-the-team/us/jack-wallen/)
+
+微软能否放弃 Windows 转向 Linux？
+======
+
+> Jack Wallen 认为，Microsoft Linux 是 Microsoft 桌面操作系统的下一个演进方向。他解释了为什么这将是一个对 Microsoft、IT 专业人士、用户和 Linux 社区的双赢。
+
+
+
+我尊敬的同事 Steven J. Vaughan-Nichols 在姊妹网站 ZDNet 上发表了一篇出色的文章，名为《[基于 Linux 的 Windows 非常有意义][1]》，他在文中讨论了 Eric S. Raymond 的[观点](https://linux.cn/article-12664-1.html)，即我们正接近桌面战争的最后阶段。Vaughan-Nichols 猜测，下一个合乎逻辑的步骤是在 Linux 内核上运行的 Windows 界面。
+
+这是有道理的，尤其是考虑到微软在 [Windows 的 Linux 子系统（WSL）][2] 上的努力。然而，从我过去几年所目睹的一切来看，我认为可以得出一个对微软更有意义的结论。
+
+### Microsoft Linux: 为什么它是最好的解决方案
+
+一度，微软的最大摇钱树是软件，确切地说是 Windows 和 Microsoft Office。但是，就像科技行业中的所有事物一样，进化也在发生，而拒绝进化的科技公司失败了。
+
+微软明白这一点，并且它已经进化了。一个恰当的例子是：[Microsoft Azure][4]。微软的云计算服务，以及 [AWS][5] 和 [Google Cloud][6] 已经成为这个不断变化的行业的巨大推动力。Azure 已成为微软新世界的摇钱树 —— 多到以至于这家在桌面电脑市场上享有垄断地位的公司已经开始意识到，或许还有更好的方式来利用桌面计算机。
+
+这种优势很容易通过 Linux 来实现，但不是你可能想到的 Linux。Vaughan-Nichols 所建议的 Microsoft Linux 对于微软来说可能是一个很好的垫脚石，但我相信该公司需要做出一个更大的飞跃。我说的是登月规模的飞跃 —— 这将使所有参与者的生活变得更加轻松。
+
+我说的是深入 Linux 领域。忘掉在 Linux 内核上运行 [Windows 10][7] 界面的桌面版本吧，最后承认 Microsoft Linux 可能是当今世界的最佳解决方案。
+
+微软发布一个完整的 Linux 发行版将对所有参与者来说意味着更少的挫败感。微软可以将其在 Windows 10 桌面系统上的开发工作转移到一个更稳定、更可靠、更灵活、更经考验的桌面系统上来。微软可以从任意数量的桌面系统中选择自己的官方风格：GNOME、KDE、Pantheon、Xfce、Mint、Cinnamon... 不胜枚举。微软可以按原样使用桌面，也可以为它们做出贡献，创造一些更符合用户习惯的东西。
+
+### 开发：微软并没有摆脱困境
+
+这并不意味着微软在开发方面将摆脱困境。微软也希望对 Wine 做出重大贡献，以确保其所有产品均可在兼容层上顺畅运行，并且默认集成到操作系统中，这样最终用户就不必为安装 Windows 应用程序做任何额外的工作。
+
+### Windows 用户需要 Defender
+
+微软开发团队也希望将 Windows Defender 移植到这个新的发行版中。等一等。什么？我真的是在暗示 Microsoft Linux 需要 Windows Defender 吗？是的，我确定。为什么？
+
+最终用户仍然需要防范 [网络钓鱼][8] 诈骗、恶意 URL 和其他类型的攻击。普通的 Windows 用户可能不会意识到，Linux 和安全使用实践的结合远比 Windows 10 和 Windows Defender 要安全得多。所以，是的，将 Windows Defender 移植到 Microsoft Linux 将是保持用户基础舒适的一个很好的步骤。
+
+这些用户将很快了解在台式计算机上工作的感觉，而不必处理 Windows 操作系统带来的日常困扰。更新更流畅、更值得信赖、更安全，桌面更有意义。
+
+### 微软、用户和 IT 专业人士的双赢
+
+微软一直在尽其所能将用户从标准的基于客户端的软件迁移到云和其他托管解决方案，并且其软件摇钱树已经变成了以网络为中心和基于订阅的软件。所有这些 Linux 用户仍然可以使用 [Microsoft 365][10] 和它必须提供的任何其他 [软件即服务][11]（SaaS）解决方案——所有这些都来自于 Linux 操作系统的舒适性和安全性。
+
+这对微软和消费者而言是双赢的，因为这样 Windows 没有那么多令人头疼的事情要处理（通过捕获漏洞和对其专有解决方案进行安全补丁），消费者可以得到一个更可靠的解决方案而不会错过任何东西。
+如果微软打对了牌，他们可以对 KDE 或几乎任何 Linux 桌面环境重新设置主题，使其与 Windows 10 界面没有太大区别。
+
+如果布局得当，消费者甚至可能都不知道其中的区别——“Windows 11” 将仅仅是 Microsoft 桌面操作系统的下一个演进版本。
+
+说到胜利，IT 专业人员将花费更少的时间来处理病毒、恶意软件和操作系统问题，而把更多的时间用于保持网络（以及为该网络供动力的服务器）的运行和安全上。
+
+### 大卖场怎么办？
+
+这是个关键的地方。为了让这一做法真正发挥作用，微软将不得不完全放弃 Windows，转而使用自己风格的 Linux。基于同样的思路，微软需要确保大卖场里的 PC 都安装了 Microsoft Linux 系统。没有半途而废的余地——微软必须全力以赴，以确保这次转型的成功。
+
+一旦大卖场开始销售安装了 Microsoft Linux 的 PC 和笔记本电脑，我预测这一举措对所有相关人员来说将会是一个巨大的成功。微软会被视为终于推出了一款值得消费者信赖的操作系统；消费者将拥有一个这样的桌面操作系统，它不会带来太多令人头疼的事情，而会带来真正的生产力和乐趣；Linux 社区最终将主导桌面计算机。
+
+### Microsoft Linux：时机已到
+
+你可能会认为这个想法很疯狂，但如果你真的仔细想想，微软 Windows 的演进就是朝着这个方向发展的。为什么不绕过这个时间线的中途部分，而直接跳到一个为所有参与者带来成功的终极游戏呢？ Microsoft Linux 正当其时。
+
+---
+via: https://www.techrepublic.com/article/could-microsoft-be-en-route-to-dumping-windows-in-favor-of-linux/
+
+作者：[jack-wallen][a]
+选题：[wxy][b]
+译者：[gxlct008](https://github.com/gxlct008)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.techrepublic.com/meet-the-team/us/jack-wallen/
+[b]: https://github.com/wxy
+[1]: https://www.zdnet.com/article/linux-based-windows-makes-perfect-sense/
+[2]: https://www.techrepublic.com/article/microsoft-older-windows-10-versions-now-get-to-run-windows-subsystem-for-linux-2/
+[3]: https://www.techrepublic.com/resource-library/whitepapers/microsoft-build-2020-highlights/
+[4]: https://www.techrepublic.com/article/microsoft-azure-the-smart-persons-guide/
+[5]: https://www.techrepublic.com/article/amazon-web-services-the-smart-persons-guide/
+[6]: https://www.techrepublic.com/article/google-cloud-platform-the-smart-persons-guide/
+[7]: https://www.techrepublic.com/article/windows-10-the-smart-persons-guide/
+[8]: https://www.techrepublic.com/article/phishing-and-spearphishing-a-cheat-sheet/
+[9]: https://www.techrepublic.com/article/everything-a-linux-admin-needs-to-know-about-working-from-the-command-line/
+[10]: https://www.techrepublic.com/article/microsoft-365-a-cheat-sheet/
+[11]: https://www.techrepublic.com/article/software-as-a-service-saas-a-cheat-sheet/
diff --git a/published/202010/20201012 Linux Jargon Buster- What is Display Manager in Linux.md b/published/202010/20201012 Linux Jargon Buster- What is Display Manager in Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2aef0b010f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20201012 Linux Jargon Buster- What is Display Manager in Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12773-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Linux Jargon Buster: What is Display Manager in Linux?)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/display-manager/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+Linux 黑话解释：什么是显示管理器？
+======
+
+> 在这篇 Linux 黑话解释中，你将了解 Linux 中的显示管理器。它是桌面环境的一部分吗？它的作用是什么？
+
+### 什么是 Linux 中的显示管理器？
+
+简单来说，显示管理器（DM）是一个为你的 Linux 发行版提供图形登录功能的程序。它控制用户会话并管理用户认证。显示管理器会在你输入用户名和密码后，立即启动[显示服务器][1]并加载[桌面环境][2]。
+
+显示管理器通常是登录界面的代名词。毕竟它是可见的部分。然而，可见的登录屏幕，也叫欢迎页，只是显示管理器的一部分。
+
+![登录屏幕是显示管理器的可见部分][3]
+
+像[各种桌面环境][4]和显示服务器一样，也有各种显示管理器。我们来看看它们。
+
+### 不同的显示管理器
+
+有些人认为显示管理器是桌面环境的一部分，但事实并非如此。它是一个独立的程序。
+
+桌面环境可能会推荐某个显示管理器，但这并不意味着它不能与其它一些显示管理器一起工作。如果你曾经在同一个系统中安装过不止一个桌面环境，你会记得，登录界面（即显示管理器）允许你切换桌面环境。
+
+![显示管理器可以与各种桌面环境配合使用][5]
+
+虽然显示管理器不是桌面环境本身的一部分，但它往往与桌面环境由同一个开发团队开发。它也成为桌面环境的代表。
+
+例如，GNOME 桌面环境开发了 GDM（GNOME Display Manager），光看登录界面就会想到 GNOME 桌面环境。
+
+![GNOME登录屏幕与GDM][6]
+
+一些流行的显示管理器有：
+
+ * [GDM][7]（GNOME 显示管理器）：GNOME 的首选。
+ * [SDDM][8]（简单桌面显示管理器)：KDE 首选。
+ * LightDM：由 Ubuntu 为 Unity 桌面开发。
+
+### 显示管理器可以定制
+
+有这么多的桌面环境可供选择，它们都有自己的显示管理器吗？不，不是这样的。
+
+正如我之前提到的，可见的登录屏幕被称为欢迎页。这个欢迎页可以进行自定义来改变登录屏幕的外观。
+
+事实上，许多发行版和/或桌面环境都制作了自己的欢迎页，以给用户提供一个类似于他们品牌的登录屏幕。
+
+例如，Mint 的 Cinnamon 桌面使用了 LightDM，但有自己的欢迎页来给它更多的 Mint 式（或者我应该说是 Cinnamon）的外观。
+
+![基于 LightDM 的 Linux Mint 登录屏幕][9]
+
+来看看 Kali Linux 的登录界面：
+
+![Kali Linux 登录界面][10]
+
+如果你喜欢编码和调整，你可以根据自己的喜好修改或编码自己的欢迎页。
+
+### 改变显示管理器
+
+如果你愿意，可以[更改显示管理器][11]。你需要先安装显示管理器。安装时你会看到切换显示管理器的选项。
+
+![][12]
+
+如果当时没有做切换，那么以后可以通过手动配置来改变显示管理器。不同的发行版重新配置显示管理器的方法略有不同，这不在本文讨论范围内。
+
+### 结语
+
+希望大家对 Linux 中的显示管理器这个术语有一点了解。本黑话解释系列的目的是用非技术性的语言解释常见的 Linux 俗语和技术术语，而不涉及太多的细节。
+
+欢迎大家提出意见和建议。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/display-manager/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/display-server/
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/what-is-desktop-environment/
+[3]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/login-screen-opensuse.jpg?resize=800%2C474&ssl=1
+[4]: https://itsfoss.com/best-linux-desktop-environments/
+[5]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/deepin-session-ubuntu.jpg?resize=800%2C414&ssl=1
+[6]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Login-screen-1.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[7]: https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GDM
+[8]: https://github.com/sddm
+[9]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/linux-mint-login-screen.jpg?resize=800%2C418&ssl=1
+[10]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/kali-linux-login-screen.jpg?resize=799%2C450&ssl=1
+[11]: https://itsfoss.com/switch-gdm-and-lightdm-in-ubuntu-14-04/
+[12]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Switch_between_gdm_and_lightgdm_Ubuntu.jpeg?resize=700%2C448&ssl=1
diff --git a/published/202010/20201013 Install MariaDB or MySQL on Linux.md b/published/202010/20201013 Install MariaDB or MySQL on Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..62bd23b48e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20201013 Install MariaDB or MySQL on Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12743-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Install MariaDB or MySQL on Linux)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/10/mariadb-mysql-linux)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+在 Linux 上安装 MariaDB 或 MySQL
+======
+
+> 开始在 Linux 系统上使用开源的 SQL 数据库吧。
+
+
+
+[MariaDB][2] 和 [MySQL][3] 都是使用 SQL 的开源数据库，并且共享相同的初始代码库。MariaDB 是 MySQL 的替代品，你可以使用相同的命令（`mysql`）与 MySQL 和 MariaDB 数据库进行交互。因此，本文同时适用于 MariaDB 和 MySQL。
+
+### 安装 MariaDB
+
+你可以使用你的 Linux 发行版的包管理器安装 MariaDB。在大多数发行版上，MariaDB 分为服务器包和客户端包。服务器包提供了数据库“引擎”，即 MariaDB 在后台运行（通常在物理服务器上）的部分，它监听数据输入或数据输出请求。客户端包提供了 `mysql` 命令，你可以用它来与服务器通信。
+
+在 RHEL、Fedora、CentOS 或类似的发行版上：
+
+```
+$ sudo dnf install mariadb mariadb-server
+```
+
+在 Debian、Ubuntu、Elementary 或类似的发行版上：
+
+```
+$ sudo apt install mariadb-client mariadb-server
+```
+
+其他操作系统可能会以不同的打包系统封装 MariaDB，所以你可能需要搜索你的软件仓库来了解你的发行版的维护者是如何提供它的。
+
+### 启动 MariaDB
+
+因为 MariaDB 被设计为部分作为数据库服务器，它可以在一台计算机上运行，并从另一台计算机上进行管理。只要你能访问运行它的计算机，你就可以使用 `mysql` 命令来管理数据库。在写这篇文章时，我在本地计算机上运行了 MariaDB，但你同样可与远程系统上托管的 MariaDB 数据库进行交互。
+
+在启动 MariaDB 之前，你必须创建一个初始数据库。在初始化其文件结构时，你应该定义你希望 MariaDB 使用的用户。默认情况下，MariaDB 使用当前用户，但你可能希望它使用一个专用的用户帐户。你的包管理器可能为你配置了一个系统用户和组。使用 `grep` 查找是否有一个 `mysql` 组：
+
+```
+$ grep mysql /etc/group
+mysql:x:27:
+```
+
+你也可以在 `/etc/passwd` 中寻找这个专门的用户，但通常情况下，有组就会有用户。如果没有专门的 `mysql` 用户和组，可以在 `/etc/group` 中寻找一个明显的替代品（比如 `mariadb`）。如果没有，请阅读你的发行版文档来了解 MariaDB 是如何运行的。
+
+假设你的安装使用 `mysql`，初始化数据库环境：
+
+```
+$ sudo mysql_install_db --user=mysql
+Installing MariaDB/MySQL system tables in '/var/lib/mysql'...
+OK
+[...]
+```
+
+这一步的结果显示了接下来你必须执行的配置 MariaDB 的任务：
+
+```
+PLEASE REMEMBER TO SET A PASSWORD FOR THE MariaDB root USER !
+To do so, start the server, then issue the following commands:
+
+'/usr/bin/mysqladmin' -u root password 'new-password'
+'/usr/bin/mysqladmin' -u root -h $(hostname) password 'new-password'
+
+Alternatively you can run:
+'/usr/bin/mysql_secure_installation'
+
+which will also give you the option of removing the test
+databases and anonymous user created by default. This is
+strongly recommended for production servers.
+```
+
+使用你的发行版的初始化系统启动 MariaDB：
+
+```
+$ sudo systemctl start mariadb
+```
+
+在启动时启用 MariaDB 服务器：
+
+```
+$ sudo systemctl enable --now mariadb
+```
+
+现在你已经有了一个 MariaDB 服务器，为它设置一个密码：
+
+```
+mysqladmin -u root password 'myreallysecurepassphrase'
+mysqladmin -u root -h $(hostname) password 'myreallysecurepassphrase'
+```
+
+最后，如果你打算在生产服务器上使用它，请在上线前运行 `mysql_secure_installation` 命令。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/mariadb-mysql-linux
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_metrics_analytics_desktop_laptop.png?itok=9QXd7AUr (Person standing in front of a giant computer screen with numbers, data)
+[2]: https://mariadb.org/
+[3]: https://www.mysql.com/
diff --git a/published/202010/20201014 2 Ways to Download Files From Linux Terminal.md b/published/202010/20201014 2 Ways to Download Files From Linux Terminal.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0fa87fe9f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20201014 2 Ways to Download Files From Linux Terminal.md
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12752-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (2 Ways to Download Files From Linux Terminal)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/download-files-from-linux-terminal/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+2 种从 Linux 终端下载文件的方法
+======
+
+如果你被困在 Linux 终端，比如说在服务器上，如何从终端下载文件？
+
+在 Linux 中是没有 `download` 命令的，但是有几个 Linux 命令可用于下载文件。
+
+在这篇终端技巧中，你将学习两种在 Linux 中使用命令行下载文件的方法。
+
+我在这里使用的是 Ubuntu，但除了安装，其余的命令同样适用于所有其他 Linux 发行版。
+
+### 使用 wget 命令从 Linux 终端下载文件
+
+![][1]
+
+[wget][2] 也许是 Linux 和类 UNIX 系统中使用最多的命令行下载管理器。你可以使用 `wget` 下载一个文件、多个文件、整个目录甚至整个网站。
+
+`wget` 是非交互式的，可以轻松地在后台工作。这意味着你可以很容易地在脚本中使用它，甚至构建像 [uGet 下载管理器][3]这样的工具。
+
+让我们看看如何使用 `wget` 从终端下载文件。
+
+#### 安装 wget
+
+大多数 Linux 发行版都预装了 `wget`。它也可以在大多数发行版的仓库中找到，你可以使用发行版的包管理器轻松安装它。
+
+在基于 Ubuntu 和 Debian 的发行版上，你可以使用 [apt 包管理器][4]命令：
+
+```
+sudo apt install wget
+```
+
+#### 使用 wget 下载文件或网页
+
+你只需要提供文件或网页的 URL。它将在你所在的目录下以原始名下载该文件。
+
+```
+wget URL
+```
+
+![][5]
+
+要下载多个文件，你必须将它们的 URL 保存在一个文本文件中，并将该文件作为输入提供给 `wget`，就像这样：
+
+```
+wget -i download_files.txt
+```
+
+#### 用 wget 下载不同名字的文件
+
+你会注意到，网页在 `wget` 中几乎总是以 `index.html` 的形式保存。为下载的文件提供自定义名称是个好主意。
+
+你可以在下载时使用 `-O` （大写字母 `O`） 选项来提供输出文件名：
+
+```
+wget -O filename URL
+```
+
+![][6]
+
+#### 用 wget 下载一个文件夹
+
+假设你正在浏览一个 FTP 服务器，你需要下载整个目录，你可以使用递归选项 `-r`：
+
+```
+wget -r ftp://server-address.com/directory
+```
+
+#### 使用 wget 下载整个网站
+
+是的，你完全可以做到这一点。你可以用 `wget` 镜像整个网站。我说的下载整个网站是指整个面向公众的网站结构。
+
+虽然你可以直接使用镜像选项 `-m`，但最好加上：
+
+ * `–convert-links`：链接将被转换，使内部链接指向下载的资源，而不是网站。
+ * `–page-requisites`：下载额外的东西，如样式表，使页面在离线状态下看起来更好。
+
+```
+wget -m --convert-links --page-requisites website_address
+```
+
+![][7]
+
+#### 额外提示：恢复未完成的下载
+
+如果你因为某些原因按 `CTRL-C` 键中止了下载，你可以用选项 `-c` 恢复之前的下载：
+
+```
+wget -c
+```
+
+### 使用 curl 在 Linux 命令行中下载文件
+
+和 `wget` 一样，[curl][8] 也是 Linux 终端中最常用的下载文件的命令之一。[使用 curl][9] 的方法有很多，但我在这里只关注简单的下载。
+
+#### 安装 curl
+
+虽然 `curl` 并不是预装的，但在大多数发行版的官方仓库中都有。你可以使用你的发行版的包管理器来安装它。
+
+要[在 Ubuntu][10] 和其他基于 Debian 的发行版上安装 `curl`，请使用以下命令：
+
+```
+sudo apt install curl
+```
+
+#### 使用 curl 下载文件或网页
+
+如果你在使用 `curl` 命令时没有在 URL 中带任何选项，它就会读取文件并打印在终端上。
+
+要在 Linux 终端中使用 `curl` 命令下载文件，你必须使用 `-O`（大写字母 `O`）选项：
+
+```
+curl -O URL
+```
+
+![][11]
+
+在 Linux 中，用 `curl` 下载多个文件是比较简单的。你只需要指定多个 URL 即可：
+
+```
+curl -O URL1 URL2 URL3
+```
+
+请记住，`curl` 不像 `wget` 那么简单。`wget` 可以将网页保存为 `index.html`，`curl` 却会抱怨远程文件没有网页的名字。你必须按照下一节的描述用一个自定义的名字来保存它。
+
+#### 用不同的名字下载文件
+
+这可能会让人感到困惑，但如果要为下载的文件提供一个自定义的名称（而不是原始名称），你必须使用 `-o`（小写 `O`）选项：
+
+```
+curl -o filename URL
+```
+
+![][12]
+
+有些时候，`curl` 并不能像你期望的那样下载文件，你必须使用选项 `-L`（代表位置）来正确下载。这是因为有些时候，链接会重定向到其他链接，而使用选项 `-L`，它就会跟随最终的链接。
+
+#### 用 curl 暂停和恢复下载
+
+和 `wget` 一样，你也可以用 `curl` 的 `-c` 选项恢复暂停的下载：
+
+```
+curl -c URL
+```
+
+### 总结
+
+和以往一样，在 Linux 中做同一件事有多种方法。从终端下载文件也不例外。
+
+`wget` 和 `curl` 只是 Linux 中最流行的两个下载文件的命令。还有更多这样的命令行工具。基于终端的网络浏览器，如 [elinks][13]、[w3m][14] 等也可以用于在命令行下载文件。
+
+就个人而言，对于一个简单的下载，我更喜欢使用 `wget` 而不是 `curl`。它更简单，也不会让你感到困惑，因为你可能很难理解为什么 `curl` 不能以预期的格式下载文件。
+
+欢迎你的反馈和建议。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/download-files-from-linux-terminal/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/Download-Files-from-Linux-terminal.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[2]: https://www.gnu.org/software/wget/
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/install-latest-uget-ubuntu-linux-mint/
+[4]: https://itsfoss.com/apt-command-guide/
+[5]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/download-file-in-linux-terminal-using-wget.png?resize=795%2C418&ssl=1
+[6]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/download-file-in-linux-terminal-using-wget-2.png?resize=795%2C418&ssl=1
+[7]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/download-entire-website-using-wget.png?resize=795%2C418&ssl=1
+[8]: https://curl.haxx.se/
+[9]: https://linuxhandbook.com/curl-command-examples/
+[10]: https://itsfoss.com/install-curl-ubuntu/
+[11]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/download-files-in-linux-using-curl.png?resize=795%2C418&ssl=1
+[12]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/download-files-in-linux-using-curl-1.png?resize=795%2C418&ssl=1
+[13]: http://elinks.or.cz/
+[14]: http://w3m.sourceforge.net/
diff --git a/published/202010/20201014 MellowPlayer is a Desktop App for Various Streaming Music Services.md b/published/202010/20201014 MellowPlayer is a Desktop App for Various Streaming Music Services.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b9a67ba724
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20201014 MellowPlayer is a Desktop App for Various Streaming Music Services.md
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12759-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (MellowPlayer is a Desktop App for Various Streaming Music Services)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/mellow-player/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+MellowPlayer：一款用于各种流媒体音乐服务的桌面应用
+======
+
+> MellowPlayer 是一个自由开源的桌面应用，可以让你在 Linux 和 Windows 上整合基于网络的音乐流媒体服务。
+
+![][8]
+
+毋庸置疑，很多用户都喜欢使用流媒体服务来收听自己喜欢的音乐，而不是从商店购买单首音乐或者下载收藏。
+
+当然，流媒体服务可以让你探索新的音乐，帮助艺术家轻松传播到更多的听众。但是，由于有许多的音乐流媒体服务（[Soundcloud][1]、[Spotify][2]、[YouTube Music][3]、[Amazon Music][4] 等），因此当在使用电脑时，要有效地使用它们往往会变得很麻烦。
+
+你可以[在 Linux 上安装 Spotify][5]，但没有 Amazon Music 的桌面应用，所以，有可能你无法从单一门户管理流媒体服务。
+
+如果一个桌面应用可以让你同时在 Windows 和 Linux 上免费整合流媒体服务呢？在本文中，我将介绍这样一款应用：[MellowPlayer][6]。
+
+### MellowPlayer: 集成各种流媒体音乐服务的开源应用
+
+![][7]
+
+MellowPlayer 是一款自由开源的跨平台桌面应用，它可以让你整合多个流媒体服务，并在一个界面上管理它们。
+
+你可以整合多个支持的流媒体服务。你还可以从每个服务中获得一定程度的控制权，来调整你的体验。例如，你可以设置在 YouTube 上自动跳过或静音广告。
+
+对 Windows 和 Linux 的跨平台支持绝对是一个加分项。
+
+除了能够管理流媒体服务外，它还将播放器与系统托盘整合在一起来轻松控制音乐。这意味着你可以使用键盘上的媒体键来控制音乐播放器。
+
+另外值得一提的是，你只要在应用内自己创建一个插件，就可以添加一个官方不支持的新服务。为了让你对它有更多的了解，下面就让我重点介绍一下所有的主要特点。
+
+### MellowPlayer 的特点
+
+ * 跨平台 （Windows 和 Linux）
+ * 自由且开源
+ * 基于插件的应用，让你可以通过创建一个插件来添加新的服务
+ * 将服务作为本地桌面应用与系统托盘整合
+ * 支持热键
+ * 支持通知
+ * 收听历史
+
+### 在 Linux 上安装 MellowPlayer
+
+![][9]
+
+MellowPlayer 是以 [Flatpak 包][10]的形式提供的。我知道这让一些人很失望，但它在 Linux 中只有 Flaptak，Windows 中只有一个可执行文件。如果你不知道，请按照我们的[在 Linux 上使用 Flatpak][11] 指南来开始使用。
+
+- [下载 MellowPlayer][12]
+
+### 总结
+
+MellowPlayer 是一款方便的桌面应用，适合经常涉猎多种流媒体音乐服务的用户使用。尽管根据我的测试，它在 SoundCloud、YouTube 和 Spotify 上都能正常工作，但我确实注意到，当我试图重新调整窗口大小时，应用会崩溃，只是在此提醒一下。你可以在它的 [GitLab 页面][13]上了解更多关于它的内容。
+
+还有两个类似的应用，可以让你播放多个流媒体音乐服务。[Nuvola][14] 和 [Nuclear Music Player][15]。你可能会想看看它们。
+
+你试过 MellowPlayer 吗？欢迎在下方评论中分享你的想法。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/mellow-player/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://soundcloud.com
+[2]: https://www.spotify.com
+[3]: https://music.youtube.com
+[4]: https://music.amazon.com/home
+[5]: https://itsfoss.com/install-spotify-ubuntu-linux/
+[6]: https://colinduquesnoy.gitlab.io/MellowPlayer/
+[7]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/mellowplayer-screenshot.jpg?resize=800%2C439&ssl=1
+[8]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/mellowplayer.png?resize=800%2C442&ssl=1
+[9]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/mellowplayer-system-integration.jpg?resize=800%2C438&ssl=1
+[10]: https://flathub.org/apps/details/com.gitlab.ColinDuquesnoy.MellowPlayer
+[11]: https://itsfoss.com/flatpak-guide/
+[12]: https://colinduquesnoy.gitlab.io/MellowPlayer/#features
+[13]: https://gitlab.com/ColinDuquesnoy/MellowPlayer
+[14]: https://itsfoss.com/nuvola-music-player/
+[15]: https://itsfoss.com/nuclear-music-player-linux/
diff --git a/published/202010/20201014 Try Linux on any computer with this bootable USB tool.md b/published/202010/20201014 Try Linux on any computer with this bootable USB tool.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9e72c9dab8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20201014 Try Linux on any computer with this bootable USB tool.md
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12769-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Try Linux on any computer with this bootable USB tool)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/10/fedora-media-writer)
+[#]: author: (Sumantro Mukherjee https://opensource.com/users/sumantro)
+
+用这个创建可引导 USB 的工具在电脑上尝试 Linux
+======
+
+> Fedora Media Writer 是创建临场版 USB 以尝试 Linux 的方便方法。
+
+
+
+[Fedora Media Writer][2] 是一个小巧、轻量、全面的工具，它简化了 Linux 的入门体验。它可以下载 Fedora 的 Workstation 或 Server 版本并写入到一个可以在任何系统上引导的 USB 驱动器上，使你无需将其安装到硬盘上就可以试用 Fedora Linux。
+
+Media Writer 工具可以用来创建一个临场体验的、可引导的 USB 驱动器。在你的平台上安装 Fedora Media Writer 应用后，你可以下载并烧录最新的 Fedora Workstation 或 Server 稳定版，也可以选择烧录你下载的任何其他镜像。而且它并不局限于英特尔 64 位设备。它还可以用于 ARM 设备，如[树莓派][3]，这些设备日益变得更加强大和有用。
+
+![Fedora Media Writer main screen][4]
+
+### 安装 Fedora Media Writer
+
+[安装 Fedora Media Writer][6] 有几种方式。你可以通过 GitHub [从源码编译][7]、下载 MacOS 或 Windows 版本、使用 `dnf` 或 `yum` 安装 RPM 包，或者以 Flatpak 的形式获得。
+
+在 Fedora 上：
+
+```
+$ sudo dnf install mediawriter
+```
+
+最新版本请参见 GitHub 仓库的[发布][8]部分。
+
+### 准备好你的媒体介质
+
+首先，你需要一个 USB 驱动器来安装你的 Linux 操作系统。这就是 Fedora Media Writer 要烧录的设备。这个驱动器必须是空白或可擦除的，因为 **该 USB 驱动器上的所有数据都会被删除**。如果有任何数据，哪怕只是一个文件，如果你不想丢失，那么你必须在继续之前备份它！
+
+确认你的 USB 驱动器是可擦除的之后，将它插入你的电脑并启动 Fedora Media Writer。
+
+### 使用 Fedora Media Writer
+
+当你启动 Fedora Media Writer 时，你会看到一个页面，提示你从互联网上获取一个可引导的镜像，或者从你的硬盘上加载一个自定义镜像。第一个选择是 Fedora 的最新版本。Workstation 版本适用于台式机和笔记本电脑，Server 版本适用于虚拟化、机架服务器或任何你想作为服务器运行的情况。
+
+如果你选择了 Fedora 镜像，Media Writer 会下载一个光盘镜像（通常称为 “iso”，文件扩展名为 .iso），并将其保存到你的下载文件夹中，这样你就可以重复使用它来烧录另一个驱动器。
+
+![Select your image][9]
+
+另外还有 Fedora Spins，这是来自 Fedora 社区的镜像，它旨在满足小众的兴趣。例如，如果你是 [MATE 桌面][10]的粉丝，那么你会很高兴地发现 Media Writer 提供了 MATE spin。它有很多，所以请滚动查看所有的选择。如果你是 Linux 的新手，不要被吓到或感到困惑：这些额外的选项是为老用户准备的，这些用户除了默认的选项外，还发展出了自己的偏好，所以对你来说，只使用 Workstation 或 Server 选项就行，这取决于你是想把 Fedora 作为一个桌面还是作为一个服务器操作系统来运行。
+
+如果你需要一个与你当前使用的 CPU 不同架构的镜像，从窗口右上角的下拉菜单中选择 CPU 架构。
+
+如果你已经将镜像保存在硬盘上，请选择“Custom Image”选项，并选择你要烧录到 USB 的发行版的 .iso 文件。
+
+### 写入 USB 驱动器
+
+当你下载或选择了一个镜像，你必须确认你要将该镜像写入驱动器。
+
+驱动器选择下拉菜单只显示了外部驱动器，所以你不会意外地覆盖自己的硬盘驱动器。这是 Fedora Media Writer 的一个重要功能，它比你在网上看到的许多手动说明要安全得多。然而，如果你的计算机上连接了多个外部驱动器，除了你想覆盖的那个，你应该将它们全部移除，以增加安全性。
+
+选择你要安装镜像的驱动器，然后单击“Write to Disk”按钮。
+
+![Media write][11]
+
+稍等一会儿，镜像就会被写入到你的驱动器，然后可以看看 Don Watkins 对[如何从 USB 驱动器启动到 Linux][12]的出色介绍。
+
+### 开始使用 Linux
+
+Fedora Media Writer 是一种将 Fedora Workstation 或 Server，或任何 Linux 发行版烧录到 USB 驱动器的方法，因此你可以在安装它到设备上之前试用它。试试吧，并在评论中分享你的经验和问题。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/fedora-media-writer
+
+作者：[Sumantro Mukherjee][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/sumantro
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/usb-hardware.png?itok=ROPtNZ5V (Multiple USB plugs in different colors)
+[2]: https://github.com/FedoraQt/MediaWriter
+[3]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Architectures/ARM/Raspberry_Pi
+[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/fmw_mainscreen.png (Fedora Media Writer main screen)
+[5]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[6]: https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/fedora/f32/install-guide/install/Preparing_for_Installation/#_fedora_media_writer
+[7]: https://github.com/FedoraQt/MediaWriter#building
+[8]: https://github.com/FedoraQt/MediaWriter/releases
+[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/mediawriter-image.png
+[10]: https://opensource.com/article/19/12/mate-linux-desktop
+[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/mediawriter-write.png (Media write)
+[12]: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/first-linux-computer
diff --git a/published/202010/20201016 Set up ZFS on Linux with yum.md b/published/202010/20201016 Set up ZFS on Linux with yum.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1386118d8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20201016 Set up ZFS on Linux with yum.md
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12754-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Set up ZFS on Linux with yum)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/10/zfs-dnf)
+[#]: author: (Sheng Mao https://opensource.com/users/ivzhh)
+
+在 Linux 上使用 yum 设置 ZFS
+======
+
+> 在 Fedora 上使用 yum 仓库来获取最新的 ZFS 特性。
+
+
+
+我是一名 Fedora Linux 用户，我每天都会运行 `yum upgrade`。虽然这个习惯使我能够运行所有最新的软件（[Fedora 的四个基础][2]之一的 “First” ，它也做到了），但它也会提醒 [ZFS][3] 存储平台和新内核之间的不兼容性。
+
+作为一名开发者，有时我需要最新的 ZFS 分支的新特性。例如，ZFS 2.0.0 包含了一个令人兴奋的新功能，它大大[提高了 ZVOL 同步性能][4]，这对我这个 KVM 用户来说至关重要。但这意味着，如果我想使用 2.0.0 分支，我必须自己构建 ZFS。
+
+起初，我只是在每次内核更新后从它的 Git 仓库中手动编译 ZFS。如果我忘记了，ZFS 就会在下次启动时无法被识别。幸运的是，我很快就学会了如何为 ZFS 设置动态内核模块支持 （[DKMS][5]）。然而，这个解决方案并不完美。首先，它没有利用强大的 [yum][6] 系统，而这个系统可以帮助解决依赖关系和升级。此外，使用 `yum` 在你自己的包和上游包之间进行切换是非常容易的。
+
+在本文中，我将演示如何设置 `yum` 仓库来打包 ZFS。这个方案有两个步骤：
+
+ 1. 从 ZFS 的 Git 仓库中创建 RPM 包。
+ 2. 建立一个 `yum` 仓库来托管这些包。
+
+### 创建 RPM 包
+
+要创建 RPM 包，你需要安装 RPM 工具链。`yum` 提供了一个组来捆绑安装这些工具：
+
+```
+sudo dnf group install 'C Development Tools and Libraries' 'RPM Development Tools'
+```
+
+安装完这些之后，你必须从 ZFS Git 仓库中安装构建 ZFS 所需的所有包。这些包属于三个组：
+
+ 1. [Autotools][7]，用于从平台配置中生成构建文件。
+ 2. 用于构建 ZFS 内核和用户态工具的库。
+ 3. 构建 RPM 包的库。
+
+```
+sudo dnf install libtool autoconf automake gettext createrepo \
+ libuuid-devel libblkid-devel openssl-devel libtirpc-devel \
+ lz4-devel libzstd-devel zlib-devel \
+ kernel-devel elfutils-libelf-devel \
+ libaio-devel libattr-devel libudev-devel \
+ python3-devel libffi-devel
+```
+
+现在你已经准备好创建你自己的包了。
+
+### 构建 OpenZFS
+
+[OpenZFS][8] 提供了优秀的基础设施。要构建它:
+
+ 1. 用 `git` 克隆仓库，并切换到你希望使用的分支/标签。
+ 2. 运行 Autotools 生成一个 makefile。
+ 3. 运行 `make rpm`，如果一切正常，RPM 文件将被放置在 `build` 文件夹中。
+
+```
+$ git clone --branch=zfs-2.0.0-rc3 zfs
+$ cd zfs
+$ ./autogen.sh
+$ ./configure
+$ make rpm
+```
+
+### 建立一个 yum 仓库
+
+在 `yum` 中，仓库是一个服务器或本地路径，包括元数据和 RPM 文件。用户设置一个 INI 配置文件，`yum` 命令会自动解析元数据并下载相应的软件包。
+
+Fedora 提供了 `createrepo` 工具来设置 `yum` 仓库。首先，创建仓库，并将 ZFS 文件夹中的所有 RPM 文件复制到仓库中。然后运行 `createrepo --update` 将所有的包加入到元数据中。
+
+```
+$ sudo mkdir -p /var/lib/zfs.repo
+$ sudo createrepo /var/lib/zfs.repo
+$ sudo cp *.rpm /var/lib/zfs.repo/
+$ sudo createrepo --update /var/lib/zfs.repo
+```
+
+在 `/etc/yum.repos.d` 中创建一个新的配置文件来包含仓库路径：
+
+```
+$ echo \
+"[zfs-local]\\nname=ZFS Local\\nbaseurl=file:///var/lib/zfs.repo\\nenabled=1\\ngpgcheck=0" |\
+sudo tee /etc/yum.repos.d/zfs-local.repo
+
+$ sudo dnf --repo=zfs-local list available --refresh
+```
+
+终于完成了！你已经有了一个可以使用的 `yum` 仓库和 ZFS 包。现在你只需要安装它们。
+
+```
+$ sudo dnf install zfs
+$ sudo /sbin/modprobe zfs
+```
+
+运行 `sudo zfs version` 来查看你的用户态和内核工具的版本。恭喜！你拥有了 [Fedora 中的 ZFS][9]。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/zfs-dnf
+
+作者：[Sheng Mao][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ivzhh
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/puzzle_computer_solve_fix_tool.png?itok=U0pH1uwj (Puzzle pieces coming together to form a computer screen)
+[2]: https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/project/#_what_is_fedora_all_about
+[3]: https://zfsonlinux.org/
+[4]: https://www.phoronix.com/scan.php?page=news_item&px=OpenZFS-3x-Boost-Sync-ZVOL
+[5]: https://www.linuxjournal.com/article/6896
+[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Yum_%28software%29
+[7]: https://opensource.com/article/19/7/introduction-gnu-autotools
+[8]: https://openzfs.org/wiki/Main_Page
+[9]: https://openzfs.github.io/openzfs-docs/Getting%20Started/Fedora.html
diff --git a/published/202010/20201027 Fedora 33 is officially here.md b/published/202010/20201027 Fedora 33 is officially here.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f1fa986952
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202010/20201027 Fedora 33 is officially here.md
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12764-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Fedora 33 is officially here!)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/announcing-fedora-33/)
+[#]: author: (Matthew Miller https://fedoramagazine.org/author/mattdm/)
+
+Fedora 33 正式发布了
+======
+
+![][1]
+
+> 本文译自 Fedora 官方发布公告。
+
+今天，我很兴奋地与大家分享数千名 Fedora 项目贡献者辛勤工作的成果：我们的最新版本 Fedora 33 来了! 这是一个有着很多变化的大版本，但我相信所有这些工作也会让您感到舒适，实现我们的目标：即为您带来最新的稳定、强大、健壮的自由和开源软件，并提供许多易于使用的产品。
+
+如果您不想耽误时间，直接体验，现在就去
+Legend for output:
+🎉 Killed mutants. The goal is for everything to end up in this bucket.
+⏰ Timeout. Test suite took 10 times as long as the baseline so were killed.
+🤔 Suspicious. Tests took a long time, but not long enough to be fatal.
+🙁 Survived. This means your tests needs to be expanded.
+🔇 Skipped. Skipped.
+
+⠋ 21/21 🎉 5 ⏰ 0 🤔 0 🙁 16 🔇 0
+```
+
+天啊，在 21 个突变体中，有 16 个存活。只有 5 个通过了突变测试，但是，这意味着什么呢？
+
+对于每个突变测试，`mutmut` 会修改部分源代码，以模拟潜在的错误，修改的一个例子是将 `>` 比较更改为 `>=`，查看会发生什么。如果没有针对这个边界条件的单元测试，那么这个突变将会“存活”：这是一个没有任何测试用例能够检测到的潜在错误。
+
+是时候编写更好的单元测试了。很容易检查使用 `results` 所做的更改：
+
+```
+$ mutmut results
+
+Survived 🙁 (16)
+
+---- angle.py (16) ----
+
+4-7, 9-14, 16-21
+$ mutmut apply 4
+$ git diff
+diff --git a/angle.py b/angle.py
+index b5dca41..3939353 100644
+--- a/angle.py
++++ b/angle.py
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ def hours_hand(hour, minutes):
+ hour = hour % 12
+- base = hour * (360 // 12)
++ base = hour / (360 // 12)
+ correction = int((minutes / 60) * (360 // 12))
+ return base + correction
+```
+
+这是 `mutmut` 执行突变的一个典型例子，它会分析源代码并将运算符更改为不同的运算符：减法变加法。在本例中由乘法变为除法。一般来说，单元测试应该在操作符更换时捕获错误。否则，它们将无法有效地测试行为。按照这种逻辑，`mutmut` 会遍历源代码仔细检查你的测试。
+
+你可以使用 `mutmut apply` 来应用失败的突变体。事实证明你几乎没有检查过 `hour` 参数是否被正确使用。修复它：
+
+```
+$ git diff
+diff --git a/tests/test_angle.py b/tests/test_angle.py
+index f51d43a..1a2e4df 100644
+--- a/tests/test_angle.py
++++ b/tests/test_angle.py
+@@ -2,3 +2,6 @@ import angle
+
+ def test_twelve():
+ assert angle.between(12, 00) == 0
++
++def test_three():
++ assert angle.between(3, 00) == 90
+```
+
+以前，你只测试了 12 点钟，现在增加一个 3 点钟的测试就足够了吗？
+
+```
+$ mutmut run --paths-to-mutate angle.py
+
+⠋ 21/21 🎉 7 ⏰ 0 🤔 0 🙁 14 🔇 0
+```
+
+这项新测试成功杀死了两个突变体，比以前更好，当然还有很长的路要走。我不会一一解决剩下的 14 个测试用例，因为我认为模式已经很明确了。（你能将它们降低到零吗？）
+
+变异测试和覆盖率一样，是一种工具，它允许你查看测试套件的全面程度。使用它使得测试用例需要改进：那些幸存的突变体中的任何一个都是人类在篡改代码时可能犯的错误，以及潜伏在程序中的隐藏错误。继续测试，愉快地搜寻 bug 吧。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/mutmut-python
+
+作者：[Moshe Zadka][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[MjSeven](https://github.com/MjSeven)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/moshez
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/search_find_code_python_programming.png?itok=ynSL8XRV (Searching for code)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/19/8/mutation-testing-evolution-tdd
+[3]: https://opensource.com/resources/python
diff --git a/published/202011/20200804 Use your favorite programming language to provision Infrastructure as Code.md b/published/202011/20200804 Use your favorite programming language to provision Infrastructure as Code.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2429ce55ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20200804 Use your favorite programming language to provision Infrastructure as Code.md
@@ -0,0 +1,452 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12862-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Use your favorite programming language to provision Infrastructure as Code)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/8/infrastructure-as-code-pulumi)
+[#]: author: (Lee Briggs https://opensource.com/users/lbriggs)
+
+使用你喜欢的编程语言，将基础设施作为代码进行配置
+======
+
+> 用 Node.js 或其他编程语言为你提供启动基础设施所需的一切服务。
+
+
+
+当你在 IT 和技术的世界里遨游时，你会反复遇到一些术语。其中有些术语很难量化，随着时间的推移，可能会有不同的含义。[“DevOps”][2] 就是一个例子，这个词似乎（在我看来）会根据使用它的人而改变；最初的 DevOps 先驱者可能甚至不认识我们今天所说的 DevOps。
+
+如果你是一个软件开发者，“基础架构即代码”（IaC）可能是其中一个术语。IaC 是使用与你编写面向用户的功能相同的软件开发实践来声明应用程序运行的基础设施。这通常意味着使用 [Git][3] 或 [Mercurial][4] 等工具进行版本控制，使用 Puppet、Chef 或 Ansible 进行[配置管理][5]。在基础设施供应层，最常见的技术是 CloudFormation（专用于 AWS），或开源替代品 [Terraform][6]，用来创建供你的应用程序运行的混合云资源。
+
+在配置管理领域有很好产品可供选择，可以将 IaC 写成配置文件或首选的编程语言，但这种选择在基础设施供应领域并不常见。
+
+[Pulumi][7] 提供了一个使用标准编程语言来定义基础设施的方式。它支持一系列语言，包括 [JavaScript][8]、[TypeScript][9]、[Go][10]、[Python][11] 和 [C#][12]。就像 Terraform 一样，Pulumi 对许多熟悉的云提供商有一流的支持，比如 [AWS][13]、[Azure][14]、[Google Cloud][15] 和[其他提供商][16]。
+
+在本文中，我将向你展示如何使用 Pulumi 以 Node.js 编写基础设施。
+
+### 先决条件
+
+首先，确保你已经做好了使用 Pulumi 的准备。Pulumi 支持所有主流的操作系统，所以你安装其先决条件的方法取决于你使用的操作系统。
+
+首先，安装你喜欢的编程语言的解释器。我将使用 TypeScript，所以我需要安装 `node` 二进制。请查阅 Node 的[安装说明][17]，了解你的操作系统的信息。你可以在 [Mac][19] 或 [Linux][20] 上使用 [Homebrew][18] 来安装：
+
+```
+brew install node
+```
+
+在 Linux 上，你可以使用你常用的软件包管理器，如 `apt` 或 `dnf`。
+
+```
+$ sudo dnf install nodejs
+```
+
+无论哪种情况，结果都应该是 `node` 二进制文件在你的 `$PATH` 中可用。要确认它是可访问的，运行：
+
+```
+node --version
+```
+
+接下来，安装 Pulumi 命令行界面（CLI）。你可以在 Pulumi 的文档中找到针对不同操作系统的[安装说明][21]。在 Mac 或 Linux 上使用 `brew`：
+
+```
+brew install pulumi
+```
+
+另外，你也可以使用安装脚本。首先下载并审查它，然后执行它：
+
+```
+$ curl -fsSL --output pulumi_installer.sh https://get.pulumi.com/
+$ more pulumi_installer.sh
+$ sh ./pulumi_installer.sh
+```
+
+同样，我们所希望的结果是在你的路径上有 `pulumi` 二进制。检查版本以确保你已经准备好了：
+
+```
+pulumi version
+v2.5.0
+```
+
+### 配置 Pulumi
+
+在你开始配置任何基础设施之前，给 Pulumi 一个存储其[状态][22]的地方。
+
+Pulumi 将其状态存储在后端。默认的后端是 Pulumi 的软件即服务（它有一个针对个人用户的免费计划），但在这个例子中，我使用替代的文件后端。文件后端将在你的本地文件系统上创建一个文件来存储状态：
+
+```
+pulumi login --local
+```
+
+如果你打算和别人分享这个项目，文件后台可能不是一个好的起点。Pulumi 还可以将其状态存储在 AWS S3 等云对象存储中。要使用它，请创建一个 S3 bucket 并登录：
+
+```
+pulumi login --cloud-url s3://my-pulumi-state-bucket
+```
+
+现在你已经登录到了状态后端，你可以创建一个项目和一个堆栈了！
+
+在你开始创建 Pulumi 项目之前，请先了解以下 Pulumi 术语，你将在本教程中看到这些术语。
+
+#### 项目
+
+[项目][23]是一个包含 `Pulumi.yaml` 文件的目录。这个文件包含了 Pulumi 需要知道的元数据，以便进行它的工作。在 `Pulumi.yaml` 文件中可以找到的示例字段有：
+
+ * 运行时（例如，Python、Node、Go、.Net）
+ * 项目说明（如“我的第一个 Pulumi 项目”）
+ * 项目名称
+
+项目是一个松散的概念，可以满足你的需求。一般来说，一个项目包含了一系列的*资源*，这些资源是你想要提供和控制的东西。你可以选择拥有资源很少的小型 Pulumi 项目，也可以选择包含所有你需要的资源的大型项目。随着你对 Pulumi 越来越熟悉，你想如何布局你的项目会变得更加清晰。
+
+#### 堆栈
+
+Pulumi [堆栈][24]允许你根据可配置的值来区分你的 Pulumi 项目。一个常见的用途是将一个项目部署到不同的环境，如开发或生产环境，或不同的地区，如欧洲、中东和非洲以及美国。
+
+在入门时，你不大需要一个复杂的堆栈设置，所以本演练使用默认的堆栈名称 `dev`。
+
+### 在 IaC 中使用 TypeScript
+
+你可以使用方便的 `pulumi new` 命令来初建一个 Pulumi 项目。`new` 命令有一大堆标志和选项，可以帮助你入门 Pulumi，所以请继续创建你的第一个项目：
+
+```
+$ pulumi new typescript
+This command will walk you through creating a new Pulumi project.
+
+Enter a value or leave blank to accept the (default), and press .
+Press ^C at any time to quit.
+
+project name: (pulumi) my-first-project
+project description: (A minimal TypeScript Pulumi program) My very first Pulumi program
+Created project 'my-first-project'
+
+Please enter your desired stack name.
+To create a stack in an organization, use the format / (e.g. `acmecorp/dev`).
+stack name: (dev) dev
+Created stack 'dev'
+
+Installing dependencies...
+
+
+> node scripts/postinstall
+
+added 82 packages from 126 contributors and audited 82 packages in 2.84s
+
+13 packages are looking for funding
+ run `npm fund` for details
+
+found 0 vulnerabilities
+
+Finished installing dependencies
+
+Your new project is ready to go! ✨
+
+To perform an initial deployment, run 'pulumi up'
+```
+
+这里发生了很多事情，我将其展开来说：
+
+第一部分是为你的 Pulumi 项目确定一个模板。我选择了通用的 `typescript` 选项，但是有[很多选项可供选择][25]。
+
+这个 `new` 命令从你的模板库中抓取模板，并将这个文件复制到本地，包括运行时的依赖关系（在本例中是 `package.json`）。
+
+`new` 命令通过在这个目录下运行 `npm install` 来安装这些依赖关系。然后 `npm install` 下载并安装运行 Pulumi 程序所需的一切，在这种情况下就是：`@pulumi/pulumi` NPM 包。
+
+你已经准备好创建你的第一个资源了!
+
+### 创建你的第一个云资源
+
+资源是一个由你的基础设施供应软件生命周期进行管理的东西。资源一般是一个云提供商对象，比如 S3 桶。Pulumi 的提供商处理 Pulumi 资源，提供商是具体的云提供商。Pulumi 有大约 [40 个提供商][26]可供你使用，但对于你的第一个资源，使用一个最简单的：[随机提供商][27]。
+
+随机提供者顾名思义：它幂等地创建一个随机资源（例如，可以是一个字符串），并将其存储在 Pulumi 状态中。
+
+使用 `npm` 将其添加到你的 Pulumi 项目中作为依赖关系：
+
+```
+npm install @pulumi/random
+```
+
+npm 包管理器下载并安装随机提供者包，并为你安装。现在你已经准备好编写你的 Pulumi 程序了。
+
+当你之前生成你的项目时，Pulumi 的初建过程创建了一个 `index.ts` TypeScript 文件。在你喜欢的集成开发环境（IDE）中打开它，并添加你的第一个资源：
+
+```
+import * as pulumi from "@pulumi/pulumi";
+import * as random from "@pulumi/random";
+
+const password = new random.RandomString(`password`, {
+ length: 10
+})
+```
+
+如果你对 TypeScript 或 JavaScript 非常熟悉，这看起来会非常熟悉，因为它是用你熟悉的编程语言编写的。如果你使用的是 Pulumi 支持的其他语言之一，也是一样的。这里是之前的那个随机资源，但这次是用 Python 写的：
+
+```
+import pulumi_random as random
+
+password = random.RandomString("password", length=10)
+```
+
+一个 Pulumi 项目目前只支持单一一种语言，但每个项目都可以引用其他语言编写的项目，这对于多语言团队的成员来说是一个很有用的技巧。
+
+你已经编写了第一个 Pulumi 资源。现在你需要部署它。
+
+离开编辑器，回到命令行。在你的项目目录下，运行 `pulumi up`，然后看着神奇的事情发生：
+
+```
+pulumi up
+
+Previewing update (dev):
+ Type Name Plan
+ + pulumi:pulumi:Stack my-first-project-dev create
+ + └─ random:index:RandomString password create
+
+Resources:
+ + 2 to create
+
+Do you want to perform this update? yes
+Updating (dev):
+ Type Name Status
+ + pulumi:pulumi:Stack my-first-project-dev created
+ + └─ random:index:RandomString password created
+
+Resources:
+ + 2 created
+
+Duration: 2s
+
+Permalink: file:///Users/lbriggs/.pulumi/stacks/dev.json
+```
+
+太好了，你有了第一个 Pulumi 资源! 虽然你可能很享受这种成就感，但不幸的是，这个随机资源并没有那么有用：它只是一个随机的字符串，你甚至看不到它是什么。先解决这部分问题。修改你之前的程序，在你创建的常量中加入 `export`：
+
+```
+import * as pulumi from "@pulumi/pulumi";
+import * as random from "@pulumi/random";
+
+export const password = new random.RandomString(`password`, {
+ length: 10
+})
+```
+
+重新运行 `pulumi up`，看看输出：
+
+```
+pulumi up
+Previewing update (dev):
+ Type Name Plan
+ pulumi:pulumi:Stack my-first-project-dev
+
+Outputs:
+ + password: {
+ + id : "&+r?{}J$J7"
+ + keepers : output
+ + length : 10
+ + lower : true
+ + minLower : 0
+ + minNumeric : 0
+ + minSpecial : 0
+ + minUpper : 0
+ + number : true
+ + overrideSpecial: output
+ + result : "&+r?{}J$J7"
+ + special : true
+ + upper : true
+ + urn : "urn:pulumi:dev::my-first-project::random:index/randomString:RandomString::password"
+ }
+
+Resources:
+ 2 unchanged
+
+Do you want to perform this update? yes
+Updating (dev):
+ Type Name Status
+ pulumi:pulumi:Stack my-first-project-dev
+
+Outputs:
+ + password: {
+ + id : "&+r?{}J$J7"
+ + length : 10
+ + lower : true
+ + minLower : 0
+ + minNumeric: 0
+ + minSpecial: 0
+ + minUpper : 0
+ + number : true
+ + result : "&+r?{}J$J7"
+ + special : true
+ + upper : true
+ + urn : "urn:pulumi:dev::my-first-project::random:index/randomString:RandomString::password"
+ }
+
+Resources:
+ 2 unchanged
+
+Duration: 1s
+Permalink: file:///Users/lbriggs/.pulumi/stacks/dev.json
+```
+
+现在你可以在 `Outputs` 的 `result` 部分下看到一个随机生成的字符串。你现在可以看到你创建的资源有很多属性。
+
+这一切都很好，但如果你想享受 IaC，你得提供一些随机字符串以外的东西。试试吧。
+
+### 部署一个容器
+
+到目前为止，你已经通过安装依赖关系和注册一个简单的随机资源来 体验了初建你的 Pulumi。现在部署一些实际的基础设施，尽管是在你的本地机器上。
+
+首先，将 `@pulumi/docker` 提供者添加到你的堆栈中。使用你选择的包管理器将其添加到项目中：
+
+```
+npm install @pulumi/docker
+```
+
+你已经从 `npm` 下拉了 Pulumi Docker 提供商包，这意味着你现在可以在你的项目中创建 Docker 镜像。
+
+如果你的机器上还没有安装 Docker，现在是一个极好的时机去安装它。说明将取决于你的操作系统，所以看看 [Docker 的安装页面][28]了解信息。
+
+再次打开你喜欢的 IDE，运行一个 Docker 容器。修改你之前的 `index.ts` 文件，让它看起来像这样：
+
+```
+import * as pulumi from "@pulumi/pulumi";
+import * as random from "@pulumi/random";
+import * as docker from "@pulumi/docker";
+
+const password = new random.RandomString(`password`, {
+ length: 10
+})
+
+const container = new docker.Container(`my-password`, {
+ image: 'hashicorp/http-echo',
+ command: [ pulumi.interpolate`-text=Your super secret password is: ${password.result}` ],
+ ports: [{
+ internal: 5678,
+ external: 5678,
+ }]
+})
+
+export const id = container.id
+```
+
+这将创建一个容器，创建一个 Web 服务器。Web 服务器的输出是你随机生成的字符串，在本例中是一个密码。运行这个，看看会发生什么：
+
+```
+pulumi up
+
+Previewing update (dev):
+ Type Name Plan
+ pulumi:pulumi:Stack my-first-project-dev
+ + └─ docker:index:Container my-password create
+
+Outputs:
+ + id : output
+ ~ password: {
+ id : "&+r?{}J$J7"
+ length : 10
+ lower : true
+ minLower : 0
+ minNumeric: 0
+ minSpecial: 0
+ minUpper : 0
+ number : true
+ result : "&+r?{}J$J7"
+ special : true
+ upper : true
+ urn : "urn:pulumi:dev::my-first-project::random:index/randomString:RandomString::password"
+ }
+
+Resources:
+ + 1 to create
+ 2 unchanged
+
+Do you want to perform this update? yes
+Updating (dev):
+ Type Name Status
+ pulumi:pulumi:Stack my-first-project-dev
+ + └─ docker:index:Container my-password created
+
+Outputs:
+ + id : "e73b34aeca34a64b72b61b0b9b8438637ce28853937bc359a1528ca99f49ddda"
+ password: {
+ id : "&+r?{}J$J7"
+ length : 10
+ lower : true
+ minLower : 0
+ minNumeric: 0
+ minSpecial: 0
+ minUpper : 0
+ number : true
+ result : "&+r?{}J$J7"
+ special : true
+ upper : true
+ urn : "urn:pulumi:dev::my-first-project::random:index/randomString:RandomString::password"
+ }
+
+Resources:
+ + 1 created
+ 2 unchanged
+
+Duration: 2s
+Permalink: file:///Users/lbriggs/.pulumi/stacks/dev.json
+```
+
+你会注意到在 `Outputs` 部分，你输出的值已经改变了，它只是一个 Docker 容器 ID。检查你的非常简单的密码生成器是否工作：
+
+```
+curl http://localhost:5678
+Your super secret password is: &+r?{}J$J7
+```
+
+就是这样! 你刚刚用 TypeScript 配置了你的第一个基础架构。
+
+#### 关于 Pulumi 输出的快速说明
+
+你会注意到在创建 Docker 容器的代码中，它使用了一个特殊的 `pulumi.interpolate` 调用。如果你熟悉 TypeScript，你可能会好奇为什么需要这样做（因为它是 Pulumi 特有的）。这有一个有趣的原因。
+
+当 Pulumi 创建一个资源时，直到程序执行时有一些值是 Pulumi 不知道的。在 Pulumi 中，这些值被称为 `Outputs`。这些 `Outputs` 可以在上面的代码中看到，例如，在你的第一个随机资源中，你使用 `export` 关键字来输出随机资源的属性，你还输出了你创建的容器的容器 ID。
+
+因为 Pulumi 直到执行时才知道这些 `Outputs` 的值，所以在操作字符串时，它需要特殊的助手来使用它们。如果你想了解更多关于这个特殊的编程模型，请观看[这个短视频][29]。
+
+### 总结
+
+随着混合云基础架构中出现的复杂性，IaC 在很多方面都有了发展。在基础设施供应领域，Pulumi 是一个很好的选择，它可以使用你最喜欢的编程语言来供应你所需要的一切基础设施，然后你可以在你最喜欢的配置管理工具中进行标记，以采取下一步措施。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/8/infrastructure-as-code-pulumi
+
+作者：[Lee Briggs][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/lbriggs
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/puzzle_computer_solve_fix_tool.png?itok=U0pH1uwj (Puzzle pieces coming together to form a computer screen)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/devops
+[3]: https://git-scm.com/
+[4]: https://www.mercurial-scm.org/
+[5]: https://opensource.com/article/18/12/configuration-management-tools
+[6]: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/terraform-kubernetes
+[7]: https://www.pulumi.com/
+[8]: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/JavaScript
+[9]: https://www.typescriptlang.org/
+[10]: https://golang.org/
+[11]: https://www.python.org/
+[12]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/C_Sharp_(programming_language)
+[13]: https://www.pulumi.com/docs/intro/cloud-providers/aws/
+[14]: https://www.pulumi.com/docs/intro/cloud-providers/azure/
+[15]: https://www.pulumi.com/docs/intro/cloud-providers/gcp/
+[16]: https://www.pulumi.com/docs/reference/pkg/
+[17]: https://nodejs.org/en/download/
+[18]: https://brew.sh/
+[19]: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/homebrew-mac
+[20]: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/homebrew-linux
+[21]: https://www.pulumi.com/docs/get-started/install/
+[22]: https://www.pulumi.com/docs/intro/concepts/state/
+[23]: https://www.pulumi.com/docs/intro/concepts/project/
+[24]: https://www.pulumi.com/docs/intro/concepts/stack/
+[25]: https://github.com/pulumi/templates
+[26]: https://www.pulumi.com/docs/intro/cloud-providers/
+[27]: https://www.pulumi.com/docs/intro/cloud-providers/random/
+[28]: https://docs.docker.com/get-docker/
+[29]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lybOxul2otM
diff --git a/published/202011/20200909 How to Install Ubuntu Server on a Raspberry Pi.md b/published/202011/20200909 How to Install Ubuntu Server on a Raspberry Pi.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..58c77ccb7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20200909 How to Install Ubuntu Server on a Raspberry Pi.md
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12783-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to Install Ubuntu Server on a Raspberry Pi)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/install-ubuntu-server-raspberry-pi/)
+[#]: author: (Dimitrios Savvopoulos https://itsfoss.com/author/dimitrios/)
+
+如何在树莓派上安装 Ubuntu 服务器？
+======
+
+![][6]
+
+[树莓派][1]是最著名的[单板计算机][2]。最初，树莓派项目的范围旨在促进学校和发展中国家的计算机基础科学的教学。
+
+它的低成本、便携性和极低的功耗，使得它的受欢迎程度远远超过预期。从气象站到家庭自动化，玩家们用树莓派搭建了许多[酷炫的项目][3]。
+
+[第四代树莓派][4]具备了普通台式电脑的功能和处理能力。但本文并不是要介绍如何使用树莓派作为桌面。相反，我会告诉你如何在树莓派上安装 Ubuntu 服务器。
+
+在本教程中，我将使用树莓派 4，以下是我将介绍的内容：
+
+ * 在 microSD 卡上安装 Ubuntu 服务器
+ * 在树莓派上设置无线网络连接
+ * 通过 SSH 访问你的树莓派
+
+![][5]
+
+**本教程需要以下设备**：
+
+ * 一张 micro SD 卡（建议使用 8GB 或更大的卡）
+ * 一台带有 micro SD 卡读卡器的计算机（运行 Linux、Windows 或 macOS）
+ * 树莓派 2、3 或 4
+ * 良好的互联网连接
+ * 用于树莓派 2 和 3 的 HDMI 线和用于树莓派 4 的 micro HDMI 线（可选）
+ * 一套 USB 键盘（可选）
+
+### 在树莓派上安装 Ubuntu 服务器
+
+在本教程中，我使用 Ubuntu 来创建树莓派 SD 卡，但你可以在其他 Linux 发行版、macOS 和 Windows 上创建它。这是因为准备 SD 卡的步骤对 Raspberry Pi Imager 工具而言是一样的。
+
+Raspberry Pi Imager 工具会自动下载你[选择的树莓派系统][7]镜像。这意味着你需要一个良好的网络连接来下载 1GB 左右的数据。
+
+#### 步骤 1：用 Raspberry Pi Imager 准备 SD 卡
+
+确保你已将 microSD 卡插入电脑，并在电脑上安装 Raspberry Pi Imager。
+
+你可以从这些链接中下载适合你操作系统的 Imager 工具：
+
+ * [用于 Ubuntu/Debian 的 Raspberry Pi Imager][8]
+ * [用于 Windows 的 Raspberry Pi Imager][9]
+ * [用于 MacOS 的 Raspberry Pi Imager][10]
+
+尽管我使用的是 Ubuntu，但我不会使用上面列出的 Debian 软件包，而是使用命令行安装 snap 包。这个方法可以适用于更广泛的 Linux 发行版。
+
+```
+sudo snap install rpi-imager
+```
+
+安装好 Raspberry Pi Imager 工具后，找到并打开它，点击 “CHOOSE OS” 菜单。
+
+![][11]
+
+滚动菜单并点击 “Ubuntu” （“核心”和“服务器”镜像）。
+
+![][12]
+
+从可用的镜像中，我选择了 Ubuntu 20.04 LTS 64 位。如果你有一个树莓派 2，那你只能选择 32 位镜像。
+
+**重要提示：如果你使用的是最新的树莓派 4 - 8 GB 内存型号，你应该选择 64 位操作系统，否则只能使用 4 GB 内存。**
+
+![][13]
+
+从 “SD Card” 菜单中选择你的 microSD 卡，然后点击 “WRITE”。
+
+![][14]
+
+如果它显示一些错误，请尝试再次写入它。现在它将下载 Ubuntu 服务器镜像并将其写入 micro SD 卡。
+
+当这个过程完成时，它将通知你。
+
+![][15]
+
+#### 步骤 2：在 Ubuntu 服务器上添加 WiFi 支持
+
+烧录完 micro SD 卡后，你就差不多可以使用它了。在使用它之前，有一件事情你可能想做，那就是添加 Wi-Fi 支持。
+
+SD 卡仍然插入读卡器中，打开文件管理器，找到卡上的 “system-boot” 分区。
+
+你要找的和需要编辑的文件名为 `network-config`。
+
+![][16]
+
+这个过程也可以在 Windows 和 MacOS 上完成。如前所述，编辑 `network-config` 文件，添加你的 Wi-Fi 凭证。
+
+首先，取消矩形框内的行的注释（删除开头的标签 `#`）。
+
+之后，将 `myhomewifi` 替换为你的 Wi-Fi 网络名，比如 `"itsfoss"`，将 `"S3kr1t"` 替换为 Wi-Fi 密码，用引号括起来，比如 `"12345679"`。
+
+![][17]
+
+它可能看上去像这样：
+
+```
+wifis:
+ wlan0:
+ dhcp4: true
+ optional: true
+ access-points:
+ "your wifi name":
+ password: "your_wifi_password"
+```
+
+保存文件并将 micro SD 卡插入到你的树莓派中。在第一次启动时，如果你的树莓派无法连接到 Wi-Fi 网络，只需重启你的设备。
+
+#### 步骤 3：在树莓派上使用 Ubuntu 服务器（如果你有专门的显示器、键盘和鼠标的话）
+
+如果你有一套额外的鼠标，键盘和显示器，你可以很容易地像其他电脑一样使用树莓派（但没有 GUI）。
+
+只需将 micro SD 卡插入树莓派，连接显示器、键盘和鼠标。现在[打开你的树莓派][18]。它将出现 TTY 登录屏幕（黑色终端屏幕）并询问用户名和密码。
+
+ * 默认用户名：`ubuntu`
+ * 默认密码：`ubuntu`
+
+看到提示符时，用 `ubuntu` 作为密码。登录成功后，[Ubuntu 会要求你更改默认密码][19]。
+
+享受你的 Ubuntu 服务器吧！
+
+#### 步骤 3：通过 SSH 远程连接到你的树莓派（如果你没有树莓派的显示器、键盘和鼠标的话）
+
+如果你没有专门与树莓派一起使用的显示器也没关系。当你可以直接通过 SSH 进入它并按照你的方式使用它时，谁还需要一个带有显示器的服务器呢？
+
+**在 Ubuntu 和 Mac OS**上，通常已经安装了一个 SSH 客户端。要远程连接到你的树莓派，你需要找到它的 IP 地址。检查[连接到你的网络的设备][20]，看看哪个是树莓派。
+
+由于我没有 Windows 机器，你可以访问[微软][21]提供的综合指南。
+
+打开终端，运行以下命令：
+
+```
+ssh ubuntu@raspberry_pi_ip_address
+```
+
+你可能会看到以下信息确认连接：
+
+```
+Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no/[fingerprint])?
+```
+
+输入 `yes`，然后点击回车键。
+
+![][22]
+
+当提示时，用前面提到的 `ubuntu` 作为密码。当然，你会被要求更改密码。
+
+完成后，你将自动注销，你必须使用新密码重新连接。
+
+你的 Ubuntu 服务器就可以在树莓派上运行了！
+
+### 总结
+
+在树莓派上安装 Ubuntu 服务器是一个简单的过程，而且它的预配置程度很高，使用起来很愉快。
+
+我不得不说，在所有[我在树莓派上尝试的操作系统][7]中，Ubuntu 服务器是最容易安装的。我并没有夸大其词。请查看我的[在树莓派上安装 Arch Linux][23] 的指南，以供参考。
+
+希望这篇指南也能帮助你在树莓派上安装 Ubuntu 服务器。如果你有问题或建议，请在评论区告诉我。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/install-ubuntu-server-raspberry-pi/
+
+作者：[Dimitrios Savvopoulos][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/dimitrios/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.raspberrypi.org/
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/raspberry-pi-alternatives/
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/raspberry-pi-projects/
+[4]: https://itsfoss.com/raspberry-pi-4/
+[5]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/Ubuntu-Server-20.04.1-LTS-aarch64.png?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
+[6]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/ubuntu-server-raspberry-pi.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[7]: https://itsfoss.com/raspberry-pi-os/
+[8]: https://downloads.raspberrypi.org/imager/imager_amd64.deb
+[9]: https://downloads.raspberrypi.org/imager/imager.exe
+[10]: https://downloads.raspberrypi.org/imager/imager.dmg
+[11]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/raspberry-pi-imager.png?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
+[12]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/raspberry-pi-imager-choose-ubuntu.png?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
+[13]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/raspberry-pi-imager-ubuntu-server.png?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
+[14]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/raspberry-pi-imager-sd-card.png?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
+[15]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/ubuntu-server-installed-raspberry-pi.png?resize=799%2C506&ssl=1
+[16]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/ubuntu-server-pi-network-config.png?resize=800%2C565&ssl=1
+[17]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/Ubuntu-server-wifi.png?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
+[18]: https://itsfoss.com/turn-on-raspberry-pi/
+[19]: https://itsfoss.com/change-password-ubuntu/
+[20]: https://itsfoss.com/how-to-find-what-devices-are-connected-to-network-in-ubuntu/
+[21]: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-server/administration/openssh/openssh_install_firstuse
+[22]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/ubuntu-server-change-password.png?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
+[23]: https://itsfoss.com/install-arch-raspberry-pi/
diff --git a/published/202011/20200918 Add throwing mechanics to your Python game.md b/published/202011/20200918 Add throwing mechanics to your Python game.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b9540d8444
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20200918 Add throwing mechanics to your Python game.md
@@ -0,0 +1,665 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (robsean)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12872-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Add throwing mechanics to your Python game)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/9/add-throwing-python-game)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+在你的 Python 游戏中添加投掷机制
+======
+
+> 四处奔跑躲避敌人是一回事，反击敌人是另一回事。学习如何在这系列的第十二篇文章中在 Pygame 中创建平台游戏。
+
+
+
+这是仍在进行中的关于使用 [Pygame][3] 模块在 [Python 3][2] 中创建电脑游戏的第十二部分。先前的文章是：
+
+ 1. [通过构建一个简单的掷骰子游戏去学习怎么用 Python 编程][4]
+ 2. [使用 Python 和 Pygame 模块构建一个游戏框架][5]
+ 3. [如何在你的 Python 游戏中添加一个玩家][6]
+ 4. [用 Pygame 使你的游戏角色移动起来][7]
+ 5. [如何向你的 Python 游戏中添加一个敌人][8]
+ 6. [在 Pygame 游戏中放置平台][9]
+ 7. [在你的 Python 游戏中模拟引力][10]
+ 8. [为你的 Python 平台类游戏添加跳跃功能][11]
+ 9. [使你的 Python 游戏玩家能够向前和向后跑][12]
+ 10. [在你的 Python 平台类游戏中放一些奖励][13]
+ 11. [添加计分到你的 Python 游戏][14]
+
+我的上一篇文章本来是这一系列文章的最后一篇，它鼓励你为这个游戏编写自己的附加程序。你们很多人都这么做了！我收到了一些电子邮件，要求帮助我还没有涵盖的常用机制：战斗。毕竟，跳起来躲避坏人是一回事，但是有时候让他们走开是一件非常令人满意的事。在电脑游戏中向你的敌人投掷一些物品是很常见的，不管是一个火球、一支箭、一道闪电，还是其它适合游戏的东西。
+
+与迄今为止你在这个系列中为你的平台游戏编程的任何东西不同，可投掷物品有一个*生存时间*。在你投掷一个物品后，它会如期在移动一段距离后消失。如果它是一支箭或其它类似的东西，它可能会在通过屏幕的边缘时而消失。如果它是一个火球或一道闪电，它可能会在一段时间后熄灭。
+
+这意味着每次生成一个可投掷的物品时，也必须生成一个独特的衡量其生存时间的标准。为了介绍这个概念，这篇文章演示如何一次只投掷一个物品。（换句话说，每次仅存在一个投掷物品）。 一方面，这是一个游戏的限制条件，但另一方面，它却是游戏本身的运行机制。你的玩家不能每次同时投掷 50 个火球，因为每次仅允许一个投掷物品，所以当你的玩家释放一个火球来尝试击中一名敌人就成为了一项挑战。而在幕后，这也使你的代码保持简单。
+
+如果你想启用每次投掷多个项目，在完成这篇教程后，通过学习这篇教程所获取的知识来挑战你自己。
+
+### 创建 Throwable 类
+
+如果你跟随学习这系列的其它文章，那么你应该熟悉在屏幕上生成一个新的对象基础的 `__init__` 函数。这和你用来生成你的 [玩家][6] 和 [敌人][8] 的函数是一样的。这里是生成一个 `throwable` 对象的 `__init__` 函数来：
+
+```
+class Throwable(pygame.sprite.Sprite):
+ """
+ 生成一个 throwable 对象
+ """
+ def __init__(self, x, y, img, throw):
+ pygame.sprite.Sprite.__init__(self)
+ self.image = pygame.image.load(os.path.join('images',img))
+ self.image.convert_alpha()
+ self.image.set_colorkey(ALPHA)
+ self.rect = self.image.get_rect()
+ self.rect.x = x
+ self.rect.y = y
+ self.firing = throw
+```
+
+同你的 `Player` 类或 `Enemy` 类的 `__init__` 函数相比，这个函数的主要区别是，它有一个 `self.firing` 变量。这个变量保持跟踪一个投掷的物品是否在当前屏幕上活动，因此当一个 `throwable` 对象创建时，将变量设置为 `1` 的合乎情理的。
+
+### 判断存活时间
+
+接下来，就像使用 `Player` 和 `Enemy` 一样，你需要一个 `update` 函数，以便投掷的物品在瞄准敌人抛向空中时，它会自己移动。
+
+测定一个投掷的物品存活时间的最简单方法是侦测它何时离开屏幕。你需要监视的屏幕边缘取决于你投掷的物品的物理特性。
+
+ * 如果你的玩家正在投掷的物品是沿着水平轴快速移动的，像一只弩箭或箭或一股非常快的魔法力量，而你想监视你游戏屏幕的水平轴极限。这可以通过 `worldx` 定义。
+ * 如果你的玩家正在投掷的物品是沿着垂直方向或同时沿着水平方向和垂直方向移动的，那么你必须监视你游戏屏幕的垂直轴极限。这可以通过 `worldy` 定义。
+
+这个示例假设你投掷的物品向前移动一点并最终落到地面上。不过，投掷的物品不会从地面上反弹起来，而是继续掉落出屏幕。你可以尝试不同的设置来看看什么最适合你的游戏：
+
+```
+ def update(self,worldy):
+ '''
+ 投掷物理学
+ '''
+ if self.rect.y < worldy: #垂直轴
+ self.rect.x += 15 #它向前移动的速度有多快
+ self.rect.y += 5 #它掉落的速度有多快
+ else:
+ self.kill() #移除投掷对象
+ self.firing = 0 #解除火力发射
+```
+
+为使你的投掷物品移动地更快，增加 `self.rect` 的动量值。
+
+如果投掷物品不在屏幕上，那么该物品将被销毁，以及释放其所占用的寄存器。另外，`self.firing` 将被设置回 `0` 以允许你的玩家来进行另一次射击。
+
+### 设置你的投掷对象
+
+就像使用你的玩家和敌人一样，你必须在你的设置部分中创建一个精灵组来保持投掷对象。
+
+此外，你必须创建一个非活动的投掷对象来供开始的游戏使用。如果在游戏开始时却没有一个投掷对象，那么玩家在第一次尝试投掷一柄武器时，投掷将失败。
+
+这个示例假设你的玩家使用一个火球作为开始的武器，因此，每一个投掷实例都是由 `fire` 变量指派的。在后面的关卡中，当玩家获取新的技能时，你可以使用相同的 `Throwable` 类来引入一个新的变量以使用一张不同的图像。
+
+在这代码块中，前两行已经在你的代码中，因此不要重新键入它们:
+
+```
+player_list = pygame.sprite.Group() #上下文
+player_list.add(player) #上下文
+fire = Throwable(player.rect.x,player.rect.y,'fire.png',0)
+firepower = pygame.sprite.Group()
+```
+
+注意，每一个投掷对象的起始位置都是和玩家所在的位置相同。这使得它看起来像是投掷对象来自玩家。在第一个火球生成时，使用 `0` 来显示 `self.firing` 是可用的。
+
+### 在主循环中获取投掷行为
+
+没有在主循环中出现的代码不会在游戏中使用，因此你需要在你的主循环中添加一些东西，以便能在你的游戏世界中获取投掷对象。
+
+首先，添加玩家控制。当前，你没有火力触发器。在键盘上的按键是有两种状态的：释放的按键，按下的按键。为了移动，你要使用这两种状态：按下按键来启动玩家移动，释放按键来停止玩家移动。开火仅需要一个信号。你使用哪个按键事件（按键按下或按键释放）来触发你的投掷对象取决于你的品味。
+
+在这个代码语句块中，前两行是用于上下文的：
+
+```
+ if event.key == pygame.K_UP or event.key == ord('w'):
+ player.jump(platform_list)
+ if event.key == pygame.K_SPACE:
+ if not fire.firing:
+ fire = Throwable(player.rect.x,player.rect.y,'fire.png',1)
+ firepower.add(fire)
+```
+
+与你在设置部分创建的火球不同，你使用一个 `1` 来设置 `self.firing` 为不可用。
+
+最后，你必须更新和绘制你的投掷物品。这个顺序很重要，因此把这段代码放置到你现有的 `enemy.move` 和 `player_list.draw` 的代码行之间：
+
+```
+ enemy.move() # 上下文
+
+ if fire.firing:
+ fire.update(worldy)
+ firepower.draw(world)
+ player_list.draw(screen) # 上下文
+ enemy_list.draw(screen) # 上下文
+```
+
+注意，这些更新仅在 `self.firing` 变量被设置为 1 时执行。如果它被设置为 0 ，那么 `fire.firing` 就不为 `true`，接下来就跳过更新。如果你尝试做上述这些更新，不管怎样，你的游戏都会崩溃，因为在游戏中将不会更新或绘制一个 `fire` 对象。
+
+启动你的游戏，尝试挑战你的武器。
+
+### 检测碰撞
+
+如果你玩使用了新投掷技巧的游戏，你可能会注意到，你可以投掷对象，但是它却不会对你的敌人有任何影响。
+
+原因是你的敌人没有被查到碰撞事故。一名敌人可能会被你的投掷物品所击中，但是敌人却从来不知道被击中了。
+
+你已经在你的 `Player` 类中完成了碰撞检测，这非常类似。在你的 `Enemy` 类中，添加一个新的 `update` 函数：
+
+```
+ def update(self,firepower, enemy_list):
+ """
+ 检测火力碰撞
+ """
+ fire_hit_list = pygame.sprite.spritecollide(self,firepower,False)
+ for fire in fire_hit_list:
+ enemy_list.remove(self)
+```
+
+代码很简单。每个敌人对象都检查并看看它自己是否被 `firepower` 精灵组的成员所击中。如果它被击中，那么敌人就会从敌人组中移除和消失。
+
+为集成这些功能到你的游戏之中，在主循环中调用位于新触发语句块中的函数：
+
+```
+ if fire.firing: # 上下文
+ fire.update(worldy) # 上下文
+ firepower.draw(screen) # 上下文
+ enemy_list.update(firepower,enemy_list) # 更新敌人
+```
+
+你现在可以尝试一下你的游戏了，大多数的事情都如预期般的那样工作。不过，这里仍然有一个问题，那就是投掷的方向。
+
+### 更改投掷机制的方向
+
+当前，你英雄的火球只会向右移动。这是因为 `Throwable` 类的 `update` 函数将像素添加到火球的位置，在 Pygame 中，在 X 轴上一个较大的数字意味着向屏幕的右侧移动。当你的英雄转向另一个方向时，你可能希望它投掷的火球也抛向左侧。
+
+到目前为止，你已经知道如何实现这一点，至少在技术上是这样的。然而，最简单的解决方案却是使用一个变量，在一定程度上对你来说可能是一种新的方法。一般来说，你可以“设置一个标记”（有时也被称为“翻转一个位”）来标明你的英雄所面向的方向。在你做完后，你就可以检查这个变量来得知火球是向左移动还是向右移动。
+
+首先，在你的 `Player` 类中创建一个新的变量来代表你的游戏所面向的方向。因为我的游戏天然地面向右侧，由此我把面向右侧作为默认值：
+
+```
+ self.score = 0
+ self.facing_right = True # 添加这行
+ self.is_jumping = True
+```
+
+当这个变量是 `True` 时，你的英雄精灵是面向右侧的。当玩家每次更改英雄的方向时，变量也必须重新设置，因此，在你的主循环中相关的 `keyup` 事件中这样做：
+
+```
+ if event.type == pygame.KEYUP:
+ if event.key == pygame.K_LEFT or event.key == ord('a'):
+ player.control(steps, 0)
+ player.facing_right = False # 添加这行
+ if event.key == pygame.K_RIGHT or event.key == ord('d'):
+ player.control(-steps, 0)
+ player.facing_right = True # 添加这行
+```
+
+最后，更改你的 `Throwable` 类的 `update` 函数，以检测英雄是否面向右侧，并恰当地添加或减去来自火球位置的像素：
+
+```
+ if self.rect.y < worldy:
+ if player.facing_right:
+ self.rect.x += 15
+ else:
+ self.rect.x -= 15
+ self.rect.y += 5
+```
+
+再次尝试你的游戏，清除掉你游戏世界中的一些坏人。
+
+![Python 平台类使用投掷能力][15]
+
+作为一项额外的挑战，当彻底打败敌人时，尝试增加你玩家的得分。
+
+### 完整的代码
+
+```
+#!/usr/bin/env python3
+# 作者: Seth Kenlon
+
+# GPLv3
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <[http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>][17].
+
+import pygame
+import pygame.freetype
+import sys
+import os
+
+'''
+变量
+'''
+
+worldx = 960
+worldy = 720
+fps = 40
+ani = 4
+world = pygame.display.set_mode([worldx, worldy])
+forwardx = 600
+backwardx = 120
+
+BLUE = (80, 80, 155)
+BLACK = (23, 23, 23)
+WHITE = (254, 254, 254)
+ALPHA = (0, 255, 0)
+
+tx = 64
+ty = 64
+
+font_path = os.path.join(os.path.dirname(os.path.realpath(__file__)), "fonts", "amazdoom.ttf")
+font_size = tx
+pygame.freetype.init()
+myfont = pygame.freetype.Font(font_path, font_size)
+
+'''
+对象
+'''
+
+def stats(score, health):
+ myfont.render_to(world, (4, 4), "Score:"+str(score), BLUE, None, size=64)
+ myfont.render_to(world, (4, 72), "Health:"+str(health), BLUE, None, size=64)
+
+class Throwable(pygame.sprite.Sprite):
+ """
+ 生成一个投掷的对象
+ """
+ def __init__(self, x, y, img, throw):
+ pygame.sprite.Sprite.__init__(self)
+ self.image = pygame.image.load(os.path.join('images', img))
+ self.image.convert_alpha()
+ self.image.set_colorkey(ALPHA)
+ self.rect = self.image.get_rect()
+ self.rect.x = x
+ self.rect.y = y
+ self.firing = throw
+
+ def update(self, worldy):
+ '''
+ 投掷物理学
+ '''
+ if self.rect.y < worldy:
+ if player.facing_right:
+ self.rect.x += 15
+ else:
+ self.rect.x -= 15
+ self.rect.y += 5
+ else:
+ self.kill()
+ self.firing = 0
+
+# x 位置, y 位置, img 宽度, img 高度, img 文件
+class Platform(pygame.sprite.Sprite):
+ def __init__(self, xloc, yloc, imgw, imgh, img):
+ pygame.sprite.Sprite.__init__(self)
+ self.image = pygame.image.load(os.path.join('images', img)).convert()
+ self.image.convert_alpha()
+ self.image.set_colorkey(ALPHA)
+ self.rect = self.image.get_rect()
+ self.rect.y = yloc
+ self.rect.x = xloc
+
+class Player(pygame.sprite.Sprite):
+ """
+ 生成一名玩家
+ """
+
+ def __init__(self):
+ pygame.sprite.Sprite.__init__(self)
+ self.movex = 0
+ self.movey = 0
+ self.frame = 0
+ self.health = 10
+ self.damage = 0
+ self.score = 0
+ self.facing_right = True
+ self.is_jumping = True
+ self.is_falling = True
+ self.images = []
+ for i in range(1, 5):
+ img = pygame.image.load(os.path.join('images', 'walk' + str(i) + '.png')).convert()
+ img.convert_alpha()
+ img.set_colorkey(ALPHA)
+ self.images.append(img)
+ self.image = self.images[0]
+ self.rect = self.image.get_rect()
+
+ def gravity(self):
+ if self.is_jumping:
+ self.movey += 3.2
+
+ def control(self, x, y):
+ """
+ 控制玩家移动
+ """
+ self.movex += x
+
+ def jump(self):
+ if self.is_jumping is False:
+ self.is_falling = False
+ self.is_jumping = True
+
+ def update(self):
+ """
+ 更新精灵位置
+ """
+
+ # 向左移动
+ if self.movex < 0:
+ self.is_jumping = True
+ self.frame += 1
+ if self.frame > 3 * ani:
+ self.frame = 0
+ self.image = pygame.transform.flip(self.images[self.frame // ani], True, False)
+
+ # 向右移动
+ if self.movex > 0:
+ self.is_jumping = True
+ self.frame += 1
+ if self.frame > 3 * ani:
+ self.frame = 0
+ self.image = self.images[self.frame // ani]
+
+ # 碰撞
+ enemy_hit_list = pygame.sprite.spritecollide(self, enemy_list, False)
+ if self.damage == 0:
+ for enemy in enemy_hit_list:
+ if not self.rect.contains(enemy):
+ self.damage = self.rect.colliderect(enemy)
+ if self.damage == 1:
+ idx = self.rect.collidelist(enemy_hit_list)
+ if idx == -1:
+ self.damage = 0 # 设置伤害回 0
+ self.health -= 1 # 减去 1 单位健康度
+
+ ground_hit_list = pygame.sprite.spritecollide(self, ground_list, False)
+ for g in ground_hit_list:
+ self.movey = 0
+ self.rect.bottom = g.rect.top
+ self.is_jumping = False # 停止跳跃
+
+ # 掉落世界
+ if self.rect.y > worldy:
+ self.health -=1
+ print(self.health)
+ self.rect.x = tx
+ self.rect.y = ty
+
+ plat_hit_list = pygame.sprite.spritecollide(self, plat_list, False)
+ for p in plat_hit_list:
+ self.is_jumping = False # 停止跳跃
+ self.movey = 0
+ if self.rect.bottom <= p.rect.bottom:
+ self.rect.bottom = p.rect.top
+ else:
+ self.movey += 3.2
+
+ if self.is_jumping and self.is_falling is False:
+ self.is_falling = True
+ self.movey -= 33 # 跳跃多高
+
+ loot_hit_list = pygame.sprite.spritecollide(self, loot_list, False)
+ for loot in loot_hit_list:
+ loot_list.remove(loot)
+ self.score += 1
+ print(self.score)
+
+ plat_hit_list = pygame.sprite.spritecollide(self, plat_list, False)
+
+ self.rect.x += self.movex
+ self.rect.y += self.movey
+
+class Enemy(pygame.sprite.Sprite):
+ """
+ 生成一名敌人
+ """
+
+ def __init__(self, x, y, img):
+ pygame.sprite.Sprite.__init__(self)
+ self.image = pygame.image.load(os.path.join('images', img))
+ self.image.convert_alpha()
+ self.image.set_colorkey(ALPHA)
+ self.rect = self.image.get_rect()
+ self.rect.x = x
+ self.rect.y = y
+ self.counter = 0
+
+ def move(self):
+ """
+ 敌人移动
+ """
+ distance = 80
+ speed = 8
+
+ if self.counter >= 0 and self.counter <= distance:
+ self.rect.x += speed
+ elif self.counter >= distance and self.counter <= distance * 2:
+ self.rect.x -= speed
+ else:
+ self.counter = 0
+
+ self.counter += 1
+
+ def update(self, firepower, enemy_list):
+ """
+ 检测火力碰撞
+ """
+ fire_hit_list = pygame.sprite.spritecollide(self, firepower, False)
+ for fire in fire_hit_list:
+ enemy_list.remove(self)
+
+class Level:
+ def ground(lvl, gloc, tx, ty):
+ ground_list = pygame.sprite.Group()
+ i = 0
+ if lvl == 1:
+ while i < len(gloc):
+ ground = Platform(gloc[i], worldy - ty, tx, ty, 'tile-ground.png')
+ ground_list.add(ground)
+ i = i + 1
+
+ if lvl == 2:
+ print("Level " + str(lvl))
+
+ return ground_list
+
+ def bad(lvl, eloc):
+ if lvl == 1:
+ enemy = Enemy(eloc[0], eloc[1], 'enemy.png')
+ enemy_list = pygame.sprite.Group()
+ enemy_list.add(enemy)
+ if lvl == 2:
+ print("Level " + str(lvl))
+
+ return enemy_list
+
+ # x 位置, y 位置, img 宽度, img 高度, img 文件
+ def platform(lvl, tx, ty):
+ plat_list = pygame.sprite.Group()
+ ploc = []
+ i = 0
+ if lvl == 1:
+ ploc.append((200, worldy - ty - 128, 3))
+ ploc.append((300, worldy - ty - 256, 3))
+ ploc.append((550, worldy - ty - 128, 4))
+ while i < len(ploc):
+ j = 0
+ while j <= ploc[i][2]:
+ plat = Platform((ploc[i][0] + (j * tx)), ploc[i][1], tx, ty, 'tile.png')
+ plat_list.add(plat)
+ j = j + 1
+ print('run' + str(i) + str(ploc[i]))
+ i = i + 1
+
+ if lvl == 2:
+ print("Level " + str(lvl))
+
+ return plat_list
+
+ def loot(lvl):
+ if lvl == 1:
+ loot_list = pygame.sprite.Group()
+ loot = Platform(tx*5, ty*5, tx, ty, 'loot_1.png')
+ loot_list.add(loot)
+
+ if lvl == 2:
+ print(lvl)
+
+ return loot_list
+
+'''
+Setup 部分
+'''
+
+backdrop = pygame.image.load(os.path.join('images', 'stage.png'))
+clock = pygame.time.Clock()
+pygame.init()
+backdropbox = world.get_rect()
+main = True
+
+player = Player() # 生成玩家
+player.rect.x = 0 # 转到 x
+player.rect.y = 30 # 转到 y
+player_list = pygame.sprite.Group()
+player_list.add(player)
+steps = 10
+fire = Throwable(player.rect.x, player.rect.y, 'fire.png', 0)
+firepower = pygame.sprite.Group()
+
+eloc = []
+eloc = [300, worldy-ty-80]
+enemy_list = Level.bad(1, eloc)
+gloc = []
+
+i = 0
+while i <= (worldx / tx) + tx:
+ gloc.append(i * tx)
+ i = i + 1
+
+ground_list = Level.ground(1, gloc, tx, ty)
+plat_list = Level.platform(1, tx, ty)
+enemy_list = Level.bad( 1, eloc )
+loot_list = Level.loot(1)
+
+'''
+主循环
+'''
+
+while main:
+ for event in pygame.event.get():
+ if event.type == pygame.QUIT:
+ pygame.quit()
+ try:
+ sys.exit()
+ finally:
+ main = False
+
+ if event.type == pygame.KEYDOWN:
+ if event.key == ord('q'):
+ pygame.quit()
+ try:
+ sys.exit()
+ finally:
+ main = False
+ if event.key == pygame.K_LEFT or event.key == ord('a'):
+ player.control(-steps, 0)
+ if event.key == pygame.K_RIGHT or event.key == ord('d'):
+ player.control(steps, 0)
+ if event.key == pygame.K_UP or event.key == ord('w'):
+ player.jump()
+
+ if event.type == pygame.KEYUP:
+ if event.key == pygame.K_LEFT or event.key == ord('a'):
+ player.control(steps, 0)
+ player.facing_right = False
+ if event.key == pygame.K_RIGHT or event.key == ord('d'):
+ player.control(-steps, 0)
+ player.facing_right = True
+ if event.key == pygame.K_SPACE:
+ if not fire.firing:
+ fire = Throwable(player.rect.x, player.rect.y, 'fire.png', 1)
+ firepower.add(fire)
+
+ # 向向滚动世界
+ if player.rect.x >= forwardx:
+ scroll = player.rect.x - forwardx
+ player.rect.x = forwardx
+ for p in plat_list:
+ p.rect.x -= scroll
+ for e in enemy_list:
+ e.rect.x -= scroll
+ for l in loot_list:
+ l.rect.x -= scroll
+
+ # 向后滚动世界
+ if player.rect.x <= backwardx:
+ scroll = backwardx - player.rect.x
+ player.rect.x = backwardx
+ for p in plat_list:
+ p.rect.x += scroll
+ for e in enemy_list:
+ e.rect.x += scroll
+ for l in loot_list:
+ l.rect.x += scroll
+
+ world.blit(backdrop, backdropbox)
+ player.update()
+ player.gravity()
+ player_list.draw(world)
+ if fire.firing:
+ fire.update(worldy)
+ firepower.draw(world)
+ enemy_list.draw(world)
+ enemy_list.update(firepower, enemy_list)
+ loot_list.draw(world)
+ ground_list.draw(world)
+ plat_list.draw(world)
+ for e in enemy_list:
+ e.move()
+ stats(player.score, player.health)
+ pygame.display.flip()
+ clock.tick(fps)
+```
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/9/add-throwing-python-game
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[robsean](https://github.com/robsean)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/game_pawn_grid_linux.png?itok=4gERzRkg (Gaming on a grid with penguin pawns)
+[2]: https://www.python.org/
+[3]: https://www.pygame.org/news
+[4]: https://linux.cn/article-9071-1.html
+[5]: https://linux.cn/article-10850-1.html
+[6]: https://linux.cn/article-10858-1.html
+[7]: https://linux.cn/article-10874-1.html
+[8]: https://linux.cn/article-10883-1.html
+[9]: https://linux.cn/article-10902-1.html
+[10]: https://linux.cn/article-11780-1.html
+[11]: https://linux.cn/article-11790-1.html
+[12]: https://linux.cn/article-11819-1.html
+[13]: https://linux.cn/article-11828-1.html
+[14]: https://linux.cn/article-11839-1.html
+[15]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/pygame-throw.jpg (Python platformer with throwing capability)
+[16]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[17]: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/\>
diff --git a/published/202011/20200922 Easily set image transparency using GIMP.md b/published/202011/20200922 Easily set image transparency using GIMP.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..435c5e3b37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20200922 Easily set image transparency using GIMP.md
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (robsean)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12874-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Easily set image transparency using GIMP)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/9/chroma-key-gimp)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+使用 GIMP 轻松地设置图片透明度
+======
+
+> 使用色键（绿屏）技巧来设置你电脑游戏中图片的透明度。
+
+
+
+不管你是否正在使用 [Python][2] 或 [Lua][3] 编程一个游戏或一个 APP，你都有可能在你的游戏资源中使用 PNG 图像。PNG 格式图像的一个优点是能够存储一个 **alpha 通道**，这在一个 JPEG 格式的图像中是不可能获得的。alpha 在本质上是不可见的或透明的“颜色”。alpha 是你图像 _不可见_ 的一部分。例如，你要绘制一个甜甜圈，甜甜圈的空洞将使用 alpha 填充，你就可以看到它后面的任何东西。
+
+一个常见的问题是如何找到一幅图像的 alpha 部分。有时你的编程框架，不管它是 [Python Arcade][4]、[Pygame][5]、LÖVE，或者其它的任何东西都会检测出 alpha 通道，（在适当地调用函数后）将其作为透明处理。这意味着它将不会在 alpha 部分来渲染新的像素，而留下甜甜圈的空洞。100% 是透明的，0% 是不透明的，在功能上起到“不可见”的作用。
+
+有些时候，你的框架与你的图像资源在 alpha 通道的位置上是不一致的（或者，alpha 通道根本就不存在），你在你想要透明度的地方却得到像素。
+
+这篇文章描述了我所知道的最可靠的方法来解决透明度的问题。
+
+### 色键
+
+在计算机图形学中，有一些有助于确定每一个像素是如何渲染的值。色度（或者 chroma），描述一个像素的饱和度或强度。色键技术（也称为绿屏）最初是作为一种化学工艺而发展起来的，在复印一张底片时，使用一种特定的 **无光泽** 的颜色（最初是蓝色，后来是绿色）来故意遮掩，以允许使用另一幅图像来取代曾经有蓝色或绿色屏幕的地方。这是一种简化的解释，但是它说明了计算机图形学中被称为 alpha 通道的起源。
+
+alpha 通道是保存在图像中的信息，用以标识要透明的像素。例如，RGB 图像有红、绿、蓝通道。RGBA 图像包含红、绿、蓝通道，以及 alpha 通道。alpha 值的范围可以从 0 到 1 ，使用小数是也有效的。
+
+因为一个 alpha 通道可以用几种不同的方法表达，因此依赖于嵌入的 alpha 通道可能是有问题的。作为替代方案，你可以在你的游戏框架中选择一种颜色并将其转化为一个 0 的 alpha 值。要做到这一点，你必须知道在你图像中的颜色值。
+
+### 准备你的图片
+
+要准备一个专门为色度键保留明确颜色的图形，在你最喜欢的图片编辑器中打开图片。我建议使用 [GIMP][6] 或 [Glimpse][7]，但是 [mtPaint][8] 或 [Pinta][9]，甚至 [Inkscape][10] 也能很好地工作，这取决于你的图像的性质，以及你将这些操作指南转换到一种不同图片编辑器工具的能力。
+
+首先打开这幅 Tux 企鹅的图像:
+
+![Tux 企鹅][11]
+
+### 选择图片
+
+在图片打开后，转到 **窗口** 菜单，选择 **可停靠对话框** ，接下来选择 **图层**。在 **图层** 面板中 Tux 图层上右击。从弹出菜单中，选择 **Alpha 到选区** 。如果你的图像没有内置的 alpha 通道，那么你必须手动创建你自己的选区。
+
+![Alpha 到选区][13]
+
+为手动创建一个选区，单击来自工具箱的 **路径** 工具。
+
+![GIMP 的路径工具][14]
+
+使用 **路径** 工具，在图像周围移动鼠标，在其轮廓的每个主要交叉点处都单击和释放（不要拖动）。 不要担心沿着曲线走；只需要找到主要的交叉点和拐角。这将在每个点处创建一个节点，并在节点中间绘制一条条线段。你不需要闭合你的路径，因此当你最后到达你开始时的交叉点时，你就完成了。
+
+![在 GIMP 中创建一个路径][15]
+
+在你创建你的轮廓路径后，转到 **窗口** 菜单，选择 **可停靠对话框** ，接下来选择 **工具选项** 。在 **工具选项** 面板中，选择 **编辑 (Ctrl)** 。随着这项操作的激活，你可以编辑你刚刚通过单击线或单击节点绘制的路径，并通过调整它们来更好地适应你的图像。你甚至能够将直线弯曲。
+
+![编辑路径][16]
+
+现在从 **窗口 > 可停靠对话框** 菜单中选择 **路径** 面板。在 **路径** 面板中，单击 **路径到选区** 按钮。你的绘图现在已经被选中了。
+
+### 扩大选区
+
+如果你觉得你的选区太紧贴了，你可以通过扩大来给予你自己的选区一些富余。当我想在一张图像周围采用或加厚一个边框时，我有时会这么扩大选区。
+
+为扩大一个选区，单击 **选择** 菜单，选择 **扩大** 。输入一个像素值并单击 **确定** 。
+
+### 反转选区
+
+你已经选择了你的图形，但是你真正想选择的东西却 _不包括_ 你所选择的图像。这是因为你要创建一个 alpha 蒙版来定义图像中的一些内容的来被其它一些内容所替换。换句话说，你需要标记那些将被转变为不可见的像素。
+
+为了反转选择区，单击 **选择** 菜单，选择 **反转** 。现在除你的图像以外的一切东西都是被选择的。
+
+### 使用 alpha 填充
+
+随着选择了除了你的图像以外的一切东西，再选择你想使用的颜色来指定你的 alpha 蒙版。最常用的颜色是绿色（正如你可能从术语“绿屏”中所猜到的一样）。绿色不是什么神奇的颜色，甚至也不是特定的绿色色调。之所以使用它是因为人们经常处理不包含绿色色素的图像，这样人们能够很容易分离出绿色，而不会意外地分离出图像中重要的部分。当然，如果你的图像是一位绿色的外星人或一枚绿宝石或一些 _确实_ 包含绿色的东西，那么你应该使用一种不同的颜色。只要你所选择的颜色是单一的单色，那么你就可以使用你所希望的任意颜色。如果你正在处理很多图像，你的选择应该在所有图像中保持一致。
+
+![在工具箱中的前景色][17]
+
+使用你选择的颜色值来设置你的前景色。为确保你的选择是精确的，使用 [HTML][18] 或 [HSV][19] 表示的颜色。例如，如果你正在使用纯绿色，它可以在 GIMP（以及大多数的开放源码图像应用程序）中表示为 `00ff00`（`00` 是红色，`FF` 是绿色，`00` 是蓝色，`F` 是最大值）。
+
+![设置颜色值][20]
+
+不管你选择什么颜色，务必记录下 HTML 或 HSV 的值，以便你可以为每一张图像使用完全相同的颜色。
+
+为填充你的 alpha 蒙版，单击 **编辑** 菜单，选择 **使用前景色填充** 。
+
+### 平整和导出
+
+如果你在你的图像周围留下边框，设置背景颜色来着色你想使用的边界笔刷。这通常是黑色或白色，但是它也可以是任何适宜你游戏审美观的颜色。
+
+在你设置背景颜色后，单击 **图像** 菜单，选择 **平整图像**。不管你是否添加了边框，这样做都是安全的。这个过程将从图像中移除 alpha 通道，并使用背景色填充任何“透明的”像素。
+
+![平整图像][21]
+
+你现在已经为你的游戏引擎准备好了一张图像。导出图像为你的游戏引擎喜欢的任何格式，接下来使用游戏引擎所需要的每一个函数来将图像导入的你的游戏中。在的代码中，设置 alpha 值为 `00ff00`（或你使用的任何颜色），接下来使用游戏引擎的图像转换器来将该颜色作为 alpha 通道处理。
+
+### 其它的方法
+
+这不是唯一能在你游戏图像中获取透明度的方法。查看你游戏引擎的文档来找出它是如何默认尝试处理 alpha 通道的，在你不确定的时候，尝试让你的游戏引擎来自动侦测图像中透明度，然后再去编辑它。有时，你游戏引擎的预期值和你图像的预设值恰巧匹配，那么你就可以直接获取透明度，而不需要做任何额外的工作。
+
+不过，当这些尝试都失败时，尝试一下色键。它为电影业工作了将近 100 年，它也可以为你工作。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/9/chroma-key-gimp
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[robsean](https://github.com/robsean)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/gaming_grid_penguin.png?itok=7Fv83mHR (Gaming with penguin pawns)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/17/10/python-101
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/17/4/how-program-games-raspberry-pi
+[4]: https://opensource.com/article/18/4/easy-2d-game-creation-python-and-arcade
+[5]: https://opensource.com/article/17/12/game-framework-python
+[6]: http://gimp.org
+[7]: https://glimpse-editor.github.io
+[8]: https://opensource.com/article/17/2/mtpaint-pixel-art-animated-gifs
+[9]: https://www.pinta-project.com/
+[10]: http://inkscape.org
+[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/tux.png (Tux the penguin)
+[12]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/gimp_alpha-to-selection.jpg (Alpha to selection)
+[14]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/gimp_path-tool.jpg (GIMP Paths tool)
+[15]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/gimp_path-create.jpg (Create a path in GIMP)
+[16]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/gimp_path-edit.jpg (Edit path)
+[17]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/gimp_foreground-colour.jpg (Foreground color in toolbox)
+[18]: https://www.w3schools.com/colors/colors_picker.asp
+[19]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV
+[20]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/gimp_colour.jpg (Setting color values)
+[21]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/gimp_matte.jpg (Flattening image)
diff --git a/published/202011/20201001 How open source underpins blockchain technology.md b/published/202011/20201001 How open source underpins blockchain technology.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8205d3b2ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201001 How open source underpins blockchain technology.md
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+[#]: collector: "lujun9972"
+[#]: translator: "xiao-song-123"
+[#]: reviewer: "wxy"
+[#]: publisher: "wxy"
+[#]: url: "https://linux.cn/article-12776-1.html"
+[#]: subject: "How open source underpins blockchain technology"
+[#]: via: "https://opensource.com/article/20/10/open-source-blockchain"
+[#]: author: "Matt Shealy https://opensource.com/users/mshealy"
+
+开源是如何支撑区块链技术发展的
+======
+
+> 创造出区块链安全性和可靠性的原因：是开放，而非监管。
+
+
+
+当人们发现以安全性而闻名的区块链技术居然是建立在开源软件代码之上时，通常会感到非常惊讶。事实上，正是这种开放性才赋予了区块链技术的安全性和可靠性。
+
+以开源方式构建的任何事物，其核心价值之一就是为了提高效率。建立起一个有着不同观点和技能的开发人员社区，这些开发人员工作在同一个代码库的时候，可以成倍增加构建出来的应用程序数量以及复杂性。
+
+### 开源比人们想象中的要更加普遍
+
+开源的 Linux，就是一种比较流行的操作系统。Linux 为服务器提供了许多服务，这些服务让我们可以轻松地共享个人信息。其中包括 Google、Facebook 和数千个主要网站。当我们使用这些服务时，就是在和这些在网络上运行着 Linux 系统的计算机进行交互。Chromebook 也使用 Linux，Android 手机使用的操作系统也是基于 Linux 的。
+
+Linux 不属于任何一家公司，人们可以免费使用并且可以共同协作来完善创造它。自 2005 年推出以来，已经有来自 1,700 多家公司的 20,000 多名开发人员 [为其中的代码做出了贡献][2] 。
+
+这就是开源软件的运作方式。大量的人为此贡献，并不断添加、修改或构建开源代码库来创建新的应用程序和平台。区块链和加密货币的大部分代码都是使用开源软件开发的。开源软件是由充满热情的用户构建的，这些用户对错误、故障或缺陷时刻保持警惕。当发现问题时，开源社区中的开发人员将一起努力来解决问题。
+
+### 区块链和开源
+
+整个开源区块链开发者社区都在不断地添加和完善代码库。
+
+以下是区块链的基本表现方式：
+
+ * 区块链平台具有一个交易数据库，该交易数据库允许对等方在任何时候彼此进行交易。
+ * 附有用户识别标签，以方便交易。
+ * 平台一定有一种安全的方式来在交易批准前对交易进行验证。
+ * 无法被验证的交易不会进行。
+
+开源软件允许开发者在 [去中心化应用程序（Dapp）][3]中创建这些平台，这是区块链中交易的安全、保障和可变性的关键。
+
+这种去中心化的方式意味着没有中央权威机构来调解交易，没有人能控制发生的事情。直接的点对点的交易可以更快速、安全的进行。由于交易被记录在分类账簿中，它们也会分发到整个生态系统中。
+
+区块链使用密码学来保证安全。每一笔交易都携带着与前一笔交易相关联的信息，以验证其真实性。这可以防止威胁者篡改数据，因为一旦数据被添加到公共分类账中，其他用户就不能更改。
+
+### 区块链是开源的吗？
+
+虽然区块链本身在技术上可以是不开源的，但区块链系统通常是使用开源软件实现的，因为没有政府机构对其进行监管，所以这些开源软件使用的概念体现了一种开放文化。私人公司开发的用于处理金融交易的专有软件很可能受到 [政府机构][4] 的监管。在美国，这可能包括美国证券交易委员会（SEC）、联邦储备委员会和联邦存款保险公司（FDIC）。区块链技术在开放环境下使用不需要政府监管，实际上，用来验证交易的是用户社区。
+
+你可以称它为一种极端的众包形式，既用于开发构建区块链平台的开源软件，也用于验证交易。这就是区块链得到如此多关注的原因之一：它有可能颠覆整个行业，因为它可以作为处理和验证交易的权威中介。
+
+### 比特币，以太坊和其他加密货币
+
+截至 2020 年 6 月，超过 [5000 万人拥有区块链钱包][5] 。他们大多数用于金融交易，例如交易比特币、以太坊和其他加密货币。对许多人来说，像交易员观察股票价格一样，[查看加密货币价格][6] 已成为主流。
+
+加密货币平台也使用开源软件。[以太坊项目][7] 开发出了任何人都可以免费使用的开源软件，社区中大量的开发者都为此贡献了代码。比特币客户端的参考实现版是由 450 多个开发人员和工程师进行开发的，他们已经贡献了超过 150,000 个贡献。
+
+加密货币区块链是一个持续增长的记录。每个被称作为块的记录按顺序链接在一起，它们互相链接形成一条链。每个块都有其自己的唯一标记，这个标记称为 [哈希][8] 。一个块包含自身的哈希值和前一个块的加密计算出的哈希值。从本质上讲，每个块都链接到前一个块，形成了无法中断的长链，每个块都包含其它区块的信息，用于验证交易。
+
+在金融或是加密货币的区块链中没有中央银行。这些分布在整个互联网中的区块，建立了一个性能强大的审计跟踪系统。任何人都能够通过区块链来验证交易，但却不能更改上面的记录。
+
+### 牢不可破的区块链
+
+尽管区块链不受任何政府或机构的监管，但分布式的网络保证了它们的安全。随着链的增长，每一笔交易都会增加伪造的难度。区块分布在世界各地的网络中，它们使用的信任标记不可被改变，这条链条几乎变得牢不可破。
+
+这种去中心化的网络，其背后的代码是开源的，这也是用户在交易中不必使用诸如银行或经纪人之类的中介就可以相互信任的原因之一。支撑加密货币平台的软件是由相互独立的开发者组建的联盟创建的，并且任何人都可以免费使用。这创造了世界上最大的制衡体系之一。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/open-source-blockchain
+
+作者：[Matt Shealy][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[xiao-song-123](https://github.com/xiao-song-123)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/mshealy
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/cube_innovation_process_block_container.png?itok=vkPYmSRQ "cubes coming together to create a larger cube"
+[2]: https://www.linuxfoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/2020_kernel_history_report_082720.pdf
+[3]: https://www.freecodecamp.org/news/what-is-a-dapp-a-guide-to-ethereum-dapps/
+[4]: https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/063015/what-are-some-major-regulatory-agencies-responsible-overseeing-financial-institutions-us.asp
+[5]: https://www.statista.com/statistics/647374/worldwide-blockchain-wallet-users/
+[6]: https://www.okex.com/markets
+[7]: https://ethereum.org/en/
+[8]: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/bitcoin-blockchain-and-open-source
diff --git a/published/202011/20201002 How to Free Up Space in -boot Partition on Ubuntu Linux.md b/published/202011/20201002 How to Free Up Space in -boot Partition on Ubuntu Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c73bd3a14d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201002 How to Free Up Space in -boot Partition on Ubuntu Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (robsean)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12779-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to Free Up Space in /boot Partition on Ubuntu Linux?)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/free-boot-partition-ubuntu/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+如何在 Ubuntu Linux 上释放 /boot 分区的空间？
+======
+
+前几天，我收到一个警告，`/boot` 分区已经几乎满了，没有剩余空间了。是的，我有一个独立的 `/boot` 分区，我相信现在很少有人这样做了。（LCTT 译注：个人认为保留单独的 /boot 分区是个好的运维经验，除此以外，/tmp、/var 也单独划定分区比较好。）
+
+这是我第一次看到这样一个错误，它让我很迷惑。现在，这里有一些 [方法来释放在 Ubuntu （或基于 Ubuntu 的分区）上的分区][1] ，但是在这种情况下并不是所有的方法都能用。
+
+这就是为什么我决定写这些我释放 `/boot` 分区空间的步骤的原因。
+
+### 如何在 Ubuntu 上释放 /boot 分区的空间
+
+![][2]
+
+我建议你仔细阅读这些解决方案，并由此得出最适合你情况的解决方案。解决方案的操作很容易，但是你需要在你的生产力系统上小心的执行这些解决方案。
+
+#### 方法 1: 使用 apt autoremove
+
+你不必是一名终端专家来做这件事，它只需要一个命令，你将移除未使用的内核来释放 `/boot` 分区中是空间。
+
+你所有要做的事情是，输入:
+
+```
+sudo apt autoremove
+```
+
+这个命令不仅仅可以移除未使用的内核，而且也将移除你不需要的或工具安装后所不需要的依赖项。
+
+在你输入命令后，它将列出将被移除的东西，你只需要确认操作即可。如果你很好奇它将移除什么，你可以仔细检查一下看看它实际移除了什么。
+
+这里是它应该看起来的样子:
+
+![][3]
+
+你必须按 `Y` 按键来继续。
+
+**值得注意的是，这种方法只在你还剩余一点点空间，并且得到警告的情况下才有效。但是，如果你的 `/boot` 分区已经满了，APT 甚至可能不会工作。**
+
+在接下来的方法中，我将重点介绍两种不同的方法，通过这些方法你可以使用 GUI 和终端来移除旧内核来释放空间。
+
+#### 方法 2: 手动移除未使用的内核
+
+在你尝试 [移除一些旧内核][4] 来释放空间前，你需要识别当前活动的内核，并且确保你不会删除它。
+
+为 [检查你的内核的版本][5] ，在终端中输入下面的命令:
+
+```
+uname -r
+```
+
+[uname 命令通常用于获取 Linux 系统信息][6]。在这里，这个命令显示当前正在被使用的 Linux 内核。它看起来应该是这样:
+
+![][7]
+
+现在，你已经知道你当前的 Linux 内核是什么，你必须移除一个不同于这个版本的内核。你应该把它记录在某些地方，以便你不会不知不觉地移除它。
+
+接下来，要移除它，你可以使用终端或 GUI。
+
+> 警告!
+>
+> 在删除内核时一定要额外的小心。只识别和删除旧内核，而不是当前你正在使用的内核，否则你将会拥有一个残缺的系统。
+
+##### 使用一个 GUI 工具来移除旧的 Linux 内核
+
+你可以使用 [Synaptic 软件包管理器][8] 或一个类似 [Stacer][9] 的工具来开始。就我个人而言，当我遇到一个满满的 `/boot` 分区且 APT 损坏时，我使用 [Stacer][6] 来丢弃旧内核。因此，让我向你展示一下它看起的样子。
+
+首先，你需要启动 Stacer ，然后导航到软件包卸载器，如下面屏幕截图所示。
+
+![][10]
+
+在这里，搜索 “image” ，你将找到你所拥有的 Linux 内核。你只需要删除旧内核版本的镜像，而不是当前内核的镜像。
+
+在上面的屏幕截图中，我已经指出了我系统上的当前内核和旧内核，因此你必须注意你系统上的内核。
+
+你没有必要删除任何其它东西，只需要删除旧的内核版本。
+
+同样的，只需要在软件包列表中搜索 “headers” ，并删除如下显示的旧的 “headers” 版本。
+
+![][11]
+
+作为提醒，你 **不会希望移除 `linux-headers-generic`** 。只关注一下那些与其相关的有版本号的就行。
+
+然后，就这样，你完成了所有的工作，APT 将会再次工作，并且你将成功地释放来自 `/boot` 分区的一些空间。同样地，你也可以使用任意其它的软件包管理器来完成这些工作。
+
+#### 使用命令行来移除旧内核
+
+使用命令行来移除旧内核与使用 GUI 来移除旧内核是一样的。因此，如果你没有选择使用 GUI 软件（如果它是一台远程机器/一项远程服务）的权利，或者如果你只是对终端情有独钟，你可以仿效下面的步骤。
+
+首先，使用下面的命令列出所有已安装的内核:
+
+```
+ls -l /boot
+```
+
+它应该看起来像这样:
+
+![][12]
+
+标记为 “old” 的内核，或者不匹配你当前内核版本，都是未使用的内核，你可以删除它们。
+
+现在，你可以使用 `rm` 命令来移除具体指定来自 `/boot` 分区中的内核，使用下面的命令（一个命令对应一个内核）：
+
+```
+sudo rm /boot/vmlinuz-5.4.0-7634-generic
+```
+
+务必检查系统的版本 — 这里可能与你的系统的版本不同。
+
+如果你有很多未使用的内核，这将需要一些时间。因此，你也可以下面的命令丢弃多个内核:
+
+```
+sudo rm /boot/*-5.4.0-{7634}-*
+```
+
+为了清晰起见，你需要用逗号分隔内核版本号的最后一部分/编码，以便同时删除它们。
+
+假设，我有两个旧的内核 5.4.0-7634-generic 和 5.4.0-7624 ，那么命令将是:
+
+```
+sudo rm /boot/*-5.4.0-{7634,7624}-*
+```
+
+如果你不希望在 grub 启动菜单中再看到这些旧的内核版本，你可以使用下面的命令简单地 [更新 grub][13]：
+
+```
+sudo update-grub
+```
+
+就这样，你完成了所有的工作。你已经释放了空间，还修复了可能潜在的破损的 APT 问题，如果它是一个在你的 `/boot` 分区填满后出现的重要的问题的话。
+
+在一些情况下，你需要输入这些命令来修复破损的（正如我在论坛中注意到的）：
+
+```
+sudo dpkg --configure -a
+sudo apt install -f
+```
+
+注意，除非你发现 APT 已破损，否则你不需要输入上面的命令。就我个人而言，我不需要这些命令，但是我发现这些命令对论坛上的一些人很有用。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/free-boot-partition-ubuntu/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[robsean](https://github.com/robsean)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/free-up-space-ubuntu-linux/
+[2]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/free-boot-space-ubuntu-linux.jpg?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[3]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/apt-autoremove-screenshot.jpg?resize=800%2C415&ssl=1
+[4]: https://itsfoss.com/remove-old-kernels-ubuntu/
+[5]: https://itsfoss.com/find-which-kernel-version-is-running-in-ubuntu/
+[6]: https://linuxhandbook.com/uname/
+[7]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/uname-r-screenshot.jpg?resize=800%2C198&ssl=1
+[8]: https://itsfoss.com/synaptic-package-manager/
+[9]: https://itsfoss.com/optimize-ubuntu-stacer/
+[10]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/stacer-remove-kernel.jpg?resize=800%2C562&ssl=1
+[11]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/stacer-remove-kernel-header.png?resize=800%2C576&ssl=1
+[12]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/command-kernel-list.png?resize=800%2C432&ssl=1
+[13]: https://itsfoss.com/update-grub/
diff --git a/published/202011/20201006 Start using virtual tables in Apache Cassandra 4.0.md b/published/202011/20201006 Start using virtual tables in Apache Cassandra 4.0.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ba78aa772f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201006 Start using virtual tables in Apache Cassandra 4.0.md
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12791-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Start using virtual tables in Apache Cassandra 4.0)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/10/virtual-tables-apache-cassandra)
+[#]: author: (Ben Bromhead https://opensource.com/users/ben-bromhead)
+
+如何在 Apache Cassandra 4.0 中使用虚拟表
+======
+
+> 虚拟表是什么以及如何使用。
+
+
+
+在最近的发布的 [Apache Cassandra 4.0 测试版][3]中的[众多新增功能][2]中，虚拟表是一个值得关注的功能。
+
+在以前的 Cassandra 版本中，用户需要访问 Java 管理扩展（[JMX][4]） 来查看 Cassandra 的细节，如运行中的压实、客户端、度量和各种配置设置。虚拟表消除了这些挑战。Cassandra 4.0 测试版让用户能够从一个只读的系统表中以 Cassandra 查询语言（CQL）行的形式查询这些细节和数据。
+
+以下是之前 Cassandra 版本中基于 JMX 的机制是如何工作的。想象一下，一个用户想要检查集群中某个节点的压实状态。用户首先要建立一个 JMX 连接，在节点上运行 `nodetool compactionstats`。这个要求马上就给用户带来了一些复杂的问题。用户的客户端是否配置了 JMX 访问？Cassandra 节点和防火墙是否配置为允许 JMX 访问？是否准备好了适当的安全和审计措施，并落实到位？这些只是用户在处理 Cassandra 以前版本时必须面对的其中一些问题。
+
+在 Cassandra 4.0 中，虚拟表使得用户可以利用之前配置的驱动来查询所需信息。这一变化消除了与实现和维护 JMX 访问相关的所有开销。
+
+Cassandra 4.0 创建了两个新的键空间来帮助用户利用虚拟表：`system_views` 和 `system_virtual_schema`。`system_views` 键空间包含了用户查询的所有有价值的信息，有用地存储在一些表中。`system_virtual_schema` 键空间，顾名思义，存储了这些虚拟表的所有必要的模式信息。
+
+![system_views and system_virtual_schema keyspaces and tables][5]
+
+重要的是要明白，每个虚拟表的范围仅限于其节点。任何虚拟表查询都将返回的数据，只对其协调器的节点有效，而不管一致性如何。为了简化这一要求，已经在几个驱动中添加了支持，以便在这些查询中指定协调器节点 （Python、DataStax Java 和其他驱动现在提供了这种支持）。
+
+为了说明这一点，请查看这个 `sstable_tasks` 虚拟表。这个虚拟表显示了对 [SSTables][7] 的所有操作，包括压实、清理、升级等。
+
+![Querying the sstable_tasks virtual table][8]
+
+如果用户在以前的 Cassandra 版本中运行 `nodetool compactionstats`，则会显示相同类型的信息。 在这里，这个查询发现该节点当前有一个活动的压缩。它还显示了它的进度以及它的键空间和表。得益于虚拟表，用户可以快速收集这些信息，并同样有效地获得正确诊断集群健康状况所需的能力。
+
+需要说明的是，Cassandra 4.0 并没有去除对 JMX 访问的需求。JMX 仍然是查询某些指标的唯一选择。尽管如此，用户会欢迎简单地使用 CQL 来获取关键集群指标的能力。由于虚拟表提供的便利，用户可能会将之前投入到 JMX 工具的时间和资源重新投入到 Cassandra 本身。客户端工具也应该开始利用虚拟表提供的优势。
+
+如果你对 Cassandra 4.0 测试版及其虚拟表功能感兴趣，请[试试试它][3]。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/virtual-tables-apache-cassandra
+
+作者：[Ben Bromhead][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ben-bromhead
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/computer_space_graphic_cosmic.png?itok=wu493YbB (Computer laptop in space)
+[2]: https://www.instaclustr.com/apache-cassandra-4-0-beta-released/
+[3]: https://cassandra.apache.org/download/
+[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Java_Management_Extensions
+[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/cassandra_virtual-tables.png (system_views and system_virtual_schema keyspaces and tables)
+[6]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[7]: https://cassandra.apache.org/doc/latest/architecture/storage_engine.html#sstables
+[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/cassandra_virtual-tables_sstable_tasks.png (Querying the sstable_tasks virtual table)
diff --git a/published/202011/20201007 How to Clear Apt Cache and Reclaim Precious Disk Space.md b/published/202011/20201007 How to Clear Apt Cache and Reclaim Precious Disk Space.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..de0b5a3659
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201007 How to Clear Apt Cache and Reclaim Precious Disk Space.md
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12787-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to Clear Apt Cache and Reclaim Precious Disk Space)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/clear-apt-cache/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+如何清除 APT 缓存来回收宝贵的磁盘空间
+======
+
+![][13]
+
+如何清除 APT 缓存？你只需使用这个 [apt-get 命令][1]选项：
+
+```
+sudo apt-get clean
+```
+
+但是，清理 APT 缓存不仅仅是运行上面的命令。
+
+在本教程中，我将解释什么是 APT 缓存、为什么会使用它、为什么你要清理它，以及关于清理 APT 缓存你应该知道的其他事情。
+
+我将在这里使用 Ubuntu 作为参考，但由于这是关于 APT 的，因此它也适用于 [Debian][2] 和其他基于 Debian 和 Ubuntu 的发行版，比如 Linux Mint、Deepin 等等。
+
+### 什么是 APT 缓存？为什么要使用它？
+
+当你使用 `apt-get` 或 [apt 命令][3]安装一个软件包时（或在软件中心安装 DEB 包），APT [包管理器][4]会以 .deb 格式下载软件包及其依赖关系，并将其保存在 `/var/cache/apt/archives` 文件夹中。
+
+![][5]
+
+下载时，`apt` 将 deb 包保存在 `/var/cache/apt/archives/partial` 目录下。当 deb 包完全下载完毕后，它会被移到 `/var/cache/apt/archives` 目录下。
+
+下载完包的 deb 文件及其依赖关系后，你的系统就会[从这些 deb 文件中安装包][6]。
+
+现在你明白缓存的用途了吧？系统在安装软件包之前，需要一个地方把软件包文件存放在某个地方。如果你了解 [Linux 目录结构][7]，你就会明白，`/var/cache` 是合适的地方。
+
+#### 为什么安装包后要保留缓存？
+
+下载的 deb 文件在安装完成后并不会立即从目录中删除。如果你删除了一个软件包，然后重新安装，你的系统会在缓存中查找这个软件包，并从这里获取它，而不是重新下载（只要缓存中的软件包版本与远程仓库中的版本相同）。
+
+这样就快多了。你可以自己尝试一下，看看一个程序第一次安装，删除后再安装需要多长时间。你可以[使用 time 命令来了解完成一个命令需要多长时间][8]：`time sudo apt install package_name`。
+
+我找不到任何关于缓存保留策略的内容，所以我无法说明 Ubuntu 会在缓存中保留下载的包多长时间。
+
+#### 你应该清理 APT 缓存吗？
+
+这取决于你。如果你的根目录下的磁盘空间用完了，你可以清理 APT 缓存来回收磁盘空间。这是 [Ubuntu 上释放磁盘空间的几种方法][9]之一。
+
+使用 [du 命令][10]检查缓存占用了多少空间：
+
+![][11]
+
+有的时候，这可能会占用几百兆，如果你正在运行一个服务器，这些空间可能是至关重要的。
+
+#### 如何清理 APT 缓存？
+
+如果你想清除 APT 缓存，有一个专门的命令来做。所以不要去手动删除缓存目录。只要使用这个命令就可以了：
+
+```
+sudo apt-get clean
+```
+
+这将删除 `/var/cache/apt/archives` 目录的内容（除了锁文件）。以下是 `apt-get clean` 命令模拟删除内容：
+
+![][12]
+
+还有一个命令是关于清理 APT 缓存的：
+
+```
+sudo apt-get autoclean
+```
+
+与 `clean` 不同的是，`autoclean` 只删除那些无法从仓库中下载的包。
+
+假设你安装了包 xyz。它的 deb 文件仍然保留在缓存中。如果现在仓库中有新的 xyz 包，那么缓存中现有的这个 xyz 包就已经过时了，没有用了。`autoclean` 选项会删除这种不能再下载的无用包。
+
+#### 删除 apt 缓存安全吗？
+
+是的，清除 APT 创建的缓存是完全安全的。它不会对系统的性能产生负面影响。也许如果你重新安装软件包，下载时间会更长一些，但也仅此而已。
+
+再说一次，使用 `apt-get clean` 命令。它比手动删除缓存目录更快、更简单。
+
+你也可以使用像 [Stacer][14] 或 [Bleachbit][15] 这样的图形工具来实现这个目的。
+
+#### 总结
+
+在写这篇文章的时候，新的 `apt` 命令没有这样的内置选项。不过，为了保持向后的兼容性，仍然可以运行 `apt clean` （内部应该是运行了 `apt-get clean`）。请参考这篇文章来[了解 apt 和 apt-get 的区别][16]。
+
+我希望你觉得这个关于 APT 缓存的解释很有趣。虽然这不是什么必要的东西，但了解这些小东西会让你对你的 Linux 系统更加了解。
+
+欢迎你在评论区提出反馈和建议。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/clear-apt-cache/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/apt-get-linux-guide/
+[2]: https://www.debian.org/
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/apt-command-guide/
+[4]: https://itsfoss.com/package-manager/
+[5]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/apt-get-clean-cache.png?resize=800%2C470&ssl=1
+[6]: https://itsfoss.com/install-deb-files-ubuntu/
+[7]: https://linuxhandbook.com/linux-directory-structure/
+[8]: https://linuxhandbook.com/time-command/
+[9]: https://itsfoss.com/free-up-space-ubuntu-linux/
+[10]: https://linuxhandbook.com/find-directory-size-du-command/
+[11]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/apt-cache-archive-size.png?resize=800%2C233&ssl=1
+[12]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/apt-get-clean-ubuntu.png?resize=800%2C339&ssl=1
+[13]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/Clear-Apt-Cache.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[14]: https://itsfoss.com/optimize-ubuntu-stacer/
+[15]: https://itsfoss.com/use-bleachbit-ubuntu/
+[16]: https://itsfoss.com/apt-vs-apt-get-difference/
diff --git a/published/202011/20201014 LibreOffice Wants Apache to Drop the Ailing OpenOffice and Support LibreOffice Instead.md b/published/202011/20201014 LibreOffice Wants Apache to Drop the Ailing OpenOffice and Support LibreOffice Instead.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..216a944683
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201014 LibreOffice Wants Apache to Drop the Ailing OpenOffice and Support LibreOffice Instead.md
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12775-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (LibreOffice Wants Apache to Drop the Ailing OpenOffice and Support LibreOffice Instead)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/libreoffice-letter-openoffice/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+文档基金会希望 Apache 放弃陷入困境的 OpenOffice，转而支持 LibreOffice
+======
+
+对于 Linux 用户来说，当我们想到[微软 Office 的开源替代品][1]时，Apache OpenOffice 仍然是一个相关的推荐，这是不言而喻的。然而，在过去的几年里，OpenOffice 的发展几乎是停滞的。
+
+当然，考虑到 Abhishek 早在 2016 年就写过 [Apache OpenOffice 关闭的可能性][2]，这并不令人震惊。
+
+现在，在一封[文档基金会的公开信][3]中，他们呼吁 Apache OpenOffice 推荐用户开始使用更好的替代品，比如 LibreOffice。在本文中，我将提到文档基金会的博文中的一些重点，以及它对 Apache OpenOffice 的意义。
+
+![][4]
+
+### Apache OpenOffice 是历史，LibreOffice 是未来？
+
+尽管我当年没有使用过 OpenOffice，但可以肯定地说，它绝对不是微软 Office 的现代开源替代品。至少现在不是了。
+
+是的，Apache OpenOffice 对于传统用户来说仍然是很重要的东西，在几年前是一个很好的替代品。
+
+以下是 OpenOffice 和 LibreOffice 的主要发布时间线：
+
+![][5]
+
+现在 OpenOffice 已经没有重大的开发了，Apache OpenOffice 的未来是什么？一个相当活跃的项目，这个最大的开源基金会会不发布重大版本？
+
+这听起来并不乐观，而这正是文档基金会在他们的公开信中所强调的：
+
+> OpenOffice（.org），是 LibreOffice 的”父项目“，它是一个伟大的办公套件，它改变了世界。它有着引人入胜的历史，但**自从 2014 年以来，Apache OpenOffice （它现在的家）还没有一个重大的版本**。没错，六年多来，没有重大的新功能或重大更新到来，也很少发布次要版本，而且在及时的安全更新方面也存在问题。
+
+对于一个普通用户来说，如果他们不知道 [LibreOffice][6]，我肯定希望他们知道。但是，Apache 基金会是否应该建议 OpenOffice 用户尝试使用 LibreOffice 来体验更好或更高级的办公套件呢？
+
+我不知道，也许是，或者不是？
+
+> ...很多用户不知道 LibreOffice 的存在。OpenOffice 的品牌仍然如此强大，尽管该软件已经有六年多没有重大的版本发布，而且几乎没有人开发或支持它。
+
+正如在公开信中提到的，文档基金会强调了 LibreOffice 相对于 OpenOffice的 优势/改进，并呼吁 Apache OpenOffice 开始推荐他们的用户尝试更好的东西（即 LibreOffice）：
+
+> 我们呼吁 Apache OpenOffice 做正确的事情。我们的目标应该是**把强大的、最新的、维护良好的生产力工具送到尽可能多的人手中**。让我们一起努力吧！
+
+### Apache OpenOffice 应该做什么？
+
+如果 OpenOffice 能完成工作，用户可能不需要努力寻找替代品。那么，因为他们的缓慢开发而呼唤另一个项目，建议用户采用未来工具并推荐它是一个好主意么？
+
+在争论中，有人可能会说，如果你已经完成了你的目标，并且对改进 OpenOffice 没有兴趣，那么推广你的竞争对手才是公平的。而且，这并没有错，开源社区应该一直合作，以确保新用户得到最好的选择。
+
+从另一个侧面来看，我们可以说，文档基金会对于 OpenOffice 到了 2020 年即使没有任何重大改进却仍然有重要意义感到沮丧。
+
+我不会去评判，但当我看了这封公开信时，这些矛盾的想法就浮现在我的脑海里。
+
+### 你认为是时候把 OpenOffice 搁置起来，依靠 LibreOffice 了吗？
+
+即使 LibreOffice 似乎是一个更优越的选择，并且绝对值得关注，你认为应该怎么做？Apache 是否应该停止 OpenOffice，并将用户重定向到 LibreOffice？
+
+欢迎你的意见。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/libreoffice-letter-openoffice/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/best-free-open-source-alternatives-microsoft-office/
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/openoffice-shutdown/
+[3]: https://blog.documentfoundation.org/blog/2020/10/12/open-letter-to-apache-openoffice/
+[4]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/libre-office-open-office.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[5]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/libre-office-open-office-derivatives.jpg?resize=1536%2C319&ssl=1
+[6]: https://itsfoss.com/libreoffice-tips/
diff --git a/published/202011/20201021 5 open source tools I can-t live without.md b/published/202011/20201021 5 open source tools I can-t live without.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d60f272f59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201021 5 open source tools I can-t live without.md
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12804-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (5 open source tools I can't live without)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/10/open-source-tools)
+[#]: author: (Victoria Martinez de la Cruz https://opensource.com/users/vkmc)
+
+5 个我不可或缺的开源工具
+======
+
+> 通过将这些工具放在自己的技能包中，提高你在终端内、外的工作效率。
+
+
+
+前段时间，我参与了一个在科技人士中广为流传的 Twitter 话题。“挑战？只挑选五个你不能没有的工具。”我开始结合我的日常生活来思考这个问题，只挑出五个工具并不容易。我使用了许多我认为必不可少的工具，比如用来与同事和朋友联系的 [IRC][2] 客户端（是的，我仍然使用 IRC），一个用来做各种事情的出色的文本编辑器，一个用来保持有条不紊的日历应用，以及当需要更直接的互动时的一个视频会议平台。
+
+所以，让我给这个挑战来个变化：选出五个能提高你工作效率的开源工具。这是我的清单。请在评论中分享你的清单。
+
+### tmate
+
+![tmate screenshot][3]
+
+哦，我喜欢这个工具。`tmate` 是著名的 [tmux][5] 终端多路复用器的一个复刻，它允许你启动一个 `tmux` 会话并通过 SSH 共享。你可以用它来进行[结对编程][6]（这是我的主要使用场景），也可以用来进行远程控制。
+
+如果你经常与你的团队成员合作，并且你想要一个简单的、与发行版无关的、开源的方式与他们一起编程（而且共享终端访问对你来说已经足够了），这绝对是你必须加到列表中的东西。
+
+在 [tmate 的网站][7]上获取更多信息，或者在 [GitHub][8] 上查看代码。
+
+### ix
+
+`ix` 是一个命令行粘贴板。你不需要安装任何东西。你可以通过 `curl` 到 [ix.io][9] 站点来创建新的粘贴。例如，`echo Hello world. | curl -F 'f:1=<-' ix.io` 会给你一个到 ix.io 的链接，那里粘贴了消息 “Hello world” 的信息。当你想分享日志用于调试或在没有桌面环境的服务器上保存配置文件时，这非常方便。
+
+有一个缺点是源码还没有公布，尽管它的目的是自由开源。如果你是作者，并且正在阅读这篇文章，请发布代码，这样我们就可以为打磨它的过程做出贡献。
+
+### asciinema
+
+是的，这是另一个终端工具，`asciinema` 可以让你记录你的终端。使用它的方法有很多，但我一般用它来制作演示。它非常容易使用，而且有很多 Linux 发行版和其他平台的软件包。
+
+要想知道它是如何工作的，可以看看这个[酷炫的演示][10]。是不是很棒？
+
+在 [asciinema 的网站][11]上获取更多信息，在 [GitHub][12] 上访问其源代码。
+
+### GNOME Pomodoro
+
+![pomodoro timer gnome][13]
+
+好了，关于终端工具的介绍就到此为止。现在我想和大家分享一下这个简单的宝物，它让你的工作变得有条不紊。你听说过 [番茄工作法][14] 吗？Pomodoro 基本上是一个时间管理工具。它使用一个番茄形状的计时器，帮助你将时间分成工作时间和休息时间（默认情况下，25 分钟的工作后有 5 分钟的休息时间）。而且，每隔 4 个“番茄”之后，你就会有更长的休息时间（默认为 15 分钟）。这样做的目的是让你在工作时间内保持专注，而在休息时间内进行伸展和放松。
+
+这听起来非常非常简单，你可能会对让一个番茄形状的时钟来控制你的生活感到犹豫，但它确实帮助我变得跟有条理，并且在试图同时专注于许多事情时避免感到疲惫。
+
+无论你是什么角色，我都强烈推荐这种做法。而在众多实现它的不同工具中，我推荐 GNOME Pomodoro 应用。它适用于主要的 GNU/Linux 发行版，所以它需要你使用 GNOME 桌面环境（这可能是它的缺点）。
+
+在 [GNOME Pomodoro 的网站][15]上查看更多信息，并访问其 [GitHub][16] 仓库来获取源码并了解如何做出贡献。
+
+### Jitsi
+
+最后但同样重要的是 Jitsi。当你在一个远程、遍布全球的团队中工作时，你需要一种与人们联系的方式。即时通讯是好的，但有时最好还是开个快速会议，面对面地讨论事情（嗯，看到对方的脸）。有很多[视频会议工具][17]可用，但我很喜欢 Jitsi。不仅因为它是免费和开源的，还因为它提供了一个简洁、实用的界面。你可以设置自己的 Jitsi 服务器（用于商业目的），但你也可以通过访问 [Jitsi Meet][18] 网站来试用一个公共的 Jitsi 实例。
+
+设置这种会议的一个好做法是：只有在你心中有明确的议程时才使用它。而且要时刻问自己，这个会议能不能用电子邮件代替？遵循这些准则，谨慎使用 Jitsi，你的工作日将会非常高效!
+
+在 [Jitsi 网站][19]上了解更多信息，并通过访问其 [GitHub][20] 仓库开始贡献。
+
+* * *
+
+我希望我的清单能帮助你在生产力上达到一个新的水平。你的 5 个不能离开的开源生产力工具是什么？在评论中告诉我。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/open-source-tools
+
+作者：[Victoria Martinez de la Cruz][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/vkmc
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/lenovo-thinkpad-laptop-window-focus.png?itok=g0xPm2kD (young woman working on a laptop)
+[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Internet_Relay_Chat
+[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/pictures/tmate-opensource.jpg (tmate screenshot)
+[4]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[5]: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/tmux-cheat-sheet
+[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pair_programming
+[7]: https://tmate.io/
+[8]: https://github.com/tmate-io/tmate
+[9]: http://ix.io/
+[10]: https://asciinema.org/a/239367
+[11]: https://asciinema.org/
+[12]: https://github.com/asciinema/asciinema
+[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/pictures/pomodoro_timer_gnome.jpg (pomodoro timer gnome)
+[14]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pomodoro_Technique
+[15]: https://gnomepomodoro.org/
+[16]: https://github.com/codito/gnome-pomodoro
+[17]: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/open-source-video-conferencing
+[18]: https://meet.jit.si/
+[19]: https://jitsi.org/
+[20]: https://github.com/jitsi
diff --git a/published/202011/20201022 5 steps to learn any programming language.md b/published/202011/20201022 5 steps to learn any programming language.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e4fae4c258
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201022 5 steps to learn any programming language.md
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+[#]: collector: "lujun9972"
+[#]: translator: "xiao-song-123"
+[#]: reviewer: "wxy"
+[#]: publisher: "wxy"
+[#]: url: "https://linux.cn/article-12842-1.html"
+[#]: subject: "5 steps to learn any programming language"
+[#]: via: "https://opensource.com/article/20/10/learn-any-programming-language"
+[#]: author: "Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth"
+
+五步学会任何编程语言
+======
+
+> 只需一点编程经验，你就可以在短短几天内（有时更少）学会一种新编程语言。
+
+
+
+有些人喜欢学习新的编程语言，也有一些人觉得学习一种都是可望不可及的事情。在本文中，我将向你展示如何像程序员一样思考，这样你就可以自信地学习任何一门你想要学习的编程语言。
+
+事实上，一旦你学会了如何编程，你使用的编程语言就不再是一个障碍，而更像是一种形式。实际上，这就是教育家们倡导 [让孩子尽早学习编程][2] 的众多原因之一。不管他们的入门语言有多简单，这种编程的逻辑和儿童们（或成人学习者）以后可能遇到的其他语言的逻辑有着想通之处。
+
+只需有一点编程经验（你可以从我们这里的几篇介绍性文章中获得），你就可以在短短几天内（有时更短）学习任何编程语言。这并不是魔法，你也确实要为此付出一些努力。诚然，学习一种编程语言每个的可用库，或者学习打包代码以及进行交付的细微差别，需要的时间远远不止几天。但是，就入门来说，比你想像中的要容易许多，剩下的则要通过不断练习来完成。
+
+当有经验的程序员静下心来学习一门新的编程语言时，他们会寻找五样东西。只要你知道了这五件事，你就可以开始编码了。
+
+### 1、语法
+
+![Syntax][3]
+
+语言的语法描述了代码的结构。这包括如何逐行编写代码，以及用于构造代码语句的实际单词。
+
+例如，[Python][5] 以使用缩进来指示一个代码块在哪里结束以及另一代码块在哪里开始而闻名：
+
+```
+while j < rows:
+ while k < columns:
+ tile = Tile(k * w)
+ board.add(tile)
+ k += 1
+ j += 1
+ k = 0
+```
+
+[Lua][6] 只是使用关键字 `end`：
+
+```
+for i,obj in ipairs(hit) do
+ if obj.moving == 1 then
+ obj.x,obj.y = v.mouse.getPosition()
+ end
+end
+```
+
+[Java][7]、[C][8]、C++ 之类的编程语言使用花括号：
+
+```
+while (std::getline(e,r)) {
+ wc++;
+ }
+```
+
+编程语言的语法还包括包括库、设置变量和终止行等内容。通过练习，你将学会在阅读示例代码时下意识地识别语法需求（和惯例）。
+
+#### 实践
+
+当学习一门新的编程语言时，要努力理解它的语法。你不需要去记住它，只需要知道如果忘记了以后去哪里查找。使用好的 [IDE][9] 也很有帮助，因为很多 IDE 在出现语法错误时会提醒你。
+
+### 2、内置函数和条件
+
+![built-in words][10]
+
+就像自然语言一样，编程语言可以识别的合法单词是有限的。这个词汇表可以使用其他库进行扩展，但是核心语言知道一组特定的关键字。大多数语言并没有你想的那么多关键字。即使在像 C 语言这样非常低级的语言中，也只有 32 个关键字，比如 `for`、`do`、`while`、`int`、`float`、`char`、`break` 等等。
+
+了解了这些关键字，你就可以编写基本的表达式，也就是构建程序的代码块。许多内置的关键字能帮助你构建条件语句，这些条件语句影响整个程序的流程。例如，如果你想编写一个允许单击和拖动图标的程序，那么你的代码就必须检测用户的鼠标指针何时位于图标上。只有当鼠标光标位于图标外部边缘相同的坐标时，才执行导致使鼠标抓取图标的代码。这是一个经典的 `if` / `then` 语句，但不同的语言可以用不同的方式表达。
+
+Python 使用 `if`、`elif `和 `else` 的组合来实现条件语句，但是并不显式的关闭语句：
+
+```
+if var == 1:
+ # action
+elif var == 2:
+ # some action
+else:
+ # some other action
+```
+
+[Bash][11] 使用 `if`、`elif`、`else`，并且使用 `fi` 来结束语句：
+
+```
+if [ "$var" = "foo" ]; then
+ # action
+elif [ "$var" = "bar" ]; then
+ # some action
+else
+ # some other action
+fi
+```
+
+然而 C 和 Java, 使用 `if`、`else` 和 `else if`，用花括号把它们括起来：
+
+```
+if (boolean) {
+ // action
+} else if (boolean) {
+ // some action
+} else {
+ // some other action
+}
+```
+
+各种编程语言虽然在关键字的选择和语法上有细微的变化，但基本是相同的。学习如何在编程语言中定义条件语句，包括 `if` / `then`、`do...while` 和 `case` 语句。
+
+#### 实践
+
+要熟悉编程语言能够理解的关键字集。在实践中，你的代码将不仅仅包含编程语言的关键字，可以肯定的是，有包含很多简单函数的库来帮助你做一些事情，诸如将输出打印到屏幕或显示窗口之类。然而，驱动这些库的逻辑始于编程语言的内置关键字。
+
+### 3、数据类型
+
+![Data types][12]
+
+代码是用来处理数据的，因此你必须学习编程语言如何识别不同类型的数据。所有编程语言都能理解整数，大多数的语言能理解小数和单个字符（`a`、`b`、`c` 等等）。它们通常被表示为 `int`、 `float`、`double` 和 `char`，当然，语言的内置词汇表会告诉你如何引用这些实体。
+
+有时候，在编程语言中内置了一些额外的数据类型，也有时是通过引用库来启用复杂的数据类型。例如，Python 可以识别关键字为 `str` 的字符串，但是 C 语言的代码中必须包含 `string.h` 头文件才能实现字符串特性。
+
+#### 实践
+
+库可以为你的代码解锁各种类型的数据，但是学习编程语言中包含的基本数据类型是一个明智的起点。
+
+### 4、运算符和解析器
+
+![Operators][13]
+
+一旦你理解了编程语言可处理的数据类型，就可以学习如何分析这些数据了。幸运的是，数学这门学科是相当稳定的，所以算数运算符在许多语言中通常是相同的（或至少非常相似）。例如，两个整数相加通常用 `+` 符号完成，而测试一个整数是否大于另一个整数通常用 `>` 符号完成。测试是否相等通常使用 `==` 来完成（是的，是两个等号，因为通常一个等号用来赋值）。
+
+当然也有一些例外，比如像 Lisp 和 Bash 语言算数运算符就不是如此，但与其他语言一样，这只是一个心理翻译的问题。一旦你了解了表达方式有何不同，很快就可以适应它。快速浏览一下一门编程语言的算数运算符通常足以让你了解算数操作是如何完成的。
+
+你还需要知道如何比较和操作非数值数据，比如字符和字符串。这些通常是通过编程语言的核心库来进行的的。例如，Python 提供了 `split()` 方法，而 C 语言需要引入头文件 `string.h` 来提供 `strtok()` 函数。
+
+#### 实践
+
+了解用于处理基本数据类型的基本函数和关键字，并寻找可帮助你完成复杂操作的核心库。
+
+### 5、函数
+
+![Class][14]
+
+代码不只是计算机的待办清单。通常情况下，在编写代码时你往往希望向计算机提供一组理论条件和一组操作指令，当满足每个条件时计算机就会采取这些操作。尽管使用条件语句以及数学和逻辑运算符进行流控制可以做很多事情，但是引入了函数和类之后，代码会变得更加高效，因为它们使你可以定义子程序。例如，如果应用程序非常频繁地需要一个确认对话框，那么将其作为类的实例编写一次要比每次需要它时重新编写实现起来要容易得多。
+
+你需要学习如何在编程语言中定义类和函数。更准确地说，你首先需要了解编程语言中是否支持类和函数。大多数现代语言都支持函数，但是类是面向对象的编程语言中所特有的。
+
+#### 实践
+
+学习语言中可用的结构，这些结构可以帮助你高效地编写和使用代码。
+
+### 你可以学到任何东西
+
+学习编程语言，就其本身而言，是一种编码过程中的子程序。一旦理解了代码如何工作，你所使用的语言就只是一种传递逻辑的媒介。学习一门新编程语言的过程几乎都是一样的：通过简单的练习来学习语法，通过学习词汇来积累进行复杂动作的能力，然后练习、练习、再练习。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/learn-any-programming-language
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[xiao-song-123](https://github.com/xiao-song-123)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/learn-programming-code-keyboard.png?itok=xaLyptT4 "Learning to program"
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/20/9/scratch
+[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/syntax_0.png "Syntax"
+[4]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[5]: https://opensource.com/downloads/cheat-sheet-python-37-beginners
+[6]: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/lua-cheat-sheet
+[7]: https://opensource.com/downloads/java-cheat-sheet
+[8]: https://opensource.com/downloads/c-programming-cheat-sheet
+[9]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-ide
+[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/builtin.png "built-in words"
+[11]: https://opensource.com/downloads/bash-cheat-sheet
+[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/type.png "Data types"
+[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/operator.png "Operators"
+[14]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/class.png "Class"
diff --git a/published/202011/20201023 Secure NTP with NTS.md b/published/202011/20201023 Secure NTP with NTS.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..56b4d47fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201023 Secure NTP with NTS.md
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12860-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Secure NTP with NTS)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/secure-ntp-with-nts/)
+[#]: author: (Miroslav Lichvar https://fedoramagazine.org/author/mlichvar/)
+
+用 NTS 保证 NTP 的安全
+======
+
+
+
+许多计算机使用网络时间协议（NTP）通过互联网来同步系统时钟。NTP 是少数几个仍在普遍使用的不安全的互联网协议之一。攻击者如果能够观察到客户端和服务器之间的网络流量，就可以向客户端提供虚假的数据，并根据客户端的实现和配置，强迫其将系统时钟设置为任何时间和日期。如果客户端的系统时钟不准确，一些程序和服务就可能无法工作。例如，如果根据客户端的系统时钟，Web 服务器的证书似乎已经过期，Web 浏览器将无法正常工作。可以使用网络时间安全（NTS）来保证 NTP 的安全。
+
+Fedora 33 [^1] 是第一个支持 NTS 的 Fedora 版本。NTS 是一种新的 NTP 验证机制。它使客户端能够验证它们从服务器接收的数据包在传输过程中有没有被修改。当 NTS 启用时，攻击者唯一能做的就是丢弃或延迟数据包。关于 NTS 的更多细节，请参见 [RFC8915][3]。
+
+使用对称密钥可以很好地保证 NTP 的安全。遗憾的是，服务器必须为每个客户端配备不同的密钥，而且密钥必须安全地分发才行。这对于本地网络上的私有服务器来说可能是实用的，但它不能扩展到有着数百万客户端的公共服务器上。
+
+NTS 包括一个密钥建立（NTS-KE）协议，它可以自动创建服务器与其客户端之间使用的加密密钥。它在 TCP 端口 4460 上使用传输层安全（TLS）。它被设计成可以扩展到非常多的客户端，而对准确性的影响最小。服务器不需要保存任何客户端特定的状态。它为客户提供 cookie，cookie 是加密的，包含验证 NTP 数据包所需的密钥。隐私是 NTS 的目标之一。客户端在每次服务器响应时都会得到一个新的 cookie，所以它不必重复使用 cookie。这可以防止被动观察者跟踪在网络之间迁移的客户端。
+
+Fedora 中默认的 NTP 客户端是 Chrony。Chrony 在 4.0 版本中增加了 NTS 支持，但并没有改变默认配置。Chrony 仍然使用 [pool.ntp.org][4] 项目中的公共服务器，而且默认情况下 NTS 没有启用。
+
+目前，支持 NTS 的公共 NTP 服务器非常少。两个主要的提供商是 Cloudflare 和 Netnod。[Cloudflare 服务器][5]分布在世界各地的不同地方。他们使用的是任播地址，应该可以让大多数客户到达一个接近的服务器。[Netnod 服务器][6]位于瑞典。在未来，我们可能会看到更多支持 NTS 的公共 NTP 服务器。
+
+为了获得最佳的可靠性，配置 NTP 客户端的一般建议是至少有三个工作的服务器。为了达到最好的精度，建议选择距离较近的服务器，以减少网络延迟和非对称网络路由造成的不对称性。如果你不关心细粒度的精度，你可以忽略这个建议，使用任何你信任的 NTS 服务器，无论它们位于哪里。
+
+如果你确实想要高准确度，但又没有近距离的 NTS 服务器，你可以将远处的 NTS 服务器和近处的非 NTS 服务器混合使用。但是，这样的配置不如只使用 NTS 服务器的配置安全。攻击者仍然不能强迫客户机接受任意时间，但他们确实对客户机的时钟及其估计精度有更大的控制权，这在某些环境下可能是不可接受的。
+
+### 在安装程序中启用客户端 NTS
+
+安装 Fedora 33 时，你可以在“Time & Date”对话框的“Network Time”配置中启用 NTS。在点击“+”（添加）按钮之前，请输入服务器的名称并检查 NTS 支持情况。你可以添加一个或多个具有 NTS 的服务器或池。要删除默认的服务器池（`2.fedora.pool.ntp.org`），请取消选中“Use”列中的相应标记。
+
+![Fedora 安装程序中的网络时间配置][7]
+
+### 在配置文件中启用客户端 NTS
+
+如果你从之前的 Fedora 版本升级，或者你没有在安装程序中启用 NTS，你可以直接在 `/etc/chrony.conf` 中启用 NTS。除了推荐的 `iburst` 选项外，还可以对指定服务器使用 `nts` 选项。例如：
+
+```
+server time.cloudflare.com iburst nts
+server nts.sth1.ntp.se iburst nts
+server nts.sth2.ntp.se iburst nts
+```
+
+你还应该允许客户端将 NTS 密钥和 cookie 保存到磁盘上，这样它就不必在每次启动时重复 NTS-KE 会话。在 `chrony.conf` 中添加以下一行，如果还没有的话：
+
+```
+ntsdumpdir /var/lib/chrony
+```
+
+如果不想让 DHCP 提供的 NTP 服务器与你指定的服务器混在一起，请在 `chrony.conf` 中删除或注释以下一行：
+
+```
+sourcedir /run/chrony-dhcp
+```
+
+当你完成编辑 `chrony.conf` 后，保存你的更改并重新启动 `chronyd` 服务：
+
+```
+systemctl restart chronyd
+```
+
+### 检查客户端状态
+
+在 root 用户下运行以下命令，检查 NTS 密钥建立是否成功：
+
+```
+# chronyc -N authdata
+Name/IP address Mode KeyID Type KLen Last Atmp NAK Cook CLen
+=========================================================================
+time.cloudflare.com NTS 1 15 256 33m 0 0 8 100
+nts.sth1.ntp.se NTS 1 15 256 33m 0 0 8 100
+nts.sth2.ntp.se NTS 1 15 256 33m 0 0 8 100
+```
+
+`KeyID`、`Type` 和 `KLen` 列应该有非零值。如果它们为零，请检查系统日志中是否有来自 `chronyd` 的错误信息。一个可能的故障原因是防火墙阻止了客户端与服务器的 TCP 端口（端口 4460）的连接。
+
+另一个可能的故障原因是由于客户机的时钟错误而导致证书无法验证。这是 NTS 的先有鸡还是先有蛋的问题。你可能需要手动修正日期或暂时禁用 NTS，以使 NTS 正常工作。如果你的电脑有实时时钟，几乎所有的电脑都有，而且有好的电池做备份，这种操作应该只需要一次。
+
+如果计算机没有实时时钟或电池，就像一些常见的小型 ARM 计算机（如树莓派）那样，你可以在 `/etc/sysconfig/chronyd` 中添加 `-s` 选项来恢复上次关机或重启时保存的时间。时钟会落后于真实时间，但如果电脑没有关机太久，服务器的证书也没有在离到期时间太近的时候更新，应该足以让时间检查成功。作为最后的手段，你可以用 `nocerttimecheck` 指令禁用时间检查。详情请参见`chrony.conf(5)` 手册页。
+
+运行下面的命令来确认客户端是否在进行 NTP 测量：
+
+```
+# chronyc -N sources
+MS Name/IP address Stratum Poll Reach LastRx Last sample
+===============================================================================
+^* time.cloudflare.com 3 6 377 45 +355us[ +375us] +/- 11ms
+^+ nts.sth1.ntp.se 1 6 377 44 +237us[ +237us] +/- 23ms
+^+ nts.sth2.ntp.se 1 6 377 44 -170us[ -170us] +/- 22ms
+```
+
+`Reach` 列应该有一个非零值，最好是 377。上图所示的值 377 是一个八进制数，它表示最后八个请求都有有效的响应。如果启用了 NTS 的话，验证检查将包括 NTS 认证。如果该值一直很少或从未达到 377，则表明 NTP 请求或响应在网络中丢失了。众所周知，一些主要的网络运营商有中间设备，它可以阻止或限制大的 NTP 数据包的速率，以缓解利用 `ntpd` 的监控协议进行的放大攻击。不幸的是，这影响了受 NTS 保护的 NTP 数据包，尽管它们不会引起任何放大。NTP 工作组正在考虑为 NTP 提供一个替代端口，作为解决这个问题的办法。
+
+### 在服务器上启用 NTS
+
+如果你有自己的 NTP 服务器，运行着 `chronyd`，你可以启用服务器的 NTS 支持，让它的客户端安全同步。如果该服务器是其他服务器的客户端，它应该使用 NTS 或对称密钥与之同步。客户端假设同步链在所有服务器到主时间服务器之间是安全的。
+
+启用服务器 NTS 类似于在 Web 服务器上启用 HTTPS。你只需要一个私钥和证书。例如，证书可以由 Let's Encrypt 权威机构使用 `certbot` 工具签署。当你有了密钥和证书文件（包括中间证书），在 `chrony.conf` 中用以下指令指定它们：
+
+```
+ntsserverkey /etc/pki/tls/private/foo.example.net.key
+ntsservercert /etc/pki/tls/certs/foo.example.net.crt
+```
+
+确保之前在客户端配置中提到的 `ntsdumpdir` 指令存在于 `chrony.conf` 中。它允许服务器将其密钥保存到磁盘上，这样服务器的客户端在重启服务器时就不必获取新的密钥和 cookie 了。
+
+重新启动 `chronyd` 服务：
+
+```
+systemctl restart chronyd
+```
+
+如果系统日志中没有来自 `chronyd` 的错误信息，那么它应该是可以接受客户端连接的，如果服务器有防火墙，则需要同时允许 UDP 123 和 TCP 4460 端口的 NTP 和 NTS-KE 服务。
+
+你可以用下面的命令在客户端机器上进行快速测试：
+
+```
+$ chronyd -Q -t 3 'server foo.example.net iburst nts maxsamples 1'
+2020-10-13T12:00:52Z chronyd version 4.0 starting (+CMDMON +NTP +REFCLOCK +RTC +PRIVDROP +SCFILTER +SIGND +ASYNCDNS +NTS +SECHASH +IPV6 +DEBUG)
+2020-10-13T12:00:52Z Disabled control of system clock
+2020-10-13T12:00:55Z System clock wrong by -0.001032 seconds (ignored)
+2020-10-13T12:00:55Z chronyd exiting
+```
+
+如果你看到一个“System clock wrong”消息，说明它是正确工作的。
+
+在服务器上，你可以使用下面的命令来检查它已经处理了多少个 NTS-KE 连接和认证的 NTP 数据包：
+
+```
+# chronyc serverstats
+NTP packets received : 2143106240
+NTP packets dropped : 117180834
+Command packets received : 16819527
+Command packets dropped : 0
+Client log records dropped : 574257223
+NTS-KE connections accepted: 104
+NTS-KE connections dropped : 0
+Authenticated NTP packets : 52139
+```
+
+如果你看到非零的 “NTS-KE connections accepted” 和 “Authenticated NTP packets”，这意味着至少有一些客户端能够连接到 NTS-KE 端口，并发送一个认证的 NTP 请求。
+
+[^1]: Fedora 33 Beta 安装程序包含一个较旧的 Chrony 预发布版本，它不能与当前的 NTS 服务器一起工作，因为 NTS-KE 端口已经改变。因此，在安装程序中的网络时间配置中，服务器总是显示为不工作。安装后，需要更新 chrony 包，才能与当前的服务器配合使用。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/secure-ntp-with-nts/
+
+作者：[Miroslav Lichvar][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/mlichvar/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/secure-ntp-with-nts-816x345.jpg
+[2]: tmp.rl0XC1HIGm#footnote1
+[3]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8915
+[4]: https://www.pool.ntp.org
+[5]: https://developers.cloudflare.com/time-services/nts/usage
+[6]: https://www.netnod.se/time-and-frequency/how-to-use-nts
+[7]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/anaconda-nts.png
diff --git a/published/202011/20201026 ninja- a simple way to do builds.md b/published/202011/20201026 ninja- a simple way to do builds.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..43911730e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201026 ninja- a simple way to do builds.md
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12798-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (ninja: a simple way to do builds)
+[#]: via: (https://jvns.ca/blog/2020/10/26/ninja--a-simple-way-to-do-builds/)
+[#]: author: (Julia Evans https://jvns.ca/)
+
+ninja：一个简单的构建方式
+======
+
+大家好！每隔一段时间，我就会发现一款我非常喜欢的新软件，今天我想说说我最近喜欢的一款软件：[ninja][1]！
+
+### 增量构建很有用
+
+我做了很多小项目，在这些项目中，我想设置增量构建。例如，现在我正在写一本关于 bash 的杂志，杂志的每一页都有一个 `.svg`文件。我需要将 SVG 转换为 PDF，我的做法是这样的：
+
+```
+for i in *.svg
+do
+ svg2pdf $i $i.pdf # or ${i/.svg/.pdf} if you want to get really fancy
+done
+```
+
+这很好用，但是我的 `svg2pdf` 脚本有点慢（它使用 Inkscape），而且当我刚刚只更新了一页的时候，必须等待 90 秒或者其他什么时间来重建所有的 PDF 文件，这很烦人。
+
+### 构建系统是让人困惑的
+
+在过去，我对使用 `make` 或 `bazel` 这样的构建系统来做我的小项目一直很反感，因为 `bazel` 是个大而复杂的东西，而 `make` 对我来说感觉有点神秘。我真的不想使用它们中的任何一个。
+
+所以很长时间以来，我只是写了一个 bash 脚本或者其他的东西来进行构建，然后就认命了，有时候只能等一分钟。
+
+### ninja 是一个极其简单的构建系统
+
+但 `ninja` 并不复杂！以下是我所知道的关于 ninja 构建文件的语法：创建一个 `rule` 和一个 `build`：
+
+`rule` 有一个命令（`command`）和描述（`description`）参数（描述只是给人看的，所以你可以知道它在构建你的代码时在做什么）。
+
+```
+rule svg2pdf
+ command = inkscape $in --export-text-to-path --export-pdf=$out
+ description = svg2pdf $in $out
+```
+
+`build` 的语法是 `build output_file: rule_name input_files`。下面是一个使用 `svg2pdf` 规则的例子。输出在规则中的 `$out` 里，输入在 `$in` 里。
+
+```
+build pdfs/variables.pdf: svg2pdf variables.svg
+```
+
+这就完成了！如果你把这两个东西放在一个叫 `build.ninja` 的文件里，然后运行 `ninja`，ninja 会运行 `inkscape variables.svg --export-text-to-path --export-pdf=pdfs/variables.pdf`。然后如果你再次运行它，它不会运行任何东西（因为它可以告诉你已经构建了 `pdfs/variables.pdf`，而且是最新的）。
+
+Ninja 还有一些更多的功能（见[手册][2]），但我还没有用过。它最初是[为 Chromium][3] 构建的，所以即使只有一个小的功能集，它也能支持大型构建。
+
+### ninja 文件通常是自动生成的
+
+ninja 的神奇之处在于，你不必使用一些混乱的构建语言，它们很难记住，因为你不经常使用它（比如 `make`），相反，ninja 语言超级简单，如果你想做一些复杂的事情，那么你只需使用任意编程语言生成你想要的构建文件。
+
+我喜欢写一个 `build.py` 文件，或者像这样的文件，创建 ninja 的构建文件，然后运行 `ninja`：
+
+```
+with open('build.ninja', 'w') as ninja_file:
+ # write some rules
+ ninja_file.write("""
+rule svg2pdf
+ command = inkscape $in --export-text-to-path --export-pdf=$out
+ description = svg2pdf $in $out
+""")
+
+ # some for loop with every file I need to build
+ for filename in things_to_convert:
+ ninja_file.write(f"""
+build {filename.replace('svg', 'pdf')}: svg2pdf {filename}
+""")
+
+# run ninja
+import subprocess
+subprocess.check_call(['ninja'])
+```
+
+我相信有一堆 `ninja` 的最佳实践，但我不知道。对于我的小项目而言，我发现它很好用。
+
+### meson 是一个生成 ninja 文件的构建系统
+
+我对 [Meson][4] 还不太了解，但最近我在构建一个 C 程序 （[plocate][5]，一个比 `locate` 更快的替代方案）时，我注意到它有不同的构建说明，而不是通常的 `./configure; make; make install`：
+
+```
+meson builddir
+cd builddir
+ninja
+```
+
+看起来 Meson 是一个可以用 ninja 作为后端的 C/C++/Java/Rust/Fortran 构建系统。
+
+### 就是这些！
+
+我使用 ninja 已经有几个月了。我真的很喜欢它，而且它几乎没有给我带来让人头疼的构建问题，这让我感觉非常神奇。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://jvns.ca/blog/2020/10/26/ninja--a-simple-way-to-do-builds/
+
+作者：[Julia Evans][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://jvns.ca/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://ninja-build.org/
+[2]: https://ninja-build.org/manual.html
+[3]: http://neugierig.org/software/chromium/notes/2011/02/ninja.html
+[4]: https://mesonbuild.com/Tutorial.html
+[5]: https://blog.sesse.net/blog/tech/2020-09-28-00-37_introducing_plocate
diff --git a/published/202011/20201027 KDE Neon vs Kubuntu- What-s the Difference Between the Two KDE Distribution.md b/published/202011/20201027 KDE Neon vs Kubuntu- What-s the Difference Between the Two KDE Distribution.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..79b0f00628
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201027 KDE Neon vs Kubuntu- What-s the Difference Between the Two KDE Distribution.md
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12834-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (KDE Neon vs Kubuntu: What’s the Difference Between the Two KDE Distribution?)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/kde-neon-vs-kubuntu/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+KDE Neon vs Kubuntu：这两款 KDE 发行版有什么区别？
+======
+
+当你发现两款基于 [Ubuntu][1] 并由 [KDE][2] 驱动的 Linux 发行版，你会选择哪一个？
+
+ * [Kubuntu][3] 是 Ubuntu 的官方 KDE 版本。
+ * [KDE Neon][4] 是 KDE 自己发布的基于 Ubuntu 的发行版。
+
+我知道这常常会让人感到困惑，尤其是当你从来没有使用过这两个版本，但有人推荐你使用它们。因此，为了帮助你做出决定，我想整理一份 KDE Neon 和 Kubuntu 的区别（和相似之处）。
+
+让我们先开始了解相似之处，然后再继续了解不同之处。
+
+注：根据你的系统，你对这两个发行版的体验可能有所不同。所以，请把这篇文章作为一个参考，而不是一个”哪个更好“的比较。
+
+### KDE Neon vs Kubuntu：功能上的比较
+
+![][5]
+
+基于相似性比较发行版是一个不错的做法。所以，从理论上，我试图把最重要的区别写下来。
+
+然而，值得注意的是，发行版的兼容性、性能和稳定性会根据你的硬件而有所不同，而这里没有考虑到这一点。
+
+#### Ubuntu 作为基础
+
+![][6]
+
+是的，这两个 Linux 发行版都是基于 Ubuntu 的，但 KDE Neon 只基于最新的 Ubuntu LTS 版本，而 Kubuntu 则提供了基于 Ubuntu LTS 的版本和非 LTS 版本。
+
+所以，如果使用 KDE Neon，你可以期望在下一个 Ubuntu LTS 版本（每 2 年）的几个月后就能用上最新的 Ubuntu 功能。但是，对于 Kubuntu 来说，你可以选择一个非 LTS 版本，并尝试使用带有 6 个月的软件更新的最新 Ubuntu 版本。
+
+KDE Neon 确实提供了测试版和开发者版，但这些都是为了测试预发布的 KDE 软件而提供的。
+
+#### KDE Plasma 桌面
+
+![][7]
+
+尽管这两个发行版都采用了 KDE plasma 桌面，而且你可以获得相同程度的定制，但 KDE Neon 会首先获得最新的 KDE Plasma 桌面。
+
+如果你还不知道，KDE Neon 是由 KDE 官方团队开发的，由 Jonathan Riddell（Kubuntu 创始人）在[被 Canonical 强制赶出 Kubuntu][8] 后宣布的。
+
+所以，不仅限于最新的 Plasma 桌面，如果你想尽快获得最新最好的 KDE，KDE Neon 是最佳选择。
+
+Kubuntu 最终会得到更新的 KDE 软件的更新，但这需要时间。如果你不太确定需要最新的 KDE 软件/桌面，而只是需要一个稳定的 KDE 系统，你应该选择 Kubuntu LTS 版本。
+
+#### 预装软件
+
+开箱即用，你会发现 Kubuntu 已经预装了一些必要的工具和应用程序，但是，对于 KDE Neon，你需要找到并安装一些应用和工具。
+
+从某些方面看，与 Kubuntu 相比，KDE Neon 可能是一个轻量级的发行版。然而，对于新的 Linux 用户来说，他们可能会发现 Kubuntu 是一个易于使用的体验，并预装了更多必要的软件和工具。
+
+#### 软件更新
+
+如果你没有使用按流量计费的连接，这可能根本不重要。但是，我应该提一下，考虑到常规的 Ubuntu LTS 修复/更新以及 KDE 软件更新，KDE Neon 会有更多的软件更新。
+
+对于 Kubuntu，你只会得到 Ubuntu LTS 的更新（除非你使用的是非 LTS 版本）。所以，从技术上讲，你会有更少的更新数量。
+
+#### Ubuntu KDE 版与 Plasma 的体验差异
+
+![][11]
+
+我知道如果你没有尝试过这两个版本，你可能会认为它们很相似。但是，Kubuntu 是 Ubuntu 的官方版本，它更注重 Ubuntu 在 KDE 桌面环境上的使用体验。
+
+而 KDE Neon 在技术上是一样的，但它的目的是为了获得一流的 Plasma 桌面体验，并搭载最新的东西。
+
+尽管这两个发行版开箱即可完美工作，但它们有不同的愿景和相应的开发工作。你只需要决定你自己想要什么，然后选择其中之一。
+
+#### 硬件兼容性
+
+![Kubuntu Focus Laptop][12]
+
+正如我前面提到的，这不是一个基于事实的观点。但是，根据我在网上快速了解用户分享的反馈或经验，似乎 Kubuntu 可以与各种旧硬件以及新硬件（可能追溯到 2012 年）一起工作，而 KDE Neon 可能不能。
+
+只需要记住，如果你尝试 KDE Neon，但由于某些原因不能工作。你知道该怎么做。
+
+### 总结
+
+那么，你会选择哪个呢？KDE Neon 还是 Kubuntu？这完全是你的选择。
+
+两者都是[初学者友好的 Linux 发行版][13]的不错选择，但如果你想要最新的 KDE Plasma 桌面，KDE Neon 会更有优势。你可以在我们的 [KDE Neon 评测][10]中阅读更多关于它的内容。
+
+欢迎在下面的评论中告诉我你的想法，你觉得它们中的任何一个有什么好的/坏的地方。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/kde-neon-vs-kubuntu/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://ubuntu.com/
+[2]: https://kde.org/
+[3]: https://kubuntu.org
+[4]: https://neon.kde.org
+[5]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/kde-neon-vs-kubuntu.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[6]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/install_ubuntu_8.jpg?resize=796%2C611&ssl=1
+[7]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/kde-plasma-5-20-feat.png?resize=800%2C394&ssl=1
+[8]: https://lwn.net/Articles/645973/
+[9]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/kde-neon-review.jpg?fit=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[10]: https://itsfoss.com/kde-neon-review/
+[11]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/kubuntu-kde.jpg?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[12]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/kubuntu-focus-laptop.jpg?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
+[13]: https://itsfoss.com/best-linux-beginners/
diff --git a/published/202011/20201027 You can Surf Internet in Linux Terminal With These Command Line Browsers.md b/published/202011/20201027 You can Surf Internet in Linux Terminal With These Command Line Browsers.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..54811507c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201027 You can Surf Internet in Linux Terminal With These Command Line Browsers.md
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12850-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (You can Surf Internet in Linux Terminal With These Command Line Browsers)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/terminal-web-browsers/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+使用命令行浏览器在 Linux 终端上网浏览
+======
+
+
+
+我猜你阅读这篇文章可能是用 Firefox 或基于 Chrome 的浏览器（如 [Brave][1]），或者，也可能是 Chrome 浏览器或 [Chromium][2]。
+
+换句话说，你正在利用基于 GUI 的方式浏览网页。然而，在以前，人们使用终端来获取资源和浏览网页，因为所有的东西大多是基于文本的。
+
+虽然现在不能从终端上获取每个信息，但对于一些文本信息，还是可以尝试使用命令行浏览器，从 Linux 终端上打开网页。
+
+不仅如此，如果你访问的是远程服务器，或者只有一个没有 GUI 的终端，终端网页浏览器就可以发挥用处了。
+
+因此，在本文中，我将介绍一些基于终端的 Web 浏览器，你可以在 Linux 上尝试它们。
+
+### Linux 用户的最佳终端 Web 浏览器
+
+注：此榜单排名不分先后。
+
+#### 1、W3M
+
+![][3]
+
+`w3m` 是一个流行的基于文本的开源终端 Web 浏览器。尽管其初始项目已经不再活跃，但另一个开发者 Tatsuya Kinoshita 正在维护着它的一个活跃分支。
+
+`w3m` 相当简单，支持 SSL 连接、色彩，也支持内嵌图片。当然，根据你试图访问的资源，你那边的情况可能会有所不同。根据我的简单测试，它似乎无法加载 [DuckDuckGo][4]，但我可以[在终端中使用 Google][5]就够了。
+
+安装后，你可以简单的在终端中输入 `w3m` 以得到帮助。如果你感兴趣的话，也可以到 [GitHub][6] 上去查看它的仓库。
+
+**如何安装和使用 w3m？**
+
+`w3m` 在任何基于 Debian 的 Linux 发行版的默认仓库中都是可用的。如果你有一个基于 Arch 的发行版，但没有直接可用的软件包，你可能需要查看一下 [AUR][7]。
+
+对于 Ubuntu，你可以通过键入以下内容来安装它：
+
+```
+sudo apt install w3m w3m-img
+```
+
+在这里，我们将 w3m 包和图片扩展一起安装，以支持内嵌图片。接下来，要开始安装，你只需要按照下面的命令进行操作即可：
+
+```
+w3m xyz.com
+```
+
+当然，你需要将 `xyz.com` 替换成任何你想浏览或测试的网站。最后，你应该知道，你可以使用键盘上的方向键来导航，当你想采取一个动作时，按回车键。
+
+要退出，你可以按 `SHIFT+Q`，返回上一页是 `SHIFT+B`。其他快捷键包括用 `SHIFT+T` 打开新标签页和用 `SHIFT+U` 打开新的 URL。
+
+你可以通过访问它的手册页来了解更多信息。
+
+#### 2、Lynx
+
+![][8]
+
+Lynx 是另一个开源的命令行浏览器，你可以试试。幸运的是，很多的网站在使用 Lynx 时往往能正常工作，所以我说它在这方面肯定更好。我能够加载 DuckDuckGo，并使其工作。
+
+除此之外，我还注意到它可以让你在访问各种 Web 资源时接受或拒绝 cookie。你也可以将它设置为总是接受或拒绝。所以，这是件好事。
+
+另一方面，在终端上使用时，窗口不能很好地调整大小。我还没有寻找到任何解决方法，所以如果你正在尝试这个，你可能会想要这样做。不论如何，它都很好用，当你在终端启动它时，你会得到所有键盘快捷键的说明。
+
+请注意，它与系统终端主题不匹配，所以无论你的终端看起来如何，它都会看起来不同。
+
+**如何安装 Lynx？**
+
+与 w3m 不同的是，如果你有兴趣尝试的话，确实可以找到一些 Win32 上的安装程序。不过，在 Linux 上，它在大多数的默认仓库中都是可用的。
+
+对于 Ubuntu 来说，你只需要输入：
+
+```
+sudo apt install lynx
+```
+
+要想使用，你只需要按照下面的命令进行操作：
+
+```
+lynx examplewebsite.com
+```
+
+在这里，你只需要将示例网站替换成你想要访问的资源即可。
+
+如果你想找其他 Linux 发行版的软件包，可以查看他们的[官网资源][9]。
+
+#### 3、Links2
+
+![][10]
+
+Links2 是一款有趣的基于文本的浏览器，你可以在你的终端上轻松使用，用户体验良好。它提供了一个很好的界面，你启动它后，只要输入网址就可以了。
+
+![][11]
+
+值得注意的是，主题将取决于你的终端设置，我设置为“黑绿色”主题，因此你看到的就是这个。当你以命令行浏览器的方式启动它后，你只需要按任意键就会出现 URL 提示，或者按 `Q` 键退出。它相当好用，可以渲染大多数网站的文字。
+
+与 Lynx 不同的是，你没有接受或拒绝 cookie 的功能。除此之外，它似乎工作的还不错。
+
+**如何安装 Links2？**
+
+正如你所期望的，你会发现它在大多数默认的仓库中都有。对于 Ubuntu，你可以在终端输入以下命令来安装它：
+
+```
+sudo apt install links2
+```
+
+如果你想在其他 Linux 发行版上安装它，你可以参考它的[官方网站][12]获取软件包或文档。
+
+#### 4、eLinks
+
+![][13]
+
+eLinks 类似于 Links2，但它已经不再维护了。你仍然可以在各种发行版的默认仓库中找到它，因此，我把它保留在这个列表中。
+
+它不会与你的系统终端主题相融合。所以，如果你需要的话，作为一个没有“黑暗”模式的文本型浏览器，这可能不是一个漂亮的体验。
+
+**如何安装 eLinks？**
+
+在 Ubuntu 上，安装它很容易。你只需要在终端中输入以下内容：
+
+```
+sudo apt install elinks
+```
+
+对于其他 Linux 发行版，你应该可以在标准软件仓库中找到它。但是，如果你在软件仓库中找不到它，你可以参考[官方安装说明][14]。
+
+### 总结
+
+在终端上运行的基于文本的 Web 浏览器并不多，这并不奇怪。一些项目，如 [Browsh][15]，试图呈现一个现代的 Linux 命令行浏览器，但在我这里它不能工作。
+
+虽然像 `curl` 和 `wget` 这样的工具允许你[从 Linux 命令行下载文件][16]，但这些基于终端的 Web 浏览器提供了额外的功能。
+
+除了命令行浏览器之外，如果你想在终端上玩玩，也可以尝试一些[Linux 命令行游戏][17]。
+
+对于 Linux 终端上的文本型 Web 浏览器，你有什么看法？欢迎在下面的评论中告诉我你的想法。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/terminal-web-browsers/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/brave-web-browser/
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/install-chromium-ubuntu/
+[3]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/w3m-google.jpg
+[4]: https://duckduckgo.com/
+[5]: https://itsfoss.com/review-googler-linux/
+[6]: https://github.com/tats/w3m
+[7]: https://itsfoss.com/aur-arch-linux/
+[8]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/lynx-terminal.jpg
+[9]: https://lynx.invisible-island.net/lynx-resources.html
+[10]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/links2-terminal.jpg
+[11]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/links2-terminal-welcome.jpg
+[12]: http://links.twibright.com/download.php
+[13]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/elinks-terminal.jpg
+[14]: http://elinks.or.cz/documentation/installation.html
+[15]: https://www.brow.sh/
+[16]: https://itsfoss.com/download-files-from-linux-terminal/
+[17]: https://itsfoss.com/best-command-line-games-linux/
diff --git a/published/202011/20201028 5 new sudo features you need to know in 2020.md b/published/202011/20201028 5 new sudo features you need to know in 2020.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8472f95e4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201028 5 new sudo features you need to know in 2020.md
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12865-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (5 new sudo features you need to know in 2020)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/10/sudo-19)
+[#]: author: (Peter Czanik https://opensource.com/users/czanik)
+
+2020 年 5 个新 sudo 功能
+======
+
+> 从集中会话记录、chroot 支持到 Python API，sudo 1.9 提供了许多新功能。
+
+
+
+当你想在 [POSIX 系统][2]上执行一个操作时，最安全的方法之一就是使用 `sudo` 命令。与以 root 用户身份登录并执行命令可能是个危险的操作不同，`sudo` 授予任何被系统管理员[指定为 “sudoer”][3]的用户临时权限，来执行通常受限制的活动。
+
+几十年来，这个系统帮助 Linux、Unix 和 macOS 系统免受愚蠢的错误和恶意攻击，它是当今所有主要 Linux 发行版的默认管理机制。
+
+当在 2020 年 5 月发布 sudo 1.9 时，它带来了许多新功能，包括集中收集会话记录，支持 `sudo` 内的 chroot，以及 Python API。如果你对其中的任何一项感到惊讶，请阅读我的文章，了解一些 [sudo 鲜为人知的功能][4]。
+
+`sudo` 不仅仅是一个管理命令的前缀。你可以微调权限，记录终端上发生的事情，使用插件扩展`sudo`，在 LDAP 中存储配置，进行广泛的日志记录，以及更多。
+
+1.9.0 版本和后续的小版本增加了各种新功能（我将在下面介绍），包括：
+
+ * 一个集中收集 `sudo` 会话记录的记录服务
+ * 审计插件 API
+ * 审批插件 API
+ * Python 对插件的支持
+ * `sudo` 内置 chroot 和 CWD 支持（从 1.9.3 开始）
+
+### 哪里可以得到 sudo 1.9？
+
+大多数的 Linux 发行版仍然封装了上一代的 `sudo`（1.8 版本），并且在长期支持（LTS）的发行版中会保持这个版本数年。据我所知，提供了最完整的 sudo 1.9 包的 Linux 发行版是 openSUSE[Tumbleweed][5]，它是一个滚动发行版，而且该 `sudo` 包的子包中有 Python 支持。最近的 [Fedora][6] 版本包含了 sudo 1.9，但没有 Python 支持。[FreeBSD Ports][7] 有最新的 `sudo` 版本，如果你自己编译 `sudo` 而不是使用软件包，你可以启用 Python 支持。
+
+如果你喜欢的 Linux 发行版还没有包含 sudo 1.9，请查看 [sudo 二进制页面][8]来查看是否有现成的包可以用于你的系统。这个页面还提供了一些商用 Unix 变种的软件包。
+
+像往常一样，在你开始试验 `sudo` 设置之前，*确保你知道 root 密码*。是的，即使在 Ubuntu 上也是如此。有一个临时的“后门”是很重要的；如果没有这个后门，如果出了问题，你就必须得黑掉自己的系统。记住：语法正确的配置并不意味着每个人都可以在该系统上通过 `sudo` 做任何事情！
+
+### 记录服务
+
+记录服务可以集中收集会话记录。与本地会话记录存储相比，这有很多优势：
+
+ * 更方便地在一个地方进行搜索，而不是访问各个机器来寻找记录
+ * 即使在发送机器停机的情况下也可以进行记录
+ * 本地用户若想掩盖其轨迹，不能删除记录
+
+为了快速测试，你可以通过非加密连接向记录服务发送会话。我的博客中包含了[说明][9]，可以在几分钟内完成设置。对于生产环境，我建议使用加密连接。有很多可能性，所以请阅读最适合你的环境的[文档][10]。
+
+### 审计插件 API
+
+新的审计插件 API 不是一个用户可见的功能。换句话说，你不能从 `sudoers` 文件中配置它。它是一个 API，意味着你可以从插件中访问审计信息，包括用 Python 编写的插件。你可以用很多不同的方式来使用它，比如当一些有趣的事情发生时，从 `sudo` 直接发送事件到 Elasticsearch 或日志即服务（LaaS）上。你也可以用它来进行调试，并以任何你喜欢的格式将其他难以访问的信息打印到屏幕上。
+
+根据你使用它的方式，你可以在 `sudo` 插件手册页（针对 C 语言）和 `sudo` Python 插件手册中找到它的文档。在 `sudo` 源代码中可以找到 [Python 代码示例][11]，在我的博客上也有一个[简化的例子][12]。
+
+### 审批插件 API
+
+审批插件 API 可以在命令执行之前加入额外的限制。这些限制只有在策略插件成功后才会运行，因此你可以有效地添加额外的策略层，而无需更换策略插件，进而无需更换 `sudoers`。可以定义多个审批插件，而且所有插件都必须成功，命令才能执行。
+
+与审计插件 API 一样，你可以从 C 和 Python 中使用它。我博客上记录的[示例 Python 代码][13]是对该 API 的一个很好的介绍。一旦你理解了它是如何工作的，你就可以扩展它来将 `sudo` 连接到工单系统，并且只批准有相关开放工单的会话。你也可以连接到人力资源数据库，这样只有当班的工程师才能获得管理权限。
+
+### Python 对插件的支持
+
+尽管我不是程序员，但我最喜欢的 sudo 1.9 新特性是 Python 对插件的支持。你可以用 Python 也能使用 C 语言调用大部分 API。幸运的是，`sudo` 对性能不敏感，所以运行速度相对较慢的 Python 代码对 `sudo` 来说不是问题。使用 Python 来扩展 `sudo` 有很多优势：
+
+ * 更简单、更快速的开发
+ * 不需要编译；甚至可以通过配置管理分发代码
+ * 许多 API 没有现成的 C 客户端，但有 Python 代码
+
+除了审计和审批插件 API 之外，还有一些其他的 API，你可以用它们做一些非常有趣的事情。
+
+通过使用策略插件 API，你可以取代 `sudo` 策略引擎。请注意，你将失去大部分的 `sudo` 功能，而且没有基于 `sudoers` 的配置。这在小众情况下还是很有用的，但大多数时候，最好还是继续使用 `sudoers`，并使用审批插件 API 创建额外的策略。如果你想尝试一下，我的 [Python 插件介绍][14]提供了一个非常简单的策略：只允许使用 `id` 命令。再次确认你知道 root 密码，因为一旦启用这个策略，它就会阻止任何实际使用 `sudo` 的行为。
+
+使用 I/O 日志 API，你可以访问用户会话的输入和输出。这意味着你可以分析会话中发生了什么，甚至在发现可疑情况时终止会话。这个 API 有很多可能的用途，比如防止数据泄露。你可以监控屏幕上的关键字，如果数据流中出现任何关键字，你可以在关键字出现在用户的屏幕上之前中断连接。另一种可能是检查用户正在输入的内容，并使用这些数据来重建用户正在输入的命令行。例如，如果用户输入 `rm -fr /`，你可以在按下回车键之前就断开用户的连接。
+
+组插件 API 允许非 Unix 组的查找。在某种程度上，这与审批插件 API 类似，因为它也扩展了策略插件。你可以检查一个用户是否属于一个给定的组，并在后面的配置部分基于此采取行动。
+
+### chroot 和 CWD 支持
+
+`sudo` 的最新功能是支持 chroot 和改变工作目录（CWD），这两个选项都不是默认启用的，你需要在 `sudoers` 文件中明确启用它们。当它们被启用时，你可以调整目标目录或允许用户指定使用哪个目录。日志反映了这些设置何时被使用。
+
+在大多数系统中，chroot 只对 root 用户开放。如果你的某个用户需要 chroot，你需要给他们 root 权限，这比仅仅给他们 chroot 权限要大得多。另外，你可以通过 `sudo` 允许访问 chroot 命令，但它仍然允许漏洞，他们可以获得完全的权限。当你使用 `sudo` 内置的 chroot 支持时，你可以轻松地限制对单个目录的访问。你也可以让用户灵活地指定根目录。当然，这可能会导致灾难（例如，`sudo --chroot / -s`），但至少事件会被记录下来。
+
+当你通过 `sudo` 运行一个命令时，它会将工作目录设置为当前目录。这是预期的行为，但可能有一些情况下，命令需要在不同的目录下运行。例如，我记得使用过一个应用程序，它通过检查我的工作目录是否是 `/root` 来检查我的权限。
+
+### 尝试新功能
+
+希望这篇文章能启发你仔细研究一下 sudo 1.9。集中会话记录比在本地存储会话日志更加方便和安全。chroot 和 CWD 支持为你提供了额外的安全性和灵活性。而使用 Python 来扩展 `sudo`，可以很容易地根据你的环境来定制 `sudo`。你可以通过使用最新的 Linux 发行版或 `sudo` 网站上的即用型软件包来尝试这些新功能。
+
+如果你想了解更多关于 sudo 的信息，这里有一些资源：
+
+ * [Sudo 官网][15]
+ * [Sudo 博客][16]
+ * [Sudo on Twitter][17]
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/sudo-19
+
+作者：[Peter Czanik][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/czanik
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/tools_osyearbook2016_sysadmin_cc.png?itok=Y1AHCKI4 (Wratchet set tools)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/19/7/what-posix-richard-stallman-explains
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/17/12/using-sudo-delegate
+[4]: https://opensource.com/article/19/10/know-about-sudo
+[5]: https://software.opensuse.org/distributions/tumbleweed
+[6]: https://getfedora.org/
+[7]: https://www.freebsd.org/ports/
+[8]: https://www.sudo.ws/download.html#binary
+[9]: https://blog.sudo.ws/posts/2020/03/whats-new-in-sudo-1.9-recording-service/
+[10]: https://www.sudo.ws/man/sudo_logsrvd.man.html#EXAMPLES
+[11]: https://github.com/sudo-project/sudo/blob/master/plugins/python/example_audit_plugin.py
+[12]: https://blog.sudo.ws/posts/2020/06/sudo-1.9-using-the-new-audit-api-from-python/
+[13]: https://blog.sudo.ws/posts/2020/08/sudo-1.9-using-the-new-approval-api-from-python/
+[14]: https://blog.sudo.ws/posts/2020/01/whats-new-in-sudo-1.9-python/
+[15]: https://www.sudo.ws/
+[16]: https://blog.sudo.ws/
+[17]: https://twitter.com/sudoproject
diff --git a/published/202011/20201028 How JavaScript became a serious programming language.md b/published/202011/20201028 How JavaScript became a serious programming language.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3b6b15fd92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201028 How JavaScript became a serious programming language.md
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12813-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How JavaScript became a serious programming language)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/10/history-javascript)
+[#]: author: (Nimisha Mukherjee https://opensource.com/users/nimisha)
+
+JavaScript 是如何成为一门严肃的编程语言的
+======
+
+> 从最开始作为一种使网站变得漂亮的方式，JavaScript 已转变为一种严肃的编程语言。
+
+
+
+JavaScript 的卑微起步始于 1995 年，是由当时在 Netscape 通信公司工作的 Brendan Eich [在短短 10 天内创建的][2]。从那时起，JavaScript 已经走过了漫长的道路，从一个让网站变得漂亮的工具变成了一种严肃的编程语言。
+
+在其早期，JavaScript 被认为是一种视觉工具，它使网站变得更有趣和更有吸引力。像 [Jakarta Server Pages][3]（即 JSP，以前称作 JavaServer Pages）这样的语言曾经用来完成渲染网页的繁重工作，而 JavaScript 则被用来创建基本的交互、视觉增强和动画。
+
+长期以来，HTML、CSS 和 JavaScript 之间的分界并不明确。前端开发主要由 HTML、CSS 和 JavaScript 组成，形成了标准 Web 技术的“[多层蛋糕][4]”。
+
+![标准 Web 技术的多层蛋糕][5]
+
+*标准网络技术的“[多层蛋糕][4]”（Mozilla 开发者网络，[CC BY-SA 4.0][6]）*
+
+HTML 和 CSS 为内容提供结构、格式和样式。一旦网页要做一些超越了显示静态内容的事情，就是 JavaScript 的用武之地。Ecma 国际部开发了 JavaScript 规范，万维网联盟（W3C）开发了 HTML 和 CSS 规范。
+
+### JavaScript 是如何获得突出地位的
+
+JavaScript 是如何成为[最受欢迎的][8]编程语言的，背后有一段漫长的[历史][7]。早在 20 世纪 90 年代，Java 是王者，不可避免的人们会与它进行比较。许多工程师认为 JavaScript 不是一门好的编程语言，因为它缺乏对面向对象编程的支持。尽管当时并不明显，但其实 JavaScript 的对象模型和功能特性在其第一个版本中就已经出现了。
+
+1995 年 JavaScript 匆匆发布后，网景公司将其提交给了欧洲计算机制造商协会（ECMA）国际部进行标准化。由此产生了 [ECMAScript][9]，这是一个 JavaScript 标准，旨在确保不同 Web 浏览器之间网页的互操作性。ECMAScript 1 于 1997 年 6 月问世，帮助推进了 JavaScript 的标准化。
+
+在此期间，PHP 和 JSP 成为了服务器端编程语言的流行选择。JSP 作为通用网关接口（[CGI][10]）的首选替代方案获得了突出的地位，因为它可以在 HTML 中嵌入 Java 代码。虽然它很受欢迎，但开发人员发现将 Java 嵌入 HTML 中是不自然的。此外，即使是 HTML 上最简单的文本变化，JSP 也必须经历一个耗时的生命周期。在今天的微服务世界里，面向 JSP 的页面被认为是技术债务。
+
+[PHP][11] 的工作原理与 JSP 类似，但 PHP 代码以一个通用网关接口（[CGI][10]）的可执行文件来处理。基于 PHP 的 Web 应用比基于 JSP 的应用更容易部署。总的来说，使用 PHP 更容易上手和运行。今天，PHP 和 JavaScript 是创建动态网站最流行的组合之一：PHP 作为服务器端脚本，JavaScript 作为客户端脚本。
+
+伴随着 2006 年 [jQuery][12] 的发布，JavaScript 的应用越来越多。jQuery 是一个多用途的 JavaScript 库，简化了繁琐的文档对象模型（DOM）管理、事件处理和 [Ajax][13]。
+
+2009 年 [Node.js][14] 的发布是 JavaScript 发展的转折点。开发者现在可以用 JavaScript 编写服务器端脚本了。紧随其后的是 2010 年发布的 [Backbone.js][15] 和 [AngularJS][16] 等框架。这导致了出现了使用单一语言进行全栈开发的概念。
+
+2015 年，Ecma 国际部发布了 ECMAScript 6（ES6），它为编写复杂的应用程序增加了包括类声明在内的重要新语法。其他新特性还包括迭代器、箭头函数表达式、`let` 和 `const` 关键字、类型化数组、新的集合（映射、集合和 WeakMap）、Promise、字符串的模板字元以及许多其它很酷的特性。后来的版本又继续增加了更多的功能，使 JavaScript 更加强大、精简和可靠。
+
+### 总结
+
+在过去的 20 年里，JavaScript 有了长足的进步。现在大多数浏览器都在争相满足合规性，因此最新的规范推出得更快。
+
+根据你的项目需求，有大量稳定的 JavaScript 框架可供选择，包括最流行的 [React][17]、[Angular][18] 和 [Vue.js][19] 等等。在本系列的下一篇文章中，我将深入探讨为什么 JavaScript 如此受欢迎。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/history-javascript
+
+作者：[Nimisha Mukherjee][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/nimisha
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/code_javascript.jpg?itok=60evKmGl (Javascript code close-up with neon graphic overlay)
+[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JavaScript
+[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jakarta_Server_Pages
+[4]: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Learn/JavaScript/First_steps/What_is_JavaScript
+[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/layercakewebtech.png (Layer cake of standard web technologies)
+[6]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[7]: https://blog.logrocket.com/history-of-frontend-frameworks/
+[8]: https://octoverse.github.com/
+[9]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ECMAScript
+[10]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Common_Gateway_Interface
+[11]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PHP#:~:text=PHP%20development%20began%20in%201994,Interpreter%22%20or%20PHP%2FFI.
+[12]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JQuery
+[13]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ajax_(programming)
+[14]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Node.js
+[15]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Backbone.js
+[16]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/AngularJS
+[17]: https://reactjs.org/
+[18]: https://angular.io/
+[19]: https://vuejs.org/
diff --git a/published/202011/20201028 How to Clear Terminal Screen in Ubuntu and Other Linux Distributions -Beginner-s Tip.md b/published/202011/20201028 How to Clear Terminal Screen in Ubuntu and Other Linux Distributions -Beginner-s Tip.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bb5988667c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201028 How to Clear Terminal Screen in Ubuntu and Other Linux Distributions -Beginner-s Tip.md
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12806-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to Clear Terminal Screen in Ubuntu and Other Linux Distributions [Beginner’s Tip])
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/clear-terminal-ubuntu/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+如何清除 Ubuntu 和其他 Linux 发行版的终端屏幕
+======
+
+![][2]
+
+在终端上工作时，通常会发现终端屏幕上显示了太多的命令及其输出。
+
+你可能需要清除终端屏幕并专注于要执行的下一个任务。相信我，清除 Linux 终端屏幕会很有帮助。
+
+### 使用 clear 命令清除 Linux 终端
+
+那么，如何清除 Linux 中的终端？最简单，最常见的方法是使用 `clear` 命令：
+
+```
+clear
+```
+
+`clear` 命令无需选项。就是这么简单，但是你还需要了解其他一些内容。
+
+![][1]
+
+`clear` 命令和其他清除屏幕的方法可能取决于你使用的终端模拟器。终端模拟器是用于访问 Linux Shell（命令行）的终端应用。
+
+如果你在带有 GNOME 终端的 Ubuntu 上使用 `clear` 命令，它将清除屏幕，并且你将无法看到之前屏幕上的内容。
+
+在许多其他终端模拟器或 Putty 中，它可能只清除一页屏幕。如果使用鼠标或 `PageUp` 和 `PageDown` 键滚动，那么仍然可以看到以前的屏幕输出。
+
+坦白说，这取决于你的需要。如果你突然意识到需要引用以前运行的命令的输出，那么也许可以使用该方式。
+
+### 在 Linux 中清除终端屏幕的其他方法
+
+`clear` 命令不是清除终端屏幕的唯一方法。
+
+你可以在 Linux 中使用 `Ctrl+L` [键盘快捷键][3]来清除屏幕。它适用于大多数终端模拟器。
+
+```
+Ctrl+L
+```
+
+如果你在 GNOME 终端（Ubuntu 中默认）中使用 `Ctrl+L` 和 `clear` 命令，那么你会注意到它们的影响有所不同。`Ctrl+L` 将屏幕向下移动一页，给人一种干净的错觉，但是你仍然可以通过向上滚动来访问命令输出历史。
+
+**某些其他终端模拟器将此键盘快捷键设置为 `Ctrl+Shift+K`**。
+
+你也可以使用 `reset` 命令清除终端屏幕。实际上，此命令执行完整的终端重新初始化。但是，它可能比 `clear` 命令要花费更长的时间。
+
+```
+reset
+```
+
+当你想完全清除屏幕时，还有几种其他复杂的方法可以清除屏幕。但是由于命令有点复杂，所以最好将它作为 [Linux 中的别名][4]：
+
+```
+alias cls='printf "\033c"'
+```
+
+你可以将此别名添加到你的 bash 配置文件中，以便作为命令使用。
+
+我知道这是一个非常基本的主题，大多数 Linux 用户可能已经知道了，但这对于为新 Linux 用户介绍基本主题并没有什么坏处。是不是？
+
+在清除终端屏幕上有些秘密提示吗？为什么不与我们分享呢？
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/clear-terminal-ubuntu/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/clear-command-linux.gif?resize=800%2C432&ssl=1
+[2]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/clear-terminal-screen-linux.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[3]: https://linuxhandbook.com/linux-shortcuts/
+[4]: https://linuxhandbook.com/linux-alias-command/
diff --git a/published/202011/20201028 What-s new in Fedora 33 Workstation.md b/published/202011/20201028 What-s new in Fedora 33 Workstation.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c4027535d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201028 What-s new in Fedora 33 Workstation.md
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12801-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (What’s new in Fedora 33 Workstation)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/whats-new-fedora-33-workstation/)
+[#]: author: (Gregory Bartholomew https://fedoramagazine.org/author/glb/)
+
+Fedora 33 Workstation 的新功能
+======
+
+![][1]
+
+Fedora 33 Workstation 是我们这个免费的、领先的操作系统的[最新版本][2]。你现在就可以从[官方网站][3]下载它。Fedora 33 Workstation 中有一些新的和值得注意的变化。请阅读如下更多细节。
+
+### GNOME 3.38
+
+Fedora 33 Workstation 为各类用户提供了最新版本的 GNOME 桌面环境。在 Fedora 33 Workstation 中的 GNOME 3.38 包含了许多更新和改进，包括：
+
+#### 一个新的 GNOME Tour 应用
+
+现在，新用户会看到一个“新的 Tour 应用，重点展示了桌面的主要功能，并为第一次使用 GNOME 的用户提供一个很好的欢迎页”。
+
+![The new GNOME Tour application in Fedora 33][4]
+
+#### 拖动重排序应用
+
+GNOME 3.38 用一个单一的可定制的、一致的视图取代了之前分开的“常用”和“所有”应用视图，这允许你重新排列应用并将它们组织到自定义文件夹中。只需点击并拖动即可移动应用。
+
+![GNOME 3.38 Drag to Reorder][5]
+
+#### 改进屏幕录制
+
+GNOME Shell 中的屏幕录制基础架构已被改进，以利用 PipeWire 和内核 API。这将有助于减少资源消耗并提高响应速度。
+
+GNOME 3.38 还提供了许多额外的功能和改进。查看 [GNOME 3.38 发行说明][6]以获得更多信息。
+
+#### B-tree 文件系统
+
+正如[之前宣布的][7]，新安装的 Fedora 33 将默认使用 [Btrfs][8]。每一个新的内核版本都会为 Btrfs 增加一些特性和增强功能。[变更日志][9]有一个完整的总结，它介绍了每个新内核版本给 Btrfs 带来的功能。
+
+#### Swap on ZRAM
+
+Anaconda 和 Fedora IoT 多年来一直默认使用 swap-on-zram。在 Fedora 33 中，将默认启用 swap-on-zram，而不是交换分区。查看 [Fedora wiki 页面][10]了解更多关于 swap-on-zram 的细节。
+
+#### 默认使用 Nano
+
+新的 Fedora 33 将把 `EDITOR` 环境变量默认设置为 [nano][11]。这个变化影响了一些命令行工具，当它们需要用户输入时，会打开一个文本编辑器。在早期的版本中，这个环境变量的默认值并没有被指定，而是由各个应用程序来选择一个默认的编辑器。通常情况下，应用程序会使用 [vi][12] 作为它们的默认编辑器，因为它是一个小应用，通常在大多数 Unix/Linux 操作系统的基础安装中都可以使用。由于 Fedora 33 的基本安装中包含了 nano，而且 nano 对于初学者来说更加直观，所以 Fedora 33 将默认使用 nano。当然，想要使用 vi 的用户可以在自己的环境中覆盖 `EDITOR` 变量的值。详见[Fedora 修改请求][11]获取更多信息。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/whats-new-fedora-33-workstation/
+
+作者：[Gregory Bartholomew][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/glb/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/f33workstation-816x345.jpg
+[2]: https://fedoramagazine.org/announcing-fedora-33/
+[3]: https://getfedora.org/workstation
+[4]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/fedora-33-gnome-tour-1.png
+[5]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/drag-to-reorder-1.gif
+[6]: https://help.gnome.org/misc/release-notes/3.38/
+[7]: https://fedoramagazine.org/btrfs-coming-to-fedora-33/
+[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Btrfs
+[9]: https://btrfs.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/Changelog#By_feature
+[10]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/SwapOnZRAM
+[11]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/UseNanoByDefault
+[12]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vi
diff --git a/published/202011/20201029 Improve your database knowledge with this MariaDB and MySQL cheat sheet.md b/published/202011/20201029 Improve your database knowledge with this MariaDB and MySQL cheat sheet.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6ef5aef401
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201029 Improve your database knowledge with this MariaDB and MySQL cheat sheet.md
@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+[#]: collector: "lujun9972"
+[#]: translator: "lxbwolf"
+[#]: reviewer: "wxy"
+[#]: publisher: "wxy"
+[#]: url: "https://linux.cn/article-12822-1.html"
+[#]: subject: "Improve your database knowledge with this MariaDB and MySQL cheat sheet"
+[#]: via: "https://opensource.com/article/20/10/mariadb-mysql-cheat-sheet"
+[#]: author: "Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth"
+
+备忘单：提升你的 MariaDB 和 MySQL 数据库技能
+======
+
+> 阅读本文并下载我们的免费备忘单，去使用开源的数据库吧。
+
+
+
+当你写一个程序或配置一个服务时，你最终都要持久化存储信息。有时候，你只需要一个 INI 或者 [YAML][2] 配置文件就够了。而有时候，一个自定义格式的 XML 或者 JSON 或其他类似的文件会更好。
+
+但也有时候你需要校验输入、快速查询信息、关联数据、通常还要熟练地处理你的用户的请求。这就是设计数据库的目的，而 [MariaDB][3]（由 [MySQL][4] 的原始开发人员开发的一个分支） 是一个极佳的选项。在本文中我使用的是 MariaDB，但这些信息同样适用于 MySQL。
+
+通过编程语言与数据库进行交互是很普遍的。正因如此，出现了大量 Java、Python、Lua、PHP、Ruby、C++ 和其他语言的 [SQL][5] 库。然而，在使用这些库之前，理解数据库引擎做了什么以及为什么选择数据库是重要的对我们会很有帮助。本文介绍 MariaDB 和 `mysql` 命令来帮助你熟悉数据库处理数据的基本原理。
+
+如果你还没有安装 MariaDB，请查阅我的文章 [在 Linux 上安装 MariaDB][6]。如果你没有使用 Linux，请参照 MariaDB [下载页面][7]提供的指导方法。
+
+### 与 MariaDB 交互
+
+你可以使用 `mysql` 命令与 MariaDB 进行交互。首先使用子命令 `ping` 确认你的服务是运行着的，在提示后输入密码：
+
+```
+$ mysqladmin -u root -p ping
+Enter password:
+mysqld is alive
+```
+
+为了易于读者理解，打开一个交互式的 MariaDB 会话：
+
+```
+$ mysql -u root -p
+Enter password:
+Welcome to the MariaDB monitor.
+Commands end with ; or \g.
+[...]
+Type 'help;' or '\h' for help.
+Type '\c' to clear the current input statement.
+
+MariaDB [(none)]>
+```
+
+你现在是在一个 MariaDB 子 shell 中，提示符是 MariaDB 提示符。普通的 Bash 命令在这里不能使用，只能用 MariaDB 命令。输入 `help` （或 `?`）查看命令列表。这些是你的 MariaDB shell 的管理命令，使用它们可以定制你的 shell，但它们不属于 SQL 语言。
+
+### 学习 SQL 基本知识
+
+[结构化查询语言][8]是基于它们的能力定义的：一种通过有规则且一致的语法来查询数据库中的内容以得到有用的结果的方法。SQL 看起来像是普通的英文语句，有一点点生硬。例如，如果你登入数据库服务器，想查看有哪些库，输入 `SHOW DATABASES;` 并回车就能看到结果。
+
+SQL 命令以分号作为结尾。如果你忘记输入分号，MariaDB 会认为你是想在下一行继续输入你的查询命令，在下一行你可以继续输入命令也可以输入分号结束命令。
+
+```
+MariaDB [(NONE)]> SHOW DATABASES;
++--------------------+
+| DATABASE |
++--------------------+
+| information_schema |
+| mysql |
+| performance_schema |
+| test |
++--------------------+
+4 ROWS IN SET (0.000 sec)
+```
+
+上面的例子显示当前有四个数据库：`information_schema`、`mysql`、`performance_schema` 和 `test`。你必须指定 MariaDB 使用哪个库，才能对该库使用查询语句。指定数据库的命令是 `use`。当你选择了一个库后，MariaDB 提示框会切换为选择的库。
+
+```
+MariaDB [(NONE)]> USE test;
+MariaDB [(test)]>
+```
+
+#### 显示数据库的表
+
+数据库里有*表*，与电子表格类似：有一系列的行（在数据库中称为*记录*）和列。一个行和一个列唯一确定一个*字段*。
+
+查看一个数据库中可用的表（可以理解为多表单电子表格中的一页），使用 SQL 关键字 `SHOW`：
+
+```
+MariaDB [(test)]> SHOW TABLES;
+empty SET
+```
+
+`test` 数据库是空的，所以使用 `use` 命令切换到 `mysql` 数据库：
+
+```
+MariaDB [(test)]> USE mysql;
+MariaDB [(mysql)]> SHOW TABLES;
+
++---------------------------+
+| Tables_in_mysql |
++---------------------------+
+| column_stats |
+| columns_priv |
+| db |
+[...]
+| time_zone_transition_type |
+| transaction_registry |
+| USER |
++---------------------------+
+31 ROWS IN SET (0.000 sec)
+```
+
+这个数据库中有很多表！`mysql` 数据库是这个 MariaDB 实例的系统管理数据库。它里面包含重要数据，比如用来管理数据库权限的用户结构。这个数据库很重要，你不需要经常直接与它交互，但是使用 SQL 脚本来操作它却很常见。当你学习 MariaDB 时理解 `mysql` 数据库很有用，因为它有助于说明一些基本的 SQL 命令。
+
+#### 检查一个表
+
+这个实例的 `mysql` 数据库的最后一个表名为 `USER`。这个表包含了可以访问这个数据库的用户。当前里面只有一个 root 用户，但是你可以添加不同权限的用户，赋予它们查看、更新或创建数据的权限。你可以查看一个表的列首来了解一个 MariaDB 用户的所有属性：
+
+```
+> SHOW COLUMNS IN USER;
+MariaDB [mysql]> SHOW COLUMNS IN USER;
++-------------+---------------+------+-----+----------+
+| FIELD | TYPE | NULL | KEY | DEFAULT |
++-------------+---------------+------+-----+----------+
+| Host | CHAR(60) | NO | PRI | |
+| USER | CHAR(80) | NO | PRI | |
+| Password | CHAR(41) | NO | | |
+| Select_priv | enum('N','Y') | NO | | N |
+| Insert_priv | enum('N','Y') | NO | | N |
+| Update_priv | enum('N','Y') | NO | | N |
+| Delete_priv | enum('N','Y') | NO | | N |
+| Create_priv | enum('N','Y') | NO | | N |
+| Drop_priv | enum('N','Y') | NO | | N |
+[...]
+47 ROWS IN SET (0.001 sec)
+```
+
+#### 创建一个新的用户
+
+不论你是否需要一个普通的账号来管理数据库或者为计算机配置数据库（例如安装 WordPress、Drupal 或 Joomla时），在 MariaDB 中多建一个用户账号是很普遍的。你可以通过向 `mysql` 数据库的 `USER` 表中添加一个用户或使用 SQL 关键字 `CREATE` 来提示 MariaDB 创建一个 MariaDB 用户。使用 `CREATE` 来创建新用户会默认执行一些有用的方法，因此你不需要手动生成所有的信息：
+
+```
+> CREATE USER 'tux'@'localhost' IDENTIFIED BY 'really_secure_password';
+```
+
+#### 查看表的字段
+
+你可以使用 `SELECT` 关键字来查看数据库表的字段和值。这本例中，你创建了一个名为 `tux` 的用户，因此查询 `USER` 表中的列：
+
+```
+> SELECT USER,host FROM USER;
++------+------------+
+| USER | host |
++------+------------+
+| root | localhost |
+[...]
+| tux | localhost |
++------+------------+
+7 ROWS IN SET (0.000 sec)
+```
+
+#### 为一个用户赋予权限
+
+通过查看 `USER` 表列出的信息，你可以看到用户的状态。例如，新用户 `tux` 对这个数据库没有任何权限。使用 `WHERE` 语句你可以只查 `tux` 那一条记录。
+
+```
+> SELECT USER,select_priv,insert_priv,update_priv FROM USER WHERE USER='tux';
++------+-------------+-------------+-------------+
+| USER | select_priv | insert_priv | update_priv |
++------+-------------+-------------+-------------+
+| tux | N | N | N |
++------+-------------+-------------+-------------+
+```
+
+使用 `GRANT` 命令修改用户的权限：
+
+```
+> GRANT SELECT ON *.* TO 'tux'@'localhost';
+> FLUSH PRIVILEGES;
+```
+
+验证你的修改：
+
+```
+> SELECT USER,select_priv,insert_priv,update_priv FROM USER WHERE USER='tux';
++------+-------------+-------------+-------------+
+| USER | select_priv | insert_priv | update_priv |
++------+-------------+-------------+-------------+
+| tux | Y | N | N |
++------+-------------+-------------+-------------+
+```
+
+`tux` 用户现在有了从所有表中查询记录的权限。
+
+### 创建自定义的数据库
+
+到目前为止，你一直在与默认的数据库进行交互。除了用户管理，大部分人很少会与默认的数据库进行交互。通常，你会用自定义的数据来填充创建的数据库。
+
+#### 创建一个 MariaDB 数据库
+
+你可能已经可以自己在 MariaDB 中创建新数据库了。创建数据库跟新建用户差不多。
+
+```
+> CREATE DATABASE example;
+Query OK, 1 ROW affected (0.000 sec)
+> SHOW DATABASES;
++--------------------+
+| DATABASE |
++--------------------+
+| example |
+[...]
+```
+
+使用 `use` 命令来把这个新建的数据库作为当前使用的库：
+
+```
+> USE example;
+```
+
+#### 创建一个表
+
+创建表比创建数据库要复杂，因为你必须定义列首。MariaDB 提供了很多方便的函数，可以用于创建列，引入数据类型定义，自增选项，对空值的约束，自动时间戳等等。
+
+下面是用来描述一系列用户的一个简单的表：
+
+```
+> CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS member (
+ -> id INT AUTO_INCREMENT PRIMARY KEY,
+ -> name VARCHAR(128) NOT NULL,
+ -> startdate TIMESTAMP DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP);
+Query OK, 0 ROWS affected (0.030 sec)
+```
+
+这个表通过使用一个自动递增的方法来唯一标识每一行。表示用户名字的字段不能为空（或 `null`），每一行被创建时会自动生成时间戳。
+
+使用 SQL 关键字 `INSERT` 向这个表填充一些示例数据：
+
+```
+> INSERT INTO member (name) VALUES ('Alice');
+Query OK, 1 ROW affected (0.011 sec)
+> INSERT INTO member (name) VALUES ('Bob');
+Query OK, 1 ROW affected (0.011 sec)
+> INSERT INTO member (name) VALUES ('Carol');
+Query OK, 1 ROW affected (0.011 sec)
+> INSERT INTO member (name) VALUES ('David');
+Query OK, 1 ROW affected (0.011 sec)
+```
+
+验证一下表里的数据：
+
+```
+> SELECT * FROM member;
++----+-------+---------------------+
+| id | name | startdate |
++----+-------+---------------------+
+| 1 | Alice | 2020-10-03 15:25:06 |
+| 2 | Bob | 2020-10-03 15:26:43 |
+| 3 | Carol | 2020-10-03 15:26:46 |
+| 4 | David | 2020-10-03 15:26:51 |
++----+-------+---------------------+
+4 ROWS IN SET (0.000 sec)
+```
+
+#### 同时增加多行数据
+
+再创建一个表：
+
+```
+> CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS linux (
+ -> id INT AUTO_INCREMENT PRIMARY KEY,
+ -> distro VARCHAR(128) NOT NULL);
+Query OK, 0 ROWS affected (0.030 sec)
+```
+
+填充一些示例数据，这次使用 `VALUES` 快捷方式，这样你可以一次添加多行数据。`VALUES` 关键字需要一个用括号包围的列表作为参数，也可以用逗号分隔的多个列表作为参数。
+
+```
+> INSERT INTO linux (distro)
+ -> VALUES ('Slackware'), ('RHEL'),('Fedora'),('Debian');
+Query OK, 4 ROWS affected (0.011 sec)
+Records: 4 Duplicates: 0 Warnings: 0
+> SELECT * FROM linux;
++----+-----------+
+| id | distro |
++----+-----------+
+| 1 | Slackware |
+| 2 | RHEL |
+| 3 | Fedora |
+| 4 | Debian |
++----+-----------+
+```
+
+### 关联多个表
+
+现在你有两个表，之间没有关联。两个表的数据是独立的，但是你可能需要表一中的一个值来识别表二的记录。
+
+你可以在表一中新增一列对应表二中的值。因为两个表都有唯一的标识符（自动递增的 `id` 字段），关联的它们的最简单的方式是，使用表一中的 `id` 字段作为表二的查询条件。
+
+在表一中创建一列用来表示表二中的一个值：
+
+```
+> ALTER TABLE member ADD COLUMN (os INT);
+Query OK, 0 ROWS affected (0.012 sec)
+Records: 0 Duplicates: 0 Warnings: 0
+> DESCRIBE member;
+DESCRIBE member;
++-----------+--------------+------+-----+---------+------+
+| FIELD | TYPE | NULL | KEY | DEFAULT | Extra|
++-----------+--------------+------+-----+---------+------+
+| id | INT(11) | NO | PRI | NULL | auto_|
+| name | VARCHAR(128) | NO | | NULL | |
+| startdate | TIMESTAMP | NO | | cur[...]| |
+| os | INT(11) | YES | | NULL | |
++-----------+--------------+------+-----+---------+------+
+```
+
+把 `linux` 表中的唯一 ID 分配给每个成员。因为记录已经存在，使用 `UPDATE` 关键字而不是 `INSERT`。尤其是当你想查询某行然后再更新某列值时。语法上，表达方式有点倒装，先更新后查询：
+
+```
+> UPDATE member SET os=1 WHERE name='Alice';
+Query OK, 1 ROW affected (0.007 sec)
+ROWS matched: 1 Changed: 1 Warnings: 0
+```
+
+要填充数据，请对其他名字重复执行这个过程。为了数据的多样性，在四行记录中分配三个不同的值。
+
+#### 连接表
+
+现在这两个表彼此有了关联，你可以使用 SQL 来展示关联的数据。数据库中有很多种连接方式，你可以尽请尝试。下面的例子是关联 `member` 表中 `os` 字段和 `linux` 表中 `id` 字段：
+
+```
+SELECT * FROM member JOIN linux ON member.os=linux.id;
++----+-------+---------------------+------+----+-----------+
+| id | name | startdate | os | id | distro |
++----+-------+---------------------+------+----+-----------+
+| 1 | Alice | 2020-10-03 15:25:06 | 1 | 1 | Slackware |
+| 2 | Bob | 2020-10-03 15:26:43 | 3 | 3 | Fedora |
+| 4 | David | 2020-10-03 15:26:51 | 3 | 3 | Fedora |
+| 3 | Carol | 2020-10-03 15:26:46 | 4 | 4 | Debian |
++----+-------+---------------------+------+----+-----------+
+4 ROWS IN SET (0.000 sec)
+```
+
+连接 `os` 和 `id` 字段。
+
+在图形化的应用中，你可以想象 `os` 字段可以在下拉菜单中设置，值的来源是 `linux` 表中的 `distro` 字段。通过使用多个表中独立却有关联的数据，你可以保证数据的一致性和有效性，使用 SQL 你可以动态地关联它们。
+
+### 下载 MariaDB 和 MySQL 备忘单
+
+MariaDB 是企业级的数据库。它是健壮、强大、高效的数据库引擎。学习它是你向管理 web 应用和编写语言库迈出的伟大的一步。你可以[下载 MariaDB 和 MySQL 备忘单][9]，在你使用 MariaDB 时可以快速参考。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/mariadb-mysql-cheat-sheet
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[lxbwolf](https://github.com/lxbwolf)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/coverimage_cheat_sheet.png?itok=lYkNKieP "Cheat Sheet cover image"
+[2]: https://www.redhat.com/sysadmin/yaml-tips
+[3]: https://mariadb.org/
+[4]: https://www.mysql.com/
+[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SQL
+[6]: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/install-mariadb-and-mysql-linux
+[7]: https://mariadb.org/download
+[8]: https://publications.opengroup.org/c449
+[9]: https://opensource.com/downloads/mariadb-mysql-cheat-sheet
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/published/202011/20201029 Linux Kernel 5.10 Will be the Next LTS Release and it has Some Exciting Improvements Lined Up.md b/published/202011/20201029 Linux Kernel 5.10 Will be the Next LTS Release and it has Some Exciting Improvements Lined Up.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ac2f20a8e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201029 Linux Kernel 5.10 Will be the Next LTS Release and it has Some Exciting Improvements Lined Up.md
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12807-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Linux Kernel 5.10 Will be the Next LTS Release and it has Some Exciting Improvements Lined Up)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/kernel-5-10/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+Linux 内核 5.10 LTS 的一些令人兴奋的改进
+======
+
+> Linux 内核 5.10 的开发正在进行中。已确认这是一个长期支持的版本，将带来更新的硬件支持和其他承诺的功能。
+
+### Linux Kernel 5.10 将是长期支持版本
+
+主要稳定内核维护者 **Greg Kroah-Hartman** 在 Linux 基金会欧洲开源峰会的 “Ask the Expert” 环节上发言，确认 Linux 5.10 将是下一个 LTS 版本。
+
+尽管早期有一些关于 5.9 是 LTS 版本的猜测，但 Greg 澄清说，**一年的最后一个内核版本永远是 LTS 版本**。
+
+目前来看，[Linux 内核 5.4][1] 系列恰好是最新的 LTS 版本，它增加了很多改进和硬件支持。另外，考虑到开发进度，Linux [内核 5.8][2] 是目前最大的版本，而 Linux 5.10 的第一个候选版本也很接近，所以下面有很多事情要做。
+
+让我们来看看 Linux 内核 5.10 的一些功能和改进。
+
+### Linux 内核 5.10 特性
+
+![][4]
+
+**注意：** Linux 内核 5.10 仍处于早期开发阶段。因此，我们将定期更新文章，以更新最新的补充/功能。
+
+#### AMD Zen 3 处理器支持
+
+新的 [Ryzen 5000][5] 产品线是 2020 年最大的看点之一。所以，随着 Linux 内核 5.10 发布候选版本的推出，针对 Zen 3 处理器的各种新增功能也在陆续推出。
+
+#### Intel Rocket Lake 支持
+
+我并不对 Intel 的 Rocket Lake 芯片组在明年（2021 年） Q1 出货报太大希望。但是，考虑到英特尔在不断地压榨 14 纳米制程，看到 Intel Rocket Lake 在 Linux 内核 5.10 上所做的工作，绝对是一件好事。
+
+#### Radeon RX 6000 系列开源驱动
+
+尽管我们是在 Big Navi 揭晓前一天才报道的，但 Radeon RX 6000 系列绝对会是一个令人印象深刻的东西，可以和 NVIDIA RTX 3000 系列竞争。
+
+当然，除非它和 Vega 系列或 5000 系列遇到的同样问题。
+
+很高兴在 Linux 内核 5.10 上看到下一代 Radeon GPU 的开源驱动已经完成。
+
+#### 文件系统优化和存储改进
+
+[Phoronix][6] 报道了 5.10 也对文件系统进行了优化和存储改进。所以，从这一点来看，我们应该会看到一些性能上的改进。
+
+#### 其他改进
+
+毫无疑问，你应该期待新内核带来大量的驱动更新和硬件支持。
+
+目前，对 SoundBlaster AE-7 的支持、对 NVIDIA Orin（AI 处理器）的早期支持以及 Tiger Lake GPU 的改进似乎是主要亮点。
+
+Linux 内核 5.10 的稳定版本应该会在 12 月中旬左右发布。它将被支持至少 2 年，但可能一直会有安全和 bug 修复更新，直到 2026 年。因此，我们将继续关注下一个 Linux 内核 5.10 LTS 版本的发展，以获得任何令人兴奋的东西。
+
+你对即将发布的 Linux 内核 5.10 有什么看法？请在评论中告诉我们你的想法。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/kernel-5-10/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/linux-kernel-5-4/
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/kernel-5-8-release/
+[3]: https://twitter.com/gregkh/status/1320745076566433793?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw
+[4]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/kernel-5-10-release.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[5]: https://www.tomsguide.com/news/amd-ryzen-5000-revealed-what-it-means-for-pc-gaming
+[6]: https://www.phoronix.com/scan.php?page=article&item=linux-510-features&num=1
diff --git a/published/202011/20201030 How to Use apt-cache Command in Debian, Ubuntu and Other Linux Distributions.md b/published/202011/20201030 How to Use apt-cache Command in Debian, Ubuntu and Other Linux Distributions.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..32432da3d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201030 How to Use apt-cache Command in Debian, Ubuntu and Other Linux Distributions.md
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12786-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to Use apt-cache Command in Debian, Ubuntu and Other Linux Distributions)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/apt-cache-command/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+如何在 Debian、Ubuntu 中使用 apt-cache 命令
+======
+
+> 使用 apt-cache 命令，你可以在本地 APT 缓存中搜索软件包的详细信息。在本教程中学习使用 apt-cache 命令。
+
+### apt-cache 命令是用来干什么的？
+
+[APT][1] [包管理器][2]工作在软件包元数据的本地缓存上。元数据通常由包名、版本、描述、依赖关系、仓库和开发者等信息组成。通过 `apt-cache` 命令，你可以查询这个本地 APT 缓存并获得相关信息。
+
+你可以搜索一个包的可用性、它的版本号、它的依赖关系等等。我将通过实例告诉你如何使用 `apt-cache`命令。
+
+APT 缓存的位置是 `/var/lib/apt/lists/` 目录。缓存哪些仓库元数据取决于你的源列表中 `/etc/apt/sources.list` 文件中添加的仓库，以及位于 `/etc/apt/sources.list.d` 目录下的额外仓库文件。
+
+令人惊讶的是，`apt-cache` 并不能清除 APT 缓存。为此，你必须[使用 apt-get clean 命令][3]。
+
+不用说，APT 打包系统是在 Debian 和基于 Debian 的 Linux 发行版上使用的，比如 Ubuntu、Linux Mint、Elementary OS 等。你不能在 Arch 或 Fedora 上使用它。
+
+### 使用 apt-cache 命令
+
+![][4]
+
+就像其他 Linux 命令一样，`apt-cache` 也有一些可用的选项，你可以随时参考它的手册页来了解这些选项。
+
+然而，你可能并不需要使用所有的选项。这就是为什么我在本教程中只向你展示 `apt-cache` 命令中最常见和最有用的例子。
+
+#### 始终更新
+
+更新本地 APT 缓存以与远程仓库同步是一个好主意。如何做到这一点呢？你可以使用命令：
+
+```
+sudo apt update
+```
+
+#### 搜索软件包
+
+`apt-cache` 命令最常见的用途是查找软件包。你可以使用一个正则表达式来搜索本地 APT 缓存中的包。
+
+```
+apt-cache search package_name
+```
+
+默认情况下，它会在软件包的名称和描述中查找搜索关键词。它按字母顺序显示匹配的软件包及其简短的描述。
+
+![][5]
+
+你也可以缩小搜索范围，只在软件包名称中查找搜索词。
+
+```
+apt-cache search --names-only package_name
+```
+
+![][6]
+
+如果你想知道所有匹配软件包的完整细节，你可以使用 `--full` 标志。
+
+![][7]
+
+#### 获取详细的包装信息
+
+如果你知道确切的软件包名称（或者你已经成功地通过搜索找到了它），你可以得到软件包的详细元数据信息。
+
+```
+apt-cache show package_name
+```
+
+![][8]
+
+你可以看到软件包元数据中的所有细节，比如名称、版本、开发者、维护者、仓库、长短描述、软件包大小甚至是校验和。
+
+还有一个选项 `showpkg` 可以显示软件包的名称、版本、正向和反向依赖关系等信息。
+
+```
+apt-cache showpkg package_name
+```
+
+#### apt-cache 的策略
+
+这是 `apt-cache` 命令中很少使用的一个选项。`policy` 选项可以帮助你调试与 [preference 文件][9]相关的问题。
+
+如果你指定了软件包的名称，它将显示该软件包是否已经安装，在哪个版本的仓库中可用，以及它的优先级。
+
+![][10]
+
+默认情况下，每个已安装的软件包版本的优先级为 100，未安装的软件包的优先级为 500。同一软件包可能有多个不同优先级的版本。APT 会安装优先级较高的版本，除非安装的版本较新。
+
+如果不理解这个部分，也没关系。对于一个普通的 Linux 用户来说，会极少纠结于这么深的软件包管理知识。
+
+#### 检查软件包的依赖关系和反向依赖关系。
+
+你可以在安装之前（甚至在安装之后）[检查一个包的依赖关系][11]。它还会显示所有可能满足依赖关系的软件包。
+
+```
+apt-cache depends package
+```
+
+![][12]
+
+你也可以通过 `apt-cahce` 检查反向依赖关系来检查哪些包是依赖于某个包的。
+
+![][13]
+
+坦白说，看到 Ansible 这样的 DevOps 工具对 [Cowsay 这样有趣的 Linux 命令][14]有依赖性，我也很惊讶。我想可能是因为在[安装 Ansible][15]之后，它会在节点上显示一些信息。
+
+#### 检查未满足的依赖性
+
+你可能会被 [Ubuntu 中未满足的依赖问题][16]所困扰，其他 Linux 也有类似问题。`apt-cache` 命令提供了一个选项来检查系统中各种可用软件包的所有未满足的依赖关系。
+
+```
+apt-cache unmet
+```
+
+![][17]
+
+### 结论
+
+你可以用 `apt-cache` 命令列出所有可用的软件包。输出结果会很庞大，所以我建议将其与 [wc 命令][18] 结合起来，得到可用软件包的总数，就像这样：
+
+```
+apt-cache pkgnames | wc -l
+```
+
+你是否注意到你不需要成为 [root 用户][19]就可以使用 `apt-cache` 命令？
+
+较新的 [apt 命令][20]也有一些与 `apt-cache` 命令相对应的功能选项。由于 `apt` 比较新，所以在脚本中还是首选使用 `apt-get` 及其相关的 `apt-cache` 等命令。
+
+希望你觉得本教程对你有帮助。如果你对上面讨论的任何一点有疑问或者有改进的建议，请在评论中告诉我。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/apt-cache-command/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://wiki.debian.org/Apt
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/package-manager/
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/clear-apt-cache/
+[4]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/apt-cache-command.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[5]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/apt-cache-search.png?resize=759%2C437&ssl=1
+[6]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/apt-cache-search-names-only.png?resize=759%2C209&ssl=1
+[7]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/apt-cache-show-full.png?resize=759%2C722&ssl=1
+[8]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/apt-cache-show-pkgname.png?resize=800%2C795&ssl=1
+[9]: https://debian-handbook.info/browse/stable/sect.apt-get.html#sect.apt.priorities
+[10]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/apt-cache-policy.png?resize=795%2C456&ssl=1
+[11]: https://itsfoss.com/check-dependencies-package-ubuntu/
+[12]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/apt-cache-dependency-check.png?resize=768%2C304&ssl=1
+[13]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/apt-cache-reverse-dependency.png?resize=768%2C304&ssl=1
+[14]: https://itsfoss.com/funny-linux-commands/
+[15]: https://linuxhandbook.com/install-ansible-linux/
+[16]: https://itsfoss.com/held-broken-packages-error/
+[17]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/apt-cache-unmet.png?resize=759%2C399&ssl=1
+[18]: https://linuxhandbook.com/wc-command/
+[19]: https://itsfoss.com/root-user-ubuntu/
+[20]: https://itsfoss.com/apt-command-guide/
diff --git a/published/202011/20201102 4 cool new projects to try in COPR from October 2020.md b/published/202011/20201102 4 cool new projects to try in COPR from October 2020.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a3e17071d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201102 4 cool new projects to try in COPR from October 2020.md
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12810-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (4 cool new projects to try in COPR from October 2020)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/4-cool-new-projects-to-try-in-copr-from-october-2020/)
+[#]: author: (frostyx https://fedoramagazine.org/author/frostyx/)
+
+COPR 仓库中 4 个很酷的新项目（2020.10）
+======
+
+![][1]
+
+COPR 是个人软件仓库[集合][2]，它不在 Fedora 中。这是因为某些软件不符合轻松打包的标准；或者它可能不符合其他 Fedora 标准，尽管它是自由而开源的。COPR 可以在 Fedora 套件之外提供这些项目。COPR 中的软件不受 Fedora 基础设施的支持，或者是由项目自己背书的。但是，这是一种尝试新的或实验性的软件的一种巧妙的方式。
+
+本文介绍了 COPR 中一些有趣的新项目。如果你第一次使用 COPR，请参阅 [COPR 用户文档][3]。
+
+### Dialect
+
+[Dialect][4] 使用谷歌翻译将文本翻译成外语。它可以记住你的翻译历史，并支持自动语言检测和文本到语音等功能。用户界面简约，模仿谷歌翻译工具本身，所以它真的很容易使用。
+
+![][5]
+
+#### 安装说明
+
+目前[仓库][6]在 Fedora 33 和 Fedora Rawhide 中提供了 Dialect。要安装它，请使用下面的命令：
+
+```
+sudo dnf copr enable lyessaadi/dialect
+sudo dnf install dialect
+```
+
+### GitHub CLI
+
+[gh][7] 是一个官方的 GitHub 命令行客户端。它在终端提供了快速的访问，并完全控制你的项目问题、拉取请求和发布。议题（和其他东西）也可以在浏览器中轻松查看，以获得更标准的用户界面，或与他人分享。
+
+![][8]
+
+#### 安装说明
+
+目前[仓库][9]在 Fedora 33 和 Fedora Rawhide 中提供了 `gh` 。要安装它，请使用下面的命令：
+
+```
+sudo dnf copr enable jdoss/github-cli
+sudo dnf install github-cli
+```
+
+### Glide
+
+[Glide][10] 是一个基于 GStreamer 的极简主义媒体播放器。它可以播放任何 GStreamer 支持的多媒体格式的本地和远程文件。如果你需要一个多平台的具有简单用户界面的媒体播放器，你可能会想试试 Glide。
+
+![][11]
+
+#### 安装说明
+
+目前[仓库][12]在 Fedora 32、33 和 Rawhide 中提供了 Glide。要安装它，请使用下面的命令：
+
+```
+sudo dnf copr enable atim/glide-rs
+sudo dnf install glide-rs
+```
+
+### Vim ALE
+
+[ALE][13] 是 Vim 文本编辑器的一个插件，它提供了语法和语义错误检查。它还带来了诸如代码修复和许多其他类似于 IDE 的功能，如 TAB 补全、跳转到定义、查找引用、查看文档等。
+
+![][14]
+
+#### 安装说明
+
+目前[仓库][15]在 Fedora 31、32、33 和 Rawhide 还有 EPEL8 中提供了 `vim-ale` 。要安装它，请使用下面的命令：
+
+```
+sudo dnf copr enable praiskup/vim-ale
+sudo dnf install vim-ale
+```
+
+编者注：可在[此处][16]查阅以前的 COPR 文章。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/4-cool-new-projects-to-try-in-copr-from-october-2020/
+
+作者：[frostyx][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/frostyx/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/4-copr-945x400.jpg
+[2]: https://copr.fedorainfracloud.org/
+[3]: https://docs.pagure.org/copr.copr/user_documentation.html
+[4]: https://github.com/gi-lom/dialect
+[5]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/dialect.png
+[6]: https://copr.fedorainfracloud.org/coprs/lyessaadi/dialect/
+[7]: https://github.com/cli/cli
+[8]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/github-cli.png
+[9]: https://copr.fedorainfracloud.org/coprs/jdoss/github-cli/
+[10]: https://github.com/philn/glide
+[11]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/glide.png
+[12]: https://copr.fedorainfracloud.org/coprs/atim/glide-rs/
+[13]: https://github.com/dense-analysis/ale
+[14]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/vim-ale.png
+[15]: https://copr.fedorainfracloud.org/coprs/praiskup/vim-ale/
+[16]: https://fedoramagazine.org/?s=COPR
diff --git a/published/202011/20201102 4 reasons why JavaScript is so popular.md b/published/202011/20201102 4 reasons why JavaScript is so popular.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4ac7718161
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201102 4 reasons why JavaScript is so popular.md
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12830-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (4 reasons why JavaScript is so popular)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/11/javascript-popular)
+[#]: author: (Nimisha Mukherjee https://opensource.com/users/nimisha)
+
+JavaScript 如此受欢迎的 4 个原因
+======
+
+> JavaScript 之所以能在编程语言中名列前茅，是有充分的理由的。
+
+
+
+如 GitHub 的 [The State of the Octoverse][2] 报告的这张图所示，如果按 GitHub 上项目的贡献者数量统计，[JavaScript][3] 一直是最受欢迎的编程语言。
+
+![The State of the Octoverse 报告中的热门语言][4]
+
+*热门语言，根据《The State of the Octoverse》（©2019，[GitHub Corp][2]）*
+
+在本系列的 [上一篇][5] 中，我们深入了解了 JavaScript 的历史。在这篇文章中，我将分享它如此受欢迎的四个[原因][6]。
+
+### 1、JavaScript 适合初级、中级和高级开发人员
+
+JavaScript 不需要任何环境设置，只要打开浏览器，比如 Chrome 浏览器，导航到[开发者工具][7]，就可以开始编码。编写一个 “Hello World” 的程序，就这么简单：
+
+```
+console.log("Hello World");
+```
+
+JavaScript 的灵活性最适合中级开发人员。该语言通过让开发人员专注于解决问题来帮助你完成任务。开发者可以混合使用插件和自己的代码片段来让一个应用程序工作。
+
+虽然 JavaScript 比较容易上手，但它也并不是一下子就能掌握的。如果你想达到高级水平，这里有一些你需要了解的概念：
+
+ * **JavaScript 的[多范式][8]特性：** JavaScript 同时支持函数式编程和面向对象编程（OOP）。
+ * **在 JavaScript 中应用[设计模式][9]：** 模型-视图-*（[MV*][10]）设计模式一直是最流行的模式之一，并促成了[多个现代框架][11]的发展。
+ * **[带原型链的继承][12]：** JavaScript 由于其动态的特性，无法实现传统的 Java 基于类的模式下的 OOP。JavaScript 中的 OOP 是通过原型继承模型实现的。
+ * **[闭包][13]：** 闭包可以从内部函数中访问外部函数的作用域。
+ * **[柯里化][14]：** 柯里化是函数的一种转换，它将函数从 `f(a, b, c)` 的调用形式转换为 `f(a)(b)(c)` 调用形式。
+ * **[Promises][15] 和 [Observables][16]：** 这些可以帮助你处理异步函数。
+ * **[TypeScript][17]：** 在 JavaScript 中添加了静态类型。
+
+### 2、全平台
+
+JavaScript 可以在任何地方运行，包括：
+
+ * 手机、平板电脑和笔记本电脑等设备。
+ * 在客户端和服务器端。
+
+这种在任何地方都能运行的能力使 JavaScript 成为一种通用语言。
+
+### 3、开放标准和社区
+
+[ECMAScript][18] 是 JavaScript 的标准化版本，也是一种开放的标准语言。公司可以使用 ECMAScript 来创建 JavaScript 的实现。根据[维基百科][19]，“ECMAScript 引擎是执行以 ECMAScript 语言标准编写的源代码（例如，JavaScript）的程序”。最流行的引擎 [V8][20] 和 [SpiderMonkey][21] 是开源项目。
+
+JavaScript 已经存在了 25 年，背后有一个庞大的社区。开发者们简直目不暇接，社区已经构建了如此多的插件和框架，以至于创造了“[框架疲劳][22]”这个词。
+
+### 4、现代框架
+
+现代框架如 [React][23]、[Angular][24] 和 [Vue.js][25] 已经稳定下来，并且正在进行优化以获得更好的性能。大多数框架对开发者非常友好，有良好的社区支持。
+
+### 未来
+
+JavaScript 将长期存在。全栈开发和现代前端框架继续帮助 JavaScript 巩固其作为最受欢迎的编程语言之一的地位。
+
+JavaScript 的[下一波][26]可能会将焦点放在。
+
+ * **[Deno][27]：** JavaScript 的现代安全运行时。
+ * **网络组件：** 可重复使用的自定义元素。
+ * **与 AI 和 ML 的整合：** 像 [Supernova][28] 和 [BAYOU][29] 这样的项目在将 JavaScript 与人工智能和机器学习整合方面取得了实质性的突破。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/11/javascript-popular
+
+作者：[Nimisha Mukherjee][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/nimisha
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/javascript_vim.jpg?itok=mqkAeakO (JavaScript in Vim)
+[2]: https://octoverse.github.com/
+[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JavaScript
+[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/toplanguages-the_state_of_the_octoverse.png (Top Languages from The State of the Octoverse report)
+[5]: https://linux.cn/article-12813-1.html
+[6]: https://medium.com/paul-heintzelman/so-why-is-javascript-so-popular-f35bd6cfeb39
+[7]: https://developers.google.com/web/tools/chrome-devtools
+[8]: https://medium.com/javascript-in-plain-english/what-are-javascript-programming-paradigms-3ef0f576dfdb
+[9]: https://addyosmani.com/resources/essentialjsdesignpatterns/book/
+[10]: https://developpaper.com/javascript-mv-pattern/
+[11]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Model%E2%80%93view%E2%80%93viewmodel#JavaScript_frameworks
+[12]: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/JavaScript/Inheritance_and_the_prototype_chain
+[13]: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/JavaScript/Closures
+[14]: https://javascript.info/currying-partials
+[15]: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/JavaScript/Reference/Global_Objects/Promise
+[16]: https://rxjs-dev.firebaseapp.com/guide/observable
+[17]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TypeScript
+[18]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ECMAScript
+[19]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ECMAScript_engines
+[20]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/V8_%28JavaScript_engine%29
+[21]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SpiderMonkey
+[22]: https://teropa.info/blog/2015/07/15/overcoming-javascript-framework-fatigue.html
+[23]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/React_%28web_framework%29
+[24]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Angular_%28web_framework%29
+[25]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vue.js
+[26]: https://medium.com/@rangleio/the-future-of-javascript-in-the-front-end-world-2544c1814e2
+[27]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Deno_%28software%29
+[28]: https://techcrunch.com/2018/03/13/supernova-studio/
+[29]: https://futurism.com/military-created-ai-learned-to-program
diff --git a/published/202011/20201102 Understand your Python code with this open source visualization tool.md b/published/202011/20201102 Understand your Python code with this open source visualization tool.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..460bdbee1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201102 Understand your Python code with this open source visualization tool.md
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+[#]: collector: "lujun9972"
+[#]: translator: "xiao-song-123"
+[#]: reviewer: "wxy"
+[#]: publisher: "wxy"
+[#]: url: "https://linux.cn/article-12819-1.html"
+[#]: subject: "Understand your Python code with this open source visualization tool"
+[#]: via: "https://opensource.com/article/20/11/python-code-viztracer"
+[#]: author: "Tian Gao https://opensource.com/users/gaogaotiantian"
+
+使用开源可视化工具来理解你的 Python 代码
+======
+
+> VizTracer 工具可以可视化并跟踪 Python 代码，让你可以更深入地了解其工作原理。
+
+
+
+随着 Python 项目变得越来越大、越复杂，理解起它来就变得充满挑战性。即使是你自己独自编写了整个项目，也不可能完全知道项目是如何工作的。为了能更好的理解你的代码，调试和分析代码变得至关重要。
+
+[VizTracer][2] 是一个这样的工具，它通过跟踪和可视化 Python 代码的执行过程，来帮助你对代码的理解。无需对源代码进行任何更改，VizTracer 即可记录函数的入口 / 出口，函数参数 / 返回值以及任意变量，然后通过 [Trace-Viewer][3] 使用直观的谷歌前端界面来显示数据。
+
+下面是一个运行[蒙特卡洛树搜索][4]的例子：
+
+![Monte Carlo tree search visualization][5]
+
+每个函数都在时间线上以堆栈的形式记录和可视化，这样你就可以看到在运行程序时发生了什么。你可以放大查看任意特定点的详细信息：
+
+![Zooming in on VizTracer visualization][7]
+
+VizTracer 还可以自动记录函数参数和返回值。你可以单击函数条目并查看详细信息：
+
+![Viewing VizTracer details][8]
+
+或者你可以创建一个全新的信号，并用它来记录变量。例如，这显示了执行梯度下降时的成本值：
+
+![VizTracer gradient descent][9]
+
+与其他设置复杂的工具相比，VizTracer 使用起来非常简单，并且没有任何依赖关系。你可以从 pip 安装它：
+
+```
+pip install viztracer
+```
+
+你也可以通过输入来跟踪你的程序（`` 是你脚本的名称）:
+
+```
+viztracer
+```
+
+VizTracer 将在你的工作目录中生成一个 HTML 报告，你可以在 Chrome 浏览器中打开它。
+
+VizTracer 还提供了其他高级功能，比如过滤器功能，你可以使用它过滤掉不想跟踪的函数，获得更清晰的报告。例如，要仅包含文件中的函数，你需要：
+
+```
+viztracer include_files ./ --run
+```
+
+记录函数参数和返回值:
+
+```
+viztracer --log_function_args --log_return_value
+```
+
+记录与某个正则表达式匹配的任意变量：
+
+```
+# log variables starts with a
+viztracer --log_var a.* --run <your_script.py>
+```
+
+你可以通过对源代码进行较小的修改来获得其他功能，例如自定义事件来记录数值和对象。
+
+VizTracer 还包括一个虚拟调试器（vdb），它可以调试 VizTracer 的日志文件。可以用 vdb 调试你运行中的代码（与 [pdb][10] 非常相似）以便你了解代码流。有用的是，它还支持时间回溯，因为它知道发生的一切。
+
+与一些原型不同，VizTracer 使用纯 C 语言实现其核心，这将极大地减少开销，使其达到类似于 [cProfile][11] 的水平。
+
+VizTracer 是开源的，在 Apache 2.0 许可下发布，支持所有常见的操作系统平台（Linux、macOS 和 Windows）。你可以在 [GitHub][2] 上了解关于它的更多特性并访问源代码。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/11/python-code-viztracer
+
+作者：[Tian Gao][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[xiao-song-123](https://github.com/xiao-song-123)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/gaogaotiantian
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/python_programming_question.png?itok=cOeJW-8r "Python programming language logo with question marks"
+[2]: https://github.com/gaogaotiantian/viztracer
+[3]: http://google.github.io/trace-viewer/
+[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monte_Carlo_tree_search
+[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/viztracer_mcts.png "Monte Carlo tree search visualization"
+[6]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/viztracer_zoomin.png "Zooming in on VizTracer visualization"
+[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/viztracer_details.png "Viewing VizTracer details"
+[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/viztracer_gradient.png "VizTracer gradient descent"
+[10]: https://docs.python.org/3/library/pdb.html
+[11]: https://docs.python.org/2/library/profile.html#module-cProfile
diff --git a/published/202011/20201103 4 ways to run Kubernetes locally.md b/published/202011/20201103 4 ways to run Kubernetes locally.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9778b00d30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201103 4 ways to run Kubernetes locally.md
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12825-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (4 ways to run Kubernetes locally)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/11/run-kubernetes-locally)
+[#]: author: (Bryant Son https://opensource.com/users/brson)
+
+本地运行 Kubernetes 的 4 种方法
+======
+
+> 设置一个本地开发环境，或者直接用这些工具尝试容器编排平台。
+
+
+
+[Kubernetes][2] 是一个开源的容器编排平台。它由 Google 开发，为自动化部署、扩展和管理容器化应用提供了一个开源系统。虽然大多数人在云环境中运行 Kubernetes，但在本地运行 Kubernetes 集群不仅是可能的，它还至少有两个好处：
+
+* 在决定使用 Kubernetes 作为主要平台部署应用之前，你可以快速试用它。
+* 在将任何东西推送到公共云之前，你可以将其设置为本地开发环境，从而实现开发环境和生产环境之间的分离。
+
+无论你的情况如何，将本地 Kubernetes 环境设置为你的开发环境都是推荐的选择，因为这种设置可以创建一个安全而敏捷的应用部署流程。
+
+幸运的是，有多个平台可以让你尝试在本地运行 Kubernetes，它们都是开源的，并且都是 [Apache 2.0][3] 许可。
+
+* [Minikube][4] 的主要目标是成为本地 Kubernetes 应用开发的最佳工具，并支持所有适合的 Kubernetes 特性。
+* [kind][5] 使用 Docker 容器“节点”运行本地 Kubernetes 集群。
+* [CodeReady Containers][6]（CRC）用来管理为测试和开发目的优化的本地 OpenShift 4.x 集群。
+* [Minishift][7] 通过在虚拟机 （VM） 内运行单节点的 OpenShift 集群，帮助你在本地运行 OpenShift 3.x 集群。
+
+### Minikube
+
+![Minikube][8]
+
+[Minikube][10] 是在本地计算机上运行 Kubernetes 环境的最知名、最流行的选择。无论你使用什么操作系统，[Minikube 的文档][11]都会为你提供一个简单的[安装][12]指南。一般来说，安装 Minikube 只需运行两条命令：
+
+```
+$ curl -LO https://storage.googleapis.com/minikube/releases/latest/minikube-PLATFORM-amd64
+$ sudo install minikube-PLATFORM-amd64 /usr/local/bin/minikube
+```
+
+Minikube 可在 Linux、macOS 或 Windows 上快速设置本地 Kubernetes 集群，其功能如下：
+
+* 支持最新的 Kubernetes 版本（包括 6 个以前的小版本）
+* 跨平台（Linux、macOS、Windows）
+* 以虚拟机、容器或裸机的形式部署
+* 支持多个容器运行时（CRI-O、containerd、Docker）
+* 用于快速推送镜像的 Docker API 端点
+* 负载均衡器、文件系统挂载、FeatureGates 和其他高级功能
+* 用于轻松安装 Kubernetes 应用的附加组件
+
+因为 Minikube 是一个开源项目，你可以对它的[源代码][4]做贡献。
+
+### kind
+
+![kind][13]
+
+[kind][14] 的开发者将其描述为“一个使用 Docker 容器‘节点’运行本地 Kubernetes 集群的工具”。它是为测试 Kubernetes 而设计的，但也可能用于本地开发或持续集成。
+
+kind 支持：
+
+* 多节点（包括高可用性）集群
+* 从源码构建 Kubernetes 版本
+* Make/Bash/Docker 或 Bazel，以及预发布构建
+* Linux、MacOS 和 Windows
+
+此外，kind 是一个经过云原生计算基金会（CNCF）认证的 Kubernetes 合规安装程序。因为它是开源的，你可以在它的 GitHub 仓库中找到 kind 的[源码][5]。
+
+### CodeReady Container （CRC）
+
+![CodeReady Container][15]
+
+如果你想在本地尝试最新版本的 OpenShift，可以尝试红帽的 [CodeReady Containers][16] （CRC）。CRC 将一个最小的 OpenShift 4.x 集群带到你的本地计算机上，为开发和测试目的提供一个最小的环境。CRC 主要针对开发者的桌面使用。
+
+你可以在 GitHub 上找到 CodeReady Container 的[源码][6]，也是在 Apache 2.0 许可下提供的。
+
+### Minishift
+
+![Minishift][17]
+
+[Minishift][7] 项目帮助你在本地用 [OKD][19] 在虚拟机内的单节点 OpenShift 集群[运行一个版本的 OpenShift][18]。你可以用它来[尝试 OpenShift][20]，或者在你的本地主机上为云开发。
+
+和这个列表中的其他工具一样，Minishift 也是开源的，你可以在 GitHub 上访问它的[源码][7]。
+
+### 为人服务的 Kubernetes
+
+正如你所看到的，有几种方法可以在本地环境中试用 Kubernetes。我有遗漏么？欢迎留言提问或提出建议。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/11/run-kubernetes-locally
+
+作者：[Bryant Son][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/brson
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/lenovo-thinkpad-laptop-concentration-focus-windows-office.png?itok=-8E2ihcF (Woman using laptop concentrating)
+[2]: https://kubernetes.io/
+[3]: https://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+[4]: https://github.com/kubernetes/minikube
+[5]: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/kind
+[6]: https://github.com/code-ready/crc
+[7]: https://github.com/minishift/minishift
+[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/1_minikube.jpg (Minikube)
+[9]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[10]: https://minikube.sigs.k8s.io/docs/
+[11]: https://minikube.sigs.k8s.io/docs
+[12]: https://minikube.sigs.k8s.io/docs/start/
+[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/2_kind.jpg (kind)
+[14]: https://kind.sigs.k8s.io
+[15]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/4_crc.jpg (CodeReady Container)
+[16]: https://code-ready.github.io/crc
+[17]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/3_minishift.jpg (Minishift)
+[18]: https://www.redhat.com/sysadmin/kubernetes-cluster-laptop
+[19]: https://www.okd.io/
+[20]: https://www.redhat.com/sysadmin/learn-openshift-minishift
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/published/202011/20201103 GnuCash- A Powerful Open Source Accounting Software.md b/published/202011/20201103 GnuCash- A Powerful Open Source Accounting Software.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f8086ecdaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201103 GnuCash- A Powerful Open Source Accounting Software.md
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12823-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (GnuCash: A Powerful Open Source Accounting Software)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/gnucash/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+GnuCash：一个强大的开源会计软件
+======
+
+> GnuCash 是一款流行的自由开源的会计软件，可用于管理个人财务和商业交易。
+
+
+
+考虑到管理个人财务和商业交易的复杂性，你会发现有很多旨在简化这些的在线服务或软件工具。有些工具只是让你添加支出和收入来跟踪你的储蓄，而其他一些工具则提供不同的功能。
+
+我在过去已经介绍过几个[开源会计软件][1]。在这里，我将重点介绍其中一个 — **GnuCash**，它是一款很流行的免费会计软件，为所有用户提供了很多功能。
+
+### GnuCash: 自由开源的会计软件
+
+![][2]
+
+GnuCash 是一款为专业需求量身定做的免费会计软件，可以追踪交易、股票等。它适用于 Linux、BSD、macOS 和 Windows。
+
+虽然刚开始使用可能会让人不知所措，但对于管理个人交易而言很容易使用。在你开始管理一个账户，并添加交易后，你可以得到一个详细的报告。
+
+### GnuCash 的功能
+
+![][3]
+
+正如我前面提到的，GnuCash 带来了一大堆功能，这对于一个刚接触会计的人来说可能会让人不知所措，但我认为它应该是值得的：
+
+ * 复式记账
+ * 股票/债券/共同基金账户
+ * 有税务支持的小企业会计（如印度的商品和服务税）
+ * 详细的分类报告
+ * 便于分析的图表
+ * 支持财务计算
+ * 自动保存功能
+ * 彩色编码
+ * 网上银行向导
+ * 日志
+ * 贷款还款计算器
+ * 用于快速计算的价格数据库
+ * 每个类别的预算平衡表、流程、图表
+ * 能够以 CSV 格式导出
+ * 分别添加客户、供应商和雇员记录。
+ * 计划交易记录
+ * 制定预算的能力
+ * 配置账单生成器，以简化会计程序。
+
+我不是专家，但这只是冰山一角。你会发现有很多选项可以根据你的会计需求进行定制和设置。
+
+![Gnucash Report][4]
+
+### 在 Linux 上安装 GnuCash
+
+你可以在你的 Linux 发行版的软件中心找到 GnuCash。从那里安装或使用[发行版的软件包管理器][5]。
+
+对于那些想要最新版本的人来说，还可以使用 [Flatpak 包][6]。如果你不知道它，我建议你去看看我们的 [Flatpak 指南][7]。
+
+另外，你也可以从源码构建，或者你可以前往他们的[官方下载页面][8]来探索适合你的 Linux 发行版选项。
+
+- [GnuCash][9]
+
+### 总结
+
+对于基本的个人理财来说，这对我来说有点复杂，因为我更喜欢安卓应用的简单。不过，如果你试上几分钟，就会发现它很容易理解，GnuCash 似乎可以灵活地满足大多数要求。
+
+如果你想管理自己或企业的财务，你可以尝试一下。它绝对比在电子表格中保存数据要好。 :)
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/gnucash/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/open-source-accounting-software/
+[2]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/gnucash.jpg?resize=800%2C633&ssl=1
+[3]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/gnucash-screenshot.jpg?resize=800%2C636&ssl=1
+[4]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/gnucash-report.jpg?resize=800%2C638&ssl=1
+[5]: https://itsfoss.com/package-manager/
+[6]: https://flathub.org/apps/details/org.gnucash.GnuCash
+[7]: https://itsfoss.com/flatpak-guide/
+[8]: https://www.gnucash.org/download.phtml#distribution
+[9]: https://www.gnucash.org
diff --git a/published/202011/20201103 Linux Jargon Buster- What are GUI, CLI and TUI in Linux.md b/published/202011/20201103 Linux Jargon Buster- What are GUI, CLI and TUI in Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b75edaa882
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201103 Linux Jargon Buster- What are GUI, CLI and TUI in Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12809-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Linux Jargon Buster: What are GUI, CLI and TUI in Linux?)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/gui-cli-tui/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+Linux 黑话解释：什么是 Linux 中的 GUI、CLI 和 TUI？
+======
+
+
+
+当你开始使用 Linux 并关注关于 Linux 的网站和论坛时，你会经常遇到诸如 GUI、CLI 等术语，有时还会遇到 TUI。
+
+这一章的 Linux 黑话解释简要解释了这些术语，以便你作为一个（新的）Linux 用户在使用这些缩写词时能够更好地理解上下文。
+
+说实话，像 GUI、CLI 或 TUI 这样的术语并不是 Linux 的专属术语。这些都是通用的计算术语，你会发现在非 Linux 的讨论中也会用到它们。
+
+### GUI - 图形用户界面
+
+这可能是你在这里最常遇到的词汇。这是因为我们专注于桌面 Linux 用户，并试图涵盖易于使用的图形化方法和应用程序。
+
+GUI 应用程序（或图形应用程序）基本上是指任何可以与你的鼠标、触摸板或触摸屏交互的东西。有了图标和其他视觉概念，你可以使用鼠标指针来访问功能。
+
+![GIMP：一个用于照片编辑的GUI应用程序][1]
+
+在 Linux 上，[桌面环境][2]为你提供了与系统交互的图形界面，然后，你可以使用 GUI 应用程序，如 GIMP，VLC、Firefox、LibreOffice、文件管理器等来完成各种任务。
+
+GUI 使普通用户的计算机使用变得更加容易，否则它将仍然是一个极客专用区。
+
+### CLI - 命令行界面
+
+CLI 基本上是一个接受输入来执行某种功能的命令行程序。基本上，任何可以在终端中通过命令使用的应用程序都属于这一类。
+
+![apt-cache 是一个 CLI 工具，用于在基于 Debian 的系统上与 APT 缓存交互][3]
+
+早期的电脑与操作系统交互没有鼠标，你必须使用命令与机器互动。
+
+如果你认为这都算困难，那你应该知道，早期的计算机甚至没有一个屏幕可以看到正在输入的东西，他们用实体的纸质打印机看到他们的输入命令。我从来没有用过这样的电脑，也没有在现实生活中看到过。我用过的最接近的东西是学习期间的单片机套件。
+
+![肯•汤普森和丹尼斯•里奇在 PDP11 电脑上开发 UNIX 操作系统][4]
+
+现在的 CLI 还有用吗？当然有。命令总是有它的好处，特别是当你处理操作系统的核心功能和配置时，比如设置防火墙、管理网络甚至[包管理][5]。
+
+你可能会有一个基于 GUI 的应用程序来完成同样的任务，但命令可以让你更精细地访问这些功能。在一些情况下，你会发现 GUI 应用程序也会用命令（在它们的代码中使用）与操作系统交互。
+
+![Handbrake GUI 应用程序在底层使用 FFMPEG CLI 工具][6]
+
+许多流行的 GUI 应用程序往往是基于 CLI 工具的。以[Handbrake][7] 为例。这是一个流行的开源媒体转换器，它底层使用的是 [FFMPEG 命令行][8]工具。
+
+很明显，使用命令行工具没有图形工具那么简单。不要担心。除非你有特殊需要，否则你应该可以用图形化的方式使用 Linux 系统。然而，了解基本的 Linux 命令会有很大的帮助。
+
+### TUI - 终端用户界面（也称为基于文本的用户界面）
+
+这是三者中最不常见的名词。TUI 基本上部分是 GUI，部分是 CLI。糊涂了吗？让我为你解释一下。
+
+你已经知道，早期的计算机使用 CLI。在实际的 GUI 出现之前，基于文本的用户界面在终端中提供了一种非常基本的图形交互。你会有更多的视觉效果，也可以使用鼠标和键盘与应用程序进行交互。
+
+![终端中的 nnn 文件浏览器][9]
+
+TUI 是基于文本的用户界面或终端用户界面的缩写。“基于文本”这个说法主要是因为你在屏幕上有一堆文本，而“终端用户界面”的说法是因为它们只在终端中使用。
+
+TUI 的应用虽然不是那么常见，但你还是有一些的。[基于终端的 Web 浏览器][10]是 TUI 程序的好例子。[基于终端的游戏][11]也属于这一类。
+
+![CMUS 是基于终端的音乐播放器][12]
+
+当你在 [Ubuntu 中安装多媒体编解码器][13]时，你可能会遇到 TUI，你必须接受 EULA 或做出选择。
+
+TUI 应用程序不像 GUI 应用程序那样用户友好，它们经常会有学习曲线，但它们比命令行工具更容易使用一些。
+
+### 最后……
+
+TUI 应用程序通常也被认为是 CLI 应用程序，因为它们被限制在终端上。在我看来，你是否认为它们与 CLI 不同，这取决于你。
+
+我希望你喜欢这篇 Linux 黑话解释。如果你对这个系列的主题有什么建议，请在评论中告诉我，我将在以后尽量涵盖它们。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/gui-cli-tui/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/gimp-2-10-interface.jpg?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/what-is-desktop-environment/
+[3]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/apt-cache-search-names-only.png?resize=759%2C209&ssl=1
+[4]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/Ken_Thompson_and_Dennis_Ritchie_at_PDP-11.jpg?resize=800%2C641&ssl=1
+[5]: https://itsfoss.com/package-manager/
+[6]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/handbrake.png?resize=800%2C537&ssl=1
+[7]: https://itsfoss.com/handbrake/
+[8]: https://itsfoss.com/ffmpeg/
+[9]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/nnn-file-browser.jpg?resize=800%2C597&ssl=1
+[10]: https://itsfoss.com/terminal-web-browsers/
+[11]: https://itsfoss.com/best-command-line-games-linux/
+[12]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/cmus-interface.png?resize=734%2C436&ssl=1
+[13]: https://itsfoss.com/install-media-codecs-ubuntu/
diff --git a/published/202011/20201103 The New Raspberry Pi 400 is Basically a Tiny Computer Inside a Keyboard.md b/published/202011/20201103 The New Raspberry Pi 400 is Basically a Tiny Computer Inside a Keyboard.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1a070873f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201103 The New Raspberry Pi 400 is Basically a Tiny Computer Inside a Keyboard.md
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12793-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (The New Raspberry Pi 400 is Basically a Tiny Computer Inside a Keyboard)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/raspberry-pi-400/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+新的树莓派 400：一台藏身于键盘内微型计算机
+======
+
+树莓派是什么已经无需介绍。这台起初是为 DIY 爱好者打造的低规格电脑，现在可以作为全功能桌面使用了。
+
+随着树莓派 400 的发布，使得它更加适合作为家庭电脑使用。树莓派 400 基本上是一台藏身于键盘内微型计算机。
+
+如果你还记得，[Commodore 64][1] 在 1982 年时也是一台键盘形式的电脑。尽管树莓派 400 并不是独一无二的，但对于树莓派这样的成功产品来说，这是一个令人心仪的产品。
+
+### 树莓派 400 概观
+
+![][2]
+
+它是基于树莓派 4 的（带有 4GB 内存），并已调整附加了冷却器。它采用四核处理器，速度比以往更快。
+
+除了易用性和便携性，它还可以为你节省很多桌面空间。而且，就像我一样，如果你打算买一台备用电脑来测试东西，我想我可能会选择树莓派 400，而不是组装另一台 PC 或[基于 Linux 的迷你 PC][3]。
+
+尽管我在下面提到了它的技术规格，但你可以观看官方视频来了解它的外观，以及它所承诺的是否可以满足作为你的家用电脑的需求。
+
+
+
+### 树莓派 400 技术规格
+
+ * 博通 BCM2711 四核 Cortex-A72（ARM v8）64 位 SoC @ 1.8GHz
+ * 4GB LPDDR4-3200
+ * 双频（2.4GHz 和 5.0GHz）IEEE 802.11b/g/n/ac 无线局域网
+ * 蓝牙 5.0，BLE
+ * 千兆以太网
+ * 2 个 USB 3.0 和 1 个 USB 2.0 端口
+ * 水平 40 针 GPIO 头
+ * 2 个 micro HDMI 端口（支持最高 4Kp60）
+ * H.265（4Kp60 解码）；H.264（1080p60 解码，1080p30 编码）；OpenGL ES 3.0 图形
+ * micro SD 卡插槽，用于操作系统和数据存储
+ * 78 或 79 键的小型键盘（取决于地区差异）
+ * 5V DC，通过 USB 连接器
+ * 工作温度：环境温度 0℃ 至 +50℃。
+ * 最大尺寸 286 毫米 × 122 毫米 × 23 毫米
+
+![][4]
+
+### 定价与供应
+
+这是你付出 **70** 美元，所能得到的最好的现代家用电脑，只需一个键盘就可以简单的携带到任何地方（你只需要一个屏幕连接）。
+
+你可以花 70 美元只买树莓派 400，也可以花 100 美元买完整的套装，它还包括一个 USB 鼠标、micro HDMI 转 HDMI 线、USB-C 电源、一本初学者指南和一张预装了树莓派操作系统的 SD 卡。
+
+如果你想知道，对于键盘布局的支持，新闻稿中是这样提到的：
+
+> 在发布时，我们支持英语（英国和美国）、法语、意大利语、德语和西班牙语的键盘布局，并（首次）提供翻译版的新手指南。在不久的将来，我们计划支持与我们的[官方键盘][5]相同的语言集。
+
+换句话说，一开始他们就支持所有主要的键盘布局。所以，对于大多数人来说，这应该不是问题。
+
+除了键盘布局的细节外，下面是你如何获得树莓派 400 的方法：
+
+> 英国、美国和法国的树莓派 400 [套件][6]和[电脑][7]现在就可以购买。意大利、德国和西班牙的产品正在送往树莓派授权经销商的路上，他们应该在下周就会有货。
+>
+> 我们预计，印度、澳大利亚和新西兰的授权经销商将在今年年底前拿到套件和电脑。我们也在迅速推出其他地区的合规认证，因此树莓派 400 将在 2021 年的前几个月在全球范围内上市。
+>
+> 当然，如果你在剑桥附近的任何地方，你可以前往[树莓派商店][8]，今天就可以领取你的树莓派 400。
+
+- [树莓派 400][9]
+
+### 总结
+
+在远程办公成为新常态的当下，树莓派 400 绝对是令人印象深刻的好东西，也是非常有用的。
+
+你对新的树莓派 400 有什么看法？打算买一台吗？在下面的评论中告诉我你的想法。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/raspberry-pi-400/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Commodore_64
+[2]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/raspberry-pi-400.jpg?resize=800%2C554&ssl=1
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/linux-based-mini-pc/
+[4]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/raspberry-pi-400-shot.jpeg?resize=800%2C572&ssl=1
+[5]: https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/raspberry-pi-keyboard-and-hub/
+[6]: https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/raspberry-pi-400/
+[7]: https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/raspberry-pi-400-unit/
+[8]: https://www.raspberrypi.org/raspberry-pi-store/
+[9]: https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/raspberry-pi-400
diff --git a/published/202011/20201105 5 surprising ways I use Jupyter to improve my life.md b/published/202011/20201105 5 surprising ways I use Jupyter to improve my life.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8caca94e32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201105 5 surprising ways I use Jupyter to improve my life.md
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12816-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (5 surprising ways I use Jupyter to improve my life)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/11/surprising-jupyter)
+[#]: author: (Moshe Zadka https://opensource.com/users/moshez)
+
+5 种令人惊讶的使用 Jupyter 的方式
+======
+
+> Jupyter 不仅仅是一个数据分析工具，让我们看看如何以最有创意的方式使用这个基于 Python 的软件。
+
+
+
+[Jupyter][2] 项目提供了用 JupyterLab 和 Jupyter Notebook 等交互式编写软件的技术方式。这个软件通常用于数据分析，但你可能不知道（Jupyter 社区也没有想到），你可以用它做多少事情。
+
+以下是我使用 Jupyter 的五大意想不到的创造性方法。
+
+### 1、处理图像
+
+在[图像编辑和处理][3]方面，有很多很好的开源工具 —— 从那些可以与 Photoshop 媲美的工具到实验性的 [Glimpse][4]。但即使有这么多选择，有时我还是不想离开 [Python][5] 的世界。
+
+幸运的是，Jupyter 是一个做轻量级图像处理的好选择。利用 Jupyter 直接将 [Pillow][6] 对象显示为图像的优势，让你可以尽情地对图片进行实验。我甚至还用它给孩子[做了一个涂色画][7]。
+
+### 2、做一个 SSH 跳板遥控器
+
+由于 JupyterLab 可以让你[上传和下载][8]文件、[编辑][9]文件，甚至[运行终端][10]，所以它拥有制作 SSH 跳板环境所需的所有部件。
+
+通过一些 SSH 转发魔法，你可以让 Jupyter 成为防火墙另一边的[远程控制台][11]。
+
+### 3、开发 Web 应用程序
+
+我最喜欢的使用 Jupyter 的方式之一是用于一种意想不到的软件开发。我[做了一次演讲][12]，在演讲中，我使用 Jupyter Notebook 实时开发了一个 [Web 应用][13]。讲演的最后是一个简单的表单，它是 XSS 和 CSS 安全的，并包括一些轻量级的服务器端计算。
+
+一个日常的 Jupyter 用户可能不会期望它是一个最棒的 Web 开发环境，但它是一个非常强大的环境。
+
+### 4、从你喜欢的服务中提取报告
+
+JupyterLab 中的数据分析是一种常见的用法，但自我提升分析呢？
+
+你可以使用 Jupyter 来[分析你的日历][14]。如果你最喜欢的服务允许 API 导出，甚至可以让你导出一个 CSV，你可以将这些与你的日历进行关联。如果你发现你在社交媒体上发帖的时候，你的日历上写着你应该和你的经理开会，那 Jupyter 也救不了你！
+
+### 5、开发游戏
+
+对于扩大对 Jupyter Notebook 的期望值，我最喜欢的方式是和孩子一起建立一个游戏。我之前写过这方面的文章，有一个使用 [PursuedPyBear][16] 和 Jupyter [编写游戏][15]的分步教程。
+
+在试图弄清游戏机制时，这种迭代式的游戏开发方法特别有用。能够在游戏中途改变规则（对不起，我必须得这样做）是一个改变游戏规则的方法。
+
+你甚至可以使用 IPywidgets 来修改数字参数，就像[这个视频][17]所示。
+
+### 下载电子书
+
+JupyterLab 和 Jupyter Notebooks 提供了一个不可思议的实验环境。[下载这本指南][18]，其中包含了以令人吃惊的方式使用 Jupyter 的教程。
+
+你是如何以创造性的方式使用它的？在下面的评论中分享你的最爱。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/11/surprising-jupyter
+
+作者：[Moshe Zadka][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/moshez
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/computer_space_graphic_cosmic.png?itok=wu493YbB (Computer laptop in space)
+[2]: https://jupyter.org/
+[3]: https://opensource.com/life/12/6/design-without-debt-five-tools-for-designers
+[4]: https://glimpse-editor.github.io/
+[5]: https://opensource.com/resources/python
+[6]: https://pillow.readthedocs.io/en/stable/index.html
+[7]: https://opensource.com/article/20/8/edit-images-python
+[8]: https://jupyterlab.readthedocs.io/en/stable/user/files.html#uploading-and-downloading
+[9]: https://jupyterlab.readthedocs.io/en/stable/user/files.html#opening-files
+[10]: https://jupyterlab.readthedocs.io/en/stable/user/terminal.html
+[11]: https://opensource.com/article/20/8/remote-management-jupyter
+[12]: https://opensource.com/article/20/8/write-talk-using-jupyter-notebooks
+[13]: https://github.com/moshez/interactive-web-development/blob/e31ae72d8cab7637d18bc734c4e8afc10c60251f/interactive-web-development.ipynb
+[14]: https://opensource.com/article/20/9/analyze-your-life-jupyter
+[15]: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/python-games
+[16]: https://ppb.dev/
+[17]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JaTf_ZT7tE8
+[18]: https://opensource.com/downloads/jupyter-guide
diff --git a/published/202011/20201105 Got Kids- Limit Computer Usage Per Account in Linux With Timekpr-nExt.md b/published/202011/20201105 Got Kids- Limit Computer Usage Per Account in Linux With Timekpr-nExt.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..50d25c00a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201105 Got Kids- Limit Computer Usage Per Account in Linux With Timekpr-nExt.md
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12835-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Got Kids? Limit Computer Usage Per Account in Linux With Timekpr-nExt)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/timekpr-next/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+有孩子吗？使用 Timekpr-nExt 限制 Linux 中每个账户的电脑使用
+======
+
+
+
+> 本周的开源软件亮点是 Timekpr-nExt。它是一个 GUI 应用，用于限制 Linux 系统中某些账户的电脑使用。对于不想让孩子花太多时间在电脑上的父母来说，这是一个方便的工具。
+
+### 使用 Timekpr-nExt 在 Linux 上限制电脑使用
+
+如果你家里有小孩，他们花太多时间在电脑上，你可能想对他们的使用进行一些限制。
+
+可以让你根据一天的时间、一天、一周或者一月的小时数来限制某些账户的电脑使用。你也可以设置时间间隔来强制账户用户休息。
+
+![][1]
+
+给定的时间超过后，用户会自动登出，直到满足限制条件才可以重新登录。
+
+![][2]
+
+当然，这意味着你需要为孩子们单独设置非管理员（无 `sudo` 权限）账户。如果孩子们的账户也有管理员权限，他们可以很容易地改变设置。孩子们很聪明，你知道的。
+
+### Timekpr-nExt 的功能
+
+除了一个令人讨厌的风格化的名字，Timekpr-nExt 有以下功能：
+
+* 将系统使用限制设置为按日智能限制、每日、每周或每月限制
+* 你还可以根据时间和小时设置访问限制
+* 用户可以看到关于他们还剩多少时间的通知
+* 设置锁定动作（终止会话、关闭、暂停或锁定屏幕）
+* 追踪账户的时间使用情况
+
+请注意以下事项：
+
+* 仔细检查你正在配置的账户。**不要把自己锁定**
+* 每次更改配置时，请点击应用或设置按钮，否则更改将不会被设置
+* 儿童帐户不应该有管理员操作，否则他们会覆盖设置
+
+这里阅读[关于使用 Timekpr-nExt 的更多信息的文档][3]。
+
+### 在 Linux 中安装 Timekpr-nExt
+
+对于基于 Ubuntu 的 Linux 发行版（如 Mint、Linux Lite 等），有一个[官方 PPA 可用][4]。你可以通过以下命令逐步安装它：
+
+```
+sudo add-apt-repository ppa:mjasnik/ppa
+sudo apt update
+sudo apt install timekpr-next
+```
+
+Arch Linux 用户可以[在 AUR 中找到它][5]。对于其他用户，请检查你的发行版仓库。如果没有这样的包，你可以尝试使用源码。
+
+- [Timekpr-nExt 源码][6]
+
+**再说一次，不要在主账户中使用 Timekpr-nExt。你可能会把自己锁在外面。**
+
+你会看到两个应用的实例。使用开头有 （SU） 的那个。
+
+![][7]
+
+#### 删除 Timekpr-nExt
+
+我不能确定删除 Timekpr-nExt 是否也会删除你为用户设置的限制。手动恢复他们（间隔一天 24 小时）会是一个好主意。这里没有重置按钮。
+
+要删除这个应用（如果你使用 PPA 安装它），使用以下命令：
+
+```
+sudo apt-get remove --purge timekpr-next
+```
+
+同时删除 PPA 仓库：
+
+```
+sudo add-apt-repository -r ppa:mjasnik/ppa
+```
+
+和[在 Linux 上屏蔽成人内容][8]一样，这个应用也是专门针对儿童的。并不是每个人都会觉得它有用，但家里有小孩的人如果觉得有必要的话，可以使用它。
+
+你是否使用其他应用来监控/限制儿童访问计算机？
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/timekpr-next/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/timekpr-next-ubuntu.png?resize=800%2C612&ssl=1
+[2]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/timekpr-next-icon-system-notification-area.png?resize=640%2C94&ssl=1
+[3]: https://mjasnik.gitlab.io/timekpr-next/
+[4]: https://launchpad.net/~mjasnik/+archive/ubuntu/ppa
+[5]: https://aur.archlinux.org/packages/timekpr-next/
+[6]: https://launchpad.net/timekpr-next
+[7]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/timekeeper-next.jpg?resize=799%2C250&ssl=1
+[8]: https://itsfoss.com/how-to-block-porn-by-content-filtering-on-ubuntu/
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/published/202011/20201105 How to Check Free Disk Space on Linux -Terminal and GUI Methods.md b/published/202011/20201105 How to Check Free Disk Space on Linux -Terminal and GUI Methods.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f8ac5b6f0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201105 How to Check Free Disk Space on Linux -Terminal and GUI Methods.md
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (robsean)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12831-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to Check Free Disk Space on Linux [Terminal and GUI Methods])
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/check-free-disk-space-linux/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+如何在 Linux 上检查可用的磁盘空间
+======
+
+
+
+> 我已经使用了多少磁盘空间？
+
+在 Linux 上查找可用磁盘空间的最简单的方法是[使用 df 命令][1] 。`df` 命令从字面意思上代表着磁盘可用空间，很明显，它将向你显示在 Linux 系统上的可用磁盘空间。
+
+```
+df -h
+```
+
+使用 `-h` 选项，它将以人类可读的格式（MB 和 GB）来显示磁盘空间。
+
+这里是针对我 Dell XPS 系统的 `df` 命令的输出，它使用了加密磁盘并且只安装了 Linux：
+
+![在 Linux 中使用 df 命令检查可用磁盘空间][2]
+
+如果上面的输出使你感到困惑，不用担心。我将介绍一些关于在 Linux 中检查可用磁盘空间的东西。我也将为桌面 Linux 用户展示 GUI 方法。
+
+### 方法 1: 使用 df 命令来检查在 Linux 中的可用磁盘空间（并理解它的输出）
+
+当你使用 `df` 命令来检查磁盘空间时，它将显示一组“文件系统”，包括它们的大小、使用的空间和可用的空间。你实际的磁盘通常应该下面列表中的一个:
+
+ * `/dev/sda`
+ * `/dev/sdb`
+ * `/dev/nvme0n1p`
+
+这不是硬性的标准，但是它可以给予你一个指示，它可以让你能够很容易地从一堆文字中辨别出真正的磁盘。
+
+你的 Linux 系统在你的磁盘上可能有一些用于引导 分区、EFI 分区、根分区、交换分区、家目录等的分区。在这种情况下，这些分区在“磁盘名称”的结尾处使用一个数字来标示，像 `/dev/sda1`、`/dev/nvme0n1p2` 等等。
+
+你可以从它们的挂载点来辨认出哪个分区是用于做什么的。根分区挂载在 `/`、EFI 分区在 `/boot/EFI` 等等。
+
+就我的情况来说，我已经使用了根分区下磁盘空间（232 GB）的 41% 。如果你有 2 到 3 个大分区（像根分区、家目录分区等等），你将不得不在这里计算一下已使用的磁盘空间。
+
+![理解 df 命令输出][3]
+
+ * `tmpfs`：[tmpfs][4]（临时文件系统）用于在虚拟存储器中保持文件。你可以随意地忽略这个虚拟文件系统。
+ * `udev`：[udev 文件系统][5] 用于存储插入到你系统的设备（像 USB、网卡、CD ROM 等等）的相关信息。你也可以忽略它。
+ * `/dev/loop`: 它们是环回设备。由于 snap 应用程序，在 Ubuntu 中查看磁盘时，你将看到很多的这样的设备。环回设备是虚拟设备，它们允许普通文件作为块设备文件来访问。使用环回设备，snap 应用程序在它们自己的虚拟磁盘中进行沙盒处理。尽管它们是在根分区下，但是你不需要单独计算它们使用的磁盘空间。
+
+#### 丢失了磁盘空间？检查你是否挂载了所有是磁盘和分区
+
+记住，`df` 命令仅显示已挂载文件系统的磁盘空间。如果你在同一块磁盘上使用多个 Linux 发行版（或者多个操作系统），或者在你的系统上有多个磁盘，你需要先挂载它们，以便查看在这些分区和磁盘上的可用磁盘空间。
+
+例如，我的 [Intel NUC][6] 有两个 SSD 磁盘，并且在其上有 4 个或 5 个 Linux 分区。仅当我明确地挂载它们时，`df` 命令才会显示更多磁盘。
+
+![][7]
+
+你可以使用 `lsblk` 命令来查看在你系统上的所有磁盘和分区。
+
+![][8]
+
+在你有了磁盘分区名称后，你可以用这种方式来挂载它:
+
+```
+sudo mount /dev/sdb2 /mnt
+```
+
+我希望这种方法能够给你提供一个在 Linux 上检查硬盘驱动器空间的好主意。让我们看看如何在 GUI 下来完成。
+
+### 方法 2: 在 GUI 下检查可用磁盘使用情况
+
+在 Ubuntu 中使用 “Disk Usage Analyzer” 工具来在 GUI 的方式下检查可用磁盘空间是很容易的。
+
+![Disk Usage Analyzer 工具][9]
+
+在这里，你将看到所有实际的磁盘和分区。你可能需要单击一些分区来挂载它们。它显示所有已挂载分区的磁盘使用情况。
+
+![磁盘使用情况检查][10]
+
+#### 使用 GNOME 的 Disks 实用程序来检查可用磁盘空间
+
+除此之外，GNOME 的 Disks 实用程序也是非常容易使用的工具。
+
+![GNOME 的 Disks 工具][11]
+
+启动工具和选择磁盘。选择一个分区来查看可用磁盘空间。如果没有挂载分区，那么先通过单击 “▶” 图标来挂载它。
+
+![检查 Ubuntu 的桌面版本的可用磁盘空间][12]
+
+我认为在 Linux 上的所有主要桌面环境都有某种图形工具来检查磁盘使用情况。你可以在你是桌面 Linux 系统的菜单中搜索它。
+
+### 结束语
+
+当然，有很多方法和工具来检查磁盘空间。为此，我向你显示了最常用的命令行方法和 GUI 方法。
+
+我也解释一些可能会让你很难理解磁盘使用情况的东西。希望你喜欢它。
+
+如果你有问题或建议，请在评论区告诉我。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/check-free-disk-space-linux/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[robsean](https://github.com/robsean)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://linuxhandbook.com/df-command/
+[2]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/free-disk-space-linux-df-command-output.png?resize=786%2C475&ssl=1
+[3]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/df-command-output.png?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
+[4]: https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/filesystems/tmpfs.html
+[5]: https://wiki.debian.org/udev
+[6]: https://itsfoss.com/install-linux-on-intel-nuc/
+[7]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/df-command-ubuntu-1.png?resize=786%2C443&ssl=1
+[8]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/lsblk-command-to-see-disks-linux.png?resize=786%2C538&ssl=1
+[9]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/disk-usage-analyzer-tool-linux.jpg?resize=800%2C250&ssl=1
+[10]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/free-disk-space-ubuntu-desktop.png?resize=800%2C648&ssl=1
+[11]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/disks-tool-linux.jpg?resize=800%2C250&ssl=1
+[12]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/free-disk-space-check-ubuntu-desktop.png?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
diff --git a/published/202011/20201105 How to Scan-Detect New LUNs and SCSI Disks on Linux.md b/published/202011/20201105 How to Scan-Detect New LUNs and SCSI Disks on Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7946201c1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201105 How to Scan-Detect New LUNs and SCSI Disks on Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12820-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to Scan/Detect New LUNs and SCSI Disks on Linux)
+[#]: via: (https://www.2daygeek.com/scan-detect-luns-scsi-disks-on-redhat-centos-oracle-linux/)
+[#]: author: (Magesh Maruthamuthu https://www.2daygeek.com/author/magesh/)
+
+如何在 Linux 上扫描/检测新的 LUN 和 SCSI 磁盘
+======
+
+
+
+当 Linux 系统连接到 SAN（存储区域网络）后，你需要重新扫描 iSCSI 服务以发现新的 LUN。
+
+要做到这一点，你必须向存储团队提供 Linux 主机的 WWN 号和所需的 LUN 大小。
+
+这篇文章将帮助你[查找 Linux 主机的 WWN 号][1]。
+
+当存储团队将 LUN 与给定的 Linux 主机进行了映射，他们将为你提供新的 LUN 详细信息。
+
+LUN 在存储术语中被称为 LUN 的串行十六进制。
+
+你需要扫描 SCSI 主机来寻找存储团队分配的新 LUN。
+
+这可以通过两种方式进行，扫描每个 scsi 主机设备或运行 `rescan-scsi-bus.sh` 脚本来检测新磁盘。
+
+扫描后可以在 `/dev/disk/by-id` 目录下找到它们。
+
+```
+# ll /dev/disk/by-id
+
+total 0
+lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 10 Jul 9 17:52 scsi-60a98000486e542d4f5a2f47694d684b -> ../../sdah
+lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 9 Jul 9 17:52 scsi-60a98000486e542d4f5a2f47694d684c -> ../../sdw
+.
+.
+lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 10 Jul 9 17:52 scsi-60a98000486e542d4f5a2f47694d684d -> ../../sdjk
+lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 10 Jul 9 17:52 scsi-60a98000486e542d4f5a2f47694d684e -> ../../sdaa
+lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 9 Jul 9 17:52 scsi-60a98000486e542d4f5a2f47694d684f -> ../../sdh
+```
+
+另外，如果你已经用 `multipath` 配置了它们，那么可以用 `multipath` 命令找到。
+
+`multipath 主要是配置到 Oracle 数据库服务器中，以提高性能。
+
+```
+# multipath -ll
+
+60a98000486e542d4f5a2f47694d684b dm-37 NETAPP,LUN C-Mode
+size=512G features='3 queue_if_no_path pg_init_retries 50' hwhandler='1 alua' wp=rw
+|-+- policy='round-robin 0' prio=50 status=active
+| |- 1:0:4:18 sdoe 128:416 active ready running
+| |- 0:0:4:18 sdpq 131:256 active ready running
+| |- 0:0:5:18 sdsr 135:496 active ready running
+| `- 1:0:5:18 sdsq 135:480 active ready running
+`-+- policy='round-robin 0' prio=10 status=enabled
+|- 1:0:1:18 sdfw 131:32 active ready running
+|- 1:0:0:18 sdci 69:96 active ready running
+|- 0:0:1:18 sdbz 68:208 active ready running
+|- 0:0:0:18 sds 65:32 active ready running
+|- 1:0:3:18 sdmd 69:336 active ready running
+|- 1:0:2:18 sdjj 8:464 active ready running
+|- 0:0:3:34 sdjt 65:368 active ready running
+`- 0:0:2:34 sdgi 131:224 active ready running
+```
+
+这个过程适用于基于 Red Hat 6.x、7.x 和 8.x（RHEL - Red Hat Enterprise Linux）的系统，如 CentOS 和 Oracle Linux。
+
+### 方法 1：如何使用 /sys 类文件在 Linux 上扫描新的 LUN 和 SCSI 磁盘
+
+sysfs 文件系统是一个伪文件系统，它为内核数据结构提供了一个接口。
+
+sysfs 下的文件提供了关于设备、内核模块、文件系统和其他内核组件的信息。
+
+sysfs 文件系统通常被挂载在 `/sys`。通常，它是由系统自动挂载的。
+
+你可以使用 `echo` 命令来扫描每个 SCSI 主机设备，如下所示：
+
+```
+# echo "- - -" > /sys/class/scsi_host/host[n]/scan
+```
+
+当你运行上面的重新扫描所有的命令时，三个破折号（`- – -`）指的是通配符选项。这些值如下：
+
+```
+# echo "c t l" > /sys/class/scsi_host/host[n]/scan
+```
+
+这里：
+
+* `c`：HBA 上的通道
+* `t`：SCSI 目标 ID
+* `l`：LUN ID
+* `n`：HBA 编号
+
+运行下面的命令来查找系统中所有的主机总线编号：
+
+```
+# ls /sys/class/scsi_host
+host0 host1 host2
+```
+
+得到主机总线编号后，运行以下命令来发现新的磁盘：
+
+```
+# echo "- - -" > /sys/class/scsi_host/host0/scan
+# echo "- - -" > /sys/class/scsi_host/host1/scan
+# echo "- - -" > /sys/class/scsi_host/host2/scan
+```
+
+另外，还可以用 `for` 循环用一条命令进行扫描。
+
+```
+# for host in ls /sys/class/scsi_host/;do echo "- - -" >/sys/class/scsi_host/${host}/scan; done
+```
+
+你可以使用文章开头提到的 [ls 命令][2]来检查它们。
+
+```
+# ls /dev/disk/by-id | grep -i "serial-hex of LUN"
+```
+
+### 方法 2：如何使用 rescan-scsi-bus.sh 脚本在 Linux 上扫描新的 LUN 和 SCSI 磁盘
+
+确保你已经安装了 `sg3_utils` 包来使用这个脚本。否则，运行以下命令来安装它。
+
+对于 RHEL/CentOS 6/7 系统，使用 [yum 命令][3]安装 `sg3_utils`。
+
+```
+# yum install -y sg3_utils
+```
+
+对于 RHEL/CentOS 8 和 Fedora 系统，使用 [dnf 命令][4]安装 sg3_utils。
+
+```
+# dnf install -y sg3_utils
+```
+
+现在你可以使用 `rescan-scsi-bus.sh` 脚本重新扫描 LUN。
+
+```
+# ./rescan-scsi-bus.sh
+```
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.2daygeek.com/scan-detect-luns-scsi-disks-on-redhat-centos-oracle-linux/
+
+作者：[Magesh Maruthamuthu][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.2daygeek.com/author/magesh/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-find-wwn-wwnn-wwpn-number-of-hba-card-in-linux/
+[2]: https://www.2daygeek.com/linux-unix-ls-command-display-directory-contents/
+[3]: https://www.2daygeek.com/linux-yum-command-examples-manage-packages-rhel-centos-systems/
+[4]: https://www.2daygeek.com/linux-dnf-command-examples-manage-packages-fedora-centos-rhel-systems/
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/published/202011/20201105 Tweak your Git config for multiple user IDs.md b/published/202011/20201105 Tweak your Git config for multiple user IDs.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..746d6fc422
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201105 Tweak your Git config for multiple user IDs.md
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12814-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Tweak your Git config for multiple user IDs)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/10/git-config)
+[#]: author: (Ramanathan M https://opensource.com/users/muthiahramanathan)
+
+调整你的 Git 配置以适应多个用户 ID 的需要
+======
+
+> 可以使用相同的机器用于工作和个人的 Git 提交，而无需手动重置你的配置。
+
+
+
+Git 的 [git config][2] 命令可以让你为 Git 设置仓库或全局选项。它有很多选项，其中的一个选项 `includeIf` 在你使用在 Git 时有双重角色时非常方便，比如说，你既是全职的开发者，又在业余时间为开源项目做贡献。在这种情况下，大多数人都不想为两个角色使用一个共同的配置，或者，至少，他们肯定希望保持配置的某些部分是不同的，尤其是当他们在两个角色中使用同一台计算机时。
+
+我的情况就是这样，所以我在 Git 配置中保留了两组不同的邮件 ID。这样一来，在我工作场所的项目仓库中提交的内容就会使用我办公室的邮件 ID，而在我个人 GitHub 帐户中提交的内容则使用我个人的邮件 ID。
+
+以下是我的全局配置（维护在 `$HOME/.gitconfig`）中的一个片段，我将在下文中介绍。
+
+```
+[includeIf "gitdir:~/priv_scm/"]
+ path = ~/priv_scm/.gitconfig
+[includeIf "gitdir:~/work_scm/"]
+ path = ~/work_scm/.gitconfig
+```
+
+### 什么是 includeIf？
+
+`includeIf.condition.path` 变量，是 `include` 配置指令的一部分，允许你有条件地设置自定义配置。同时，自定义配置的路径也可以作为指令的一部分来设置。
+
+这个指令支持三个关键字：`gitdir`、`gitdir/I` 和 `onbranch`。我将简单解释一下 `gitdir`，我在上面的代码片段中使用了它。你可以在[文档][3]中了解其他两个关键词。
+
+在 `includeIf` 指令中使用 `gitdir` 关键字会对模式进行条件检查。根据规则，如果当前工作目录与 `gitdir` 中指定的目录模式相匹配，那么它就会从给定的路径中选取配置。我将在配置片段上应用这个规则来展示它是如何被应用的。
+
+在配置片段中，你可以看到一个简单的模式，`~/`，它与 `gitdir` 关键字一起使用。这个模式会被存储在 `$HOME` 环境变量中的值所替代。
+
+### 如何使用它
+
+如果你使用同一个系统在 GitHub 或 GitLab 上的开源项目上工作，并在工作中提交到 Git 仓库，你可以有两个顶级目录，比如 `$HOME/priv_scm` 和 `$HOME/work_scm`。在这两个目录中，你可以有两个单独的 `.gitconfig` 文件，其中包含与你的 `user.name` 和 `user.email` 相关的设置。然而，它们也可以包含存储在 `$HOME` 的全局 `.gitconfig` 中，它可以保存两个环境通用的所有自定义项。
+
+这里是一个例子 `$HOME/priv_scm/.gitconfig` 的片段：
+
+```
+$ cat $HOME/priv_scm/.gitconfig
+[user]
+ name = Ramanathan Muthiah
+ email = <personal-mailid-goes-here>
+```
+
+有了这个配置，你就可以切换目录，并开始在开源项目上工作，而无需手动重置一些与 Git 相关的配置。这些更改会在主 `.gitconfig` 中借助 `includeIf` 条件指令自动处理。
+
+### Git 小贴士
+
+希望这个小贴士能帮助你组织 Git 项目。你最喜欢的 Git 小贴士是什么？请在评论中分享吧！
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/git-config
+
+作者：[Ramanathan M][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/muthiahramanathan
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/email_chat_communication_message.png?itok=LKjiLnQu (Chat via email)
+[2]: https://git-scm.com/docs/git-config
+[3]: https://git-scm.com/docs/git-config#_conditional_includes
diff --git a/published/202011/20201106 Reclaim hard-drive space with LVM.md b/published/202011/20201106 Reclaim hard-drive space with LVM.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e40862864f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201106 Reclaim hard-drive space with LVM.md
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12864-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Reclaim hard-drive space with LVM)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/reclaim-hard-drive-space-with-lvm/)
+[#]: author: (Troy Curtis Jr https://fedoramagazine.org/author/troycurtisjr/)
+
+使用 LVM 扩展卷空间
+======
+
+
+
+LVM 是一个逻辑卷管理工具，包括分配磁盘、条带化、镜像和调整逻辑卷的大小。它在 Fedora 安装中被普遍使用（在 BTRFS 作为默认文件系统之前是 LVM + Ext4）。但是你是否曾经遇到过启动系统时，GNOME 提示 home 卷几乎没有空间了！幸运的是，很有可能有一些空间在另一个卷中，而未被使用，可以用于重新分配。下面就来看看如何用 LVM 回收硬盘空间。
+
+在卷之间轻松重新分配空间的关键是[逻辑卷管理器（LVM）][2]。Fedora 32 及以前的系统默认使用 LVM 来划分磁盘空间。这种技术类似于标准的硬盘分区，但 LVM 更加灵活。LVM 不仅可以实现灵活的卷大小管理，还可以实现一些高级功能，比如读写快照、在多个硬盘上进行数据条带化或镜像、将高速硬盘作为慢速硬盘的缓存等等。所有这些高级选项可能会让人有点不知所措，但调整卷的大小很简单的。
+
+### LVM 基础
+
+**卷组**（VG）作为 LVM 系统中的主要容器。默认情况下，Fedora 只定义了一个卷组，但你可以根据需要定义多个卷组。实际的硬盘和硬盘分区被添加到卷组中作为**物理卷**（PV）。物理卷会将可用的空间添加到卷组中。一个典型的 Fedora 安装有一个格式化的启动分区，其余的硬盘是一个配置为 LVM 物理卷的分区。
+
+从这个可用空间池中，卷组分配了一个或多个**逻辑卷**（LV）。这些卷类似于硬盘分区，但没有磁盘上连续空间的限制。LVM 的逻辑卷甚至可以跨越多个设备！就像硬盘分区一样，逻辑卷有一个定义的大小，可以包含任何文件系统，然后可以挂载到特定的目录。
+
+### 需要什么
+
+在 gnome-disks 应用中确认系统使用 LVM ，并确保其他卷中有可用的空间。如果没有可以从另一个卷中回收的空间，这个指南就没有用。还需要一个 [Fedora 临场 CD/USB][3]。任何需要收缩的文件系统都必须卸载。从临场镜像运行，可以让硬盘上的所有卷保持未挂载状态，甚至包括像 `/` 和 `/home` 这样的重要目录。
+
+![Use gnome-disks to verify free space][4]
+
+### 一句话警告
+
+按照这个指南，应该不会丢失任何数据，但它确实会使用一些非常底层和强大的命令。一个错误可能会破坏硬盘上的所有数据。所以要先备份磁盘上的所有数据！
+
+### 调整 LVM 卷的大小
+
+开始时，启动 Fedora 临场镜像并在对话框中选择 “Try Fedora”。接下来，使用 “Run Command” 启动 “blivet-gui” 应用（按 `Alt-F2`，输入 `blivet-gui`，然后按回车）。选择左侧 “LVM” 下的卷组。逻辑卷在右边。
+
+![Explore logical volumes in blivet-gui][5]
+
+逻辑卷标签由卷组名称和逻辑卷名称组成。在本例中，卷组是 `fedora_localhost-live`，分配了 `home`、`root` 和 `swap` 逻辑卷。要找到完整的卷，选择每一个卷，点击“齿轮”图标，然后选择 “resize”。调整大小对话框中的滑块表示卷的允许大小。左边的最小值是文件系统中已经使用的空间，所以这是最小可能的尺寸大小（不删除数据）。右边的最大值是基于卷组中的最大可用空间。
+
+![Resize dialog in blivet-gui][6]
+
+灰色的 “resize” 选项意味着该卷已经满了，而且卷组中没有可用空间。
+
+现在可以更改大小了！查看所有的卷，就像上面的截图那样，找到一个有足够空间的卷。并像上面的截图那样，在所有的卷中找到一个有大量额外空间的卷。向左移动滑块来设置新的大小。腾出足够的空间对整个卷有用，但仍然要为未来的数据增长留出足够的空间。否则，这个卷将是下一个被填满的卷。
+
+点击 “resize”，注意卷列表中出现了一个新项目：“free space”。现在选择这次要调整的卷，并将滑块一直向右移动。按 “resize” 键，并查看新改进的卷的布局。然而，硬盘驱动器上的任何东西现在都还没有改变。点击“勾选”选项将更改提交到磁盘。
+
+![Review changes in blivet-gui][7]
+
+查看更改的摘要，如果一切看起来都是正确的，点击 “Ok” 继续。等待 “blivet-gui” 完成。现在重新启动回到 Fedora，可以使用之前被充满的卷上的新空间了。
+
+### 为未来计划
+
+要知道任何特定卷在未来需要多少空间是很困难的。与其立即分配所有可用的空闲空间，不如考虑在卷组中留出空闲空间。事实上，Fedora Server 默认在卷组中保留空间。当一个卷处于在线和使用中时，扩展卷是可能的。不需要临场镜像或重启。当一个卷几乎满的时候，可以使用部分可用空间轻松扩展卷并继续工作。遗憾的是，默认的磁盘管理器 gnome-disks 不支持 LVM 卷的大小调整，所以安装 [blivet-gui][8] 作为图形化管理工具。另外，还有一个简单的终端命令来扩展卷：
+
+```
+lvresize -r -L +1G /dev/fedora_localhost-live/root
+```
+
+### 总结
+
+用 LVM 回收硬盘空间只是 LVM 功能的表面。大多数人，特别是在桌面中，可能不需要更高级的功能。然而，当需要的时候，LVM 就在那里，尽管它的实现可能会变得有点复杂。从 [Fedora 33][10] 开始，[BTRFS][9] 是默认的文件系统，没有 LVM。BTRFS 可以更容易管理，同时对于大多数常见的使用来说也足够灵活。查看最近 [Fedora Magazine 关于 BTRFS 的文章][11]了解更多。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/reclaim-hard-drive-space-with-lvm/
+
+作者：[Troy Curtis Jr][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/troycurtisjr/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/lvm-resize-816x345.jpg
+[2]: http://sourceware.org/lvm2/
+[3]: https://getfedora.org/en/workstation/download/
+[4]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/gnome-disks.png
+[5]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/blivet-overview.png
+[6]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/blivet-resize-1024x525.png
+[7]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/blivet-summary-1024x525.png
+[8]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Blivet-gui
+[9]: https://fedoramagazine.org/btrfs-coming-to-fedora-33/
+[10]: https://fedoramagazine.org/whats-new-fedora-33-workstation/
+[11]: https://fedoramagazine.org/btrfs-snapshots-backup-incremental/
diff --git a/published/202011/20201110 What I love about the newest GNOME desktop.md b/published/202011/20201110 What I love about the newest GNOME desktop.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0246663267
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201110 What I love about the newest GNOME desktop.md
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12839-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (What I love about the newest GNOME desktop)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/11/new-gnome)
+[#]: author: (Jim Hall https://opensource.com/users/jim-hall)
+
+我喜欢最新的 GNOME 桌面
+======
+
+> 看看 GNOME 3.38 桌面最重要的新功能。
+
+
+
+Fedora 33 [刚出来][2]，我就马上安装了它。在这个新版 Linux 发行版的众多功能中，其中之一是最新的 GNOME 桌面。GNOME 3.38 于 2020 年 9 月发布，我很喜欢它。
+
+### 我为什么喜欢 GNOME 3.38？
+
+GNOME 3.38 [发布说明][3]中列出了这次更新中的一些重大的新功能。其中，新用户的欢迎页面有了重大改版，现在更加容易使用，如果你是新用户的话，它提供了更多有用的信息。
+
+![The new "Welcome GNOME"][4]
+
+我还喜欢在 GNOME 应用概览中拖动来重新排列应用图标的功能。这让我在 GNOME 下组织我一直使用的应用变得轻而易举。你甚至可以将图标拖放到一起，并自动将它们放入一个文件夹。
+
+![GNOME 3.38 Application Overview][7]
+
+我的家人在不同的时区，更新后的 GNOME 时钟使得添加新的世界时钟变得更加容易，所以当我给家人打电话时，我不必弄清楚现在是什么时间，他们是早一个小时还是晚一个小时？我只需查看 GNOME 时钟，就能一目了然地看到每个人的当地时间。另外，虽然我并不经常使用闹钟功能，但我喜欢我可以自己设置铃声持续时间和每个闹钟的默认“打盹”时间。
+
+![Adding a new world clock in GNOME Clocks][8]
+
+除了所有这些功能更新之外，GNOME 3.38 中最大的改进是性能。正如 GNOME 开发者 Emmanuele Bassi [今年早些时候的解释][9]：“GNOME 中的每个人都为使速度更快而做了很多工作，即使是在树莓派等这样受限的系统上运行的人也是如此。为了让 GNOME 表现得更好，大家做了很多工作。因为人们真的很关心它”。而这一点在新版本中体现得淋漓尽致！GNOME 桌面感觉反应更灵敏。
+
+![Applications running on GNOME 3.38][10]
+
+作为我的咨询和培训业务的一部分，我经常在几个打开的应用之间切换，包括 LibreOffice、GIMP、Inkscape、Web 浏览器等。在 GNOME 3.38 中，启动一个新的应用或在打开的应用之间切换感觉更快。
+
+### 除了一件事
+
+如果说新版 GNOME 中有什么我不喜欢的地方，那就是重新设计的屏幕截图工具。我一直使用这个工具来抓取屏幕上的一部分内容，并将其插入到我的演示文稿和培训文档中。
+
+![GNOME Screenshot tool][11]
+
+当我浏览用户界面或电脑屏幕时，我自然会像阅读书籍或杂志那样浏览：从左到右，从上到下。当我使用新的屏幕截图工具进行屏幕截图时，我从左上角开始，然后进行选择。大多数时候，我只需要改变选区的捕捉区域，所以我点击那个按钮，然后寻找截图的按钮。但我总是要花点时间才能找到左上角的**截图**按钮。它并不在窗口的底部，也不是我希望找到它的地方。
+
+![GNOME Screenshot tool][12]
+
+到目前为止，这似乎是我在 GNOME 3.38 中唯一的烦恼。总的来说，我对新的 GNOME 感到非常兴奋。我希望你也是！
+
+要了解更多关于 GNOME 3.38 的信息，请访问 [GNOME 网站][13]或阅读 [GNOME 3.38 公告][5]。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/11/new-gnome
+
+作者：[Jim Hall][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jim-hall
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/computer_browser_web_desktop.png?itok=Bw8ykZMA (Digital images of a computer desktop)
+[2]: https://fedoramagazine.org/announcing-fedora-33/
+[3]: https://help.gnome.org/misc/release-notes/3.38/
+[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/welcome-tour.png (The new "Welcome GNOME" )
+[5]: https://www.gnome.org/news/2020/09/gnome-3-38-released/
+[6]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/app-overview.png (GNOME 3.38 Application Overview)
+[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/world-clocks.png (Adding a new world clock in GNOME Clocks)
+[9]: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/new-gnome-features
+[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/desktop-busy.png (Applications running on GNOME 3.38)
+[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/gnome-screenshot-tool.png (GNOME Screenshot tool)
+[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/screenshot-tool-path.png (GNOME Screenshot tool)
+[13]: https://www.gnome.org/
diff --git a/published/202011/20201111 Using Fedora 33 with Microsoft-s WSL2.md b/published/202011/20201111 Using Fedora 33 with Microsoft-s WSL2.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fb2f0d24bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201111 Using Fedora 33 with Microsoft-s WSL2.md
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12845-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Using Fedora 33 with Microsoft’s WSL2)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/wsl-fedora-33/)
+[#]: author: (Jim Perrin https://fedoramagazine.org/author/jperrin/)
+
+通过微软的 WSL2 使用 Fedora 33
+======
+
+![][1]
+
+如果你像我一样，你可能会发现自己因为各种原因而运行 Windows，无论是因为工作还是游戏。当然，你可以在虚拟机或容器中运行 Fedora，但这些并不像 Windows 的 Linux 子系统（WSL）那样容易融合到普通的 Windows 体验中。通过 WSL 使用 Fedora 可以让你将这两种环境融合在一起，创造一个奇妙的开发环境。
+
+### 先决条件
+
+为了达成这一目标，你需要一些基本条件。你应该运行 Windows 10，并且已经安装了 WSL2。如果没有，请查看[微软文档说明][4]，完成后再回来这里。微软建议为了简单起见，将 WSL2 设置为发行版的默认设置。本指南假设你已经这样做了。
+
+接下来，你将需要一些解压 xz 压缩文件的方法。你可以用另一个基于 WSL 的发行版来解压，或者使用 [7zip][5]。
+
+### 下载 Fedora 33 rootfs
+
+由于 Fedora 并没有提供实际的 rootfs 存档，所以我们将借用一个用于生成 Dockerhub 容器镜像的存档。你需要从 fedora-cloud 的 GitHub 仓库下载该 [tar.xz 文件][6] 。一旦你有了这个 tar.xz 文件，解压它，但不要展开 tar 包。你会得到一个类似 `fedora-33-时间标签.tar` 的文件。有了这个文件，你就可以构建镜像了。
+
+### 组合 WSL Fedora 的构建版本
+
+我喜欢使用 `c:\distros` 目录，但你可以选择几乎任何你想要的位置。无论你选择什么目录，在你导入该构建版本之前，确保其顶层路径存在。现在打开一个 CMD 或 Powershell 提示符，因为是时候导入了：
+
+```
+wsl.exe --import Fedora-33 c:\distros\Fedora-33 $HOME\Downloads\fedora-33.tar
+```
+
+你会看到 Fedora-33 显示在 WSL 的列表当中：
+
+```
+PS C:\Users\jperrin> wsl.exe -l -v
+ NAME STATE VERSION
+ Fedora-33 Stopped 2
+```
+
+下面，你就可以开始在 WSL 中摆弄 Fedora 了，但我们还需要做一些事情来使它真正成为一个有用的 WSL 发行版。
+
+```
+wsl -d Fedora-33
+```
+
+这将以 root 用户的身份启动 Fedora 的 WSL 实例。下面，你将安装一些核心包并设置一个新的默认用户。你还需要配置 `sudo`，否则你将无法在以后需要安装其他东西时轻松提升权限。
+
+```
+dnf update
+dnf install wget curl sudo ncurses dnf-plugins-core dnf-utils passwd findutils
+```
+
+`wslutilites` 使用 `curl` 和 `wget` 来实现与 VS Code 的集成，所以它们很有用。由于你需要使用 COPR 仓库，你需要增加 `dnf` 功能。
+
+### 添加你的用户
+
+现在是时候添加你的用户，并将其设置为默认用户。
+
+```
+useradd -G wheel 用户名
+passwd 用户名
+```
+
+现在，你已经创建了你的用户名，并添加了密码，确保它们可以工作。退出 WSL 实例，并再次启动它，这次指定用户名。你还要测试 `sudo`，并检查你的 uid。
+
+```
+wsl -d Fedora-33 -u 用户名
+$id -u
+1000
+$ sudo cat /etc/shadow
+```
+
+假设一切正常，你现在已经准备好在 Windows 中为你的 Fedora 环境设置默认用户。要做到这一点，请退出 WSL 实例并回到 Powershell 中。这个 Powershell 单行代码可以正确配置你的用户：
+
+```
+Get-ItemProperty Registry::HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Lxss\\*\ DistributionName | Where-Object -Property DistributionName -eq Fedora-33 | Set-ItemProperty -Name DefaultUid -Value 1000
+```
+
+现在你应该可以再次启动 WSL，而不需要指定就可以成为自己的用户而不是 root。
+
+### 自定义！
+
+至此，你已经有了可以在 WSL 中运行的基本 Fedora 33 环境，但它还没有 Windows 集成的部分。如果你想要这个，有一个 COPR 仓库可以启用。如果你选择添加这部分，你就可以直接在 shell 里面运行 Windows 应用，也可以轻松地将你的 Linux 环境与 VS Code 集成。需要注意的是，COPR 并没有得到 Fedora 基础架构的官方支持。使用该软件包，风险自担。
+
+```
+dnf copr enable trustywolf/wslu
+```
+
+现在你可以去配置终端、设置一个 Python 开发环境，或者其它你想使用 Fedora 33 的方式。享受吧！
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/wsl-fedora-33/
+
+作者：[Jim Perrin][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/jperrin/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/wsl-fedora33-816x345.jpg
+[2]: https://unsplash.com/@matthias_heil?utm_source=unsplash&utm_medium=referral&utm_content=creditCopyText
+[3]: https://unsplash.com/s/photos/windows?utm_source=unsplash&utm_medium=referral&utm_content=creditCopyText
+[4]: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/wsl/install-win10
+[5]: https://www.7-zip.org/download.html
+[6]: https://github.com/fedora-cloud/docker-brew-fedora/tree/33/x86_64
diff --git a/published/202011/20201112 How to Install Google Chrome on Fedora -Beginner-s Tutorial.md b/published/202011/20201112 How to Install Google Chrome on Fedora -Beginner-s Tutorial.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e78e3a2c92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201112 How to Install Google Chrome on Fedora -Beginner-s Tutorial.md
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12856-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to Install Google Chrome on Fedora [Beginner’s Tutorial])
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/install-google-chrome-fedora/)
+[#]: author: (Dimitrios Savvopoulos https://itsfoss.com/author/dimitrios/)
+
+如何在 Fedora 上安装 Google Chrome 浏览器
+======
+
+
+
+Fedora 的默认网页浏览器是 Firefox。尽管它是一个优秀的网络浏览器，你可能更喜欢流行的 Google Chrome 浏览器。
+
+如果你想知道如何在 Fedora 上安装 Google Chrome 浏览器，让我告诉你两种安装 Google Chrome 浏览器的方式：图形化方式和命令行方式。
+
+* [图形化方式 1：通过启用 Fedora 第三方仓库从软件中心安装 Chrome 浏览器][1]
+* [图形化方式 2：从谷歌浏览器网站下载 RPM 文件][2]
+* [命令行方式：从 Fedora 第三方仓库安装 Chrome，一切使用命令（与 GUI 方式 1 相同）][3]
+
+这全取决于你喜欢哪种方式。你在 [Fedora][4] 上的 Google Chrome 浏览器都将通过这三种方式的系统更新获取定期更新。
+
+### 方式 1：在 Fedora 中从软件中心安装 Google Chrome
+
+Fedora 提供了一个第三方仓库，其中包含了一些流行的专有软件、图形驱动程序。Google Chrome 就是其中之一。
+
+第一步，确保在 Fedora 中启用第三方仓库。你应该在软件中心中看到这个选项。
+
+![Step1: Fedora Third Party Repositories][5]
+
+启用后，只需在软件中心搜索 Chrome：
+
+![Step 2: Search for Chrome In Fedora Software Center][6]
+
+并从那里安装它：
+
+![Step 3: Install Chrome Fedora][7]
+
+还有比这更简单的吗？我觉得没有。
+
+### 方式 2：在 Fedora 上从 Chrome 网站安装 Google Chrome
+
+如果你不想启用第三方仓库，也没关系。你不必这样做。你可以从 Chrome 的网站上下载 RPM 文件，双击并安装它。
+
+访问 Google Chrome 的网站，点击下载按钮。
+
+- [获取 Google Chrome][8]
+
+![][9]
+
+然后选择 .rpm 包，点击“接受并安装”。
+
+![][10]
+
+下载结束后，双击文件，在包管理器提示时点击安装。输入密码，等待安装完成。
+
+![][11]
+
+这是超级简单的，对吧？让我们来看看有点复杂的方式（如果你不是一个终端爱好者）。
+
+### 方式 3：使用命令行在 Fedora 上安装 Chrome
+
+首先，你需要添加额外的 Fedora 仓库（你在方式 1 中看到的）：
+
+```
+sudo dnf install fedora-workstation-repositories
+```
+
+然后启用 Google Chrome 仓库。
+
+```
+sudo dnf config-manager --set-enabled google-chrome
+```
+
+![][12]
+
+要安装 Google Chrome 稳定版，请在终端运行以下命令。
+
+```
+sudo dnf install google-chrome-stable
+```
+
+你会看到一个导入 GPG 密钥的警告，输入 `y` 继续。
+
+![][13]
+
+你正在添加 Google Chrome 仓库。这个软件包来自这个仓库，它直接来自 Google。
+
+### 总结
+
+即使你使用命令行，在 Fedora 上安装 Google chrome 也相当简单。除了第三方仓库的部分，这和[在 Ubuntu 上安装 Chrome][14] 差不多。
+
+现在你已经安装好了，你可能会想[查看我们的 Google Chrome 键盘快捷键列表][15]来更快地使用浏览器。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/install-google-chrome-fedora/
+
+作者：[Dimitrios Savvopoulos][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/dimitrios/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: tmp.VFVwBw56ac#gui-method-1
+[2]: tmp.VFVwBw56ac#gui-method-2
+[3]: tmp.VFVwBw56ac#cli-method
+[4]: https://getfedora.org/
+[5]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/fedora-third-party-repositories.jpg?resize=800%2C400&ssl=1
+[6]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/chrome-in-fedora.png?resize=800%2C400&ssl=1
+[7]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/installing-chrome-fedora.png?resize=800%2C400&ssl=1
+[8]: https://www.google.com/chrome/
+[9]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/install-google-chrome-ubuntu-1.jpeg?resize=800%2C374&ssl=1
+[10]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/3.-download-rpm-chrome.png?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
+[11]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/4.-install-chrome-fedora.png?resize=800%2C550&ssl=1
+[12]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/1.-Fedora-extra-repos.png?resize=800%2C550&ssl=1
+[13]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/2.-Fedora-GPG-key.png?resize=800%2C550&ssl=1
+[14]: https://itsfoss.com/install-chrome-ubuntu/
+[15]: https://itsfoss.com/google-chrome-shortcuts/
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/published/202011/20201112 How to Install and Use Etcher on Linux for Making Live Linux USB.md b/published/202011/20201112 How to Install and Use Etcher on Linux for Making Live Linux USB.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..74ab8519d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201112 How to Install and Use Etcher on Linux for Making Live Linux USB.md
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12847-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to Install and Use Etcher on Linux for Making Live Linux USB)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/install-etcher-linux/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+如何在 Linux 上安装和使用 Etcher 来制作 Linux 临场 USB
+======
+
+
+
+> Etcher 是一款流行的 USB 烧录应用，可用于创建可启动的 Linux USB。让我来告诉你如何安装它，以及如何使用它来制作一个 Linux 临场盘。
+
+### Etcher：一个用于在 SD 卡和 USB 驱动器中烧录 Linux ISO 的开源工具
+
+Etcher 是一个由 [Balena][1] 开发的开源项目，来用于为树莓派烧录 SD 卡。事实上，我们在[如何在 SD 卡上安装 Raspbian OS][2] 的教程中就使用了它。
+
+它不仅仅局限于 SD 卡，你还可以使用 Etcher 来[制作一个可启动的 USB 驱动器][3]，我们就通过它的帮助在 Linux 中制作了一个 [Manjaro 的临场 USB][4]。
+
+自首次发布以来，Etcher 就以其整洁的界面和简单的使用方式引起了人们的注意。
+
+![][5]
+
+在本文中，我将重点介绍帮助你在 Linux 上安装 Etcher 的步骤。然后，我还将展示如何使用它。在这之前，让我先给大家介绍一下它的功能。
+
+### Etcher 的功能
+
+ * 在烧录前验证驱动器
+ * 漂亮的用户界面
+ * 自动检测 USB 驱动器/SD 卡，防止电脑上的硬盘被擦除。
+ * 跨平台支持（Windows、macOS 和 Linux）。
+ * 快速烧录
+ * 简单的三步过程
+
+理论上，你已经有了在 SD 卡和 USB 驱动器上烧录操作系统镜像所需的一切。同样令人激动的是，根据他们的[路线图][6]，他们计划增加对多个设备的同步写入支持。
+
+### 在 Linux 上安装 Etcher
+
+要开始使用，你需要从它的官方网站上下载它提供的 AppImage 文件（适用于任何 Linux 发行版）。
+
+你只需要前往它的[主页][7]，并根据你的系统（32 位/64 位）下载一个程序：
+
+![][8]
+
+在我的例子中，我下载了 Ubuntu 的 64 位 AppImage 文件。你可以通过我们的指南来了解[在 Linux 上使用 AppImage文件][9]，但我会让你先知道下一步需要做什么。
+
+你需要给文件执行权限，你可以右击**AppImage 文件 -> 属性**来实现。
+
+![][10]
+
+接下来，点击权限选项卡下的“**允许作为程序执行**”，如下图所示。
+
+![][11]
+
+现在，只需双击 AppImage 文件即可启动 Etcher!
+
+这应该可以在任何 Linux 发行版上运行。在任何情况下，如果你想从源码构建或者直接使用 .rpm 或 .deb 文件安装，你也可以前往它的 [Github 发布页][12]找到 RPM、DEB 和源码。
+
+你也可以参考我们的[在 Ubuntu 中使用 deb 文件][13]来安装应用。
+
+> 注意！
+>
+> 我们注意到，当你使用 Etcher 创建 Linux 发行版的临场 USB 时，它会使 USB 处于明显的不可使用状态，即它只有几 MB 的空闲空间，并且不能直接格式化。在 Linux 上，你可以[使用磁盘工具手动删除分区，然后格式化它][14]。
+
+### 在 Linux 上使用 Etcher
+
+只需三步就可以开始使用 Etcher。在你启动它之后，根据屏幕上的提示应该是清晰的，但为了给你一个好的开始，以下是你要做的事情：
+
+**步骤 1：** 选择合适的 ISO 镜像文件或你需要烧录的文件的 URL（如下图所示）。
+
+![][15]
+
+**步骤 2：** 接下来，你需要选择目标设备。它会自动检测并高亮显示可移动设备，以防止你选择任何内部存储位置。
+
+![][16]
+
+在这里，我连接了一个 USB 驱动器，我也选择了它（如下图所示）。
+
+![][17]
+
+**步骤 3：** 现在，你所有需要做的就是烧录镜像并等待它成功完成。
+
+![][18]
+
+这是进度的样子：
+
+![][19]
+
+完成了!
+
+![][20]
+
+- [下载 balenaEtcher][7]
+
+### 总结
+
+Etcher 是一个有用的工具，可以为 SD 卡和 USB 驱动器烧录操作系统镜像。我倾向于主要使用它来创建临场 USB 驱动器来测试 Linux 发行版，我对它很满意。
+
+你更喜欢用什么来创建可启动驱动器？你是否已经尝试过 Etcher？请在下面的评论中告诉我你的想法。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/install-etcher-linux/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.balena.io/
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/tutorial-how-to-install-raspberry-pi-os-raspbian-wheezy/
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/create-bootable-ubuntu-usb-drive-mac-os/
+[4]: https://itsfoss.com/create-live-usb-manjaro-linux/
+[5]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/etcher-mxlinux-2.png?resize=800%2C518&ssl=1
+[6]: https://github.com/balena-io/etcher/milestones
+[7]: https://www.balena.io/etcher
+[8]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/etcher-official-site-download.png?resize=800%2C580&ssl=1
+[9]: https://itsfoss.com/use-appimage-linux/
+[10]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/balena-etcher-permission.jpg?resize=800%2C378&ssl=1
+[11]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/balena-etcher-execute.jpg?resize=800%2C445&ssl=1
+[12]: https://github.com/balena-io/etcher/releases/tag/v1.5.109
+[13]: https://itsfoss.com/install-deb-files-ubuntu/
+[14]: https://itsfoss.com/cant-format-usb-disk/
+[15]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/balena-etcher-select.jpg?resize=800%2C521&ssl=1
+[16]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/etcher-select-target.jpg?resize=800%2C509&ssl=1
+[17]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/etcher-target-device.jpg?resize=800%2C521&ssl=1
+[18]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/etcher-flash.jpg?resize=800%2C516&ssl=1
+[19]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/etcher-flashing.jpg?resize=800%2C510&ssl=1
+[20]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/etcher-flash-complete.jpg?resize=800%2C507&ssl=1
diff --git a/published/202011/20201114 How to Install Fedora in VirtualBox -With Steps for USB, Clipboard and Folder Sharing.md b/published/202011/20201114 How to Install Fedora in VirtualBox -With Steps for USB, Clipboard and Folder Sharing.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..23edba8404
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201114 How to Install Fedora in VirtualBox -With Steps for USB, Clipboard and Folder Sharing.md
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (frogOAO)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12854-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to Install Fedora in VirtualBox [With Steps for USB, Clipboard and Folder Sharing])
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/install-fedora-in-virtualbox/)
+[#]: author: (Dimitrios Savvopoulos https://itsfoss.com/author/dimitrios/)
+
+如何在 VirtualBox 中安装 Fedora
+======
+
+如果你对 Fedora Linux 感兴趣，这有几种方式可以尝试它。
+
+最简单还不影响你操作系统的方式是 [制作 Fedora 的 USB 临场启动盘][1]。
+
+> **LCTT 译注**：
+>
+> 在 Linux 发行版的使用方式上，有一种可以无需安装而通过光盘或 USB 存储棒直接在计算机上启动完整的 Linux 操作系统的方式，这种方式称之为 “Live” 方式，如 Live CD、Live USB。
+>
+> 通常，Live 一词并不翻译，不过，我认为，除了英文缩写和部分历史原因造成直接使用的英文单词，大部分场景都应该使用本地化的语言来描述，否则，中英文混杂的港台式中文，实在有些不伦不类；抑或，外文翻译本身就不存在意义了。
+>
+> 因此，对于 “Live” 一词如何翻译，我们也颇费心思。这个词，在维基百科中文中，被翻译为“[自生系统](https://zh.wikipedia.org/wiki/Live_CD)”，在某些场景下偶见 “现场”、“临场” 等翻译。考虑到 Live CD/USB 的特性，我认为翻译为 “临场” 比较好。
+>
+> 于此抛出愚见，希望得到大家的积极反馈。wxy@LCTT
+
+另一种方式是安装 VirtualBox 利用虚拟化技术来尝试 Fedora。这样，你可以在你的操作系统上像使用应用程序一样使用 Fedora。
+
+通过这种方式，你可以执行更彻底的测试，而不会搞乱当前的操作系统。
+
+你甚至可以复制你的虚拟环境，并在其他系统上重新安装它。听起来方便吗？让我来教你怎么做。
+
+### 在 VirtualBox 上安装 Fedora
+
+![][2]
+
+让我们分步在 Oracle VirtualBox 上安装 Fedora。
+
+#### 步骤一：安装 VirtualBox
+
+如果你的系统还没有安装 VirtualBox，你可以从官方网站下载。你可以找到 Windows、MacOs 和 Linux 的说明。 [Ubuntu 用户可以参考这个关于安装 VirtualBox 的详细教程。][3]
+
+![][4]
+
+- [下载 VirtualBox][5]
+
+#### 步骤二： 下载 Fedora ISO
+
+如果你不熟悉 Fedora，那么这些镜像你需要知道。
+
+[Fedora IoT][6] 是用于可扩展基础设施的，[Fedora workstation][7] 是一个带有一组面向普通 GNOME 桌面环境中的桌面工具的镜像。[Fedora server][8] 顾名思义，是为服务器或数据中心定制的。
+
+如果 GNOME 不是你的首选，你可以下载一个带有替代桌面环境的[定制版][9] Fedora 桌面。对于本教程，我选择了带有 GNOME 桌面环境的[Fedora 33][10]。
+
+- [下载 Fedora][11]
+
+#### 步骤三： 创建一个空虚拟机并对其进行配置
+
+要成功安装和运行 Fedora，至少需要 20GB 磁盘空间和 2GB RAM。不过，为了获得更流畅的用户体验，建议增加一倍。在此基础上，我将创建并配置虚拟机。
+
+开启 Virtual Box 点击 “New”。
+
+![创建一个新的虚拟机][12]
+
+需要注意，最重要的选项是 **将类型设置为 Linux ，版本设置为 Fedora (64-bit)**。如果你在名称提示符处开始输入 “Fedora”，VirtualBox 将自动为你选择正确的设置。虽然名字不一定非得是 Fedora，它可以是任何你喜欢的。
+
+*如果你只能访问 32 位版本，那么你需要在 BIOS 上启用虚拟化技术，如果你有一个 AMD CPU，它被称为 SVM。最坏的情况是你的 CPU 不支持虚拟化技术。如果你不确定，先检查这个。
+
+如果你的设置和我类似，点击 “create” 按钮。
+
+![命名你的虚拟机，并未它指定至少 3 GB RAM][13]
+
+如前所述，至少需要 20GB 的磁盘空间才能安装 Fedora。我的系统上有 32GB 的内存，所以我分配了 8GB 内存。3 GB 的内存应该也没问题。
+
+顺便说下内存的使用，只有在运行虚拟机时，虚拟机才会使用内存。否则，它将可用于常规使用。
+
+确保其余设置与示例匹配，并点击 “Create” 按钮。
+
+![以 VDI 格式分配 15-20 GB 的磁盘空间][14]
+
+在你点击虚拟机的 Start 按钮之前，你需要加载如下所示的 ISO [光驱]。
+
+![将 Fedora ISO 添加到光驱存储中][15]
+
+因为你的虚拟硬盘是空的，虚拟机将从这个 ISO 启动。可以把它看作是使用临场 USB 或磁盘安装 Linux。
+
+![在设置中将 ISO 添加为光驱][16]
+
+然后，如果你有一个多核 CPU，建议为虚拟机分配 2 个或更多的核。你可以在 “System” 选项卡下找到 CPU 核心。配置系统时，单击 “OK” 并启动虚拟机。
+
+![可选：分配 CPU 核数][17]
+
+配置好所有内容后，单击 “Start” 按钮开始安装。
+
+#### 步骤四：在 VirtualBox 中安装 Fedora。
+
+如果你正确地遵循了这个过程，那么当你启动虚拟机时，你将直接从 ISO 文件启动。当你看到类似下面的屏幕时，选择 “Start Fedora”，并按回车键。
+
+![Fedora 运行在虚拟机的临场环境中][18]
+
+要启动安装对话框，单击 “Install To Hard Drive”。
+
+![点击 “install to hard drive”][19]
+
+在你继续安装之前，有必要定义你的键盘布局、你的时区以及最终安装操作系统的位置。
+
+![选择键盘布局、日期和时间，然后是安装目标位置][20]
+
+分区过程很简单。你像前面的 VDI 那样划分一些空闲空间。它应该被自动识别。
+
+选择你的磁盘并将存储配置设置为 “Automatic”。单击 “Done” 进入上一个对话框。
+
+![磁盘应该会自动识别][21]
+
+一旦你配置完了上面的，点击 “Begin Installation”。
+
+![开始 Fedora 的安装][22]
+
+现在只需等待 5 - 6 分钟即可完成安装。安装完成后，点击 “Finish installation” 按钮。
+
+最后一步，需要关闭系统的电源。如果你不熟悉 GNOME 桌面环境，你可以如下这样做。
+
+![安装后关闭 Fedora 临场环境][23]
+
+你必须手动卸载在初始步骤中加载的 ISO 文件。
+
+![从光驱中移走 Fedora ISO][24]
+
+下一次使用 Fedora 启动虚拟机时，系统将提示你为 Fedora Linux 创建用户帐户并设置密码。
+
+### 使用 VirtualBox Guest Additions 的附加功能，如剪贴板共享，文件夹共享等
+
+[Guest Additions][25] 设计为在访客操作系统安装后安装在虚拟机中。它们包含对客户操作系统进行优化的设备驱动程序和系统应用程序，以获得更好的性能和可用性。
+
+Guest Additions ISO 文件被安装为虚拟 CD-ROM 以便安装。
+
+这是一个简单的过程。只需单击设备选项卡，然后单击 “Insert Guest Additions CD image”。
+
+![][26]
+
+当提示单击 “Download” 时，系统将弹出下载 Guest Additions 镜像界面。
+
+![安装 VirtualBox Guest Additions][27]
+
+#### 共享剪贴板
+
+有时候，你需要在虚拟机和宿主机操作系统之间移动一些内容。共享剪贴板/拖放支持将允许你在一个平台上复制项目，并将它们粘贴到另一个平台上。
+
+要启用此功能，请在 VirtualBox 主页上选择 “Settings”，并按照下面的说明操作。“Bidirectional” 的选项是最方便的。
+
+![启用访客和宿主系统间的剪贴板共享][28]
+
+#### 共享文件夹
+
+有两种类型的分享：
+
+ * 永久共享，与虚拟机设置一起保存。
+ * 暂时共享，当虚拟机关闭时就会消失。可以使用 VirtualBox 管理器中的复选框创建暂时共享。
+
+在本教程中，我将创建一个永久共享文件夹。在 VM 设置中添加你想要共享的宿主机系统文件夹，并选择你想要在 VM 中出现的名称。
+
+![][29]
+
+下次启动虚拟机时，该文件夹应该显示为网络驱动器。
+
+![][30]
+
+#### 更好的视频支持
+
+虽然 Oracle VirtualBox 提供了具有基本功能的虚拟显卡，但访客系统添加的自定义视频驱动程序为你提供了超高和非标准的视频模式，以及视频加速。
+
+使用 Guest Additions，操作系统的分辨率将随着你调整计算机上的 VirtualBox 窗口而动态调整大小。
+
+最后，Guest Additions 可以利用你的计算机的显卡。如果你是一名游戏玩家或在 WM 中使用高效软件，这就会产生巨大的改变。
+
+#### USB 和网络设备共享
+
+有了 VirtualBox，用户就可以使用一个功能齐全的操作系统，而不必在不同的硬件上进行设置。然而，在宿主机和访客机器之间共享 USB 和网络设备并不像想的那样简单。
+
+要访问 USB 设备，你将需要安装 [VirtualBox 扩展包][31]。
+
+![安装 VirtualBox 扩展包][32]
+
+**下面这些仅对 Linux**，因为我使用的是 Linux。
+
+为了使 VirtualBox 能够访问 USB 子系统，运行 VirtualBox 的用户（在宿主机系统上）必须属于 `vboxuser` 组。为此，打开一个终端并发出以下命令:
+
+```
+sudo usermod -aG vboxusers 'your username'
+```
+
+运行该命令后，你应该注销并重新登录，或者重新启动主机。
+
+在这一步，插入你的 U 盘，通过你的 VM 设置，你应该能够找到并添加介质，如例子中所示。
+
+![][33]
+
+当你下次启动虚拟机，你的 USB 将是可访问的。
+
+![][34]
+
+### 额外提示：保存并导出虚拟机，以便以后可以在任何系统上使用它
+
+你可能想在另一台计算机上使用虚拟机，或者是时候构建一台新机器了，并且你需要保持虚拟机的原样。只需几个简单的步骤，就可以轻松地导出当前设置并将其导入到另一台机器。
+
+在 VirtualBox 主面板上，单击 “file”、“Export Appliance”。如果你喜欢键盘快捷键，你可以简单地点击 `Ctrl+E`。
+
+![][35]
+
+选择要导出的虚拟机，然后单击 “Next”。
+
+![][36]
+
+“Format” 选项需要注意一下。有三种不同的选项：开放虚拟化格式 0.9、1.0 和 2.0 ，可以是 ovf 或 ova 扩展名。
+
+使用 ovf 扩展名，会分别写入几个文件，而 ova 扩展名则将所有文件合并到一个开放虚拟化格式归档文件中。
+
+默认格式 OVF 1.0 应该没问题。
+
+![][37]
+
+要完成该过程，单击 “Next”，然后在下一个对话框中单击 “Export”。
+
+### 总结
+
+通过使用虚拟机，你不仅可以测试操作系统，还可以部署与物理机器同等重要的功能完整的系统。如今，硬件已经变得如此强大和廉价，它的大部分功能都没有被利用。
+
+通过虚拟化技术，你可以使用这些浪费的资源。对物理机器的需求减少了，因此能源消耗也减少了。你可以从硬件和降低运行成本两方面省钱。
+
+在大规模服务环境中，服务器虚拟化更多的是一种基本需求，而不是一种高级概念。
+
+我希望本教程对你在 VirtualBox 中安装 Fedora Linux 有帮助。如果你遇到任何问题，请在评论中告诉我。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/install-fedora-in-virtualbox/
+
+作者：[Dimitrios Savvopoulos][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[frogOAO](https://github.com/frogOAO)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/dimitrios/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/create-fedora-live-usb-ubuntu/
+[2]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/install-fedora-in-virtualbox.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/install-virtualbox-ubuntu/
+[4]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/download-virtulabox.jpg?resize=799%2C294&ssl=1
+[5]: https://www.virtualbox.org/
+[6]: https://getfedora.org/en/iot/
+[7]: https://getfedora.org/en/workstation/
+[8]: https://getfedora.org/en/server/
+[9]: https://spins.fedoraproject.org/
+[10]: https://itsfoss.com/fedora-33/
+[11]: https://getfedora.org/
+[12]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/0.-create-a-new-vm.png?resize=800%2C550&ssl=1
+[13]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/1-create-vm-fedora.png?resize=800%2C533&ssl=1
+[14]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/2-fedora-vm-disk.png?resize=800%2C533&ssl=1
+[15]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/fedora-vm-settings-iso.png?resize=800%2C640&ssl=1
+[16]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/3-fedora-vm-settings2.png?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
+[17]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/4-fedora-vm-cpu.png?resize=800%2C533&ssl=1
+[18]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/6-fedora-vm-boot.png?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
+[19]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/7-fedora-vm-install-1.png?resize=800%2C622&ssl=1
+[20]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/9-fedora-vm-partitioning-2.png?resize=800%2C706&ssl=1
+[21]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/10-fedora-vm-hdd.png?resize=732%2C645&ssl=1
+[22]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/12-fedora-vm-installation-1.png?resize=800%2C706&ssl=1
+[23]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/15-power-off-fedora-gnome.png?resize=800%2C706&ssl=1
+[24]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/remove-fedora-iso-from-optical-drive.png?resize=800%2C589&ssl=1
+[25]: https://www.virtualbox.org/manual/ch04.html
+[26]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/16-Fedora-vm-guest-additions.png?resize=800%2C706&ssl=1
+[27]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/17-Fedora-vm-guest-additions.png?resize=800%2C686&ssl=1
+[28]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/19-fedora-vm-shared-clipboard-2.png?resize=800%2C650&ssl=1
+[29]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/20-fedora-vm-shared-folders-1.png?resize=800%2C650&ssl=1
+[30]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/22-fedora-vm-shared-folders2-1.png?resize=800%2C547&ssl=1
+[31]: https://download.virtualbox.org/virtualbox/6.1.16/Oracle_VM_VirtualBox_Extension_Pack-6.1.16.vbox-extpack
+[32]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/21.-fedora-vm-extension-pack.png?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
+[33]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/25.-fedora-vm-usb-1.png?resize=800%2C527&ssl=1
+[34]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/26.-fedora-vm-usb-1.png?resize=800%2C578&ssl=1
+[35]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/23.-fedora-vm-export.png?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
+[36]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/24.-fedora-vm-export-1.png?resize=800%2C545&ssl=1
+[37]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/25.-fedora-vm-export-800x545.png?resize=800%2C545&ssl=1
diff --git a/published/202011/20201116 Podman with capabilities on Fedora.md b/published/202011/20201116 Podman with capabilities on Fedora.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..92123795f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201116 Podman with capabilities on Fedora.md
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12859-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Podman with capabilities on Fedora)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/podman-with-capabilities-on-fedora/)
+[#]: author: (shiwanibiradar https://fedoramagazine.org/author/shiwanibiradar/)
+
+在 Fedora 中结合权能使用 Podman
+======
+
+![][1]
+
+容器化是一项蓬勃发展的技术。在不久的将来，多达百分之七十五的全球组织可能会运行某种类型的容器化技术。由于广泛使用的技术更容易成为黑客攻击的目标，因此保护容器的安全就显得尤为重要。本文将演示如何使用 POSIX [权能][2] 来保护 Podman 容器的安全。Podman 是 RHEL8 中默认的容器管理工具。
+
+### 确定 Podman 容器的权限模式
+
+容器以特权模式或无特权模式运行。在特权模式下，[容器的 uid 0 被映射到宿主机的 uid 0][3]。对于某些情况，无特权的容器[缺乏对宿主机资源的充分访问能力][4]。但不管其操作模式如何，包括强制访问控制（MAC：如 apparmor、SELinux 等）、seccomp 过滤器、删除权能、命名空间等在内的技术有助于确保容器的安全。
+
+要从容器外部确定特权模式：
+
+```
+$ podman inspect --format="{{.HostConfig.Privileged}}"
+```
+
+如果上面的命令返回 `true`，那么容器在特权模式下运行。如果返回 `false`，那么容器在非特权模式下运行。
+
+要从容器内部确定特权模式：
+
+```
+$ ip link add dummy0 type dummy
+```
+
+如果该命令允许你创建一个接口，那么你运行的是一个特权容器，否则你运行的是一个非特权容器。
+
+### 权能
+
+命名空间隔离了容器的进程，使其无法任意访问宿主机的资源，也无法访问在同一宿主机上运行的其他容器的资源。然而，在**特权**容器内的进程仍然可以做一些事情，如改变 IP 路由表、跟踪任意进程和加载内核模块。权能允许人们对容器内的进程可以访问或更改的资源施加更细微的限制，即使容器在特权模式下运行也一样。权能还允许人们为无特权的容器分配它本来不会拥有的特权。
+
+例如，如果要将 `NET_ADMIN` 功能添加到一个无特权的容器中，以便在容器内部创建一个网络接口，你可以用下面的参数运行 `podman`：
+
+```
+[root@vm1 ~]# podman run -it --cap-add=NET_ADMIN centos
+[root@b27fea33ccf1 /]# ip link add dummy0 type dummy
+[root@b27fea33ccf1 /]# ip link
+```
+
+上面的命令演示了在一个无特权的容器中创建一个 `dummy0` 接口。如果没有 `NET_ADMIN` 权能，非特权容器将无法创建接口。上面的命令演示了如何将一个权能授予一个无特权的容器。
+
+目前，大约有 [39 种权能][5]可以被授予或拒绝。特权容器默认会被授予许多权能。建议从特权容器中删除不需要的权能，以使其更加安全。
+
+要从容器中删除所有权能：
+
+```
+$ podman run -it -d --name mycontainer --cap-drop=all centos
+```
+
+列出一个容器的权能：
+
+```
+$ podman exec -it 48f11d9fa512 capsh --print
+```
+
+上述命令显示没有向容器授予任何权能。
+
+请参考 `capabilities` 手册页以获取完整的权能列表：
+
+```
+$ man capabilities
+```
+
+可以使用 `capsh` 命令来列出目前拥有的权能：
+
+```
+$ capsh --print
+```
+
+作为另一个例子，下面的命令演示了如何从容器中删除 `NET_RAW` 权能。如果没有 `NET_RAW` 权能，就不能从容器中 `ping` 互联网上的服务器。
+
+```
+$ podman run -it --name mycontainer1 --cap-drop=net_raw centos
+>>> ping google.com (will output error, operation not permitted)
+```
+
+最后一个例子，如果你的容器只需要 `SETUID` 和 `SETGID` 权能，你可以删除所有权能，然后只重新添加这两个权能来实现这样的权限设置。
+
+```
+$ podman run -d --cap-drop=all --cap-add=setuid --cap-add=setgid fedora sleep 5 > /dev/null; pscap | grep sleep
+```
+
+上面的 `pscap` 命令会显示容器被授予的权能。
+
+我希望你喜欢这个关于如何使用权能来保护 Podman 容器的简短探索。
+
+谢谢！
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/podman-with-capabilities-on-fedora/
+
+作者：[shiwanibiradar][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/shiwanibiradar/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/podman-816x345.jpg
+[2]: https://www.linuxjournal.com/magazine/making-root-unprivileged
+[3]: https://linuxcontainers.org/lxc/security/#privileged-containers
+[4]: https://github.com/containers/podman/blob/master/rootless.md
+[5]: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man7/capabilities.7.html
diff --git a/published/202011/20201116 Unlock encrypted disks on Linux automatically.md b/published/202011/20201116 Unlock encrypted disks on Linux automatically.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e7a44a312b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201116 Unlock encrypted disks on Linux automatically.md
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12851-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Unlock encrypted disks on Linux automatically)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/11/nbde-linux)
+[#]: author: (Curt Warfield https://opensource.com/users/rcurtiswarfield)
+
+自动解锁 Linux 上的加密磁盘
+======
+
+> 通过使用网络绑定磁盘加密（NBDE），无需手动输入密码即可打开加密磁盘。
+
+
+
+从安全的角度来看，对敏感数据进行加密以保护其免受窥探和黑客的攻击是很重要的。Linux 统一密钥设置（[LUKS][2]）是一个很好的工具，也是 Linux 磁盘加密的通用标准。因为它将所有相关的设置信息存储在分区头部中，所以它使数据迁移变得简单。
+
+要使用 LUKS 配置加密磁盘或分区，你需要使用 [cryptsetup][3] 工具。不幸的是，加密磁盘的一个缺点是，每次系统重启或磁盘重新挂载时，你都必须手动提供密码。
+
+然而，网络绑定磁盘加密（NBDE） 可以在没有任何用户干预的情况下自动安全地解锁加密磁盘。它可以在一些 Linux 发行版中使用，包括从 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.4、CentOS 7.4 和 Fedora 24 开始，以及之后的后续版本。
+
+NBDE 采用以下技术实现：
+
+* [Clevis 框架][4]：一个可插拔的框架工具，可自动解密和解锁 LUKS 卷
+* [Tang 服务器][5]：用于将加密密钥绑定到网络状态的服务
+
+Tang 向 Clevis 客户端提供加密密钥。据 Tang 的开发人员介绍，这为密钥托管服务提供了一个安全、无状态、匿名的替代方案。
+
+由于 NBDE 使用客户端-服务器架构，你必须同时配置客户端和服务器。你可以在你的本地网络上使用一个虚拟机作为 Tang 服务器。
+
+### 服务器安装
+
+用 sudo 安装 Tang：
+
+```
+sudo yum install tang -y
+```
+
+启用 Tang 服务器：
+
+```
+sudo systemctl enable tangd.socket --now
+```
+
+Tang 服务器工作在 80 端口，需加入到 firewalld 防火墙。添加相应的 firewalld 规则：
+
+
+```
+sudo firewall-cmd --add-port=tcp/80 --perm
+sudo firewall-cmd --reload
+```
+
+现在安装好了服务器。
+
+### 客户端安装
+
+在本例中，假设你已经添加了一个名为 `/dev/vdc` 的新的 1GB 磁盘到你的系统中。
+
+使用 `fdisk` 或 `parted` 创建主分区：
+
+```
+sudo fdisk /dev/vdc
+```
+
+完成以下步骤来安装客户端：
+
+```
+Welcome to fdisk (util-linux 2.23.2).
+
+Changes will remain in memory only, until you decide to write them.
+Be careful before using the write command.
+
+Device does not contain a recognized partition table
+Building a new DOS disklabel with disk identifier 0x4a6812d4.
+
+Command (m for help):
+```
+
+输入 `n` 来创建新的分区：
+
+```
+Partition type:
+ p primary (0 primary, 0 extended, 4 free)
+ e extended
+Select (default p):
+```
+
+按下**回车**键选择主分区：
+
+
+```
+Using default response p
+Partition number (1-4, default 1):
+```
+
+按下回车键选择默认分区号：
+
+```
+First sector (2048-2097151, default 2048):
+Using default value 2048
+Last sector, +sectors or +size{K,M,G} (2048-2097151, default 2097151):
+```
+
+按回车键选择最后一个扇区：
+
+```
+Using default value 2097151
+Partition 1 of type Linux and of size 1023 MiB is set
+
+Command (m for help): wq
+```
+
+输入 `wq` 保存更改并退出 `fdisk`：
+
+```
+The partition table has been altered!
+
+Calling ioctl() to re-read partition table.
+Syncing disks.
+```
+
+运行 `partprobe` 通知系统分区表的变化：
+
+```
+sudo partprobe
+```
+
+使用 `sudo` 安装 cryptsetup 软件包：
+
+```
+sudo yum install cryptsetup -y
+```
+
+使用 `cryptsetup luksFormat` 命令对磁盘进行加密。当提示时，你需要输入大写的 `YES`，并输入密码来加密磁盘：
+
+```
+sudo cryptsetup luksFormat /dev/vdc1
+WARNING!
+========
+This will overwrite data on /dev/vdc1 irrevocably.
+
+Are you sure? (Type uppercase yes):
+
+Enter passphrase for /dev/vdc1:
+Verify passphrase:
+```
+
+使用 `cryptsetup luksOpen` 命令将加密的分区映射到一个逻辑设备上。例如，使用 `encryptedvdc1` 作为名称。你还需要再次输入密码：
+
+```
+sudo cryptsetup luksOpen /dev/vdc1 encryptedvdc1
+Enter passphrase for /dev/vdc1:
+```
+
+加密分区现在在 `/dev/mapper/encryptedvdc1` 中可用。
+
+在加密的分区上创建一个 XFS 文件系统：
+
+```
+sudo mkfs.xfs /dev/mapper/encryptedvdc1
+```
+
+创建一个挂载加密分区的目录：
+
+```
+sudo mkdir /encrypted
+```
+
+使用 `cryptsetup luksClose` 命令锁定分区：
+
+```
+cryptsetup luksClose encryptedvdc1
+```
+
+使用 `sudo` 安装 Clevis 软件包：
+
+```
+sudo yum install clevis clevis-luks clevis-dracut -y
+```
+
+修改 `/etc/crypttab`，在启动时打开加密卷：
+
+```
+sudo vim /etc/crypttab
+```
+
+增加以下一行：
+
+```
+encryptedvdc1 /dev/vdc1 none _netdev
+```
+
+修改 `/etc/fstab`，在重启时或启动时自动挂载加密卷：
+
+```
+sudo vim /etc/fstab
+```
+
+增加以下一行：
+
+```
+/dev/mapper/encryptedvdc1 /encrypted xfs _netdev 1 2
+```
+
+在这个例子中，假设 Tang 服务器的 IP 地址是 `192.168.1.20`。如果你喜欢，也可以使用主机名或域名。
+
+运行以下 `clevis` 命令：
+
+```
+sudo clevis bind luks -d /dev/vdc1 tang '{"url":"http://192.168.1.20"}'
+The advertisement contains the following signing keys:
+
+rwA2BAITfYLuyNiIeYUMBzkhk7M
+
+Do you wish to trust these keys? [ynYN] Y
+Enter existing LUKS password:
+```
+
+输入 `Y` 接受 Tang 服务器的密钥，并提供现有的 LUKS 密码进行初始设置。
+
+通过 `systemctl` 启用 `clevis-luks-askpass.path`，以防止非根分区被提示输入密码。
+
+```
+sudo systemctl enable clevis-luks-askpass.path
+```
+
+客户端已经安装完毕。现在，每当你重启服务器时，加密后的磁盘应该会自动解密，并通过 Tang 服务器取回密钥进行挂载。
+
+如果 Tang 服务器因为任何原因不可用，你需要手动提供密码，才能解密和挂载分区。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/11/nbde-linux
+
+作者：[Curt Warfield][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/rcurtiswarfield
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/security-lock-password.jpg?itok=KJMdkKum (Lock)
+[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Linux_Unified_Key_Setup
+[3]: https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup
+[4]: https://github.com/latchset/clevis
+[5]: https://github.com/latchset/tang
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/published/202011/20201118 LazPaint- A Free - Open Source Paint.NET Alternative.md b/published/202011/20201118 LazPaint- A Free - Open Source Paint.NET Alternative.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3828710bf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201118 LazPaint- A Free - Open Source Paint.NET Alternative.md
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12858-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (LazPaint: A Free & Open Source Paint.NET Alternative)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/lazpaint/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+LazPaint：一个自由开源的 Paint.NET 替代品
+======
+
+
+
+> LazPaint 是一款开源 Paint.NET 替代品，支持跨平台。它是一个轻量级的程序，拥有一堆快速编辑图像的基本选项。下面是 LazPaint 的概述。
+
+### LazPaint：Linux 下的开源 Paint.NET 替代品
+
+![][1]
+
+如果你喜欢使用工具来快速编辑和处理图像和截图，你可能听说过 [Paint.NET][2]，但它只适用于 Windows 系统。
+
+它是一个流行的小工具，可以完成很多基本的编辑任务，同时还有一堆可用的选项。你可能知道一些[图像编辑工具][3]，但 Paint.NET 是一个相当受欢迎的选择，因为对于一个普通用户来说，它易于使用，且没有任何臃肿的功能。
+
+[LazPaint][4]作为 Linux、Windows 和 macOS 上 Paint.NET 的令人印象深刻的开源替代品而出现。它提供了操作图像所需的大部分基本功能，同时又易于使用。
+
+![][5]
+
+由于它是跨平台的应用，即使你不使用 Linux 系统，你仍然可以以自由开源工具使用它，这并非没有意义。现在，让我们看一下它提供的一些功能。
+
+### LazPaint 的功能
+
+![][6]
+
+正如我前面提到的，LazPaint 提供了一堆必要的功能。在这里，我将列出关键的部分，这可以帮助你决定是否需要它。然而，我建议你去探索它，以了解更多关于它的信息。
+
+* 支持所有主要的文件格式（包括分层位图和 3D 文件）
+* 选区工具、裁剪选区、选区笔、反转选区
+* 支持导出到 [Krita][7]
+* 以各种质量设置对图像进行重新采样
+* 运动模糊、自定义模糊、径向模糊和像素化工具
+* 可以移除透明度和扁平化图像
+* 旋转和翻转图像
+* 将图像转换为负片
+* 能够调整画布的大小
+* 变形工具（透视）
+* 高级绘图工具
+* 设置工作区颜色
+* 黑暗主题
+* 支持脚本功能
+* 具有基本管理选项的层支持
+* 层效果
+* 过滤器
+* 灰度效果
+* 能够启用/禁用工具栏或将其添加到 Dock 上
+
+### 在 Linux 上安装 LazPaint
+
+你应该可以在你的官方软件仓库中找到它，通过你的默认软件包管理器来安装它，但要获得最新版本，你需要下载 .deb 文件，或者在非 Debian 的发行版上从源码编译它。
+
+我希望有一个可以在每个 Linux 发行版上获得最新的版本的 Flatpak 软件包，但目前还没有。
+
+它也适用于 Windows 和 macOS。你会发现 Windows 还有一个便携版，可以派上用场。
+
+- [LazPaint][4]
+
+### 关于 LazPaint 的总结
+
+我发现它真的很容易使用，以各种质量设置来重新采样（或调整大小）图像绝对是一个加分项。如果你已经安装了它，你一定注意到，它不需要大量的存储空间，总体上是一个轻量级的程序。
+
+它的速度很快，我在快速测试中的大部分功能都相当好用，没有任何问题。
+
+你觉得 LazPaint 作为 Paint.NET 的替代品怎么样？请在下面的评论中告诉我你的想法。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/lazpaint/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/lazpaint.jpg?resize=800%2C397&ssl=1
+[2]: https://www.getpaint.net
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/image-applications-ubuntu-linux/
+[4]: https://lazpaint.github.io/
+[5]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/lazpaint-screenshot-2.png?resize=800%2C481&ssl=1
+[6]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/lazpaint-screenshot.jpg?resize=800%2C484&ssl=1
+[7]: https://krita.org/en
+[9]: https://itsfoss.com/drawing-app/
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/published/202011/20201120 How to Increase Disk Size of Your Existing Virtual Machines in VirtualBox.md b/published/202011/20201120 How to Increase Disk Size of Your Existing Virtual Machines in VirtualBox.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bd09032fe7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201120 How to Increase Disk Size of Your Existing Virtual Machines in VirtualBox.md
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12869-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to Increase Disk Size of Your Existing Virtual Machines in VirtualBox)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/increase-disk-size-virtualbox/)
+[#]: author: (Dimitrios Savvopoulos https://itsfoss.com/author/dimitrios/)
+
+如何在 VirtualBox 中增加现有虚拟机的磁盘大小
+======
+
+下面是你迟早会遇到的情况。
+
+你在 [VirtualBox][1] 中安装了一个或多个操作系统。在创建这些虚拟操作系统的同时，你还在 VirtualBox 中为它们创建了虚拟硬盘。
+
+你指定了虚拟磁盘的最大大小，比如说 15 或 20GB，但现在使用了一段时间后，你发现你的虚拟机已经没有空间了。
+
+虽然[在 Ubuntu 和其他操作系统上有释放磁盘空间的方法][2]，但更稳健的处理方式是增加 VirtualBox 中创建的虚拟机的磁盘大小。
+
+是的，你可以在 VirtualBox 中扩大虚拟硬盘，即使在创建之后也可以。虽然这是一个安全且经过测试的过程，但我们强烈建议你在执行这样的操作之前，先创建一个虚拟机的备份。
+
+### 如何扩大 VirtualBox 磁盘大小
+
+![][3]
+
+我将向你展示如何在 VirtualBox 中以图形和命令行（对于 Linux 极客）方式调整磁盘大小。这两种方法都很简单直接。
+
+#### 方法 1：在 VirtualBox 中使用虚拟媒体管理器
+
+VirtualBox 6 增加了一个调整虚拟磁盘大小的图形化选项。你可以在 VirtualBox 主页的文件选项卡中找到它。
+
+进入 “File -> Virtual Media Manager”：
+
+![][4]
+
+在列表中选择一个虚拟机，然后使用 “Size” 滑块或输入你需要的大小值。完成后点击 “Apply”。
+
+![][5]
+
+请记住，虽然你增加了虚拟磁盘的大小，但**如果你的空间是动态分配的，那么实际的分区大小仍然不变**。
+
+#### 方法 2：使用 Linux 命令行增加 VirtualBox 磁盘空间
+
+如果你使用 Linux 操作系统作为宿主机，在宿主机中打开终端并输入以下命令来调整 VDI 的大小：
+
+```
+VBoxManage modifymedium "/path_to_vdi_file" --resize
+```
+
+在你按下回车执行命令后，调整大小的过程应该马上结束。
+
+> 注意事项
+>
+> VirtualBox 早期版本命令中的 `*modifyvdi` 和 `modifyhd` 命令也支持，并在内部映射到 `modifymedium` 命令。
+
+![][6]
+
+如果你不确定虚拟机的保存位置，可以在 VirtualBox 主页面点击 “Files -> Preferences” 或使用键盘快捷键 `Ctrl+G` 找到默认位置。
+
+![][7]
+
+### 总结
+
+就我个人而言，我更喜欢在每个 Linux 发行版上使用终端来扩展磁盘，图形化选项是最新的 VirtualBox 版本的一个非常方便的补充。
+
+这是一个简单快捷的小技巧，但对 VirtualBox 基础知识是一个很好的补充。如果你觉得这个小技巧很有用，可以看看 [VirtualBox 客户端增强包][8]的几个功能。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/increase-disk-size-virtualbox/
+
+作者：[Dimitrios Savvopoulos][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/dimitrios/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.virtualbox.org/
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/free-up-space-ubuntu-linux/
+[3]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/enlarge-disk-size-virtualbox.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[4]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/1-virtual-box-media-manager.png?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
+[5]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/2-virtual-box-increase-disc-space.png?resize=800%2C505&ssl=1
+[6]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/3-virtual-box-increase-disc-space-terminal.png?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
+[7]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/4-virtual-box-preferences.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[8]: https://itsfoss.com/install-fedora-in-virtualbox/
diff --git a/published/202011/20201124 Compare Files and Folders Graphically in Linux With Meld.md b/published/202011/20201124 Compare Files and Folders Graphically in Linux With Meld.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..619f4dd774
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202011/20201124 Compare Files and Folders Graphically in Linux With Meld.md
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12866-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Compare Files and Folders Graphically in Linux With Meld)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/meld-gui-diff/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+使用 Meld 在 Linux 中以图形方式比较文件和文件夹
+======
+
+
+
+如何比较两个相似的文件来检查差异？答案显而易见，就是[使用 Linux 中的 diff 命令][1]。
+
+问题是，并不是每个人都能自如地在 Linux 终端中比较文件，而且 `diff` 命令的输出可能会让一些人感到困惑。
+
+以这个 `diff` 命令的输出为例：
+
+![][2]
+
+这里肯定涉及到一个学习曲线。然而，如果你使用的是桌面 Linux，你可以使用 [GUI][3] 应用来轻松比较两个文件是否有任何差异。
+
+有几个 Linux 中的 GUI 差异比较工具。我将在本周的 Linux 应用亮点中重点介绍我最喜欢的工具 Meld。
+
+### Meld：Linux（及 Windows）下的可视化比较和合并工具
+
+通过 [Meld][4]，你可以将两个文件并排比较。不仅如此，你还可以对文件进行相应的修改。这是你在大多数情况下想做的事情，对吗？
+
+![File Comparison][5]
+
+Meld 还能够比较目录，并显示哪些文件是不同的。它还会显示而文件是新的或是缺失的。
+
+![Directory Comparison][6]
+
+你也可以使用 Meld 进行三向比较。
+
+![Three Way File Comparison][7]
+
+图形化的并排比较在很多情况下都有帮助。如果你是开发人员，你可以用它来了解代码补丁。Meld 还支持版本控制系统，如 Git、[Mercurial][8]、[Subversion][9] 等。
+
+### Meld 的功能
+
+![][10]
+
+开源的 Meld 工具具有以下主要功能：
+
+ * 进行双向和三向差异比较
+ * 就地编辑文件，差异比较立即更新
+ * 在差异和冲突之间进行导航
+ * 通过插入、更改和冲突相应地标示出全局和局部差异，使其可视化
+ * 使用正则文本过滤来忽略某些差异
+ * 语法高亮显示
+ * 比较两个或三个目录，看是否有新增加、缺失和更改的文件
+ * 将一些文件排除在比较之外
+ * 支持流行的版本控制系统，如 Git、Mercurial、Bazaar 和 SVN
+ * 支持多种国际语言
+ * 开源 GPL v2 许可证
+ * 既可用于 Linux，也可用于 Windows
+
+### 在 Linux 上安装 Meld
+
+Meld 是一个流行的应用程序，它在大多数 Linux 发行版的官方仓库中都有。
+
+检查你的发行版的软件中心，看看 Meld 是否可用。
+
+![Meld In Ubuntu Software Center][11]
+
+另外，你也可以使用你的发行版的命令行包管理器来安装 Meld。在 [Ubuntu 上，它可以在 Universe 仓库中找到][12]，并且可以[使用 apt 命令安装][13]：
+
+```
+sudo apt install meld
+```
+
+你可以在 GNOME 的 GitLab 仓库中找到 Meld 的源码：
+
+[Meld Source Code][14]
+
+### 它值得使用吗？
+
+我知道[大多数现代开源编辑器][15]都有这个功能，但有时你只是想要一个简单的界面，而不需要安装额外的附加软件来比较文件。Meld 就为你提供了这样的功能。
+
+你是否使用一些其他工具来检查文件之间的差异？是哪种工具呢？如果你用过 Meld，你有什么经验？请在评论区分享你的意见。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/meld-gui-diff/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://linuxhandbook.com/diff-command/
+[2]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/diff-command-complicated-output.png?resize=795%2C551&ssl=1
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/gui-cli-tui/
+[4]: https://meldmerge.org
+[5]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/file-comaprison-in-Linux-with-meld.png?resize=800%2C498&ssl=1
+[6]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/directory-comparison-in-Linux-with_meld.png?resize=800%2C497&ssl=1
+[7]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/three-way-file-comaprison-with-meld-in-linux.png?resize=800%2C466&ssl=1
+[8]: https://www.mercurial-scm.org/
+[9]: https://subversion.apache.org/
+[10]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/meld-visual-diff.png?resize=786%2C455&ssl=1
+[11]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/Meld-in-Ubuntu-Software-Center.png?resize=800%2C384&ssl=1
+[12]: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-repositories/
+[13]: https://itsfoss.com/apt-command-guide/
+[14]: https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/meld
+[15]: https://itsfoss.com/best-modern-open-source-code-editors-for-linux/
diff --git a/published/20201109 Day 1- a confusing Rails error message.md b/published/20201109 Day 1- a confusing Rails error message.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..32c5ef8659
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/20201109 Day 1- a confusing Rails error message.md
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12884-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Day 1: a confusing Rails error message)
+[#]: via: (https://jvns.ca/blog/2020/11/09/day-1--a-little-rails-/)
+[#]: author: (Julia Evans https://jvns.ca/)
+
+Rails 之旅第 1 天：一个令人困惑的 Rails 错误信息
+======
+
+
+
+今天，我开始了一个 Recurse Center 的班次学习！我认识了一些人，并开始了一个小小的有趣的 Rails 项目。我想我今天不会谈太多关于这个项目的实际内容，但这里有一些关于 Rails 一天的快速笔记。
+
+### 一些关于开始的笔记
+
+在建立 Rails 项目的过程中，我学到的主要是：
+
+ 1. 它默认使用 sqlite，你必须告诉它使用 Postgres。
+ 2. Rails 默认包含了大量的东西，你可以禁用。
+
+我安装并 `rm -rf` Rails 大概 7 次后才满意，最后用了这个咒语：
+
+```
+rails new . -d postgresql --skip-sprockets --skip-javascript
+```
+
+主要是因为我想用 Postgres 而不是 sqlite，而且跳过 sprockets 和 javascript 似乎能让安装 Rails 的速度更快，而且我想如果我决定要它们的话，我可以在以后再安装。
+
+### 官方的 Rails 指南真的很不错
+
+我在创建我的 Rails 入门应用时主要参考了 2 个资源：
+
+ * DHH 在 2005 年的 Rails 原版演讲 （这次我没有看，但上次我花了一天时间学习 Rails 时看了，我发现它很有启发和帮助）。
+ * 官方的 Rails 入门指南，似乎非常简短明了 。
+
+### 一个神秘的错误信息：`undefined method 'user'`
+
+我喜欢 bug，所以今天我遇到了一个奇怪的 Rails 错误! 我有一些看起来像这样的代码：
+
+```
+@user = User.new(user_params)
+@user.save
+```
+
+很简单吧？但当这段代码运行时，我得到了这个令人费解的错误信息：
+
+```
+undefined method `user' for # Did you mean? super
+```
+
+我对这里发生的事情感到**超级**困惑，因为我没有调用一个叫做 `user` 的方法。我调用的是 `.save`。什么嘛？！我对此感到困惑和沮丧，大概呆了 20 分钟，最后我看了看我的 `User` 模型，发现了这段代码：
+
+```
+class User < ApplicationRecord
+ has_secure_password
+
+ validates :user, presence: true, uniqueness: true
+end
+```
+
+`validates :user...` *应该*是一些 Rails 魔法，验证每个 `User` 都有一个 `username`，而且用户名必须是唯一的。但我犯了一个错，我写的是 `user` 而不是 `username`。我把这个问题解决了，然后一切都正常了！万岁。
+
+我仍然不明白我应该如何调试这个问题：堆栈跟踪告诉我问题出在 `@user.save` 行，根本没有提到 `validates :user` 的事情。我觉得一定有办法调试这个问题，但我不知道是什么办法。
+
+我学 Rails 的目的就是想看看 Rails 的魔力在实践中是如何发挥的，所以这是个很有意思的 bug，早早的就掉坑里了。
+
+### 一个简单的用户管理系统
+
+我决定在我的玩具应用中加入用户。我在网上搜索了一下，发现有一个非常流行的叫做 [devise][1] 的工具可以处理用户。我发现它的 `README` 有点让人不知所措，而且我知道想要在我的玩具应用中建立一个非常简陋的用户管理系统，所以我遵循了这个名为《[Rails 5.2 中从零开始进行用户验证][2]》的指南，到目前为止，这个指南似乎还不错。Rails 似乎已经有了一大堆管理用户的内置东西，我真的很惊讶于这本指南的短小和我需要写的代码之少。
+
+我在实现用户功能的时候了解到，Rails 有一个内置的神奇的会话管理系统（参见 [Rails 会话如何工作][3]。默认情况下，所有的会话数据似乎都存储在用户电脑上的 cookie 中，不过我想如果 cookie 太大了，你也可以把会话数据存储在数据库中。
+
+已经有了会话管理系统，有了 cookie 和用户，却不太清楚到底发生了什么，这肯定是有点奇怪的，但也是挺好玩的！我们会看看情况如何。我们将拭目以待。
+
+### 明天：更多的 Rails!
+
+也许明天我可以在实现我的有趣的 rails 应用的想法上取得一些进展!
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://jvns.ca/blog/2020/11/09/day-1--a-little-rails-/
+
+作者：[Julia Evans][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://jvns.ca/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://github.com/heartcombo/devise
+[2]: https://medium.com/@wintermeyer/authentication-from-scratch-with-rails-5-2-92d8676f6836
+[3]: https://www.justinweiss.com/articles/how-rails-sessions-work/
diff --git a/published/20201110 Day 2- Rails associations - dragging divs around.md b/published/20201110 Day 2- Rails associations - dragging divs around.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..38bf83bcf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/20201110 Day 2- Rails associations - dragging divs around.md
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12890-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Day 2: Rails associations & dragging divs around)
+[#]: via: (https://jvns.ca/blog/2020/11/10/day-2--rails-associations---dragging-divs-around/)
+[#]: author: (Julia Evans https://jvns.ca/)
+
+Rails 之旅第 2 天：Rails 关联和拖动 div
+======
+
+
+
+大家好！今天是我搭建这个玩具项目的第 2 天。下面再来记录一下关于 Rails 的一些有趣的事情吧！
+
+### 目标：做一个冰箱诗歌论坛
+
+我想做一种无聊的标准网站来学习 Rails，并且其他人可以与之互动，就像一个论坛一样! 但如果人们真的可以在网站上打字，那就会产生各种各样的问题（如果他们是垃圾邮件发送者怎么办？又或者只是言语刻薄？）。
+
+我想到的第一个想法是，可以让人们与网站互动，但实际上却不能在网站上打字，那就是一个“冰箱诗歌论坛”，只给你一组固定的字，你就可以随意组合。
+
+所以，这就是我们的计划！
+
+我这个项目的目标是想知道我是否能用 Rails 来做其他的小型网络项目（而不是像我通常做的那样，使用一些更基本的东西，比如 Flask，或者放弃后端，用 Javascript 来写所有东西）。
+
+### 怎么把字拖来拖去呢？jQuery 的可拖放 UI！
+
+我想让大家能够把文字拖动起来，但我又不想写很多 Javascript。结果发现这超级简单 —— 有一个 jQuery 库可以做到，它叫做 `draggable`！一开始，拖动并不成功。
+
+一开始拖动在手机上是不行的，但是有一个技巧可以让 jQuery UI 在手机上工作，叫做 [jQuery UI touch punch][1]。下面是它的样子（有兴趣看工作原理的可以查看源码，代码很少）。
+
+> `banana` `forest` `cake` `is`
+
+### 一个有趣的 Rails 功能：关联
+
+我以前从来没有使用过关系型 ORM，对于 Rails，我很兴奋的一件事就是想看看使用 Active Record 是什么样子的！今天我了解了 Rails 的 ORM 功能之一：[关联][2]。如果你像我一样对 ORM 完全不了解的话，那就来看看是怎么回事吧。
+
+在我的论坛中，我有：
+
+ * 用户
+ * 话题（我本来想把它叫做“线索”，但显然这在 Rails 中是一个保留词，所以现在叫做“话题”）。
+ * 帖子
+
+当显示一个帖子时，我需要显示创建该帖子的用户的用户名。所以我想我可能需要写一些代码来加载帖子，并为每个帖子加载用户，就像这样（在 Rails 中，`Post.where` 和 `User.find` 将会运行 SQL 语句，并将结果转化为 Ruby 对象）：
+
+```
+@posts = Post.where(topic_id: id)
+@posts.each do |post|
+ user = User.find(post.user_id)
+ post.user = user
+end
+```
+
+这还不够好，它要为每个帖子做一次单独的 SQL 查询！我知道有一个更好的方法，我发现它叫做[关联][2]。这个链接是来自 的指南，到目前为止，它对我很有帮助。
+
+基本上我需要做的就是：
+
+ 1. 在 `User` 模型中添加一行 `has_many :post`。
+ 2. 在 `Post` 模型中添加一行 `belongs_to :user`。
+ 3. Rails 现在知道如何将这两个表连接起来，尽管我没有告诉它要连接到什么列上！我认为这是因为我按照它所期望的惯例命名了 `posts` 表中的 `user_id` 列。
+ 4. 对 `User` 和 `Topic` 做完全相同的事情（一个主题也有很多帖子：`has_many :posts`）。
+
+然后我加载每一个帖子和它的关联用户的代码就变成了只有一行! 就是这一行：
+
+```
+@posts = @topic.posts.order(created_at: :asc).preload(:user)
+```
+
+比起只有一行更重要的是，它不是单独做一个查询来获取每个帖子的用户，而是在 1 个查询中获取所有用户。显然，在 Rails 中，有一堆[不同的方法][3]来做类似的事情（预加载、急切加载、联接和包含？），我还不知道这些都是什么，但也许我以后会知道的。
+
+### 一个有趣的 Rails 功能：脚手架！
+
+Rails 有一个叫 `rails` 的命令行工具，它可以生成很多代码。例如，我想添加一个 `Topic` 模型/控制器。我不用去想在哪里添加所有的代码，可以直接运行
+
+```
+rails generate scaffold Topic title:text
+```
+
+并生成了一堆代码，这样我已经有了基本的端点来创建/编辑/删除主题（`Topic`）。例如，这是我的[现在的主题控制器][4]，其中大部分我没有写（我只写了高亮的 3 行）。我可能会删除很多内容，但是有一个起点，让我可以扩展我想要的部分，删除我不想要的部分，感觉还不错。
+
+### 数据库迁移！
+
+`rails` 工具还可以生成数据库迁移! 例如，我决定要删除帖子中的 `title` 字段。
+
+下面是我要做的：
+
+```
+rails generate migration RemoveTitleFromPosts title:string
+rails db:migrate
+```
+
+就是这样 —— 只要运行几个命令行咒语就可以了! 我运行了几个这样的迁移，因为我改变了对我的数据库模式的设想。它是相当直接的，到目前为止 —— 感觉很神奇。
+
+当我试图在一列中的某些字段为空的地方添加一个“不为空”（`not null`）约束时，情况就变得有点有趣了 —— 迁移失败。但我可以修复违例的记录，并轻松地重新运行迁移。
+
+### 今天就到这里吧！
+
+明天，如果我有更多的进展，也许我会把它放在互联网上。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://jvns.ca/blog/2020/11/10/day-2--rails-associations---dragging-divs-around/
+
+作者：[Julia Evans][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://jvns.ca/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://github.com/furf/jquery-ui-touch-punch
+[2]: https://guides.rubyonrails.org/association_basics.html
+[3]: https://blog.bigbinary.com/2013/07/01/preload-vs-eager-load-vs-joins-vs-includes.html
+[4]: https://github.com/jvns/refrigerator-forum/blob/776b3227cfd7004cb1efb00ec7e3f82a511cbdc4/app/controllers/topics_controller.rb#L13-L15
diff --git a/published/20201116 How to use Serializers in the Django Python web framework.md b/published/20201116 How to use Serializers in the Django Python web framework.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f3f83f18a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/20201116 How to use Serializers in the Django Python web framework.md
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (MjSeven)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12900-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to use Serializers in the Django Python web framework)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/11/django-rest-framework-serializers)
+[#]: author: (Renato Oliveira https://opensource.com/users/renato-oliveira)
+
+如何在 Python Web 框架 Django 中使用序列化器
+======
+
+> 序列化用于将数据转换为方便存储或传输的格式，然后将其重新构建以供使用。DRF 是最具有知名的序列化器。
+
+
+
+序列化是将数据转换为可以存储或传输的格式，然后对其进行重新构建的过程。在开发应用程序或将数据存储在数据库、内存或将其转换为文件时，一直会用到它。
+
+我最近帮助 [Labcodes][2] 的两名初级开发人员理解序列化器，我想也可以与诸位读者分享一下我的方法。
+
+假设你正在编写一个电子商务网站，你有一个订单，该订单记录了某人在某个日期以某种价格购买了一个产品：
+
+```
+class Order:
+ def __init__(self, product, customer, price, date):
+ self.product = product
+ self.customer = customer
+ self.price = price
+ self.date = date
+```
+
+现在，假设你想从一个键值数据库中存储和检索订单数据。幸运的是，它的接口可以接受和返回字典，因此你需要将对象转换成字典：
+
+```
+def serialize_order(order):
+ return {
+ 'product': order.product,
+ 'customer': order.customer,
+ 'price': order.price,
+ 'date': order.date
+ }
+```
+
+如果你想从数据库中获取一些数据，你可以获取字典数据并将其转换为订单对象（`Order`）：
+
+```
+def deserialize_order(order_data):
+ return Order(
+ product=order_data['product'],
+ customer=order_data['customer'],
+ price=order_data['price'],
+ date=order_data['date'],
+ )
+```
+
+这对于简单的数据非常直接了当，但是当你需要处理一些由复杂属性构成的复杂对象时，这种方法就无法很好地扩展。你还需要处理不同类型字段的验证，这需要手工完成大量工作。
+
+此时框架的序列化可以很方便的派上用场。它们使你可以创建带有少量模板的序列化器，这将适用于复杂的情况。
+
+[Django][3] 提供了一个序列化模块，允许你将模型“转换”为其它格式：
+
+```
+from django.core import serializers
+
+serializers.serialize('json', Order.objects.all())
+```
+
+它涵盖了 Web 应用程序最常用的种类，例如 JSON、YAML 和 XML。但是你也可以使用第三方序列化器或创建自己的序列化器。你只需要在 `settings.py` 文件中注册它：
+
+```
+# settings.py
+SERIALIZATION_MODULES = {
+ 'my_format': appname.serializers.MyFormatSerializer,
+}
+```
+
+要创建自己的 `MyFormatSerializer`，你需要实现 `.serialize()` 方法并接受一个查询集和其它选项作为参数：
+
+```
+class MyFormatSerializer:
+ def serialize(self, queryset, **options):
+ # serious serialization happening
+```
+
+现在，你可以将查询集序列化为新格式：
+
+```
+from django.core import serializers
+
+serializers.serialize('my_format', Order.objects.all())
+```
+
+你可以使用选项参数来定义序列化程序的行为。例如，如果要定义在处理 `ForeignKeys` 时要使用嵌套序列化，或者只希望数据返回其主键，你可以传递一个 `flat=True` 参数作为选项，并在方法中处理：
+
+```
+class MyFormatSerializer:
+ def serializer(self, queryset, **options):
+ if options.get('flat', False):
+ # don't recursively serialize relationships
+ # recursively serialize relationships
+```
+
+使用 Django 序列化的一种方法是使用 `loaddata` 和 `dumpdata` 管理命令。
+
+### DRF 序列化器
+
+在 Django 社区中，[Django REST 框架][4]（DRF）提供了最著名的序列化器。尽管你可以使用 Django 的序列化器来构建将在 API 中响应的 JSON，但 REST 框架中的序列化器提供了更出色的功能，可以帮助你处理并轻松验证复杂的数据。
+
+在订单的例子中，你可以像这样创建一个序列化器：
+
+```
+from restframework import serializers
+
+class OrderSerializer(serializers.Serializer):
+ product = serializers.CharField(max_length=255)
+ customer = serializers.CharField(max_lenght=255)
+ price = serializers.DecimalField(max_digits=5, decimal_places=2)
+ date = serializers.DateField()
+```
+
+轻松序列化其数据：
+
+```
+order = Order('pen', 'renato', 10.50, date.today())
+serializer = OrderSerializer(order)
+
+serializer.data
+# {'product': 'pen', 'customer': 'renato', 'price': '10.50', 'date': '2020-08-16'}
+```
+
+为了能够从数据返回实例，你需要实现两个方法：`create` 和 `update`：
+
+```
+from rest_framework import serializers
+
+class OrderSerializer(serializers.Serializer):
+ product = serializers.CharField(max_length=255)
+ customer = serializers.CharField(max_length=255)
+ price = serializers.DecimalField(max_digits=5, decimal_places=2)
+ date = serializers.DateField()
+
+ def create(self, validated_data):
+ # 执行订单创建
+ return order
+
+ def update(self, instance, validated_data):
+ # 执行实例更新
+ return instance
+```
+
+之后，你可以通过调用 `is_valid()` 来验证数据，并通过调用 `save()` 来创建或更新实例：
+
+```
+serializer = OrderSerializer(**data)
+## 若要验证数据，在调用 save 之前必须执行
+serializer.is_valid()
+serializer.save()
+```
+
+### 模型序列化器
+
+序列化数据时，通常需要从数据库（即你创建的模型）进行数据处理。`ModelSerializer` 与 `ModelForm` 一样，提供了一个 API，用于从模型创建序列化器。假设你有一个订单模型：
+
+```
+from django.db import models
+
+class Order(models.Model):
+ product = models.CharField(max_length=255)
+ customer = models.CharField(max_length=255)
+ price = models.DecimalField(max_digits=5, decimal_places=2)
+ date = models.DateField()
+```
+
+你可以像这样为它创建一个序列化器：
+
+```
+from rest_framework import serializers
+
+class OrderSerializer(serializers.ModelSerializer):
+ class Meta:
+ model = Order
+ fields = '__all__'
+```
+
+Django 会自动在序列化器中包含所有模型字段，并创建 `create` 和 `udpate` 方法。
+
+### 在基于类的视图（CBV）中使用序列化器
+
+像 Django CBV 中的 `Forms` 一样，序列化器可以很好地与 DRF 集成。你可以设置 `serializer_class` 属性，方便序列化器用于视图：
+
+```
+from rest_framework import generics
+
+class OrderListCreateAPIView(generics.ListCreateAPIView):
+ queryset = Order.objects.all()
+ serializer_class = OrderSerializer
+```
+
+你也可以定义 `get_serializer_class()` 方法：
+
+```
+from rest_framework import generics
+
+class OrderListCreateAPIView(generics.ListCreateAPIView):
+ queryset = Order.objects.all()
+
+ def get_serializer_class(self):
+ if is_free_order():
+ return FreeOrderSerializer
+ return OrderSerializer
+```
+
+在 CBV 中还有其它与序列化器交互的方法。例如，[get_serializer()][5] 返回一个已经实例化的序列化器，[get_serializer_context()][6] 返回创建实例时传递给序列化器的参数。对于创建或更新数据的视图，有 `create` 和 `update`，它们使用 `is_valid` 方法验证数据，还有 [perform_create][7] 和 [perform_update][8] 调用序列化器的 `save` 方法。
+
+### 了解更多
+
+要了解更多资源，参考我朋友 André Ericson 的[经典 Django REST 框架][9]网站。它是一个[基于类的经典视图][10]的 REST 框架版本，可让你深入查看组成 DRF 的类。当然，官方[文档][11]也是一个很棒的资源。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/11/django-rest-framework-serializers
+
+作者：[Renato Oliveira][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[MjSeven](https://github.com/MjSeven)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/renato-oliveira
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_analytics_cloud.png?itok=eE4uIoaB (Net catching 1s and 0s or data in the clouds)
+[2]: http://www.labcodes.com.br
+[3]: https://www.djangoproject.com/
+[4]: https://www.django-rest-framework.org/
+[5]: http://www.cdrf.co/3.9/rest_framework.generics/CreateAPIView.html#get_serializer
+[6]: http://www.cdrf.co/3.9/rest_framework.generics/CreateAPIView.html#get_serializer_context
+[7]: http://www.cdrf.co/3.9/rest_framework.generics/CreateAPIView.html#perform_create
+[8]: http://www.cdrf.co/3.9/rest_framework.generics/RetrieveUpdateAPIView.html#perform_update
+[9]: http://www.cdrf.co/
+[10]: https://ccbv.co.uk/
+[11]: https://www.django-rest-framework.org/api-guide/serializers/#serializers
diff --git a/published/20201125 Get started with Fossil, an alternative to Git.md b/published/20201125 Get started with Fossil, an alternative to Git.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f5f40fb054
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/20201125 Get started with Fossil, an alternative to Git.md
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+[#]: collector: "lujun9972"
+[#]: translator: "lxbwolf"
+[#]: reviewer: "wxy"
+[#]: publisher: "wxy"
+[#]: url: "https://linux.cn/article-12875-1.html"
+[#]: subject: "Get started with Fossil, an alternative to Git"
+[#]: via: "https://opensource.com/article/20/11/fossil"
+[#]: author: "Klaatu https://opensource.com/users/klaatu"
+
+了解一下 Fossil，一个 Git 的替代品
+======
+
+> Fossil 是一个集版本控制系统、bug 追踪、维基、论坛以及文档解决方案于一体的系统。
+
+
+
+每个开发者都知道，追踪代码的修改是至关重要的。有时候你会处于好奇或者教育的目的需要展示你的项目开始和进化的历史。有时候你想让其他的开发者参与到你的项目中，因此你需要一种值得信赖的能合并不同代码分支的方法。更极端一点，有时候你为了解决一个问题而修改的代码导致已有的功能不能正常使用。
+
+[Fossil][2] 源码管理系统是由著名的 [SQLite][3] 数据库的作者开发的一个集版本控制系统、bug 追踪、维基、论坛以及文档解决方案于一体的系统。
+
+### 安装 Fossil
+
+Fossil 是一个独立的 C 程序，因此你可以从它的网站上[下载][4]后放在环境变量 [PATH][5] 中的任意位置。例如，假定 `/usr/local/bin` 已经在你的环境变量中（默认情况下是在的）：
+
+```
+$ wget https://fossil-scm.org/home/uv/fossil-linux-x64-X.Y.tar.gz
+$ sudo tar xvf fossil-linux-x64-X.Y.tar.gz --directory /usr/local/bin
+```
+
+你也可以通过包管理器从软件仓库中找到 Fossil，或者直接从源码编译。
+
+### 创建一个 Fossil 仓库
+
+如果你已经有一个代码项目，想用 Fossil 来追踪，那么第一步就是创建一个 Fossil 仓库：
+
+```
+$ fossil init myproject.fossil
+project-id: 010836ac6112fefb0b015702152d447c8c1d8604
+server-id: 54d837e9dc938ba1caa56d31b99c35a4c9627f44
+admin-user: klaatu (initial password is "14b605")
+```
+
+创建 Fossil 仓库的过程中会返回三行信息：一个唯一的项目 ID、一个唯一的服务器 ID 以及管理员 ID 和密码。项目 ID 和服务器 ID 是版本数字。管理员凭证表明你对这个仓库的所有权，当你把 Fossil 作为服务器让其他用户来访问时可以使用管理员权限。
+
+### Fossil 仓库工作流
+
+在你使用 Fossil 仓库之前，你需要先为它的数据创建一个工作路径。你可以把这个过程类比为使用 Python 时创建一个虚拟环境或者解压一个只用来备份的 ZIP 文件。
+
+创建一个工作目录并进入：
+
+```
+$ mkdir myprojectdir
+$ cd myprojectdir
+```
+
+把你的 Fossil 打开到刚刚创建的目录：
+
+```
+$ fossil open ../myproject
+project-name:
+repository: /home/klaatu/myprojectdir/../myproject
+local-root: /home/klaatu/myprojectdir/
+config-db: /home/klaatu/.fossil
+project-code: 010836ac6112fefb0b015702152d447c8c1d8604
+checkout: 9e6cd96dd675544c58a246520ad58cdd460d1559 2020-11-09 04:09:35 UTC
+tags: trunk
+comment: initial empty check-in (user: klaatu)
+check-ins: 1
+```
+
+你可能注意到了，Fossil 在你的家目录下创建了一个名为 `.fossil` 的隐藏文件，用来追踪你的全局 Fossil 配置。这个配置不是只适用于你的一个项目的；这个文件只会在你第一次使用 Fossil 时生成。
+
+#### 添加文件
+
+使用 `add` 和 `commit` 子命令来向你的仓库添加文件。例如，创建一个简单的 `README` 文件，把它添加到仓库：
+
+```
+$ echo "My first Fossil project" > README
+$ fossil add README
+ADDED README
+$ fossil commit -m 'My first commit'
+New_Version: 2472a43acd11c93d08314e852dedfc6a476403695e44f47061607e4e90ad01aa
+```
+
+#### 使用分支
+
+Fossil 仓库开始时默认使用的主分支名为 `trunk`。当你想修改代码而又不影响主干代码时，你可以从 trunk 分支切走。创建新分支需要使用 `branch` 子命令，这个命令需要两个参数：一个新分支的名字，一个新分支的基分支名字。在本例中，只有一个分支 `trunk`，因此尝试创建一个名为 `dev` 的新分支：
+
+```
+$ fossil branch --help
+Usage: fossil branch new BRANCH-NAME BASIS ?OPTIONS?
+$ fossil branch new dev trunk
+New branch: cb90e9c6f23a9c98e0c3656d7e18d320fa52e666700b12b5ebbc4674a0703695
+```
+
+你已经创建了一个新分支，但是你当前所在的分支仍然是 `trunk`：
+
+```
+$ fossil branch current
+trunk
+```
+
+使用 `checkout` 命令切换到你的新分支 `dev`：
+
+```
+$ fossil checkout dev
+dev
+```
+
+#### 合并修改
+
+假设你在 `dev` 分支中添加了一个新文件，完成了测试，现在想把它合并到 `trunk`。这个过程叫做*合并*。
+
+首先，切回目标分支（本例中目标分支为 `trunk`）：
+
+
+```
+$ fossil checkout trunk
+trunk
+$ ls
+README
+```
+
+这个分支中没有你的新文件（或者你对其他文件的修改），而那些内容是合并的过程需要的信息：
+
+```
+$ fossil merge dev
+ "fossil undo" is available to undo changes to the working checkout.
+$ ls
+myfile.lua README
+```
+
+### 查看 Fossil 时间线
+
+使用 `timeline` 选项来查看仓库的历史。这个命令列出了你的仓库的所有活动的详细信息，包括用来表示每次修改的哈希值、每次提交时填写的信息以及提交者：
+
+```
+$ fossil timeline
+=== 2020-11-09 ===
+06:24:16 [5ef06e668b] added exciting new file (user: klaatu tags: dev)
+06:11:19 [cb90e9c6f2] Create new branch named "dev" (user: klaatu tags: dev)
+06:08:09 [a2bb73e4a3] *CURRENT* some additions were made (user: klaatu tags: trunk)
+06:00:47 [2472a43acd] This is my first commit. (user: klaatu tags: trunk)
+04:09:35 [9e6cd96dd6] initial empty check-in (user: klaatu tags: trunk)
++++ no more data (5) +++
+```
+
+![Fossil UI][6]
+
+### 公开你的 Fossil 仓库
+
+因为 Fossil 有个内置的 web 界面，所以 Fossil 不像 GitLab 和 Gitea 那样需要主机服务。Fossil 就是它自己的主机服务，只要你把它放在一台机器上就行了。在你公开你的 Fossil 仓库之前，你还需要通过 web 用户界面（UI）来配置一些信息：
+
+使用 `ui` 子命令启动一个本地的实例：
+
+```
+$ pwd
+/home/klaatu/myprojectdir/
+$ fossil ui
+```
+
+“Users” 和 “Settings” 是安全相关的，“Configuration” 是项目属性相关的（包括一个合适的标题）。web 界面不仅仅是一个方便的功能。 它是能在生产环境中使用并作为 Fossil 项目的宿主机来使用的。它还有一些其他的高级选项，比如用户管理（或者叫自我管理）、在同一个服务器上与其他的 Fossil 仓库进行单点登录（SSO）。
+
+当配置完成后，关掉 web 界面并按下 `Ctrl+C` 来停止 UI 引擎。像提交代码一样提交你的 web 修改。
+
+```
+$ fossil commit -m 'web ui updates'
+New_Version: 11fe7f2855a3246c303df00ec725d0fca526fa0b83fa67c95db92283e8273c60
+```
+
+现在你可以配置你的 Fossil 服务器了。
+
+ 1. 把你的 Fossil 仓库（本例中是 `myproject.fossil`）复制到服务器，你只需要这一个文件。
+ 2. 如果你的服务器没有安装 Fossil，就在你的服务器上安装 Fossil。在服务器上安装的过程跟在本地一样。
+ 3. 在你的 `cgi-bin` 目录下（或它对应的目录，这取决于你的 HTTP 守护进程）创建一个名为 `repo_myproject.cgi` 的文件：
+
+```
+#!/usr/local/bin/fossil
+repository: /home/klaatu/public_html/myproject.fossil
+```
+
+添加可执行权限：
+
+```
+$ chmod +x repo_myproject.cgi
+```
+
+你需要做的都已经做完了。现在可以通过互联网访问你的项目了。
+
+你可以通过 CGI 脚本来访问 web UI，例如 `https://example.com/cgi-bin/repo_myproject.cgi`。
+
+你也可以通过命令行来进行交互：
+
+```
+$ fossil clone https://klaatu@example.com/cgi-bin/repo_myproject.cgi
+```
+
+在本地的克隆仓库中工作时，你需要使用 `push` 子命令把本地的修改推送到远程的仓库，使用 `pull` 子命令把远程的修改拉取到本地仓库：
+
+```
+$ fossil push https://klaatu@example.com/cgi-bin/repo_myproject.cgi
+```
+
+### 使用 Fossil 作为独立的托管
+
+Fossil 将大量的权力交到了你的手中（以及你的合作者的手中），让你不再依赖托管服务。本文只是简单的介绍了基本概念。你的代码项目还会用到很多有用的 Fossil 功能。尝试一下 Fossil。它不仅会改变你对版本控制的理解；它会让你不再考虑其他的版本控制系统。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/11/fossil
+
+作者：[Klaatu][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[lxbwolf](https://github.com/lxbwolf)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/klaatu
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/osdc_dinosaur_sunset.png?itok=lbzpbW5p "Dinosaurs on land at sunset"
+[2]: https://fossil-scm.org/home/doc/trunk/www/index.wiki
+[3]: https://www.sqlite.org/index.html
+[4]: https://fossil-scm.org/home/uv/download.html
+[5]: https://opensource.com/article/17/6/set-path-linux
+[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/fossil-ui.jpg "Fossil UI"
+[7]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
diff --git a/published/20201129 How to Go Full Dark Mode With LibreOffice.md b/published/20201129 How to Go Full Dark Mode With LibreOffice.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..21ca4829cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/20201129 How to Go Full Dark Mode With LibreOffice.md
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12893-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to Go Full Dark Mode With LibreOffice)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/libreoffice-dark-mode/)
+[#]: author: (Dimitrios Savvopoulos https://itsfoss.com/author/dimitrios/)
+
+如何在 LibreOffice 中完全启用深色模式
+======
+
+
+
+[LibreOffice][1] 是一款自由开源的跨平台办公生产力软件。如果你没有充分利用它，那么必须看下 [LibreOffice 小技巧][2]。
+
+甚至在非编程人员中，深色主题也越来越受欢迎。它减轻了眼睛的压力，特别适合长时间使用屏幕。有人认为，这使文本看起来清晰明了，有助于提高生产率。
+
+如今，某些 Linux 发行版例如 [Ubuntu 带有深色模式][3]，使你的系统具有更暗的色彩。当你打开深色模式时，某些应用将自动切换到深色模式。
+
+LibreOffice 也会这样，但你编辑的主区域除外：
+
+![LibreOffice semi dark mode matching with the system theme][4]
+
+你可以更改它。如果要让 LibreOffice 进入完全深色模式，只需更改一些设置。让我告诉你如何做。
+
+### 如何在 LibreOffice 中完全启用深色模式
+
+如前所述，你需要先启用系统范围的深色模式。这样可以确保窗口颜色（或标题栏）与应用内深色完全融合。
+
+接下来，打开套件中的**任意** LibreOffice 应用，例如 **Writer**。然后从菜单中，依次点击 **Tools -> Options -> Application Colors**，然后选择 **Document background 和 Application background** 为 **Black** 或 **Automatic**（任意适合你的方式）。
+
+![][5]
+
+如果图标不是深色，那么可以从菜单（如下图所示）中更改它们，**Tools -> Options -> View** ，我在 MX Linux 上的个人选择是 Ubuntu 的 [Yaru][6] 图标样式（如果你使用的图标包为深色版本，请选择它） 。
+
+![][7]
+
+当然，你也可以尝试其他 Linux 发行版的 [icon 主题][8]。
+
+最终结果应如下所示：
+
+![][9]
+
+#### LibreOffice flatpak 软件包的其他技巧
+
+如果你使用的是 LibreOffice 套件的 [Flatpak 软件包][10]，那么 LibreOffice 的标题区域（或菜单区域）可能看起来是白色的。在这种情况下，你可以尝试进入 **Tools -> Options -> Personalization**，然后选择 “**灰色主题**”，如下截图所示。
+
+![][11]
+
+它并不完全是黑色的，但应该可以使外观看起来更好。希望可以帮助你切换到深色主题的 LibreOffice 体验！
+
+#### 总结
+
+深色主题逐渐开始在我们的台式机中占主导地位，它具有现代品味并减少了眼睛疲劳，尤其是在弱光条件下。
+
+LibreOffice 使你可以自由地将工作环境切换为深色主题或保留浅色主题元素。实际上，你将有大量的自定义选项来调整你喜欢的内容。你是否已在 LibreOffice 上切换为深色主题？你首选哪种颜色组合？在下面的评论中让我们知道！
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/libreoffice-dark-mode/
+
+作者：[Dimitrios Savvopoulos][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/dimitrios/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.libreoffice.org
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/libreoffice-tips/
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/dark-mode-ubuntu/
+[4]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/libreOffice-dark-mode.png?resize=799%2C450&ssl=1
+[5]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/1-libreoffice-application-colours.png?resize=800%2C551&ssl=1
+[6]: https://extensions.libreoffice.org/en/extensions/show/yaru-icon-theme
+[7]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/2-libreoffice-iconstyle-1.png?resize=800%2C531&ssl=1
+[8]: https://itsfoss.com/best-icon-themes-ubuntu-16-04/
+[9]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/3-libreoffice-dark.png?resize=800%2C612&ssl=1
+[10]: https://itsfoss.com/what-is-flatpak/
+[11]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/libre-office-personalization.png?resize=800%2C636&ssl=1
diff --git a/published/20201130 8 Git aliases that make me more efficient.md b/published/20201130 8 Git aliases that make me more efficient.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..67e9e75811
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/20201130 8 Git aliases that make me more efficient.md
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12904-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (8 Git aliases that make me more efficient)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/11/git-aliases)
+[#]: author: (Ricardo Gerardi https://opensource.com/users/rgerardi)
+
+8 个让我更有效率的 Git 别名
+======
+
+> 使用别名为你最常用或复杂的 Git 命令创建快捷方式。
+
+
+
+这篇出色的文章《[改变我使用 Git 工作方式的七个技巧][2]》启发了我写下另一个对我在命令行上使用 Git 的经验有重大影响的 Git 特性：别名。
+
+定义 Git 的别名来替代命令有两大好处。
+
+ * 它简化了有许多选项的长命令，使它们更短，更容易记住。
+ * 缩短了经常使用的命令，使你的工作更有效率。
+
+### 如何定义和使用别名
+
+要定义 Git 的别名，请使用 `git config` 命令，加上别名和要替换的命令。例如，要为 `git push` 创建别名 `p`：
+
+```
+$ git config --global alias.p 'push'
+```
+
+你可以通过将别名作为 `git` 的参数来使用别名，就像其他命令一样：
+
+```
+$ git p
+```
+
+要查看所有的别名，用 `git config` 列出你的配置：
+
+```
+$ git config --global -l
+user.name=ricardo
+user.email=ricardo@example.com
+alias.p=push
+```
+
+你也可以用你喜欢的 shell 来定义别名，比如 Bash 或 Zsh。不过，用 Git 定义别名有几个功能是用 shell 无法实现的。首先，它允许你在不同的 shell 中使用别名，而无需额外配置。此外，它还集成了 Git 的自动更正功能，所以当你输入错误的命令时，Git 可以建议你正确的别名。最后，Git 还会将别名保存在用户配置文件中，你可以通过复制一个文件将别名转移到其他机器上。
+
+无论使用哪种方法，定义别名都能改善你使用 Git 的整体体验。更多关于定义 Git 别名的信息，请看《[Git Book][4]》。
+
+### 8 个有用的 Git 别名
+
+现在你知道如何创建和使用别名了，来看看一些有用的别名。
+
+#### 1、Git 状态
+
+Git 命令行用户经常使用 `status` 命令来查看已更改或未跟踪的文件。默认情况下，这个命令提供了很多行的冗长输出，你可能不想要或不需要。你可以使用一个别名来处理这两个组件。定义别名 `st` 来缩短命令，并使用选项 `-sb` 来输出一个不那么啰嗦的状态和分支信息。
+
+```
+$ git config --global alias.st 'status -sb'
+```
+
+如果你在一个干净的分支上使用这个别名，你的输出就像这样：
+
+```
+$ git st
+## master
+```
+
+在一个带有已更改和未跟踪文件的分支上使用它，会产生这样的输出：
+
+```
+$ git st
+## master
+ M test2
+?? test3
+```
+
+#### 2、Git 单行日志
+
+创建一个别名，以单行方式显示你的提交，使输出更紧凑：
+
+```
+$ git config --global alias.ll 'log --oneline'
+```
+
+使用这个别名可以提供所有提交的简短列表：
+
+```
+$ git ll
+33559c5 (HEAD -> master) Another commit
+17646c1 test1
+```
+
+#### 3、Git 的最近一次提交
+
+这将显示你最近一次提交的详细信息。这是扩展了《Git Book》中 [别名][4] 一章的例子：
+
+```
+$ git config --global alias.last 'log -1 HEAD --stat'
+```
+
+用它来查看最后的提交：
+
+```
+$ git last
+commit f3dddcbaabb928f84f45131ea5be88dcf0692783 (HEAD -> branch1)
+Author: ricardo
+Date: Tue Nov 3 00:19:52 2020 +0000
+
+ Commit to branch1
+
+ test2 | 1 +
+ test3 | 0
+ 2 files changed, 1 insertion(+)
+```
+
+#### 4、Git 提交
+
+当你对 Git 仓库进行修改时，你会经常使用 `git commit`。使用 `cm` 别名使 `git commit -m` 命令更有效率：
+
+```
+$ git config --global alias.cm 'commit -m'
+```
+
+因为 Git 别名扩展了命令，所以你可以在执行过程中提供额外的参数：
+
+```
+$ git cm "A nice commit message"
+[branch1 0baa729] A nice commit message
+ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+)
+```
+
+#### 5、Git 远程仓库
+
+`git remote -v` 命令列出了所有配置的远程仓库。用别名 `rv` 将其缩短：
+
+```
+$ git config --global alias.rv 'remote -v'
+```
+
+#### 6、Git 差异
+
+`git diff` 命令可以显示不同提交的文件之间的差异，或者提交和工作树之间的差异。用 `d` 别名来简化它：
+
+```
+$ git config --global alias.d 'diff'
+```
+
+标准的 `git diff` 命令对小的改动很好用，但对于比较复杂的改动，外部工具如 `vimdiff` 就更有用。创建别名 `dv` 来使用 `vimdiff` 显示差异，并使用 `y` 参数跳过确认提示：
+
+```
+$ git config --global alias.dv 'difftool -t vimdiff -y'
+```
+
+使用这个别名来显示两个提交之间的 `file1` 差异：
+
+```
+$ git dv 33559c5 ca1494d file1
+```
+
+![vim-diff results][5]
+
+#### 7、Git 配置列表
+
+`gl` 别名可以更方便地列出所有用户配置：
+
+```
+$ git config --global alias.gl 'config --global -l'
+```
+
+现在你可以看到所有定义的别名（和其他配置选项）：
+
+```
+$ git gl
+user.name=ricardo
+user.email=ricardo@example.com
+alias.p=push
+alias.st=status -sb
+alias.ll=log --oneline
+alias.last=log -1 HEAD --stat
+alias.cm=commit -m
+alias.rv=remote -v
+alias.d=diff
+alias.dv=difftool -t vimdiff -y
+alias.gl=config --global -l
+alias.se=!git rev-list --all | xargs git grep -F
+```
+
+#### 8、搜索提交
+
+Git 别名允许你定义更复杂的别名，比如执行外部 shell 命令，可以在别名前加上 `!` 字符。你可以用它来执行自定义脚本或更复杂的命令，包括 shell 管道。
+
+例如，定义 `se` 别名来搜索你的提交：
+
+```
+$ git config --global alias.se '!git rev-list --all | xargs git grep -F'
+```
+
+使用这个别名来搜索提交中的特定字符串：
+
+```
+$ git se test2
+0baa729c1d683201d0500b0e2f9c408df8f9a366:file1:test2
+ca1494dd06633f08519ec43b57e25c30b1c78b32:file1:test2
+```
+
+### 自动更正你的别名
+
+使用 Git 别名的一个很酷的好处是它与自动更正功能的原生集成。如果你犯了错误，默认情况下，Git 会建议使用与你输入的命令相似的命令，包括别名。例如，如果你把 `status` 打成了 `ts`，而不是 `st`，Git 会推荐正确的别名：
+
+```
+$ git ts
+git: 'ts' is not a git command. See 'git --help'.
+
+The most similar command is
+ st
+```
+
+如果你启用了自动更正功能，Git 会自动执行正确的命令：
+
+```
+$ git config --global help.autocorrect 20
+$ git ts
+WARNING: You called a Git command named 'ts', which does not exist.
+Continuing in 2.0 seconds, assuming that you meant 'st'.
+## branch1
+?? test4
+```
+
+### 优化 Git 命令
+
+Git 别名是一个很有用的功能，它可以优化常见的重复性命令的执行，从而提高你的效率。Git 允许你定义任意数量的别名，有些用户会定义很多别名。我更喜欢只为最常用的命令定义别名 —— 定义太多别名会让人难以记忆，而且可能需要查找才能使用。
+
+更多关于别名的内容，包括其他有用的内容，请参见 [Git 维基的别名页面][7]。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/11/git-aliases
+
+作者：[Ricardo Gerardi][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/rgerardi
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/terminal_command_linux_desktop_code.jpg?itok=p5sQ6ODE (Terminal command prompt on orange background)
+[2]: https://linux.cn/article-12894-1.html
+[3]: mailto:ricardo@example.com
+[4]: https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Basics-Git-Aliases
+[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/vimdiff.png (vim-diff results)
+[6]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[7]: https://git.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/Aliases
diff --git a/published/20201130 Journal five minutes a day with Jupyter.md b/published/20201130 Journal five minutes a day with Jupyter.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d30d609646
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/20201130 Journal five minutes a day with Jupyter.md
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12887-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Journal five minutes a day with Jupyter)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/11/daily-journal-jupyter)
+[#]: author: (Moshe Zadka https://opensource.com/users/moshez)
+
+每天用 Jupyter 写 5 分钟的日记
+======
+
+> 用 Jupyter 和 Python 在你的日常写作背后实现一些自动化。
+
+
+
+有些人会遵循传统，制定一年的计划。不过，一年的时间很长，所以我以季节性的主题或轨迹来规划。每个季度，我都会坐下来，看看即将到来的三个月的季节，并决定在这段时间里我将努力做什么。
+
+对于我最新的主题，我决定要每天写一篇日记。我喜欢有明确的承诺，所以我承诺每天写 5 分钟。我也喜欢有可观察的承诺，哪怕只是对我而言，所以我把我的记录放在 Git 里。
+
+我决定在写日记的过程中实现一些自动化，于是我使用了我最喜欢的自动化工具：[Jupyter][2]。Jupyter 有一个有趣的功能 [ipywidgets][3]，这是一套用于 Jupyter Notebooks、JupyterLab 和 IPython 内核的交互式 HTML 组件。
+
+如果你想跟着本文的代码走，请注意，让你的 JupyterLab 实例支持组件可能有点复杂，请按照[这些说明][4]来进行设置。
+
+### 导入 ipywidgets 模块
+
+首先，你需要导入一堆东西，比如 ipywidgets 和 [Twisted][5]。Twisted 模块可以用来创建一个异步时间计数器：
+
+```
+import twisted.internet.asyncioreactor
+twisted.internet.asyncioreactor.install()
+from twisted.internet import reactor, task
+import ipywidgets, datetime, subprocess, functools, os
+```
+
+### 设置定时条目
+
+用 Twisted 实现时间计数器是利用了 `task.LoopingCall`。然而，结束循环调用的唯一方法是用一个异常。倒计时时钟总会停止，所以你需要一个自定义的异常来指示“一切正常；计数器结束”：
+
+```
+class DoneError(Exception):
+ pass
+```
+
+现在你已经写好了异常，你可以写定时器了。第一步是创建一个 `ipywidgets.Label` 的文本标签组件。循环使用 `divmod` 计算出分和秒，然后设置标签的文本值：
+
+```
+def time_out_counter(reactor):
+ label = ipywidgets.Label("Time left: 5:00")
+ current_seconds = datetime.timedelta(minutes=5).total_seconds()
+ def decrement(count):
+ nonlocal current_seconds
+ current_seconds -= count
+ time_left = datetime.timedelta(seconds=max(current_seconds, 0))
+ minutes, left = divmod(time_left, minute)
+ seconds = int(left.total_seconds())
+ label.value = f"Time left: {minutes}:{seconds:02}"
+ if current_seconds < 0:
+ raise DoneError("finished")
+ minute = datetime.timedelta(minutes=1)
+ call = task.LoopingCall.withCount(decrement)
+ call.reactor = reactor
+ d = call.start(1)
+ d.addErrback(lambda f: f.trap(DoneError))
+ return d, label
+```
+
+### 从 Jupyter 组件中保存文本
+
+下一步是写一些东西，将你输入的文字保存到一个文件中，并提交到 Git。另外，由于你要写 5 分钟的日记，你需要一个能给你提供写字区域的组件（滚动肯定是可以的，但一次能看到更多的文字就更好了）。
+
+这就用到了组件 `Textarea`，这是一个你可以书写的文本字段，而 `Output` 则是用来给出反馈的。这一点很重要，因为 `git push` 可能会花点时间或失败，这取决于网络。如果备份失败，用反馈提醒用户很重要：
+
+```
+def editor(fname):
+ textarea = ipywidgets.Textarea(continuous_update=False)
+ textarea.rows = 20
+ output = ipywidgets.Output()
+ runner = functools.partial(subprocess.run, capture_output=True, text=True, check=True)
+ def save(_ignored):
+ with output:
+ with open(fname, "w") as fpout:
+ fpout.write(textarea.value)
+ print("Sending...", end='')
+ try:
+ runner(["git", "add", fname])
+ runner(["git", "commit", "-m", f"updated {fname}"])
+ runner(["git", "push"])
+ except subprocess.CalledProcessError as exc:
+ print("Could not send")
+ print(exc.stdout)
+ print(exc.stderr)
+ else:
+ print("Done")
+ textarea.observe(save, names="value")
+ return textarea, output, save
+```
+
+`continuous_update=False` 是为了避免每个字符都保存一遍并发送至 Git。相反，只要脱离输入焦点，它就会保存。这个函数也返回 `save` 函数，所以可以明确地调用它。
+
+### 创建一个布局
+
+最后，你可以使用 `ipywidgets.VBox` 把这些东西放在一起。这是一个包含一些组件并垂直显示的东西。还有一些其他的方法来排列组件，但这足够简单：
+
+```
+def journal():
+ date = str(datetime.date.today())
+ title = f"Log: Startdate {date}"
+ filename = os.path.join(f"{date}.txt")
+ d, clock = time_out_counter(reactor)
+ textarea, output, save = editor(filename)
+ box = ipywidgets.VBox([
+ ipywidgets.Label(title),
+ textarea,
+ clock,
+ output
+ ])
+ d.addCallback(save)
+ return box
+```
+
+biu！你已经定义了一个写日记的函数了，所以是时候试试了。
+
+```
+journal()
+```
+
+![Jupyter journal][6]
+
+你现在可以写 5 分钟了！
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/11/daily-journal-jupyter
+
+作者：[Moshe Zadka][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/moshez
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/tea-cup-mug-flowers-book-window.jpg?itok=JqThhl51 (Ceramic mug of tea or coffee with flowers and a book in front of a window)
+[2]: https://jupyter.org/
+[3]: https://ipywidgets.readthedocs.io/en/latest/
+[4]: https://ipywidgets.readthedocs.io/en/latest/user_install.html
+[5]: https://twistedmatrix.com/trac/
+[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/journaling_output_13_0.png (Jupyter journal)
+[7]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
diff --git a/published/20201201 How this open source security tool halted significant DDoS attacks.md b/published/20201201 How this open source security tool halted significant DDoS attacks.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..13224450d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/20201201 How this open source security tool halted significant DDoS attacks.md
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12897-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How this open source security tool halted significant DDoS attacks)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/12/open-source-vs-ddos-attacks)
+[#]: author: (Philippe Humeau https://opensource.com/users/philippe-humeau)
+
+如何在 1 分钟内阻止 7000 台机器的僵尸网络
+======
+
+> 对 CrowdSec 的配置更改，在不到一分钟的时间内阻止了一个 7000 台机器的僵尸网络的攻击。
+
+
+
+2020 年，我们的生活和工作方式在短短几天内被彻底颠覆。随着 COVID-19 开始在全球范围内蔓延，我们将工作带回家，与同事、朋友和家人保持在线联系成为关键的必需品。这为黑客造成破坏打开了大门。例如，根据 Neustar 的数据，今年上半年全球的分布式拒绝服务（DDOS） 攻击[增长了 151%][2]。
+
+[CrowdSec][3] 是一个开源的安全引擎，它可以分析访问者的行为，并提供适应各种攻击的响应。它能解析来自各种来源的日志，并应用启发式方案来识别攻击性行为，并防范大多数攻击类别。并且，它与其它安装的 CrowdSec 系统共享该情报。每次 IP 地址被阻止时，它都会通知整个用户社区。这就创建了一个[实时、协作的 IP 信誉数据库][4]，利用人群的力量使互联网更加安全。
+
+### CrowdSec 如何工作：案例研究
+
+Sorf Networks 是一家总部位于土耳其的技术公司，为客户提供高配置的托管服务器和 DDoS 防护解决方案，它提供了一个 CrowdSec 工作的例子。Sorf 的一个客户每天都会遇到来自 1 万多台机器僵尸网络的 DDoS 攻击，并努力寻找一种能够满足技术要求的解决方案来及时处理这些攻击。
+
+虽然客户采取了一般的预防措施来缓解这些攻击，比如引入 JavaScript（JS）挑战、限速等，但这些措施在整个攻击面并不可行。一些 URL 需要被非常基本的软件使用，而这些软件不支持 JS 挑战。黑客就是黑客，这正是他们每天的目标：链条上最薄弱的环节。
+
+Sorf Networks 首先使用 [Fail2ban][5]（这启发了 CrowdSec）为其客户建立了一个 DDoS 缓解策略。它在一定程度上帮助了客户，但它太慢了。它需要 50 分钟来处理日志和处理 7000 到 10000 台机器的 DDoS 攻击。这使得它在这种情况下没有效果。另外，因为它没有禁止 IP，日志会持续堆积，它需要每秒处理几千条日志，这是不可能的。
+
+在使用租用的僵尸网络进行的 DDoS 测试中，一次攻击可以高达每秒 6700 个左右的请求，这些请求来自 8600 个独立 IP。这是对一台服务器流量的捕捉：
+
+![Server traffic][6]
+
+虽然 CrowdSec 技术可以应对巨大的攻击，但其默认设置每秒只能处理约 1000 个端点。Sorf 需要一个量身定做的配置来处理单台机器上这么多的流量。
+
+Sorf 的团队对 CrowdSec 的配置进行了修改，以显著提高其吞吐量来处理日志。首先，它去掉了高消耗且非关键的富集解析器，例如 [GeoIP 富集][7]。它还将允许的 goroutine 的默认数量从一个增加到五个。之后，团队又用 8000 到 9000 台主机做了一次实测，平均每秒 6000 到 7000 个请求。这个方案是有代价的，因为 CrowdSec 在运行过程中吃掉了 600% 的 CPU，但其内存消耗却保持在 270MB 左右。
+
+然而，结果却显示出明显的成功：
+
+ * 在一分钟内，CrowdSec 能够处理所有的日志
+ * 95% 的僵尸网络被禁止，攻击得到有效缓解
+ * 15 个域现在受到保护，不受 DDoS 攻击
+
+根据 Sorf Networks 的总监 Cagdas Aydogdu 的说法，CrowdSec 的平台使团队“能够在令人难以置信的短时间内提供一个世界级的高效防御系统”。
+
+* * *
+
+本文改编自[如何用 CrowdSec 在 1 分钟内阻止 7000 台机器的僵尸网络][8]，原载于 CrowdSec 网站。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/12/open-source-vs-ddos-attacks
+
+作者：[Philippe Humeau][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/philippe-humeau
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/security_password_chaos_engineer_monster.png?itok=J31aRccu (Security monster)
+[2]: https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20200916005046/en/DDoS-Attacks-Increase-by-151-in-First-Half-Of-2020
+[3]: https://crowdsec.net/
+[4]: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/crowdsec
+[5]: https://www.fail2ban.org
+[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/crowdsec_servertraffic.png (Server traffic)
+[7]: https://hub.crowdsec.net/author/crowdsecurity/configurations/geoip-enrich
+[8]: https://crowdsec.net/2020/10/21/how-to-stop-a-botnet-with-crowdsec/
diff --git a/published/20201201 Try Jed as your Linux terminal text editor.md b/published/20201201 Try Jed as your Linux terminal text editor.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b4197674e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/20201201 Try Jed as your Linux terminal text editor.md
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12901-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Try Jed as your Linux terminal text editor)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/12/jed)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+尝试将 Jed 作为你的 Linux 终端文本编辑器
+======
+
+> Jed 方便的下拉菜单，让新用户可以轻松地使用终端文本编辑器。
+
+
+
+你可能听说过 Emacs、Vim 和 Nano 这些典型的 Linux 文本编辑器，但 Linux 有大量的开源文本编辑器，我的目标是在 12 月份对其中的 31 个文本编辑器进行一次公平的测试。
+
+在这篇文章中，我将介绍 [Jed][2]，它是一个基于终端的编辑器，它的特点是有一个方便的下拉菜单，这让那些刚刚接触终端编辑器的用户，以及那些不喜欢记住每个功能的组合键的用户而言变得特别容易。
+
+### 安装 Jed
+
+在 Linux 上，你的发行版软件仓库可能会让 Jed 通过你的软件包管理器安装：
+
+```
+$ sudo dnf install jed
+```
+
+并不是所有发行版都是如此，但它是一个很容易从源码编译的应用。首先，下载 [S 语言][3]（Jed 的编写语言）并安装（其中 `x.y.z` 请替换为对应的版本号）：
+
+```
+$ wget https://www.jedsoft.org/releases/slang/slang-x.y.z.tar.bz2
+$ tar xvf slang*bz2
+$ cd slang-x.y.z
+$ ./configure ; make
+$ sudo make install
+```
+
+安装好后，对 [Jed 源码][4]也同样操作（其中 `x.y.z` 请替换为对应的版本号）：
+
+```
+$ wget https://www.jedsoft.org/releases/jed/jed-x.y.z.tar.bz2
+$ tar xvf jed*bz2
+$ cd jed-x.y.z
+$ ./configure ; make
+$ sudo make install
+```
+
+### 启动 Jed
+
+Jed 在终端中运行，所以要启动它，只需打开终端，输入 `jed`：
+
+```
+F10 key ==> File Edit Search Buffers Windows System Help
+
+
+ This is a scratch buffer. It is NOT saved when you exit.
+
+ To access the menus, press F10 or ESC-m and the use the arrow
+ keys to navigate.
+
+ Latest version information is available on the web from
+ .
+
+ Copyright (C) 1994, 2000-2009 John E. Davis
+ Email comments or suggestions to .
+
+[ (Jed 0.99.19U) Emacs: *scratch* () 1/16 8:49am ]
+```
+
+### 如何使用 Jed
+
+Jed 自动加载的说明很清晰且很有帮助。你可以按 `F10` 键或 `Esc` 键，然后按字母 `M` 进入顶部菜单。这将使你的光标进入 Jed 顶部的菜单栏，但它不会打开菜单。要打开菜单，请按键盘上的回车键。使用方向键来浏览每个菜单。
+
+屏幕上的菜单不仅对初次使用的用户很有帮助，对有经验的用户来说，它还提供了很好的键盘快捷键提醒。例如，你大概能猜到如何保存正在处理的文件。进入 **File** 菜单，选择 **Save**。如果你想加快这个过程，你可以记住 `Ctrl+X`，然后 `Ctrl+S` 的组合键（是的，这是连续的两个组合键）。
+
+### 探索 Jed 的功能
+
+对于一个简单的编辑器来说，Jed 拥有一系列令人惊讶的实用功能。它有一个内置的多路复用器，允许你同时打开多个文件，但它会“叠”在另一个文件之上，所以你可以在它们之间切换。你可以分割你的 Jed 窗口，让多个文件同时出现在屏幕上，改变你的颜色主题，或者打开一个 shell。
+
+对于任何有 Emacs 使用经验的人来说，Jed 的许多“没有宣传”的功能，例如用于导航和控制的组合键，都是一目了然的。然而，当一个组合键与你所期望的大相径庭时，就会有一个轻微的学习（或者说没有学习）曲线。例如，GNU Emacs 中的 `Alt+B` 可以将光标向后移动一个字，但在 Jed 中，默认情况下，它是 **Buffers** 菜单的快捷键。这让我措手不及，大约本文每句话都遇到一次。
+
+![Jed][8]
+
+Jed 也有**模式**，允许你加载模块或插件来帮助你编写特定种类的文本。例如，我使用默认的 text 模式写了这篇文章，但当我在编写 [Lua][9] 时，我能够切换到 lua 模式。这些模式提供语法高亮，并帮助匹配括号和其他分隔符。你可以在 `/usr/share/jed/lib` 中查看 Jed 捆绑了哪些模式，而且因为它们是用 S 语言编写的，你可以浏览代码，并可能学习一种新的语言。
+
+### 尝试 Jed
+
+Jed 是一个令人愉快且清新的 Linux 终端文本编辑器。它轻量级，易于使用，设计相对简单。作为 Vi 的替代方案，你可以在你的 `~/.bashrc` 文件中（如果你是 root 用户，在 root 用户的 `~/.bashrc` 文件中）将 Jed 设置为 `EDITOR` 和 `VISUAL` 变量。今天就试试 Jed 吧。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/12/jed
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/laptop_screen_desk_work_chat_text.png?itok=UXqIDRDD (Person using a laptop)
+[2]: https://www.jedsoft.org/jed
+[3]: https://www.jedsoft.org/releases/slang/
+[4]: https://www.jedsoft.org/releases/jed
+[5]: http://www.jedsoft.org/jed/\>
+[6]: http://www.jedsoft.org/jed/mailinglists.html\>
+[7]: mailto:jed@jedsoft.org
+[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/jed.png (Jed)
+[9]: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/lua-cheat-sheet
diff --git a/published/20201201 Zotero- An Open Source App to Help You Collect - Share Research.md b/published/20201201 Zotero- An Open Source App to Help You Collect - Share Research.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b07ffa5d81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/20201201 Zotero- An Open Source App to Help You Collect - Share Research.md
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12905-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Zotero: An Open Source App to Help You Collect & Share Research)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/zotero/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+Zotero：一款帮助你收集和分享研究成果的开源应用
+======
+
+> Zotero 是一款令人印象深刻的自由开源的应用，它让你可以收集、组织、引用和共享研究成果。你还可以使用 Zotero 为你的文档即时创建参考文献和书目。
+
+
+
+通常，你可以[使用 Linux 上任何一款笔记应用][1]来收集和分享你的想法。但是，在这里，我想分享一些专门为你量身定做的东西，来帮助你收集、整理和分享你的研究成果，即 [Zotero][2]。
+
+### Zotero：收集、整理和分享研究成果
+
+![][3]
+
+Zotero 是一个完全开源的项目，你可以在 [GitHub][4] 上找到它。它的目的是帮助你轻松地收集、整理、添加笔记和分享你的研究成果。
+
+而且，这一切都不需要基于云端的服务，它是完全离线的。所以，你的研究成果是属于你的。当然，除非你出于协作目的想将其同步，为此你可能需要参考[该文档][5]。
+
+作为一个好的起点，你可以选择 [WebDAV 存储][6]，或者直接创建一个 Zotero 帐户来轻松同步和分享你的研究成果。
+
+例如，我创建了一个名为 `ankush9` 的 Zotero 账户，你可以在 找到我的研究合集（我添加到我的出版物中）。
+
+![][7]
+
+这使得它很容易分享你组织的研究成果，你可以选择将哪些部分共享到出版物中。
+
+让我着重介绍一下 Zotero 的主要功能，来帮助你决定是否需要尝试一下。
+
+### Zotero 的功能
+
+![][8]
+
+ * 能够使用浏览器插件从网页直接添加信息
+ * 为每份资料添加说明
+ * 支持添加标签
+ * 支持添加语音记录
+ * 添加视频作为附件
+ * 添加软件作为附件
+ * 将电子邮件作为附件
+ * 将播客作为附件
+ * 添加博客文章
+ * 添加一个文件链接
+ * 根据项目建立书目
+ * 离线快照存储（无需连接互联网即可访问保存的网页）
+ * 可以复制项目
+ * 整理库中的项目
+ * 提供了一个垃圾箱，可以删除你的项目，并在需要时轻松恢复。
+ * 支持同步
+ * 支持数据导出
+ * 可整合 LibreOffice 插件
+ * 使用你的 Zotero 个人资料链接轻松分享你的研究笔记。
+ * 跨平台支持
+
+如果你只是想快速创建书目，你可以尝试他们的另一个工具，[ZoteroBib][9]。
+
+### 在 Linux 上安装 Zotero
+
+![][12]
+
+它适用于 Windows、macOS 和 Linux。对于 Linux，如果你使用的是基于 Ubuntu 的发行版（或 Ubuntu 本身），你可以下载一个 deb 文件（由第三方维护）并安装它。
+
+安装 [deb 文件][13]很简单，它在 Pop OS 20.04 上工作得很好。如果你使用的是其他 Linux 发行版，你可以[解压 tar 包][14]并进行安装。
+
+你可以按照[官方安装说明][15]来找到合适的方法。
+
+- [下载 Zotero][2]
+
+### 总结
+
+它有大量的功能，你可以组织、分享、引用和收集资源，以供你进行搜索。由于支持音频、视频、文本和链接，它应该适合几乎所有的东西。
+
+当然，我会将它推荐给有经验的用户，让它发挥最大的作用。而且，如果你之前使用过树状图（思维导图）笔记工具的人，你就知道要做什么了。
+
+你觉得 Zotero 怎么样？如果它不适合你，你有更好的替代品建议么？请在下面的评论中告诉我你的想法。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/zotero/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/note-taking-apps-linux/
+[2]: https://www.zotero.org/
+[3]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/zotero-app.png?resize=800%2C481&ssl=1
+[4]: https://github.com/zotero/zotero
+[5]: https://www.zotero.org/support/
+[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV
+[7]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/zotero-online-publication.jpg?resize=800%2C600&ssl=1
+[8]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/zotero-extension.jpg?resize=800%2C414&ssl=1
+[9]: https://zbib.org/
+[12]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/zotero-preferences.png?resize=800%2C489&ssl=1
+[13]: https://itsfoss.com/install-deb-files-ubuntu/
+[14]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tarball
+[15]: https://www.zotero.org/support/installation
diff --git a/published/20201202 How to Add Third-Party Repositories in Fedora and Get Access to a Huge Number of Additional Software.md b/published/20201202 How to Add Third-Party Repositories in Fedora and Get Access to a Huge Number of Additional Software.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..198b496a83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/20201202 How to Add Third-Party Repositories in Fedora and Get Access to a Huge Number of Additional Software.md
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (robsean)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12898-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to Add Third-Party Repositories in Fedora and Get Access to a Huge Number of Additional Software)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/fedora-third-party-repos/)
+[#]: author: (John Paul https://itsfoss.com/author/john/)
+
+如何在 Fedora 中添加第三方存储库以访问大量附加软件
+======
+
+
+
+在你安装 Fedora 后。你可能会发现你想要安装和使用的一些软件在软件商店中找不到。出于一些原因，这些软件包不能出现在 Fedora 存储库中。
+
+不用担心，我将告诉你如何为 Fedora 添加第三方存储库来使这些软件包可使用。
+
+### 在 Fedora 中的第三方存储库是什么？
+
+操作系统开发人员通常会决定哪些软件包可以在其存储库中使用，哪些软件包不可以在其存储库中使用。Fedora 也是如此。依据 [Fedora 文档][1] ，第三方存储库包含有 “拥有更为宽松的许可政策，并提供 Fedora 因各种原因所排除软件包” 的软件包。
+
+Fedora 强制执行下面的 [准则][2] ，当它打包软件包时:
+
+ * 如果它是专有的，它就不能包含在 Fedora 中
+ * 如果它在法律上被限制，它就不能包含在 Fedora 中
+ * 如果它违反美国法律（特别是联邦政府或适用于州政府的法律），它就不能包含在 Fedora 中
+
+因此，有一些可以由用户自行添加的存储库。这使得用户能够访问附加的软件包。
+
+### 在 Fedora 中启用 RPM Fusion 存储库
+
+[RPM Fusion][3] 是 Fedora 的第三方应用程序的主要来源。RPM Fusion 是由三个项目（Dribble、Freshrpms 和 Livna）合并而成的。RPM Fusion 提供两种不同的软件存储库。
+
+ * free 存储库：包含开源软件。
+ * nonfree 存储库：包含没有开源协议的软件，但是它们的源文件代码却是可以自由使用的。
+
+这里有两种方法来启动 RPM Fusion：从终端启用，或通过点击几个按钮来启用。我们将逐一查看。
+
+#### 方法 1：命令行方法
+
+这是启用 RPM Fusion 存储库的最简单的方法。只需要输入下面的命令即可启用两个存储库：
+
+```
+sudo dnf install https://mirrors.rpmfusion.org/free/fedora/rpmfusion-free-release-$(rpm -E %fedora).noarch.rpm https://mirrors.rpmfusion.org/nonfree/fedora/rpmfusion-nonfree-release-$(rpm -E %fedora).noarch.rpm
+```
+
+会要求你输入密码、确认是否你想要安装这些存储库。在你确认后，安装过程将在几秒钟或几分钟内完成。
+
+![通过命令行安装 RPM Fusion][4]
+
+#### 方法 2：图形用户界面方法
+
+使用这个方法来启用 RPM Fusion 存储库，你需要访问 [RPM Fusion 网站][5] 。你将看到针对不同 Fedora 版本的两个存储库的链接。
+
+RPM Fusion 建议先安装 free 存储库。因此，单击针对你 Fedora 版本的 free 存储库的链接。然后会打开一个窗口来询问你是否想安装该存储库。单击安装。
+
+![通过图形用户界面安装 RPM Fusion][6]
+
+在安装过程完成后，返回并使用相同的步骤安装 nonfree 存储库。
+
+### 启用 Fedora 的第三方存储库
+
+Fedora 最近开始提供它自己的 [第三方应用程序存储库][7] 。在这个存储库中 [可使用的应用程序的数量][8] 是非常少的。你可以 [使用它来在 Fedora 上安装 Chrome 浏览器][9] 。除 Chrome 外，它也包含 Adobe Brackets、Atom、Steam、Vivaldi、Opera 等应用程序。
+
+就像 RPM Fusion 一样，你可以通过终端或图形用户界面的方法来启用这个存储库。
+
+#### 方法 1：命令行方法
+
+为启用 Fedora 的第三方存储库，输入下面的命令到你的终端中：
+
+```
+sudo dnf install fedora-workstation-repositories
+```
+
+当被提示时，确保输入你的密码并输入 `Y` 来确认安装。
+
+#### 方法 2：图形用户界面方法
+
+如果你不习惯使用终端，你可以使用图形用户界面方法。
+
+首先，你需要打开 Gnome “软件”。接下来，你需要单击右上角的汉堡菜单，并从菜单中选择“软件存储库”。
+
+![Gnome 软件的菜单][10]
+
+在软件存储库窗口中，你将在其顶部看到写着 “第三方存储库” 字样的部分。单击“安装”按钮。当你被提示时，输入你的密码。
+
+![Fedora 第三方存储库安装][11]
+
+随着这些附加存储库的启用，你可以安装软件到你的系统当中。你可以从软件中心管理器或使用 DNF 软件包管理器来轻松地安装它们。
+
+如果你发现这篇文章很有趣，请花费一些时间来在社交媒体上分享它。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/fedora-third-party-repos/
+
+作者：[John Paul][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[robsean](https://github.com/robsean)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/john/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/quick-docs/setup_rpmfusion/#third-party-repositories
+[2]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Forbidden_items
+[3]: https://rpmfusion.org/RPM%20Fusion
+[4]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/install-rpmfusion-cli.png?resize=800%2C604&ssl=1
+[5]: https://rpmfusion.org/Configuration
+[6]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/install-rpmfusion-gui.png?resize=800%2C582&ssl=1
+[7]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Workstation/Third_Party_Software_Repositories
+[8]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Workstation/Third_party_software_list
+[9]: https://itsfoss.com/install-google-chrome-fedora/
+[10]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/software-meni.png?resize=800%2C672&ssl=1
+[11]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/fedora-third-party-repo-gui.png?resize=746%2C800&ssl=1
+[12]: https://%0Areddit.com/r/linuxusersgroup
diff --git a/published/20201203 Download the 2020 Linux Foundation Annual Report.md b/published/20201203 Download the 2020 Linux Foundation Annual Report.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a7ecaa4c55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/20201203 Download the 2020 Linux Foundation Annual Report.md
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12889-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Download the 2020 Linux Foundation Annual Report)
+[#]: via: (https://www.linux.com/news/download-the-2020-linux-foundation-annual-report/)
+[#]: author: (The Linux Foundation https://www.linuxfoundation.org/blog/2020/12/download-the-2020-linux-foundation-annual-report/)
+
+下载 2020 年度 Linux 基金会年度报告
+======
+
+![][1]
+
+2020 年对于 Linux 基金会（LF）和我们托管的社区来说，是充满挑战的一年。在这次大流行期间，我们都看到我们和世界各地许多同事、朋友和家人的日常生活完全改变了。在我们的社区中，有太多的人也为失去家人和朋友而悲痛。
+
+看到 LF 的成员加入到对抗 COVID-19 的斗争中，令人振奋。我们在世界各地的成员为科研人员贡献了技术资源，为挣扎中的家庭和个人提供了援助，为国家和国际努力做出了贡献，有些人甚至一起在 [LF 公共卫生][3] 下创建了开源项目，以帮助各国应对这场大流行病。
+
+今年，我们的项目社区在继续发展，在许多开放技术领域、开放标准、开放数据和开放硬件方面都有新的举措。今年，我们迎接了 150 多个新社区加入 LF，包括 [FINOS 基金会][4]，它是开源金融服务项目的保护项目。
+
+我们的 [活动团队][5] 不得不进行了重大转型，在几周内，从面对面的活动转变为虚拟活动，参与者从不足 100 人到数万人不等。这些虚拟聚会帮助我们社区中的许多人在这个困难时期建立了联系。我们也学到了很多关于未来可能通过提供虚拟体验的混合亲身活动来提供更具包容性的体验。今年，我们很想念在我们的社区中见到的许多朋友，并期待着在安全的情况下再次见到你们。
+
+我们的 [培训和认证][6] 团队能够帮助 170 多万名报名参加我们免费培训课程的人。我要祝贺今年获得 LF 认证的 4 万多人。
+
+《[LF 的 2020 年度工作报告][7]》显示，尽管商业环境充满挑战，但经过培训和认证的开源专业人员仍有大有需求，并能轻松地展示其价值。
+
+作为我们正在进行的多元化努力的一部分，在加入反对不平等的斗争中，我们的社区专注于该如何在项目中使用语言，并寻找导师来指导下一代的贡献者。我们的社区，如 Linux 内核团队和在北美 KubeCon 上发起的 [包容性命名倡议][8]，在加强我们的互动方式上取得了进展。
+
+今年是我们联合发展基金会（JDF）和开放标准社区的突破性一年。我们迎来了六个建立开放标准的新项目。[JDF 还被批准为 ISO/IEC JTC 1 公开发布规范（PAS）提交者][9]。今年还标志着我们的第一个开放标准社区 OpenChain 通过 PAS 程序，被正式认可为国际标准。今天，Linux 基金会可以把我们的社区，从开源仓库带到一个公认的全球标准。
+
+今年，我们生态系统中的许多人已经站出来帮助安全工作。一个新的社区 [开源安全基金会][10]（OpenSSF）启动了，以协调专注于提高开源软件安全性的努力。
+
+当我们继续在美国与挑战作斗争时，[我们也重申 LF 是全球社区的一部分][11]。
+
+我们的成员必须得应对国际贸易政策变化的一年，并了解到开放源码在政治上的蓬勃发展。来自世界各地的我们的成员社区参与了开放合作，因为它是开放、中立和透明的。这些参与者显然希望继续与全球同行合作，以应对大大小小的挑战。
+
+在这困难的一年结束时，所有这些都让我们确信，开放合作是解决世界上最复杂挑战的模式。没有任何一个人、组织或政府能够单独创造出我们解决最紧迫问题所需的技术。我们代表整个 Linux 基金会团队，期待着帮助您和我们的社区应对接下来的任何挑战。
+
+![][12]
+
+Jim Zemlin，Linux 基金会执行总监
+
+- [下载 Linux 基金会 2020 年度报告][2]
+
+这篇文章首先发布于 [Linux 基金会][14]。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.linux.com/news/download-the-2020-linux-foundation-annual-report/
+
+作者：[The Linux Foundation][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.linuxfoundation.org/blog/2020/12/download-the-2020-linux-foundation-annual-report/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.linuxfoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/2020-Linux-Foundation-Annual-Report_blogheader.png
+[2]: http://linuxfoundation.org/2020-annual-report
+[3]: https://www.lfph.io/
+[4]: https://www.finos.org/
+[5]: https://events.linuxfoundation.org/
+[6]: https://training.linuxfoundation.org/
+[7]: https://training.linuxfoundation.org/resources/2020-open-source-jobs-report/
+[8]: https://inclusivenaming.org/
+[9]: https://www.linuxfoundation.org/blog/2020/05/joint-development-foundation-recognized-as-an-iso-iec-jtc-1-pas-submitter-and-submits-openchain-for-international-review/
+[10]: https://openssf.org/
+[11]: https://www.linuxfoundation.org/blog/2020/08/open-source-collaboration-is-a-global-endeavor/
+[12]: https://www.linuxfoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/JimZemlin_Sig-150x150.png
+[13]: https://www.linuxfoundation.org/blog/2020/12/download-the-2020-linux-foundation-annual-report/
+[14]: https://www.linuxfoundation.org/
diff --git a/sources/news/20200130 NSA cloud advice, Facebook open source year in review, and more industry trends.md b/sources/news/20200130 NSA cloud advice, Facebook open source year in review, and more industry trends.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a3a40d845..0000000000
--- a/sources/news/20200130 NSA cloud advice, Facebook open source year in review, and more industry trends.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (NSA cloud advice, Facebook open source year in review, and more industry trends)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/1/nsa-facebook-more-industry-trends)
-[#]: author: (Tim Hildred https://opensource.com/users/thildred)
-
-NSA cloud advice, Facebook open source year in review, and more industry trends
-======
-A weekly look at open source community and industry trends.
-![Person standing in front of a giant computer screen with numbers, data][1]
-
-As part of my role as a senior product marketing manager at an enterprise software company with an open source development model, I publish a regular update about open source community, market, and industry trends for product marketers, managers, and other influencers. Here are five of my and their favorite articles from that update.
-
-## [Facebook open source year in review][2]
-
-> Last year was a busy one for our [open source][3] engineers. In 2019 we released 170 new open source projects, bringing our portfolio to a total of 579 [active repositories][3]. While it’s important for our internal engineers to contribute to these projects (and they certainly do — with more than 82,000 commits this year), we are also incredibly grateful for the massive support from external contributors. Approximately 2,500 external contributors committed more than 32,000 changes. In addition to these contributions, nearly 93,000 new people starred our projects this year, growing the most important component of any open source project — the community! Facebook Open Source would not be here without your contributions, so we want to thank you for your participation in 2019.
-
-**The impact**: Facebook got ~33% more changes than they would have had they decided to develop these as closed projects. Organizations addressing similar challenges got an 82,000-commit boost in exchange. What a clear illustration of the business impact of open source development.
-
-## [Cloud advice from the NSA][4]
-
-> This document divides cloud vulnerabilities into four classes (misconfiguration, poor access control, shared tenancy vulnerabilities, and supply chain vulnerabilities) that encompass the vast majority of known vulnerabilities. Cloud customers have a critical role in mitigating misconfiguration and poor access control, but can also take actions to protect cloud resources from the exploitation of shared tenancy and supply chain vulnerabilities. Descriptions of each vulnerability class along with the most effective mitigations are provided to help organizations lock down their cloud resources. By taking a risk-based approach to cloud adoption, organizations can securely benefit from the cloud’s extensive capabilities.
-
-**The impact**: The Fear, Uncertainty, and Doubt (FUD) that has been associated with cloud adoption is being debunked more all the time. None other then the US Department of Defense has done a lot of the thinking so you don't have to, and there is a good chance that their concerns are at least as dire as yours are.
-
-## [With Kubernetes, China Minsheng Bank transformed its legacy applications][5]
-
-> But all of CMBC’s legacy applications—for example, the core banking system, payment systems, and channel systems—were written in C and Java, using traditional architecture. “We wanted to do distributed applications because in the past we used VMs in our own data center, and that was quite expensive and with low resource utilization rate,” says Zhang. “Our biggest challenge is how to make our traditional legacy applications adaptable to the cloud native environment.” So far, around 20 applications are running in production on the Kubernetes platform, and 30 new applications are in active development to adopt the Kubernetes platform.
-
-**The impact**: This illustrates nicely the challenges and opportunities facing businesses in a competitive environment, and suggests a common adoption pattern. Do new stuff the new way, and move the old stuff as it makes sense.
-
-## [The '5 Rs' of the move to cloud native: Re-platform, re-host, re-factor, replace, retire][6]
-
-> The bottom line is that telcos and service providers will go cloud native when it is cheaper for them to migrate to the cloud and pay cloud costs than it is to remain in the data centre. That time is now and by adhering to the "5 Rs" of the move to cloud native, Re-platform, Re-host, Re-factor, Replace and/or Retire, the path is open, clearly marked and the goal eminently achievable.
-
-**The impact**: Cloud-native is basically used as a synonym for open source in this interview; there is no other type of technology that will deliver the same lift.
-
-## [Fedora CoreOS out of preview][7]
-
-> Fedora CoreOS is a new Fedora Edition built specifically for running containerized workloads securely and at scale. It’s the successor to both [Fedora Atomic Host][8] and [CoreOS Container Linux][9] and is part of our effort to explore new ways of assembling and updating an OS. Fedora CoreOS combines the provisioning tools and automatic update model of Container Linux with the packaging technology, OCI support, and SELinux security of Atomic Host. For more on the Fedora CoreOS philosophy, goals, and design, see the [announcement of the preview release][10].
-
-**The impact**: Collapsing these two branches of the Linux family tree into one another moves the state of the art forward for everyone (once you get through the migration).
-
-_I hope you enjoyed this list of what stood out to me from last week and come back next Monday for more open source community, market, and industry trends._
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/nsa-facebook-more-industry-trends
-
-作者：[Tim Hildred][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/thildred
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_metrics_analytics_desktop_laptop.png?itok=9QXd7AUr (Person standing in front of a giant computer screen with numbers, data)
-[2]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/hybrid-developer-future-industry-trends
-[3]: https://opensource.facebook.com/
-[4]: https://media.defense.gov/2020/Jan/22/2002237484/-1/-1/0/CSI-MITIGATING-CLOUD-VULNERABILITIES_20200121.PDF
-[5]: https://www.cncf.io/blog/2020/01/23/with-kubernetes-china-minsheng-bank-transformed-its-legacy-applications-and-moved-into-ai-blockchain-and-big-data/
-[6]: https://www.telecomtv.com/content/cloud-native/the-5-rs-of-the-move-to-cloud-native-re-platform-re-host-re-factor-replace-retire-37473/
-[7]: https://fedoramagazine.org/fedora-coreos-out-of-preview/
-[8]: https://www.projectatomic.io/
-[9]: https://coreos.com/os/docs/latest/
-[10]: https://fedoramagazine.org/introducing-fedora-coreos/
diff --git a/sources/news/20200205 The Y2038 problem in the Linux kernel, 25 years of Java, and other industry news.md b/sources/news/20200205 The Y2038 problem in the Linux kernel, 25 years of Java, and other industry news.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e814fdfc0..0000000000
--- a/sources/news/20200205 The Y2038 problem in the Linux kernel, 25 years of Java, and other industry news.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (The Y2038 problem in the Linux kernel, 25 years of Java, and other industry news)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/linux-java-and-other-industry-news)
-[#]: author: (Tim Hildred https://opensource.com/users/thildred)
-
-The Y2038 problem in the Linux kernel, 25 years of Java, and other industry news
-======
-A weekly look at open source community and industry trends.
-![Person standing in front of a giant computer screen with numbers, data][1]
-
-As part of my role as a senior product marketing manager at an enterprise software company with an open source development model, I publish a regular update about open source community, market, and industry trends for product marketers, managers, and other influencers. Here are five of my and their favorite articles from that update.
-
-## [Need 32-bit Linux to run past 2038? When version 5.6 of the kernel pops, you're in for a treat][2]
-
-> Arnd Bergmann, an engineer working on the thorny Y2038 problem in the Linux kernel, posted to the [mailing list][3] that, yup, Linux 5.6 "should be the first release that can serve as a base for a 32-bit system designed to run beyond year 2038."
-
-**The impact:** Y2K didn't get fixed; it just got bigger and delayed. There is no magic in software or computers; just people trying to solve complicated problems as best they can, and some times introducing more complicated problems for different people to solve at some point in the future.
-
-## [What the dev? Celebrating Java's 25th anniversary][4]
-
-> Java is coming up on a big milestone: Its 25th anniversary! To celebrate, we take a look back over the last 25 years to see how Java has evolved over time. In this episode, Social Media and Online Editor Jenna Sargent talks to Rich Sharples, senior director of product management for middleware at Red Hat, to learn more.
-
-**The impact:** There is something comforting about immersing yourself in a deep well of lived experience. Rich clearly lived through what he is talking about and shares insider knowlege with you (and his dog).
-
-## [Do I need an API Gateway if I use a service mesh?][5]
-
-> This post may not be able to break through the noise around API Gateways and Service Mesh. However, it’s 2020 and there is still abundant confusion around these topics. I have chosen to write this to help bring real concrete explanation to help clarify differences, overlap, and when to use which. Feel free to [@ me on twitter (@christianposta)][6] if you feel I’m adding to the confusion, disagree, or wish to buy me a beer (and these are not mutually exclusive reasons).
-
-**The impact:** Yes, though they use similar terms and concepts they have different concerns and scopes.
-
-## [What Australia's AGL Energy learned about Cloud Native compliance][7]
-
-> This is really at the heart of what open source is, enabling everybody to contribute equally. Within large enterprises, there are controls that are needed, but if we can automate the management of the majority of these controls, we can enable an amazing culture and development experience.
-
-**The impact:** They say "software is eating the world" and "developers are the new kingmakers." The fact that compliance in an energy utility is subject to developer experience improvement basically proves both statements.
-
-## [Monoliths are the future][8]
-
-> And then what they end up doing is creating 50 deployables, but it’s really a _distributed_ monolith. So it’s actually the same thing, but instead of function calls and class instantiation, they’re initiating things and throwing it over a network and hoping that it comes back. And since they can’t reliably _make it_ come back, they introduce things like [Prometheus][9], [OpenTracing][10], all of this stuff. I’m like, **“What are you doing?!”**
-
-**The impact:** Do things for real reasons with a clear-eyed understanding of what those reasons are and how they'll make your business or your organization better.
-
-_I hope you enjoyed this list of what stood out to me from last week and come back next Monday for more open source community, market, and industry trends._
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/linux-java-and-other-industry-news
-
-作者：[Tim Hildred][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/thildred
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_metrics_analytics_desktop_laptop.png?itok=9QXd7AUr (Person standing in front of a giant computer screen with numbers, data)
-[2]: https://www.theregister.co.uk/2020/01/30/linux_5_6_2038/
-[3]: https://lkml.org/lkml/2020/1/29/355
-[4]: https://whatthedev.buzzsprout.com/673192/2543290-celebrating-java-s-25th-anniversary-episode-16
-[5]: https://blog.christianposta.com/microservices/do-i-need-an-api-gateway-if-i-have-a-service-mesh/ (Do I Need an API Gateway if I Use a Service Mesh?)
-[6]: http://twitter.com/christianposta?lang=en
-[7]: https://thenewstack.io/what-australias-agl-energy-learned-about-cloud-native-compliance/
-[8]: https://changelog.com/posts/monoliths-are-the-future
-[9]: https://prometheus.io/
-[10]: https://opentracing.io
diff --git a/sources/news/20200820 Rejoice KDE Lovers- MX Linux Joins the KDE Bandwagon and Now You Can Download MX Linux KDE Edition.md b/sources/news/20200820 Rejoice KDE Lovers- MX Linux Joins the KDE Bandwagon and Now You Can Download MX Linux KDE Edition.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d5fcf0d379
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/news/20200820 Rejoice KDE Lovers- MX Linux Joins the KDE Bandwagon and Now You Can Download MX Linux KDE Edition.md
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Rejoice KDE Lovers! MX Linux Joins the KDE Bandwagon and Now You Can Download MX Linux KDE Edition)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/mx-linux-kde-edition/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+Rejoice KDE Lovers! MX Linux Joins the KDE Bandwagon and Now You Can Download MX Linux KDE Edition
+======
+
+Debian-based [MX Linux][1] is already an impressive Linux distribution with [Xfce desktop environment][2] as the default. Even though it works good and is suitable to run with minimal hardware configuration, it still isn’t the best Linux distribution in terms of eye candy.
+
+That’s where KDE comes to the rescue. Of late, KDE Plasma has reduced a lot of weight and it uses fewer system resources without compromising on the modern looks. No wonder KDE Plasma is one of [the best desktop environments][3] out there.
+
+![][4]
+
+With [MX Linux 19.2][5], they began testing a KDE edition and have finally released their first KDE version.
+
+Also, the KDE edition comes with Advanced Hardware Support (AHS) enabled. Here’s what they have mentioned in their release notes:
+
+> MX-19.2 KDE is an **Advanced Hardware Support (AHS) **enabled **64-bit only** version of MX featuring the KDE/plasma desktop. Applications utilizing Qt library frameworks are given a preference for inclusion on the iso.
+
+As I mentioned it earlier, this is MX Linux’s first KDE edition ever, and they’ve also shed some light on it with the announcement as well:
+
+> This will be first officially supported MX/antiX family iso utilizing the KDE/plasma desktop since the halting of the predecessor MEPIS project in 2013.
+
+Personally, I enjoyed the experience of using MX Linux until I started using [Pop OS 20.04][6]. So, I’ll give you some key highlights of MX Linux 19.2 KDE edition along with my impressions of testing it.
+
+### MX Linux 19.2 KDE: Overview
+
+![][7]
+
+Out of the box, MX Linux looks cleaner and more attractive with KDE desktop on board. Unlike KDE Neon, it doesn’t feature the latest and greatest KDE stuff, but it looks to be doing the job intended.
+
+Of course, you will get the same options that you expect from a KDE-powered distro to customize the look and feel of your desktop. In addition to the obvious KDE perks, you will also get the usual MX tools, antiX-live-usb-system, and snapshot feature that comes baked in the Xfce edition.
+
+It’s a great thing to have the best of both worlds here, as stated in their announcement:
+
+> MX-19.2 KDE includes the usual MX tools, antiX-live-usb-system, and snapshot technology that our users have come to expect from our standard flagship Xfce releases. Adding KDE/plasma to the existing Xfce/MX-fluxbox desktops will provide for a wider range user needs and wants.
+
+I haven’t performed a great deal of tests but I did have some issues with extracting archives (it didn’t work the first try) and copy-pasting a file to a new location. Not sure if those are some known bugs — but I thought I should let you know here.
+
+![][8]
+
+Other than that, it features every useful tool you’d want to have and works great. With KDE on board, it actually feels more polished and smooth in my case.
+
+Along with KDE Plasma 5.14.5 on top of Debian 10 “buster”, it also comes with GIMP 2.10.12, MESA, Debian (AHS) 5.6 Kernel, Firefox browser, and few other goodies like VLC, Thunderbird, LibreOffice, and Clementine music player.
+
+You can also look for more stuff in the MX repositories.
+
+![][9]
+
+There are some known issues with the release like the System clock settings not being able adjustable via KDE settings. You can check their [announcement post][10] for more information or their [bug list][11] to make sure everything’s fine before trying it out on your production system.
+
+### Wrapping Up
+
+MX Linux 19.2 KDE edition is definitely more impressive than its Xfce offering in my opinion. It would take a while to iron out the bugs for this first KDE release — but it’s not a bad start.
+
+Speaking of KDE, I recently tested out KDE Neon, the official KDE distribution. I shared my experience in this video. I’ll try to do a video on MX Linux KDE flavor as well.
+
+[Subscribe to our YouTube channel for more Linux videos][12]
+
+Have you tried it yet? Let me know your thoughts in the comments below!
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/mx-linux-kde-edition/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://mxlinux.org/
+[2]: https://www.xfce.org/
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/best-linux-desktop-environments/
+[4]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/mx-linux-kde-edition.jpg?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[5]: https://mxlinux.org/blog/mx-19-2-now-available/
+[6]: https://itsfoss.com/pop-os-20-04-review/
+[7]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/mx-linux-19-2-kde.jpg?resize=800%2C452&ssl=1
+[8]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/mx-linux-19-2-kde-filemanager.jpg?resize=800%2C452&ssl=1
+[9]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/mx-linux-19-2-kde-info.jpg?resize=800%2C452&ssl=1
+[10]: https://mxlinux.org/blog/mx-19-2-kde-now-available/
+[11]: https://bugs.mxlinux.org/
+[12]: https://www.youtube.com/c/itsfoss?sub_confirmation=1
diff --git a/sources/news/20200822 Cisco open-source code boosts performance of Kubernetes apps over SD-WAN.md b/sources/news/20200822 Cisco open-source code boosts performance of Kubernetes apps over SD-WAN.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..72ce014ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/news/20200822 Cisco open-source code boosts performance of Kubernetes apps over SD-WAN.md
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Cisco open-source code boosts performance of Kubernetes apps over SD-WAN)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3572310/cisco-open-source-code-boosts-performance-of-kubernetes-apps-over-sd-wan.html)
+[#]: author: (Michael Cooney https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/)
+
+Cisco open-source code boosts performance of Kubernetes apps over SD-WAN
+======
+Cisco's Cloud-Native SD-WAN project marries SD-WANs to Kubernetes applications to cut down on the manual work needed to optimize latency and packet loss.
+Thinkstock
+
+Cisco has introduced an open-source project that it says could go a long way toward reducing the manual work involved in optimizing performance of Kubernetes-applications across [SD-WANs][1].
+
+Cisco said it launched the Cloud-Native SD-WAN (CN-WAN) project to show how Kubernetes applications can be automatically mapped to SD-WAN with the result that the applications perform better over the WAN.
+
+**More about SD-WAN**: [How to buy SD-WAN technology: Key questions to consider when selecting a supplier][2] • [How to pick an off-site data-backup method][3] • [SD-Branch: What it is and why you’ll need it][4] • [What are the options for security SD-WAN?][5]
+
+“In many cases, enterprises deploy an SD-WAN to connect a Kubernetes cluster with users or workloads that consume cloud-native applications. In a typical enterprise, NetOps teams leverage their network expertise to program SD-WAN policies to optimize general connectivity to the Kubernetes hosted applications, with the goal to reduce latency, reduce packet loss, etc.” wrote John Apostolopoulos, vice president and CTO of Cisco’s intent-based networking group in a group [blog][6].
+
+“The enterprise usually also has DevOps teams that maintain and optimize the Kubernetes infrastructure. However, despite the efforts of NetOps and DevOps teams, today Kubernetes and SD-WAN operate mostly like ships in the night, often unaware of each other. Integration between SD-WAN and Kubernetes typically involves time-consuming manual coordination between the two teams.”
+
+Current SD-WAN offering often have APIs that let customers programmatically influence how their traffic is handled over the WAN. This enables interesting and valuable opportunities for automation and application optimization, Apostolopoulos stated. “We believe there is an opportunity to pair the declarative nature of Kubernetes with the programmable nature of modern SD-WAN solutions,” he stated.
+
+Enter CN-WAN, which defines a set of components that can be used to integrate an SD-WAN package, such as Cisco Viptela SD-WAN, with Kubernetes to enable DevOps teams to express the WAN needs of the microservices they deploy in a Kubernetes cluster, while simultaneously letting NetOps automatically render the microservices needs to optimize the application performance over the WAN, Apostolopoulos stated.
+
+Apostolopoulos wrote that CN-WAN is composed of a Kubernetes Operator, a Reader, and an Adaptor. It works like this: The CN-WAN Operator runs in the Kubernetes cluster, actively monitoring the deployed services. DevOps teams can use standard Kubernetes annotations on the services to define WAN-specific metadata, such as the traffic profile of the application. The CN-WAN Operator then automatically registers the service along with the metadata in a service registry. In a demo at KubeCon EU this week Cisco used Google Service Directory as the service registry.
+
+Earlier this year [Cisco and Google][7] deepened their relationship with a turnkey package that lets customers mesh SD-WAN connectivity with applications running in a private [data center][8], Google Cloud or another cloud or SaaS application. That jointly developed platform, called Cisco SD-WAN Cloud Hub with Google Cloud, combines Cisco’s SD-WAN policy-, telemetry- and security-setting capabilities with Google's software-defined backbone to ensure that application service-level agreement, security and compliance policies are extended across the network.
+
+Meanwhile, on the SD-WAN side, the CN-WAN Reader connects to the service registry to learn about how Kubernetes is exposing the services and the associated WAN metadata extracted by the CN-WAN operator, Cisco stated. When new or updated services or metadata are detected, the CN-WAN Reader sends a message towards the CN-WAN Adaptor so SD-WAN policies can be updated.
+
+Finally, the CN-WAN Adaptor, maps the service-associated metadata into the detailed SD-WAN policies programmed by NetOps in the SD-WAN controller. The SD-WAN controller automatically renders the SD-WAN policies, specified by the NetOps for each metadata type, into specific SD-WAN data-plane optimizations for the service, Cisco stated.
+
+“The SD-WAN may support multiple types of access at both sender and receiver (e.g., wired Internet, MPLS, wireless 4G or 5G), as well as multiple service options and prioritizations per access network, and of course multiple paths between source and destination,” Apostolopoulos stated.
+
+The code for the CN-WAN project is available as open-source in [GitHub][9].
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][10] and [LinkedIn][11] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3572310/cisco-open-source-code-boosts-performance-of-kubernetes-apps-over-sd-wan.html
+
+作者：[Michael Cooney][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3031279/sd-wan-what-it-is-and-why-you-ll-use-it-one-day.html
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3323407/sd-wan/how-to-buy-sd-wan-technology-key-questions-to-consider-when-selecting-a-supplier.html
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3328488/backup-systems-and-services/how-to-pick-an-off-site-data-backup-method.html
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3250664/lan-wan/sd-branch-what-it-is-and-why-youll-need-it.html
+[5]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3285728/sd-wan/what-are-the-options-for-securing-sd-wan.html
+[6]: https://blogs.cisco.com/networking/introducing-the-cloud-native-sd-wan-project
+[7]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3539252/cisco-integrates-sd-wan-connectivity-with-google-cloud.html
+[8]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3223692/what-is-a-data-centerhow-its-changed-and-what-you-need-to-know.html
+[9]: https://github.com/CloudNativeSDWAN/cnwan-docs
+[10]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[11]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/news/20201014 KDE Plasma 5.20 is Here With Exciting Improvements.md b/sources/news/20201014 KDE Plasma 5.20 is Here With Exciting Improvements.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2572d75bba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/news/20201014 KDE Plasma 5.20 is Here With Exciting Improvements.md
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (KDE Plasma 5.20 is Here With Exciting Improvements)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/kde-plasma-5-20/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+KDE Plasma 5.20 is Here With Exciting Improvements
+======
+
+KDE Plasma 5.20 is finally here and there’s a lot of things to be excited about, including the new wallpaper ‘**Shell’** by Lucas Andrade.
+
+It is worth noting that is not an LTS release unlike [KDE Plasma 5.18][1] and will be maintained for the next 4 months or so. So, if you want the latest and greatest, you can surely go ahead and give it a try.
+
+In this article, I shall mention the key highlights of KDE Plasma 5.20 from [my experience with it on KDE Neon][2] (Testing Edition).
+
+![][3]
+
+### Plasma 5.20 Features
+
+If you like to see things in action, we made a feature overview video for you.
+
+[Subscribe to our YouTube channel for more Linux videos][4]
+
+#### Icon-only Taskbar
+
+![][5]
+
+You must be already comfortable with a taskbar that mentions the title of the window along the icon. However, that takes a lot of space in the taskbar, which looks bad when you want to have a clean look with multiple applications/windows opened.
+
+Not just limited to that, if you launch several windows of the same application, it will group them together and let you cycle through it from a single icon on the task bar.
+
+So, with this update, you get an icon-only taskbar by default which makes it look a lot cleaner and you can have more things in the taskbar at a glance.
+
+#### Digital Clock Applet with Date
+
+![][6]
+
+If you’ve used any KDE-powered distro, you must have noticed that the digital clock applet (in the bottom-right corner) displays the time but not the date by default.
+
+It’s always a good choice to have the date and time as well (at least I prefer that). So, with KDE Plasma 5.20, the applet will have both time and date.
+
+#### Get Notified When your System almost Runs out of Space
+
+I know this is not a big addition, but a necessary one. No matter whether your home directory is on a different partition, you will be notified when you’re about to run out of space.
+
+#### Set the Charge Limit Below 100%
+
+You are in for a treat if you are a laptop user. To help you preserve the battery health, you can now set a charge limit below 100%. I couldn’t show it to you because I use a desktop.
+
+#### Workspace Improvements
+
+Working with the workspaces on KDE desktop was already an impressive experience, now with the latest update, several tweaks have been made to take the user experience up a notch.
+
+To start with, the system tray has been overhauled with a grid-like layout replacing the list view.
+
+The default shortcut has been re-assigned with Meta+drag instead of Alt+drag to move/re-size windows to avoid conflicts with some other productivity apps with Alt+drag keybind support. You can also use the key binds like Meta + up/left/down arrow to corner-tile windows.
+
+![][7]
+
+It is also easier to list all the disks using the old “**Device Notifier**” applet, which has been renamed to “**Disks & Devices**“.
+
+If that wasn’t enough, you will also find improvements to [KRunner][8], which is the essential application launcher or search utility for users. It will now remember the search text history and you can also have it centered on the screen instead of having it on top of the screen.
+
+#### System Settings Improvements
+
+The look and feel of the system setting is the same but it is more useful now. You will notice a new “**Highlight changed settings**” option which will show you the recent/modified changes when compared to the default values.
+
+So, in that way, you can monitor any changes that you did accidentally or if someone else did it.
+
+![][9]
+
+In addition to that, you also get to utilize S.M.A.R.T monitoring and disk failure notifications.
+
+#### Wayland Support Improvements
+
+If you prefer to use a Wayland session, you will be happy to know that it now supports [Klipper][10] and you can also middle-click to paste (on KDE apps only for the time being).
+
+The much-needed screencasting support has also been added.
+
+#### Other Improvements
+
+Of course, you will notice some subtle visual improvements or adjustments for the look and feel. You may notice a smooth transition effect when changing the brightness. Similarly, when changing the brightness or volume, the on-screen display that pops up is now less obtrusive
+
+Options like controlling the scroll speed of mouse/touchpad have been added to give you finer controls.
+
+You can find the detailed list of changes in its [official changelog][11], if you’re curious.
+
+### Wrapping Up
+
+The changes are definitely impressive and should make the KDE experience better than ever before.
+
+If you’re running KDE Neon, you should get the update soon. But, if you are on Kubuntu, you will have to try the 20.10 ISO to get your hands on Plasma 5.20.
+
+What do you like the most among the list of changes? Have you tried it yet? Let me know your thoughts in the comments below.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/kde-plasma-5-20/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/kde-plasma-5-18-release/
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/kde-neon-review/
+[3]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/kde-plasma-5-20-feat.png?resize=800%2C394&ssl=1
+[4]: https://www.youtube.com/c/itsfoss?sub_confirmation=1
+[5]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/kde-plasma-5-20-taskbar.jpg?resize=472%2C290&ssl=1
+[6]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/kde-plasma-5-20-clock.jpg?resize=372%2C224&ssl=1
+[7]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/kde-plasma-5-20-notify.jpg?resize=800%2C692&ssl=1
+[8]: https://docs.kde.org/trunk5/en/kde-workspace/plasma-desktop/krunner.html
+[9]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/plasma-disks-smart.png?resize=800%2C539&ssl=1
+[10]: https://userbase.kde.org/Klipper
+[11]: https://kde.org/announcements/plasma-5.20.0
diff --git a/sources/talk/20181218 The Rise and Demise of RSS.md b/sources/talk/20181218 The Rise and Demise of RSS.md
index e260070c5c..2dfea2074c 100644
--- a/sources/talk/20181218 The Rise and Demise of RSS.md
+++ b/sources/talk/20181218 The Rise and Demise of RSS.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: translator: (beamrolling)
[#]: reviewer: ( )
[#]: publisher: ( )
[#]: url: ( )
diff --git a/sources/talk/20190105 Why Sorting is O(N log N).md b/sources/talk/20190105 Why Sorting is O(N log N).md
deleted file mode 100644
index 34a1d3bf97..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20190105 Why Sorting is O(N log N).md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Why Sorting is O(N log N))
-[#]: via: (https://theartofmachinery.com/2019/01/05/sorting_is_nlogn.html)
-[#]: author: (Simon Arneaud https://theartofmachinery.com)
-
-Why Sorting is O(N log N)
-======
-
-Any decent algorithms textbook will explain how fast sorting algorithms like quicksort and heapsort are, but it doesn’t take crazy maths to prove that they’re as asymptotically fast as you can possibly get.
-
-### A pedantic note about notation
-
-Most computer scientists use big-O notation to mean “asymptotically equal, up to a constant scaling factor”, which isn’t quite what it means to other mathematicians. Sorry, I’ll use big-O like in CS textbooks, but at least I won’t mix it with other mathematical notation.
-
-## Comparison-based sorting
-
-Let’s look at the special case of algorithms that compare values two at a time (like quicksort and heapsort, and most other popular algorithms). The ideas can be extended to all sorting algorithms later.
-
-### A simple counting argument for the worst case
-
-Suppose you have an array of four elements, all different, in random order. Can you sort it by comparing just one pair of elements? Obviously not, but here’s one good reason that proves you can’t: By definition, to sort the array, you need to how to rearrange the elements to put them in order. In other words, you need to know which permutation is needed. How many possible permutations are there? The first element could be moved to one of four places, the second one could go to one of the remaining three, the third element has two options, and the last element has to take the one remaining place. So there are (4 \times 3 \times 2 \times 1 = 4! = 24) possible permutations to choose from, but there are only two possible results from comparing two different things: “BIGGER” and “SMALLER”. If you made a list of all the possible permutations, you might decide that “BIGGER” means you need permutation #8 and “SMALLER” means you need permutation #24, but there’s no way you could know when you need the other 22 permutations.
-
-With two comparisons, you have (2 \times 2 = 4) possible outputs, which still isn’t enough. You can’t sort every possible shuffled array unless you do at least five comparisons ((2^{5} = 32)). If (W(N)) is the worst-case number of comparisons needed to sort (N) different elements using some algorithm, we can say
-
-[2^{W(N)} \geq N!]
-
-Taking a logarithm base 2,
-
-[W(N) \geq \log_{2}{N!}]
-
-Asymptotically, (N!) grows like (N^{N}) (see also [Stirling’s formula][1]), so
-
-[W(N) \succeq \log N^{N} = N\log N]
-
-And that’s an (O(N\log N)) limit on the worst case just from counting outputs.
-
-### Average case from information theory
-
-We can get a stronger result if we extend that counting argument with a little information theory. Here’s how we could use a sorting algorithm as a code for transmitting information:
-
- 1. I think of a number — say, 15
- 2. I look up permutation #15 from the list of permutations of four elements
- 3. I run the sorting algorithm on this permutation and record all the “BIGGER” and “SMALLER” comparison results
- 4. I transmit the comparison results to you in binary code
- 5. You re-enact my sorting algorithm run, step by step, referring to my list of comparison results as needed
- 6. Now that you know how I rearranged my array to make it sorted, you can reverse the permutation to figure out my original array
- 7. You look up my original array in the permutation list to figure out I transmitted the number 15
-
-
-
-Okay, it’s a bit strange, but it could be done. That means that sorting algorithms are bound by the same laws as normal encoding schemes, including the theorem proving there’s no universal data compressor. I transmitted one bit per comparison the algorithm does, so, on average, the number of comparisons must be at least the number of bits needed to represent my data, according to information theory. More technically, [the average number of comparisons must be at least the Shannon entropy of my input data, measured in bits][2]. Entropy is a mathematical measure of the information content, or unpredictability, of something.
-
-If I have an array of (N) elements that could be in any possible order without bias, then entropy is maximised and is (\log_{2}{N!}) bits. That proves that (O(N\log N)) is an optimal average for a comparison-based sort with arbitrary input.
-
-That’s the theory, but how do real sorting algorithms compare? Below is a plot of the average number of comparisons needed to sort an array. I’ve compared the theoretical optimum against naïve quicksort and the [Ford-Johnson merge-insertion sort][3], which was designed to minimise comparisons (though it’s rarely faster than quicksort overall because there’s more to life than minimising comparisons). Since it was developed in 1959, merge-insertion sort has been tweaked to squeeze a few more comparisons out, but the plot shows it’s already almost optimal.
-
-![Plot of average number of comparisons needed to sort randomly shuffled arrays of length up to 100. Bottom line is theoretical optimum. Within about 1% is merge-insertion sort. Naïve quicksort is within about 25% of optimum.][4]
-
-It’s nice when a little theory gives such a tight practical result.
-
-### Summary so far
-
-Here’s what’s been proven so far:
-
- 1. If the array could start in any order, at least (O(N\log N)) comparisons are needed in the worst case
- 2. The average number of comparisons must be at least the entropy of the array, which is (O(N\log N)) for random input
-
-
-
-Note that #2 allows comparison-based sorting algorithms to be faster than (O(N\log N)) if the input is low entropy (in other words, more predictable). Merge sort is close to (O(N)) if the input contains many sorted subarrays. Insertion sort is close to (O(N)) if the input is an array that was sorted before being perturbed a bit. None of them beat (O(N\log N)) in the worst case unless some array orderings are impossible as inputs.
-
-## General sorting algorithms
-
-Comparison-based sorts are an interesting special case in practice, but there’s nothing theoretically special about [`CMP`][5] as opposed to any other instruction on a computer. Both arguments above can be generalised to any sorting algorithm if you note a couple of things:
-
- 1. Most computer instructions have more than two possible outputs, but still have a limited number
- 2. The limited number of outputs means that one instruction can only process a limited amount of entropy
-
-
-
-That gives us the same (O(N\log N)) lower bound on the number of instructions. Any physically realisable computer can only process a limited number of instructions at a time, so that’s an (O(N\log N)) lower bound on the time required, as well.
-
-### But what about “faster” algorithms?
-
-The most useful practical implication of the general (O(N\log N)) bound is that if you hear about any asymptotically faster algorithm, you know it must be “cheating” somehow. There must be some catch that means it isn’t a general purpose sorting algorithm that scales to arbitrarily large arrays. It might still be a useful algorithm, but it’s a good idea to read the fine print closely.
-
-A well-known example is radix sort. It’s often called an (O(N)) sorting algorithm, but the catch is that it only works if all the numbers fit into (k) bits, and it’s really (O({kN})).
-
-What does that mean in practice? Suppose you have an 8-bit machine. You can represent (2^{8} = 256) different numbers in 8 bits, so if you have an array of thousands of numbers, you’re going to have duplicates. That might be okay for some applications, but for others you need to upgrade to at least 16 bits, which can represent (2^{16} = 65,536) numbers distinctly. 32 bits will support (2^{32} = 4,294,967,296) different numbers. As the size of the array goes up, the number of bits needed will tend to go up, too. To represent (N) different numbers distinctly, you’ll need (k \geq \log_{2}N). So, unless you’re okay with lots of duplicates in your array, (O({kN})) is effectively (O(N\log N)).
-
-The need for (O(N\log N)) of input data in the general case actually proves the overall result by itself. That argument isn’t so interesting in practice because we rarely need to sort billions of integers on a 32-bit machine, and [if anyone’s hit the limits of a 64-bit machine, they haven’t told the rest of us][6].
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://theartofmachinery.com/2019/01/05/sorting_is_nlogn.html
-
-作者：[Simon Arneaud][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://theartofmachinery.com
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: http://hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/Math/stirling.html
-[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shannon%27s_source_coding_theorem
-[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Merge-insertion_sort
-[4]: /images/sorting_is_nlogn/sorting_algorithms_num_comparisons.svg
-[5]: https://c9x.me/x86/html/file_module_x86_id_35.html
-[6]: https://sortbenchmark.org/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20190222 Developer happiness- What you need to know.md b/sources/talk/20190222 Developer happiness- What you need to know.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ef7772193..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20190222 Developer happiness- What you need to know.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Developer happiness: What you need to know)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/2/developer-happiness)
-[#]: author: (Bart Copeland https://opensource.com/users/bartcopeland)
-
-Developer happiness: What you need to know
-======
-Developers need the tools and the freedom to code quickly, without getting bogged down by compliance and security.
-
-
-A person needs the right tools for the job. There's nothing as frustrating as getting halfway through a car repair, for instance, only to discover you don't have the specialized tool you need to complete the job. The same concept applies to developers: you need the tools to do what you are best at, without disrupting your workflow with compliance and security needs, so you can produce code faster.
-
-Over half—51%, to be specific—of developers spend only one to four hours each day programming, according to ActiveState's recent [Developer Survey 2018: Open Source Runtime Pains][1]. In other words, the majority of developers spend less than half of their time coding. According to the survey, 50% of developers say security is one of their biggest concerns, but 67% of developers choose not to add a new language when coding because of the difficulties related to corporate policies.
-
-The result is developers have to devote time to non-coding activities like retrofitting software for security and compliance criteria checked after software and languages have been built. And they won't choose the best tool or language for the job because of corporate policies. Their satisfaction goes down and risk goes up.
-
-So, developers aren't able to devote time to high-value work. This creates additional business risk because their time-to-market is slowed, and the organization increases tech debt by not empowering developers to decide on "the best" tech, unencumbered by corporate policy drag.
-
-### Baking in security and compliance workflows
-
-How can we solve this issue? One way is to integrate security and compliance workflows into the software development process in four easy steps:
-
-#### 1\. Gather your forces
-
-Get support from everyone involved. This is an often-forgotten but critical first step. Make sure to consider a wide range of stakeholders, including:
-
- * DevOps
- * Developers
- * InfoSec
- * Legal/compliance
- * IT security
-
-
-
-Stakeholders want to understand the business benefits, so make a solid case for eliminating the security and compliance checkpoints after software builds. You can consider any (or all) of the following in building your business case: time savings, opportunity cost, and developer productivity. By integrating security and compliance workflows into the development process, you also avoid retrofitting of languages.
-
-#### 2\. Find trustworthy sources
-
-Next, choose the trusted sources that can be used, along with their license and security requirements. Consider including information such as:
-
- * Restrictions on usage based on environment or application type and version controls per language
- * Which open source components are allowable, e.g., specific packages
- * Which licenses can be used in which types of environments (e.g., research vs. production)
- * The definition of security levels, acceptable vulnerability risk levels, what risk levels trigger an action, what that action would be, and who would be responsible for its implementation
-
-
-
-#### 3\. Incorporate security and compliance from day one
-
-The upshot of incorporating security and compliance workflows is that it ultimately bakes security and compliance into the first line of code. It eliminates the drag of corporate policy because you're coding to spec versus having to fix things after the fact. But to do this, consider mechanisms for automatically scanning code as it's being built, along with using agentless monitoring of your runtime code. You're freeing up your time, and you'll also be able to programmatically enforce policies to ensure compliance across your entire organization.
-
-New vulnerabilities arise, and new patches and versions become available. Consequently, security and compliance need to be considered when deploying code into production and also when running code. You need to know what, if any, code is at risk and where that code is running. So, the process for deploying and running code should include monitoring, reporting, and updating code in production.
-
-By integrating security and compliance into your software development process from the start, you can also benefit by tracking where your code is running once deployed and be alerted of new threats as they arise. You will be able to track when your applications were vulnerable and respond with automatic enforcement of your software policies.
-
-If your software development process has security and compliance workflows baked in, you will improve your productivity. And you'll be able to measure value through increased time spent coding; gains in security and stability; and cost- and time-savings in maintenance and discovery of security and compliance threats.
-
-### Happiness through integration
-
-If you don't develop and update software, your organization can't go forward. Developers are a linchpin in the success of your company, which means they need the tools and the freedom to code quickly. You can't let compliance and security needs—though they are critical—bog you down. Developers clearly worry about security, so the happy medium is to "shift left" and integrate security and compliance workflows from the start. You'll get more done, get it right the first time, and spend far less time retrofitting code.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/2/developer-happiness
-
-作者：[Bart Copeland][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/bartcopeland
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://www.activestate.com/company/press/press-releases/activestate-developer-survey-examines-open-source-challenges/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20190225 Teaching scientists how to share code.md b/sources/talk/20190225 Teaching scientists how to share code.md
index 074da27476..541cce2719 100644
--- a/sources/talk/20190225 Teaching scientists how to share code.md
+++ b/sources/talk/20190225 Teaching scientists how to share code.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: translator: ( jiangyaomin)
[#]: reviewer: ( )
[#]: publisher: ( )
[#]: url: ( )
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/19/2/open-science-git
作者：[Jon Tennant][a]
选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/jiangyaomin)
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
diff --git a/sources/talk/20190226 Reducing security risks with centralized logging.md b/sources/talk/20190226 Reducing security risks with centralized logging.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 60bbd7a80b..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20190226 Reducing security risks with centralized logging.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Reducing security risks with centralized logging)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/2/reducing-security-risks-centralized-logging)
-[#]: author: (Hannah Suarez https://opensource.com/users/hcs)
-
-Reducing security risks with centralized logging
-======
-Centralizing logs and structuring log data for processing can mitigate risks related to insufficient logging.
-
-
-
-Logging and log analysis are essential to securing infrastructure, particularly when we consider common vulnerabilities. This article, based on my lightning talk [Let's use centralized log collection to make incident response teams happy][1] at FOSDEM'19, aims to raise awareness about the security concerns around insufficient logging, offer a way to avoid the risk, and advocate for more secure practices _(disclaimer: I work for NXLog)._
-
-### Why log collection and why centralized logging?
-
-Logging is, to be specific, an append-only sequence of records written to disk. In practice, logs help you investigate an infrastructure issue as you try to find a cause for misbehavior. A challenge comes up when you have heterogeneous systems with their own standards and formats, and you want to be able to handle and process these in a dependable way. This often comes at the cost of metadata. Centralized logging solutions require commonality, and that commonality often removes the rich metadata many open source logging tools provide.
-
-### The security risk of insufficient logging and monitoring
-
-The Open Web Application Security Project ([OWASP][2]) is a nonprofit organization that contributes to the industry with incredible projects (including many [tools][3] focusing on software security). The organization regularly reports on the riskiest security challenges for application developers and maintainers. In its most recent report on the [top 10 most critical web application security risks][4], OWASP added Insufficient Logging and Monitoring to its list. OWASP warns of risks due to insufficient logging, detection, monitoring, and active response in the following types of scenarios.
-
- * Important auditable events, such as logins, failed logins, and high-value transactions are not logged.
- * Warnings and errors generate none, inadequate, or unclear log messages.
- * Logs are only being stored locally.
- * The application is unable to detect, escalate, or alert for active attacks in real time or near real time.
-
-
-
-These instances can be mitigated by centralizing logs (i.e., not storing logs locally) and structuring log data for processing (i.e., in alerting dashboards and security suites).
-
-For example, imagine a DNS query leads to a malicious site named **hacked.badsite.net**. With DNS monitoring, administrators monitor and proactively analyze DNS queries and responses. The efficiency of DNS monitoring relies on both sufficient logging and log collection in order to catch potential issues as well as structuring the resulting DNS log for further processing:
-
-```
-2019-01-29
-Time (GMT) Source Destination Protocol-Info
-12:42:42.112898 SOURCE_IP xxx.xx.xx.x DNS Standard query 0x1de7 A hacked.badsite.net
-```
-
-You can try this yourself and run through other examples and snippets with the [NXLog Community Edition][5] _(disclaimer again: I work for NXLog)._
-
-### Important aside: unstructured vs. structured data
-
-It's important to take a moment and consider the log data format. For example, let's consider this log message:
-
-```
-debug1: Failed password for invalid user amy from SOURCE_IP port SOURCE_PORT ssh2
-```
-
-This log contains a predefined structure, such as a metadata keyword before the colon ( **debug1** ). However, the rest of the log field is an unstructured string ( **Failed password for invalid user amy from SOURCE_IP port SOURCE_PORT ssh2** ). So, while the message is easily available in a human-readable format, it is not a format a computer can easily parse.
-
-Unstructured event data poses limitations including difficulty of parsing, searching, and analyzing the logs. The important metadata is too often set in an unstructured data field in the form of a freeform string like the example above. Logging administrators will come across this problem at some point as they attempt to standardize/normalize log data and centralize their log sources.
-
-### Where to go next
-
-Alongside centralizing and structuring your logs, make sure you're collecting the right log data—Sysmon, PowerShell, Windows EventLog, DNS debug, NetFlow, ETW, kernel monitoring, file integrity monitoring, database logs, external cloud logs, and so on. Also have the right tools and processes in place to collect, aggregate, and help make sense of the data.
-
-Hopefully, this gives you a starting point to centralize log collection across diverse sources; send them to outside sources like dashboards, monitoring software, analytics software, specialized software like security information and event management (SEIM) suites; and more.
-
-What does your centralized logging strategy look like? Share your thoughts in the comments.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/2/reducing-security-risks-centralized-logging
-
-作者：[Hannah Suarez][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/hcs
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://fosdem.org/2019/schedule/event/lets_use_centralized_log_collection_to_make_incident_response_teams_happy/
-[2]: https://www.owasp.org/index.php/Main_Page
-[3]: https://github.com/OWASP
-[4]: https://www.owasp.org/index.php/Top_10-2017_Top_10
-[5]: https://nxlog.co/products/nxlog-community-edition/download
diff --git a/sources/talk/20190329 9 open source tools for building a fault-tolerant system.md b/sources/talk/20190329 9 open source tools for building a fault-tolerant system.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 78282fb853..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20190329 9 open source tools for building a fault-tolerant system.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (9 open source tools for building a fault-tolerant system)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/3/tools-fault-tolerant-system)
-[#]: author: (Bryant Son (Red Hat, Community Moderator) https://opensource.com/users/brson)
-
-9 open source tools for building a fault-tolerant system
-======
-
-Maximize uptime and minimize problems with these open source tools.
-
-![magnifying glass on computer screen, finding a bug in the code][1]
-
-I've always been interested in web development and software architecture because I like to see the broader picture of a working system. Whether you are building a mobile app or a web application, it has to be connected to the internet to exchange data among different modules, which means you need a web service.
-
-If you use a cloud system as your application's backend, you can take advantage of greater computing power, as the backend service will scale horizontally and vertically and orchestrate different services. But whether or not you use a cloud backend, it's important to build a _fault-tolerant system_ —one that is resilient, stable, fast, and safe.
-
-To understand fault-tolerant systems, let's use Facebook, Amazon, Google, and Netflix as examples. Millions and billions of users access these platforms simultaneously while transmitting enormous amounts of data via peer-to-peer and user-to-server networks, and you can be sure there are also malicious users with bad intentions, like hacking or denial-of-service (DoS) attacks. Even so, these platforms can operate 24 hours a day and 365 days a year without downtime.
-
-Although machine learning and smart algorithms are the backbones of these systems, the fact that they achieve consistent service without a single minute of downtime is praiseworthy. Their expensive hardware and gigantic datacenters certainly matter, but the elegant software designs supporting the services are equally important. And the fault-tolerant system is one of the principles to build such an elegant system.
-
-### Two behaviors that cause problems in production
-
-Here's another way to think of a fault-tolerant system. When you run your application service locally, everything seems to be fine. Great! But when you promote your service to the production environment, all hell breaks loose. In a situation like this, a fault-tolerant system helps by addressing two problems: Fail-stop behavior and Byzantine behavior.
-
-#### Fail-stop behavior
-
-Fail-stop behavior is when a running system suddenly halts or a few parts of the system fail. Server downtime and database inaccessibility fall under this category. For example, in the diagram below, Service 1 can't communicate with Service 2 because Service 2 is inaccessible:
-
-![Fail-stop behavior due to Service 2 downtime][2]
-
-But the problem can also occur if there is a network problem between the services, like this:
-
-![Fail-stop behavior due to network failure][3]
-
-#### Byzantine behavior
-
-Byzantine behavior is when the system continuously runs but doesn't produce the expected behavior (e.g., wrong data or an invalid value).
-
-Byzantine failure can happen if Service 2 has corrupted data or values, even though the service looks to be operating just fine, like in this example:
-
-![Byzantine failure due to corrupted service][4]
-
-Or, there can be a malicious middleman intercepting between the services and injecting unwanted data:
-
-![Byzantine failure due to malicious middleman][5]
-
-Neither fail-stop nor Byzantine behavior is a desired situation, so we need ways to prevent or fix them. That's where fault-tolerant systems come into play. Following are eight open source tools that can help you address these problems.
-
-### Tools for building a fault-tolerant system
-
-Although building a truly practical fault-tolerant system touches upon in-depth _distributed computing theory_ and complex computer science principles, there are many software tools—many of them, like the following, open source—to alleviate undesirable results by building a fault-tolerant system.
-
-#### Circuit-breaker pattern: Hystrix and Resilience4j
-
-The [circuit-breaker pattern][6] is a technique that helps to return a prepared dummy response or a simple response when a service fails:
-
-![Circuit breaker pattern][7]
-
-Netflix's open source **[Hystrix][8]** is the most popular implementation of the circuit-breaker pattern.
-
-Many companies where I've worked previously are leveraging this wonderful tool. Surprisingly, Netflix announced that it will no longer update Hystrix. (Yeah, I know.) Instead, Netflix recommends using an alternative solution like [**Resilence4j**][9], which supports Java 8 and functional programming, or an alternative practice like [Adaptive Concurrency Limit][10].
-
-#### Load balancing: Nginx and HaProxy
-
-Load balancing is one of the most fundamental concepts in a distributed system and must be present to have a production-quality environment. To understand load balancers, we first need to understand the concept of _redundancy_. Every production-quality web service has multiple servers that provide redundancy to take over and maintain services when servers go down.
-
-![Load balancer][11]
-
-Think about modern airplanes: their dual engines provide redundancy that allows them to land safely even if an engine catches fire. (It also helps that most commercial airplanes have state-of-art, automated systems.) But, having multiple engines (or servers) means that there must be some kind of scheduling mechanism to effectively route the system when something fails.
-
-A load balancer is a device or software that optimizes heavy traffic transactions by balancing multiple server nodes. For instance, when thousands of requests come in, the load balancer acts as the middle layer to route and evenly distribute traffic across different servers. If a server goes down, the load balancer forwards requests to the other servers that are running well.
-
-There are many load balancers available, but the two best-known ones are Nginx and HaProxy.
-
-[**Nginx**][12] is more than a load balancer. It is an HTTP and reverse proxy server, a mail proxy server, and a generic TCP/UDP proxy server. Companies like Groupon, Capital One, Adobe, and NASA use it.
-
-[**HaProxy**][13] is also popular, as it is a free, very fast and reliable solution offering high availability, load balancing, and proxying for TCP and HTTP-based applications. Many large internet companies, including GitHub, Reddit, Twitter, and Stack Overflow, use HaProxy. Oh and yes, Red Hat Enterprise Linux also supports HaProxy configuration.
-
-#### Actor model: Akka
-
-The [actor model][14] is a concurrency design pattern that delegates responsibility when an _actor_ , which is a primitive unit of computation, receives a message. An actor can create even more actors and delegate the message to them.
-
-[**Akka**][15] is one of the most well-known tools for the actor model implementation. The framework supports Java and Scala, which are both based on JVM.
-
-#### Asynchronous, non-blocking I/O using messaging queue: Kafka and RabbitMQ
-
-Multi-threaded development has been popular in the past, but this practice has been discouraged and replaced with asynchronous, non-blocking I/O patterns. For Java, this is explicitly stated in its [Enterprise Java Bean (EJB) specifications][16]:
-
-> "An enterprise bean must not use thread synchronization primitives to synchronize execution of multiple instances.
->
-> "The enterprise bean must not attempt to manage threads. The enterprise bean must not attempt to start, stop, suspend, or resume a thread, or to change a thread's priority or name. The enterprise bean must not attempt to manage thread groups."
-
-Now, there are other practices like stream APIs and actor models. But messaging queues like [**Kafka**][17] and [**RabbitMQ**][18] offer the out-of-box support for asynchronous and non-blocking IO features, and they are powerful open source tools that can be replacements for threads by handling concurrent processes.
-
-#### Other options: Eureka and Chaos Monkey
-
-Other useful tools for fault-tolerant systems include monitoring tools, such as Netflix's **[Eureka][19]** , and stress-testing tools, like **[Chaos Monkey][20]**. They aim to discover potential issues earlier by testing in lower environments, like integration (INT), quality assurance (QA), and user acceptance testing (UAT), to prevent potential problems before moving to the production environment.
-
-* * *
-
-What open source tools are you using for building a fault-tolerant system? Please share your favorites in the comments.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/3/tools-fault-tolerant-system
-
-作者：[Bryant Son (Red Hat, Community Moderator)][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/brson
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/mistake_bug_fix_find_error.png?itok=PZaz3dga (magnifying glass on computer screen, finding a bug in the code)
-[2]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/1_errordowntimeservice.jpg (Fail-stop behavior due to Service 2 downtime)
-[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/2_errordowntimenetwork.jpg (Fail-stop behavior due to network failure)
-[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/3_byzantinefailuremalicious.jpg (Byzantine failure due to corrupted service)
-[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/4_byzantinefailuremiddleman.jpg (Byzantine failure due to malicious middleman)
-[6]: https://martinfowler.com/bliki/CircuitBreaker.html
-[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/5_circuitbreakerpattern.jpg (Circuit breaker pattern)
-[8]: https://github.com/Netflix/Hystrix/wiki
-[9]: https://github.com/resilience4j/resilience4j
-[10]: https://medium.com/@NetflixTechBlog/performance-under-load-3e6fa9a60581
-[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/7_loadbalancer.jpg (Load balancer)
-[12]: https://www.nginx.com
-[13]: https://www.haproxy.org
-[14]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Actor_model
-[15]: https://akka.io
-[16]: https://jcp.org/aboutJava/communityprocess/final/jsr220/index.html
-[17]: https://kafka.apache.org
-[18]: https://www.rabbitmq.com
-[19]: https://github.com/Netflix/eureka
-[20]: https://github.com/Netflix/chaosmonkey
diff --git a/sources/talk/20190331 Codecademy vs. The BBC Micro.md b/sources/talk/20190331 Codecademy vs. The BBC Micro.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a85aadad46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20190331 Codecademy vs. The BBC Micro.md
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Codecademy vs. The BBC Micro)
+[#]: via: (https://twobithistory.org/2019/03/31/bbc-micro.html)
+[#]: author: (Two-Bit History https://twobithistory.org)
+
+Codecademy vs. The BBC Micro
+======
+
+In the late 1970s, the computer, which for decades had been a mysterious, hulking machine that only did the bidding of corporate overlords, suddenly became something the average person could buy and take home. An enthusiastic minority saw how great this was and rushed to get a computer of their own. For many more people, the arrival of the microcomputer triggered helpless anxiety about the future. An ad from a magazine at the time promised that a home computer would “give your child an unfair advantage in school.” It showed a boy in a smart blazer and tie eagerly raising his hand to answer a question, while behind him his dim-witted classmates look on sullenly. The ad and others like it implied that the world was changing quickly and, if you did not immediately learn how to use one of these intimidating new devices, you and your family would be left behind.
+
+In the UK, this anxiety metastasized into concern at the highest levels of government about the competitiveness of the nation. The 1970s had been, on the whole, an underwhelming decade for Great Britain. Both inflation and unemployment had been high. Meanwhile, a series of strikes put London through blackout after blackout. A government report from 1979 fretted that a failure to keep up with trends in computing technology would “add another factor to our poor industrial performance.”[1][1] The country already seemed to be behind in the computing arena—all the great computer companies were American, while integrated circuits were being assembled in Japan and Taiwan.
+
+In an audacious move, the BBC, a public service broadcaster funded by the government, decided that it would solve Britain’s national competitiveness problems by helping Britons everywhere overcome their aversion to computers. It launched the _Computer Literacy Project_, a multi-pronged educational effort that involved several TV series, a few books, a network of support groups, and a specially built microcomputer known as the BBC Micro. The project was so successful that, by 1983, an editor for BYTE Magazine wrote, “compared to the US, proportionally more of Britain’s population is interested in microcomputers.”[2][2] The editor marveled that there were more people at the Fifth Personal Computer World Show in the UK than had been to that year’s West Coast Computer Faire. Over a sixth of Great Britain watched an episode in the first series produced for the _Computer Literacy Project_ and 1.5 million BBC Micros were ultimately sold.[3][3]
+
+[An archive][4] containing every TV series produced and all the materials published for the _Computer Literacy Project_ was put on the web last year. I’ve had a huge amount of fun watching the TV series and trying to imagine what it would have been like to learn about computing in the early 1980s. But what’s turned out to be more interesting is how computing was _taught_. Today, we still worry about technology leaving people behind. Wealthy tech entrepreneurs and governments spend lots of money trying to teach kids “to code.” We have websites like Codecademy that make use of new technologies to teach coding interactively. One would assume that this approach is more effective than a goofy ’80s TV series. But is it?
+
+### The Computer Literacy Project
+
+The microcomputer revolution began in 1975 with the release of [the Altair 8800][5]. Only two years later, the Apple II, TRS-80, and Commodore PET had all been released. Sales of the new computers exploded. In 1978, the BBC explored the dramatic societal changes these new machines were sure to bring in a documentary called “Now the Chips Are Down.”
+
+The documentary was alarming. Within the first five minutes, the narrator explains that microelectronics will “totally revolutionize our way of life.” As eerie synthesizer music plays, and green pulses of electricity dance around a magnified microprocessor on screen, the narrator argues that the new chips are why “Japan is abandoning its ship building, and why our children will grow up without jobs to go to.” The documentary goes on to explore how robots are being used to automate car assembly and how the European watch industry has lost out to digital watch manufacturers in the United States. It castigates the British government for not doing more to prepare the country for a future of mass unemployment.
+
+The documentary was supposedly shown to the British Cabinet.[4][6] Several government agencies, including the Department of Industry and the Manpower Services Commission, became interested in trying to raise awareness about computers among the British public. The Manpower Services Commission provided funds for a team from the BBC’s education division to travel to Japan, the United States, and other countries on a fact-finding trip. This research team produced a report that cataloged the ways in which microelectronics would indeed mean major changes for industrial manufacturing, labor relations, and office work. In late 1979, it was decided that the BBC should make a ten-part TV series that would help regular Britons “learn how to use and control computers and not feel dominated by them.”[5][7] The project eventually became a multimedia endeavor similar to the _Adult Literacy Project_, an earlier BBC undertaking involving both a TV series and supplemental courses that helped two million people improve their reading.
+
+The producers behind the _Computer Literacy Project_ were keen for the TV series to feature “hands-on” examples that viewers could try on their own if they had a microcomputer at home. These examples would have to be in BASIC, since that was the language (really the entire shell) used on almost all microcomputers. But the producers faced a thorny problem: Microcomputer manufacturers all had their own dialects of BASIC, so no matter which dialect they picked, they would inevitably alienate some large fraction of their audience. The only real solution was to create a new BASIC—BBC BASIC—and a microcomputer to go along with it. Members of the British public would be able to buy the new microcomputer and follow along without worrying about differences in software or hardware.
+
+The TV producers and presenters at the BBC were not capable of building a microcomputer on their own. So they put together a specification for the computer they had in mind and invited British microcomputer companies to propose a new machine that met the requirements. The specification called for a relatively powerful computer because the BBC producers felt that the machine should be able to run real, useful applications. Technical consultants for the _Computer Literacy Project_ also suggested that, if it had to be a BASIC dialect that was going to be taught to the entire nation, then it had better be a good one. (They may not have phrased it exactly that way, but I bet that’s what they were thinking.) BBC BASIC would make up for some of BASIC’s usual shortcomings by allowing for recursion and local variables.[6][8]
+
+The BBC eventually decided that a Cambridge-based company called Acorn Computers would make the BBC Micro. In choosing Acorn, the BBC passed over a proposal from Clive Sinclair, who ran a company called Sinclair Research. Sinclair Research had brought mass-market microcomputing to the UK in 1980 with the Sinclair ZX80. Sinclair’s new computer, the ZX81, was cheap but not powerful enough for the BBC’s purposes. Acorn’s new prototype computer, known internally as the Proton, would be more expensive but more powerful and expandable. The BBC was impressed. The Proton was never marketed or sold as the Proton because it was instead released in December 1981 as the BBC Micro, also affectionately called “The Beeb.” You could get a 16k version for £235 and a 32k version for £335.
+
+In 1980, Acorn was an underdog in the British computing industry. But the BBC Micro helped establish the company’s legacy. Today, the world’s most popular microprocessor instruction set is the ARM architecture. “ARM” now stands for “Advanced RISC Machine,” but originally it stood for “Acorn RISC Machine.” ARM Holdings, the company behind the architecture, was spun out from Acorn in 1990.
+
+![Picture of the BBC Micro.][9] _A bad picture of a BBC Micro, taken by me at the Computer History Museum
+in Mountain View, California._
+
+### The Computer Programme
+
+A dozen different TV series were eventually produced as part of the _Computer Literacy Project_, but the first of them was a ten-part series known as _The Computer Programme_. The series was broadcast over ten weeks at the beginning of 1982. A million people watched each week-night broadcast of the show; a quarter million watched the reruns on Sunday and Monday afternoon.
+
+The show was hosted by two presenters, Chris Serle and Ian McNaught-Davis. Serle plays the neophyte while McNaught-Davis, who had professional experience programming mainframe computers, plays the expert. This was an inspired setup. It made for [awkward transitions][10]—Serle often goes directly from a conversation with McNaught-Davis to a bit of walk-and-talk narration delivered to the camera, and you can’t help but wonder whether McNaught-Davis is still standing there out of frame or what. But it meant that Serle could voice the concerns that the audience would surely have. He can look intimidated by a screenful of BASIC and can ask questions like, “What do all these dollar signs mean?” At several points during the show, Serle and McNaught-Davis sit down in front of a computer and essentially pair program, with McNaught-Davis providing hints here and there while Serle tries to figure it out. It would have been much less relatable if the show had been presented by a single, all-knowing narrator.
+
+The show also made an effort to demonstrate the many practical applications of computing in the lives of regular people. By the early 1980s, the home computer had already begun to be associated with young boys and video games. The producers behind _The Computer Programme_ sought to avoid interviewing “impressively competent youngsters,” as that was likely “to increase the anxieties of older viewers,” a demographic that the show was trying to attract to computing.[7][11] In the first episode of the series, Gill Nevill, the show’s “on location” reporter, interviews a woman that has bought a Commodore PET to help manage her sweet shop. The woman (her name is Phyllis) looks to be 60-something years old, yet she has no trouble using the computer to do her accounting and has even started using her PET to do computer work for other businesses, which sounds like the beginning of a promising freelance career. Phyllis says that she wouldn’t mind if the computer work grew to replace her sweet shop business since she enjoys the computer work more. This interview could instead have been an interview with a teenager about how he had modified _Breakout_ to be faster and more challenging. But that would have been encouraging to almost nobody. On the other hand, if Phyllis, of all people, can use a computer, then surely you can too.
+
+While the show features lots of BASIC programming, what it really wants to teach its audience is how computing works in general. The show explains these general principles with analogies. In the second episode, there is an extended discussion of the Jacquard loom, which accomplishes two things. First, it illustrates that computers are not based only on magical technology invented yesterday—some of the foundational principles of computing go back two hundred years and are about as simple as the idea that you can punch holes in card to control a weaving machine. Second, the interlacing of warp and weft threads is used to demonstrate how a binary choice (does the weft thread go above or below the warp thread?) is enough, when repeated over and over, to produce enormous variation. This segues, of course, into a discussion of how information can be stored using binary digits.
+
+Later in the show there is a section about a steam organ that plays music encoded in a long, segmented roll of punched card. This time the analogy is used to explain subroutines in BASIC. Serle and McNaught-Davis lay out the whole roll of punched card on the floor in the studio, then point out the segments where it looks like a refrain is being repeated. McNaught-Davis explains that a subroutine is what you would get if you cut out those repeated segments of card and somehow added an instruction to go back to the original segment that played the refrain for the first time. This is a brilliant explanation and probably one that stuck around in people’s minds for a long time afterward.
+
+I’ve picked out only a few examples, but I think in general the show excels at demystifying computers by explaining the principles that computers rely on to function. The show could instead have focused on teaching BASIC, but it did not. This, it turns out, was very much a conscious choice. In a retrospective written in 1983, John Radcliffe, the executive producer of the _Computer Literacy Project_, wrote the following:
+
+> If computers were going to be as important as we believed, some genuine understanding of this new subject would be important for everyone, almost as important perhaps as the capacity to read and write. Early ideas, both here and in America, had concentrated on programming as the main route to computer literacy. However, as our thinking progressed, although we recognized the value of “hands-on” experience on personal micros, we began to place less emphasis on programming and more on wider understanding, on relating micros to larger machines, encouraging people to gain experience with a range of applications programs and high-level languages, and relating these to experience in the real world of industry and commerce…. Our belief was that once people had grasped these principles, at their simplest, they would be able to move further forward into the subject.
+
+Later, Radcliffe writes, in a similar vein:
+
+> There had been much debate about the main explanatory thrust of the series. One school of thought had argued that it was particularly important for the programmes to give advice on the practical details of learning to use a micro. But we had concluded that if the series was to have any sustained educational value, it had to be a way into the real world of computing, through an explanation of computing principles. This would need to be achieved by a combination of studio demonstration on micros, explanation of principles by analogy, and illustration on film of real-life examples of practical applications. Not only micros, but mini computers and mainframes would be shown.
+
+I love this, particularly the part about mini-computers and mainframes. The producers behind _The Computer Programme_ aimed to help Britons get situated: Where had computing been, and where was it going? What can computers do now, and what might they do in the future? Learning some BASIC was part of answering those questions, but knowing BASIC alone was not seen as enough to make someone computer literate.
+
+### Computer Literacy Today
+
+If you google “learn to code,” the first result you see is a link to Codecademy’s website. If there is a modern equivalent to the _Computer Literacy Project_, something with the same reach and similar aims, then it is Codecademy.
+
+“Learn to code” is Codecademy’s tagline. I don’t think I’m the first person to point this out—in fact, I probably read this somewhere and I’m now ripping it off—but there’s something revealing about using the word “code” instead of “program.” It suggests that the important thing you are learning is how to decode the code, how to look at a screen’s worth of Python and not have your eyes glaze over. I can understand why to the average person this seems like the main hurdle to becoming a professional programmer. Professional programmers spend all day looking at computer monitors covered in gobbledygook, so, if I want to become a professional programmer, I better make sure I can decipher the gobbledygook. But dealing with syntax is not the most challenging part of being a programmer, and it quickly becomes almost irrelevant in the face of much bigger obstacles. Also, armed only with knowledge of a programming language’s syntax, you may be able to _read_ code but you won’t be able to _write_ code to solve a novel problem.
+
+I recently went through Codecademy’s “Code Foundations” course, which is the course that the site recommends you take if you are interested in programming (as opposed to web development or data science) and have never done any programming before. There are a few lessons in there about the history of computer science, but they are perfunctory and poorly researched. (Thank heavens for [this noble internet vigilante][12], who pointed out a particularly egregious error.) The main focus of the course is teaching you about the common structural elements of programming languages: variables, functions, control flow, loops. In other words, the course focuses on what you would need to know to start seeing patterns in the gobbledygook.
+
+To be fair to Codecademy, they offer other courses that look meatier. But even courses such as their “Computer Science Path” course focus almost exclusively on programming and concepts that can be represented in programs. One might argue that this is the whole point—Codecademy’s main feature is that it gives you little interactive programming lessons with automated feedback. There also just isn’t enough room to cover more because there is only so much you can stuff into somebody’s brain in a little automated lesson. But the producers at the BBC tasked with kicking off the _Computer Literacy Project_ also had this problem; they recognized that they were limited by their medium and that “the amount of learning that would take place as a result of the television programmes themselves would be limited.”[8][13] With similar constraints on the volume of information they could convey, they chose to emphasize general principles over learning BASIC. Couldn’t Codecademy replace a lesson or two with an interactive visualization of a Jacquard loom weaving together warp and weft threads?
+
+I’m banging the drum for “general principles” loudly now, so let me just explain what I think they are and why they are important. There’s a book by J. Clark Scott about computers called _But How Do It Know?_ The title comes from the anecdote that opens the book. A salesman is explaining to a group of people that a thermos can keep hot food hot and cold food cold. A member of the audience, astounded by this new invention, asks, “But how do it know?” The joke of course is that the thermos is not perceiving the temperature of the food and then making a decision—the thermos is just constructed so that cold food inevitably stays cold and hot food inevitably stays hot. People anthropomorphize computers in the same way, believing that computers are digital brains that somehow “choose” to do one thing or another based on the code they are fed. But learning a few things about how computers work, even at a rudimentary level, takes the homunculus out of the machine. That’s why the Jacquard loom is such a good go-to illustration. It may at first seem like an incredible device. It reads punch cards and somehow “knows” to weave the right pattern! The reality is mundane: Each row of holes corresponds to a thread, and where there is a hole in that row the corresponding thread gets lifted. Understanding this may not help you do anything new with computers, but it will give you the confidence that you are not dealing with something magical. We should impart this sense of confidence to beginners as soon as we can.
+
+Alas, it’s possible that the real problem is that nobody wants to learn about the Jacquard loom. Judging by how Codecademy emphasizes the professional applications of what it teaches, many people probably start using Codecademy because they believe it will help them “level up” their careers. They believe, not unreasonably, that the primary challenge will be understanding the gobbledygook, so they want to “learn to code.” And they want to do it as quickly as possible, in the hour or two they have each night between dinner and collapsing into bed. Codecademy, which after all is a business, gives these people what they are looking for—not some roundabout explanation involving a machine invented in the 18th century.
+
+The _Computer Literacy Project_, on the other hand, is what a bunch of producers and civil servants at the BBC thought would be the best way to educate the nation about computing. I admit that it is a bit elitist to suggest we should laud this group of people for teaching the masses what they were incapable of seeking out on their own. But I can’t help but think they got it right. Lots of people first learned about computing using a BBC Micro, and many of these people went on to become successful software developers or game designers. [As I’ve written before][14], I suspect learning about computing at a time when computers were relatively simple was a huge advantage. But perhaps another advantage these people had is shows like _The Computer Programme_, which strove to teach not just programming but also how and why computers can run programs at all. After watching _The Computer Programme_, you may not understand all the gobbledygook on a computer screen, but you don’t really need to because you know that, whatever the “code” looks like, the computer is always doing the same basic thing. After a course or two on Codecademy, you understand some flavors of gobbledygook, but to you a computer is just a magical machine that somehow turns gobbledygook into running software. That isn’t computer literacy.
+
+_If you enjoyed this post, more like it come out every four weeks! Follow [@TwoBitHistory][15] on Twitter or subscribe to the [RSS feed][16] to make sure you know when a new post is out._
+
+_Previously on TwoBitHistory…_
+
+> FINALLY some new damn content, amirite?
+>
+> Wanted to write an article about how Simula bought us object-oriented programming. It did that, but early Simula also flirted with a different vision for how OOP would work. Wrote about that instead!
+>
+> — TwoBitHistory (@TwoBitHistory) [February 1, 2019][17]
+
+ 1. Robert Albury and David Allen, Microelectronics, report (1979). [↩︎][18]
+
+ 2. Gregg Williams, “Microcomputing, British Style”, Byte Magazine, 40, January 1983, accessed on March 31, 2019, . [↩︎][19]
+
+ 3. John Radcliffe, “Toward Computer Literacy,” Computer Literacy Project Achive, 42, accessed March 31, 2019, [https://computer-literacy-project.pilots.bbcconnectedstudio.co.uk/media/Towards Computer Literacy.pdf][20]. [↩︎][21]
+
+ 4. David Allen, “About the Computer Literacy Project,” Computer Literacy Project Archive, accessed March 31, 2019, . [↩︎][22]
+
+ 5. ibid. [↩︎][23]
+
+ 6. Williams, 51. [↩︎][24]
+
+ 7. Radcliffe, 11. [↩︎][25]
+
+ 8. Radcliffe, 5. [↩︎][26]
+
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://twobithistory.org/2019/03/31/bbc-micro.html
+
+作者：[Two-Bit History][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://twobithistory.org
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: tmp.05mfBL4kP8#fn:1
+[2]: tmp.05mfBL4kP8#fn:2
+[3]: tmp.05mfBL4kP8#fn:3
+[4]: https://computer-literacy-project.pilots.bbcconnectedstudio.co.uk/
+[5]: https://twobithistory.org/2018/07/22/dawn-of-the-microcomputer.html
+[6]: tmp.05mfBL4kP8#fn:4
+[7]: tmp.05mfBL4kP8#fn:5
+[8]: tmp.05mfBL4kP8#fn:6
+[9]: https://twobithistory.org/images/beeb.jpg
+[10]: https://twitter.com/TwoBitHistory/status/1112372000742404098
+[11]: tmp.05mfBL4kP8#fn:7
+[12]: https://twitter.com/TwoBitHistory/status/1111305774939234304
+[13]: tmp.05mfBL4kP8#fn:8
+[14]: https://twobithistory.org/2018/09/02/learning-basic.html
+[15]: https://twitter.com/TwoBitHistory
+[16]: https://twobithistory.org/feed.xml
+[17]: https://twitter.com/TwoBitHistory/status/1091148050221944832?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw
+[18]: tmp.05mfBL4kP8#fnref:1
+[19]: tmp.05mfBL4kP8#fnref:2
+[20]: https://computer-literacy-project.pilots.bbcconnectedstudio.co.uk/media/Towards%20Computer%20Literacy.pdf
+[21]: tmp.05mfBL4kP8#fnref:3
+[22]: tmp.05mfBL4kP8#fnref:4
+[23]: tmp.05mfBL4kP8#fnref:5
+[24]: tmp.05mfBL4kP8#fnref:6
+[25]: tmp.05mfBL4kP8#fnref:7
+[26]: tmp.05mfBL4kP8#fnref:8
diff --git a/sources/talk/20190612 When to use 5G, when to use Wi-Fi 6.md b/sources/talk/20190612 When to use 5G, when to use Wi-Fi 6.md
index a2271052c9..c7d242ba63 100644
--- a/sources/talk/20190612 When to use 5G, when to use Wi-Fi 6.md
+++ b/sources/talk/20190612 When to use 5G, when to use Wi-Fi 6.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: translator: (chenmu-kk)
[#]: reviewer: ( )
[#]: publisher: ( )
[#]: url: ( )
diff --git a/sources/talk/20190822 How the Linux desktop has grown.md b/sources/talk/20190822 How the Linux desktop has grown.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e46b310502..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20190822 How the Linux desktop has grown.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (How the Linux desktop has grown)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/8/how-linux-desktop-grown)
-[#]: author: (Jim Hall https://opensource.com/users/jim-hallhttps://opensource.com/users/jason-bakerhttps://opensource.com/users/jlacroixhttps://opensource.com/users/doni08521059https://opensource.com/users/etc-eterahttps://opensource.com/users/marcobravohttps://opensource.com/users/alanfdoss)
-
-How the Linux desktop has grown
-======
-Since the early 1990s, the Linux desktop has matured from a simple
-window manager to a full desktop. Join us on a journey through the
-history of the Linux desktop.
-![Person typing on a 1980's computer][1]
-
-I first installed Linux in 1993. At that time, you really didn't have many options for installing the operating system. In those early days, many people simply copied a running image from someone else. Then someone had the neat idea to create a "distribution" of Linux that let you customize what software you wanted to install. That was the Softlanding Linux System (SLS) and my first introduction to Linux.
-
-My '386 PC didn't have much memory, but it was enough. SLS 1.03 required 2MB of memory to run, or 4MB if you wanted to compile programs. If you wanted to run the X Window System, you needed a whopping 8MB of memory. And my PC had just enough memory to run X.
-
-As I'd grown up with the command line, a graphical user interface wasn't essential to me. But it sure was convenient. I could run applications in different windows and easily switch between tasks.
-
-From my first experiment with Linux, I was hooked. I've stuck with Linux on my desktop ever since. Like many people, I ran Linux in a dual-boot configuration for a while so I could jump back to MS-DOS and Windows to run certain programs. Until 1998, when I finally took the plunge and went all-in with Linux.
-
-Over the last 26 years, I have watched the Linux desktop mature. I've also tried an interesting combination of desktop environments over that time, which I'll share by taking a journey through the history of the Linux desktop.
-
-### X and window managers
-
-The first "desktops" on Linux weren't yet desktops. Instead, they were _window managers_ running on the X Window System. X provided the basic building blocks for a graphical user interface, such as creating windows on the screen and providing keyboard and mouse input. By itself, X didn't do much. To make the X graphical environment useful, you needed a way to manage all the windows in your session. That's where the _window manager_ came in. Running an X program like xterm or xclock opens that program in a window. The window manager keeps track of windows and does basic housekeeping, such as letting you move windows around and minimize them. The rest is up to you. You could launch programs when X started by listing them in the **~/.xinitrc** file, but usually, you'd run new programs from an xterm.
-
-The most common window manager in 1993 was TWM, which dates back to 1988. TWM was quite simple and provided only basic window management.
-
-![TWM on SLS 1.05][2]
-
-TWM on SLS 1.05 showing xterm, xclock, and the Emacs editor
-
-Yet another early window manager was the OpenLook Virtual Window Manager (OLVWM). OpenLook was a graphical user interface developed by Sun Microsystems in the 1980s and later ported to other Unix platforms. As a _virtual_ window manager, OLVWM supported multiple workspaces.
-
-![OLVWM on SLS 1.05][3]
-
-OLVWM on SLS 1.05 showing xterm and the Virtual Workspaces selector
-
-When Linux began to grow in popularity, it didn't take long for others to create new window managers with smoother performance and improved interfaces. The first of these new window managers was FVWM, a virtual window manager. FVWM sported a more modern look than TWM or OLVWM. But we didn't yet have a desktop.
-
-![FVWM on SLS 1.05][4]
-
-FVWM on SLS 1.05 showing xterm and a file manager
-
-To modern eyes, TWM and FVWM may look pretty plain. But it's important to remember what other graphical environments looked like at the time. The then-current version of Windows looked rather simple. Windows versions 1 through 3 used a plain launcher called the Program Manager.
-
-![Windows 3.11][5]
-
-Windows 3.11 showing the Program Manager and the Notepad editor
-
-In August 1995, Microsoft released Windows 95 and changed the modern PC desktop landscape. Certainly, I was impressed. I thought Windows 3.x was ungainly and ugly, but Windows 95 was smooth and pretty. More importantly, Windows 95 was what we now consider a _desktop_. The new desktop metaphor was a huge step forward. You could put icons on the desktop—and in fact, Windows 95 presented two default desktop icons, for My Computer (to open a file manager) and the Recycle Bin (where you put files to be deleted later).
-
-But more importantly, the Windows 95 desktop meant _integration_. The Program Manager was gone, replaced by a Taskbar at the bottom of the screen that let you launch new programs using a simpler Start menu. The Taskbar was multifunctional and also showed your running programs via a series of buttons and a dock showing the time, speaker volume, and other simple controls. You could right-click on any object on the new desktop, and Windows 95 would present you with a context-sensitive menu with actions you could perform.
-
-![Windows 95][6]
-
-Windows 95 showing the Notepad editor
-
-The Windows 95 interface was slick and much easier to use than previous versions of Windows—and even other Linux window managers. Not to be outdone, Linux developers created a new version of FVWM that mimicked the Windows 95 interface. Called FVWM95, the new window manager still wasn't a desktop, but it looked very nice. The new taskbar let you start new X programs using the Start menu. The taskbar also showed your running programs using buttons similar to Windows 95's.
-
-![FVWM95 on Red Hat Linux 5.2][7]
-
-FVWM95 on Red Hat Linux 5.2 showing xterm and a quick-access program launcher with icons for xterm, the file manager, and other programs
-
-While FVWM95 and other window managers were improving, the core problem remained: Linux didn't really have a desktop. It had a collection of window managers, and that was about it. Linux applications that used a graphical user interface (GUI, pretty much meaning they were X applications) all looked different and worked differently. You couldn't copy and paste from one application to another, except the simple text-only copy/paste provided by the X Window System. What Linux really needed was a complete redo in its GUI to create the first desktop.
-
-### The first Linux desktop
-
-In 1996, Matthias Ettrich was troubled by the inconsistency of Linux applications under X. He wanted to make the graphical environment easy to use. And more importantly, he wanted to make everything _integrated_—like an actual desktop.
-
-Matthias started work on the K Desktop Environment. That's K for "Kool." But the name KDE was also meant to be a play on the Common Desktop Environment (CDE) that was the standard in the "Big Unix" world. Although by 1996, CDE was looking pretty dated. CDE was based on the Motif widget set, which is the same design that FVWM mimicked. Finalized in July 1998, KDE 1.0 was a definite improvement over plain window managers like FVWM95.
-
-![KDE 1.0][8]
-
-K Desktop Environment (KDE) version 1.0
-
-Image credit: Paul Brown / KDE
-
-KDE was a big step forward for Linux. Finally, Linux had a true desktop with application integration and more modern desktop icons. KDE's design was not dissimilar from Windows 95. You had a kind-of taskbar along the bottom of the screen that provided the equivalent of Windows 95's Start menu as well as several application shortcuts. KDE also supported virtual desktops, which were cleverly labeled One, Two, Three, and Four. Running applications were represented via buttons in a separate taskbar at the top of the screen.
-
-But not everyone was happy with KDE. To abstract the GUI from the system, KDE used Trolltech's Qt toolkit library. Unfortunately, Qt was not distributed under a free software license. Trolltech allowed Qt to be used at no charge in free software applications but charged a fee to use it in commercial or proprietary applications. And that dichotomy is not aligned with free software. This caused problems for Linux distributions: Should they include KDE? Or default to an older but free software graphical user interface like FVWM?
-
-In response, Miguel de Icaza and Federico Mena started work in 1997 on a new Linux desktop. The new project was dubbed GNOME, for GNU Network Object Model Environment. GNOME aimed to be completely free software and used a different toolkit, called GTK, from the GIMP image editor. GTK literally stood for GIMP Tool Kit. When GNOME 1.0 was finally released in 1999, Linux had another modern desktop environment.
-
-![GNOME 1.0][9]
-
-GNOME version 1.0
-
-Image credit: GNOME Documentation Project
-
-While it was great to have two desktop environments for Linux, the "KDE versus GNOME" rivalry continued for some time. By 1999, Trolltech re-released the Qt library under a new public license, the Q Public License (QPL). But the new license carried its own baggage—the QPL only applied to Qt's use in open source software projects, not commercial projects. Thus the Free Software Foundation deemed the QPL [not compatible][10] with the GNU General Public License (GNU GPL). This licensing issue would remain until Trolltech re-re-released the Qt library under the GNU GPL version 2 in 2000.
-
-### Development over time
-
-The Linux desktop continued to mature. KDE and GNOME settled into a friendly competition that pushed both to add new features and to exchange ideas and concepts. By 2004, both GNOME and KDE had made significant strides, yet brought only incremental changes to the user interface.
-
-KDE 2 and 3 continued to rely on a taskbar concept at the bottom of the screen but incorporated the buttons for running applications. One of KDE's most visible changes was the addition of the Konqueror browser, which first appeared in KDE 2.
-
-![KDE 2.2.2 \(2001\) showing the Konqueror browser][11]
-
-KDE 2.2.2 (2001) showing the Konqueror browser
-
-Image credit: Paul Brown / KDE
-
-![KDE 3.2.2][12]
-
-KDE 3.2.2 (2004) on Fedora Core 2 showing the Konqueror file manager (using a Fedora Core 2 theme)
-
-GNOME 2 also used a taskbar concept but split the bar into two: a taskbar at the top of the screen to launch applications and respond to desktop alerts, and a taskbar at the bottom of the page to show running applications. On my own, I referred to the two taskbars as "things you can do" (top) and "things are you doing" (bottom). In addition to the streamlined user interface, GNOME also added an updated file manager called Nautilus, developed by Eazel.
-
-![GNOME 2.6.0][13]
-
-GNOME 2.6.0 (2004) on Fedora Core 2 showing the Nautilus file manager (using a Fedora Core 2 theme)
-
-Over time, KDE and GNOME have taken different paths. Both provide a feature-rich, robust, and modern desktop environment—but with different user interface goals. In 2011, there was a major deviation between how GNOME and KDE approached the desktop interface. KDE 4.6 (January 2011) and KDE 4.7 (July 2011) provided a more traditional desktop metaphor while continuing to rely on the taskbar concept familiar to many users. Of course, KDE saw lots of changes under the hood, but the familiar look and feel remained.
-
-![KDE 4.6][14]
-
-KDE 4.6 showing the Gwenview image viewer
-
-Image credit: KDE
-
-In 2011, GNOME completely changed gears with a new desktop concept. GNOME 3 aimed to create a simpler, more streamlined desktop experience, allowing users to focus on what they were working on. The taskbar disappeared, replaced by a black status bar at the top of the screen that included volume and network controls, displayed the time and battery status, and allowed users to launch new programs via a redesigned menu.
-
-The menu was the most dramatic change. Clicking the Activities menu or moving the mouse into the Activities "hot corner" showed all open applications as separate windows. Users could also click an Applications tab from the Overview to start a new program. The Overview also provided an integrated search function.
-
-![GNOME 3.0][15]
-
-GNOME 3.0 showing the GNOME Pictures application
-
-Image credit: GNOME
-
-![GNOME 3.0][16]
-
-GNOME 3.0 showing the Activities Overview
-
-Image credit: GNOME
-
-### Your choice of desktop
-
-Having two desktops for Linux means users have great choice. Some prefer KDE and others like GNOME. That's fine. Pick the desktop that best suits you.
-
-To be sure, both KDE and GNOME have fans and detractors. For example, GNOME received a fair bit of criticism for dropping the taskbar in favor of the Activities Overview. Perhaps the most well-known critic was Linus Torvalds, who [loudly denounced and abandoned][17] the new GNOME as an "unholy mess" in 2011—before [moving back][18] to GNOME two years later.
-
-Others have made similar criticisms of GNOME 3, to the point that some developers forked the GNOME 2 source code to create the MATE desktop. MATE (which stands for MATE Advanced Traditional Environment) continues the traditional taskbar interface from GNOME 2.
-
-Regardless, there's no doubt that the two most popular Linux desktops today are KDE and GNOME. Their current versions are both very mature and packed with features. Both KDE 5.16 (2019) and GNOME 3.32 (2019) try to simplify and streamline the Linux desktop experience—but in different ways. GNOME 3.32 continues to aim for a minimal appearance, removing all distracting user interface elements so users can focus on their applications and work. KDE 5.16 takes a more familiar approach with the taskbar but has added other visual improvements and flair, especially around improved widget handling and icons.
-
-![KDE 5.16 Plasma][19]
-
-KDE 5.16 Plasma
-
-Image credit: KDE
-
-![GNOME 3.32][20]
-
-GNOME 3.32
-
-Image credit: GNOME
-
-At the same time, you don't completely lose out on compatibility. Every major Linux distribution provides compatibility libraries, so you can run applications from, say, KDE while running GNOME. This is immensely useful when an application you really want to use is written for the other desktop environment—not a problem; you can run KDE applications on GNOME and vice versa.
-
-I don't see this changing anytime soon. And I think that's a good thing. Healthy competition between KDE and GNOME has allowed developers in both camps to push the envelope. Whether you use KDE or GNOME, you have a modern desktop with great integration. And above all, this means Linux has the best feature in free software: choice.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/8/how-linux-desktop-grown
-
-作者：[Jim Hall][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jim-hallhttps://opensource.com/users/jason-bakerhttps://opensource.com/users/jlacroixhttps://opensource.com/users/doni08521059https://opensource.com/users/etc-eterahttps://opensource.com/users/marcobravohttps://opensource.com/users/alanfdoss
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/1980s-computer-yearbook.png?itok=eGOYEKK- (Person typing on a 1980's computer)
-[2]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/twm-sls105.png (TWM on SLS 1.05)
-[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/olvwm-sls105.png (OLVWM on SLS 1.05)
-[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/fvwm-sls105.png (FVWM on SLS 1.05)
-[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/win311.png (Windows 3.11)
-[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/win95.png (Windows 95)
-[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/fvwm95-rh52.png (FVWM95 on Red Hat Linux 5.2)
-[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kde1.png (KDE 1.0)
-[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/gnome10.png (GNOME 1.0)
-[10]: https://www.linuxtoday.com/developer/2000090500121OPLFKE
-[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kde_2.2.2.png (KDE 2.2.2 (2001) showing the Konqueror browser)
-[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kde322-fc2.png (KDE 3.2.2)
-[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/gnome26-fc2.png (GNOME 2.6.0)
-[14]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kde46.png (KDE 4.6)
-[15]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/gnome30.png (GNOME 3.0)
-[16]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/gnome30-overview.png (GNOME 3.0)
-[17]: https://www.theregister.co.uk/2011/08/05/linus_slams_gnome_three/
-[18]: https://www.phoronix.com/scan.php?page=news_item&px=MTMxNjc
-[19]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kde516.png (KDE 5.16 Plasma)
-[20]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/gnome332.png (GNOME 3.32)
diff --git a/sources/talk/20190822 Things You Didn-t Know About GNU Readline.md b/sources/talk/20190822 Things You Didn-t Know About GNU Readline.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 189f1152b9..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20190822 Things You Didn-t Know About GNU Readline.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Things You Didn't Know About GNU Readline)
-[#]: via: (https://twobithistory.org/2019/08/22/readline.html)
-[#]: author: (Two-Bit History https://twobithistory.org)
-
-Things You Didn't Know About GNU Readline
-======
-
-I sometimes think of my computer as a very large house. I visit this house every day and know most of the rooms on the ground floor, but there are bedrooms I’ve never been in, closets I haven’t opened, nooks and crannies that I’ve never explored. I feel compelled to learn more about my computer the same way anyone would feel compelled to see a room they had never visited in their own home.
-
-GNU Readline is an unassuming little software library that I relied on for years without realizing that it was there. Tens of thousands of people probably use it every day without thinking about it. If you use the Bash shell, every time you auto-complete a filename, or move the cursor around within a single line of input text, or search through the history of your previous commands, you are using GNU Readline. When you do those same things while using the command-line interface to Postgres (`psql`), say, or the Ruby REPL (`irb`), you are again using GNU Readline. Lots of software depends on the GNU Readline library to implement functionality that users expect, but the functionality is so auxiliary and unobtrusive that I imagine few people stop to wonder where it comes from.
-
-GNU Readline was originally created in the 1980s by the Free Software Foundation. Today, it is an important if invisible part of everyone’s computing infrastructure, maintained by a single volunteer.
-
-### Feature Replete
-
-The GNU Readline library exists primarily to augment any command-line interface with a common set of keystrokes that allow you to move around within and edit a single line of input. If you press `Ctrl-A` at a Bash prompt, for example, that will jump your cursor to the very beginning of the line, while pressing `Ctrl-E` will jump it to the end. Another useful command is `Ctrl-U`, which will delete everything in the line before the cursor.
-
-For an embarrassingly long time, I moved around on the command line by repeatedly tapping arrow keys. For some reason, I never imagined that there was a faster way to do it. Of course, no programmer familiar with a text editor like Vim or Emacs would deign to punch arrow keys for long, so something like Readline was bound to be created. Using Readline, you can do much more than just jump around—you can edit your single line of text as if you were using a text editor. There are commands to delete words, transpose words, upcase words, copy and paste characters, etc. In fact, most of Readline’s keystrokes/shortcuts are based on Emacs. Readline is essentially Emacs for a single line of text. You can even record and replay macros.
-
-I have never used Emacs, so I find it hard to remember what all the different Readline commands are. But one thing about Readline that is really neat is that you can switch to using a Vim-based mode instead. To do this for Bash, you can use the `set` builtin. The following will tell Readline to use Vim-style commands for the current shell:
-
-```
-$ set -o vi
-```
-
-With this option enabled, you can delete words using `dw` and so on. The equivalent to `Ctrl-U` in the Emacs mode would be `d0`.
-
-I was excited to try this when I first learned about it, but I’ve found that it doesn’t work so well for me. I’m happy that this concession to Vim users exists, and you might have more luck with it than me, particularly if you haven’t already used Readline’s default command keystrokes. My problem is that, by the time I heard about the Vim-based interface, I had already learned several Readline keystrokes. Even with the Vim option enabled, I keep using the default keystrokes by mistake. Also, without some sort of indicator, Vim’s modal design is awkward here—it’s very easy to forget which mode you’re in. So I’m stuck at a local maximum using Vim as my text editor but Emacs-style Readline commands. I suspect a lot of other people are in the same position.
-
-If you feel, not unreasonably, that both Vim and Emacs’ keyboard command systems are bizarre and arcane, you can customize Readline’s key bindings and make them whatever you like. This is not hard to do. Readline reads a `~/.inputrc` file on startup that can be used to configure various options and key bindings. One thing I’ve done is reconfigured `Ctrl-K`. Normally it deletes from the cursor to the end of the line, but I rarely do that. So I’ve instead bound it so that pressing `Ctrl-K` deletes the whole line, regardless of where the cursor is. I’ve done that by adding the following to `~/.inputrc`:
-
-```
-Control-k: kill-whole-line
-```
-
-Each Readline command (the documentation refers to them as _functions_) has a name that you can associate with a key sequence this way. If you edit `~/.inputrc` in Vim, it turns out that Vim knows the filetype and will help you by highlighting valid function names but not invalid ones!
-
-Another thing you can do with `~/.inputrc` is create canned macros by mapping key sequences to input strings. [The Readline manual][1] gives one example that I think is especially useful. I often find myself wanting to save the output of a program to a file, which means that I often append something like `> output.txt` to Bash commands. To save some time, you could make this a Readline macro:
-
-```
-Control-o: "> output.txt"
-```
-
-Now, whenever you press `Ctrl-O`, you’ll see that `> output.txt` gets added after your cursor on the command line. Neat!
-
-But with macros you can do more than just create shortcuts for strings of text. The following entry in `~/.inputrc` means that, every time I press `Ctrl-J`, any text I already have on the line is surrounded by `$(` and `)`. The macro moves to the beginning of the line with `Ctrl-A`, adds `$(`, then moves to the end of the line with `Ctrl-E` and adds `)`:
-
-```
-Control-j: "\C-a$(\C-e)"
-```
-
-This might be useful if you often need the output of one command to use for another, such as in:
-
-```
-$ cd $(brew --prefix)
-```
-
-The `~/.inputrc` file also allows you to set different values for what the Readline manual calls _variables_. These enable or disable certain Readline behaviors. You can use these variables to change, for example, how Readline auto-completion works or how the Readline history search works. One variable I’d recommend turning on is the `revert-all-at-newline` variable, which by default is off. When the variable is off, if you pull a line from your command history using the reverse search feature, edit it, but then decide to search instead for another line, the edit you made is preserved in the history. I find this confusing because it leads to lines showing up in your Bash command history that you never actually ran. So add this to your `~/.inputrc`:
-
-```
-set revert-all-at-newline on
-```
-
-When you set options or key bindings using `~/.inputrc`, they apply wherever the Readline library is used. This includes Bash most obviously, but you’ll also get the benefit of your changes in other programs like `irb` and `psql` too! A Readline macro that inserts `SELECT * FROM` could be useful if you often use command-line interfaces to relational databases.
-
-### Chet Ramey
-
-GNU Readline is today maintained by Chet Ramey, a Senior Technology Architect at Case Western Reserve University. Ramey also maintains the Bash shell. Both projects were first authored by a Free Software Foundation employee named Brian Fox beginning in 1988. But Ramey has been the sole maintainer since around 1994.
-
-Ramey told me via email that Readline, far from being an original idea, was created to implement functionality prescribed by the POSIX specification, which in the late 1980s had just been created. Many earlier shells, including the Korn shell and at least one version of the Unix System V shell, included line editing functionality. The 1988 version of the Korn shell (`ksh88`) provided both Emacs-style and Vi/Vim-style editing modes. As far as I can tell from [the manual page][2], the Korn shell would decide which mode you wanted to use by looking at the `VISUAL` and `EDITOR` environment variables, which is pretty neat. The parts of POSIX that specified shell functionality were closely modeled on `ksh88`, so GNU Bash was going to have to implement a similarly flexible line-editing system to stay compliant. Hence Readline.
-
-When Ramey first got involved in Bash development, Readline was a single source file in the Bash project directory. It was really just a part of Bash. Over time, the Readline file slowly moved toward becoming an independent project, though it was not until 1994 (with the 2.0 release of Readline) that Readline became a separate library entirely.
-
-Readline is closely associated with Bash, and Ramey usually pairs Readline releases with Bash releases. But as I mentioned above, Readline is a library that can be used by any software implementing a command-line interface. And it’s really easy to use. This is a simple example, but here’s how you would you use Readline in your own C program. The string argument to the `readline()` function is the prompt that you want Readline to display to the user:
-
-```
-#include
-#include
-#include "readline/readline.h"
-
-int main(int argc, char** argv)
-{
- char* line = readline("my-rl-example> ");
- printf("You entered: \"%s\"\n", line);
-
- free(line);
-
- return 0;
-}
-```
-
-Your program hands off control to Readline, which is responsible for getting a line of input from the user (in such a way that allows the user to do all the fancy line-editing things). Once the user has actually submitted the line, Readline returns it to you. I was able to compile the above by linking against the Readline library, which I apparently have somewhere in my library search path, by invoking the following:
-
-```
-$ gcc main.c -lreadline
-```
-
-The Readline API is much more extensive than that single function of course, and anyone using it can tweak all sorts of things about the library’s behavior. Library users can even add new functions that end users can configure via `~/.inputrc`, meaning that Readline is very easy to extend. But, as far as I can tell, even Bash ultimately calls the simple `readline()` function to get input just as in the example above, though there is a lot of configuration beforehand. (See [this line][3] in the source for GNU Bash, which seems to be where Bash hands off responsibility for getting input to Readline.)
-
-Ramey has now worked on Bash and Readline for well over a decade. He has never once been compensated for his work—he is and has always been a volunteer. Bash and Readline continue to be actively developed, though Ramey said that Readline changes much more slowly than Bash does. I asked Ramey what it was like being the sole maintainer of software that so many people use. He said that millions of people probably use Bash without realizing it (because every Apple device runs Bash), which makes him worry about how much disruption a breaking change might cause. But he’s slowly gotten used to the idea of all those people out there. He said that he continues to work on Bash and Readline because at this point he is deeply invested and because he simply likes to make useful software available to the world.
-
-_You can find more information about Chet Ramey at [his website][4]._
-
-_If you enjoyed this post, more like it come out every four weeks! Follow [@TwoBitHistory][5] on Twitter or subscribe to the [RSS feed][6] to make sure you know when a new post is out._
-
-_Previously on TwoBitHistory…_
-
-> Please enjoy my long overdue new post, in which I use the story of the BBC Micro and the Computer Literacy Project as a springboard to complain about Codecademy.
->
-> — TwoBitHistory (@TwoBitHistory) [March 31, 2019][7]
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://twobithistory.org/2019/08/22/readline.html
-
-作者：[Two-Bit History][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://twobithistory.org
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://tiswww.case.edu/php/chet/readline/readline.html
-[2]: https://web.archive.org/web/20151105130220/http://www2.research.att.com/sw/download/man/man1/ksh88.html
-[3]: https://github.com/bminor/bash/blob/9f597fd10993313262cab400bf3c46ffb3f6fd1e/parse.y#L1487
-[4]: https://tiswww.case.edu/php/chet/
-[5]: https://twitter.com/TwoBitHistory
-[6]: https://twobithistory.org/feed.xml
-[7]: https://twitter.com/TwoBitHistory/status/1112492084383092738?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw
diff --git a/sources/talk/20190925 Most enterprise networks can-t handle big data loads.md b/sources/talk/20190925 Most enterprise networks can-t handle big data loads.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 191900c10a..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20190925 Most enterprise networks can-t handle big data loads.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Most enterprise networks can't handle big data loads)
-[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3440519/most-enterprise-networks-cant-handle-big-data-loads.html)
-[#]: author: (Andy Patrizio https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/)
-
-Most enterprise networks can't handle big data loads
-======
-As more data moves through the network, efforts to keep up are lagging due to leadership and technology issues.
-Metamorworks / Getty Images
-
-Another week, another survey that finds IT cannot keep up with the ever-expanding data overload. This time the problem surrounds network bandwidth and overall performance.
-
-[A survey of 300 IT professionals][1] conducted by management consultant firm Accenture found the majority feel their enterprise networks are not up to the task of handling big data and internet of things (IoT) deployments. Only 43% of those companies polled said their networks are ready to support the cloud, IoT, and other digital technologies.
-
-**[ Learn more about SDN: Find out [where SDN is going][2] and learn the [difference between SDN and NFV][3]. | Get regularly scheduled insights: [Sign up for Network World newsletters][4]. ]**
-
-A key reason (58%) is a “misalignment between IT and business needs” that is slowing those rollouts. That is an unusual finding, since 85% of respondents also reported that their networks were completely or mostly ready to support the business’ digital initiatives. So which is it?
-
-The second and third most commonly cited barriers were “inherent complexities between business requirements and operational needs” and “demands for bandwidth, performance, etc. outpacing the ability to deliver” at 45% each.
-
-Network bottlenecks continue to grow as the sheer amount of data being pumped over the wires continues to increase thanks to analytics and other big data technologies. The survey found that bandwidth demands were not being met and current network performance continues to fall short.
-
-Other reasons cited were lack of networking skills, device sprawl, and aging equipment.
-
-### One solution to network performance woes: SDN
-
-Accenture found that most firms said [software-defined networks (SDN)][5] were the solution for bandwidth and performance challenges, with 77% of those surveyed reporting they were in the process of deploying SDN or have completed the deployment. It qualified that, noting that while SDN may be in place in parts of the organization, it is not always rolled out uniformly enterprise-wide.
-
-**** From HPE: [ITaaS and Corporate Storage Technology][6]: This blog explains why pay-per-use IT models, such as ITaaS, could be the next chapter in IT infrastructure. (Sponsored) ****
-
-Now, while it seems no one ever has enough budget for all of their IT ambitions, 31% of those surveyed describe funding network improvements as “easy” and within the network infrastructure team’s control, with CIOs/CTOs being much more likely to report the funding process as “easy” (40%), compared to their direct reports (13%) or directors and vice presidents of infrastructure/network (19%).
-
-Saying, "Legacy networks alone cannot support the innovation and performance required in the digital age," the report calls for embracing new technologies, without saying SDN by name. It also called for greater collaboration between the C suite and their direct reports because it was clear there was a disconnect between how the two sides viewed things.
-
-"We believe a new network paradigm is needed to ensure networks meet current and future business needs. However, although there are signs of progress, the pace of change is slow. Companies must undertake significant work before they achieve a unified and standardized enterprise capability that will offer the bandwidth, performance and security necessary to support business needs today—and tomorrow," the report concluded.
-
-**[ Now see: [How network pros acquire skills for SDN, programmable networks][7] ]**
-
-Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][8] and [LinkedIn][9] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3440519/most-enterprise-networks-cant-handle-big-data-loads.html
-
-作者：[Andy Patrizio][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://www.accenture.com/_acnmedia/pdf-107/accenture-network-readiness-survey.pdf#zoom=50
-[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3209131/lan-wan/what-sdn-is-and-where-its-going.html
-[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3206709/lan-wan/what-s-the-difference-between-sdn-and-nfv.html
-[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
-[5]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3209131/what-sdn-is-and-where-its-going.html
-[6]: https://www.networkworld.com/blog/itaas-and-the-corporate-storage-technology/
-[7]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3405522/how-network-pros-acquire-skills-for-sdn-programmable-networks.html
-[8]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
-[9]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20191031 A Bird-s Eye View of Big Data for Enterprises.md b/sources/talk/20191031 A Bird-s Eye View of Big Data for Enterprises.md
index 23db96ce3d..c62169b830 100644
--- a/sources/talk/20191031 A Bird-s Eye View of Big Data for Enterprises.md
+++ b/sources/talk/20191031 A Bird-s Eye View of Big Data for Enterprises.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: (chai-yuan)
+[#]: translator: ( )
[#]: reviewer: ( )
[#]: publisher: ( )
[#]: url: ( )
diff --git a/sources/talk/20191105 My first contribution to open source- Making a decision.md b/sources/talk/20191105 My first contribution to open source- Making a decision.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0640ff1cf4..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20191105 My first contribution to open source- Making a decision.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (My first contribution to open source: Making a decision)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/11/my-first-open-source-contribution-mistake-decisions)
-[#]: author: (Galen Corey https://opensource.com/users/galenemco)
-
-My first contribution to open source: Making a decision
-======
-A new open source contributor documents a series of five mistakes she
-made starting out in open source.
-![Lightbulb][1]
-
-Previously, I put a lot of [blame on impostor syndrome][2] for delaying my first open source contribution. But there was another factor that I can’t ignore: I can’t make a decision to save my life. And with [millions][3] of open source projects to choose from, choosing one to contribute to is overwhelming. So overwhelming that I would often end up closing my laptop, thinking, "Maybe I’ll just do this another day."
-
-Mistake number two was letting my fear of making a decision get in the way of making my first contribution. In an ideal world, perhaps I would have come into my open source journey with a specific project in mind that I genuinely cared about and wanted to work on, but all I had was a vague goal of contributing to open source somehow. For those of you in the same position, here are strategies that helped me pick out the right project (or at least a good one) for my contribution.
-
-### Tools that I used frequently
-
-At first, I did not think it would be necessary to limit myself to tools or projects with which I was already familiar. There were projects that I had never used before but seemed like appealing candidates because of their active community, or the interesting problems that they solved.
-
-However, given that I had a limited amount of time to devote to this project, I decided to stick with a tool that I already knew. To understand what a tool needs, you need to be familiar with how it is supposed to work. If you want to contribute to a project that you are unfamiliar with, you need to complete an additional step of getting to know the functionality and goals of the code. This extra load can be fun and rewarding, but it can also double your work time. Since my goal was primarily to contribute, sticking to what I knew was a helpful way to narrow things down. It is also rewarding to give back to a project that you have found useful.
-
-### An active and friendly community
-
-When choosing my project, I wanted to feel confident that someone would be there to review the code that I wrote. And, of course, I wanted the person who reviewed my code to be a nice person. Putting your work out there for public scrutiny is scary, after all. While I was open to constructive feedback, there were toxic corners of the developer community that I hoped to avoid.
-
-To evaluate the community that I would be joining, I checked out the _issues_ sections of the repos that I was considering. I looked to see if someone from the core team responded regularly. More importantly, I tried to make sure that no one was talking down to each other in the comments (which is surprisingly common in issues discussions). I also looked out for projects that had a code of conduct, outlining what was appropriate vs. inappropriate behavior for online interaction.
-
-### Clear contribution guidelines
-
-Because this was my first time contributing to open source, I had a lot of questions around the process. Some project communities are excellent about documenting the procedures for choosing an issue and making a pull request. Although I did not select them at the time because I had never worked with the product before, [Gatsby][4] is an exemplar of this practice.
-
-This type of clear documentation helped ease some of my insecurity about not knowing what to do. It also gave me hope that the project was open to new contributors and would take the time to look at my work. In addition to contribution guidelines, I looked in the issues section to see if the project was making use of the "good first issue" flag. This is another indication that the project is open to beginners (and helps you discover what to work on).
-
-### Conclusion
-
-If you don’t already have a project in mind, choosing the right place to make your first open source contribution can be overwhelming. Coming up with a list of standards helped me narrow down my choices and find a great project for my first pull request.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/11/my-first-open-source-contribution-mistake-decisions
-
-作者：[Galen Corey][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/galenemco
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/lightbulb-idea-think-yearbook-lead.png?itok=5ZpCm0Jh (Lightbulb)
-[2]: https://opensource.com/article/19/10/my-first-open-source-contribution-mistakes
-[3]: https://github.blog/2018-02-08-open-source-project-trends-for-2018/
-[4]: https://www.gatsbyjs.org/contributing/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200103 What you need to know about Rust in 2020.md b/sources/talk/20200103 What you need to know about Rust in 2020.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ddb91f42ea..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20200103 What you need to know about Rust in 2020.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (What you need to know about Rust in 2020)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/1/rust-resources)
-[#]: author: (Ryan Levick https://opensource.com/users/ryanlevick)
-
-What you need to know about Rust in 2020
-======
-While many programmers have long used Rust for hobby projects, in 2019,
-the language attracted support from major technology companies, as the
-top Rust articles on Opensource.com explain.
-![Person using a laptop][1]
-
-[Rust][2] has drawn plenty of attention from programmers on sites like Hacker News for a while. While many have long [loved using the language][3] for hobby projects, it didn't start catching on in industry until 2019, when this really started to change.
-
-Over the last year, many large companies, including [Microsoft][4], [Facebook][5], and [Intel][6], came out in support of Rust, and many [smaller ones][7] took notice. As the first emcee at [RustFest][8], the largest Rust conference in Europe, in 2016, I didn't meet a single person professionally using Rust who didn't work at Mozilla. Three years later, it seemed like every other person I talked to at RustFest 2019 was using Rust in their day job for another company, whether as a game developer, a backend engineer at a bank, a creator of developer tools, or something else.
-
-In 2019, Opensource.com also played a role by reporting on the growing interest in Rust. In case you missed them, here are the top articles about Rust on Opensource.com over the last year.
-
-### Building the virtualization stack of the future with rust-vmm
-
-Amazon's [Firecracker][9] is the virtualization technology that powers AWS Lambda and Fargate, and it is written completely in Rust. One of the technology's authors, Andreea Florescu, offers insight into Firecracker and its related technologies in [_**Building the virtualization stack of the future with rust-vmm**_][10].
-
-Firecracker started life as a fork of Google's [CrosVM][11] but quickly diverged due to the differing needs of the two projects. Despite this, there are many common pieces that are best shared across the project and in any other virtual machine manager (VMM) written in Rust. With that in mind, the [rust-vmm][12] project started as a way for Amazon and Google, as well as Intel and Red Hat, to share common Rust "crates" (i.e., packages) with each other and the rest of the open source community. These include interfaces to KVM (Linux virtualization APIs), Virtio device support, and a kernel loader.
-
-It's truly amazing to see some of the titans of the software industry working together around a common technology stack written in Rust. Given this and other partnerships around [technology stacks written in Rust][13], I wouldn't be surprised to see more of this in 2020.
-
-### Why to choose Rust as your next programming language
-
-Adopting a new language, especially at a large company with a long-established technology stack, is no easy task. I had the pleasure of writing [_**Why to choose Rust as your next programming language**_][14] about how Microsoft is looking into adopting Rust when so many other interesting programming languages have not been considered.
-
-Choosing a programming language involves many different criteria—from technical to organizational to even emotional. Some of these criteria are easier to measure than others. For instance, it's easier to understand the costs of technical changes, like adapting build systems and building new tooling, than it is to understand organizational or emotional issues like how productive or happy developers will be using this new language. What's more, the easy-to-measure criteria are often cost-related, while the hard-to-measure criteria are often benefits-oriented. This often leads to costs getting more weight in the decision-making process, even though it's not necessarily true that the costs outweigh the benefits—it's just that they're easier to measure. This makes it unlikely for a company to adopt a new language.
-
-However, one of Rust's largest benefits is how easy it is to measure its ability to write secure yet performant systems software. Given that 70% of severe vulnerabilities at Microsoft are due to memory-safety issues that Rust is designed to prevent, and that these issues cost the company billions of dollars per year, it's easy to measure and understand the benefits of adopting the language.
-
-Whether full-scale adoption of Rust at Microsoft will happen remains to be seen, but Rust's future is bright if only for the fact that is has a clear and measurable benefit over existing technologies.
-
-### Rust in 2020
-
-Rust is really starting to gain traction in industry. Although it still has a long way to go to reach the popularity of languages like C++. I expect more companies to start adopting Rust in 2020. The Rust community must now set its sights on welcoming people and companies into the community while ensuring that the things that have driven the language to this point remain in place.
-
-Rust is more than just a compiler and a set of libraries. It's a group of people who care about making systems programming easy, safe, and fun. The coming year will be critical in Rust's journey from a hobbyist language to one of the main languages used in the software industry.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/rust-resources
-
-作者：[Ryan Levick][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ryanlevick
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/laptop_screen_desk_work_chat_text.png?itok=UXqIDRDD (Person using a laptop)
-[2]: http://rust-lang.org/
-[3]: https://insights.stackoverflow.com/survey/2019#technology-_-most-loved-dreaded-and-wanted-languages
-[4]: https://youtu.be/o01QmYVluSw
-[5]: https://youtu.be/kylqq8pEgRs
-[6]: https://youtu.be/l9hM0h6IQDo
-[7]: https://oxide.computer/blog/introducing-the-oxide-computer-company/
-[8]: https://rustfest.eu
-[9]: https://firecracker-microvm.github.io/
-[10]: https://opensource.com/article/19/3/rust-virtual-machine
-[11]: https://chromium.googlesource.com/chromiumos/platform/crosvm/
-[12]: https://github.com/rust-vmm
-[13]: https://bytecodealliance.org/
-[14]: https://opensource.com/article/19/10/choose-rust-programming-language
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200117 Insights into Why Hyperbola GNU-Linux is Turning into Hyperbola BSD.md b/sources/talk/20200117 Insights into Why Hyperbola GNU-Linux is Turning into Hyperbola BSD.md
index a2bca0089f..68ede9acfa 100644
--- a/sources/talk/20200117 Insights into Why Hyperbola GNU-Linux is Turning into Hyperbola BSD.md
+++ b/sources/talk/20200117 Insights into Why Hyperbola GNU-Linux is Turning into Hyperbola BSD.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: (Morisun029)
+[#]: translator: ( )
[#]: reviewer: ( )
[#]: publisher: ( )
[#]: url: ( )
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200211 Future ‘smart walls- key to IoT.md b/sources/talk/20200211 Future ‘smart walls- key to IoT.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..28a4624231
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200211 Future ‘smart walls- key to IoT.md
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Future ‘smart walls’ key to IoT)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3519440/future-smart-walls-key-to-iot.html)
+[#]: author: (Patrick Nelson https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/)
+
+Future ‘smart walls’ key to IoT
+======
+MIT researchers are developing a wallpaper-like material that’s made up of simple RF switch elements and can be applied to building surfaces. Using beamforming, the antenna array could potentially improve wireless signal strength nearly tenfold.
+Jason Dorfman, MIT CSAIL
+
+IoT equipment designers shooting for efficiency should explore the potential for using buildings as antennas, researchers say.
+
+Environmental surfaces such as walls can be used to intercept and beam signals, which can increase reliability and data throughput for devices, according to MIT's Computer Science and Artificial Intelligence Laboratory ([CSAIL][1]).
+
+Researchers at CSAIL have been working on a smart-surface repeating antenna array called RFocus. The antennas, which could be applied in sheets like wallpaper, are designed to be incorporated into office spaces and factories. Radios that broadcast signals could then become smaller and less power intensive.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][2]
+
+“Tests showed that RFocus could improve the average signal strength by a factor of almost 10,” CSAIL's Adam Conner-Simons [writes in MIT News][3]. “The platform is also very cost-effective, with each antenna costing only a few cents.”
+
+The prototype system CSAIL developed uses more than 3,000 antennas embedded into sheets, which are then hung on walls. In future applications, the antennas could adhere directly to the wall or be integrated during building construction.
+
+“People have had things completely backwards this whole time,” the article claims. “Rather than focusing on the transmitters and receivers, what if we could amplify the signal by adding antennas to an external surface in the environment itself?”
+
+RFocus relies on [beamforming][4]; multiple antennas broadcast the same signal at slightly different times, and as a result, some of the signals cancel each other and some strengthen each other. When properly executed, beamforming can focus a stronger signal in a particular direction.
+
+[][5]
+
+"The surface does not emit any power of its own," the developers explain in their paper ([PDF][6]). The antennas, or RF switch elements, as the group describes them, either let a signal pass through or reflect it through software. Signal measurements allow the apparatus to define exactly what gets through and how it’s directed.
+
+Importantly, the RFocus surface functions with no additional power requirements. The “RFocus surface can be manufactured as an inexpensive thin ‘wallpaper’ requiring no wiring,” the group says.
+
+### Antenna design
+
+Antenna engineering is turning into a vital part of IoT development. It's one of the principal reasons data throughput and reliability keeps improving in wireless networks.
+
+Arrays where multiple, active panel components make up antennas, rather than a simple passive wire, as is the case in traditional radio, is an example of advancements in antenna engineering.
+
+[Spray-on antennas][7] (unrelated to the CSAIL work) is another in-the-works technology I've written about. In that case, flexible substrates create the antenna, which is applied in a manner that's similar to spray paint. Another future direction could be anti-laser antennas: [Reversing a laser][8], where the laser becomes an absorber of light rather than the sender of it, could allow all data-carrying energy to be absorbed, making it the perfect light-based antenna.
+
+Development of 6G wireless, which is projected to supersede 5G sometime around 2030, includes efforts to figure out how to directly [couple antennas to fiber][9]—the radio ends up being part of the cable, in other words.
+
+"We can’t get faster internet speeds without more efficient ways of delivering wireless signals," CSAIL’s Conner-Simons says.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][10] and [LinkedIn][11] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3519440/future-smart-walls-key-to-iot.html
+
+作者：[Patrick Nelson][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.csail.mit.edu/
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[3]: http://news.mit.edu/2020/smart-surface-smart-devices-mit-csail-0203
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3445039/beamforming-explained-how-it-makes-wireless-communication-faster.html
+[5]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3440100/take-the-intelligent-route-with-consumption-based-storage.html?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE21620&utm_content=sidebar ( Take the Intelligent Route with Consumption-Based Storage)
+[6]: https://drive.google.com/file/d/1TLfH-r2w1zlGBbeeM6us2sg0yq6Lm2wF/view
+[7]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3309449/spray-on-antennas-will-revolutionize-the-internet-of-things.html
+[8]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3386879/anti-lasers-could-give-us-perfect-antennas-greater-data-capacity.html
+[9]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3438337/how-6g-will-work-terahertz-to-fiber-conversion.html
+[10]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[11]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200211 Who should lead the push for IoT security.md b/sources/talk/20200211 Who should lead the push for IoT security.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a8d028ad33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200211 Who should lead the push for IoT security.md
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Who should lead the push for IoT security?)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3526490/who-should-lead-the-push-for-iot-security.html)
+[#]: author: (Jon Gold https://www.networkworld.com/author/Jon-Gold/)
+
+Who should lead the push for IoT security?
+======
+Industry groups and governmental agencies have been taking a stab at rules to improve the security of the internet of things, but so far there’s nothing comprehensive.
+Thinkstock
+
+The ease with which internet of things devices can be compromised, coupled with the potentially extreme consequences of breaches, have prompted action from legislatures and regulators, but what group is best to decide?
+
+Both the makers of [IoT][1] devices and governments are aware of the security issues, but so far they haven’t come up with standardized ways to address them.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][2]
+
+“The challenge of this market is that it’s moving so fast that no regulation is going to be able to keep pace with the devices that are being connected,” said Forrester vice president and research director Merritt Maxim. “Regulations that are definitive are easy to enforce and helpful, but they’ll quickly become outdated.”
+
+The latest such effort by a governmental body is a proposed regulation in the U.K. that would impose three major mandates on IoT device manufacturers that would address key security concerns:
+
+ * device passwords would have to be unique, and resetting them to factory defaults would be prohibited
+ * device makers would have to offer a public point of contact for the disclosure of vulnerabilities
+ * device makers would have to “explicitly state the minimum length of time for which the device will receive security updates”
+
+
+
+This proposal is patterned after a California law that took effect last month. Both sets of rules would likely have a global impact on the manufacture of IoT devices, even though they’re being imposed on limited jurisdictions. That’s because it’s expensive for device makers to create separate versions of their products.
+
+IoT-specific regulations aren’t the only ones that can have an impact on the marketplace. Depending on the type of information a given device handles, it could be subject to the growing list of data-privacy laws being implemented around the world, most notably Europe’s General Data Protection Regulation, as well as industry-specific regulations in the U.S. and elsewhere.
+
+The U.S. Food and Drug Administration, noted Maxim, has been particularly active in trying to address device-security flaws. For example, last year it issued [security warnings][3] about 11 vulnerabilities that could compromise medical IoT devices that had been discovered by IoT security vendor [Armis][4]. In other cases it issued fines against healthcare providers.
+
+**[ [Prepare to become a Certified Information Security Systems Professional with this comprehensive online course from PluralSight. Now offering a 10-day free trial!][5] ]**
+
+But there’s a broader issue with devising definitive regulation for IoT devices in general, as opposed to prescriptive ones that simply urge manufacturers to adopt best practices, he said.
+
+Particular companies might have integrated security frameworks covering their vertically integrated products – such as an [industrial IoT][6] company providing security across factory floor sensors – but that kind of security is incomplete in the multi-vendor world of IoT.
+
+Perhaps the closest thing to a general IoT-security standard is currently being worked on by Underwriters Laboratories (UL), the security-testing non-profit best known for its century-old certification program for electrical equipment. UL’s [IoT Security Rating Program][7] offers a five-tier system for ranking the security of connected devices – bronze, silver, gold, platinum and diamond.
+
+Bronze certification means that the device has addressed the most glaring security flaws, similar to those outlined in the recent U.K. and California legislations. [The higher ratings][8] include capabilities like ongoing security maintenance, improved access control and known threat testing.
+
+While government regulation and voluntary industry improvements can help keep future IoT systems safe, neither addresses two key issues in the IoT security puzzle – the millions of insecure devices that have already been deployed, and user apathy around making their systems as safe as possible, according to Maxim.
+
+“Requiring a non-default passwords is good, but that doesn’t stop users from setting insecure passwords,” he warned. “The challenge is, do customers care? Are they willing to pay extra for products with that certification?”
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][9] and [LinkedIn][10] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3526490/who-should-lead-the-push-for-iot-security.html
+
+作者：[Jon Gold][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Jon-Gold/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3207535/what-is-iot-the-internet-of-things-explained.html
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[3]: https://www.fda.gov/medical-devices/safety-communications/urgent11-cybersecurity-vulnerabilities-widely-used-third-party-software-component-may-introduce
+[4]: https://www.armis.com/
+[5]: https://pluralsight.pxf.io/c/321564/424552/7490?u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.pluralsight.com%2Fpaths%2Fcertified-information-systems-security-professional-cisspr
+[6]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3243928/what-is-the-industrial-internet-of-things-essentials-of-iiot.html
+[7]: https://ims.ul.com/iot-security-rating-levels
+[8]: https://www.cnx-software.com/2019/12/30/ul-iot-security-rating-system-ranks-iot-devices-security-from-bronze-to-diamond/
+[9]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[10]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200211 Why innovation can-t happen without standardization.md b/sources/talk/20200211 Why innovation can-t happen without standardization.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..53e82ccde6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200211 Why innovation can-t happen without standardization.md
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Why innovation can't happen without standardization)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/2/standardization-versus-innovation)
+[#]: author: (Len Dimaggio https://opensource.com/users/ldimaggi)
+
+Why innovation can't happen without standardization
+======
+Balancing standardization and innovation is critical during times of
+organizational change. And it's an ongoing issue in open organizations,
+where change is constant.
+![and old computer and a new computer, representing migration to new software or hardware][1]
+
+Any organization facing the prospect of change will confront an underlying tension between competing needs for standardization and innovation. Achieving the correct balance between these needs can be essential to an organization's success.
+
+Experiencing too much of either can lead to morale and productivity problems. Over-stressing standardization, for example, can have a stifling effect on the team's ability to innovate to solve new problems. Unfettered innovation, on the other hand, can lead to time lost due to duplicated or misdirected efforts.
+
+Finding and maintaining the correct balance between standardization and innovation is critical during times of organizational change. In this article, I'll outline various considerations your organization might make when attempting to strike this critical balance.
+
+### The need for standardization
+
+When North American beavers hear running water, they instinctively start building a dam. When some people see a problem, they look to build or buy a new product or tool to solve that problem. Technological advances make modeling business process solutions or setting up production or customer-facing systems much easier than in the past. The ease with which organizational actors can introduce new systems can occasionally, however, lead to problems. Duplicate, conflicting, or incompatible systems—or systems that, while useful, do not address a team's highest priorities—can find their way into organizations, complicating processes.
+
+This is where standardization can help. By agreeing on and implementing a common set of tools and processes, teams become more efficient, as they reduce the need for new development methods, customized training, and maintenance.
+
+Standardization has several benefits:
+
+ * **Reliability, predictability, and safety.** Think about the electricity in your own home and the history of electrical systems. In the early days of electrification, companies competed to establish individual standards for basic elements like plug configurations and safety requirements like insulation. Thanks to standardization, when you buy a light bulb today you can be sure that it will fit and not start a fire.
+ * **Lower costs and more dependable, repeatable processes.** Standarsization frees people in organizations to focus more attention on other things—products, for instance—and not on the need to coordinate the use of potentially conflicting new tools and processes. And it can make people's skills more portable (or, in budgeting terms more "fungible") across projects, since all projects share a common set of standards. In addition to helping project teams be more flexible, this portability of skills makes it easier for people to adopt new assignments.
+ * **Consistent measurements.** Creating a set of consistent metrics people can use to assess product quality across multiple products or multiple releases of individual products is possible through standardization. Without it, applying this kind of consistent measurement to product quality and maintaining any kind of history of tracking such quality can be difficult. Standardization effectively provides the organization a common language for measuring quality.
+
+
+
+A danger of standardization arises when it becomes an all-consuming end in itself. A constant push to standardize can result in it inadvertently stifling creativity and innovation. If taken too far, policies that over emphasize standardization appear to discourage support for people's need to find new solutions to new problems. Taken to an extreme, this can lead to a suffocating organizational atmosphere in which people are reluctant to propose new solutions in the interest of maintaining standardization or conformity. In an open organization especially focused on generating new value and solutions, an attempt to impose standardization can have a negative impact on team morale.
+
+Viewing new challenges through the lens of former solutions is natural. Likewise, it's common (and in fact generally practical) to apply legacy tools and processes to solving new problems.
+
+But in open organizations, change is constant. We must always adapt to it.
+
+Finding and maintaining the correct balance between standardization and innovation is critical during times of organizational change.
+
+### The need for innovation
+
+Digital technology changes at a rapid rate, and that rate of change is always increasing. New opportunities result in new problems that require new solutions. Any organization must be able to adapt and its people must have the freedom to innovate. This is even more important in an open organization and with open source source software, as many of the factors (e.g., restrictive licenses) that blocked innovation in the past no longer apply.
+
+When considering the prospect of innovation in your organization, keep in mind the following:
+
+ * **Standardization doesn't have to be the end of innovation.** Even tools and processes that are firmly established and in use by an organization were once very new and untried, and they only came about through processes of organizational innovation.
+ * **Progress through innovation also involves failure.** It's very often the case that some innovations fail, but when they fail, they point the way forward to solutions. This progress therefore requires that an organization protect the freedom to fail. (In competitive sports, athletes and teams seldom learn lessons from easy victories; they learn lessons about how to win, including how to innovate to win, from failures and defeats.)
+
+
+
+Freedom to innovate, however, cannot be freedom to do whatever the heck we feel like doing. The challenge for any organization is to be able to encourage and inspire innovation, but at the same time to keep innovation efforts focused towards meeting your organization's goals and to address the problems that you're trying to solve.
+
+In closed organizations, leaders may be inclined to impose rigid, top-down limits on innovation. A better approach is to instead provide a direction or path forward in terms of goals and deliverables, and then enable people to find their own ways along that path. That forward path is usually not a straight line; [innovation is almost never a linear process][2]. Like a sailboat making progress into the wind, it's sometimes [necessary to "tack" or go sideways][3] in order to make forward progress.
+
+### Blending standardization with focused innovation
+
+Are we doomed to always think of standardization as the broccoli we must eat, while innovation is the ice cream we want to eat?
+
+Are we doomed to always think of standardization as the broccoli we _must_ eat, while innovation is the ice cream we _want_ to eat?
+
+It doesn't have to be this way.
+
+Perceptions play a role in the conflict between standardization and innovation. People who only want to focus on standardization must remember that even the tools and processes that they want to promote as "the standard" were once new and represented change. Likewise, people who only want to focus on innovation have to remember that in order for a tool or process to provide value to an organization, it has to be stable enough for that organization to use it over time.
+
+An important element of any successful organization, especially an open organization where everyone is free to express their views, is empathy for other people's views. A little empathy is necessary for understanding both perceptions of impending change.
+
+I've always thought about standardization and innovation as being two halves of one solution. A good analogy is that of college course catalog. In many colleges, all incoming first-year students regardless of their major will take a core set of classes. These core classes can cover a wide range of subjects and provide each student with an educational foundation. Every student receives a standard grounding in these disciplines regardless of their major course of study. Beyond the standardized core curriculum, then, each student is free to take specialized courses depending upon his or her major degree requirements and selected elective courses, as they work to innovate in their respective fields.
+
+Similarly, standardization provides a foundation on which innovation can build. Think of standardization as a core set of tools and practices you might applied to _all_ products. Innovation can take the form of tools and practices that go _above and beyond_ this standard. This will enable every team to extend the core set of standardized tools and processes to meet the individual needs of their own specific projects. Standardization does not mean that all forward-looking actions stop. Over time, what was an innovation can become a standard, and thereby make room for the next innovation (and the next).
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/2/standardization-versus-innovation
+
+作者：[Len Dimaggio][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ldimaggi
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/migration_innovation_computer_software.png?itok=VCFLtd0q (and old computer and a new computer, representing migration to new software or hardware)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/19/6/innovation-delusion
+[3]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/18/5/navigating-disruption-1
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200212 A SASE Crash Course.md b/sources/talk/20200212 A SASE Crash Course.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..88e85a9c15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200212 A SASE Crash Course.md
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (A SASE Crash Course)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3526455/a-sase-crash-course.html)
+[#]: author: (Cato Networks https://www.networkworld.com/author/Matt-Conran/)
+
+A SASE Crash Course
+======
+Get up to speed fast on the Secure Access Service Edge, an emerging converged networking and security category that Gartner has labelled transformational.
+peshkov
+
+2020! What could better motivate you to push ahead with your resolutions and organization’s digital transformation than a new year AND a new decade. As you put together your digital strategy, check out a new transformation-empowering (and transformational) technology category Gartner coined the [Secure Access Service Edge][1] or SASE (pronounced “Sassy”). SASE converges wide area networking and identity-based security into a cloud service targeted directly to your branch offices, mobile users, cloud services, and even IoT devices, wherever they happen to be. The result: consistently high WAN performance, security, productivity, agility, and flexibility across the global, mobile, cloud-enabled enterprise.
+
+To jumpstart your research into one of the few networking categories Gartner has labelled “transformational,” we’ve put together a very workable SASE crash course and reading list. Each lesson helps you dig a little deeper into SASE, so you can develop a good grasp of its components and transformational potential.
+
+**Lesson 1: SASE as Defined by Gartner**
+
+So, what is SASE exactly and why should you care? SASE was coined by [Gartner][2] analysts Neil McDonald and Joe Skorupa in a [July 29, 2019 Networking Hype Cycle][3] [Market Trends Report, How to Win as WAN Edge and Security Converge into the Secure Access Service Edge][4] and an August 30, 2019 [Gartner][2] report, The Future of Network Security is in the Cloud. If you don’t have access to these reports, Cato quotes the highlights of the former word for word in this short blog: [The Secure Access Service Edge (SASE), as Described in Gartner’s Hype Cycle for Enterprise Networking, 2019][5]. It’s a great place to get started on exactly what Gartner has to say about SASE and its drivers, likely development, and place in the digitally transforming enterprise. There are also some valuable links to more information on SASE and exactly how the Cato cloud fits into the SASE trend.
+
+**Lesson 2: What SASE _Is_ and What It _Isn’t_**
+
+After Gartner piques your interest, get some valuable insight from Cato in this blog: [The Secure Access Service Edge (SASE): Here’s Where Your Digital Business Network Starts][6]. Here you can learn why convergence of wide area networking and security is absolutely vital for the agile, digitally transforming enterprise and why legacy data center-centric solutions can’t deliver any more in a world of user mobility and the cloud. This blog breaks down the four essential attributes of SASE—identity driven, cloud native, support for all edges, and globally distributed—in detail. It also explains why SASE is _not_ anything like telco-managed services and summarizes how Cato delivers SASE effectively.
+
+**Lesson 3: How Cato Delivers SASE**
+
+Sometimes visual/audio-based learning can bring things into better focus than straight text, and few people are better at explaining WAN and security concepts than Yishay Yovel, Cato Network’s Chief Marketing Officer. In this short, 17-minute video presentation, [Intro to SASE by Yishay][7], Yishay digs into Gartner’s take on SASE, why WAN and security need to converge, and why SASE is one of only three (out of 29) Networking Hype Cycle categories that Gartner has labeled “transformational.” Yishay gets into a lot of nitty-gritty SASE details and offers valuable perspective on how Cato Networks delivers a complete cloud-native SASE software stack that supports all edges and is identity-driven, scalable, flexible, and easy to deploy and manage. Yishay also explains clearly why some of the other WAN and security solutions out there don’t fulfill some essential requirements of SASE, such as processing traffic close to the source. For visual learners, there are also some great architectural diagrams.
+
+**Lesson 4: Gartner Webinar Breaks Down SASE and its Implications**
+
+You’ve heard it from Yishay, now hear it from Gartner’s VP Distinguished Analyst Neil MacDonald _and_ Yishay in this 37-minute [Gartner Webinar: Is SASE the Future of SD-WAN and Network Security][8]? MacDonald explains SASE elements and drivers in depth, why SASE belongs in the cloud, how enterprises will adopt SASE, and how organizations should evaluate SASE offerings. There’s some good detail here on how SASE works in different contexts and scenarios, such as a mobile employee connecting to Salesforce securely from the airport, a contractor accessing a Web application from an unmanaged device, and even wind turbines collecting and aggregating data and sending it to the cloud for processing. Neil digs into core SASE requirements and recommends additional services and some other useful options. Yishay then takes over with why Cato is the world’s first true SASE platform.
+
+**Lesson 5: The White Paper**
+
+But wait, there’s more. Here’s a clear and concise white paper from Cato, [The Network for the Digital Business Starts with the Secure Access Service Edge][9]. This is a good piece to give out to the other digital transformation stakeholders in your business if you want them to get up to speed on SASE fast. It’s a quick read that explains why the digital, mobile, cloud-enabled business needs a new converged network/security model. It also covers the four elements of SASE, core SASE capabilities, SASE benefits, and clear examples of what SASE _isn’t_ and why. It describes the features that make Cato one of the most comprehensive SASE offerings on the market. It’s a clear, concise presentation broken into short paragraphs and bullet points to provide a fast introduction to SASE and the Cato Cloud.
+
+**Lesson 6: Icing on the Cake: The Short and Sweet Video**
+
+[SASE (Secure Access Service Edge)][10] is a short YouTube video to go along with the white paper, combining perspective and information from Gartner and Cato on why you need SASE simplicity for your digital transforming business.
+
+We hope you have a happy, healthy, transforming New Year. To accelerate your organization’s digital transformation over the next decade, get up to speed on SASE with these useful blogs, videos, and white papers and find out how SASE can help you make that transformation happen quickly and more easily.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3526455/a-sase-crash-course.html
+
+作者：[Cato Networks][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Matt-Conran/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: http://www.catonetworks.com/sase?utm_source=idg
+[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gartner
+[3]: https://www.gartner.com/en/documents/3947237
+[4]: https://www.gartner.com/en/documents/3953690/market-trends-how-to-win-as-wan-edge-and-security-conver
+[5]: https://www.catonetworks.com/blog/the-secure-access-service-edge-sase-as-described-in-gartners-hype-cycle-for-enterprise-networking-2019/
+[6]: https://www.catonetworks.com/blog/the-secure-access-service-edge-sase?utm_source=idg
+[7]: https://catonetworks.wistia.com/medias/kn86smj7q4
+[8]: https://go.catonetworks.com/VOD-REG-Gartner-SASE?utm_source=idg
+[9]: https://go.catonetworks.com/The-Network-Starts-with-SASE?utm_source=idg
+[10]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gLN4NUbjml8
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200213 Server sales projected to decline 10- due to coronavirus.md b/sources/talk/20200213 Server sales projected to decline 10- due to coronavirus.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..32852586e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200213 Server sales projected to decline 10- due to coronavirus.md
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Server sales projected to decline 10% due to coronavirus)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3526605/server-sales-projected-to-decline-10-due-to-coronavirus.html)
+[#]: author: (Andy Patrizio https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/)
+
+Server sales projected to decline 10% due to coronavirus
+======
+Demand isn’t tapering off, but China is grinding to a halt under the strain of the pandemic.
+Writerfantast / Getty Images
+
+Global server sales had been projected to grow by 1.2% compared to the most recent quarter, but the chaos wrought by the coronavirus in China will cause sales to decline 9.8% sequentially, according to DigiTimes Research.
+
+DigiTimes is an IT publication based in Taiwan. Its proximity to Taiwanese and Chinese vendors gives it some good sources, but it can also be way off target. However, the signs are piling up that coronavirus is causing some real mayhem.
+
+For example, DigiTimes also [reported][1] that less than 20% of Chinese factory employees would return to work after an extended Lunar New Year break due to the coronavirus outbreak, and that many components plants in China have decided not to restart production until February 25.
+
+**[ Now read: [What is quantum computing (and why enterprises should care)][2] ]**
+
+The Lunar New Year was January 25, so that means Chinese factories have been idle for a month. That’s a lot of supply not being answered, and DigiTimes notes that server demand from large data centers remained strong in the first quarter of 2020.
+
+Facebook in particular is interested in buying high-density models from white box vendors like Wiwynn and Quanta Computer, but due to the outbreak, these orders, which were originally scheduled for shipment this quarter, have been postponed.
+
+So it’s not like an economic crash is causing sales to go off a cliff like in 2008. Demand is there, but China can’t make the product right now. This year was expected to be a good year for the server vendors, with all of them projecting sales increases over last year. AMD is ramping up Epyc production, and Intel is expected to release its next-generation “Ice Lake” Xeon platform in the third or the fourth quarter of 2020.
+
+The good news here is that Wuhan isn’t a major tech manufacturing hub. It does have five display fabs, both LCD and OLED, but so does Shanhai. However, Wuhan has the most advanced display fabs, producing flexible OLEDs, and has the largest capacity, according to David Hsieh, senior director, displays, at Omdia.
+
+**[ [Get certified as an Apple Technical Coordinator with this seven-part online course from PluralSight.][3] ]**
+
+Vladimir Galabov, principal analyst for data-center compute in Omdia’s cloud and data-center research practice, also expects to see server shipments impacted by the coronavirus driving a prolonged holiday period in China.
+
+“I think the majority of the hit will be in the Chinese market,” he said. “This does impact server shipments globally as China represents about 30% of server shipments worldwide. So, I expect the quarterly decline to be more significant than the seasonal 10%. I expect that China will have a 5% additional downward impact on the growth.”
+
+He added that Q4 of 2019 did significantly overachieve his expectations due to cloud service providers making massive purchases. Omdia expected servers shipped in 2019 to be flat compared to 2018 based on data from 1Q19-3Q19. Instead, it was up 2% to 3% for the year, thanks to the fourth-quarter spurt.
+
+And servers aren’t the only products taking a hit. DigiTimes says that should the outbreak of the coronavirus last until June, sales of smartphones in the country would be slashed by about 30%, from a projected 400 million units to 280 million units in 2020.
+
+Also, Mobile World Congress in Barcelona is cancelled due to concerns about the global coronavirus outbreak. The [official cancellation][4] came after a number of big-name companies, including Intel, Cisco, Amazon, Sony, NTT Docomo LG, ZTE, Nvidia, and Ericsson, bowed out of various events that were set for the show.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][5] and [LinkedIn][6] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3526605/server-sales-projected-to-decline-10-due-to-coronavirus.html
+
+作者：[Andy Patrizio][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.digitimes.com/news/a20200210VL202.html
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3275367/what-s-quantum-computing-and-why-enterprises-need-to-care.html
+[3]: https://pluralsight.pxf.io/c/321564/424552/7490?u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.pluralsight.com%2Fpaths%2Fapple-certified-technical-trainer-10-11
+[4]: https://www.mwcbarcelona.com/attend/safety-security/gsma-statement-on-mwc-2020/
+[5]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[6]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200215 3 steps for product marketing your open source project.md b/sources/talk/20200215 3 steps for product marketing your open source project.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5f73f72bb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200215 3 steps for product marketing your open source project.md
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (3 steps for product marketing your open source project)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/product-marketing-open-source-project)
+[#]: author: (Kevin Xu https://opensource.com/users/kevin-xu)
+
+3 steps for product marketing your open source project
+======
+Marketing an open source project is mainly about education, and
+traditional marketing techniques do not apply.
+![People meeting][1]
+
+I frequently get questions from open source project creators or new founders of commercial open source software (COSS) companies about the best way to market their product. Implicit in that inquiry lies more foundational questions: "What the hell is product marketing? How much time should I spend on it?"
+
+This article aims to share some knowledge and specific action items to help open source creators understand product marketing as a concept and how to bootstrap it on their own until a project reaches the next level of traction.
+
+### What is product marketing?
+
+Product marketing for COSS is materially different from product marketing for proprietary software and from general marketing practices like ads, lead generation, sponsorships, booths at conferences and trade shows, etc. Because the source code is open for all to see and the project's evolutionary history is completely transparent, you need to articulate—from a technical level to a technical audience—how and why your project works.
+
+Using the word "marketing" in this context is, in fact, misleading. It's really about product _education_. Your role is more like a coach, mentor, or teaching assistant in a computer science class or a code bootcamp than a "marketing person."
+
+Proprietary software products rarely need this level of technical education because no one can see the source code anyway. Therefore, these companies focus on educating their audience about the product's business value, not its technical advantages.
+
+To build a successful open source project (and any commercial product that may be derived from it), you must educate your audience on _both_ its technical details and business value.
+
+While this may sound like extra work, it's an advantage inherent to COSS because so much buying power for technology products is shifting to developers. They care deeply about technical details and want to see and understand the source code. Being able to learn, appreciate, and have confidence in a project's technical design, architecture, and future roadmap are key to its adoption.
+
+Also, developers often treat open source technology as a way to scratch their technical itch and stay sharp in a fast-moving technology landscape. It's an audience that yearns for education, above all.
+
+Being able to speak to an audience that has these goals and desires is what product marketing and education in the COSS context is all about.
+
+### How to bootstrap product marketing
+
+So you (or maybe one or two other engineers) are laboring away to create your open source project, likely in the evening after your day job or on the weekends. How do you bootstrap some effective product marketing on your own?
+
+I recommend a three-step process to yield the best return for your time:
+
+ 1. Peruse online forums
+ 2. Write content
+ 3. Do in-person meetups
+
+
+
+#### Online forums
+
+Rummaging through forums—from general ones like HackerNews and Reddit to ones like Discourse or Slack channels geared to projects that are closely related to what you are building—is a great way to figure out what questions developers have in your space. Starting with this step is less about inserting your project into the discussion and more about gathering ideas on what you should focus on when putting together educational materials about your project.
+
+Effectively, what you are doing is akin to "listening to your customer."
+
+Let's be honest; you already spend a lot of time on these forums anyway. The only change is one of mindset, not behavior: Have more focus, jot ideas down actively, practice absorbing critiques (you may see threads critical of your project), and develop some intuition about what developers are thinking about.
+
+This step assumes you don't already have an active community where developers are asking questions directly. The long-term goal is to build your own community, and good product marketing directly helps with this.
+
+#### Write
+
+Now that you have gathered some ideas, it's time to produce some content. Compared to formats like videos and podcasts, _writing_ is the highest-leveraged medium. It has the best long-tail benefits, is most suited for ongoing reference material, and can be most easily repackaged into other mediums. Another factor: open source has a global audience, many of whom might speak English as a second (third, or fourth) language, and written content is easily consumable at a person's own pace.
+
+Focus your writing on three categories that answer three fundamental questions:
+
+ * What problem does your project solve? In other words: _Why should it exist?_
+ * How is the project architected, and why is it done that way? _Is this a technically well-designed solution that has potential, thus worth investing time in?_
+ * How do I get a taste of it? _How quickly can I get some value out of it?_ This is crucial to reducing your time-to-value metric to the shortest amount possible. For more on this topic, please read my article [_A framework for building products from open source projects_][2].
+
+
+
+A smart way to begin is by writing three blog posts, each addressing one of the three points. The posts should be canonical to your specific project so that repackaging them into different formats (e.g., slide decks, Quora answers, Twitter threads, podcast interviews, etc.) for different channels should be straightforward.
+
+After you publish the posts, work the materials into your GitHub, GitLab, Bitbucket, or other repository along with the project's documentation. This is important because your public repo will likely be the face of your project for a long time, even if also you have a dedicated website. A repo with strong educational content will go a long way in building your social proof in the form of stars, forks, and downloads and may even yield some contributions.
+
+One note on writing: Be patient! Your words likely won't go viral overnight (unless you are a celebrity developer). But if the material is educational, useful, and accessible (no need for fancy language), it will draw attention to your project in time. You do your part, and let Google's SEO algorithm do its part.
+
+#### In-person meetups
+
+With a few posts out in the wild, the next step is to find an in-person meetup where you can give a presentation about your project using your writing as foundational material to build a compelling talk.
+
+You may wonder: "Why? Isn't doing something in-person the biggest time suck? I'd rather code!"
+
+True. You are not wrong. I recommend this step _specifically_ at this moment, not earlier or later, because you'll get feedback on your output more quickly than what the internet can give. Comments and feedback on your posts will trickle in, but giving a talk at a meetup, taking questions, and chatting with attendees afterward over pizza is valuable and immediate.
+
+The goal is not to shamelessly pitch your project (reminder: you are an educator, not a marketer), but to listen for the kinds of questions you get when you put your project (and yourself) out there. Another benefit is that it gives you practice delivering presentations, which will become important as your project grows, and you need to present in higher-stakes situations, including large conferences, demos with prospective users, etc.
+
+I know this may not be practical if you don't live in a tech hub where meetups are aplenty. You may want to look for groups that are open to doing virtual meetups via video or work this into your existing travel plans. (But don't fly across the world to talk at one meetup.)
+
+In-person meetups can feel scary. Public speaking is not for everyone, and it's a legitimate source of fear. My main tips: Just think of yourself as free entertainment, lower your expectations, don't overthink it, and offer yourself up to meetup organizers proactively because they will love you! Having been both a presenter and a meetup organizer, I know developer-focused meetups are very hungry for good technical education.
+
+### Final words
+
+There's a lot more nuance, strategy, and sheer work to effective product marketing, but I hope this post gives you enough guidance and specific action items to bootstrap it. Ultimately, you should still spend the bulk of your time building your technology. And if you have some revenue or funding, it's worth hiring someone who has deep expertise in product marketing, even as a part-time adviser.
+
+Frankly, product marketing talent is hard to find. You need someone with both the technical chops and curiosity to learn about your project on a deep level and the communication skills to compellingly tell the world about it.
+
+* * *
+
+_This article originally appeared on [COSS Media][3] and is republished with permission._
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/product-marketing-open-source-project
+
+作者：[Kevin Xu][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/kevin-xu
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/people_team_community_group.png?itok=Nc_lTsUK (People meeting)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/19/11/products-open-source-projects
+[3]: https://coss.media/open-source-creator-product-marketing/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200215 The Background Story of AppImage -Interview.md b/sources/talk/20200215 The Background Story of AppImage -Interview.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d3e95a1a0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200215 The Background Story of AppImage -Interview.md
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (The Background Story of AppImage [Interview])
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/appimage-interview/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+The Background Story of AppImage [Interview]
+======
+
+As a Linux user, you might have come across [AppImages][1]. This is a portable packaging format that allows you to run an application on any Linux distribution.
+
+[Using AppImage][2] is really simple. You just need to give it execute permission and double click to run it, like the .exe files in Windows. This solves a major problem in Linux as different kind of distributions have different kind of packaging formats. You cannot [install .deb files][3] (of Debian/Ubuntu) on [Fedora][4] and vice versa.
+
+We talked to Simon, the developer of AppImage, about how and why he created this project. Read some of the interesting background story and insights Simon shares about AppImage.
+
+### Interacting with Simon Peter, the creator of AppImage
+
+![][5]
+
+_**It’s FOSS: Few people know about the person behind AppImage. How about sharing a little background information about yourself?**_
+
+**Simon:** Hi, I’m Simon Peter, based near Frankfurt in Germany. My background is in Economics and Business Administration, but I’ve always been a tinkerer and hacker in my free time, and been working in tech ever since I graduated.
+
+AppImage, though, is strictly a hobby which I enjoy working on in my spare time. I do a lot of my AppImage work while I’m on a train going from here to there. Somehow I seem to be on the move all the time. Professionally, I work in the product management of a large telecommunications company.
+
+_**It’s FOSS: Why did you create AppImage?**_
+
+**Simon:** The first computer I could get my hands on was a [Macintosh][6] in the late 80s. For me, this is the benchmark when it comes to simplicity and usability. When I started to experiment with Linux on the desktop, I always wished it was as elegant and simple to operate and gave me as much flexibility as the early Macs.
+
+When I tried Linux for the first time in the late 90s, I had to go through a cumbersome process formatting and partitioning hard disks, installing stuff – it took a lot of time and was really cumbersome. A couple of years later, I tried out a Linux Live CD-ROM. It was a complete game changer. You popped in the CD, booted the computer, and everything just worked, right out of the box. No installation, no configuration. The system was always in factory-new state whenever you rebooted the machine. Exactly how I liked it.
+
+There was only one downside: You could not install additional applications on a read-only CD. Packages always insisted on writing in /usr, where the Live CD was not writeable. Thus, I asked myself: Why can’t I just put applications wherever I want, like on a USB drive or a network share, as I am used from the Mac? How cool would it be if every application was just one single file that I could put wherever I want? And thus the idea for AppImage was born (back then under the name of “klik”).
+
+Turns out that over time Live systems have become more capable, but I still like the simplicity and freedom that comes with the “one app = one file” idea. For example, I want to be in control of where stuff resides on my hard disks. I want to decide what to update or not to update and when. For most tasks I need a stable, rarely-changing operating system with the latest applications. To this day all I ever run are Live systems, because the operating system “just works” out of the box without any installation or configuration on my side, and every time I reboot the machine I have a “factory new”, known-good state.
+
+_**It’s FOSS: What challenges did you face in the past and what challenges are you facing right now?**_
+
+**Simon:** People told me that the idea was nuts, and I had no clue how “things are done on Linux”. Just about when I was beginning to give in, I came across a video of [Linus Torvalds][7] of all people who I noticed was complaining about many of the same things that I always had felt were too complicated when it came to distributing applications for Linux. While I was watching his rant, I also noticed, hey, AppImage actually solves many of those issues. Some time later, Linus came across AppImage, and he apparently liked the idea. That made me think, maybe it’s not that stupid an idea as people had made me believe all the time up to that point.
+
+Today, people tend to mention AppImage as “one of the new package formats” together with [Snap][8] and [Flatpak][9]. I think that’s comparing apples to oranges. Not only is AppImage not “new” (it’s been around since well over a decade by now), but also it has very different objectives and design principles than the other systems. AppImage is all about single-file application bundles that can be “managed” by nothing else than a web browser and a file manager. It’s meant for “mere morals”, end users, not system administrators. It needs no package manager, it needs no root rights, it needs nothing to be installed on the system. It gives complete freedom to application developers and users.
+
+_**It’s FOSS: AppImage is a “universal packaging system” and there you compete with Snap (backed by Ubuntu) and Flatpak (backed by Fedora). How do you plan to ‘fight’ against these big corporates?**_
+
+**Simon:** See? That’s what I mean. AppImage plays in an entirely different playing field.
+
+AppImage wants to be what exe files or PortableApps are for Windows and what apps inside dmg files are on the Mac – but better.
+
+Besides, Snap (backed by [Canonical][10]) does not work out-of-the-box on Fedora, and Flatpak (backed by [Red Hat][11]) does not work out-of-the-box on Ubuntu. AppImages can run on either system, and many more, without the need to install anything.
+
+_**It’s FOSS: How do you see the adoption of AppImage? Are you happy with its growth?**_
+
+**Simon:** As of early 2020, there are now around 1,000 official AppImages made by the respective application authors that are passing my compatibility tests and can run on the oldest still-supported Ubuntu LTS release, and hundreds more are being worked on as we speak. “Household name” applications like Inkscape, Kdenlive, KDevelop, LibreOffice, PrusaSlicer, Scribus, Slic3r, Ultimaker Cura (too many to name them all) are being distributed in AppImage format. This makes me very happy and I am always excited when I read about a new version being released on Twitter, and then am able to download and run the AppImage instantly, without having to wait for my Linux distribution to carry that new version, and without having to throw away the old (known-good) version just because I want to try out the new (bleeding edge) one.
+
+The adoption of AppImage is especially strong for nightly and continuous builds. This is because the “one app = one file” concept of AppImage lends itself especially well to try-out software, where you keep multiple versions around for testing purposes, and never have to install anything into the running system. Worst thing that can happen with AppImage is that an application does not launch. In that case, file a bug, delete the file, done. Worst thing that can happen with distribution packages: complete system breakage…
+
+_**It’s FOSS: One major issue with AppImage is that not all the developers provide an easy way of updating the AppImage versions. Any suggestions for handling it?**_
+
+**Simon:** AppImage has this concept of “binary delta updates”. Think of it as “diff for applications”. A new version of an application comes out, you download only the parts that have changed, and apply them to the old version. As a result, you get both the old and the new version and can keep them in parallel until you have determined that you don’t need the old version any longer, and throw it away.
+
+In general, I don’t want to enforce anything with AppImage. Application authors are at liberty to control the whole experience. Up to now, application authors have to do some setup work to make AppImages with this update capability. That being said, I am convinced that if we make it easy enough for developers to get working binary delta updates “for free”, then many will offer them. To this end, I am currently working on a new set of tools written in Go that will set up updates almost automatically, and I hope this will significantly increase the percentage of AppImages that come with this capability.
+
+_**It’s FOSS: [Nitrux][12] is one of the rare distributions that relies heavily on AppImage. Or there any other such distributions? What can be done make AppImage more popular?**_
+
+**Simon:** Linux distributions traditionally have thought of themselves as more than just the base operating system itself – they also wanted to control application distribution. Now, as Apple and Microsoft are trying to get more control over application distribution on their desktop platforms, the trend is slowly reversing in Linux land where people are slowly beginning to understand that distributions could be much more polished if they focused on the base operating system and left the packaging of applications to the application authors.
+
+To make AppImage more popular, I think users and application authors should continue to spread the word that upstream-provided AppImages are in many cases working better than distribution packages. With AppImage, you get a software stack where the application author had a chance to cherry-pick which versions of libraries work together, test and tune both functionality and performance. Who is surprised that the result tends to work better than a “random” combination of whatever versions happened to be in a Linux distribution at a certain, random point in time when a distribution release was put together?
+
+[Desktop environments][13] could greatly increase usability, not only for AppImages, but also for any other kind of “side-loaded” applications that are not being installed. Just see how a desktop environments handles double-clicking on an executable file that is missing the executable bit. Some are doing a great job in this regard, like [Deepin Linux][14]. Stuff tends to “just work” there as it should.
+
+Finally, I am currently working on a new set of tools written in Go which I hope will greatly simplify, and make yet more enjoyable, the production and consumption of AppImages. My goal here is to make things less complex for users, remove the need for configuration, make things “just work”, like on the early Macintoshes. Are there any Go developers out here interested to join the effort?
+
+_**It’s FOSS: I can see there is a website that lists available AppImage applications. Do you have plans to integrate it with other software managers on Linux or create a software manager for AppImage?**_
+
+**Simon:** [appimage.github.io][15] lists AppImages that have passed my compatibility tests on the oldest still-supported Ubuntu LTS release. Projects creating app stores or software managers are free to use this data. Myself, I am not much interested in those things as I always download AppImages right from the respective project’s download pages. My typical AppImage discovery goes like this:
+
+ 1. Read on Twitter that PrusaSlicer has this cool new feature
+ 2. Go to the PrusaSlicer GitHub project and read the release notes there
+ 3. While there, download the AppImage and have it running a few seconds later
+
+
+
+So for me personally, I have no need for app centers and app stores, but if people like them, they are free to put AppImages in there. I just never felt the need…
+
+_**It’s FOSS: What plans do you have for AppImage in future (new features that you plan to add)?**_
+
+**Simon:** Simplify things even more, remove configuration options, make things “just work”. Reduce the number of GitHub projects needed to get the core AppImage experience for producing and consuming AppImages, including aspects like binary delta updates, sandboxing, etc. Improve usability.
+
+_**It’s FOSS: Does AppImage project makes money? What kind of support (if any) do you seek from the end users?**_
+
+**Simon:** No, AppImage makes no money whatsoever.
+
+I’ll just request the readers to spread the word. Tell your favorite application’s authors that you’d like to see an AppImage, and why.
+
+* * *
+
+Team It’s FOSS congratulates Simon for his hard work. Please feel free to convey any message and queries to him in the comment section.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/appimage-interview/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://appimage.org/
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/use-appimage-linux/
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/install-deb-files-ubuntu/
+[4]: https://getfedora.org/
+[5]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/appimage_simon_interview.jpg?ssl=1
+[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Macintosh
+[7]: https://itsfoss.com/linus-torvalds-facts/
+[8]: https://itsfoss.com/install-snap-linux/
+[9]: https://flatpak.org/
+[10]: https://canonical.com/
+[11]: https://www.redhat.com/en
+[12]: https://itsfoss.com/nitrux-linux-overview/
+[13]: https://itsfoss.com/best-linux-desktop-environments/
+[14]: https://www.deepin.org/en/
+[15]: https://appimage.github.io/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200216 Minicomputers and The Soul of a New Machine.md b/sources/talk/20200216 Minicomputers and The Soul of a New Machine.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c1e68b1a8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200216 Minicomputers and The Soul of a New Machine.md
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Minicomputers and The Soul of a New Machine)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/minicomputers-and-soul-new-machine)
+[#]: author: (Matthew Broberg https://opensource.com/users/mbbroberg)
+
+Minicomputers and The Soul of a New Machine
+======
+The new season of Command Line Heroes begins with a story of increases
+in memory, company politics, and a forgotten technology at the heart of
+our computing history.
+![Command Line Heroes season 4 episode 1 covers the rise of minicomputers][1]
+
+The [Command Line Heroes podcast][2] is back, and this season it covers the machines that run all the programming languages [I covered last season][3]. As the podcast staff puts it:
+
+"This season, we'll look at what happens when idealistic teams come together to build visionary machines. Machines made with leaps of faith and a lot of hard, often unrecognized, work in basements and stifling cubicles. Machines that brought teams together and changed us as a society in ways we could only dream of."
+
+This first episode looks at the non-fiction book (and engineering classic), [_The Soul of a New Machine_][4], to look at a critical moment in computing history. It covers the transition from large, hulking mainframes to the intermediate step of the minicomputer, which will eventually lead us to the PC revolution that we're still living in the wake of.
+
+### The rise of minicomputers
+
+One of the most important machines on the path to modern machines, most of us have since forgotten: the minicomputer.
+
+It was a crucial link in the evolution from mainframe to PC (aka microcomputer). It was also extremely important in the development of software that would fuel the PC revolution, chiefly the operating system. The PDP-7 and PDP-11—on which [UNIX was developed][5]—were examples of minicomputers. So was the machine at the heart of _The Soul of the New Machine_.
+
+This episode takes us back to this important time in computing and explores this forgotten machine—both in terms of its hardware and software.
+
+From 1963 to 1977, minicomputers were 12 to 16-bit machines from computing giants DEC ([PDP][6]) and rival upstart [Data General][7] ([Nova][8], [Eclipse][9]). But in October 1977, DEC unveiled the VAX 11/780, a 32-bit CPU built from transistor-transistor logic with a five megahertz cycle-time and 2 megabytes of memory. The VAX launched DEC [into second place][10] in the largest computer company in the world.
+
+The jump from a 12-bit to a 32-bit CPU is a jump from 4,096 bytes to 4,294,967,296 bytes of data. That increase massively increased the potential for software to do complex tasks while drastically shrinking the size of the computer. And with a 32-bit CPU, the VAX was nearly as powerful as an IBM/360 mainframe—but much smaller and much, much less expensive.
+
+[The episode][11] goes into the drama that unfolds as teams within Data General race to have the most marketable minicomputer while working through company politics and strong personalities.
+
+### Revisiting _The Soul of a New Machine_
+
+_The Soul of a New Machine_ was written in 1981 by Tracy Kidder, and chronicles a small group of engineers at the now-former tech company, Data General, as they attempt to compete with a rival internal group and create a 32-bit minicomputer as a skunkworks project known as "Eagle." For those okay with spoilers, the computer would eventually be known as the [Eclipse MV/8000][12].
+
+Earlier this year, [Jessie Frazelle][13], of Docker, Go, and Kubernetes fame, and [Bryan Cantrill][14], known for [DTrace][15], Joyent, and many other technologies, publicly wrote about reading the non-fiction classic. As it's written, Cantrill mentioned the book to Frazelle, who read it and then wrote an enthusiastic [blog post][16] about the book. As Frazelle put it:
+
+"Personally, I look back on the golden age of computers as the time when people were building the first personal computers in their garage. There is a certain whimsy of that time fueled with a mix of hard work and passion for building something crazy with a very small team. In today's age, at large companies, most engineers take jobs where they work on one teeny aspect of a machine or website or app. Sometimes they are not even aware of the larger goal or vision but just their own little world.
+
+In the book, a small team built an entire machine… The team wasn't driven by power or greed, but by accomplishment and self-fulfillment. They put a part of themselves in the machine, therefore, producing a machine with a soul…The team was made up of programmers with the utmost expertise and experience and also with new programmers."
+
+Inspired by Frazelle's reaction, Cantrill re-read it and wrote [a blog article][17] about it and writes this beautiful note:
+
+"…_The Soul of a New Machine_ serves to remind us that the soul of what we build is, above all, shared — that we do not endeavor alone but rather with a group of like-minded individuals."
+
+Frazelle's and Cantrill's reading of the book and blog [sparked a wave of people][18] exploring and talking about this text. While it remains on my book list, this dialogue-by-book-review is at the heart of the CLH season 4 as it explores the entire machine.
+
+### Why did the minicomputer go the way of the Neanderthal?
+
+As we all know, minicomputers are not a popular purchase in today's technology market. Minicomputers ended up being great technology for timesharing. The irony is that they unwittingly sealed their own fate. The Internet, which started off as ARPANET, was basically a new kind of timesharing. They were so good at timesharing that at one point, the DEC PDP 11 accounted for over 30% of the nodes on ARPANET. Minicomputers were powering their own demise.*
+
+Minicomputers paved the way for smaller computers and for more and more people to have access to these powerful, society-changing machines. But I'm getting ahead of myself. Keep listening to the [new season of Command Line Heroes][2] to continue the story of machines in computing history.
+
+* * *
+
+What's your minicomputer story? I'd love to read them in the comments.
+
+(There were, of course, other factors leading to the end of this era. Minicomputers were fighting at the low end of the market with the rise of microcomputers, while Unix systems continued to push into the midrange market. The rise of the Internet was perhaps its final blow.)
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/minicomputers-and-soul-new-machine
+
+作者：[Matthew Broberg][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/mbbroberg
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/command-line-heroes-minicomputers-s4-e1.png?itok=FRaff5i6 (Command Line Heroes season 4 episode 1 covers the rise of minicomputers)
+[2]: https://www.redhat.com/en/command-line-heroes
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/19/6/command-line-heroes-python
+[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Soul_of_a_New_Machine
+[5]: https://opensource.com/19/9/command-line-heroes-bash
+[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PDP
+[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_General
+[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_General_Nova
+[9]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_General_Eclipse
+[10]: http://www.old-computers.com/history/detail.asp?n=20&t=3
+[11]: https://www.redhat.com/en/command-line-heroes/season-4/minicomputers
+[12]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_General_Eclipse_MV/8000
+[13]: https://twitter.com/jessfraz?lang=en
+[14]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bryan_Cantrill
+[15]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DTrace
+[16]: https://blog.jessfraz.com/post/new-golden-age-of-building-with-soul/
+[17]: http://dtrace.org/blogs/bmc/2019/02/10/reflecting-on-the-soul-of-a-new-machine/
+[18]: https://twitter.com/search?q=jessfraz%20soul%20new%20machine&src=typed_query&f=live
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200218 Building a community of practice in 5 steps.md b/sources/talk/20200218 Building a community of practice in 5 steps.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c763a78660
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200218 Building a community of practice in 5 steps.md
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Building a community of practice in 5 steps)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/building-community-practice-5-steps)
+[#]: author: (Tracy Buckner https://opensource.com/users/tracyb)
+
+Building a community of practice in 5 steps
+======
+A community of practice can kickstart innovation in your organization.
+Here's how to build one—and ensure it thrives.
+![Blocks for building][1]
+
+In the [first part of this series][2], we defined community as a fundamental principle in open organizations, where people often define their roles, responsibilities, and affiliations through shared interests and passions, [not title, role, or position on an organizational chart][3]. Then, in the [second part of the series][4], we explored the many benefits communities of practice bring to open organizations—including fostering learning, encouraging collaboration, and offering an opportunity for creative problem-solving and innovation.
+
+Now you know you'd like to _start_ a community of practice, but you may still be unsure _where_ to start. This article will help define your roadmap and build a plan for a successful community of practice—in five simple steps (summarized in Figure 1).
+
+![][5]
+
+### Step 1: Obtain executive sponsorship
+
+While having a community manager focused on the day-to-day execution of community matters is important, an executive sponsor is also integral to the success of the community of practice. Typically, an executive sponsor will shoulder higher-level responsibilities, such as focusing on strategy and creating conditions for success (rather than implementation).
+
+An executive sponsor can help ensure the community's goals are aligned with the overall strategy of the organization. This person can also communicate those goals and gather support for the community from other senior executives (potentially instrumental in securing financial support and resources for the community!).
+
+Finding the right sponsor is important for the success of the program. An executive leader committed to fostering open culture, transparency, and collaboration will be very successful. Alternatively, you may wish to tap an executive focused on finding new ways to grow and reskill high-potential employees.
+
+### Step 2: Determine mission and goals
+
+Once you've established a vision for the community, you'll need to develop its mission statement. This is critical to your success because the mission begins explaining _how you'll achieve that vision_. Primarily, your community's mission should be to share knowledge, promote learning in a particular area, and align that work with organizational strategy. However, the mission statement may also include references to the audience that the community will serve.
+
+Here's one example mission statement:
+
+> _To identify and address needs within the cloud infrastructure space in support of the organization’s mission of defining the next generation of open hybrid cloud._
+
+After articulating a mission like this, you'll need to set specific goals for achieving it. The goals can be long- or short-term, but in either case, you'll need to provide a clear roadmap explaining to community members what the community is trying to achieve.
+
+### Step 3: Build a core team
+
+Building a core team is essential to the success of a community. In a typical community of practice—or "CoP," for short—you'll notice four main roles:
+
+ * CoP program manager
+ * CoP manager
+ * Core team members
+ * Members
+
+
+
+The **CoP program manager** is the face of the community. This person is primarily responsible for supporting the managers and core teams by resolving questions, issues, and concerns. The program manager also guides new communities and evangelizes the communities of practice program inside the organization.
+
+The **CoP manager** determines community strategy based on business and community needs. This person makes the latest news, content, and events available to community members and ensures that the CoP remains focused on its goals. This person also schedules regular meetings for members and shares other events that may be of interest to them.
+
+The **CoP core team** is responsible for managing community collateral and best practices to meet the community's goals. The core team supports CoP manager(s) and assists with preparing and leading community meetings.
+
+**Members** of a community attend meetings, share relevant content and best practices, and support the core team and manager(s) in reaching community goals.
+
+### Step 4: Promote knowledge management
+
+Communities of practice produce information—and members must be able to easily access and share that information. So it's important to develop a knowledge-management system for storing that information in a way that keeps it relevant and timely.
+
+Communities of practice produce information—and members must be able to easily access and share that information. So it's important to develop a knowledge-management system for storing that information in a way that keeps it relevant and timely.
+
+Over time, your community of practice will likely generate a lot of content. Some of that content may be duplicated, outdated or simply no longer relevant to the community. So it's important to periodically conduct a ROT Analysis of the content validating that the content is not **R**edundant, **O**utdated, or **T**rivial. Consider conducting a ROT analysis every six months or so, in order to keep the content fresh and relevant.
+
+A number of different content management tools can assist with maintaining and displaying the content for community members. Some organizations use an intranet, while others prefer more robust content management such as [AO Docs][6] or [Drupal][7].
+
+### Step 5: Engage in regular communication
+
+The secret to success in maintaining a community of practice is regular communication and collaboration. Communities that speak with each other frequently and share knowledge, ideas, and best practices are most likely to remain intact. CoP managers should schedule regular meetings, meet-ups, and content creation sessions to ensure that members are engaged in the community. It is recommended to have at least a monthly meeting to maintain communication with the community members.
+
+Chat/messaging apps are also a great tool for facilitating regular communication in communities of practice. These apps offer teams across the globe the ability to communicate in real-time, removing some collaboration boundaries. Members can pose questions and receive answers immediately, without the delay of sending and receiving emails. And should the questions arise again, most messaging apps also provide an easy search mechanism that can help members discover answers.
+
+### Building your community
+
+Remember: A community of practice is a cost-effective way to foster learning, encourage collaboration, and promote innovation in an organization. In [_The Open Organization_][8], Jim Whitehurst argues that "the beauty of an open organization is that it is not about pedaling harder, but about tapping into new sources of power both inside and outside to keep pace with all the fast-moving changes in your environment." Building communities of practice are the perfect way to do just that: stop pedaling harder and to tap into new sources of power within your organization.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/building-community-practice-5-steps
+
+作者：[Tracy Buckner][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/tracyb
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/blocks_building.png?itok=eMOT-ire (Blocks for building)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/19/11/what-is-community-practice
+[3]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/resources/open-org-definition
+[4]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/1/why-build-community-of-practice
+[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/resize/images/open-org/comm_practice_5_steps-700x440.png
+[6]: https://www.aodocs.com/
+[7]: https://www.drupal.org/
+[8]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/resources/what-open-organization
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200219 A -399 device that translates brain signals into digital commands.md b/sources/talk/20200219 A -399 device that translates brain signals into digital commands.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e9c13ff8d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200219 A -399 device that translates brain signals into digital commands.md
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (A $399 device that translates brain signals into digital commands)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3526446/nextmind-wearable-device-translates-brain-signals-into-digital-commands.html)
+[#]: author: (Patrick Nelson https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/)
+
+A $399 device that translates brain signals into digital commands
+======
+Startup NextMind is readying a $399 development kit for its brain-computer interface technology that enables users to interact, hands-free, with computers and VR/AR headsets.
+MetamorWorks / Getty Images
+
+Scientists have long envisioned brain-sensing technology that can translate thoughts into digital commands, eliminating the need for computer-input devices like a keyboard and mouse. One company is preparing to ship its latest contribution to the effort: a $399 development package for a noninvasive, AI-based, brain-computer interface.
+
+The kit will let "users control anything in their digital world by using just their thoughts," [NextMind][1], a commercial spinoff of a cognitive neuroscience lab claims in a [press release][2].
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][3]
+
+The company says that its puck-like device inserts into a cap or headband and rests on the back of the head. The dry electrode-based receiver then grabs data from the electrical signals generated through neuron activity. It uses machine learning algorithms to convert that signal output into computer controls. The interaction could be with a computer, artificial-reality or virtual-reality headset, or [IoT][4] module.
+
+"Imagine taking your phone to send a text message without ever touching the screen, without using Siri, just by using the speed and power of your thoughts," said NextMind founder Sid Kouider in a [video presentation][5] at Helsinki startup conference Slush in late 2019.
+
+Advances in neuroscience are enabling real-time consciousness-decoding, without surgery or a doctor visit, according to Kouider.
+
+One obstacle that has thwarted previous efforts is the human skull, which can act as a barrier to sensors. It’s been difficult for scientists to differentiate indicators from noise, and some past efforts have only been able to discern basic things, such as whether or not a person is in a state of sleep or relaxation. New materials, better sensors, and more sophisticated algorithms and modeling have overcome some of those limitations. NextMind’s noninvasive technology "translates the data in real time," Kouider says.
+
+Essentially, what happens is that a person’s eyes project an image of what they see onto the visual cortex in the back of the head, a bit like a projector. The NextMind device decodes the neural activity created as the object is viewed and sends that information, via an SDK, back as an input to a computer. So, by fixing one’s gaze on an object, one selects that object. For example, a user could select a screen icon by glancing at it.
+
+[][6]
+
+"The demos were by no means perfect, but there was no doubt in my mind that the technology worked," [wrote VentureBeat writer Emil Protalinski][7], who tested a pre-release device in January.
+
+Kouider has stated it’s the "intent" aspect of the technology that’s most interesting; if a person focuses on one thing more than something else, the technology can decode the neural signals to capture that user’s intent.
+
+"It really gives you a kind of sixth sense, where you can feel your brain in action, thanks to the feedback loop between your brain and a display," Kouider says in the Slush presentation.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][8] and [LinkedIn][9] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3526446/nextmind-wearable-device-translates-brain-signals-into-digital-commands.html
+
+作者：[Patrick Nelson][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.next-mind.com/
+[2]: https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20200105005107/en/CES-2020-It%E2%80%99s-Mind-Matter
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[4]: http://www.networkworld.com/cms/article/3207535
+[5]: https://youtu.be/RHuaNDSxH0o
+[6]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3440100/take-the-intelligent-route-with-consumption-based-storage.html?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE21620&utm_content=sidebar ( Take the Intelligent Route with Consumption-Based Storage)
+[7]: https://venturebeat.com/2020/01/05/nextmind-is-building-a-real-time-brain-computer-interface-unveils-dev-kit-for-399/
+[8]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[9]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200219 Fedora at the Czech National Library of Technology.md b/sources/talk/20200219 Fedora at the Czech National Library of Technology.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d1354b99ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200219 Fedora at the Czech National Library of Technology.md
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Fedora at the Czech National Library of Technology)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/fedora-at-the-national-library-of-technology/)
+[#]: author: (Ben Cotton https://fedoramagazine.org/author/bcotton/)
+
+Fedora at the Czech National Library of Technology
+======
+
+![][1]
+
+Where do you turn when you have a fleet of public workstations to manage? If you’re the Czech [National Library of Technology][2] (NTK), you turn to Fedora. Located in Prague, the NTK is the Czech Republic’s largest science and technology library. As part of its public service mission, the NTK provides 150 workstations for public use.
+
+In 2018, the NTK moved these workstations from Microsoft Windows to Fedora. In the [press release][3] announcing this change, Director Martin Svoboda said switching to Fedora will “reduce operating system support costs by about two-thirds.” The choice to use Fedora was easy, according to NTK Linux Engineer Miroslav Brabenec. “Our entire Linux infrastructure runs on RHEL or CentOS. So for desktop systems, Fedora was the obvious choice,” he told Fedora Magazine.
+
+### User reception
+
+Changing an operating system is always a little bit risky—it requires user training and outreach. Brabenec said that non-IT staff asked for training on the new system. Once they learned that the same (or compatible) software was available, they were fine.
+
+The Library’s customers were on board right away. The Windows environment was based on thin client terminals, which were slow for intensive tasks like video playback and handling large office suite files. The only end-user education that the NTK needed to create was a [basic usage guide][4] and a desktop wallpaper that pointed to important UI elements.
+
+![User guidance desktop wallpaper from the National Technology Library.][5]
+
+Although Fedora provides development tools used by the Faculty of Information Technology at the Czech Technical University—and many of the NTK’s workstation users are CTU students—most of the application usage is what you might expect of a general-purpose workstation. Firefox dominates the application usage, followed by the Evince PDF viewer, and the LibreOffice suite.
+
+### Updates
+
+NTK first deployed the workstations with Fedora 28. They decided to skip Fedora 29 and upgraded to Fedora 30 in early June 2019. The process was simple, according to Brabenec. “We prepared configuration, put it into Ansible. Via AWX I restarted all systems to netboot, image with kickstart, after first boot called provisioning callback on AWX, everything automatically set up via Ansible.”
+
+Initially, they had difficulties applying updates. Now they have a process for installing security updates daily. Each system is rebooted approximately every two weeks to make sure all of the updates get applied.
+
+Although he isn’t aware of any concrete plans for the future, Brabenec expects the NTK to continue using Fedora for public workstations. “Everyone is happy with it and I think that no one has a good reason to change it.”
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/fedora-at-the-national-library-of-technology/
+
+作者：[Ben Cotton][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/bcotton/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/czech-techlib-816x345.png
+[2]: https://www.techlib.cz/en/
+[3]: https://www.techlib.cz/default/files/download/id/86431/tiskova-zprava-z-31-7-2018.pdf
+[4]: https://www.techlib.cz/en/82993-public-computers
+[5]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/ntk-wallpaper-1024x576.jpeg
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200219 Multicloud, security integration drive massive SD-WAN adoption.md b/sources/talk/20200219 Multicloud, security integration drive massive SD-WAN adoption.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3d690bdc3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200219 Multicloud, security integration drive massive SD-WAN adoption.md
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Multicloud, security integration drive massive SD-WAN adoption)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3527194/multicloud-security-integration-drive-massive-sd-wan-adoption.html)
+[#]: author: (Michael Cooney https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/)
+
+Multicloud, security integration drive massive SD-WAN adoption
+======
+40% year-over year SD-WAN growth through 2022 is being fueled by relationships built between vendors including Cisco, VMware, Juniper, and Arista and service provders AWS, Microsoft Azure, Google Anthos, and IBM RedHat.
+[Gratisography][1] [(CC0)][2]
+
+Increasing cloud adoption as well as improved network security, visibility and manageability are driving enterprise software-defined WAN ([SD-WAN][3]) deployments at a breakneck pace.
+
+According to research from IDC, software- and infrastructure-as-a-service (SaaS and IaaS) offerings in particular have been driving SD-WAN implementations in the past year, said Rohit Mehra, vice president, network infrastructure at IDC.
+
+**Read about edge networking**
+
+ * [How edge networking and IoT will reshape data centers][4]
+ * [Edge computing best practices][5]
+ * [How edge computing can help secure the IoT][6]
+
+
+
+For example, IDC says that its recent surveys of customers show that 95% will be using [SD-WAN][7] technology within two years, and that 42% have already deployed it. IDC also says the SD-WAN infrastructure market will hit $4.5 billion by 2022, growing at a more than 40% yearly clip between now and then.
+
+“The growth of SD-WAN is a broad-based trend that is driven largely by the enterprise desire to optimize cloud connectivity for remote sites,” Mehra said.
+
+Indeed the growth of multicloud networking is prompting many businesses to re-tool their networks in favor of SD-WAN technology, Cisco wrote recently. SD-WAN is critical for businesses adopting cloud services, acting as a connective tissue between the campus, branch, [IoT][8], [data center][9] and cloud. The company said surveys show Cisco customers have, on average, 30 paid SaaS applications each. And that they are actually using many more – over 100 in several cases, the company said.
+
+Part of this trend is driven by the relationships that networking vendors such as Cisco, VMware, Juniper, Arista and others have been building with the likes of Amazon Web Services, Microsoft Azure, Google Anthos and IBM RedHat.
+
+An indicator of the growing importance of the SD-WAN and multicloud relationship came last December when AWS announced key services for its cloud offering that included new integration technologies such as [AWS Transit Gateway][10], which lets customers connect their Amazon Virtual Private Clouds and their on-premises networks to a single gateway. Aruba, Aviatrix Cisco, Citrix Systems, Silver Peak and Versa already announced support for the technology which promises to simplify and enhance the performance of SD-WAN integration with AWS cloud resources.
+
+[][11]
+
+Going forward the addition of features such as cloud-based application insights and performance monitoring will be a key part of SD-WAN rollouts, Mehra said.
+
+While the SD-WAN and cloud relationship is growing, so, too, is the need for integrated security features.
+
+“The way SD-WAN offerings integrate security is so much better than traditional ways of securing WAN traffic which usually involved separate packages and services," Mehra said. "SD-WAN is a much more agile security environment.” Security, analytics and WAN optimization are viewed as top SD-WAN component, with integrated security being the top requirement for next-generation SD-WAN solutions, Mehra said.
+
+Increasingly, enterprises will look less at point SD-WAN solutions and instead will favor platforms that solve a wider range of network management and security needs, Mehra said. They will look for SD-WAN platforms that integrate with other aspects of their IT infrastructure including corporate data-center networks, enterprise campus LANs, or [public-cloud][12] resources, he said. They will look for security services to be baked in, as well as support for a variety of additional functions such as visibility, analytics, and unified communications, he said.
+
+“As customers continue to integrate their infrastructure components with software they can do things like implement consistent management and security policies based on user, device or application requirements across their LANs and WANs and ultimately achieve a better overall application experience,” Mehra said.
+
+An emerging trend is the need for SD-WAN packages to support [SD-branch][13] technology. More than 70% of IDC's surveyed customers expect to use SD-Branch within next year, Mehra said. In recent weeks [Juniper][14] and [Aruba][15] have enhanced SD-Branch offerings, a trend that is expected to continue this year.
+
+SD-Branch builds on the concepts and support of SD-WAN but is more specific to the networking and management needs of LANs in the branch. Going forward, how SD-Branch integrates other technologies such as analytics, voice, unified communications and video will be key drivers of that technology.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][16] and [LinkedIn][17] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3527194/multicloud-security-integration-drive-massive-sd-wan-adoption.html
+
+作者：[Michael Cooney][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.pexels.com/photo/black-and-white-branches-tree-high-279/
+[2]: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3031279/sd-wan-what-it-is-and-why-you-ll-use-it-one-day.html
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3291790/data-center/how-edge-networking-and-iot-will-reshape-data-centers.html
+[5]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3331978/lan-wan/edge-computing-best-practices.html
+[6]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3331905/internet-of-things/how-edge-computing-can-help-secure-the-iot.html
+[7]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3489938/what-s-hot-at-the-edge-for-2020-everything.html
+[8]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3207535/what-is-iot-the-internet-of-things-explained.html
+[9]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3223692/what-is-a-data-centerhow-its-changed-and-what-you-need-to-know.html
+[10]: https://aws.amazon.com/transit-gateway/
+[11]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3440100/take-the-intelligent-route-with-consumption-based-storage.html?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE21620&utm_content=sidebar ( Take the Intelligent Route with Consumption-Based Storage)
+[12]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/2159885/cloud-computing-gartner-5-things-a-private-cloud-is-not.html
+[13]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3250664/sd-branch-what-it-is-and-why-youll-need-it.html
+[14]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3487801/juniper-broadens-sd-branch-management-switch-options.html
+[15]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3513357/aruba-reinforces-sd-branch-with-security-management-upgrades.html
+[16]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[17]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200221 Google Cloud moves to aid mainframe migration.md b/sources/talk/20200221 Google Cloud moves to aid mainframe migration.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..64b3565109
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200221 Google Cloud moves to aid mainframe migration.md
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Google Cloud moves to aid mainframe migration)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3528451/google-cloud-moves-to-aid-mainframe-migration.html)
+[#]: author: (Michael Cooney https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/)
+
+Google Cloud moves to aid mainframe migration
+======
+Google bought Cornerstone Technology, whose technology facilitates moving mainframe applications to the cloud.
+Thinkstock
+
+Google Cloud this week bought a mainframe cloud-migration service firm Cornerstone Technology with an eye toward helping Big Iron customers move workloads to the private and public cloud.
+
+Google said the Cornerstone technology – found in its [G4 platform][1] – will shape the foundation of its future mainframe-to-Google Cloud offerings and help mainframe customers modernize applications and infrastructure.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][2]
+
+“Through the use of automated processes, Cornerstone’s tools can break down your Cobol, PL/1, or Assembler programs into services and then make them cloud native, such as within a managed, containerized environment” wrote Howard Weale, Google’s director, Transformation Practice, in a [blog][3] about the buy.
+
+“As the industry increasingly builds applications as a set of services, many customers want to break their mainframe monolith programs into either Java monoliths or Java microservices,” Weale stated.
+
+Google Cloud’s Cornerstone service will:
+
+ * Develop a migration roadmap where Google will assess a customer’s mainframe environment and create a roadmap to a modern services architecture.
+ * Convert any language to any other language and any database to any other database to prepare applications for modern environments.
+ * Automate the migration of workloads to the Google Cloud.
+
+
+
+“Easy mainframe migration will go a long way as Google attracts large enterprises to its cloud,” said Matt Eastwood, senior vice president, Enterprise Infrastructure, Cloud, Developers and Alliances, IDC wrote in a statement.
+
+The Cornerstone move is also part of Google’s effort stay competitive in the face of mainframe-migration offerings from [Amazon Web Services][4], [IBM/RedHat][5] and [Microsoft][6].
+
+While the idea of moving legacy applications off the mainframe might indeed be beneficial to a business, Gartner last year warned that such decisions should be taken very deliberately.
+
+“The value gained by moving applications from the traditional enterprise platform onto the next ‘bright, shiny thing’ rarely provides an improvement in the business process or the company’s bottom line. A great deal of analysis must be performed and each cost accounted for,” Gartner stated in a report entitled *[_Considering Leaving Legacy IBM Platforms? Beware, as Cost Savings May Disappoint, While Risking Quality_][7]. * “Legacy platforms may seem old, outdated and due for replacement. Yet IBM and other vendors are continually integrating open-source tools to appeal to more developers while updating the hardware. Application leaders should reassess the capabilities and quality of these platforms before leaving them.”
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][8] and [LinkedIn][9] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3528451/google-cloud-moves-to-aid-mainframe-migration.html
+
+作者：[Michael Cooney][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.cornerstone.nl/solutions/modernization
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[3]: https://cloud.google.com/blog/topics/inside-google-cloud/helping-customers-migrate-their-mainframe-workloads-to-google-cloud
+[4]: https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/enterprise-strategy/yes-you-should-modernize-your-mainframe-with-the-cloud/
+[5]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3438542/ibm-z15-mainframe-amps-up-cloud-security-features.html
+[6]: https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/migration/mainframe/
+[7]: https://www.gartner.com/doc/reprints?id=1-6L80XQJ&ct=190429&st=sb
+[8]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[9]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200221 Japanese firm announces potential 80TB hard drives.md b/sources/talk/20200221 Japanese firm announces potential 80TB hard drives.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c44e9ded6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200221 Japanese firm announces potential 80TB hard drives.md
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Japanese firm announces potential 80TB hard drives)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3528211/japanese-firm-announces-potential-80tb-hard-drives.html)
+[#]: author: (Andy Patrizio https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/)
+
+Japanese firm announces potential 80TB hard drives
+======
+Using some very fancy physics for stacking electrons, Showa Denko K.K. plans to quadruple the top end of proposed capacity.
+[geralt][1] [(CC0)][2]
+
+Hard drive makers are staving off obsolescence to solid-state drives (SSDs) by offering capacities that are simply not feasible in an SSD. Seagate and Western Digital are both pushing to release 20TB hard disks in the next few years. A 20TB SSD might be doable but also cost more than a new car.
+
+But Showa Denko K.K. of Japan has gone one further with the announcement of its next-generation of heat-assisted magnetic recording (HAMR) media for hard drives. The platters use all-new magnetic thin films to maximize their data density, with the goal of eventually enabling 70TB to 80TB hard drives in a 3.5-inch form factor.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][3]
+
+Showa Denko is the world’s largest independent maker of platters for hard drives, selling them to basically anyone left making hard drives not named Seagate and Western Digital. Those two make their own platters and are working on their own next-generation drives for release in the coming years.
+
+While similar in concept, Seagate and Western Digital have chosen different solutions to the same problem. HAMR, championed by Seagate and Showa, works by temporarily heating the disk material during the write process so data can be written to a much smaller space, thus increasing capacity.
+
+Western Digital supports a different technology called microwave-assisted magnetic recording (MAMR). It operates under a similar concept as HAMR but uses microwaves instead of heat to alter the drive platter. Seagate hopes to get to 48TB by 2023, while Western Digital is planning on releasing 18TB and 20TB drives this year.
+
+Heat is never good for a piece of electrical equipment, and Showa Denko’s platters for HAMR HDDs are made of a special composite alloy to tolerate temperature and reduce wear, not to mention increase density. A standard hard disk has a density of about 1.1TB per square inch. Showa’s drive platters have a density of 5-6TB per square inch.
+
+The question is when they will be for sale, and who will use them. Fellow Japanese electronics giant Toshiba is expected to ship drives with Showa platters later this year. Seagate will be the first American company to adopt HAMR, with 20TB drives scheduled to ship in late 2020.
+
+[][4]
+
+Know what’s scary? That still may not be enough. IDC predicts that our global datasphere – the total of all of the digital data we create, consume, or capture – will grow from a total of approximately 40 zettabytes of data in 2019 to 175 zettabytes total by 2025.
+
+So even with the growth in hard-drive density, the growth in the global data pool – everything from Oracle databases to Instagram photos – may still mean deploying thousands upon thousands of hard drives across data centers.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][5] and [LinkedIn][6] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3528211/japanese-firm-announces-potential-80tb-hard-drives.html
+
+作者：[Andy Patrizio][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://pixabay.com/en/data-data-loss-missing-data-process-2764823/
+[2]: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3440100/take-the-intelligent-route-with-consumption-based-storage.html?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE21620&utm_content=sidebar ( Take the Intelligent Route with Consumption-Based Storage)
+[5]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[6]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200224 Discussing Past, Present and Future of FreeBSD Project.md b/sources/talk/20200224 Discussing Past, Present and Future of FreeBSD Project.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4a02a80f20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200224 Discussing Past, Present and Future of FreeBSD Project.md
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Discussing Past, Present and Future of FreeBSD Project)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/freebsd-interview-deb-goodkin/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+Discussing Past, Present and Future of FreeBSD Project
+======
+
+[FreeBSD][1] is one of the most popular BSD distributions. It is used on desktop, servers and embedded devices for more than two decades.
+
+We talked to Deb Goodkin, executive director, [FreeBSD Foundation][2] and discussed the past, present and future of FreeBSD project.
+
+![][3]
+
+**It’s FOSS: FreeBSD has been in the scene for more than 25 years. How do you see the journey of FreeBSD? **
+
+Over the years, we’ve seen a lot of innovation happening on and with FreeBSD. When the Foundation came into play 20 years ago, we were able to step in and help accelerate changes in the operating system. Over the years, we’ve increased our marketing support, to provide more advocacy and educational material, and to increase the awareness and use of FreeBSD.
+
+In addition, we’ve increased our staff of software developers to allow us to quickly step in to fix bugs, review patches, implement workarounds to hardware issues, and implement new features and functionality. We have also increased the number of development projects we are funding to improve various areas of FreeBSD.
+
+The history of stability and reliability, along with all the improvements and growth with FreeBSD, is making it a compelling choice for companies, universities, and individuals.
+
+**It’s FOSS: We know that Netflix uses FreeBSD extensively. What other companies or groups rely on FreeBSD? How do they contribute to BSD/FreeBSD (if they do at all)?**
+
+Sony’s Playstation 4 uses a modified version of FreeBSD as their operating system, Apple with their MacOS and iOS, NetApp in their ONTAP product, Juniper Networks in [JunOS][4], Trivago in their backend infrastructure, University of Cambridge in security research including the Capability Hardware Enhanced RISC Instruction (CHERI) project, University of Notre Dame in their Engineering Department, Groupon in their datacenter, LA Times in their data center, as well as, other notable companies like Panasonic, and Nintendo.
+
+I listed a variety of organizations to highlight the different FreeBSD use cases. Companies like [Netflix support FreeBSD][5] by supporting the Project financially, as well as, by upstreaming their code. Some of the companies, like Sony, take advantage of the BSD license and don’t give back at all.
+
+![Deb Goodkin And Friend Promoting FreeBSD At Oscon][6]
+
+**It’s FOSS: Linux is ruling the servers and cloud computing. It seems that BSD is lagging in that field?**
+
+I wouldn’t characterize it as lagging, per se. Linux distributions do have a much higher market share than FreeBSD, but our strength falls in those two markets. FreeBSD does extremely well in these markets, because it provides a consistent and reliable foundation, and tends to just work. Known for having long term API stability, the user will integrate once and upgrade on their terms as both FreeBSD and their product evolves.
+
+**It’s FOSS: Do you see the emergence of Linux as a threat to BSD? **
+
+Sure, [there are so many Linux distributions][7] already, and most of them are supported by for profit companies. In fact, companies like Intel have many Linux developers on staff, so Linux is easily supported on their hardware.
+
+However, thanks to the continuing education efforts and as our market share continues to grow, more developers will be available to support companies’ various FreeBSD use cases.
+
+**It’s FOSS: Let’s talk about desktop. Recently, the devs of Project Trident announced that they were moving away from FreeBSD as a base. They said that they made this decision because FreeBSD is slow to review updates and support for new hardware. For example, the most recent version of Telegram on FreeBSD is 9 releases behind the version available on Linux. How would you respond to their comments?**
+
+There are quite a few FreeBSD distros for the desktop, with various focuses. The latest, is [FuryBSD][8], which coincidentally was started by iXsystems employees, but is independent of iXsystems, just like Project Trident is. In addition to FuryBSD, you may want to check out [NomadBSD][9] and [MidnightBSD][10].
+
+Regarding supporting new hardware, we’ve stepped up our efforts to get FreeBSD working on more popular newer laptops. For example, the Foundation recently purchased a couple of the latest generation Lenovo X1 Carbon laptops and sponsored work to make sure that peripherals are supported out-of-the-box.
+
+**It’s FOSS: Why should a desktop user consider choosing FreeBSD?**
+
+There are many reasons people should consider using FreeBSD on their desktop! Just to highlight a few, it has rock solid stability; high performance; supports [ZFS][11] to protect your data; a community that is friendly, helpful, and approachable; excellent documentation to easily find answers; over 30,000 open source software packages that are easy to install, allowing you to easily set up your environment without a lot of extras, and that includes many choices of popular GUIs, and it follows the POLA philosophy ([Principle of Least Astonishment][12]) which means, don’t break things that work and upgrades are generally painless (even across major releases).
+
+**It’s FOSS: Are there any plans to make it easier to install FreeBSD as a desktop system? The current focus seems to be on servers.**
+
+The Foundation is supporting efforts to make sure FreeBSD works on the latest hardware and peripherals that appear in desktop systems, and will continue to support making FreeBSD easy to deploy, monitor, and configure to provide a great toolbox for building a desktop on top of it. That allows others to take as much or as little of FreeBSD to build a desktop version to produce a specific user experience they desire.
+
+Like I mentioned above, there are other FreeBSD distributions that have taken these FreeBSD components and created their own desktop versions.
+
+**It’s FOSS: What are your plans/roadmap for FreeBSD in the coming years?**
+
+The FreeBSD Foundation’s purpose is to support the FreeBSD Project. While we’re an entirely separate entity, we work closely with the Core Team and the community to help move the Project forward. The Foundation identifies key areas we should support in the coming years, based on input from users and what we are seeing in the industry.
+
+In 2019, we embarked on an even broader spectrum advocacy project to recruit new members throughout the world, while raising awareness about the benefits of learning FreeBSD. We are funding development projects including WiFi improvements, supporting OpenJDK, ZFS RAID-Z expansion, security, toolchain, performance improvements, and other features to keep FreeBSD innovative.
+
+The FreeBSD Foundation will continue to host workshops and expand the amount of training opportunities and materials we provide. Finally, the [BSD Certification program][13] recently launched through Linux Professional Institute with greater availability.
+
+**It’s FOSS: How can we bring more people to the BSD hold?**
+
+We need more PR for FreeBSD and get more tech journalists like yourself to write about FreeBSD. We also need more trainings and classes that include FreeBSD in universities, trainings/workshops at technical conferences, more FreeBSD contributors giving talks at those conferences, more technical journalists, as well as, users writing about FreeBSD, and finally we need case studies from companies and organizations successfully using FreeBSD. It all takes having more resources! We’re working on all of the above.
+
+**It’s FOSS: Any message you would like to convey to our readers?**
+
+Readers should consider getting involved with the largest and oldest democratically run open source project!
+
+Whether you want to learn systems programming or how an operating system works, the small size of the operating system makes it a great platform to learn from. The size of the Project makes it easier for anyone to make a notable contribution, and there is a strong mentorship culture to support new contributors.
+
+Being a democratically run project, allows your voice to be heard and work in the areas you are interested in. I hope your readers will go to [freebsd.org][1] and try it out themselves.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/freebsd-interview-deb-goodkin/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.freebsd.org/
+[2]: https://www.freebsdfoundation.org/
+[3]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/deb-goodkin-interview.png?ssl=1
+[4]: https://www.juniper.net/us/en/products-services/nos/junos/
+[5]: https://itsfoss.com/netflix-freebsd-cdn/
+[6]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/FreeBSDFoundation_Deb_Goodkin_and_friend_promoting_FreeBSD_at_OSCON.jpg?ssl=1
+[7]: https://itsfoss.com/best-linux-distributions/
+[8]: https://itsfoss.com/furybsd/
+[9]: https://itsfoss.com/nomadbsd/
+[10]: https://itsfoss.com/midnightbsd-1-0-release/
+[11]: https://itsfoss.com/what-is-zfs/
+[12]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Principle_of_least_astonishment
+[13]: https://www.lpi.org/our-certifications/bsd-overview
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200225 Spilling over- How working openly with anxiety affects my team.md b/sources/talk/20200225 Spilling over- How working openly with anxiety affects my team.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2a89fd37a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200225 Spilling over- How working openly with anxiety affects my team.md
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Spilling over: How working openly with anxiety affects my team)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/2/working-anxiety-team-performance)
+[#]: author: (Sam Knuth https://opensource.com/users/samfw)
+
+Spilling over: How working openly with anxiety affects my team
+======
+The team might interpret my behavior as evidence of exacting standards
+or high expectations. But I know my anxiety does impact their
+performance.
+![Spider web on green background][1]
+
+_Editor's note: This article is part of a series on working with mental health conditions. It details the author's personal experiences and is not meant to convey professional medical advice or guidance._
+
+I was speaking with one of my direct reports recently about a discussion we'd had with the broader team earlier in the week. In that discussion I had expressed some frustration that we weren't as far along on a particular project as I thought we needed to be.
+
+"I knew you were disappointed," my staff member said, recalling the meeting, "like you wanted us to be doing something that we weren't doing, or that what we were doing wasn't good enough."
+
+They paused for a moment and then said, "Sam, I get this feeling from you all the time."
+
+That comment struck me pretty profoundly. To my team member, perhaps the scenario above is a reflection of my exacting standards, my high expectations, or my desire to see continual improvement with the team. Those are all reasonable explanations for my behavior.
+
+But there's another ingredient my team may not be aware of: my anxiety.
+
+### It's not just personal
+
+[Previously I discussed][2] how my anxiety, beginning with a worry that I'm not "doing enough," can fuel my proactive tendencies, leading to higher performance at work. What I hadn't considered is my team can interpret my _personal_ feeling of not doing enough as an indicator that _they_ are not doing enough.
+
+Living with anxiety and other mental health conditions feels personal. It's not something I've talked about at work. It's not something I generally discuss, and it's something I've always felt I was coping with as a private part of my life.
+
+Living with anxiety and other mental health conditions feels personal. It's not something I've talked about at work. It's not something I generally discuss, and it's something I've always felt I was coping with as a private part of my life.
+
+But that discussion with my staff member made me realize that I can't contain my personality so neatly. In truth, my anxiety spills over to my team in ways I hadn't considered. I don't know if anxiety can "rub off" on someone, but when I try to think about it objectively, I imagine someone with anxiety would feel it heightened if they worked for me (perhaps my anxiety would feed theirs), and one without anxiety might feel I have unreasonable or unmeetable expectations.
+
+As a leader—even in an open organization, where [hierarchy is not the most important factor][3] in determining influence—I'm aware that I am in a position of a certain amount of power. People observe my behavior more closely than I realize; how I treat people has a big impact on them, the broader organization, and ultimately the success of the team.
+
+I try hard to treat people with respect, [to assume positive intent][4], to give people the room to do their work in the way they see fit. But, nonetheless, do my team members feel the kind of judgment from me that I continually impose on myself?
+
+### Counting our achievements
+
+What feels "good" to me (what calms my anxiety) is to focus _not_ on what we _have achieved_, but on what we _have yet to do_; not to _celebrate success_, but to _find areas for improvement_. So, when we hit a big milestone, my gut reaction is to say, "Great, now that we've come this far, what else can we do to have a bigger impact?" Stopping and celebrating the team's accomplishments before moving on to the next challenge feels foriegn to me. It also makes me anxious that we are pausing in our progress.
+
+This is [what I've called an anxiety-driven performance loop][2]. The sense of accomplishment (and the external acknowledgement) after an achievement fuels a desire to immediately start looking for the next challenge. To some extent, this performance loop keeps me productive—even though it has other consequences, too.
+
+What I want to _avoid_ is transferring my anxiety to my team members. I don't want them to feel that I am continually saying, "What have you done for me lately?" even though that is how I feel the world is looking at me. That's an aspect of what I've called [an anxiety inaction loop][5].
+
+I try hard to treat people with respect, to assume positive intent, to give people the room to do their work in the way they see fit. But, nonetheless, do my team members feel the kind of judgment from me that I continually impose on myself?
+
+At a fundamental level, I believe work is never done, that there is always another challenge to explore, other ways to have a larger impact. Leaders need to inspire and motivate us to embrace that reality as an exciting opportunity rather than an endless drudge or a source of continual worry.
+
+As a leader who suffers from anxiety, this is more challenging to do in practice than it is to understand intellectually.
+
+While this is an area of continual work for me, I've received some good advice on how to shield my colleagues from my own anxiety-driven loops, like:
+
+ * If celebrating success and acknowledging achievement doesn't come naturally for you, build it into the plan from the start. Ensure you have the celebration of accomplishment accounted for from the beginning of a project. This can help reduce the "what have you done for me lately?" impulse that comes from moving quickly to the next challenge without pausing to acknowledge achievements.
+ * Work with another team member on acknowledgment and celebration efforts. Others might have different ideas on how to do this effectively, and may also enjoy the process. Giving this responsibility to someone else can help ensure it isn't lost.
+ * Practice compassion, gratitude, and empathy. This may not come naturally and may take some effort. Putting yourself in someone else's shoes, thinking about their perspective, thanking people for what they have done, and understanding their challenges can go a long way in shifting your own perspective.
+ * If you find yourself judging others, ask yourself, "Is this useful in terms of what I want or need from this situation?" That is, is carrying judgment going to help you accomplish your goal? Most likely, the answer is no. And, in fact, it may have the opposite effect!
+
+
+
+The above tips have been helpful for me. But the goal of this series hasn't been to provide solutions but rather to share my experiences and to use writing to explore my own tendencies and the impact they have on myself and others. I believe that acknowledging and sharing our personal challenges can reduce the [stigma][6] associated with mental illness, create the space needed to start exploring solutions, and to create environments that are more positive and invigorating to work in.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/2/working-anxiety-team-performance
+
+作者：[Sam Knuth][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/samfw
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/osdc-lead-web-internet.png?itok=UQ0zMNJ3 (Spider web on green background)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/1/leading-openly-anxiety
+[3]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/resources/open-org-definition
+[4]: https://opensource.com/article/17/2/what-happens-when-we-just-assume-positive-intent
+[5]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/2/working-anxiety-inaction-loop
+[6]: https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2019-11-13/mental-health-is-still-a-don-t-ask-don-t-tell-subject-at-work
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200226 How we decide when to release Fedora.md b/sources/talk/20200226 How we decide when to release Fedora.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..204a917ee4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200226 How we decide when to release Fedora.md
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How we decide when to release Fedora)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/how-we-decide-when-to-release-fedora/)
+[#]: author: (Ben Cotton https://fedoramagazine.org/author/bcotton/)
+
+How we decide when to release Fedora
+======
+
+![][1]
+
+Open source projects can use a variety of different models for deciding when to put out a release. Some projects release on a set schedule. Others decide on what the next release should contain and release whenever that is ready. Some just wake up one day and decide it’s time to release. And other projects go for a rolling release model, avoiding the question entirely.
+
+For Fedora, we go with a [schedule-based approach][2]. Releasing twice a year means we can give our contributors time to implement large changes while still keeping on the leading edge. Targeting releases for the end of April and the end of October gives everyone predictability: contributors, users, upstreams, and downstreams.
+
+But it’s not enough to release whatever’s ready on the scheduled date. We want to make sure that we’re releasing _quality_ software. Over the years, the Fedora community has developed a set of processes to help ensure we can meet both our time and and quality targets.
+
+### Changes process
+
+Meeting our goals starts months before the release. Contributors propose changes through our [Changes process][3], which ensures that the community has a chance to provide input and be aware of impacts. For changes with a broad impact (called “system-wide changes”), we require a contingency plan that describes how to back out the change if it’s broken or won’t be ready in time. In addition, the change process includes providing steps for testing. This helps make sure we can properly verify the results of a change.
+
+Change proposals are due 2-3 months before the beta release date. This gives the community time to evaluate the impact of the change and make adjustments necessary. For example, a new compiler release might require other package maintainers to fix bugs exposed by the new compiler or to make changes that take advantage of new capabilities.
+
+A few weeks before the beta and final releases, we enter a [code freeze][4]. This ensures a stable target for testing. Bugs identified as blockers and non-blocking bugs that are granted a freeze exception are updated in the repo, but everything else must wait. The freeze lasts until the release.
+
+### Blocker and freeze exception process
+
+In a project as large as Fedora, it’s impossible to test every possible combination of packages and configurations. So we have a set of test cases that we run to make sure the key features are covered.
+
+As much as we’d like to ship with zero bugs, if we waited until we reached that state, there’d never be another Fedora release again. Instead, we’ve defined release criteria that define what bugs can [block the release][5]. We have [basic release criteria][6] that apply to all release milestones, and then separate, cumulative criteria for [beta][7] and [final][8] releases. With beta releases, we’re generally a little more forgiving of rough edges. For a final release, it needs to pass all of beta’s criteria, plus some more that help make it a better user experience.
+
+The week before a scheduled release, we hold a “[go/no go meeting][9]“. During this meeting, the QA team, release engineering team, and the Fedora Engineering Steering Committee (FESCo) decide whether or not we will ship the release. As part of the decision process, we conduct a final review of blocker bugs. If any accepted blockers remain, we push the release back to a later date.
+
+Some bugs aren’t severe enough to block the release, but we still would like to get them fixed before the release. This is particularly true of bugs that affect the live image experience. In that case, we grant an [exception for updates that fix those bugs][10].
+
+### How you can help
+
+In all my years as a Fedora contributor, I’ve never heard the QA team say “we don’t need any more help.” Contributing to the pre-release testing processes can be a great way to make your first Fedora contribution.
+
+The Blocker Review meetings happen most Mondays in #fedora-blocker-review on IRC. All members of the Fedora community are welcome to participate in the discussion and voting. One particularly useful contribution is to look at the [proposed blockers][11] and see if you can reproduce them. Knowing if a bug is widespread or not is important to the blocker decision.
+
+In addition, the QA team conducts test days and test weeks focused on various parts of the distribution: the kernel, GNOME, etc. Test days are announced on [Fedora Magazine][12].
+
+There are plenty of other ways to contribute to the QA process. The Fedora wiki has a [list of tasks and how to contact the QA team][13]. The Fedora 32 Beta release is a few weeks away, so now’s a great time to get started!
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/how-we-decide-when-to-release-fedora/
+
+作者：[Ben Cotton][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/bcotton/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/releasing-fedora-1-816x345.png
+[2]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Fedora_Release_Life_Cycle#Development_Schedule
+[3]: https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/program_management/changes_policy/
+[4]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Milestone_freezes
+[5]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/QA:SOP_blocker_bug_process
+[6]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Basic_Release_Criteria
+[7]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Fedora_32_Beta_Release_Criteria
+[8]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Fedora_32_Final_Release_Criteria
+[9]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Go_No_Go_Meeting
+[10]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/QA:SOP_freeze_exception_bug_process
+[11]: https://qa.fedoraproject.org/blockerbugs/
+[12]: https://fedoramagazine.org/tag/test-day/
+[13]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/QA/Join
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200226 Mirantis- Balancing Open Source with Guardrails.md b/sources/talk/20200226 Mirantis- Balancing Open Source with Guardrails.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5eeb400060
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200226 Mirantis- Balancing Open Source with Guardrails.md
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Mirantis: Balancing Open Source with Guardrails)
+[#]: via: (https://www.linux.com/articles/mirantis-balancing-open-source-with-guardrails/)
+[#]: author: (Swapnil Bhartiya https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/)
+
+Mirantis: Balancing Open Source with Guardrails
+======
+
+[![][1]][2]
+
+[![][1]][2]
+
+Mirantis, an open infrastructure company that rose to popularity with its OpenStack offering, is now moving into the Kubernetes space very aggressively. [Last year, the company acquired the Docker Enterprise business from Docker.][3] [This week, it announced that they were hiring the Kubernetes experts from the Finnish company Kontena a][4]nd established a Mirantis office in Finland, expanding the company’s footprint in Europe. Mirantis already has a significant presence in Europe due to large customers such as Bosch and [Volkswagen][5].
+
+The Kontena team primarily focused on two technologies. One was a Kubernetes distro called [Pharos][6], which differentiated itself from other distributions by specializing in addressing life cycle management challenges. They had developed some unique capabilities for deployment and for updating Kubernetes itself.
+
+The second product by Kontena is [Lens][6]. “It’s like a Kubernetes dashboard on steroids. In addition to offering the standard dashboard functions, it went multiple steps further by providing a terminal for command line interfacing to nodes and containers, and additional real-time insights, role-based access controls and a number of other capabilities that are currently absent from the Kubernetes dashboard,” said [Dave Van Everen][7], SVP of Marketing at Mirantis.
+
+Everything that Kontena does is open source. These open source projects are already used by hundreds of organizations around the world. “They have a proven track record of contributing valuable technology pieces to the Kubernetes ecosystem, and we saw an opportunity to bring the team on board and capitalized on that opportunity as quickly as we could,” said Van Everen.
+
+Mirantis will integrate many of the technology concepts and benefits from Pharos into its Docker Enterprise offering. With Kontena engineers on board, Mirantis expects to incorporate the best of what Kontena offered into its commercially supported Docker Enterprise and [Kubernetes][8] technology.
+
+With this acquisition, Mirantis has hinted at a very aggressive 2020. The company is weeks away from launching the first Docker Enterprise release since the acquisition. The release brings many new capabilities on top of Docker Enterprise 3.0. The company is working on merging the [Mirantis KaaS][9] capabilities with Docker Enterprise. “We will add new capabilities, including multi-cluster management and continuous automated updates to the Kubernetes that’s already within Docker Enterprise,” said Van Everen.
+
+**What is Mirantis today?**
+
+Mirantis started out as a pure-play OpenStack company, but as the market dynamics changed, the company adjusted its own positioning and bet on CD platforms like Spinnaker and container orchestration technologies like Kubernetes. So, what are they focusing on today?
+
+Van Everen said that Mirantis is definitely embracing Kubernetes as the open standard used by enterprises for modern applications. Kubernetes itself has a massive ecosystem of technologies that a customer needs to leverage. “When we speak about Kubernetes, we speak about full-stack Kubernetes, which includes that ecosystem consisting of a couple dozen components in a typical cluster deployment. Our job as a trusted partner in helping our customers accelerate their path to modern applications is to streamline and automate all of the infrastructure and DevOps tooling supporting their app development lifecycle,” san Van Everen.
+
+In a nutshell, Mirantis is making it easier for customers to use Kubernetes.
+
+Over the years, [Mirantis][10] has gained expertise in IaaS with the work they did on OpenStack. “All of that plays a role in helping companies move faster and become more agile as they’re modernizing their applications. We apply many of those same strengths to the Kubernetes ecosystem,” he said.
+
+Mirantis is also building expertise in continuous delivery platforms like [Argo CD][11] and is offering customers a spectrum of professional services around application modernization, from writing code that is based in microservices architecture, to integrating CI/CD pipelines and modernizing the tooling for CI/CD to better support cloud-native patterns. By supporting Kubernetes technology with app modernization services, Mirantis is helping customers wherever they are in their digital transformation and cloud-native journey.
+
+“All of those things that our services team provides are complementary to the technology. That’s a unique value that only Mirantis can provide to the market, where we can couple open source technologies with strong services to ensure that companies really get the most out of that open source technology and fulfill their ultimate goal, which is to accelerate their pace of innovation,” Van Everen said.
+
+Container networking is a critical piece of the cloud-native world and Mirantis already has expertise in the area, thanks to their work on OpenStack. The company recently joined the Linux Foundation’s [LF Networking project][12] which is home to [Tungsten Fabric][13] (formerly known as OpenContrail), a technology that Mirantis uses for its [OpenStack][14] offerings.
+
+He explains, “While we use Calico for the container networking, Tungsten Fabric would be an important part of the underlying networking supporting Kubernetes deployments. Staying true to our heritage, we want to be involved in the open community and have both a voice and a stake in the direction the communities are moving in.”
+
+[As for the ongoing debate or controversy around two competing service mesh technologies Istio and Linkerd,][15] the company has made its bet on Istio. A few months ago, Mirantis announced a training program for Istio, which was bundled with Mirantis’ KaaS offerings.
+
+“We include Istio as a service mesh by default in child clusters under Mirantis KaaS management. It’ll be used as an ingress with Docker Enterprise initially. Moving forward, we’re still looking at how to best deploy it in a service mesh configuration by default and provide a configurable but still functional default deployment for Istio as a service mesh,” said Van Everen.
+
+It might seem like Mirantis is latching on to the latest hot technologies like OpenStack, [Spinnaker][16], Docker Enterprise, Kubernetes, and Istio to see what sticks. In reality, there is a method to it: the company is going where its customers are going, with the technologies that customers are using. It’s a fine balancing act.
+
+“That’s the type of technology challenge that Mirantis embraces. We are open source experts and continue to provide the greatest flexibility and choice in our industry, but we do it in such a way that there are guardrails in place so that companies don’t end up having something that’s overly complex and unmanageable, or configured incorrectly,” he concluded.
+
+Note: Cross posted to [TFIR][17]
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.linux.com/articles/mirantis-balancing-open-source-with-guardrails/
+
+作者：[Swapnil Bhartiya][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.linux.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/world-network-1068x713.jpg (world-network)
+[2]: https://www.linux.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/world-network.jpg
+[3]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cBOrVKuomcU&feature=emb_title
+[4]: https://containerjournal.com/topics/container-ecosystems/mirantis-acquires-kubernetes-assets-from-kontena/
+[5]: https://www.mirantis.com/company/press-center/company-news/volkswagen-group-selects-mirantis-openstack-software-next-generation-cloud/
+[6]: https://github.com/kontena
+[7]: https://twitter.com/davidvaneveren?lang=en
+[8]: https://kubernetes.io/
+[9]: https://www.tfir.io/mirantis-launches-kaas-across-bare-metal-public-and-private-clouds/
+[10]: https://www.mirantis.com/
+[11]: https://argoproj.github.io/argo-cd/
+[12]: https://www.linuxfoundation.org/projects/networking/
+[13]: https://tungsten.io/
+[14]: https://www.openstack.org/
+[15]: https://twitter.com/hashtag/istio?lang=en
+[16]: https://www.tfir.io/?s=spinnaker
+[17]: https://www.tfir.io/mirantis-balancing-open-source-with-guardrails/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200227 How Melissa Di Donato Is Going To Reinvent SUSE.md b/sources/talk/20200227 How Melissa Di Donato Is Going To Reinvent SUSE.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eb5fa59eb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200227 How Melissa Di Donato Is Going To Reinvent SUSE.md
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How Melissa Di Donato Is Going To Reinvent SUSE)
+[#]: via: (https://www.linux.com/articles/how-melissa-di-donato-is-going-to-reinvent-suse/)
+[#]: author: (Swapnil Bhartiya https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/)
+
+How Melissa Di Donato Is Going To Reinvent SUSE
+======
+
+[![][1]][2]
+
+[![][1]][2]
+
+SUSE is one of the oldest open source companies and the first to market Linux for the enterprise. Even though it has undergone several acquisitions and a merger, it remains a strong player in the business. It has maintained its integrity and core values around open source. It continues to rely on its tried-and-tested Linux business and European markets, and generally shies away from making big moves taking big risks.
+
+Until now.
+
+[SUSE appointed Melissa Di Donato as its first female CEO][3]. She is making some serious changes to the company, from building a diverse and inclusive culture to betting on emerging technologies and taking risks.
+
+Soon after taking the helm last year, Di Donato spent the first few months traveling around the globe to meet SUSE teams and customers and get a better sense of the perception of the market about the company.
+
+Just like [Red Hat CEO Jim Whitehurst,][4] Di Donato didn’t come to the company from an open source background. She had spent the last 25 years of her career as a SUSE customer, so she did have an outsider’s perspective of the company.
+
+“I am not interested in what SUSE was when I joined. I am more interested in what we want to become,” she said.
+
+**Innovating for customers**
+
+After her 100-day global tour, Di Donato had a much clearer picture of the company. She found that more than 80% of SUSE customers were still traditionalists, i.e., companies such as Walgreens and Daimler who have been around for a long time.
+
+Over the years, these customers brought technologies into their environments to simplify things, but they ended up creating more complexities. It’s a tall order to weave through the legacy technical debt they incurred and embrace emerging technologies such as Cloud Foundry, Kubernetes and so on.
+
+These customers want to modernize their legacy environments and workloads, but they can’t do that with the complex environments they have built. They can’t iterate faster; they can’t respond to new opportunities and new competitors faster.
+
+They want to leverage cloud-native technologies like Kubernetes and containers, but it is overwhelming to evaluate technologies that are emerging at such a rapid pace. Which ones are just shiny new things and which ones do they really need them to accelerate their business goals?
+
+“We have to help our customers simplify their infrastructure and environment so that they can start modernizing it and start leveraging new technologies,” Di Donato said.
+
+While SUSE will continue to focus on core Linux OS, it will also invest in the next generation of Linux. It has been working on technologies like Kubic and MicroOS that change the way Linux is installed, managed, and operated.
+
+She explains, “We are going to reinvent the way operating systems are used. We are going to make sure that we provide solutions that help our customers optimize their environment, automate components to help the applications run in a much more efficient and modern way. That’s what SUSE is going to be — an innovator. We’re not there quite yet, but that’s our focus.”.
+
+**Evolving the company **
+
+Historically, SUSE has been a fairly conservative company compared to other companies like Red Hat, which has been embracing emerging technologies at a much faster rate than any other open source software vendor.
+
+“We have not been in a place where we’ve been considered the risk taker. We’re the steady, stable provider of the most comprehensive unbreakable solutions in the market,” Di Donato admitted. “But we need to take that strong foundation and begin to become a bit of a risk taker, and begin to become very innovative.”
+
+She is also gunning for explosive growth. “We’re going to double in size by 2023. We have to go from just under half-a-billion in revenue to a billion.”
+
+To achieve that, SUSE will be looking at both organic and inorganic growth, including acquisition of companies, talent and technologies. “We are going to be the default choice for innovation. We are going to be the default choice for highly innovative technologies that really change the landscape,” Di Donato said.
+
+**Refining the brand**
+
+Aside from making significant changes within the company, Di Donato is working on refining the SUSE brand. She hired seasoned Ivo Totev to lead Product and Marketing and showcase the company’s differentiation.
+
+“We’re trying to get into the psychology of reinventing the brand,” Di Donato said. Her goal is to allocate 30-40% of SUSE’s total revenue outside of the core Linux OS towards emerging markets and develop the technologies that they’ve already built.
+
+SUSE _is_ home to many innovative technologies that are being used by other open source communities, even its competitors. It just didn’t market them the way Red Hat would market its technologies and projects. Even though SUSE started before Red Hat, the latter has much more visibility around the globe.
+
+“It’s a matter of getting the word out. We build things, but we don’t talk about it or do anything about it. We actually have to put a package around it and start selling it so people can see who we are and what value we bring to them.”
+
+In Di Donato’s eyes, though, good marketing isn’t everything. She argued that customers are going to demand flexibility and they are going to demand innovation that is not tied to the stack of a company. “Red Hat has a very locked-in stack that doesn’t allow them to be agnostic at all.”
+
+It’s quite true that unlike Red Hat, SUSE is known as an “open open-source company”, one that believes in working with partners to create an ecosystem around open source, instead of creating a tightly integrated stack that locks everyone out.
+
+She believes that eventually, customers would want the freedom and flexibility of picking and choosing the components they want in their stack.
+
+**Conclusion**
+
+Expect some big moves from SUSE in the near future. Less than a year into the company, new CEO Di Donato has developed a very clear vision. “We’re going to build this company based on an innovative and agile mindset. We’re not going to give up the stability and the quality of our core. What we are going to do is surround the core with really innovative thought-leading technologies that are going to set us apart from our competition… You are going to feel and experience a very different sense of excitement because we’re going to be talking much, much louder than we’ve ever talked about it before.”
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.linux.com/articles/how-melissa-di-donato-is-going-to-reinvent-suse/
+
+作者：[Swapnil Bhartiya][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.linux.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/Melissa-Di-Donato-1068x763.jpg (Melissa Di Donato)
+[2]: https://www.linux.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/Melissa-Di-Donato-scaled.jpg
+[3]: https://www.tfir.io/suse-gets-its-first-female-ceo-melissa-di-donato/
+[4]: https://www.cio.com/article/3090140/jim-whitehurst-if-its-important-to-the-linux-community-its-important-to-red-hat.html
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200228 Intel takes aim at Huawei 5G market presence.md b/sources/talk/20200228 Intel takes aim at Huawei 5G market presence.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..22caa3c0f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200228 Intel takes aim at Huawei 5G market presence.md
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Intel takes aim at Huawei 5G market presence)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3529354/intel-takes-aim-at-huawei-5g-market-presence.html)
+[#]: author: (Andy Patrizio https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/)
+
+Intel takes aim at Huawei 5G market presence
+======
+Intel has ambitious plans to grab the 5G base station marketplace, which is still in its infancy.
+Christopher Hebert/IDG
+
+Intel on Monday introduced a raft of new processors, and while updates to the Xeon Scalable lineup led the parade, the real news is Intel's efforts to go after the embattled Huawei Technologies in the 5G market.
+
+Intel unveiled its first ever 5G integrated chip platform, the Atom P5900, for use in base stations. Navin Shenoy, executive vice president and general manager of the data platforms group at Intel, said the product is designed for 5G's high bandwidth and low latency and combines compute, 100Gb performance and acceleration into a single SoC.
+
+"It delivers a performance punch in packet security throughput, and improved packet balancing throughput versus using software alone," Shenoy said in the video accompanying the announcement. Intel claims the dynamic load balancer native to the Atom P5900 chip is 3.7 times more efficient at packet balancing throughput than software alone.
+
+Shenoy said Ericsson, Nokia, and ZTE have announced that they will use the Atom P5900 in their base stations. Intel hopes to be the market leader for silicon base station chips by 2021, aiming for 40% of the market and six million 5G base stations by 2024.
+
+That's pretty aggressive, but the 5G fields are very green and there is plenty of room for growth. Despite all the mobile provider's commercials boasting of 5G availability, the fact is, true 5G phones are only just coming to market now, and the number of base stations is minimal. 5G has a long ramp ahead.
+
+The Atom P5900 puts Intel in competition with China's Huawei, which U.S. federal authorities have repeatedly labeled a security risk. Huawei has been barred from several nations, including the U.S., England, Japan, and Australia. However, Huawei also said it has secured more than 90 commercial 5G contracts globally.
+
+Until now, Ericsson and Nokia have asked developers such as Broadcom to help develop base station chips, while Samsung designs and manufactures its own 5G base station chips.
+
+**[ [Take this mobile device management course from PluralSight and learn how to secure devices in your company without degrading the user experience.][1] ]**
+
+### Second Generation Xeon Scalable processors
+
+Intel's latest launch also includes 18 2nd Gen Xeon Scalable processors; one is branded Bronze, four are Silver, and 13 are Gold. The upgraded lineup targets the entry-level to medium-range market, leaving the Platinum to duke it out with the high end AMD Epyc processors.
+
+The new processors range from 8 to 28 cores and include a variety of clock speeds that go down as the core count goes up. They have TDP ratings that range from 85 watts for the eight-core, 1.9Ghz Bronze 3206R to 205 watts for the 28-core, 2.7Ghz Gold 6258R. (Intel and other chip makers measure a processor's power draw with a specification called thermal design power, or TDP.) **
+**
+
+While most of the chips are meant for standard data center use, some processors – including the Xeon Gold 6200U, Silver 4200R, Sliver 4210T and Bronze 3200R – are specifically meant for single-socket, entry-level servers, as well as edge, networking and IoT uses.
+
+Intel also introduced the Intel Ethernet 700 Network Adapter, which comes with hardware-enhanced precision timing designed specifically for 5G and other scenarios with very low latency and timing requirements.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][2] and [LinkedIn][3] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3529354/intel-takes-aim-at-huawei-5g-market-presence.html
+
+作者：[Andy Patrizio][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://pluralsight.pxf.io/c/321564/424552/7490?u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.pluralsight.com%2Fcourses%2Fmobile-device-management-big-picture
+[2]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[3]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200228 No More WhatsApp- The EU Commission Switches To ‘Signal- For Internal Communication.md b/sources/talk/20200228 No More WhatsApp- The EU Commission Switches To ‘Signal- For Internal Communication.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8b47602a54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200228 No More WhatsApp- The EU Commission Switches To ‘Signal- For Internal Communication.md
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (No More WhatsApp! The EU Commission Switches To ‘Signal’ For Internal Communication)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/eu-commission-switches-to-signal/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+No More WhatsApp! The EU Commission Switches To ‘Signal’ For Internal Communication
+======
+
+_**In a move to improve the cyber-security, EU has recommended its staff to use open source secure messaging app Signal instead of the popular apps like WhatsApp.**_
+
+[Signal is an open source secure messaging application][1] with end to end encryption. It is praised by the likes of [Edward Snowden][2] and other privacy activists, journalists and researchers. We’ve recently covered it in our ‘[open source app of the week][3]‘ series.
+
+[Signal][4] is in news for good reasons. The European Union Commissions have instructed its staff to use Signal for public instant messaging.
+
+This is part of EU”s new cybersecurity strategy. There has been cases of data leaks and hacking against EU diplomats and thus policy is being put in place to encourage better security practices.
+
+### Governments recommending open source technology is a good sign
+
+![][5]
+
+No matter what the reason is, Government bodies recommending open-source services for better security is definitely a good thing for the open-source community in general.
+
+[Politico][6] originally reported this by mentioning that the EU instructed its staff to use Signal as the recommended public instant messaging app:
+
+> The instruction appeared on internal messaging boards in early February, notifying employees that “Signal has been selected as the recommended application for public instant messaging.”
+
+The report also mentioned the potential advantage of Signal (which is why the EU is considering using it):
+
+> “It’s like Facebook’s WhatsApp and Apple’s iMessage but it’s based on an encryption protocol that’s very innovative,” said Bart Preneel, cryptography expert at the University of Leuven. “Because it’s open-source, you can check what’s happening under the hood,” he added.
+
+Even though they just want to secure their communication or want to prevent high-profile leaks, switching to an open-source solution instead of [WhatsApp][7] sounds good to me.
+
+### Signal gets a deserving promotion
+
+Even though Signal is a centralized solution that requires a phone number as of now, it is still a no-nonsense open-source messaging app that you may trust.
+
+Privacy enthusiasts already know a lot of services (or alternatives) to keep up with the latest security and privacy threats. However, with the EU Commission recommending it to its staff, Signal will get an indirect promotion for common mobile and desktop users.
+
+### Wrapping Up
+
+It is still an irony that some Government bodies hate encrypted solutions while opting to use them for their own requirement.
+
+Nevertheless, it is good progress for open-source services and tech, in general, is recommended as a secure alternative.
+
+What do you think about the EU’s decision on switching to the Signal app for its internal communication? Feel free to let me know your thoughts in the comments below.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/eu-commission-switches-to-signal/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/signal-messaging-app/
+[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Edward_Snowden
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/tag/app-of-the-week/
+[4]: https://www.signal.org/
+[5]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/Signal-eu.jpg?ssl=1
+[6]: https://www.politico.eu/pro/eu-commission-to-staff-switch-to-signal-messaging-app/
+[7]: https://www.whatsapp.com/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200229 Solus Linux Creator Ikey Doherty Enters the Game Dev Business With a New Open Source Game Engine.md b/sources/talk/20200229 Solus Linux Creator Ikey Doherty Enters the Game Dev Business With a New Open Source Game Engine.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a61dfca27f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200229 Solus Linux Creator Ikey Doherty Enters the Game Dev Business With a New Open Source Game Engine.md
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Solus Linux Creator Ikey Doherty Enters the Game Dev Business With a New Open Source Game Engine)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/ikey-doherty-serpent-interview/)
+[#]: author: (John Paul https://itsfoss.com/author/john/)
+
+Solus Linux Creator Ikey Doherty Enters the Game Dev Business With a New Open Source Game Engine
+======
+
+[Ikey Doherty][1], the creator and former lead dev of [Solus][2], is back with a new project. His new company, [Lispy Snake, Ltd][3], uses open source technology to create games, with a focus on Linux support.
+
+I asked Ikey some questions about his new project. Here are his answers.
+
+![][4]
+
+_**It’s FOSS: What made you decide to get into game development?**_
+
+**Ikey**: Honestly I would have to say a respect for older games. The creativity that came from so much limitation is frankly amazing. If you think of how limited the NES or C64 were, (or indeed my [Amstrad CPC][5]) – yet how much joy people experienced from those platforms. It’s a buzz I can’t avoid. Even though we’re a long way now from that world, I still look to model that technical excellence and creativity as best I can. I’m a sucker for good stories.
+
+_**It’s FOSS: There are already several open-source game engines. Why did you decide to make your own? What is Serpent’s killer feature?**_
+
+**Ikey**: There are a good number of open and closed source ones, each with a great set of features. However, I’m a pretty old school developer and there is nothing I hate more than an IDE or ‘drag n drop’ codeless environment. I simply wanted to create indie games with the least fuss possible and using a framework where I didn’t have to compromise. Once you get to ‘must work nicely on Linux and be open source’ you’re kinda short on choice.
+
+I collected a set of projects that I’d use as the foundation for Lispy Snake’s first games, but needed something of a framework to tie them all together, as a reusable codebase across all games and updates.
+
+I wouldn’t say killer features are present yet – just a set of sensible decisions. Serpent is written in D so it’s highly performant with a lower barrier of entry than say C or C++. It’s allowing me to flesh out a framework that suits my development ideals and pays attention to industry requirements, such as a performant multithreading Entity Component System or the sprite batching system.
+
+When you rope together all the features and decisions, you get a portable codebase, that thanks to its choice of libraries like SDL and bgfx, will eventually run on all major platforms with minimal effort on our part. That basically means we’re getting OpenGL, DirectX, Vulkan and Metal “for free”.
+
+Being able to target the latest APIs and create indie games easily, with industry standard features emerging constantly, from a framework that doesn’t impose itself on your workflow…that’s a pretty good combination.
+
+![][6]
+
+_**It’s FOSS: Why did you name your company LispySnake? Did you have a pet snake with a speech impediment when you were a kid?**_
+
+**Ikey**: Honestly? [Naughty Dog][7] was taken. Gotta love some Bandicoot. Plus, originally we were taking on some Python contracting work and I found the name amusing. It’s pretty much a nonsensical name like many of my previous projects (Like Dave. Or Dave2.)
+
+_**It’s FOSS: After being an operating system developer for many years, how does it feel to be working on something smaller? Would you say that your time as an OS developer gives you an edge as a game dev?**_
+
+**Ikey**: OS dev needs a very high level view constantly, with the ability to context switch from macro to micro and back again. Many, many moving parts in a large ecosystem.
+
+Serpent is much more task orientated – though similarities in the workflow exist in terms of defining macro systems and interleaving micro features to build a cohesive whole. My background in OS dev is obviously a huge help here.
+
+Where it especially shines is dealing with the ‘guts’. I think a lot of indie devs (forgive me for being sweeping) are generally happy to just build from an existing kit and either embrace it or workaround the issues. There are some true gems out there like Factorio that go above and beyond and I have to hold my hat to them.
+
+In terms of building a new kit we get to think, properly, about cache coherency, parallel performance, memory fragmentation, context switching and such.
+
+Consumers of Serpent (when released in a more stable form) will know that the framework has been designed to leverage Linux features, not just spitting out builds for it.
+
+![][8]
+
+_**It’s FOSS: Recently you ported your [Serpent][9] game engine from C to the [D language][10]. Why did you make this move? What features does D have over C?**_
+
+**Ikey**: Yeah honestly that was an interesting move. We were originally working on a project called lispysnake2d which was to be a trivial wrapper around SDL to give us a micro-game library. This simply used SDL_Renderer APIs to blit 2D sprites and initially seemed sufficient. Unfortunately as development progressed it was clear we needed a 3D pipeline for 2D, so we could utilize shaders and special effects. At that point SDL_Renderer is no good to you anymore and you need to go with Vulkan or OpenGL. We began abstracting the pipelines and saw the madness ensue.
+
+After taking a step back, I analyzed all the shortcomings in the approach, and tired of the portability issues that would definitely arise. I’m not talking in terms of libraries, I’m talking about dealing with various filepaths, encodings, Win32 APIs, DirectX vs OpenGL vs Vulkan…etc. Then whack in boilerplate time, C string shortcomings, and the amount of reinventing required to avoid linking to bloated “cross-platform” standard library style libraries. It was a bad picture.
+
+Having done a lot of [Go][11] development, I started researching alternatives to C that were concurrency-aware, string-sane, and packed with a powerful cross-platform standard library. This is the part where everyone will automatically tell you to use Rust.
+
+Unfortunately, I’m too stupid to use [Rust][12] because the syntax literally offends my eyes. I don’t get it, and I never will. Rust is a fantastic language and as academic endeavours go, highly successful. Unfortunately, I’m too practically minded and seek comfort in C-style languages, having lived in that world too long. So, D was the best candidate to tick all the boxes, whilst having C & C++ interoptability.
+
+It took us a while to restore feature parity but now we have a concurrency-friendly framework which is tested with both OpenGL and Vulkan, supports sprite batching and has nice APIs. Plus, much of the reinvention is gone as we’re leveraging all the features of SDL, bgfx and the DLang standard library. Win win.
+
+![The first game from LispySnake][13]
+
+_**It’s FOSS: How are you planning to distribute your games?**_
+
+**Ikey**: Demo wise we’ll initially only focus on Linux, and it’s looking like we’ll use Flatpak for that. As time goes on, when we’ve introduced support and testing for macOS + Windows, we’ll likely look to the Steam Store. Despite the closed source nature, Valve have been far more friendly and supportive of Linux over the years, whilst the likes of Epic Games have a long history of being highly anti-Linux. So that’s a no go.
+
+_**It’s FOSS: How can people support and contribute to the development of the Serpent game engine?**_
+
+**Ikey**: We have a few different methods, for what it’s worth. The easiest is to [buy a Lifetime License][14] – which is $20. This grants you lifetime access to all of our 2D games and helps fund development of our game titles and Serpent.
+
+Alternatively, you can [sponsor me directly on GitHub][15] to work on Serpent and upstream where needed. Bit of FOSS love.
+
+[Support with Lifetime License][16]
+
+[Sponsor the development on GitHub][15]
+
+* * *
+
+I would like to thank Ikey for taking the time to answer my questions about his latest project.
+
+Have any of you created a game with open source tools? If so, what tools and how was the experience? Please let us know in the comments below.
+
+If you found this article interesting, please take a minute to share it on social media, Hacker News or [Reddit][17].
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/ikey-doherty-serpent-interview/
+
+作者：[John Paul][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/john/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://twitter.com/ikey_doherty
+[2]: https://getsol.us/home/
+[3]: https://lispysnake.com/
+[4]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/ikey_doherty_serpent_interview.png?ssl=1
+[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amstrad_CPC
+[6]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/lipsy_snake_screenshot.png?ssl=1
+[7]: https://www.naughtydog.com/
+[8]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/lipsy_snake.png?ssl=1
+[9]: https://github.com/lispysnake/serpent
+[10]: https://dlang.org/
+[11]: https://golang.org/
+[12]: https://www.rust-lang.org/
+[13]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/last_peacekeeper_game.png?ssl=1
+[14]: https://lispysnake.com/the-game-raiser/
+[15]: https://github.com/sponsors/ikeycode
+[16]: https://lispysnake.com/the-game-raiser
+[17]: https://reddit.com/r/linuxusersgroup
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200302 8 reasons to consider hyperconverged infrastructure for your data center.md b/sources/talk/20200302 8 reasons to consider hyperconverged infrastructure for your data center.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..10b1e0575d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200302 8 reasons to consider hyperconverged infrastructure for your data center.md
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (8 reasons to consider hyperconverged infrastructure for your data center)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3530072/eight-reasons-to-consider-hyperconverged-infrastructure-for-your-data-center.html)
+[#]: author: (Andy Patrizio https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/)
+
+8 reasons to consider hyperconverged infrastructure for your data center
+======
+
+Thinkstock
+
+Demand for on-premises data center equipment is shrinking as organizations move workloads to the cloud. But on-prem is far from dead, and one segment that’s thriving is hyperconverged infrastructure ([HCI][1]).
+
+HCI is a form of scale-out, software-integrated infrastructure that applies a modular approach to compute, network and storage capacity. Rather than silos with specialized hardware, HCI leverages distributed, horizontal blocks of commodity hardware and delivers a single-pane dashboard for reporting and management. Form factors vary: Enterprises can choose to deploy hardware-agnostic [hyperconvergence software][2] from vendors such as Nutanix and VMware, or an integrated HCI appliance from vendors such as HP Enterprise, Dell, Cisco, and Lenovo.
+
+**Learn more about enterprise infrastructure trends**
+
+ * [Making the right hyperconvergence choice: HCI hardware or software?][3]
+ * [10 of the world's fastest supercomputers][4]
+ * [NVMe over Fabrics creates data-center storage disruption][5]
+ * [For enterprise storage, persistent memory is here to stay][6]
+
+
+
+The market is growing fast. By 2023, Gartner projects 70% of enterprises will be running some form of hyperconverged infrastructure, up from less than 30% in 2019. And as HCI grows in popularity, cloud providers such as Amazon, Google and Microsoft are providing connections to on-prem HCI products for hybrid deployment and management.
+
+So why is it so popular? Here are some of the top reasons.
+
+### 1) Simplified design
+
+A traditional data center design is comprised of separate storage silos with individual tiers of servers and specialized networking spanning the compute and storage silos. This worked in the pre-cloud era, but it’s too rigid for the cloud era. “It’s untenable for IT teams to take weeks or months to provision new infrastructure so the dev team can produce new apps and get to market quickly,” says Greg Smith, vice president of product marketing at Nutanix.
+
+“HCI radically simplifies data center architectures and operations, reducing the time and expense of managing data and delivering apps,” he says.
+
+### 2) Cloud integration
+
+HCI software, such as from Nutanix or VMware, is deployed the same way in both a customer’s data center and cloud instances; it runs on bare metal instances in the cloud exactly the same as it does in a data center. HCI “is the best foundation for companies that want to build a hybrid cloud. They can deploy apps in their data center and meld it with a public cloud,” Smith says.
+
+[][7]
+
+“Because it’s the same on both ends, I can have one team manage an end-to-end hybrid cloud and with confidence that whatever apps run in my private cloud will also run in that public cloud environment,” he adds.
+
+### 3) Ability to start small, grow large
+
+“HCI allows you to consolidate compute, network, and storage into one box, and grow this solution quickly and easily without a lot of downtime,” says Tom Lockhart, IT systems manager with Hastings Prince Edward Public Health in Bellville, Ontario, Canada.
+
+In a legacy approach, multiple pieces of hardware – a server, Fiber Channel switch, host-based adapters, and a hypervisor – have to be installed and configured separately. With hyperconvergence, everything is software-defined. HCI uses the storage in the server, and the software almost entirely auto-configures and detects the hardware, setting up the connections between compute, storage, and networking.
+
+“Once we get in on a workload, [customers] typically have a pretty good experience. A few months later, they try another workload, then another, and they start to extend it out of their data center to remote sites,” says Chad Dunn, vice president of product management for HCI at Dell.
+
+“They can start small and grow incrementally larger but also have a consistent operating model experience, whether they have 1,000 nodes or three nodes per site across 1,000 sites, whether they have 40 terabytes of data or 40 petabytes. They have consistent software updates where they don’t have to retrain their people because it’s the same toolset,” Dunn added.
+
+### 4) Reduced footprint
+
+By starting small, customers find they can reduce their hardware stack to just what they need, rather than overprovision excessive capacity. Moving away from the siloed approach also allows users to eliminate certain hardware.
+
+Josh Goodall, automation engineer with steel fabricator USS-POSCO Industries, says his firm deployed HCI primarily for its ability to do stretched clusters, where the hardware cluster is in two physical locations but linked together. This is primarily for use as a backup, so if one site went down, the other can take over the workload. In the process, though, USS-POSCO got rid of a lot of expensive hardware and software. “We eliminated several CPU [software] licenses, we eliminated the SAN from other site, we didn’t need SRM [site recovery management] software, and we didn’t need Commvault licensing. We saved between $25,000 and $30,000 on annual license renewals,” Goodall says.
+
+### 5) No special skills needed
+
+To run a traditional three-tiered environment, companies need specialists in compute, storage, and networking. With HCI, a company can manage its environment with general technology consultants and staff rather than the more expensive specialists.
+
+“HCI has empowered the storage generalist,” Smith says. “You don’t have to hire a storage expert, a network expert. Everyone has to have infrastructure, but they made the actual maintenance of infrastructure a lot easier than under a typical scenario, where a deep level of expertise is needed to manage under those three skill sets.”
+
+Lockhart of Hastings Prince Edward Public Health says adding new compute/storage/networking is also much faster when compared to traditional infrastructure. “An upgrade to our server cluster was 20 minutes with no down time, versus hours of downtime with an interruption in service using the traditional method,” he says.
+
+“Instead of concentrating on infrastructure, you can expand the amount of time and resources you spend on workloads, which adds value to your business. When you don’t have to worry about infrastructure, you can spend more time on things that add value to your clients,” Lockhart adds.
+
+### 6) Faster disaster recovery
+
+Key elements of hyperconvergence products are their backup, recovery, data protection, and data deduplication capabilities, plus analytics to examine it all. Disaster recovery components are managed from a single dashboard, and HCI monitors not only the on-premises storage but also cloud storage resources. With deduplication, compression rates as high as 55:1, and backups can be done in minutes.
+
+USS-POSCO Industries is an HP Enterprise shop and uses HPE’s SimpliVity HCI software, which includes dedupe, backup, and recovery. Goodall says he gets about 12-15:1 compression on mixed workloads, and that has eliminated the need for third-party backup software.
+
+More importantly, recovery timeframes have dropped. “The best recent example is a Windows update messed up a manufacturing line, and the error wasn’t realized for a few weeks. In about 30 minutes, I rolled through four weeks of backups, updated the system, rebooted and tested a 350GB system. Restoring just one backup would have been a multi-hour process,” Goodall says.
+
+### 7) Hyperconvergence analytics
+
+HCI products come with a considerable amount of analytics software to monitor workloads and find resource constraints. The monitoring software is consolidated into a single dashboard view of system performance, including negatively impacted performance.
+
+Hastings recently had a problem with a Windows 7 migration, but the HCI model made it easy to get performance info. “It showed that workloads, depending on time of day, were running out of memory, and there was excessive CPU queuing and paging,” Lockhart says. “We had the entire [issue] written up in an hour. It was easy to determine where problems lie. It can take a lot longer without that single-pane-of-glass view.”
+
+### 8) Less time managing network, storage resources
+
+Goodall says he used to spend up to 50% of his time dealing with storage issues and backup matrixes. Now he spends maybe 20% of his time dealing with it and most of his time tackling and addressing legacy systems. And his apps are better performing under HCI. “We’ve had no issues with our SQL databases; if anything, we’ve seen huge performance gain due to the move to full SSDs [instead of hard disks] and the data dedupe, reducing reads and writes in the environment.”
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][8] and [LinkedIn][9] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3530072/eight-reasons-to-consider-hyperconverged-infrastructure-for-your-data-center.html
+
+作者：[Andy Patrizio][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3207567/what-is-hyperconvergence.html?nsdr=true
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3318683/making-the-right-hyperconvergence-choice-hci-hardware-or-software.html
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3318683/making-the-right-hyperconvergence-choice-hci-hardware-or-software
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3236875/embargo-10-of-the-worlds-fastest-supercomputers.html#slide1
+[5]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3394296/nvme-over-fabrics-creates-data-center-storage-disruption.html
+[6]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3398988/for-enterprise-storage-persistent-memory-is-here-to-stay.html
+[7]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3440100/take-the-intelligent-route-with-consumption-based-storage.html?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE21620&utm_content=sidebar ( Take the Intelligent Route with Consumption-Based Storage)
+[8]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[9]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200303 How to assess your organization-s technological maturity.md b/sources/talk/20200303 How to assess your organization-s technological maturity.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..75c3cda6ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200303 How to assess your organization-s technological maturity.md
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to assess your organization's technological maturity)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/3/communication-technology-worksheet)
+[#]: author: (Ron McFarland https://opensource.com/users/ron-mcfarland)
+
+How to assess your organization's technological maturity
+======
+Implementing new communications technologies can make your organization
+more open. Use this worksheet to determine whether your organization—and
+its people—are prepared.
+![Someone wearing a hardhat and carrying code ][1]
+
+New communication technologies can promote and improve [open organizational principles and practices][2]—both within a company and between customers and strategic partners, leading to greater sales and business opportunities.
+
+Previously, I've discussed how companies adopting new communication technologies tend to [fall into four basic categories][3] of investment and utilization. In this article, I'll demonstrate how someone might assess an organization's level of preparedness for technological innovations and the cultural changes it requires.
+
+### Becoming a superstar
+
+For the purpose of this exercise, imagine you're a salesperson working for a company that provides communication or information technology solutions to companies that need advanced information systems and would benefit by becoming "[communication superstars][3]." You'll likely want to impress upon your customers the benefits of becoming this type of user—benefits such as:
+
+ * Enhanced customer interaction: When _our_ customers' salespeople visit _their_ customers, they'll need to make the best impression they can to build some level of trust. Therefore—before offering any product—a salesperson must get a customer talking about his situation in order to discover his particular needs, concerns, and opportunities for growth. When the customer asks the salesperson questions about what he can do to address these issues, imagine our customer's salespeople being able to answer him in seconds with detailed information, instead of making the customer wait for hours, day, or even weeks for the answers. Such technologies can increase one's capacity to make proposals, lead to faster and wiser purchasing decisions, and maximize salesperson-customer interactions—all extremely important benefits.
+ * Better operations: In manufacturing especially, production bottlenecks can be a drain on in-process inventory costs, and alleviating those bottlenecks is critical. Knowing _exactly_ the situation (in-process inventory levels and processing speed, for example) of _every_ stage of a production line in real time can greatly [improve productivity][4].
+ * Development of new business strategies: With new communication technology expertise, a company could open up new markets and opportunities that would have historically been out of its reach.
+
+
+
+### **Let's do some research**
+
+Armed with knowledge of those benefits, again imagine you're a salesperson at an enterprise communication or information technology company. You meet a potential customer at an exhibition or business summit, and she describes the following situation to you:
+
+> "I'm the Operations Manager of a small, local transportation company that makes deliveries within and between several of the surrounding cities. We have a fleet of 30 trucks, all of various sizes and makes. I know the company's information system must to be improved; much of our communication is done through email attachments, texting, and mobile phone calls. We have no central information operating system."
+
+A large, public, national trucking company has set up in her area. She's studied this competitor and read several of its news releases and annual reports. She's learned the company has a centralized communications system, and that all its trucks have tracking technologies that monitor the location of every truck in operation. Trucks also feature sensors that monitor many vehicle operations, including average and specific engine RPM per route by vehicle and driver, and miles travelled in particular conditions (to determine fuel economy and maintenance schedules). An electronic parts delivery system connects this company's service operations with a network of dealers to reduce the time service technicians must wait for parts.
+
+This is what the small local trucking company must compete against. So its operations manager asks you, the IT company salesperson, what you can do to help.
+
+You decide that your first step is to conduct a survey to learn more about both the company's current communication technology system and the personnel's attitude toward this system in order to see what _could_ and _should_ be done to improve the situation. While there, you want to learn this trucking company's IT status _before_ making any recommendations.
+
+I've created a worksheet you might use to facilitate this conversation.
+
+### Taking the temperature
+
+The first part of the worksheet can help you develop a baseline assessment of an organization's readiness for technological change.
+
+#### Part 1: Baseline maturity relative to competitors
+
+Generally, if the customer scores between 10 and 42, then that customer needs more assistance adopting new communication technology, but this varies by industry. If the score is between 43 and 70, then (when compared to competitors the customer is likely already mature in its use of communication technologies.
+
+#### Part 2: Leaders' relationship to communication technologies
+
+Next, you need to assess the company leadership's relationship to technologies, associated processes, and cultural changes. So let's make those calculations in Part 2 of the worksheet.
+
+Here again, depending on the competitive environment, if the score is between 10 and 42, then the company is generally _not_ completely utilizing the communication technology it has. If the score is between 43 and 70, then generally the company puts the communication technology it has to good, creative use.
+
+Organizational leaders must lead the conversation about using more advanced communication systems in the organization. Therefore management must establish training programs to teach everyone in the organization the skills required to _use_ that technology (a step often forgotten or poorly implemented).
+
+#### Part 3: Awareness of challenges and opportunities
+
+We now need to help the organization think more strategically about its use of communication technologies to implement open processes and open culture. We'll do this with Part 3 of the worksheet.
+
+If an organization scores higher than 15, the company understands the communication technology landscape fairly well. If the score is between 9 and 15, the organization needs to isolate its weakest areas and remedy them. A score of less than 9 indicates that the organization should consider conducting new awareness exercises and/or communication technology discovery programs.
+
+#### Part 4: Technological mastery relative to competitors
+
+Next, we need to better understand the trucking company's current strategic assets and its level of technological mastery relative to competitors. We'll do that with Part 4 of the worksheet.
+
+An organization that scores above 16 in this section likely knows where it stands and what its innovation trajectory is in comparison to competitors. A score of 7 to 16 means the organization needs to build alignment around a viable renewal path. A score of less than 7 might mean the organization should conduct a communication technology maturity assessment and update its best practices.
+
+#### Part 5: Ability to articulate technological vision
+
+Now let's explore how well the organization's senior leaders can articulate a vision for the role communication technology will play in the company's future. That's Part 5 of the worksheet.
+
+If the organization scores over 24, then its members likely believe its executives are aligned on a technological vision (and are considering competitors). A score of 14 to 24 should prompt us to isolate the root causes of the concerns and work with the team to remedy them. Anything less than 14 should spur a structured senior executive alignment initiative.
+
+Questions like these can clarify the extent to which employees must be involved in communication technology investment decision-making and utilization. Front-line members typically know what's necessary, what's available, and what the organization should introduce.
+
+### From vision to action
+
+I've seen first-hand that in situations like these, purchasing technologies is only half the problem. Getting people to buy into the system and use it to full capacity are far bigger challenges.
+
+In this section, we'll assess the organization's ability to translate technological vision into action.
+
+#### Part 6: Ability to translate vision to action
+
+First, let's see how the company is currently converting its vision into an action plan relative to competitors. We'll return to the worksheet, specifically Part 6.
+
+A company scoring more than 17 points likely has a robust plan and evaluation system in place, and is focused on engaging people in executing technological adoption efforts relative to competitors. Organizations scoring 7 to 17 should review the action plan and milestone checklist weekly for content and alignment. Those scoring less than 7 should conduct a full review of its milestone checklist and action plan processes.
+
+#### Part 7: Supervision strategies
+
+Few plans succeed without proper supervision, so you'll want to assess the organization's plans to oversee change management efforts. We'll use the trusty worksheet—this time, Part 7.
+
+Did the company score something greater than 15? Then its supervision model is in good shape. Maybe 8 to 15? It should check its governance principles and/or program leadership. Less than 8? Time to rework (or design for the first time) its supervision principles.
+
+#### Part 8: Funding strategy for implementation
+
+Of course, organizational initiatives like these require funding. So you'll want to assess the organization's financial commitment to technological change. Once again, let's use our worksheet (Part 8 this time).
+
+Scoring more than 16 points means the company's funding for new communication technologies is strong. Scoring 8 to 16 means the company should work to ensure that the company portfolio, funding, and business strategy are better aligned. Anything less than 8 means company needs to rework its investment and funding strategy for new technologies.
+
+#### Part 9: Clarity and promotion of vision
+
+Organizational leaders should constantly be clarifying and advocating plans to adopt new technologies. How are they doing? Let's review Part 9 of our worksheet.
+
+If the company scores over 17, then it's likely doing a good job of marketing its ambitions. If it scores somewhere between 7 and 17, it should isolate dimensions of its messaging that need refinement and work with the team to remedy them. If it scores less than 7, it should consider developing a specific program to convey the company's ambition more broadly.
+
+#### Part 10: Ability to build and sustain engagement
+
+Changes to technological systems and processes don't happen automatically. People need to invest in them, and leaders need to sustain their engagement in the organizational changes. Not everyone will buy in (as I've [written previously][5]). We can assess how well the organization is doing this with Part 10 of the worksheet.
+
+A score over 23 indicates that the company is doing a good job building momentum while introducing communication technologies. A score of 12 to 23 means that organization might need to isolate some part of the process that's not proceeding satisfactorily and remedy that component. Less than 12? The company needs to design and conduct a full engagement program.
+
+### Organizational considerations
+
+This final section assesses specific _organizational_ capacities—that is, the organization's culture, its structure, and its processes. Becoming more open by adopting new communication technologies is only possible if the organization itself is flexible and willing to change.
+
+#### Part 11: Organizational culture
+
+Is the organizational environment amenable to the kinds of changes necessary for effectively adopting new communication activities? We'll assess that in Part 11 of our worksheet.
+
+An organization scoring more than 16 points is already shifting its organizational behaviors and culture ahead of competitors. One scoring between 7 and 16 points should investigate root causes of concerns about cultural changes and work with the team to remedy problems. An organization scoring less than 7 should begin working to shift its culture around communication practices and expectations.
+
+#### Part 12: Organizational structure
+
+Does the organization's current structure allow it to sustain communication technology innovations? Use Part 12 of the worksheet to gather an initial impression.
+
+Scoring over 16 means the company possesses the basic structural capabilities necessary for sustained, steady, technical changes. Scoring between 8 and 16 means the company has only begun implementing projects aimed at developing necessary structural capabilities, but more effort is needed. And a score of less than 8 indicates that the company needs to consider specific programs for improving basic structural capabilities.
+
+#### Part 13: Reward and incentive structures
+
+Are the organization's reward and incentive structures aligned with the organization's goals for introducing and adopting new communication technologies? Let's look at the worksheet one last time.
+
+A score over 14 indicates that the company's current reward structures are aligned with its communication technology objectives. A score between 6 and 14 tells us that the organization should build stronger consensus around a viable reward strategy aligned to communication technology renewal. And a score of less than 6 should prompt leadership to implement specific reward structures that accomplish its communication technology adoption goals.
+
+### Post-survey debrief
+
+After collecting those data, you're now in a position to ask how your information technology company can help your potential customer in four areas:
+
+ 1. Data gathering and company strategy analytics
+ 2. Social media, internet utilization, and interaction internally
+ 3. Telecommunication utilization within company (to avoid excess and unnecessary traveling for meetings, etc.)
+ 4. Automation technology utilization within the company
+
+
+
+You're also able to inquire within your company (among solution architects, for example) who we potentially should partner with if need be in order to achieve this transportation company's goals in these four areas."
+
+In these kinds of strategic partnerships, open organization principles—especially transparency, inclusivity, collaboration, and community—come alive. One person cannot do this kind of work alone.
+
+I've seen first-hand that in situations like these, purchasing technologies is only _half the problem._ Getting people to _buy into the system_ and _use it to full capacity_ are far bigger challenges. These challenges are cultural, not technological. Being a "communication superstar" means being great in both those areas—both the communication technology itself, as well as the culture and process expertise necesasry for actual utilization.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/3/communication-technology-worksheet
+
+作者：[Ron McFarland][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ron-mcfarland
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/build_structure_tech_program_code_construction.png?itok=nVsiLuag (Someone wearing a hardhat and carrying code )
+[2]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/resources/open-org-definition
+[3]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/1/communication-technology-superstars
+[4]: https://www.slideshare.net/RonMcFarland1/improving-processes-65115172?qid=b0a0fde3-62c6-4538-88c8-1bfd70485cee&v=&b=&from_search=5
+[5]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/17/1/escape-the-cave
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200303 Key Takeaways from Cisco-s Annual Internet Report.md b/sources/talk/20200303 Key Takeaways from Cisco-s Annual Internet Report.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d450597913
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200303 Key Takeaways from Cisco-s Annual Internet Report.md
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Key Takeaways from Cisco’s Annual Internet Report)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3529989/key-takeaways-from-cisco-s-annual-internet-report.html)
+[#]: author: (Zeus Kerravala https://www.networkworld.com/author/Zeus-Kerravala/)
+
+Key Takeaways from Cisco’s Annual Internet Report
+======
+Businesses need to be ready for the massive wave of devices and bandwidth that are coming in the next vide years
+Natalya Burova / Getty Images
+
+By 2023, two-thirds of the world’s population will have Internet access—that’s 5.3 billion total Internet users, compared to 3.9 billion in 2018. The number of devices and connections will also skyrocket. There will be 3.6 networked devices per capita by 2023, whereas in 2018, there were 2.4 networked devices per capita.
+
+These findings come from Cisco’s _[Annual Internet Report (2018 – 2023) ][1]_(AIR) - previously known as Visual Network Index (VNI), which assesses the digital transformation across different business segments and their adoption of networking technologies, including fixed broadband, Wi-Fi, and mobile (3G, 4G, 5G).
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][2]
+
+The report described an increased demand for new or enhanced applications that boost workforce productivity or improve customer experiences. In today’s mobile world, users expect their devices (and networks) to deliver on all fronts: quality, ease of use, and seamless connectivity.
+
+[Cisco][3]
+
+The report can be useful as companies plan out their network strategies. One of the aspects of the VNI that Cisco carried over to AIR is an [online tool][4] that lets people slice and dice the information by country, device or other factors. They also included an [“Internet readiness” tool ][5]that explores how prepared different regions are for the coming wave of devices and need for bandwidth.
+
+**More network automation is needed**
+
+To meet growing demand for enhanced apps, enterprises need automated network monitoring and optimization, andt that can be achieved with software-defined wide area networking (SD-WAN). Software-driven networks create more flexible infrastructures that can adapt to changing traffic requirements, which becomes necessary as more enterprises move to hybrid clouds, the report says.
+
+Policy-based automation and Intent-Based Networking (IBN) are just as important when it comes to building agile, portable, and scalable networks. IBN, as the name implies, captures business intent through analytics and machine learning. One trend Cisco observed in its report is how business WAN traffic flow patterns are becoming more software-based and hybrid in nature, creating a need for IBN solutions, the report says.
+
+[][6]
+
+**SD-WAN is core to network success**
+
+SD-WAN is important to the network edge, which brings computing, storage, and networking resources closer to users and devices. Cisco found many use cases driving the need for greater edge-computing capabilities. One of them is finding ways to control data from the billions of Internet of Things (IoT) endpoints being added to the network edge.
+
+Out of the 29.3 billion networked devices in use by 2023, about half will support various IoT applications, per Cisco’s report. As for machine-to-machine (M2M) communication, there will be 14.7 billion connections by 2023. Consumers will hold the biggest share (74%) of total devices and connections, with businesses claiming approximately 26%. However, the consumer share will grow at a slower rate than business.
+
+How will enterprises manage to secure all networked devices and data? Cisco recommends creating a security policy that strikes a balance between data protection and ease of use. In other words, networks will have to be intelligent enough to grant access to the right users without putting them through a difficult authentication process.
+
+**Network managers still struggle to lower operational costs**
+
+Network managers continue to struggle with rising operational costs, as the explosion of devices and data outpaces IT resources. Cisco found nearly 95% of network changes are still performed manually, resulting in operational costs that outweigh network costs. That’s where IT automation can help, enabled by SDN, intelligent network-edge enhancements, and unified domain controls.
+
+In addition to exploring business-specific networking needs, Cisco outlined some trends in consumer and small-to-medium business (SMB) markets. Here are the key takeaways:
+
+ * **Next-generation applications**—built with artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning—will create complex requirements and new business models. Mobile applications, specifically, will drive future consumer, SMB, and enterprise needs, with 299.1 billion mobile apps downloaded worldwide by 2023.
+ * **Mixed devices and connections** are enabling myriad M2M apps. Connected-home, video-surveillance, connected appliances, and tracking apps will make up 48% of M2M connections by 2023. Connected-car apps will be the fastest-growing category, with connected cities coming in second.
+ * **Accelerating broadband speeds** will affect traffic growth and use of high-bandwidth content and applications. Average broadband speeds will more than double globally from 45.9 Mbps (in 2018) to 110.4 Mbps (in 2023). Fiber-to-the-home (FTTH), high-speed DSL, and cable broadband adoption will contribute to the growth.
+ * **Wi-Fi will gain momentum** as devices and IoT connections increase. By 2023, the number of public Wi-Fi hotspots will grow to 628 million, up from 169 million in 2018. Wi-Fi 6 promises to boost speeds by up to 30%, compared to the current generation. More importantly, next-gen Wi-Fi will significantly improve real-time communications and high-definition video, impacting both consumer and business sectors.
+
+
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][7] and [LinkedIn][8] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3529989/key-takeaways-from-cisco-s-annual-internet-report.html
+
+作者：[Zeus Kerravala][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Zeus-Kerravala/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: http://www.cisco.com/go/ciscoair
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[3]: https://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/solutions/collateral/executive-perspectives/annual-internet-report/white-paper-c11-741490.html
+[4]: https://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/solutions/executive-perspectives/annual-internet-report/air-highlights.html
+[5]: https://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/solutions/service-provider/cloud-readiness-tool/index.html
+[6]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3440100/take-the-intelligent-route-with-consumption-based-storage.html?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE21620&utm_content=sidebar ( Take the Intelligent Route with Consumption-Based Storage)
+[7]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[8]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200303 Most-used libraries, open source adoption, and more industry trends.md b/sources/talk/20200303 Most-used libraries, open source adoption, and more industry trends.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..769f4f550e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200303 Most-used libraries, open source adoption, and more industry trends.md
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Most-used libraries, open source adoption, and more industry trends)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/libraries-5G-more-industry-trends)
+[#]: author: (Tim Hildred https://opensource.com/users/thildred)
+
+Most-used libraries, open source adoption, and more industry trends
+======
+A weekly look at open source community and industry trends.
+![Person standing in front of a giant computer screen with numbers, data][1]
+
+As part of my role as a senior product marketing manager at an enterprise software company with an open source development model, I publish a regular update about open source community, market, and industry trends for product marketers, managers, and other influencers. Here are five of my and their favorite articles from that update.
+
+## [Most-used libraries revealed – plus 10 things developers should be doing to keep their code secure][2]
+
+> “The report begins to give us an inventory of the most important shared software and potential vulnerabilities and is the first step to understand more about these projects so that we can create tools and standards that results in trust and transparency in software," explained Jim Zemlin, executive director at the Linux Foundation, in a statement.
+
+**The impact**: Importantly, there is also a great list of packages for backdoors here.
+
+## [Survey: Open source adoption, quality gains][3]
+
+> Overall, the survey finds there has been [a marked shift away from proprietary software][4]. Only 42% said that more than half of the software they use today is proprietary, down from 55% a year ago. Two years from now only 32% said they expect proprietary software to account for more than half their portfolio. On average, respondents said 36% of their organization’s software is open source, which in two years is expected to increase to 44% in two years. A total of 77% said they would increase usage of open source software over the next 12 months.
+
+**The impact**: There is a clear virtuous cycle of companies getting more comfortable with open source and more open source software being created. If there isn't already, there will be a rule 34 about open source software.
+
+## [5G must go cloud-native from edge to core][5]
+
+> A containerised core will be the heart of cloud-native 5G networks. Managing and scaling networking apps in containers using a modular microservices approach will help service providers to dynamically orchestrate and grow service capacity across a distributed architecture.
+
+**The impact**: When you're building something complicated and reliable, you really can't look past starting with open source software. Unless you want to be in a foot race against "a Kawasaki" (that's a motorbike, right?).
+
+## [High-performance object storage, Kubernetes, + why you can't containerize a storage appliance][6]
+
+> True multi-tenancy isn’t possible unless the storage system is extremely lightweight and able to be packaged with the application stack. If the storage system takes too many resources or contains too many APIs, it won’t be possible to pack many tenants on the same infrastructure.
+
+**The impact**: The title of this post is a challenge to someone much more skilled and knowledgable than I.
+
+_I hope you enjoyed this list and come back next week for more open source community, market, and industry trends._
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/libraries-5G-more-industry-trends
+
+作者：[Tim Hildred][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/thildred
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_metrics_analytics_desktop_laptop.png?itok=9QXd7AUr (Person standing in front of a giant computer screen with numbers, data)
+[2]: https://www.theregister.co.uk/2020/02/20/linux_foundation_report/
+[3]: https://devops.com/surevey-sees-open-source-adoption-quality-gains/
+[4]: https://devops.com/devops-deeper-dive-devops-accelerates-open-source-innovation-pace/
+[5]: https://www.5gradar.com/features/5g-must-go-cloud-native-from-edge-to-core
+[6]: https://blog.min.io/high-performance-object-storage-with-kubernetes/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200304 Seawater, humidity inspire new ways to generate power.md b/sources/talk/20200304 Seawater, humidity inspire new ways to generate power.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7e2dc5927f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200304 Seawater, humidity inspire new ways to generate power.md
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Seawater, humidity inspire new ways to generate power)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3529893/seawater-humidity-inspire-new-ways-to-generate-power.html)
+[#]: author: (Patrick Nelson https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/)
+
+Seawater, humidity inspire new ways to generate power
+======
+Researchers around the globe are working on new ways to generate huge amounts of power that will be needed for the shift to a data-driven society.
+Getty Imags
+
+The possiblity of a future power-availability crunch – spurred in part by a global increase in data usage – is driving researchers to get creative with a slew of new and modified ways to generate and store energy.
+
+Ongoing projects include the use of seawater for batteries; grabbing ambient humidity; massive water storage systems for hydropower; and solar panels that work at night. Here are some details:
+
+### Batteries based on seawater
+
+Seawater will provide "super-batteries," says the University of Southern Denmark. Researchers there have been studying how to use sodium, which is abundant in seawater, as an alternative to lithium in batteries.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][1]
+
+"Sodium is a very readily available resource," the school says in a [press release][2], and it can be easily extracted from seawater. Lithium, on the other hand, is a limited resource that's mined only in a few places in the world, says research leader Dorthe Bomholdt Ravnsbæk of the department of physics, chemistry and pharmacy at the university. Batteries based on seawater would also alleviate the need for cobalt, which is used in lithium cells. The team in Denmark (working with Massachusetts Institute of Technology) believes it has come up with a new electrode material, based on manganese, that will make the seawater battery ultimately viable.
+
+### Using ambient moisture to generate power
+
+Humidity captured with bio-electronics could end up being a viable power source for sensors, say some scientists.
+
+"Harvesting energy from the environment offers the promise of clean power for self-sustained systems," notes University of Massachusetts researchers [in an article published in Nature][3]. However, known technologies often have restrictive environmental requirements – solar panels that must be mounted outside, for example – that limit their energy-producing potential.
+
+Moisture harvesting with thin-film, protein nanowires doesn't have restrictive environmental requirements. Sustained voltages of about half a volt can be obtained from moisture present in normal, ambient air. "Connecting several devices linearly scales up the voltage and current to power electronics," the Amherst group claims. "Our results demonstrate the feasibility of a continuous energy-harvesting strategy that is less restricted by location or environmental conditions than other sustainable approaches."
+
+[][4]
+
+### Seasonally pumped hydropower storage
+
+On a larger scale, inland water storage could solve renewable power issues, say scientists at the International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis.
+
+One big problem collecting power from the environment, as opposed to using fossil fuels, is where to store the on-the-fly electricity being generated. The Austrian organization believes that hydropower systems should be used to contain renewable energy. It's cheap, for starters. In addition, seasonal pumped hydropower storage (SPHS) is better than wind or solar, the group claims, because it not only generates the power in real time as it’s needed, but also isn't affected by variations— a windy day isn't required, for example.
+
+SPHS operates by pumping water into dammed, river-adjacent reservoirs when water flow is high but power demand is low. Water is then allowed to flow out of the reservoir, through turbines—similar to hydroelectric—when energy demand increases. Electricity is thus created. The group, in a [press release][5] related to a study just released, says the technique is highly economical, even including required land purchases, excavation and tunneling.
+
+### Nighttime, anti-solar cells
+
+Contrary to popular belief, photovoltaic solar panels don't actually need full sun to function. Cloud cover allows some to work just fine, just not as well. Nighttime photovoltaic, however, is something more radical:
+
+The earth should be used as a heat source, and the night sky a heat sink, say Jeremy Munday and Tristan Deppe of the department of electrical and computer engineering at University of California, Davis. They shared their idea for nighttime photovoltaic cells in an [abstract of a paper][6] published by American Chemical Society's ACS Photonics.
+
+What they are suggesting is using thermoradiative photovoltaics, where deep space radiative cooling ([which I’ve written about before][7]) is combined with photovoltaics. Current is created as infrared light – or heat, in other words – is radiated into extremely cold, deep space.
+
+"Similar to the way a normal solar cell works, but in reverse," Munday says of their anti-solar panel concept, quoted in a [UC Davis news article][8].
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][9] and [LinkedIn][10] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3529893/seawater-humidity-inspire-new-ways-to-generate-power.html
+
+作者：[Patrick Nelson][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[2]: https://www.sdu.dk/en/nyheder/Forskningsnyheder/skal_fremtidens_superbatterier_laves_af_havvand
+[3]: https://www.nature.com/articles/s41586-020-2010-9
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3440100/take-the-intelligent-route-with-consumption-based-storage.html?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE21620&utm_content=sidebar ( Take the Intelligent Route with Consumption-Based Storage)
+[5]: https://iiasa.ac.at/web/home/about/news/200219-seasonal-pumped-storage.html
+[6]: https://pubs.acs.org/toc/apchd5/7/1
+[7]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3222850/space-radiated-cooling-cuts-power-use-21.html
+[8]: https://www.ucdavis.edu/news/anti-solar-cells-photovoltaic-cell-works-night
+[9]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[10]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200305 Chinese auto giant Geely plans a private satellite network to support autonomous vehicles.md b/sources/talk/20200305 Chinese auto giant Geely plans a private satellite network to support autonomous vehicles.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8bf990573e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200305 Chinese auto giant Geely plans a private satellite network to support autonomous vehicles.md
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Chinese auto giant Geely plans a private satellite network to support autonomous vehicles)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3530336/chinese-auto-giant-geely-plans-a-private-satellite-network-to-support-autonomous-vehicles.html)
+[#]: author: (Patrick Nelson https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/)
+
+Chinese auto giant Geely plans a private satellite network to support autonomous vehicles
+======
+Geely is developing a satellite network to provide high-bandwidth wireless needed by on-board applications in self-driving vehicles.
+Olivier Le Moal / Getty Images
+
+What does a large automaker that’s morphing into a mobile-technology company and heavily investing in autonomous vehicles need to add to its ecosystem? Probably connectivity, and that’s likely why Chinese car giant Geely says it will be building its own satellite data network.
+
+A need for “highly accurate, autonomous driving solutions,” is part of what’s driving the strategy, the company says in a [press release][1]. Geely – the largest car maker in China and whose assets include Volvo and a stake in Lotus – has begun building a test facility in Taizhou City where it will develop satellite models, the company says.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][2]
+
+“The creation of a truly smart, three-dimensional mobility ecosystem,” as the company describes its Geespace project, will include precise navigation, cloud computing and high-speed Internet functions. Geely is investing $326 million in the project [according to Reuters][3], citing a statement from the company.
+
+Over-the-air updating of vehicle software is a principal reason data networks will become prevalent in automobile technology. Historically, car companies haven’t worried much about the speedy updating of end-user’s systems, in part because they’ve liked getting customers back into the dealership to upsell service options and pitch new cars. A leisurely software patch while the customer hangs around drinking warm coffee and watching daytime soaps suits that purpose. However, autonomous cars are a different story: The safety of self-driving cars can’t tolerate software vulnerabilities.
+
+Control over vehicle positioning also comes into play. Knowing where the car is and where obstacles are is more important than in traditional vehicles. Lane-change and accident avoidance, for example, are autonomous-vehicle features that require high levels of accuracy.
+
+“The Geespace low-orbit satellite network will offer much higher centimeter-accurate precision,” Geely says, comparing its proposed constellation with the U.S. government-owned Global Positioning System.
+
+Data processing, artificial intelligence and infotainment onboard the vehicles all need fat networks, too. Former Intel CEO Brian Krzanich [said at a talk I attended a few years ago][4] that he thought cars would soon create 4,000 GB of data per hour of driving because of the number of sensors, such as cameras, that they’ll be equipped with.
+
+[][5]
+
+The Geely private satellite network is the first of its kind for an industrial use and joins [a trend in private wireless networking][6]. Private, terrestrial 5G networks and private LTE networks allow companies to control their own data and uptime, rather than relying on service providers. Mercedes-Benz is reportedly working on a private 5G network for privacy and security.
+
+“As vehicles become more connected and integrated into the Internet of Things ecosystem, the demand for data has grown exponentially,” Geely says.
+
+Geely will begin launching the Geespace satellites by the end of 2020.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][7] and [LinkedIn][8] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3530336/chinese-auto-giant-geely-plans-a-private-satellite-network-to-support-autonomous-vehicles.html
+
+作者：[Patrick Nelson][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: http://zgh.com/media-center/news/2020-03-03-1/?lang=en
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[3]: https://www.reuters.com/article/geely-china-satellite-autonomous/chinas-geely-invests-326-mln-to-build-satellites-for-autonomous-cars-idUSL4N2AV45H
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3147892/one-autonomous-car-will-use-4000-gb-of-dataday.html
+[5]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3440100/take-the-intelligent-route-with-consumption-based-storage.html?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE21620&utm_content=sidebar ( Take the Intelligent Route with Consumption-Based Storage)
+[6]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3319176/private-5g-networks-are-coming.html
+[7]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[8]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200305 Report- Most IoT transactions are not secure.md b/sources/talk/20200305 Report- Most IoT transactions are not secure.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..96a2add2d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200305 Report- Most IoT transactions are not secure.md
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Report: Most IoT transactions are not secure)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3530476/report-most-iot-transactions-are-not-secure.html)
+[#]: author: (Andy Patrizio https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/)
+
+Report: Most IoT transactions are not secure
+======
+Data gathered by security provider Zscaler shows that not only are most internet-of-things transactions unsecured, they are also unauthorized as IoT creeps in as shadow-IT devices.
+Iot
+
+The majority of [Internet of Things (IoT)][1] transactions don’t use even basic security, and there is a great deal of unauthorized IoT taking place inside the perimeter of enterprise firewalls thanks to shadow IT, a new study finds.
+
+Security vendor Zscaler analyzed nearly 500 million IoT transactions from more than 2,000 organizations over a two-week period. [The survey][2] found 553 different IoT devices from more than 200 different manufacturers, many of which had their security turned off.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][3]
+
+The study was done on Zscaler’s own Internet Access security service. It found the rate of IoT growth to be explosive: When it first started monitoring IoT traffic in May 2019, IoT traffic generated by its enterprise customer base was 56 million IoT transactions per month. By February 2020, that number had soared to 33 million transactions _per day_, or one billion IoT transactions per month, a 1,500% increase.
+
+Zscaler is a bit generous in what it defines as enterprise IoT devices, from devices such as data-collection terminals, digital signage media players, industrial control devices, medical devices, to decidedly non-business devices like digital home assistants, TV set-top boxes, IP cameras, smart home devices, smart TVs, smart watches and even automotive multimedia systems.
+
+“What this tells us is that employees inside the office might be checking their nanny cam over the corporate network. Or using their Apple Watch to look at email. Or working from home, connected to the enterprise network, and periodically checking the home security system or accessing media devices,” the company said in its report.
+
+Which is typical, to be honest, and let (s)he who is without sin cast the first stone in that regard. What’s troubling is that roughly 83% of IoT-based transactions are happening over plaintext channels, while only 17% are using [SSL][4]. The use of plaintext is risky, opening traffic to packet sniffing, eavesdropping, man-in-the-middle attacks and other exploits.
+
+And there are a lot of exploits. Zscaler said it detects about 14,000 IoT-based malware exploits per month, a seven-fold increase over the previous year.
+
+“Folks can keep their smart watches, smart closets, and whatever else they think is making them smart. Banning devices is not going to be the answer here. The answer is changing up the narrative on how we think about IoT devices from a security and risk standpoint, and what expectations we put on manufacturers to increase the security posture of these devices,” wrote Deepen Desai, Zscaler’s vice president of security research in a [blog post][5].
+
+Desai said the solution is “taking a [zero-trust][6] mentality.” It may be a buzzword but, “it’s about security people not trusting any person or device to touch the network—that is, until you know who the user is, what the device is, and whether that user and device are allowed to access the applications they’re trying to reach.”
+
+Naturally Zscaler sells such a solution, but he makes a valid point. This is an ages-old problem I have seen time and again; a hot new technology comes along, everyone rushes to embrace it, then they think about securing it later. IoT is no different.
+
+Whatever your device, at least go into the settings and turn on SSL.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][7] and [LinkedIn][8] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3530476/report-most-iot-transactions-are-not-secure.html
+
+作者：[Andy Patrizio][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3207535/what-is-iot-the-internet-of-things-explained.html
+[2]: https://info.zscaler.com/resources-industry-iot-in-the-enterprise
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/2303073/lan-wan-what-is-transport-layer-security-protocol.html
+[5]: https://www.zscaler.com/blogs/corporate/shining-light-shadow-iot-protect-your-organization
+[6]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3487720/the-vpn-is-dying-long-live-zero-trust.html
+[7]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[8]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200306 How I learned about burnout the hard way.md b/sources/talk/20200306 How I learned about burnout the hard way.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ce9af6fb52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200306 How I learned about burnout the hard way.md
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How I learned about burnout the hard way)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/burnout)
+[#]: author: (Jason Hibbets https://opensource.com/users/jhibbets)
+
+How I learned about burnout the hard way
+======
+Burnout can happen to anyone. Here are the 3 things I wish I knew before
+I burned out.
+![Light bulb][1]
+
+In early 2017, I was mentally in a bad spot. It was the perfect storm of stress, the kind that no one asks for, but you deal with the hand you're dealt. Work was piling up to a point where I couldn't process all the things that were expected of me. I was training for spring half-marathons, which should have been stress relief, but I was putting too much pressure on myself to perform at a high level. And then on top of the everyday family obligations, a surgery in our household turned us into a one-car family and seriously added to the mounting pressure on me to provide and take care of the family.
+
+Then I broke.
+
+It wasn't one thing. It was the culmination of things. And it hit me from the blind side, unexpected. I never thought I would be a victim of burnout. I was aware of it and thoughtful about the community I was managing. But "not me," I thought to myself, "I've got this under control." I remember thinking that something was wrong; something was off. But I couldn't quite put my finger on the source.
+
+I distinctly remember the day where I cried at work, crumbling under the pressure that I was putting on myself. I consider myself a high performer in the office environment. I push myself to exceed the goals that my team co-creates because I want that success. I want the feeling that comes with it. But this experience was different. This wasn't a healthy win for my team or me. I felt like I let everyone down, including myself.
+
+I was attending South by Southwest in Austin, Texas, where I was [presenting my first Ignite Talk][2] on applying open source principles to government—a talk that was well received by the audience. I remember practicing, and practicing, and practicing more the day before and the morning of my talk. I got that high that comes after delivering a great talk. I had a book signing at the City of Raleigh's Economic Development booth during the event, which was another emotional boost. Life was good. Upon reflection, that's when I started noticing signs of my burnout.
+
+I didn't have much of an appetite. I was tired all the time. I was sleeping in, and not because of jet lag. I was exercising but wasn't getting the endorphins I was used to. And I wasn't motivated to do the work that I normally love to do. I was very blah and meh about getting work done or hanging out with people I love. These are all signs of depression and burnout.
+
+After the trip, I scheduled my annual physical and talked to my doctor about my situation, who recommended I see a psychologist. I sat on the couch and talked things out. I was diagnosed with severe anxiety, which was enough for me to know that I didn't want to know what true depression felt like.
+
+I learned my lesson the hard way. I'd like to share my experience so that you can recognize the signs and avoid going down this path. And before we move on, I must say that it's perfectly fine to ask for help. Ask a trusted co-worker or friend for help or guidance. We're human, and we need to help each other through the ups and the downs.
+
+### Three things to know about burnout
+
+Work burnout is a form of depression where you are not motivated to do the things that are expected of you at your job. It's not the occasional slacking off or spring fever because the weather is nice. It's a buildup of emotional stress where you don't want to do what is asked of you at work. There are numerous factors that can lead to burnout.
+
+#### Know the signs of burnout
+
+Lesson number one about burnout is to know the signs. I mentioned some of the things I was experiencing, but there are many others. I remember one thing that was extremely abnormal for me (because I'm so social) is that I started to separate myself from my usual team activities and people.
+
+ * Hey Jason, want to grab lunch with us? Nope, I'm too busy.
+ * Hey Jason, Matt's in town, want to join us for happy hour? No. I've got work to do.
+
+
+
+This is totally unlike me. I would normally have said yes to both those opportunities. According to the [Mayo Clinic][3], here are a few things to ask yourself if you think you are experiencing burnout:
+
+ * Do you drag yourself to work?
+ * Do you have trouble getting started with work?
+ * Are you cynical or critical at work?
+ * Have you become irritable or impatient with co-workers or customers?
+ * Do you lack the energy to be productive?
+ * Do you find it hard to concentrate?
+ * Do you lack satisfaction from your achievements?
+ * Do you feel disillusioned about your work?
+ * Are you using food, drugs, or alcohol to feel better or to simply not feel?
+ * Have your sleep habits changed?
+ * Are you troubled by unexplained headaches, stomach or bowel problems, or other physical complaints?
+
+
+
+You can check your own burnout risk at [BurnoutIndex.org][4], an anonymous online questionnaire created in response to the [high level of burnout][5] in the tech industry.
+
+#### Prevent burnout
+
+The second lesson is to identify ways [to prevent burnout][6]. First, take time away from your job and plan time to unplug and unwind. This means planning vacations, staycations, or other time away from work. It's sometimes hard to unplug like this with the pressures and obligations we put on ourselves.
+
+There are three different levels of paid time off (PTO):
+
+ 1. **Best way to unplug:** I'm totally cut-off, not logging in, not checking email.
+ 2. **Decent way to unplug:** I'm kind of checking in, but not as responsive as normal.
+ 3. **Meh way to unplug:** I'm available if you need me, I'll monitor email, but I'm away from normal office life.
+
+
+
+Your situation will dictate which of these levels of time off will work for you. In my experience, you need at least two total check-outs a year. I typically have a blend of all three throughout the year, but since 2017, I have taken at least three week-long vacations each year to completely escape. It's working so far!
+
+#### Manage stress
+
+The third and final lesson is to manage stress effectively. My first go-to for stress management is exercise. I'm addicted to it. I work out pretty much every single day. And I like to mix it up: Cardio, weight lifting, swimming, running, cycling, surfing, and high-intensity interval training (HIIT) are staples in my exercise routine. I used to focus solely on running four to six half marathons a year, but I recently switched to triathlons. The multidisciplinary aspect of the activity has brought more joy and different challenges to my life.
+
+Another way to reduce stress is to manage your time better. Time is our most precious resource. You've got to choose how you want to spend your time. Family, work, self, social? It's up to you. Find ways to work more efficiently, more effectively, and make sure that you put yourself first. It may sound selfish, but as I've learned from the airplane preflight safety videos, "you need to put your mask on first before helping others."
+
+### Conclusion
+
+Burnout can lead to fatigue, excessive stress, sadness, anger, irritability, insomnia, alcohol or substance misuse, heart disease, and other medical conditions—all things that are not good for humans or for your team at work. I hope you can use these tips to put yourself first, reduce stress, and prevent burnout.
+
+* * *
+
+_Jason Hibbets will present "[10 things I wish I knew before experiencing burnout][7]" at [SCaLE 18x][8], March 5–8, 2020, in Pasadena, Calif. This article is a preview for the talk and a way to share a bit of his experience._
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/burnout
+
+作者：[Jason Hibbets][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jhibbets
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bulb-light-energy-power-idea.png?itok=zTEEmTZB (Light bulb)
+[2]: https://schedule.sxsw.com/2017/events/PP96070
+[3]: https://www.mayoclinic.org/healthy-lifestyle/adult-health/in-depth/burnout/art-20046642
+[4]: https://burnoutindex.org/
+[5]: https://opensource.com/article/19/11/burnout-open-source-communities
+[6]: https://www.redhat.com/sysadmin/tips-avoiding-burnout
+[7]: https://www.socallinuxexpo.org/scale/18x/presentations/10-things-i-wish-i-knew-experiencing-burnout
+[8]: https://www.socallinuxexpo.org/scale/18x/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200306 What is Linux and Why There are 100-s of Linux Distributions.md b/sources/talk/20200306 What is Linux and Why There are 100-s of Linux Distributions.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..be6a45e211
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200306 What is Linux and Why There are 100-s of Linux Distributions.md
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (What is Linux and Why There are 100’s of Linux Distributions?)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/what-is-linux/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+What is Linux and Why There are 100’s of Linux Distributions?
+======
+
+When you are just starting with Linux, it’s easy to get overwhelmed.
+
+You probably know only Windows and now you want to use Linux because you read that [Linux is better than Windows][1] as it is more secure and you don’t have to buy a license to use Linux.
+
+But then when you go about downloading and installing Linux, you learn that Linux is not a single entity. There are [Ubuntu][2], [Fedora][3], [Linux Mint][4], elementary and hundreds of such ‘Linux variants’. The trouble is that some of them look just like the other.
+
+If that’s the case, why are there multiple of those Linux operating systems? And then you also learn that Linux is just a kernel not an operating system.
+
+![Too Many Linux!][5]
+
+It gets messy. And you may feel like pulling out your hair. For a person who has a receding hairline, I would like you to keep your hair intact by explaining things in a way you could easily understand.
+
+I am going to take an analogy and explain why Linux is just a kernel, why there are hundreds of Linux and why, despite looking similar, they are different.
+
+The explanation here may not be considered good enough for an answer in an exam or interview but it should give you a better understanding of the topic.
+
+Apology in advance!
+
+My analogy may not be entirely correct from mechanical point of view as well. I am not knowledgeable about engines, cars and other related mechanical stuff.
+But in my experience, I have noticed that this analogy helps people clearly understand the concept of Linux and operating system.
+Also, I have used the term Linux OS instead of Linux distribution deliberately so that newcomers don’t start wondering about distribution.
+
+### Linux is just a kernel
+
+_**Linux is not an operating system, it’s just a kernel.**_
+
+The statement is entirely true. But how do you understand it. If you look into books, you’ll find Linux kernel structure described like this:
+
+![Linux Kernel Structure][6]
+
+There is absolutely correct, however, let’s take a different approach. Think of operating systems as vehicles, any kind of vehicle be it motorbikes, cars or trucks.
+
+What is at the core of a vehicle? An engine.
+
+Think of kernel as the engine. It’s an essential part of the vehicle and you cannot use a vehicle without the engine.
+
+![The Operating System Analogy][7]
+
+But you cannot drive an engine, can you? You need a lot of other stuff to interact with the engine and drive the vehicle. You need wheels, steering, gears, clutch, brakes and more to drive a vehicle on top of that engine.
+
+Similarly, you cannot use a kernel on its own. You need lots of tool to interact with the kernel and use the operating system. These stuff could be shell, commands, graphical interface (also called desktop environments) etc.
+
+This makes sense, right? Now that you understand this analogy, let’s take it further so that you understand the rest of it.
+
+Windows and other operating systems have kernel too
+
+Kernel is not something exclusive to Linux. You may not have realized but Windows, macOS and other operating systems have a kernel underneath as well.
+Microsoft Windows operating systems are based on [Windows NT kernel][8]. Apple’s macOS is based on the [XNU kernel][9].
+
+### Think of operating systems as vehicles
+
+Think of Microsoft as an automobile company that makes a general purpose car (Windows operating system) that is hugely popular and dominates the car market. They use their own patented engine that no one else can use. But these ‘Microsoft cars’ do not offer scope of customization. You cannot modify the engine on your own.
+
+Now come to ‘Apple automobile’. They offer shiny looking, luxury cars at an expensive price. If you got a problem, they have a premium support system where they might just replace the car.
+
+Now comes Linux. Remember, Linux is just an engine (kernel). But this ‘Linux engine’ is not patented and thus anyone is free to modify and build cars (desktop operating system), bikes (small embed system in your toys, tvs etc), trucks (servers) or jet-planes ([supercomputers][10]) on top of it. In real world, no such engine exists but accept it for the sake of this analogy.
+
+![][11]
+
+ * kernel = engine
+ * Linux kernel = specific type of engine
+ * desktop operating systems = cars
+ * server operating systems = heavy trucks
+ * embed systems = motor-bikes
+ * desktop environment = body of the vehicle along with interiors (dashboard and all)
+ * themes and icons = paint job, rim job and other customization
+ * applications = accessories you put for specific purpose (like music system)
+
+
+
+### Why there are so many Linux OS/distributions? Why some look similar?
+
+Why there are so many cars? Because there are several vehicle manufacturers using the ‘Linux engine’ and each of them have so many cars of different type and for different purposes.
+
+Since ‘Linux engine’ is free to use and modify, anyone can use it to build a vehicle on top of it.
+
+This is why Ubuntu, Debian, Fedora, SUSE, [Manjaro][12] and many other **Linux-based operating systems (also called Linux distributions or Linux distros)** exist.
+
+You might also have noticed that these Linux operating systems offer different variants but they look similar. I mean look at Fedora’s default GNOME version and Debian’s GNOME version. They do look the same, don’t they?
+
+![Fedora GNOME vs Debian GNOME: Virtually No Visual Difference][13]
+
+The component that gives the look and feel in a Linux OS is called [desktop environment][14]. In our analogy here, you can think of it as a combination of outer body and matching interiors. This is what provides the look and feel to your vehicle, does it not?
+
+It’s from the exterior that you can identify the cars into category of sedan, SUV, hatchback, station wagon, convertible, minivan, van, compact car, 4×4 etc.
+
+But these ‘type of cars’ are not exclusive to a single automobile company. Ford offers SUV, compact cars, vans etc and so do other companies like General Motors, Toyota.
+
+![Vehicles of same type look similar even if they are from different automobile companies][15]
+
+Similarly, distributions (Linux OSes) like Fedora, Ubuntu, Debian, Manjaro etc also offer different variants in the form of GNOME, KDE, Cinnamon, MATE and other [desktop environments][16].
+
+Ford’s SUV may look similar to Toyota’s or Renault’s SUV. Fedora’s GNOME version may look similar to Manjaro or Debian’s GNOME version.
+
+#### Some type of cars consume more fuel, some desktop environments need more RAM
+
+You probably understand the ‘usefulness’ of different types of cars. Compact cars are good for driving in the cities, vans are good for long trip with family, 4×4 are good for adventures in jungles and other rough terrain. A SUV may look good and feel comfortable for sitting but it consumes more fuel than a compact car that might not be comfortable to sit in.
+
+Similarly, desktop environments (GNOME, MATE, KDE, Xfce etc) also serve some purpose other than just providing the looks to your Linux operating system.
+
+GNOME gives a modern looking desktop but it consumes more RAM and thus require that your computer has more than 4 GB of RAM. Xfce on the other hand may look old/vintage but it can run on systems with 1 GB of RAM.
+
+#### Difference between getting desktop environment from distribution and installing on your own
+
+As you start using Linux, you’ll also come across suggestions that you can easily install other desktop environments on your current system.
+
+Remember that Linux is a free world. You are free to modify the engine, customize the looks on your own, if you have the knowledge/experience or if you are an enthusiastic learner.
+
+Think of it as customizing cars. You may modify a Hundai i20 to look like Suzuki Swift Dzire. But it might not be the same as using a Swift Dzire.
+
+When you are inside the i20 modified to look like Swiftz Dzire, you’ll find that it may not have the same experience from the inside. Dashboard is different, seats are different. You may also notice that the exterior doesn’t fit the same on i20’s body.
+
+The same goes for switching desktop environments. You will find that you don’t have the same set of apps in Ubuntu that you should be getting in Mint Cinnamon. Few apps will look out of place. Not to mention that you may find a few things broken, such as network manager indicator missing etc.
+
+Of course, you can put time, effort and skills to make Hundai i20 look as much like Swift Dzire as possible but you may feel like getting Suzuki Swift Dzire is a better idea in the first place.
+
+This is the reason why installing Ubuntu MATE is better than installing Ubuntu (GNOME version) and then [installing MATE desktop][17] on it.
+
+### Linux operating systems also differ in the way they handle applications
+
+Another major criteria on which the Linux operating systems differ from each other is the package management.
+
+Package management is basically how you get new software and updates in your systems. It’s up to your Linux distribution/OS to provide the security and maintenance updates. Your Linux OS also provides the means of installing new software on your system.
+
+Some Linux OS provides all the new software version immediately after their release while some take time to test them for your own good. Some Linux OS (like Ubuntu) provides easier way of installing a new software while you may find it complicated in some other Linux OS (like [Gentoo][18]).
+
+Keeping the line of our analogy, consider installing software as adding accessories to your vehicle.
+
+Suppose you have to install a music system in your car. You may have two options here. Your car is designed in such a way that you just insert the music player, you hear the click sound and you know it’s installed. The second option could be to get a screwdriver and then fix the music player on screws.
+
+Most people would prefer the hassle-free click lock installing system. Some people might take matter (and screwdriver) into their own hands.
+
+If an automobile company provides scope for installing lots of accessories in click-lock fashion in their cars, they will be preferred, won’t they?
+
+This is why Linux distributions like Ubuntu have a more users because they have a huge collection of software that can be easily installed in matter of clicks.
+
+### Conclusion
+
+Before I conclude this article, I’ll also like to talk about support that plays a significant role in choosing a Linux OS. For your car, you would like to have its official service center or other garages that service the automobile brand you own, don’t you? If the automobile company is popular, naturally, it will have more and more garages providing services.
+
+The same goes for Linux as well. For a popular Linux OS like Ubuntu, you have some official forums to seek support and a good number of websites and forums providing troubleshooting tips to fix your problem.
+
+Again, I know this is not a perfect analogy but this helps understand the things slightly better.
+
+If you are absolutely new to Linux, did this article made things clear for you or you are more confused than before?
+
+If you already know Linux, how would you explain Linux to someone from non-technical background?
+
+Your suggestions and feedback is welcome.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/what-is-linux/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/linux-better-than-windows/
+[2]: https://ubuntu.com/
+[3]: https://getfedora.org/
+[4]: https://linuxmint.com/
+[5]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/too-many-linux-choices.png?ssl=1
+[6]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/Linux_Kernel_structure.png?ssl=1
+[7]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/operating_system_analogy.png?ssl=1
+[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Architecture_of_Windows_NT
+[9]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/XNU
+[10]: https://itsfoss.com/linux-runs-top-supercomputers/
+[11]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/linux-kernel-as-engine.png?ssl=1
+[12]: https://manjaro.org/
+[13]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/fedora-gnome-vs-debian-gnome.jpg?ssl=1
+[14]: https://itsfoss.com/glossary/desktop-environment/
+[15]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/linux_suv_analogy.jpg?ssl=1
+[16]: https://itsfoss.com/best-linux-desktop-environments/
+[17]: https://itsfoss.com/install-mate-desktop-ubuntu/
+[18]: https://www.gentoo.org/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200308 The De-Googled Android Fork is Making Good Progress.md b/sources/talk/20200308 The De-Googled Android Fork is Making Good Progress.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e5d1838cd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200308 The De-Googled Android Fork is Making Good Progress.md
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (The De-Googled Android Fork is Making Good Progress)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/gael-duval-interview/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+The De-Googled Android Fork is Making Good Progress
+======
+
+A couple years ago, we covered the [Eelo project][1]. If you remember, the Eelo project was started by [Gael Duval][2] who once created Mandrake Linux. The goal of the Eelo project was to remove all Google services from Android to give you an [alternate mobile operating system][3] that doesn’t track you and invade your privacy.
+
+A lot has happened to Eelo since then. It’s not called Eelo anymore, now it’s called /e/. So, what’s happening with this project? We talked to Gael Duval himself. Here’s what he shared with us.
+
+![][4]
+
+_**Why did you create this Eelo or /e/ project in the first place?**_
+
+**Gael:** In 2017, I realized that using Android and iPhone, Google and many mobile apps was not compatible with my personal privacy.
+
+A later study by a US University confirmed this: using an iPhone or and Android phone sends between 6 to 12 MB of personal data to Google servers, daily! And this doesn’t count mobile apps.
+
+So I looked for reasonable alternatives to iPhone and Android phones but didn’t find any. Either I found options for hobbyists, like Ubuntu Touch, that were not compatible with existing apps and not fully unGoogled either. Or there were alternative ROMs with all the Google fat inside, and no associated basic online services that could be used without tweaking the system.
+
+Therefore, an idea came to mind: why not fork Android, remove all the Google features, even low level, such as connectivity check, DNS…, replace default apps with more virtuous apps, add basic online services, and integrate all this into a consistent form that could be used by Mum and Dad and any people without tech or expert knowledge?
+
+_**How is it any different from other custom Android ROMs?**_
+
+**Gael:** It doesn’t send a bit of data to Google, and is and will be more and more privacy-focused.
+
+Low-level: we remove any Android feature that sends data to Google servers. Even the connectivity check when you start the smartphone! To my knowledge, there is not any other Android ROM that does this at the moment. We change default DNS settings and offer users an option to set the DNS of their choice. We change NTP (automatic time configuration) settings to the default NTP servers because there is no reason to use Google NTP servers actually. Then we remove Google services, and we replace with a software layout called microG that can still receive push notifications and have geolocation data for apps (using Mozilla geolocation service).
+
+Then we change the default apps by non-Google apps, including the maps applications, mail etc., most are open source applications and I can say that there is 99% probability that all will be open source before the end of this year.
+
+Then we add our own Android application installer, with close to 80 000 available applications at the moment.
+
+We provide a different web browser, which is a fork of Chromium, were all features that data to Google are removed, and were the default search engine is not Google…
+
+And we operate online services:
+
+ * search, using a meta-search system that we have improve for a better user experience
+ * online drive with encrypted data, calendar etc. using a modified version of NextCloud
+ * mail…
+
+
+
+And for we provide a unique identifier that can be used to access all those services, either on the web or from the /e/ OS system, by login once. Then you can sync all your data, calendar, email etc. between your smartphone and your personal /e/ cloud (it can also be self-hosted).
+The purpose of the project is to provide a normal, ready to use, and attractive “digital life” to users, without sending all your personal data to Google.
+
+_**If it is completely ‘ungoogled’, how do users install new apps? Do you have your own app store? If yes, how can we trust that these apps don’t spy on user data?**_
+
+**Gael:** Yes – we have our own application installer, with about 80 000 applications. And we analyse each application to unveil the number of trackers, and we display this information to our users, for each application. We are also adding Progressive Web Apps soon to this application installer.
+
+/e/ OS is about freedom of choice. We want the core system to be better, and then offer as many possible options to users, by informing them as much as possible. In short: they can still any application they need. Next step will be to offer a feature to actually block trackers used in applications.
+
+_**What is the target user base for /e/? Can an average Joey use it without much trouble?**_
+
+![][5]
+
+**Gael:** We started with tech-savvy users, and we’re expanding the user base to people with less knowledge. At the moment, our typical user base is a mix of tech-savvy users, who can flash a smartphone with /e/ OS and people who are very concerned with Google and their data privacy but have very limited technical knowledge. For those people we have some smartphones pre-installed with /e/ OS for sale, on high-grade refurbished hardware.
+
+We are also announcing this week an “/e/ easy installer” that will make the flashing process much more easier, by pluging the smartphone to a PC and launching a dedicated application that will make most of the job.
+
+Then, the next step will be to expand our target users to a more global market, once we find the good partners. But clearly, there is a demand for something different than the Apple-Google worldwide market duopoly on the mobile.
+
+_**Initially the project was named eelo and it is called /e/ or [e foundation][6]. Personally, I find the name /e/ weird and it is not easily recognizable. Why did you change the project name?**_
+
+**Gael:** We have been “attacked” by a company called “eelloo”. They considered that “eelo” would interfere with their business. They are in the HR business solutions, but registered their trademark in all the classes related to mobile OS, smartphones etc. This is silly and a shame, but we had no money to defend us strongly at the time.
+
+However the/e/ name will be abandonned for something else quite soon.
+
+_**It’s been a couple of years since the initial launch. How do you see the adoption of /e/?**_
+
+**Gael:** We launched the first beta 18 months ago, and we have started to sell smartphones with /e/ a little more than 6 months ago. The adoption is growing a lot at the moment, we have to add terabytes of online storage regularly!
+
+Also with the /e/ installer arriving, and some official partnerships with some hardware mobile manufacturers in the pipe, this is going to accelerate a lot this year.
+
+However, this is not surprising, privacy concerns are rising both for individuals and corporations, and I think the rejection of Google is also trending.
+
+_**What are your future plans to grow /e/?**_
+
+**Gael:** The growth is very natural. There is a strong community of users who realize how unique our approach is. These guys are contributing, supporting us and talking a lot about the project.
+
+With the easy installer coming along and strategic partnerships with hardware makers, this is going to accelerate a lot.
+
+Also, and this is more personal, I think that there is a natural connection between /e/ OS, and the Linux world. OK, /e/ OS is based on Android, but it’s still a Linux kernel and it’s the same spirit, it’s Open Source… So I’d really like to have more natural integration between my /e/ smartphone and my Linux desktop. There should be some nice features added in this spirit in the next versions of /e/ OS.
+
+_**What can /e/ users and our readers do to help e foundation?**_
+
+**Gael:** Join us, talk about what we are doing, send your feedback, organize some meetups… Help improve the /e/ Wikipedia page which is very poor and doesn’t represent at all what we are actually doing.
+
+We also have a [permanent crowdfunding campaign where users can support the project financially][7], pay for the servers etc. And, in addition to giving back in term of open source product, we send cool stuff in return :)
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/gael-duval-interview/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/eelo-mobile-os/
+[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ga%C3%ABl_Duval
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/open-source-alternatives-android/
+[4]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/e-os-interview.jpg?ssl=1
+[5]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/e-foundation-smartphones.jpg?resize=800%2C590&ssl=1
+[6]: https://e.foundation/
+[7]: https://e.foundation/donate/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200311 Data-center power consumption holds steady.md b/sources/talk/20200311 Data-center power consumption holds steady.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cfa6ba9fba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200311 Data-center power consumption holds steady.md
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Data-center power consumption holds steady)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3531316/data-center-power-consumption-holds-steady.html)
+[#]: author: (Andy Patrizio https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/)
+
+Data-center power consumption holds steady
+======
+While computing capacity has exploded in recent years, power consumption is growing more slowly thanks to greater energy efficiency.
+Google
+
+A predicted explosion in power consumption by data centers has not manifested thanks to advances in power efficiency and, ironically enough, the move to the cloud, according to a new report.
+
+The [study][1], published in the journal _Science_ last week, notes that while there has been an increase in global data-center energy consumption over the past decade, this growth is negligible compared with the rise of workloads and deployed hardware during that time.
+
+Data centers accounted for about 205 terawatt-hours of electricity usage in 2018, which is roughly 1% of all electricity consumption worldwide, according to the report. (That's well below the often-cited stat that data centers consume 2% of the world's electricity). The 205 terawatt-hours represent a 6% increase in total power consumption since 2010, but global data center compute instances rose by 550% over that same time period.
+
+**[ Now read: [What is quantum computing (and why enterprises should care)][2] ]**
+
+To drive that point home: Considerably more compute is being deployed, yet the amount of power consumed is holding steady.
+
+The paper cites a number of reasons for this. For starters, hardware power efficiency is vastly improved. The move to server virtualization has meant a six-fold increase in compute instances with only a 25% increase in server energy use. And a shift to faster and more energy-efficient port technologies has brought about a 10-fold increase in data center IP traffic with only a modest increase in the energy use of network devices.
+
+Even more interesting, the report claims the rise of and migration to hyperscalers has helped curtail power consumption.
+
+Hyperscale data centers and cloud data centers are generally more energy efficient than company-owned data centers because there is greater incentive for energy efficiency. The less power Amazon, Microsoft, Google, etc., have to buy, the more their bottom line grows. And hyperscalers are big on cheap, renewable energy, such as hydro and wind.
+
+[][3]
+
+So if a company trades its own old, inefficient data center for AWS or Google Cloud, they're reducing the overall power draw of data centers as a whole.
+
+"Total power consumption held steady as computing output has risen because of improvement efficiency of both IT and infrastructure equipment, and a shift from corporate data centers to more efficient cloud data centers (especially hyper scale)," said Jonathan Koomey, a Stanford professor and one of the authors of the research, in an email to me. He has spent years researching data center power and is an authority on the subject.
+
+"As always, the IT equipment progresses most quickly. In this article, we show that the peak output efficiency of computing doubled every 2.6 years after 2000. This doesn’t include the reduced idle power factored into the changes for servers we document," he added.
+
+Koomey notes that there is additional room for efficiency improvements to cover the next doubling of computing output over the next few years but was reluctant to make projections out too far. "We avoid projecting the future of IT because it changes so fast, and we are skeptical of those who think they can project IT electricity use 10-15 years hence," he said.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][4] and [LinkedIn][5] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3531316/data-center-power-consumption-holds-steady.html
+
+作者：[Andy Patrizio][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://science.sciencemag.org/content/367/6481/984
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3275367/what-s-quantum-computing-and-why-enterprises-need-to-care.html
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3440100/take-the-intelligent-route-with-consumption-based-storage.html?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE21620&utm_content=sidebar ( Take the Intelligent Route with Consumption-Based Storage)
+[4]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[5]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200311 Setting yourself up for success while working remotely.md b/sources/talk/20200311 Setting yourself up for success while working remotely.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bbe6b3f513
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200311 Setting yourself up for success while working remotely.md
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Setting yourself up for success while working remotely)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/remote-work)
+[#]: author: (Dawn Parzych https://opensource.com/users/dawnparzych)
+
+Setting yourself up for success while working remotely
+======
+Whether you are new to working remotely or are a seasoned veteran, here
+are tips to improve the experience.
+![Woman sitting in front of her computer][1]
+
+Remote work is not easy. While there are perks to being remote, it is a mind-shift and takes some getting used to. Talk to anybody that works remotely, and they will likely tell you some of the biggest challenges of remote work are _**feeling disconnected**_ and _**a loss of regime**_. Here are my tips gathered from 10 years as a remote worker on how to set yourself and your team up to work remotely successfully.
+
+### Environment and regime
+
+ 1. **"Commute" to and from work**. I'm not saying go to the extremes in this [_Audible commercial_][2], but I suggest leaving your home to go for a walk or a bike ride before you begin working. Do the same at the end of the day. I take my dog, Barley (pictured here), for a walk at the start and end of most days.![Here's my dog, Barley, who gets regular walks during my morning "commute"][3]
+ 2. **Get dressed.** Don't be tempted to work in your PJs, because this blurs the line between work and home. People sometimes say that being able to work in your pajamas is a perk of remote work, but studies show this isn't great advice. You don't need to put on a suit and tie, but do change out of your pajamas; otherwise, before you know it, you will have gone three days without changing your clothes. For more reasons why check out this article from [_Fast Company_][4].
+ 3. **Eat lunch away from your desk**. This is good advice even if you aren't working remotely.
+ 4. **Stick to a schedule**. It's easy to start working as soon as you wake up and continue late into the evening. Set a start time and an end time for your day and stick to it. When I stop work for the day, I try to close my office door. Configure your working hours in every app you use so others know when you are available. Don't use your work computer outside of working hours if you can.
+ 5. **Set up a dedicated work environment**, if possible. Try not to work from the kitchen table. This blurs the lines between home and work. My office (picture below) also has space for comfortable seating and desk seating to switch between the two.
+ 6. **Check-in with your team** or friends in the morning. Don't mistake this for a daily stand-up; this is more like saying _hi_ when you're getting coffee.
+ 7. **Sign-off at the end of the day**. This means both letting your team members know you are leaving and actually walking away from where you are working. Close the laptop. Turn off Slack notifications, etc.
+ 8. **Keep people posted** if you are leaving early or unavailable. It helps build trust.
+ 9. **Invest in a headset** if you will be doing a lot of calls. If there is more than one person in your household that is working remotely, they will thank you for this. It is no fun listening to somebody else's conference call.
+ 10. **Turn on your video** when on a video call to help you feel connected and stay engaged. When your video is disabled, it is easy to wander off and get distracted by Slack (or its [open source alternatives][5]), Twitter, or any other number of distractions.
+ 11. **Set up a weekly, casual remote chat**. At my company, we meet on Friday mornings via Zoom (or the open source alternative, [Jitsi][6]). This chat is open to remote and non-remote staff. It is an open call to talk about whatever is on our minds. Topics have ranged from music preferences to parenting challenges to what people are doing over the weekend.
+ 12. **Set-up chat-roulette **if one-on-one interaction is more your thing. There are applications on most chat platforms that randomly pairs two employees to chat and get to know one another.
+ 13. **Ask for help**. Chat with your colleagues if you're stuck, need encouragement, or need to vent. You are not alone. You are a member of a team. You can still grab a coffee or go for a walk with a teammate remotely.
+
+
+
+![Here’s my home office set up][7]
+
+Everybody is different. These tips work for me, I’d love to hear you share your advice below!
+
+Not all work-from-home gigs are created equal. There is a vast ocean between being a member of a...
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/remote-work
+
+作者：[Dawn Parzych][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/dawnparzych
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/OSDC_women_computing_2.png?itok=JPlR5aCA (Woman sitting in front of her computer)
+[2]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oVCJhZhrJ04
+[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/resize/pictures/barleywalking_0-300x379.png (Here's my dog, Barley, who gets regular walks during my morning "commute")
+[4]: https://www.fastcompany.com/3064295/what-happened-when-i-dressed-up-to-work-from-home-for-a-week
+[5]: https://opensource.com/alternatives/slack
+[6]: https://meet.jit.si/
+[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/pictures/6151f75e-bbeb-4e64-a5ca-0bbe4e981054.jpeg (Here’s my home office set up)
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200312 Next wave of digital transformation requires better security, automation.md b/sources/talk/20200312 Next wave of digital transformation requires better security, automation.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d99b38c7b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200312 Next wave of digital transformation requires better security, automation.md
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Next wave of digital transformation requires better security, automation)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3531448/next-wave-of-digital-transformation-requires-better-security-automation.html)
+[#]: author: (Zeus Kerravala https://www.networkworld.com/author/Zeus-Kerravala/)
+
+Next wave of digital transformation requires better security, automation
+======
+F5 report highlights the challenges of digital initiatives, including a struggle to secure multi-cloud environments and a lack of IT skills required to extend automation efforts.
+Loops7 / Getty Images
+
+Digital transformation is a top-of-mind priority for CIOs who want innovative ways to deploy applications and run IT operations. In today's digital economy, companies that don't depend on applications to support their business are rare. On the contrary, most companies have some kind of digital transformation initiative in place, which is driving the adoption of cloud-native architectures and application services.
+
+A new report from application delivery vendor F5 Networks finds businesses are entering the second phase of digital transformation by automating more parts of their networks. Based on a survey of nearly 2,600 senior leaders globally—from various industries, company sizes, and roles—the [_2020 State of Application Services Report_][1] uncovered five key trends shaping the application landscape.
+
+**READ MORE:** [Top 10 underused SD-WAN features][2]
+
+### 1\. Every company is undergoing a digital transformation
+
+Having conducted its annual survey for six years in a row, F5 consistently found IT optimization and business process optimization to be the top reported benefits for companies with digital transformation initiatives. At this point, most companies have mastered automation of individual tasks by digitizing IT and business processes—which the report classifies as phase one of digital transformation.
+
+Moving on to phase two, companies are shifting their focus to reducing complexity and supporting apps with a consistent set of services. External-facing apps make up a portion (45%) of an average company's portfolio and help generate revenue. Yet, the internal-facing ones—like productivity and operational apps—are vital to digitizing business processes.
+
+Modern, microservices/cloud-native apps now make up approximately 15% of a company's portfolio, compared to 11% for mainframe-hosted apps. This mix of new and older generation apps indicates that businesses are dealing with a diverse app portfolio. As more businesses adopt an application-centric mindset, they can start managing their app portfolio like a business asset.
+
+### 2\. Organizations struggle to secure multi-cloud environments
+
+Every company has different needs, which is why most choose the best cloud for their applications on a case-by-case basis, the report finds. Businesses are adopting cloud platforms at a high rate, with 27% planning to have more than half of their applications in the cloud by the end of 2020.
+
+For 87% of companies, multi-cloud is the preferred choice due to its flexibility. Multi-cloud typically includes a mix of infrastructure-as-a-service (IaaS) environments, so a company can choose to deploy multiple software-as-a-service (SaaS) or platform-as-a-service (PaaS) cloud services.
+
+[][3]
+
+However, multi-cloud environments pose challenges for businesses when it comes to maintaining security, policy, and compliance, according to the report's respondents. Companies are dealing with applications that reach hundreds to millions of end users—each one with its own security risk. Meanwhile, many don't have the expertise to protect the apps.
+
+A whopping 71% of companies surveyed by F5 reported a skills gap in security. Only 45% of companies are confident that they're able to secure apps in the public cloud, while 62% think they can protect apps in an on-premises data center. The most confident companies have consistency across multiple architectures and multiple infrastructures, ensuring security and performance of all apps in their portfolio.
+
+### 3\. Automation key to boosting efficiency
+
+Manual processes may have been the norm for legacy networks, but modern networks require automation. That's why most companies (73%) have embraced it.
+
+In this year's report, F5 observed more consistent use of automation in the deployment pipeline than in previous years. Automation of application infrastructure, network, application services, and security is nearly equal across the board at approximately 40% for survey respondents. (See also: [Enterprises being won over by speed, effectiveness of network automation][4])
+
+Interestingly, more companies are choosing open source and continuous integration/continuous delivery (CI/CD) tools for automation over proprietary vendor solutions. The report found there is a need for open ecosystems with the increasing use of CI/CD tools, as businesses search for ways to address problems that slow down automation. Companies said their biggest struggles are with skill gaps in enterprise IT, integrating toolsets across vendors and devices, and the cost of new tools.
+
+### 4\. Security app services are most widely deployed
+
+Modern networks require application services—a pool of services necessary to deploy, run, and secure apps across on-premises or multi-cloud environments. Today, 69% of companies are using 10 or more application services, such as ingress control and service discovery. Ingress control is a relatively new application service that has become essential to companies with high API call volumes. It's one of many examples of the growing adoption of microservices-based apps.
+
+Security services remain as the most widely deployed, with these in particular dominating the top five: SSL VPN and firewall services (81%); IPS/IDS, antivirus, and spam mitigation (77%); load balancing and DNS (68%); web application firewalls (WAF) and DDoS protection (each at 67%).
+
+Over the next 12 months, the evolution of cloud and modern app architectures will continue to shape application services. At the top of the list (41%) is software-defined wide-area networking ([SD-WAN][5]). SD-WAN enables software-based provisioning from the cloud to meet modern application demands. Early SD-WAN deployments focused on replacing costly multi-protocol label switching (MPLS), but there is now greater emphasis on security as a core requirement for SD-WAN.
+
+### 5\. DevOps picks up responsibility for app services
+
+Although IT operations is still primarily responsible for deploying app services, the report revealed a shift taking place from single-function to ops-oriented team structures—such SecOps and DevOps.
+
+The responsibility for securing, optimizing, and managing apps by DevOps teams is growing, fueled by cloud and container-native applications. Compared to just a few years ago, businesses have developed a preference for containers over virtual appliances for app services. Container preference grew from just 6% in 2017 to 18% in 2020, surpassing virtual machines (15%) and hardware (15%).
+
+Regardless of preference, the challenges of modern app architectures call for collaboration between teams. IT operations and DevOps don't have to be mutually exclusive and can work together to address those challenges.
+
+### What's Next?
+
+Senior leaders surveyed in the report see big data analytics coming into play in the next two to five years.
+
+Companies today only use a small portion of their data and aren't taking full advantage of it. In the third phase of the digital transformation, businesses can begin leveraging data captured by apps via artificial intelligence (AI)-powered analytics. The harnessed data can provide valuable insights to improve business processes.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][6] and [LinkedIn][7] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3531448/next-wave-of-digital-transformation-requires-better-security-automation.html
+
+作者：[Zeus Kerravala][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Zeus-Kerravala/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.f5.com/state-of-application-services-report
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3518992/top-10-underused-sd-wan-features.html
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3440100/take-the-intelligent-route-with-consumption-based-storage.html?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE21620&utm_content=sidebar ( Take the Intelligent Route with Consumption-Based Storage)
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3530275/enterprises-being-won-over-by-speed-effectiveness-of-network-automation.html
+[5]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3031279/sd-wan-what-it-is-and-why-you-ll-use-it-one-day.html
+[6]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[7]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200316 As the networks evolve enterprises need to rethink network security.md b/sources/talk/20200316 As the networks evolve enterprises need to rethink network security.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4767aaafe1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200316 As the networks evolve enterprises need to rethink network security.md
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (As the networks evolve enterprises need to rethink network security)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3531929/as-the-network-evolves-enterprises-need-to-rethink-security.html)
+[#]: author: (Zeus Kerravala https://www.networkworld.com/author/Zeus-Kerravala/)
+
+As the networks evolve enterprises need to rethink network security
+======
+Q&A: John Maddison, executive vice president of products for network security vendor Fortinet, discusses how to deal with network security in the digital era.
+D3Damon / Getty Images
+
+_Digital innovation is disrupting businesses. Data and applications are at the hub of new business models, and data needs to travel across the extended network at increasingly high speeds without interruption. To make this possible, organizations are radically redesigning their networks by adopting multi-cloud environments, building hyperscale data centers, retooling their campuses, and designing new connectivity systems for their next-gen branch offices. Networks are faster than ever before, more agile and software-driven. They're also increasingly difficult to secure. To understand the challenges and how security needs to change, I recently talked with John Maddison, executive vice president of products for network security vendor Fortinet._
+
+**ZK: As the speed and scale of data escalate, how do the challenges to secure it change?**
+
+JM: Security platforms were designed to provide things like enhanced visibility, control, and performance by monitoring and managing the perimeter. But the traditional perimeter has shifted from being a very closely monitored, single access point to a highly dynamic and flexible environment that has not only expanded outward but inward, into the core of the network as well.
+
+**[ Also see [What to consider when deploying a next generation firewall][1]. | Get regularly scheduled insights by [signing up for Network World newsletters][2]. ]**
+
+**READ MORE:** [The VPN is dying, long live zero trust][3]
+
+Today's perimeter not only includes multiple access points, the campus, the WAN, and the cloud, but also IoT, mobile, and virtual devices that are generating data, communicating with data centers and manufacturing floors, and literally creating thousands of new edges inside an organization. And with this expanded perimeter, there are a lot more places for attacks to get in. To address this new attack surface, security has to move from being a standalone perimeter solution to being fully integrated into the network.
+
+This convergence of security and networking needs to cover SD-WAN, VPN, Wi-Fi controllers, switching infrastructures, and data center environments – something we call security-driven networking. As we see it, security-driven networking is an essential approach for ensuring that security and networking are integrated together into a single system so that whenever the networking infrastructure evolves or expands, security automatically adapts as an integrated part of that environment. And it needs to do this by providing organizations with a new suite of security solutions, including network segmentation, dynamic multi-cloud controls, and [zero-trust network access][3]. And because of the speed of digital operations and the sophistication of today's attacks, this new network-centric security strategy also needs to be augmented with AI-driven security operations.
+
+The perimeter security devices that have been on the market weren't really built to run as part of the internal network, and when you put them there, they become bottlenecks. Customers don't put these traditional security devices in the middle of their networks because they just can't run fast enough. But the result is an open network environment that can become a playground for criminals that manage to breach perimeter defenses. It's why the dwell time for network malware is over six months.
+
+**[ [Prepare to become a Certified Information Security Systems Professional with this comprehensive online course from PluralSight. Now offering a 10-day free trial!][4] ]**
+
+As you combine networking applications, networking functionality, and security applications together to address this challenge, you absolutely need a different performance architecture. This can't be achieved using the traditional hardware most security platforms rely on.
+
+**ZK: Why can't traditional security devices secure the internal network?**
+
+JM: They simply aren't fast enough. And the ones that come close are prohibitively expensive… For example, internal segmentation not only enables organizations to see and separate all of the devices on their network but also dynamically create horizontal segments that support and secure applications and automated workflows that need to travel across the extended network. Inside the network, you're running at 100 gigs, 400 gigs, that sort of thing. But the interface for a lot of security systems today is just 10 gigs. Even with multiple ports, the device can't handle much more than that without having to spend a fortune… In order to handle today's capacity and performance demands, security needs to be done at network speeds that most security solutions cannot support without specialized content processors.
+
+**ZK: Hyperscale data centers have been growing steadily. What sort of additional security challenges do these environments face?**
+
+JM: Hyperscale architectures are being used to move and process massive amounts of data. A lot of the times, research centers will need to send a payload of over 10 gigabytes – one packet that's 10 gigabytes – to support advanced rendering and modeling projects. Most firewalls today cannot process these large payloads, also known as elephant flows. Instead, they often compromise on their security to let them flow through. Other hyperscale environment examples include financial organizations that need to process transactions with sub-second latency or online gaming providers that need to support massive numbers of connections per second while maintaining high user experience. … [Traditional security platforms] will never be able to secure hyperscale environments, or even worse, the next generation of ultra-fast converged networks that rely on hyperscale and hyperconnectivity to run things like smart cities or smart infrastructures, until they fundamentally change their hardware.
+
+**ZK: Do these approaches introduce new risks or increase the existing risk for these organizations?**
+
+JM: They do both. As the attack surface expands, existing risks often get multiplied across the network. We actually see more exploits in the wild targeting older vulnerabilities than new ones. But cybercriminals are also building new tools designed to exploit cloud environments and modern data centers. They are targeting mobile devices and exploiting IoT vulnerabilities. Some of these attacks are simply revisions of older, tried and true exploits. But many are new and highly sophisticated. We are also seeing new attacks that use machine learning and rely on AI enhancements to better bypass security and evade detection.
+
+To address this challenge, security platforms need to be broad, integrated, and automated.
+
+Broad security platforms come in a variety of form factors so they can be deployed everywhere across the expanding network. Physical hardware enhancements, such as our [security processing units], enable security platforms to be effectively deployed inside high-performance networks, including hyperscale data centers and SD-WAN environments. And virtualized versions need to support private cloud environments as well as all major cloud providers through thorough cloud-native integration.
+
+Next, these security platforms need to be integrated. The security components built into a security platform need to work together as a single solution – not the sort of loose affiliation most platforms provide – to enable extremely fast threat intelligence collection, correlation, and response. That security platform also needs to support common standards and APIs so third-party tools can be added and supported. And finally, these platforms need to be able to work together, regardless of their location or form factor, to create a single, unified security fabric. It's important to note that many cloud providers have developed their own custom hardware, such as Google's TPU, Amazon's Inferentia, and Microsoft's Corsica, to accelerate cloud functions. As a result, hardware acceleration on physical security platforms is essential to ensure consistent performance for data moving between physical and cloud environments
+
+And finally, security platforms need to be automated. Support for automated workflows and AI-enhanced security operations can significantly accelerate the speed of threat detection, analysis, and response. But like other processing-intensive functions, such as decrypting traffic for deep inspection, these functions also need specialized and purpose-built processors or they will become innovation-killing bottlenecks.
+
+**ZK: What's next for network security?**
+
+JM: This is just the start. As networking functions begin to converge even further, creating the next generation of smart environments – smart buildings, smart cities, and smart critical infrastructures – the lack of viable security tools capable of inspecting and protecting these hyperfast, hyperconnected, and hyper-scalable environments will seriously impact our digital economy and way of life.
+
+Security vendors need to understand this challenge and begin investing now in developing advanced hardware and security-driven networking technologies. Organizations aren't waiting for vendors to catch up so they can secure their networks of tomorrow. Their networks are being left exposed right now because the software-based security solutions they have in place are just not adequate. And it's up to the security industry to step up and solve this challenge.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][5] and [LinkedIn][6] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3531929/as-the-network-evolves-enterprises-need-to-rethink-security.html
+
+作者：[Zeus Kerravala][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Zeus-Kerravala/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3236448/lan-wan/what-to-consider-when-deploying-a-next-generation-firewall.html
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3487720/the-vpn-is-dying-long-live-zero-trust.html
+[4]: https://pluralsight.pxf.io/c/321564/424552/7490?u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.pluralsight.com%2Fpaths%2Fcertified-information-systems-security-professional-cisspr
+[5]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[6]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200316 How to be the right person for DevOps.md b/sources/talk/20200316 How to be the right person for DevOps.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..02cdf8bedb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200316 How to be the right person for DevOps.md
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to be the right person for DevOps)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/devops-relationships)
+[#]: author: (Josh Atwell https://opensource.com/users/joshatwell)
+
+How to be the right person for DevOps
+======
+Creating healthy relationships is the essential ingredient in DevOps
+success.
+![Team meeting][1]
+
+In my kitchen, we have a sign that reads "Marriage is more than finding the right person. It is being the right person." It serves as a great reminder of the individual responsibility everyone has in any healthy relationship. As organizations adopt [DevOps][2] as a model of developing and delivering value to customers, the impact of healthy relationships is extremely important for success.
+
+![Marriage sign][3]
+
+Historically, the relationship between development and operations teams has been unhealthy. Poor communication, limited empathy, and a history of mistrust make merging these teams into a tighter operating model challenging, to say the least. This is not entirely unfair to either side.
+
+Developers have long been frustrated by lead times and processes put in place by the operations organization. They just want to work, and they often see operations as an anchor on the ship of progress.
+
+Operations professionals have long been frustrated by the impatience and lack of clear requirements that come from development teams. They are often confused about why those teams are not able to use the available services and processes. They see developers as a liability to their ability to maintain stable services for customers and the business.
+
+A lingering gap here is that each side has been focused on protecting its own perspective. They emphasize how the other team is not being what _they_ need, and they never question whether they, too, could be doing something different.
+
+In DevOps, all sides must frame their role in the organization based on how they add value to others.
+
+There are a few things that everyone, including managers and leaders, can do right away to become a better contributor and partner in their DevOps relationships.
+
+### Communicate
+
+Most professionals in an organization adopting DevOps find themselves needing to work closely with new people, ones they have had limited exposure to in the past. It is important for everyone to take time to get to know their new teammates and learn more about their concerns, their interests, and also their preferred communication style.
+
+Successful communication in new relationships is often built on simply listening more and talking less. Our natural tendency is to talk about ourselves. Most people love sharing what they know best. However, it is extremely important to make more room to listen.
+
+Hearing someone is not the same as listening to them. I'm confident that we have all been in the situation where someone expresses a concern that we do not entirely internalize. Also, merely hearing does not encourage people to share–or to share as completely as they should.
+
+![Stick figures hearing][4]
+
+It is important to listen actively. Repeat what you hear, and seek validation that what you repeat is what they wanted you to understand. Once you understand their concern, it is important to make your initial response a selfless one. Even if you can't completely solve the problem, demonstrate sympathy and help the person move towards a solution.
+
+![Stick figures listening][5]
+
+### Selflessness
+
+Another key relationship challenge as organizations adopt DevOps is developing a perspective of selflessness. In DevOps, most people are responsible for delivering value to a wide variety of other people. Each person should begin by considering how their actions and work impact other people.
+
+This service mindset carries forward when you become more sensitive to when others are in need and then dedicate time in your schedule specifically for the purpose of helping them. This can be as simple as creating a small improvement in a process or helping to troubleshoot an issue. A positive side effect is that this effort will provide you more opportunities to work with others and develop deeper trust.
+
+It is also important not to hoard knowledge—either technical or institutional—especially when people ask questions or seek help. Maintain the mindset that there are no stupid questions.
+
+![Stick figure apologizing][6]
+
+Finally, selflessness includes being trustworthy. It is difficult to maintain a healthy relationship when there is no trust. Be honest and transparent. In IT, this is often seen as a liability, but in DevOps it is a requirement for success.
+
+### Self-care
+
+In order to be a strong contributor to a relationship, it is necessary to maintain a sense of self. Our individuality provides the diversity a relationship needs to grow. Make sure you maintain and share your interests with others. Be more than just the work you do. Apply your interests to your work.
+
+You are no good to others if you are not good to yourself. Healthy relationships are stronger with healthy people. Make sure you take time to enjoy your interests and recharge. Take your vacation and leave work behind!
+
+![Stick figure relaxing][7]
+
+I am also a strong advocate for mental health days. Sometimes our mental health is not sufficient to work effectively. You're not as effective when you are physically ill, and you're not as effective when your head is not 100%. Work with your manager and your team to support each other to maintain good mental health.
+
+Mental health is improved by learning. Invest in yourself and expand your knowledge. DevOps ideally needs "t-shaped" people who have depth on a topic and also broader system knowledge. Work to increase your depth, but balance that by learning new things about your environment. This knowledge can come from your teammates and create operational sympathy.
+
+![Stick figure with open arms][8]
+
+Finally, healthy relationships are not all work and no play. Take time to acknowledge the successes of others. If you know your team, you likely know how individuals prefer to receive praise. Respect those preferences, but always strive to praise vocally where possible.
+
+![Stick figures celebrating][9]
+
+Make sure to celebrate these successes as a team. All work and no play makes everyone dull. Celebrate milestones together as a team, and then articulate and target the next objectives.
+
+### Be the right person
+
+DevOps requires more from every individual, and its success is directly tied to the health of relationships. Each member of the organization should apply these techniques to grow and improve themselves. A focus on being the right person for the team will build stronger bonds and make the organization better equipped to reach its goals.
+
+* * *
+
+_This article is based on [a talk][10] Josh Atwell gave at All Things Open 2019._
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/devops-relationships
+
+作者：[Josh Atwell][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/joshatwell
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/meeting-team-listen-communicate.png?itok=KEBP6vZ_ (Team meeting)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/tags/devops
+[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/marriage.png (Marriage sign)
+[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/hearing.png (Stick figures hearing)
+[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/listening.png (Stick figures listening)
+[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/apologize.png (Stick figure apologizing)
+[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/relax.png (Stick figure relaxing)
+[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/open_0.png (Stick figure with open arms)
+[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/celebrate.png (Stick figures celebrating)
+[10]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/devops-empathy
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200316 OpenStreetMap- A Community-Driven Google Maps Alternative.md b/sources/talk/20200316 OpenStreetMap- A Community-Driven Google Maps Alternative.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..123b5f003f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200316 OpenStreetMap- A Community-Driven Google Maps Alternative.md
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (OpenStreetMap: A Community-Driven Google Maps Alternative)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/openstreetmap/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+OpenStreetMap: A Community-Driven Google Maps Alternative
+======
+
+_**Brief: OpenStreetMap is a community-driven map – which is a potential alternative to Google Maps. Learn more about this open source project.**_
+
+[OpenStreetMap][1] (OSM) is a free editable map of the world. Anyone can contribute, edit, and make changes to the OpenStreetMap to improve it.
+
+![][2]
+
+You need to sign up for an account first – in order to be able to edit or add information to the OpenStreetMap. To view the map, you wouldn’t need an account.
+
+Even though it’s a free-to-use map under an [open data license][3], you cannot use the map API to build another service on top of it for commercial purpose.
+
+So, you can download the map data to use it and host it yourself while mentioning the credits to OSM. You can learn more about its [API usage policy][4] and [copyright][5] information on its official website to learn more.
+
+In this article, we shall take a brief look at how it works and what kind of projects use OpenStreetMaps as the source of their map data.
+
+### OpenStreetMap: Overview
+
+![][6]
+
+OpenStreetMap is a good alternative to Google Maps. You might not get the same level of information as Google Maps- but for basic navigation and traveling, OpenStreetMap is sufficient.
+
+Just like any other map, you will be able to switch between multiple layers in the map, get to know your location, and easily search for places.
+
+You may not find all the latest information for the businesses, shops, and restaurants nearby. But, for basic navigation, it’s more than enough.
+
+OpenStreetMap can be usually accessed through a web browser on both desktop and mobile by visiting the [OpenStreetMap site][7]. It does not have an official Android/iOS app yet.
+
+However, there are a variety of applications available that utilize OpenStreetMap at its core. So, if you want to utilize OpenStreetMap on a smartphone, you can take a look at some of the popular open-source Google Maps alternatives:
+
+ * [OsmAnd][8]
+ * [MAPS.ME][9]
+
+
+
+**MAPS.ME** and **OsmAnd** are two open-source applications for Android and iOS that utilize OpenStreetMap data to provide a rich user experience with a bunch of useful information and features added to it.
+
+You can also opt for other proprietary options if you wish, like [Magic Earth][10].
+
+In either case, you can take a look at the extensive list of applications on their official wiki page for [Android][11] and [iOS][12].
+
+### Using OpenStreetMap On Linux
+
+![][13]
+
+The easiest way to use OpenStreetMap on Linux is to use it in a web browser. If you use GNOME desktop environment, you can install GNOME Maps which is built on top of OpenStreetMap.
+
+There are also several software (that are mostly obsolete) that utilize OpenStreetMap on Linux for specific purposes. You can check out the list of available packages in their [official wiki list][14].
+
+### Wrapping Up
+
+OpenStreetMap may not be the best source for navigation for end users but its open source model allows it to be used freely. This means that many services can be built using OpenStreetMap. For example, [ÖPNVKarte][15] uses OpenStreetMap to display worldwide public transport facilities on a uniform map so that you don’t have to browse individual operator’s websites.
+
+What do you think about OpenStreetMap? Can you use it as a Google Maps alternative? Feel free to share your thoughts in the comments below.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/openstreetmap/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.openstreetmap.org/
+[2]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/openstreetmap.jpg?ssl=1
+[3]: https://opendatacommons.org/licenses/odbl/
+[4]: https://operations.osmfoundation.org/policies/api/
+[5]: https://www.openstreetmap.org/copyright
+[6]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/open-street-map-2.jpg?ssl=1
+[7]: https://www.openstreetmap.org
+[8]: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=net.osmand
+[9]: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.mapswithme.maps.pro
+[10]: https://www.magicearth.com/
+[11]: https://wiki.openstreetmap.org/wiki/Android#OpenStreetMap_applications
+[12]: https://wiki.openstreetmap.org/wiki/Apple_iOS
+[13]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/open-street-map-1.jpg?ssl=1
+[14]: https://wiki.openstreetmap.org/wiki/Linux
+[15]: http://xn--pnvkarte-m4a.de/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200317 -AI everywhere- IoT chips coming from Arm.md b/sources/talk/20200317 -AI everywhere- IoT chips coming from Arm.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a5e61bce6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200317 -AI everywhere- IoT chips coming from Arm.md
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: ('AI everywhere' IoT chips coming from Arm)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3532094/ai-everywhere-iot-chips-coming-from-arm.html)
+[#]: author: (Patrick Nelson https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/)
+
+'AI everywhere' IoT chips coming from Arm
+======
+Two new microprocessors from Arm promise to miniaturize artificial intelligence.
+Healthcare
+
+Silicon microchip maker Arm is working on a new semiconductor design that it says will enable machine learning, at scale, on small sensor devices. Arm has completed testing of the technology and expects to bring it to market next year.
+
+Artificial intelligence, implemented locally on "billions and ultimately trillions" of devices is coming, the company says in a [press release][1]. Arm Holdings, owned by Japanese conglomerate Softbank, says its partners have shipped more than 160 billion Arm-based chips to date, and that 45 million of its microprocessor designs are being placed within electronics every day.
+
+The new machine-learning silicon will include micro neural processing units (microNPU) that can be used to identify speech patterns and perform other AI tasks. Importantly, the processing is accomplished on-device and in smaller form factors than have so far been available. The chips don't need the cloud or any network.
+
+[RELATED: Auto parts supplier has big plans for its nascent IoT effort][2]
+
+Arm, which historically has been behind mobile smartphone microchips, is aiming this design – the Cortex M55 processor, paired with the Ethos-U55, Arm's first microNPU – at Internet of Things instead.
+
+"Enabling AI everywhere requires device makers and developers to deliver machine learning locally on billions, and ultimately trillions of devices," said Dipti Vachani, senior vice president and general manager of Arm's automotive and IoT areas, in a statement. "With these additions to our AI platform, no device is left behind as on-device ML on the tiniest devices will be the new normal, unleashing the potential of AI securely across a vast range of life-changing applications."
+
+Arm wants to take advantage of the autonomous nature of chip-based number crunching, as opposed to doing it in the cloud. Privacy-conscious (and regulated) healthcare is an example of a vertical that might like the idea of localized processing.
+
+Functioning AI without cloud dependence isn't entirely new. Intel's [Neural Compute Stick 2][3], a $69 self-contained computer vision and deep learning development kit, doesn't need it, for example.
+
+**[ [Get certified as an Apple Technical Coordinator with this seven-part online course from PluralSight.][4] ]**
+
+Arm is also going for power savings with its new AI technology. Not requiring a data network can mean longer battery life for the sensor— only the calculated results need to be sent, rather than every bit. Much of the time, raw sensor data is irrelevant and can be discarded. Arm's new endpoint ML technologies are going to help microcontroller developers "accelerate edge inference in devices limited by size and power," said Geoff Lees, senior vice president of edge processing at IoT semiconductor company [NXP][5], in the announcement.
+
+Enabling machine learning in power-constrained settings and eliminating the need for network connectivity mean the sensor can be placed where there isn't a hardy power supply. Latency advantages and cost advantages also can come into play.
+
+"These devices can run neural network models on batteries for years, and deliver low-latency inference directly on the device," said Ian Nappier, product manager of TensorFlow Lite for Microcontrollers at Google, in a statement to Arm. [TensorFlow][6] is an open-source machine learning platform that's been used for detecting respiratory diseases, among other things.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][7] and [LinkedIn][8] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3532094/ai-everywhere-iot-chips-coming-from-arm.html
+
+作者：[Patrick Nelson][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.arm.com/company/news/2020/02/new-ai-technology-from-arm
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3098084/internet-of-things/auto-parts-supplier-has-big-plans-for-its-nascent-iot-effort.html#tk.nww-fsb
+[3]: https://store.intelrealsense.com/buy-intel-neural-compute-stick-2.html
+[4]: https://pluralsight.pxf.io/c/321564/424552/7490?u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.pluralsight.com%2Fpaths%2Fapple-certified-technical-trainer-10-11
+[5]: https://www.nxp.com/company/our-company/about-nxp:ABOUT-NXP
+[6]: https://www.tensorflow.org/
+[7]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[8]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200319 Electronics should sweat to cool down, say researchers.md b/sources/talk/20200319 Electronics should sweat to cool down, say researchers.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ae2bce3e22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200319 Electronics should sweat to cool down, say researchers.md
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Electronics should sweat to cool down, say researchers)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3532827/electronics-should-sweat-to-cool-down-say-researchers.html)
+[#]: author: (Patrick Nelson https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/)
+
+Electronics should sweat to cool down, say researchers
+======
+Scientists think that in much the same way the human body releases perspiration to cool down, special materials might release water to draw heat from electronics.
+rclassenlayouts / Aleksei Derin / Getty Images
+
+Computing devices should sweat when they get too hot, say scientists at Shanghai Jiao Tong University in China, where they have developed a materials application they claim will cool down devices more efficiently and in smaller form-factors than existing fans.
+
+It’s “a coating for electronics that releases water vapor to dissipate heat from running devices,” the team explain in a news release. “Mammals sweat to regulate body temperature,” so should electronics, they believe.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][1]
+
+The group’s focus has been on studying porous materials that can absorb moisture from the environment and then release water vapor when warmed. MIL-101(Cr) checks the boxes, they say. The material is a metal organic framework, or MOF, which is a sorbent, a material that stores large amounts of water. The higher the water capacity one has, the greater the dissipation of heat when it's warmed.
+
+MOF projects have been attempted before. “Researchers have tried to use MOFs to extract water from the desert air,” says refrigeration-engineering scientist Ruzhu Wang, who is senior author of a paper on the university’s work that has just been [published in Joule][2].
+
+Their proof-of-concept test involved applying a micrometers-thin coating of MIL-101(Cr) to metallic substrates that resulted in temperature drops of up to 8.6 degrees Celsius for 25 minutes, according to the abstract for their paper.
+
+That’s “a significant improvement compared to that of traditional PCMs,” they say. Phase change materials (PCM) include waxes and fatty acids that are used in electronics and melt to absorb heat. They are used in smartphones, but the solid-to-liquid transition doesn’t exchange all that much energy.
+
+“In contrast, the liquid-vapor transition of water can exchange 10 times the energy compared to that of PCM solid-liquid transition.” Plus the material used recovers almost immediately to start sweating again, just like a mammal.
+
+[][3]
+
+Shanghai Jiao Tong University isn’t the only school looking into sweat for future tech. Cornell University says it wants to get robots to sweat to bring their temperature below ambient. Researchers there say they have built a 3D-printed, sweating robot muscle. It [manages its own temperature][4], and they think it will one day let robots run for extended periods without overheating.
+
+Soft robots, which are the kind preferred by many developers for their flexibility, hold more heat than metal ones. As in electronic devices such as smartphones and IoT sensors, fans aren’t ideal because they take up too much space. That’s why new materials applications are being studied.
+
+The Cornell robot group uses light to cure resin into shapes that control the flow of heat. A base layer “smart sponge” made of poly-N-isopropylacrylamide retains water and squeezes it through fabricated, dilated pores when heated. The pores then close automatically when cooled.
+
+“Just when it seemed like robots couldn’t get any cooler,” the group says.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][5] and [LinkedIn][6] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3532827/electronics-should-sweat-to-cool-down-say-researchers.html
+
+作者：[Patrick Nelson][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[2]: https://www.cell.com/joule/fulltext/S2542-4351(19)30590-2
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/blog/itaas-and-the-corporate-storage-technology/?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE22140&utm_content=sidebar (ITAAS and Corporate Storage Strategy)
+[4]: https://news.cornell.edu/stories/2020/01/researchers-create-3d-printed-sweating-robot-muscle
+[5]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[6]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200320 Cisco warns of five SD-WAN security weaknesses.md b/sources/talk/20200320 Cisco warns of five SD-WAN security weaknesses.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6055b6c53b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200320 Cisco warns of five SD-WAN security weaknesses.md
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Cisco warns of five SD-WAN security weaknesses)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3533550/cisco-warns-of-five-sd-wan-security-weaknesses.html)
+[#]: author: (Michael Cooney https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/)
+
+Cisco warns of five SD-WAN security weaknesses
+======
+Cisco warnings include three high-impact SD-WAN vulnerabilities
+[Jaredd Craig][1] [(CC0)][2]
+
+Cisco has issued five warnings about security weaknesses in its [SD-WAN][3] offerings, three of them on the high-end of the vulnerability scale.
+
+The worst problem is with the command-line interface (CLI) of its [SD-WAN][4] Solution software where a weakness could let a local attacker inject arbitrary commands that are executed with root privileges, Cisco [wrote.][5]
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][6]
+
+An attacker could exploit this vulnerability – which has a 7.8 out if 10 on the Common Vulnerability Scoring System – by authenticating to the device and submitting crafted input to the CLI utility. The attacker must be authenticated to access the CLI utility. The vulnerability is due to insufficient input validation, Cisco wrote.
+
+Another high warning problem lets an authenticated, local attacker elevate privileges to root on the underlying operating system. An attacker could exploit this vulnerability by sending a crafted request to an affected system. A successful exploit could allow the attacker to gain root-level privileges, Cisco [wrote][7]. The vulnerability is due to insufficient input validation.
+
+The third high-level vulnerability in the SD-WAN Solution software could let an attacker cause a buffer overflow on an affected device. An attacker could exploit this vulnerability by sending crafted traffic to an affected device. A successful exploit could allow the attacker to gain access to information that they are not authorized to access and make changes to the system that they are not authorized to make, Cisco [wrote][8].
+
+The vulnerabilities affect a number of Cisco products if they are running a Cisco SD-WAN Solution software release earlier than Release 19.2.2: vBond Orchestrator Software, vEdge 100-5000 Series Routers, vManage Network Management System and vSmart Controller Software.
+
+Cisco said there were no workarounds for any of the vulnerabilities and it suggested users accept automatic software updates to allay exploit risks. There are [software fixes for the problems][9] as well.
+
+**[ [Prepare to become a Certified Information Security Systems Professional with this comprehensive online course from PluralSight. Now offering a 10-day free trial!][10] ]**
+
+All three of the high-level warnings were reported to Cisco by the Orange Group, Cisco said.
+
+The other two SD-WAN Solution software warnings – with medium threat levels -- include a one that allows a cross-site scripting (XSS) attack against the web-based management interface of the vManage software and SQL injection threat.
+
+The [XXS vulnerability][11] is due to insufficient validation of user-supplied input by the web-based management interface. An attacker could exploit this vulnerability by persuading a user of the interface to click a crafted link. A successful exploit could allow the attacker to execute arbitrary script code in the context of the interface or to access sensitive, browser-based information.
+
+The SQL vulnerability exists because the web UI improperly validates SQL values. An attacker could exploit this vulnerability by authenticating to the application and sending malicious SQL queries to an affected system. A successful exploit could let the attacker modify values on, or return values from, the underlying database as well as the operating system, Cisco [wrote][12].
+
+Cisco recognized Julien Legras and Thomas Etrillard of Synacktiv for reporting the problems.
+
+The company said release 19.2.2 of the [Cisco SD-WAN Solution][13] contains fixes for all five vulnerabilities.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][14] and [LinkedIn][15] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3533550/cisco-warns-of-five-sd-wan-security-weaknesses.html
+
+作者：[Michael Cooney][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://unsplash.com/photos/T15gG5nA9Xk
+[2]: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3031279/sd-wan-what-it-is-and-why-you-ll-use-it-one-day.html
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3527194/multicloud-security-integration-drive-massive-sd-wan-adoption.html
+[5]: https://tools.cisco.com/security/center/content/CiscoSecurityAdvisory/cisco-sa-sdwclici-cvrQpH9v
+[6]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[7]: https://tools.cisco.com/security/center/content/CiscoSecurityAdvisory/cisco-sa-sdwpresc-ySJGvE9
+[8]: https://tools.cisco.com/security/center/content/CiscoSecurityAdvisory/cisco-sa-sdwanbo-QKcABnS2
+[9]: https://software.cisco.com/download/home
+[10]: https://pluralsight.pxf.io/c/321564/424552/7490?u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.pluralsight.com%2Fpaths%2Fcertified-information-systems-security-professional-cisspr
+[11]: https://tools.cisco.com/security/center/content/CiscoSecurityAdvisory/cisco-sa-20200318-vmanage-xss
+[12]: https://tools.cisco.com/security/center/content/CiscoSecurityAdvisory/cisco-sa-20200318-vmanage-cypher-inject
+[13]: https://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/solutions/enterprise-networks/sd-wan/index.html#~benefits
+[14]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[15]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200320 How technical debt is risking your security.md b/sources/talk/20200320 How technical debt is risking your security.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..899696c7d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200320 How technical debt is risking your security.md
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How technical debt is risking your security)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/remove-security-debt)
+[#]: author: (Sam Bocetta https://opensource.com/users/sambocetta)
+
+How technical debt is risking your security
+======
+A few security fixes now will help lighten the load of future developers
+using your software.
+![A lock on the side of a building][1]
+
+Everyone knows they shouldn't take shortcuts, especially in their work, and yet everyone does. Sometimes it doesn't matter, but when it comes to code development, though, it definitely does.
+
+As any experienced programmer knows, building your code the quick and dirty way soon leads to problems down the line. These issues might not be disastrous, but they incur a small penalty every time you want to develop your code further.
+
+This is the basic idea behind [technical debt][2], a term first coined by well-known programmer Ward Cunningham. Technical debt is a metaphor that explains the long-term burden developers and software teams incur when taking shortcuts, and has become a popular way to think about the extra effort that we have to do in future development because of the quick and dirty design choice.
+
+"Security Debt" is an extension of this idea, and in this article, we'll take a look at what the term means, why it is a problem, and what you can do about it.
+
+### What is security debt?
+
+To get an idea of how security debt works, we have to consider the software development lifecycle. Today, it's very rare for developers to start with a blank page, even for a new piece of software. At the very least, most programmers will start a new project with open source code copied from online repositories.
+
+They will then adapt and change this code to make their project. While they are doing this, there will be many points where they notice a security vulnerability. Something as simple as an error establishing a database connection can be an indication that systems are not playing well together, and that someone has taken a fast and dirty approach.
+
+Then they have two options: they can either take an in-depth look at the code they are working with, and fix the issue at a fundamental level, or they can quickly paste extra code over the top that gets around the problem in a quick, inefficient way.
+
+Given the demands of today's development environment, most developers choose the second route, and we can't blame them. The problem is that the next person who looks at the code is going to have to spend longer working out how it operates.
+
+Time, as we all know, is money. Because of this, each time software needs to be changed, there will be a small cost to make it secure due to previous developers taking shortcuts. This is security debt.
+
+### How security debt threatens your software
+
+There was a time when security debt was not a huge problem, at least not in the open source community. A decade ago, open source components had lifetimes measured in years and were freely available to everyone.
+
+This meant that security issues in legacy code got fixed. Today, the increased speed of the development lifecycle and the increasingly censored internet means that developers can no longer trust third party code to the degree they used to.
+
+This has led to a considerable increase in security debt for developers using open source components. Veracode's latest [State of Software Security (SOSS)][3] report found that security issues in open source software take about a month longer to be fixed than those in software that is sourced internally. Insourced software recorded the highest fix rates, but even software sourced from external contractors gets fixed faster, by about two weeks, than open source software.
+
+The ultimate outcome of this – and one that the term "security debt" captures very well – is that most companies currently face security vulnerabilities throughout their entire software stack, and these are accumulating faster than they are fixed. In other words, developers have maxed out their security debt credit card, and are drowning in the debt they've incurred. This is particularly concerning when you consider that total household debt [reached nearly $14 trillion][4] in the United States alone in 2019.
+
+### How to avoid security debt
+
+Avoiding a build-up of security debt requires that developers take a different approach to security than the one that is prevalent in the industry at the moment. Proven methods such as zero-knowledge cloud encryption, VPNs to promote online anonymity, and network intrusion prevention software are great, but they may also not be enough.
+
+In fact, there might have been some developers who were scratching their heads during our definition of security debt above: how many of us think about the next poor soul who will have to check our code for security flaws?
+
+Changing that way of thinking is key to preventing a build-up of security debt. Developers should take the time to thoroughly [check their software for security vulnerabilities][5], not just during development, but after the release as well. Fix any errors now, rather than waiting for security holes to build up.
+
+If that instruction sounds familiar, then well done. A continuity approach to software development is a critical component of [layering security through DevOps][6], and one of the pillars of the emerging discipline of DevSecOps. Along with [chaos engineering][7], these approaches seek to integrate security into development, testing, and assessment processes, and thereby prevent a build-up of security debt.
+
+Just like a credit card, the key to avoiding security debt getting out of control is to avoid the temptation to take shortcuts in the first place. That's easier said than done, of course, but one of the key lessons from recent data breaches is that legacy systems that many developers assume are secure are just as full of shortcuts as recently written code.
+
+### Measure twice, cut once
+
+Since [security by default hasn't arrived yet][8], we must all try and do things properly in the future. Taking the fast, dirty approach might mean that you get to leave the office early, but ultimately that decision will come back to bite you.
+
+If you finish early anyway, well done: you can use the time to read [our best articles on security][9] and check whether your code is as secure as you think it is.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/remove-security-debt
+
+作者：[Sam Bocetta][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/sambocetta
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/BUSINESS_3reasons.png?itok=k6F3-BqA (A lock on the side of a building)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/17/10/why-i-love-technical-debt
+[3]: https://www.veracode.com/state-of-software-security-report
+[4]: https://thetokenist.io/financial-statistics/
+[5]: https://opensource.com/article/17/6/3-security-musts-software-developers
+[6]: https://opensource.com/article/19/9/layered-security-devops
+[7]: https://www.infoq.com/articles/chaos-engineering-security-networking/
+[8]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/confidential-computing
+[9]: https://opensource.com/article/19/12/security-resources
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200321 3 metrics to measure your open source community health.md b/sources/talk/20200321 3 metrics to measure your open source community health.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..57e3f7ae5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200321 3 metrics to measure your open source community health.md
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (3 metrics to measure your open source community health)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/community-metrics)
+[#]: author: (Kevin Xu https://opensource.com/users/kevin-xu)
+
+3 metrics to measure your open source community health
+======
+Community building is critical to the success of any open source
+project. Here's how to evaluate your community's health and strengthen
+it.
+![Green graph of measurements][1]
+
+Community building is table stakes in the success of any open source project. Even outside of open source, community is considered a competitive advantage for businesses in many industries—from retail, to gaming, to fitness. (For a deeper dive, see "[When community becomes your competitive advantage][2]" in the _Harvard Business Review_.)
+
+However, open source community building—especially offline activities—is notoriously hard to measure, track, and analyze. While we've all been to our fair share of meetups, conferences, and "summits" (and probably hosted a few of them ourselves), were they worth it? Did the community meaningfully grow? Was printing all those stickers and swags worth the money? Did we collect and track the right numbers to measure progress?
+
+To develop a better framework for measuring community, we can look to a different industry for guidance and fresh ideas: political campaigns.
+
+### My metrics start with politics
+
+I started my career in political campaigns in the US as a field organizer (aka a low-level staffer) for then-candidate Senator Obama in 2008. Thinking back, a field organizer's job is basically community building in a specifically assigned geographical area that your campaign needs to win. My day consisted of calling supporters to do volunteer activities, hosting events to gather supporters, bringing in guest speakers (called "surrogates" in politics) to events, and selling the vision and plan of our candidate (essentially our "product").
+
+Another big chunk of my day was doing data entry. We logged everything: interactions on phone conversations with voters, contact rates, event attendance, volunteer recruitment rates, volunteer show-up rates, and myriad other numbers to constantly measure our effectiveness.
+
+Regardless of your misgivings about politics in general or specific politicians, the winning campaigns that lead to political victories are all giant community-building exercises that are data-driven, meticulously measured, and constantly optimized. They are well-oiled community-building machines.
+
+When I entered the world of open source a few years ago, the community-building part felt familiar and natural. What surprised me was how little community building as an operation is quantified and measured—especially with offline activities.
+
+### Three metrics to track
+
+Taking a page from the best-run political campaigns I've seen, here are the three most important metrics for an open source community to track and optimize:
+
+ * Number of **community ambassadors**
+ * Number of **return attendees** (people who attend your activities two times or more)
+ * Rate of **churned attendees** (the percentage of people who attend your activities only once or say they will come but don't show up)
+
+
+
+If you're curious, the corresponding terms on a political campaign for these three metrics are typically community captains, super volunteers, and flake rate.
+
+#### Community ambassadors
+
+A "community ambassador" is a user or enthusiast of your project who is willing to _consistently_ host local meetups or activities where she or he lives. Growing the number of community ambassadors and supporting them with resources and guidance are core to your community's strength and scale. You can probably hire for these if you have a lot of funding, but pure volunteers speak more to your project's allure.
+
+These ambassadors should be your best friends, where you understand inside and out why they are motivated to evangelize your project in front of both peers and strangers. Their feedback on your project is also valuable and should be a critical part of your development roadmap and process. You can strategically cultivate ambassadors in different tech hubs geographically around the world, so your project can count on someone with local knowledge to reach and serve users of different business cultures with different needs. The beauty of open source is that it's global by default; take advantage of it!
+
+Some cities are arguably more of a developer hub than others. Some to consider are Amsterdam, Austin, Bangalore, Beijing, Berlin, Hangzhou, Istanbul, London, NYC, Paris, Seattle, Seoul, Shenzhen, Singapore, São Paulo, San Francisco-Bay Area, Vancouver, Tel Aviv, Tokyo, and Toronto (listed alphabetically and based on feedback I got through social media. Please add a comment if I missed any!). An example of this is the [Cloud Native Ambassadors program][3] of the Cloud Native Computing Foundation.
+
+#### Return attendees
+
+The number of return attendees is crucial to measuring the usefulness or stickiness of your community activities. Tracking return attendees is how you can draw a meaningful line between "the curious" and "the serious."
+
+Trying to grow this number should be an obvious goal. However, that's not the only goal. This is the group whose motivation you want to understand the clearest. This is the group that reflects your project's user persona. This is the group that can probably give you the most valuable feedback. This is the group that will become your future community ambassadors.
+
+Putting it differently, this is your [1,000 true fans][4] (if you can keep them).
+
+Having hosted and attended my fair share of these community meetups, my observation is that most people attend to be educated on a technical topic, look for tools to solve problems at work, or network for their next job opportunity. What they are not looking for is being "marketed to."
+
+There is a growing trend of developer community events becoming marketing events, especially when companies are flush with funding or have a strong marketing department that wants to "control the message." I find this trend troubling because it undermines community building.
+
+Thus, be laser-focused on technical education. If a developer community gets taken over by marketing campaigns, your return-attendees metric won't be pretty.
+
+#### Churned attendees rate
+
+Tracking churned attendees is the flipside of the returned-attendees coin, so I won't belabor the point. These are the people that join once and then disappear or who show interest but don't show up. They are important because they tell you what isn't working and for whom, which is more actionable than just counting the people who show up.
+
+One note of caution: Be brutally honest when measuring this number, and don't fool yourself (or others). On its own, if someone signs up but doesn't show up, it doesn't mean much. Similarly, if someone shows up once and never comes back, it doesn't mean much. Routinely sit down and assess _why_ someone isn't showing up, so you can re-evaluate and refine your community program and activities. Don't build the wrong incentives into your community-building operation to reward the wrong metric.
+
+### Value of in-person connections
+
+I purposely focused this post on measuring offline community activities because online activities are inherently more trackable and intuitive to digital-native open source creators.
+
+Offline community activities are essential to any project's journey to reaching traction and prominence. I have yet to see a successful project that does not have a sizable offline presence, regardless of its online popularity.
+
+Why is this the case? Why can't an open source community, usually born online, just stay and grow online?
+
+Because technology choice is ultimately a human decision; therefore, face-to-face interaction is an irreplaceable element of new technology adoption. No one wants to be the guinea pig. No one wants to be the first. The most effective way to not feel like the first is to literally _see_ other human beings trying out or being interested in the same thing.
+
+Being in the same room as other developers, learning about the same project, and doing that regularly is the most effective way to build trust for a project. And with trust comes traction.
+
+### These three metrics work
+
+There are other things you _can_ track, but more data does not necessarily mean clearer insight. Focusing your energy on these three metrics will make the most impact on your community-building operation. An open source community where the _number of ambassadors and return attendees are trending up_ and the _churned attendees rate is trending down_ is one that's healthy and growing in the right way.
+
+* * *
+
+_This article originally appeared on_ _[COSS Media][5]_ _and is republished with permission._
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/community-metrics
+
+作者：[Kevin Xu][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/kevin-xu
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/metrics_lead-steps-measure.png?itok=DG7rFZPk (Green graph of measurements)
+[2]: https://hbr.org/2020/01/when-community-becomes-your-competitive-advantage
+[3]: https://www.cncf.io/people/ambassadors/
+[4]: https://kk.org/thetechnium/1000-true-fans/
+[5]: https://coss.media/how-to-measure-community-building/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200321 Coronavirus challenges capacity, but core networks are holding up.md b/sources/talk/20200321 Coronavirus challenges capacity, but core networks are holding up.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..918ca93df3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200321 Coronavirus challenges capacity, but core networks are holding up.md
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Coronavirus challenges capacity, but core networks are holding up)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3533438/coronavirus-challenges-capacity-but-core-networks-are-holding-up.html)
+[#]: author: (Michael Cooney https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/)
+
+Coronavirus challenges capacity, but core networks are holding up
+======
+COVID-19 has sent thousands of employees to work from home, placing untold stress on remote-access networks.
+Cicilie Arcurs / Getty Images
+
+As the coronavirus continues to spread and more people work from home, the impact of the increased traffic on networks in the US so far seems to be minimal.
+
+No doubt that web, VPN and data usage is growing dramatically with the [influx of remote workers][1]. For example, Verizon said it has seen a 34% increase in VPN traffic from March 10 to 17. It has also seen a 75% increase in gaming traffic, and web traffic increased by just under 20% in that time period, according to Verizon.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][2]
+
+Verizon said its fiber optic and wireless networks “have been able to meet the shifting demands of customers and continue to perform well. In small pockets where there has been a significant increase in usage, our engineers have quickly added capacity to meet customers’ demand.”
+
+“As we see more and more individuals work from home and students engage in online learning, it is a natural byproduct that we would see an increase in web traffic and access to VPN. And as more entertainment options are cancelled in communities across the US, an increase in video traffic and online gaming is not surprising,” said Kyle Malady, Chief Technology Officer for Verizon in a [statement][3]. “We expect these peak hour percentages to fluctuate, so our engineers are continuing to closely monitor network usage patterns 24x7 and stand ready to adjust resources as changing demands arise."
+
+As of March 16, AT&T said that its network continues to perform well. “In cities where the coronavirus has had the biggest impact, we are seeing fewer spikes in wireless usage around particular cell towers or particular times of day because more people are working from home rather than commuting to work and fewer people are gathering in large crowds at specific locations.”
+
+In Europe, Vodaphone say it has seen an 50% increase in data traffic in some markets.
+
+“COVID-19 is already having a significant impact on our services and placing a greater demand on our network,” the company said in a statement. “Our technology teams throughout Europe have been focusing on capacity across our networks to make sure they are resilient and can absorb any new usage patterns arising as more people start working from home.”
+
+[][4]
+
+In Europe there have also been indications of problems.
+
+Ireland-based [Spearline][5], which monitors international phone numbers for connectivity and audio quality, said this week that Italy's landline connection rate continues to be volatile with as much as a 10% failure rate and audio quality is running approximately 4% below normal levels.
+
+Other Spearline research says:
+
+ * Spain saw a drop in connection rates to 98.5% on March 16, but it is improving again.
+ * France saw a dip in connection rates approaching 5% on March17. Good quality has been maintained overall, though periodic slippage has been observed.
+ * Germany saw a 1.7% connection-failure rate March 17. Good quality has been maintained, though periodic slippage has been observed.
+
+
+
+Such problems are not showing up in the US at this point, Spearline said.
+
+“The US is Spearline's most tested market with test calls over three main sectors being enterprise, unified communications and carrier. To date, there has been no significant impact on either the connection rates or the audio quality on calls throughout the US,” said Matthew Lawlor, co-founder and chief technical officer at Spearline.
+
+The future impact is the real unknown of course, Lawlor said.
+
+“There are many potential issues which have happened in other countries which may have a similar impact on US infrastructure. For example, in many countries there have been hardware issues where engineers are unable to get physical access to resolve the issue,” Lawlor said. “While rerouting calls may help resolve issues it does put more pressure on other segments of your network.”
+
+On March 19, one week after the CDC declarated the virus as pandemic, data analytics and broadband vendor OpenVault wrote:
+
+ * Subscribers’ average usage from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. has risen to 6.3 GB, 41.4% higher than the January figure of 4.4 GB.
+ * During the same period, peak-hour (6 p.m. to 11 p.m.) usage has risen 17.2% from 5.0 GB per subscriber in January to 5.87 GB in March.
+ * Overall daily usage has grown from 12.19 GB to 15.46 GB, an increase of 26.8%.
+
+
+
+Based on the current rate of growth, OpenVault projected that consumption for March will reach nearly 400 GB per subscriber, an increase of almost 11% over the previous monthly record of 361 GB, established in January. In addition, OpenVault projects a new coronavirus-influenced run rate of 460 GB per subscriber per month going forward. OpenVault’s research is based on the usage of more than 1 million broadband subscribers through the United States, the company said.
+
+“Broadband clearly is keeping the hearts of business, education and entertainment beating during this crisis,” said Mark Trudeau, CEO and founder of OpenVault in a [statement][6]. “Networks built for peak-hours consumption so far are easily handling the rise in nine-to-five business-hours usage. We’ve had concerns about peak hours consumption given the increase in streaming entertainment and the trend toward temporary cessation of bandwidth caps, but operator networks seem to be handling the additional traffic without impacting customer experiences.”
+
+Increased use of conferencing apps may affect their availability for reasons other than network capacity. For example, according to Thousand Eyes, users around the globe were unable to connect to their Zoom meetings for approximately 20 minutes on Friday due to failed DNS resolution.
+
+Others too are monitoring data traffic looking for warning signs of slowdowns. “Traffic towards video conferencing, streaming services and news, e-commerce websites has surged. We've seen growth in traffic from residential broadband networks, and a slowing of traffic from businesses and universities," wrote Louis Poinsignon a network engineer with CloudFlare in a [blog][7] about Internet traffic patterns. He noted that on March 13 when the US announced a state of emergency, CloudFlare’s US data centers served 20% more traffic than usual.
+
+Poinsignon noted that [Internet Exchange Points][8], where Internet service providers and content providers can exchange data directly (rather than via a third party) have also seen spikes in traffic. For example, Amsterdam ([AMS-IX][9]), London ([LINX][10]) and Frankfurt ([DE-CIX][11]), a 10-20% increase was seen around March 9.
+
+“Even though from time to time individual services, such as a web site or an app, have outages, the core of the Internet is robust,” Poinsignon wrote. “Traffic is shifting from corporate and university networks to residential broadband, but the Internet was designed for change.”
+
+In related news:
+
+ * Netflix said it would reduce streaming quality in Europe for at least the next 30 days to prevent the internet collapsing under the strain of unprecedented usage due to the coronavirus pandemic. "We estimate that this will reduce Netflix traffic on European networks by around 25% while also ensuring a good quality service for our members," Netflix said.
+ * DISH announced that it is providing 20 MHz of AWS-4 (Band 66) and all of its 700 MHz spectrum to AT&T at no cost for 60 days. Last week, DISH began lending its complete 600 MHz portfolio of spectrum to T-Mobile. With these two agreements, DISH has activated most of its spectrum portfolio to enhance national wireless capacity as the nation confronts the COVID-19 crisis.
+
+
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][12] and [LinkedIn][13] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3533438/coronavirus-challenges-capacity-but-core-networks-are-holding-up.html
+
+作者：[Michael Cooney][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3532440/coronavirus-challenges-remote-networking.html
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[3]: https://www.verizon.com/about/news/how-americans-are-spending-their-time-temporary-new-normal
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/blog/itaas-and-the-corporate-storage-technology/?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE22140&utm_content=sidebar (ITAAS and Corporate Storage Strategy)
+[5]: https://www.spearline.com/
+[6]: http://openvault.com/covid-19-impact-driving-business-hours-broadband-consumption-up-41/
+[7]: https://blog.cloudflare.com/on-the-shoulders-of-giants-recent-changes-in-internet-traffic/
+[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Internet_exchange_point
+[9]: https://www.ams-ix.net/ams/documentation/total-stats
+[10]: https://portal.linx.net/stats/lans
+[11]: https://www.de-cix.net/en/locations/germany/frankfurt/statistics
+[12]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[13]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200324 COVID-19- Weekly health check of ISPs, cloud providers and conferencing services.md b/sources/talk/20200324 COVID-19- Weekly health check of ISPs, cloud providers and conferencing services.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a5540c4ce2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200324 COVID-19- Weekly health check of ISPs, cloud providers and conferencing services.md
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (COVID-19: Weekly health check of ISPs, cloud providers and conferencing services)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3534130/covid-19-weekly-health-check-of-isps-cloud-providers-and-conferencing-services.html)
+[#]: author: (Tim Greene https://www.networkworld.com/author/Tim-Greene/)
+
+COVID-19: Weekly health check of ISPs, cloud providers and conferencing services
+======
+ThousandEyes, which tracks internet and cloud traffic, is providing Network World with weekly updates on the performance of three categories of service provider: ISP, cloud provider, UCaaS
+[ThousandEyes][1]
+
+_As COVID-19 continues to spread, forcing employees to work from home, the services of ISPs, cloud providers and conferencing services a.k.a. unified communications as a service (UCaaS) providers are experiencing increased traffic._
+
+_Thousand Eyes is monitoring how these increases affect outages and the performance these providers undergo. It will provide Network World a roundup of interesting events of the week in the delivery of these services, and Network World will provide a summary here. Stop back next week for another update._
+
+With the increased use of remote-access VPNs, major carriers are reporting dramatic increases in their network traffic – with Verizon reporting a 20% week-over-week increase, and Vodafone reporting an increase of 50%.
+
+[Read about IPv6 and cloud-access security brokers][2]
+
+While there has been no corresponding spike in outages in service provider networks, over the past six weeks there has been a steady increase in outages across multiple provider types both worldwide and in the U.S., all according to ThousandEyes, which keeps track of internet and cloud traffic.
+
+### IDG Special Report:
+
+Navigating the Pandemic
+
+ * [Business continuity: Coronavirus crisis puts CIOs’ plans to the test][3]
+ * [Coronavirus challenges remote networking][4]
+ * [A security guide for pandemic planning: 7 key steps][5]
+ * [10 tips to set up your home office for videoconferencing][6]
+ * [How to survive and thrive while working from home][7]
+ * [WTH? OSS knows how to WFH IRL][8]
+
+
+
+This includes “a concerning upward trajectory” since the beginning of March of ISP outages worldwide that coincides with the spread of COVID-19, [according to a ThousandEyes blog][9] by Angelique Medina, the company’s director of product marketing. ISP outages worldwide hovered around 150 per week between Feb. 10 and March 19, but then increased to between just under 200 and about 225 during the following three weeks.
+
+In the U.S. those numbers were a little over 50 in the first time range and reaching about 100 during the first week of March. “That early March level has been mostly sustained over the last couple of weeks,” Medina writes.
+
+Cogent Communications was one ISP with nearly identical large scale outages on March 11 and March 18, with “disruptions for the fairly lengthy period (by Internet standards) of 30 minutes,” she wrote.
+
+[][10]
+
+Hurricane Electric suffered an outage March 20 that was less extensive and shorter than Cogent’s but included smaller disruptions that altogether affected hundreds of sites and services, she wrote.
+
+Public-cloud provider networks have withstood the effects of COVID-19 well, with slight increases in the number of outages in the U.S., but otherwise relatively level around the world. The possible reason: “Major public cloud providers, such as AWS, Microsoft Azure, and Google Cloud, have built massive global networks that are incredibly well-equipped to handle traffic surges,” Medina wrote. And when these networks do have major outages it’s due to routing or infrastructure state changes, not traffic congestion.
+
+Some providers of collaboration applications – the likes of Zoom, Webex, MSFT Teams, RingCentral – also experienced performance problems between March 9 and March 20. ThousandEyes doesn’t name them, but does list performance numbers for what it describes “the top three” UCaaS providers. One actually showed improvements in availability, latency, packet loss and jitter. The other two “showed minimal (in the grand scheme of things) degradations on all fronts — not surprising given the unprecedented strain they’ve been under,” according to the blog.
+
+Each provider showed spikes in traffic loss over the time period that ranged from less than 1% to more than 4% in one case. In the case of one provider, “outages within its own network spiked last week, meaning that the network issues impacting users were taking place on infrastructure managed by the provider versus an external ISP.”
+
+“Outage incidents within large UCaaS provider networks are fairly infrequent; however, the recent massive surge in usage is clearly stressing current design limits. Capacity is reportedly being added across the board to meet new service demands,” according to the blog.
+
+Meanwhile, ThousandEyes has introduced a new feature on its site a [Global Internet Outages Map][1] that is updated every few minutes. It shows recent and ongoing outages
+
+## Google outage unrelated to COVID-19
+
+On March 26 Google suffered a 20 minute outage on the East Coast of the U.S., apparently from a router failure in Atlanta, ThousandEyes said, agreeing with a statement put out by Googe to that effect.
+
+That problem affected other regions of the U.S. as evidenced by Google sites such as google.com intermittently returning server errors."These 500 server errors are consistent with an inability to reach the backend systems necessary to correctly load various services," ThousandEyes said in a statement. "Any traffic traversing the affected region — connecting from Google’s front-end servers to backend services — may have been impacted and seen the resulting server errors."
+
+ThousandEyes posted interactive results of tests it ran about the outage [here][11] and [here][12].
+
+.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][13] and [LinkedIn][14] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3534130/covid-19-weekly-health-check-of-isps-cloud-providers-and-conferencing-services.html
+
+作者：[Tim Greene][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Tim-Greene/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.thousandeyes.com/outages
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3391380/does-your-cloud-access-security-broker-support-ipv6-it-should.html
+[3]: https://www.cio.com/article/3532899/business-continuity-coronavirus-crisis-puts-cios-plans-to-the-test.html
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3532440/coronavirus-challenges-remote-networking.html
+[5]: https://www.csoonline.com/article/3528878/a-security-guide-for-pandemic-planning-7-key-steps.html
+[6]: https://www.computerworld.com/article/3250684/10-tips-to-set-up-your-home-office-for-videoconferencing.html
+[7]: https://www.computerworld.com/article/3532283/how-to-survive-and-thrive-while-working-from-home.html
+[8]: https://www.infoworld.com/article/3533050/wth-oss-knows-how-to-wfh-irl.html
+[9]: https://blog.thousandeyes.com/internet-health-during-covid-19/
+[10]: https://www.networkworld.com/blog/itaas-and-the-corporate-storage-technology/?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE22140&utm_content=sidebar (ITAAS and Corporate Storage Strategy)
+[11]: https://agisi.share.thousandeyes.com/view/endpoint-agent/?roundId=1585237800&metric=loss&scenarioId=eyebrowNetwork&filters=%7B%22filters%22:%7B%22domain%22:%5B%22google.com%22%5D,%22geonameId%22:%5B4148757,4180439,4459467,4460243,4509177,4671240,4744709,4744870,4887398,4890864,4930956,5099836,5110266,5110302,5128581,5145476,5150529,5282804,5786882%5D%7D%7D&page=0,0&grouping=BY_NETWORK,BY_DOMAIN
+[12]: https://ythkurgdz.share.thousandeyes.com/view/tests/?roundId=1585236900&metric=availability&scenarioId=httpServer&testId=1283781
+[13]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[14]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200325 COVID-19 vs. Raspberry Pi- Researchers bring IoT technology to disease detection.md b/sources/talk/20200325 COVID-19 vs. Raspberry Pi- Researchers bring IoT technology to disease detection.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cdcf720c0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200325 COVID-19 vs. Raspberry Pi- Researchers bring IoT technology to disease detection.md
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (COVID-19 vs. Raspberry Pi: Researchers bring IoT technology to disease detection)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3534101/covid-19-vs-raspberry-pi-researchers-bring-iot-technology-to-disease-detection.html)
+[#]: author: (Jon Gold https://www.networkworld.com/author/Jon-Gold/)
+
+COVID-19 vs. Raspberry Pi: Researchers bring IoT technology to disease detection
+======
+Researchers from UMass say that a Raspberry Pi edge device can help identify flu-like symptoms in crowds, broadening the range of tools that can be used to track the spread of disease.
+[Bill Oxford / Raspberry Pi / Modified by IDG Comm.][1] [(CC0)][2]
+
+An [IoT][3] device that tracks coughing and crowd size in real time could become a useful tool for identifying the presence of flu-like symptoms among large groups of people, according to a team of researchers at UMass Amherst.
+
+FluSense, as the researchers call it, is about the size of a dictionary. It contains a cheap microphone array, a thermal sensor, a Raspberry Pi and an Intel Movidius 2 neural computing engine. The idea is to use AI at the edge to classify audio samples and identify the number of people in a room at any given time.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][4]
+
+Since the system can distinguish coughing from other types of non-speech audio, correlating coughing with the size of a given crowd could give a useful index of how many people are likely to be experiencing flu-like symptoms.
+
+A test run between December 2018 and July 2019 saw FluSense installed in four waiting rooms at UMass’ University Health Services clinic, and the researchers said that they were able to “strongly” correlate the system’s results with clinical testing for influenza and other illnesses with similar symptoms.
+
+And bigger plans for FluSense are afoot, according to the paper’s lead author, Ph.D student Forsad Al Hossain and his co-author and adviser, assistant professor Tauhidur Rahman.
+
+“[C]urrently we are planning to deploy the FluSense system in several large public spaces (e.g., large cafeteria, classroom, dormitories, gymnasium, auditorium) to capture syndromic signals from a broad range of people who live in a certain town or city,” they said. “We are also looking for funding to run a large-scale multi-city trial. In the meantime, we are also diversifying our sensing capability by extending FluSense’s capability to capture more syndromic signals (e.g., recently we added sneeze sensing capability to FluSense). We definitely see a significant level of commercialization potential in this line of research.”
+
+FluSense is particularly interesting from a technical perspective because all of the meaningful processing work is done locally, via the Intel neural computing engine and Raspberry Pi. Symptom information is sent wirelessly to the lab for collation, of course, but the heavy lifting is accomplished at the edge. Al Hossain and Rahman were quick to emphasize that the device doesn’t collect personally identifiable information – the emphasis is on aggregating data in a given setting, rather than identifying sickness in any single patient – and everything it does collect is heavily encrypted, making it a minimal privacy concern.
+
+The key point of FluSense, according to the researchers, is to think of it as a health surveillance tool, rather than a piece of diagnostic equipment. Al Hossain and Rahman said that it has several important advantages over other health surveillance techniques, particularly those based on Internet tracking, like Google Flu Trend and Twitter.
+
+“FluSense is not easily influenced by public health campaigns or advertisements. Also, the contactless nature of this sensor is ideal to capture syndromic signals passively from different geographical locations and different socioeconomic groups (including underprivileged who may not have access to healthcare and may not go to a doctor/clinic,” they said.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][5] and [LinkedIn][6] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3534101/covid-19-vs-raspberry-pi-researchers-bring-iot-technology-to-disease-detection.html
+
+作者：[Jon Gold][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Jon-Gold/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://unsplash.com/photos/tR0PPLuN6Pw
+[2]: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3207535/what-is-iot-the-internet-of-things-explained.html
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[5]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[6]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200325 The coming together of SD-WAN and AIOps.md b/sources/talk/20200325 The coming together of SD-WAN and AIOps.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..690a27686d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200325 The coming together of SD-WAN and AIOps.md
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (The coming together of SD-WAN and AIOps)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3533437/the-coming-together-of-aiops-and-sd-wan.html)
+[#]: author: (Zeus Kerravala https://www.networkworld.com/author/Zeus-Kerravala/)
+
+The coming together of SD-WAN and AIOps
+======
+SD-WAN delivers cost and resiliency benefits. Infusing AI into SD-WAN takes things further, enabling automated operations and business agility.
+kohb / Getty Images
+
+Software-defined wide-area networking ([SD-WAN][1]) and AIOps are both red-hot technologies. SD-WANs increase application availability, reduce costs and in some cases improve performance. AIOps infuses machine learning into IT operations to increase the level of automation. This reduces errors and enables businesses to make changes at digital speeds. Most think of these as separate technologies, but the two are on a collision course and will give rise to what I'm calling the AI-WAN.
+
+### SD-WAN not a panacea for all network woes
+
+SD-WAN is the biggest leap forward in networking since… well, the actual WAN. But many solutions still rely on manual configurations. SD-WANs certainly increase application resiliency, lower telecommunications costs, and often increase application performance, but they are more complicated than traditional WANs. Initial setup can be a challenge, but the bigger issue is ongoing operations. Manually tweaking and tuning the network to adapt to business changes can be time consuming and error-prone. A solution is needed to bring better automation to SD-WANs.
+
+**READ MORE:** [How AI can improve network capacity planning][2]
+
+Enter AI-WAN. Much like a self-driving car, an AI-WAN can make decisions based on different rules and adapt to changes faster than people can. Self-driving cars continually monitor road conditions, speed limits and other factors to determine what changes to make. Similarly, a self-driving network can monitor, correct, defend, and analyze with minimal to no human involvement. This is done through automation capabilities powered by AI, obviating the need for people to get involved.
+
+Make no mistake, manual operations will hold businesses back from reaching their full potential. An interesting data point from my research is that it takes enterprises an average of four months to make changes across a network. That's because maintaining legacy networks and fixing glitches takes too much time. One ZK Research study found 30% of engineers spend at least one day a week doing nothing but troubleshooting problems. SD-WANs can improve these metrics, but there's still a heavy people burden.
+
+With growing data challenges businesses face as they migrate to the cloud, they simply can't afford to wait that long. Instead of being afraid of AI taking over jobs, businesses should embrace it. AI can remove human error—which is the largest cause of unplanned network downtime—and help businesses focus on higher-level tasks instead.
+
+### AI-WAN will transform network operations
+
+So how will the evolution of SD-WAN into AI-WAN transform network management and operations? Administrators can use their time to focus on strategic initiatives instead of fixing problems. Another data point from ZK Research is that 90% of the time taken to fix a problem is spent identifying the source. Now that applications reside in the cloud and run on mobile devices, identifying the source of a problem has gotten harder. AI-WANs have the ability to spot even the smallest anomaly, even if it hasn't yet begun to impact business.
+
+SD-WANs are fundamentally designed so that all routing rules are managed centrally by administrators and can be transmitted across a network. AI-WAN takes it a step further and enables administrators to anticipate problems before they happen through fault prediction. It may even adjust network glitches on its own before users are affected, thus improving network performance.
+
+[][3]
+
+A self-driving car knows the rules of the road—where the blind spots are, how to synch with traffic signals, and which safety measures to take—using AI software, real-time data from IoT sensors, cameras, and much more. Similarly, a self-driving network knows the higher-level rules and can prevent administrators from making mistakes, such as allowing applications in countries where certain actions are banned.
+
+Security is another concern. Everything from mobile devices to Internet of Things (IoT) to cloud computing is creating multiple new entry points and shifting resources to the network edge. This puts businesses at a security risk, as they struggle to respond to changes quickly.
+
+Businesses can miss security gaps created by users, with hundreds of software-as-a-service (SaaS) apps being used at the same time without IT's knowledge. Older networking technologies cannot support SaaS and cloud services, while SD-WANs can. But simply deploying an SD-WAN is not enough to protect a network. Security shouldn't be an afterthought in an SD-WAN deployment, but part of it from the get-go.
+
+Increasingly, vendors are bundling AI-based analytics with SD-WAN solutions to boost network security. Such solutions use AI to analyze how certain events impact the network, application performance, and security. Then, they create intelligent recommendations for any network changes, such as unauthorized use of SaaS apps.
+
+Going back to the autonomous car analogy, AI-WANs are designed to keep roads clear and accident-free. They enable smarter networks that can adapt quickly to changing conditions and self-heal if necessary. With the growing demands of cloud computing and SaaS apps, intelligent networks are the future and forward-thinking businesses are already in the driver’s seat.
+
+### AI-WAN exists today and will explode in the future
+
+AI-WAN may seem futuristic, but there are a number of vendors that are delivering it or in the process of bringing solutions to market. Managed service provider Masergy, for example, recently introduced [AIOps for SD-WAN][4] to deliver autonomous networking and has the most complete offering.
+
+Open System, another managed service provider, [snapped up cloud-based Sqooba][5] to add AIOps to its strong network and security services. Keeping with the M&A theme, VMware recently [acquired AIOps vendor Nyansa][6] and rolled it into its VeloCloud SD-WAN group. That move gives VMware similar capabilities to [Aruba Networks][7], which initially applied AI to WiFi troubleshooting but is now bringing it to its SD-Branch offering. [Cisco][8] is another networking vendor with an AIOps story, although it's trying to apply it network-wide, not just with the WAN.
+
+Over time, I expect every SD-WAN or SASE vendor to bring AIOps into the fold, shifting the focus away from connectivity to automated operations.
+
+**Learn more about SD-WAN**
+
+ * [Top 10 underused SD-WAN features][9]
+ * [SD-WAN: The inside scoop from real-world deployments][10]
+ * [5 reasons to choose a managed SD-WAN and 5 reasons to think twice][11]
+ * [10 essential SD-WAN considerations][12]
+ * [SD-WAN: What is it and why you’ll use it one day][13]
+ * [SD-WAN deployment options: DIY vs. cloud managed][14]
+ * [How SD-WAN can improve your security strategy][15]
+ * [10 hot SD-WAN startups to watch][16]
+ * [How SD-WAN saves $1.2M over 5 years for a radiology firm][17]
+ * [SD-WAN creates new security challenges][18]
+
+
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][19] and [LinkedIn][20] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3533437/the-coming-together-of-aiops-and-sd-wan.html
+
+作者：[Zeus Kerravala][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Zeus-Kerravala/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3031279/sd-wan-what-it-is-and-why-you-ll-use-it-one-day.html
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3338100/using-ai-to-improve-network-capacity-planning-what-you-need-to-know.html
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/blog/itaas-and-the-corporate-storage-technology/?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE22140&utm_content=sidebar (ITAAS and Corporate Storage Strategy)
+[4]: https://techcrunch.com/2020/03/19/nvidia-makes-its-gpu-powered-genome-sequencing-tool-available-free-to-those-studying-covid-19/?guccounter=1&guce_referrer=aHR0cHM6Ly93d3cuZ29vZ2xlLmNvbS8&guce_referrer_sig=AQAAAMI6we4H-fTz2mf5g-l6IP27C1O-V-u6EiQuJ5QzVnlrrPU04iS0fhyrZo5U8q5rAk5I9uVW5PQYKHX8ziMdWrFBxhBP7f__JshmAGevyu4Z5zm98nDnC6nEdIekjVX4RPPmF9Q_PImcQ0opZy6JukS-DZA62tHI9R7D1Q2JAog7
+[5]: https://open-systems.com/press-release/open-systems-acquires-sqooba
+[6]: https://www.vmware.com/company/acquisitions/nyansa.html
+[7]: https://blogs.arubanetworks.com/solutions/ai-doing-more-with-less-in-2020-and-beyond/
+[8]: https://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/products/cloud-systems-management/crosswork-network-automation/service-centric-approach-to-aiops.html#~overview
+[9]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3518992/top-10-underused-sd-wan-features.html
+[10]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3316568/sd-wan/sd-wan-the-inside-scoop-from-real-world-deployments.html
+[11]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3431080/5-reasons-to-choose-a-managed-sd-wan-and-5-reasons-to-think-twice.html
+[12]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3355138/sd-wan-10-essential-considerations.html
+[13]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3031279/sd-wan/sd-wan-what-it-is-and-why-you-ll-use-it-one-day.html
+[14]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3243701/wide-area-networking/sd-wan-deployment-options-diy-vs-cloud-managed.html
+[15]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3336483/how-sd-wan-can-improve-your-security-strategy.html
+[16]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3284367/sd-wan/10-hot-sd-wan-startups-to-watch.html
+[17]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3255291/lan-wan/sd-wan-helps-radiology-firm-cut-costs-scale-bandwidth.html
+[18]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3336155/sd-wan-creates-new-security-challenges.html
+[19]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[20]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200326 ROLLING UPDATE- The impact of COVID-19 on public networks and security.md b/sources/talk/20200326 ROLLING UPDATE- The impact of COVID-19 on public networks and security.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7f8c0a2cd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200326 ROLLING UPDATE- The impact of COVID-19 on public networks and security.md
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (ROLLING UPDATE: The impact of COVID-19 on public networks and security)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3534037/rolling-update-the-impact-of-covid-19-on-public-networks-and-security.html)
+[#]: author: (Michael Cooney https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/)
+
+ROLLING UPDATE: The impact of COVID-19 on public networks and security
+======
+Network World updates the latest coronavirus-related networking news
+Ig0rZh / Getty Images
+
+_As the coronavirus spreads, public and private companies as well as government entities are requiring employees to work from home, putting unforeseen strain on all manner of networking technologies and causing bandwidth and security concerns. What follows is a round-up of news and traffic updates that Network World will update as needed to help keep up with the ever-changing situation. Check back frequently!_
+
+**UPDATE 3.27**
+
+Broadband watchers at [BroadbandNow][1] say users in most of the cities it analyzed are experiencing normal network conditions, suggesting that ISP’s (and their networks) are holding up to the shifting demand. In a March 25 [post][2] the firm wrote: “Encouragingly, many of the areas hit hardest by the spread of the coronavirus are holding up to increased network demand. Cities like Los Angeles, Chicago, Brooklyn, and San Francisco have all experienced little or no disruption. New York City, now the epicenter of the virus in the U.S., has seen a 24% dip out of its previous ten-week range. However, with a new median speed of nearly 52 Mbps, home connections still appear to be holding up overall.”
+
+**[ Also see [What to consider when deploying a next generation firewall][3]. | Get regularly scheduled insights by [signing up for Network World newsletters][4]. ]**
+
+Other BroadbandNow findings included:
+
+ * Eighty eight (44%) of the 200 cities it analyzed experienced some degree of network degradation over the past week compared to the 10 weeks prior. However, only 27 (13.5%) cities experienced dips of 20% below range or greater.
+ * Seattle download speeds have continued to hold up over the past week, while New York City’s speeds have fallen out of range by 24%. Both cities are currently heavily affected by the coronavirus pandemic.
+ * Three cities – Austin, Texas, Winston Salem, N.C., and Oxnard, Calif. – have experienced significant degradations, falling out of their 10-week range by more than 40%.
+
+
+
+Cisco’s Talos threat-intelligence arm [wrote][5] on March 26 about the COVID security threat noting what it called three broad categories of attacks leveraging COVID with known advanced persistent threat participation in: [Malware and phishing campaigns][6] using COVID-themed lures; attacks against organizations that carry out research and other work related to COVID; and fraud and disinformation. From an enterprise security perspective, Talos recommended:
+
+ * Remote access: Do not expose Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) to the internet. Use secure VPN connections with multi-factor authentication schemes. Network access control packages can be used to ensure that systems attempting to remotely connect to the corporate environment meet a minimum set of security standards such as anti-malware protection, patch levels, etc,. prior to granting them access to corporate resources. Continually identify and remediate access-policy violations.
+ * Identity Management: Protect critical and public-facing applications with multi-factor authentication and supporting corporate policies. Verify that remote-account and access-termination capabilities work as intended in a remote environment.
+ * Endpoint Control: Because many people may be working from home networks, endpoint visibility, protection, and mitigation is now more important than ever. Consider whether remediation and reimaging capabilities will work as intended in a remote environment. Encrypt devices where possible, and add this check to your NAC solution as a gate for connectivity. Another simple method of protecting endpoints is via DNS, such as with [Cisco’s] Umbrella, by blocking the resolution of malicious domains before the host has a chance to make a connection.
+
+
+
+In an [FAQ][7] about the impact of COVID-19 on fulfilling customer hardware orders, VMware stated: “Some VMware SD-WAN hardware appliances are on backorder as a result of supply chain issues. As a result, we are extending the option to update existing orders with different appliances where inventory is more readily available. Customers may contact a special email hotline with questions related to backordered appliances. Please send an email to [sd-wan-hotline@vmware.com][8] with your questions and include the order number, urgent quantities, and contact information. We will do our best to respond within 48 hours.”
+
+Cisco said it has been analyzing traffic statistics with major carriers across Asia, Europe, and the Americas, and its data shows that typically, the most congested point in the network occurs at inter-provider peering points, Jonathan Davidson, senior vice president and general manager of Cisco's Mass-Scale Infrastructure Group wrote in a [blog][9] on March 26. “However, the traffic exchanged at these bottlenecks is only a part of the total internet traffic, meaning reports on traffic may be higher overall as private peering and local destinations also contribute to more traffic growth.”
+
+[][10]
+
+“Our analysis at these locations shows an increase in traffic of 10% to 33% over normal levels. In every country, traffic spiked with the decision to shut down non-essential businesses and keep people at home. Since then, traffic has remained stable or has experienced a slight uptick over the days that followed,” Davidson stated.
+
+He said that traffic during peak hours from 6 p.m. and 10 p.m. has increased slightly, but is not the primary driver for the overall inrease. Busy hours have extended to 9 a.m. 10 p.m., although the new busy-hour (9 a.m. to 6 p.m.) traffic is still below the traditional peak hours. "Service providers are certainly paying attention to these changes, but they are not yet a dire concern, as most networks are designed for growth. Current capacities are utilized more over the course of the entire day,” he wrote.
+
+Spanish multinational telecommunications company [Telefonica][11]’ said IP networks are experiencing traffic increases of close to 40% while mobile voice use is up about 50% and data is up 25%. In general, traffic through IP networks has experienced increases of nearly 40% while mobile use has increased by about 50% for voice and 25% for data. Likewise, traffic from instant-messaging tools such as Whatsapp has increased fivefold in recent days.
+
+**UPDATE: 3.26**
+
+ * Week over week (ending March 23) [Ookla][12] says it has started to see a degradation of mobile and fixed-broadband performance worldwide. More detail on specific locations is available below. Comparing the week of March 16 to the week of March 9, mean download speed over mobile and fixed broadband decreased in Canada and the U.S. while both remained relatively flat in Mexico.
+ * What is the impact of the coronavirus on corporate network planning? Depends on how long the work-from-home mandate goes on really. Tom Nolle, president of CIMI Corp. [takes an interesting look at the situation][13] saying the shutdown “could eventually produce a major uptick for SD-WAN services, particularly in [managed service provider] Businesses would be much more likely to embark on an SD-WAN VPN adventure that didn’t involve purchase/licensing, favoring a service approach in general, and in particular one with a fairly short contract period.”
+ * Statistics from VPN provider [NordVPN][14] show the growth of VPN usage across the globe. For example, the company said the US has experienced a 65.93% growth in the use of business VPNs since March 11. It reported that mass remote working has contributed towards a rise in desktop (94.09%) and mobile app (0.39%) usage among Americans. Globally, NordVPN teams has seen a 165% spike in the use of business VPNs and business VPN usage in Netherlands (240.49%), Canada (206.29%) and Austria (207.86%) has skyrocketed beyond 200%. Italy has had the most modest growth in business VPN usage at just 10.57%.
+
+
+
+**UPDATE: 3. 25**:
+
+ * According to [Atlas VPN][15] user data, VPN usage in the US increased by 124% during the last two weeks. VPN usage in the country increased by 71% between March 16 and 22 alone. Atlas said it measured how much traffic traveled through its servers during that period compared to March 9 to 15. The data came from the company's 53,000 weekly users.
+ * Verizon [reports][16] that voice usage, long declining in the age of texting, chat and social media, is up 25% in the last week. The network report shows the primary driver is accessing conference calls. In addition, people are talking longer on mobile devices with wireless voice usage notching a 10% increase and calls lasting 15% longer.
+ * AT&T also [reported][17] increased calling, especially Wi-Fi calling, up 88% on March 22 versus a normal Sunday. It says that consumer home voice calls were up 74% more than an average Sunday; traffic from Netflix dipped after all-time highs on Friday and Saturday; and data traffic due to heavy video streaming between its network and peered networks tied record highs. AT&T said it has deployed portable cell nodes to bolster coverage supporting FirstNet customers in Indiana, Connecticut, New Jersey, California and New York.
+ * Microsoft this week advised users of Office 365 it was throttling back some services:
+ * **OneNote: ** OneNote in Teams will be read-only for commercial tenants, excluding EDU. Users can go to OneNote for the web for editing. Download size and sync frequency of file attachments has been changed. You can find details on these and other OneNote related updates as .
+ * **SharePoint:** We are rescheduling specific backend operations to regional evening and weekend business hours. Impacted capabilities include migration, DLP and delays in file management after uploading a new file, video or image. Reduced video resolution for playback videos.
+ * **Stream:** People timeline has been disabled for newly uploaded videos. Pre-existing videos will not be impacted. Meeting recording video resolution adjusted to 720p.
+
+
+
+**RELATED COVID-19 NEWS:**
+
+ * Security vendor [Check Point’s Threat Intelligence][18] says that Since January 2020, there have been over 4,000 coronavirus-related domains registered globally. Out of these websites, 3% were found to be malicious and an additional 5% are suspicious. Coronavirus- related domains are 50% more likely to be malicious than other domains registered at the same period, and also higher than recent seasonal themes such as Valentine’s day.
+ * [Orange][19] an IT and communications **services** company aid that has increased its network capacity and upgraded its service platforms. These measures allow it to support the ongoing exponential increase in needs and uses. The number of users connecting to their company's network remotely has already increased by 700% among its customers. It has also doubled the capacity for simultaneous connections on its platforms. The use of remote collaboration solutions such as video conferencing has also risen massively with usage increasing by between 20% to 100%.
+ * Verizon said it has seen a 34% increase in VPN traffic from March 10 to 17. It has also seen a 75% increase in gaming traffic and web traffic increased by just under 20% in that time period according to Verizon.
+ * One week after the CDC declaration of the virus as a pandemic, data analytics and broadband vendor OpenVault wrote on March 19 that:
+ * Subscribers’ average usage during the 9 am-to-5 pm daypart has risen to 6.3 GB, 41.4% higher than the January figure of 4.4 GB.
+ * During the same period, peak hours (6 pm–11 pm) usage has risen 17.2% from 5.0 GB per subscriber in January to 5.87 GB in March.
+ * Overall daily usage has grown from 12.19 GB to 15.46 GB, an increase of 26.8%.
+ * Based on the current rate of growth, OpenVault projected that consumption for March will reach nearly 400 GB per subscriber, an increase of almost 11% over the previous monthly record of 361 GB, established in January of this year. In addition, OpenVault projects a new coronavirus-influenced run rate of 460 GB per subscriber per month going forward.
+
+
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][20] and [LinkedIn][21] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3534037/rolling-update-the-impact-of-covid-19-on-public-networks-and-security.html
+
+作者：[Michael Cooney][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://broadbandnow.com/
+[2]: https://broadbandnow.com/report/internet-speed-analysis-march-15th-21st/
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3236448/lan-wan/what-to-consider-when-deploying-a-next-generation-firewall.html
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[5]: https://blog.talosintelligence.com/2020/03/covid-19-pandemic-threats.html
+[6]: https://blog.talosintelligence.com/2020/02/coronavirus-themed-malware.html
+[7]: https://www.vmware.com/company/news/updates/vmware-response-covid-19.html?mid=31381&eid=CVMW2000048242496
+[8]: mailto:sd-wan-hotline@vmware.com
+[9]: https://blogs.cisco.com/news/global-traffic-spikes-no-panic-at-the-cisco
+[10]: https://www.networkworld.com/blog/itaas-and-the-corporate-storage-technology/?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE22140&utm_content=sidebar (ITAAS and Corporate Storage Strategy)
+[11]: https://www.telefonica.com/en/web/press-office/-/telefonica-announces-measures-related-to-covid-19
+[12]: https://downdetector.com/?utm_campaign=Ookla%20Insights%20Blog%20Subscription&utm_source=hs_email&utm_medium=email&utm_content=85202785&_hsenc=p2ANqtz--Nj93d_eQyJpsqxrPJyNPtTiMBWBQU984psLyalw51K61e4d1WODareMF5NWFriHY2Uzw3WF7rF-2vSfH5cR53Jg3K5Q&_hsmi=85202785
+[13]: https://blog.cimicorp.com/?p=4068
+[14]: https://nordvpnteams.com/
+[15]: https://atlasvpn.com/blog/lockdowns-and-panic-leads-to-a-124-surge-in-vpn-usage-in-the-us/
+[16]: https://www.verizon.com/about/news/update-verizon-serve-customers-covid-19
+[17]: https://about.att.com/pages/COVID-19.html
+[18]: https://blog.checkpoint.com/2020/03/05/update-coronavirus-themed-domains-50-more-likely-to-be-malicious-than-other-domains/
+[19]: https://www.orange.com/en/Press-Room/press-releases/press-releases-2020/Orange-is-mobilised-to-ensure-continuity-of-service-for-all-customers-in-France-and-around-the-world
+[20]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[21]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200327 6 tricks for developing a work from home schedule.md b/sources/talk/20200327 6 tricks for developing a work from home schedule.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9253f824fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200327 6 tricks for developing a work from home schedule.md
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (6 tricks for developing a work from home schedule)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/work-from-home)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+6 tricks for developing a work from home schedule
+======
+Stay flexible, embrace change, and think of the transition to your home
+office as an opportunity to create a healthier WFH experience.
+![Working from home at a laptop][1]
+
+When you start working from home, one of the first things you might have noticed is that there almost no outside influences on your schedule.
+
+You probably have meetings—some over [team chat][2] and others over [video][3]— that you have to attend, but otherwise, there's nothing requiring you to do anything at any specific time. What you find out pretty quickly, though, is that there's an invisible influence that sneaks up on you: deadlines.
+
+This lack of structure fosters procrastination, sometimes willful and other times aimless, followed by frantic sprints to get something done. Learning to mitigate that, along with all the distractions working from home might offer, is often the hardest part of your home-based work.
+
+Here are a few ways to build in that structure for yourself do you don't end up feeling like you are falling behind.
+
+### You have always had your own schedule
+
+Everybody reacts to schedules differently. For some people, schedules offer guidance and comfort. For others, schedules are rigid and oppressive.
+
+An office space generally provides focus. There might be plenty of distractions at the office, but you usually find a good stretch of time at some point during your day when you can get a big chunk of work done. Even in an office, though, each person actually keeps their own schedule. Your colleague might arrive early in the day, happily completing a day's work in an empty office before anyone else arrives and then spending the rest of the day doing menial tasks and socializing. Another colleague might arrive late and leave early, maximizing time spent in the office for actual work. Still others follow a steady pace throughout the day.
+
+As you're settling into a WFH routine, take notes, either mentally or physically, on what seems to work well for you. If you like formalized systems, then build a schedule for yourself after a week or two, based on what you've been doing naturally. If there's something that isn't working for you, then drop it from your schedule.
+
+Once you've found a good rhythm for yourself, you can manage your day with a [to-do list][4] like [todo.txt][5], or if you prefer sledgehammers (or you actually manage a department), you can try a [project management][6] application.
+
+### Treat yourself as a new hire
+
+For the first week or two at home, you may find it helpful to treat yourself (and your remote team) as a new hire. Instead of trying to mimic or impose the same schedule you kept at the office or at school, take time to monitor your own activity. It takes time for your body and mind to establish new and comfortable habits, and if you're the kind of person who wanders into a routine, then you need to give yourself time to discover what those habits are.
+
+For instance, if you're consistently finding that you do your best work right after breakfast, then relegate menial tasks, like responding to email, reviewing tasks, or triaging bug reports, to the early morning, and make sure you have a big task set up for after breakfast. If you're having a hard time maintaining focus, then make time for morning tea so you can relax, reassess your workload, and plan your next step. Be curious about yourself like a manager would be for a brand new employee. Adjust accordingly.
+
+### There is no guilt to being interrupted at home
+
+Not everything on your schedule is under your control. If you have children too young for school, or if children are home from school, then their schedules take precedence.
+
+It's a perceived benefit of working from home that your schedule is more flexible than at an office, but with that assumption, there can sometimes come a little to a lot of guilt. You might feel you're not working "enough" because you have to stop to wake up and feed children, or because you want to take a few play breaks every now and again.
+
+That's mostly illusory, though, and here is how to think about it. If you swap out "children" for "manager," you might remember some times at the office where your "real" work was interrupted because you had to entertain upper management with sparkly presentations, or complete piles of paperwork for HR, or decompress by chatting with colleagues by the water cooler.
+
+Your work from home is really no different. There are plenty of distractions, and they're only a problem if you fail to acknowledge and work around them.
+
+### Making the choice to move beyond the 9-to-5
+
+Unlike at the office, you're not forced into a rigid and dated 9-to-5 structure. If your day has to start at 7am, contains a lot of breaks, and doesn't end until 7pm, then that's alright. The essential part is to define that as your schedule for yourself (once you've established it as a schedule that works for you; remember to give yourself a few weeks to get a feel for what your schedule actually "wants" to be). Pick your start and end times, establish break times with your housemates, whether they're children, spouses, pets, or roommates/friends. Work when you're supposed to be working, and don't work when you're not scheduled to work. For most of us, colleagues don't need to know exactly when you are online as long as you're available when you're needed. In that case, your hours are your own. If the team is the kind that needs to know, run it by them.
+
+### Don't forget time for yourself
+
+It's important to at least establish times you stop thinking about work, no matter what. If you've got a very young child who's not given to staying on any schedule, then you might have to stay more flexible than most. Still, give yourself permission to actively be inactive. Do something you enjoy, even if it feels unproductive. It's normal to spend some idle time at the office to think or intentionally not think. Working from home deserves the same space. If anything, it's even more important as you establish working hours. The goal is to recognize when you're at home and when you're at work.
+
+Finding stuff to do at work is relatively easy, but sometimes finding things to do to relax can be hard. If you have children, you can collaborate with them using Scratch for [drawing beautiful art][7], [programming video games][8], or even [robotics][9]. For the times you're not necessarily looking to collaborate and need your little one to do some exploration of their own, there are some [great open source alternatives to Minecraft][10], too. If you're interested in getting away from the screen, though, you might try some [Arduino][11] or [Seeeduino][12] gardening projects. Start with some programming, and end up outside in the garden!
+
+### Choose to see change as exciting
+
+Some say humans don't generally love change and that we're primarily creatures of habit, so moving from an office into a home office can be upsetting. And yet, invariably, we've shown that change can be exciting and even good.
+
+Use this thought experiment to remember how much you love change. Would you willingly revert to technology from even two years ago? How about five, or ten?
+
+If we can embrace change in technology and be uninterested in reverting back, why not embrace change elsewhere?
+
+When you work from home, you have the opportunity to be willing to explore change. If you find that a meeting time doesn't work for your schedule, mention it to your team. It may not work for them, either, and moving it to a different day could mean making room for a work sprint that knocks out a good chunk of your work for the week. If you find that a tool isn't working out for you, find a different one.
+
+In fact, some of the most productive people are constantly evaluating new applications and new methods of working. They're constantly learning new things, developing new skills. They don't do this because they need the new skill, at least not by the letter of their work contract, but learning new things often reveals a surprising applicability to something they do need.
+
+Need some examples? Tinkering with a Raspberry Pi for fun could result in a home server running [useful apps][13] to help you stay informed. [Learning][14] how to [write in Markdown][15] could introduce you to a new and more efficient workflow than you ever knew possible. Setting up a [computer with Linux][16] could reveal a new world of open source software that changes the way you approach problems, and improves the methods you use to solve them. The possibilities are limitless, but if you don't know where to start, you can browse through some of our articles or [cheat sheets][17] for ideas and tips.
+
+### Working from home is a new opportunity
+
+The habits we've built up around work aren't always healthy or efficient or fun. If you're starting to work from home, though, it's a chance to reinvent what work means for you. Keep the lines of [communication open][18] with your colleagues, embrace new ideas and the potential of change, and discover how you can be more productive by enjoying yourself and the place you call home (and **$HOME**).
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/work-from-home
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/wfh_work_home_laptop_work.png?itok=VFwToeMy (Working from home at a laptop)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/alternatives/slack
+[3]: https://opensource.com/alternatives/skype
+[4]: https://opensource.com/article/19/9/to-do-list-managers-linux
+[5]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/open-source-to-do-list
+[6]: https://opensource.com/article/18/2/agile-project-management-tools
+[7]: https://opensource.com/article/19/9/drawing-vectors-scratch-3
+[8]: https://opensource.com/article/18/4/designing-game-scratch-open-jam
+[9]: https://opensource.com/education/13/8/student-programming-scratch-and-finch
+[10]: https://opensource.com/alternatives/minecraft
+[11]: https://opensource.com/article/17/3/arduino-garden-projects
+[12]: https://opensource.com/article/19/12/seeeduino-nano-review
+[13]: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/newsboat
+[14]: https://opensource.com/article/19/9/introduction-markdown
+[15]: https://opensource.com/article/18/11/markdown-editors
+[16]: https://opensource.com/article/19/9/found-linux-video-gaming
+[17]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/cheat-sheets-guides
+[18]: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/open-source-working-home
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200330 Know the benefits of cloud-native networking for SASE.md b/sources/talk/20200330 Know the benefits of cloud-native networking for SASE.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e4c38f352e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200330 Know the benefits of cloud-native networking for SASE.md
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Know the benefits of cloud-native networking for SASE)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3534720/know-the-benefits-of-cloud-native-networking-for-sase.html)
+[#]: author: (Zeus Kerravala https://www.networkworld.com/author/Zeus-Kerravala/)
+
+Know the benefits of cloud-native networking for SASE
+======
+Shlomo Kramer, CEO of Cato Networks discusses the benefits cloud-native networking brings to SASE
+Metamorworks / Getty Images
+
+Gartner has positioned secure access service edge (SASE) as the next wave of SD-WANs. While most industry people I talk to agree on the concept of security and networking being brought together, there is some debate surrounding cloud-native versus cloud-managed.
+
+To get a better understanding of why cloud native matters, I sat down with Shlomo Kramer, CEO of Cato Networks, which designed its SASE service from the ground up for cloud delivery.
+
+**Last year Gartner coined the term SASE, do you agree or disagree with their premise?**
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][1]
+
+Well I definitely agree. The manifesto that Cato was founded on was the vision of converging network transport and network security and delivering it as a cloud service. The argument as to why you need SASE is topological in nature because traffic patterns have changed. Network traffic used to be inward bound because people sat at their desks, using corporate workstations and connecting to enterprise applications that resided in the company data centers.
+
+That meant security was effectively a hard shell placed around a soft core. Security was applied at the edge and protected all the physical locations behind it. Today, the traffic patterns have changed, and the security needs to be applied everywhere. Applications are built in AWS as well as on-premises, workers are in the office, at home and in the hotel or anywhere. So now corporate assets are everywhere so the hard shell no longer works. Security needs to be different and be integrated everywhere so I absolutely agree with the concept of SASE.
+
+**What are some other challenges with legacy technologies like MPLS and security appliances?**
+
+**T**he problems with MPLS are well documented, so I won’t spend too much time on this topic other than say every company we talk to wants to move off of MPLS because of high costs, long deployment times and a lack of agility. MPLS does nothing for mobile users or cloud connectivity so organizations need to deploy VPN servers, cloud interconnects and other technologies to connect all of their company resources.
+
+[][2]
+
+On the security side, branch appliances have been an enormous problem that we as an industry accepted as the only possible solution. Appliances need to be procured, deployed, maintained, upgraded and retired. All of which takes time and effort. They need to be integrated with one another, which requires more time and skills. Most appliances are managed from separate management consoles making operations complex and challenging. Over time, more appliances are added, which raises the complexity level. Also, when traffic jumps or too many features are turned on, upgrades are often required outside budget cycles. Security professionals often lag behind when applying software patches because updating appliances is risky and needs to be carefully planned, leaving the company at risk.
+
+I can go on, but _appliances_ as an architecture involve too many headaches and too much cost for companies looking to become leaner and more agile. And by appliances, I also mean VNFs and virtual appliances. It's the same story again. You still need to deploy, manage and scale them. Appliances are a poor choice not because of anyone's solution's limitations but because of the architecture itself.
+
+**What benefit do cloud-native platforms provide?**
+
+For Gur (Co-Founder of Cato, Gur Shatz) and myself, who came from the security and networking worlds, we were well acquainted with these problems. As we thought about what the right architecture would be moving forward, the cloud seemed like the obvious choice. We had already seen how cloud computing changed markets for data centers, servers, storage, and applications. We thought the cloud could do the same for security and networking.
+
+Like AWS for data centers and servers, we wanted to create a utility that would secure and network the complete enterprise, not just sites, but also remote users, cloud data centers, cloud applications, and third-party devices. We wanted enterprises to "tap" into this utility and instantly receive all the advanced security and networking services for the entire organization. It's why we called our SD-WAN device the "Cato Socket," like an electrical socket you plug into. This vision is in line with the SASE definition.
+
+Instead of appliances, we move the “heavy lifting” involved in security and networking into a global, distributed, cloud-native software platform. By cloud-native software, we mean several things. We actually wrote a [blog on this topic][3] that talks about the value of cloud-native. There are many benefits but in particular, multi-tenancy is game-changing. This allows cloud providers to amortize costs across their customer base, allowing them to deliver offerings at a price point unmatched by one based on purchasing appliances for customers.
+
+This platform runs our single-pass, security and networking stack that performs all security inspections in parallel. A packet comes in, depacketized and decrypted by our software that then performs all the necessary security inspections in parallel before sending the packet on. This is an incredible change from the way appliances work today. Today, each appliance must depacketize and decrypt packets, run a deep packet inspection (DPI) engine to understand the packet, apply the specific security inspections, and repacketize and re-encrypt for the next appliance to do the same.
+
+**You’ve also stated that a global private network is necessary, why is that?**
+
+As for the network, enterprises require predictable, low latency performance everywhere all the time. That's simply not possible with Internet routing today when broadband is used. While the problems of unpredictable latency across global routes or in under-developed Internet regions is well known even within Internet regions, we've seen specific routes have problems.
+
+How do you overcome latency AND the global connectivity costs of MPLS? Our answer was to leverage the massive build-out in global IP connectivity. By buying massive wholesale SLA-backed capacity across multiple IP backbones, and then dynamically selecting the best backbone at each hop across our network, we could deliver global, low-latency connections at a fraction of the cost of MPLS.
+
+**The SASE industry is currently filled with start-ups and smaller vendors. Why are the big incumbents struggling to make this shift?**
+
+** **
+
+I think it should be evident by now, but existing appliance-based solutions simply can't be converted to become cloud-native. Re-engineering a platform for the cloud requires massive investments in R&D, which will come at the expense of existing and very successful product lines, so beyond engineering, there is also an internal conflict to overcome.
+
+And that's why the "big incumbents," as you put it, are so threatened by SASE. We all recognize that SASE is the future, but to get that to that future, many of the established solution providers will need to disrupt their existing businesses. That's not easy to do, but what they can do is market.
+
+We, as an industry, are seeing vendors trying to capitalize on SASE by rebranding their solutions as SASE offerings. Some are appliances without cloud capabilities; others are security services without networking capabilities. For IT to tell the difference between a true SASE platform and a "fake" one, the litmus test is simple: If the center of gravity is in the appliances. If the offer lacks SD-WAN and if there is more than one management console. It's not SASE, and it's not the future. It's a repackaging of the past.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][4] and [LinkedIn][5] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3534720/know-the-benefits-of-cloud-native-networking-for-sase.html
+
+作者：[Zeus Kerravala][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Zeus-Kerravala/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/blog/itaas-and-the-corporate-storage-technology/?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE22140&utm_content=sidebar (ITAAS and Corporate Storage Strategy)
+[3]: https://www.catonetworks.com/blog/the-cloud-native-network-what-it-means-and-why-it-matters/
+[4]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[5]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200330 SASE might be better than VPNs for quickly ramping up remote access.md b/sources/talk/20200330 SASE might be better than VPNs for quickly ramping up remote access.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..10f3abab83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200330 SASE might be better than VPNs for quickly ramping up remote access.md
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (SASE might be better than VPNs for quickly ramping up remote access)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3534501/sase-might-be-better-than-vpns-for-quickly-ramping-up-remote-access.html)
+[#]: author: (Linda Musthaler https://www.networkworld.com/author/Linda-Musthaler/)
+
+SASE might be better than VPNs for quickly ramping up remote access
+======
+A secure access service edge model can quickly grow remote-worker capacity without requiring enterprises to deploy their own new VPN gear.
+Getty Images
+
+The global pandemic now hitting almost every corner of the world is forcing countless millions of people to work from home. In one sense, we’re fortunate to now have the technology that allows us to do that. Between broadband Internet access in the home, corporate VPNs, team workspaces and videoconferencing services, many people can continue to do their jobs as effectively as if they were in their regular office environment.
+
+That doesn’t mean it’s all smooth sailing for the IT departments that have to enable and support those critical work-from-home services. Depending on the type of network architecture a company has, it can be relatively easy or significantly challenging to support tens of thousands of employees now suddenly working from home.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][1]
+
+I recently talked with Mark Casey, CEO of the network infrastructure services provider [Apcela][2], who conveyed the challenges that many large enterprises have. It’s these companies that typically still have a traditional hub-and-spoke kind of WAN anchored in a physical data center. Corporate traffic is backhauled from branch and remote locations (like workers’ homes) to a centralized [data center][3] to pass through a security stack before it is sent to the internet or to cloud services. Unfortunately, this legacy network architecture doesn’t adapt well to the dramatically different traffic patterns resulting from a massive surge in telework.
+
+When you look at the [VPN][4] architecture in this environment, it’s largely dominated by Cisco with its AnyConnect solution that pairs with the vendor’s ASA [firewall][5] products. Countless large enterprises have these hardware appliances in their on-premises data centers. Whether it’s Cisco equipment or some other vendor’s, the VPN/firewall combination is a real workhorse under normal conditions, but the vast increase in remote workers is causing a strain.
+
+**VPN capacity is strained**
+
+A home-based worker brings up a VPN connection that creates a secure tunnel to take him straight into the data center. This might be fine when the company expects 10% to 20% of its employees to work remotely at any given time, but now the numbers might approach 50% or 70%. This creates contention for resources and a poor VPN experience for all. What’s more, workers are routing a bunch of internet traffic to the data center along with traffic destined for on-premise applications like [Microsoft Office 365][6]. This is the landscape that Casey sees every day as he engages with large enterprise organizations.
+
+“We’ve talked to a number of companies recently that say they need to expand their VPN capacity but the legacy network architecture is holding them back. [Cisco][7], Palo Alto and others are offering free VPN client licenses but the enterprises still need to expand the VPN terminating appliances. It’s hard to quickly scale capacity in this environment,” says Casey. “Whether it’s coronavirus or some other catalyst that puts stress on the legacy network environment, we advocate that enterprises should diversify and shift portions of their network architecture to the cloud. This will give them much more flexibility to provide security and remote access services to their workforce in the long run.”
+
+[][8]
+
+**SASE for flexibility and capacity on demand**
+
+Casey points to the [Secure Access Service Edge][9] (SASE, pronounced “sassy”) framework as a model for re-architecting the enterprise network. SASE is Gartner’s name for a combination of [SD-WAN][10] capabilities with a number of security services that are primarily delivered through a cloud-based delivery model.
+
+Gartner defines the service edge as an offering that supports the access needs of digital enterprises by combining SD-WAN functions with network security services such as secure web gateway (SWG), cloud access security broker (CASB), and cloud-based firewall. In short, a SASE offering helps simplify network management by offering highly customizable policy-based control that can be tailored by user identity, session context, and application needs for performance and security – and it’s delivered from the cloud.
+
+Casey explains the concept of a service edge with a geographical example. “Suppose an employee is VPNing into his corporate network from his New York area home, and the data center happens to be in Chicago. Ordinarily the traffic would all be directed to Chicago, but if he’s accessing internet content, it would be optimal to egress that traffic via secure web gateway much more locally to where the user is. It’s better to go to a site in New York where the VPN terminates on a local firewall, and there’s a secure web gateway there so the Internet traffic can be offloaded there instead of backhauling it to Chicago. This site in New York is called the service edge.”
+
+Casey continues his explanation: “A virtualized version of a company’s firewall sits in the hub. The VPN terminates on the VPN concentrator in the local hub and then the traffic is routed appropriately. That traffic going to the internet goes out through secure web gateway and that traffic that's destined for an application in the data center goes over a private network inside the security parameters. This is essentially another tunnel back to the data center. And that's a great use case for this whole concept of SASE, which is to lift some of your core security components and move them out to the cloud.”
+
+With the word cloud, people tend to think of AWS or Azure or Google Cloud Platform, but Casey gives cloud a broader definition. “Cloud is Software as a Service, like Salesforce and ServiceNow,” says Casey. “If you’re an enterprise, cloud is an Equinix data center. Cloud is anything that’s not you, and it’s delivered as a service.”
+
+**The service edge is a powerful hub**
+
+In Apcela’s parlance, a service edge is called an application hub, or AppHub. Other companies call them communication hubs, cloud hubs, or simply Points of Presence (PoPs). Regardless of the name, the concept is the same.
+
+These hubs consist of racks of switching and routing equipment that are typically deployed in carrier-neutral co-location centers. Then these data centers are interconnected with high-capacity, low-latency circuits that create a high-performance core network. SD-WAN, VPN and security stacks are typically deployed in the hubs. At the edge of this network, an enterprise can directly connect its own data centers, branch offices, remote and mobile users, and even third-party partners. The leading SASE providers have built hubs, or PoPs, around the world so that organizations and their workers can connect to the closest hub to obtain the communication and security services they need. Each enterprise chooses what services it wants to utilize.
+
+When considering how to deploy security as a virtual service, Casey says, “You don't necessarily want to put all the security in AWS because then it will work great with AWS, but it won't work for GCP or Azure, and it certainly won't help you for your SaaS applications. So having this hub environment that sits between the application clouds – Salesforce, Office 365, Workday, etc. – and the users and enterprise locations is the perfect location to put these security services. And because the hubs are essentially an Infrastructure as a Service, you're not stuck with having to move to some proprietary cloud-based platform.”
+
+SASE infrastructure is essentially on demand, so it’s fairly easy for new customers to adopt it. “It’s not complicated,” says Casey. “We have to find a place, somewhere in the world, and cross connect back into an enterprise’s infrastructure to deliver private connectivity. But it's all very cloud-like. It takes the agility of cloud and the speed of cloud and enables you to act quickly.”
+
+**SASE has VPN capacity pre-built**
+
+The SASE model allows companies to expand their VPN platforms easily because the capability is all pre-built. Once the service is turned on, the company is well positioned to support thousands of new home-based workers.
+
+I asked Casey about a realistic timeframe for companies that are new to the SASE approach before they can expect to be up and running with expanded VPN capacity. “I can only speak to the solution Apcela offers, of course, but I’d say it’s a matter of days to weeks, but certainly not months,” he says. “In our case, it depends on their security platform because we leverage virtualized network functions on the security side, so the whole concept of procuring and shipping equipment goes away.” Other vendors might do the deployment in different ways.
+
+Contrast this approach to the legacy model of installing new hardware in a data center to provide more capacity. By the time the company orders the hardware, gets it shipped to the data center, and then installed and configured, two or three months might pass.
+
+Another benefit of the SASE framework is that traffic travels over a private core network rather than the public Internet. “The Internet shouldn’t become your new [WAN][11] – certainly not for business and mission-critical platforms. You need a specialized sort of [MPLS][12]-like network for your cloud apps, which is what a SASE platform does,” says Casey. “Traffic is taken off the Internet at the secure edge, put onto a private secure network and routed directly to the appropriate SaaS or IaaS platform data center.”
+
+Having a private core network is especially important at this time because the public Internet is under great strain due to the traffic and content pattern shifts now that so many people are staying home or working from home. The [strain is so bad][13] that companies like Facebook and Netflix have been asked by the European Commissioner for internal market and services to throttle their services to consume less bandwidth. As Casey says, “You don’t want your corporate traffic to compete for bandwidth against Netflix and all these different videoconferencing services.”
+
+If your organization is struggling with ramping up work-from-home capacity in a hurry, consider how a SASE service might help you.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][14] and [LinkedIn][15] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3534501/sase-might-be-better-than-vpns-for-quickly-ramping-up-remote-access.html
+
+作者：[Linda Musthaler][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Linda-Musthaler/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[2]: https://www.apcela.com/
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3223692/what-is-a-data-centerhow-its-changed-and-what-you-need-to-know.html
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3268744/understanding-virtual-private-networks-and-why-vpns-are-important-to-sd-wan.html
+[5]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3230457/what-is-a-firewall-perimeter-stateful-inspection-next-generation.html
+[6]: https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/office-365-blog/how-to-quickly-optimize-office-365-traffic-for-remote-staff-amp/ba-p/1214571;
+[7]: https://blogs.cisco.com/security/cisco-expands-free-security-offerings-to-help-with-rise-in-remote-workers
+[8]: https://www.networkworld.com/blog/itaas-and-the-corporate-storage-technology/?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE22140&utm_content=sidebar (ITAAS and Corporate Storage Strategy)
+[9]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3516503/it-pros-need-to-weigh-in-on-that-sassy-security-model.html
+[10]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3031279/sd-wan-what-it-is-and-why-you-ll-use-it-one-day.html
+[11]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3248989/what-is-a-wan-wide-area-network-definition-and-examples.html
+[12]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/2297171/network-security-mpls-explained.html
+[13]: https://mashable.com/article/eu-netflix-standard-definition-coronavirus/
+[14]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[15]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200401 How enterprise networking is changing with a work-at-home workforce.md b/sources/talk/20200401 How enterprise networking is changing with a work-at-home workforce.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f87bc0a8f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200401 How enterprise networking is changing with a work-at-home workforce.md
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How enterprise networking is changing with a work-at-home workforce)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3534037/how-enterprise-networking-is-changing-with-a-work-at-home-workforce.html)
+[#]: author: (Michael Cooney https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/)
+
+How enterprise networking is changing with a work-at-home workforce
+======
+Network World updates the latest COVID-19-related networking news
+Ig0rZh / Getty Images
+
+_As the coronavirus spreads, public and private companies as well as government entities are requiring employees to work from home, putting unforeseen strain on all manner of networking technologies and causing bandwidth and security concerns. What follows is a round-up of news and traffic updates that Network World will update as needed to help keep up with the ever-changing situation. Check back frequently!_
+
+UPDATE: 3.30
+
+AT&T said its core network traffic – which includes business, home broadband and wireless – was up 24% through March 30 compared to the same day last month. It broke down some mobility traffic patterns as well: voice calls: +33%, instant messaging: +63%, text messaging: +41%, email: -18%, web browsing: -5%, video: +4% (also accounts for over half of all mobility traffic). It also usage for conferencing: AT&T’s global audio-conferencing solution: +200%; audio, web and video conferencing tools: +400%; Large-scale webcast events: +200%.
+
+[RELATED: Firewall face-off for the enterprise][1]
+
+AT&T said its investment in artificial intelligence technology is helping it keep up with demand. For example, the company said AI is helping remotely troubleshoot and diagnose problems with customer equipment, by identifying the cause or even proactively identifying a potential issue before it occurs. “We’ve expedited deployments of new AI capabilities in certain markets that will allow us to balance the traffic load within a sector and across sectors to help avoid overloading specific cells and improve the experience.”
+
+DNS vendor BlueCat says it has been tracking the use of DNS over HTTPS (DoH) – a method of encrypting queries to prevent visibility into DNS traffic patterns. Over the last week through March 27, the company said it has seen a massive increase in the use of DoH across its customer base wrote Ben Ball, director of strategy and content marketing at BlueCat in a [blog][2] about the trend. “In the course of a single weekend, the number of endpoints attempting to use DoH went from an average of 90 to about 1,400. That’s a 1,500% increase in the use of DoH. Around 45% of these queries are from Firefox (which now activates DoH by default). Aside from that, we’re seeing queries to eleven different DoH services from all kinds of applications. DoH usage is fairly uniform across our customer base as well – this isn’t one company or industry vertical; this is a broad trend. While we haven’t seen any clear indications that any of these queries are from [DoH enabled malware][3], that is an emerging threat that we are tracking,” Ball stated.
+
+Ookla’s [SpeedTest][4] shows mean download speed over fixed broadband declined only slightly in Mexico and the U.S. when comparing the week of March 23 to that of March 16, while a decline in Canada’s mean download speed over fixed broadband was more evident. Mean download speed over mobile was down in the U.S. and Canada during the week of March 23, while it rose slightly in Mexico during the same period.
+
+**UPDATE 3.27**
+
+[][5]
+
+Broadband watchers at [BroadbandNow][6] say users in most of the cities it analyzed are experiencing normal network conditions, suggesting that ISP’s (and their networks) are holding up to the shifting demand. In a March 25 [post][7] the firm wrote: “Encouragingly, many of the areas hit hardest by the spread of the coronavirus are holding up to increased network demand. Cities like Los Angeles, Chicago, Brooklyn, and San Francisco have all experienced little or no disruption. New York City, now the epicenter of the virus in the U.S., has seen a 24% dip out of its previous ten-week range. However, with a new median speed of nearly 52 Mbps, home connections still appear to be holding up overall.”
+
+Other BroadbandNow findings included:
+
+ * Eighty eight (44%) of the 200 cities it analyzed experienced some degree of network degradation over the past week compared to the 10 weeks prior. However, only 27 (13.5%) cities experienced dips of 20% below range or greater.
+ * Seattle download speeds have continued to hold up over the past week, while New York City’s speeds have fallen out of range by 24%. Both cities are currently heavily affected by the coronavirus pandemic.
+ * Three cities – Austin, Texas, Winston Salem, N.C., and Oxnard, Calif. – have experienced significant degradations, falling out of their 10-week range by more than 40%.
+
+
+
+Cisco’s Talos threat-intelligence arm [wrote][8] on March 26 about the COVID security threat noting what it called three broad categories of attacks leveraging COVID with known advanced persistent threat participation in: [Malware and phishing campaigns][9] using COVID-themed lures; attacks against organizations that carry out research and other work related to COVID; and fraud and disinformation. From an enterprise security perspective, Talos recommended:
+
+ * Remote access: Do not expose Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) to the internet. Use secure VPN connections with multi-factor authentication schemes. Network access control packages can be used to ensure that systems attempting to remotely connect to the corporate environment meet a minimum set of security standards such as anti-malware protection, patch levels, etc,. prior to granting them access to corporate resources. Continually identify and remediate access-policy violations.
+ * Identity Management: Protect critical and public-facing applications with multi-factor authentication and supporting corporate policies. Verify that remote-account and access-termination capabilities work as intended in a remote environment.
+ * Endpoint Control: Because many people may be working from home networks, endpoint visibility, protection, and mitigation is now more important than ever. Consider whether remediation and reimaging capabilities will work as intended in a remote environment. Encrypt devices where possible, and add this check to your NAC solution as a gate for connectivity. Another simple method of protecting endpoints is via DNS, such as with [Cisco’s] Umbrella, by blocking the resolution of malicious domains before the host has a chance to make a connection.
+
+
+
+In an [FAQ][10] about the impact of COVID-19 on fulfilling customer hardware orders, VMware stated: “Some VMware SD-WAN hardware appliances are on backorder as a result of supply chain issues. As a result, we are extending the option to update existing orders with different appliances where inventory is more readily available. Customers may contact a special email hotline with questions related to backordered appliances. Please send an email to [sd-wan-hotline@vmware.com][11] with your questions and include the order number, urgent quantities, and contact information. We will do our best to respond within 48 hours.”
+
+Cisco said it has been analyzing traffic statistics with major carriers across Asia, Europe, and the Americas, and its data shows that typically, the most congested point in the network occurs at inter-provider peering points, Jonathan Davidson, senior vice president and general manager of Cisco's Mass-Scale Infrastructure Group wrote in a [blog][12] on March 26. “However, the traffic exchanged at these bottlenecks is only a part of the total internet traffic, meaning reports on traffic may be higher overall as private peering and local destinations also contribute to more traffic growth.”
+
+“Our analysis at these locations shows an increase in traffic of 10% to 33% over normal levels. In every country, traffic spiked with the decision to shut down non-essential businesses and keep people at home. Since then, traffic has remained stable or has experienced a slight uptick over the days that followed,” Davidson stated.
+
+He said that traffic during peak hours from 6 p.m. and 10 p.m. has increased slightly, but is not the primary driver for the overall inrease. Busy hours have extended to 9 a.m. 10 p.m., although the new busy-hour (9 a.m. to 6 p.m.) traffic is still below the traditional peak hours. "Service providers are certainly paying attention to these changes, but they are not yet a dire concern, as most networks are designed for growth. Current capacities are utilized more over the course of the entire day,” he wrote.
+
+Spanish multinational telecommunications company [Telefonica][13]’ said IP networks are experiencing traffic increases of close to 40% while mobile voice use is up about 50% and data is up 25%. In general, traffic through IP networks has experienced increases of nearly 40% while mobile use has increased by about 50% for voice and 25% for data. Likewise, traffic from instant-messaging tools such as Whatsapp has increased fivefold in recent days.
+
+**UPDATE: 3.26**
+
+ * Week over week (ending March 23) [Ookla][14] says it has started to see a degradation of mobile and fixed-broadband performance worldwide. More detail on specific locations is available below. Comparing the week of March 16 to the week of March 9, mean download speed over mobile and fixed broadband decreased in Canada and the U.S. while both remained relatively flat in Mexico.
+ * What is the impact of the coronavirus on corporate network planning? Depends on how long the work-from-home mandate goes on really. Tom Nolle, president of CIMI Corp. [takes an interesting look at the situation][15] saying the shutdown “could eventually produce a major uptick for SD-WAN services, particularly in [managed service provider] Businesses would be much more likely to embark on an SD-WAN VPN adventure that didn’t involve purchase/licensing, favoring a service approach in general, and in particular one with a fairly short contract period.”
+ * Statistics from VPN provider [NordVPN][16] show the growth of VPN usage across the globe. For example, the company said the US has experienced a 65.93% growth in the use of business VPNs since March 11. It reported that mass remote working has contributed towards a rise in desktop (94.09%) and mobile app (0.39%) usage among Americans. Globally, NordVPN teams has seen a 165% spike in the use of business VPNs and business VPN usage in Netherlands (240.49%), Canada (206.29%) and Austria (207.86%) has skyrocketed beyond 200%. Italy has had the most modest growth in business VPN usage at just 10.57%.
+
+
+
+**UPDATE: 3. 25**:
+
+ * According to [Atlas VPN][17] user data, VPN usage in the US increased by 124% during the last two weeks. VPN usage in the country increased by 71% between March 16 and 22 alone. Atlas said it measured how much traffic traveled through its servers during that period compared to March 9 to 15. The data came from the company's 53,000 weekly users.
+ * Verizon [reports][18] that voice usage, long declining in the age of texting, chat and social media, is up 25% in the last week. The network report shows the primary driver is accessing conference calls. In addition, people are talking longer on mobile devices with wireless voice usage notching a 10% increase and calls lasting 15% longer.
+ * AT&T also [reported][19] increased calling, especially Wi-Fi calling, up 88% on March 22 versus a normal Sunday. It says that consumer home voice calls were up 74% more than an average Sunday; traffic from Netflix dipped after all-time highs on Friday and Saturday; and data traffic due to heavy video streaming between its network and peered networks tied record highs. AT&T said it has deployed portable cell nodes to bolster coverage supporting FirstNet customers in Indiana, Connecticut, New Jersey, California and New York.
+ * Microsoft this week advised users of Office 365 it was throttling back some services:
+ * **OneNote: ** OneNote in Teams will be read-only for commercial tenants, excluding EDU. Users can go to OneNote for the web for editing. Download size and sync frequency of file attachments has been changed. You can find details on these and other OneNote related updates as .
+ * **SharePoint:** We are rescheduling specific backend operations to regional evening and weekend business hours. Impacted capabilities include migration, DLP and delays in file management after uploading a new file, video or image. Reduced video resolution for playback videos.
+ * **Stream:** People timeline has been disabled for newly uploaded videos. Pre-existing videos will not be impacted. Meeting recording video resolution adjusted to 720p.
+
+
+
+**RELATED COVID-19 NEWS:**
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3534037/how-enterprise-networking-is-changing-with-a-work-at-home-workforce.html
+
+作者：[Michael Cooney][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3189176/security/face-off-cisco-vs-fortinet-for-enterprise-firewalls.html
+[2]: https://www.bluecatnetworks.com/blog/wfh-doh/
+[3]: https://blog.netlab.360.com/an-analysis-of-godlua-backdoor-en/
+[4]: https://www.speedtest.net/insights/blog/tracking-covid-19-impact-global-internet-performance/
+[5]: https://www.networkworld.com/blog/itaas-and-the-corporate-storage-technology/?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE22140&utm_content=sidebar (ITAAS and Corporate Storage Strategy)
+[6]: https://broadbandnow.com/
+[7]: https://broadbandnow.com/report/internet-speed-analysis-march-15th-21st/
+[8]: https://blog.talosintelligence.com/2020/03/covid-19-pandemic-threats.html
+[9]: https://blog.talosintelligence.com/2020/02/coronavirus-themed-malware.html
+[10]: https://www.vmware.com/company/news/updates/vmware-response-covid-19.html?mid=31381&eid=CVMW2000048242496
+[11]: mailto:sd-wan-hotline@vmware.com
+[12]: https://blogs.cisco.com/news/global-traffic-spikes-no-panic-at-the-cisco
+[13]: https://www.telefonica.com/en/web/press-office/-/telefonica-announces-measures-related-to-covid-19
+[14]: https://downdetector.com/?utm_campaign=Ookla%20Insights%20Blog%20Subscription&utm_source=hs_email&utm_medium=email&utm_content=85202785&_hsenc=p2ANqtz--Nj93d_eQyJpsqxrPJyNPtTiMBWBQU984psLyalw51K61e4d1WODareMF5NWFriHY2Uzw3WF7rF-2vSfH5cR53Jg3K5Q&_hsmi=85202785
+[15]: https://blog.cimicorp.com/?p=4068
+[16]: https://nordvpnteams.com/
+[17]: https://atlasvpn.com/blog/lockdowns-and-panic-leads-to-a-124-surge-in-vpn-usage-in-the-us/
+[18]: https://www.verizon.com/about/news/update-verizon-serve-customers-covid-19
+[19]: https://about.att.com/pages/COVID-19.html
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200402 When debugging, your attitude matters.md b/sources/talk/20200402 When debugging, your attitude matters.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6968d3f8e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200402 When debugging, your attitude matters.md
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (name1e5s)
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (When debugging, your attitude matters)
+[#]: via: (https://jvns.ca/blog/debugging-attitude-matters/)
+[#]: author: (Julia Evans https://jvns.ca/)
+
+When debugging, your attitude matters
+======
+
+A while back I wrote [What does debugging a program look like?][1] on what to do when debugging (change one thing at a time! check your assumptions!).
+
+But I was debugging some CSS last week, and I think that post is missing something important: **your attitude**.
+
+Now – I’m not a very good CSS developer yet. I’ve never written CSS professionally and I don’t understand a lot of basic CSS concepts (I think I finally understood for the first time recently how `position: absolute` works). And last week I was working on the most complicated CSS project I’d ever attempted.
+
+While I was debugging my CSS, I noticed myself doing some bad things that I normally would not! I was:
+
+ * making random changes to my code in the hopes that it would work
+ * googling a lot of things and trying them without understanding what they did
+ * if something broke, reverting my changes and starting again
+
+
+
+This strategy was exactly as effective as you might imagine (not very effective!), and it was because of my attitude about CSS! I had this unusual-for-me belief that CSS was Too Hard and impossible for me to understand. So let’s talk about that attitude a bit!
+
+### the problem attitude: “this is too hard for me to understand”
+
+One specific problem I was having was – I had 2 divs stacked on top of one another, and I wanted Div A to be on top of Div B. My model of CSS stacking order at the start of this was basically “if you want Thing A to be on top of Thing B, change the z-index to make it work”. So I changed the z-index of Div A to be 5 or something.
+
+But it didn’t work! In Firefox, div A was on top, but in Chrome, Div B was on top. Argh! Why? CSS is impossible!!!
+
+I googled a bit, and I found out that a possible reason z-index might not work was because Div A and Div B were actually in different “stacking contexts”. If that was true, even if I set the z-index of Div A to 999999 it would still not put it on top of Div B. ([here’s a small example of what this z-index problem looks like, though I think my specific bug had some extra complications][2])
+
+I thought “man, this stacking context thing seems really complicated, why is it different between Firefox and Chrome, I’m not going to be able to figure this out”. So I tried a bunch of random things a bunch of blog posts suggested, which as usual did not work.
+
+Finally I gave up this “change random things and pray” strategy and thought “well, what if I just read the documentation on stacking order, maybe it’s not that bad”.
+
+So I read the [MDN page on stacking order][3], which says:
+
+> When the z-index property is not specified on any element, elements are stacked in the following order (from bottom to top):
+> 1\. The background and borders of the root element
+> 2\. Descendant non-positioned blocks, in order of appearance in the HTML
+> 3\. Descendant positioned elements, in order of appearance in the HTML
+
+This is SO SIMPLE! It just depends on the order in the HTML! I put Div A after Div B in the HTML (as a sibling) and it made everything work in both browsers.
+
+### better attitude: “let’s learn the basics and see if that helps”
+
+This whole stacking problem turned out to really not be that complicated – all I needed to do was read a very short and simple documentation page to understand how stacking works!
+
+Of course, computer things are not always this simple (and even in this specific case the [rules about what creates a new stacking context][4] are pretty complicated.). But I did not need to understand those more complicated rules in order to put Div A on top of Div B! I only needed to know the much simpler 3 rules above.
+
+So – calm down for a second, learn a few of the basics, and see if that helps.
+
+### watching people who know what they’re doing is inspiring
+
+Another area of CSS that I thought was “too hard” for me to understand was this whole `position: absolute` and `position: relative` business. I kept seeing (and sometimes using!) examples where people made complicated CSS things with `position: absolute` but I didn’t understand how they worked. Doesn’t `position: absolute` mean that the element is always in the same place on the screen? Why are these `position: absolute` things moving when I scroll like the rest of the document? (spoiler: no, that’s `position: fixed`.)
+
+But last week, I paired with someone who’s a lot better at CSS than me on some code, and I saw that they were just typing in `position: absolute` and `position: relative` confidently into their code without seeming confused about it!! Could that be me?
+
+I looked up the [documentation on MDN][5] on `position: absolute`, and it said:
+
+> The element is removed from the normal document flow, and no space is created for the element in the page layout. It is positioned relative to its closest positioned ancestor… Its final position is determined by the values of top, right, bottom, and left.
+
+So things with `position: absolute` are positioned relative to their closest positioned ancestor! And you just use `top/bottom/right/left` to pick where! That’s so simple!
+
+### documentation that you can trust makes a big difference
+
+I think another big source of my frustration with CSS is that I didn’t have the best grasp of where to find accurate information & advice. I knew that MDN was a reliable reference, but MDN doesn’t really help answer questions like “ok but seriously how do I center a div???” and I found myself reading a lot of random Stack Overflow answers/blog posts that I wasn’t 100% sure were correct.
+
+This week I learned about [CSS Tricks][6] which has a lot of GREAT articles like [Centering in CSS: A Complete Guide][7] which seems very reputable and is written in a super clear way.
+
+### that’s all!
+
+I don’t really know why I started to believe that it was “impossible” to understand basic CSS concepts since I don’t believe that about computers in general. Maybe because I’ve been writing CSS at a beginner level for a very long time but hadn’t ever really tried to do a more involved CSS project than “let’s arrange some divs in a grid with flexbox”!
+
+But this attitude really got in the way of me writing the CSS I wanted to write! And once I let go of it and used my normal debugging techniques I was able to get a lot more things to work the way I wanted.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://jvns.ca/blog/debugging-attitude-matters/
+
+作者：[Julia Evans][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://jvns.ca/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://jvns.ca/blog/2019/06/23/a-few-debugging-resources/
+[2]: https://codepen.io/jvns-css-fun/pen/YzXMMdQ
+[3]: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS/CSS_Positioning/Understanding_z_index/Stacking_without_z-index
+[4]: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS/CSS_Positioning/Understanding_z_index/The_stacking_context
+[5]: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS/position
+[6]: https://css-tricks.com
+[7]: https://css-tricks.com/centering-css-complete-guide/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200405 Book review- Nine Lies About Work.md b/sources/talk/20200405 Book review- Nine Lies About Work.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a4c06438aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200405 Book review- Nine Lies About Work.md
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Book review: Nine Lies About Work)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/4/book-review-nine-lies-about-work)
+[#]: author: (Ron McFarland https://opensource.com/users/ron-mcfarland)
+
+Book review: Nine Lies About Work
+======
+An examination of common work misconceptions and how open organizations
+are often ahead of the curve.
+![Carrot on a stick][1]
+
+In _Nine Lies About Work_, authors Marcus Buckingham and Ashley Goodall examine what we might consider "common theories" about aspects of contemporary organizational life—and they debunk those theories. The book's so-called "lies" are, therefore, not really lies but rather common beliefs about work that simply aren't accurate in actual working environments today.
+
+In this review, I'll outline all nine of those misconceptions and explain what the authors believe is really true in the case of each one. But then I'll focus more on explaining the misconceptions that are especially relevant to [open organizations][2].
+
+### Liar, liar
+
+Buckingham and Goodall address the following nine "lies" about work.
+
+Lie #1—People care about which company they work for. The authors believe that people really care about which team they're directly working on. That is where we [find engagement][3].
+
+Lie #2—The best plan wins. The authors believe that the best front-line intelligence and feedback wins. In this rapidly changing world, [plans only tell you where you are now][4] and where you may be in the very near future (that is, in a few weeks or months).
+
+Lie #3—The best companies cascade goals. The authors believe that the best companies [disseminate downward meaning][5] (that is, public purpose) to their staff.
+
+Lie #4—The best people are well-rounded. The authors believe that the best people are good only at specific tasks (and not _necessarily_ other tasks).
+
+Lie #5—People need feedback. The authors believe that people need nonjudgmental, uncritical attention, and to be recognized; they don't need criticism.
+
+Lie #6—People can reliably rate other people. The authors believe that people can reliably rate their own experience and [evaluate their own performance][6] often better than others can.
+
+Lie #7—People have potential. The authors believe that every person possesses individual needs and individual feelings of forward momentum and progress. Therefore, their potential cannot be determined.
+
+Lie #8—Work-life balance matters most. The authors believe that love-in-work matters most. Companies should promote each individual finding the [love of what they do at work][7], then expand on that love. Companies should promote having fun at work, but they rarely do.
+
+Lie #9—Leadership is a thing. The authors believe that [we each follow people with a vision][8] in which we believe. To say a person is "a good leader" is, therefore, only situational according to individual followers. No universal criteria, rule, or model for effective leadership exists.
+
+### Teams over companies
+
+Now let's take a hard look at Lie #1. The authors believe that someone seeking a job will care about the quality of a company, their status inside that company, and their pay, but as soon as work begins, team engagement becomes far more important to them. That's because teams focus on what we do on a daily basis. Those teams might even be unofficial groups inside an organization—"[internal communities][9]," we might call them. Buckingham and Goodall provide eight characteristics of great teams, and these characteristics would ring equally true in [open organization communities][2]. The authors present them separated into two categories—"We"-related and "Me"-related):
+
+ * The members are enthusiastic about the team mission ("We").
+ * Each is surrounded by people who share the same values ("We").
+ * Their teammates will stand behind them when needed ("We")
+ * The members feel confident regarding the future of the company ("We").
+ * Each member understands what is expected ("Me").
+ * Everyone feels they have a chance to use their particular strengths ("Me"). According to a 2018 study from ADP Research Institute, cited in the book's appendix, if we can use our strengths that bring us joy and energizes us 20% of the time at work, total work engagement skyrockets.
+ * All members can be recognized for excellent work ("Me").
+ * The members are challenged to grow ("Me").
+
+
+
+All these characteristics describe a healthy culture in an open organization community.
+
+According to the authors, a company should explore what [informal, unofficial teams][10] it has and learn what they're involved in. Usually, they say, the average person is on five teams, each with different purposes. Ask people if they have these types of teams (or a single mentor) with whom they can consult inside the company. Larger, more formal groups are less important.
+
+More important, however, are lunch meetings between informal team members or chats in corners discussing how they can help each other. When I was providing sales seminars, for example, I would walk around the company cafeteria and have these discussions with global sales departments. By doing this, I developed strong communities over a 20-year period. The quality and quantities of these teams are directly connected to employee engagement and are extremely important to the success of a company, according to the authors. An organizational leader's primary job is to create an environment where these teams can grow and thrive.
+
+### Forget planning
+
+Next, let's turn to Lie #2: the best plan wins. Buckingham and Goodall believe the best front-line intelligence wins. Open organizations [rely a great deal on bottom-up management techniques][11], which fits nicely into what the authors are saying here. All the action is on the front-line, and real-time reporting to management on situational developments is extremely important, according to the authors. Conditions are changing so fast that [by the time some plans are introduced, they are already out-of-date][12]. That is why open organizations strongly believe in cultivating ground-level decision-making practices. People closest to the issues know what's happening.
+
+Regarding [open organization principles][2], we might note the emphasis on getting front-line information in real-time and broadly distributing it as much as possible (inclusivity, transparency, broader community), as well as encouraging and reporting front-line suggestions (collaboration, adaptability). Communication is two-way. To share information efficiently and understand when it's needed, Buckingham and Goodall believe that many small, short, frequent meetings are always more productive than large, long, infrequent ones.
+
+### Don't judge
+
+Next, let's examine Lie #5: People need feedback. The authors do recognize people's need for nonjudgmental, uncritical attention, and their desire to be recognized. A leader's level of uncritical attention is directly connected to the level of staff engagement. Just asking, "[How are you doing in your work?][13]" and "Well, how can I help?" is all that is needed.
+
+The authors believe that the worst managers are those that ignore people. Average managers don't ignore people, but they give negative feedback, which weakens their teams' feelings of engagement. The best managers, team leaders, or community leaders don't ignore and don't judge. At least weekly, they simply ask questions and provide help if needed. A high degree of managerial attention directly improves front-line engagement. The authors believe that it makes members feel connected, supported, and understood.
+
+Buckingham and Goodall believe that looking at a staff's negative qualities is a natural tendency. Therefore, leaders and managers must make strong efforts to avoid doing so. This effort is worth it, the authors argue, as it results in greater performance, engagement, and growth. For example, when I was giving sales manager training, I frequently needed to address the situation of handling sales staff coming to the manager to help them with a customer problem. I recommended that the manager just ask the sales staff a simple question: "What did you do and say when you met the customer, and what would you do differently if you could visit the customer all over again?" This forced salespeople to come up with their own advice.
+
+### Concluding thoughts
+
+_Nine Lies about Work_ has much to teach anyone interested in open organizations. Buckingham is a global researcher in human strengths development and performance; Goodall is a senior VP in leadership and team intelligence at Cisco. It is amazing how closely their beliefs align with open organization principles. The ways they articulate those beliefs in this book are enlightening.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/4/book-review-nine-lies-about-work
+
+作者：[Ron McFarland][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ron-mcfarland
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/BUSINESS_pink2.png?itok=I5Wgct6V (Carrot on a stick)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/resources/open-org-definition
+[3]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/18/10/understanding-engagement-empowerment
+[4]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/19/5/planning-future-unknowable
+[5]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/18/7/culture-of-experimentation-in-4-steps
+[6]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/15/5/measuring-performance-open-source-way
+[7]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/15/11/reigniting-employee-passion
+[8]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/18/12/what-is-open-leadership
+[9]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/19/11/what-is-community-practice
+[10]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/1/why-build-community-of-practice
+[11]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/17/3/making-better-open-decisions
+[12]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/18/3/try-learn-modify
+[13]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/16/10/how-ask-why-without-upsetting-anyone
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200406 How to Use a Differential Analyzer (to Murder People).md b/sources/talk/20200406 How to Use a Differential Analyzer (to Murder People).md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6796e25603
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200406 How to Use a Differential Analyzer (to Murder People).md
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to Use a Differential Analyzer (to Murder People))
+[#]: via: (https://twobithistory.org/2020/04/06/differential-analyzer.html)
+[#]: author: (Two-Bit History https://twobithistory.org)
+
+How to Use a Differential Analyzer (to Murder People)
+======
+
+A differential analyzer is a mechanical, analog computer that can solve differential equations. Differential analyzers aren’t used anymore because even a cheap laptop can solve the same equations much faster—and can do it in the background while you stream the new season of Westworld on HBO. Before the invention of digital computers though, differential analyzers allowed mathematicians to make calculations that would not have been practical otherwise.
+
+It is hard to see today how a computer made out of anything other than digital circuitry printed in silicon could work. A mechanical computer sounds like something out of a steampunk novel. But differential analyzers did work and even proved to be an essential tool in many lines of research. Most famously, differential analyzers were used by the US Army to calculate range tables for their artillery pieces. Even the largest gun is not going to be effective unless you have a range table to help you aim it, so differential analyzers arguably played an important role in helping the Allies win the Second World War.
+
+To understand how differential analyzers could do all this, you will need to know what differential equations are. Forgotten what those are? That’s okay, because I had too.
+
+### Differential Equations
+
+Differential equations are something you might first encounter in the final few weeks of a college-level Calculus I course. By that point in the semester, your underpaid adjunct professor will have taught you about limits, derivatives, and integrals; if you take those concepts and add an equals sign, you get a differential equation.
+
+Differential equations describe rates of change in terms of some other variable (or perhaps multiple other variables). Whereas a familiar algebraic expression like (y = 4x + 3) specifies the relationship between some variable quantity (y) and some other variable quantity (x), a differential equation, which might look like (\frac{dy}{dx} = x), or even (\frac{dy}{dx} = 2), specifies the relationship between a _rate of change_ and some other variable quantity. Basically, a differential equation is just a description of a rate of change in exact mathematical terms. The first of those last two differential equations is saying, “The variable (y) changes with respect to (x) at a rate defined exactly by (x),” and the second is saying, “No matter what (x) is, the variable (y) changes with respect to (x) at a rate of exactly 2.”
+
+Differential equations are useful because in the real world it is often easier to describe how complex systems change from one instant to the next than it is to come up with an equation describing the system at all possible instants. Differential equations are widely used in physics and engineering for that reason. One famous differential equation is the heat equation, which describes how heat diffuses through an object over time. It would be hard to come up with a function that fully describes the distribution of heat throughout an object given only a time (t), but reasoning about how heat diffuses from one time to the next is less likely to turn your brain into soup—the hot bits near lots of cold bits will probably get colder, the cold bits near lots of hot bits will probably get hotter, etc. So the heat equation, though it is much more complicated than the examples in the last paragraph, is likewise just a description of rates of change. It describes how the temperature of any one point on the object will change over time given how its temperature differs from the points around it.
+
+Let’s consider another example that I think will make all of this more concrete. If I am standing in a vacuum and throw a tennis ball straight up, will it come back down before I asphyxiate? This kind of question, posed less dramatically, is the kind of thing I was asked in high school physics class, and all I needed to solve it back then were some basic Newtonian equations of motion. But let’s pretend for a minute that I have forgotten those equations and all I can remember is that objects accelerate toward earth at a constant rate of (g), or about (10 ;m/s^2). How can differential equations help me solve this problem?
+
+Well, we can express the one thing I remember about high school physics as a differential equation. The tennis ball, once it leaves my hand, will accelerate toward the earth at a rate of (g). This is the same as saying that the velocity of the ball will change (in the negative direction) over time at a rate of (g). We could even go one step further and say that _the rate of change in the height of my ball above the ground_ (this is just its velocity) will change over time at a rate of negative (g). We can write this down as the following, where (h) represents height and (t) represents time:
+
+[\frac{d^2h}{dt^2} = -g]
+
+This looks slightly different from the differential equations we have seen so far because this is what is known as a second-order differential equation. We are talking about the rate of change of a rate of change, which, as you might remember from your own calculus education, involves second derivatives. That’s why parts of the expression on the left look like they are being squared. But this equation is still just expressing the fact that the ball accelerates downward at a constant acceleration of (g).
+
+From here, one option I have is to use the tools of calculus to solve the differential equation. With differential equations, this does not mean finding a single value or set of values that satisfy the relationship but instead finding a function or set of functions that do. Another way to think about this is that the differential equation is telling us that there is some function out there whose second derivative is the constant (-g); we want to find that function because it will give us the height of the ball at any given time. This differential equation happens to be an easy one to solve. By doing so, we can re-derive the basic equations of motion that I had forgotten and easily calculate how long it will take the ball to come back down.
+
+But most of the time differential equations are hard to solve. Sometimes they are even impossible to solve. So another option I have, given that I paid more attention in my computer science classes that my calculus classes in college, is to take my differential equation and use it as the basis for a simulation. If I know the starting velocity and the acceleration of my tennis ball, then I can easily write a little for-loop, perhaps in Python, that iterates through my problem second by second and tells me what the velocity will be at any given second (t) after the initial time. Once I’ve done that, I could tweak my for-loop so that it also uses the calculated velocity to update the height of the ball on each iteration. Now I can run my Python simulation and figure out when the ball will come back down. My simulation won’t be perfectly accurate, but I can decrease the size of the time step if I need more accuracy. All I am trying to accomplish anyway is to figure out if the ball will come back down while I am still alive.
+
+This is the numerical approach to solving a differential equation. It is how differential equations are solved in practice in most fields where they arise. Computers are indispensable here, because the accuracy of the simulation depends on us being able to take millions of small little steps through our problem. Doing this by hand would obviously be error-prone and take a long time.
+
+So what if I were not just standing in a vacuum with a tennis ball but were standing in a vacuum with a tennis ball in, say, 1936? I still want to automate my computation, but Claude Shannon won’t even complete his master’s thesis for another year yet (the one in which he casually implements Boolean algebra using electronic circuits). Without digital computers, I’m afraid, we have to go analog.
+
+### The Differential Analyzer
+
+The first differential analyzer was built between 1928 and 1931 at MIT by Vannevar Bush and Harold Hazen. Both men were engineers. The machine was created to tackle practical problems in applied mathematics and physics. It was supposed to address what Bush described, in [a 1931 paper][1] about the machine, as the contemporary problem of mathematicians who are “continually being hampered by the complexity rather than the profundity of the equations they employ.”
+
+A differential analyzer is a complicated arrangement of rods, gears, and spinning discs that can solve differential equations of up to the sixth order. It is like a digital computer in this way, which is also a complicated arrangement of simple parts that somehow adds up to a machine that can do amazing things. But whereas the circuitry of a digital computer implements Boolean logic that is then used to simulate arbitrary problems, the rods, gears, and spinning discs _directly_ simulate the differential equation problem. This is what makes a differential analyzer an analog computer—it is a direct mechanical analogy for the real problem.
+
+How on earth do gears and spinning discs do calculus? This is actually the easiest part of the machine to explain. The most important components in a differential analyzer are the six mechanical integrators, one for each order in a sixth-order differential equation. A mechanical integrator is a relatively simple device that can integrate a single input function; mechanical integrators go back to the 19th century. We will want to understand how they work, but, as an aside here, Bush’s big accomplishment was not inventing the mechanical integrator but rather figuring out a practical way to chain integrators together to solve higher-order differential equations.
+
+A mechanical integrator consists of one large spinning disc and one much smaller spinning wheel. The disc is laid flat parallel to the ground like the turntable of a record player. It is driven by a motor and rotates at a constant speed. The small wheel is suspended above the disc so that it rests on the surface of the disc ever so slightly—with enough pressure that the disc drives the wheel but not enough that the wheel cannot freely slide sideways over the surface of the disc. So as the disc turns, the wheel turns too.
+
+The speed at which the wheel turns will depend on how far from the center of the disc the wheel is positioned. The inner parts of the disc, of course, are rotating more slowly than the outer parts. The wheel stays fixed where it is, but the disc is mounted on a carriage that can be moved back and forth in one direction, which repositions the wheel relative to the center of the disc. Now this is the key to how the integrator works: The position of the disc carriage is driven by the input function to the integrator. The output from the integrator is determined by the rotation of the small wheel. So your input function drives the rate of change of your output function and you have just transformed the derivative of some function into the function itself—which is what we call integration!
+
+If that explanation does nothing for you, seeing a mechanical integrator in action really helps. The principle is surprisingly simple and there is no way to watch the device operate without grasping how it works. So I have created [a visualization of a running mechanical integrator][2] that I encourage you to take a look at. The visualization shows the integration of some function (f(x)) into its antiderivative (F(x)) while various things spin and move. It’s pretty exciting.
+
+![][3] _A nice screenshot of my visualization, but you should check out the real thing!_
+
+So we have a component that can do integration for us, but that alone is not enough to solve a differential equation. To explain the full process to you, I’m going to use an example that Bush offers himself in his 1931 paper, which also happens to be essentially the same example we contemplated in our earlier discussion of differential equations. (This was a happy accident!) Bush introduces the following differential equation to represent the motion of a falling body:
+
+[\frac{d^2x}{dt^2} = -k,\frac{dx}{dt} - g]
+
+This is the same equation we used to model the motion of our tennis ball, only Bush has used (x) in place of (h) and has added another term that accounts for how air resistance will decelerate the ball. This new term describes the effect of air resistance on the ball in the simplest possible way: The air will slow the ball’s velocity at a rate that is proportional to its velocity (the (k) here is some proportionality constant whose value we don’t really care about). So as the ball moves faster, the force of air resistance will be stronger, further decelerating the ball.
+
+To configure a differential analyzer to solve this differential equation, we have to start with what Bush calls the “input table.” The input table is just a piece of graphing paper mounted on a carriage. If we were trying to solve a more complicated equation, the operator of the machine would first plot our input function on the graphing paper and then, once the machine starts running, trace out the function using a pointer connected to the rest of the machine. In this case, though, our input is just the constant (g), so we only have to move the pointer to the right value and then leave it there.
+
+What about the other variables (x) and (t)? The (x) variable is our output as it represents the height of the ball. It will be plotted on graphing paper placed on the output table, which is similar to the input table only the pointer is a pen and is driven by the machine. The (t) variable should do nothing more than advance at a steady rate. (In our Python simulation of the tennis ball problem as posed earlier, we just incremented (t) in a loop.) So the (t) variable comes from the differential analyzer’s motor, which kicks off the whole process by rotating the rod connected to it at a constant speed.
+
+Bush has a helpful diagram documenting all of this that I will show you in a second, but first we need to make one more tweak to our differential equation that will make the diagram easier to understand. We can integrate both sides of our equation once, yielding the following:
+
+[\frac{dx}{dt} = - \int \left(k,\frac{dx}{dt} + g\right),dt]
+
+The terms in this equation map better to values represented by the rotation of various parts of the machine while it runs. Okay, here’s that diagram:
+
+![][4] _The differential analyzer configured to solve the problem of a falling body in one dimension._
+
+The input table is at the top of the diagram. The output table is at the bottom-right. The output table here is set up to graph both (x) and (\frac{dx}{dt}), i.e. height and velocity. The integrators appear at the bottom-left; since this is a second-order differential equation, we need two. The motor drives the very top rod labeled (t). (Interestingly, Bush referred to these horizontal rods as “buses.”)
+
+That leaves two components unexplained. The box with the little (k) in it is a multiplier respresnting our proportionality constant (k). It takes the rotation of the rod labeled (\frac{dx}{dt}) and scales it up or down using a gear ratio. The box with the (\sum) symbol is an adder. It uses a clever arrangement of gears to add the rotations of two rods together to drive a third rod. We need it since our equation involves the sum of two terms. These extra components available in the differential analyzer ensure that the machine can flexibly simulate equations with all kinds of terms and coefficients.
+
+I find it helpful to reason in ultra-slow motion about the cascade of cause and effect that plays out as soon as the motor starts running. The motor immediately begins to rotate the rod labeled (t) at a constant speed. Thus, we have our notion of time. This rod does three things, illustrated by the three vertical rods connected to it: it drives the rotation of the discs in both integrators and also advances the carriage of the output table so that the output pen begins to draw.
+
+Now if the integrators were set up so that their wheels are centered, then the rotation of rod (t) would cause no other rods to rotate. The integrator discs would spin but the wheels, centered as they are, would not be driven. The output chart would just show a flat line. This happens because we have not accounted for the initial conditions of the problem. In our earlier Python simulation, we needed to know the initial velocity of the ball, which we would have represented there as a constant variable or as a parameter of our Python function. Here, we account for the initial velocity and acceleration by displacing the integrator discs by the appropriate amount before the machine begins to run.
+
+Once we’ve done that, the rotation of rod (t) propagates through the whole system. Physically, a lot of things start rotating at the same time, but we can think of the rotation going first to integrator II, which combines it with the acceleration expression calculated based on (g) and then integrates it to get the result (\frac{dx}{dt}). This represents the velocity of the ball. The velocity is in turn used as input to integrator I, whose disc is displaced so that the output wheel rotates at the rate (\frac{dx}{dt}). The output from integrator I is our final output (x), which gets routed directly to the output table.
+
+One confusing thing I’ve glossed over is that there is a cycle in the machine: Integrator II takes as an input the rotation of the rod labeled ((k,\frac{dx}{dt} + g)), but that rod’s rotation is determined in part by the output from integrator II itself. This might make you feel queasy, but there is no physical issue here—everything is rotating at once. If anything, we should not be surprised to see cycles like this, since differential equations often describe rates of change in a function as a function of the function itself. (In this example, the acceleration, which is the rate of change of velocity, depends on the velocity.)
+
+With everything correctly configured, the output we get is a nice graph, charting both the position and velocity of our ball over time. This graph is on paper. To our modern digital sensibilities, that might seem absurd. What can you do with a paper graph? While it’s true that the differential analyzer is not so magical that it can write out a neat mathematical expression for the solution to our problem, it’s worth remembering that neat solutions to many differential equations are not possible anyway. The paper graph that the machine does write out contains exactly the same information that could be output by our earlier Python simulation of a falling ball: where the ball is at any given time. It can be used to answer any practical question you might have about the problem.
+
+The differential analyzer is a preposterously cool machine. It is complicated, but it fundamentally involves nothing more than rotating rods and gears. You don’t have to be an electrical engineer or know how to fabricate a microchip to understand all the physical processes involved. And yet the machine does calculus! It solves differential equations that you never could on your own. The differential analyzer demonstrates that the key material required for the construction of a useful computing machine is not silicon but human ingenuity.
+
+### Murdering People
+
+Human ingenuity can serve purposes both good and bad. As I have mentioned, the highest-profile use of differential analyzers historically was to calculate artillery range tables for the US Army. To the extent that the Second World War was the “Good Fight,” this was probably for the best. But there is also no getting past the fact that differential analyzers helped to make very large guns better at killing lots of people. And kill lots of people they did—if Wikipedia is to be believed, more soldiers were killed by artillery than small arms fire during the Second World War.
+
+I will get back to the moralizing in a minute, but just a quick detour here to explain why calculating range tables was hard and how differential analyzers helped, because it’s nice to see how differential analyzers were applied to a real problem. A range table tells the artilleryman operating a gun how high to elevate the barrel to reach a certain range. One way to produce a range table might be just to fire that particular kind of gun at different angles of elevation many times and record the results. This was done at proving grounds like the Aberdeen Proving Ground in Maryland. But producing range tables solely through empirical observation like this is expensive and time-consuming. There is also no way to account for other factors like the weather or for different weights of shell without combinatorially increasing the necessary number of firings to something unmanageable. So using a mathematical theory that can fill in a complete range table based on a smaller number of observed firings is a better approach.
+
+I don’t want to get too deep into how these mathematical theories work, because the math is complicated and I don’t really understand it. But as you might imagine, the physics that governs the motion of an artillery shell in flight is not that different from the physics that governs the motion of a tennis ball thrown upward. The need for accuracy means that the differential equations employed have to depart from the idealized forms we’ve been using and quickly get gnarly. Even the earliest attempts to formulate a rigorous ballistic theory involve equations that account for, among other factors, the weight, diameter, and shape of the projectile, the prevailing wind, the altitude, the atmospheric density, and the rotation of the earth[1][5].
+
+So the equations are complicated, but they are still differential equations that a differential analyzer can solve numerically in the way that we have already seen. Differential analyzers were put to work solving ballistics equations at the Aberdeen Proving Ground in 1935, where they dramatically sped up the process of calculating range tables.[2][6] Nevertheless, during the Second World War, the demand for range tables grew so quickly that the US Army could not calculate them fast enough to accompany all the weaponry being shipped to Europe. This eventually led the Army to fund the ENIAC project at the University of Pennsylvania, which, depending on your definitions, produced the world’s first digital computer. ENIAC could, through rewiring, run any program, but it was constructed primarily to perform range table calculations many times faster than could be done with a differential analyzer.
+
+Given that the range table problem drove much of the early history of computing even apart from the differential analyzer, perhaps it’s unfair to single out the differential analyzer for moral hand-wringing. The differential analyzer isn’t uniquely compromised by its military applications—the entire field of computing, during the Second World War and well afterward, advanced because of the endless funding being thrown at it by the United States military.
+
+Anyway, I think the more interesting legacy of the differential analyzer is what it teaches us about the nature of computing. I am surprised that the differential analyzer can accomplish as much as it can; my guess is that you are too. It is easy to fall into the trap of thinking of computing as the realm of what can be realized with very fast digital circuits. In truth, computing is a more abstract process than that, and electronic, digital circuits are just what we typically use to get it done. In his paper about the differential analyzer, Vannevar Bush suggests that his invention is just a small contribution to “the far-reaching project of utilizing complex mechanical interrelationships as substitutes for intricate processes of reasoning.” That puts it nicely.
+
+_If you enjoyed this post, more like it come out every four weeks! Follow [@TwoBitHistory][7] on Twitter or subscribe to the [RSS feed][8] to make sure you know when a new post is out._
+
+_Previously on TwoBitHistory…_
+
+> Do you worry that your children are "BBS-ing"? Do you have a neighbor who talks too much about his "door games"?
+>
+> In this VICE News special report, we take you into the seedy underworld of bulletin board systems:
+>
+> — TwoBitHistory (@TwoBitHistory) [February 2, 2020][9]
+
+ 1. Alan Gluchoff. “Artillerymen and Mathematicians: Forest Ray Moulton and Changes in American Exterior Ballistics, 1885-1934.” Historia Mathematica, vol. 38, no. 4, 2011, pp. 506–547., . [↩︎][10]
+
+ 2. Karl Kempf. “Electronic Computers within the Ordnance Corps,” 1961, accessed April 6, 2020, . [↩︎][11]
+
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://twobithistory.org/2020/04/06/differential-analyzer.html
+
+作者：[Two-Bit History][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://twobithistory.org
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: http://worrydream.com/refs/Bush%20-%20The%20Differential%20Analyzer.pdf
+[2]: https://sinclairtarget.com/differential-analyzer/
+[3]: https://twobithistory.org/images/diff-analyzer-viz.png
+[4]: https://twobithistory.org/images/analyzer-diagram.png
+[5]: tmp.GUgd146Tkg#fn:1
+[6]: tmp.GUgd146Tkg#fn:2
+[7]: https://twitter.com/TwoBitHistory
+[8]: https://twobithistory.org/feed.xml
+[9]: https://twitter.com/TwoBitHistory/status/1224014531778826240?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw
+[10]: tmp.GUgd146Tkg#fnref:1
+[11]: tmp.GUgd146Tkg#fnref:2
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200406 What is good documentation for software projects.md b/sources/talk/20200406 What is good documentation for software projects.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7726287131
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200406 What is good documentation for software projects.md
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (What is good documentation for software projects?)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/documentation)
+[#]: author: (Cameron Shorter https://opensource.com/users/cameronshorter)
+
+What is good documentation for software projects?
+======
+Mixing experienced tech writers with open source communities reveals new
+approaches for creating better docs.
+![Typewriter with hands][1]
+
+The [Open Geospatial (OSGeo) Foundation][2] recently participated in Google's first [Season of Docs][3], in which Google sponsored senior technical writers to contribute to open source projects. OSGeo is an umbrella organization for around 50 geospatial open source projects. I've contributed to a number of these projects over the years and recently co-mentored the two Season of Docs technical writers Google allocated to OSGeo.
+
+We discovered during our involvement that, like many open source projects, we knew little about:
+
+ * The state of our docs
+ * What we were aiming for
+ * Our priorities
+ * The details of the challenges we faced
+ * How to improve
+
+
+
+We discovered:
+
+ * How hard it is to keep tech docs current
+ * Skillsets from multiple roles are needed to create good docs
+ * Open source's docs and writing processes are immature when compared to software development
+
+
+
+It is an exciting problem space with high-value challenges ready to be tackled. It reminds me of the early days of open source, before it became trendy with business.
+
+### What should tech writers work on?
+
+Open source communities welcomed the chance to have tech writers improve our docs and expressed a pressing need for it, but found it hard to articulate exactly what needed to be fixed:
+
+ * People explained that their project docs often hadn't been updated between doc releases.
+ * Some projects had new features that had not been documented.
+ * Other projects had issue lists, collating observed deficiencies, but had no systematic review.
+ * Most observed that docs were created by developers with no formal tech writing training.
+ * Many noted that their English docs were written by non-native English speakers.
+
+
+
+But where should we start? We needed to decide on what we wanted and what we should work on first.
+
+### Defining good docs
+
+We then realized that we didn't have a good definition of "good documentation." For our software projects, we have a comprehensive [incubation process][4] to assess the maturity of software and the project's community, but we couldn't find a similar set of metrics to define "good documentation." So we started the [Good Docs Project][5] to collate "best-practice templates and writing instructions for documenting open source software." This helped us define what we were aiming for and prioritize what we can achieve with our available resources.
+
+### Documentation audit
+
+Once we knew what good docs looked like, we could audit the status of a project's docs:
+
+ * What documentation do we have?
+ * Does it cover all the functionality?
+ * Does it cover end-user needs?
+ * Is the documentation any good?
+
+
+
+We discovered that the quality, currency, and completeness of our OSGeo docs were immature when compared to the quality of the software they described.
+
+### It takes a village to raise good docs
+
+In researching open source projects' documentation needs, it became clear that crafting good docs requires multiple skillsets. Ideally, a doc team has access to:
+
+ * A developer with a deep understanding of the software being described
+ * A software user who can explain the application within the context of the application's domain
+ * An educator who understands the principles of learning
+ * An information architect who understands how to structure material
+ * A writer who writes clearly and concisely with good grammar
+ * Someone who speaks English as a first language (for English docs)
+ * A translator who is good at translating docs into multiple languages
+ * A DevOps person who can set up doc-build pipelines
+ * A community builder, facilitator, and coordinator who can inspire collective action, capture offers of help, and help all these different personas collaborate
+
+
+
+Technical writers usually have a high-level understanding of most of these domains, and their skills are often under-appreciated and under-utilized, especially if they are directed with a vague "just clean up the grammar and stuff."
+
+However, the best docs typically have been influenced by multiple stakeholders. This can be partly achieved by [using templates to collaborate][6] between domains, timeframes, projects, and organizations.
+
+### Tools for documenting open source projects are painful
+
+We experienced significant pain in trying to convert between software and [writing toolsets][7]. We love the versioning of Git, are frustrated by clunky Markdown interfaces, and want access to editing and review workflows in Word and Google Docs along with grammar and syntax plugin tools such as Grammarly. Translation tools such as Transifex are pretty cool, too.
+
+Could someone please write an application that addresses this use case? Maybe there is an idea in here for a future [Google Summer of Code][8]?
+
+### Achievements during OSGeo's Season of Docs
+
+We're quite proud of our achievements during OSGeo's participation in Google's Season of Docs. Our allocated tech writers amplified the effectiveness of our existing documentation communities, and our documentation communities amplified the effectiveness of these tech writers:
+
+ * [Felicity Brand][9] worked with around 50 of OSGeo's open source projects to update the Quickstarts as part of our [OSGeoLive][10] distribution of software.
+ * [Swapnil Ogale][11] worked directly with [GeoNetwork's][12] documentation team, auditing the breadth and quality of docs, setting up templates for future docs, and updating many of the docs.
+
+
+
+Further:
+
+ * We kicked off the Good Docs Project to establish "best-practice templates and writing instructions for documenting open source software."
+ * In conjunction with the [OGC][13] and [ISO][14] spatial standards communities, we kicked off an [OSGeo Lexicon][15] project to coordinate official definitions for terminology used within the OSGeo context. This will apply best-practice definitions to previously haphazard glossaries.
+ * We did a [deep-dive analysis][16] of the documentation challenges faced by QGIS, one of OSGeo's most successful projects. Surprisingly, its biggest problem isn't a lack of tech writers or complicated tools (although they are factors). Key problems center around:
+ * Poorly capturing community goodwill and offers of assistance
+ * Lack of direction
+ * Struggling to keep up with a rapidly evolving software baseline
+ * Insufficient writing expertise
+ * A high technical barrier to entry
+ * Documentation and training being generated outside of the core project
+ * Awkward documentation tools and processes
+
+
+
+### Thanks, Google
+
+We are grateful to Google for sponsoring Season of Docs. We've learned plenty from Felicity and Swapnil, the great writers that Google provided to us, and we hope what we have learned will help make future Season of Docs initiatives even better.
+
+* * *
+
+_This originally appeared on [Cameron Shorter's blog][17] and is republished with permission._
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/documentation
+
+作者：[Cameron Shorter][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/cameronshorter
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/typewriter-hands.jpg?itok=oPugBzgv (Typewriter with hands)
+[2]: https://www.osgeo.org/
+[3]: https://developers.google.com/season-of-docs
+[4]: https://www.osgeo.org/about/committees/incubation/graduation/
+[5]: https://thegooddocsproject.dev/
+[6]: http://cameronshorter.blogspot.com/2019/02/inspiring-techies-to-become-great.html
+[7]: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/open-source-writing-tools
+[8]: https://summerofcode.withgoogle.com/
+[9]: https://flicstar.com/2019/11/27/project-report-for-season-of-docs-2019/
+[10]: https://live.osgeo.org/en/index.html
+[11]: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1sTGz8aWPTS6moxgrtsBRz19roemJlilcdQk6B-9IZOo
+[12]: https://geonetwork-opensource.org/
+[13]: https://www.ogc.org/
+[14]: https://committee.iso.org/home/tc211
+[15]: https://wiki.osgeo.org/wiki/Lexicon_Committee
+[16]: http://cameronshorter.blogspot.com/2019/12/why-qgis-docs-team-is-struggling.html
+[17]: https://cameronshorter.blogspot.com/2020/03/insights-from-mixing-writers-with-open.html
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200411 5 open source activities while you work from home.md b/sources/talk/20200411 5 open source activities while you work from home.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c52818f909
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200411 5 open source activities while you work from home.md
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (5 open source activities while you work from home)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/open-source-activities)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+5 open source activities while you work from home
+======
+Work-life balance is important whether you're working from home
+temporarily or it's your usual mode of earning a living.
+![Person in a field of dandelions][1]
+
+The mythos of the remote home office or the exciting archetype of the digital nomad are as appealing as they are dangerous. It's great to be able to avoid a commute, to be able to stay comfortable at home while getting lots of work done, and to be master of your own schedule. But along with those liberties, you inherit the responsibility of remembering to be a normal, functioning human being. Believe it or not, the two aren't mutually exclusive. You can do both, but you have to work at it. Here are some ideas on how.
+
+### Plant something
+
+![Seeeduino in the garden][2]
+
+You may have an abundance of little ones to care for during the day, and if you do, you should read our [article][3] about fun open source projects for kids and parents. If you don't, or if you're just keen to try caring for something that's quiet, then you might find it satisfying to plant something.
+
+I used to think gardening was something you did as a way to establish a routine: each morning, you wake up and tend to your plants before you start your day, each evening you might pull weeds, and so on. Now that I have a garden, I realize that it's more like a low-stress puzzle. Learning to tend to plants is a little like learning to program. You learn the basics first, you learn to debug (literally, in the case of aphids), and then you learn how to optimize growth and maybe even [how to automate plant care][4].
+
+If you're not attracted to gardening, there are plenty of other [outdoor projects][5] that are useful in getting you outdoors with a purpose and encouraging you to go back out for more.
+
+### Go for a walk
+
+![Walking][6]
+
+The phrases "go for a walk" or "get some fresh air" are so common that they seem trite, but that doesn't make the result any less valid. Getting outside your usual workspace is vital for clarity and drive, but sometimes going outside feels a little pointless. You can only walk around the block so many times before the journey loses excitement.
+
+If you need a goal for ambling around your neighborhood, you can download a handy app called [StreetComplete][7]. It's a quest-based app that presents you with points of interest in your area with incomplete [Open Street Map][8] data. You can help crowdsource better open source maps by verifying and providing information through the app. Suddenly, that aimless meandering you don't really want to do is a fun quest for you and your family.
+
+### Diversify
+
+![Mini stapler][9]
+
+Being in an office can present exciting challenges, whether it's because you're in a dynamic industry or in a petty fight with a colleague over ownership of a stapler. When you work from home, your daily routine can get pretty, well, routine. If that's the case, it might be time to diversify.
+
+If you've been meaning to [get involved with open source][10], now's a great time for it.
+
+If you suspect you might be artistic (or even if you're convinced you're not, but you have something you want to express), then maybe it's time to finally learn how to create some [digital imagery][11].
+
+Or maybe you're curious about programming. It might be easier than you think and given enough free time, you might even end up with [your own game written in Python][12].
+
+### Make some music
+
+![Music keyboardas][13]
+
+Artistic expression is important, whether you're working from home or living with someone who's bored at home. The great thing about music is that you don't need to be _musical_ to [make some really cool noise][14]. In fact, you can make some [wild sounds on a Raspberry Pi][15], if you have one lying around.
+
+If you happen to be musical, though, you can have a go at a digital audio workstation like [Qtractor][16] or [Rosegarden][17]. For inspiration, read about a [professional composer][18] and the music festival he created.
+
+### Refurbish
+
+![Old computers][19]
+
+I don't like it when good things go to waste, especially computers. Read about [refurbishing old computers][20] and [really old computers][21], and then rummage around in your attic to find one for your own experiments.
+
+### Meet the challenge
+
+Being stuck at home for long periods of time, whether it's for a few weeks or the better part of your career, can be challenging. However, open source is a vast landscape of opportunity. Explore and find the parts of it that appeal to you. You can build a hobby, and maybe even a career, out of all the fun things you can do with other people's toys.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/open-source-activities
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/OSDC_dandelion_520x292.png?itok=-xhFQvUj (Person in a field of dandelions)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/diversions_seeeduino.jpg (Seeeduino in the garden)
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/19/12/kids-students-education
+[4]: https://opensource.com/article/17/3/arduino-garden-projects
+[5]: https://opensource.com/article/19/5/hardware-outdoors
+[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/diversions_walk.jpg (Walking)
+[7]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/streetcomplete-crowdsource-maps
+[8]: https://opensource.com/article/17/8/openstreetmap
+[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/diversions_stapler.jpg (Mini stapler)
+[10]: https://opensource.com/article/17/10/open-source-cats
+[11]: https://opensource.com/life/12/6/design-without-debt-five-tools-for-designers
+[12]: https://opensource.com/article/17/10/python-101
+[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/diversions_keyboards.jpg (Music keyboards)
+[14]: https://opensource.com/life/16/2/linux-multimedia-studio
+[15]: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/sonic-pi
+[16]: https://opensource.com/article/17/6/qtractor-audio
+[17]: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/make-sweet-music-digital-audio-workstation-rosegarden
+[18]: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/linux-open-source-music
+[19]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/diversions_old-computers.jpg (Old computers)
+[20]: https://opensource.com/article/19/7/how-make-old-computer-useful-again
+[21]: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/restore-old-computer-linux
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200414 How World of Warcraft introduced me to Linux.md b/sources/talk/20200414 How World of Warcraft introduced me to Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b1836ccb43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200414 How World of Warcraft introduced me to Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How World of Warcraft introduced me to Linux)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/wow-linux)
+[#]: author: (Luke Rawlins, RHCE https://opensource.com/users/sudoluke)
+
+How World of Warcraft introduced me to Linux
+======
+One Linux sysadmin traces his journey from video-gaming car mechanic to
+a new career in IT.
+![Gaming with penguin pawns][1]
+
+The story behind my career with [Linux][2] is a bit unusual. It starts back in 2005; I was working as an auto mechanic at a Nissan dealership in Toledo, Ohio. I had never used a computer for anything other than checking email, browsing the web, and playing World of Warcraft.
+
+I had never heard of Linux, I didn't know the term "open source," I probably couldn't even have walked you through how to copy a file from one place to another, and I certainly never thought that I would eventually find myself working in IT or running a website.
+
+### The "Blue Screen of Death" that changed my life
+
+I mentioned that I liked to play World of Warcraft (I still do, you can find me on my Mage "Elodinn—Twisting Nether" most of the time). This game was a huge hit in the early 2000s, and it consumed an enormous amount of my time (truth be told, probably a little too much of my time).
+
+You can imagine my horror one evening when I boot up my PC to be greeted by a blue screen with lots of cryptic messages, including "A problem has been detected…" Hmm weird, maybe I'll just unplug it and plug it back in—that works around the shop sometimes. No such luck, the same message comes up. Over and over, to no avail.
+
+### How do you fix this?
+
+So I called a friend and explained the problem. [Big blue screen][3]. Lots of little white letters. I'm going to miss the raid!
+
+He wasn't sure but said something about drivers, or maybe a hardware problem. I ended up calling around to a few computer repair shops to see if they could fix it. They all said the same thing after I read the message on the screen, and explained the problem to them. "I really can't be sure over the phone, but it sounds like the motherboard is bad. It's going to be $95 for diagnostics and I should be able to get it back to you in about a week."
+
+There was no way I was going to pay $95 for a diagnostic on an old crappy computer just to be told that either I needed a new one, or that the repair was going to be even more money on top of the diagnostic fee. So I thought to myself, if I can fix a car, then I can definitely fix this little computer. It was broken anyway; what was the worst that could happen? I end up breaking it more and need a new one? I was already in that situation.
+
+So I spent the next couple of days at work doing some research on computer parts, in between cars. I found out that replacing the motherboard meant that I was probably going to need a new processor. I found a motherboard/processor combo on Newegg for a decent price that I was fairly confident would work on my computer. Great!
+
+I ordered the parts, and a few days later, after printing out a few instructions, I had swapped out the motherboard and replaced it with my new hardware from Newegg. I was incredibly proud of my new found skills and naturally assumed that I was some kind of elite hacker. That is, until I started the computer up.
+
+I don't know if you know this, but Windows XP didn't like it when you replaced a lot of parts in your computer. I didn't know it at the time either, but now I had spent probably $150 because I didn't want to pay $95 for a diagnostic, and my computer was still broken.
+
+### The deep dark web has all the answers
+
+The next day, once again, I'm using all my breaks to research what went wrong. Pretty quickly I realized that my problem was tied to the fact that I needed a new Windows license. I also realized that there was no way I was going to purchase the software. I'd get a new computer before I purchased a new Windows license. But I wasn't quite ready to give up yet.
+
+One click leads to another, and I end up on a computer repair forum with someone complaining about a similar problem. All the replies are basically the same—buy a Windows license or buy a new PC—but one. Near the bottom of the forum, some unknown hero of the internet says, "You can always give Ubuntu a try." and leaves it at that.
+
+"What's Ubuntu?" I said to myself, "and how on earth do you even pronounce that word?"
+
+Anyway, after some more intensive searching, I found out that Ubuntu is a free operating system that is widely considered to be one of the most user-friendly Linux distributions (whatever that is) that you can get. What's more, I found a book that included an installation CD available at the Barnes and Noble bookstore that I passed on my way home from work. Why not give Ubuntu a try? After all, the computer was already broken, and the book was only $18.99.
+
+### This story is already too long
+
+I wish I still had that book. I think I sold it with a box full of old books at a garage sale when we moved a few years ago. I wanted to share my Linux story because it's different than many of the other stories I read about. I was not a college graduate at the time, I didn't learn to code as a child, and I am not an exceptionally intelligent person. I was, at best, an average student, a recently separated Marine, and I assumed that fixing computers couldn't be much different from fixing cars. At the end of the day, you're still just swapping out different parts, right? Different tools, different parts, same job—no problem.
+
+Along the way I ran into a lot of problems, the first one was the discovery that after all that work, I still couldn't play World of Warcraft. Eventually, I discovered WineHQ and Open Office, and all the incredible things that have come out of the open-source world. That mysterious blue screen and my World of Warcraft obsession redirected the course of my entire working life, for the better. That's an odd thing to admit, but it's probably true.
+
+### How does the story end?
+
+Well, it's not over, and I still have a lot to learn. After some frustrating trial and error, I did eventually learn how to install World of Warcraft using Wine. I missed a few weeks in the game, but I didn't lose my raid spot in the guild, and all things considered, I was no worse for the wear. At the time, I was playing a Druid, and everyone always had room for a healer when it came time to battle Ragnaros, the Fire Lord!
+
+Up to this point, however, my little computer repair project has turned into a wonderful career as a Linux systems administrator, a bachelor's degree, a whole bunch of IT certifications, including the Red Hat Certified Engineer certification, and a [blog][4] that I use as my way of giving back to the community that has given me so much.
+
+So, if you are like me, a person who is at best moderately intelligent, persistent, incredibly cheap, and not afraid to break a few things, go ahead and try out Linux the next time your computer breaks.
+
+I'm excited. I mean really excited. Excited to the point that I can hardly think. I'm talking six-...
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/wow-linux
+
+作者：[Luke Rawlins, RHCE][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/sudoluke
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/gaming_grid_penguin.png?itok=7Fv83mHR (Gaming with penguin pawns)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/linux
+[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Blue_screen_of_death
+[4]: https://sudoedit.com
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200415 Fedora Origins - Part 01.md b/sources/talk/20200415 Fedora Origins - Part 01.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..43c381958e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200415 Fedora Origins - Part 01.md
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Fedora Origins – Part 01)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/fedora-origins-part-01/)
+[#]: author: (Sylvia Sánchez https://fedoramagazine.org/author/lailah/)
+
+Fedora Origins – Part 01
+======
+
+![][1]
+
+_Editor’s comment:_ The format of this article is different from the usual article that Fedora Magazine has published: a Fedora origins story told from the point of view of a Fedora user. The author has chosen to tell a story, since to simply present the bare facts is akin to just reading the wiki page about it.
+
+### Hello World!
+
+Hello, I am… no, I’m not going to give my real name. Let’s say I’m female, probably shorter and older than you. I used to go by the nick of Isadora, more on that later.
+
+![Here you have one of the old RH boxes][2]
+
+Now some context. Back in the late ’90s, internet became popular and PCs started to be a thing. However, most people didn’t have either because it was very expensive and often you could do better with the traditional methods. Yes, computers were very basic back then. I used to play with these pocket games that were fascinating at the time, but totally lame now. Monochrome screens with pixelated flat animations. Not going to dive there, just giving an idea how it was.
+
+In the mid-90s a company named Red Hat emerged and slowly started to make a profit of its own by selling its own business-oriented distribution and software utilities. The name comes from one of its founders, Marc Ewing, who used to wear a red lacrosse in university so other students could spot him easily and ask him questions.
+Of course, as it was a business-oriented distribution, and I was busy with multiple other things, I didn’t pay much attention to it. It lacked the software I needed and since I wasn’t a customer, I was nobody to ask for additions. However, it was Linux and as such Open Source. People started to package stuff for RHL and put it in repositories. I was invited to join the community project, Fedora.us. I promptly declined, misunderstanding the name. It was the second time I got invited that I asked ‘what is with the “US” there (in the name)?` Another user explained it was ‘us’ as in ‘we’ not as in the ‘United States.’ They explained a bit about how the community worked and I decided to give it a go.
+
+Then my studies got in the way, and I had to shelve it.
+
+![Login Screen in Fedora Core][3]
+
+### Press Return
+
+By the time I came back to Fedora.us it had changed its name to Fedora Project and was actively being worked on from within Red Hat. Now, I wasn’t there so my direct knowledge of how this happened is a bit foggy. Some say that Fedora existed separately and Red Hat added/invited them, some say that Fedora was completely RH’s idea, some say they existed independently and at some point met or joined. Choose the version you like, I’ll put some links down there so you can know more details and decide for yourself. As far as I’m concerned, they worked together.
+
+Well, as usual someone dropped some CDs with ISOs for me. If I had an euro for every ISO I’ve been offered, or had tossed at my desk, for me to try it, I would be rich. As a matter of fact, I’m not rich but I do have a big rack full of old distros.
+
+_Anyways_…
+
+Now it’s the early 2000s and things have changed dramatically. Computers’ prices have dropped and internet speed is increasing, plus a set of new technologies make it cheaper and more reliable. Computers now can do so much more than just a decade ago, and they’re smaller too. Screens are bigger, with better colors and resolution. Laptops are starting to become popular though still expensive and less powerful than desktop PCs.
+
+During this time, I tried both Fedora and Red Hat. Now, as has been said before, Red Hat focuses on businesses and companies. Their main concern is having exactly the software their customers need, with the features their customers need, delivered as rock solid stability and a reliable update & support cycle. A lot of customization, variety of options and many cool new features are not their main core. More software means more testing and development work and bigger chances of things failing. Yet the technology industry is constantly changing and innovating. Sticking too much to older versions or proven formulas can be fatal for a company.
+
+So what to do? Well, they solved it with Fedora. Fedora Project would be the innovative, looking ahead test bed, and Red Hat Enterprise Linux was the more conservative, rock solid operating system for businesses. Yes, they changed the name from Red Hat Linux to Red Hat _Enterprise_ Linux. Sounds better, doesn’t it?
+
+Unsurprisingly, Fedora had a fame of being difficult, unstable and for “hackers only”. Whenever I said I was using Fedora, they would give me odd looks or say something like “I want something stable” or “I’m not into _that_” (meaning they didn’t fancy programming/hacking activities). Countless individuals suggested I might want to use one of the other, beginner-friendly distributions, without themselves even giving Fedora a try! Many would disregard Linux as a whole as an amateur thing, only valid for playing but not good for serious work and companies. To each their own, I suppose.
+
+![Note the F and the bubble already there][4]
+
+### Yes, but why?
+
+Those early versions were called Fedora Core and had a very uncertain release pattern. The six months cycle came much later. Fedora Core got its name because there were two repositories, Core and Extras. Core had the essentials, so to speak, and was maintained by Red Hat. Extras was, well, everything else. Any software that most users would want or need was included there, and it was maintained by a wide range of contributors.
+
+From the beginning, one of the most powerful reasons for me to use it was the community and its core values. The _Four Foundations_ of Fedora, _Freedom, Features, First & Friends_ were lived and breathed and not just a catchy line on a website or a leaflet. Fedora Project strove (and still does) to deliver the newest features first, caring for freedom (of choice and software) and keeping a good open community, making friends as we contribute to the project.
+
+I also liked the fact that Fedora, as its purpose was testing for Red Hat, delivered a lot of new software and technologies; it was like opening the window to see the future today.
+
+The downside was its unreliable upgrade cycle. You could get a new version in a few months or next year… nobody knew, there was no agreed schedule.
+
+![Note how, despite being Fedora, RH’s logo and signature is omnipresent][5]
+
+### What was in the box
+
+Fedora Core kept this name up to the sixth version. From the start, it was meant to be a distribution you could use right after installing it, so it came with Gnome 2, KDE 3, OpenOffice and some browser I forgot, possibly Firefox.
+
+I remember it being the first to introduce SELinux and SystemD by default, and to replace LILO with GRUB. I also remember the hardware requirements were something at the time, although they now sound laughable: Pentium II 400MHz, 256MB RAM (yes, you read it right) and 2GB of space in disk. It even had an option for terminal only! This would require only 64MB RAM and Pentium II 200MHz. Amazing, isn’t it?
+
+It had codenames. Not publicly, but it had, and they were quite peculiar. Fedora Core 1 was code named «Yarrow» which is a medium size plant with yellow or white crown-like flowers. Core 2 was Tettnang which is a small town in Baden-Württemberg, Germany. Not sure about Core 3, I think it was Heidelberg, but maybe I’m mixing with later releases. Core 4 was Stentz, if I recall correctly (no idea what it means), Core 5 was a colour, I think Bordeaux, and Core 6 was Zod that _I think_ it was a comic character but I could be wrong. If there was a method in their madness I have no idea. I thought the names amusing but didn’t give a second thought to it as they didn’t affect anything, not even the design of each release.
+
+![Ah… good ol` genetic helix][6]
+
+### So what now?
+
+Well, of course, Fedora Project has evolved from where we have stopped. But that’s for later articles or this one will be too long. For now, I leave you with an extract of an interview with Matthew Miller, current Project Leader and some links in case you want to know more.
+
+_**Extracts to interview with Matthew Miller, Project Leader.**_
+
+Matthew Miller tells about the beginnings in Eduard Lucena’s podcast (transcription [here][7]): _“Fedora started about 15 years ago, really. It actually started as a thing called Fedora.us.” Back in those days, there was Red Hat Linux.” “Meanwhile, there was this thing called Fedora.us which was basically a project to make additional software available to users of Red Hat Linux. Find things that weren’t part of Red Hat Linux, and package them up, and make them available to everybody. That was started as a community project.”_
+
+_“Red Hat_ (then) _merged with this [Fedora.us][8] project to form Fedora Project that produces an upstream operating system that Red Hat Enterprise Linux is derived from but then moves on a slower pace.”_
+
+_“We were then two parts, Fedora Core, which was basically inherited from the old Red Hat Linux and only Red Hat employees could do anything with and then Fedora Extras, where community could come together to add things on top of that Fedora Core. It took a little while to get off the ground but it was fairly successful”_
+
+“_Around the time of Fedora Core 6, those were actually merged together into one big Fedora where all of the packages were all part of the same thing. There was no more distinction of Core and Extras, and everything was all together and, more importantly, all the community was all together._
+
+_They invited the community to take ownership of the whole thing and for Red Hat to become part of the community rather than separate. That was a huge success.”_
+
+_**Links of interest**_
+
+**Fedora, a visual history**
+[https://www.phoronix.com/scan.php?page=article&item=678&num=1][9]
+
+**Red Hat Videos – Fedora’s anniversary**
+
+
+**Red Hat Videos – Default to open**
+
+
+**Fedora’s Mission & Foundations**
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/fedora-origins-part-01/
+
+作者：[Sylvia Sánchez][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/lailah/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/fedora-origins-816x352.png
+[2]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/IMG_0554-768x1024.jpeg
+[3]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/15112-1.png
+[4]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/Fedora_Core_5.png
+[5]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/Fedora_Core_3.png
+[6]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/Artwork_FC7Themes_Fc7ThemeProposalFlyingHigh_Fc7ThemeProposalFlyingHighRhgl_rhgb-core6-1.png
+[7]: https://x3mboy.fedorapeople.org/podcast/transcripts/transcriptFedoraPodcastEpisode01.html
+[8]: http://fedora.us/
+[9]: https://www.phoronix.com/scan.php?page=article&item=678&num=1
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200415 How to dispose of IT hardware without hurting the environment.md b/sources/talk/20200415 How to dispose of IT hardware without hurting the environment.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..511720d7fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200415 How to dispose of IT hardware without hurting the environment.md
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to dispose of IT hardware without hurting the environment)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3537928/how-to-dispose-of-it-hardware-without-hurting-the-environment.html)
+[#]: author: (Andy Patrizio https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/)
+
+How to dispose of IT hardware without hurting the environment
+======
+Find certified recyclers and disposal firms in order to know that the retirement of your old electronics gear is handled safely.
+[Angelo Tsirekas][1] [(CC BY 3.0)][2]
+
+Many enterprises don’t think much about where their obsolete IT gear winds up, but it’s possible to be green-minded, not bust the budget, and even benefit a little from proper disposal. Here is how.
+
+### Go back to where you bought
+
+The first option to consider is returning the equipment the vendor or reseller you bought it from, says Susan Middleton, research director, financing strategies at IDC. “Every year we ask customers, ‘How do you handle end-of-lease?’ Overwhelmingly, they return to vendor or partner who are better equipped to handle recycling,” she says.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][3]
+
+Vendors often give a fair-market buyout for the devices that can go toward new products, Middleton says. “The big players like IBM and HPE do a great job because they can clean them up and resell them, and the facilities to do that are pretty big,” she says.
+
+### Vet disposal firms
+
+If that’s not an option, and you have to find a disposal company – an IT Asset Disposition (ITAD) service – on your own, the first thing to check is whether it is properly certified, says Mike Satter, CEO of IT asset disposal and [data-center][4]-decommissioning provider OceanTech. Proper certification starts with a [Responsible Recycling (R2) certification][5].
+
+R2s are administered by [Sustainable Electronics Recycling International][6] (SERI), a non-profit organization dedicated to the responsible reuse, repair, and recycling of electronic products. It sets the R2 standard and audits ITAD providers that carry the standard to make sure they are in compliance with the standard. Being responsible means creating a paper trail that shows the electronic waste – which contains heavy metals including arsenic, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, indium, lead, mercury, nickel, and thallium, and are toxic in high enough doses – is reused, recovered or recycled.
+
+Some disposal firms dump old gear in general landfills or export them to other countries where regulations aren’t as strong.
+
+“Any ITAD service provider that does not carry an R2 certification cannot fully guarantee zero landfill or zero export of materials,” says Satter. “Many recyclers will say they are compliant, but without verified certifications you’re taking a chance.”
+
+[][7]
+
+Mark Dobson, IT asset disposal security specialist with NextUse, a firm that removes and the resells second-hand IT assets, cites six disposal certifications that companies should look for: [R2][5], [e-Stewards][8], [NAID][9], [NAID AAA][10] (which has greater certification of regulatory compliance), [ISO 14001][11], and ISO 18001. “R2 would be the floor,” he says.
+
+Briefly, here’s what these certifications do.
+
+ * **e-Stewards** is a standard set by the Basel Action Network in Sweden, which recognizes electronics recyclers that adhere to the most stringent environmentally and socially responsible practices when recovering hazardous electronic materials. In particular it is focused on making sure it was not shipped off to poor countries, where underage workers were exposed to toxic materials in careless work conditions.
+ * **NAID and NAID** AAA certification are set by The National Association of Information Destruction, a standards body that sets rules for the proper disposal of information devices, like hard drives.
+ * **ISO 14001** is a management framework for organizations to “achieve the intended outcomes of its environmental management system, which provide value for the environment, the organization itself and interested parties.” Outcomes of the framework should enhance environmental performance, fulfill compliance obligations and achieve environmental objectives. ISO is the International Organization of Standards, a global standards body.
+ * **ISO 18001** is the international standard for health and safety management systems.
+
+
+
+Dobson says ITAD companies that do it right are using one or more of the certification standards for data security and responsible recycling, and getting and maintaining those standard takes substantial initial and on-going investment in facilities, equipment, hardware, software, personnel, policies and procedures.
+
+“When those vendors charge more for their services, it is to cover those expenses, not to be excessively profitable,” he says. “Companies that do it the cheap way are skipping many if not all of those investments.”
+
+If an e-waste company says they will take retired equipment for free, consider that a red flag, says Satter. “Compliant e-waste companies have to hire vetted/credentialed employees, which must pass background checks to ensure compliance is delivered,” Satter says. “All of that costs money.”
+
+But the additional cost of using a certified company is minor. “We’re not talking hundreds of thousands of dollars,” says Dobson. “Even on the biggest job, it’s a few thousand dollars difference between the right way and the cheap way. For your average client, you’re talking thousands of dollars between the best vendors possible and totally half-assing it with the cheapest vendor that’s not operating in anyone’s best interest but their own.”
+
+### Penalties
+
+State environmental laws about illegal disposal are mainly enforced by state attorneys general. In addition, various federal agencies enforce violations of their agency's laws and regulations.
+
+Satter thinks enforcement needs to be tougher. “It will take the federal government to create extreme enforcement measures to ensure our e-waste is handled properly. The CEO or owner of companies should be arrested if they violate illegal e-waste dumping laws or knowingly exports e-waste to developing countries,” he says.
+
+In one case, two executives of a Seattle e-waste recycling company got [28 months in jail][12] for improper disposal of e-waste. In that case, it was e-Stewards that got wise to their illegal activities and turned them in to the Washington state AG.
+
+But that’s an exception, not the rule. Dobson says he sees very little enforcement. “The regulations are in place but spotily enforced, and penalties are not incentivizing. A lot of this is viewed as the cost of doing business. They build the fines for if they get caught into the cost of disposal,” he says.
+
+Fines for illegal dumping of old IT assets, are determined by the size of the violation, the clean-up cost, and the guidelines in the state or federal law. AT&T got one of the largest fines on record in 2014 for illegal disposal of e-waste, socked with a [$52 million fine][13]. Two years later, Apple got a spanking of $450,000 for its own [illegal dumping][14].
+
+Middleton says first and foremost companies should ask for a paper trail to verify proper handling and disposal of assets from the moment they are picked up. “Ask about who certifies that your [disposal] partners are doing it correctly. When you don’t get a good answer, you walk away,” she says.
+
+But she says she thinks most firms are legit. “Anyone that’s lasted in this business isn’t shady. The majority that have been around a while are responsible,” says Middleton.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][15] and [LinkedIn][16] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3537928/how-to-dispose-of-it-hardware-without-hurting-the-environment.html
+
+作者：[Andy Patrizio][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kerbside_collection#/media/File:ACT_recycling_truck.jpg
+[2]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/legalcode
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3223692/what-is-a-data-centerhow-its-changed-and-what-you-need-to-know.html
+[5]: https://sustainableelectronics.org/r2-standard
+[6]: https://sustainableelectronics.org/
+[7]: https://www.networkworld.com/blog/itaas-and-the-corporate-storage-technology/?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE22140&utm_content=sidebar (ITAAS and Corporate Storage Strategy)
+[8]: http://e-stewards.org/
+[9]: https://naidonline.org/
+[10]: https://naidonline.org/certifications/why-become-certified/
+[11]: https://www.iso.org/iso-14001-environmental-management.html
+[12]: https://www.theverge.com/2019/12/4/20992240/e-waste-recycling-electronic-basel-convention-crime-total-reclaim-fraud
+[13]: https://www.reuters.com/article/us-usa-at-t-california/att-to-pay-california-52-million-in-hazardous-waste-disposal-settlement-idUSKCN0J50AG20141121
+[14]: https://www.mercurynews.com/2016/12/06/apple-to-pay-450000-after-allegations-of-hazardous-waste-violations/
+[15]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[16]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200415 IBM extends z15 mainframe family, intensifies Linux security.md b/sources/talk/20200415 IBM extends z15 mainframe family, intensifies Linux security.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2ec127350a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200415 IBM extends z15 mainframe family, intensifies Linux security.md
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (IBM extends z15 mainframe family, intensifies Linux security)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3537678/ibm-extends-z15-mainframe-family-intensifies-linux-security.html)
+[#]: author: (Michael Cooney https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/)
+
+IBM extends z15 mainframe family, intensifies Linux security
+======
+IBM continued to reshape the mainframe with an eye toward further integrating it within hybrid clouds and further securing Linux-based workloads.
+Kali Linux / nevarpp / Getty Images
+
+IBM continued to reshape the [mainframe][1] with an eye toward further integrating it within hybrid clouds and securing [Linux][2]-based workloads.
+
+On the hardware side, IBM rolled out two entry-level, 19” single-frame, air-cooled platforms, the [z15 Model T02][3] and [LinuxONE III Model LT2][4]. The new machines are extensions of the IBM z15 family that [Big Blue rolled out in September][5] of last year.
+
+Both can fit in cloud [data-center][6] racks and can be outfitted with a second drawer, should customers need to grow capacity. Both feature 65 cores using commercial processors running at 4.5GHz and can be configured to support all manner of workloads.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][7]
+
+IBM said new machines support z/OS Container Extensions that enable access to an ecosystem of open-source and Linux-on-IBM Z applications that may be deployed within the native z/OS environment without requiring a separate Linux server, using Docker container skills and patterns. In addition customers can use the latest open-source tools, popular NoSQL databases, analytics frameworks and application servers, IBM said.
+
+The LinuxONE Model LT2 can run a number of Linux systems including [Red Hat Enterprise Linux][8], SUSE and Ubuntu, alone or side by side with IBM z/VM environments on a single physical server. The IBM LinuxONE server can run Linux workloads independently on a single server.
+
+Both systems support IBM’s prepackaged Cloud Paks, which include a secured Kubernetes container and containerized IBM middleware designed to let customers quickly spin-up enterprise-ready containers, the company said. IBM has standard Cloud Paks for data, application, integration, automation and multicloud management and security. The idea is to help customers develop, deploy, and manage cloud-native applications for the z15 family, IBM stated.
+
+Security and privacy features are key for the z15 and those have been extended with the introduction of IBM Secure Execution for Linux for the all z15 models. In a [blog post][9] about the security extensions, IBM stated that at its core, a Secure Execution provides a KVM-based virtual machine that is fully isolated and protected from the hypervisor with encryption keys that only the IBM Z hardware and firmware have access to.
+
+[][10]
+
+“In practice, an encrypted Linux image is created using the host public key and a customer-specific key. Since the encryption keys are stored on the IBM Z hardware and firmware, the encrypted image can only be executed in a virtual machine on the host(s) it has been prepared for, and the image can’t be decrypted or tampered with outside of the designated host(s). In addition, your unencrypted virtual machine memory cannot be accessed by the host operating system either,” IBM stated. “Applications are then run inside of that virtual machine, allowing the owner of the application to focus on just disk and network data encryption, both of which can be easily handled in userland.”
+
+In an environment where [customers are running Kubernetes][11] across servers running on x86 and Linux on Z systems, you can deploy the Secure Execution containers specifically for the applications you want to have protected, like sensitive databases and blockchain services. In this model, Kubernetes still manages the orchestration of containers, both on x86 and IBM Z, but it has no access to the data inside the Secure Execution environment container, IBM stated.
+
+With Secure Execution IBM is trying to mitigate insider threats to enterprise data.
+
+From 2016 to 2019, the average number of incidents involving employee or contractor negligence has increased from 10.5 to 14.5–and the average number of credential theft incidents per company has tripled over the past three years, from 1.0 to 3.2, According to the [Ponemon Institute’s 2020 Cost of an Insider Breach Report][12], IBM stated. “IBM Secure Execution for Linux helps to mitigate these concerns by enabling clients to isolate large numbers of workloads with granularity and at scale, within a trusted execution environment.”
+
+The z15 family already supports what IBM calls [Data Privacy Passports][13] that promise to let customers control privacy and security by defining how all data is accessed, stored and shared. The idea is to let customers protect and provision data and revoke access to that data at any time, not only within the z15 environment but across an enterprise's hybrid [multicloud][14] environment, IBM stated.
+
+The new systems and software are expected to be available by mid-May. z15 T02 pricing starts at $160,000 but each machine is built to order so prices vary.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][15] and [LinkedIn][16] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3537678/ibm-extends-z15-mainframe-family-intensifies-linux-security.html
+
+作者：[Michael Cooney][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3446140/enterprises-find-a-new-use-for-mainframes-blockchain-and-containerized-apps.html
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3215226/what-is-linux-uses-featres-products-operating-systems.html
+[3]: https://www-01.ibm.com/common/ssi/cgi-bin/ssialias?infotype=AN&subtype=CA&htmlfid=897/ENUS120-006&appname=USN
+[4]: https://www-01.ibm.com/common/ssi/cgi-bin/ssialias?infotype=AN&subtype=CA&htmlfid=897/ENUS120-014&appname=USN
+[5]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3438542/ibm-z15-mainframe-amps-up-cloud-security-features.html
+[6]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3223692/what-is-a-data-centerhow-its-changed-and-what-you-need-to-know.html
+[7]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[8]: https://www.redhat.com/en/blog/enterprise-linux-all-architectures-bringing-red-hat-enterprise-linux-ibm-z15-and-linuxone-iii-single-frame-systems?sc_cid=701f2000000txokAAA&utm_source=bambu&utm_medium=social&utm_campaign=Partner
+[9]: https://developer.ibm.com/blogs/inside-the-new-ibm-z15-t02-and-linuxone-iii-lt2/
+[10]: https://www.networkworld.com/blog/itaas-and-the-corporate-storage-technology/?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE22140&utm_content=sidebar (ITAAS and Corporate Storage Strategy)
+[11]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3536654/ibm-taps-new-leaders-for-hybrid-cloud-battles-ahead.html
+[12]: https://www.ibm.com/downloads/cas/LQZ4RONE
+[13]: https://developer.ibm.com/blogs/data-privacy-passports-for-developers/
+[14]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3429258/real-world-tools-for-multi-cloud-management.html
+[15]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[16]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200415 Network World 2020 State of the Network- SD-WAN, edge networking and security are hot.md b/sources/talk/20200415 Network World 2020 State of the Network- SD-WAN, edge networking and security are hot.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7e9543e099
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200415 Network World 2020 State of the Network- SD-WAN, edge networking and security are hot.md
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Network World 2020 State of the Network: SD-WAN, edge networking and security are hot)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3537559/state-of-the-network-sd-wan-edge-networking-and-security-issues-heat-things-up.html)
+[#]: author: (Michael Cooney https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/)
+
+Network World 2020 State of the Network: SD-WAN, edge networking and security are hot
+======
+Network World survey finds 5G, IoT, server consolidation and WAN optimization top priorities.
+[orna wachman / Pixabay][1] [(CC0)][2]
+
+Networking trends including [SD-WAN][3], edge and [5G][4] technology dominate the plans of IT executives and management as they look to develop efficient, bulletproof enterprise communications strategies for the future.
+
+Those trends and others such as network security, server consolidation and WAN optimization were cited as primary IT drivers of future investment, according to Network World's 2020 State of the Network report.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][5]
+
+The survey tapped 268 IT executives and management personnel with primary networking responsibilities for their organization to find out what initiatives are motivating the move to a more digital business environment.
+
+### SD-WAN and WAN optimization
+
+The survey found that 58% of respondents said SD-WAN can improve bandwidth efficiency, and 55% said it will expand connectivity options. 48% said it will encourage [hybrid cloud][6] and 41% said it would encourage multi-cloud adoption. The Network World survey found that the increased use of containers and cloud-based applications that need access from the edge is also driving the use of SD-WAN technologies.
+
+There are a few differences by company size: 63% of enterprises say SD-WAN will improve the bandwidth efficiency for its cloud resources compared to 55% of SMBs. Close to half (46%) of enterprises expect SD-WAN to encourage multi-cloud, while only 26% of SMBs agree, perhaps because multicloud is less prevalent in smaller organizations, the survey stated.
+
+The State of the Network survey found that 44% of organizations are currently piloting or using SD-WAN, and another 28% have it on their radar. Organizations expect SD-WAN to improve management and monitoring (52%), increase resiliency (51%), improve network security (50%) and prioritize business-critical traffic (46%), the survey stated.
+
+It will probably come as little surprise that the technologies around SD-WAN are hot. In separate recent survey reports, analyst firm IDC says that 95% of enterprises will be using [SD-WAN][7] technology within two years, and that 42% have already deployed it. IDC also says the SD-WAN infrastructure market will hit $4.5 billion by 2022, growing at a more than 40% yearly clip between now and then.
+
+[][8]
+
+“The growth of SD-WAN is a broad-based trend that is driven largely by the enterprise desire to optimize cloud connectivity for remote sites,” Rohit Mehra, vice president, network infrastructure at IDC [said recently][9]. Going forward, the addition of features such as cloud-based application insights and performance monitoring will be a key part of SD-WAN rollouts, Mehra said.
+
+Cisco has talked about the growth of multicloud networking motivating many businesses to re-tool their networks in favor of SD-WAN technology, Cisco wrote recently. SD-WAN is critical for businesses adopting cloud services, acting as a connective fabric between the campus, branch, [IoT][10], [data center][11] and cloud.
+
+While SD-WAN is popular, its predecessor, WAN optimiization, is still in heavy use. The IDG survey found that more than half of organizations (53%) are currently piloting or using WAN optimization, which was traditionally centered around a single centralized hub or data center where an organization’s applications and data are hosted. With widely disparate user communities, many enterprises are now viewing new application-centric or regionally distributed architecture as a way to replace MPLS sprawl with purpose-built regional hubs, the survey stated.
+
+### Edge is big
+
+Often associated with SD-WAN, edge computing is also a high priority for customers in the Network World study, which found that more than one-third of organizations surveyed (36%) already have edge computing tools in production or are piloting initiatives, and another 25% are actively researching the technology.
+
+Edge computing is driven by a number of factors. Gartner research says that by 2023, more than 50% of enterprise-generated data will be created and processed outside the [data center][11] or cloud, up from less than 10% in 2019.
+
+Hand-in-hand with that change is a shift in what technologies are supported at the edge of the network, and that means information processing, content collection and delivery are placed closer to the sources, repositories and consumers of this information. Edge networking tries to keep the traffic and processing local to reduce latency, exploit the capabilities of the edge and enable greater autonomy at the edge, Gartner says.
+
+The Network World survey stated that [edge-computing][12] adopters expect the technologies to reduce network latency and operational expenses, allow real-time data processing and save bandwidth. It is also expected to preserve uptime and resilience by reducing the number of network failures, providing an [IoT][10] security framework and reducing the impact of data-center outages.
+
+Despite all of the virtues of edge computing, security concerns are still on the minds of the vast majority of respondents (77%). More than half of those surveyed believe that edge devices were not built with security in mind (55%), that the need for middleware creates an additional attack surface (51%) and that there are many other potential attack vectors due to the heterogeneous computing environment (51%).
+
+The survey stated that 69% of respondents implementing edge computing said network security has already been or will be affected, and 55% said their network management will be affected. Additionally, 49% said their cloud will be affected, perhaps because edge computing has the ability to reduce the amount of data that needs to be processed in theh cloud.
+
+### Security is a hot spot
+
+The "State of the Network" survey found there are a variety of data-center security concerns. Topping the list are DDoS attacks, which are aimed at disrupting and disabling internet services, and web application attacks where attackers target vulnerable web servers and install malicious code.
+
+Organizations are taking a variety of actions when it comes to mitigating these security risks, according to the study. For example the survey found that for 88% of respondents, [firewalls][10] are still the front-line defense. Access-control technologies are being used by about 81% of respondents and anti-malware is being used by 70% of enterprise customers with intrusion prevention being used by 66%.
+
+With the increasing number and complexity of cyber threats, it’s not surprising that almost three-quarters of respondents (71%) are either piloting, currently using or upgrading network security-monitoring technology. Network security monitoring helps to identify slowdowns and problem areas as well as allows administrators to attack problems as they happen and help prevent future attacks, the survey stated.
+
+### 5G is on the radar
+
+51% of respondents say their organization is actively researching 5G, but just 11% are piloting or using it in any capacity. Uses interested organizations are considering include broadband mobile (51%), IoT connectivity (43%), [branch or remote site connectivity][13] (41%) and low-latency communications and fixed wireless access (40% each), the survey stated.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][14] and [LinkedIn][15] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3537559/state-of-the-network-sd-wan-edge-networking-and-security-issues-heat-things-up.html
+
+作者：[Michael Cooney][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://pixabay.com/photos/young-man-student-studying-learning-4053324/
+[2]: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3031279/sd-wan-what-it-is-and-why-you-ll-use-it-one-day.html
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3203489/what-is-5g-how-is-it-better-than-4g.html
+[5]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[6]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3429258/real-world-tools-for-multi-cloud-management.html
+[7]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3489938/what-s-hot-at-the-edge-for-2020-everything.html
+[8]: https://www.networkworld.com/blog/itaas-and-the-corporate-storage-technology/?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE22140&utm_content=sidebar (ITAAS and Corporate Storage Strategy)
+[9]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3527194/multicloud-security-integration-drive-massive-sd-wan-adoption.html
+[10]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3207535/what-is-iot-the-internet-of-things-explained.html
+[11]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3223692/what-is-a-data-centerhow-its-changed-and-what-you-need-to-know.html
+[12]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3224893/what-is-edge-computing-and-how-it-s-changing-the-network.html
+[13]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3250664/sd-branch-what-it-is-and-why-youll-need-it.html
+[14]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[15]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200416 Contact tracing via Bluetooth could help track COVID-19 transmission.md b/sources/talk/20200416 Contact tracing via Bluetooth could help track COVID-19 transmission.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..86fa318f1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200416 Contact tracing via Bluetooth could help track COVID-19 transmission.md
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Contact tracing via Bluetooth could help track COVID-19 transmission)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3538333/contact-tracing-via-bluetooth-could-help-track-covid-19-transmission.html)
+[#]: author: (Jon Gold https://www.networkworld.com/author/Jon-Gold/)
+
+Contact tracing via Bluetooth could help track COVID-19 transmission
+======
+
+Thinkstock
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][1]
+
+A team of researchers from MIT has developed a novel method of tracking COVID-19 transmission among the population, using Bluetooth “chirps” that could automatically trace COVID-positive contacts and warn those who have potentially become infected, without violating their privacy.
+
+The system is called PACT, or Private Automated Contact Tracing. It works by sending random strings of numbers via low-power Bluetooth from a user’s smartphone to other nearby devices using the system, creating a coded list of smartphones that a given user has been close to in the past 14 days.
+
+If the user subsequently tests positive for COVID, he or she can upload that list of “chirps” to the database, so that other users can run a check to determine whether they might have exposed.
+
+MIT said that the system uses advanced privacy protection methods to ensure the privacy of both COVID sufferers and those checking to see whether they’ve been exposed. People would need to opt in, and researchers specifically highlighted that PACT does not use any GPS, wireless location or phone ID information.
+
+“For these broadcasts, we’re using cryptographic techniques to generate random, rotating numbers that are not just anonymous, but pseudonymous, constantly changing their ‘ID,’ and that can’t be traced back to an individual,” said MIT institute professor Ron Rivest, who led the project. (Rivest knows a thing or two about cryptography: he’s the R in RSA, the first publicly available public-key cryptosystem.)
+
+The idea behind PACT is to make sure that the system isn’t tracking any individuals specifically. Rather, it’s meant to be a yes/no resource for those wondering whether they may have been in proximity to someone with COVID. It’s currently at the proof-of-concept stage – the team recently overcame the hurdle of getting Androids and iPhones to speak to each other – and overtures have been made to smartphone makers, Apple, Google and Microsoft to try and get the system into the public’s hands as quickly as possible.
+
+“The aim of the prototype is to prove to these developers that this is feasible for them to implement,” said Rivest.
+
+**[ [Take this mobile device management course from PluralSight and learn how to secure devices in your company without degrading the user experience.][2] ]**
+
+The team hopes that if PACT comes into widespread use it would enable a much more selective approach to quarantine and give communities the ability to return to normalcy more quickly. Tracking the spread of a disease like COVID with more speed and precision could let public health authorities suggest testing to specific groups of people if they notice a pattern emerging.
+
+MIT also said that the team has demonstrated PACT to various government agencies, and coordinating similar efforts elsewhere in the U.S., as well as in Europe.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][3] and [LinkedIn][4] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3538333/contact-tracing-via-bluetooth-could-help-track-covid-19-transmission.html
+
+作者：[Jon Gold][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Jon-Gold/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[2]: https://pluralsight.pxf.io/c/321564/424552/7490?u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.pluralsight.com%2Fcourses%2Fmobile-device-management-big-picture
+[3]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[4]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200416 Harvesting ambient energy will power IoT, scientists say.md b/sources/talk/20200416 Harvesting ambient energy will power IoT, scientists say.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8831fcbfbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200416 Harvesting ambient energy will power IoT, scientists say.md
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Harvesting ambient energy will power IoT, scientists say)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3536697/harvesting-ambient-energy-will-power-iot-scientists-say.html)
+[#]: author: (Patrick Nelson https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/)
+
+Harvesting ambient energy will power IoT, scientists say
+======
+Magnetic fields found naturally around electrical devices could be diverted and converted into electricity to power the IoT.
+Thinkstock
+
+Stray, ambient magnetic fields that are naturally created from electricity usage should be captured, diverted, and converted into power for Internet of Things sensors, researchers say.
+
+"Just like sunlight is a free source of energy we try to harvest, so are magnetic fields," said Shashank Priya, professor of materials science and engineering and associate vice president for research at Penn State, in a statement published [on the university's web site][1]. "We have this ubiquitous energy present in our homes, office spaces, work spaces and cars. It's everywhere, and we have an opportunity to harvest this background noise and convert it to useable electricity."
+
+Electricity produces tiny magnetic fields around common power cables, computers and lighting found in factories, homes and offices. That energy, if harnessed, could power sensors and small data-sending radios, the academics think. Penn State is attempting to design ambient power receptors for IoT.
+
+### Materials science
+
+The group at Penn State has been having some success getting it to work. Experimental devices that are thin and about 1.5 inches long are being tested. Placing the capture-device around or on common appliances does produce electricity, the researchers claim. The key is to put the device where the magnetic field is the strongest. In one experiment, the researchers were able to generate enough power to run 180 LED lighting arrays with a device placed about 4 inches from a space heater. At 8 inches, the device produced enough electricity to operate a clock.
+
+"These results provide significant advancements toward sustainable power for integrated sensors and wireless communication systems," said Min Gyu Kang, an assistant research professor at Penn State and joint lead author of the study.
+
+Electricity and magnetism have always gone hand in hand. Magnetism is created by a moving electric charge. It's that movement which creates the magnetic field. That's why low-level magnetism is manifested in electrical wires generally, for example—the electricity is moving along the cable.
+
+In this case, the scientists are converting the magnetic field, which is caused by the moving electricity, into a separate electrical current. They're doing it with materials science by combining two materials. One of the materials is a magnetostrictor – it converts the magnetic field into stress-generating vibrations. The another material is piezoelectric, which grabs the vibrations and translates that energy into electricity.
+
+[][2]
+
+### How to power sensors
+
+Producing usable power from stray magnetic fields is just one stab at powering the IoT. Just how one goes about producing power for the millions, and possibly billions, of environmental, factory process and other sensors that are expected to come on stream as IoT takes off is up for grabs.
+
+Batteries have limitations—they need to be changed or charged, for example. Ambient humidity is one possibility I [wrote about recently][3]. In that case, bio-electronics have been proven to capture half-a-volt from ambient air, scientists claim. That's enough to operate rudimentary sensors. Waste heat, too, is another possible source: Researchers are [exploring ways to convert excess heat][4], such as is found in data centers, into light, and then turn that light into electricity.
+
+Other angles include simply reducing energy consumption through more efficient chips or streamlined wireless communications hardware. Other parasitic techniques are being tried. They include [turning existing wireless noise into a data carrier][5]. It's efficient because one doesn't have to make so much power for radio transceivers—the carrier already exists.
+
+In the case of the Penn State work, less obvious benefits might exist, too.
+
+"In buildings, it's known that if you automate a lot of functions, you could actually improve the energy efficiency very significantly," Priya said. “Buildings are one of the largest consumers of electricity in the United States. So even a few percent drop in energy consumption could represent or translate into megawatts of savings. Sensors are what will make it possible to automate these controls, and this technology is a realistic way to power those sensors."
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][6] and [LinkedIn][7] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3536697/harvesting-ambient-energy-will-power-iot-scientists-say.html
+
+作者：[Patrick Nelson][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://news.psu.edu/story/613154/2020/03/31/research/scientists-tap-unused-energy-source-power-smart-sensor-networks
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/blog/itaas-and-the-corporate-storage-technology/?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE22140&utm_content=sidebar (ITAAS and Corporate Storage Strategy)
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3529893/seawater-humidity-inspire-new-ways-to-generate-power.html
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3410578/data-centers-may-soon-recycle-heat-into-electricity.html
+[5]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3449819/wireless-noise-protocol-can-extend-iot-range.html
+[6]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[7]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200416 How I-ve adjusted my work-from-home habits.md b/sources/talk/20200416 How I-ve adjusted my work-from-home habits.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..251e9a7b9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200416 How I-ve adjusted my work-from-home habits.md
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How I've adjusted my work-from-home habits)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/healthy-remote-work-habits)
+[#]: author: (Will Kelly https://opensource.com/users/willkelly)
+
+How I've adjusted my work-from-home habits
+======
+WFH newbs and veterans alike have to adjust to self-quarantine; here's
+how to maintain some balance.
+![Oatmeal and a laptop.][1]
+
+I've been a remote worker during various chapters in my career, and have tried to carry those lessons into each new remote work experience. At the end of last year, I switched to a job that lets me work from home. Fast forward to the COVID-19 outbreak; even though I was no WFH novice, I found myself having to adapt just like the many other workers who've been suddenly thrust into remote work.
+
+In hopes of easing that transition, here are some healthy remote work habits to adapt during a pandemic.
+
+### Keep exercising even if your gym is closed
+
+I watched the crowd in my gym dwindle the week before my state government issued its stay at home orders. Whether I've been working in an office or at home, going to the gym helps me vent stress, plus it acts as a logical break in my daily routine because I put down my phone and keyboard to clear my head.
+
+Fortunately, my gym put some training activities online that I plan to use. I already have a stability ball and Bosu ball in my home office that I began using on day three after the pandemic closed all the offices, schools, and later gyms in my local area. As I write this article, I'm entering week 4 of COVID-19-mandated remote work, and I'm still trying to get back to the exercise dedication and momentum I had before this all happened.
+
+### Dress (and groom) yourself for work
+
+I've worked from home on and off during my career. When I started my new job, I decided not to repeat some mistakes I made during the last time I worked from home. One mistake I made was not shaving every day. I also stopped getting dressed for work.
+
+When you dress and groom yourself for work every day, it can help put you in focus for work. You don't have to be too strict; it is a pandemic after all. I'm still debating on sweatpants Fridays during this crisis.
+
+### Eat meals away from your desk
+
+It's too easy to just eat meals at your desk when you work at home. Many even do it at the office. I recommend as you get through your COVID-19-enforced remote working that you use eating as a natural break in the ebbs and flows of your day. For example, unless a deadline was calling, I would go out to lunch to break up my remote working days. These days I get up from my desk, walk outside to get a breath of fresh air and have lunch in my living room.
+
+### Keep a schedule and track your progress
+
+It's easy to sleep in when you don't have to go to the office. I recommend trying to keep to your regular schedule as much as possible. It's admittedly easy for me to say that because I live alone. If you're home with children, work with your employer to time-shift your schedule to accommodate the added responsibilities and other challenges you're facing right now. It may take a few iterations to get the right schedule, but you'll appreciate the consistency.
+
+Another word about keeping a schedule—you might add important work meetings to your personal calendar or as reminders on your mobile device, so you have another reminder as you adjust to the new normal of COVID-19.
+
+The open source community has a lot of great scheduling and project management tools that you can use to track your own time and progress. There are [project management tools][2] for agile development teams. You can also find open source alternatives to [Googl][3][e Calendar][3] available on Android.
+
+### Put backup communications channels in place
+
+Even companies with robust telework programs may see some communications outages. It may not even be their CIO's fault, such as the Microsoft Teams outage that happened in Europe early on during the COVID-19 pandemic.
+
+Having problems dialing into a conference bridge or your employer's group chat having sporadic issues will surprise nobody right now; most understand that workers are in a period of transition, and not everything will run smoothly. However, you still need to have backup channels in place to make that communication happen, even if it's just coworkers exchanging cell numbers so they can text or call each other as needed.
+
+There are some fully-featured open source [Slack alternatives][4] available that are worth exploring if your organization is lacking in chat applications or if you want to give your team a backup channel to your official corporate application. (Whether you do it with the approval of your corporate IT department is up to you).
+
+You should also consider installing implementing [MediaWiki][5] or [Twiki][6] to improve collaboration or to give your team an accessible document repository.
+
+### Pivot on communications when needed
+
+Every company where I've been an employee or contractor has had its own communications style. Remote working at scale during the COVID-19 epidemic will challenge those communication styles.
+
+Be prepared to shake up your communication style, whether you're a newb or long term remote worker. That could mean writing more detailed emails instead of the terse ones you normally send to becoming more of a power user with your company's group chat tool. There are also the open source wikis I mentioned earlier that can provide you a centralized platform for any long-form writing you need to do to help communicate project requirements and changes.
+
+I also extend this advice to your personal communications during the workday. For example, a friend and I video conference during the day. We never did that pre-COVID-19.
+
+### Final thoughts
+
+Lots of people will evolve and rethink their remote work habits. It's only healthy that you prepare yourself for adjusting your own remote working habits. What worked for me pre-COVID-19 doesn't necessarily work right now, so I'm adjusting my remote work habits weekly as I see fit so I can maximize my productivity during the current crisis.
+
+How are you adjusting your remote work habits during self-quarantine?
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/healthy-remote-work-habits
+
+作者：[Will Kelly][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/willkelly
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/oatmeal-and-fedora.jpg?itok=NBFUH9eF (Oatmeal and a laptop.)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/18/2/agile-project-management-tools
+[3]: https://www.androidpolice.com/2019/12/30/the-best-free-and-open-source-alternatives-to-google-calendar-on-android/
+[4]: https://opensource.com/alternatives/slack
+[5]: http://www.mediawiki.org/
+[6]: http://www.twiki.org/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200417 Face-to-face collaboration for community to become more impactful - Chip Childers.md b/sources/talk/20200417 Face-to-face collaboration for community to become more impactful - Chip Childers.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ccc63dc914
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200417 Face-to-face collaboration for community to become more impactful - Chip Childers.md
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Face-to-face collaboration for community to become more impactful – Chip Childers)
+[#]: via: (https://www.linux.com/articles/face-to-face-collaboration-for-community-to-become-more-impactful-chip-childers/)
+[#]: author: (Swapnil Bhartiya https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/)
+
+Face-to-face collaboration for community to become more impactful – Chip Childers
+======
+
+“Anytime there’s a crisis, there’s also an opportunity for open source communities to find ways to be helpful,” affirms Chip Childers, the Executive Director of Cloud Foundry Foundation. He believes the remarkable work the Cloud Foundry community has done over the years to enhance enterprise developer productivity will now help those who have adopted the platform to combat COVID-19.;
+
+“It (the platform) allows them to move quickly to respond to changing conditions, whether those are market conditions, or in this case, a global pandemic. We’re actually pretty proud of a lot of the end-users and how they’re able to use the software more efficiently now,” he says.
+
+Prior to becoming the Executive Director, Childers served as the CTO for a little over five years. He feels “it’s a very exciting time to be stepping into the role,” and has already chalked out a robust strategy to take the Foundation to the next level.
+
+For starters, Google has upped its membership of Cloud Foundry and is now at the technical tier. “We were quite happy to have them decide to upgrade and we appreciate their support on that,” says Childers.
+
+He is also happy with how Kubernetes and Cloud Foundry are coming together.
+
+“Cloud Foundry and Kubernetes are now becoming complementary. The Cloud Foundry developer platform should run on the Kube infrastructure platform. Both communities have reached the point where they’re ready to see this get blended,” says Childers.
+
+**Unswerving Support**
+VMware ranks among the largest contributors to communities. Last year, it acquired Pivotal, which is one of the biggest stakeholders in the Cloud Foundry project. So, what are the implications on Cloud Foundry of a player that has stakes in both Kubernetes and Cloud Foundry?
+
+“It’s a clear indication the teams that used to work for Pivotal are being intermixed with the teams that were at VMware, and through some of their other acquisitions like Heptio, they’re all working together on the shared vision of creating the Tanzu platform. This happens to align well with the vision that other Cloud Foundry distributions have — like the way SUSE builds Kubernetes-based infrastructure layers Cloud Foundry on top for developer productivity,” explains Childers.
+
+Childers believes Paul Fazzone’s promotion to Chairman of the Board will provide an additional boost to Cloud Foundry.
+
+“Paul heads R&D for VMware’s modern applications business unit. He’s been on our board for a long time. So it’s great that we’re going to continue to see the investment in the open source community not just at the business level from VMware, but also in terms of supporting the contributors, be it developers, product managers, project management support, or marketing support. They’re not wavering in their commitment to open source across the board and Cloud Foundry is one of those communities that will benefit from that,” he states.
+
+**A Three-Pronged Strategy**
+The core mission of the Foundation is to bring a world-class enterprise developer experience to as many enterprise developers as possible. Childers, therefore, considers “enterprise developer productivity for Kubernetes infrastructure our new north star” and has devised a three-pronged strategy to align with it.
+
+“The first thing is that we will focus on working with the contributing community — the Foundation staff, key member contacts and participants — to improve their experience.
+
+Next is to build upon the inclusivity and diversity work that the Foundation has done over the years. “We’ve always had a number of different audiences to whom we’ve tried to describe the work of the project: line of business leaders, CIOs, IT operations, and enterprise developers. It is important to make a little bit of a dent in the broader technology industry,” avers Childers.
+
+The third and final prong of Childers strategy is to encourage developers or companies participating in Cloud Foundry efforts to also participate in Istio (an open platform that connects, manages, and secures microservices), Kubernetes, and the various scenes within the community.
+
+“There’s a massive overlap, which I think will be very beneficial to everyone. The learnings that developers helping to code Kubernetes or Istio learn during that process should flow in such a way that the CF community builds the developer experience on top of those systems. From this perspective, cross-pollination is really, really important,” says Childers.
+
+Childers is also planning a tectonic shift in the way Foundation contributors work. “While now it’s going to become a little bit harder as we deal with some of the challenges around the pandemic, I’m very excited about spending a lot of our effort focused on increasing the impact of the face-to-face collaboration time that we’re able to create for the community,” adds Childers.
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.linux.com/articles/face-to-face-collaboration-for-community-to-become-more-impactful-chip-childers/
+
+作者：[Swapnil Bhartiya][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200418 My 10 guiding principles for open source community management.md b/sources/talk/20200418 My 10 guiding principles for open source community management.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c5e62ba6b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200418 My 10 guiding principles for open source community management.md
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (My 10 guiding principles for open source community management)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/open-source-community-management)
+[#]: author: (Florian Effenberger https://opensource.com/users/floeff)
+
+My 10 guiding principles for open source community management
+======
+It's not just about subject matter expertise; leadership in the open
+source world requires special skills and processes.
+![community team brainstorming ideas][1]
+
+Many activities these days, be they sports, social work, arts or free and open source software, are organized in some sort of community. If backed by a respective legal entity, this not only helps with getting donations and entering contracts but also puts statutes and rules in place that establish the values and ideals all contributors share and abide by.
+
+Inside these communities, there can be various roles. Some of them have formal requirements and annual or biannual elections, e.g., the board of directors or the supervisory board; others exist ad hoc within dynamically grown groups and can change frequently. Either of those are ideally composed of experienced and enthusiastic community members who take leadership and responsibility.
+
+Many regular contributors will, therefore, eventually face the question of whether to accept a certain role. Based on my experience with being a board member of the former German associations [OpenOffice.org][2] Deutschland e.V. and Freies Office Deutschland e.V., previous chairman and current executive director of [The Document Foundation][3] and founding member of the Munich [Open-Source-Treffen e.V.][4], I would like to share some personal insights on the topic.
+
+These views are purely my own, and your mileage might vary. It is likely that others had both similar and different experiences, so I'm looking forward to any feedback and thoughts you might have.
+
+### 1\. Cooperation
+
+A community is all about cooperation. Boards, groups, and bodies are no different in this regard. Usually, you don't know who will co-serve on an elected committee with you until shortly before you start your duty. Therefore, it is important to cooperate openly with your new colleagues in a transparent, trustworthy, and effective way, within the committee as well as the larger community.
+
+Sharing a common understanding of responsibilities and duties, and even more importantly, of your goals, visions, and plans can help a lot. It's not necessary for these to all be totally aligned in the first place, as long as there are consensus and compromise to help you identify goals that benefit the community and their objectives at large. In a vivid and diverse community, several goals can often be pursued at once, as most won't be mutually exclusive or otherwise prohibitive.
+
+And then let's not forget one thing: the fun! Be proud that you have been entrusted by your peers to drive the community and its projects toward a bright future. Be proud that you can help steer the ship and shape the soul of something that is important to you. As is often the case in life, cooperating and working together with others is key to success. Joining forces is not only easier but also much more fun than working alone.
+
+### 2\. Commitment
+
+Taking over a role is something that can and should make you proud. See this as something you have been entrusted with for a certain amount of time because your contributions have been recognized by the community as extraordinary and remarkable. You acted in a visible and trustworthy fashion, and people credit you with leadership skills.
+
+Depending on the role you take, the honor often comes with a fair amount of new responsibility beyond what you already do, and it might involve subjects yet unknown to you. In other words: Be ready to put in some time and effort.
+
+How much time such a commitment takes obviously depends on multiple factors: what specific role you take, how many contributors you have to coordinate with, how large your organization is, and of course, what kind of projects you run. [In one of its annual reports][5], board members of The Document Foundation explained that every year "they each donate 15 to 20 days of activity to TDF for Board duties in addition to other volunteering" and the members of its membership committee donate "between 10 and 15 days of activity."
+
+### 3\. Variety
+
+Should you be elected into an organizations' formal body, you will see yourself responsible for representing the entity from a marketing perspective, but also from a legal and organizational point of view. Other than the more glamorous parts, these duties often also entail regular meetings, annual budget planning and reserve building, tax filings and annual activity reports, team management, trademark and copyright handling, planning and overseeing tenders, and all sorts of expected and unexpected legal matters and fostering liaisons with other entities, all of which are rather unglamorous tasks rarely seen by the general public.
+
+That requires the willingness to learn in a variety of areas and for having a rather high tolerance for frustration. Luckily, most of the groups I know are composed of members with different skills, so it's likely someone is either already experienced in or willing to learn one or more of the respective areas. Looking at The Document Foundation's [rules of procedure][6] for the board, a total of 13 different areas of oversight can be identified, each one staffed with one or more volunteers, matched to their area of interest.
+
+### 4\. Delegation
+
+Handling all the work alone as a pure volunteer will sooner or later become an impossible task and, unless you have magical superpowers, it's strongly advisable to share these with other seat holders, volunteers, and, if they exist, staff and external professionals. Often, growing organizational demands luckily come together with the financial growth of the entity, which makes paying professionals for certain tasks quite feasible and sensible. Accounting, administration, and legal advice are prime examples of things to outsource (unless that's the service you already provide, of course).
+
+If you oversee a large part of the organization, you primarily need to focus on strategy and the mission at large, so it is advisable to delegate many tasks to others. Remember, the community has entrusted you to steer the ship, to oversee the big picture; don't bother yourself with every little detail and micromanagement, but get enough insight to oversee those you task and trust that they do a good job.
+
+### 5\. Responsibility
+
+In the end, however, it still is the ultimate and shared responsibility of all representatives to oversee and coordinate the work, ensure all duties are fulfilled, and, especially for board members, take care that all legal obligations are met. Remember, donors trust you to make good use of their money, so you have a huge responsibility.
+
+In nearly all legislations, there exist numerous rules and regulations you are bound by, and the unfortunate tendency is often to make things more complicated instead of relaxing them.
+
+In case something goes wrong, those most exposed are first in line to be confronted with that, both from a social and legal point of view.
+
+### 6\. Social
+
+Depending on the size of the organization and your role, you might not only have responsibility for tasks and projects, but also for a paid team. Keep in mind that, for many, their economic situation depends on the success of your organization. Job security and a positive work environment are important factors to keep a happy and dedicated team.
+
+Gaining the skills and finding the time as a pure volunteer to oversee a large full-time team is demanding. Interacting by talking, listening, and being open helps a lot for both your team and the organization. In many organizations, the paid team is there to serve your community, to drive forward the success of the project, to take away annoying administrative tasks from you, and to work on tasks that support and enable your contributors.
+
+Working at charities can be a bit different from companies. Given most of your income consists of donor's money, you have less monetary flexibility than commercial employers. However, you provide a far superior experience than many traditional businesses. Use that as your advantage—your team does something for the good cause, can work with people around the world, can really make a difference, and at the same time make a living out of what they love. Communicate frequently, and don't forget to laud people if they do a good job, especially in remote working environments.
+
+### 7\. Diversity
+
+Crucial and essential is that representatives reflect the diversity of the community—different genders, religions, languages, cultures, backgrounds, and experiences add an incredibly exciting variety that you should aim hard to achieve in any board, committee, and group. While this can turn out to be challenging in the beginning, it for sure will enrich your community in ways you never dared to dream of before.
+
+This diversity is one of the most important and exciting assets a larger community offers; you'll soon learn how it widens the view, helps you to question your own thoughts and positions, and contributes greatly to your overall efforts. If you run an open source community, do exactly as the name suggests—be open, be passionate, and try to get to the bottom of things!
+
+### 8\. Coordination
+
+Having members from around the globe can make you face some practical problems though—most notably, languages and time zones. While English as a common denominator is spoken widely in Europe, it might be different for other countries, and including those who don't speak English as their mother tongue is key if you have a large community. You risk losing vital insight into what your worldwide community does if you don't manage to connect to them.
+
+Something the law of physics at least currently doesn't allow is overcoming the different time zones. Finding suitable meeting slots for participants on different continents, matching everyone's working schedule, and providing a work-life balance aren't trivial requirements, especially when you want to include a paid team. As you end your workday, colleagues from a different continent are just about to start theirs. While the volunteers need meeting times after office hours, your staff would probably rather not stay in the office until late or during the weekends.
+
+Likely there isn't an ideal meeting time, but you will end up finding a compromise that works for most people, possibly including alternate meeting times. A word to the wise: use calendar invites and meeting planners with time zones to avoid confusion, especially during times of daylight savings changes.
+
+The choice of medium is important as well—all stakeholders need to be aware of and included in important discussions. Some of these are thus better done in email; others are easier to handle on the phone. You might also find it convenient to prepare initial discussions via emails and have the final vote on the phone.
+
+Properly prefixing email subjects with votes and discussions can likewise be helpful to handle the influx of messages and catch people's attention. The same is true for meeting intervals, agendas, deadlines, quorum requirements, and sunset periods—these need to reflect everyone's needs, factoring in availabilities, vacations, and absences. The rationale behind this is that taking a role requires continuous, active participation in many communities, to keep up with what's going on, and that is much easier when the rules are clear.
+
+Depending on your setup and the jurisdiction you're in, votes and meetings also have formal requirements you have to stick to.
+
+### 9\. Trust
+
+Trustworthiness is probably one of the most important characteristics for anyone who fills a leadership role. Email conversations lack tone and gestures, making it harder to understand moods, emotions, and intentions. Thus it's even more important to assume best intentions on each side, trying to avoid what is known as confirmation bias, i.e., interpreting actions and words in a way that seems to confirm your existing negative assumptions.
+
+Trust especially comes into play when the entity is located in a country whose language you don't speak or whose legal system you are not familiar with—you will have to rely on translation services and people acting as gateways, be they volunteers or paid professionals.
+
+### 10\. Reward
+
+Filling a community role usually means plenty of hard work on top of your existing duties, but there are plenty of rewards for all that work. It is a very honorable and truly exciting opportunity that will not only enrich your professional life (and makes a good item on a CV) but beyond that, enriches your personality, your skills, and your point of view. If you're passionate about what you do, if you're open to new things, if you want to shape the future of what you love—then you indeed might be a great candidate to serve the community and lead by example.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/open-source-community-management
+
+作者：[Florian Effenberger][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/floeff
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/meeting_discussion_brainstorm.png?itok=7_m4CC8S (community team brainstorming ideas)
+[2]: http://OpenOffice.org
+[3]: https://www.documentfoundation.org/
+[4]: https://www.opensourcetreffen.de/
+[5]: https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/File:AnnualReport2016LR.pdf
+[6]: https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/TDF/BoD_rules
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200420 Why I use open source technology for web development.md b/sources/talk/20200420 Why I use open source technology for web development.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..03a2ea4148
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200420 Why I use open source technology for web development.md
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Why I use open source technology for web development)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/open-source-web-development)
+[#]: author: (Jimmy McArthur https://opensource.com/users/jimmymcarthur)
+
+Why I use open source technology for web development
+======
+Micro-frontends with an API-driven approach power the OpenStack
+Foundation's platforms.
+![Text editor on a browser, in blue][1]
+
+Every day, millions of people all over the world access the [OpenStack Foundation][2]'s (OSF) web properties to learn about open infrastructure. This level of usage requires a platform and toolsets that are fast, flexible, and affordable—and this is where open source comes in. Not only that, but given that we work for an open source software foundation, we naturally incorporate open source technologies into everything we do, including web development.
+
+### Considerations for web development
+
+When thinking about web development technologies, we must consider how we manage our software lifecycles. All software development includes some sort of [lifecycle management][3] with the opportunity to plan, analyze, design, and implement the code. Our web development team usually works on the fly, often under tight deadlines, and with other departments. That means our requirements and workflow must be flexible enough to allow for quick iterations, updates, and corrections. I'd rather push out something quickly and, if needed, go back in and make things pixel perfect after the fact.
+
+Our team also has to consider all the stakeholders involved in the website, including our talented marketing teams who aren't familiar with Git workflows. That led us, like many others, to utilize a content management system (CMS), so those professionals can make updates without having to use Git.
+
+### Building a CMS-agnostic web architecture
+
+In order to uphold this need for flexibility, traditionally, we relied on an open source CMS, [SilverStripe][4]. However, our requirements quickly outgrew the system. So, we built a standalone API and use static micro-sites with [React][5] JavaScript components to pull data into custom-designed presentation layers. We use this system in everything from mobile apps to websites to digital signs. This has become known as a [Jamstack][6] architecture. We found this model was extensible enough that it allowed us to move our data anywhere while being CMS-agnostic.
+
+When adopting this API-driven workflow, we realized that our data was used in many different places and presented in many different ways. Across our seven web properties, we share everything from graphics to dynamic content. A standard CMS won't do this without a lot of custom development work along with either cron jobs or costly database queries.
+
+When things are API-driven, you can access all these different datasets across a variety of platforms while largely protecting your infrastructure from major traffic spikes. For example, the OSF collaborated with [Tipit][7], the OSF's digital design and development partner, to develop a completely open source end-to-end event management software. Our event-schedule data is presented on web pages, mobile apps, and digital signage. It's the same data, managed from a single place, but with different presentation layers, formats, and platforms.
+
+### Open source identity access management
+
+A cornerstone of moving to a decentralized Jamstack architecture is the need to establish identity and access rights. When using JavaScript to call for things in an API, we may need to require authentication and authorization. Therefore, we had to separate the identity provider from any individual implementation. There are two concepts to this: identity (authN) and identity access management (authZ). The identity provider confirms who you are, while access management confirms what roles and permissions you have to do different things. One of the first requirements when developing the event-management software was to establish a standalone identity provider.
+
+Enter [OpenStackID][8], which is an [OpenID Connect][9] with oAuth2 SSO solution. OpenStackID started out as a more secure way for users to log into [Openstack.org][10] and manage their profiles. Even as the number of websites and event apps we manage grows, this creates a seamless authentication experience for users. The access-management portion allows us to build standalone React-based apps that use the identity provider to determine if a particular user has the rights to do the things they want to do in that specific application.
+
+One thing that runs through everyone's mind—especially in a global open source community—is privacy. It's a large factor in creating our web and event properties. With OpenStackID, users can log into their [OpenStackID account][11] and set application permissions using the OAuth 2 console. If they decide they no longer want their app associated with their OpenStackID, they can simply remove permissions.
+
+For example, we have users for our events that do not want their personal information to be associated with their presence at our conferences. The way the platforms are set up, all personally identifiable data is managed securely on the OpenID server, and it's not shared between applications unless the user strictly enables it. Beyond that, we never share things like the events a user attends or pieces of their user profile unless it's completely anonymized, or they specifically allow it in order to remain aligned with the [Four Opens][12] or our community philosophy.
+
+### Better web infrastructure using open source
+
+Taking our considerations and shifting toward a more flexible implementation of a CMS has helped our teams collaborate more effectively. Most importantly, we continue to follow our community values by providing great privacy and security options thanks to open source technology.
+
+If you're interested in our approach, check out the OSF Foundation website's [source code][13]. You can also access the following source code repos to see the approach in action:
+
+ * [Zuul website][14]
+ * [Airship website][15]
+ * [StarlingX website][16]
+ * [Kata Containers website][17]
+ * [MOC and Open Infra Labs website][18]
+ * [Open Stack Foundation website][19]
+ * [Open Infrastructure Summit admin][20]
+ * [Open Infrastructure Summit CFP][21]
+ * [Open Infrastructure Summit Signage][22]
+ * [OpenStack Survey GraphQL API to access survey data and reports][23]
+ * [OpenStack Survey Graphene API to feed summit reports][24]
+ * [OpenStackID authentication system][25]
+ * [OpenStackID resource server][26]
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/open-source-web-development
+
+作者：[Jimmy McArthur][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jimmymcarthur
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/browser_blue_text_editor_web.png?itok=lcf-m6N7 (Text editor on a browser, in blue)
+[2]: https://osf.dev/
+[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Systems_development_life_cycle
+[4]: https://www.silverstripe.org/
+[5]: https://reactjs.org/
+[6]: https://jamstack.org/
+[7]: https://www.tipit.net/
+[8]: https://opendev.org/explore/repos?q=openstackid&tab=&sort=recentupdate
+[9]: https://openid.net/connect/
+[10]: http://Openstack.org
+[11]: https://openstackid.org/
+[12]: https://osf.dev/about/four-opens/
+[13]: https://github.com/OpenStackweb/openstack-org
+[14]: https://opendev.org/zuul/zuul-website
+[15]: https://github.com/AirshipWeb/airship-website
+[16]: https://github.com/StarlingXWeb/starlingx-website
+[17]: https://github.com/kata-containers/www.katacontainers.io
+[18]: https://github.com/OpenStackweb/openinfralabs-website
+[19]: https://github.com/OpenStackweb/osf-website
+[20]: https://github.com/OpenStackweb/summit-admin
+[21]: https://github.com/OpenStackweb/call-for-presentations
+[22]: https://github.com/OpenStackweb/openstacksignage
+[23]: https://github.com/OpenStackweb/openstack-survey-api
+[24]: https://github.com/OpenStackweb/summit-reports-api
+[25]: https://opendev.org/osf/openstackid
+[26]: https://opendev.org/osf/openstackid-resources
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200421 How underwater Internet of Things will work.md b/sources/talk/20200421 How underwater Internet of Things will work.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..16503a8143
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200421 How underwater Internet of Things will work.md
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How underwater Internet of Things will work)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3538393/how-underwater-internet-of-things-will-work.html)
+[#]: author: (Patrick Nelson https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/)
+
+How underwater Internet of Things will work
+======
+Lasers will be used to power underwater devices and transmit data below the ocean's surface.
+North Sea Port
+
+More than two-thirds of the world's surface is covered by water. It plays an important role in our economic existence, including in major verticals such as oil and gas, shipping and tourism.
+
+As the Internet of Things proliferates, questions arise as to how IoT will manifest itself underwater given that radio waves degrade over distance in seawater, and underwater acoustic communication (which does actually work okay) is easily eavesdropped on and isn't stealthy.
+
+To make the underwater Internet of Things happen, light is the answer, some say. Researchers at King Abdullah University of Science and Technology (KAUST) in Thuwal, Saudi Arabia, are proposing underwater optical communications. They're investigating simultaneous lightwave information and power transfer (SLIPT) configurations, which they're using to transmit energy and data to underwater electronic devices. Recently, the researchers announced a breakthrough experiment in which they were able to achieve an underwater, two-way transmission of data and power over 1.5 yards between a solar panel-equipped sensor and a receiver.
+
+The SLIPT system will be more usable than wires strung. And in the case of human underwater equipment inspections, for example, SLIPT will be less prone to error than hand signals and less prone to audible confusion than ultrasound voice-based communicators. Remarkably, to this day, hand signals are still a common form of communication between divers.
+
+"SLIPT can help charge devices in inaccessible locations where continuous powering is costly or not possible," said Jose Filho, a PhD student at KAUST, [in an article][1] on the school's web site.
+
+Filho, who has been involved in developing the laser project, envisages ships or boats on the water's surface beaming optical communications to underwater vehicles or IoT sensors on the ocean floor. The lasers would simultaneously communicate with and power underwater robots and devices. Return data is relayed to the surface vessel, which then communicates to land bases or data centers via RF (radio).
+
+Surface buoys – or even unmanned aerial vehicles (drones) flying well above turbulent waves – could be used to inject power down to the seabed surface and, at the same time, receive data, researchers believe.
+
+[][2]
+
+The school explains that there's still much development that needs to be performed before SLIPT is operational, but it sees potential. "Underwater optical communication provides an enormous bandwidth and is useful for reliably transmitting information over several meters," co-first author Abderrahmen Trichili said in the article.
+
+KAUST, located on the Red Sea coast, has been involved in this area of technical exploration for some years. It was involved in developing some early, record-breaking underwater data communications. In 2015 it ran a 4.8 gigabit per second, 16-QAM-OFDM transmission with a 450-nanometer laser. OFDM, or Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing, splits single data streams into multiple channels to reduce interference.
+
+Interestingly, seas and oceans are becoming increasingly important to data centers. Large swaths of the world's population are found on or near coasts, rather than inland, and we're seeing a shift towards edge-style computing that positions resources closer to sources of data. There's also a need for compute cooling, which ocean water can provide. Even wave energy as a method of powering servers means sea and data are becoming intertwined.
+
+Microsoft launched an [undersea water-cooling data center][3] 117 feet below the water surface in 2018. Additionally, garden-hose-sized cables carry almost all global, public Internet traffic [underwater, across oceans and between continents][4]. It's not done through satellite, as many imagine.
+
+So, this is not a brand-new synergy. Apart from the eco-monitoring drivers, one of the likeliest and most important reasons that ocean-based computing is being explored keenly is that there isn't any rent payable or jurisdictional ownership on the high seas.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][5] and [LinkedIn][6] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3538393/how-underwater-internet-of-things-will-work.html
+
+作者：[Patrick Nelson][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://discovery.kaust.edu.sa/en/article/952/the-power-of-light-for-internet-of-underwater-things
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/blog/itaas-and-the-corporate-storage-technology/?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE22140&utm_content=sidebar (ITAAS and Corporate Storage Strategy)
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3283332/microsoft-launches-undersea-free-cooling-data-center.html
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3004465/how-vulnerable-are-the-internets-undersea-cables.html
+[5]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[6]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200421 IoT offers a way to track COVID-19 via connected thermometers.md b/sources/talk/20200421 IoT offers a way to track COVID-19 via connected thermometers.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a3ba9f972e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200421 IoT offers a way to track COVID-19 via connected thermometers.md
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (IoT offers a way to track COVID-19 via connected thermometers)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3539058/iot-offers-a-way-to-track-covid-19-via-connected-thermometers.html)
+[#]: author: (Jon Gold https://www.networkworld.com/author/Jon-Gold/)
+
+IoT offers a way to track COVID-19 via connected thermometers
+======
+The COVID-19 pandemic has catapulted one manufacturer of connected thermometers to national prominence, as Kinsa provides a possible window into the spread of the disease.
+[Kinsa / Leaflet / OpenStreetMap / CARTO][1]
+
+A company called Kinsa is leveraging [IoT][2] tech to create a network of connected thermometers, collecting a huge amount of anonymous health data that could offer insights into the current and future pandemics.
+
+The company’s founder and CEO, Inder Singh, said that the ability to track fever levels across the U.S. in close to real time could be a crucial piece of information for both the public at large and for decision-makers in the healthcare sector and government.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][3]
+
+The system’s networking technology is relatively straightforward – the thermometer connects via Bluetooth to an app on the user’s phone, which reports anonymized data back to Kinsa’s cloud over the Internet. Singh emphasizes that the company only organizes data down to the county level, and asserts that identifying individuals through Kinsa’s data is more or less impossible.
+
+“We’re not providing PII, we’re not providing identified data,” he said. “The app just guides you to the care and services you need.”
+
+Armed with the temperature reading and some basic demographic information about the person whose temperature was taken and their other symptoms, the app can offer rudimentary guidance about whether a visit to the doctor is needed or not, and whether the user’s area is seeing unusual levels of fever.
+
+However, the real value is in the aggregated data that Kinsa analyzes and breaks out on its [U.S. Health Weather Map][1], gleaned from the million-plus thermometers in the company’s ecosystem. The idea, according to Singh, is to provide the public with a way to make more informed decisions about their health.
+
+“It’s very participatory,” he said. “Everyone gets the data, and everyone can respond.”
+
+Kinsa still sells its thermometers directly to consumers, but plans are afoot for the company to collaborate more closely with local governments, health authorities and even school districts – Singh said that Kinsa is already partnering with two U.S. states (which he declined to name), and several city governments, including St. Augustine, Florida.
+
+“Our hope is that we can figure out how to build a scalable model – we’re never gonna scale globally by just selling $20 thermometers,” he said. The goal is to become widespread enough that the product can act as a meaningful early warning system for the healthcare sector.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][4] and [LinkedIn][5] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3539058/iot-offers-a-way-to-track-covid-19-via-connected-thermometers.html
+
+作者：[Jon Gold][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Jon-Gold/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://healthweather.us/?mode=Atypical
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3207535/what-is-iot-the-internet-of-things-explained.html
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[4]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[5]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200421 What is a High Traffic Website.md b/sources/talk/20200421 What is a High Traffic Website.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d9207af7dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200421 What is a High Traffic Website.md
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (What is a High Traffic Website?)
+[#]: via: (https://theartofmachinery.com/2020/04/21/what_is_high_traffic.html)
+[#]: author: (Simon Arneaud https://theartofmachinery.com)
+
+What is a High Traffic Website?
+======
+
+Terms like “high traffic” are hazardous when designing online services because salespeople, business analysts and engineers all have different perspectives about what they mean. If we’re talking about, say, a high-stakes online poker room, then “high traffic” for the business side will be very low compared to what it is for the technical side. However, all these people will be in a meeting room together making decisions, using the same words to mean different things. It’s obvious how that can lead to bad (and sometimes expensive) choices.
+
+A lot of my day job is talking to business stakeholders and figuring out the technical solutions they need, so this is a problem I have to deal with. So I’ve got my own purely technical way to think about traffic levels for online services.
+
+### Scalability vs performance
+
+First, let’s be clear about two concepts that come up a lot in online service design.
+
+For online services, performance is all about how well (usually how fast) the system can handle a single request or unit of work. Scalability is about the volume or size of work that can be handled. For online services, scalability is usually about the number of user requests that can be handled within a timeframe, while for batch jobs we typically care about the size of the dataset we can process. Sometimes we want the system capacity to grow and shrink based on demand, but sometimes we don’t care as long as we can handle the full range of workloads we expect.
+
+Scalability and performance often get confused because they commonly work together. For example, suppose you have some online service using a slow algorithm and you improve perfomance by replacing the algorithm with another that does the same job with less work. Primarily that’s a performance gain, but as long as the new algorithm doesn’t use more memory or something, you’ll be able to handle more requests in the same time.
+
+There’s a counterexample I’ve discussed before: [internal caches versus external cache servers][1]. Using an external cache server like Redis means your app has to make network calls to do cache lookups, so it has performance overhead. On the other hand, if your app is replicated across multiple machines, a shared, external cache is more effective than a per-app, in-memory cache. The external cache is more scalable.
+
+### Response time
+
+When designing systems, it’s helpful to start by thinking about latency or response time requirements, even if we have to make some up and revise them later. Adding more RAM, more caches, more machines or more disk can solve a lot of problems, but latency problems tend to be fundamental to the system design. For example, suppose you’re designing an online game, and you want latencies of under 100ms for all users. Straight away, the speed of light limit means you can’t have one central server supporting a global game, regardless of whatever algorithms or hardware you throw at the problem.
+
+There’s another reason it’s useful to focus on server response time in practice. If you have a simple, single-function website, such as a mortgage calculator, then the response time can be estimated based on technical things like the hardware specs and code quality. But that’s not how typical online services are built. The online service industry tends to emphasise adding more and more features for less development cost. That means [webpages tend to expand in complexity][2] using the easiest code possible, and only get optimised when they become too slow and users churn. Even the typical mortgage calculator site will end up bloated with advertising and tracking functionality. So the response time of a website in my day job depends mostly on the client’s budget and priorities, not on technical factors, regardless of whether it’s an ecommerce site or a cutting-edge data application.
+
+### Looking at a single worker
+
+Okay, so now imagine a simple web app that gets about one request an hour that takes about 5s to process (ignoring static assets because they’re not the bottleneck). That app has an obvious performance problem because many users will give up before 5s. But there’s no scaling problem because the server will practically never hit capacity limits and drop requests. Even if traffic rises, the performance problem is the bottleneck that takes priority over any hypothetical scalability problems.
+
+That’s a simple insight that we can take further. Lets say we target 100ms per request, and our simple web app processes requests one at a time serially (i.e., no scaling). With 86,400 seconds in a day, a naïve calculation says we can handle 86,400 / 0.1 = 864,000 requests per day before we have scaling problems.
+
+Of course, the real world isn’t that simple.
+
+First, there will be slower and faster requests, and [requests that arrive at random won’t balance themselves nicely][3]. They’ll come in clusters that fill up queues, and the backlog will cause large spikes in response time. (There’s a handy rule that says [if you want to keep response time under control, you should target about 80% usage of theoretical total capacity][4].)
+
+Then there’s diurnal variation. Some local websites get nearly all of their traffic during business hours, or about a third of the day. Even a very global website can easily have 2-3 times more traffic at peak than at trough because populations aren’t distributed evenly around the world (a lot of internet users live in East Asia and North/South America, but not in the huge Pacific ocean). The actual ratio depends on many factors that are hard to predict.
+
+But even if we can’t easily get exact capacity estimates, this simple model is the justification for splitting websites into three traffic levels.
+
+### The three traffic levels
+
+The first level is for sites that get well under 100k dynamic requests a day. Most websites are at this level, and a lot will stay that way while being totally useful and successful. They can also pose complex technical challenges, both for performance and functionality, and a lot of my work is on sites this size. But they don’t have true scalability problems (as opposed to problems that can be solved purely by improving performance).
+
+If a website gets bigger, it can get into the “growing pains” level, which is roughly around 100k-1M dynamic requests a day. This is where scalability problems start to appear. Often the site is at least a bit scalable (thanks to, e.g., async or multithreaded programming), but Web developers scaling a site through this level keep discovering new surprise pain points. Things that a smaller site can get away with start turning into real problems in this level. Some of the biggest challenges are actually sociotechnical, with the team that builds and manages the site needing to learn to think about it in new ways.
+
+The next level is after leaving the 1M dynamic requests a day boundary behind. I think of sites at this level as being high traffic. Let me stress that that’s a technical line, not a value judgment or ego statement. The world’s biggest websites are orders of magnitude bigger than that, while most of the world’s useful websites are smaller. But the line matters because you simply can’t run a site at that scale without treating it like a high traffic site. You can get away with it at low traffic levels, you can fumble through it at the growing pains level, but at high traffic levels you just have to work differently. Coincidentally, it’s around this traffic level where it makes more sense to talk about requests per second than requests per day.
+
+By the way, don’t focus too much on the exact traffic levels above. They’re very rough and honestly I picked them because they’re convenient round numbers that happen to be reasonable for typical websites. The real values depend on the target response time and all the other factors, of course. What I’m trying to explain is 1) that these levels exist, 2) why they exist and 3) what to expect if you’re trying to grow an online service.
+
+### Going to more levels
+
+What happens with sites that get even bigger? Once the problems at one set of bottlenecks are fixed, the site should just scale until it hits a new set of bottlenecks, either because the application has changed significantly, or just because of a very large increase in traffic. For example, once the application servers are scalable, the next scaling bottleneck could be database reads, followed by database writes. However, the basic ideas are the same, just applied to a different part of the system.
+
+Working on a very high-traffic site can be a lot less “exciting” than working on a plain high-traffic site, simply because most major problems need to be solved to get to very high traffic levels in the first place.
+
+### Scaling when you don’t have scaling problems
+
+Some developers try to make online services scalable long before they have any scalability problems on the horizon, usually by adding exotic databases or broker servers or something. In particular, startup founders are often especially concerned that their technical assets might not scale to meet their business ambitions. It’s understandable, but it’s a dangerous trap for a couple of reasons.
+
+One is that Paul Graham’s classic [Do Things That Don’t Scale][5] essay applies to your technology stack, too. You can’t beat bigger companies with scale, but your competitive advantage is that you can choose to _not_ solve the scalability problems that bigger companies are forced to with every step they take. That’s what makes smaller companies agile, and a startup that worries too much about scalability is just a big enterprise without the big to back it up.
+
+The other problem is that premature scalability solutions can easily backfire. If you don’t have real scalability problems to test your solutions against, it’s hard to be sure you’re correctly solving a real problem. In fact, rapidly growing services tend to change requirements rapidly, too, so the risk of a scalability “solution” turning into technical debt is high. If you keep trying to add scalability to a part of the system that’s already scalable enough, chances are the next scaling bottleneck will appear somewhere else, anyway.
+
+Architectures that err on the side of too simple are easier to scale in the long run than architectures that are too complex.
+
+To be more concrete, I personally can’t think of a low-traffic online service I’ve worked on that couldn’t have been implemented cleanly enough using a simple, monolithic web app (in whatever popular language) in front of [a boring relational database][6], maybe with a search index like Xapian or Elasticsearch. [Many major websites aren’t much different from that.][7] It’s not the only valid architecture, but it’s a tried-and-tested one.
+
+Having said all that, sometimes low-traffic sites need things that are sometimes sold as scalability solutions. For example, replicating an app behind a load balancer can help you deploy whenever you want without downtime. One fintech service I worked on split credit card code into its own service, making PCI DSS compliance simpler. In all these cases there’s a clear problem other than scalability that’s being solved, and that’s what avoids overengineering.
+
+I often wish I had a systematic way to just figure out all the technical requirements for an online service in my head. But the real world is complicated and messy, and sometimes the only practical way to be sure is to experiment. However, every piece of software starts with ideas, and this is how I think about scalability for online service ideas during the early design phase.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://theartofmachinery.com/2020/04/21/what_is_high_traffic.html
+
+作者：[Simon Arneaud][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://theartofmachinery.com
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://theartofmachinery.com/2016/07/30/server_caching_architectures.html
+[2]: https://mobiforge.com/research-analysis/the-web-is-doom
+[3]: https://theartofmachinery.com/2020/01/27/systems_programming_probability.html
+[4]: https://www.johndcook.com/blog/2009/01/30/server-utilization-joel-on-queuing/
+[5]: http://www.paulgraham.com/ds.html
+[6]: https://theartofmachinery.com/2017/10/28/rdbs_considered_useful.html
+[7]: https://nickcraver.com/blog/2016/02/17/stack-overflow-the-architecture-2016-edition/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200423 Getting to know our new, virtual world.md b/sources/talk/20200423 Getting to know our new, virtual world.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..70eebbbeee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200423 Getting to know our new, virtual world.md
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Getting to know our new, virtual world)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/virtual-community-management)
+[#]: author: (Patricia Dugan https://opensource.com/users/patricia-dugan)
+
+Getting to know our new, virtual world
+======
+Our current forced physical separation could generate innovations that
+actually bring our communities closer together.
+![Women in computing and open source v5][1]
+
+Witnessing the ongoing global impact of COVID-19 is a profoundly affecting experience that continues to humble us all in ways we couldn't have anticipated. Technology organizations are quickly evolving within this new reality, in which all of our human interactions are virtual until further notice.
+
+### Virtual open source community management
+
+When it comes to nurturing cultures designed to promote and reward open source innovation—as well as communities' economic, technological, and physical wellbeing—I can best speak to those I help build and manage. I believe communities should be built by weaving a tapestry of demographics and ranges of expertise. They should do this in a way that facilitates rich communication and empowers those building open source software to share knowledge with each other.
+
+The move to virtual connection and digitalized events only makes these methods more crucial.
+
+I'll share an example. Recently, I was speaking with a pillar of the Traefik open source community, known as a [Traefik Ambassador][2], based in Turkey, over video conference about a potential webinar. He suggested that, instead, we expand the speaker set to include other community members. Soon, we'd invited other contributors from Poland and Switzerland. We met online, and out of that conversation, the webinar has evolved into a collaborative series with community members taking turns presenting insights and melding different types of software together. What struck me was that if we'd had this conversation just one month ago, it would have simply focused on the creation of an asset. Now, contributors are bonding over a purpose-driven creation, with greater intention around facilitating innovation and excitement.
+
+Based on my experience building and growing open source communities, I believe that this new era of virtual connection offers an unprecedented opportunity for innovation and growth—as long as it is managed with equal focus on the people creating it. Below are five observations on how the world of open source can positively shape the future of innovation in a virtual and seemingly uncertain world.
+
+### The virtual world is flat.
+
+Open source communities, teams, and backing companies provide an exceptional model of how to accelerate innovation. That's especially true in these extraordinary times. At its core, open source democratizes the development process, something we see replicated more widely in our new virtual ecosystems. As the opportunity for input becomes more inclusive, organizations are seeing a flattening in infrastructure, both in communications and in operations. Existing hierarchical power structures are weakening as more voices are heard, and the best ideas are given the chance to rise to the top through greater exposure.
+
+As social distancing makes backchannel and handshake agreements much more complicated to execute, I predict that the traditional dance required to access and take positions in leadership will be replaced by flatter, more open methods that ultimately produce fresher—and better—perspectives. Online communication has a way of laying bare the real substance of interactions and ideas, bolstering meritocracy that's central to the strength of open source.
+
+### The virtual world is fast.
+
+This "flattening" structural shift has the potential to increase the pace and quality of innovation, as virtual events and communications widen the spotlight to now shine a light on previously unseen contributors. Creative minds among engineers, developers, and others outside of traditional leadership positions will leverage their comfort with the web and virtual channels to find each other and collaborate faster. This is nothing new for those in open source, and I expect organizations still clinging to legacy approaches will find themselves investing in learning how to implement flatter, virtual communications structures, and beginning to build them into traditional operational models. This means doubling down on efficiency and being willing to let go of the ["it's always been done this way"][3] mentality.
+
+### The virtual world needs community.
+
+Developers can conserve energy attending virtual events: there's no commute, nor other distractions from the work at hand. Working remotely and connecting only via virtual mediums enables open source contributors to create, share, and use code just about as fast as their brains allow, empowering rapid code contributions, collaborations, and new solutions produced with velocity.
+
+While this shift may result in productivity gains, organizations must be careful of creating the impression that a team member's most important asset is their brain. When open source developers were asked what the best part of their job was, [62% claimed it was their "personal passion."][4] Recognizing individuals as unique contributors to open source communities is necessary and essential to development—both technical and human. During this period, when we're hitting the pause button on in-person interaction, remote interactions via chats, video conferences, and phone calls will enable the human moments necessary for growth and connection. Those in open source rely on the power of community, and this extraordinary time will require the continuous and earnest commitment to it.
+
+### The virtual world is composed of individuals.
+
+The potential for greater innovation and meritocracy through virtual-only channels will only be realized if communities, organizations, and individuals also pursue and achieve wellness. It's crucial for the interpersonal bonds that maintain our energy and psychological health—traditionally forged through real-life, face-to-face contact—to continue to exist as part of the way we now work. If that disappears, there's the risk that our industry and communities become purely transactional, lacking the joy and drive that carries work forward, much less great work and innovation. Developers are especially rooted in a sense of purpose, with [only 3% reporting that money and perks were the best part of their job.][4]
+
+Overall wellness and support to prevent burnout should already have been central considerations for modern organizations, but they are even more important now. Virtual connectivity may set us up to work fast, but that can backfire if we're not also set up to be well.
+
+### The virtual world needs kindness.
+
+I also predict that virtual-only communication will close the distance between our online avatars and ourselves as real people. The impact of "toxic" individuals, hidden behind a computer, with little to no consequence for being a "bad actor," will be reduced and less acceptable. A growing presence of new voices will set the tone, adhering to well thought out codes of conduct, making poor behavior explicitly unwelcome. As much of our connection moves online, the norms that guide our offline behavior will become increasingly important. We'll transition to a less individualistic paradigm, and open source's long history of considering what defines good citizenship will offer insight to those looking to integrate a sense of shared responsibility into organizations.
+
+I feel extremely grateful to be in technology, particularly in the open source world, given it's an industry built upon the promise of innovation. At least for the moment, we as an industry can serve as a lighthouse for connection in difficult times, and as a model for collaboration and intention for those not as familiar with how to be highly productive in a virtual world. For the open source community and beyond, there is a great opportunity to lean into creating as much beneficial virtual culture as we can. Through this experience, we'll all learn new ways of interacting, which will serve us well in the future.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/virtual-community-management
+
+作者：[Patricia Dugan][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/patricia-dugan
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/OSDC_women_computing_5.png?itok=YHpNs_ss (Women in computing and open source v5)
+[2]: https://info.containo.us/traefik-ambassador-program
+[3]: https://goleansixsigma.com/the-most-dangerous-phrase/
+[4]: https://www.linuxfoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/osjobsreport_2018.pdf
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200424 FCC boosts Wi-Fi 6 spectrum five-fold.md b/sources/talk/20200424 FCC boosts Wi-Fi 6 spectrum five-fold.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4d3545f522
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200424 FCC boosts Wi-Fi 6 spectrum five-fold.md
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (FCC boosts Wi-Fi 6 spectrum five-fold)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3540288/fcc-boosts-wi-fi-6-spectrum-five-fold.html)
+[#]: author: (Jon Gold https://www.networkworld.com/author/Jon-Gold/)
+
+FCC boosts Wi-Fi 6 spectrum five-fold
+======
+The Federal Communications Commission has approved a chunk of wireless spectrum called the 6GHz band for unlicensed use by Wi-Fi 6, and gear that supports it could be available by the end of the year.
+[tejasp][1] [(CC0)][2]
+
+The Federal Communications commission has opened up a wide swath of wireless spectrum for unlicensed use by Wi-Fi devices, which will lead to Wi-Fi access points that have greatly expanded capacity.
+
+It’s a huge victory for the Wi-Fi industry, as the ruling means that the amount of spectrum available for Wi-Fi just about quintupled in an instant. That means big, spacious channels – and a lot more channels overall – that can handle a lot more data and a lot more connections at the same time, according to Aruba vice president of wireless strategy and standards Chuck Lukaszewski.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][3]
+
+“Overnight, you’re going to see an additional gigabit per second or more of potential throughput,” he said.
+
+That’s a major upside, certainly, even if “overnight” might be a slightly optimistic view of when [Wi-Fi 6E][4] – the trade name for the new version of Wi-Fi that will take advantage of the new spectrum – hits the market. While some of the necessary standards haven’t yet been finalized by the IEEE, the basic ability to use 6GHz frequencies is already written into the existing Wi-Fi 6 specification.
+
+Broadcom director of product marketing and government affairs Chris Szymanski said that the main technical hurdle to implementing Wi-Fi 6E will be new radios, but that his company is among those that has already been designing and building compatible silicon.
+
+“I expect that the FCC will provide guidance on how to certify devices in the next few months,” he said. “I expect product available in the US in the late fall before the holidays.”
+
+Enterprise uptake will likely have to wait until compatible smartphones, laptops and the like are on shelves because existing Wi-Fi 6 cliets won’t be able to take advantage of the new 6Ghz spectrum.
+
+**[ [Take this mobile device management course from PluralSight and learn how to secure devices in your company without degrading the user experience.][5] ]**
+
+New access points are likely to have three radios in them, as opposed to the usual two, noted senior vice president of Ruckus Wireless and cloud at Commscope Bart Giordano. One each for the existing 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands, and a third for 6Ghz.
+
+“Antennas will be very similar because these spectrums sit next to one another,” he said, “but there’s specific tunings you have to do.”
+
+The driving force behind the spectrum expansion is the bottomless demand for capacity caused by the increasing use of wireless just about everywhere. The FCC’s announcement cites projections from Cisco that say about 60% of worldwide data traffic will move across Wi-Fi links within the next two years.
+
+Incumbent licensed users of parts of the 6GHz spectrum – which are mostly businesses using microwave links for wireless backhaul and public safety services – are far less pleased by the FCC’s decision. The Utilities Technology Council is one of several groups critical of earlier proposals to open the 6GHz band to broad-based unlicensed use, saying earlier that assurances that existing users would be protected from interference are unconvincing.
+
+“We have and will continue to provide the FCC with technical detail demonstrating the very real interference potential from unlicensed use across all parts of the band and the need for thoroughly tested automated frequency coordination (AFC) to protect incumbent users,” the group said in a statement. “While we appreciate the FCC proposing to require AFC for the standard-power access points, these measures must also be applied to all unlicensed devices in the band to prevent interference to mission-critical utility communications systems.”
+
+Farpoint Group principal and Network World contributor Craig Mathias said that it’s not going to be a smooth process, but argues that the opening of 6GHz spectrum was too great an opportunity to ignore.
+
+“Yes, it’s a mess – spectral re-allocations always are,” he said. “[But] I don't see any issues here that can't be addressed, and more unlicensed spectrum is of course always desirable.”
+
+Incumbent users of the 6GHz spectrum are unlikely to see the type of interference they’re particularly worried about, he added, given the nature of the connections currently in use and the safeguards in the new rule that are designed to protect existing networks.
+
+“Point-to-point microwave links operate at fairly high power and use both directional antennas and error-checking protocols to ensure reliability and otherwise deal with typical radio issues beyond interference, like the various forms of fading,” said Mathias. “A nearby Wi-Fi transmitter will be operating at much lower power and use its own signal-integrity-management techniques as well. So likely no issues in the vast majority of cases, especially if history is any guide.”
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][6] and [LinkedIn][7] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3540288/fcc-boosts-wi-fi-6-spectrum-five-fold.html
+
+作者：[Jon Gold][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Jon-Gold/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://pixabay.com/en/wifi-wireless-device-wi-fi-1371030/
+[2]: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3238664/80211-wi-fi-standards-and-speeds-explained.html
+[5]: https://pluralsight.pxf.io/c/321564/424552/7490?u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.pluralsight.com%2Fcourses%2Fmobile-device-management-big-picture
+[6]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[7]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200424 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.2 Hits the stage.md b/sources/talk/20200424 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.2 Hits the stage.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e00e88716c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200424 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.2 Hits the stage.md
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.2 Hits the stage)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3540189/red-hat-enterprise-linux-82-hits-the-stage.html)
+[#]: author: (Sandra Henry-Stocker https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/)
+
+Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.2 Hits the stage
+======
+RHEL 8.2 has new capabilities for management of hybrid-cloud environments and container tools to help fuel cloud-native development.
+Stephen Lawson/IDG
+
+Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) 8.2 brings new features that include expanded monitoring capabilities in Red Hat Insights for and new container tools, including containerized versions of Skopeo and Buildah.
+
+Red Hat says RHEL 8.2 is arriving at a time when, because of the Covid-19 pandemic, a growing percentage of IT staffers are working remotely. Their ability to support the management and monitoring of operations and their ability to detect and address problems has never been more critical, and upgrades to Red Hat Insights are designed to help.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][1]
+
+### Red Hat Insights
+
+[Red Hat Insights][2], is Red Hat’s operations and security-risk-management offering and helps detect, diagnose and remediate potential problems before they affect production systems or end users. It was included in RHEL in May 2019.
+
+The latest updates include:
+
+ * Improved visibility and security for managing large, complex environments
+ * Policy and patch services to help determine which product advisories apply and guidance for problem remediation
+ * A "drift service" to make it easier to compare baselines, shape strategies that reduce complexity, and make troubleshooting easier
+
+
+
+### Monitoring and performance updates
+
+RHEL 8.2 brings some performance upgrades includeing:
+
+ * Improved resource management with Control Groups (cgroup) v2, which is designed to reserve and set limits on memory usage to help prevent processes from overconsuming memory and causing system failures or slowdowns.
+ * Optimizing performance-sensitive workloads via NUMA and sub-NUMA service policies.
+ * Performance Co-Pilot (PCP) 5.0.2 which adds collection agents for Microsoft SQL Server 2019 to gather and analyze SQL Server metrics to draw a clearer picture of database and operating-system performance.
+ * Red Hat subscription watch,a service for viewing and managing RHEL and Red Hat OpenShift Container Platform subscriptions.
+
+
+
+### Evolving container tools
+
+RHEL 8.2 includes new container tools that are supported for 24 months as part of Red Hat's Tech Preview, which provides early access to new products. The tools include Buildah for building and Skopeo for transferring container images.
+
+The new relase also introduces Udica, a policy tool for containerized SELinux that can make it less likely that processes will break out of containers and cause problems to other containers or the host.
+
+[][3]
+
+Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.2 also introduces enhancements to the Red Hat Universal Base Image, including:
+
+ * OpenJDK and .NET 3.0 for developing certification-ready cloud-native Red Hat applications
+ * **Improved access to source code associated with a given image through a single command**, making it easier for Red Hat partners to meet source code requirements for open source licensing needs.
+
+
+
+### Ease of use
+
+Other new features are meant to make it easier to manage RHEL:
+
+ * RHEL subscription registration as part of the installation process, making it easier to on-board new installations.
+ * Enabling Red Hat Insights during installation to simplify the launch of Insights for Red Hat Enterprise Linux deployments.
+ * Refinement and control of the Red Hat Enterprise Linux life cycle with testing for in-place upgrades, Red Hat Insights rules to help with upgrades, and the [Convert2 RHEL][4] tool that can help shift workloads from unsupported clones like CentOS to RHEL.
+
+
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][5] and [LinkedIn][6] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3540189/red-hat-enterprise-linux-82-hits-the-stage.html
+
+作者：[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[2]: https://www.redhat.com/en/blog/expanding-management-operational-and-security-risks-new-red-hat-insights
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/blog/itaas-and-the-corporate-storage-technology/?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE22140&utm_content=sidebar (ITAAS and Corporate Storage Strategy)
+[4]: https://www.redhat.com/en/blog/convert2rhel-how-update-rhel-systems-place-subscribe-rhel
+[5]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[6]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200427 Comparing subscription, pay-per-bug, and consulting software business models.md b/sources/talk/20200427 Comparing subscription, pay-per-bug, and consulting software business models.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c7d76c5590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200427 Comparing subscription, pay-per-bug, and consulting software business models.md
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Comparing subscription, pay-per-bug, and consulting software business models)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/open-source-business)
+[#]: author: (Jos Poortvliet https://opensource.com/users/jospoortvliet)
+
+Comparing subscription, pay-per-bug, and consulting software business models
+======
+Learn how NextCloud achieves business revenue that is one-third
+consulting and two-thirds subscription.
+![A chair in a field.][1]
+
+At FOSS Backstage this year, I hosted a discussion on open source models and shared why I think subscriptions are a great way to support open source products.
+
+### Picking a business model
+
+The company I co-founded, Nextcloud, only offers its services to customers on a (per user) subscription model. Some customers ask us during the sales conversation why they cannot just get access to our engineers on an hourly basis as they get from third party consultants: pay for the bug fix or support case, and be done?
+
+When we discussed how to build our new company in 2016 during our very first "[hackweek][2]," our business model was an important conversation. The team discussed different approaches, and we decided to go for a subscription model. Such a model felt more in line with our mission and principles to [create a great product and run a trustworthy company.][3]
+
+Why? While hourly rates seem like an easy way to get a quick fix for a problem, getting paid for fixing issues creates an incentive to create more buggy software, which of course, was not how we want to run our business.
+
+Let's look a bit deeper at the choices.
+
+### Subscription
+
+As a customer, you want the most reliable software. And when (not if, when) things go wrong, you want them fixed as quickly as possible. Our company offers customers a subscription to our services. Such a subscription includes direct and unlimited access to our engineers the moment you run into a problem. These two points are very important. It means that a customer has the certainty of having the very best resources at their fingertips at the moment they need them, and as much as they need them, in a way that only the original software vendor can deliver.
+
+For that, they pay a fee that scales with the number of users.
+
+### Pay-per-bug
+
+What if, instead, you could pay per issue fixed? In a way, this choice is similar to insurance. Indeed, when you need cold medicine once a year, the cost of a health insurance policy with a monthly premium seems prohibitive. But when a car accident crushes your spine and your medical costs skyrocket, not having to sell your house makes up for that premium and then some.
+
+There is also the bigger picture: The incentives potentially created by a pay-per-bug model. It is a simple, albeit cynical calculation: If we got paid per bug we fix for customers, leaving more bugs in our product would increase our income. Now we're not saying every company offering product consulting by the hour is extorting their customers, merely that this backward incentive exists, even when most moral businesses would not give in to it.
+
+Conversely, now that we offer insurance, we lower our support costs by building a better product, just like art insurance providers do what they can to ensure the art kept at their customers' exhibition is secure to keep their costs low. Our support team deeply cares about how our customers use our product: a better setup and good security practices not only make happier customers; it saves them time.
+
+Or, in other words, it helps maximize the ROI or TEI the customer gains from deploying Nextcloud.
+
+That is what we'd call a win-win and a business model an open source company can be proud of.
+
+### Consulting
+
+Now I discuss this business model regularly with others, and I invariably get told: "You might be right, but most of my customers only want to pay for the bugs we fix, or for features. Consulting is our main source of income! And I have no illusions about changing that."
+
+Yes, that's an issue. We open source folk honestly have a sales and marketing issue. And yes, you might think that, as a marketing guy, I just see everything as a nail I can hit with my communications hammer. But really, communication is core to the issue—how you communicate your value—which, in turn, requires you to be aware of your value.
+
+Recently, I had some challenging discussions with users on our forums who were upset that our engineers had not fixed their issues quickly enough. These users were clearly business users, and giving free support on GitHub obviously isn't exactly a great advertisement for the need for a subscription. So some abuse was thrown our way, and I took the hit. When complaining about it all to a fellow entrepreneurial friend of mine, he remarked: "Isn't that good news? They were frustrated and angry because clearly, you have something to offer, they need it, and are annoyed that they are forced to pay you for it. A good place to be in if you want to sell something!" Right he was, of course.
+
+The lesson I want to share with this anecdote is: You have something to offer. Your current customers will certainly be upset if you tell them that, going forward, they can only get your services under a subscription. But the angrier they are, the more you know they _need_ you, and you should persist!
+
+But moving to subscription from consulting requires a great deal of discipline, including saying "no" often. We have hard, internal rules, and one of these is that sales can only sell consulting valued at up to 50% of the subscription value, and only for deals greater than $10,000.
+
+But it has worked. The breakdown of our business revenue is now about one-third consulting and two-thirds subscription. Engineering hours for consulting work are not the limiting factor for expanding our customer base; sales and sales engineering is. We doubled our order intake last year and plan to do the same this year.
+
+### Bottomline: Sustainability
+
+For us, a better product and more sustainable business follows from the subscription model. It also benefits software engineers, who prefer to build a better product and spend less time on debugging issues with customers. A pay-by-the-hour model, with all the time tracking and incentive to keep customers dependent, does not work for us.
+
+What has your experience been? Tell us in the comments.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/open-source-business
+
+作者：[Jos Poortvliet][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jospoortvliet
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/BIZ_WorkInPublic_4618517_1110_CS_A.png?itok=RwVrWArk (A chair in a field.)
+[2]: https://nextcloud.com/blog/invitation-to-our-hackweek-in-stuttgart/
+[3]: https://nextcloud.com/blog/the-nextcloud-mission-and-principles/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200427 DevOps vs. Agile- Do they have anything in common.md b/sources/talk/20200427 DevOps vs. Agile- Do they have anything in common.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a8fcf422c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200427 DevOps vs. Agile- Do they have anything in common.md
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (DevOps vs. Agile: Do they have anything in common?)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/devops-vs-agile-common)
+[#]: author: (Taz Brown https://opensource.com/users/heronthecli)
+
+DevOps vs. Agile: Do they have anything in common?
+======
+Agile and DevOps have many differences, yet they both seek to address
+complexity, improve quality, and innovate around software design.
+![Women in tech boardroom][1]
+
+The topic of DevOps vs. Agile is almost like debating iPhone vs. Android—everyone has an opinion, and emotions can become heated, especially if people disagree.
+
+After writing _[DevOps v. Agile: What's the difference?][2]_ and reading the comments on the article, I wanted to add some more thoughts—including how some of my thinking has changed on the topic.
+
+My perspective comes from where I am now but also where I have been. I used to be a systems administrator and infrastructure engineer, and now I am a senior scrum master with a major utility company in Missouri. (I actually was a scrum master before I was an admin or engineer, but I digress.)
+
+My team consists of six frontend software engineers and IT programmer analysts, a business analyst, two product owners, and me. Recently, we learned that management wants our team to become a [DevSecOps][3] team, so our core scrum team is working with a DevSecOps team that is helping us make the transition. No one is naive to the fact that this will not be easy, but the DevSecOps team's experience gives us confidence that we can succeed.
+
+Our team's manager recently hired a senior software engineer who will drive the DevSecOps goal. As a scrum master, I will continue to focus on continuous improvement. The team is fairly young, so they don't have expansive work experience, but they are smart and driven, and there is much room for greatness. In addition, our entire organization is going through an Agile transformation, so most people are new to all things Agile, including the [Agile Manifesto][4] and the [Five Scrum Values][5].
+
+![Spray paint on a container][6]
+
+Kyle Glenn on Unsplash
+
+### Agile, Scrum, DevOps, and more
+
+There is a clear relationship between DevOps and Agile. Agile is the methodology, Scrum is the framework, and DevOps falls under the agile [umbrella][7] along with kanban, lean, large-scale Scrum, Extreme Programming, Crystal, and more. For example, our Scrum team is an Agile team that will operate as a DevSecOps team.
+
+Neither DevOps nor Agile is about the tools. Rather, both are about the [mindset and culture][8]. When it is done right, teams think and act differently and achieve greater results, including faster software delivery, continuous integration (CI), continuous delivery (CD), continuous improvement, working software, faster solutions, more collaboration, and fewer silos. Additional results are seen in quality testing, better automation, and improved systems, processes, and practices.
+
+#### Common concepts
+
+Some of the Agile concepts they have in common are associated with the Agile Manifesto; the most familiar of the 12 principles are the first four:
+
+ * Individual and interactions over processes and tools
+ * Working software over comprehensive documentation
+ * Customer collaboration over contract negotiations
+ * Responding to change over following a plan
+
+
+
+Some of the DevOps concepts they have in common are the CI/CD pipeline, optimizing software delivery and quality, a culture of innovation, service-level objectives and indicators (SLOs and SLIs), collaboration across teams, and automation.
+
+#### DevOps and Agile benefits
+
+DevOps speeds up things between developers and operations. Furthermore, even though DevOps isn't about the tools, the fact that the dev and ops teams use the same tech stack creates a shared language and empathy between the two. Our Scrum team uses Jira to track all bugs, enhancements, and team performance. Common DevOps tools are Jenkins, AWS, SonarQube, GitHub, Splunk, and Ansible. While the tools differ from team to team, the mindset and culture should be common across all.
+
+DevOps also creates less division between dev and ops and a sense of understanding of what it's like to walk in each other's shoes because now they function as one.
+
+Agile teams continuously deliver often and fast, adapting incrementally along the way. Working in two-week sprints appears to be the sweet spot for most software- or product-delivery teams. Agile teams may utilize DevOps principles in their work (e.g., implementing a CI/CD pipeline), and dev teams that work with ops are likely to work in the same two-week increments.
+
+DevOps traditionally leads to continuous deployment, delivery, and integration. Teamwork is integrated; problems and failures are jointly owned by development, operations, and other entities, such as quality assurance (QA), testing, automation, etc.
+
+### Summing up
+
+I believe that Agile and DevOps breathe the same air, with many concepts and theories crossing between them.
+
+While I have no doubts that there will be counter opinions and even some sharply worded disagreements with my opinions, I think we would all agree that Agile and DevOps seek to address complexity, improve quality, and innovate around software design.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/devops-vs-agile-common
+
+作者：[Taz Brown][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/heronthecli
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/christina-wocintechchat-com-rg1y72ekw6o-unsplash_1.jpg?itok=MoIv8HlK (Women in tech boardroom)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/devops-vs-agile
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/19/1/what-devsecops
+[4]: https://agilemanifesto.org/
+[5]: https://www.scrumalliance.org/about-scrum/values
+[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/roomtogrow_kyleglenn.jpg (Spray paint on a container)
+[7]: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/kanban-devops
+[8]: https://opensource.com/article/19/5/values-devops-mindset
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200428 How I empower and reach millions through open source.md b/sources/talk/20200428 How I empower and reach millions through open source.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a3c23dd073
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200428 How I empower and reach millions through open source.md
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How I empower and reach millions through open source)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/interview-Netha-Hussain)
+[#]: author: (Jay Barber https://opensource.com/users/jaybarber)
+
+How I empower and reach millions through open source
+======
+Learn how Netha Hussain, winner of the 2020 Women in Open Source
+Academic Award, shares knowledge and inspires people.
+![Lightbulb][1]
+
+"I wanted to link to a particular Wikipedia article on my blog, but I found there wasn't one on that topic, so I wrote it myself," says Netha Hussain, 2020 [Women in Open Source Academic Award][2] winner. "That's the beauty of open source; anyone can contribute."
+
+![Photo by Lvova Anastasiya \(Львова Анастасия, Lvova\), CC BY-SA][3]
+
+Practicality drove Netha's entry into open source culture, and it has continued to be at the center of her work in the ten years since.
+
+She received her first computer in high school, but it did not immediately spark her passion. She says she mostly used it for games and other diversions, as many teenagers do. It wasn't until she entered medical school and realized that technology could be a powerful tool to help her achieve her goals that Netha truly found her path. Taking stock of her many contributions to [Wikimedia][4], [Mozilla][5], and [TED][6], it's fair to say that once she engaged with open source culture, she never looked back.
+
+### Finding ways to help
+
+Growing up in India, Netha was initially drawn to mathematics but soon found herself pulled in other directions. "At the time, I would have expected to continue down that path, mathematics or maybe writing, but the thing that I've always most wanted to do is help people," Netha says. "Medicine seemed to be the most direct path to providing real, tangible assistance to those around me, so I became a doctor."
+
+That drive to help continues to guide her now as she prepares to defend her doctoral thesis in clinical neuroscience at the University of Gothenburg in Sweden.
+
+"At a certain point, I decided that rather than limiting myself to what I could do through treating patients, I could also contribute in a research capacity, working to discover new, better ways to help others. I came to all of this via an unexpected route, but I love the idea of exploring and finding my own ways to help. I'm so satisfied and fulfilled by the work I'm doing now. It has been a wonderful journey."
+
+As she nears the completion of her degree, Netha reflects upon what she's looking forward to next. An infectious smile appears as she remarks, "I'm really excited to have more time to contribute to projects in the open source community."
+
+Why is she so enamored with open source? It comes back to utility. "In open source practices, I found a philosophy that closely matched my own ideals and a way of doing things that allowed me to help more people. Open source is fueled by collaboration. I've seen the things that can be accomplished by people working together, and it makes me very excited to think where it will take us in the future."
+
+### Reaching millions, one edit at a time
+
+Her first article, written to help an international audience understand her blog post, was only the first of many. Netha has now written 300 articles (200 in English and 100 in Malayalam), contributed 13,000 edits for [Wikipedia][7], added 9,000 images to [Wikimedia Commons][8], and provided 120,000 edits to [Wikidata][9]. Her commitment to bringing useful information to others can also be seen in her five years spent volunteering to translate Mozilla projects and TED talks into the Malayalam language.
+
+Such prolific output was born out of a simple realization. "I had shared so much on my blog but was only reaching a select audience. On Wikipedia and elsewhere, I had access to a potential audience of millions. There's a lot of power in that."
+
+Many of the articles Netha has written center on issues relevant to women, and that is very much by design. "I find myself writing on topics that are important to women because I feel they are an underserved community, and it is important to me that Wikipedia, as such a vital repository of information, be reflective of all users, all voices. I care deeply about the visibility of women on Wikipedia."
+
+Netha's commitment to women's issues led her to organize edit-a-thon initiatives and other activities with women's groups. She was also able to leverage similar strategies to assist the LGBTQ+ community in India during the campaign to legalize gay marriage.
+
+"In India, there are a lot of taboos around homosexuality, and I saw an opportunity to utilize my experience to help another segment of the population. Together, we were able to generate a lot of awareness, whether through raising up biographical articles on famous members of the LGBTQ+ community or shining a spotlight on anti-LGBTQ+ laws. I'm very proud of the opportunities I've had to support such efforts."
+
+### A path to the future
+
+It's clear that Netha believes strongly in empowering people, especially other women who may wish to explore open source methodologies as she has. Her advice is simple, but powerful. "Believe in yourself, and know that you have the skills and talent to do whatever you'd like to do," she finds the words easily, as if she's been waiting to be asked the question. "Follow your passion, and do what you want. There will be times of uncertainty but always move forward. Keep studying. Keep learning new things. That's how you grow, both in your field and as a person."
+
+Having achieved so much already, it's no surprise that Netha is enthusiastic about new challenges on the horizon. "I've put in a lot of effort to get here, but as you learn new strategies and new ways of collaborating, the work gets easier. Now, I don't consider it work at all. It's mostly fun to me."
+
+_Also read Jay Barber's [interview with Megan Byrd-Sanicki][10], who won the 2020 Women in Open Source Community Award._
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/interview-Netha-Hussain
+
+作者：[Jay Barber][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jaybarber
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/lightbulb-idea-think-yearbook-lead.png?itok=5ZpCm0Jh (Lightbulb)
+[2]: https://www.redhat.com/en/about/women-in-open-source
+[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/netha_headshot.png (Photo by Lvova Anastasiya (Львова Анастасия, Lvova), CC BY-SA)
+[4]: https://www.wikimedia.org/
+[5]: https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/
+[6]: https://www.ted.com/
+[7]: https://www.wikipedia.org/
+[8]: https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Main_Page
+[9]: https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Wikidata:Main_Page
+[10]: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/interview-Megan-Byrd-Sanicki
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200430 Industrial robots could -eat metal- to power themselves.md b/sources/talk/20200430 Industrial robots could -eat metal- to power themselves.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..45995a9660
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200430 Industrial robots could -eat metal- to power themselves.md
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Industrial robots could 'eat metal' to power themselves)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3540194/industrial-robots-could-eat-metal-to-power-themselves.html)
+[#]: author: (Patrick Nelson https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/)
+
+Industrial robots could 'eat metal' to power themselves
+======
+Scavenging energy by foraging for metal could power Internet of Things electronics and robots, suggest researchers at University of Pennsylvania.
+Jiraroj Praditcharoenkul / Getty Images
+
+A fundamental manufacturing shift is on the horizon, some say. It's where robots run all elements of our future factories. The machines will operate using brain-copying artificial intelligence and handle not only manufacturing processes, but also supply-chain logistics, planning, and other roles formerly performed by humans.
+
+This vision of the future anticipates an industrial workplace where Internet-connected machines will mimic humans, yet do the jobs more precisely, faster and cheaper than humans.
+
+And the human-copying element may not end there. Researchers at the University of Pennsylvania are suggesting that robots could end up eating like humans, too.
+
+Robots will "eat metal for energy," according to a [news article][1] published in Medium. The researchers' vision for a "metal-air scavenger" could solve one of the quandaries of future IoT-enabled factories. That quandary is how to power a device that moves without adding mass and weight, as one does by adding bulky batteries.
+
+The answer, according to the University of Pennsylvania researchers, is to try to electromechanically forage for energy from the metal surfaces that a robot or IoT device traverses, thus converting material garnered, using a chemical reaction, into power.
+
+"Robots and electronics [would] extract energy from large volumes of energy dense material without having to carry the material on-board," the researchers say in a paper they've published in [ACS Energy Letters][2].
+
+It would be like "eating metal, breaking down its chemical bonds for energy like humans do with food." Batteries work by repeatedly breaking and creating chemical bonds.
+
+The research references the dichotomy between computing and power storage. Computing is well suited to miniaturization, and processers have been progressively reduced in size while performance has increased, but battery storage hasn't. You need a bigger battery for more energy.
+
+Even if swarming, industrial robots became the size of insects (I've [written about][3] the possibility), there's an issue powering the nano devices – the required size of the power source would defeat the object of the miniaturization. The battery alone could crush the device, and even if it didn't, the machine would need excessive amounts of energy to move, because of the battery mass. This conundrum is one of the reasons there's an emphasis in IoT development to find ways to harvest energy ambiently.
+
+However, with ambient power – such as is found in [solar or potentially magnetism][4], for example – power density comes into play. That's where the harvesting technology can't pull enough energy out of the environment, or it does it so slowly that it's not as power-effective as traditional batteries.
+
+Enter the metal-eating robot. The University of Pennsylvania researchers' form of harvesting efficiently replicates a power-dense battery. Metal is more dense than the battery chemistry.
+
+The group performs their foraging energy production with a hydrogel electrolyte sponge towed by the robot. It uses a cathode, dragged over the surface, to extract amperages from the metal fuel source, such as steel or aluminum.
+
+"Our [metal-air scavenger] has a power density that's ten times better than the best harvesters, to the point that we can compete against batteries," said James Pikul, an assistant professor in the University of Pennsylvania's Department of Mechanical Engineering and Applied Mechanics and one of the paper authors, in the Medium post. "It's using battery chemistry, but doesn't have the associated weight, because it's taking those chemicals from the environment."
+
+This method is also potentially better than existing lithium-ion battery chemistry, according to Pikul.
+
+"One day, a robot that needs to recharge its batteries will just need to find some aluminum to 'eat,'" Pikul said.
+
+The robot, although ultimately likely to be a better worker than the human, is a messy eater. As it oxidizes the metal it passes over, it leaves a "microscopic layer of rust in its wake," according to the article.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][5] and [LinkedIn][6] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3540194/industrial-robots-could-eat-metal-to-power-themselves.html
+
+作者：[Patrick Nelson][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://medium.com/penn-engineering/penn-engineerings-new-scavenger-technology-allows-robots-to-eat-metal-for-energy-bd12f3b83893
+[2]: https://pubs.acs.org/doi/10.1021/acsenergylett.9b02661
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3429200/self-organizing-micro-robots-may-soon-swarm-the-industrial-iot.html
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3536697/harvesting-ambient-energy-will-power-iot-scientists-say.html
+[5]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[6]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200501 Red Hat Summit 2020 virtual experience.md b/sources/talk/20200501 Red Hat Summit 2020 virtual experience.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..334c52c1f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200501 Red Hat Summit 2020 virtual experience.md
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Red Hat Summit 2020 virtual experience)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3541289/red-hat-summit-2020-virtual-experience.html)
+[#]: author: (Sandra Henry-Stocker https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/)
+
+Red Hat Summit 2020 virtual experience
+======
+
+[Virginiambe][1] [(CC BY-SA 3.0)][2]
+
+In the last couple days, Red Hat was able to demonstrate that an online technical conference can succeed. The Summit, normally held in Boston or San Francisco, was held online thanks to the Covid-19 pandemic still gripping the world.
+
+The fact that 80,000 people attended the online event warrants a huge applause. By comparison, last year’s in-person conference broke the record with only 8,900 attendees.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][3]
+
+### **Being “there”**
+
+The experience of attending the conference was in many ways what you would expect when attending a large conference in person. There were keynotes, general sessions and breakout sessions. There were many opportunities to ask questions. And it was often difficult but necessary to choose between parallel sessions. I attended both days and was very impressed.
+
+I also enjoyed some nostalgia about how we’ve all arrived at the places we are today with respect to Linux. It was clear that many attendees were overwhelmed by the progress that has been made just since last year. Linux, and [RHEL][4] in particular, is becoming more innovative, more clever in the ways that it can detect and respond to problems and yet in some important ways easier to manage because of the way the tools have evolved.
+
+Announcements at the conference included Red Hat OpenShift 4.4, OpenShift virtualization and Red Hat Advanced Container Management for Kubernetes.
+
+What was novel about attending a technical conference online was that we didn’t have to leave our home or office and that we could review sessions that we missed by selecting them later from the session layout pages. In fact, the sessions are still online and may well be for the coming year. If you didn’t participate in Red Hat Summit 2020, you can still sign up and you can still watch the sessions at your convenience. Just go to the [summit site][5]. And, did I mention, that it's free?
+
+### Catching up
+
+Once you’re signed up, you can click on the Watch and Learn at the top of the page and choose General Sessions or Sessions and Labs. The presentations will now all be labeled On Demand though they once displayed upcoming time slots. The individuals presenting information are excellent and the material is exciting. Even if you’re not working with Red Hat Enterprise Linux, you will learn a lot about Linux in general and how open source has evolved over the decades and is still evolving in important and critical ways.
+
+Topics covered at the conference include OpenShift, open hybrid cloud, future technologies, robotics and automation, advances on the edge and the power of open source. Red Hat Summit also includes joint sessions with both Red Hat and technology collaborators such as Ford, Verizon, Intel, Microsoft and Credit Suisse.
+
+### What’s next?
+
+Watching the conference online at a time when I can't leave my home was informative, but also encouraging and comforting. Linux has been an important part of my life for decades. It felt good to be connected to the larger community and to sense the currents of progress through my desktop system.
+
+While there’s no way to know at this point whether future Red Hat Summits or other Linux conferences will be held or made available online, the fact that Red Hat Summit 2020 was available online when so many of us are still huddled up at home wondering when our world will reopen was a testament not just to great technology but to the deep-seated conviction that it is critical that we work together and that open source can make that happen in ways that nothing else can.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][6] and [LinkedIn][7] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3541289/red-hat-summit-2020-virtual-experience.html
+
+作者：[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Red_hat_with_bow2.JPG
+[2]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3540189/red-hat-enterprise-linux-82-hits-the-stage.html
+[5]: https://www.redhat.com/summit
+[6]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[7]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200502 The real impact of canceling PyCon due to COVID-19.md b/sources/talk/20200502 The real impact of canceling PyCon due to COVID-19.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aebbbf28c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200502 The real impact of canceling PyCon due to COVID-19.md
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (The real impact of canceling PyCon due to COVID-19)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/pycon-covid-19)
+[#]: author: (Matthew Broberg https://opensource.com/users/mbbroberg)
+
+The real impact of canceling PyCon due to COVID-19
+======
+An interview with Ewa Jodlowska on how the Python Software Foundation is
+responding to the cancelation of in-person events.
+![A dollar sign in a network][1]
+
+The Python Software Foundation (PSF) had to [cancel its popular PyCon US][2] event in response to COVID-19. I interviewed [Ewa Jodlowska][3], Executive Director of the PSF, to talk about the experience and see what we all can learn, and how we can be supportive of the non-profit that supports one of my favorite programming languages.
+
+### The impact on PSF employees
+
+I asked Jodlowska "how have you had to adjust your work in light of COVID-19?"
+
+In her response, the day-to-day didn't sound like much of a change. PSF staff "have always worked remotely." The organization practices a [fully remote work][4] culture and doesn’t have an office. The small staff of seven employees is well versed in collaborating outside of an office.
+
+Familiarity aside, the emotional impact of needing to cancel an event they put a year’s worth of planning into hurt.
+
+> **"We all believe in what we do. Which is particularly why we’re such a great small team. So it really impacted us emotionally and mentally. And it continues to."**
+
+We spoke about how the team is reliving what the days would have looked like if PyCon wasn't interrupted by COVID-19–keynotes would start _now_, the sponsor booths would be in full motion right _now_–and just how emotionally taxing it all was. Throughout the discussion, Jodlowska always came back to recognizing the staff for their resiliency and energy to pivot the event online.
+
+### The cascading impact of event cancellation
+
+Jodlowska has been incredibly transparent about the experience. In her March 31st [article on the financial outcome][5], she outlines it clearly: the Python Software Foundation would take a hit from the event cancelation.
+
+Jodlowska notes that part of the challenge is that PyCon accounts for too much of the organization’s financial health. About 63% of the 2020 revenue was projected to come from the show. While that number is down from the [2017 estimate of 80%][6], it’s still a concern when in-person events will remain limited to keep attendees safe during the COVID-19 outbreak.
+
+> **"We don’t want to rely on one event**–**or events in general**–**to operate and provide community support."**
+
+The PSF board of directors is hard at work to look into the diversification of funding. In the meantime, PyCon remains essential to sustainability running the organization.
+
+### Community support makes all the difference
+
+It's at this point that Jodlowska again recognizes the incredible work of the PSF staff. They quickly pivoted the vision of the event, and the community of attendees, sponsors, and speakers were all supportive of the move.
+
+> **"[We] have been brought to tears many times by the generosity of our sponsors and our individual donors."**
+
+Jodlowska noted that the generosity of so many resulted in reducing the financial impact on the PSF. An incredible amount of Individual attendees are donating their registration costs to the PSF. They are also showing up across social media sites to participate in their own distributed virtual experience of PyCon.
+
+Another important part of the community, the corporate sponsors of the show, are also showing up to support the non-profit. Many sponsors had already canceled physical presence at the show before the event was officially moved online. Some of them were kind enough, as Jodlowska noted, to donate the cost of sponsorship to the PSF. In a huge turn of events, the list of sponsors **grew** as the online event came together.
+
+> **[M]any sponsors have opted into participating in PyCon 2020 online. Because of this we have decreased the amount needed from our reserve by 77%! The PSF will now only need $141,713 from its financial reserve to get through 2020.**
+
+For more on the data side, see Jodlowska’s article _[Thank you to donors & sponsors][7]_.
+
+Support in all its forms led to the conference feeling like it is well on its way. Some sponsors are even moving to a virtual booth experience.
+
+> Since our sponsors can’t be with you in person, we’ve created a place to provide their content online - . [#PyCon2020][8] Gold Sponsor Weekly Python Exercise shared this video to introduce you to their offerings: .
+>
+> — PyCon US (@pycon) [April 18, 2020][9]
+
+Maybe most impressively, many speakers and tutorial instructors made the effort of recording their sessions. That’s helped PyCon to [gradually unfold online][10] with incredible educational content. The audience is still able to interact as well: YouTube comments are open for moderation so speakers can interact with their audience.
+
+Lastly, there remains an army of volunteers who shifted their in-person plans online and continue to help in any way possible.
+
+### Some of the surprising positives from this difficult change
+
+While it is without a doubt a challenging time for the organization, Jodlowska noted a number of positives that are unfolding due to this move to virtual.
+
+To start, the staff of the PSF “have never been closer,” as they bond over the experience and spend more time getting to know each other through weekly video calls and baking competitions.
+
+Jodlowska was inspired to get involved in another open source effort, [FOSS responders][11], who are helping organizations respond to the cancelation of events due to COVID-19. (If you’ve been affected as well, they are there to help.)
+
+The generosity mentioned above is a silver lining to the experience and encouraging to the hardworking team that uplifts the popular Python programming language.
+
+There is also a broader impact on participation in PyCon. While the final numbers are not in yet, an international audience has access to all of PyCon as it unfolds, which gives the entire world a chance to be part of an excellent event [I got to attend][12] last year. On the development side, Jodlowska mentioned that the [core-dev team][13] that maintains Python, who would normally meet in person, shifted to a virtual meeting. As a result of that shift, some participants got to attend that otherwise would not have had the opportunity to join in person.
+
+### How you can help the Python Software Foundation
+
+I reached out to Jodlowska because I am impressed with and supportive of their mission to support the Python community. If you want to support them as well, you have options:
+
+ * Become a [free or supporting member][14] of the PSF to get involved in our future.
+ * [Sign up for the PSF’s free newsletter][15] to stay up to date.
+ * [Donate][16] directly to the PSF (and thank you to those that already have).
+ * Ask your employer to [sponsor the PSF][17].
+ * Ask your employer if they match donations to 501(c)(3) non-profits, and ask for your donations to the PSF to be matched.
+
+
+
+Last but not least, participate in PyCon over the next few weeks. You can learn from all kinds of smart people on a range of topics like [Matt Harrison][18]’s [Hands-on Python for Programmers][19] that guides attendees through analyzing COVID-19 data to [Katie McLaughlin][20]’s thoughtful talk on [What is deployment, anyway?][21]
+
+Be sure to [review the full][10] list and engage with the amazing lineup of speakers.
+
+* * *
+
+_Are you part of a non-profit looking to connect with your open source community at this time of social distancing? Let me know at matt @ opensource.com._
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/pycon-covid-19
+
+作者：[Matthew Broberg][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/mbbroberg
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/osdc_whitehurst_money.png?itok=ls-SOzM0 (A dollar sign in a network)
+[2]: https://pycon.blogspot.com/2020/03/pycon-us-2020-in-pittsburgh.html
+[3]: https://www.python.org/psf/records/staff/
+[4]: https://opensource.com/tags/wfh
+[5]: http://pyfound.blogspot.com/2020/03/psfs-projected-2020-financial-outcome.html
+[6]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=79AIzbjLzdk
+[7]: http://pyfound.blogspot.com/2020/04/thank-you-to-donors-sponsors.html
+[8]: https://twitter.com/hashtag/PyCon2020?src=hash&ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw
+[9]: https://twitter.com/pycon/status/1251563142641000455?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw
+[10]: https://us.pycon.org/2020/online/
+[11]: https://fossresponders.com/
+[12]: https://opensource.com/article/19/5/jupyterlab-python-developers-magic
+[13]: https://devguide.python.org/coredev/
+[14]: https://www.python.org/psf/membership/
+[15]: https://www.python.org/psf/newsletter/
+[16]: https://www.python.org/psf/donations/
+[17]: https://www.python.org/psf/sponsorship/
+[18]: https://us.pycon.org/2020/speaker/profile/454/
+[19]: https://youtu.be/fuJcSNUMrW0
+[20]: https://opensource.com/users/glasnt
+[21]: https://youtu.be/8vstov3Y7uE
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200505 11 DevOps lessons from My Little Pony.md b/sources/talk/20200505 11 DevOps lessons from My Little Pony.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f550f871a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200505 11 DevOps lessons from My Little Pony.md
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (11 DevOps lessons from My Little Pony)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/devops-lessons)
+[#]: author: (Moshe Zadka https://opensource.com/users/moshez)
+
+11 DevOps lessons from My Little Pony
+======
+What you never thought you could learn about DevOps for Twilight Sparkle
+and her friends.
+![My Little Pony][1]
+
+In 2010, the My Little Pony franchise was rebooted with the animated show _My Little Pony: Friendship is Magic_. The combination of accessibility to children with the sophisticated themes the show tackled garnered a following that cut across ages. I was swept up in the wave and discovered there is a lot to learn about DevOps from the show.
+
+### Discovering technical debt
+
+The show begins with Twilight Sparkle reading obscure documentation, only to realize that Equestria, where the show is set, is due to suffer a calamity. Though someone named Nightmare Moon has been imprisoned for a thousand years, there is a prophecy she will return.
+
+#### Lesson 1: Technical debt matters.
+
+Nightmare Moon is a perfect stand-in for technical debt. Document it. Pay attention to the signs of risk no matter how infrequently they occur. Have a plan to resolve it.
+
+Twilight Sparkle goes to her manager with the news, only to be told that it is not a current priority. She is sent to Ponyville to prepare for the coming celebration, instead.
+
+#### Lesson 2: Communication with management is key.
+
+Twilight Sparkle communicated her priority (the risk of technical debt) but did not convince her management that it was more important than the celebration (of the next release or a new customer).
+
+We all need to make clear what the business case is for resolving critical issues. It is also not straightforward to explain technical debt in business terms. If management does not agree on the severity, find new ways to communicate the risk, and team up with others who speak that language.
+
+### When technical debt becomes an outage
+
+As the prophecy has foreseen, Nightmare Moon returns and declares eternal night. (In this DevOps story, this marks the beginning of a catastrophic outage.) Twilight quickly understands that she cannot resolve the issue by herself, and she recruits the ponies who will become, with her, the "Mane Six." They each stand for a different element of harmony—Applejack stands for Honesty, Fluttershy for Kindness, Pinkie Pie for Laughter, Rarity for Generosity, Rainbow Dash for Loyalty, and Twilight Sparkle herself for Magic. This team-building is full of lessons:
+
+#### Lesson 3: Few are the issues that can be resolved by one person.
+
+When facing an outage, reach out to other people with complementary skills who can help you. It is best if they are different than you: different backgrounds leads to differing perspectives, and that can lead to better problem-solving.
+
+#### Lesson 4: When resolving an outage, honest communication is key.
+
+Throughout the struggle against the eternal night, the Mane Six have to speak openly and honestly about what's not working. Their [blameless communication][2] is part of problem-solving.
+
+#### Lesson 5: When resolving an outage, kindness to yourself and to others is crucial.
+
+Though tempers flare hot in the land of Equestria, we all benefit from coming back to working together.
+
+#### Lesson 6: Laughter is important.
+
+Even when everything comes crashing down, remember to take a break, drink a glass of water, and take a deep breath. Stressing out does not help anything.
+
+#### Lesson 7: Be generous.
+
+Even if you are not on-call right now, if your help is needed to resolve a problem, help out as you hope your colleagues will do for you.
+
+#### Lesson 8: Be loyal.
+
+An outage is not a time to settle rivalries between teams. Focus on how to collaborate and resolve the outage as a team.
+
+#### Lesson 9: Though people skills are important, you have to understand the technology on a deep level.
+
+Keep your skills sharp. Expertise is not only the ability to learn; it is knowing when that information is needed. Part of being an expert is practice.
+
+### Growing into a culture of continual improvement
+
+After the issue is resolved, Princess Celestia realizes that the Mane Six are crucial to the long-term survival of Equestria, and tells Twilight Sparkle to stay in Ponyville and keep researching the magic of friendship.
+
+#### Lesson 10: After an outage is resolved, conduct a review, take concrete lessons, and act on them.
+
+I could go on, episode by episode, detailing lessons relevant for DevOps, but I will wrap up with one of my favorite ones. In the "Winter Wrap-Up" episode, all the ponies in Ponyville help in preparing for the spring. As per tradition, they do not use magic, leaving Twilight Sparkle to wonder how she can contribute. Eventually, she realizes that she can help by making a checklist to make sure everything is done in the right order.
+
+#### Lesson 11: When automation is impossible or inadvisable, write a solid checklist, and follow it. Do not depend on your memory.
+
+Twilight Sparkle and the Mane Six overcome great obstacles as a team, and now have a system to improve as a team.
+
+### A story of DevOps
+
+This story reflects how many organizations slowly adopt DevOps. The transition from recognizing a fear of technical debt toward addressing it is not simple. With courageous leadership, teamwork, and a willingness to improve, all organizations can come out on the other side with a similar story to Twilight Sparkle and her friends.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/devops-lessons
+
+作者：[Moshe Zadka][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/moshez
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/my-little-pony.jpg?itok=X-rwAGuE (My Little Pony)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/19/4/psychology-behind-blameless-retrospective
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200506 IBM rolls Red Hat into edge, AI, hybrid-cloud expansion.md b/sources/talk/20200506 IBM rolls Red Hat into edge, AI, hybrid-cloud expansion.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ef7d152e55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200506 IBM rolls Red Hat into edge, AI, hybrid-cloud expansion.md
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (IBM rolls Red Hat into edge, AI, hybrid-cloud expansion)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3542409/ibm-rolls-red-hat-into-edge-ai-hybrid-cloud-expansion.html)
+[#]: author: (Michael Cooney https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/)
+
+IBM rolls Red Hat into edge, AI, hybrid-cloud expansion
+======
+Every company will be an AI company new IBM CEO Krishna tells Think! virtual gathering
+Getty
+
+Deeply assimilating its Red Hat technology, IBM this week rolled out a set of new platforms and services designed to help customers manage edge-based application workloads and exploit artificial intelligence for infrastructure resiliency.
+
+The announcements came at IBM’s virtualized Think! 2020 event that also featured the first Big Blue keynote by [the company's new CEO Arvind Krishna][1], during which he told the online audience about challenges of COVID-19: "History will look back on this as the moment when the digital transformation of business and society suddenly accelerated,” but also that [hybrid cloud and AI][2] are the two dominant forces driving digital transformation.
+
+[Now see how AI can boost data-center availability and efficiency][3]
+
+“More than 20 years ago, experts predicted every company would become an internet company. I am predicting today that every company will become an AI company, not because they can, but because they must,” he said.
+
+With that idea in mind the company rolled out [IBM Watson AIOps][4], an application that uses AI to automate how enterprises detect, diagnose and respond to IT anomalies in real time. Watson AIOps works by grouping log anomalies and alerts based on spatial and temporal reasoning as well as similarity to past situations, IBM said. It uses IBM’s natural language processing technology to understand the content in trouble tickets to identify and extract resolution actions automatically.
+
+Then it provides a pointer to where the problem is and identifies other services that might be affected. “It does this by showing details of the problem based on data from existing tools in the environment, all in the context of the application topology, distilling multiple signals into a succinct report” and eliminating the need for multiple dashboards, IBM stated.
+
+AI can automate tasks like shifting traffic from one router to another, freeing up space on a drive, or restarting an application. AI systems can also be trained to self-correct, IBM stated.
+
+“The problem is that many businesses are consumed with fixing problems after they occur, instead of preventing them before they happen. Watson AIOps relies on AI to solve and automate how enterprises self-detect, diagnose and respond to anomalies in real time,” Krishna said.
+
+AIOps is built on the latest release of Red Hat OpenShift, supports Slack and Box, and can be integrated with IT-monitoring packages from Mattermost and ServiceNow, IBM stated.
+
+The Kubernetes-based OpenShift Container Platform lets enterprise customers deploy and manage containers on their infrastructure of choice, be it private or public clouds, including AWS, Microsoft Azure, Google Cloud Platform, Alibaba and IBM Cloud. It also integrates with IBM prepackaged Cloud Paks, which include a secured Kubernetes container and containerized IBM middleware designed to let customers quickly spin-up enterprise-ready containers.
+
+OpenShift is also the underlying package for a new version of its [edge network][5] management application called IBM Edge Application Manager. Based on the open source project [Open Horizon][6], the Edge Application Manager can use AI and analytics to help deploy and manage up to 10,000 edge nodes simultaneously by a single administrator. With the platform customers can remotely add new capabilities to a single-purpose device or automatically direct a device to use a variety of cloud-based resources depending on what resources it needs.
+
+Cisco said it was working with the IBM Edge Application Manager to deploy apps and analytics models that run on a broad range of Cisco products, such as servers, its industrial portfolio of gateways, routers, switches, SD-WAN, and wireless-connectivity offerings for edge computing.
+
+“As an example, IBM Edge Application Manager leverages [Cisco HyperFlex Edge][7] and Cisco IC3000 Industrial Compute Gateway servers. The HyperFlex Edge and IC3K platforms are specifically designed to support a number of edge use cases, such as optimizing traffic management, increasing manufacturing productivity, and increasing the safety of oil and gas pipelines,” Cisco [stated][8].
+
+In addition, Cisco said it has used the capabilities in IBM Edge Application Manager to build an “Edge in a Box proposal,” where customers can deploy remote edge applications that run entirely disconnected from public or private clouds but are also synchronized and managed remotely in controlled connectivity windows. For instance, client edge locations may need to operate in disconnected mode but have the ability to synch up for automated application updates and data exchanges, Cisco stated.
+
+Other edge-related announcements include:
+
+ * IBM [Edge Ecosystem][9], a group of industry players who will target open technology developments to let customers move data and applications between private data centers, hybrid multicloud environments and the edge. The group includes Cisco, Juniper, Samsung and NVIDIA among others. IBM said a Telco Network Cloud Ecosystem will serve a similar function for their network cloud platforms.
+ * A preview of an upcoming service, called IBM Cloud Satellite. This will extend IBM’s public-cloud service to give customers the ability to use IBM Cloud anywhere – on-premises, in data centers or at the edge – delivered as a service that can be managed from a single pane of glass controlled through the public cloud. It lets customers run applications where it makes sense while utilizing cloud security and ops benefits, IBM stated. Satellite runs on Red Hat OpenShift.
+ * Telco Network Cloud Manager – a telco/service provider offering that runs on Red Hat OpenShift to deliver intelligent automation capabilities to orchestrate virtual and container network functions in minutes. Service providers will have the ability to manage workloads on both Red Hat OpenShift and Red Hat OpenStack platforms, which will be critical as telcos increasingly look to modernize their networks for greater agility and efficiency, and to provide new services as 5G adoption expands, IBM stated.
+ * New capabilities for some of its Cloud Paks including extending the Cloud Pak for Data to include the ability to better automate planning, budgeting and forecasting in [hybrid-cloud][10] environments. IBM upgraded tools for business routing and data capture to the Cloud Pak for Automation as well.
+
+
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][11] and [LinkedIn][12] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3542409/ibm-rolls-red-hat-into-edge-ai-hybrid-cloud-expansion.html
+
+作者：[Michael Cooney][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3536654/ibm-taps-new-leaders-for-hybrid-cloud-battles-ahead.html
+[2]: https://www.infoworld.com/article/3541825/ibms-new-ceo-lays-out-his-roadmap.html
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3274654/ai-boosts-data-center-availability-efficiency.html
+[4]: https://www.ibm.com/watson/assets/duo/pdf/WDDE814_IBM_Watson_AIOps_Web.pdf
+[5]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3224893/what-is-edge-computing-and-how-it-s-changing-the-network.html
+[6]: https://developer.ibm.com/blogs/open-horizon-joins-linux-foundation-grow-open-edge-computing-platform/
+[7]: https://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/products/hyperconverged-infrastructure/index.html?dtid=oblgzzz001087
+[8]: https://blogs.cisco.com/partner/cisco-and-ibm-teaming-at-the-edge
+[9]: https://www.ibm.com/blogs/business-partners/join-the-edge-ecosystem/
+[10]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3268448/what-is-hybrid-cloud-really-and-whats-the-best-strategy.html
+[11]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[12]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200514 Ethernet Alliance study finds Power over Ethernet issues.md b/sources/talk/20200514 Ethernet Alliance study finds Power over Ethernet issues.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..983c11dac6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200514 Ethernet Alliance study finds Power over Ethernet issues.md
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Ethernet Alliance study finds Power over Ethernet issues)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3543258/ethernet-alliance-study-finds-power-over-ethernet-issues.html)
+[#]: author: (Michael Cooney https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/)
+
+Ethernet Alliance study finds Power over Ethernet issues
+======
+Reliability, connection issues, failure to deliver power traced to interoperability issues with Power over Ethernet.
+Martyn Williams/IDGNS
+
+Four out five users experience challenges with power over Ethernet (PoE) deployments, according to a new survey of nearly 800 Ethernet designers, manufacturers, resellers, system integrators, network operators and others.
+
+Conducted by the Ethernet Alliance in January, the study found a number of key PoE insights, including:
+
+ * Four out of five users experienced issues, including support, reliability, or connection challenges.
+ * The top three PoE installations are cameras and phones, as well as computing and storage devices;
+ * Of customers planning to implement PoE 63% said they would need 30w; 47% would need between 30-60w and 27% need greater than 60w.
+
+
+
+**[ Now see [7 free network tools you must have][1]. ]**
+
+With the global market projected to grow to $2 billion by 2025, PoE remains a wellspring of lucrative opportunities for designers, systems integrators, and solutions providers, David Tremblay, chair of the alliance's PoE Subcommittee, and system architect for Aruba, said in a statement. “Despite this good news, there are significant challenges that could threaten PoE’s growing adoption.”
+
+According to the survey those chief PoE challenges include, vendor support, unreliable power or operation, long repair times, and first-time connection issues.
+
+The Alliance reported that while 78% of respondents experienced difficulties with PoE deployments, 72% expect improvement with products certified through the Ethernet Alliance’s [PoE Certification Program][2]. The study found 84% said they expect certified PoE devices would be more likely to work the first time, and 85% expect those devices to be more reliable.
+
+“Lacking a registered trademark, the use of the term ‘PoE’ is not formally regulated, allowing any vendor to freely describe products and solutions as PoE-enabled. Additionally, terminologies such as ‘PoE+’, as well as non-standard PoE implementations are causing confusion with device interoperability among technicians, designers, and end users,” the Alliance stated.
+
+[Experts say][3] the single greatest challenge for PoE is assuring interoperability. Multivendor interoperability is Ethernet’s hallmark and it's an important consideration for consumers who want to know the gear will just work, while industry players need a way to find new partnership opportunities with companies offering certified equipment, the Dell’Oro Group said.
+
+“With the diversity of application, come interoperability problems which dictate the need for testing and certification,” said Sameh Boujelbene, Senior Research Director for Ethernet Switch market research at Dell’Oro.
+
+Certified Ethernet Alliance products range from component level Ethernet evaluation boards, to power-sourcing equipment, enterprise switches, and adapters.
+
+Ultimately the Ethernet Alliance’s Power over Ethernet (PoE) Certification Program is the place customers should look to enable faster PoE installations with zero interoperability issues, Tremblay said.
+
+A number of key Ethernet vendors including Cisco, Hewlett Packard Enterprise, Huawei, Analog Devices, Texas Instruments, Microsemi and others are part of the certification program.
+
+Details about certified products are available via the [program’s public registry][4].
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][5] and [LinkedIn][6] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3543258/ethernet-alliance-study-finds-power-over-ethernet-issues.html
+
+作者：[Michael Cooney][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/2825879/7-free-open-source-network-monitoring-tools.html
+[2]: https://nam05.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fbit.ly%2FEA_PoECertification&data=02%7C01%7C%7Ca67fc55074c748affa8408d7f74fc98e%7C3aedb78fc8e04326888a74230d1978ff%7C0%7C0%7C637249794373724526&sdata=2QDd6oO2Yu6EiCj6m7i%2BtbVJD1wHxmNwtDr2oMe9TgQ%3D&reserved=0
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/2328615/the-power-over-ethernet.html
+[4]: https://ea-poe-cert.iol.unh.edu/?utm_source=General%20Distribution&utm_medium=Press%20Release&utm_campaign=October%20PoE%20Certification%20Press%20Release
+[5]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[6]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200525 In Free Software, the Community is the Most Important Ingredient- Jerry Bezencon of Linux Lite -Interview.md b/sources/talk/20200525 In Free Software, the Community is the Most Important Ingredient- Jerry Bezencon of Linux Lite -Interview.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b34f3508de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200525 In Free Software, the Community is the Most Important Ingredient- Jerry Bezencon of Linux Lite -Interview.md
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (In Free Software, the Community is the Most Important Ingredient: Jerry Bezencon of Linux Lite [Interview])
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/linux-lite-interview/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+In Free Software, the Community is the Most Important Ingredient: Jerry Bezencon of Linux Lite [Interview]
+======
+
+You are probably aware of [Linux Lite][1]. It is a [lightweight Linux distribution][2] based on Ubuntu. If you have an older system with 1 GB of RAM, Linux Lite becomes an excellent choice for you.
+
+We have covered Linux Lite releases several times on It’s FOSS and if you are a regular reader, you would have come across it.
+
+![][3]
+
+We talked to Jerry Bezencon, the creator of Linux Lite project, to know some background details on this project.
+
+### Interview with Jerry Bezencon of Linux Lite
+
+Jerry is based in Auckland, New Zealand, and he devotes a good deal of time and effort on Linux Lite project. Jerry shares his vision of the project in this interview.
+
+_**Tell us about the origins of Linux Lite. When did you create it first and what made you create it in the first place?**_
+
+Linux Lite was started in 2012 for 3 important reasons. One, I wanted to dispel myths that a Linux based operating system was hard to use. Two, at that time, there was a shortage of simple, intuitive desktop experiences on Linux that offered long-term support. Three, I had used Linux for over 10 years before starting Linux Lite.
+
+I felt I needed to give back to a community that had given so much to me. A community that taught me that by sharing code and knowledge, one could have a dramatically positive impact over peoples computing experiences.
+
+_**How is Linux Lite different from so many other Ubuntu-based distributions?**_
+
+Our approach to problem solving and our support. The first sits within the system itself. Lite Tweaks is a good example of this. We try to think of all the things that could possibly go wrong with a computer system, then write applications that fix those problems as easily as possible, should they occur. There is a lot of foresight in the team.
+
+The second is our approach to support. This mainly comes in 2 forms. Our massive built-in and online Help Manual and [our large forum community][4] full of some of the nicest people I’ve ever dealt with in the free software and open source community.
+
+_**How do you and your team work on developing Linux Lite?**_
+
+There are 24 hours in a day. With 6 – 8 hours for sleep and another 6 – 8 hours for my other job, that’s more than enough time to put towards any project, hobby or job, or all 3.
+
+I take a more professional approach to code writing. I’ll come up with an idea, mock-up the UI then write the base code, or the whole application myself. If I need help, I prefer to hire and pay via our generous donators, freelancers.
+
+That way I can set a budget, the user gets a solid, well-written application by a qualified professional who is fluent in that language, and get I exactly what I ask for on time and without the usual flame wars and egos that can exist in some teams.
+
+By using professional, paid programmers, I avoid all the negativity completely. Application writing has become an extremely peaceful and rewarding exercise.
+
+_**What are you most proud of about this project?**_
+
+![Linux Lite Interview][5]
+
+I’m most proud of the community that has stayed loyal to us throughout the years. In a business, your staff are your most valuable asset, in free software, the community is the most important ingredient.
+
+_**What are your future plans with Linux Lite?**_
+
+To always strive to look for ways to make a person’s computing experience simpler, faster and trouble free. Our target audience shouldn’t have to dive into the terminal to try and fix things. To continue to build a feature-complete operating system that is light on resources.
+
+_**What new features can we expect in Linux Lite in upcoming versions?**_
+
+Due to tradition, we like to keep those as surprises. I never run out of ideas. Some nights I get no sleep because my mind is buzzing with ideas for our next application, or how to solve an ongoing, difficult bug.
+
+_**Are there any features that you really want to implement but haven’t been able to do so far?**_
+
+You can always do more to enhance an operating system. I’m currently working on our most ambitious application to date. One that doesn’t need a GUI and that sits within the system, anticipates problems and solves them before they are seen by the user. It will have a Reports feature so that those who like to know what is going on, can see for themselves what the code is doing. It will, of course, be free software. My first foray into A.I. that I hope other Linux systems can benefit from in the future.
+
+_**Have you achieved the goal for which you started the project?**_
+
+Goal setting is ongoing. There’s no such thing as the perfect operating system. But there is no harm in aiming for that.
+
+_**How can the users and readers help the project?**_
+
+In the usual ways. Documentation, coding, volunteering on the Forums, buying merchandise, writing blogs, donating, making videos, starting websites like yours – the list goes on.
+
+* * *
+
+We hope you like reading about the background of open source projects. You may [read more interviews with various project leaders][6].
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/linux-lite-interview/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.linuxliteos.com/
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/lightweight-linux-beginners/
+[3]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/Linux_Lite.jpg?ssl=1
+[4]: https://www.linuxliteos.com/forums/
+[5]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/linux-lite-interview.png?ssl=1
+[6]: https://itsfoss.com/interviews/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200530 How open standards guide us in a world of change.md b/sources/talk/20200530 How open standards guide us in a world of change.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3ee87d50ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200530 How open standards guide us in a world of change.md
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How open standards guide us in a world of change)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/oasis-open)
+[#]: author: (Guy Martin https://opensource.com/users/guyma)
+
+How open standards guide us in a world of change
+======
+OASIS Open brings open source and standards communities together during
+this time of crisis to help define a new, collaborative future to
+benefit all.
+![Globe up in the clouds][1]
+
+As I write this article in my home office in Beaverton, Oregon, a Portland suburb, I'm relying (and reflecting) on years of work that went into standards like TCP/IP, HTTP, NTP, XMPP, SAML, and many others, as well as open source implementations of these standards from organizations such as the [Apache Software Foundation][2]. The combination of these standards and technologies is literally saving lives, as many of us are able to work from home while "flattening the curve."
+
+Nothing has dominated the news more in 2020 than COVID-19. Yet, in the midst of challenging time, I've found opportunities for personal and industrial renewal. By fortunate (some may say unfortunate) timing, I found myself switching roles in the middle of this crisis from helping to build and run Open Source Program Offices (OSPOs) to becoming the executive director at [OASIS Open][3], a standards development organization that is helping bring standards and open source together in practical and productive ways.
+
+Looking through the many articles on Opensource.com related to [standards][4] (and there are [quite a few][5]), I went on an interesting journey through the different thought processes—and sometimes biases—that people involved in each community have. What stood out most was this: both standards professionals and open source advocates want the same thing—better technology that we all can rely on.
+
+As I was transitioning to this new role at OASIS, some colleagues and friends in the open source world that I've been a part of for many years questioned my motivations for making this move. In explaining why I took this job, I reflected on the larger role I think the intersection of standards and open source can play, especially in the current crisis we all face.
+
+### 4 reflections on open source and standards
+
+First, I've seen efforts like the [Open Connectivity Foundation][6], which I was fortunate to help start, get this right in balancing a standard with multiple reference implementations. Early in that effort, the standard was actively driven by the open source project, and the project took cues from the work of the standards teams. The result is both working code and a standard that can help shield IoT developers from having to worry about the many underlying network protocols in use in this ecosystem.
+
+Second, I'm extremely energized by the opportunity to work with some of the best minds in the open source community, many of whom I'm fortunate enough to call friends. One of the first steps OASIS took when developing its [Open Projects][7] program was to assemble an advisory council of open source all-stars. Chris Ferris, Jim Jagielski, Nithya Ruff, Deb Bryant, and many others regularly come together, with support from OASIS staffer Jory Burson, to hash out best practices with a path to standardization and recognition in international standards bodies like ISO, ITU, W3C, and others.
+
+This group, along with our staff, is rethinking everything from governance to IP to community building to funding and process, taking the best from both worlds to create something new. We're bridging the agile, collaborative excellence that is open source with the trusted, interoperable reliability that is open standards, and helping to demystify open source for heavily regulated procurement processes (government, financial, NGO, etc.). The possibility of getting open source into supply chains that have traditionally relied on standards is very exciting.
+
+Third, I see the huge potential for what the response to this pandemic represents. This is arguably a once-in-a-generation opportunity for standards and open source communities to help define and build the future of emergency management, e-learning, medical technologies, and many other aspects of our daily lives. Determining how these elements work together effectively will be paramount to our shared future.
+
+Finally, I'm excited to see the role that OASIS and other standards and open source bodies can play as we tackle some of our biggest challenges in the coming months and years together. COVID-19 is changing our world and our way of life forever; how we adapt and thrive will, in large part, be determined by how well we all collaborate, and I can think of no better time for the open source and standards communities to unite to chart a course forward for all of us.
+
+I'm proud to be part of the movement to build a stronger bridge between open source and open standards, and I invite you all to join us. If you have thoughts to share or a project you'd like to advance, I'd love to hear from you. You can [visit us][8] or use the comments section below. Let's write the next chapter together.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/oasis-open
+
+作者：[Guy Martin][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/guyma
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/cloud-globe.png?itok=_drXt4Tn (Globe up in the clouds)
+[2]: https://apache.org
+[3]: https://oasis-open.org
+[4]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-are-open-standards
+[5]: https://opensource.com/tags/open-standards
+[6]: https://openconnectivity.org
+[7]: https://oasis-open-projects.org/
+[8]: https://oasis-open-projects.org/get-involved
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200531 Red Hat- Holding Its Own and Fueling Open Source Innovation.md b/sources/talk/20200531 Red Hat- Holding Its Own and Fueling Open Source Innovation.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b2879802f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200531 Red Hat- Holding Its Own and Fueling Open Source Innovation.md
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Red Hat: Holding Its Own and Fueling Open Source Innovation)
+[#]: via: (https://www.linux.com/articles/red-hat-holding-its-own-and-fueling-open-source-innovation/)
+[#]: author: (Swapnil Bhartiya https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/)
+
+Red Hat: Holding Its Own and Fueling Open Source Innovation
+======
+
+When IBM acquired Red Hat for $34 billion in 2019, it was considered the industry’s largest software acquisition. The synergy between the two companies led them to become one of the leading hybrid multi-cloud providers globally.
+
+In most acquisitions, the acquired entity sometimes loses momentum and sheds some of its original luster. This does not seem to be the case with Red Hat.
+
+**Distinct Identity**
+“I would define it as a separate company and that’s how we run it,” affirms Paul Cormier, President & CEO of Red Hat, who is credited with conceptualizing the company’s open hybrid cloud platform.
+
+“We set our own strategy, we set our own road maps. It’s completely up to us. We have stayed as a self-contained company. Red Hat still has all the pieces to be a separate company: its own Engineering, product lines, back office, HR, Legal, and Finance. It’s very much like VMware is to Dell, or LinkedIn is to Microsoft,” he explains.
+
+Cormier believes it’s important to have separate identities for partner ecosystems to thrive.
+
+“We are talking about integrating Arc with OpenShift. IBM didn’t even know this was happening as we had kept it confidential,” he says.
+
+Microsoft’s Azure Arc is a management tool for hybrid cloud application infrastructures, while OpenShift is a family of containerization software developed by Red Hat.
+
+“We’re big on Intel platforms. We’re also big on IBM Z, IBM I, IBM P. Since we support Intel in Red Hat Enterprise Linux (REL), we know their road maps long before they’re implemented. However, we have to show Intel that we would not give away their secrets to IBM. This is the most important reason that we must remain separate so that those partner ecosystems remain,” he says.
+
+**Linux: The Innovation Engine**
+Cormier points out that what makes Red Hat very unique is its completely open-source software development model.
+
+“That’s our development model. Open source is not a thing — it’s an action,” he says.
+
+Underlining the importance of Linux, he explains that “Linux went by Unix a long time ago in terms of features, function, and performance. However, Linux was so available that eventually, it became the innovation engine. All the technologies today — on the infrastructure and the development side, on the tools side — they are all built-in and around Linux. OpenShift is still a Linux platform. Its containers are Linux. All the innovation is now around that.”
+
+Cormier is also confident of meeting the demand of customers adopting hybrid cloud.
+
+“For us, it doesn’t matter whether it’s 20% on-premise, 20% in the cloud and 80% on-premise, or 60/40 or 50/50 — it’s still a hybrid world. I can’t predict if the COVID thing is going to push people to the cloud more quickly or more slowly, but we don’t care. It doesn’t matter. For us, it’s the same value proposition,” he avers.
+
+**Virtualization meets Kubernetes **
+Red Hat is now working on bringing VMs into the Kubernetes architecture.
+
+“As opposed to some of our competitors that are trying to bring containers back to their world, we’re moving in the other direction. We are working on advanced cluster management on Kubernetes. As customers increasingly go hybrid, having OpenShift with containers running in different places will help them easily manage across clusters,” Cormier says.
+
+“We’re also focusing on telco 5G use cases on the OpenShift platform. We’re doing a lot of work with Verizon and the other telcos,” he adds.
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.linux.com/articles/red-hat-holding-its-own-and-fueling-open-source-innovation/
+
+作者：[Swapnil Bhartiya][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200603 5 common open source testing myths debunked.md b/sources/talk/20200603 5 common open source testing myths debunked.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5ce22be725
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200603 5 common open source testing myths debunked.md
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (5 common open source testing myths debunked)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/6/open-source-testing-myths)
+[#]: author: (Kevin Dunne https://opensource.com/users/kdunne916)
+
+5 common open source testing myths debunked
+======
+These survey results paint a picture of the bright future of open source
+testing.
+![Collaboration on a mobile software design][1]
+
+Open source tools are constantly changing the landscape of testing, and the community around these tools is bigger and more vocal than ever.
+
+The first-ever _[State of Open Source Testing Survey][2]_ examines the latest trends and developments across the software development industry. This survey received over 2,000 responses from practitioners across the behavior-driven development, functional testing, and load testing domains.
+
+The survey reveals a great deal about software testing and how it uses open source, and based on the results, it's reasonable to expect an increased rate of adoption and deployment of open source tools.
+
+Importantly, the survey results also debunk some of the common myths around open source and software testing. Here's a look at the top five:
+
+### Myth #1: The biggest impediment to using open source testing tools are the skills required.
+
+There is undoubtedly a large jump in technical skill sets required to use open source testing tools, and typically a need to brush up on or learn new coding skills. However, while 40% of respondents did cite the lack of technical skills as one of their largest roadblocks, the most common roadblock cited was simply lack of time to learn new tools.
+
+![OS testing impediments][3]
+
+### Myth #2: Open source testing happens mostly in English-speaking countries.
+
+Of all respondents to the survey, 61% are in Asia. While many have believed that Agile and DevOps are making co-located work more essential, the significant number of respondents in countries like India, Vietnam, and the Philippines says otherwise. There's a possibility that the rise of remote work and distributed teams will continue to grow the importance of multilingual support for projects and more adoption of asynchronous communication practices.
+
+![OS testing offshore][4]
+
+### Myth 3: Open source tools are only used for cost savings.
+
+Sure, the largest reason for using open source testing tools stated was cost (39%). However, the overwhelming majority of respondents (61%) cited other primary reasons for leveraging open source tools, including community support, better integration, and more ability to customize to their liking. Simply put, the choice to use open source is not a purely economic one.
+
+![OS testing benefits][5]
+
+### Myth #4: Quality Assurance Engineering is no longer a career because developers write their own tests.
+
+An overwhelming majority (84%) of organizations surveyed still had dedicated testing and QA personnel contributing to the creation of functional automated tests against their applications. Only a small percentage (8%) left those tasks completely up to developers to handle.
+
+![functional testing roles][6]
+
+When looking at other types of testing, such as load and performance testing, there seemed to be a wider variety of titles/roles that were involved (performance engineering, operations, etc.). Still, the role of a dedicated tester, whether technically focused or otherwise, seems to be one that won't be eliminated anytime soon.
+
+![performance/load testing roles][7]
+
+### Myth #5: Behavior-driven development means you don't have to plan ahead.
+
+[Behavior-driven development][8] (BDD) is a hot topic in industry discussions these days, with anywhere between 15-40% of companies using it (depending on your source). While many have implemented the tools that support BDD (Cucumber, SpecFlow, and so on), few have implemented the true foundation of the approach: specification-by-example using scenarios. Teams have often managed to get by with suboptimal requirement definitions due to their frequent, in-person collaboration; requirements are defined along the way, as things develop. If only 20% of companies provide documentation in the required format, it's likely we'll see struggles now that teams are increasingly remote.
+
+![BDD usage][9]
+
+### Open source and the future
+
+The future of open source testing is bright, but it's changing. Few industries are as well-equipped to adapt to rapid change as open source development.
+
+Want to dig a little deeper? Head over to Tricentis' [infographic][10] to explore the detailed results and sign up to participate in the _2021 State of Open Source Testing Survey_.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/open-source-testing-myths
+
+作者：[Kevin Dunne][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/kdunne916
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/mobile-device-phone-team-collaboration-demo.png?itok=q96f2Eao (Collaboration on a mobile software design)
+[2]: https://www.tricentis.com/state-of-open-source-2020/
+[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/os_testing_1_0.png (OS testing impediments)
+[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/os_testing_2.png (OS testing offshore)
+[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/os_testing_3.png (OS testing benefits)
+[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/os_testing_4.png (functional testing roles)
+[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/os_testing_5.png (performance/load testing roles)
+[8]: https://opensource.com/article/19/2/behavior-driven-development-tools
+[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/os_testing_6.png (BDD usage)
+[10]: https://www.tricentis.com/state-of-open-source-2020
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200604 Airbus tells quantum-computing developers what it needs from the the technology.md b/sources/talk/20200604 Airbus tells quantum-computing developers what it needs from the the technology.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b078a5287d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200604 Airbus tells quantum-computing developers what it needs from the the technology.md
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Airbus tells quantum-computing developers what it needs from the the technology)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3561228/airbus-tells-quantum-computing-developers-what-it-needs-from-the-the-technology.html)
+[#]: author: (Michael Cooney https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/)
+
+Airbus tells quantum-computing developers what it needs from the the technology
+======
+Aerospace multinational Airbus says it is 'quantum-ready' and helping to shape the future capabilities of quantum computing.
+[Glosser.ca / Pete Linforth][1] [(CC BY-SA 3.0)][2]
+
+Airbus expects quantum computing to have major production, performance and efficiency benefits as the technology plays a role in its cybersecurity, aerospace and communications businesses.
+
+“We are users of quantum computing and intend to use it to deliver more powerful services and systems,” said [Paolo Bianco][3], global research & technology cooperation manager for Airbus to an online audience at the [Inside Quantum Technology][4] virtual event this week.
+
+[10 of the world's fastest supercomputers][5]
+
+“We are not very much interested in developing our own quantum technology but will help others develop quantum technologies so that we can integrate them into what we are doing. Our aim is to be quantum-ready. It’s a race, and we want to hit the ground running.”
+
+The multinational aerospace corporation and world’s largest airline manufacturer is well on its way to utilizing and helping influence the develop the future of quantum computing.
+
+For example, Bianco pointed to three key quantum technology areas Airbus is interested in – communication/security, computing and sensing.
+
+"The field of quantum communications is where we started in 2012 as the company was evaluating the technology’s threat to secure communications," Bianco said.
+
+According to a recent Airbus [blog][6], "Today’s cryptographic algorithms—such as the widely used encryption via asymmetric keys—will not be able to sustain attacks by the quantum computers of tomorrow. Our goal is to develop a future secure communications infrastructure for our aerospace platforms based on security-enhancing quantum information technologies (algorithms, authentications, keys).”
+
+Airbus wants to make quantum computing a significant part of its ongoing high-performance computing (HPC) work.
+
+"We are an avid HPC user because we do a lot of simulations and design," the company says, "and we have invested a lot of time and money to understand how quantum computing can be used with HPC to improve our efficiency and performance."
+
+The third area Airbus is looking to develop is quantum sensors that "are effective at measuring physical quantities such as frequency, acceleration, rotation rates, electric and magnetic fields, and temperature with the highest relative and absolute accuracy," Airbus stated.
+
+"We believe this could have direct applications in improving our navigation systems in which precise acceleration measurement is used to achieve position data," Airbus stated. "In addition, quantum sensors could act as payloads for a range of different applications, such as climate dynamics from satellites or underground resources surveying from an aircraft."
+
+In addition to those three areas, the company 18 months ago began the [Airbus Quantum Computing Challenge][7] (AQCC) to get the quantum community involved in addressing aerospace-flight physics problems. The challenge put forward five distinct problems, such as saving fuel or designing aircraft wings, with varying degrees of complexity, ranging from a simple mathematical question to a global flight physics problem, Airbus stated.
+
+The challenge involved quantum-computing research from Airbus’ team and third parties, and the results were expected earlier this year. But as with many things, the announcement of the winner has been delayed due the COVID-19 pandemic, but Bianco said results are expected soon.
+
+Beyond the Challenge, Airbus has taken part in the development of the quantum computing community. For example it provided early funding to quantum-computing-as-a-service vendor QC Ware, which offers a cloud-based service that provides enterprises with access to quantum resources. Other vendors such as [D-Wave][8], Google, [IBM][9] and [Rigetti][10] offer similar cloud-based resource services.
+
+Airbus has also been involved in developing quantum technologies for use in [space][11], as well as facilitating [university research][12] with the Quantum Technology Application Centre.
+
+“We need to develop systems that are far away from the everyday experience…we are ready to go the extra mile to understand something we are going to use,” Bianco said. Aerospace could be one of the technologies that helps everyone learn what quantum can do, particularly in extreme environments, he said.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][13] and [LinkedIn][14] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3561228/airbus-tells-quantum-computing-developers-what-it-needs-from-the-the-technology.html
+
+作者：[Michael Cooney][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Bloch_Sphere.svg
+[2]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode
+[3]: https://www.linkedin.com/in/paolobianco1/?originalSubdomain=uk
+[4]: https://www.insidequantumtechnology.com/news/inside-quantum-technology-new-york-online-tuesday-june-2/
+[5]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3236875/embargo-10-of-the-worlds-fastest-supercomputers.html
+[6]: https://www.airbus.com/innovation/future-technology/quantum-technologies.html
+[7]: https://www.airbus.com/newsroom/news/en/2019/10/world-leading-experts-Airbus-Quantum-Computing-Challenge.html
+[8]: https://www.dwavesys.com/quantum-computing
+[9]: https://www.ibm.com/quantum-computing/
+[10]: https://rigetti.com/
+[11]: http://qtspace.eu:8080/sites/testqtspace.eu/files/QTspace_Stretegic_Report_Intermediate.pdf
+[12]: http://www.bristol.ac.uk/temple-quarter-campus/research-teaching-and-partnerships/qtic/
+[13]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[14]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200607 Is your team a -glue team.md b/sources/talk/20200607 Is your team a -glue team.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d62fed9525
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200607 Is your team a -glue team.md
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Is your team a "glue team?")
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/6/glue-team)
+[#]: author: (Lauri Apple https://opensource.com/users/lapple)
+
+Is your team a "glue team?"
+======
+Glue teams help keep an organization running smoothly. Here's how to
+help them do their best work and avoid burnout.
+![Teamwork starts with communication amongst teams and across silos][1]
+
+In his book [_How to Win_][2], New York Times senior economic correspondent Neil Irwin championed the role of "glue people" in bringing about better alignment, collaboration, and organizational maturity. "There is particular value in being a 'glue person,'" [Irwin writes][3], "someone who understands how their specialty fits together with other types of technical expertise, who can ensure that teams containing people with diverse skills can work together to create something greater than the sum of its parts."
+
+In many organizations, "glue people" are identified by their roles—product managers, team leads, program manager, project manager, agile coach, business systems analyst. They're people like me—an agile program manager who's been developing cross-team and cross-organizational initiatives for the past seven years at large- and medium-sized companies.
+
+In one company, I served as program manager for a company-wide open source initiative—aligning 1,800 developers behind a common strategy and setting development practices. In another, I worked with three teams building out a self-service deployment platform based on Kubernetes and AWS. In these days of Coronavirus, I'm helping 14 delivery teams to launch an MVP offering that augments our core business.
+
+The subject matter has been different in each role, but the same key activities that I bring to work every day remain consistent:
+
+ * Drive alignment
+ * Coordinate people, efforts, and teams
+ * Call out ambiguous language to drive clarity and replace assumptions with facts
+ * Be the neutral party or "fresh eyes" who distills detailed conversations and plans down into simple questions: "Are you doing this, or that?"; "Are you building two things or one thing?" So often, these basics go overlooked!
+ * Coach leaders on delegation, prioritization and strategic thinking
+ * Facilitate informed decision-making
+ * Forecast dependencies and other risks and help mitigate them
+ * Visualize complex packages of work in simple, clear diagrams and language to improve transparency and accountability
+
+
+
+The glue people in your organization might also be program managers, or agile coaches, scrum masters, or engineering managers. Some organizations rely on their savviest product managers and engineering managers to provide the glue; in other organizations, the CEO doubles as Chief Glue Officer. In any case, we glue people spend much of our workdays connecting the dots between people, topics, and themes, to paint the whole picture instead of little corners.
+
+Maybe you are a glue person. Have you ever considered the specific ways you may fulfill this role?
+
+### Understanding the need for coherent storytelling
+
+Do you ever think of yourself as a storyteller, embracing or asserting a narrative as a means of keeping your organization aligned? If so, you're fulfilling a valuable glue-person responsibility.
+
+Coherent storytelling essentially amounts to connecting the dots. In your average tech organization, there is lots of activity moving forward; maybe this is even documented. But does it all add up to a story anyone can follow? For example:
+
+ * Have you ever seen a roadmap that was formatted as a to-do list, and wondered how the different items corresponded to each other?
+ * Have you ever seen goals stated on a vision document and wondered, "we've never fulfilled that function before, and we don't have a team set up to do it anytime soon. So what are the steps between now and that team forming? How do we get there?"
+ * Have you or your team ever been asked to drop what you're doing right now, even though last week it was "super-urgent," and start doing this other thing right now because it's suddenly also "super-urgent?"
+ * Does your product roadmap look more like spinning a bunch of plates to keep different customers happy than building increments of value to serve current and future customers?
+ * Does your organization try to do too much, making an extreme sport out of context-switching?
+
+
+
+I've seen all of the above. They're all pretty failsafe ways to get talented people to burn out, lose motivation, and leave your organization. These frustrated folks see their companies constantly [disrupting themselves][4] and determine that they will never get anything done. They don't know where they're headed, and no one is telling them that story in any clear, purpose-focused way. What's unfortunate is that such problems are usually not difficult to solve—the content and context are there, but no one is assembling it into the narrative or editing out the filler.
+
+Even the most clear-headed companies struggle to permanently bake common sense fundamentals like prioritization and evidence-based decision-making into their cultures and habits. They're aware of the importance of values like focus, clarity, and prioritization. Maybe the companies even worked hard to attain them through pragmatic-sounding values statements, objective and key results (OKR) strategies, offsites, workshops, and other common tools of the transformation trade. Nevertheless, hierarchies form, and a few teams start getting left out of decisions that affect them. Politics seep in. Inertia creeps. Docs—what are docs? Decision logs—what are decision logs? Meetings get longer and more boring. Time starts to run out, and you end up at the point where you "just have to ship something." The plot gets lost.
+
+> "We used to be excellent at getting work done. The more people we add, the less we're getting done."
+
+Some organizations lose the plot of their own story by over-reliance on oral storytelling. They hold a lot of meetings where much is said, but no one takes notes. There's no basic roadmap or vision posted; in fact, there is resistance to the idea of those things. "It takes too much time," is the usual argument. "No one will read them anyway," is another common one. Often, in these organizations, the processes they've developed rely too much on personal connections, and not enough on well-designed communication flow. Their processes are lightweight because they're nonexistent.
+
+From time to time, I've asked colleagues, "would you rather write this down once, or have three or four meetings where you have to clarify the same point with the same people?" Usually, they decide to write it down. But the habit of oral storytelling and hallway negotiation can take time to break.
+
+As a former reporter, it's not much of a stretch for me to view my role as that of a storyteller. Much of what I do on a daily basis is similar to when I was reporting:
+
+ * Asking people questions
+ * Clarifying the responses
+ * Challenging the responses ("but what about this?") to sharpen their meaning
+ * Organizing the information into stories, starting with the most important details ("the lede") first
+ * Constantly asking, "who is going to care about this detail?" and segmenting the content by audience
+ * Categorizing related types of information to form sub-themes and identify sub-narratives
+
+
+
+When I give road-mapping workshops, I cover the 5 Ws—it feels like giving a Journalism 101 class to engineering managers and product teams:
+
+ * WHO is the customer? The team/set of teams about to do the work?
+ * WHAT are we doing?
+ * WHY are we doing it? Why are we not doing this other thing instead?
+ * WHEN do we start? When do we hope to finish something?
+ * WHERE does this effort reside in the landscape of our other efforts?
+ * HOW do you want to do it?
+
+
+
+In leading these road-mapping sessions, I'm looking for a few key outcomes of success:
+
+ * A story that reflects a very strict work-in-progress limit—i.e., a primary plot, and two to three related sub-plots maximum, but no more
+ * Stated objectives for whatever the organization is working on that are customer-agnostic and framed in a broader context (i.e., doing X will strengthen or complement Y, in these ways)
+ * Metrics and data points that clearly show the impact of delivering something
+
+
+
+One other similarity between being a "glue person" in a tech organization, and being a journalist, is that it's vital to ask tough questions, to get to the bottom of stories. This is to ensure that the "readers" of those stories—the teams, the departments, the C-level, and anyone else seeking the information—have all the clarity they need to follow the plot. Here some example questions from my real-life experience:
+
+ * To a group of 15 engineering managers who have spent an hour-long meeting prioritizing a bunch of greenfield development initiatives—"How did protecting customer data from known potential leaks end up near the bottom of your list?"
+ * To a head of engineering, who wanted to create dashboards so he could survey team progress—"Who needs these bug-counting dashboards; the delivery teams, or you? How does this scale? Is 'number of bugs' a reliable metric?"
+ * To two teams who want to build their own Kubernetes cluster when one is sufficient—"Hey, what's the value of doing that?"
+
+
+
+A lot of what I'm suggesting depends on changing habits, which takes time. Unfortunately, you're in the middle of a global pandemic and don't have time to waste on getting the right teams and people assembled and a plan in motion. You probably don't have the bandwidth to do it all yourself.
+
+So, don't be the sole glue person in your organization. Be one of many glue people, and help other people adapt to playing this role. It's especially crucial during a crisis.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/6/glue-team
+
+作者：[Lauri Apple][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/lapple
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/fistbump-team-teamwork.png?itok=WuSu8-wE (Teamwork starts with communication amongst teams and across silos)
+[2]: https://www.neilirwin.com/how-to-win
+[3]: https://www.theatlantic.com/ideas/archive/2019/06/its-a-winner-take-all-world-heres-how-to-get-ahead/591700/
+[4]: https://barryoreilly.com/when-your-startup-cant-stop-disrupting-itself/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200610 8 steps to make your next meeting more productive.md b/sources/talk/20200610 8 steps to make your next meeting more productive.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8b612dec2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200610 8 steps to make your next meeting more productive.md
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (8 steps to make your next meeting more productive)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/6/meeting-productivity)
+[#]: author: (Emily Brand https://opensource.com/users/emily-brand)
+
+8 steps to make your next meeting more productive
+======
+Make your meeting a productivity powerhouse—not a time waster—with these
+tips.
+![interviewing for a job in a conference room][1]
+
+Many organizations' cultures encourage team meetings, as they can be a valuable time for groups of employees to collaborate and innovate together. However, too often, meetings are unproductive, repetitive, and waste valuable time that employees could use for work. According to a Korn Ferry survey, 67% of employees claim that their job performance is [negatively impacted][2] by spending too much time in meetings. That number is far too high for modern companies interested in growth and productivity.
+
+Because all types of organizations, including open source communities, depend on effective meetings and communication standards to get things done, many try to instill more effective meeting environments. For example, some carve out time each week when meetings are not allowed, so the company can reach a flow state. While this is helpful during that time, the rest of the week may be wasted by unproductive meetings.
+
+The following steps can help make meetings more efficient and create a focused, productive workforce.
+
+### Before the meeting
+
+#### 1\. Be prepared
+
+Too many meetings begin with the question, "why are we here?" One way to make a meeting more productive is to ensure every participant understands the meeting's purpose before the meeting. The agenda should include the start and end time, the topics that will be covered, and a short description written by the organizer answering that "why" question. The easiest way to communicate these things is to share the meeting's agenda in the invitation, and certainly enough time before the meeting that participants can familiarize themselves with the documents before starting. This enables everyone to think about the meeting's goal, plan ahead, and arrive prepared to work toward that goal.
+
+#### 2\. Is this necessary?
+
+To prevent unnecessary meetings, everyone must understand the intended outcomes in advance. If the organizer is unable to articulate intentional goals and outcomes, then the meeting should be canceled or postponed until that happens. Also, think about whether the meeting's outcomes and decisions could be completed in an asynchronous fashion (with chat or email).
+
+Thinking critically about the purpose of the meeting and the people who can contribute to that goal helps organizers and participants stay on task during the meeting. As Krystal D'Costa writes in _Scientific American_, "Since spectators aren't grounded in the project or invested in the outcome, they often derail the meeting." If you're an attendee and don't understand the meeting's purpose, don't be afraid to ask the organizer if you need to be there.
+
+#### 3\. Keep people engaged remotely
+
+For long-form remote meetings (beyond basic update calls), use videoconferencing to ensure attendance, accountability, and engagement. A full 93% of communication is nonverbal, and video meetings take advantage of that fact for productivity. Also, it is easy to disengage during a phone meeting by staying on mute or participating as little as possible while working on other things. This behavior perpetuates the cycle of unproductive meetings.
+
+Videoconferencing increases meeting productivity, so using this collaboration method for remote meetings will have a major impact on the success of decisions going forward. Running productive remote meetings is especially important for open source communities with volunteers spread across geography trying to give back to the project. There are several [open source videoconferencing][3] tools.
+
+### During the meeting
+
+#### 1\. Encourage mindfulness
+
+Most people are running to and from meetings (literally and figuratively), which causes a lack of focus. A proven practice to encourage meeting participants to re-engage and be mindful is to begin every meeting with [at least 90 seconds][4] of technology-free silence. This will allow everybody to switch gears so they can focus on the current meeting. This is a good time to display the meeting agenda and brief on a screen in the meeting room to remind everyone of its goals and purpose.
+
+#### 2\. Begin with agreement
+
+Before beginning, verify that everyone understands the meeting's objectives and the reason they are there. You can do this with a verbal yes in a small group or a non-verbal hand raise in a larger group. If there is any disagreement or confusion regarding the purpose of the meeting, one tangent or participant may sidetrack the entire meeting. This can lead to separate conversations later, which further draws everyone away from the larger picture and the original meeting goals.
+
+#### 3\. Be conscious of time constraints
+
+Every meeting should have a stated start and end time. Once a meeting reaches (or worse, exceeds) the allotted time, participants will begin to lose focus and start thinking about the next thing on their to-do list. By ending meetings five minutes early, attendees will have time to reflect on their decisions with a sense of calmness, which is key to ending a meeting with purpose.
+
+#### 4\. Identify action items
+
+During the meeting, be sure to establish any follow-up that will be needed, including identifying someone to lead each task (or to assign it if no one volunteers). In addition, assign someone in the room to provide status reports on that task going forward to ensure accountability. Reiterate all action items before the end of the meeting to get consensus on each task and so that people claim purposeful responsibility for their assignments.
+
+### After the meeting
+
+#### 1\. Verify action items and next steps
+
+At the end of the meeting, someone should send out the action items and who owns them to all attendees so that everyone knows what their tasks are. Between meetings and official reports, tracking tools like Trello and its [open source alternatives][5] can help everyone track the ongoing status of action items.
+
+### Some changes are better than none
+
+Depending on your line of work, who you are meeting with, or the number of people in a meeting, it can be very difficult to implement all these changes. Even so, even implementing a few can dramatically increase productivity.
+
+It is tempting to banish meetings altogether when the load is overwhelming and the productivity is low, but that is not plausible. Instead, enforcing productivity through these steps is well within your control as a meeting host or attendee.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/meeting-productivity
+
+作者：[Emily Brand][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/emily-brand
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/team-meeting-notebook-conference-brainstorm.png?itok=Rb_rv8-d (interviewing for a job in a conference room)
+[2]: https://www.cnbc.com/2019/11/17/67percent-of-workers-say-spending-too-much-time-in-meetings-distracts-them.html
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/open-source-video-conferencing
+[4]: https://www.inc.com/chris-matyszczyk/this-is-astonishing-amount-of-time-it-takes-to-calm-down-when-youre-angry-according-to-a-police-organization.html
+[5]: https://opensource.com/alternatives/trello
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200612 3 lessons from remote meetings we-re taking back to the office.md b/sources/talk/20200612 3 lessons from remote meetings we-re taking back to the office.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a073bda1d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200612 3 lessons from remote meetings we-re taking back to the office.md
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (3 lessons from remote meetings we’re taking back to the office)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/6/remote-meetings)
+[#]: author: (Abigail Cabunoc Mayes https://opensource.com/users/abbycabs)
+
+3 lessons from remote meetings we’re taking back to the office
+======
+Some of the ways we're accommodating working at home during the pandemic
+can make in-real-life meetings better and more inclusive when we get
+back to the office.
+![Two people chatting via a video conference app][1]
+
+For those of us fortunate enough to work remotely during this pandemic, we'll likely be camped out in our home offices for a while yet. The transition back to in-person work will [take time and be geographically patchy][2].
+
+As I've talked with colleagues who are working remotely, many people say this period is temporary and makeshift: "_Once it's safe to return to the office, we can resume all our old habits and processes_." But in truth, this period of working from home and our eventual return to the office are deeply entwined. The choices and changes we make now will impact the ways we work once we step back into our offices, laboratories, classrooms, and other workspaces.
+
+Rather than viewing this moment as temporary and makeshift, we should see it as formative. By investing in and improving our online meeting experience _now_, we can build the foundation for a better work environment that persists long after the pandemic. We can use this moment to recalibrate our culture and systems, so they are more robust, resilient, and inclusive. Those of us in scientific fields can use this moment to deliberately shift toward [kinder science][3].
+
+Meetings are just one example: Rather than trying to recreate in-person meetings online, let's reimagine what remote meetings can be. With online meetings, you have to be intentional about setting up channels through which participants can contribute and take time to make sure that they know how and feel comfortable doing so. We can take this practice back to the office, providing an opportunity to be more inclusive in-person and break power balances (including leadership hierarchy and majority groups) that can keep folks silent.
+
+Using this difficult moment to build a better work environment may sound overwhelming. But, there's good news: There's no shortage of resources and experiences to draw from. Working remotely feels new to a lot of us, but folks in the open source software world have been working this way and building community online for a long time: Tim O'Reilly has described this as the [architecture of participation][4]. Mozilla has been empowering cohorts of [Open Leaders][5] around the globe for years. And [rOpenSci][6], [RStudio][7], and the [Carpentries][8] have created and support remote, collaborative communities of scientists and coders. We can learn a lot from these communities that have been building relationships and innovating together from afar.
+
+Ready to get started? Below, we share three principles for empowering remote interactions that we can also carry forward in real life (IRL).
+
+### Set an inclusive tone
+
+Remote meetings can easily feel disconnected or unnatural—especially if you're new to meeting online. Start all meetings with a welcome to earn buy-in and participation. For example, schedule time at the very beginning to welcome everyone, announce the meeting goals, and explain how to participate, like how to unmute microphones, use the chat, or write in a shared document. Starting with a quick roll call and icebreaker question during the meeting makes folks less anonymous and encourages participation. Additionally, outline the shared expectations and culture of the meeting by summarizing the code of conduct or community participation guidelines.
+
+Create a detailed agenda with specific minutes allotted to different topics, including the welcome. The agenda should be shared ahead of time and contain enough structure to allow for productive conversations, but also enough flexibility to allow for fruitful digressions. Agendas can be designed with [POP][9] to clearly state the _purpose_, _outcomes_, and _process_ of the meeting.
+
+Providing multiple communication channels during the meeting for folks to "speak up" is important not just for introverts but also for underrepresented minorities, students, and early career people, as well as international or multi-lingual participants. If you're using a shared document, writing feedback instead of verbalizing it can save time and also be used for side and asynchronous conversations. Using multiple channels also provides ways to be in touch and catch up if folks join the call late or drop off due to connectivity issues.
+
+### Provide robust documentation
+
+People can walk away (or log off) from meetings with different perceptions and expectations. Robust documentation can dispel this ambiguity and keep everyone on the same page.
+
+Write meeting notes in a document—preferably in the agenda document mentioned above. Use collaborative document software such as Google Docs or an open source alternative like [Etherpad][10] so that folks can take live notes together. Invite and teach participants how to contribute and have them get into the rhythm early on, for example, with a written roll call that also buffers time as folks arrive at the start.
+
+Encouraging everyone to participate in the document will result in a record of the meeting that is less brittle than anything produced by a single designated note-taker and will include more voices. Folks can contribute in many ways (including adding links, comments, +1's to affirm others' ideas, and emojis to provide quick emotion and color). Further, people can contribute to shared documents live during a meeting or asynchronously before and afterward. These notes can also be shared in many ways after the meeting (email digest, Slack, Twitter, [Mattermost][11], etc.) with different audiences and become more accessible in "post-production" (e.g., captioning, alt-tags on any images shared, etc.).
+
+### Choose the right tools
+
+Choosing the appropriate communication channels for meetings and follow-up is important. It also requires time and empathy to make sure everyone knows how to use the technology.
+
+For virtual meetings, videoconferencing software like [Jitsi][12] allow participants to engage with "faces on." This is a nice norm to set if participants are comfortable, but it is also important to state that it is fine to participate without enabling video for any reason, including bandwidth or privacy issues.
+
+Providing the opportunity for participants to have smaller conversations through [Big Blue Button][13]'s breakout rooms can be very fruitful for moving ideas forward and strengthening relationships and trust. Having prompts or tasks to center the conversations helps make the best use of time, and scheduling time for summaries once the whole group has reconvened allows more ideas and insights to be shared.
+
+Using collaborative software for creating presentations can strengthen engagement while reducing bandwidth issues. Asking participants to open the presentation on their computers and advance the slides themselves eliminates the need for screen-sharing—and the bandwidth issues, multiple windows kerfuffling, and passiveness that can arise as a result.
+
+Being deliberate about the communication platforms outside of meetings is also important. For example, [GitHub Issues][14] might be better for archiving decision-making conversations. And a messaging platform like [Mattermost][15] might be better for quick contact, co-working, and community-building. Whichever platforms you use, take some time to make sure that they meet your team's needs and provide enough control to make them as safe as possible for your participants.
+
+### Make meetings work online, offline, or both
+
+When we're in person again, these principles and tips don't become obsolete. They're relevant and critical to a productive, inclusive workplace, whether we're online, offline, or a hybrid of the two. We have led our [Mozilla Open Leaders][16] and [Openscapes Champions][17] programs this way, and we've learned that these approaches can transcend discipline and organization size.
+
+And while each principle takes time and practice, they're all attainable. We have a big chance here to redesign the way we interact and collaborate, so let's start with intention and kindness.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/remote-meetings
+
+作者：[Abigail Cabunoc Mayes][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/abbycabs
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/chat_video_conference_talk_team.png?itok=t2_7fEH0 (Two people chatting via a video conference app)
+[2]: https://www.theatlantic.com/health/archive/2020/03/how-will-coronavirus-end/608719/
+[3]: https://blogs.scientificamerican.com/observations/open-software-means-kinder-science/
+[4]: http://radar.oreilly.com/2015/03/socialcivics-and-the-architecture-of-participation.html
+[5]: https://foundation.mozilla.org/en/opportunity/mozilla-open-leaders/
+[6]: https://ropensci.org/
+[7]: https://community.rstudio.com/
+[8]: http://carpentries.org/
+[9]: https://suzannehawkes.com/2010/04/09/pop-everything/
+[10]: https://opensource.com/business/15/7/five-open-source-alternatives-google-docs
+[11]: https://opensource.com/alternatives/slack
+[12]: https://opensource.com/alternatives/skype
+[13]: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/open-source-video-conferencing#bigbluebutton
+[14]: https://openscapes.github.io/series/github-issues.html
+[15]: https://mattermost.com/
+[16]: https://foundation.mozilla.org/en/blog/online-meeting-tips/
+[17]: https://www.openscapes.org/blog/2020/03/11/how-to-run-a-remote-workshop/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200613 Introducing the Open Management Practices.md b/sources/talk/20200613 Introducing the Open Management Practices.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..df53d52ab4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200613 Introducing the Open Management Practices.md
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Introducing the Open Management Practices)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/6/open-management-practices)
+[#]: author: (Heidi Hess von Ludewig https://opensource.com/users/heidi-hess-von-ludewig)
+
+Introducing the Open Management Practices
+======
+What does great management look like in an open organization? DeLisa
+Alexander of Red Hat explains a new, open resource that paints one
+vision.
+![Media ladder][1]
+
+For the second article in this series on [Managing with Open Values][2], I spoke with DeLisa Alexander, Executive Vice President and Chief People Officer at Red Hat, specifically about how managing with open values works in that organization. DeLisa's team recently created and open sourced a new resource—[the Open Management Practices][3]—to help Red Hat managers understand their roles in an open organization and to empower Red Hat associates to help those managers practice openness.
+
+I spoke with DeLisa, a 19-year veteran of Red Hat, about what led to the creation of the practices, how she and her team developed them, and how the organization plans to integrate them into its manager competencies. DeLisa came to Red Hat with a legal background and began her career at the company as inside counsel. The legal field is very hierarchical and not too open in its values (due in part to the confidentiality required of counsel). In our interview, DeLisa explains how, over the course of her career, she's been able to grow and guide the development of Red Hat's "bottom-up" organization.
+
+I've transcribed parts of our interview below and edited them for readability.
+
+* * *
+
+**Heidi:** This interview series is about "managing with open values," and one of the first questions we've been asking interviewees is: What does that mean to you, to "manage according to open values"? As the executive overseeing the People team at Red Hat, why is this issue important to you?
+
+**DeLisa:** Red Hat started as a movement, in part because of the internet and the connected, democratic nature the technology brought with it. Red Hat hired top contributors of open source communities, which meant that these associates, now hired into decision making roles, were "infused with open"—they lead like community members, not conventional executives. The expectation was that the culture supported collaboration, participation, and community—the values of the open source community. They brought the culture with them, in other words. Upholding and catalyzing this culture via the body of community members into a profitable company is very important, and very different from proprietary software companies.
+
+**Heidi:** That's so interesting, because as a relatively new Red Hatter I didn't really see that connection as clearly as you explain it. Now I can better understand the passion that a movement started while intersecting with a corporate culture.
+
+**DeLisa:** Yes. Having come from the law I felt the same way, and it took me a while to realize how it worked and what the expectations were.
+
+As I navigated my way in the open source community culture, we started to see that those who were not coming from Red Hat communities didn't know how to navigate this new culture. So, we created the [Open Decision Framework][4] (ODF) to help them grow and align to Red Hat values.
+
+Associates and leaders with decision making responsibilities needed to understand and practice open source practices because our culture is so important. In addition, when you use the ODF, you get better and more creative decisions—that might take longer to get, but then you don't have the change management, like at other companies, after the fact. The transparency offered by the framework aligned with the cultural expectations of the community. When people don't get what they expect, that's when things blow up. So the ODF helps associates and leaders navigate working and decision making in the Red Hat community in ways they expect.
+
+**Heidi:** So Red Hat is essentially an open source community culture _at scale_.
+
+**DeLisa:** Yes. Over time, we have had to develop and grow in ways that are consistent with our values. We've created tools and had projects that used open tools to do that. For example, [when we created our "Why,"][5] our shared purpose, the proposed plan was going to take a year before it opened to the associates. The focus of the proposal was on the leaders coming up with it in a closed room—which wouldn't work at Red Hat. But we decide to involve the associates and do the change management synchronously with the activity. The power of participation will create something amazing (when it's important to do) for Red Hat, but you have to take it on faith, and you don't know when it's going to be done. The iterative process means that project plans are less defined and you have to trust: when it's baked, it's baked. You have to lean into the instinct that you will know when it's baked.
+
+**Heidi:** From my own experience, I can see and feel that, from the associate perspective, there are large gains by being able to participate. But what are the benefits to the managers themselves when they manage with open values?
+
+**DeLisa:** One of the most important values of open source community members is that they want to contribute right away; there is a meritocracy where title doesn't matter. That's important and that's also what Millennials expect for themselves. Millennials are working this way now. That means that managers at Red Hat had to learn how to manage Millennial-like people 20 years before Millennials came into the workforce! There is a significant advantage in that, because it helps to create a highly engaged workforce where people have a part in making a great team and a great organization. Managers also develop associate capabilities: their skill, their understanding of context, and purpose. Managers are helping "develop these muscles' [in their associates] while creating a learning zone at the same time.
+
+Listen to DeLisa describe the importance and benefits of managing with open values
+
+**Heidi:** In this way, managers are creating their own succession plans, because there isn't an us/them context that some conventional organizations have about leadership. In my experience working at conventional organizations, there is a distinct disjointedness between leaders and associates—either you are In the club, or you are not. Where there are open values, leaders and associates are one and the same, or at least the boundary is less distinct.
+
+**DeLisa:** When I took this job, everyone was a leader. You might be a manager, a _role_ that manages people, but everyone was expected to be a leader. We have tried to carefully define "leader" so that we don't lose the concept and impact the meritocracy.
+
+**Heidi:** We've talked a little bit about the growth of Red Hat, and I wonder how you and your team have scaled the role of manager, and managing with open values, across the large and growing organization. What does it look like and what strategies are you working on?
+
+**DeLisa:** As you know, things always look and work a little differently at Red Hat. [Our competency model][6], for instance, helps people know what good looks like in their roles, and then we created the Open Decision Framework to help leaders make decisions in an open way. But we found that managers didn't understand what was expected of them in an open organization. Some brought with them ways of working from their former companies. And yet, as a people manager, they are a key leverage point for Red Hat, essentially responsible for supporting talent. The experience of the associate is greatly influenced by their manager and when you don't have managers who don't manage with open values, then the associates are not getting the full experience of working at an open organization.
+
+We started at the beginning, asking ourselves ["If everyone is a leader, do we even need people managers?"][7] And we decided we needed the manager role. There are too many operationalization points regarding hiring, development, performance, etc. Our next step was the practices (do's and don'ts) and mindsets for managers. The Do's and Don'ts were communicated to Red Hat as a whole to get feedback, including all the geos, using a global face-to-face tour. These became the six Open Management Practices.
+
+**Heidi:** Of the six Open Management Practices, which do you feel is most important?
+
+**DeLIsa:** Probably the one that is most important to us today is "Creating an environment of respect, belonging, and mutual support." It is foundational for meritocracy and the idea that people can contribute even if their style of thinking, language, or remote work are differences. People need to feel like they belong because every associate has to feel comfortable contributing at our very, very best. This is on my mind all the time because there is a lot of research about it, one book for instance is _The Fearless Organization_ by [Amy C. Edmonson][8]. Meritocracy is not just "being nice." It is linked to the learning organization—fail fast and often— and this is how the world's problems are getting solved these days.
+
+**Heidi:** So we've talked about how the Open Management Practices benefit both associates and managers, and I'm curious about the topic of accountability. How is Red Hat helping to make managers and associates accountable for using these practices?
+
+**DeLisa:** That's a great question and a hotly debated topic within my team. Part of the genesis for the Open Management Practices was to create accountability between associates and managers. We asked ourselves "how can we help people to want to be accountable?" We can't legislate this. These practices can't be done "because the People team told me to." We need to inspire ownership, so we made the idea of ownership part of the workshop conversation. The tool helps build a competence—"what good looks like"—by defining the practice. So, the People team asked managers, "Once you are enabled, would you be committed to these practices?" and 97% said "yes"! Therefore, we focused on enabling them knowing that the ownership and accountability would follow.
+
+Listen to DeLisa describe how managers and associates co-created the Open Management Practices
+
+In addition, the No. 1 request in the workshop was for a 360-degree feedback mechanism. We are excited to partner with TILT365 [Red Hat's vendor for personality style testing] to create a multi-factor survey that helped identify a questionnaire for management feedback. This makes the whole model and process very transparent. Associates know what the do's and don'ts for management practices are, and managers have feedback; leaders can support development plans for their managers. All this creates a full, virtuous cycle because the Open Management Practices created a path for managers to commit to their own development.
+
+Listen to DeLisa describe how managing openly can increase commitment and accountability
+
+**Heidi:** That's really interesting! I can see how the definition of the practices helped people understand what they were committing to, and the workshops and using the Open Decision Framework to get feedback from Red Hatters at all levels, helped to create the commitment needed in a natural way, as an obvious extension of the activity.
+
+DeLisa, thank you for your time! I appreciate your taking the time to speak with me today.
+
+**DeLisa:** I appreciate it, your time, and your interest in this! Thank you for having me.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/6/open-management-practices
+
+作者：[Heidi Hess von Ludewig][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/heidi-hess-von-ludewig
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/BUSINESS_meritladder.png?itok=eWIDxnh2 (Media ladder)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/5/commitment-engagement-org-psychology
+[3]: https://github.com/red-hat-people-team/open-management-practices
+[4]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/resources/open-decision-framework
+[5]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/17/9/rediscovering-your-why
+[6]: https://github.com/red-hat-people-team/red-hat-multiplier
+[7]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/18/10/understanding-engagement-empowerment
+[8]: https://www.hbs.edu/faculty/Pages/profile.aspx?facId=6451
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200614 Who is the glue person on your team.md b/sources/talk/20200614 Who is the glue person on your team.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9c855b01e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200614 Who is the glue person on your team.md
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Who is the glue person on your team?)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/6/glue-person)
+[#]: author: (Lauri Apple https://opensource.com/users/lapple)
+
+Who is the glue person on your team?
+======
+How to identify and utilize the role of a clear-headed, storyteller on
+your team.
+![Business woman on laptop sitting in front of window][1]
+
+Here's a test: how long do you think it would take for your organization to kickstart a brand new effort? A few days? A week?
+
+How ready would your teams be—do they already know how to roadmap, align, prioritize, and coordinate with each other?
+
+Are your teams successfully ending any wasteful activities? These might include running unused AWS stacks, building the same thing twice, or consistently preferring tactical, localized optimizations over strategically collaborating with other teams.
+
+If your organization has such activities in motion, you're probably on the right track. If not, that's a warning signal that your team is lacking some core capabilities you'll need for successfully launching any new endeavor, pandemic or not.
+
+Does your organization allow your [glue people][2] to develop those core capabilities, or are you pressuring them to stay in their boxes?
+
+### Zombie scrum, velocity counters, clipboard dogmatists, and other occupational hazards
+
+Not long ago, on a lark, I interviewed for some freelance project management work with a US-based company. The experience was bizarre. The recruiter, who expressed all the enthusiasm of a bowl of cold pea soup, asked me to do tasks that require much more time and context than what was allotted, even to achieve the goals at a mediocre level. I was penalized for stating that I have never seen scrum by the book—aka [zombie scrum][3]—succeed in any organization. And I was somewhat scolded for asking analytical questions that, in my experience, are critical to driving focus and clarity.
+
+I didn't get passed to the next stage of the process, in part because the recruiter said my zombie scrum comment was a red flag. I took that as a compliment. But I also felt sorry for any project manager—or scrum master, agile coach, or any other creative person—who's made to apply cookie-cutter solutions to situations that require listening, empathy, and creativity. "Follow the book" is a simplistic, anti-intellectual way to crush innovation and generates stereotypes about professionals whose valuable work aims to glue teams, departments, and narratives together.
+
+Countless books, articles, and tweets from frustrated agile practitioners have been written about the tendency of many companies to pick an agile framework and force it to stick. A well-meaning company picks scrum, then instantly gets dogmatic about it and hires a bunch of scrum masters to hold the required ceremonies. In this environment, it's easy for the scrum masters to tie their competence to existing certifications instead of growing and expanding their skills into areas like psychology or conflict resolution. The company then puts a bunch of additional requirements on top of their framework of choice—checklists, team working agreements that look a certain way, mandatory JIRA fields separating "internal work" from "external work" (whatever that means).
+
+Maybe this stuff works somewhere? I have never seen it.
+
+There's never a good time to pressure your people to dumb down process and now is especially not a good time. Your organization needs even more of what makes a highly effective glue-person:
+
+ * Pragmatism
+ * Objectivity and a habit of identifying assumptions
+ * Communication skills, which most tech companies struggle with even in calm times
+ * Good listening skills
+ * Pattern detection
+ * Research skills
+ * Neutrality and diplomacy
+ * Strategic mindset over tactical, quick-fix, trees-for-the-forest thinking
+
+
+
+If you're not supporting your team in valuing and encouraging these attributes in your people—regardless of whether their job title includes "agile" or not—please start now.
+
+Of course, some people who take on "agile practitioner" roles actually prefer to be dogmatists, by-the-book folks, and bug counters. In that case, you have two options: either see if they're willing to explore different approaches to their work, or, if they're not, explore other people.
+
+### Know your PMO
+
+If you hear teams grumble that your project management office (PMO) is a bunch of non-technical clipboard people who block progress, challenge those biases. Maybe your PMO really is ineffective; some are. But maybe there's a different issue at work—either micromanaging on their part or lack of accountability on the rest of the organization's part.
+
+A friend described to me a situation in which the two engineering executives in their company constantly complained about the PMO, for reasons that were never clear. What was clear was that the engineering executives did not value transparency or accountability. Meanwhile, my friend stated that many people in the company swore that without the PMO, nothing would have gotten done within any reasonable amount of time. After a leadership change, the engineering executives were replaced; the PMO remained.
+
+If the issue is with the PMO, consider coaching the team to be more effective. This can be done through a retrospective or, if you have time, one-on-ones. I have been lucky enough to work in three organizations with high-performing PMO organizations. They framed conversations with teams to similarly focus on goals and broader developments taking place around them. They were empathetic—trying to understand why programs lagged behind, instead of blaming or nagging. They were focused on producing value—aligning teams, making work transparent, keeping meetings well-organized and constructive, and asking pragmatic questions that averted disasters or surfaced gaps in strategy.
+
+Instead of checking in to see if people were doing their work, they helped teams find out ways to help each other. In many cases, they helped drive knowledge exchange to cross-pollinate new ideas and solutions either by running effective meetings or hosting dedicated conversations.
+
+If the issue is with your organization, work with the PMO to see how your leadership team can become better advocates for PMO work. Sometimes the issue for PMOs is a lack of public relations and reputation management. Sadly, PMOs can become the canvases upon which disgruntled parties project everything they're mad about, and this really isn't helpful to anyone. Neither are out-of-the-box expectations that PMOs can solve product strategy problems when product managers abdicate responsibility, or solve your technical architecture, or resolve every conflict between two engineers. Your organization might simply be misapplying your PMO power in ways that reinforce existing biases or misunderstandings of their work. Find ways to stop that.
+
+As a PMO of one person, I work closely with stakeholders across my organization to break down complexity, clarify outcomes, and track work-in-progress through lightweight visualizations. It's all storytelling. I work closely with our agile coaching team, laying the groundwork with delivery teams to form a coherent vision for what to build, then collaborating with the coaches to work with specific teams to boost performance and ensure better flow on that vision. It's not wizardry, and I've recycled it from what other successful PMOs have shown and taught me over the years. It seems to work.
+
+### Give your agile coaches and scrum masters meaningful metrics
+
+"I thought agile coaches just measured velocity and story points, and scrum masters do the same but also keep JIRA updated," more than one person on earth has said. How did they reach this conclusion? Possibly by working in an organization that asked coaches and scrum masters to focus on output instead of value. Maybe those organizations didn't expect or even care if the coaches demonstrated their effectiveness; the coaches and scrum masters were there to serve a purpose, like security blankets of agility.
+
+Story points and velocity are worthless metrics if the work delivered isn't valuable. So is counting the number of retrospectives, or counting the decline in the number of bugs per team (easily gamed), or the amount of time spent pair programming. These metrics do not necessarily tell a coherent story about your organization, and they do not help the coaches and scrum masters grow.
+
+I like [this list of agile coach metrics by Andy Sio][4]: measure impact by looking for evidence of efficiency, or reducing meetings, or collecting data points around teams using coaches' suggestions to make improvements. For the scrum masters, Ryan Ripley invites leaders to [rethink the role][5] as one of service, challenging the status quo. Find someone else to update the JIRAs and take the notes.
+
+Maybe you're cool with empowering coaches and scrum masters, but now you're asking, "we have product managers and business analysts—why do we need coaches to do this?" Because dysfunction in delivery is usually systemic. It's about a confluence of discussions, decisions, communications, and other bits and pieces of work going awry, slowly at first, until it all adds up to become A Bigger Problem.
+
+A coach can help your product managers, analysts, and devs surface those Bigger Problems, understand the root causes, and find more effective alternatives to right the ship. If urgent enough, this can mean the difference between success and failure. For example:
+
+ * How effective can a scrum master assigned to two or three teams possibly be if those teams are facing a constant barrage of "this is urgent!" work chucked in from the leadership team?
+ * How can a team align with other teams, if those teams aren't sharing roadmaps?
+ * How can engineering and product remain aligned if there are two competing roadmaps?
+ * If you're facing Coronavirus, will your product managers, devs, and analysts have time to unpack all of this systemic dysfunction, or could they use a little help?
+
+
+
+Identify the "glue people" in your organization and find ways to leverage them through focused programs dedicated to one or two outcomes at most. Consider forming a "community of practice," an informal setting (Lean Coffee or other formats) for them to share best practices or highlight and resolve process-related needs in the organization.
+
+If your glue people are already overwhelmed, consider hiring more of them. This might sound counterintuitive if you're laying people off, but what costs more—hiring one program manager to do the job well, or having ten developers and product managers do the job with less focus, while not doing their usual jobs?
+
+Hopefully, you're able to identify the people in your organization who can connect the dots, tell your story, and bring everyone together. Maybe you've even hired people specifically to mind your processes and haven't laid them off yet. Please don't! They might save you and everyone else in your company. But only if you empower them.
+
+If you're starting something from scratch, support your glue people in keeping everyone else from losing the plot. Then you build a culture of maintaining the plot. It's easier to iterate and improve upon such a culture when it's the foundation of your new initiative or product than to force it after developing lots of antipatterns and worst-practice habits. Sure, incremental change can bring teams and organizations back on track—but why tolerate being off-track in the first place? "Going faster at the beginning" isn't a good reason; you can go super-fast and be experimental and still hold your team together.
+
+Process can be simple and lightweight—in fact, it should be. But it can't be solved simply by putting some meetings in a calendar and writing everything down in Confluence. It has to be customized and curated, created to achieve and sustain flow, and designed to be adapted depending on what's necessary. Otherwise, it will be an obstacle and a waste of time instead of an aid, and people will hate it. And it probably won't come from following scrum by the book, or anything by the book.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/6/glue-person
+
+作者：[Lauri Apple][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/lapple
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/lenovo-thinkpad-laptop-concentration-focus-windows-office.png?itok=-8E2ihcF (Woman using laptop concentrating)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/6/glue-team
+[3]: https://www.scrum.org/resources/blog/zombie-scrum-symptoms-causes-and-treatment?gclid=EAIaIQobChMI97Cr6v-96QIVFO3tCh25RgrWEAAYASAAEgIgYfD_BwE
+[4]: https://www.strategicquadrant.com/blog/how-to-measure-your-successas-an-agile-coach/
+[5]: https://enterprisersproject.com/article/2020/4/scrum-master-role-how-rethink
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200616 Changing the world with open source- GNOME president shares her story.md b/sources/talk/20200616 Changing the world with open source- GNOME president shares her story.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..98ddcd364c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200616 Changing the world with open source- GNOME president shares her story.md
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Changing the world with open source: GNOME president shares her story)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/6/nuritzi-sanchez-interview)
+[#]: author: (Don Watkins https://opensource.com/users/don-watkins)
+
+Changing the world with open source: GNOME president shares her story
+======
+GitLab's new senior open source program manager and founding team member
+of Endless OS shares her vision for using open source to improve
+society.
+![Globe up in the clouds][1]
+
+Growing up in Silicon Valley, [Nuritzi Sanchez][2] saw the powerful impact software can make on the world. Yet, unlike many others who were also steeped in the tech industry, her journey has taken her into the world of open source, where she is contributing to that impact.
+
+After graduating from Stanford University with a degree in International Relations, she ****became a founding team member of open source computing company [Endless OS][3], served three terms as president and chair of GNOME's board of directors, and in February 2020 was hired as the senior open source program manager (OSPM) at GitLab.
+
+I am impressed by this talented woman, and I reached out to her to learn more about her and her work. I believe you will also be fascinated with her journey after reading our interview, which has been lightly edited for clarity.
+
+**Don Watkins:** How did you get started with open source?
+
+**Nuritzi Sanchez**: My first experience with open source software was using an Ubuntu-based computer at an immigration law clinic when I was interning there as an undergrad. I remember being really surprised that something other than Macs and Windows existed. I had a good experience using the Ubuntu machine.
+
+Later, in 2012, I helped start a company called [Endless][4] that aimed to make computing universally accessible. By leveraging the power of open source software, we wanted to create computers that were great for users that had little to no access to the internet or were new to computers.
+
+As I deep-dived into that world, I was amazed by how vast the open source application ecosystem is. In my college years, I had become an Apple fangirl, and I immediately noticed the difference in user experience and design. Thanks to the CEO and founder's strong interest in great design, Endless was created from the beginning to delight users. Our team hoped to bring more user-centered design to the Linux desktop world.
+
+![GUADEC 2015 newcomers' event][5]
+
+GUADEC 2015 newcomers' event (Nuritzi Sanchez, [CC BY-SA 4.0][6])
+
+In 2015, I gave my first talk at [GUADEC][7] (the GNOME community's largest conference) about [adapting GNOME for the developing world][8]. I didn't know what to expect going into the conference since that was the first time I'd attended an open source software event, and I was incredibly impressed with how friendly and welcoming the GNOME community was. The newcomers' and social events helped me bond with the existing community, and when I attended a Birds of a Feather (BoF) session, I noticed that my project management and leadership skillset was immediately useful. Even though I was new to the community and was not an engineer, I felt like I could immediately contribute. I wished I had known about GNOME and the open source world years before!
+
+**DW:** What is the power of open source for you?
+
+**NS**: Open source software helps democratize the world and enables us to solve the challenges we know best. You can build on top of the work that others have done in order to solve unique challenges around you instead of having to recreate something completely from scratch. It thus spurs innovation.
+
+Since a lot of open source software is not only free as in philosophy but also free as in price, it also gives people who may not otherwise be able to afford it access to tools that are essential to be part of the modern workforce.
+
+**DW:** How did your family background drive your interest in open source?
+
+**NS**: My parents are from Mexico, and when we visited family there, I was struck by the differences between where I was growing up, in the Silicon Valley, and where my parents were from. Sometimes we would visit towns where people had cardboard instead of windows, elderly people were sitting in the heat trying to sell artisanal goods they made, and poverty was visible in every corner. I heard heartbreaking stories about the struggles that people were facing, and as an empathetic kid, that all greatly impacted me. I wanted to do something to help.
+
+During my undergraduate years at Stanford, I really struggled to find just one thing that I was interested in. I was drawn to social impact initiatives, but I wanted to help people be healthier, have access to great education, find jobs, and feel fulfilled. I basically wanted to do _all the things_. This led me to explore many potential career paths through internships.
+
+Unsurprisingly for someone who grew up in the Valley, I ended up believing that getting involved with software was the best way for me to make a huge impact. I saw how just a small team could create software that was used by millions of people and could impact their lives. It seemed like a superpower. I then became enamored with open source software because of all the reasons I've mentioned above. As a bonus, open source software usually already has an international community, and as I've gotten more involved, I've been keen on helping to expand its reach.
+
+**DW: How has your involvement with Endless shaped your vision and direction?**
+
+**NS:** One of the things that I loved about Endless is how much the team valued getting to know its users. Every employee was able to go to one of Endless' target markets and do in-field research. We were able to meet people whose lives we were actually being impacted by our work.
+
+My time at Endless allowed me to travel and become immersed in different cultures to an extent that I wouldn't have had otherwise. I sometimes spent several months in a target market when I was helping with special initiatives. I met people from the international open source community who are extremely dedicated to the open source philosophy—and I also learned more about the challenges they face when contributing.
+
+![Endless OS user testing in Guatemala][9]
+
+Endless OS user testing in Guatemala (Nuritzi Sanchez, [CC BY-SA 4.0][6])
+
+The other theme is the importance of user-centered design. I'm very grateful to have been part of a team with extremely talented designers and executives that believed that great design was essential. Our COO attended the [Stanford d.school][10] and helped infuse the company with an appreciation for design thinking. Similarly, our CEO had a sharp eye for things being pixel-perfect and always challenged our designers to create beautiful software. I developed a certain aesthetic and a deep appreciation of the design process. My time at Endless helped me appreciate some of the unique challenges that designers face when trying to contribute to open source software.
+
+**DW:** Diversity and inclusion are really important to you. How does diversity improve products and communities?
+
+**NS**: Diversity of thought is something incredibly important when solving any kind of challenge. In order to do that, you need to bring in people from diverse backgrounds. New perspectives often bring new insights or new ideas into the mix.
+
+One of the tangible examples I have from my time at Endless is when we were working in Indonesia and wanted to do user research there to better understand the market. One of our Endless Ambassadors, Siska, belonged to a group of housewives that met regularly, and she introduced Endless at one of their meetings. Many of the housewives who attended got really excited about Endless and told their partners and children about it. Being great networkers, some of them helped us find people for our user research studies and became evangelists of our product in their communities. It was something that, at least to me, wasn't a normal path to take, and it was something that was hugely beneficial.
+
+![Meeting with open source community members in Indonesia][11]
+
+Meeting with open source community members in Indonesia (Nuritzi Sanchez, [CC BY-SA 4.0][6])
+
+**DW:** What led you to leave Endless and move to GNOME?
+
+**NS**: Endless did a lot of things right, and it still faced a lot of the challenges that all open source desktops face in a world that is [dominated][12] by Microsoft. Endless had to make some hard choices about how to evolve its strategy and also started to explore some new ideas—like how to make Endless a great platform to teach children how to code. It was during this time that we parted ways, but I continue to be a huge fan and still use Endless OS on my personal computer.
+
+I ended up taking some time off after Endless to travel and to continue my third term as the president and chairperson of the board of directors at GNOME.
+
+![Women Who Code Taipei event][13]
+
+Meeting with Women Who Code Taipei (Nuritzi Sanchez, [CC BY-SA 4.0][6])
+
+**DW:** GNOME experienced tremendous growth during your tenure. What do you attribute that to?
+
+**NS**: There were many things that factored into the growth we saw during my tenure. Here are the most important ones:
+
+ * **Improving the newcomer's story:** Carlos Soriano, Bastian Ilso, and Christian Hergert, in particular, really helped set GNOME's momentum in motion by working on a newcomer's guide for code contributors. They developed the workflows and tools that made an immediate impact on our community's growth. Later, Carlos led an evaluation of tooling and helped GNOME find GitLab as the solution to further simplifying the contribution process.
+
+ * **Broadcasting our story and promoting our brand:** As part of the Engagement team, I helped to amplify our work on the newcomers initiatives and helped to build our brand and online presence. GNOME's work on improving the newcomers' story gained a lot of interest within the wider community and brought about new interest in the GNOME project, and we used that to help build the sense that GNOME was in forward momentum. Marketing, brand, and dedicated community-building are really important for open source organizations.
+
+ * [**Flatpak**][14]**,** [**Flathub**][15]**, and** [**Builder**][16]**!** There were several technological innovations that helped propel GNOME forward. For example, Flatpak and Builder helped to make creating a GNOME app easier than ever, and users were able to find and install apps directly from Flathub. These innovations were _huge_ because they made it possible for anyone to create and enjoy great Linux desktops. Furthermore, it helped unify the Linux desktop community a bit since any distribution that enabled Flatpak apps could benefit from easier distribution and management of apps.
+
+ * **Hiring an** **executive** **director (ED):** GNOME had been without an ED for several years before I joined. With the help of a hiring committee, the board soon interviewed several highly qualified candidates for the ED position. Leveraging my startup experience in hiring, I worked with our vice president at the time to figure out all the logistics behind hiring our first-ever non-US employee and closing the loop. We soon announced that Neil McGovern would join as the GNOME executive director. This was an important step for us since the board had absorbed the ED's responsibilities while the position was unfilled. Since the board was elected annually, that meant that planning long-term, strategic initiatives was rather difficult because of turnover.
+
+ * **Dreaming new dreams:** While I'm biased, I do think that Endless' new perspective helped the GNOME community to dream a new dream and start creating GNOME for a user beyond the "typical Linux desktop user." This meant working on features that enabled a less tech-savvy, more design-sensitive, and less-connected user. Since Endless worked heavily upstream, GNOME experienced an influx of contributors from Endless' employees and Endless' ecosystem. This, combined with the newcomers' story, helped propel GNOME into an era of being more accessible to more people around the world. This also helped attract donations from organizations, including a $1 million pledge that helped GNOME dream new dreams. As part of that, the board decided that expanding the GNOME Foundation would help sustain GNOME's momentum and that employees would be hired for the first time ever to work directly on aspects of the project, like on GTK and event planning.
+
+ * **Restructuring the** **GNOME** **Foundation:** One of my short-term goals upon hiring our executive director was leading the board of directors to be more of a strategic entity and allowing the day-to-day work to be handled by employees. I proposed having a board hackathon so that we could set aside time to do some strategic planning, reassess how we did budgeting, and also work on important initiatives that often got pushed to the side. The first hackathon was a success, and it's now an annually recurring event. Once the employees had been hired, we worked on transferring responsibilities to them and helping to integrate them into the larger community. There were some challenges we faced along the way, but overall, this went smoothly, and the community was excited about seeing the Foundation grow to support its needs.
+
+ * ![Linux App Summit 2019][17]
+
+Linux App Summit 2019 (Nuritzi Sanchez, [CC BY-SA 4.0][6])
+
+**New policies to enable growth:** While on the board, I helped with some initiatives that also helped us build momentum. Two such policies were our [Code of Conduct][18] and our [Travel Policy][19]. These two helped make the GNOME community more inclusive and helped show that GNOME cares about continuing to build a great and diverse community.
+
+ * **Linux App Summit:** Finally, another thing I think helped was the work we did around creating a new conference, the [Linux App Summit][20]. While the conference started in 2016, in 2019, we joined forces with KDE. This doubled attendance and showed the world that KDE and GNOME could work together towards a greater purpose. As part of the founding team of that conference, I'm very proud of our work there.
+
+
+
+
+**DW:** You've recently moved to GitLab as senior open source program manager (OPSM). What are you doing there? What are your short-term and long-term goals there?
+
+**NS**: I am thrilled to be at GitLab! My main focus right now is on the [GitLab for Open Source][21] program, which offers our top tiers for free to qualifying open source projects. As part of that program, we also help large open source organizations with their migrations (GNOME, KDE, Drupal, etc.). I'm working on formalizing aspects of the program and streamlining processes that will allow us to scale the program.
+
+![GitLab's community relations team][22]
+
+GitLab's community relations team (Nuritzi Sanchez, [CC BY-SA 4.0][6])
+
+As I work on this program, I'm being exposed to new open source communities, and I'm learning more about the DevOps world. It's been incredibly rewarding already! My hope is to help make GitLab the best place for open source organizations to thrive at scale, and in order to do so, there are many pieces involved. I see myself advocating for features that are important to open source projects, facilitating communication between our community and our internal team, and working with the community relations team to help make it a great experience to be part of our community. Apart from that, one thing that I've been interested in is how to help make open source more sustainable, so I'm keen on continuing to learn about and explore that topic. Last but not least, I’m also very excited about the work that the CHAOSS community is doing on creating metrics to measure the health of open source communities. I recently joined a new working group there to create a set of metrics that foundations like GNOME and KDE can use to measure their community’s health.
+
+**DW:** Would you recommend other open source companies have OSPMs? What about non-open source companies?
+
+**NS**: Since software is eating the world, and open source software is eating the software world, I absolutely would encourage companies to devote more resources into understanding their dependency on and growing their involvement in open source software.
+
+If a company is just starting off or isn't able to have an open source program office (OSPO) right away, having an open source program manager is a great entry point. These early hires can help lay down some initial structure and work on high-priority initiatives relating to the open source work that the company is doing or wants to participate in. This can later turn into a larger program office if and when the company is ready for that.
+
+* * *
+
+I appreciate the time Nuritizi took to share her journey with me and the work she's doing to support open source and the communities that build up around open source projects. If you'd like to learn more about her, I recommend you join me in following her on [Twitter][2].
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/nuritzi-sanchez-interview
+
+作者：[Don Watkins][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/don-watkins
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/cloud-globe.png?itok=_drXt4Tn (Globe up in the clouds)
+[2]: https://twitter.com/1nuritzi
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/18/2/meet-endless-os-lightweight-linux
+[4]: https://endlessos.com/home/
+[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/guadec_2015.jpg (GUADEC 2015 newcomers' event)
+[6]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[7]: https://events.gnome.org/event/1/
+[8]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qs5J_IWSmiE
+[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/endless_usertestingguatemala.jpg (Endless OS user testing in Guatemala)
+[10]: https://dschool.stanford.edu/
+[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/indonesiacommunitygathering.jpg (Meeting with open source community members in Indonesia)
+[12]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Usage_share_of_operating_systems
+[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/womenwhocodetaipei.jpg (Women Who Code Taipei event)
+[14]: https://flatpak.org/
+[15]: https://flathub.org/home
+[16]: https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Builder
+[17]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/linuxappsummit2019.jpg (Linux App Summit 2019)
+[18]: https://wiki.gnome.org/Foundation/CodeOfConduct
+[19]: https://wiki.gnome.org/Travel
+[20]: https://linuxappsummit.org/
+[21]: https://about.gitlab.com/solutions/open-source/
+[22]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/gitlab_cr-team.jpg (GitLab's community relations team)
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200619 What do Paketo Buildpacks Mean for Developers and Operators.md b/sources/talk/20200619 What do Paketo Buildpacks Mean for Developers and Operators.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..77ed828a9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200619 What do Paketo Buildpacks Mean for Developers and Operators.md
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (What do Paketo Buildpacks Mean for Developers and Operators)
+[#]: via: (https://www.linux.com/audience/developers/what-do-paketo-buildpacks-mean-for-developers-and-operators/)
+[#]: author: (Swapnil Bhartiya https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/)
+
+What do Paketo Buildpacks Mean for Developers and Operators
+======
+
+Cloud Foundry Foundation recently announced the launch of [Paketo Buildpacks][1] for cloud native developers and operators. But what’s the difference between Cloud Foundry’s Packet and the Buildpacks announced by CNCF? What does it mean for developers who are already using buildpacks? What kind of community is Cloud Foundry look at building around Paketo? What does the roadmap look like?
+
+To get answers to these questions and deep dive into Paketo Buildpacks, [Swapnil Bhartiya][2], Founder of TFiR.io spoke with Chip Childers, Executive Director, Cloud Foundry Foundation and Kashyap Vedurmudi, Product Manager at VMware.
+
+_Here is a lightly edited transcript of the interview:_
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: Today we have two guests, Kashyap Vidurmudi, product manager at VMware, and Chip Childers, executive director of Cloud Foundry. Today we are going to talk about the recently announced Paketo Buildpacks. I don’t want to get into that old debate about Docker files versus Buildpacks, but there are two things that I do want to talk about before we talk about Paketo in specific – compliance and security. How does Paketo Buildpacks solve these two problems?**
+
+Kashyap Vidurmudi: So, we have a couple of things. We are constantly shipping Buildpacks just whenever upstream security vulnerability comes out, a new language family version, things like that. So Buildpacks make it much easier especially for enterprise users just to continuously make sure that their apps stay up to date, and secure, and compliant. So this is I think a huge value proposition of what Buildpacks offer versus using Docker files to run your apps and to build your apps and production.
+
+Chip Childers: The history of the Cloud Foundry project is, it’s been using Buildpack since nearly the beginning of its inception, originally at VMware, right, before it took it to journey to pivotal and then the CFF. So Buildpacks have demonstrated their value when used with a platform that’s able to implement them effectively, a few times, right? In particular, I’m thinking about the OpenSSL Heartbleed vulnerability. I found that to be a great example of when languages and runtimes don’t embed too many things in their distribution statically, then you’re able to use the Buildpack process to roll out security patches to these really important underlying libraries very quickly.
+
+Chip Childers: As an example, Kashyap said that the buildpack project with Paketo Buildpacks, they’ve always been keeping up to date with all their critical vulnerabilities or high vulnerabilities from all the languages and frameworks that get pulled together. We had the OpenSSL update rolled out to the whole ecosystem and it managed to percolate through all the platforms that had the CF Buildpacks embedded in them very quickly, like in a matter of days. And it was really smooth. The only hiccup back then was that no JS actually included the OpenSSL library in its own distribution. So I think it was about a month or so after Heartbleed that they split that out and then Buildpacks could be more effective at helping to support some of these underlying libraries.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: Thanks for explaining that. If I’m not wrong, last year, CNCF also announced a Buildpack project. What is the difference between what CNCF is doing there versus what you guys are trying to do?**
+
+Kashyap Vidurmudi: That’s a great question and probably the biggest question we’ve been getting asked with this whole launch. So the CNCF Cloud Native Buildpacks project, they built the underlying specification and tooling needed to build a Cloud Native compliant Buildpack. Or the Paketo Buildpacks project is just a set of language family implementations on top of these Cloud Native Buildpack specifications. So we build implementations when we launched the other day, we have Java, node.js, PHP, .NET Core, and probably a couple of others that I’m missing, Buildpack implementations on top of that spec.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: And why do you call it Paketo Buildpacks, the specific reasons for this naming?**
+
+Kashyap Vidurmudi: That’s a great question as well. To be completely honest with you, our whole engineering team went through about two different naming exercises just to generate different names for Buildpacks. At a team lunch, a couple of months ago, someone came up with the Paketo, which translates to Greek and… Sorry, it translates to package in Greek. What we really liked about it was Kubernetes translates to pilot and Greek, and we liked that with Paketo translating a package in Greek. We can come off with the association that Paketo packages your apps as container images that any Cloud Native platforms similar to Kubernetes can work as straight. So the name stuck at the end.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: Talk a bit about the collaboration between Cloud Foundry and VMware for this project.**
+
+Chip Childers: I want to start probably by saying, the kind of Buildpack project is a Cloud Foundry Foundation project, right? And so what that means is it’s the same engineers and contributors that are working on the traditional Cloud Foundry. Buildpacks are building the Paketo Buildpacks collection, right? So you get all their past experience as a community building and maintaining, and keeping up to date these new Cloud Native Buildpack compliant things. One of the goals of the project team, which I’m sure Kashyap could share a little bit more about as well, is that traditionally the Cloud Foundry Buildpack collection has seen the majority of the effort that was put into maintaining it coming from pivotal.
+
+There were certainly a lot of casual contributors, but it was something, that pivotal bore the full burden on. And we think that it’s incredibly important that now that the Cloud Native Buildpacks spec can be used in many different platforms. That a lot of participants rally around this because it’s an opportunity to get really high-quality Buildpack code brought into whichever platform you’re using, whether it’s Tecton, or it’s Google Cloud run, or whether it’s the CF [inaudible 00:07:06] distribution of Cloud Foundry. There are going to be a lot of end-users that should be able to amplify the feedback loop back to the project team. And we’re very open to new contributors there.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: What kind of community are you planning to build around these Paketo Buildpacks and what will be the resources available for the community to build and consume these Buildpacks?**
+
+Kashyap Vidurmudi: I think just to add on a little bit to what Chip said, the community is super important for us with this whole Paketo Buildpacks launch. I think what we’re looking for ideally is a mix of vendors helping us out similar to what Cloud Foundry Foundation has had in the past, as well as individual contributors. And what’s super exciting to see is we just launched a couple of days ago and we’re already seeing a bunch of people reaching out, and trying out Paketo Buildpacks, and interested in contributing. We’re seeing that maybe people might be interested in helping us develop a Python, Paketo Buildpacks, which is really cool to see. To answer the second part of your question around a marketplace or some ecosystem, I think in the future, that would be super cool to have something like that. In the short term, what we’re doing is we have with this concept of builder images where a builder is effectively a set of Buildpacks, Paketo Buildpacks that are packaged in there. So we ship our builders onto a GCR registry that users can then use to consume our Buildpacks.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: Is there any specific Buildpacks that will be available or you’ll be focusing on to start with?**
+
+Kashyap Vidurmudi: Yeah. When we launched the other day, we officially have Java, node.js, .NET Core, PHP, and Nginx Paketo Buildpacks available at the moment. We’re currently just getting started around a Ruby Paketo Buildpacks and looking into publishing some official project-wide roadmap in the future to show what’s coming next.
+
+Chip Childers: I think that’s another really good opportunity for people to get involved. As you said, there’s been interest organically in helping to add Python as a Buildpack. There’s a very long tail of different languages and frameworks that are used in the enterprise context. And so Paketo Buildpacks was going out the door with a set of Buildpacks that basically solved the majority of enterprise development use cases, right? Python is used very heavily, but it’s a little bit less than Java, right? And so the tail starts to drop a little bit. But there’s a lot of opportunity in those languages and frameworks that the Paketo Buildpacks project team hasn’t created on their own. But those same patterns can be followed for languages that might be maybe less used.
+
+As the community grows around, not just the Cloud Native Buildpacks spec, right, because anyone can build a Buildpack to that spec. But I think the practices of the Paketo Buildpacks project lend themselves to quality distribution of a Buildpack, right? If you search and get up for Buildpacks, even if you’re just looking at the past version of the way Buildpacks work, you find thousands of them, right? But some of them are stale, some of them are, they have work. And I think the more important than exactly which Buildpacks are offered today is that the Paketo Buildpacks project is an opportunity for people to come together around the discipline of building quality Buildpacks and then maintaining them over time.
+
+Kashyap Vidurmudi: Yeah, exactly. That’s a really good point. And I think that over the next coming weeks to months, we’re really focused on improving a lot of our documentation to help enable things like this. We have a couple of tutorials right now just to help users create a Paketo style Buildpack and lots of tools and things like that out there. So my end goal and just sure Chip agrees with this, which is, I’d love to see a user just coming in with very little Buildpack experience and be able to build, say, a Rust Cloud Native Buildpack or something like that very simply and easily and support that. And that’s the end goal of where we want to go in terms of enabling the community to build Buildpacks easily.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: So what happens to the existing Buildpacks that people are already using?**
+
+Kashyap Vidurmudi: For Cloud Foundry Buildpacks, we’re going to continue providing support for CF workloads into the foreseeable future. So what we did is we built a concept of a compatibility layer on top of every one of our Paketo Buildpacks, which allow us to ship a Cloud Foundry compatible Cloud Native Buildpack. And that enables your CF workflows to continue to work with Paketo Buildpacks.
+
+Chip Childers: I think one of the things to understand, and this is where it gets a little bit confusing, right? Buildpacks as a concept has a fairly long history. So it started at Heroku. CF was emulating Heroku, right? It was the open source alternative to Heroku and it implemented Buildpacks in order to have that support. And for a while, they were largely compatible, right? You could take a Heroku Buildpack and you could use that in a Cloud Foundry context or you could do the reverse. And so that worked for a while. The two platforms, right, Cloud Foundry and opensource community. And then Heroku as a product or a platform as a service, that’s all proprietary, they started to diverge, right? So the compatibility within the ecosystem started to break down.
+
+When the CNCF Cloud Native Buildpacks project kicked off, to me that was actually one of the most important moments in the platform as a service space in a number of years. Because it represented a reconvergence of streams of work and sets of experiences with different end-users that made a ton of sense for everyone. But what that means though, is that the CMB spec is, it’s a new way to build Buildpacks, right? So all that historical work for the CF community building that shim is important, but it’s really critical to understand that a Cloud Native Buildpack, compliant Buildpack is different from a traditional Heroku or Cloud Foundry, older version Buildpack. They’re implemented differently. And so it’s a new generation of them. And that’s where a new ecosystem because there are multiple platforms that don’t support their use, is really going to kick in here.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: Kashyap, you mentioned there’ll be a lot of resources documentation that would be coming up. What are the resources that are available at this moment that people can either read or go to that to get more aware of the project at the same time, how they can get involved with the project?**
+
+Kashyap Vidurmudi: Yeah. So right now we have a couple of tutorials out there just around how to get started with Paketo Buildpacks as well as how to go ahead and create your own Paketo Buildpacks. In terms of getting started and helping out and getting involved, I think the best way to get started right now is to join us on Slack, our Slack is Slack.paketo, P-A-K-E-T-O.io, or visit our website and go through the content. The website is P-A-K-E-T-O.io.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: Chip and Kashyap, thank you so much for taking time out of your schedule and talking to us today about this project. Good luck with that project and thank you once again.**
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.linux.com/audience/developers/what-do-paketo-buildpacks-mean-for-developers-and-operators/
+
+作者：[Swapnil Bhartiya][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://paketo.io/
+[2]: https://www.tfir.io/author/arnieswap/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200628 Roy Fielding-s Misappropriated REST Dissertation.md b/sources/talk/20200628 Roy Fielding-s Misappropriated REST Dissertation.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5906fd1d92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200628 Roy Fielding-s Misappropriated REST Dissertation.md
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Roy Fielding's Misappropriated REST Dissertation)
+[#]: via: (https://twobithistory.org/2020/06/28/rest.html)
+[#]: author: (Two-Bit History https://twobithistory.org)
+
+Roy Fielding's Misappropriated REST Dissertation
+======
+
+RESTful APIs are everywhere. This is funny, because how many people really know what “RESTful” is supposed to mean?
+
+I think most of us can empathize with [this Hacker News poster][1]:
+
+> I’ve read several articles about REST, even a bit of the original paper. But I still have quite a vague idea about what it is. I’m beginning to think that nobody knows, that it’s simply a very poorly defined concept.
+
+I had planned to write a blog post exploring how REST came to be such a dominant paradigm for communication across the internet. I started my research by reading [Roy Fielding’s 2000 dissertation][2], which introduced REST to the world. After reading Fielding’s dissertation, I realized that the much more interesting story here is how Fielding’s ideas came to be so widely misunderstood.
+
+Many more people know that Fielding’s dissertation is where REST came from than have read the dissertation (fair enough), so misconceptions about what the dissertation actually contains are pervasive.
+
+The biggest of these misconceptions is that the dissertation directly addresses the problem of building APIs. I had always assumed, as I imagine many people do, that REST was intended from the get-go as an architectural model for web APIs built on top of HTTP. I thought perhaps that there had been some chaotic experimental period where people were building APIs on top of HTTP all wrong, and then Fielding came along and presented REST as the sane way to do things. But the timeline doesn’t make sense here: APIs for web services, in the sense that we know them today, weren’t a thing until a few years after Fielding published his dissertation.
+
+Fielding’s dissertation (titled “Architectural Styles and the Design of Network-based Software Architectures”) is not about how to build APIs on top of HTTP but rather about HTTP itself. Fielding contributed to the HTTP/1.0 specification and co-authored the HTTP/1.1 specification, which was published in 1999. He was interested in the architectural lessons that could be drawn from the design of the HTTP protocol; his dissertation presents REST as a distillation of the architectural principles that guided the standardization process for HTTP/1.1. Fielding used these principles to make decisions about which proposals to incorporate into HTTP/1.1. For example, he rejected a proposal to batch requests using new `MGET` and `MHEAD` methods because he felt the proposal violated the constraints prescribed by REST, especially the constraint that messages in a REST system should be easy to proxy and cache.[1][3] So HTTP/1.1 was instead designed around persistent connections over which multiple HTTP requests can be sent. (Fielding also felt that cookies are not RESTful because they add state to what should be a stateless system, but their usage was already entrenched.[2][4]) REST, for Fielding, was not a guide to building HTTP-based systems but a guide to extending HTTP.
+
+This isn’t to say that Fielding doesn’t think REST could be used to build other systems. It’s just that he assumes these other systems will also be “distributed hypermedia systems.” This is another misconception people have about REST: that it is a general architecture you can use for any kind of networked application. But you could sum up the part of the dissertation where Fielding introduces REST as, essentially, “Listen, we just designed HTTP, so if you also find yourself designing a _distributed hypermedia system_ you should use this cool architecture we worked out called REST to make things easier.” It’s not obvious why Fielding thinks anyone would ever attempt to build such a thing given that the web already exists; perhaps in 2000 it seemed like there was room for more than one distributed hypermedia system in the world. Anyway, Fielding makes clear that REST is intended as a solution for the scalability and consistency problems that arise when trying to connect hypermedia across the internet, _not_ as an architectural model for distributed applications in general.
+
+We remember Fielding’s dissertation now as the dissertation that introduced REST, but really the dissertation is about how much one-size-fits-all software architectures suck, and how you can better pick a software architecture appropriate for your needs. Only a single chapter of the dissertation is devoted to REST itself; much of the word count is spent on a taxonomy of alternative architectural styles[3][5] that one could use for networked applications. Among these is the Pipe-and-Filter (PF) style, inspired by Unix pipes, along with various refinements of the Client-Server style (CS), such as Layered-Client-Server (LCS), Client-Cache-Stateless-Server (C$SS), and Layered-Client-Cache-Stateless-Server (LC$SS). The acronyms get unwieldy but Fielding’s point is that you can mix and match constraints imposed by existing styles to derive new styles. REST gets derived this way and could instead have been called—but for obvious reasons was not—Uniform-Layered-Code-on-Demand-Client-Cache-Stateless-Server (ULCODC$SS). Fielding establishes this taxonomy to emphasize that different constraints are appropriate for different applications and that this last group of constraints were the ones he felt worked best for HTTP.
+
+This is the deep, deep irony of REST’s ubiquity today. REST gets blindly used for all sorts of networked applications now, but Fielding originally offered REST as an illustration of how to derive a software architecture tailored to an individual application’s particular needs.
+
+I struggle to understand how this happened, because Fielding is so explicit about the pitfalls of not letting form follow function. He warns, almost at the very beginning of the dissertation, that “design-by-buzzword is a common occurrence” brought on by a failure to properly appreciate software architecture.[4][6] He picks up this theme again several pages later:
+
+> Some architectural styles are often portrayed as “silver bullet” solutions for all forms of software. However, a good designer should select a style that matches the needs of a particular problem being solved.[5][7]
+
+REST itself is an especially poor “silver bullet” solution, because, as Fielding later points out, it incorporates trade-offs that may not be appropriate unless you are building a distributed hypermedia application:
+
+> REST is designed to be efficient for large-grain hypermedia data transfer, optimizing for the common case of the Web, but resulting in an interface that is not optimal for other forms of architectural interaction.[6][8]
+
+Fielding came up with REST because the web posed a thorny problem of “anarchic scalability,” by which Fielding means the need to connect documents in a performant way across organizational and national boundaries. The constraints that REST imposes were carefully chosen to solve this anarchic scalability problem. Web service APIs that are _public-facing_ have to deal with a similar problem, so one can see why REST is relevant there. Yet today it would not be at all surprising to find that an engineering team has built a backend using REST even though the backend only talks to clients that the engineering team has full control over. We have all become the architect in [this Monty Python sketch][9], who designs an apartment building in the style of a slaughterhouse because slaughterhouses are the only thing he has experience building. (Fielding uses a line from this sketch as an epigraph for his dissertation: “Excuse me… did you say ‘knives’?”)
+
+So, given that Fielding’s dissertation was all about avoiding silver bullet software architectures, how did REST become a de facto standard for web services of every kind?
+
+My theory is that, in the mid-2000s, the people who were sick of SOAP and wanted to do something else needed their own four-letter acronym.
+
+I’m only half-joking here. SOAP, or the Simple Object Access Protocol, is a verbose and complicated protocol that you cannot use without first understanding a bunch of interrelated XML specifications. Early web services offered APIs based on SOAP, but, as more and more APIs started being offered in the mid-2000s, software developers burned by SOAP’s complexity migrated away en masse.
+
+Among this crowd, SOAP inspired contempt. Ruby-on-Rails dropped SOAP support in 2007, leading to this emblematic comment from Rails creator David Heinemeier Hansson: “We feel that SOAP is overly complicated. It’s been taken over by the enterprise people, and when that happens, usually nothing good comes of it.”[7][10] The “enterprise people” wanted everything to be formally specified, but the get-shit-done crowd saw that as a waste of time.
+
+If the get-shit-done crowd wasn’t going to use SOAP, they still needed some standard way of doing things. Since everyone was using HTTP, and since everyone would keep using HTTP at least as a transport layer because of all the proxying and caching support, the simplest possible thing to do was just rely on HTTP’s existing semantics. So that’s what they did. They could have called their approach Fuck It, Overload HTTP (FIOH), and that would have been an accurate name, as anyone who has ever tried to decide what HTTP status code to return for a business logic error can attest. But that would have seemed recklessly blasé next to all the formal specification work that went into SOAP.
+
+Luckily, there was this dissertation out there, written by a co-author of the HTTP/1.1 specification, that had something vaguely to do with extending HTTP and could offer FIOH a veneer of academic respectability. So REST was appropriated to give cover for what was really just FIOH.
+
+I’m not saying that this is exactly how things happened, or that there was an actual conspiracy among irreverent startup types to misappropriate REST, but this story helps me understand how REST became a model for web service APIs when Fielding’s dissertation isn’t about web service APIs at all. Adopting REST’s constraints makes some sense, especially for public-facing APIs that do cross organizational boundaries and thus benefit from REST’s “uniform interface.” That link must have been the kernel of why REST first got mentioned in connection with building APIs on the web. But imagining a separate approach called “FIOH,” that borrowed the “REST” name partly just for marketing reasons, helps me account for the many disparities between what today we know as RESTful APIs and the REST architectural style that Fielding originally described.
+
+REST purists often complain, for example, that so-called REST APIs aren’t actually REST APIs because they do not use Hypermedia as The Engine of Application State (HATEOAS). Fielding himself [has made this criticism][11]. According to him, a real REST API is supposed to allow you to navigate all its endpoints from a base endpoint by following links. If you think that people are actually out there trying to build REST APIs, then this is a glaring omission—HATEOAS really is fundamental to Fielding’s original conception of REST, especially considering that the “state transfer” in “Representational State Transfer” refers to navigating a state machine using hyperlinks between resources (and not, as many people seem to believe, to transferring resource state over the wire).[8][12] But if you imagine that everyone is just building FIOH APIs and advertising them, with a nudge and a wink, as REST APIs, or slightly more honestly as “RESTful” APIs, then of course HATEOAS is unimportant.
+
+Similarly, you might be surprised to know that there is nothing in Fielding’s dissertation about which HTTP verb should map to which CRUD action, even though software developers like to argue endlessly about whether using PUT or PATCH to update a resource is more RESTful. Having a standard mapping of HTTP verbs to CRUD actions is a useful thing, but this standard mapping is part of FIOH and not part of REST.
+
+This is why, rather than saying that nobody understands REST, we should just think of the term “REST” as having been misappropriated. The modern notion of a REST API has historical links to Fielding’s REST architecture, but really the two things are separate. The historical link is good to keep in mind as a guide for when to build a RESTful API. Does your API cross organizational and national boundaries the same way that HTTP needs to? Then building a RESTful API with a predictable, uniform interface might be the right approach. If not, it’s good to remember that Fielding favored having form follow function. Maybe something like GraphQL or even just JSON-RPC would be a better fit for what you are trying to accomplish.
+
+_If you enjoyed this post, more like it come out every four weeks! Follow [@TwoBitHistory][13] on Twitter or subscribe to the [RSS feed][14] to make sure you know when a new post is out._
+
+_Previously on TwoBitHistory…_
+
+> New post is up! I wrote about how to solve differential equations using an analog computer from the '30s mostly made out of gears. As a bonus there's even some stuff in here about how to aim very large artillery pieces.
+>
+> — TwoBitHistory (@TwoBitHistory) [April 6, 2020][15]
+
+ 1. Roy Fielding. “Architectural Styles and the Design of Network-based Software Architectures,” 128. 2000. University of California, Irvine, PhD Dissertation, accessed June 28, 2020, . [↩︎][16]
+
+ 2. Fielding, 130. [↩︎][17]
+
+ 3. Fielding distinguishes between software architectures and software architecture “styles.” REST is an architectural style that has an instantiation in the architecture of HTTP. [↩︎][18]
+
+ 4. Fielding, 2. [↩︎][19]
+
+ 5. Fielding, 15. [↩︎][20]
+
+ 6. Fielding, 82. [↩︎][21]
+
+ 7. Paul Krill. “Ruby on Rails 2.0 released for Web Apps,” InfoWorld. Dec 7, 2007, accessed June 28, 2020, [↩︎][22]
+
+ 8. Fielding, 109. [↩︎][23]
+
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://twobithistory.org/2020/06/28/rest.html
+
+作者：[Two-Bit History][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://twobithistory.org
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://news.ycombinator.com/item?id=7201871
+[2]: https://www.ics.uci.edu/~fielding/pubs/dissertation/fielding_dissertation_2up.pdf
+[3]: tmp.o6JUcKs91D#fn:1
+[4]: tmp.o6JUcKs91D#fn:2
+[5]: tmp.o6JUcKs91D#fn:3
+[6]: tmp.o6JUcKs91D#fn:4
+[7]: tmp.o6JUcKs91D#fn:5
+[8]: tmp.o6JUcKs91D#fn:6
+[9]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vNoPJqm3DAY
+[10]: tmp.o6JUcKs91D#fn:7
+[11]: https://roy.gbiv.com/untangled/2008/rest-apis-must-be-hypertext-driven
+[12]: tmp.o6JUcKs91D#fn:8
+[13]: https://twitter.com/TwoBitHistory
+[14]: https://twobithistory.org/feed.xml
+[15]: https://twitter.com/TwoBitHistory/status/1247187881946275841?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw
+[16]: tmp.o6JUcKs91D#fnref:1
+[17]: tmp.o6JUcKs91D#fnref:2
+[18]: tmp.o6JUcKs91D#fnref:3
+[19]: tmp.o6JUcKs91D#fnref:4
+[20]: tmp.o6JUcKs91D#fnref:5
+[21]: tmp.o6JUcKs91D#fnref:6
+[22]: tmp.o6JUcKs91D#fnref:7
+[23]: tmp.o6JUcKs91D#fnref:8
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200629 NIST aims to make frequency sharing more efficient for wireless networks.md b/sources/talk/20200629 NIST aims to make frequency sharing more efficient for wireless networks.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2b703e5ac5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200629 NIST aims to make frequency sharing more efficient for wireless networks.md
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (NIST aims to make frequency sharing more efficient for wireless networks)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3561618/nist-aims-to-make-frequency-sharing-more-efficient-for-wireless-networks.html)
+[#]: author: (Patrick Nelson https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/)
+
+NIST aims to make frequency sharing more efficient for wireless networks
+======
+Machine-learning formula will help different radio protocols, such as Wi-Fi and LTE, work together more efficiently in the same wireless spectrum.
+Martyn Williams/IDG
+
+A machine-learning formula developed by the National Institute of Standards and Technology ([NIST][1]) has the potential to significantly improve how [5G][2] and other wireless networks select and share communications frequencies. Compared to trial-and-error methods, NIST's formula could make the process of sharing communications frequencies as much as 5,000 times more efficient, researchers claim.
+
+The NIST system is based the idea that radio equipment can learn its network environments from experience rather than, as is done now, simply select frequency channels based on trial-and-error.
+
+"The algorithm learns which channel provides the best outcome" under specific environmental conditions, NIST says in an [article on its website][3].
+
+**READ MORE:** [How beamforming makes wireless communication faster][4]
+
+"The formula could be programmed into software on transmitters in many [different] types of real-world networks," the team says.
+
+Essentially, the computer-modeled algorithm is a formula that maps prior experience in environmental RF conditions. Those conditions can include the number of transmitters operating within a channel (set of adjacent frequencies), for example.
+
+"… if a transmitter selects a channel that is not occupied, then the probability of a successful transmission rises, leading to a higher data rate," the article says. Likewise, when a transmitter selects a channel that doesn't have much interference on it, the signal is stronger, and you get a better data rate. The transmitter remembers which channel provides the best outcome and learns to choose that spot on the dial when it next needs a clear signal.
+
+That's different from the way things generally work today. That is, a radio simply tries to find an open frequency and then communicates with like-protocol radios. In sophisticated cases, like Wi-Fi, for example, frequency hopping and [beamforming][4] are used to optimize channels.
+
+Where NIST's machine-learning technique shines is in the case of shared spectrum, such as sharing Wi-Fi with License Assisted Access (LAA), the researchers explain. LAA is LTE in unlicensed spectrum, known as LTE-U, at 5 GHz. In that combination of Wi-Fi with LAA, on the same frequencies, the protocols are disparate: the radios don't communicate with each other to function in harmony, and chaos could occur the busier the band got—transmissions would bump into other transmissions. But, if all the radios were better at choosing their slot, by learning what works and what doesn't, then things would be better.
+
+"This could potentially make communications in the unlicensed bands much more efficient," says Jason Coder, a NIST engineer, in the article.
+
+Indeed, it "could help 5G and other wireless networks select and share communications frequencies about 5,000 times more efficiently than trial-and-error methods," NIST claims.
+
+The key word here is "share," because in order to increase communications in limited spectrum, more sharing must take place—the users, such as IoT, or media streaming, are all competing for the same metaphorical real estate. Combining unlicensed and licensed bands, as is the case in LAA, will likely become more common as IoT and digital continues to expand. (Unlicensed bands are those not assigned to a specific user, like a mobile network operator; licensed bands are won in auctions and allocated.)
+
+In the NIST scenario, the competing transmitters "each learn to maximize the total network data rate without communicating with each other." Therefore, multiple protocols and data types, like video or sensor data, or Wi-Fi and mobile networks, can function alongside each other.
+
+NIST's formula significantly simplifies the process of assigning optimum channels to transmitters, according to the article: "The study found that an exhaustive effort [using trial and error] to identify the best solution would require about 45,600 trials, whereas the formula could select a similar solution by trying only 10 channels, just 0.02 percent of the effort."
+
+The NIST researchers recently presented their research at [IEEE's 91st Vehicular Technology Conference][5], held virtually this year.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][6] and [LinkedIn][7] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3561618/nist-aims-to-make-frequency-sharing-more-efficient-for-wireless-networks.html
+
+作者：[Patrick Nelson][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.nist.gov/
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3330603/5g-versus-4g-how-speed-latency-and-application-support-differ.html
+[3]: https://www.nist.gov/news-events/news/2020/05/nist-formula-may-help-5g-wireless-networks-efficiently-share-communications
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3445039/beamforming-explained-how-it-makes-wireless-communication-faster.html
+[5]: https://events.vtsociety.org/vtc2020-spring/conference-sessions/program/
+[6]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[7]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200630 Should API-restricting licenses qualify as open source.md b/sources/talk/20200630 Should API-restricting licenses qualify as open source.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..54b18eaed6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200630 Should API-restricting licenses qualify as open source.md
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Should API-restricting licenses qualify as open source?)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/6/api-copyright)
+[#]: author: (Richard Fontana https://opensource.com/users/fontana)
+
+Should API-restricting licenses qualify as open source?
+======
+A look at how a closely-watched legal case about copyright and APIs
+might affect open source licensing
+![Two government buildings][1]
+
+In its 2014 _[Oracle v. Google][2]_ decision, the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit held that the method declarations and "structure, sequence, and organization" (SSO) of the Java SE API were protected by copyright. This much-criticized result contradicted a decades-old industry and professional consensus assumption that APIs were in the public domain, reflected in an ongoing common practice of successive reimplementation of APIs, and persisting even after the general copyrightability of software was settled by statute. Unsurprisingly, that consensus shaped the view of APIs from within open source. Open source licenses, in particular, do not address APIs, and their conditions have not customarily been understood to apply to APIs.
+
+If the copyrightability ruling survives its current [review][3] by the United States Supreme Court, there is reason to worry that _Oracle v. Google_ will eventually have some detrimental impact on open source licensing. License authors might draft new licenses that would explicitly extend familiar kinds of open source license conditions to activities merely involving APIs. There could also be comparable efforts to advance _Oracle v. Google_-influenced reinterpretations of existing open source licenses.
+
+We've already seen an example of a new open source-like license that restricts APIs. Last year, Holochain, through its lawyer [Van Lindberg][4], submitted the [Cryptographic Autonomy License][5] (CAL) for approval by the Open Source Initiative (OSI). The [1.0-Beta][6] draft included source availability and licensing requirements placed on works merely containing or derivative of interfaces included in or derived from the licensed work. (CAL 1.0-Beta was [rejected][7] by the OSI for reasons other than the interface copyleft feature. Subsequent revisions of CAL removed explicit references to interfaces, and the OSI approved CAL 1.0 earlier this year.) Licenses like CAL 1.0-Beta would extend copyleft to reimplementations of APIs having no code in common with the original. Though less likely, new permissive licenses might similarly extend notice preservation requirements to mere copies of APIs.
+
+In my view, API-restricting licenses, though otherwise FOSS-like, would not qualify for the open source label. To simplify what is actually a complicated and contentious issue, let's accept the view that the license approval decisions of the OSI, interpreting the [Open Source Definition][8] (OSD), are the authoritative basis for determining whether a license is open source. The OSD makes no mention of software interfaces. Some advocates of a relaxation of standards for approving open source licenses have argued that if a type of restriction is not explicitly prohibited by the OSD, it should be considered acceptable in an open source license. To guard against this tactic, which amounts to ["gaming" the OSD][9], the OSI [clarified][10] in 2019 that the purpose of the approval process is to ensure that approved licenses not only conform to the OSD but also provide software freedom.
+
+Though [Luis Villa has raised concerns][11] that it gives rise to a "[no true Scotsman][12]" problem, I believe the emphasis on software freedom as a grounding principle will enable the OSI to deal effectively and in a well-reasoned, predictable way with cases where license submissions expose unforeseen gaps or vagueness in the OSD, which is politically difficult for the OSI to revise. (Disclosure: I was on the OSI board when this change to the license review process was made.) It is also an honest acknowledgment that the OSD, like the [Free Software Definition][13] maintained by the Free Software Foundation, is an unavoidably imperfect and incomplete attempt to distill the underlying community norms and expectations surrounding what FOSS is.
+
+Software freedom is the outgrowth of a long-lived culture. Judging whether a license that extends FOSS-normative conditions to APIs provides software freedom should begin with an examination of tradition. This leads to a straightforward conclusion. As noted above, from nearly the earliest days of programming and continuing without interruption through the rise of the modern open source commons, software developers have shared and acted on a belief in an unconditional right to reimplement software interfaces. From a historical perspective, it is difficult to think of anything as core to software freedom as this right to reimplement.
+
+The inquiry cannot be entirely backward-looking, however, since the understanding of software freedom necessarily changes in response to new societal or technological developments. It is worth asking whether a departure from the traditional expectation of unrestricted APIs would advance the broader goals of open source licensing. At first glance, this might seem to be true for copyleft licensing, since, in theory, compliant adoption of API copyleft licenses could expand the open source software commons. But expanding the scope of copyleft to API reimplementations—software traditionally seen as unrelated to the original work—would violate another open source norm, the limited reach of open source licenses, which is partially captured in [OSD 9][14].
+
+Another observation is that software freedom is endangered by licensing arrangements that are excessively complex and unpredictable and that make compliance too difficult. This would likely be true of API-restricting FOSS-like licenses, especially on the copyleft side. For example, copyleft licenses typically place conditions on the grant of permission to prepare derivative works. Trying to figure out what is a derivative work of a Java method declaration, or the SSO of a set of APIs, could become a compliance nightmare. Would it include reimplementations of APIs? Code merely invoking APIs? The fundamental vagueness of _Oracle v. Google_-style API copyright bears some resemblance to certain kinds of software patent claims. It is not difficult to imagine acquirers of copyrights covered by API-restrictive licenses adopting the litigation strategies of patent trolls. In addition to this risk, accepting API-restrictive licenses as open source would further legitimize API copyrightability in jurisdictions like the United States, where the legal issue is currently unsettled.
+
+_Oracle v. Google_-influenced interpretations of existing open source licenses would similarly extend familiar open source license conditions to activities merely involving APIs. Such reinterpretations would transform these licenses into ones that fail to provide software freedom and advance the goals of open source, for the same reasons that apply to the new license case. In addition, they would upend the intentions and expectations of the authors of those licenses, as well as nearly all of their licensors and licensees.
+
+It might be argued that because open source licenses are principally ([though not exclusively][15]) copyright licenses, it is necessary, if not beneficial, for their conditions to closely track the expansion of copyright to APIs. This is not so for new open source licenses, which can be drafted explicitly to nullify the impact of _Oracle v. Google_. As for reinterpretations of existing open source licenses, while the issue of API copyrightability remains unsettled, it would not be appropriate to abandon traditional interpretations in favor of anticipating what an _Oracle v. Google_-influenced court, unfamiliar with open source culture, would decide. Litigation over open source licenses continues to be uncommon, and influential open source license interpretations have emerged in the technical community with little regard to how courts might act. In any event, courts engaged in interpreting commonly-used open source licenses may well be persuaded to treat APIs as unconstrained.
+
+Some have suggested that interpretation of the GPL should take full advantage of the scope of underlying copyright rights. This is related to a view of copyleft as a "[hack on copyright][16]" or a "[judo move][17]" that "[return[s] the violent force of the oppressor against the oppressor itself][18]." It can be detected in the [copyleft tutorial][19] sponsored by the Software Freedom Conservancy and the FSF, which [says][20]: "The strongest copylefts strive to [use] the exclusive rights that copyright grants to authors as extensively as possible to maximize software freedom." It might seem logical for someone with this perspective to specifically promote an API copyright interpretation of the GPL. But I know of no advocate of strong copyleft who has done so, and the text and interpretive history of the GPL do not support such a reading.
+
+A somewhat different view of API copyright and GPL interpretation, occasionally voiced, is that _Oracle v. Google_ may put the doctrine of strong copyleft on a surer legal foundation. Similarly, it has sometimes been asserted that strong copyleft rested on some notion of API copyrightability all along, which suggests that _Oracle v. Google_ provides some retroactive legal legitimacy. The latter view is not held by the FSF, which in an earlier era had [opposed the expansion of copyright][21] to user interfaces. This stance made its way into GPLv2, which has a [largely overlooked provision][22] authorizing the original licensor to exclude countries that would restrict "distribution and/or use … either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces." The FSF also [severely criticized][23] Oracle's claim of copyright ownership of Java APIs. And the FSF has never questioned the right to reimplement APIs of GPL-licensed software under non-GPL licenses (as has happened, for example, with the FSF-copyrighted [GNU Readline][24] and the BSD-licensed [libedit][25]). If there were shown to be some legal deficiency in strong copyleft theory that API copyrightability could somehow fix, I believe it would be better either to live with a weaker understanding of GPL copyleft or to pursue revisions to the GPL that would reformulate strong copyleft without relying on API copyright.
+
+If API copyrightability survives Supreme Court review, it would then be appropriate for license stewards, licensors of existing open source licenses, and drafters of new open source licenses to take constructive steps to minimize the impact on open source. Stewards of widely used open source licenses, where they exist, could publish interpretive guidance clarifying that APIs are not restricted by the license. Updates to existing open source licenses and entirely new licenses could make unrestricted APIs an explicit policy. Licensors of existing open source licenses could make clear, in standardized license notices or through external commitments, that they will not treat open source license conditions as imposing any restriction on activities merely involving APIs.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/api-copyright
+
+作者：[Richard Fontana][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/fontana
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/LAW_lawdotgov2.png?itok=n36__lZj (Two government buildings)
+[2]: http://www.cafc.uscourts.gov/sites/default/files/opinions-orders/13-1021.Opinion.5-7-2014.1.PDF
+[3]: https://www.scotusblog.com/case-files/cases/google-llc-v-oracle-america-inc/
+[4]: https://twitter.com/vanl?lang=en
+[5]: https://github.com/holochain/cryptographic-autonomy-license
+[6]: http://lists.opensource.org/pipermail/license-review_lists.opensource.org/2019-April/004028.html
+[7]: http://lists.opensource.org/pipermail/license-review_lists.opensource.org/2019-June/004248.html
+[8]: https://opensource.org/osd
+[9]: https://twitter.com/webmink/status/1121873263125118977?s=20
+[10]: https://opensource.org/approval
+[11]: https://twitter.com/luis_in_brief/status/1143884765654687744
+[12]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/No_true_Scotsman
+[13]: https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html
+[14]: https://opensource.org/osd#not-restrict-other-software
+[15]: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/patent-grant-mit-license
+[16]: https://sfconservancy.org/blog/2012/feb/01/gpl-enforcement/
+[17]: https://gondwanaland.com/mlog/2014/12/01/copyleft-org/#gpl-and-cc-by-sa-differences
+[18]: https://dustycloud.org/blog/field-guide-to-copyleft/#sec-2-2
+[19]: https://copyleft.org/guide/
+[20]: https://copyleft.org/guide/comprehensive-gpl-guidech2.html#x5-120001.2.2
+[21]: https://www.gnu.org/bulletins/bull21.html
+[22]: https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html#section8
+[23]: https://www.fsf.org/blogs/licensing/fsf-statement-on-court-of-appeals-ruling-in-oracle-v-google
+[24]: https://tiswww.case.edu/php/chet/readline/rltop.html
+[25]: http://cvsweb.netbsd.org/bsdweb.cgi/src/lib/libedit/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200630 The open organization everyone deserves.md b/sources/talk/20200630 The open organization everyone deserves.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8fa93e6ec3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200630 The open organization everyone deserves.md
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (The open organization everyone deserves)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/6/organization-everyone-deserves)
+[#]: author: (Jos Groen https://opensource.com/users/jos-groen)
+
+The open organization everyone deserves
+======
+Want to build a sustainably successful organization? Then openness is
+the way.
+![Two different business organization charts][1]
+
+Let me share an email I recently received. It meant the world to me:
+
+> Hi Jos, just a quick message to thank you for the past six months. I really appreciate how I've been welcomed into the company and I feel like I've genuinely found my place here. There's a great vibe among the entire staff of working hard, lots of learning, having fun, and personal responsibility. Although everyone contributes to this atmosphere, it could only have come about with the support of management. So I just want to thank you for creating such an enjoyable work environment!
+
+A work environment that encourages the collaborative utilization of everyone's combined skillset, one in which contributors are intrinsically motivated to do their best work, is something I would wish for everyone. That's why, over the past year especially, I've been cultivating an open organizational culture on my team and across my organization, Axians. Openness is the future, and it begins with individuals. In this article, I'll explain the mindset shifts I believe any _individual_ leader must make in order to pave the way for an organizational culture of openness.
+
+### The technological is social
+
+Social and technological changes are occurring faster than ever. These often seem like two separate movements—but are they really? The effect of the open source movement on the development of both innovative technologies and organizational cultures is many times greater than we may think. The open source community (as the name suggests) is shouldered by people—people who apply their skills to make the world a little better through new technologies, who realize the value of sharing both knowledge and material goods in both their work as well as their personal lives.
+
+This means that in order to get the most out of new technologies, you need to have an open organizational culture in which employees contribute from [a place of intrinsic motivation][2]. The current generation of tech employees isn't drawn to organizations with a strong hierarchical culture. They're looking for _open_ organizations that encourage and inspire them to excel every single day. They're looking for the kind of leadership that leaves ample room for individual input and ownership. A successful and future-proof organization demands an open culture and open leadership.
+
+At its core, a sustainably successful organization revolves around a balance between a focus on people and a focus on the business. In my experience, for the majority of organizations, this balance leans too heavily towards the business. There is an urgent need for a greater focus on people. The open organization is the answer to restoring this balance. That's why establishing and leading an open organization should be the [ultimate goal for contemporary managers][3]. But doing this requires leaders capable of restoring the balance [between business and the humans that work in it][4]—and maintaining that balance.
+
+A work environment that encourages the collaborative utilization of everyone's combined skillset, one in which contributors are intrinsically motivated to do their best work, is something I would wish for everyone.
+
+At the same time, a successful organization today is one that enables intelligent collaboration and effective coordination. This will increase the collective intelligence and offer employees the space they need to develop and grow. Unlocking and utilizing the available potential helps shape the kind of organization in which everyone participates and contributes, and this can produce some truly remarkable results. It’s no small task for a leader to establish and lead an organization of this kind.
+
+### Authentic leadership
+
+The human dimension present in an organization will in part determine the employers people choose to join, making it vital for managers to establish and lead an open organization. Part of openness is to be clear and honest about your intentions at all times.
+
+This isn't just a gimmick, nor is it a skill you can easily "acquire." When you're working with people, they will immediately sense if your intentions aren't genuine. Because this process takes place on a subconscious level, it is unlikely people will articulate this feeling. Instead, it'll be reflected in their behavior: you might find people less involved and not opening up to you. In turn, you could experience their behavioras frustrating, even opposition. Sound familiar?
+
+This is all about your credibility, which takes time to build. You'll be challenged, either consciously or subconsciously, to stick with your intentions. Be prepared to have to overcome mistrust and cynicism at times.
+
+Are you up for that? Are you willing to examine the cause, to really invest your time and energy in trying to understand the other person? And will you stick to your principles?
+
+### What about you?
+
+An open organization is about placing your trust in people and creating a culture of equality. At the end of the day, it's not about you; it's about the collective. _Everyone_ is involved. _Everyone_ gets to make mistakes or ask for help. Even you. As long as you can be open and honest about it.
+
+So have you put "openness" on the agenda? And what about your organization? Is your management ready to open up—or are they clinging to "command and control"?
+
+I hope you'll [join me][5] as I explore these issues further [in an upcoming webinar][6].
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/6/organization-everyone-deserves
+
+作者：[Jos Groen][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jos-groen
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/BUSINESS_crowdvsopen.png?itok=AFjno_8v (Two different business organization charts)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/18/5/rethink-motivation-engagement
+[3]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/6/open-management-practices
+[4]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/17/7/digital-transformation-people-1
+[5]: https://www.linkedin.com/in/josgroen/
+[6]: https://www.redhat.com/en/events/webinar/how-to-drive-the-transformation-journey-through-an-open-organization-approach-2020
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200702 How an open project-s governance model evolves.md b/sources/talk/20200702 How an open project-s governance model evolves.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4ca74dd3b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200702 How an open project-s governance model evolves.md
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How an open project's governance model evolves)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/7/evolving-project-governance)
+[#]: author: (Bryan Behrenshausen https://opensource.com/users/bbehrens)
+
+How an open project's governance model evolves
+======
+As open projects mature, their governance models inevitably change.
+Here's how we're evolving ours.
+![A two way street sign][1]
+
+As we continue renovating the Open Organization community, we've been asking hard questions about how we want [that community][2] to function. What do we expect of one another, and of the new contributors yet to join us? How will we work best together? And how will we keep one another accountable for achieving our shared goals?
+
+When open projects and communities discuss expectations like these, they're talking about "governance." In this case, "governance" refers to the [various processes by which rights and responsibilities get distributed][3] throughout a group. As community member [Jen Kelchner puts it][4], "it's the framework that creates the structure of the organizational system and the rules by which the parts of that structure can and do interact with one another."
+
+A community's governance model explains _how_ that community functions. Maintaining a system of governance often helps a community _define_ and _describe_ the roles people play in that community.
+
+Those shared definitions and descriptions are important. First, they allow community members to speak a common language about values and ambitions. They also advance community members' ability to contribute, because [they _make explicit_ the rules][5] everyone is playing by. And they ensure community members receive the various types of status and social capital they need and deserve.
+
+The best governance models are flexible and adaptable. They grow with their communities. As the Open Organization community grows, so does its governance model. We've needed to revisit how we describe our community and the opportunities for contribution it affords people. ([We also fix typos][6].)
+
+Let us describe what we're doing.
+
+### New commitments
+
+Through this conversation, we've been able to update the Open Organization [project][7] description and vision.
+
+That vision initially took shape nearly five years ago, when the Open Organization Ambassador team first formed. At the time, Red Hat community architects [Jason Hibbets][8] and [Bryan Behrenshausen][9] drafted a document describing what a community of passionate advocates for [open organizational principles][10] _might_ look like. The vision was entirely aspirational, describing what could be—rather than what _was_. It served as a beacon to attract passionate contributors to a still-nascent project.
+
+As soon as the community _did_ attract new members, however, those members promptly wrote their _own_ mission and vision for the Open Organization project, articulating their identity and purpose. And as we've grown, we've realized that we're all committed to even more than we originally described. Our community is adept at translating [open organization principles][10] for various audiences and contexts, and at helping different communities connect to our language and culture through _their_ own languages and cultures.
+
+The best governance models are flexible and adaptable. They grow with their communities.
+
+For example, [Laura Hilliger][11] has long seen an overlap between openness and cooperatives ([as have others in the community][12]). She's spoken about that overlap and lived it through her career—serving as a translator between two "radical" economic and communal ideas that use different terminology but are seeking the same kind of fair-mindedness in their activities and collaborations. Other Open Org community members have written about [Agile methodologies][13] and their association with open principles, open principles at work [in educational organizations][14], and more.
+
+Our commitment to this sort of "translation work" wasn't highlighted in our working project description, so we [updated the description to include it][15].
+
+### Role playing
+
+Another hole we wanted to fill was a better description of the types of contributions one can make to this community. We wanted to talk about our contributors in a slightly more nuanced way, which we indicated in the initial project vision and then extrapolated into a fully fledged "[Community Roles][16]" wiki page.
+
+Being specific about community roles helps us make the project more inclusive. It also gives us a method to _codify_ policies and procedures because we can associate them with individual roles people can play in the Open Org community.
+
+So we've made some decisions about how contributors get read/write [access to community repositories][17], and how certain kinds of contributors can nominate people to "level up" in the community.
+
+Just as people join communities, they also leave. Everyone's interests and passions change over time, and sometimes what brought them to your community is no longer meaningful to them. And that's okay.
+
+We've also established a new kind of contributor, the "Maintainer," which gives Ambassadors expressing interest in leading and maintaining community-driven projects a way to show ownership and initiative around a particular project the community is working on. In short: It opens an important new contribution pathway and helps existing community members play an even more influential role in the Open Organization project.
+
+And we're also recognizing the regular flux and flow that marks an open community like ours. Just as people join communities, they also leave. Everyone's interests and passions change over time, and sometimes what brought them to your community is no longer meaningful to them. And that's okay.
+
+Sometimes, people will stay involved in a community because they feel a sense of belonging or status, even if they're not interested in doing the work anymore. And they carry with them important project history and context, which no one wants to see evaporate. So we're also adding another community role, the Open Organization Ambassador Emeritus. By giving community members emeritus status, we give Ambassadors the freedom to move on to something else without "kicking them out" of the project altogether.
+
+All in all, defining and documenting roles and responsibilities will help our community attract contribution because it clearly explains _what getting involved means_ and the _benefits of doing so_.
+
+### Next steps
+
+We've come a long way. But there's more to be done.
+
+The next bit of work we'd like to tackle is [developing a code of conduct][18]. Want to share your experience in this area? [Why not join us and help out?][19]
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/7/evolving-project-governance
+
+作者：[Bryan Behrenshausen][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/bbehrens
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/govt_two%20way.png?itok=8dlG2Dpl (A two way street sign)
+[2]: http://theopenorganization.org
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/open-source-governance
+[4]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/17/2/5-elements-teams-organized
+[5]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/18/4/new-governance-model-research
+[6]: https://github.com/open-organization/governance/commits/master
+[7]: https://github.com/open-organization/governance/blob/master/project-and-community-description.md
+[8]: https://opensource.com/users/jhibbets
+[9]: https://opensource.com/users/bbehrens
+[10]: https://github.com/open-organization/open-org-definition
+[11]: https://opensource.com/users/laurahilliger
+[12]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/15/9/learn-from-co-ops
+[13]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/17/11/transparency-collaboration-basefarm
+[14]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/19/4/education-culture-agile
+[15]: https://github.com/open-organization/governance/wiki
+[16]: https://github.com/open-organization/governance/wiki/Community-Roles
+[17]: https://github.com/open-organization
+[18]: https://opensource.com/life/14/5/codes-of-conduct-open-source-communities
+[19]: https://github.com/open-organization/governance/issues/9
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200708 How wireless networks can battle COVID-19.md b/sources/talk/20200708 How wireless networks can battle COVID-19.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3c3276c55a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200708 How wireless networks can battle COVID-19.md
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (sunwenquan )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How wireless networks can battle COVID-19)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3565389/how-wireless-networks-can-battle-covid-19.html)
+[#]: author: (Patrick Nelson https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/)
+
+How wireless networks can battle COVID-19
+======
+Wireless network devices maintain a connection by handing off from one cell tower to another. The data created should be used to fight coronavirus, say researchers.
+Sasha85ru / Getty Images
+
+Routinely collected cellphone-location data could be used to alert health official about crowded areas where novel coronavirus could spread rapidly, which they could then use to disperse people in order to lower the risk, according to researchers at Colorado State University.
+
+Mobile phones maintain connections as their users move around by continually handing off from one cell tower to another. Analyzing logs of these handoffs is a way to gauge how many people are in an area, the researchers say, and that information could flag potential virus-spreading hotspots. “Crowded regions with actively moving people are susceptible to spreading the disease,” the team say in [an abstract of their paper][1] in _IEEE Open Journal of Engineering in Medicine and Biology_.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][2]
+
+“Our findings could help risk managers with planning and mitigation,” says Edwin Chong, Professor of Electrical and Computer Engineering and interim department head at the school [in an article on the university’s website][3].
+
+The data that would be used doesn’t identify individuals who own the phones, which should alleviate privacy concerns, he says. “All we have to do is perform the measurements using anonymous data that is already being collected for other reasons. We are not tracking individuals,” he says
+
+Cellphone applications that have been developed to trace near encounters between individuals are different. They necessarily gather personal information so health officials can determine who might have come in proximity with an infected person. The goal is to alert those who have had such encounters so they can quarantine themselves for 14 days to prevent them from potentially spreading the virus further. But that is quite different from the information gathered by cell-tower engineering logs.
+
+As mobile phones move from one cell to another, a process called handover and reselection keeps the phones constantly connected to the network. The logs of this activity reveal the volume of this activity and tracks the status of phones such as non-active standby, engaged in active calls or whether it’s making data connections.
+
+The size of cells varies with those in densely populated areas being smaller and therefore able to deliver more granular data about where people are closer together. Indeed, future 5G deployments may have cell antennas in every municipal streetlight, making it possible to make very specific density estimates.
+
+
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][4] and [LinkedIn][5] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3565389/how-wireless-networks-can-battle-covid-19.html
+
+作者：[Patrick Nelson][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/9117073
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[3]: https://engr.source.colostate.edu/using-cellular-networks-to-detect-at-risk-areas-for-spread-of-covid-19/
+[4]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[5]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200715 The Impact of COVID-19 on the Global Digital Economy.md b/sources/talk/20200715 The Impact of COVID-19 on the Global Digital Economy.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6d5f05b3ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200715 The Impact of COVID-19 on the Global Digital Economy.md
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (The Impact of COVID-19 on the Global Digital Economy)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3566911/the-impact-of-covid-19-on-the-global-digital-economy.html)
+[#]: author: (QTS https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/)
+
+The Impact of COVID-19 on the Global Digital Economy
+======
+Post-Pandemic IT Landscape Demands a New Data Center Paradigm
+QTS
+
+Prior to COVID-19, the world was undergoing massive business transformation illustrated by stunning success of mega-scale Internet businesses such as Amazon Prime, Twitter, Uber, Netflix, Xbox and others that are now an integral part of our lives and exemplify the new global digital economy.
+
+The ability to apply artificial intelligence (AL), machine learning (ML), speech recognition, location services, speed and identity tracking in real-time enabled new applications and services once thought to be beyond the reach of computing technology.
+
+Fueling this transformation are exponential increases in digitized data and the ability to apply enormous compute and storage capacity to it. Since 2016, digitization has created 90% of the world’s data. According to IDC, more than 59 zettabytes (ZB) of data are going to be created and consumed globally in 2020 and this is forecast to grow to 175 ZB by 2025. How much is 1 ZB you ask? It is equivalent to a _trillion gigabytes. Or, 100 million HD movies worth of data._
+
+As it turns out, according to IDC, instead of hindering growth, COVID-19 is accelerating data growth, particularly in 2020 and 2021, due to abrupt increases in work from home employees, a changing mix of richer data sets, and a surge in video-based content consumption.
+
+For the enterprise, an unforeseen byproduct is an even greater urgency for agility, adaptability and transformation. Business models are being disrupted while the digitalization of the economy is accelerating as new technologies and services serve a reshaped workforce.
+
+The competitive landscape across all market sectors is changing. Now more than ever business is looking to technology to be agile in the face of disruption and create new digitally enabled business models for the post-COVID “new normal.”
+
+That will require new capabilities and expertise in thousands of data centers and networks behind the scenes. That infrastructure provides the digital infrastructure that powers the critical applications and services keeping the economy afloat -- and all of us connected. The “cloud” lives in data centers and data centers are the commerce platforms of the 21st century.
+
+**Data centers are essential…the best ones are innovating**
+
+At the outset of the pandemic, data centers were designated “essential businesses” since virtually all industries and consumers depend on them. The more advanced data centers were quickly recognized for their [ability to provide customers with remote access and management of their systems][1] without operators or enterprise customers having to be there physically.
+
+[QTS Realty Trust (NYSE: QTS)][2] is at the forefront of providing these services to all their customers. Supporting its commitment to digitize its entire end-to-end systems and processes, QTS is the first and only multi-tenant data center operator with a sophisticated software-defined orchestration platform powered by AI, ML, predictive analytics (PA) and virtual reality (VR) technologies.
+
+QTS’ API-driven [Service Delivery Platform (SDP)][3] empowers customers to interact with their data, services, and connectivity ecosystem by providing real-time visibility, access and dynamic control of critical metrics across hybrid and hyperscale environments from a single platform and/or mobile device. It is akin to it having a software company within the data center delivering operational savings and business innovation which are central to every IT investment.
+
+SDP applications leverage next-generation AI, ML and PA to accurately forecast power consumption, automate the service provisioning, perform online ordering and asset management. VR technologies are enabling new virtual collaboration tools and a 3D visualization application that renders an exact replication of a customer’s IT environment in real-time.
+
+QTS’ SDP was profiled in the Raymond James Industry Brief: _Data Maps and Killer Apps_ (released June 2020) that surveyed the platforms of three global data center operators:
+
+_“While all three platforms have the ability to track and report common data, the ease of use of the systems was quite different. Only QTS had the entire system wrapped up into an app that was available across multiple desktop, tablet, and mobile platforms, complete with 3D imaging and simple graphics that outlined the situation visually down to an individual rack within a cabinet. QTS' system also has video capability using facial recognition to detect and identify employees and contractors separately, highlight an open cabinet door and other potential hazards inside the customers cage, and it is all either real time or on a recorded basis to highlight potential errors and problems. Live heat maps allow customers to see the areas with potential and existing performance issues and to see outages in real time and track down problems. As far as features and functionality, QTS SDP system was the clear winner.”_
+
+**Customer experience is the dealmaker**
+
+As consumers become more adamant in their demand for quality of experience in their digital lives, businesses must ensure they are providing services, and the data that is generated from them, real-time, on-the-go, via any network, and are personalized.
+
+Post COVID, the ability of data centers to ensure excellent customer experience will play an even greater role as large numbers of customers continue to work remotely with less on-premises interaction. Enterprises will seek data center operators that can ensure secure, ubiquitous, real time access to services and data backed by superior customer support.
+
+Given a purchasing decision based on performance and price between two equally qualified data center operators, the first tiebreaker is increasingly coming down to proven and documented customer support.
+
+In the data center industry, QTS is the undisputed leader in customer service and support boasting an [independent Net Promoter Score of 88][4] \- more than double the average NPS score for data center companies (42).
+
+Customers rated QTS highly in a range of service areas, including its customer service, service delivery platform, physical facilities, processes, responsiveness, and service of onsite staff and the 24-hour [Operations Service Center][5]. QTS’ score of 88 is its highest yet and exceeds NPS scores of companies well-known for their customer service including Starbucks (71) and Apple (72).
+
+Enterprise, Hyperscale and government organizations recognize that the post-COVID landscape is going to present an increasing need for innovation in their IT environments. In terms of IT service delivery, this means higher levels of transparency, visibility, compliance and sustainability that are at the foundation of QTS’ Service Delivery Platform.
+
+With innovation come new technologies and complexity, raising the profile of the best service and support partners for companies looking to re-establish themselves in a new, post-COVID competitive landscape.
+
+For more information, visit [www.qtsdatacenters.com][6]
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3566911/the-impact-of-covid-19-on-the-global-digital-economy.html
+
+作者：[QTS][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.qtsdatacenters.com/company/news/2020/03/26/qts-reports-significant-increase-in-customer-usage-of-sdp
+[2]: http://www.qtsdatacenters.com/
+[3]: https://www.qtsdatacenters.com/why-qts/service-delivery-platform
+[4]: https://www.qtsdatacenters.com/why-qts/customer-benefits/nps
+[5]: https://www.qtsdatacenters.com/why-qts/customer-benefits/operations-support-center
+[6]: http://www.qtsdatacenters.com
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200716 Options grow for migrating mainframe apps to the cloud.md b/sources/talk/20200716 Options grow for migrating mainframe apps to the cloud.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fef1ca55e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200716 Options grow for migrating mainframe apps to the cloud.md
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Options grow for migrating mainframe apps to the cloud)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3567058/options-grow-for-migrating-mainframe-apps-to-the-cloud.html)
+[#]: author: (Michael Cooney https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/)
+
+Options grow for migrating mainframe apps to the cloud
+======
+Mainframe modernization vendor LzLabs is targeting Big Iron enterprises that want to move legacy applications into public or private cloud environments.
+Thinkstock
+
+Mainframe users looking to bring legacy applications into the public or private cloud world have a new option: [LzLabs][1], a mainframe software migration vendor.
+
+Founded in 2011 and based in Switzerland, LzLabs this week said it's setting up shop in North America to help mainframe users move legacy applications – think COBOL – into the more modern and flexible cloud application environment.
+
+**Read also: [How to plan a software-defined data-center network][2]**
+
+At the heart of LzLabs' service is its Software Defined Mainframe (SDM), an open-source, Eclipse-based system that's designed to let legacy applications, particularly those without typically available source code, such as COBOL, run in the cloud without recompilation.
+
+The company says it works closely with cloud providers such as Amazon Web Services, and its service can be implemented on [Microsoft Azure][3]. It also works with other technology partners such as Red Hat and Accenture.
+
+Legacy applications have become locked into mainframe infrastructures, and the lack of available skilled personnel who understand the platform and its development process has revealed the urgent need to move these critical applications to open platforms and the cloud, according to Mark Cresswell, CEO of LzLabs.
+
+"With SDM, customers can run mainframe workloads on x86 or the cloud without recompilation or data reformatting. This approach significantly reduces the risks associated with mainframe migration, enables incremental modernization and integrates applications with DevOps, open-source and the cloud," the company [stated][4].
+
+Cresswell pointed to the news stories around the COVID-19 pandemic that found many mainframe and COBOL-based state government systems were having trouble keeping up with the huge volume of unemployment claims hitting those systems.
+
+For example, [CNN in April reported][5] that in New Jersey, Gov. Phil Murphy put out a call for volunteers who know how to code COBOL because many of the state's systems still run on older mainframes. Connecticut is also reportedly struggling to process the large volume of unemployment claims with its decades-old mainframe; it's working to develop a new benefits system with Maine, Rhode Island, Mississippi and Oklahoma, but the system won't be finished before next year, according to the CNN story.
+
+"An estimated 70% of the world's commercial transactions are processed by a mainframe application at some point in their cycle, which means U.S. state governments are merely the canaries in the coal mine. Banks, insurance, telecom and manufacturing companies (to mention a few) should be planning their exit," Cresswell wrote in a [blog][6].
+
+LzLabs is part of an ecosystem of mainframe modernization service providers that includes [Astadia][7], [Asysco][8], [GTSoftware][9], [Micro Focus][10] and others.
+
+Large cloud players are also involved in modernizing mainframe applications. For example, Google Cloud in February [bought mainframe cloud-migration service firm Cornerstone Technology][11] with an eye toward helping Big Iron customers move workloads to the private and public cloud. Google said the Cornerstone technology – found in its [G4 platform][12] – will shape the foundation of its future mainframe-to-Google Cloud offerings and help mainframe customers modernize applications and infrastructure.
+
+"Through the use of automated processes, Cornerstone's tools can break down your Cobol, PL/1, or Assembler programs into services and then make them cloud native, such as within a managed, containerized environment," wrote Howard Weale, Google's director, transformation practice, in a [blog][13] about the acquisition.
+
+"As the industry increasingly builds applications as a set of services, many customers want to break their mainframe monolith programs into either Java monoliths or Java microservices," Weale stated.
+
+The Cornerstone move is also part of Google's effort stay competitive in the face of mainframe-migration offerings from [Amazon Web Services][14], [IBM/RedHat][15] and [Microsoft][16].
+
+While the number of services looking to aid in mainframe modernization might be increasing, the actual migration to those services should be well planned, experts say.
+
+A _Network World_ article on [mainframe migration options][17] from 2017 still holds true today: "The problem facing enterprises wishing to move away from mainframes has always been the 'all-or-nothing' challenge posed by their own workloads. These workloads are so interdependent and complex that everything has to be moved at once or the enterprise suffers. The suffering typically centers on underperformance, increased complexity caused by bringing functions over piecemeal, or having to add new development or operational staff to support the target environment. In the end, the savings on hardware or software turns out to be less than the increased costs required of a hybrid computing solution."
+
+Gartner last year also warned that migrating legacy applications should be undertaken very deliberately.
+
+"The value gained by moving applications from the traditional enterprise platform onto the next 'bright, shiny thing' rarely provides an improvement in the business process or the company's bottom line. A great deal of analysis must be performed and each cost accounted for," Gartner stated in a 2019 report, [Considering Leaving Legacy IBM Platforms? Beware, as Cost Savings May Disappoint, While Risking Quality][18]*. "*Legacy platforms may seem old, outdated and due for replacement. Yet IBM and other vendors are continually integrating open-source tools to appeal to more developers while updating the hardware. Application leaders should reassess the capabilities and quality of these platforms before leaving them."
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][19] and [LinkedIn][20] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3567058/options-grow-for-migrating-mainframe-apps-to-the-cloud.html
+
+作者：[Michael Cooney][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://twitter.com/LzLabsGmbH
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3284352/data-center/how-to-plan-a-software-defined-data-center-network.html
+[3]: https://www.astadia.com/video/mainframe-transformation-azure-is-the-new-mainframe
+[4]: https://appsource.microsoft.com/en-us/product/web-apps/lzlabsgmbh-5083555.lzlabs-softwaredefinedmainframe?src=office&tab=Overview
+[5]: https://www.cnn.com/2020/04/08/business/coronavirus-cobol-programmers-new-jersey-trnd/index.html
+[6]: https://blog.lzlabs.com/cobol-crisis-for-us-state-government-departments-is-the-canary-in-the-coal-mine
+[7]: https://www.astadia.com/blog/mainframe-migration-to-azure-in-5-steps
+[8]: https://www.asysco.com/code-transformation/
+[9]: https://www.gtsoftware.com/services/migration-services/
+[10]: https://www.microfocus.com/en-us/home
+[11]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3528451/google-cloud-moves-to-aid-mainframe-migration.html
+[12]: https://www.cornerstone.nl/solutions/modernization
+[13]: https://cloud.google.com/blog/topics/inside-google-cloud/helping-customers-migrate-their-mainframe-workloads-to-google-cloud
+[14]: https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/enterprise-strategy/yes-you-should-modernize-your-mainframe-with-the-cloud/
+[15]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3438542/ibm-z15-mainframe-amps-up-cloud-security-features.html
+[16]: https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/migration/mainframe/
+[17]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3192652/why-are-mainframes-still-in-the-enterprise-data-center.html
+[18]: https://www.gartner.com/doc/3905276
+[19]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[20]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200717 Open source accounting software developed by accountants.md b/sources/talk/20200717 Open source accounting software developed by accountants.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..22ae8e1689
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200717 Open source accounting software developed by accountants.md
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Open source accounting software developed by accountants)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/7/godbledger)
+[#]: author: (Sean Darcy https://opensource.com/users/sean-darcy)
+
+Open source accounting software developed by accountants
+======
+GoDBledger is open source accounting software that is both intuitive and
+productive.
+![Person using a laptop][1]
+
+Over the last six months, I have been working on [GoDBLedger][2], an open source accounting system that I feel addresses some of the issues that plague current accounting software solutions. Even in my first year as a graduate accountant, the software frustrated me because I have seen what good software can be like and how much it can improve your productivity.
+
+A great example of "good software" is a software developer's [Editor/IDE][3]. Developers love their editors, and there is a huge range that is highly customizable and allows for seamless coding experience. One of the major influencing factors for the existence of great software in this area is because developers are themselves the end users—they scratch their own itches and have immediate feedback on their designs.
+
+The relationship between developers and their editor is fascinating because the editor's job is to facilitate the efficient transfer of the developer's ideas into the codebase.
+
+As an accountant who loves programming in my spare time, I can see parallels between the accounting industry and software development. You can imagine the general ledger (a giant list of financial transactions) as a "codebase" that accountants work with, and it is the accountant's job to navigate and edit the general ledger before compiling it into various reports that an end user consumes—financial statements and tax returns, for example. This is similar to, for instance, the way the Red Hat Enterprise Linux codebase is maintained by developers, and then released officially as RHEL and CentOS to the world.
+
+Unfortunately, when comparing the software between the two industries, I have found that navigating and editing the general ledger is not seamless, at least not when compared to my experiences when programming. Additionally, the compilation is slow and involves a lot of human labor to achieve; it can ultimately be as difficult as editing the general ledger itself.
+
+So, given the parallels between accountants' and programmers' processes, why hasn't the accounting industry developed software to make editing the general ledger as efficient as an IDE editing a codebase? And why is compiling a set of financial statements from the general ledger not automated as is pushing code to production?
+
+There are two influencing factors that I have noticed.
+
+The first is the profit motive that drives both accountants and accounting software developers. Monetization can lead to inefficiencies in software because the most efficient end user is not always the most profitable. A profit-maximizing entity can extract more value from their users by taking actions to get control of the user's data, create walled gardens, and make it difficult for the user to change their software.
+
+Accounting software has always existed in the realm of paid software. Because it plays such an important role in a business, it has always been easy to monetize. This is great for software developers who wish to make a profit, but unfortunately, it means that open source principles have had minimal influence on the shape and design of the software.
+
+The second influencing factor is a lack of understanding of the general ledger as a data structure. The general ledger, in simple terms, is just a way to format a database of financial transactions. This data structure was designed in the 1600s, and it worked quite well within a physical book. At that point in time, working with the general ledger meant changing written text in the book as necessary, and accountants were professionals at maintaining this database. However, when relational databases were created, the structure never really got standardized and digitalized. Software packages implemented the general ledger within their own proprietary database structures, and accountants lost their ability to directly edit the database. Instead of managing the general ledger directly, the software only allowed for accountants to have restricted access.
+
+### The result
+
+Before TCP/IP got standardized, companies like AOL were creating their own proprietary environments and locking users into their walled gardens. Fortunately for the internet, they fell away to a free standard communication protocol. Unfortunately, the accounting industry did not do this, and we got stuck with "America Online."
+
+Imagine that the software industry was ruled by a few big IDE software conglomerates which have decided to maximize their profits rather than maximizing developer efficiency. Your editor no longer saves code as text; instead, it is saved as a proprietary data format. You can not copy a codebase easily into another IDE, and if you do change editors, it's probably safe to assume that the codebase saved in the previous system is lost.
+
+This is the state of the accounting software available today.
+
+So what can accounting software developers learn from the open source community?
+
+Open source means you can stand on the shoulders of giants and use codebases of other projects to influence and directly assist in the growth of your own project. If you are focusing on accountants' efficiency to edit the general ledger, you can review other software and copy the parts that work and ignore the parts that don't. In my case, I have been fortunate to leverage the great codebases of other accounting software such as [GNU Cash][4] and [Ledger-CLI][5], but there is another interesting area that has a lot to contribute—the open source servers that manage cryptocurrency nodes.
+
+Accounting has struggled with the transition from physical ledgers to computers, but thankfully the cryptocurrency community has already developed a lot of open source software for maintaining a database of transactions.
+
+The general ledger is a data structure to record financial transactions—just like a blockchain.
+
+### What this means
+
+My accounting system has been heavily influenced by [Geth (Go Ethereum)][6] and [Prysmatic Labs][7]—[Prysm][7], as there are a lot of talented developers working on these projects. They have provided the base for a server that manages financial transactions. Combining this with a database schema that was heavily influenced by GNU Cash means the heavy work behind designing an accounting system has already been done.
+
+The result is [GoDBLedger][2], with source code available on [github.com/darcys22/godbledger][8].
+
+It is also written in Golang to leverage the already good code that exists in this area, and because Golang tends to be good for servers of this nature.
+
+I've talked a lot about how accountants should be able to work with the general ledger as seamlessly as a programmer can work on their codebase. I truly look forward to the day when I can create and edit journal entries with the same efficiency that I navigate and edit code using my text editor of choice. GoDBLedger is my first step toward achieving this. The next steps will be toward developing this "IDE" that communicates with GoDBLedger and its underlying database. Fortunately for me, there are already a lot of good open source database projects that I'll be able to leverage for this.
+
+### How to use GoDBLedger
+
+GoDBLedger is usable today! You can fire up a server that maintains a database for your financial transactions, and it will look and feel familiar to anyone who has run a cryptocurrency node before.
+
+The end goal is for it to act as the central server for receiving financial transactions and storing them in the database. It lives in the background, always running so that other systems can communicate financial data to it as needed.
+
+![GoDBledger operational flow chart][9]
+
+Right now, if you are comfortable with a command line and scripts that communicate to systems using RPC, then you can play with GoDBLedger and experience double-entry bookkeeping on a level lower than all other software (and only slightly above directly manipulating the SQL database).
+
+For instance, with GoDBLedger running, you can add entries in the interactive mode of ledger-cli:
+
+
+```
+$ ~/godbledger/ledger_cli journal
+Journal Entry Wizard
+\--------------------
+Enter the date (yyyy-mm-dd): 2019-06-30
+Enter the Journal Descripion: Get Money Get Paid!
+
+Line item #1
+Enter the line Descripion: Income is good yo
+Enter the Account: Revenue:Sales
+Enter the Amount: -1000
+Would you like to enter more line items? (n to stop):
+
+Line item #2
+Enter the line Descripion: Cash is better
+Enter the Account: Asset:Cash
+Enter the Amount: 1000
+Would you like to enter more line items? (n to stop): n
+
+&{Get Money Get Paid!
+ 2019-06-30 00:00:00 +0000 UTC [{Revenue:Sales
+ Income is good yo
+ -1000/1} {Asset:Cash
+ Cash is better
+ 1000/1}] stuff}
+```
+
+However, the same entry can be made using JSON:
+
+
+```
+`$ ~/godbledger/ledger_cli jsonjournal '{"Payee":"Darcy Financial","Date":"2019-06-30T00:00:00Z","AccountChanges":[{"Name":"Asset:Cash","Description":"Cash is better","Currency":"USD","Balance":"100"},{"Name":"Revenue:Sales","Description":"Income is good yo","Currency":"USD","Balance":"-100"}],"Signature":"anythingHereCurrently"}'`
+```
+
+You can view a report with the `reporter` command:
+
+
+```
+$ ~/godbledger/reporter trialbalance
+
+ ACCOUNT | BALANCE AT 20 FEBRUARY 2020
+\--------------+----------------------------
+Asset:Cash | 1000
+ |
+Revenue:Sales | -1000
+ |
+```
+
+Read the [quickstart on the Github Wiki][10] for more information. I've also developed a few [example scripts using Python][11] to show how you can send transactions from your own software. Additionally, I have made an [example "trading bot"][12] that saves every trade it does to GoDBLedger.
+
+if you're interested in a procedural system to keep tracking of your accounts, try GoDBLedger.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/godbledger
+
+作者：[Sean Darcy][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/sean-darcy
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/laptop_screen_desk_work_chat_text.png?itok=UXqIDRDD (Person using a laptop)
+[2]: https://godbledger.com/
+[3]: https://www.redhat.com/en/topics/middleware/what-is-ide
+[4]: https://www.gnucash.org/
+[5]: https://www.ledger-cli.org/
+[6]: https://github.com/ethereum/go-ethereum
+[7]: https://github.com/prysmaticlabs/prysm
+[8]: https://github.com/darcys22/godbledger
+[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/godbledger_flow.png (GoDBledger operational flow chart)
+[10]: https://github.com/darcys22/godbledger/wiki/Quickstart
+[11]: https://github.com/darcys22/godbledger-pythonclient
+[12]: https://github.com/darcys22/Trading-Simulator
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200719 Open source development works to improve contact tracing in Europe.md b/sources/talk/20200719 Open source development works to improve contact tracing in Europe.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..be101bc70f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200719 Open source development works to improve contact tracing in Europe.md
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Open source development works to improve contact tracing in Europe)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/7/open-source-contact-tracing)
+[#]: author: (J. Manrique Lopez de la Fuente https://opensource.com/users/jsmanrique)
+
+Open source development works to improve contact tracing in Europe
+======
+Analyzing data on Corona-Warn-App's development shows how quickly open
+source can scale up to help stop disease outbreaks.
+![Hands holding a mobile phone with open on the screen][1]
+
+The [Corona-Warn-App][2] is an awesome example of how governments and public administrations can use open source software development to help citizens while simultaneously advancing the technology ecosystem. The app helps trace infection chains of [SARS-CoV-2][3] (the virus that causes [COVID-19][4]) in Germany. The app uses [a decentralized approach][5] to notify users if they have been exposed to SARS-CoV-2.
+
+![Corona-Warn-App branding][6]
+
+(Manrique Lopez, [CC BY-SA 4.0][7])
+
+Transparency is essential to protecting the app's end users and encouraging its adoption, and [open source][8] is a key element of achieving transparency. Open source allows anyone to use, study, share, and [improve][9] Covid-Warn-App. This is similar to the tracing apps developed by Italy ([Immuni][10]), Switzerland ([SwissCovid][11]), and partially by France ([StopCovid][12]). In contrast, [Radar Covid][13] is a new non-open source COVID-tracking app being piloted in Spain's Canary Islands; between the non-open nature of the app and the fact that the [website][14] still fails to load in mid-July 2020, it's debatable whether citizens will trust it.
+
+![radarcovid.covid19.gob.es offline on July, 8th, 2020][15]
+
+Radar Covid [site][14] offilne on July 8, 2020. (Manrique Lopez, [CC BY-SA 4.0][7])
+
+### Why open source transparency matters
+
+Transparency benefits software development projects in two ways:
+
+ * Internally in the project's community, there's a sense of fair play among all the contributors because everything is in public, so everyone is accountable.
+ * Externally among third parties, there's a sense of trust in the project because it can be analyzed from multiple perspectives (e.g., legal, technical, project activity, development processes, etc.).
+
+
+
+Transparency should be an essential requirement in software developed by governments. Initiatives like [Public Money, Public Code][16] and the [Foundation for Public Code][17] are doing an amazing job of helping public administrators understand why their code (_our_ code as taxpayers) should be open source.
+
+![Corona-Warn-App's open source approach][18]
+
+(Manrique Lopez, [CC BY-SA 4.0][7])
+
+### About Corona-Warn-App
+
+In early May 2020, the German government asked software developer SAP and Deutsche Telekom subsidiary T-Systems to deliver the Corona-Warn-App based on open source and decentralized technology. Many other German companies and research centers are supporting the app's development.
+
+![Corona-Warn-App development partners][19]
+
+(Manrique Lopez, [CC BY-SA 4.0][7])
+
+In addition, the global open source community has been remarkable in helping to build the app, which has already been [downloaded by more than 15 million users][20].
+
+### Corona-Warn-App's development
+
+Inspired by [Andreas Schreiber's][21] tweet, [Jesus M. Gonzalez-Barahona][22] did an [analysis][23] of Corona-Warn-App's development using [Cauldron.io][24], an open source software-as-a-service application built on top of [GrimoireLab][25], and [summarized his findings][26] on Twitter.
+
+Corona-Warn-App saw robust [software development activity][23] through mid-June:
+
+ * More than 100 people contributed.
+ * More than 5,300 commits were made, with 1,600+ pull requests and 600+ issues.
+
+
+
+![Corona-Warn-App development data][27]
+
+Data source: [Corona-Warn-App dashboard][23] (Manrique Lopez, [CC BY-SA 4.0][7])
+
+#### Quick code reviews
+
+Code review for pull requests is quick, usually within one day (mean: 0.36 days).
+
+![Corona-Warn-App pull requests][28]
+
+Data source: [Corona-Warn-App dashboard][23] (Manrique Lopez, [CC BY-SA 4.0][7])
+
+Time to close issues is also quick at about two days.
+
+![Corona-Warn-App issues][29]
+
+Data source: [Corona-Warn-App dashboard][23] (Manrique Lopez, [CC BY-SA 4.0][7])
+
+This means that most pull requests are already closed, and the gap between open and closed issues is not very large.
+
+#### Commitment to fighting coronavirus spread
+
+Contributions are coming from both corporate email accounts and private addresses (such as gmail.com, gmx.de, icloud.com, and outlook.de).
+
+![Corona-Warn-App contributors' email domains][30]
+
+Data source: [Corona-Warn-App dashboard][23] (Manrique Lopez, [CC BY-SA 4.0][7])
+
+Also, there is no noticeable decline in commits over the weekend, which is unusual for software produced by employees on paid time.
+
+![Corona-Warn-App commits by date][31]
+
+Data source: [Corona-Warn-App dashboard][23] (Manrique Lopez, [CC BY-SA 4.0][7])
+
+These facts may be signs of contributors' sense of urgency or commitment to fighting the spread of COVID-19, even on their own time.
+
+There is, however, a different pattern in issue and pull request submissions: they are more common during the week than on weekends, even though commits happen regularly over the week. One possible explanation for this is that developers work uniformly throughout the week but upload and interact with issues mostly during workdays.
+
+![Corona-Warn-App patches by day][32]
+
+Data source: [Corona-Warn-App dashboard][23] (Manrique Lopez, [CC BY-SA 4.0][7])
+
+![Corona-Warn-App issues by day][33]
+
+Data source: [Corona-Warn-App dashboard][23] (Manrique Lopez, [CC BY-SA 4.0][7])
+
+#### Outstanding developer engagement
+
+Onboarding of developers has been really quick—currently about 50 people by daily contributions and more than 100 people by weekly contributions.
+
+These numbers are common for corporate projects, but Corona-Warn-App has assembled a team of more than 100 developers from at least six companies in just 45 days. Is this another lesson corporate software development can learn and apply from open source development?
+
+![Corona-Warn-App engagement][34]
+
+Data source: [Corona-Warn-App dashboard][23] (Manrique Lopez, [CC BY-SA 4.0][7])
+
+![Corona-Warn-App engagement][35]
+
+Data source: [Corona-Warn-App dashboard][23] (Manrique Lopez, [CC BY-SA 4.0][7])
+
+Engagement differs in different repositories; for example, the iOS app had about eight times the commits as the Android app. Lines per commit and files per commit suggest that this is likely real development, not snapshots masquerading as development.
+
+![Corona-Warn-App repos][36]
+
+Data source: [Corona-Warn-App dashboard][23] (Manrique Lopez, [CC BY-SA 4.0][7])
+
+#### Time efficiency
+
+One worrisome piece of data is in the time to close pull requests. The mean is short, but the median is too short. That could either mean a very well-streamlined code review in a tightly coupled team or very little code review.
+
+![Corona-Warn-App time to merge][37]
+
+Data source: [Corona-Warn-App dashboard][23] (Manrique Lopez, [CC BY-SA 4.0][7])
+
+![Corona-Warn-App open PR time][38]
+
+Data source: [Corona-Warn-App dashboard][23] (Manrique Lopez, [CC BY-SA 4.0][7])
+
+### Closing thoughts
+
+Corona-Warn-App is a successful example of how governments and public administrations can use open collaboration to scale up to fight a global crisis. Data saves lives, and now more than ever, we need to break silos, be transparent, and work towards a common goal.
+
+Transparency is not only about making code publicly available. Transparency is about fairness and trust, and software development analysis is a good example of how to take advantage of transparency to better understand the software that matters to you.
+
+If you liked this analysis, note that you can do your own with Cauldron.io, as it's [free, open source software][39].
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/open-source-contact-tracing
+
+作者：[J. Manrique Lopez de la Fuente][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jsmanrique
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/rh_003588_01_rd3os.combacktoschoolserieshe_rh_041x_0.png?itok=tfg6_I78 (Hands holding a mobile phone with open on the screen)
+[2]: https://www.coronawarn.app
+[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Severe_acute_respiratory_syndrome_coronavirus_2
+[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Coronavirus_disease_2019
+[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exposure_Notification
+[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/corona-warn.png (Corona-Warn-App branding)
+[7]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[8]: https://opensource.org/osd
+[9]: https://github.com/corona-warn-app/cwa-documentation/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md
+[10]: https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Immuni
+[11]: https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/SwissCovid
+[12]: https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/StopCovid
+[13]: https://english.elpais.com/society/2020-06-29/spain-launches-first-phase-of-coronavirus-tracking-app.html
+[14]: https://radarcovid.covid19.gob.es/
+[15]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/radarcovid.jpg (radarcovid.covid19.gob.es offline on July, 8th, 2020)
+[16]: https://publiccode.eu/
+[17]: https://publiccode.net/
+[18]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/corona-warn-open-source.jpg (Corona-Warn-App's open source approach)
+[19]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/corona-warn-partner.jpg (Corona-Warn-App development partners)
+[20]: https://de.statista.com/statistik/daten/studie/1125951/umfrage/downloads-der-corona-warn-app/
+[21]: https://twitter.com/onyame/status/1272505372360785920
+[22]: https://opensource.com/users/jgbarah
+[23]: https://cauldron.io/dashboard/1545
+[24]: https://cauldron.io/
+[25]: https://chaoss.github.io/grimoirelab/
+[26]: https://twitter.com/jgbarah/status/1272777800102141957
+[27]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/corona-warn_development.png (Corona-Warn-App development data)
+[28]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/corona-warn_prs.png (Corona-Warn-App pull requests)
+[29]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/corona-warn_issues.png (Corona-Warn-App issues)
+[30]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/corona-warn_users.png (Corona-Warn-App contributors' email domains)
+[31]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/corona-warn_commits.png (Corona-Warn-App commits by date)
+[32]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/corona-warn_submission1.png (Corona-Warn-App patches by day)
+[33]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/corona-warn_submission2.png (Corona-Warn-App issues by day)
+[34]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/corona-warn_engagement1.png (Corona-Warn-App engagement)
+[35]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/corona-warn_engagement2.png (Corona-Warn-App engagement)
+[36]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/corona-warn_repo.png (Corona-Warn-App repos)
+[37]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/corona-warn_timetomerge.png (Corona-Warn-App time to merge)
+[38]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/corona-warn_opentime.png (Corona-Warn-App open PR time)
+[39]: https://gitlab.com/cauldronio/cauldron
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200721 Data-center survey- IT seeks faster switches, intelligent computing.md b/sources/talk/20200721 Data-center survey- IT seeks faster switches, intelligent computing.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fe915f2a5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200721 Data-center survey- IT seeks faster switches, intelligent computing.md
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Data-center survey: IT seeks faster switches, intelligent computing)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3566925/data-center-survey-it-seeks-faster-switches-intelligent-computing.html)
+[#]: author: (Andy Patrizio https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/)
+
+Data-center survey: IT seeks faster switches, intelligent computing
+======
+As data use changes, so do technical needs of the data center operators, who want speed and intelligence.
+monsitj / Getty Images
+
+The growth in data use and consumption means the needs of IT managers are changing, and a survey from Omdia (formerly IHS Markit) found [data-center][1] operators are looking for intelligence of all sorts, not just the artificial kind.
+
+Omdia analysts recently surveyed IT leaders from 140 North American enterprises with at least 101 employees working in North American offices and data centers and asked them what features they wanted the most in their networking technology.
+
+The results say respondents expect to more than double their average number of data-center sites between 2019 and 2021, and the average number of servers deployed in data centers is expected to double over the same timeline.
+
+“The on-premises enterprise data center continues to flourish,” the authors wrote in the report. “We are seeing a continuation of the enterprise DC growth phase signaled by the 2018 respondents and confirmed by the respondents of this study. The transformation of the on-premises DC to a cloud architecture continues, and the enterprise DC will be considered a first-class citizen as enterprises build their multi-clouds and shift compute to the edge.”
+
+But the emphasis appears to be on networking and not necessarily server gear. From 2019 to 2021, more than 60% of respondents expect to increase their investments in Ethernet switches, Fibre Channel switches, network analytics, and network automation. The installed base of data-center Ethernet-switch ports will grow 27% between 2019 and 2021 with higher speeds (100/200/400GE) making up a larger portion of the deployed base.
+
+High speeds (65% of respondents), openness and interoperability (65%), and application-awareness (65%) are the top features respondents seek when making data-center Ethernet-switching purchases. Increased port speeds are an obvious upgrade decision, and it remains top-of-mind for enterprises.
+
+And not just any switches will do. The number of respondents using Open Compute Project (OCP)-certified switches has risen significantly since 2019: 76% of respondents adopted OCP switches in 2019 per the 2019 survey versus 60% of respondents in 2018. Bare-metal switches, like those offered by vendors of OCP-certified equipment, are available from several hardware vendors such as Edgecore, Delta Networks and Mellanox/Nvidia.
+
+### Smarter software**
+
+**
+
+Application awareness and automated virtual machine (VM) movement are becoming more important as more data center traffic gets routed from central data centers to edge locations globally. Omdia says the results show that data-center networks can no longer operate in siloes, and respondents want solutions that are easy to integrate, allowing them to monitor their data across compute and storage, independent of physical data-center location.
+
+And with all that data and virtual machines to move around, respondents seem to be keen on the benefits that AI promises to bring. Many vendors claim their high-throughput (100G-plus Ethernet) DC switches are designed for use in environments required to handle resource-intense applications like AI and ML. But Omdia says it remains to be seen how AI features will impact the DC networking market and what qualitative and quantitative outcomes will result.
+
+Omdia also says data-center orchestration software will provide automated coordination and management of resource pools including network equipment, servers, and storage. “Enterprise IT teams are selecting orchestration software, and the choice for physical and virtual switching in the DC will depend on the orchestration software selected,” the report said.
+
+It flags Red Hat Enterprise OpenStack Platform (celebrating its tenth anniversary this month), VMware vCloud, Cisco Intelligent Automation for Cloud [IAC], and Microsoft System Centerj among the leaders of data center orchestration.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][2] and [LinkedIn][3] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3566925/data-center-survey-it-seeks-faster-switches-intelligent-computing.html
+
+作者：[Andy Patrizio][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3223692/what-is-a-data-centerhow-its-changed-and-what-you-need-to-know.html
+[2]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[3]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200722 Student Linux club refurbishes computers to support distance learning.md b/sources/talk/20200722 Student Linux club refurbishes computers to support distance learning.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..18f40c2026
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200722 Student Linux club refurbishes computers to support distance learning.md
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Student Linux club refurbishes computers to support distance learning)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/7/donate-linux)
+[#]: author: (Cam Citrowske https://opensource.com/users/camcitrowske)
+
+Student Linux club refurbishes computers to support distance learning
+======
+Open source helps bridge the digital divide for families in need of
+computers for distance learning during the pandemic.
+![][1]
+
+_This article is co-written by Cam Citrowske, a member of the Penguin Corps._
+
+It was March 17, 2020, and I was in my classroom at Aspen Academy. The clock was ticking. This was to be the last day of school before we, along with every other public school in Minnesota, would close due to the outbreak of the new coronavirus. I had students in my room during lunch, advisory periods, and my elective classes all doing the same thing—installing Linux onto old computers so we could give them to students who would use them for school at home during the shelter in place order. I was only going to have the kids' help until dismissal time, but in the end, we had 17 computers ready to go. It was a start.
+
+Hi, I'm Stu Keroff. I'm a social studies and technology teacher at Aspen Academy in Savage, MN. I am also the director of the Penguin Corps, our school's Linux club. When we started the club back in September of 2019, I wanted the kids at my new school to take on the same type of mission that the kids at my last school had: using Linux to close the "digital divide" (see this [article][2] about the Community School of Excellence Asian Penguins for more information). The Penguin Corps gave away a few computers during the year, but nothing had prepared us for what was coming.
+
+It was in January that I first heard about COVID-19. At the time, it was making people sick in other countries, and while it was a topic of discussion in my social studies classes, I wasn't concerned because it wasn't in Minnesota.
+
+![Linux club donating computers][3]
+
+(Stu Keroff, [CC BY-SA 4.0][4])
+
+By March, that had changed. Businesses were talking about how they would respond to the pandemic, and it raised the conversation about how it would affect schools. Fast forward to March 18, when all the schools in Minnesota were closed and converted to distance learning—teachers provide lessons online, and kids attend school in their homes over the internet. It was a huge change for all of us!
+
+While it was tough for many of my students to go to school from their bedrooms or dining rooms, at least most of them had computers to use. But what about the kids at school who didn't have computers? Or the families who didn't have enough computers for all of the kids in the house? What were they supposed to do?
+
+Our school's administrators reached out to me and the Penguin Corps to create a solution. We surveyed parents to find out how many families needed a computer and then got to work. We started by putting Linux on computers the school was no longer using, and then we gave those away. More responses started to pour in. We realized that the supply we had would not even be close to enough. This became a serious problem that was in need of a bigger solution.
+
+Once we realized that, we started to ask for more. With help from the school, we reached out over social media and in the local newspaper, asking people to donate their old computers to us. A number of people and even some businesses like Caribou Coffee and St. Vincent de Paul of the Twin Cities responded. Laptops started to pour in. Most of them worked, but some needed minor repairs, such as new batteries, a charger, or a hard drive. All of the computers needed new software. Linux and open source apps were the solution. We got the computers up and running, tested them, and left them with the school to distribute.
+
+The school continued to take referrals, and people came in to pick up laptops. The office receptionist eventually joined our team, walking parents through the software before they left with their laptops. Even though she had no previous experience with Linux, she was able to jump right in and contribute.
+
+Prior to the shutdown, the Penguin Corps gave away six computers. Between March 16 and the first week of May, we gave away 60 computers. This effectively closed our school's digital divide.
+
+And at what cost? Since we chose to go with used computers instead of buying new ones, the only thing we had to pay for were batteries, chargers, a couple of hard drives, and a keyboard. Total cost: approximately $900.00, or an average of $12.33 per computer, including the computers we had left over, which we're saving for the fall term.
+
+The program even gave us the opportunity to help people outside of our school. Reverend Tim Christopher, a pastor in North Minneapolis, reached out to me and the Penguin Corps to ask for our help. A single mother in Minneapolis with two school-aged children needed computers for her kids to do distance learning from their home. Thanks to the Penguin Corps, both kids got one to use for school, for free.
+
+Aspen Academy principal Melanie Jiskra said, "It was through this group of change agents that all Aspen Academy families had enough devices to continue their education through distance learning. Without the generosity of the people and companies who donated the laptops, the hard work and commitment of Mr. Keroff, and the talent, drive, and passion of the students to serve others, Aspen Academy would not have as successfully bridged the digital divide during this pandemic."
+
+COVID-19 presented all schools with a challenge, and Aspen Academy's Penguin Corps demonstrated that open source software could be used to meet it. Our biggest challenge became our biggest victory.
+
+Do you want to know more about how a Linux club can help your school or a school near you? You can email me at [studoeslinux@gmail.com][5]. You can also get ideas for starting your own program at [www.linuxclubguide.com][6].
+
+The Asian Penguins Linux users group for middle school students is improving people’s lives through...
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/donate-linux
+
+作者：[Cam Citrowske][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/camcitrowske
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/penguin_corps_group_photo.jpg?itok=_uQlfxDa
+[2]: https://opensource.com/education/15/3/asian-penguins-Linux-middle-school-club
+[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/pictures/linux-club-donating-computers.jpg (Middle school Linux club donating computers)
+[4]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[5]: mailto:studoeslinux@gmail.com
+[6]: http://www.linuxclubguide.com
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200726 Globalization- A history of openness.md b/sources/talk/20200726 Globalization- A history of openness.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7c056d7107
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200726 Globalization- A history of openness.md
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Globalization: A history of openness)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/7/globalization-history-open)
+[#]: author: (Ron McFarland https://opensource.com/users/ron-mcfarland)
+
+Globalization: A history of openness
+======
+The history of our interconnected world is also a history of our
+willingness to open up.
+![India on the globe][1]
+
+In my career conducting international business, I traveled to more than 80 countries worldwide. I was always struck by how strongly regions of the world are connected, and I began studying the forces of globalization as a result.
+
+Several books on this subject were critical to this research. But the one I'd like to highlight here is [World 3.0: Global Prosperity and How to Achieve It][2] by Pankaj Ghemawat. This book first taught me how _little_ the global community is connected—but also how far it has come compared to the past. During Prof. Ghemawat's research, he worked with DHL and ultimately helped develop the [DHL Global Connectedness Index][3], which tracks how well the global community is interacting in four key measurements: trade, investment, telecommunication, and travel/migration. From that work, I developed and delivered a presentation on [global connectedness][4], which stressed that the world should increase its scores on those four measurements of globalization, as they are directly linked to food supply, health, security, pollution, jobs and other global benefits.
+
+In this article series, I'll present my research from that period, then explain how we might think about the intersection of globalization and [open organization principles][5] around the world today. When people use terms like "globalization" and "global connectedness," in most cases what they _really_ mean is "building coordinated communities to provide goods/service globally and address global issues." Open organization principles are applicable here—but in this context, on a global scale.
+
+But before I can explain that interconnection, I'll first need to outline Prof. Ghemawat's criteria. In this article, I'll do that, with a special emphasis on the way open organization principles are critical to all of them.
+
+### Trade
+
+By "trade," I'm referring to the imports and exports of goods and services between countries. It's a key dimension of a globally connected world. Trading extremely simple products and services might be possible via electronic transactions, perhaps over the internet. But on the other hand, highly complex products may require a company to build a distribution network in a wide range of countries worldwide. In this case, then, connectivity, collaboration, and leveraging other open organization principles would be extremely important. In my last job, for example, I set up product distributors throughout Europe and the United States and a production operation in China. Building a strong relationship was very important, difficult and took time and effort. I had to use open organization principles to their fullest.
+
+### Investment
+
+Global financial investments also have an impact on global connectedness. If an investor simply purchases shares of an overseas company or deposits funds in an overseas bank account, then more complex relationships are not as critical. But if a company wants to invest in a factory (or sales office for that matter) in a foreign country, then a great deal of interpersonal interaction is required. Economists define these two types of investments differently; they call the latter "foreign direct investment" or FDI. Projects focused on FDI get people working closely with each other across traditional geographic boundaries. Here again, open organization principles will play an important role.
+
+### Communications
+
+When considering global communications, think of two broad categories: verbal communications and written communications. The former may involve, for example, telephone communications—simply having the ability to get on a telephone and affordably talk to someone anywhere on the globe. Even today, in many parts of the world, this is not technically possible. On top of that, language becomes a problem internationally, as many people aren't communicating in a common language. These issues are being addressed, but according to the 2019 DHL Global Connectedness Index, this has been more difficult to measure than in the past. Today, there are simply too many communication methods to make tracking this dimension as easy as it was in the past, and those methods seem to be increasing at an exponential rate.
+
+Thanks to proliferating internet access, written forms of communication are also increasing worldwide, but measuring, again, is more difficult to do. For this reason, I'd guess that the next real technological breakthrough will involve both foreign language electronic verbal communication (interpreting) and written communication (translating) software. This software is improving all the time, and could greatly contribute to global communications and information sharing between languages. This, then, will all lead to better integration and spread of open organization principles, as communications are sure to continue to increase worldwide. (Personally, I don't think this technology will replace person-to-person interaction, but could certainly support it.)
+
+### Travel/migration
+
+The last factor in the DHL Global Connectedness Index is the movement of people between countries. The first question to ask here is: "Why are people leaving a country and crossing borders? Why do people go from one country to another?" Reasons may include: for better education, for tourism purposes, for economic opportunities, and for safety (e.g., escaping war). Whatever the reason, it will determine how much people will interact with others in the host country. Wanting to go to a foreign country and being forced to leave one's home country are very different situations. The DHL Global Connectedness Index tries to measure factors like this. Open organization principles can be helpful here, particularly in community-building efforts, and in efforts to promote inclusivity.
+
+Although these factors are always shifting, people of the world will continue to communicate, collaborate, interact, and influence each other on an ever-expanding scale.
+
+And yet, if you study the DHL Global Connectedness Index, you will find that in all four measurements of trade, investment, communications and travel, the world is far less connected than it could be. More interaction still occurs within national borders than between countries. But as I will demonstrate in future articles of this series, global connectedness has a rather short history, relatively speaking, and we're still learning how best to collaborate and govern in a globally connected world. Understanding the role of open organization principles in this work will become even more important in the years ahead.
+
+### Think global, act local
+
+As we consider these issues and the impact open-style thinking can have on them, we'll naturally begin to ask: Where—and on what scale—should we begin addressing these problems? Are the issues _personal_, _local, national, or global_ in their scope and impact?
+
+As we'll see in future articles in this series, issues like these are often too complex to be confined to just one of those scales. That's why it's important to think about "[glocalization][6]" to address these issues by respecting both local concerns and global impact.
+
+Take the coronavirus for example. It impacts all humanity and requires [an open, global discussion applying open organization principles][7]. And global organizations, like the [World Health Organization (WHO)][8], will be involved in determining and communicating guidelines for combating the spread of COVID-19. But the issue is a personal one, too, as individuals learn new ways to take responsibility both for their health and the health of those around them.
+
+So, as we continue exploring the dimensions of the DHL Global Connectedness Index, we should remember that many issues cut across all scales of human activity—and that our responses, based on open principles, should also operate at multiple levels. They should be [_adaptive_ to their contexts][9].
+
+In the next article, I'll examine a short history of globalization. Interestingly enough, open organization principles have been at work since the beginning. I'll discuss globalization up to the Industrial Revolution (around the 1800s). In a later installment, I will discuss the evolution of globalization from the Industrial Revolution to the present day.
+
+Armed with insight from the past, I want to offer proposals for moving forward on issues like pandemics, [climate change][10], global pollution, and others.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/7/globalization-history-open
+
+作者：[Ron McFarland][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ron-mcfarland
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/india-globe-map.jpg?itok=6sSEL5iO (India on the globe)
+[2]: https://www.amazon.com/World-3-0-Global-Prosperity-Achieve/dp/142213864X
+[3]: https://www.dhl.com/global-en/home/insights-and-innovation/thought-leadership/case-studies/global-connectedness-index.html
+[4]: https://www.slideshare.net/RonMcFarland1/global-collaborating-create-prosperity?qid=ad57b725-174e-4cf2-8264-ac424a6ad814&v=&b=&from_search=22
+[5]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/resources/open-org-definition
+[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Glocalization
+[7]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/6/covid-alliance
+[8]: https://www.who.int/
+[9]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/19/3/adaptive-leadership-review
+[10]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/19/10/global-energy-climate-challenges
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200727 Are newer medical IoT devices less secure than old ones.md b/sources/talk/20200727 Are newer medical IoT devices less secure than old ones.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..db3345b9d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200727 Are newer medical IoT devices less secure than old ones.md
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Are newer medical IoT devices less secure than old ones?)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3568608/are-newer-medical-iot-devices-less-secure-than-old-ones.html)
+[#]: author: (Jon Gold https://www.networkworld.com/author/Jon-Gold/)
+
+Are newer medical IoT devices less secure than old ones?
+======
+Legacy medical IoT devices may lack security features, but newer ones built around commodity components can have a whole different set of vulnerabilities that are better understood by attackers.
+Thinkstock
+
+Experts differ on whether older connected medical devices or newer ones are more to blame for making healthcare networks more vulnerable to cyberattack.
+
+The classic narrative of insecure [IoT][1] centers on the integration of older devices into the network. In some industries, those devices pre-date the [internet][2], sometimes by a considerable length of time, so it’s hardly surprising that businesses face a lot of challenges in securing them against remote compromise.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][3]
+
+Even if those devices aren’t quite that old, they often lack key capabilities – in particular, remote software updates and configurable password protection – that would help IT staff defend them against modern threats.
+
+That might not be strictly true in regards to the medical field, according to Richard Staynings, chief security strategist for medical IoT security startup Cylera. There has, he argues, been an explosion in the number and variety of medical IoT devices in recent years, and many of those gadgets are at least as insecure as the true legacy equipment in the field.
+
+In some cases, said Staynings, the older devices might actually be considerably more secure than those of more recent vintage. In particular, those based on dated technology like older versions of electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM).
+
+“The older systems were written in EEPROM – you need an EEPROM reader to mess with them,” he said. “The codebase is not on the Internet for hackers to look at, and you need physical access to the EEPROM to rewrite it.”
+
+In contrast, the newer devices frequently use software and hardware components that are much more familiar to potential attackers. “They’re more ubiquitous in their design and construction – they use [consumer off-the-shelf] operating systems, like Windows embedded, which is still being used believe it or not, and they are much more vulnerable to attack than a legacy system,” Staynings said.
+
+Insecurity in the current generation of medical IoT hardware also carries the potential for ongoing problems, not just immediate ones. While IT assets get replaced rapidly, IoT devices often have much longer replacement cycles. “Medical devices have the half-life of plutonium,” said Staynings. “They just don’t go away.”
+
+Other experts are less sold on Staynings’ characterization of the threat to medical IoT, arguing that the idea that newer devices pose a greater threat than older ones flies in the face of recent efforts to make them safer. Keith Mularski directs an advisory cybersecurity practice at Ernst and Young, and described Staynings’ assertion as “surprising,” noting that the regulatory landscape for connected medical devices is quickly moving standards in a positive direction.
+
+“The FDA has some pretty stringent guidelines that before devices can go to market, you need to put together threat modeling, so looking at security architecture, vectors, and so on ,and then in addition to that the FDA is getting ready to require third-party pen testing in premarket submissions,” said Mularski. “With legacy devices, those premarket submissions aren’t nearly as complete.”
+
+Mularski does concede that some particularly vulnerable old devices are often more isolated on the network by design, in part because they’re more recognizable as vulnerable assets. Windows 95-vintage x-ray machines, for example, are easy to spot as a potential target for a bad actor.
+
+“For the most part, I think most of the hospital environments, they do a good job at recognizing that they have these old deices, and the ones that are more vulnerable,” he said.
+
+This underlines a topic most experts on – simple awareness of the potential security flaws on a given network are central to securing healthcare networks. Greg Murphy is the CEO of Ordr, a network visibility and security startup based in Santa Clara. He said that both Mularski and Staynings have points in their favor.
+
+“Anyone who minimizes the issue of legacy devices needs to walk a mile in the shoes of the biomedical engineering department at a hospital,” he said. “[But] on the flipside, new devices that are being connected to the network have huge vulnerabilities themselves. Many manufacturers themselves don’t know what vulnerabilities their devices have.”
+
+The only real way to address the issues, said Murphy, is at the network level – trying to make everything secure at the device level might be a near-impossibility in many cases, and even getting an accurate picture of every device connected to a network often requires the use of an automated solution.
+
+“This is not a problem of human scale anymore,” he said.
+
+Both Mularski and Staynings concurred on this point, as well. Regardless of which devices on a particular network are the most vulnerable, it’s worth remembering that cybercriminals generally aren’t particular about what they compromise, as long as they’re able to gain access.
+
+“There may be an attacker that comes across these devices, runs a scan and happens to see [a vulnerability], but we really haven’t seen specific targeting of medical devices,” said Mularski. “It’s important to make sure that companies that have medical devices are enumerating their network, tracking their devices.”
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][4] and [LinkedIn][5] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3568608/are-newer-medical-iot-devices-less-secure-than-old-ones.html
+
+作者：[Jon Gold][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Jon-Gold/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3207535/what-is-iot-the-internet-of-things-explained.html
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3410588/evolution-of-the-internet-celebrating-50-years-since-arpanet.html
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[4]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[5]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200728 Green Data Centers - Scaling environmental sustainability for business and consumers collectively.md b/sources/talk/20200728 Green Data Centers - Scaling environmental sustainability for business and consumers collectively.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..88bc67ff05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200728 Green Data Centers - Scaling environmental sustainability for business and consumers collectively.md
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Green Data Centers – Scaling environmental sustainability for business and consumers collectively)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3568670/green-data-centers-scaling-environmental-sustainability-for-business-and-consumers-collectively.html)
+[#]: author: (QTS https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/)
+
+Green Data Centers – Scaling environmental sustainability for business and consumers collectively
+======
+10 Tips for Choosing the Best Green Data Center
+Regardless of how you identify politically, environmental sustainability has become an undeniable business directive. Global warming from carbon emissions, increasing sea levels and images of pollution are increasing public and shareholder pressure on corporations to take an active role in finding solutions and be accountable by setting goals and publicly documenting results.
+
+In the IT industry, reducing electrical power generation from fossil fuels is priority #1, followed closely by water conservation and waste management.
+
+Multi-tenant data centers are one of the largest per capita consumers of electric power. Based on current estimates, data centers in the U.S. alone will consume approximately 73 thousand megawatts (MW) in 2020.
+
+To put this in perspective, one megawatt is enough to power 700 households. A single data center can use power equivalent to a small city and typically requires a significant amount of water for cooling.
+
+Worldwide, it’s estimated that data centers consume about three percent of the global electric supply and account for about two percent of total greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions.
+
+Data center efficiency and sustainability now transcends companies, geographies, and workloads. There is no simple solution and the challenge is compounded as massive digitization of data globally is creating a parallel demand for energy.
+
+IDC predicts the world’s data will grow from 33 zettabytes in 2017 to 175 zettabytes in 2025 and the amount of energy used by data centers continues to double every four years - meaning they have the fastest-growing carbon footprint of any area within the IT sector.
+
+Technological advancements are difficult to forecast, but several models predict data center energy usage could surpass more than 10% of the global electricity supply by 2030 if left unchecked.
+
+For all of these reasons, the creation of green, sustainable, multi-tenant data centers has become essential in both an environmental and a business sense. Green data centers are built on pillars of commitments to innovative green and renewable strategies, water reclamation, recycling and waste management, and more. They do not contain obsolete systems (such as inactive or underused servers), and take advantage of newer, more efficient technologies.
+
+Taking cues from the hyperscale data center operators, green data centers recognize the need to lead with modular energy efficient data center designs from the onset, adopt the latest in building technology and influence the overall supply chain for the actual sourcing of materials for these green data centers.
+
+Benefits such as cost reduction, increased efficiency and knowledge that you are a better corporate citizen are obvious. What is not readily apparent is that by moving into a green multi-tenant data center, sustainability benefits are also passed on to the businesses and consumers who collectively benefit from the data center’s green IT infrastructure.
+
+The economies of scale are extremely significant. Instead of a business (such as a large online retailer) attempting to deploy its own green IT environment to power its service delivery, it outsources it to the green data center that can do it cheaper and better. The sustainability benefits are then passed along to all the consumers using its services and there could be hundreds of businesses like this in a single green data center.
+
+In addition, when you deal with a true green data center that is serious about sustainability, the benefits go far beyond the requirement that your power be renewable. There are environmental and philanthropic benefits that can be linked with your outsourced IT infrastructure.
+
+The best green data center operators are starting to formally document and report their progress in Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) reports made public annually. For conventional enterprises and data centers that do not have measurable sustainability as part of their governance, it is coming.
+
+[QTS][1] is one of a few data center companies holding themselves accountable as global citizens and committing to sustainability best practices that are impactful, achievable and will ultimately set the standard for the data center industry in the years to come.
+
+QTS has committed to minimizing its data center carbon footprint utilizing as much renewable fuel, reclaimed water and recycled materials as possible by implementing a methodic sustainability approach featuring energy efficiency measures and renewable energy procurement, all backed by continuous innovation.
+
+Knowing that transparency is fundamental to accountability, QTS is documenting and publicly reporting on sustainability goals, metrics and best practices – one of only a few data center companies to do so.
+
+To support this, QTS’ recently published its second Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Initiatives report ([accessed here][2]) that documents the industry’s first formal commitment to provide 100% renewable energy across all of its data centers by 2025.
+
+In 2019, QTS won numerous awards including the coveted GRESB benchmark ranking QTS as the #1 sustainable data center company among all data centers globally for its ESG initiatives.
+
+Today QTS has seven data centers running on 100% renewable energy. Approximately 30% of its overall data center power requirements are now sourced from renewable energy sources, representing over 300 million kilowatt-hours (kWh) of renewable power. [According to the EPA][3], this makes QTS one of the largest users of green power among all data center companies and the 12th largest user among Top Tech & Telecom companies.
+
+**10 Tips for Choosing a Green Data Center**
+
+For those operating on-premises legacy data centers looking to move into green data centers, or for organizations already outsourcing to a less than green provider, following are 10 tips when evaluating green data center providers.
+
+ * Check the providers’ ESG scores and reviews from ranking organizations such as GRESB, The Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP), RE100, the EPA Green Power Partnership, Sustainalytics and look for documented commitments to 100% renewable energy.
+
+
+ * Look for innovation in power such as the use of AI to forecast power consumption, analyze data output, humidity, temperature, and other important statistics for improving efficiency, drive down costs, and reduce total power consumption.
+
+
+ * Check the EPA Green Power ranking to find the data centers leading in renewable power commitments.
+ * Look for industry-first zero water cooling solutions powered by 100% renewable wind and solar power.
+
+
+ * Renewable energy should impactful and cost effective. Look for data centers with innovative power procurement models that allow it purchase renewable energy on parity or below the price of conventionally produced power.
+
+
+ * Look for innovative companies that create an open dialogue with customers to gather feedback on sustainability initiatives and help the customers meet their ESG goals.
+
+
+ * Look for data center operators that work closely with utilities to develop tariffs and legislation that make it easier and more cost effective for everyone to procure renewable energy.
+
+
+ * Look for providers with innovative philanthropic programs such as the “Grow with QTS” program that plants more than 20,000 trees in the Sierra Mountains every year on behalf of its customers, or its HumanKind program that promotes clean water solutions in developing regions.
+
+
+ * Look for providers actively speaking and participating with leading organizations such as the EPA’s Green Power Partnership, REBA, the Data Center Coalition’s energy committee and RE100.
+
+
+ * Look for providers touting on-site physical features such as smart temperature and lighting controls, rainwater reclamation, recycling and waste initiatives, and EV charging stations.
+
+
+
+No industry, nor individual company, is perfect. But, when necessary, it can align around a core set of principles that benefit themselves, their communities and generations to come. The threat of global climate change makes it impossible for data center providers to ignore their roles in the global concern. Committing to action today, as a unified industry, benefits all.
+
+The fact that so many businesses are more environmentally aware means that contemplating what green, sustainable data centers can offer is becoming an increasingly important standard for choosing a data center provider.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3568670/green-data-centers-scaling-environmental-sustainability-for-business-and-consumers-collectively.html
+
+作者：[QTS][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.qtsdatacenters.com/
+[2]: https://www.qtsdatacenters.com/resources/brochures/esg-initiatives-2019
+[3]: https://www.epa.gov/greenpower/green-power-partnership-top-30-tech-telecom
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200729 Switch turns to Tesla for renewable energy storage.md b/sources/talk/20200729 Switch turns to Tesla for renewable energy storage.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dfbcdb7320
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200729 Switch turns to Tesla for renewable energy storage.md
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Switch turns to Tesla for renewable energy storage)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3568358/switch-turns-to-tesla-for-renewable-energy-storage.html)
+[#]: author: (Andy Patrizio https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/)
+
+Switch turns to Tesla for renewable energy storage
+======
+Switch will power its massive data centers with solar energy and use Tesla Megapacks for large-scale energy storage.
+ipopba / Getty Images
+
+Data center provider [Switch][1] has selected Tesla as the battery supplier for a massive solar project at its northern Nevada data center facilities.
+
+It's a geographically easy alliance as Switch's campus is right near Tesla's [Gigafactory Nevada][2] manufacturing facility. While best known for its cars, Tesla has also made quite an entry in the battery space with products such as the Powerwall, Powerpack, and Megapack energy storage products.
+
+Switch recently broke ground on Gigawatt 1, a huge project that will use solar panels from First Solar to generate a total of 555 megawatts (MWs) of power at three locations and Tesla Megapacks to store the energy.
+
+**READ MORE:** [Data-center power consumption holds steady][3]
+
+Data centers are frequently built close to renewable sources of energy, usually hydropower. That's why many Amazon, Google, Facebook and Microsoft data centers are sitting by rivers. Solar is the easiest form of power to collect, but it's also the most fickle. Solar-powered sites are at the mercy of darkness and cloudy days, and users don't care if it's overcast out.
+
+Adam Kramer, executive vice president of strategy at Switch, says peak solar production is around 1 p.m. when the sun is overhead, but overall peak consumer demand is around 5 p.m. to 6 p.m., when the sun is either setting or has set, depending on the time of year.
+
+In running a [data center][4], there are no peak hours. "The Internet is 24/7. If they aren't using it in New York, they are using it in L.A. We have a very flat power profile. Our load looks the same at 2 a.m. as it does at 2 p.m.," Kramer told me. **
+**
+
+With solar, and especially in Nevada, Switch had "an overabundance of solar generation but nowhere to store it. During the day we generate max power but [have] no need to use it."
+
+Advances in Tesla battery storage are a key piece of the puzzle. Switch has been running on 100% solar power since 2016 but couldn't store it because "the technology just wasn't there for it," Kramer says.
+
+Enter Tesla's Megapack. The Megapack is a beefed-up version of the Tesla PowerWall used for individual homes to store solar power and the PowerPack technology Tesla uses in its electric vehicles. Each Megapack can hold up to three megawatt hours (MWhs) of storage and 1.5 MW of inverter capacity.
+
+So with enough Megapacks, sunlight energy captured at 1 p.m. can be powering the data center at 1 a.m.
+
+Kramer says this benefits not only Switch but also its customers. "We are able to lock in extremely competitive pricing for switching our clients for the long-term and not be subject to market volatility. When we're able to reduce our cost, it provides cost savings for all our clients," he says.
+
+So if Switch can power its massive data centers with solar energy even when the sun does not shine, why can't you?
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][5] and [LinkedIn][6] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3568358/switch-turns-to-tesla-for-renewable-energy-storage.html
+
+作者：[Andy Patrizio][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.switch.com/
+[2]: https://www.tesla.com/gigafactory
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3531316/data-center-power-consumption-holds-steady.html
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3223692/what-is-a-data-centerhow-its-changed-and-what-you-need-to-know.html
+[5]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[6]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200730 4 ways I contribute to open source as a Linux systems administrator.md b/sources/talk/20200730 4 ways I contribute to open source as a Linux systems administrator.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2850fc614c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200730 4 ways I contribute to open source as a Linux systems administrator.md
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (4 ways I contribute to open source as a Linux systems administrator)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/7/open-source-sysadmin)
+[#]: author: (Elizabeth K. Joseph https://opensource.com/users/pleia2)
+
+4 ways I contribute to open source as a Linux systems administrator
+======
+You don't have to be a coder to make valuable contributions to the open
+source community; here are some other important roles you can fill as a
+sysadmin.
+![open source button on keyboard][1]
+
+I recently participated in The Linux Foundation Open Source Summit North America, held virtually June 29-July 2, 2020. In the course of that event, I had the opportunity to speak with a fellow attendee about my career in Linux systems administration and how it had led me to a career focused on [open source][2]. Specifically, he asked, how does a systems administrator who doesn't do a lot of coding participate in open source projects?
+
+That's a great question!
+
+A lot of focus in open source projects is placed on the actual code, but there's a lot more to it than that. The following are some ways that I've been deeply involved in open source projects, without writing code.
+
+### Improving documentation
+
+I got my official start in open source by rewriting a quickstart guide for a project I used heavily. We spend most of our time using software in production and at scale. We routinely run into configuration gotchas and edge cases, and we often privately develop best practices for managing services effectively.
+
+Inevitably, we run into things that aren't documented, have out of date documentation, or need improvements to the documentation to be made. This is a great opportunity! The developers and documentation writers are often unaware of these issues, and you have the key to solving them. Typically it starts with a bug report to the documentation project, but if you know the answer, you can often submit a patch to the documentation to improve it.
+
+### Contributing "recipes"
+
+We often spend too much time reinventing the wheel when we're launching common services. I remember my early days of slogging through MySQL configuration files to figure out the best settings for the databases for a particular customer. Today, a lot of that has been simplified, allowing us to use Ansible playbooks, Puppet modules, and more to get a basic configuration going. This is a place where you can contribute! Whether it's an official "recipe" you contribute to the appropriate hub or a sample rundown of your configuration or architecture diagram of Logstash, sharing your expertise in the form of examples can be incredibly helpful to others who are facing the same configuration challenges.
+
+### Hosting project resources
+
+I spent part of my career as a full-time systems administrator, directly working on hosting project resources for OpenStack, an infrastructure that is fully open source—every config file and Puppet change is done through public code review and tracked in a public Git repository. There are several projects out there that host their infrastructures in an open source manner, many of which are listed on the [Open Source Infrastructure (#openinfra) homepage][3]. These range from KDE and Debian to the Apache Software Foundation. In these communities, external participants can submit improvements to the infrastructure as their time and expertise allow. Since a lot of this is peer-reviewed, it's also a nice opportunity to build your skills in areas you may not be strictly focused on at work.
+
+I've also done work on specific projects where the need was not broadcasted but was clear once I joined the community. For instance, one of my Linux communities needed a place to host a development website environment so we could try out new plugins and features outside of our production environment. We also found that giving shell accounts to participants was a valuable way to make sure they were always connected to IRC and had a sandbox beyond their own desktop. I now manage two virtual servers for this project to address these needs and have built up my own little systems team inside the project, so I'm not the only administrator.
+
+### Supporting your fellow users
+
+As someone who is using software in production, your operational experience is essential to a thriving support outlet, so don't be shy. Participation in user forums, mailing lists, and chat may seem like something that only experts can do, but regardless of your level, you will always have more experience than someone who just started out. A newcomer to the space can help out with simple questions, and give the more experienced participants the energy to answer more complicated questions. The more experience you gain, the more involved you can get in the community.
+
+### Be a better sysadmin by contributing
+
+Whatever way you decide to participate, the value gained from contributing to open source projects as a [systems administrator][4] cannot be understated. Your contributions will be noticed by members of the community, and often result in opportunities to chat on the latest project podcast, sit for an interview on the project blog, or speak at an event. All of these things raise your profile in the project as someone who is knowledgeable about the technology. You can also point to your public expertise when you're interviewing for your next role, having a public track record of giving advice in a project where a company is looking for expertise is a huge vote in your favor.
+
+Finally, I've also found that participating in open source projects to be tremendously valuable on a personal level. I feel good about contributing to the community, and it's rewarding to know that your expertise is valuable to folks outside the walls of your organization.
+
+Looking for a place to start? Find the communities behind the open source technology you already use and love. Or, if you're looking for a place to [write][5], you've found it here at Opensource.com.
+
+You don't need to be a master coder to contribute to open source. Jade Wang shares 8 ways you can...
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/open-source-sysadmin
+
+作者：[Elizabeth K. Joseph][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/pleia2
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/button_push_open_keyboard_file_organize.png?itok=KlAsk1gx (open source button on keyboard)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-open-source
+[3]: https://opensourceinfra.org/
+[4]: https://opensource.com/article/19/7/be-a-sysadmin
+[5]: https://opensource.com/how-submit-article
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200730 Role Of SPDX In Open Source Software Supply Chain.md b/sources/talk/20200730 Role Of SPDX In Open Source Software Supply Chain.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ccae1f1e2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200730 Role Of SPDX In Open Source Software Supply Chain.md
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Role Of SPDX In Open Source Software Supply Chain)
+[#]: via: (https://www.linux.com/audience/developers/role-of-spdx-in-open-source-software-supply-chain/)
+[#]: author: (Swapnil Bhartiya https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/)
+
+Role Of SPDX In Open Source Software Supply Chain
+======
+
+Kate Stewart is a Senior Director of Strategic Programs, responsible for the Open Compliance program at the Linux Foundation encompassing SPDX, OpenChain, Automating Compliance Tooling related projects. In this interview, we talk about the latest release and the role it’s playing in the open source software supply chain.
+
+*Here is a transcript of our interview. *
+
+Swapnil Bhartiya: Hi, this is Swapnil Bhartiya, and today we have with us, once again, Kate Stewart, Senior Director of Strategic Programs at Linux Foundation. So let’s start with SPDX. Tell us, what’s new going on in there in this specification?
+
+Kate Stewart: Well, the SPDX specification just a month ago released auto 2.2 and what we’ve been doing with that is adding in a lot more features that people have been wanting for their use cases, more relationships, and then we’ve been working with the Japanese automotive-made people who’ve been wanting to have a light version. So there’s lots of really new technology sitting in the SPDX 2.2 spec. And I think we’re at a stage right now where it’s good enough that there’s enough people using it, we want to probably take it to ISO. So we’ve been re-formatting the document and we’ll be starting to submit it into ISO so it can become an international specification. And that’s happening.
+
+Swapnil Bhartiya: Can you talk a bit about if there is anything additional that was added to the 2.2 specification. Also, I would like to talk about some of the use cases since you mentioned the automaker. But before that, I just want to talk about anything new in the specification itself.
+
+Kate Stewart: So in the 2.2 specifications, we’ve got a lot more relationships. People wanted to be able to handle some of the use cases that have come up from containers now. And so they wanted to be able to start to be able to express that and specify it. We’ve also been working with the NTIA. Basically they have a software bill of materials or SBoM working groups, and SPDX is one of the formats that’s been adopted. And their framing group has wanted to see certain features so that we can specify known unknowns. So that’s been added into the specification as well.
+
+And then there are, how you can actually capture notices since that’s something that people want to use. The license has called for it and we didn’t have a clean way of doing it and so some of our tool vendors basically asked for this. Not the vendors, I guess there are partners, there are open source projects that wanted to be able to capture this stuff. And so we needed to give them a way to help.
+
+We’re very much focused right now on making sure that SPDX can be useful in tools and that we can get the automation happening in the whole ecosystem. You know, be it when you build a binary to ship to someone or to test, you want to have your SBoM. When you’ve downloaded something from the internet, you want to have your SBoM. When you ship it out to your customer, you want to be able to be very explicit and clear about what’s there because you need to have that level of detail so that you can track any vulnerabilities.
+
+Because right now about, I guess, 19… I think there was a stat from earlier in the year from one of the surveys. And I can dig it up for you if you’d like, but I think 99% of all the code that was scanned by Synopsys last year had open source in it. And of which it was 70% of that whole build materials was open source. Open source is everywhere. And what we need to do is, be able to work with it and be able to adhere to the licenses, and transparency on the licenses is important as is being able to actually know what you have, so you can remediate any vulnerabilities.
+
+Swapnil Bhartiya: You mentioned a couple of things there. One was, you mentioned tooling. So I’m kind of curious, what sort of tooling that is already there? Whether it’s open source or open source be it basically commercialization that worked with the SPDX documents.
+
+Kate Stewart: Actually, I’ve got a document that basically lists all of these tools that we’ve been able to find and more are popping up as the day goes by. We’ve got common tools. Like, some of the Linux Foundation projects are certainly working with it. Like FOSSology, for instance, is able to both consume and generate SPDX. So if you’ve got an SPDX document and you want to pull it in and cross check it against your sources to make sure it’s matching and no one’s tampered with it, the FOSSology tool can let you do that pretty easily and codes out there that can generate FOSSology.
+
+Free Software Foundation Europe has a Lindt tool in their REUSE project that will basically generate an SPDX document if you’re using the IDs. I guess there’s actually a whole bunch more. So like I say, I’ve got a document with a list of about 30 to 40, and obviously the SPDX tools are there. We’ve got a free online, a validator. So if someone gives you an SPDX document, you can paste it into this validator, and it’ll tell you if it’s a valid SPDX document or not. And we’re looking to it.
+
+I’m finding also some tools that are emerging, one of which is decodering, which we’ll be bringing into the Act umbrella soon, which is looking at transforming between SPDX and SWID tags, which is another format that’s commonly in use. And so we have tooling emerging and making sure that what we’ve got with SPDX is usable for tool developers and that we’ve got libraries right now for SPDX to help them in Java, Python and Go. So hopefully we’ll see more tools come in and they’ll be generating SPDX documents and people will be able to share this stuff and make it automatic, which is what we need.
+
+Another good tool, I can’t forget this one, is Tern. And actually Tern, and so what Tern does is, it’s another tool that basically will sit there and it will decompose a container and it will let you know the bill of materials inside that container. So you can do there. And another one that’s emerging that we’ll hopefully see more soon is something called OSS Review Toolkit that goes into your bill flow. And so it goes in when you work with it in your system. And then as you’re doing bills, you’re generating your SBoMs and you’re having accurate information recorded as you go.
+
+As I said, all of this sort of thing should be in the background, it should not be a manual time-intensive effort. When we started this project 10 years ago, it was, and we wanted to get it automated. And I think we’re finally getting to the stage where it’s going to be… There’s enough tooling out there and there’s enough of an ecosystem building that we’ll get this automation to happen.
+
+This is why getting it to ISO and getting the specification to ISO means it’ll make it easier for people in procurement to specify that they want to see the input as an SPDX document to compliment the product that they’re being given so that they can ingest it, manage it and so forth. But by it being able to say it’s an ISO standard, it makes the things a lot easier in the procurement departments.
+
+OpenChain recognized that we needed to do this and so they went through and… OpenChain is actually the first specification we’re taking through to ISO. But for SPDX, we’re taking it through as well, because once they say you need to follow the process, you also need some for a format. And so it’s very logical to make it easy for people to work with this information.
+
+Swapnil Bhartiya: And as you’ve worked with different players, different of the ecosystem, what are some of the pressing needs? Like improve automation is one of those. What are some of the other pressing needs that you think that the community has to work on?
+
+Kate Stewart: So some of the other pressing needs that we need to be working on is more playbooks, more instructions, showing people how they can do things. You know, we figured it out, okay, here’s how we can model it, here’s how you can represent all these cases. This is all sort of known in certain people’s heads, but we have not done a good job of expressing to people so that it’s approachable for them and they can do it.
+
+One of the things that’s kind of exciting right now is the NTIA is having this working group on these software bill of materials. It’s coming from the security side, but there’s various proof of concepts that are going on with it. One of which is a healthcare proof of concept. And so there’s a group of about five to six device manufacturers, medical device manufacturers that are generating SBoMs in SPDX and then there are handing them into hospitals to go and be able to make sure they can ingest them in.
+
+And this level of bringing people up to this level where they feel like they can do these things, it’s been really eye-opening to me. You know, how much we need to improve our handholding and improve the infrastructure to make it approachable. And this obviously motivates more people to be getting involved. From the vendors and commercial side, as well as the open source, but it wouldn’t have happened, I think, to a large extent for SPDX without this open source and without the projects that have adopted it already.
+
+Swapnil Bhartiya: Now, just from the educational awareness point of view, like if there’s an open source project, how can they easily create SBoM documents that uses the SPDX specification with their releases and keep it synced?
+
+Kate Stewart: That’s exactly what we’d love to see. We’d love to see the upstream projects basically generate SPDX documents as they’re going forward. So the first step is to use the SPDX license identifiers to make sure you understand what the licensing should be in each file, and ideally you can document with eTags. But then there’s three or four tools out there that actually scan them and will generate an SPDX document for you.
+
+If you’re working at the command line, the REUSE Lindt tool that I was mentioning from Free Software Foundation Europe will work very fast and quickly with what you’ve got. And it’ll also help you make sure you’ve got all your files tagged properly.
+
+If you haven’t done all the tagging exercising and you wonder [inaudible 00:09:40] what you got, a scan code works at the command line, and it’ll give you that information as well. And then if you want to start working in a larger system and you want to store results and looking things over time, and have some state behind it all so like there’ll different versions of things over time, FOSSology will remember from one version to another and will help you create these [inaudible 00:10:01] off of bill materials.
+
+Swapnil Bhartiya: Can you talk about some of the new use cases that you’re seeing now, which maybe you did not expect earlier and which also shows how the whole community is actually growing?
+
+Kate Stewart: Oh yeah. Well, when we started the project 10 years ago, we didn’t understand containers. They weren’t even not on the raw mindset of people. And there’s a lot of information sitting in containers. We’ve had some really good talks over the last couple of years that illustrate the problems. There was a report that was put out from the Linux Foundation by Armijn Hemel, that goes into the details of what’s going on in containers and some of the concerns.
+
+So being able to get on top of automating, what’s going on with concern inside a container and what you’re shipping and knowing you’re not shipping more than you need to, figuring out how we can improve these sorts of things is certainly an area that was not initially thought about.
+
+We’ve also seen a tremendous interest in what’s going on in IOT space. And so that you need to really understand what’s going on in your devices when they’re being deployed in the field and to know whether or not, effectively is vulnerability going to break it, or can you recover? Things like that. The last 10 years we’ve seen tremendous spectrum of things we just didn’t anticipate. And the nice thing about SPDX is, you’ve got a use case that we’re not able to represent. If we can’t tell you how to do it, just open an issue, and we’ll start trying to figure it out and start to figure if we need to add fields in for you or things like that.
+
+Swapnil Bhartiya: Kate, thank you so much for taking your time out and talking to me today about this project.
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.linux.com/audience/developers/role-of-spdx-in-open-source-software-supply-chain/
+
+作者：[Swapnil Bhartiya][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200730 SODA Foundation- Autonomous data management framework for data mobility.md b/sources/talk/20200730 SODA Foundation- Autonomous data management framework for data mobility.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d24d523369
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200730 SODA Foundation- Autonomous data management framework for data mobility.md
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (SODA Foundation: Autonomous data management framework for data mobility)
+[#]: via: (https://www.linux.com/audience/developers/soda-foundation/)
+[#]: author: (Swapnil Bhartiya https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/)
+
+SODA Foundation: Autonomous data management framework for data mobility
+======
+
+SODA Foundation is an open source project under Linux Foundation that aims to establish an open, unified, and autonomous data management framework for data mobility from the edge, to core, to cloud. We talked to Steven Tan, SODA Foundation Chair, to learn more about the project.
+
+_Here is a transcript of the interview:_
+
+Swapnil Bhartiya: Hi, this is Swapnil Bhartiya, and today we have with us Steven Tan, chair of the SODA foundation. First of all, welcome to the show.
+Steven Tan: Thank you.
+
+Swapnil Bhartiya: Tell us a bit about what is SODA?
+Steven Tan: The foundation is actually a collaboration among vendors and users to focus on data management for, how do you call, autonomous data mesh management. And the point of this whole thing is how do we serve the users? Because a lot of our users are getting a lot of data challenges, and that’s what this foundation is for. To get users and vendors together to help to address these data challenges.
+
+Swapnil Bhartiya: What kind of data are we talking about?
+Steven Tan: The data that we’re talking about is referring to anything like data protection, data governance, data replication, data copy management and stuff like that. And also data integration, how to connect the different data silos and stuff.
+
+Swapnil Bhartiya: Right. But are we talking about enterprise data or are we talking consumer data? Like there is a lot of data with Facebook, Google, and Gmail, and then there are a lot of enterprise data, which companies … Sorry, as an enterprise, I might put something on this cloud, I can put it on this cloud. So can you please clarify what data are we talking about?
+Steven Tan: Actually, the data that we’re talking about is … It depends on the users. There’re all kinds of data. Like for example, I mean, in the keynote that I gave two days ago, the example I gave was from Toyota. So Toyota use case is actually car data. So car data refers to things like the car sensor data, videos, map data and stuff. And then we have users like China Unicom. I mean, they have enterprise companies going to the cloud and so on. So they’ve all kinds of enterprise data over there. And then we also have other users like Yahoo Japan, and they have like a website. So the data that you’re talking about is web data, consumer data and stuff like that. So it’s across the board.
+
+Swapnil Bhartiya: Oh, so it’s not as specific to an industry or any space or sector, okay. But why do you need it? What is the problem that you see in the market and in the current sphere that you’re like, hey, we should create something like that?
+Steven Tan: So the problem that came, I mean the reason why all these companies came together is that they are building data centers that are from small to big. But a lot of the challenges that you have is like, it’s hard for a single project to address. It’s not like a business where we have a specific problem and then we need this to be solved and so on, it’s not like that. A lot of it is like, how do you connect the different pieces together in the data center together?
+So there’s nothing like, no organization like that that can help them solve this kind of problem. Like how do you have, in order to address the data of … Or how do you address things like taking care of data protection and data privacy at the same time? And at the same time, you want to make sure that this data can be governed properly. So there isn’t any single organization that can help to take care of this kind of stuff, so we’re helping these users understand their problems and then come together and then we plan projects and roadmaps based on their problems and try to address them through these projects in the SODA foundation.
+
+Swapnil Bhartiya: And you gave an example of data from the cars and all these things. Does that also mean that open source has helped solving a lot of problems by breaking down a lot of silos so that there’s a lot of interaction between different silos, which were like earlier separated and isolated? Today, as you mentioned, we are living in a data driven world. No matter what we do all the way from the Ring, to what we are doing right now, talking to each other, to the product that we’ll create in the end. But most of this data is living in their own silos. There may be a lot of value in that data, which cannot be extracted because one, it is locked into the silos. The second problem is that these days, data is kind of becoming the next oil. These companies are trying to capture all the data, irrespective of the fact of what value do they see in that data today? And by leveraging machine learning and deep learning, they can in the future … So how do you look at that, and how is SODA foundation going to break those silos, without compromising on our privacy, yet allow companies … Because the fact is, as much as I prefer my privacy, I also want Google Maps to tell me the fastest route where I want to go.
+Steven Tan: Right. So I think there are certain, I mean, there are different levels of privacy that we’re going to take care of. And in terms of like, first of all, there are all kinds of … I mean, in terms of the different countries or different States or different provinces like in different countries, there are different kinds of regulations and so on. So first of all, like the data silos you talk about. Yes, that’s one of the key problems that we’re trying to solve. How to connect all the different data silos so as to reduce fragmentation, and then try to minimize the so called dark data that you’re talking about, and then extract all the values over there. So that’s one of the things that we try to get here. I mean, we try to connect all the different pieces, like in the different … The data may be sitting in the edge in the data center or different data centers and in the cloud. We try to connect all these pieces together.
+
+I mean, that’s one of the first things that we tried to do. And then we tried to have data policies. I think this is a critical piece of things that a lot of the solutions out there don’t address. You have data policies, but it may be the data policies just for a single vendor solution. But once the data gets out, that solution then is out of control. So what we’re trying to do here is say, how do you have data policies across different solutions, so no matter where the data is it’s governed the same way, consistently? That’s the key. So then you can talk about how can you really protect the data in terms of privacy or govern the data or control the data? And in terms of the, I mentioned about the regions, right? So you know where the data is, and you know what kind of regulations that need to be taken care of and you apply it right there. That’s how it should work.
+
+Swapnil Bhartiya: When we look at the kind of a scenario you talked about, I see it as two-fold. One is there is a technology problem and the second is people problem. So is SODA foundation going to deal with both, or are you going to just deal with the technology aspect of it?
+Steven Tan: The technology part that we talk about, we try to define in terms of the API and so on to all the data policies and so on, and try to get as many companies to support this as possible. And then the next thing that we try to do is actually try to work with standards organizations to try to make this into a standard. I mean, that’s what we’re trying to do here.
+
+And then government aspects, there are certain organizations that we are talking to. Like there’s the CESI, it’s China Electronic Standards organizations that we’re talking to that’s trying to work things into their … Actually, I’m not sure about China, because it’s, I mean, we don’t know about their sphere of influence within the CSI and so on. And then for the industry standards, there’s [inaudible 00:09:05] and so on, we’re trying to work with them and trying to get it to work.
+
+Swapnil Bhartiya: Can we talk about the ecosystem that you’re trying to build around SODA foundation? One would be the participants who are actually contributing either the code or the vision, and then the users community who would actually be benefiting from it?
+Steven Tan: So the ecosystem that we are trying to build, that’s the core part, which is actually the framework. So the framework, I mean, this part will be more of the data vendors or the storage vendors that will be involved in trying to build this ecosystem. And then the outer part, what I call the outer part of the ecosystem will be things like the platforms. Things like Kubernetes, VMware, all these different vendors, and then networking kind of stuff that you need to take care of like the big data analytics and stuff.
+
+And then for the users, actually, if you can see from the SODA end-user advisory committee, I mean, that’s where most of our users are participating in the communication. So most of these users, I mean, they are from different regions and different countries and different industries. So we try to serve, I mean, whichever participant is interested in, they can participate in this thing. But the main thing is that because they may be from different industries, but actually most of the issues that they have is still the same thing. So there are some commonalities among all these users.
+
+Swapnil Bhartiya: We are in the middle of 2020, because of COVID-19 everything has slowed down, things have changed. What does your roadmap, what does your plan look like? The structure, the governance and the plan for ’21 or end of the year?
+Steven Tan: We are very, how do you call it? Very community-driven or focused kind of organization. We hold a lot of meetups and events and so on where we get together the users and the vendors and so on and the community in general. So with this COVID-19 thing, a lot of the plans has been upset. I mean, it’s in chaos right now. So most of the things are like what everybody is doing, moving online. So we are having some webinars and stuff, even as of right now when we are talking, we are having a mini summit going on with the Open Source Summit North America right now.
+
+So for the rest of this year, most of our events will be online. We’re going to have some webinars and some meetups, you can find it out from our website. And the other plans that we have is that we are going to have, we just released the SODA federal release, which is the 1.0 release. And through the end of this year, we’re going to have two more releases, the G release and the H release at the end of this year. G release is going to be in September, and H is in the end of the year. And we’re trying to engage our users with things like the POC testing for the federal. Because each release that we have, we try to get them to do the testing, and then so that’s the way of them trying to provide feedback to us. Whether that works for them or how can we improve to make the code work for what they need.
+
+Swapnil Bhartiya: Awesome. So thank you so much for taking your time out and explaining more about SODA foundation, and I look forward to talking to you again because I can see that you have a very exciting pipeline ahead. So thank you.
+Steven Tan: Thank you, thank you very much.
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.linux.com/audience/developers/soda-foundation/
+
+作者：[Swapnil Bhartiya][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200731 Linux dominates supercomputing.md b/sources/talk/20200731 Linux dominates supercomputing.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6648bcfba1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200731 Linux dominates supercomputing.md
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Linux dominates supercomputing)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3568616/linux-dominates-supercomputing.html)
+[#]: author: (Sandra Henry-Stocker https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/)
+
+Linux dominates supercomputing
+======
+The Linux operating system runs all 500 of the world’s fastest supercomputers, which help to advance artificial intelligence, machine learning and even COVID-19 research.
+Wikipedia
+
+In addition to all its other successes, Linux dominates supercomputing: All 500 of the worlds fastest supercomputers run Linux, and that has been the case since November 2017, according to the [TOP500][1] organization, which has been ranking the 500 most powerful computer systems since 1993. (A graph of Linux' ascension is available on [here][2].)
+
+How did this happen?
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][3]
+
+### A little history
+
+Linux began life in 1991 as the personal project of 21-year-old Finnish student Linus Torvalds. I first became aware of it several years later while working at Johns Hopkins University’s physics and astronomy department where I managed the department’s network and a number of servers with the help of a couple grad students.
+
+At the time, I was intrigued by Linux, but couldn’t imagine how dominant the OS would become simply because its source code was available to anyone who wanted to work with it. I could not forsee that a significant group of large companies would grasp its value, work together and innovate to make Linux what it is today. Intense collaboration was key to this success, including contributions from countless individuals and organizations that includes IBM, Intel, NVIDIA, Red Hat, Samsung, SUSE and many others. (Browsing the [corporate members of the Linux Foundation][4] is likely to make your jaw drop.)
+
+The success of Linux can also be attributed to the fact that it is open source, non-proprietary, and extendable.
+
+### The TOP500
+
+Twice a year, in June and November, TOP500 releases it a list of the 500 most powerful computer systems ranked by their performance on something called the [LINPACK Benchmark][5], which calls for the computer being tested to solve a dense system of linear equations.
+
+I have heard it said, though not been able to verify, that Linux runs on more than 90% of public clouds, more than 60% of embedded systems and IoT devices, as much as 99% of supercomputers and more than 80% of smartphones. If these claims are even close to the truth, it attests to the success and versatility of Linux
+
+In [the most recent TOP500 ranking][6], a Japanese supercomputer name [Fugaku][7] (derived from an alternate name for Mount Fuji) has taken the top spot and pushed the former leaders down a rank. Fugaku was co-developed by Riken and Fujitsu and uses Fujitsu's 48-core A64FX ARM chip. This is the first time a computer based on ARM processors has topped the list.
+
+The computer was fully assembled only in May but has already helped fight COVID-19 by sorting through more than 2,000 drugs that might effectively block the virus and found a dozen that show promise.
+
+### Containerization, AI and ML
+
+Recently I had a chance to discuss Linux with Stefanie Chiras, vice president and general manager of the Red Hat Enterprise Linux business unit. She sees Linux as tightly linked to supercomputing because it provides the scale and flexibility to support high-performance computing and exascale computing systems – those that are capable of calculating at least 1,018 floating point operations per second (1 exaFLOPS). She also sees Linux as adding to the ongoing development of artificial intelligence and machine learning.
+
+Chiras expects that containerization will enable more and more researchers and analysts to benefit from supercomputing power. And, as someone who has provided support to both scientists and analysts over the past few decades, I can appreciate what a difference this will make in their work.
+
+In discussing supercomputers, Chiras pointed out that, beyond having a Linux operating system, the top three fastest – Fugaku, Summit and Sierra – are all built from commercial hardware. Summit and Sierra are Power Systems-based, while Fugaku is the first Arm-powered supercomputer to top the list. The days of purpose-built, custom hardware and software in supercomputing could be over even though new and demanding workloads like AI and complex modeling require greater and greater power.
+
+(Chiras also wasn’t shy about mentioning that [Red Hat Enterprise Linux][8] is running on four of the top 10 supercomputers: the top three plus number nine, [Marconi-100][9].)
+
+The character of open source and the willingness of many companies to recognize its value and work together to develop it have made Linux the top OS for both supercomputers and micro-devices. We can expect continued improvements in how the OS is deployed – including getting supercomputing into the hands of a lot more scientists and engineers – as we move forward. As a person who has spent close to 40 years working with Unix and Linux systems, I couldn’t be more pleased.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][10] and [LinkedIn][11] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3568616/linux-dominates-supercomputing.html
+
+作者：[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: http://TOP500.org
+[2]: https://www.top500.org/statistics/details/osfam/1/
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[4]: https://www.linuxfoundation.org/membership/members/
+[5]: https://www.top500.org/project/linpack
+[6]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3563766/the-10-fastest-supercomputers-are-led-by-one-28x-faster-than-the-rest.html
+[7]: https://www.fujitsu.com/global/about/innovation/fugaku/
+[8]: https://www.redhat.com/en/technologies/linux-platforms/enterprise-linux
+[9]: https://www.hpc.cineca.it/hardware/marconi100
+[10]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[11]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200731 Why we open sourced our Python platform.md b/sources/talk/20200731 Why we open sourced our Python platform.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fe76ac8487
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200731 Why we open sourced our Python platform.md
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Why we open sourced our Python platform)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/7/why-open-source)
+[#]: author: (Meredydd Luff https://opensource.com/users/meredydd-luff)
+
+Why we open sourced our Python platform
+======
+Open source development philosophy makes Anvil's entire solution more
+useful and trustworthy.
+![neon sign with head outline and open source why spelled out][1]
+
+The team at Anvil recently open sourced the [Anvil App Server][2], a runtime engine for hosting web apps built entirely in Python.
+
+The community reaction has been overwhelmingly positive, and we, at Anvil, have already incorporated lots of that feedback into our [next release][3]. But one of the questions we keep getting asked is, "Why did you choose to open source such a core part of your product?"
+
+### Why we created Anvil
+
+[Anvil][4] is a tool that makes it as simple as possible to build a web app. We do that by enabling you to build the whole application in one language—Python.
+
+Before Anvil, if you wanted to build a web app, you'd have to write code using a bunch of technologies like HTML, Javascript, CSS, Python, SQL, React, Redux, Bootstrap, Sass, Webpack, etc. That's a lot to learn. And that's just for a simple app; trust me, it can get [way more complicated][5].
+
+![A complex framework of development tools needed for a simple web app][6]
+
+Yes, really. All of these, for a simple web app.
+
+But even then, you're not done! You need to know all about Git and cloud hosting providers, how to secure the (most-likely) Linux operating system, how to tune the database, and then you're on call to keep it running. Forever.
+
+So, instead, we built Anvil, an online IDE where you can build your UI with a [drag-and-drop designer][7] and write all your [logic in Python][8], then Anvil takes care of the rest. We replace that whole teetering stack with "just write Python."
+
+### Simple web hosting is important, but not enough
+
+Anvil can also host your apps for you. And why not? There is so much complexity in deploying a web app, so running our own cloud hosting service was the only way to provide the simplicity we need. Build an app in the Anvil editor, [click a button][9], and it's live on the Internet.
+
+But we kept hearing from people who said, "That's great, but…"
+
+ * "I need to run this on an offshore platform without reliable internet access."
+ * "I want to package my app into an IoT device I sell."
+ * "If I'm putting my eggs in this basket, how can I be sure I can still run my app in ten years?"
+
+
+
+These are all good points! A cloud service isn't the right solution for everyone. If we want to serve these users, there's got to be some way for them to get their apps out of Anvil and run them locally, under their own complete control.
+
+### Open source is an escape hatch, not an ejector seat
+
+At conferences, we sometimes get asked, "Can I export this as a Flask+JS app?" Sure, it would be possible to export an Anvil project into its respective Python and JavaScript—we could generate a server package, compile the client-side Python to Javascript, and spit out a classic web app. But it would have serious drawbacks, because: **code generation is an ejector seat.**
+
+![Code generation is an ejector seat from a structured platform][10]
+
+([Image][11] licensed as public domain)
+
+Generated code is better than nothing; at least you can edit it! But the moment you've edited that code, you've lost all the benefits of the system that generated it. If you're using Anvil because of its [drag-and-drop editor][12] and [Python in the browser][13], why should you have to use vim and Javascript in order to host your app locally?
+
+We believe in [escape hatches, not ejector seats][14]. So we did it the right way—we [open-sourced Anvil's runtime engine][2], which is the same code that serves your app in our hosted service. It's a standalone app; you can edit your code with a text editor and run it locally. But you can also `git push` it right back into our online IDE. It's not an ejector seat; there's no explosive transition. It's an escape hatch; you can climb out, do what you need to do, and climb right back in.
+
+### If it's open, is it reliable?
+
+A seeming contradiction in open source is that its free availability is its strength, but also sometimes creates a perception of instability. After all, if you're not charging for it, how are you keeping this platform up and healthy for the long term?
+
+We're doing what we always have—providing a development tool that makes it drastically simpler to build web applications, though the apps you build using Anvil are 100% yours. We provide hosting for Anvil apps and we offer the entire development and hosting platform onsite for [enterprise customers][15]. This enables us to offer a free plan so that everyone can use Anvil for hobby or educational purposes, or to start building something and see where it goes.
+
+### More to gain, little to lose
+
+Open sourcing our runtime engine isn't a detractor from our business—it makes our online IDE more useful and more trustworthy, today and in the future. We've open-sourced the Anvil App Server for the people who need it, and to provide the ultimate insurance policy. It's the right move for our users—now they can build with confidence, knowing that the open source code is [right there][3] if they need it.
+
+If our development philosophy resonates with you, why not try Anvil yourself?
+
+
+\-----
+
+_This post is an adaptation of [Why We Open Sourced the Anvil App Server][16] and is reused with permission._
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/why-open-source
+
+作者：[Meredydd Luff][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/meredydd-luff
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/BUS_OSwhy_520x292_ma.png?itok=lqfhAs8L (neon sign with head outline and open source why spelled out)
+[2]: https://anvil.works/blog/open-source
+[3]: https://github.com/anvil-works/anvil-runtime
+[4]: https://anvil.works/
+[5]: https://github.com/kamranahmedse/developer-roadmap#introduction
+[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/frameworks.png (A complex framework of development tools needed for a simple web app)
+[7]: https://anvil.works/docs/client/ui
+[8]: https://anvil.works/docs/client/python
+[9]: https://anvil.works/docs/deployment
+[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/ejector-seat-opensourcecom.jpg (Code generation is an ejector seat from a structured platform)
+[11]: https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Crash.arp.600pix.jpg
+[12]: https://anvil.works/docs/editor
+[13]: https://anvil.works/docs/client
+[14]: https://anvil.works/blog/escape-hatches-and-ejector-seats
+[15]: https://anvil.works/docs/overview/enterprise
+[16]: https://anvil.works/blog/why-open-source
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200801 8 tips for running a virtual hackathon.md b/sources/talk/20200801 8 tips for running a virtual hackathon.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0ed2d07296
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200801 8 tips for running a virtual hackathon.md
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (8 tips for running a virtual hackathon)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/8/virtual-hackathon)
+[#]: author: (Jason Blais https://opensource.com/users/jasonblais)
+
+8 tips for running a virtual hackathon
+======
+Reach new developers and engage with your existing community through
+virtual hackathons.
+![Two people chatting via a video conference app][1]
+
+Hackathons are events where developers, product managers, designers, and others come together to tackle problems over a short time period. They have become increasingly popular over the last 15 years after [OpenBSD ran the first hackathon in June 1999][2].
+
+These events provide several benefits—greater engagement across the community, innovation and new ideas, awareness for the organizers, and networking opportunities for participants.
+
+[Mattermost][3], an open source messaging platform for DevOps teams, has also run and participated in several hackathons to engage with the open source community. So far, in 2020, we participated in a [hackathon to overcome the challenges of COVID-19][4] and ran a [hackfest to create open source chatbots for developer workflows][5]. Both had thousands of participants and were run completely virtually.
+
+We've come a long way from our [first hackathon in 2016][6] that had only 20 participants to building a [step-by-step guide for running a virtual hackathon][7], and we've learned many valuable lessons.
+
+If you are considering running a virtual hackathon, here are eight tips to keep in mind:
+
+### Choose your hackathon theme
+
+Before you begin to plan your hackathon, you'll need to choose a theme or a topic for it first.
+
+Is there a specific business or social problem you're trying to solve? An industry you want to reach? Technologies you want to explore together with your community?
+
+Choosing the theme at the start is important, as it gives you a clear focus for the rest of your planning—which communities to reach out to, how to determine logistics, what materials to prepare, and other details. It also inspires your community to work on solving the specific kinds of problems you're organizing around.
+
+### Decide dates for the hackathon early
+
+With 365 days in a year, you'd think it'd be easy to find one on which to hold an event, but it can actually be a challenge to schedule even a virtual hackathon. The most important thing is not to rush the preparation. Ideally, you should schedule the hackathon at least two months out. This gives you enough time to promote and organize it and gives your participants enough time to prepare for it—whether it's researching the hackathon topic or setting aside time for it on their calendars.
+
+Here are a few quick tips when trying to decide when to run hackathons:
+
+ * Avoid overlap with major holidays in the countries you're trying to reach. If the event is global, then avoid major holidays in the countries where you have bigger communities.
+ * Avoid overlap with significant company or community events that may act as a distraction during the hackathon, such as major product releases or developer conferences.
+ * Avoid starting the hackathon on a Friday, especially if you plan to reach developers around the world. If you're located in the Western Hemisphere and hold a hackathon kick-off call on Friday, those in Europe and Asia will either have to join in late Friday night or Saturday morning, effectively meaning the hackathon starts on a weekend in those areas. It is typically better to start on a Thursday instead.
+
+
+
+Given the hackathon is online, there is also an opportunity to extend it beyond a standard 48-hour event. We have found that running a three- or four-day event, for instance, results in much higher quality submissions that are closer to completion.
+
+### Identify key team members to partner with during the hackathon
+
+It is much easier to promote and organize the event when you have someone you can collaborate with. At a minimum, find one or two developers who can act as leaders during the event, mentoring newcomers and answering questions from the participants. They can also be your point of contact for technical support before and during the event.
+
+You should also consider if you need a partner to run operations such as scheduling calls, and a partner to create the event marketing materials.
+
+Moreover, once you've picked the theme and dates of your event, reach out to your community and ask if anyone is open to help. Many may be interested. Acting as a hackathon organizer and mentor also provides a great experience for community members themselves.
+
+### Produce a workback schedule
+
+Start by listing everything you and your hackathon partners may need to do before, during, and after the hackathon. And I do mean everything—from deciding which platform to host your hackathon on to which video conferencing tool to use for presentations to what prizes to give out. The more comprehensive your workback schedule is, the better prepared you will be, and the more successful the hackathon will be.
+
+To help you get started, check out the Mattermost ["How to Run a Hackathon" playbook][7] with key dates and activities that you can use for inspiration.
+
+### Create a code of conduct
+
+Code of conduct is important to promote healthy behavior within your community. It establishes what is accepted by participants and helps create a safe and welcoming environment for everyone.
+
+The same is true for hackathons. The code of conduct establishes the rules and actions taken when the rules are broken. Include a clear contact or place to report harassment from the participants. Often, the members you're partnering with from tip #3 will also help enforce the code of conduct as needed.
+
+To learn more about codes of conduct, including ways to enforce them, see [this excellent guide][8].
+
+### Make one landing page for the hackathon
+
+During the hackathon, there is a lot going on. People ask questions, share progress, and team up with others. Especially when running a hackathon with hundreds (or thousands!) of participants, it can quickly get chaotic.
+
+That is why a single hackathon landing page is critical. This landing page should contain all the information community members need to know, including resources to get started, where to ask questions, and how to create a submission. Updates can also be communicated in other channels like Twitter, but they should always be reflected on the hackathon's landing page. Your landing page is the source of truth.
+
+Plus, make sure to include plenty of information for first-time participants. If you've run a few events, a lot of the information you share is familiar to you and previous participants. However, everything is new and often confusing for first-time participants, so make sure to keep them in mind when building the landing page.
+
+### Plan for external promotion
+
+A common reason to run a hackathon is to reach new users and communities who have heard of your project before. Therefore, announcing and promoting the hackathon beyond just your social channels is very important. However, simply spamming other communities and pages is not just ineffective, but also disrespectful.
+
+Go back to point #1, where you selected the hackathon theme. Are there certain technologies that are relevant to it? Or industries?
+
+If so, study where those communities exist and reach out in their respective channels. Even better, find their community manager and share the hackathon with them first before sharing with the wider community.
+
+### Include social interaction time
+
+The biggest challenge we've found with virtual hackathons as compared to physical hackathons are the social aspects. Since people are not working in the same rooms together anymore, building connections and collaborating with others takes extra effort.
+
+Make sure to add social activities throughout the event dates, accounting for different time zones. Include activity feeds where participants can share updates on what they're working on, drop-in social hours over video, coffee times, pizza hours, and more.
+
+Taking the extra step to ensure there are opportunities for social interaction creates a more engaging experience for everyone involved.
+
+### Ready to run your first virtual hackathon?
+
+Running a virtual hackathon is not easy, but if you prepare for it well and use the above tips to plan it, you will be set up for success, and hopefully have lots of fun along the way! There is also an [excellent guide from HackerEarth][9] that you can use as a reference.
+
+Ready to run your first virtual hackathon? Then use the Mattermost ["How to Run a Hackathon" playbook][7] to guide your planning and read about the [Mattermost Bot Hackfest][5] for inspiration.
+
+Thank you also to Jesús Espino and Justin Reynolds for their valuable feedback on this article.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/8/virtual-hackathon
+
+作者：[Jason Blais][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jasonblais
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/chat_video_conference_talk_team.png?itok=t2_7fEH0 (Two people chatting via a video conference app)
+[2]: http://www.openbsd.org/hackathons.html
+[3]: http://mattermost.com/
+[4]: https://mattermost.com/blog/vencealvirus-virtual-hackathon/
+[5]: https://mattermost.com/blog/mattermost-bot-hackfest-winners/
+[6]: https://mattermost.com/blog/mattermost-holiday-hackfest-2016/
+[7]: https://handbook.mattermost.com/contributors/contributors/how-to-run-a-hackathon
+[8]: https://opensource.guide/code-of-conduct/
+[9]: https://www.hackerearth.com/community-hackathons/resources/e-books/guide-to-organize-hackathon
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200806 5 tips for making documentation a priority in open source projects.md b/sources/talk/20200806 5 tips for making documentation a priority in open source projects.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e381ee7276
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200806 5 tips for making documentation a priority in open source projects.md
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (5 tips for making documentation a priority in open source projects)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/8/documentation-open-source-projects)
+[#]: author: (Ray Paik https://opensource.com/users/rpaik)
+
+5 tips for making documentation a priority in open source projects
+======
+Documentation is as important as code, so make sure you treat it that
+way. Here's how.
+![Files in a folder][1]
+
+[Open source software][2] is now mainstream; long gone are the days when open source projects attracted developers alone. Nowadays, users across numerous industries are active consumers of open source software, and you can't expect everyone to know how to use the software just by reading the code.
+
+Even for developers (including those with plenty of experience in other open source projects), good documentation serves as a valuable onboarding tool when people join a community. People who are interested in contributing to a project often start by working on documentation to get familiar with the project, the community, and the community workflow.
+
+### Common challenges with documentation in open source
+
+Although everyone agrees that documentation is important and needs to be done, some of the ways we do it result in poor quality and lack of consistency across different parts of documentation in the project. For example, when developers are too focused on code, they don't start working on documentation until the last minute (e.g., right before the release). And all too often, documentation tasks are done by volunteers, people who have a hard time saying "no." To make things worse, people may forget about the documentation after the release, so they never change or improve it, and the vicious cycle repeats.
+
+### 5 best practices
+
+We have been involved in documentation in a number of open source projects at [Linux Foundation Networking][3] and [GitLab][4] over the past few years. Below, we're sharing some things we've learned that we hope will help make documentation a first-class citizen in your open source project.
+
+ 1. **Value contributions to documentation just as much as code contributions:** A lot of the focus in many open source communities tends to be on code. One easy way to make sure documentation contributions are valued by everyone is to give equal credit to documentation and code in your community metrics. It should not matter whether a commit, merge request, or pull request is for code or documentation. In addition, when you do community recognition, include key accomplishments by the people who contribute to documentation.
+
+ 2. **Put documentation and code in the same project repo:** We highly recommend that a project's code and documentation both reside in the same repository. (A good way is to make `/doc` or `/docs` a top-level directory in the repository.) For one, this makes documentation easy for anyone to find. More importantly, your documentation will be on equal footing as code and other project resources when everything is in the same repository.
+
+ 3. **Make documentation a requirement for a merge or release milestone:** If your project has a lengthy release cycle (e.g., three to six months or more), we highly recommend having interim checkpoints for documentation (like this [example][5] from the ONAP community). This ensures documentation work is not put off until right before the release, and instead, everyone works on documentation throughout the release cycle. If it's feasible for your community, you could make documentation a required step for all code contributions that will impact users (see this [example][6] from GitLab).
+
+ 4. **Have a consistent contribution process for code and documentation:** We also recommend having a consistent contribution process and using the same toolchains for code and documentation. As we noted earlier, many new community members start contributing by working on documentation, as you often don't need deep technical knowledge of the software to get started. It's good for new contributors to onboard in the community by getting familiar with the contribution workflow and meeting other community members. If these new contributors later want to get involved in other parts of the project (including code), you want the toolchains and contribution process to be familiar. Otherwise, they will need to go through another onboarding process, which creates an unnecessary hurdle for contributors. If your code and documentation have different contribution processes, you may risk creating an impression that documentation is less than a first-class citizen compared to code.
+
+ 5. **Have well-documented processes for contributing to documentation:** This may seem obvious, but it's easy to neglect. Since documentation is a good entry point for new contributors, you want to lower the barrier to entry as much as possible. Having good documentation on the contribution workflow, how to get started, where to find issues to work on, how to get help, and more will go a long way to helping new contributors feel welcome and get involved in your community.
+
+
+
+
+### What else?
+
+Do you have other tips for making documentation a first-class citizen in open source communities? If so, please share them in the comments.
+
+* * *
+
+*This article is based on [Ensuring that documentation Is a first-class citizen in open source projects][7] *presented *at Open Source Summit North America in June 2020. *
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/8/documentation-open-source-projects
+
+作者：[Ray Paik][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/rpaik
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/files_documents_paper_folder.png?itok=eIJWac15 (Files in a folder)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-open-source
+[3]: https://www.linuxfoundation.org/projects/networking/
+[4]: https://about.gitlab.com/
+[5]: https://wiki.onap.org/display/DW/Guilin+Documentation
+[6]: https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/development/contributing/merge_request_workflow.html#definition-of-done
+[7]: https://sched.co/c3SY
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200806 You don-t need a computer science degree to work with open source software.md b/sources/talk/20200806 You don-t need a computer science degree to work with open source software.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..078b0d10f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200806 You don-t need a computer science degree to work with open source software.md
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (You don't need a computer science degree to work with open source software)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/8/learn-open-source)
+[#]: author: (Jim Hall https://opensource.com/users/jim-hall)
+
+You don't need a computer science degree to work with open source software
+======
+Open source makes software knowledge accessible to anyone, so formal
+training isn't the only path to a technology career.
+![Stack of books for reading][1]
+
+I am mostly a self-taught programmer. When I was growing up in the late 1970s, our elementary school had a small resource room with an Apple II computer. My brother and I fell into a group of friends that liked computers, and we all helped each other learn the system.
+
+We showed such promise that our parents bought us an Apple II+ clone called the Franklin ACE 1000. My brother and I taught ourselves how to program in AppleSoft BASIC. Our parents bought us books, and we devoured them. I learned every corner of BASIC by reading about something in the book, then writing a practice program. My favorite pastime was writing simulations and games.
+
+I stayed with BASIC for a long time. Our next computer was an IBM PC clone with a version of BASIC on it. Much later, MS-DOS 5 introduced QBasic, which was a modern version of BASIC that finally eliminated line numbers.
+
+I began to learn other programming languages when I entered university. I was a physics student, and as part of our numerical analysis prerequisite, we had to learn Fortran. Having already learned BASIC, I thought Fortran was pretty easy to pick up. Fortran and BASIC were very similar, although Fortran was more limited in my experience.
+
+My brother was a computer science major at a different university, and he introduced me to the C programming language. I immediately loved working in C! It was a straightforward programming language that gave me a ton of flexibility for writing useful programs. But I didn't have room in my degree program to take a class that didn't apply to my physics major. So, instead, I taught myself C by reading books and combing through the library reference guide. Each time I wanted to learn a new topic, I looked it up in the reference guide and wrote a practice program to exercise my new knowledge.
+
+My early use of C was writing new utilities to expand MS-DOS. I used Unix on campus, but my computer at home mostly ran MS-DOS. I wanted MS-DOS to have similar enhanced command-line features that Unix offered, so I wrote my own utilities to give me the added functionality.
+
+I suppose my first tools were pretty simple programming exercises. I used programs like Unix cat or DOS TYPE to display the contents of text files, with extra command-line options to add line numbers, convert tabs to spaces, and the like. Or I'd use a program like Unix clear or DOS CLS to clear the screen, but also set the colors to something other than the usual white-on-black text. And I wrote a few new utilities to help me with my studies, like a program to find common errors in a Fortran source file, a utility to organize files in a directory, a filter to convert nroff files to LaTeX format, and a program to fit a straight line through x and y data points.
+
+Armed with this limited experience in C programming, I tackled my first big open source project. It turns out you can accomplish a lot if you don't know what you don't know and have a passion for a project. That's how I created the [FreeDOS Project][2] in 1994.
+
+Since then, I've written, maintained, or otherwise contributed to dozens of open source projects on FreeDOS, Linux, and Big Unix. My first contribution was a fix to GNU Emacs so it would compile correctly on a DomainOS Unix system. I also submitted patches to an early open source C compiler specific to HP-UX, a fun artillery game with cartoony tanks, a utility to organize music on an iPod, and other Unix and Linux programs. On FreeDOS, I wrote much of the underlying code libraries we used at the time, including an implementation of Unix catgets, so FreeDOS programs could support different spoken languages without having to be rewritten.
+
+Over time, I leveraged what I'd learned to pick up other programming languages. I wrote a ton of Unix Korn shell scripts, Linux Bash scripts, and AWK scripts. I wrote small utilities in Perl, and later wrote Perl CGI and PHP pages for websites. I learned enough LISP to tweak my copy of GNU Emacs, and enough Scheme to work on a project that used GNU Guile. And I continued to write and share open source games, applications, utilities, and tools for Linux and FreeDOS.
+
+And as I wrote more code, I got better at programming. Even today, I continue to learn new things and reinforce those lessons by [teaching others][3]. I'm always trying new things out.
+
+And that's my lesson. You don't have to be formally trained in computer science or hold a CS degree to contribute to open source software. Find your passion, and you can figure out the rest on your own. All that matters is that you love doing what you do and that you're willing to share your contribution with others.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/8/learn-open-source
+
+作者：[Jim Hall][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jim-hall
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/books_read_list_stack_study.png?itok=GZxb9OAv (Stack of books for reading)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/17/10/freedos
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/teaching-c
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200807 Meeting for the first time after 26 years of open source collaboration.md b/sources/talk/20200807 Meeting for the first time after 26 years of open source collaboration.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..700b4c9db3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200807 Meeting for the first time after 26 years of open source collaboration.md
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Meeting for the first time after 26 years of open source collaboration)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/8/meet-open-source-collaborators)
+[#]: author: (Jim Hall https://opensource.com/users/jim-hall)
+
+Meeting for the first time after 26 years of open source collaboration
+======
+Open source is great because people from anywhere can get involved, but
+it can be lonely. Take advantage of the proliferation of video
+conferencing tools available to make connections with your fellow
+developers.
+![Two people chatting via a video conference app][1]
+
+Collaborating on an open source software project is inherently an online experience. For me, almost all of my interaction has been via email. I'll send someone a patch, and they'll review it and reply to me. Or a user will file a bug, and I'll respond to it via the bug tracker. More commonly, developers in the open source community will discuss ideas via the email list.
+
+Over the years, I've only interacted on projects electronically, and have only met a few people in person, usually in settings unrelated to the project. Sometimes it's at conferences—we'll recognize each other's names, and realize we're working on the same open source project. I really enjoy those connections, but they're rare.
+
+In 1994, I created the [FreeDOS Project][2], an open source implementation of the DOS operating system. In the last 26 years, I've met only a handful of folks from that project in person. I met one developer when I attended a work conference in his city, and we got dinner together. Another developer took time out of his vacation tour of the Midwest to visit and have a drink. I crossed paths with another developer at an open source conference. And I spoke with Pat, who wrote our first kernel, on the phone several times, but we never met in person.
+
+A few weeks ago, I decided to change that dynamic. We live in an era of ubiquitous video conferencing, even more so in the last few months, as many people have shifted to remote work due to the pandemic. Even though open source work happens virtually, independent of geography, we can still build relationships and put names to faces. Zoom, BlueJeans, Google Hangouts, or Jitsi Meet are the new way to connect while maintaining social distance.
+
+On June 29, 2020, to celebrate the 26th anniversary of FreeDOS, we held our first online get-together. It was an opportunity to finally actually meet the people I'd been working with for the last 20+ years.
+
+And it was awesome! At our peak, we had over 16 people on the video meeting. I loved getting to see everyone and talk "in-person." We had almost an hour and a half of engaging conversations with folks from all over the world. Thanks to everyone who participated!
+
+It's meetings like this when I remember open source is more than just writing code; it's about building a community. And while I've always done well with our virtual community that communicates via email, I really appreciated getting to talk to people without the filter of email—making that real-time connection meant a lot to me.
+
+This virtual meet-up went so well that I'd love to do it again. In fact, I'm planning another virtual get-together later this summer. I'm hoping to focus the conversation on that one, maybe make it a "working session" to nail down some things for the upcoming FreeDOS 1.3 release. Stay tuned for more details!
+
+![Screenshot of zoom call participants with names and faces blurred][3]
+
+*Names and faces blurred for privacy
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/8/meet-open-source-collaborators
+
+作者：[Jim Hall][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jim-hall
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/chat_video_conference_talk_team.png?itok=t2_7fEH0 (Two people chatting via a video conference app)
+[2]: https://www.freedos.org/
+[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/screenshot_from_2020-06-29_09-29-49.jpg (Screenshot of zoom call participants with names and faces blurred)
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200808 Matrix encrypted chat rolls out across Germany, Project ACRN-s new IoT release, and more open source news.md b/sources/talk/20200808 Matrix encrypted chat rolls out across Germany, Project ACRN-s new IoT release, and more open source news.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e63ea493e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200808 Matrix encrypted chat rolls out across Germany, Project ACRN-s new IoT release, and more open source news.md
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Matrix encrypted chat rolls out across Germany, Project ACRN's new IoT release, and more open source news)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/8/news-aug-8)
+[#]: author: (Lauren Maffeo https://opensource.com/users/lmaffeo)
+
+Matrix encrypted chat rolls out across Germany, Project ACRN's new IoT release, and more open source news
+======
+Catch up on the biggest open source headlines from the past two weeks.
+![][1]
+
+In this week’s edition of our open source news roundup, an open source microfluidics pump, Germany rolls out an encrypted messaging platform based on Matrix, and more open source news.
+
+### A Reddit user shares his open source microfluidics pump
+
+As COVID-19 limits access to chemistry and biology labs, one open source user made his own solution. Josh Maceachern shared the model in a thread [on Reddit][2], sharing his microfluidics pump for less than $300 in total.
+
+According to the creator, the pump runs on only 3D-printed and common components for less than $300 total. An [article by Hackaday][3] adds that the pump delivers up to 15 mL/min with accuracy to 0.1uL/min. That's enough power for users to do their own genetics or biology projects at home.
+
+Along with the design files for folks to build their own pumps, Maceachern said on Reddit that he's releasing the pump under the CC BY 4.0 license. He gave his blessing for anyone to use it, asking that they attribute him.
+
+### Germany prepares for the world's largest deployment of Matrix-based open source software
+
+When [Dataport][4] rolls out Element collaboration software this fall, they'll deploy it for half a million users in the German states of Schlesweig-Holstein and Hamburg. According to Element in [this article][5], it will be "...the biggest single messaging and collaboration implementation in the world."
+
+In an era of videoconferencing dominated by big brands, Germany's choice of a fully open source tool is noteworthy. It's also no accident that this deployment will occur in Europe: Element shared [in a blog post][6] that it's devoted to giving users more control over their data, rather than seeing it stored on overseas systems.
+
+The post also cited "increasingly anti-encryption" sentiment in the U.S. as another reason to offer end-to-end encryption for European users. Element's forthcoming rollout in Germany will allow users to host their own data and messages. Dataport hopes to [deploy Element][7] as a matrix-based solution by September, in time for the start of term in Germany.
+
+### Project ACRN release Version 2.0 of its IoT hypervisor
+
+ACRN is an open source hypervisor supported by the Linux Foundation's [Automotive Grade Linux][8]. The project says its lightweight hypervisor supports IoT functions like graphics, imaging, and audio on less than 40k lines of code. After the initial focus on automotive safety, the Linux Foundation's latest release of [Project ACRN][9] is more focused on IoT applications by balancing safety features with more general purpose Virtual Machines (VMs).
+
+[The Project's v2.0][10] expands support to Kata containers and OpenStack. It also supports partition mode and sharing mode in tandem.
+
+In other news:
+
+ * [Open wearables group buttons down on datasets][11]
+ * [Microsoft joins Open Source Security Foundation][12]
+ * [Uniting for better open-source security: The Open Source Security Foundation][13]
+ * [China unveils AI open-source platform 'Dubhe'][14]
+ * [System76 reveals an open source PC surprise for AMD Ryzen fans][15]
+
+
+
+Thanks, as always, to Opensource.com staff members and [Correspondents][16] for their help this week.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/8/news-aug-8
+
+作者：[Lauren Maffeo][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/lmaffeo
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/weekly_news_roundup_tv.png?itok=tibLvjBd
+[2]: https://www.reddit.com/r/functionalprint/comments/hsevpl/opensource_multichannel_microfluidicsosmm_pump/
+[3]: https://hackaday.com/2020/07/29/an-open-source-microfluidic-pump-for-your-science-needs/
+[4]: https://www.dataport.de/who-we-are/
+[5]: https://www.zdnet.com/article/open-source-is-behind-this-massive-messaging-and-collaboration-project-for-500000-people/
+[6]: https://element.io/blog/element-brings-matrix-to-europe/
+[7]: https://www.dataport.de/was-wir-bewegen/portfolio/projekt-phoenix/
+[8]: https://www.automotivelinux.org/
+[9]: https://github.com/projectacrn
+[10]: https://projectacrn.github.io/2.0/
+[11]: https://www.computerweekly.com/blog/Open-Source-Insider/Open-wearables-group-buttons-down-on-datasets
+[12]: https://www.microsoft.com/security/blog/2020/08/03/microsoft-open-source-security-foundation-founding-member-securing-open-source-software/
+[13]: https://www.zdnet.com/article/uniting-for-better-open-source-security-the-open-source-security-foundation/#ftag=RSSbaffb68
+[14]: https://news.cgtn.com/news/2020-08-03/China-unveils-AI-open-source-platform-Dubhe--SE3UpfEX5e/index.html
+[15]: https://www.forbes.com/sites/jasonevangelho/2020/07/26/system76-reveals-an-open-source-surprise-for-amd-ryzen-fans/#4566bf106e4e
+[16]: https://opensource.com/correspondent-program
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200815 What Does Mozilla Firing 25- of its Workforce Tells us About its Future.md b/sources/talk/20200815 What Does Mozilla Firing 25- of its Workforce Tells us About its Future.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..064c99cd1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200815 What Does Mozilla Firing 25- of its Workforce Tells us About its Future.md
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (What Does Mozilla Firing 25% of its Workforce Tells us About its Future)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/mozilla-struggle/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+What Does Mozilla Firing 25% of its Workforce Tells us About its Future
+======
+
+Mozilla is in news again but not for good reasons.
+
+[Mozilla has suddenly fired around 250 employees][1], 25% of its workforce. It also closed operations in Taipei, Taiwan. The Taiwanese team was working on Firefox Lite.
+
+This is not the first layoff from Mozilla this year. At the beginning of the year, [Mozilla had laid off 70 employees][2].
+
+So, what’s going on with Mozilla? Whatever it is, it’s certainly not positive.
+
+Mozilla has fired entire (or most of) teams working on [DevTools][3], [MDN][4], developer relation, [Servo][5] (browser engine written in Rust) and incident threat management.
+
+Why did it do that? What lies ahead for Mozilla? Here’s my opinion on the Mozilla crisis.
+
+### The gradual decline of Mozilla: Ignoring its flagship Firefox browser project
+
+Mozilla Firefox once had a good user base. It was seen as a superior browser and it looked like it would dethrone Internet Explorer as the most popular web browser.
+
+That would have happened if it was not for Google Chrome. The tech giant Google and its ‘thinking ahead’ leadership launched Google Chrome in 2008.
+
+Their aim was to get more and more people to use their search engine. How does a user access search engine? Through a web browser.
+
+So, instead of being dependent on other web browsers, Google created its own browser and integrated its products with this new browser. Google hired several Mozilla engineers to work on its browser. The current Google CEO, Sundar Pichai, led the team developing the Chrome browser.
+
+But Google didn’t just stop after creating Chrome in 2008. Google with all its technical might and intelligence, kept on improving the Chrome browser.
+
+Soon Google Chrome overtook Firefox and later Internet Explorer to become the most popular web browser.
+
+> The rise and fall of [#opensource][6] web browser Mozilla Firefox. [pic.twitter.com/Co5Xj3dKIQ][7]
+>
+> — Abhishek Prakash (@abhishek_foss) [March 22, 2017][8]
+
+But what happened to Mozilla Firefox? It is my opinion that Mozilla lost focus on the Firefox browser. They put time and energy in creating [Firefox mobile OS][9], Rust programming language, Hello video chat application and more.
+
+It’s not that it didn’t add new features to it, it’s just that Firefox started losing charm.
+
+Chrome had a faster experience while Firefox felt sluggish and heavy. Google’s evil practice of [deliberately slowing down Google products like YouTube on Firefox][10] also made users dump Firefox.
+
+Whatever it is. The truth is that Google Chrome is a superior product otherwise people won’t go installing it on their own. Microsoft couldn’t keep Windows users on Internet Explorer/Edge after all.
+
+### Google holds Mozilla by its neck and can squeeze it at will
+
+![][11]
+
+If you didn’t know, Mozilla relies heavily on Google with around 90% of its revenue coming from Google. [Google pays Mozilla a few hundred million US dollars each year][12] to be the default search engine on Firefox.
+
+The deal was helpful to Google when Firefox had good user base. With Google Chrome’s advent, Firefox has seen steep decline and it now stands at the third position with hardly 8% of the market share. Google Chrome dominates the market.
+
+Google doesn’t need Firefox’s help to get traffic to its search engine but Mozilla does need Google’s money to stay alive.
+
+A day after the layoffs, [Google extended the Firefox search deal with Mozilla][13]. Had Google not renewed its deal with Mozilla, it would have been real difficult for Mozilla to go beyond 2020.
+
+### Mozilla’s renewed focus on products that could make it money
+
+Mozilla Foundation is a not-for-profit organization but it also has taxable subsidiary in the form of Mozilla Corporation. Firefox browser is developed under Mozilla Foundation. The profit earned by the Mozilla Corporation is reinvested into Mozilla projects.
+
+Lately, Mozilla is trying hard to create new revenue channels to end its reliance on Google. Its [acquisition of Pocket app][14] and the launch of [Mozilla VPN][15] is part of this strategy.
+
+The recent layoffs are also part of Mozilla’s new strategy to focus on profitable products and reducing the workforce aimed at reducing the expense.
+
+But amidst all this, Mozilla must not ignore Firefox. People need a functioning browser and Mozilla should work on improving user experience. If the users have trouble [running Netflix][16] or YouTube or using other streaming services in this age, they will definitely switch.
+
+Not only it is the flagship project from Mozilla, it is also the biggest hope for people who don’t want Google. Microsoft’s Edge, Opera, Vivaldi, Brave and most of the other popular browsers have switched to Google’s Chromium project. Firefox is one of the rare browsers that doesn’t rely on Chromium.
+
+I hope that Mozilla rises from the ashes like a Phoenix.
+
+Those were my views on the Mozilla situation. I welcome yours in the comment section.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/mozilla-struggle/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://thenextweb.com/insights/2020/08/11/mozilla-firefox-layoffs-250-employees/
+[2]: https://www.bizjournals.com/sanjose/c/mountain-view-based-mozilla-laysoff-around-70.html
+[3]: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Tools
+[4]: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/
+[5]: https://servo.org/
+[6]: https://twitter.com/hashtag/opensource?src=hash&ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw
+[7]: https://t.co/Co5Xj3dKIQ
+[8]: https://twitter.com/abhishek_foss/status/844666818665025537?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw
+[9]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Firefox_OS
+[10]: https://fortune.com/2018/07/25/youtube-slow-mozilla-firefox-chrome/
+[11]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/mozilla-struggle.jpg?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[12]: https://www.zdnet.com/article/firefox-hits-the-jackpot-with-almost-billion-dollar-google-deal/
+[13]: https://www.theregister.com/2020/08/14/mozilla_google_search/
+[14]: https://blog.mozilla.org/blog/2017/02/27/mozilla-acquires-pocket/
+[15]: https://vpn.mozilla.org/
+[16]: https://itsfoss.com/netflix-firefox-linux/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200817 What makes Java open source.md b/sources/talk/20200817 What makes Java open source.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4a1d0a6b5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200817 What makes Java open source.md
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (What makes Java open source?)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/8/open-source-java)
+[#]: author: (Daniel Oh https://opensource.com/users/daniel-oh)
+
+What makes Java open source?
+======
+Clearing up the confusion about developing in Java while staying in the
+open source ecosystem.
+![Coffee beans][1]
+
+If you're using [Java][2] to write business applications, you may know that Java Standard Edition (SE) is not open source software. It is not managed by a foundation, like Python or JavaScript, and in January 2019, Oracle changed its policy to require a commercial license for any use of SE, from the developer's local environment to production.
+
+This change also raised a lot of questions in open source communities about licensing compliance and Java usage. If you're still confused, this article will guide you through how these changes apply to Java developers.
+
+### Evolving platforms in the Java community
+
+[OpenJDK][3] (Open Java Development Kit) is a free and open source implementation of Java SE. It is an alternative that allows more than 70% of Java developers to continue stabilizing their Java application environments while remaining within the open source ecosystem. OpenJDK is primarily licensed under the [GNU GPLv2][4]. The freedoms guaranteed by this distribution strategy have made OpenJDK the default choice for Java developers to build desktop applications that are compatible with Java SE.
+
+Oracle continued developing and maintaining Enterprise Java (Java EE), which is built on the Java SE platform. Java EE includes additional features outside SE's scope to support large-scale, scalable, multi-tier, and secured applications for a variety of enterprise environments. In September 2017, the Java EE platform was transferred to the [Eclipse Foundation][5], leading to the adoption of more agile processes, changing the governance process, and implementing more flexible licensing. One year later, in 2018, the Eclipse Foundation announced a new brand name, [Jakarta EE][6], with a new logo and working groups to support developers transitioning from Java EE to the new platform. The evolution from Java EE to Jakarta EE also impacted many enterprise Java developers in implementing new business logic.
+
+### Evolving frameworks as Java evolved
+
+In the meantime, new technologies, such as RESTful APIs (2000), HTTP 2 (2015), and JSON (2017), were being developed alongside fast-changing web architectures. Interest in microservices architectures was growing, but because Java EE was in transition, it did not pick up on these new paradigms as they happened.
+
+In response, the broader Java community and several vendors (IBM, Red Hat, and Tomitribe) created [MicroProfile][7] in 2016 to optimize the Enterprise Java platform for microservices architectures. MicroProfile [later joined the Eclipse Foundation][8], giving enterprise Java developers two options for implementing microservice architectures: SpringBoot or MicroProfile. MicroProfile allows developers to create portable Java-based microservices across vendor solutions while ensuring compatibility between matching Java/Jakarta EE and MicroProfile APIs in the same application.
+
+If you are interested in Enterprise Java development, [MicroProfile Starter][9] is a great resource to explore microservices in practice. MicroProfile Starter's graphical user interface requires a few details to generate code to create a monolithic Java application server.
+
+A MicroProfile runtime supports deploying an application artifact (e.g., a JAR or WAR file) and executing it as a Java application server with a MicroProfile specification. You can choose the cloud-native runtime you prefer (e.g., [Quarkus][10]) from MicroProfle Starter's runtime list, then select specifications to gain additional enterprise features, such as fault tolerance, OpenAPI, OpenTracing, and more. Once you've completed these steps, click on "Download" to begin developing your application.
+
+![MicroProfile Starter GUI][11]
+
+(Daniel Oh, [CC BY-SA 4.0][12])
+
+### Conclusion
+
+Navigating Java from an open source perspective can be a bit confusing given the language's long history, acquisitions, and relicenses. Sticking with OpenJDK and Jakarta EE allows Java developers to maintain standard enterprise applications without compromising open source freedoms. If you want to dive in further, take a look at MicroProfile or delve deeper into runtimes by exploring Quarkus.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/8/open-source-java
+
+作者：[Daniel Oh][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/daniel-oh
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/java-coffee-beans.jpg?itok=3hkjX5We (Coffee beans)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/java
+[3]: https://openjdk.java.net/
+[4]: https://openjdk.java.net/legal/gplv2+ce.html
+[5]: https://www.eclipse.org/org/
+[6]: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/jakarta-ee
+[7]: https://microprofile.io/
+[8]: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/eclipse-microprofile
+[9]: https://start.microprofile.io/
+[10]: https://quarkus.io/
+[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/microprofile.png (MicroProfile Starter GUI)
+[12]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200818 Amazon Braket lets customers try out quantum computing.md b/sources/talk/20200818 Amazon Braket lets customers try out quantum computing.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3ca1ae3fae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200818 Amazon Braket lets customers try out quantum computing.md
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Amazon Braket lets customers try out quantum computing)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3570251/amazon-braket-lets-customers-try-out-quantum-computing.html)
+[#]: author: (Michael Cooney https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/)
+
+Amazon Braket lets customers try out quantum computing
+======
+AWS joins IBM, Microsoft, Google and others in growing quantum computing arena
+[Glosser.ca / Pete Linforth][1] [(CC BY-SA 3.0)][2]
+
+AWS has announced the availability of a new service that lets customers tap into and experiment with [quantum computing][3] simulators and access quantum hardware from [D-Wave][4], [IonQ][5], and [Rigetti][6].
+
+The managed service, [Amazon Braket][7], offers customers a development environment where they can explore and build quantum algorithms, test them on quantum circuit simulators, and run them on different quantum hardware technologies, AWS said in a [statement][7] about the service. The Braket service includes Jupyter notebooks that come pre-installed with the Amazon Braket SDK and example tutorials.
+
+**Read more: [What is quantum computing? (and why enterprises should care)][3] **
+
+According to AWS, Braket provides access to a fully managed, high-performance, quantum circuit simulator that lets users test and validate circuits with a single line of code. In addition, as a native AWS service, Braket can be managed via the AWS management console. (Related: [Amazon joins the quantum computing crowd with Braket testbed][8])
+
+The service is named after the standard notation in quantum mechanics bra-ket, which was introduced by Paul Dirac in 1939 to describe the state of quantum systems and is also known as the [Dirac notation][9].
+
+"Quantum computing has the potential to solve computational problems that are beyond the reach of classical computers by harnessing the laws of quantum mechanics to process information in new ways," AWS stated. "This approach to computing could transform areas such as chemical engineering, material science, drug discovery, financial portfolio optimization, and machine learning. But defining those problems and programming quantum computers to solve them requires new skills, which are difficult to acquire without easy access to quantum computing hardware."
+
+In a blog about Braket, Jeff Barr, Chief Evangelist for AWS, said there are a few things customers should keep in mind about Braket:
+
+ * Quantum computing is an emerging field. "Although some of you are already experts, it will take some time for the rest of us to understand the concepts and the technology, and to figure out how to put them to use."
+ * The [quantum processing units] QPUs accessed through Amazon Braket support two different paradigms. The IonQ and Rigetti QPUs and the simulator support circuit-based quantum computing, and the D-Wave QPU supports quantum annealing. You cannot run a problem designed for one paradigm on a QPU that supports the other one, so you will need to choose the appropriate QPU early.
+ * Each task will incur a per-task charge and an additional per-shot charge that is specific to the type of QPU used. Use of the simulator incurs an hourly charge, billed by the second, with a 15 second minimum. For more information, check out [Amazon Braket Pricing][10]
+
+
+
+The Amazon Braket rollout follows similar [quantum service][11] introductions from [IBM][12], [Microsoft][13], [QC Ware, ][14]Google, Honeywell and others in what is becoming a growing market. Researchers at [Tractica][15] for example, forecast that total enterprise quantum computing market revenue will reach $9.1 billion annually by 2030, up from $111.6 million in 2018. "The global market for quantum computing is being driven largely by the desire to increase the capability of modeling and simulating complex data, improve the efficiency or optimization of systems or processes, and solve problems with more precision," Tractica stated.
+
+Gartner has called quantum computing one of the top potential disruptive technologies in the next five years, stating that the parallel execution and exponential scalability of quantum computers means they excel with problems too complex for a traditional approach or where traditional algorithms would take too long to find a solution. Industries such as automotive, financial, insurance, pharmaceuticals, military and research have the most to gain from the advancements in quantum computing. Most organizations should learn about and monitor QC through 2022 and perhaps exploit it from 2023 or 2025, Gartner stated.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][16] and [LinkedIn][17] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3570251/amazon-braket-lets-customers-try-out-quantum-computing.html
+
+作者：[Michael Cooney][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Bloch_Sphere.svg
+[2]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3275367/what-s-quantum-computing-and-why-enterprises-need-to-care.html
+[4]: https://aws.amazon.com/braket/hardware-providers/dwave/
+[5]: https://aws.amazon.com/braket/hardware-providers/ionq/
+[6]: https://aws.amazon.com/braket/hardware-providers/rigetti/
+[7]: https://aws.amazon.com/braket/
+[8]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3487421/amazon-joins-the-quantum-computing-crowd-with-braket-testbed.html
+[9]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bra%E2%80%93ket_notation
+[10]: https://aws.amazon.com/braket/pricing
+[11]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3489098/10-hot-quantum-computing-startups-to-watch.html
+[12]: https://www.ibm.com/blogs/research/category/quantcomp/
+[13]: https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/quantum/
+[14]: https://qcware.com/
+[15]: https://tractica.omdia.com/newsroom/press-releases/the-quantum-computing-market-is-poised-for-strong-growth-with-global-revenue-to-reach-9-1-billion-by-2030/
+[16]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[17]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200821 3 ways a legal team can enable open source.md b/sources/talk/20200821 3 ways a legal team can enable open source.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..335902b9f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200821 3 ways a legal team can enable open source.md
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (3 ways a legal team can enable open source)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/8/open-source-legal-organization)
+[#]: author: (Jeffrey Robert Kaufman https://opensource.com/users/jkaufman)
+
+3 ways a legal team can enable open source
+======
+Open source law is unique because of its unusual requirements for
+success. Learn ways lawyers can get their organizations to "yes".
+![Active listening in a meeting is a skill][1]
+
+I am an open source lawyer for Red Hat. One important part of my job is to provide information to other companies, including their in-house counsel, about how Red Hat builds enterprise-class products with a completely open source development model and answering their questions about open source licensing in general. After hearing about Red Hat's success, these conversations often turn to discussions about how their organization can evolve to be more open source-aware and -capable, and lawyers at these meetings regularly ask how they can modify their practices to be more skilled in providing open source counsel to their employees.
+
+In this article and the next, I'll convey what I normally tell in-house counsel about these topics. If you are not in-house counsel and instead work for a law firm supporting clients in the software space, you may also find this information useful. (If you are considering going to law school and becoming an open source lawyer, you should read Luis Villa's excellent article [_What to know before jumping into a career as an open source lawyer_][2].)
+
+My perspective is based on my personal and possibly unique experience working in various engineering, product management, and lawyer roles. My atypical background means I see the world through a different lens from most lawyers. So, the ideas presented below may not be traditional, but they have served me well in my practice, and I hope they will benefit you.
+
+### Connect with open source organizations
+
+There are a multitude of open source organizations that are especially useful to open source lawyers. Many of these organizations have measurable influence over the views and interpretations of open source licenses. Consider getting involved with some of the more prominent organizations, such as the [Open Source Initiative][3] (OSI), the [Software Freedom Conservancy][4], the [Software Freedom Law Center][5], the [Free Software Foundation][6], [Free Software Foundation Europe][7], and the [Linux Foundation][8]. There are also a number of useful mailing lists, such as OSI's [license-discuss][9] and [license-review][10], that are worth monitoring and even participating in.
+
+Participating in these groups and lists will help you understand the myriad and unique issues you may encounter when practicing open source law, including how various terms of the open source license texts are interpreted by the community. There is little case law to guide you, but there are plenty of people happy to help answer questions, and these resources are the best source of guidance. This is perhaps one of the very unique and amazing aspects of practicing open source law—the openness of the development community is equally matched by the openness of the legal community to provide perspective and advice. All you have to do is ask.
+
+### Adopt the mindset of a business manager and find a path to yes
+
+Product managers are ultimately held responsible for a product or service from cradle to grave, including enabling that product or service to get to market. Since the bulk of my career has been spent leading product-management organizations, my mind is programmed to find a path, no matter how, to get a viable product or service to market. I encourage any lawyer to adopt this mindset since products and services are the lifeblood of any business.
+
+As such, the approach I have always taken in my legal practice involves issue spotting and advising clients of risk _but always having the objective of finding a path to "YES_," especially when my analysis impacts product/service development and release. When evaluating legal issues for internal clients, my executive management or I may, at times, view the risk to be too high. In such cases, continue encouraging everyone to work on the problem because, in my experience, solutions do eventually present themselves, often in unexpected ways.
+
+Be sure to tap all your resources, including your software development clients (see below), as they can be an excellent source of creative approaches to solving problems, often using technology to resolve issues. I have found much joy in this method, and my clients seem pleased with this passion and sentiment. I encourage all lawyers to consider this approach.
+
+Sadly, it is always easy to say "no" for self-preservation and to eliminate what may appear to be _any_ risk to the company. I have always found this response untenable. All business transactions have risk. As a counselor, it is your job to understand these risks and present them to your clients so that they may make educated business decisions. Simply saying "no" when any risk is present, without providing any additional context or other paths forward to mitigate risks, does no good for the long-term success of the organization. Companies need to provide products and services to survive, and you should be helping find that path, whenever possible, to YES. You have an ethical responsibility to say "no" in certain situations, of course, but explore and exhaust all reasonable options first.
+
+### Build relationships with developers
+
+Building relationships with your software development clients is _absolutely critical_. Building rapport and trust with developers are two important ways to strengthen these relationships.
+
+#### Build rapport
+
+Your success as an open source lawyer is most often a direct result of your positive relationships with your software developers. In many cases, your software developers are the direct or indirect recipients of your legal advice, and they will be looking to you for guidance and counsel. Unfortunately, many software developers are suspicious of lawyers and often view lawyers as obstacles to their ability to develop and release software. The best way to overcome this ill will is to build rapport with your clients. How you do that is different for most people, but here are some ideas.
+
+ 1. **Show an interest in your clients' work:** Be inquisitive about the details of their project, how it works, the underlying programming language, how it connects to other systems, and how it will benefit the company. Some of these answers will be useful in your legal analysis when ascertaining legal risk and ways to mitigate such risk, but more importantly, this builds a solid foundation for an ongoing positive relationship with your client.
+ 2. **Be clear to your client that you are working to find a path to YES:** It is perfectly acceptable to let your client know you are concerned about certain aspects of their project, but follow that up with ideas for mitigating those concerns. Reassure them that it is your job to work with them to find a solution and not to be a roadblock. The effect of this cannot be overstated.
+ 3. **Participate in an open source project:** This is especially true if you have software development experience. Even if you do not have such experience, there are many ways to participate, such as helping with documentation or community outreach. Or request to join their status meetings just to learn more about their work. This will also allow you to provide counsel on-demand and in real time so that the team may course-correct early in the process.
+
+
+
+#### Have trust
+
+Your software developers are very active in their open source communities and are some of the best resources for understanding current issues affecting open source software and development. Just as you connect with legal organizations, like your local bar or national legal organizations to keep current on the latest legal developments, you should also engage with your software development resources for periodic briefings and to gain their counsel on various matters (e.g., how would the community view the use of this license for a project?).
+
+### Relationships breed success
+
+Open source law is unique because of its unusual requirements for success, namely, connections to other open source attorneys, open source organizations, and a deep and respectful relationship with clients. Success is a direct function of these relationships.
+
+In part two of this series, I will explore how and why it is important to find a path to "open" and to develop scalable solutions for your organization.
+
+Find out what it takes to become an open source lawyer.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/8/open-source-legal-organization
+
+作者：[Jeffrey Robert Kaufman][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jkaufman
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/team-discussion-mac-laptop-stickers.png?itok=AThobsFH (Active listening in a meeting is a skill)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/16/12/open-source-lawyer
+[3]: https://opensource.org/
+[4]: https://sfconservancy.org/
+[5]: https://www.softwarefreedom.org/
+[6]: https://www.fsf.org/
+[7]: https://fsfe.org/index.en.html
+[8]: https://www.linuxfoundation.org/
+[9]: https://lists.opensource.org/mailman/listinfo/license-discuss_lists.opensource.org
+[10]: https://lists.opensource.org/mailman/listinfo/license-review_lists.opensource.org
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200822 3 reasons small businesses choose open source tools for remote employees.md b/sources/talk/20200822 3 reasons small businesses choose open source tools for remote employees.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..09d1126926
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200822 3 reasons small businesses choose open source tools for remote employees.md
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (3 reasons small businesses choose open source tools for remote employees)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/8/business-tools)
+[#]: author: (Adrian Johansen https://opensource.com/users/ajohansen)
+
+3 reasons small businesses choose open source tools for remote employees
+======
+There are plenty of open source operations tools available if you lack
+the budget for premium software; here's how to evaluate your options.
+![A chair in a field.][1]
+
+The last decade or so has seen some significant changes in how businesses operate. The expansion of accessible, affordable, connected technology has removed barriers to many resources, enabling collaboration and execution of work by nearly anyone, from nearly anywhere. Though COVID-19 has made remote operations a necessity for a lot of industries, many businesses had already begun to embrace it as a more cost-effective, agile way of working.
+
+That said, not every business has the budget to subscribe to premium software as a service (SaaS) to keep their remote employees productive. The good news is that open source software can be every bit as robust and intuitive as the premium options that are only available to those with plenty of capital. The key is clearly identifying what you need from those tools in order to focus your search.
+
+The open source community can offer some smart solutions to the challenges of remote working, and we’re going to look at a few key areas of need for businesses exploring how they can operate more effectively.
+
+### Flexible collaboration
+
+One of the primary challenges for businesses operating remotely is managing the productivity of disparate teams. Employee management can be difficult enough when everybody is in the same room, but keeping teams in close collaboration when they may be working in different cities or even different time zones requires water-tight organization. This is why open source tools that make flexible yet robust collaborations possible are on top of the list for remote teams today.
+
+Among the best [open source tools][2] on the market at the moment is [Taiga][3], a project management platform. It uses the card-style task organization approach, providing a board that is visible to all employees on the network and keeps leadership and team members informed about the status of individual tasks and overall project progress. Open source project management software that mimics the easy collaboration that premium services like Trello and Asana offer are increasingly popular. Many—[Odoo][4] and [OpenProject][5] among them—go further than their premium counterparts, offering integrated apps for forecasting and making it easier to share and transfer files or documents.
+
+When it comes to remote collaboration, effective communication tools are also a must. Team chat platforms can help to make certain that remote employees have access to leadership and other team members whenever they need assistance or clarification on tasks. The chat room nature of them also helps to build team camaraderie. [Mattermost][6] and [Rocket.Chat][7] are among the popular open source platforms that act as [effective alternatives to SaaS like Slack][8]; both have free options, public and private chat rooms, and the ability to upload and share media files.
+
+### User-friendliness
+
+There is a focus on effective user interfaces (UI) across the software industry at the moment, and this is arguably even more essential for remote teams. This is not just important for the day-to-day functionality of tools but also for ease of training. New employee onboarding can be improved by implementing a clear, fluid process that introduces new hires to the business’ core practices and tools. This means that any open source software deployed must be user-friendly enough to require minimal guidance and cause few disruptions during ramp-up.
+
+It certainly helps when the software itself is designed intuitively. [Drawpile][9] is an excellent example of this. [This collaborative drawing platform][10], used for team meetings and creative projects alike, uses clear icons and interfaces that are similar to popular drawing platforms like Photoshop or MSPaint. It also presents a minimalistic, functional approach to avoid overwhelming the uninitiated. When reviewing open source software, business leaders need to consider the perspective of a new user and evaluate its ease of use.
+
+It’s also important to take into account what instructional assets the developers have provided. Many have online manuals, though the nature of open source can mean that these frequently change and evolve over time. Some, like storage and sharing platform [Nextcloud][11], include separate training materials for users, developers, and administration. Review accessibility to concise documentation like this and ensure that it can be easily integrated, delivered, and understood during your remote employee onboarding process.
+
+### Security and support
+
+A concern for any business owner operating in digital spaces is ensuring that operations are not just efficient but secure. One of the aspects that can make premium software attractive is robust cybersecurity protocols and integrated support services. In searching for open source software, it’s important to understand the extent to which developers have put security protocols in place, and how this affects company, employee, and customer safety.
+
+This can be especially important when utilizing platforms that facilitate the sharing of documents and discussion of potentially sensitive company information. Many options on the market, including [Jitsi][12] and [BigBlueButton][13], are upfront about the security measures and encryptions on their software that often go beyond those on premium platforms. However, it’s equally important to make certain that employees themselves understand that their actions are as vital to security as the encryption. Be clear about what behavior can lead to phishing attacks that make the business vulnerable to two-factor authentication bypassing, and how to safely share information through activities such as dynamic linking.
+
+One of the most significant advantages that open source software holds over most premium products is access to a vibrant and supportive community. While there are core teams behind the software, there’s a spirit of collaboration and collective ownership to its development and continued growth. [LibreOffice][14] actively encourages its users to [help improve the product][15] through feedback and forums. This means users can often easily communicate with experts whenever issues arise and work together to solve problems, and ultimately make the product better in the future.
+
+### Conclusion
+
+Review how open source software can improve collaboration, and fit into your onboarding procedures, and examine the potential for security and community support. And by using open source, you retain control over your data, assets, and workflow. In a world that is swiftly embracing remote practices, discovering the right tools now can give you a competitive advantage.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/8/business-tools
+
+作者：[Adrian Johansen][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ajohansen
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/BIZ_WorkInPublic_4618517_1110_CS_A.png?itok=RwVrWArk (A chair in a field.)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/open-source-working-home
+[3]: https://taiga.io/
+[4]: https://www.odoo.com/
+[5]: https://www.openproject.org/
+[6]: https://mattermost.com/
+[7]: https://rocket.chat/
+[8]: https://opensource.com/alternatives/slack
+[9]: https://drawpile.net/
+[10]: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/drawpile
+[11]: https://nextcloud.com/
+[12]: https://jitsi.org/
+[13]: https://bigbluebutton.org/
+[14]: https://www.libreoffice.org/
+[15]: https://www.libreoffice.org/community/get-involved/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200823 Open organizations through the ages.md b/sources/talk/20200823 Open organizations through the ages.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..680cb789b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200823 Open organizations through the ages.md
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Open organizations through the ages)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/8/global-history-collaboration)
+[#]: author: (Ron McFarland https://opensource.com/users/ron-mcfarland)
+
+Open organizations through the ages
+======
+On a global timeline, extensive collaboration is still a relatively new
+phenomenon. That could explain why we're still getting the hang of it.
+![Alarm clocks with different time][1]
+
+Consider the evolution of humankind. When we do, we will recognize that _having global discussions_ and _acting on global decisions_ is a relatively new phenomenon—only 100 years old, give or take a few years. We're still learning _how_ to make global decisions and execute on them successfully.
+
+Yet our ability to improve those globally focused practices and skills is critical to our continued survival. And open principles will be the keys to helping us learn them—as they have been throughout history.
+
+In the [first part of this series][2], I reviewed four factors one might use to assess globalization, and I explained how those factors relate specifically to [open organization principles][3]. Here, I'd like to present a chronology of how those principles have influenced certain developments that have made the world feel more connected and have made _personal_ or _regional_ issues into _global_ issues.
+
+This work draws on research by [Jeffrey D. Sachs][4], author of the book [_The Ages of Globalization_][5]. Sachs examines globalization from the genesis of humankind and argues that globalization has improved life and prosperity through the ages. He organizes human history into seven "ages," and examines the governance structure predominant in each. That structure determines how populations interact with each other (another way of assessing how socially inclusive they are). For Sachs, that inclusiveness is directly related to per capita GDP, or productivity per person. That productivity is where prosperity (or survival) is determined.
+
+So let's look at the growth of globalization through the ages (I'll use Sachs' categorizations) and see where open organization principles began to take hold in early civilizations. In this piece, I'll discuss historical periods up to the beginning of the Industrial Revolution (the early 1800s).
+
+### The Paleolithic Age (70,000‒10,000 BCE): The hunter/gatherer setting
+
+According to Sachs, the history of globalization really begins at the dawn of humankind. And open organization principles are evident even then—though only in tight-knit groups of 25 to 30 members, called "bands," each very similar to "bottom-up" business teams today. Such bands resisted hierarchical organization, eventually connecting with other bands to form "clans" of around 150 people, then "mega-bands" of around 500 people, and finally to "tribes" of around 1,500 people. But these groups never let go of that "band" concept (we can observe this in ancient ruins around the globe). Bands cooperated, but interactions were relatively weak (sometimes even warlike, as bands fought to protect territory). As bands' means of survival was primarily hunting and gathering, they lived a largely nomadic lifestyle.
+
+### The Neolithic Age (10,000‒3,000 BCE): The ranching/farming setting
+
+The advent of farming and ranching, Sachs says, marked this period of globalization. During that period, major segments of the human population started establishing permanent settlements, leading to decline in the hunter and gatherer nomadic lifestyle, as agricultural developments allowed for more productivity per unit area. People could establish larger villages. With new agricultural techniques, ten individuals could survive on one square kilometer of land (compared to only one person per square kilometer of hunter/gatherers). Therefore, people were not forced to migrate to new areas to survive. Communities grew larger, and these larger communities set in motion new technical discoveries in metallurgy, the arts, numeric record keeping, ceramics, and even a writing system to record technical breakthroughs. In short, _sharing_ and _collaboration_ became keys to expanding know-how, evidence of open organization principles even tens of thousands of years ago.
+
+Having global discussions and acting on global decisions is a relatively new phenomenon—only 100 years old, give or take a few years.
+
+### The Equestrian Age (3,000‒1,000 BCE): The land travel by horse setting
+
+During the Neolithic Age, communities began connecting with each other using horses for transportation, giving rise to another era of globalization—what Sachs calls The Equestrian Age. Domestication of animals took place almost exclusively in Eurasia and North Africa, including the use of donkeys, cattle, camels and other animals (not just horses). That domestication was by far the most important factor in the economic development and globalization in this age. Animal husbandry was a major influence on farming, mining, manufacturing, transportation, communications, warfare tactics, and governance. As greater long-distance movement was now possible (routes were formed to and from the east and west), whole civilizations began to form. The Egyptians introduced a system of writing and documentation, as well as public administration, which unified dynasties within the region. This led to advances in scientific fields, including mathematics, astronomy, engineering, metallurgy, and medicine.
+
+### The Classical Age (1,000 BCE‒1500 CE): An information, documentation, learning setting
+
+According to Sachs, this era of globalization involves the globalization of politics—namely conquering wide regions and creating empires. This includes the empires of Assyria, Persia, Greece, Rome, India, China and later the Ottoman and Mongol empires. This age saw the spread of ideas, technology, institutional concepts, and infrastructural development on a continental scale. As a result, larger communities were developed, and there was a greater and broader level of collaboration, interaction, transparency, adaptability and inclusivity than in the past. Through interaction between empires, better methods of growing food, raising farm animals, transporting goods and fighting wars spread around the globe. Much of this knowledge spread through thousands of books published, distributed, and taught (formal, community schooling began in this era, as did several documentation practices). Global trade improved with the establishment of a navy to police and protect travel routes. Simply put, this was a setting of multinational governance with ever expanding collaboration, inclusivity, and larger community development.
+
+### The Ocean Age (1500‒1800 CE): The long-distance sea travel and exploration setting
+
+During this period of globalization, Sachs says, the Old World and the New World, isolated from each other since the Paleolithic Age, finally united through ever faster ocean-going vessels, leading to greater two-way exchange. Plants, animals—and, unfortunately, diseases and pathogens—trafficked between them. Travel from Europe to Asia (via the Cape of Good Hope) increased during this era. This age saw the rise of global capitalism, with the establishment of global-scale economic organizations, like the British East India Company (chartered in 1600) and the Dutch East India Company (chartered in 1602). Each supplied global markets with goods from remote areas. But while global trade produced great prosperity during this era, in many regions it also led to great cruelty (the exploitation of indigenous peoples, for example).
+
+By the 1800s, communities were interacting on a scale more global than it had ever been, and open organization principles were more influential than ever before. And yet this era still saw a significant deficit of overall inclusivity and collaboration. We should note that this era of globalization is relatively _recent_ in history when viewed on the timescale Sachs outlines in _The Ages of Globalization_.
+
+How did we get from there to the current age? In the next article, I'll explore those developments.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/8/global-history-collaboration
+
+作者：[Ron McFarland][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ron-mcfarland
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/clocks_time.png?itok=_ID09GDk (Alarm clocks with different time)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/7/globalization-history-open
+[3]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/resources/open-org-definition
+[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jeffrey_Sachs
+[5]: https://cup.columbia.edu/book/the-ages-of-globalization/9780231193740
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200824 Origin stories about Unix.md b/sources/talk/20200824 Origin stories about Unix.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fa40a70345
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200824 Origin stories about Unix.md
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Origin stories about Unix)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/8/unix-history)
+[#]: author: (Jim Hall https://opensource.com/users/jim-hall)
+
+Origin stories about Unix
+======
+Brian Kernighan, one of the original Unix gurus, shares his insights
+into the origins of Unix and its associated technology.
+![Old UNIX computer][1]
+
+Brian W. Kernighan opens his book _Unix: A History and a Memoir_ with the line, "To understand how Unix happened, we have to understand Bell Labs, especially how it worked and the creative environment that it provided." And so begins a wonderful trip back in time, following the creation and development of early Unix with someone who was there.
+
+You may recognize Brian Kernighan's name. He is the "K" in [AWK][2], the "K" in "K&R C" (he co-wrote the original "Kernighan and Ritchie" book about the C programming language), and he has authored and co-authored many books about Unix and technology. On my own bookshelf, I can find several of Kernighan's books, including _The Unix Programming Environment_ (with Rob Pike), _The AWK Programming Language_ (with Alfred Aho and Peter J. Weinberger), and _The C Programming Language_ (with Dennis M. Ritchie). And of course, his latest entry, _Unix: A History and a Memoir_.
+
+I interviewed Brian about this most recent book. I think we spent equal amounts of time discussing the book as we did reminiscing about Unix and groff. Below are a few highlights of our conversation:
+
+### JH: What prompted you to write this book?
+
+BWK: I thought it would be nice to have a history of what happened at Bell Labs. Jon Gertner wrote a book, _The Idea Factory: Bell Labs and the Great Age of American Innovation_, that described the physical science work at Bell Labs. This was an authoritative work, very technical, and not something that I could do, but it was kind of the inspiration for this book.
+
+There's also a book by James Gleick, _The Information: A History, a Theory, a Flood_, that isn't specific to Bell Labs, but it's very interesting. That was kind of an inspiration for this, too.
+
+I originally wanted to write an academic history of the Labs, but I realized it was better to write something based on my own memories and the memories of those who were there at the time. So that's where the book came from.
+
+### JH: What are a few stories from the book you'd like people to read about?
+
+BWK: I think there are really two stories I'd like people to know about, and both of them are origin myths. I heard them afresh when Ken Thompson and I were at the [Vintage Computer Festival about a year ago][3].
+
+One is the origin of Unix itself—how Bonnie, Ken's wife, went off on vacation for three weeks, just at the time that Ken thought he was about three weeks away from having a complete operating system. This was, of course, due to Ken's very competent programming abilities, and it was incredible he was able to pull it off. It was written entirely in Assembly and was really amazing work.
+
+[Note: This story starts on page 33 in the book. I'll briefly relate it here. Thompson was working on "a disk scheduling algorithm that would try to maximize throughput on any disk," but particularly the PDP-7's very tall single-platter disk drive. In testing the algorithm, Thompson realized, "I was three weeks from an operating system." He broke down his work into three units—an editor, an assembler, and a kernel—and wrote one per week. And about that time, Bonnie took their son to visit Ken's parents in California, so Thompson had those three weeks to work undisturbed.]
+
+And then there's the origin story for `grep`. Over the years, I'd gotten the story slightly wrong—I thought Ken had written `grep` entirely on demand. It was classic Ken that he had a great idea, a neat idea, a clean idea, and he was able to write it very quickly. Regular expressions (regex) were already present in the text editor, so really, he just pulled regex from the editor and turned it into a program.
+
+[Note: This story starts on page 70 in the book. Doug McIlroy said, "Wouldn't it be great if we could look for things in files?" Thompson replied, "Let me think about it overnight," and the next morning presented McIlroy with the `grep` program he'd written.]
+
+### JH: What other stories did you not get to tell in the book?
+
+BWK: I immediately think of the "Peter Weinberger's face" story! There were a lot of pranks based on having a picture of Peter's face pop up in random places. Someone attached a picture of Peter with magnets to the metal wall of a stairway. And there was a meeting once where Peter was up in front, not in the audience. And while he was talking, everyone in the audience held up a mask that had Peter's face printed on it.
+
+[Note: The "Peter Weinberger's face" story starts on page 47 in the book. Spinroot also has an [archive of the prank][4] with examples.]
+
+I talked to a lot of people from the Labs about the book. I would email people, and I would receive long replies with more stories than I could fit into the length or the narrative. Honestly, there's probably a whole other book that someone else could write just based on those stories. It's amazing how many people come forward with stories about Unix and running Unix on systems I haven't even heard of.
+
+## A fantastic read
+
+_Unix: A History and a Memoir_ is well-titled. Throughout the book, Kernighan shares details on the rich history of Unix, including background on Bell Labs, the spark of Unix with CTSS and Multics in 1969, and the first edition in 1971. Kernighan also provides his own reflection on how Unix came to be such a dominant platform, including notes on portability, Unix tools, the Unix Wars, and Unix descendants such as Minix, Linux, BSD, and Plan9. You will also find nuggets of information and great stories that fill in details around some of the everyday features of Unix.
+
+At just over 180 pages, _Unix: A History and a Memoir_ is a fantastic read. If you are a fan of Linux, or any open source Unix, including the BSD versions, you will want to read this book.
+
+_Unix: A History and a Memoir_ is available on [Amazon][5] in paperback and e-book formats. Published by Kindle Direct Publishing, October 2019.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/8/unix-history
+
+作者：[Jim Hall][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jim-hall
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/retro_old_unix_computer.png?itok=SYAb2xoW (Old UNIX computer)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-awk
+[3]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EY6q5dv_B-o
+[4]: https://spinroot.com/pico/pjw.html
+[5]: https://www.amazon.com/dp/1695978552
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200825 Why we open sourced our security project.md b/sources/talk/20200825 Why we open sourced our security project.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bc11945595
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200825 Why we open sourced our security project.md
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (Starryi)
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Why we open sourced our security project)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/8/why-open-source)
+[#]: author: (Mike Bursell https://opensource.com/users/mikecamel)
+
+Why we open sourced our security project
+======
+It’s not just coding that we do in the open.
+![A lock on the side of a building][1]
+
+When Nathaniel McCallum and I embarked on the project that is now called [Enarx][2], we made one decision right at the beginning: the code for Enarx would be open source, a stance fully supported by our employer, Red Hat (see the [standard disclaimer][3] on my blog). All of it, and forever.
+
+That's a decision that we've not regretted at any point, and it's something we stand behind. As soon as we had enough code for a demo and were ready to show it, we created a [repository on GitHub][4] and made it public. There's a very small exception, which is that there are some details of upcoming chip features that are shared with us under an NDA[1][5] where publishing any code we might write for them would be a breach of the NDA. But where this applies (which is rarely), we are absolutely clear with the vendors that we intend to make the code open as soon as possible, and we lobby them to release details as early as they can (which may be earlier than they might prefer) so that more experts can look over both their designs and our code.
+
+### Auditability and trust
+
+This brings us to possibly the most important reasons for making Enarx open source: auditability and trust. Enarx is a security-related project, and I believe passionately not only that [security should be done in the open][6] but also that if anybody is actually going to trust their sensitive data, algorithms, and workloads to a piece of software, then they want to be in a position where as many experts as possible have looked at it, scrutinised it, criticised it, and improved it, whether that is the people running the software, their employees, contractors, or (even better) the wider security community. The more people who check the code, the happier you should be to [trust it][7]. This is important for any piece of security software, but it is _vital_ for software such as Enarx, which is designed to protect your most sensitive workloads.
+
+### Bug catching
+
+There are bugs in Enarx. I know: I'm writing some of the code,[2][8] and I found one yesterday (which I'd put in), just as I was about to give a demo.[3][9] It is very, very difficult to write perfect code, and we know that if we make our source open, then more people can help us fix issues.
+
+### Commonwealth
+
+For Nathaniel and me, open source is an ethical issue, and we make no apologies for that. I think it's the same for most, if not all, of the team working on Enarx. This includes a number of Red Hat employees (see standard disclaimer), so it shouldn't come as a surprise, but we also have non-Red Hat contributors from a number of backgrounds. We feel that Enarx should be a Common Good and [contribute to the commonwealth][10] of intellectual property out there.
+
+### More brainpower
+
+Making something open source doesn't just make it easier to fix bugs: it can improve the quality of what you produce in general. The more brainpower you have to apply to the problem, the better your chances of making something great––assuming that the brainpower is applied efficiently (not always an easy task!). In a recent design meeting, one of the participants said towards the end, "I'm sure I could implement some of this, but I don't know a huge amount about this topic, and I'm worried that I'm not contributing to this discussion." In fact, they had contributed by asking questions and clarifying some points, and we assured them that we wanted to include experienced, senior developers for their expertise and knowledge and to pull out assumptions and validate the design, and not because we expected everybody to be experts in all parts of the project.
+
+Having bright people involved in design and coding spreads expertise and knowledge and helps keep the work from becoming an insulated, isolated "ivory tower" construction, understood by few, and almost impossible to validate.
+
+### Not just code
+
+It's not just coding that we do in the open. We manage our architecture in the open, our design meetings, our protocol design, our design methodology,[4][11] our documentation, our bug tracking, our chat, our CI/CD processes: all of it is open. The one exception is our [vulnerability management][12] process, which needs the opportunity for confidential exposure for a limited time. Here is where you can find our resources:
+
+ * [Code][4]
+ * [Wiki][13]
+ * Design is on the wiki and [request for comments][14] repo
+ * [Issues][15] and [pull requests][16]
+ * [Chat][17] (thanks to [Rocket.chat][18]!)
+ * CI/CD resources thanks to [Packet][19]!
+ * [Stand-ups][20]
+
+
+
+We also take diversity seriously, and the project contributors are subject to the [Contributor Covenant Code of Conduct][21].
+
+In short, Enarx is an open project. I'm sure we could do better, and we'll strive for that, but our underlying principles are that open is good in general and vital for security. If you agree, please come and visit!
+
+* * *
+
+ 1. Non-disclosure agreement
+ 2. To the surprise of many of the team, including myself. At least it's not in Perl.
+ 3. I fixed it. Admittedly, after the demo.
+ 4. We've just moved to a sprint pattern, the details of which we designed and agreed to in the open.
+
+
+
+* * *
+
+_This article was originally published on [Alice, Eve, and Bob][22] and is adapted and reprinted with the author's permission._
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/8/why-open-source
+
+作者：[Mike Bursell][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/mikecamel
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/BUSINESS_3reasons.png?itok=k6F3-BqA (A lock on the side of a building)
+[2]: https://enarx.dev/
+[3]: https://aliceevebob.com/
+[4]: https://github.com/enarx
+[5]: tmp.PM1nWCfATC#1
+[6]: https://opensource.com/article/17/10/many-eyes
+[7]: https://aliceevebob.com/2019/06/18/trust-choosing-open-source/
+[8]: tmp.PM1nWCfATC#2
+[9]: tmp.PM1nWCfATC#3
+[10]: https://opensource.com/article/17/11/commonwealth-open-source
+[11]: tmp.PM1nWCfATC#4
+[12]: https://aliceevebob.com/2020/05/26/security-disclosure-or-vulnerability-management/
+[13]: https://github.com/enarx/enarx/wiki
+[14]: https://github.com/enarx/rfcs
+[15]: https://github.com/enarx/enarx/issues
+[16]: https://github.com/enarx/enarx/pulls
+[17]: https://chat.enarx.dev/
+[18]: https://rocket.chat/
+[19]: https://packet.com/
+[20]: https://github.com/enarx/enarx/wiki/How-to-contribute
+[21]: https://github.com/enarx/.github/blob/master/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md
+[22]: https://aliceevebob.com/2020/07/28/why-enarx-is-open/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200828 Why Comcast open sourced its DNS management tool.md b/sources/talk/20200828 Why Comcast open sourced its DNS management tool.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..74601f556d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200828 Why Comcast open sourced its DNS management tool.md
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Why Comcast open sourced its DNS management tool)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/9/open-source-dns)
+[#]: author: (Paul Cleary https://opensource.com/users/pauljamescleary)
+
+Why Comcast open sourced its DNS management tool
+======
+This open source DNS management tool was built by and for the telcom
+giant, but is establishing itself in its own right and welcoming more
+contributors.
+![An intersection of pipes.][1]
+
+Adoption of [DevOps][2] practices at Comcast led to increased automation and configuration of infrastructure that supports applications, back-office, data centers, and our network. These practices require teams to move fast and be self-reliant. Infrastructure is constantly turned upside down, with network traffic moved around it constantly. Good DNS record management is critical to support this level of autonomy and automation, but how can a large, diverse enterprise move quickly while safely governing its DNS assets?
+
+### Challenge
+
+Prior to 2016, DNS record management was mostly done through an online ticketing system—users would submit tickets for DNS changes that were manually reviewed and implemented by a separate team of DNS technicians. This system frequently required manual intervention for many of the DNS requests, which was time-consuming.
+
+Turnaround times for DNS changes were in hours, which is not suitable for infrastructure automation. Large Internet companies can manage millions of DNS records, making it practically impossible for DNS technicians to certify the correctness of the thousands of DNS updates being requested daily. This increased the possibility of an inadvertent errant update to a critical DNS record that ultimately would lead to a downtime event.
+
+In addition, engineering teams are intimately familiar with their DNS needs—much more so than a single group of DNS technicians serving an entire enterprise. So, we needed to enable engineering teams to self-service their own DNS records, implement changes quickly (in seconds), and at the same time, make sure all changes are done safely.
+
+### Solution
+
+VinylDNS was built at Comcast and subsequently opened to empower engineering teams to automate as they please while providing the safety and administrative controls demanded by DNS operators and the Comcast Security team.
+
+### Security as a way of life
+
+VinylDNS is all about automation and enhanced security. At Comcast, the VinylDNS team worked in close coordination with both the DNS and engineering teams at Comcast, as well as the security team, to meet stringent engineering and security requirements. An incredible array of access controls was implemented that give extreme flexibility to both DNS operators and engineering teams to control their DNS assets.
+
+Access controls implemented at the DNS zone level allow any team to control who can make updates to their DNS zones. When a DNS zone is registered and authorized to a VinylDNS group, only members of that group can make changes to DNS records in that DNS zone. In addition, access-list (ACL) rules provide extreme flexibility to allow other VinylDNS users to manage records in that zone. These ACL rules can be defined using regular expression masks or classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) rules and DNS record types that lock down access to specific users and groups to certain records in specific DNS zones.
+
+### Meeting the demands of automation
+
+A [representational state transfer (REST) API][3] was built along with the system. This uses request signing to help eliminate man-in-the-middle attacks. Once the engineering teams at Comcast caught wind of the kind of automation afforded by VinylDNS, many began building out tooling to integrate directly with VinylDNS via its API. It wasn't long before most of them were using organically developed tooling integrated with the VinylDNS API to support their DNS needs.
+
+### Performing at large enterprise scale
+
+Very quickly, VinylDNS was managing a million DNS records and thousands of DNS zones, and supporting hundreds of engineers. As we sought to expand VinylDNS to support the rest of Comcast, we recognized some challenges.
+
+ 1. Certain DNS records were off-limits, deemed too critical to manage in any way other than by hand.
+ 2. The ACL rule model, while flexible, would be impossible to set up and maintain across the entirety of Comcast's DNS footprint (which has millions of DNS zones, and hundreds of millions of DNS records).
+ 3. Many DNS domains are considered "universal" and not locked down to a single group. This holds true for reverse zones, as IP space can often be freely assigned to anyone.
+ 4. Certain DNS change requests still require a manual review and approval, i.e., you cannot truly automate everything.
+ 5. Some teams that provision a DNS record are not the same engineers responsible for its lifecycle. The engineers that ultimately decommission a DNS record might be unknown at the time of creation.
+ 6. Certain teams require DNS changes to be scheduled at some point in the future. For example, maintenance may be done off-hours, and the employee doing the maintenance may not have access to VinylDNS.
+
+
+
+To address these issues, VinylDNS added more access controls and features. Shared zones allow universal access while maintaining security via record ownership. Record ownership ensures that the party who creates a DNS record is the only one that can manage that record. This feature alone allowed us to move much of the DNS reverse space into VinylDNS.
+
+Manual review was added to support tighter governance on certain DNS zones and records. For example, a sensitive DNS zone might demand review before implementing changes, as opposed to having all changes immediately applied.
+
+High-value domains support was added to block VinylDNS from ever being able to update certain DNS records. High-value DNS records like [www.comcast.com][4], for example, are impossible to manage via VinylDNS and require extreme governance that can't be accomplished via an automation platform.
+
+Global ACLs were added to support situations where teams that created DNS records were not responsible for the maintenance and decommissioning of those DNS records. This allowed overrides for certain groups by fully qualified domain name (FQDN) and IP address for certain DNS domains.
+
+Finally, scheduled changes allow users to schedule a DNS change for a future time.
+
+### Results
+
+VinylDNS now governs most of Comcast's internal DNS space, managing millions of DNS records across thousands of DNS zones, and supporting thousands of engineers. In addition, we leverage integration with a wide array of tools and programming languages, including Java, Python, Go, and Ruby (most of which are open source).
+
+### Toward the future
+
+There are several opportunities for additional feature development, which Comcast has planned as part of its ongoing evolution of the platform. The same level of access controls and governance is needed for DNS assets managed in public cloud settings. In addition, we are looking into the ability to manage DNS zones (create and delete), which is required for IPv6 reverse zones. Finally, we are looking to create a powerful admin experience for our DNS operators who are looking to take advantage of the data that lives in the VinylDNS database.
+
+### Opening up
+
+[VinylDNS][5] is an open source project released and managed by [Comcast Open Source][6]. VinylDNS and its accompanying ecosystem were built by engineers in several organizations across Comcast, leveraging our inner source program. It is free for use, licensed under Apache License 2.0. We welcome all contributors, from code to bugs to feature requests, from new projects to project ideas. You can [contact our team on Gitter][7].
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/9/open-source-dns
+
+作者：[Paul Cleary][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/pauljamescleary
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/LAW-Internet_construction_9401467_520x292_0512_dc.png?itok=RPkPPtDe (An intersection of pipes.)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/devops
+[3]: https://www.redhat.com/en/topics/api/what-is-a-rest-api
+[4]: http://www.comcast.com
+[5]: https://www.vinyldns.io
+[6]: https://comcast.github.io/
+[7]: https://gitter.im/vinyldns/vinyldns
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200830 The power of open source during a pandemic.md b/sources/talk/20200830 The power of open source during a pandemic.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e2ab4fd400
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200830 The power of open source during a pandemic.md
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (The power of open source during a pandemic)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/8/power-open-source-during-pandemic)
+[#]: author: (Laura Hilliger https://opensource.com/users/laurahilliger)
+
+The power of open source during a pandemic
+======
+Successfully addressing shared global problems requires open source—both
+principles and code—to foster innovation quickly and bridge gaps in
+effective remote collaboration.
+![Open source prescription.][1]
+
+When a novel coronavirus made headlines earlier this year, the world wasn't ready. In a short period of time, we all witnessed the consequences of having a global, interconnected economy unprepared for effective global collaboration. Indeed, this pandemic shed light on the under-preparedness of a truly global economy in a hyper-connected world. We didn't pay attention to the fact that a health issue in China could have an impact on both the real estate market in North Carolina and a shoe factory in Italy. Facing a pandemic, especially one that forced such extreme social distancing, required drastic shifts—both technological and social.
+
+Many organizations, governments, and companies realized that facing a global pandemic like COVID-19 required new tools for tracking the spread of the virus. In order to keep up with this growing threat, decision makers around the world needed effective technological solutions for both tracking and contact tracing; we needed correct, up-to-the-minute data for making the best decisions. Facing this pandemic also required non-technical organizations to become technically capable quite quickly. Organizations were forced to rapidly build new solutions and uncover new ways of working. Facing this new global problem, the world realized that the digital transformation everyone has been talking about—but delaying until they had a budget—was now more important than ever.
+
+Moreover, as we started to advise and work with different organizations around the world, we discovered that many of them were facing similar issues. As a last minute solution, many started building not only their own custom technologies but also their own custom _organizational strategies_ for tackling this crisis. Quick but reactive approaches left many governments and organizations across the world building exactly the same solutions, often in isolation. Had they collaborated and shared what they were learning, they could have been building solutions _with_ one another.
+
+In other words: Had they been operating more like open source communities and truly open organizations, they could have found better answers sooner.
+
+### Building global solutions the open source way
+
+For years, members of the open source community have been collaborating with one another on projects like these. We've been working together in remote environments since long before the pandemic hit. Our processes and policies, documented or not, have allowed us to push the technology industry forward at warp speed. In a mere 30 years, we've managed to make open source the standard for new software, and we've proven that global, remote, community-based collaboration can solve big problems.
+
+Now the rest of the world seems to be following suit, adapting open principles and practices to create global change. By relying on the open source principles and code, we could truly build more effectively shared solutions and strategies that could help us all stop a global pandemic.
+
+We see many examples of openness bridging collaboration gaps. The [UK Government Digital Service][2] is uniting citizens and government, helping the government to operate more effectively and efficiently. The [UNESCO Global Network of Learning Cities][3] is pushing city education policy forward, facilitating partnerships between member cities. [Greenpeace is championing open source][4], and using it to help change mindsets and behaviors surrounding the climate emergency. Other coalitions have pledged to accelerate [cooperation on a coronavirus vaccine and to share research][5], treatment, and medicines across the globe.
+
+The world needs to shift the way it's approaching problems and continue locating solutions the open source way. Individually, this might mean becoming connection-oriented problem-solvers. We need people able to think communally, communicate asynchronously, and consider innovation iteratively. We're seeing that organizations would need to consider technologists less as tradespeople who build systems and more as experts in global collaboration, people who can make future-proof decisions on everything from data structures to personnel processes.
+
+### A new strategy: Cross-sector social innovation
+
+Now is the time to start building new paradigms for global collaboration and find unifying solutions to our shared problems, and one key element to doing this successfully is our ability to work together across sectors. A global pandemic needs the public sector, the private sector, and the nonprofit world to collaborate, each bringing its own expertise to a common, shared platform.
+
+By relying on the open source principles and code, we could truly build more effectively shared solutions and strategies that could help us all stop a global pandemic.
+
+The private sector plays a key role in building this method of collaboration by building a robust social innovation strategy that aligns with the collective problems affecting us all. This pandemic is a great example of collective global issues affecting every business around the world, and this is the reason why shared platforms and effective collaboration will be key moving forward.
+
+Social innovation is an approach to social responsibility that requires a unique strategy for every organization, one directly linking their business goals and company values to the common good. The most effective way of implementing this strategy that requires fast-paced, social innovation is by embracing open source principles to enable collaboration across regions and sectors.
+
+For example, [PathCheck][6] Foundation is doing this to quickly and effectively build a platform for shared needs. The PathCheck suite of open source software gives public and private sector organizations solutions for digital contact tracing and exposure notification, with the goal of containing COVID-19 and restarting the economy without sacrificing privacy. Started by Prof. Ramesh Raskar and passionate students at MIT—and now consisting of 1800 volunteers in partnership with many companies, and supported by a newly created nonprofit—PathCheck is a great example of how collaboration on an open source platform is a multiplier (being developed by a growing global, passionate, community of engineers, scientist, health authorities, designers, and contributors, and being used by many governments and organizations than any other service provider).
+
+There is a way to tackle the pandemic and other global issues more effectively through shared platforms and open collaboration. Open source advocates have been doing it for a while, bringing open source to non-profits, governments and corporations, opening up education, connecting open design to global knowledge networks, building open hardware initiatives and structuring open government work. Members of the global open source community have already shown how the post-pandemic world could look—humane, transparent, collaborative, diverse.
+
+Last but not least, the power of the individual aligned with a community—and the power of collaboration for solving issues that are important to all of us—are more powerful than we think. When companies, the public sector, and nonprofits work together, everyone can be part of a _shared_ solution. An open source approach allows every individual to make an impact and contribute to projects using different, complementary skill sets.
+
+Everyone can make a difference every day. And we can use the power of open source to ensure that difference changes the world for good.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/8/power-open-source-during-pandemic
+
+作者：[Laura Hilliger][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/laurahilliger
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/osdc_520x292_opensourceprescription.png?itok=gFrc_GTH (Open source prescription.)
+[2]: https://www.gov.uk/government/organisations/government-digital-service/about
+[3]: https://uil.unesco.org/lifelong-learning/learning-cities
+[4]: https://opensource.com/tags/open-organization-greenpeace
+[5]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/6/covid-alliance
+[6]: https://pathcheck.org/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200831 Making Zephyr More Secure.md b/sources/talk/20200831 Making Zephyr More Secure.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9b63cbe66d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200831 Making Zephyr More Secure.md
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Making Zephyr More Secure)
+[#]: via: (https://www.linux.com/audience/developers/making-zephyr-more-secure/)
+[#]: author: (Swapnil Bhartiya https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/)
+
+Making Zephyr More Secure
+======
+
+Zephyr is gaining momentum where more and more companies are embracing this open source project for their embedded devices. However, security is becoming a huge concern for these connected devices. The NCC Group recently conducted an evaluation and security assessment of the project to help harden it against attacks. In the interview, Kate Stewart, Senior Director of Strategic Programs at Linux Foundation talk about the assessment and the evolution of the project.
+
+Here is a quick transcript of the interview:
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: The NCC group recently evaluated Linux for security. Can you talk about what was the outcome of that evaluation?**
+Kate Stewart: We’re very thankful for the NCC group for the work that they did and helping us to get Zephyr hardened further. In some senses when it had first hit us, it was like, “Okay, they’re taking us seriously now. Awesome.” And the reason they’re doing this is that their customers are asking for it. They’ve got people who are very interested in Zephyr so they decided to invest the time doing the research to see what they could find. And the fact that we’re good enough to critique now is a nice positive for the project, no question.
+
+Up till this point, we’d had been getting some vulnerabilities that researchers had noticed in certain areas and had to tell us about. We’d issued CVEs so we had a process down, but suddenly being hit with the whole bulk of those like that was like, “Okay, time to up our game guys.” And so, what we’ve done is we found out we didn’t have a good way of letting people who have products with Zephyr based on them know about our vulnerabilities. And what we wanted to be able to do is make it clear that if people have products and they have them out in the market and that they want to know if there’s a vulnerability. We just added a new webpage so they know how to register, and they can let us know to contact them.
+
+The challenge of embedded is you don’t quite know where the software is. We’ve got a lot of people downloading Zephyr, we got a lot of people using Zephyr. We’re seeing people upstreaming things all the time, but we don’t know where the products are, it’s all word of mouth to a large extent. There’re no tracers or anything else, you don’t want to do that in an embedded space on IoT; battery life is important. And so, it’s pretty key for figuring out how do we let people who want to be notified know.
+
+We’d registered as a CNA with Mitre several years ago now and we can assign CVE numbers in the project. But what we didn’t have was a good way of reaching out to people beyond our membership under embargo so that we can give them time to remediate any issues that we’re fixing. By changing our policies, it’s gone from a 60-day embargo window to a 90-day embargo window. In the first 30 days, we’re working internally to get the team to fix the issues and then we’ve got a 60-day window for our people who do products to basically remediate in the field if necessary. So, getting ourselves useful for product makers was one of the big focuses this year.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: Since Zephyr’s LTS release was made last year, can you talk about the new releases, especially from the security perspective because I think the latest version is 2.3.0?**
+Kate Stewart: Yeah, 2.3.0 and then we also have 1.14.2. and 1.14 is our LTS-1 as we say. And we’ve put an update out to it with the security fixes and a long-term stable like the Linux kernel has security fixes and bug fixes backported into it so that people can build products on it and keep it active over time without as much change in the interfaces and everything else that we’re doing in the mainline development tree and what we’ve just done with the 2.3.
+
+2.3 has a lot of new features in it and we’ve got all these vulnerabilities remediated. There’s a lot more coming up down the road, so the community right now is working. We’ve adopted new set of coding guidelines for the project and we will be working on that so we can get ourselves ready for going after safety certifications next year. So there’s a lot of code in motion right now, but there’s a lot of new features being added every day. It’s great.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: I also want to talk a bit about the community side of it. Can you talk about how the community is growing new use cases?**
+Kate Stewart: We’ve just added two new members into Zephyr. We’ve got Teenage Engineering has just joined us and Laird Connectivity has just joined us and it’s really cool to start seeing these products coming out. There are some rather interesting technologies and products that are showing up and so I’m really looking forward to being able to have blog posts about them.
+
+Laird Connectivity is basically a small device running Zephyr that you can use for monitoring distance without recording other information. So, in days of COVID, we need to start figuring out technology assists to help us keep the risk down. Laird Connectivity has devices for that.
+
+So we’re seeing a lot of innovation happening very quickly in Zephyr and that’s really Zephyr’s strength is it’s got a very solid code base and lets people add their innovation on top.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: What role do you think Zephyr going to play in the post-COVID-19 world?**
+Kate Stewart: Well, I think they offer us interesting opportunities. Some of the technologies that are being looked at for monitoring for instance – we have distance monitoring, contact tracing and things like that. We can either do it very manually or we can start to take advantage of the technology infrastructures to do so. But people may not want to have a device effectively monitoring them all the time. They may just want to know exactly, position-wise, where they are. So that’s potentially some degree of control over what’s being sent into the tracing and tracking.
+
+These sorts of technologies I think will be helping us improve things over time. I think there’s a lot of knowledge that we’re getting out of these and ways we can optimize the information and the RTOS and the sensors are discrete functionality and are improving how do we look at things.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: There are so many people who are using Zephyr but since it is open source we not even aware of them. How do you ensure that whether someone is an official member of the project or not if they are running Zephyr their devices are secure?**
+Kate Stewart: We do a lot of testing with Zephyr, there’s a tremendous amount of test infrastructure. There’s the whole regression infrastructure. We work to various thresholds of quality levels and we’ve got a lot of expertise and have publicly documented all of our best practices. A security team is a top-notch group of people. I’m really so proud to be able to work with them. They do a really good job of caring about the issues as well as finding them, debugging them and making sure anything that comes up gets solved. So in that sense, there’s a lot of really great people working on Zephyr and it makes it a really fun community to work with, no question. In fact, it’s growing fast actually.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: Kate, thank you so much for taking your time out and talking to me today about these projects.**
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.linux.com/audience/developers/making-zephyr-more-secure/
+
+作者：[Swapnil Bhartiya][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200831 Open Source Project For Earthquake Warning Systems.md b/sources/talk/20200831 Open Source Project For Earthquake Warning Systems.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7cefc1bf90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200831 Open Source Project For Earthquake Warning Systems.md
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Open Source Project For Earthquake Warning Systems)
+[#]: via: (https://www.linux.com/featured/open-source-project-for-earthquake-warning-systems/)
+[#]: author: (Swapnil Bhartiya https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/)
+
+Open Source Project For Earthquake Warning Systems
+======
+
+Earthquakes or the shaking doesn’t kill people, buildings do. If we can get people out of buildings in time, we can save lives. Grillo has founded OpenEEW in partnership with IBM and the Linux Foundation to allow anyone to build their own earthquake early-warning system. Swapnil Bhartiya, the founder of TFiR, talked to the founder of Grillo on behalf of The Linux Foundation to learn more about the project.
+
+Here is the transcript of the interview:
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: If you look at these natural phenomena like earthquakes, there’s no way to fight with nature. We have to learn to coexist with them. Early warnings are the best thing to do. And we have all these technologies – IoTs and AI/ML. All those things are there, but we still don’t know much about these phenomena. So, what I do want to understand is if you look at an earthquake, we’ll see that in some countries the damage is much more than some other places. What is the reason for that?**
+
+Andres Meira: earthquakes disproportionately affect countries that don’t have great construction. And so, if you look at places like Mexico, the Caribbean, much of Latin America, Nepal, even some parts of India in the North and the Himalayas, you find that earthquakes can cause more damage than say in California or in Tokyo. The reason is it is buildings that ultimately kill people, not the shaking itself. So, if you can find a way to get people out of buildings before the shaking that’s really the solution here. There are many things that we don’t know about earthquakes. It’s obviously a whole field of study, but we can’t tell you for example, that an earthquake can happen in 10 years or five years. We can give you some probabilities, but not enough for you to act on.
+
+What we can say is that an earthquake is happening right now. These technologies are all about reducing the latency so that when we know an earthquake is happening in milliseconds we can be telling people who will be affected by that event.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: What kind of work is going on to better understand earthquakes themselves?**
+
+Andres Meira: I have a very narrow focus. I’m not a seismologist and I have a very narrow focus related to detecting earthquakes and alerting people. I think in the world of seismology, there are a lot of efforts to understand the tectonic movement, but I would say there are a few interesting things happening that I know of. For example, undersea cables. People in Chile and other places are looking at undersea telecommunications cables and the effects that any sort of seismic movement have on the signals. They can actually use that as a detection system. But when you talk about some of the really deep earthquakes, 60-100 miles beneath the surface, man has not yet created holes deep enough for us to place sensors. So we’re very limited as to actually detecting earthquakes at a great depth. We have to wait for them to affect us near the surface.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: So then how do these earthquake early warning systems work? I want to understand from a couple of points: What does the device itself look like? What do those sensors look like? What does the software look like? And how do you kind of share data and interact with each other?**
+
+Andres Meira: The sensors that we use, we’ve developed several iterations over the last couple of years and effectively, they are a small microcontroller, an accelerometer, this is the core component and some other components. What the device does is it records accelerations. So, it looks on the X, Y, and Z axes and just records accelerations from the ground so we are very fussy about how we install our sensors. Anybody can install it in their home through this OpenEEW initiative that we’re doing.
+
+The sensors themselves record shaking accelerations and we send all of those accelerations in quite large messages using MQTT. We send them every second from every sensor and all of this data is collected in the cloud, and in real-time we run algorithms. We want to know that the shaking, which the accelerometer is getting is not a passing truck. It’s actually an earthquake.
+
+So we’ve developed the algorithms that can tell those things apart. And of course, we wait for one or two sensors to confirm the same event so that we don’t get any false positives because you can still get some errors. Once we have that confirmation in the cloud we can send a message to all of the client devices. If you have an app, you will be receiving a message saying, there’s an earthquake at this location, and your device will then be calculating how long it will take to reach it. Therefore, how much energy will be lost and therefore, what shaking you’re going to be expecting very soon.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: Where are these devices installed?**
+
+Andres Meira: They are installed at the moment in several countries – Mexico, Chile, Costa Rica, and Puerto Rico. We are very fussy about how people install them, and in fact, on the OpenEEW website, we have a guide for this. We really require that they’re installed on the ground floor because the higher up you go, the different the frequencies of the building movement, which affects the recordings. We need it to be fixed to a solid structural element. So this could be a column or a reinforced wall, something which is rigid and it needs to be away from the noise. So it wouldn’t be great if it’s near a door that was constantly opening and closing. Although we can handle that to some extent. As long as you are within the parameters, and ideally we look for good internet connections, although we have cellular versions as well, then that’s all we need.
+
+The real name of the game here is a quantity more than quality. If you can have a lot of sensors, it doesn’t matter if one is out. It doesn’t matter if the quality is down because we’re waiting for confirmation from other ones and redundancy is how you achieve a stable network.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: What is the latency between the time when sensors detect an earthquake and the warning is sent out? Does it also mean that the further you are from the epicenter, the more time you will get to leave a building?**
+
+Andres Meira: So the time that a user gaps in terms of what we call the window of opportunity for them to actually act on the information is a variable and it depends on where the earthquake is relative to the user. So, I’ll give you an example. Right now, I’m in Mexico City. If we are detecting an earthquake in Acapulco, then you might get 60 seconds of advanced warning because an earthquake travels at more or less a fixed velocity, which is unknown and so the distance and the velocity gives you the time that you’re going to be getting.
+
+If that earthquake was in the South of Mexico in Oaxaca, we might get two minutes. Now, this is a variable. So of course, if you are in Istanbul, you might be very near the fault line or Kathmandu. You might be near the fault line. If the distance is less than what I just described, the time goes down. But even if you only have five seconds or 10 seconds, which might happen in the Bay area, for example, that’s still okay. You can still ask children in a school to get underneath the furniture. You can still ask surgeons in a hospital to stop doing the surgery. There’s many things you can do and there are also automated things. You can shut off elevators or turn off gas pipes. So anytime is good, but the actual time itself is a variable.
+**
+Swapnil Bhartiya: The most interesting thing that you are doing is that you are also open sourcing some of these technologies. Talk about what components you have open source and why.**
+
+Andres Meira: Open sourcing was a tough decision for us. It wasn’t something we felt comfortable with initially because we spent several years developing these tools, and we’re obviously very proud. I think that there came a point where we realized why are we doing this? Are we doing this to develop cool technologies to make some money or to save lives? All of us live in Mexico, all of us have seen the devastation of these things. We realized that open source was the only way to really accelerate what we’re doing.
+
+If we want to reach people in these countries that I’ve mentioned; if we really want people to work on our technology as well and make it better, which means better alert times, less false positives. If we want to really take this to the next level, then we can’t do it on our own. It will take a long time and we may never get there.
+
+So that was the idea for the open source. And then we thought about what we could do with open source. We identified three of our core technologies and by that I mean the sensors, the detection system, which lives in the cloud, but could also live on a Raspberry Pi, and then the way we alert people. The last part is really quite open. It depends on the context. It could be a radio station. It could be a mobile app, which we’ve got on the website, on the GitHub. It could be many things. Loudspeakers. So those three core components, we now have published in our repo, which is OpenEEW on GitHub. And from there, people can pick and choose.
+
+It might be that some people are data scientists so they might go just for the data because we also publish over a terabyte of accelerometer data from our networks. So people might be developing new detection systems using machine learning, and we’ve got instructions for that and we would very much welcome it. Then we have something for the people who do front end development. So they might be helping us with the applications and then we also have people something for the makers and the hardware guys. So they might be interested in working on the census and the firmware. There’s really a whole suite of technologies that we published.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: There are other earthquake warning systems. How is OpenEEW different?**
+
+Andres Meira: I would divide the other systems into two categories. I would look at the national systems. I would look at say the Japanese or the California and the West coast system called Shake Alert. Those are systems with significant public funding and have taken decades to develop. I would put those into one category and another category I would look at some applications that people have developed. My Shake or Skylert, or there’s many of them.
+
+If you look at the first category, I would say that the main difference is that we understand the limitations of those systems because an earthquake in Northern Mexico is going to affect California and vice versa. An earthquake in Guatemala is going to affect Mexico and vice versa. An earthquake in Dominican Republic is going to affect Puerto Rico. The point is that earthquakes don’t respect geography or political boundaries. And so we think national systems are limited, and so far they are limited by their borders. So, that was the first thing.
+
+In terms of the technology, actually in many ways, the MEMS accelerometers that we use now are streets ahead of where we were a couple of years ago. And it really allows us to detect earthquakes hundreds of kilometers away. And actually, we can perform as well as these national systems. We’ve studied our system versus the Mexican national system called SASMEX, and more often than not, we are faster and more accurate. It’s on our website. So there’s no reason to say that our technology is worse. In fact, having cheaper sensors means you can have huge networks and these arrays are what make all the difference.
+
+In terms of the private ones, the problems with those are that sometimes they don’t have the investment to really do wide coverage. So the open sources are our strength there because we can rely on many people to add to the project.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: What kind of roadmap do you have for the project? How do you see the evolution of the project itself?**
+
+Andres Meira: So this has been a new area for me; I’ve had to learn. The governance of OpenEEW as of today, like you mentioned, is now under the umbrella of the Linux Foundation. So this is now a Linux Foundation project and they have certain prerequisites. So we had to form a technical committee. This committee makes the steering decisions and creates the roadmap you mentioned. So, the roadmap is now published on the GitHub, and it’s a work in progress, but effectively we’re looking 12 months ahead and we’ve identified some areas that really need priority. Machine learning, as you mentioned, is definitely something that will be a huge change in this world because if we can detect earthquakes, potentially with just a single station with a much higher degree of certainty, then we can create networks that are less dense. So you can have something in Northern India and in Nepal, in Ecuador, with just a handful of sensors. So that’s a real Holy grail for us.
+
+We also are asking on the roadmap for people to work with us in lots of other areas. In terms of the sensors themselves, we want to do more detection on the edge. We feel that edge computing with the sensors is obviously a much better solution than what we do now, which has a lot of cloud detection. But if we can move a lot of that work to the actual devices, then I think we’re going to have much smarter networks and less telemetry, which opens up new connectivity options. So, the sensors as well are another area of priority on the road map.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: What kind of people would you like to get involved with and how can they get involved?**
+
+Andres Meira: So as of today, we’re formally announcing the initiative and I would really invite people to go to OpenEEW.com, where we’ve got a site that outlines some areas that people can get involved with. We’ve tried to consider what type of people would join the project. So you’re going to get seismologists. We have seismologists from Harvard University and from other areas. They’re most interested in the data from what we’ve seen so far. They’re going to be looking at the data sets that we’ve offered and some of them are already looking at machine learning. So there’s many things that they might be looking at. Of course, anyone involved with Python and machine learning, data scientists in general, might also do similar things. Ultimately, you can be agnostic about seismology. It shouldn’t put you off because we’ve tried to abstract it away. We’ve got down to the point where this is really just data.
+
+Then we’ve also identified the engineers and the makers, and we’ve tried to guide them towards the repos, like the sensory posts. We are asking them to help us with the firmware and the hardware. And then we’ve got for your more typical full stack or front end developer, we’ve got some other repos that deal with the actual applications. How does the user get the data? How does the user get the alerts? There’s a lot of work we can be doing there as well.
+
+So, different people might have different interests. Someone might just want to take it all. Maybe someone might want to start a network in the community, but isn’t technical and that’s fine. We have a Slack channel where people can join and people can say, “Hey, I’m in this part of the world and I’m looking for people to help me with the sensors. I can do this part.” Maybe an entrepreneur might want to join and look for the technical people.
+
+So, we’re just open to anybody who is keen on the mission, and they’re welcome to join.
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.linux.com/featured/open-source-project-for-earthquake-warning-systems/
+
+作者：[Swapnil Bhartiya][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200901 4 reasons Jamstack is changing web development.md b/sources/talk/20200901 4 reasons Jamstack is changing web development.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..54741b402f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200901 4 reasons Jamstack is changing web development.md
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (4 reasons Jamstack is changing web development)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/9/jamstack)
+[#]: author: (Phil Hawksworth https://opensource.com/users/phil-hawksworth)
+
+4 reasons Jamstack is changing web development
+======
+Jamstack allows web developers to move far beyond static sites without
+the need for complex, expensive active-hosting infrastructure.
+![spiderweb diagram][1]
+
+The way we use and the way we build the web have evolved dramatically since its inception. Developers have seen the rise and fall of many architectural and development paradigms intended to satisfy more complex user experiences, support evolving device capabilities, and enable more effective development workflows.
+
+In 2015, [Netlify][2] founders Matt Biilmann and Chris Bach coined the term "[Jamstack][3]" to describe the architectural model they were championing and that was gaining popularity. In reality, the foundations of this model have existed from the beginning of the web. But multiple factors led them to coin this new term to encapsulate the approach and to give developers and technical architects a better means to discuss it.
+
+In this article, I'll look at those factors, Jamstack's attributes, why the term came into existence, and how it is changing how we approach web development.
+
+### What is Jamstack?
+
+All Jamstack sites share a core principle: They are a collection of static assets generated during a build or compilation process so that they can be served from a simplified web server or directly from a content delivery network (CDN).
+
+Before the term "Jamstack" emerged, many people described these sites as "static." This describes how the first sites on the web were created (although CDNs would come later). But the term "static sites" does a poor job of capturing what is possible with the Jamstack due to the way tools, services, and browsers have evolved.
+
+The simplest Jamstack site is a single HTML file served as a static file. For a long time, open source web servers efficiently hosted static assets this way. This has become a commodity, with companies including Amazon, Microsoft, and Google offering hosting services based on file serving rather than spending compute cycles generating a response for each request on-demand.
+
+But that's just a static site? Right?
+
+Well, yes. But it's the thin end of the wedge. Jamstack builds upon this to deliver sites that confound the term "static" as a useful descriptor.
+
+If you take things a stage further and introduce JavaScript into the equation, you can begin enhancing the user's experience. Modern browsers have increasingly capable JavaScript engines (like the open source [V8][4] from Google) and powerful browser [APIs][5] to enable services such as local-caching, location services, identity services, media access, and much more.
+
+In many ways, the browser's JavaScript engine has replaced the runtime environment needed to perform dynamic operations in web experiences. Whereas a traditional technology stack such as [LAMP][6] requires configuration and maintenance of an operating system (Linux) and an active web server (Apache), these are not considerations with Jamstack. Files are served statically to clients (browsers), and if any computation is required, it can happen there rather than on the hosting infrastructure.
+
+As Matt Biilmann describes it, "the runtime has moved up a level, to the browser."
+
+Web experiences don't always require content to be dynamic or personalized, but they often do. Jamstack sites can provide this, thanks to the efficient use of JavaScript as well as a booming API economy. Many companies now provide content, tools, and services via APIs. These APIs enable even small project teams to inject previously unattainable, prohibitively expensive, and complex abilities into their Jamstack projects. For example, rather than needing to build identity, payment, and fulfillment services or to host, maintain, secure, and scale database capabilities, teams can source these functionalities from experts in those areas through APIs.
+
+Businesses have emerged to provide these and many other services with all of the economies of scale and domain specializations needed to make them robust, efficient, and sustainable. The ability to consume these services via APIs decouples them from web applications' code, which is a very desirable thing.
+
+Because these services took us beyond the old concept of static sites, a more descriptive term was needed.
+
+### What's in a name?
+
+The _JavaScript_ available in modern browsers, calling on _APIs_, and enriching the underlying site content delivered with _markup_ (HTML) are the J, A, and M in the Jamstack name. They identify properties that allow sites to move far beyond static sites without the need for complex and expensive active-hosting infrastructure.
+
+But whether you decide to use all or just some of these attributes, the Jamstack's key principle is that the assets are created in advance to vastly improve hosting and development workflows. It's a shift from the higher-risk, just-in-time request-servicing method to a simplified, more predictable, prepared-in-advance approach.
+
+As [Aaron Swartz][7] succinctly put it way back in 2002, "Bake, don't fry" your pages.
+
+### 4 benefits of using Jamstack
+
+Embracing this model of decoupling the generation (or rendering) of assets from the work of serving assets creates significant opportunities.
+
+#### Lowering the cost of scaling
+
+In a traditional stack, where views are generated for each incoming request, there is a correlation between the volume of traffic and the computation work done on the servers. This might reach all levels of the hosting stack, from load balancers and web servers to application servers and database servers. When these additional layers of infrastructure are provisioned to help manage the load, it adds cost and complexity to the environment and the work of operating the infrastructure and the site itself.
+
+Jamstack sites flatten that stack. The work of generating the views happens only when the code or content changes, rather than for every request. Therefore, the site can be prepared in advance and hosted directly from a CDN without needing to perform expensive computations on the fly. Large pieces of infrastructure (and the work associated with them) disappear.
+
+In short: Jamstack sites are optimized for scale by default.
+
+#### Improving speed
+
+Traditionally, to improve the hosting infrastructure's response time, those with the budget and the skills would add a CDN. Identifying assets that might be considered "static" and offloading serving those resources to a CDN could reduce the load on the web-serving infrastructure. Therefore, some requests could be served more rapidly from a CDN that is optimized for that task.
+
+With a Jamstack site, the site is served entirely from the CDN. This avoids the complex logic of determining what must be served dynamically and what can be served from a CDN.
+
+Every deployment becomes an operation to update the entire site on the CDN rather than across many pieces of infrastructure. This allows you to automate the process, which can increase your confidence in and decrease the cost and friction of deploying site updates.
+
+#### Reducing security risks
+
+Removing hosting infrastructure, especially servers that do computation based on the requests they receive, has a profound impact on a site's security profile. A Jamstack site has far fewer attack vectors than a traditional site since many servers are no longer needed. There is no server more secure than the one that does not exist.
+
+The CDN infrastructure remains but is optimized to serve pre-generated assets. Because these are read-only operations, they have fewer opportunities for attack.
+
+#### Supercharging the workflow
+
+By removing so many moving parts from site hosting, you can vastly improve the workflows involved in developing and deploying them.
+
+Jamstack sites support [version control from end to end][8] and commonly use Git and Git conventions to do everything from defining and provisioning new environments to executing a deployment. Deployments no longer need to change the state, resources, or configuration of multiple pieces of hosting infrastructure. And they can be tested locally, on staging environments, and in production environments with ease.
+
+The approach also allows more comprehensive project encapsulation. A site's code repository can include everything needed to bootstrap a project, including defining the dependencies and operations involved in building the site. This simplifies onboarding developers and walking the path to production. (Here's [an example][9].)
+
+### Jamstack for all
+
+Web developers familiar with a wide variety of tools and frameworks are embracing the Jamstack. They are achieving new levels of productivity, ignited by the recognition that they can use many tools and languages that put more power and ability in their hands.
+
+Open source libraries and frameworks with high levels of adoption and love from the development community are being used in combination and with third- and first-party APIs to produce incredibly capable solutions. And the low barriers of entry mean they are easier to explore, leading to higher levels of developer empowerment, effectiveness, and enthusiasm.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/9/jamstack
+
+作者：[Phil Hawksworth][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/phil-hawksworth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/web-cms-build-howto-tutorial.png?itok=bRbCJt1U (spiderweb diagram)
+[2]: https://www.netlify.com/jamstack?utm_source=opensource.com&utm_medium=jamstack-benefits-pnh&utm_campaign=devex
+[3]: https://jamstack.org/?utm_source=opensource.com&utm_medium=jamstack-benefits-pnh&utm_campaign=devex
+[4]: https://v8.dev/
+[5]: https://www.redhat.com/en/topics/api/what-are-application-programming-interfaces
+[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LAMP_(software_bundle)
+[7]: http://www.aaronsw.com/weblog/000404
+[8]: https://www.netlify.com/products/build/?utm_source=opensource.com&utm_medium=jamstack-benefits-pnh&utm_campaign=devex
+[9]: https://github.com/philhawksworth/hello-trello
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200902 My dramatic journey to becoming an open source engineer.md b/sources/talk/20200902 My dramatic journey to becoming an open source engineer.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..34ab585578
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200902 My dramatic journey to becoming an open source engineer.md
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (My dramatic journey to becoming an open source engineer)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/9/open-source-story)
+[#]: author: (Anisha Swain https://opensource.com/users/anishaswain)
+
+My dramatic journey to becoming an open source engineer
+======
+This is the story of how I grew from hating to loving open source
+technology.
+![Love and hate][1]
+
+It's been five years and a heck of a journey from being a non-programmer to becoming an associate software engineer at Red Hat. It's a story worth telling—not because I have achieved a lot, but because of so much drama and so many pitfalls. So grab a cup of coffee, and I will share the unturned pages of my love story with technology.
+
+People say love is as powerful as hate. And love stories that start with hate are often the most passionate ones. My love story with technology was just like that. I got into the world of programming in my freshman year of college. It was my most painful subject. Even though I have always been passionate about futuristic technologies, I didn't know how to move forward towards my passion.
+
+Coming from an interest in instrumentation and electronics engineering, my distaste for programming increased even more with my first failed attempt at passing an interview for my college's technical society, as 80% of the questions were about programming. In my second attempt, I went in prepared, all set for my war with programming. And, luckily, I cleared it.
+
+### Getting started
+
+As the phrase goes, sometimes it takes a wrong turn to get you to the right place. At first, it did feel like a wrong turn. Then bit by bit, I learned something precious, not through learning, but by _listening_. I started my journey by Googling the technical terms I'd heard people utter, which is how I started growing. I came to learn about web design, and the first website I designed was the front page for my college hostel. I had never been so excited about a project before. That simple HTML/CSS website was nothing less than magic to me.
+
+Have you heard of love at first sight? It was like that. At that moment, I fell in love with the work I was doing. I continued learning different web design frameworks (like [Bootstrap][2] and [Material Design][3]), libraries like [jQuery][4], and web development techniques like [Ajax][5].
+
+### Gaining experience
+
+In 2016, I received my first internship, working as a frontend developer. Even though it lasted only a short time, it made me realize that I can contribute code, and it filled me with even more confidence.
+
+![Anisha Swain sitting by water][6]
+
+(Anisha Swain, [CC BY-SA 4.0][7])
+
+Gradually, I started learning server-side code, like [Node.js][8], the [Express][9] framework, [MongoDB][10], [MySQL][11], and more. My seniors helped make my road to understanding the client-server interaction fairly easy.
+
+We heard about a hackathon organized by Tata Consultancy Services. We applied for it with an idea to add [gamification to cleaning][12] public places. (This is probably still the most engrossing project I have worked on to date.) And we were selected! After about a month of preparation, I was going to Mumbai, which was my first trip outside my state, Odisha. Today, when people ask me about young girls being banned from such opportunities, I answer, "tell me about it." I was the only girl on this trip and, yes, it was a little scary. But when I look back, I realize if I hadn't taken that calculated risk at that time, I probably wouldn't have received opportunities to travel in the future.
+
+In time, I started learning Python, and the area that interested me the most was image processing. I started doing small projects on the [OpenCV][13] computer vision and machine learning library and later collaborated on making a prototype of a self-driving car—just a small one with basic features.
+
+### My open source debut
+
+Another turning point came when I learned about open source programs while participating in the Rails Girls Summer of Code (RGSoC) in 2017 with [Manaswini Das][14]. RGSoC is a global fellowship program for women and non-binary coders. Students receive three-month scholarships to work on existing open source projects and expand their skill sets.
+
+I participated in a project named [HospitalRun][15]. It was an exciting—and honestly scary—experience for me. It was exciting because, for the first time, it felt like I was part of something meaningful, broader, and significant. A simple change I made would be visible to people all over the world. My name would be on the contributor list for a large community. It might sound like nothing, but at that time, it was like a wave of motivation. It was scary because the application was in [Ember.js][16], and learning Ember.js so quickly is an experience that can't be described. I will be ever grateful to my mentors, [Joel Worrall][17] and [Joel Glovier][18], for all the support they provided our group. Even though we didn't get selected for the program, this experience will always be a shining part of my story.
+
+The best thing about working with technology is, it never felt like work. Neither then nor now. It was always like I was self-reflecting on a computer screen.
+
+### Disappointment, then winning
+
+The Summer Research Fellowships Program (SRFP), offered by the Indian Academy of Sciences (IAS), is a summer immersion experience that supplements research activities during the academic year. I wanted to work under this renowned research fellowship, and in 2017, I anxiously looked for my name among the awardees. Alas! My name wasn't there. And I was upset. Despite having the slimmest of chances to receive a fellowship, I had reviewed the profiles of all the professors who were working in the field of signal and image processing, shortlisted around 30 of them, and gone through their research papers. As I had some experience with OpenCV and image processing, I was somehow expecting to be selected.
+
+However, I moved on and applied for RGSoC. I devoted two months to the application, but, again, my team wasn't selected. The semester was edging to an end, and I had no internships in hand. I was disheartened and clueless about what would happen next. I started applying for local internships, and I was completely upset.
+
+But I was not aware that the IAS fellowship's second selection list had not yet been announced. On May 2, I got a message from one of my seniors with a link to the IAS second selection result list. And voila! I found my name. Anisha Swain. I couldn't believe my eyes. The credentials matched mine! I was selected to work on image processing.
+
+The confirmation email said I was going to work in Delhi. But there was a problem with where I could live. The accommodation list was only for the people who were selected for the fellowship on the first list. I had a dilemma. My parents strictly banned me from going without proper accommodation. But when there is a will, there is a way, and I found I could stay on the Delhi University campus. In two months at Delhi, while doing research, having fun, and traveling, I experienced everything I could. I traveled to all the metro cities, and Delhi is the most beautiful city I have ever been to.
+
+### When one door closes, another opens
+
+In 2018, Google Summer of Code (GSoC) was just around the corner. GSoC is an annual international program where students are awarded stipends for completing a free and open source software coding project during the summer. Nothing was more prestigious to me at the time than getting into this program. Now I wonder why. I still see students going crazy over it, as if nothing else is left in life if they don't crack it. I was also upset at not being selected. Not once but twice. But as they say, "The journey is as important as the destination."
+
+What matters more than getting selected is the learning you do during the process, as it will always stay with you. While applying to GSoC, I learned concept visualization with [D3.js][19] and [Three.js][20].
+
+Even though I couldn't crack GSoC, my learning helped me land another internship, in 2019, at Mytrah Energy in Hyderabad. It was my first industrial experience, and I learned to do data visualization on a large scale. I dealt with data in JSON and CSV formats and created interactive charts with SVG and Canvas. The experience also helped me deal with my fear of getting into corporate life. It was a brief look into the life I was aspiring for.
+
+### Walking into open source
+
+Some of my friends selected for GSoC shared with me LinkedIn contact information for members of Red Hat's talent acquisition team. In 2018, I messaged them and sent my resume and personal description, but didn't receive a reply for more than a year.
+
+But then I met them at the 2019 Grace Hopper Celebration India (GHCI) conference, Asia's largest gathering of women technologists. During the career fair, they asked for my resume, and, to my utter surprise, they remembered me from my LinkedIn messages a year before. Soon, I got an interview call. During my first interview, I lost my connection and the interview couldn't be completed, but they were kind enough to understand the situation and reschedule it. The next interview round took around three hours, and just a few hours later, I got a job offer by email. It is the best thing that has ever happened to me!
+
+![An office desk][21]
+
+(Anisha Swain, [CC BY-SA 4.0][7])
+
+Today, I am an associate software engineer for Red Hat's Performance and Scale Engineering team. I work with [React][22] and design frameworks with [Ant Design][23] and [PatternFly][24]. I also deal with web technologies like [Elasticsearch][25], [GraphQL][26], and [Postgres][27]. I try to share my knowledge with others through conferences, meetups, and articles. None of this could have been possible without my "second family" from the [Zairza Cetb][28] club. This makes me realize the power of a community and the important role our surroundings play in our development.
+
+### Rules for success
+
+![Anisha Swain in snow][29]
+
+(Anisha Swain, [CC BY-SA 4.0][7])
+
+Through my journey, I have learned many things about getting where you want to be in life, including:
+
+ 1. Hard work is as important as smart work.
+ 2. Things will eventually be connected and fall into place if you have the desire to grow.
+ 3. Work for 100% if you want to achieve 80%.
+ 4. Stay hungry, stay foolish, and stay humble.
+ 5. Always give back knowledge to the community.
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/9/open-source-story
+
+作者：[Anisha Swain][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/anishaswain
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/business_lovehate_0310.png?itok=2IBhQqIn (Love and hate)
+[2]: https://getbootstrap.com/
+[3]: https://material.io/design
+[4]: https://jquery.com/
+[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ajax_%28programming%29
+[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/anishaswain_seaside.jpg (Anisha Swain sitting by water)
+[7]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[8]: https://nodejs.org
+[9]: https://expressjs.com/
+[10]: https://www.mongodb.com/
+[11]: https://www.mysql.com/
+[12]: https://github.com/Anisha1234/Clean_Clan
+[13]: https://opencv.org/
+[14]: https://www.linkedin.com/in/manaswini-das/
+[15]: https://hospitalrun.io/
+[16]: https://emberjs.com/
+[17]: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jworrall/
+[18]: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jglovier/
+[19]: https://d3js.org/
+[20]: https://threejs.org/
+[21]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/anishaswain_desk.jpg (An office desk)
+[22]: https://reactjs.org/
+[23]: https://ant.design/
+[24]: https://www.patternfly.org/
+[25]: https://www.elastic.co/elasticsearch/
+[26]: https://graphql.org/
+[27]: https://www.postgresql.org/
+[28]: https://medium.com/u/a9c306e657d0?source=post_page-----aa2c4cb5d924----------------------
+[29]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/anishaswain_snow.jpg (Anisha Swain in snow)
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200903 Why your open source project needs more than just coders.md b/sources/talk/20200903 Why your open source project needs more than just coders.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7ca53d1f63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200903 Why your open source project needs more than just coders.md
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Why your open source project needs more than just coders)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/9/open-source-role-diversity)
+[#]: author: (Silona https://opensource.com/users/silona)
+
+Why your open source project needs more than just coders
+======
+Developers alone don't create open source projects that meet a variety
+of needs for a long shelf life; it's time to welcome more roles and
+talent.
+![Teamwork starts with communication across silos][1]
+
+Why do open source projects fail?
+
+Lack of funding is a major factor, of course, but it's far from the only reason that open source projects fail to achieve sustainability. Sometimes there's a lack of understanding of how to create a product for a broad market, or some fundamental misstep with intellectual property rights (IPR)—such as failing to properly license your code.
+
+It's hard for any open source project to sustain if it doesn't get these types of basics right. Collaboration across boundaries and the ability to iterate and expand are hindered, and innovation is stifled. I see these fatal flaws especially in a lot of humanitarian projects—_passion projects_—and it is heartbreaking.
+
+### Building role diversity
+
+Open source has tended to thrive in instances where it has been developers writing code for developers. That’s why so many underlying technologies developed via open source (Apache and Linux, for example) have succeeded.
+
+However, when it comes to creating quality user experiences and products for people other than developers, open source's record is spottier. Why is that?
+
+One of the big reasons is because the majority of open source communities don’t encourage or even welcome people of diverse expertise. Sometimes, there’s no acknowledgement of them. The coders get all of the love, and roles and contributions beyond coding are not even thought of.
+
+Sustainable open source demands that communities embrace and reward a lot of different talents. There are the developers, most definitely, and they must be core for any open source project to be successful. But without contributions from marketing expertise, for example, you might not thoroughly understand what the users want. Without the input of product management, you run the risk of failing to develop a product for users other than other developers. Businesses normally invest in these and other roles because their varied contributions are critical to delivering successful results and creating products that are production ready with community support for long term sustainability.
+
+One of the conflicts that I often find amongst open source development communities is an animosity towards product or project management. It’s true that product management especially in corporate places has control issues—they may try to do things like dominate a market, or come in from a perspective of scarcity rather than abundance. It shows in behavior, and it’s antithetical to the spirit of open source.
+
+But, to be fair, I think it is also true that we developers have never been taught how to work well with product management. We are told, "More people would use your product if you just did X," and we respond, "No, you can't tell me anything about my baby." We don't want to hear, "Yeah, but if you change the diaper, more people would like your baby," even if it's true.
+
+Open source hasn't always embraced talent other than developers, and this is what must change in order to foster long term stability.
+
+### Birthing IEEE SA Open
+
+Putting in place the tools and processes needed to encourage project sustainability is our current focus in architecting and designing [IEEE SA Open][2]. To that end, bringing in role diversity and building a platform and a tool that invites and rewards those diverse contributions is crucial in creating IEEE SA Open.
+
+We are creating our community, marketing, and technology onboarding guides to ensure that incoming projects automatically get a level of support that they wouldn't normally get from a technology platform. We're looking at raising the maturity model into advanced processes and practices. For example, progressing to levels 4 (quantitatively managed) and 5 (optimizing) of [Capability Maturity Model Integration][3] (CMMI) requires measurement. Getting our processes right from the outset and assigning the right metrics to inform better, more consistent evaluations will support our sustainability.
+
+This is one of the places where our linkage with IEEE is so important. One of the things that the standards world does especially well is process, and IEEE in particular has a history of making sure that its processes are fair and predicated on advancing technology for the benefit of humanity. With more than 419,000 members in over 160 countries, IEEE is the world’s largest technical professional organization dedicated to advancing technology for humanity. Its roots go back to 1884 when electricity and telecommunications began to become a major influence in society, and today IEEE has over 1,200 active standards and more than 650 standards under development.
+
+IEEE SA Open can borrow on those best practices and lessons learned in sustainability that IEEE has acquired by experience. We aim to bridge the gap between global standards development and open source developer communities. It is definitely a balancing act, and we respect that!
+
+We’re reaching out to people all over the global open source and standards communities in a diverse set of roles to be engaged in creating IEEE SA Open. You can participate in that birthing project, and now is the time. If there are things that are super important to you and that you’ve seen neglected in open source, this is the time to engage, share your experiences and influence the creation of IEEE SA Open. You can help make sure we don’t make those mistakes. [We need your unique insights and input.][2]
+
+You don't need to be a master coder to contribute to open source. Jade Wang shares 8 ways you can...
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/9/open-source-role-diversity
+
+作者：[Silona][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/silona
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/happy-team-sticker-laptop.png?itok=91K77IgE (Teamwork starts with communication across silos)
+[2]: https://standards.ieee.org/initiatives/opensource?utm_source=External&utm_medium=PR&utm_campaign=IEEE-SA-Open
+[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Capability_Maturity_Model_Integration
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200911 Ankur Sinha- How do you Fedora.md b/sources/talk/20200911 Ankur Sinha- How do you Fedora.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9d965e9840
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200911 Ankur Sinha- How do you Fedora.md
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Ankur Sinha: How do you Fedora?)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/ankur-sinha-how-do-you-fedora/)
+[#]: author: (climoiselle https://fedoramagazine.org/author/climoiselle/)
+
+Ankur Sinha: How do you Fedora?
+======
+
+![][1]
+
+We recently interviewed Ankur Sinha on how he uses Fedora. This is part of a [series][2] on the Fedora Magazine. The series profiles Fedora users and how they use Fedora to get things done. Contact us on the [feedback form][3] to express your interest in becoming an interviewee.
+
+### Who is Ankur Sinha?
+
+Ankur is a Computational Neuroscientist and has just started his first post-doctoral fellowship at University College London and a FLOSS enthusiast trying to spread the message of FOSS and evidence based science. Ankur started using Linux a decade ago, when he was introduced to Linux in a [LUG][4] doing an install fest during his undergraduate degree.
+
+Ankur loves reading:
+
+_“I read a lot and tend to get attached to characters from books quite easily. Holmes, Poirot (I’m a detective fiction fan), Francisco D’Anconia (fan of the book Atlas Shrugged, but not so much Ayn Rand’s philosophy), lots of random characters from books I’d read. I also read lots of Hindi comics as a child—Doga, Super commando Dhruv, Naagraj, and Chacha Chaudhary—loved them all!”._
+
+As far as all time favorite movies go, [Swades][5] comes to his mind. His favorite genre is science fiction thrillers (think “The Prestige” and ” Predestination”). When not busy working or engaging people on IRC channels, he enjoys listening to podcasts and classic rock.
+
+Ankur’s favorite food is his mother’s Chhole Bhature. Otherwise, if he’s away from home, his go-tos are Butter chicken, Butter Naan, and Chilli Chicken from North Indian restaurants.
+
+### The Fedora Community
+
+Ankur found about Fedora after a distro hopping phase in 2008, and since then he has been a fedora user. His first memory of the Fedora community is an IRC workshop on packaging fonts that the Fedora India community had organised back in 2008. Talking to and meeting other community members has been one of the most exciting parts of the Fedora community for him. _“I found this great bunch of people to hang out and geek out with! It was so much fun, and extremely educational both in terms of technical knowledge and the social/philosophical side of FOSS and life in general.”_
+
+When asked what he would change in the Fedora Project if he could change one thing, he said that he prefers “Smaller tweaks” since _“Smaller tweaks also allow work to be spread out, and that really helps”_. Specifically, he would like to see more discussion on the philosophy and nuances of FOSS in the community.
+
+_"Perhaps we all know it so well that we take it for granted and focus on the work that needs to be done. It’s so easy to get bogged down in the work, though, that I worry that we forget the bigger picture sometimes. The end for us is to promote FOSS, and everything we do is the means to this end. So, I worry that the means sometimes becomes the end for us — that we focus so much on producing deliverables that we forget why we produce them."_
+
+Since he works in academia and science, Ankur would like the Fedora community (and FOSS in general) to get more involved with academic/scientific communities. _“I think we have an excellent platform to enable education and research. NeuroFedora is a start in this direction.”_
+
+He wishes that other people knew that the Fedora community are not just OS developers, but a global community, and he’d like folks to just hang out and communicate even if they’re not contributing in the traditional sense of the word.
+
+Ankur tries to help wherever he can, especially if newbies are involved. Nowadays, he tries to focus more on [NeuroFedora][6] as it fits well for his day-job and there’s so much to do in this Field + Open Science.
+
+Ankur learnt most of the things from his >10 years of experience in Fedora and FOSS. He had learned theories of software development at undergrad but got to experience practical implementations from his colleagues in the community. He is a firm believer of _“No question is a stupid question”_. He adds that Fedora is perfect because it gets better as you start working with it.
+
+His piece of advice for anyone thinking of getting involved in Fedora is to just go ahead and start. One doesn’t need to know anything at all. All of it can be learned over time. Secondly, don’t focus on tasks. Yes, that’s a good way of learning, but it is far more important to get to know the people of Fedora! As one meets more people, one learns more about how Fedora works and one has way more fun working and learning!!
+
+Just like a lot of our community members, Ankur struggles from time constraints. His new challenge is to find more time to work on FOSS and Fedora. During his college years, it was to learn more and more.
+
+One of the challenges Ankur faces about promoting open source is to explain to non-FOSS people that Windows/Mac aren’t the only OSes present. He thinks that having Fedora shipped with Lenovo systems will give a start for the community. It makes Fedora and FOSS more "official".
+
+### What Hardware?
+
+Ankur has three machines and runs Fedora 32 on each of them:
+
+![Ankur’s Desk][7]
+
+ * Thinkpad E490 laptop
+ * a custom workstation that university IT set up for research work
+ * a headless MacPro5,1
+ * 2x Microsoft Sculpt Ergonomic keyboard/mouse/numpad
+ * Netgear wifi extender
+ * TP-Link TL-PA8033PKIT AV1300 3-Port Gigabit Passthrough Powerline Adapters
+ * Moto g7 phone with Android 10
+
+
+
+### What Software?
+
+Fedora 32 workstation, and server on the MacPro.
+
+– [Workstation][8]/Gnome3 with a few extensions: [caffeine][9], [pomodoro][10],
+
+ [syncthing][11].
+
+– [byobu][12] with [tmux][13]: multiple sessions: default, work, fedora
+
+– [taskwarrior][14], [vit][15], [timewarrior][16], [gnome-pomodoro][10], [gnome-calendar][17]/[evolution][18] for calendars
+
+– [neomutt][19] with [msmtp][20] \+ [offlineimap][21] \+ [notmuch][22] for e-mail
+
+– [vim][23] for *everything* possible – [vimrc link][24]
+
+– [qutebrowser][25], [weechat][26], [zathura][27], [vimiv][28]
+
+– syncthing + dropbox + git for syncing/version control
+
+For research work:
+
+– [NEST][29] \+ lots of python and [Gnuplot][30] for analysis, LaTeX for writing
+
+ (stuff from NeuroFedora!)
+
+– [inkscape][31] \+ [gimp][32] \+ [dia][33] \+ [freemind][34] for figures/mind mapping
+
+– [jabref][35] for bibliography management
+
+Other bits: – occasional gamer?
+
+– [Oad][36] \+ [endless sky][37] \+ [openttd][38]!
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/ankur-sinha-how-do-you-fedora/
+
+作者：[climoiselle][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/climoiselle/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/hdyf-asinha-816x346.png
+[2]: https://fedoramagazine.org/tag/how-do-you-fedora/
+[3]: https://fedoramagazine.org/submit-an-idea-or-tip/
+[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Linux_user_group
+[5]: https://www.imdb.com/title/tt0367110/
+[6]: https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/neurofedora/overview/
+[7]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/WhatsApp-Image-2020-08-28-at-3.27.16-PM-768x1024.jpeg
+[8]: https://getfedora.org/en/workstation/
+[9]: https://extensions.gnome.org/extension/517/caffeine/
+[10]: https://github.com/codito/gnome-pomodoro/
+[11]: https://docs.syncthing.net/
+[12]: https://www.byobu.org/
+[13]: https://github.com/tmux/tmux
+[14]: https://taskwarrior.org/
+[15]: https://github.com/scottkosty/vit
+[16]: https://timewarrior.net/
+[17]: https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Calendar
+[18]: https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Evolution
+[19]: https://neomutt.org/
+[20]: https://marlam.de/msmtp/
+[21]: http://www.offlineimap.org/
+[22]: https://notmuchmail.org/
+[23]: https://www.vim.org/
+[24]: https://github.com/sanjayankur31/vimfiles
+[25]: https://www.qutebrowser.org/
+[26]: https://weechat.org/
+[27]: https://pwmt.org/projects/zathura/
+[28]: https://karlch.github.io/vimiv-qt/index.html
+[29]: https://www.nest-simulator.org/
+[30]: http://gnuplot.info/
+[31]: https://inkscape.org/
+[32]: https://www.gimp.org/
+[33]: http://dia-installer.de/
+[34]: http://freemind.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page
+[35]: http://www.jabref.org/
+[36]: https://play0ad.com/
+[37]: http://endless-sky.github.io/
+[38]: https://www.openttd.org/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200911 How open source legal teams can get to yes.md b/sources/talk/20200911 How open source legal teams can get to yes.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3470ea0806
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200911 How open source legal teams can get to yes.md
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How open source legal teams can get to yes)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/9/advice-open-source-lawyer)
+[#]: author: (Jeffrey Robert Kaufman https://opensource.com/users/jkaufman)
+
+How open source legal teams can get to yes
+======
+Open source law has unusual requirements for success. Learn ways lawyers
+can help their organizations find a path to open.
+![whiteboard collaboration with the team][1]
+
+As I shared in the [first part][2] of this two-part series, I am an open source lawyer for Red Hat. One important part of my job is to provide information to other companies, including their in-house counsel, about how Red Hat builds enterprise-class products with a completely open source development model and to answer their questions about open source licensing in general. After hearing about Red Hat's success, these conversations often turn to discussions about how their organization can evolve to be more open source-aware and capable, and lawyers at these meetings regularly ask how they can modify their practices to be more skilled in providing open source counsel to their employees. In these two articles, I'll share what I normally tell in-house counsel on these topics.
+
+### Always find a path to open
+
+My employer, Red Hat, is unique in its use of open source software in that our development model begins in the open source community with thousands of contributors and results in finished products that are tried, tested, and trusted. More specifically, through our unique development model, we start with community-created open source software and build upon each project to harden security, fix bugs, patch vulnerabilities, and add new features. We then contribute these improvements back to each project, so the entire open source community can benefit. The utilities to this approach are significant, including:
+
+ 1. Leveraging innovation from others outside your organization by collaborating outside your internal teams
+ 2. Avoiding the cost and inefficiency of developing and maintaining an open source solution by yourself when there are existing or potential communities working on the same problem with which you could collaborate
+ 3. Through productive collaboration with partners and upstream project communities, avoiding the costly consequences of maintaining a downstream fork of the main project
+ 1. Some companies find it tempting to create non-public forks of upstream code as a quick way to address a specific use case or because they are not inclined to collaborate in a community. However, the long-term maintenance burdens of such forks can be prohibitive because of increased development costs, loss of interoperability, and other reasons. By contrast, concentrating development in the original upstream community enables sharing development costs among all participants.
+
+
+
+With few exceptions (such as Red Hat), most organizations that may use open source software have a proprietary licensing model (or the equivalent concept for software-as-a-service companies) and license proprietary software as part of their business. Such organizations feel that they have software components that provide some competitive advantage and do not wish to see those become available to others under open source terms. That is understandable. I would, however, encourage any open source lawyers counseling such companies to urge their clients towards an open source development model, especially for any software bits that are non-differentiating and common.
+
+For example, if your company develops applications for mobile phones and you need a software module to read and write PNG image files, it would be much less expensive to use one of the popular open source PNG software modules available on GitHub. Encoding and decoding PNG images is likely a non-differentiating element to your business, so why spend precious engineering time to write your own version? Furthermore, writing your own module for this function may also lead to compatibility issues with other software that uses a commonly used open source module. Why? Although your module and the open source module may have been written to encode and decode to the published PNG specifications, oftentimes, there may be different interpretations of the specifications or errors in implementation. Everyone using the same module for this function ensures compatibility for most users and lowers the cost of development and maintenance.
+
+It must also be appreciated that certain software may be required to remain proprietary and not subject to open source terms. Depending on the software architecture of your system and the open source software licenses in use, software bits that are intended to remain proprietary may become subject to open source license terms unless certain actions are taken (beyond the scope of this article). This is where some counseling to clients about license choice and architecture will become useful.
+
+### Develop scalable solutions
+
+For organizations that primarily license proprietary software grow and increase their use of open source software, review and approval requirements may grow (even exponentially in my experience). As such, such an organization may find itself in a difficult situation due to resource constraints. Scalable solutions that must be put into place are described below.
+
+#### Empower and delegate to others
+
+Lawyers cannot and should not be gatekeepers. It is inefficient and will most certainly cause bottlenecks in development and release times, producing frustration and lost revenue. Instead, explore delegating authority to capable individuals in product or project management and engineering. This allows an organization to scale efficiently and effectively. Educating your clients (see the next section) is vitally important for this to succeed.
+
+One approach I have taken is to provide open source training to entire engineering organizations so that they can make basic licensing and architecture choices, while providing more specialized training to software leads to enable them to provide more complex guidance and decisions. Consider providing clear limits on authority at each level, including what types of issues and decisions must be escalated to you as their open source legal attorney. The specific levels of delegation for your organization will be a function of your team's experience with open source and sensitivities to certain open source concerns.
+
+#### Educate clients
+
+I have found that training is one of the most effective tools to migrate your organization to be more open source-aware. Training your software engineers and product managers is crucially important. Let me elaborate.
+
+Although your software engineers are on the frontlines and may be quite knowledgeable about open source issues and licensing in general, it is still important to train them on your organization's particular requirements. For example, your company may permit only permissive open source licenses to be used and may have certain requirements for its copyright notices and source availability. To avoid problems in development that must be corrected later (a costly and time-consuming exercise), it is best to train engineers to minimize the likelihood of improper behavior, especially at the beginning of any development process (see the next section).
+
+Product managers must also be trained. In many companies, a product manager is responsible for the classic four P's of marketing—Product, Price, Position, and Promotion—and is accountable for the full lifecycle of a product from cradle to death. All these aspects of a product manager's job may be impacted by the use of open source software. Understanding the requirements when using open source software is useful to them for the same reasons mentioned above. In addition and more importantly, product managers' significant influence in an organization means they are often able to effectuate any required change to process and policy. Product managers may become one of your strongest advocates for instituting process changes towards "open".
+
+#### Early detection
+
+It is very difficult and costly to resolve open source licensing issues near the end of the development process. As software approaches its release date, the architecture and the open source software modules have already been chosen. If an issue is detected, such as a copyleft software embedded in a proprietary software module (when that proprietary module is intended to not be subject to open source terms), modifying the architecture or modules at that development phase could be very difficult and expensive. Instead, work on developing processes that analyze architecture and choice of open source modules early in the process so that less costly and more effective course corrections may be made.
+
+### Open source law's rewards
+
+Practicing open source law is a rewarding profession due to the ability to influence an organization towards "open," which has significant benefits. Success depends on your ability to develop solutions for your organization that are workable and scalable as your organization grows and matures.
+
+Find out what it takes to become an open source lawyer.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/9/advice-open-source-lawyer
+
+作者：[Jeffrey Robert Kaufman][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jkaufman
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/whiteboard-collaboration-team.png?itok=0A3WcgxZ (whiteboard collaboration with the team)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/transitioning-open-source-part-1
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200911 Lenovo introduces four new HCI solutions.md b/sources/talk/20200911 Lenovo introduces four new HCI solutions.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1fb45cd7ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200911 Lenovo introduces four new HCI solutions.md
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Lenovo introduces four new HCI solutions)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3573787/lenovo-introduces-four-new-hci-solutions.html)
+[#]: author: (Andy Patrizio https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/)
+
+Lenovo introduces four new HCI solutions
+======
+Hyperconverged infrastructure from Lenovo targets workloads including VDI, SAP HANA, Microsoft Azure, and Kubernetes.
+Martyn Williams
+
+Lenovo Data Center Group on Thursday introduced four new [hyperconverged infrastructure][1] (HCI) products aimed at a variety of workloads, including virtual desktop infrastructure (VDI), SAP HANA, Microsoft Azure, and Kubernetes.
+
+HCI products have grown in popularity because they are easily deployed and can get a variety of workloads up and running quickly. HCI is available either in hardware/appliance form or as software. HCI hardware vendors are the usual suspects – HP Enterprise, Dell, Lenovo – while the software vendors include Nutanix and VMware.
+
+Lenovo is focused on ready-to-deploy HCI solutions from both software firms. It boasts that its hardware is easy to deploy and manage with simple updates, automatic scalability and a consumption-based use model.
+
+**READ MORE:** [Making the right hyperconvergence choice: HCI hardware or software?][2]
+
+"This new normal is forcing many companies of different sizes and scale to think different. They are looking to figure out, 'how do I drive more resiliency to be able to be more efficient? How do I drive more agility to pivot based on my end customer needs and the way they are going to consume my services or my resources?'" said Kamran Amini, vice president and general manager of server, storage and software defined infrastructure, Lenovo Data Center Group, on a conference call briefing with reporters.
+
+Here are the four products Lenovo announced.
+
+### ThinkAgile HX
+
+ThinkAgile HX is a new device powered by AMD EPYC processors and Nutanix software targeted at VDI and virtualization consolidation. With two CPUs and two GPUs in a 1U chassis, Lenovo customers can run their virtual desktop workloads with consistent performance with up to 50% fewer servers.
+
+ThinkAgile HX is preloaded, factory-integrated and configured with Nutanix Enterprise Cloud software. Lenovo's ThinkAgile Network Orchestrator software is integrated with Nutanix Prism to reduce human error and downtime by automating virtualization configuration changes.
+
+Availability is planned in late November as an appliance or a certified node.
+
+### ThinkAgile MX And Microsoft Azure Stack
+
+Lenovo and Microsoft have partnered to create the Lenovo ThinkAgile MX Azure Stack HCI Edge and Data Center line. [Azure Stack][3] is Microsoft's on-premises cloud software that allows an enterprise to replicate an Azure environment in their own data center and move workloads back and forth between on-prem and Azure.
+
+The new ThinkAgile MX series of appliances provides a one-stop-shop for the Azure Stack HCI to give businesses an easy way to deploy, manage and scale Azure services from edge to core to cloud. The ThinkAgile MX is designed to enable customers to rapidly deploy a hybrid cloud infrastructure.
+
+ThinkAgile MX will offer consumption-based, pay-as-you-go pricing of Azue Stack HCI and Azure Stack Hub. Lenovo did not say when it would be available.
+
+### ThinkAgile VX and VMware
+
+VMware and Lenovo have partnered to create a new series, the ThinkAgile VX HCI, which runs VMware's vSAN and ESXi and is designed specifically for SAP HANA databases. Lenovo said its new ThinkAgile VX 4S solution offers double the SAP HANA database memory and has direct connect NVMe to accelerate response times, speed business insights and improve total cost of ownership.
+
+Lenovo ThinkAgile VX HCI are S/4HANA certified nodes that enable customers to modernize their infrastructure and improve performance of vSAN environments via the integration of Lenovo XClarity Management software and the new vSphere Lifecycle Manager (vLCM) tools.
+
+The ThinkAgile VX will be generally available later in September.
+
+### Diamanti SR360
+
+Lenovo has also partnered with Diamanti, maker of Kubernetes management software, to create the Diamanti SR630 solution based on a ThinkSystem server. Diamanti specializes in enabling fast Kubernetes deployments and allowing organizations to run containerized applications across hybrid cloud environments.
+
+The SR630 is a purpose-built application platform that combines Diamanti's Spektra Kubernetes platform with acceleration cards and Lenovo servers. The Diamanti SR630 enables customers to rapidly deploy a complete container and Kubernetes solution through plug-and-play networking and persistent storage.
+
+The Diamanti SR630 is available now.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][4] and [LinkedIn][5] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3573787/lenovo-introduces-four-new-hci-solutions.html
+
+作者：[Andy Patrizio][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Andy-Patrizio/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3207567/what-is-hyperconvergence.html
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3318683/making-the-right-hyperconvergence-choice-hci-hardware-or-software.html
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3385078/microsoft-introduces-azure-stack-for-hci.html
+[4]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[5]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200911 Why the future of IoT depends on open source.md b/sources/talk/20200911 Why the future of IoT depends on open source.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4bac5d8013
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200911 Why the future of IoT depends on open source.md
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Why the future of IoT depends on open source)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/9/open-source-ai-iot)
+[#]: author: (Pin Xue https://opensource.com/users/pinxue)
+
+Why the future of IoT depends on open source
+======
+We're quickly moving from the Internet of Things (IoT) to the Artificial
+Intelligence of Things (AIoT).
+![Brain on a computer screen][1]
+
+Most people are familiar with the [Internet of Things (IoT)][2], which refers to smart objects in a connected network, as this diagram shows.
+
+![IoT diagram][3]
+
+(PinXue, [CC BY-SA 4.0][4])
+
+A "smart" object has a sense of its environment, and it makes decisions (locally or together with peers and a cloud server), then puts those decisions into action.
+
+To be smart, the object must have a brain to carry intelligence. So far, the way to do this is to embed a computer in the object. For example, you can put a Cortex-M CPU with Bluetooth 5.1 in a chip smaller than 2x2mm and embed it into almost anything. This tiny device is more powerful than my first desktop PC.
+
+A developer can write software for this tiny computer that uses the device's ability to gather input from all kinds of sensors (e.g., heat, light, moisture, and so on) and share and act on it using the device's screen, speaker, actuators (step motors, servos, and so on), and network.
+
+### AI + IoT = AIoT
+
+We often associate IoT with small programmable objects, like a smart lightbulb or door lock. While those are good uses of IoT, IoT is bigger than this. IoT is driving the next stage of our information-centric society.
+
+Information systems have become a natural part of our everyday lives. You no longer have to sit in front of a computer to surf the internet because a smartphone can bring the whole world into the palm of your hand. Soon, you won't even need a phone—the popularization of smartwatches and other wearables is proving that. The convenience of these information systems encourages us to collect and use more data from everything. For instance, why couldn't a red light tell your car it will turn
+green in 5 seconds, so it is not a smart move to release the brake
+just yet.
+
+![Relationships between computers, people, and things][5]
+
+(PinXue, [CC BY-SA 4.0][4])
+
+In a few years, humans won't be the major data producers and consumers. "Things" will be.
+
+The abundance of data these things will create means we can no longer expect people to be able to analyze all the patterns and contents or even to write parsers to process the data. Based on the sheer amount of data, we need artificial intelligence (AI) to deal with it. AI will be applied to the entire data-processing process, and AI can transmit results instead of raw data. This will also reduce network traffic. Ideally, an AI will be able to drive smart objects to make decisions based on analyzed data on the spot.
+
+Eventually, the goal is for smart objects to be able to live on their own, as you can see in _[This one owns itself][6]_, a story about a drone earning money to pay its recharging bill by making deliveries for a coffee company. The focus of this story is about the smart contract powered by blockchain, but in my opinion, it's achievable with the artificial intelligence of things (AIoT), the most fundamental element in smart devices.
+
+### Open source AIoT operating systems
+
+In the past, smart objects were programmed on bare metal. Now the scenario is a lot more complex. When creating a real-life AIoT system, there are too many details to account for on your own—all of the types of Systems on a Chip (SoC), sensors, actuators, network protocols, AI modeling, performance optimization, reliability, power management, firmware over the air (FOTA), security, and more. However, using an AIoT operating system enables all of this hard work to be accumulated and reused instead of starting over for each hardware or project.
+
+AIoT is an open world, by its nature. The diversity of smart objects means no one can dominate the entire market, and we must work together to make things talk to each other. There are many levels of openness, such as file formats, protocol stacks, and APIs. These are all dependent upon the openness of the interface and the implementation of the source code.
+
+Open source makes it possible to customize, reuse, and improve our code. This flexibility is important. The original author of an AIoT operating system cannot be an expert on everything. Other developers have different types of expertise they can use to build upon an open foundation.
+
+If an operating system is well-designed and has an active community, it can provide reusable drivers, protocols, libraries, frameworks, middleware, and all manner of tools. All these components can speed product development dramatically. Without an open source platform, people have to build those parts again and again.
+
+The [RT-Thread project][7] has been working toward this goal. RT-Thread is an open source IoT OS that started in 2006 and currently powers 600 million devices. Its IoTOS project is part of the general AIoT blueprint. It also comes with more than 200 open source packages and some commercial packages—and the number of each keeps increasing—that make it easier to develop for the AIoT.
+
+If you're interested in building the IoT and working toward a better, smarter, and open future of AIoT, visit the [RT-Thread website][8] and see how you can lend a hand.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/9/open-source-ai-iot
+
+作者：[Pin Xue][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/pinxue
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/brain_computer_solve_fix_tool.png?itok=okq8joti (Brain on a computer screen)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/internet-of-things
+[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/iot-diagram.png (IoT diagram)
+[4]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/computer-people-things.png (Relationships between computers, people, and things)
+[6]: https://medium.com/@creole/6-this-one-owns-itself-9f6a3aa4382d
+[7]: https://github.com/RT-Thread/rt-thread
+[8]: https://www.rt-thread.io/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200912 How breaking my back led me to open source.md b/sources/talk/20200912 How breaking my back led me to open source.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b3f8666895
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200912 How breaking my back led me to open source.md
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How breaking my back led me to open source)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/9/breaking-back-open-source)
+[#]: author: (Sara Kelly https://opensource.com/users/sarapk)
+
+How breaking my back led me to open source
+======
+Open source gave a voice and a community to someone coping with the
+aftermath of a major injury, and eventually led to a new career.
+![Open source doctor.][1]
+
+Recently, I noticed some unusual activity on my blog. A very old post about [how I broke my back][2] while living in London had a lot of hits. Was it yet another case of Internet spammers finding a new target for their lewd advertisements? I finally put two and two together when I read [the headlines][3] that British personality Simon Cowell had broken his back in a freak motorcycle accident. Aha. So, a little celebrity mishap had led to a renewed interest in my story. Not to worry, if my recovery is anything to go by, then Simon should be just fine, folks.
+
+Breaking my back was a pivotal experience on many fronts. It scared the hell out of me. But the road to recovery helped me become a more resilient, courageous, and patient human being. Interestingly, it was this incident that also led me to the world of open source. Living with chronic pain is lonely, but I found my voice and a community via WordPress. Now, nearly eight years later, I'm working for the number one open source company in the world.
+
+### Wiggle your toes
+
+When I woke up in the trauma ward of Whitechapel Hospital back in 2011, I was tightly swaddled in white cotton, like an infant. Pitiful moans echoed around me, and I saw nurses scurrying to-and-fro. There was barely time to balk at my surroundings before a stern-looking doctor with a clipboard approached my cot. He skipped the niceties, and gravely informed me that I had broken my back.
+
+My first reaction was to wiggle my toes as a cold sweat hit my face. Would I ever walk again?
+
+"But doctor, I can feel my toes!" I cried, desperately hoping that would be the end of the nightmare.
+
+I was curtly informed that breaking your back is not the same as a spinal injury. One is a case of broken bones, which can heal over time. The other means permanent disability. In my case, the L1 bone had shattered into small pieces which were resting scarily close to the spinal cord. The doctor recommended complex spinal surgery to collect the bone fragments and piece them back together with metal rods. However, until surgery occurred, I should not make any sudden movements in case the bones slipped and damaged the spinal cord.
+
+It was five days before I underwent surgery, during which I was in a constant state of terror. I was afraid to move an inch lest I become wheelchair-bound. Lying in the same position for hours on end is painful. Even worse were the well-meaning nurses who needed to carefully maneuver me to change the bed sheets each morning. Those five days seemed like an eternity, but eventually, I had my surgery, and a few days later, I was discharged from the hospital.
+
+### Learning to walk
+
+Muscles waste away at an alarming rate. Broken back patients are encouraged to start moving as soon after surgery as possible for the best chance of recovery. During spinal surgery, most of the muscles in your back are spliced through so that the surgeons have room to focus on inserting titanium metal rods around the broken bones. So, when you wake up, you are starting from a position of zero muscle strength.
+
+The day after my surgery, my first goal was to take two steps. The next day, it was ten steps. Then it was walking to the bathroom and back. By the time I left the hospital, I still couldn't walk more than 15 feet without assistance, but I continued to set myself small goals and started hydrotherapy to regain my mobility.
+
+Funny enough, my pain only increased as I learned to walk again. Up until that point, I had avoided any serious reliance on drugs. But by the time I could take a shower independently, walk upstairs, or catch public transport with confidence, I was in utter agony.
+
+### Chronic pain is a lonely place
+
+It felt like thick, iron poles were constantly stabbing my right hip and knee. At first, the pain would creep on in the early afternoon, but eventually, it became constant chronic pain. The most difficult part was not knowing why it was happening. I was supposed to be getting better, so why was I hurting so badly?
+
+Nobody explained to me what nerve pain is. Now I know it is a common side effect of any surgery and can be temporary or permanent. Back then, various disinterested doctors and physiotherapists put it down to me not walking correctly or simply complaining.
+
+Being in constant pain, especially when nobody is listening, is incredibly lonely. For the next couple of years, I experimented with all sorts of medications, yoga, pilates, meditation, and even chiropractic treatments. Nothing would make the pain go away. I became heavily dependent on opiates, which caused other health problems such as constipation, insomnia, and mild hallucinations.
+
+### Introducing WordPress
+
+Just as I was giving in to depression, I was introduced to WordPress. A friend of mine had created their own personal blog, and they were posting creative articles about their life and opinions. Up until that time, I had thought the realm of websites was reserved for techie folks. I didn't have a clue about programming, let alone what a domain name was.
+
+My friend insisted it was easy and invited me to post a guest blog on their site. I decided to share the story of my accident. Publishing the blog was cathartic—I needed that emotional release—and from a technical perspective, it was easy peasy. WordPress allowed me to format the text and add pictures with ease. Afterward, my friend informed me of the number of views my blog posting received, and I toyed with the idea of starting my own website.
+
+### The doctor calls
+
+A few weeks after publishing my first ever blog, I was going for a routine checkup at Whitechapel Hospital. Shortly after signing in at the reception counter, the original doctor—the one with the clipboard who had performed my spinal surgery, beckoned me into his office.
+
+Gone was the serious expression and grouchy-looking eyebrows. The doctor actually looked happy to see me. As usual, he skipped the pleasantries and hastened to share that he had read my blog about breaking my back. I was shocked something I had posted had reached him! He went on to say how moved he was by my struggles, as well as concerned by some of the "remedies" I had tried. He promised he would do whatever he could to get to the bottom of my issue.
+
+Well, long story short, the doctor eventually discovered the nerve pain I was experiencing was caused by the placement of two of the metal pins around my spine. I went in for a second spinal surgery to remove them, and ever since, I have been pain-free.
+
+### I'm an open source believer
+
+![What happens when you break your back][4]
+
+Sara Kelly [[CC-BY-SA][5]]
+
+That experience taught me about the power of communication, and it wasn't long before I became a WordPress ninja! I entrenched myself in the [WordPress community][6] and soaked up everything there is to know about [running a website][7], thanks to the amazing network of contributors who post hacks, how-to guides, and respond to troubleshooting forums.
+
+[WordPress][8] is a completely free platform that anyone can use, study, and even change. I am a huge fan of their [mission statement][9], which reads: "We believe in democratizing publishing and the freedoms that come with open source." My own humble story is just one example of how having a voice made an impact. My original blog is long gone, but I have written subsequent stories about my recovery, which my doctor now shares with new patients, so they know what to expect after a broken back. Perhaps my story has even helped a celebrity like Simon? In any case, I like the idea that there are millions of people the world over, with their own struggles and aspirations, who can make a positive difference in the world by using free platforms like WordPress.
+
+What can I say? When I got the phone call almost a year ago that Red Hat was hiring, it felt like destiny. It's only by working at Red Hat I've come to appreciate how the idea of "open" unlocks the world's potential. The principles of open source—from decision-making to management practices—are firmly embedded in Red Hat's culture. Now, I truly am an open source believer.
+
+Besides its popularity, WordPress is also known for usability and an easy-to-develop environment.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/9/breaking-back-open-source
+
+作者：[Sara Kelly][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/sarapk
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/osdc_520x292_opensourcedoctor.png?itok=fk79NwpC (Open source doctor.)
+[2]: https://bossyflossie.com/recover-broken-back/
+[3]: https://edition.cnn.com/2020/08/09/us/simon-cowell-bike-accident-trnd/index.html
+[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/what_happens_if_you_break_your_back.jpg (What happens when you break your back)
+[5]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode
+[6]: https://make.wordpress.org/
+[7]: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/updating-wordpress
+[8]: http://wordpress.org
+[9]: https://wordpress.org/about/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200913 Overcoming resistance to open management.md b/sources/talk/20200913 Overcoming resistance to open management.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..016106361c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200913 Overcoming resistance to open management.md
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Overcoming resistance to open management)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/9/overcoming-resistance-open-management)
+[#]: author: (Heidi Hess von Ludewig https://opensource.com/users/heidi-hess-von-ludewig)
+
+Overcoming resistance to open management
+======
+In some organizations, a cultural aversion to openness is strong. How
+can managers overcome it—and create a new sense of shared purpose on
+their teams?
+![Tug of war][1]
+
+In this installment of our "[Managing with Open Values][2]" series, I chat again with Braxton, Director of Pricing for a nationwide U.S. insurance company and people manager.
+
+In June 2018, Braxton reached out to Red Hatters in the Open Organization community. He wanted to learn more about how both he _and_ his team could work differently—using open values. We were happy to help. So I co-organized a workshop on [open organization principles][3] for Braxton and his team—and kept in touch afterward, so I could learn about his adventure in becoming more open.
+
+In this second interview (which includes collaborators Tracy Guiliani, [industrial/organizational psychologist and expert in associate engagement][4], and [Bryan Behrenshausen][5]), we explored what it was like to learn firsthand about open source values, and how to use them to transform an organization. In particular, we discussed the value of feedback, managing resistance to using open values, and how the management practice of creating shared purpose caused unexpected benefits for a team with dissimilar roles. It's another enlightening conversation, one that allowed us to witness—directly—how someone transformed Open Organization community-driven workshop material into dynamic change with benefits for him, his team, and his organization.
+
+One striking point to note is that the "journey to open" is complex and worthwhile. Braxton and his team must confront habituated cultural practices that constrict openness. To overcome this, they engage one habit at a time using community (what it means to be a member of an open team), collaboration (defining what each open values mean to them) and inclusivity (actively listening to dissenters and negotiating a solution or understanding). In other words, they _use_ open values to _create the use_ of open values among the team.
+
+"Being open" can’t be mandatory; it’s important to actively manage conflicts within the team regarding the miscommunication or misunderstanding of open values.
+
+Put another way: in order to _have_ open, you have to _be_ open. This is actually counterintuitive in conventional organizations. For example, Braxton articulates how "being open" can’t be mandatory; it’s important to actively manage conflicts within the team regarding the miscommunication or misunderstanding of open values. [Conflict, fortunately, is a necessary part of collaboration][6]; it's also the engine for negotiation and change if we allow it, so it's the natural place for translation and transition (i.e., growth) to occur. As Tracy points out during this conversation, when conflict is positive and well-managed, it becomes a force for developing support, increased trust, and psychological safety—which can all reinforce shared purpose.
+
+Listen to the rest of this interview to learn:
+
+ * How Braxton inspired shared purpose in through open values on his team, using consistent and regular feedback (including being open to negative feedback)
+ * How he found himself coming back to the theme of "transparency" to help the team develop specific open values, resulting in faster and clearer communication
+ * The impact of resistance or late adopters to the open values among his team, the difference between misunderstanding and miscommunication, and the clarification of value to change—working through differences and conflict
+ * Whether Braxton thinks he would have the same results from his team if he'd chosen to manage _without_ open values as his guides.
+
+
+
+Listen to the interview with Braxton
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/9/overcoming-resistance-open-management
+
+作者：[Heidi Hess von Ludewig][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/heidi-hess-von-ludewig
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/LIFE_information_wants_to_be.jpg?itok=keUyg1RH (Tug of war)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/managing-with-open-values
+[3]: https://github.com/open-organization/open-org-definition
+[4]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/5/commitment-engagement-org-psychology
+[5]: https://opensource.com/users/bbehrens
+[6]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/19/5/productive-arguments
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200923 How my students taught me to code.md b/sources/talk/20200923 How my students taught me to code.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9c2cb8b414
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200923 How my students taught me to code.md
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How my students taught me to code)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/9/my-students-taught-me-code)
+[#]: author: (Jess Weichler https://opensource.com/users/cyanide-cupcake)
+
+How my students taught me to code
+======
+Coding is for everyone—from preschoolers to adults. Here are some ways
+to help you and your children learn to code.
+![Student desk for open education][1]
+
+"Hello, I'm Miss Jess, and my students taught me how to code."
+
+When I say this to new students, they often think I misspoke. But it's true. Coding always interested me, but it seemed inaccessible. Then my students taught me to code a video game during a few lunch breaks.
+
+Their encouraging advice and suggestions helped me create my first video game using [Scratch][2]. The game was simple. It was about a monkey catching bananas as they fell from the sky. If you caught a ripe banana, you earned points.
+
+One of my students chimed in with an idea: "Why don't you have bad bananas that take away points?"
+
+The answer was that I didn't know how to do that yet. But this simple idea was kind of like a puzzle to me. And there's nothing I love more than a good puzzle. So I spent a lunch break working at this new idea until I solved it.
+
+An accidental side effect of this project was that I was strengthening my math skills. I'd made it through high school and university without ever really understanding what a variable was. But finally having a real-world application I cared about—needing a scoring system for my game—made it all make sense.
+
+![Scratch game][3]
+
+(Jess Weichler, [CC BY-SA 4.0][4])
+
+### Connecting with kids through coding
+
+Coding isn't just for kids who dream of becoming computer programmers. It's for everyone. Educators and parents can harness the power of code to engage learners and introduce subjects in a unique way.
+
+Writing code and seeing it run is a process of discovery, and everyone loves feeling accomplishment. But once you know a little code, it doesn't take long for you to realize that programming can express ideas; foster creativity; teach mathematics, logic, and problem solving; and encourage collaboration. What's not to love?
+
+Connecting with kids is always important in education, but with more kids learning from home this year, it's vitally important to engage with them. Coding is a great way to do that.
+
+### Teaching kids to code
+
+My youngest students are 4 to 7 years old, and I start them with paper "code" activities. These are simple physical games that help young children understand basic programming concepts and mindsets without a digital device. Once my students turn 8, I introduce Scratch, a visual programming language that uses block-based code. I continue this track until they're age 10 to 12. I also teach some paper "code" activities with older children to introduce and reinforce concepts.
+
+Once students have a clear understanding of visual coding, I move into text-based coding with Python. It's important to help students make the connection between new Python keywords and the Scratch blocks they already know. (Check out my [introduction to Python series][5] for more information.)
+
+### Just the beginning
+
+Whether you're an educator, after-school provider, or parent, join me in a series of articles as I explore how you can use coding to supercharge learning opportunities for your child, your students, or even yourself.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/9/my-students-taught-me-code
+
+作者：[Jess Weichler][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/cyanide-cupcake
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/rh_003588_01_rd3os.combacktoschoolseriesgen_rh_032x_0.png?itok=cApG9aB4 (Student desk for open education)
+[2]: https://scratch.mit.edu/
+[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/codekids1_myfirstgame.png (Scratch game)
+[4]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[5]: https://opensource.com/article/17/10/python-101
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200924 Still not dead- The mainframe hangs on, sustained by Linux and hybrid cloud.md b/sources/talk/20200924 Still not dead- The mainframe hangs on, sustained by Linux and hybrid cloud.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5fef055eba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200924 Still not dead- The mainframe hangs on, sustained by Linux and hybrid cloud.md
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Still not dead: The mainframe hangs on, sustained by Linux and hybrid cloud)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3576290/still-not-dead-the-mainframe-hangs-on-sustained-by-linux-and-hybrid-cloud.html)
+[#]: author: (Michael Cooney https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/)
+
+Still not dead: The mainframe hangs on, sustained by Linux and hybrid cloud
+======
+The mainframe—Linux alliance turns 20 this month and is proving to be more vital than ever, primarily in the form of Big Iron-based Red Hat OpenShift.
+Thinkstock
+
+The [mainframe][1] has been declared “dead”, “morphed” and “transformed” so many times over the years sometimes it’s sometimes hard to believe the Big Iron still has an identity in the enterprise world.
+
+But clearly it does and in a major way, too.
+
+**[ Lessons on diversity in IT: [10 professional organizations focused on diversity in tech][2] • [Being Black in IT: 3 tech leaders share their stories][3] • [Gender gapped: The state of gender diversity in IT][4] • [Māori participation in IT][5]: diversity insights for CIOs everywhere • [IT snapshot: Ethnic diversity in the tech industry][6] ]**
+
+Take recent news as an example: According to IBM, 75% of the top 20 global banks are running the newest z15 mainframe, and the IBM Systems Group reported a 68% gain in Q2 IBM Z revenue year-over-year.
+
+At the heart of its current vitality is Linux—primarily in the form of Big Iron-based Red Hat OpenShift—and a variety of software such as IBM [Cloud Paks][7] and open source applications. The Linux-mainframe marriage is celebrating 20 years this month, and while the incongruous mashup—certainly at the beginning anyway—has been a boon for the mainframe, by most accounts it still has plenty of good years ahead of it.
+
+“For the first five or so years we really were just experimenting with what we could do with Linux and the mainframe but then the server-consolidation movement hit, and we knew we had something big,” said [Ross Mauri][8], the general manager for IBM Z.
+
+“What really got us going was the big Wall Street financial companies who all had these Sun Solaris servers with big databases, and many decided to consolidate on the Z mainframe running Linux, and we were off and running,” he said.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][9]
+
+Another contributing factor in 2000 was Big Blue’s $1B investment in all things Linux, which was a huge move in getting the operating system and open-source software in general into the mainstream business market.
+
+Since that time there have been numerous milestones in the mainframe’s Linux journey, including the introduction of a standalone box, the LinuxONE, five years ago, which is now at the heart of some of the world’s largest implementations.
+
+### Red Hat to the rescue
+
+The next chapter in the mainframe story began last year when [IBM bought Linux powerhouse Red Hat][10] for $34B, tying the massive transactional capacity, security and reliability of the Big Iron with Red Hat Open Shift and Red Hat Enterprise Linux.
+
+IBM has also released Red Hat Ansible Certified Content for IBM Z and launched a new cloud-native development offering, [Wazi Workspaces][11], which lets developers apply industry-standard tools from IBM Z to multi-cloud platforms optimized for OpenShift.
+
+Combine those moves with all of the open-source mainframe software work going on in the [Linux Foundation’s Open Mainframe Project][12] and customers now have a ton of development options for private or public cloud-based workloads.
+
+“Clients no longer have to develop and work with proprietary tools, and the zOS is being brought completely into the modern application development world,” Mauri said.
+
+Gartner recently wrote of that trend: “Now developers, testers, and infrastructure and operations staff have the capability to utilize the same tools which exist in the distributed world. Rocket Software, CA Technologies and IBM are supporting the [Open Mainframe Project Zowe][13], which is making adapting of open-source tools much easier.”
+
+IBM calls Zowe an open source software framework that lets development and operations teams securely, manage, control, script and develop on the mainframe like any other cloud platform.
+
+“From application development software, to complex DevOps orchestration engines, these traditional platforms are enjoying a resurgence of relevance in the data center that is making them accessible to all developers and testers. This change significantly reduces the issue of limited and old-fashioned development tools that previously contributed to the impetus to leave traditional platforms,” Gartner stated.
+
+Going forward Mauri said he expects a number of key technologies will continue to make the mainframe a key cloud and compute player.
+
+### Confidential Computing
+
+One of those keys is an overarching security model called Confidential Computing which IBM broadly describes as a way to protect data, applications and processes at scale. It has rolled out a number products that adhere to the Confidential Computing mantra. For example, IBM’s Secure Execution for Linux software lets customers isolate and protect large numbers of workloads from internal and external threats across a hybrid-cloud environment. Other packages let customers bolt-down containerized Kubernetes workloads or Red Hat OpenShift clusters, IBM says.
+
+There is also a Linux Foundation project, the Confidential Computing Consortium, made up of Alibaba, Arm, Baidu, IBM/Red Hat, Intel, Google Cloud and Microsoft that is pushing the concept industry wide.
+
+“The organization aims to address data in use, enabling encrypted data to be processed in memory without exposing it to the rest of the system, reducing exposure to sensitive data and providing greater control and transparency for users,” the Consortium says on its website. “This is among the very first industry-wide initiatives to address data in use, as current security approaches largely focus on data at rest or data in transit. The focus of the Confidential Computing Consortium is especially important as companies move more of their workloads to span multiple environments, from on premises to public cloud and to the edge.”
+
+Mauri says IBM is on its fourth generation of Confidential Computing technology which will keep it out in front of other industry cloud players and give the company a strong security weapon for the foreseeable future.
+
+“The vulnerability landscape is constantly changing, and organizations can be attacked across their IT systems. Add to that concerns around data privacy and regulations and you’ve got a full plate,” said Terri Cobb, lead alliance partner at Deloitte Consulting. Deloitte recently conducted a survey of business and IT decision makers with Forrester Consulting and found 80% of respondents are focused on modernizing mainframe toolsets in an effort to identify and prevent data breaches, and 73% are increasing their security footprint.
+
+“Data protection and security are so critical, and mainframes remain one of the most secure and powerful platforms available when the right controls are in place,” Cobb said.
+
+### Pay per use
+
+Another direction IBM and the mainframe is moving is toward a more cloud-agile, consumption-based licensing model that lets customers pay only for what they consume, Mauri said. The company rolled out its Tailored Fit Pricing model in 2019 and has upwards of 80 customers onboard so far, Mauri said. It offers two consumption-based pricing models that can help customers cope with ever-changing workload and hence software costs.
+
+Mauri said IBM expects to make hardware more consumption based in the future.
+
+Predicting demand for IT services can be a major challenge, and in the era of hybrid and multicloud, everything is connected and workload patterns constantly change, Mauri wrote in a [blog][14] about the new pricing and services in 2019. “In this environment, managing demand for IT services can be a major challenge. As more customers shift to an enterprise IT model that incorporates on-premises, private cloud and public we’ve developed a simple cloud pricing model to drive the transformation forward.”
+
+### ML/AI opportunities
+
+Others say technologies such as machine learning and artificial intelligence will also drive future mainframe development.
+
+“Data insights help drive actionable and profitable results—-but the pool of data is growing at astronomical rates. That’s where AI can make a difference, especially when it’s on a mainframe. Consider the amount of data that resides on a mainframe for an organization in the banking, manufacturing, healthcare, or insurance sectors. You’d never be able to make sense of it all without AI,” said Deloitte’s Cobb. As an example, Cobb said core banking operations can do more than simply execute large volumes of transactions.
+
+“Banks need deep insights about customer needs, preferences, and intentions to compete effectively, along with speed and agility in sharing and acting on those insights. That’s easier said than done when data is constantly changing. Now if you can analyze data directly on the mainframe, you can get near real-time insights and action. That makes the mainframe an important participant in the AI/ML revolution,” Cobb said.
+
+The mainframe environment isn’t without challenges going forward.
+
+For example, there is a [growing market for moving mainframe applications off][15] of the Big Iron and onto cloud services. Large cloud players such as Amazon, Google and Microsoft are also involved in modernizing mainframe applications. For example, Google Cloud in February [bought mainframe cloud-migration service firm Cornerstone Technology][16] with an eye toward helping Big Iron customers move workloads to the private and public cloud. An ecosystem of mainframe modernization service providers such as [Astadia][17], [Asysco][18], [GTSoftware][19], LZLabs, [Micro Focus][20] has also grown up.
+
+### COBOL coders needed
+
+Another challenge is finding and developing the right people to cultivate the mainframe environment.
+
+“It was predicted mainframes would eventually cease to exist so colleges stopped offering courses focused on COBOL and other critical mainframe skills. As Baby Boomers retire, mainframe talent concerns are becoming a reality,” Cobb said.
+
+Deloitte’s survey found that 71% of respondents said their teams are understaffed, and 93% said its “moderately” to “extremely challenging” to acquire the right mainframe resources and skills, Cobb said.
+
+“Many large companies are addressing this issue by hiring and developing college recruits, developing a mentoring program, creating an internship, or turning to third parties for support. Mainframes aren’t going anywhere—the talent pool needs to match the demand,” Cobb said.
+
+While there are challenges in the future, Cobb said the consultancy’s survey showed customers are looking to _increase_ their investment in the mainframe with 91% of respondents identified as expanding their mainframe footprints as a moderate or critical priority in the next 12 months.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][21] and [LinkedIn][22] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3576290/still-not-dead-the-mainframe-hangs-on-sustained-by-linux-and-hybrid-cloud.html
+
+作者：[Michael Cooney][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/2231401/inside-ibm-s-game-changing-mainframe-moments.html
+[2]: https://www.cio.com/article/3564791/10-professional-organizations-focused-on-diversity-in-tech.html
+[3]: https://www.cio.com/article/3566069/being-black-in-it-3-tech-leaders-share-their-stories.html
+[4]: https://www.cio.com/article/3532001/gender-gapped-the-state-of-gender-diversity-in-it.html
+[5]: https://www.cio.com/article/3566098/maori-participation-in-it-insights-for-cios.html
+[6]: https://www.computerworld.com/article/3567095/it-snapshot-ethnic-diversity-in-the-tech-industry.html
+[7]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3429596/ibm-fuses-its-software-with-red-hats-to-launch-hybrid-cloud-juggernaut.html
+[8]: https://newsroom.ibm.com/Bringing-Linux-to-IBM-Z
+[9]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[10]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3407746/will-ibms-acquisition-be-the-end-of-red-hat.html
+[11]: https://www.ibm.com/products/wazi-for-red-hat-codeready-workspaces
+[12]: https://www.openmainframeproject.org/
+[13]: https://www.openmainframeproject.org/projects/zowe
+[14]: https://www.ibm.com/blogs/systems/ibm-z-defines-the-future-of-hybrid-cloud/
+[15]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3567058/options-grow-for-migrating-mainframe-apps-to-the-cloud.html?utm_source=facebook&utm_content=content&utm_medium=social&utm_campaign=organic&fbclid=IwAR2JPUEItx11TeSqiIvgr3_HA4YQRv_U7imm4Z4WG-wCuir_WrrE2zmst5o
+[16]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3528451/google-cloud-moves-to-aid-mainframe-migration.html
+[17]: https://www.astadia.com/blog/mainframe-migration-to-azure-in-5-steps
+[18]: https://www.asysco.com/code-transformation/
+[19]: https://www.gtsoftware.com/services/migration-services/
+[20]: https://www.microfocus.com/en-us/home
+[21]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[22]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200927 What would a global open organization look like.md b/sources/talk/20200927 What would a global open organization look like.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..046c1b5b44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200927 What would a global open organization look like.md
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (What would a global open organization look like?)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/9/global-open-organization)
+[#]: author: (Ron McFarland https://opensource.com/users/ron-mcfarland)
+
+What would a global open organization look like?
+======
+Solving global problems will require global collaboration. Working
+openly is the best way forward.
+![Pixelated globe][1]
+
+In the [first article in this series][2], I presented four dimensions of globalization and explained how they relate to [open organization principles][3]. Then, in [the second part][4], I reviewed a history of globalization, one based on [Jeffrey D. Sachs][5]' book [The Ages of Globalization][6]. That piece tracked a history of gradually increasing openness—from the beginning of human civilization up to the start of the industrial revolution, which began around the beginning of the 1800s.
+
+In this final installment of the series, I will continue my review of Sachs' book by examining two more recent historical settings, the Industrial Age and the Digital Age, to explain how open principles have shaped more recent trends in globalization—and how these principles will be integral to our global future.
+
+### The Industrial Age (1800‒2000 CE): The urban, city growth, and machine setting
+
+According to Sachs, around 1820, 85% of the global population was still involved in farming and lived at a subsistence level. Of them, 93% were relatively unconnected, living in rural areas.
+
+Through the advent of industrial development, that all changed.
+
+By 2000, about half the global population (46.7%) lived in urban areas, their average incomes soared, and average life expectancy had reached 67 years old (according to 2000‒2005 data). Living in an interconnected world among a web of nonstop data altered the relative isolation of village life—an illustration of the importance of building **communities** that are **inclusive**, **collaborate** deeply, are very open and **transparent** with each other, and support each other when there are unexpected challenges **(adaptable)**.
+
+The Industrial Revolution began in 1776 with James Watt's invention of the steam engine in Scotland. Railroads and steamships began connecting the world. Large factories began bringing in people from the countryside. As the British economic historian E. A. Wrigley has written, this was a movement from an "organic economy" to an "energy-rich economy" in which we see a shift from a dependence on raw materials from vegetable or animal (including human manual labor) for energy to three main fossil fuels for energy (coal, petroleum and natural gas) that was deployed after 1800 (and then, just 100 years later, nuclear technology).
+
+[Global GDP per capita][2] hadn't changed much until around 1780‒1830, when the steam engine sparked a wave of increase, according to economist [Nikolai Kondratiev][7]. From then, upward movements in GDP [have come in additional waves][8], Kondratiev says. The second wave arrived around 1830‒1880, with investments in railways and steel. The third (1880‒1930) came from electrification. Automobiles sparked the fourth wave around 1930‒1970. The fifth, information technologies, began around 2010. And now intelligent technology, including robotics and artificial intelligence, stands to spark another from 2010‒2050. All these investments have changed the environment in which we build communities, collaborate, share information and address challenges (they also created income inequality between regions—between Kondratiev's "energy rich" economies and others).
+
+By the end of World War II (around 1945) many organizations had been established to promote what today we might call greater openness. Organizations like the [United Nations (UN)][9], the [International Monetary Fund (IMF)][10], [the World Bank][11], [the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT)][12], [the Food and Agricultural Organization][13] and the [World Health Organization (WHO)][14] continue to promote various forms of global cooperation. The same is true of global philanthropic organizations and private foundations like the [Bill and Melinda Gate Foundation][15], [Greenpeace][16] and others. They will be more needed and must be strengthened in the years ahead.
+
+### The Digital Age (Twenty-First Century): The connection and sustainability-challenge setting
+
+We are only one-fifth of the way into the 21st Century. According to Sachs, globalized communities in this period will address different issues than those they've addressed up until now. Economic activity, jobs, lifestyles, and geopolitics will all gradually change. To address these changes, we can apply open organizational principles.
+
+According to Sachs, these issues will be central to those changes.
+
+**Drastic economic and financial inequality.** We must address the distribution of global wealth. Workers displaced by machines have seen their earnings stagnate or decline. These workers must be retrained and re-skilled with processes financed through taxation. This is equally true between developed and developing countries. Developed countries must provide some kind of managed support to developing countries as they transition in the years and decades ahead. These are global issues and should be addressed as such, Sachs says, or unmanageable global unrest and continued poverty will result.
+
+Could we write a mission statement for humankind? If we could, open organization principles should be its backbone.
+
+**A global environmental crisis.** "The world economy has increased roughly a hundredfold over the past two centuries: roughly ten times the population and ten times the GDP per capita," Sachs writes. "Yet the physical planet has remained constant, and the human impact on that environment has therefore intensified dramatically." Issues like climate change, the burning of fossil fuels, mass destruction of biodiversity, and the dire pollution of air, soils, freshwater and oceans must all be topics of _global_ conversation and collaboration, or we will watch our environment worsen, Sachs says.
+
+**Increased chance of global war.** In Sachs' outline of historical periods, shifts in geopolitical power are often accompanied by war. That potential is once more a potential concern. This issue will require a great deal of open discussions between these nations.
+
+### Governance through the ages
+
+Let's take one more global look at [organizational governance through the ages][4]. According to Sachs, governance has become more global over time.
+
+ * In the Paleolithic Age (70,000-10,000 BCE), there were strong bonds developed between nomadic clans, particularly "bands" of 25‒30 members within those clans.
+ * In the Neolithic Age (10,000-3,000 BCE), through agricultural advancement, there was village life and local politics.
+ * In the Equestrian Age (3,000-1,000 BCE), through animal domestication and travel by horses, states were formed and governed.
+ * In the Classical Age (1,000 BCE-1500 CE), governance expanded to regional multi-ethnic empires through education and further information documentation.
+ * In the Ocean Age (1500-1800 CE), through long-distance sea travel, larger global empire governance started.
+ * In the Industrial Age (1800-2000 CE), the United Nations was formed and two dominant powers emerged (namely, the United Kingdom and the United States).
+ * In the Digital Age (the 21st Century), shifting geopolitical conditions will prompt new developments in global organizational governance, particularly in a globally connected world in which China and the United States will play major roles.
+
+
+
+Sachs notes that prosperity and longer life expectancy have resulted from increased global interconnectedness and organizational openness.
+
+So how might we build the next generation of global, open organizations?
+
+### An age of truly global collaboration
+
+According to Professor Sachs, in order to get buy-in to address these issues, currently underrepresented regions will need a more powerful voice in the global community. Nations will not buy into potential changes unless they feel they are fully represented, participating in a true collaborative dialog. Configuring a global community attentive to members' needs is extremely important. Without ideal representation and talent in the room, very little can be achieved.
+
+For example, to obtain stronger global buy-in, Sachs recommends one representative from each of eight major global regions in the United Nations (North America, South America, European Union, African Union, South Asia, East Asia, Commonwealth of Independent States, and Western Asia). A manageable team of eight people discussing global issues has a higher chance of success.
+
+Also, Sachs recommends that Brazil, Germany, India, Indonesia, Japan, and Nigeria should be permanent members of the UN Security Council. Then, global issues can be more easily and seriously addressed. As is, he writes, the 193 individual member countries can do very little.
+
+A successful development agenda (the community's purpose) requires inclusive partnerships at the global, regional, national and local levels. They have to be built upon a shared vision and shared goals with all human beings and the planet at the center. Furthermore, with an increase in urban populations, communities should be getting involved in not only issues within their area but globally as well. Here again, their representation and participation are required to get them to buy-in to anything agreed on.
+
+In short, a globally viable open organization of member nations would be beneficial.
+
+Here are two challenges such an organization could help address.
+
+**Ending world poverty.** Sachs believes that in our generation we should see an end to world poverty—particularly if the global community works on supporting poorer communities, controlling disease globally, increasing school attendance, and improving infrastructure worldwide. Work on these issues have already begun in many places at a _national_ level (consider China's [Belt and Road initiative][17]), but it should be coordinated on a global scale.
+
+**Promoting Literacy.** In the 1950s, global illiteracy (in any language) had been eliminated in most high-income countries, and yet the global illiteracy rate was still roughly 80% in developing countries. This gap made global collaboration and joint problem-solving difficult. Therefore, even though life expectancy in developed countries was then around 68 years of age, in developing countries it was only around 40 years of age. Open organization principles become very difficult to be adopted globally, or won't work at all worldwide, where such illiteracy is common. Multi-language education must be a priority. While English is the language of choice in most scientific, financial, or diplomatic discussions, it is not the most _spoken_ language (Chinese is). Foreign language learning, foreign language interpreting, and foreign language translation will become more important as well in the years ahead to promote global understanding, cooperation and collaboration.
+
+### A shared identity
+
+We all have identities formed in part by the groups in which we participate—sports teams, religious groups, regions, and nationalities. We tend to promote and support those that we identify with. So how might we develop an identity for a new, _global_ organization that welcomes open participation in solving global issues?
+
+Could we write a mission statement for humankind?
+
+If we could, [open organization principles][3] should be its backbone.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/9/global-open-organization
+
+作者：[Ron McFarland][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ron-mcfarland
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/pixelated-world.png?itok=fHjM6m53 (Pixelated globe)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/7/globalization-history-open
+[3]: https://theopenorganization.org/definition
+[4]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/8/global-history-collaboration
+[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jeffrey_Sachs
+[6]: https://cup.columbia.edu/book/the-ages-of-globalization/9780231193740
+[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nikolai_Kondratiev
+[8]: https://ourworldindata.org/grapher/world-gdp-over-the-last-two-millennia
+[9]: https://www.un.org/en/
+[10]: https://www.imf.org/external/index.htm
+[11]: https://www.worldbank.org/
+[12]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/General_Agreement_on_Tariffs_and_Trade#:~:text=The%20General%20Agreement%20on%20Tariffs,such%20as%20tariffs%20or%20quotas.
+[13]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Food_and_Agriculture_Organization
+[14]: https://www.who.int/
+[15]: https://www.gatesfoundation.org/
+[16]: https://opensource.com/tags/open-organization-greenpeace
+[17]: https://www.beltroad-initiative.com/belt-and-road/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200928 5 ways to conduct user research with an open source mindset.md b/sources/talk/20200928 5 ways to conduct user research with an open source mindset.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c2072cccc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200928 5 ways to conduct user research with an open source mindset.md
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (5 ways to conduct user research with an open source mindset)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/9/open-source-user-research)
+[#]: author: (Alana Fialkoff https://opensource.com/users/alana)
+
+5 ways to conduct user research with an open source mindset
+======
+See how this team elevates their user research experiences and results
+with an open source approach.
+![Mobile devices are a big part of our daily lives][1]
+
+There are common beliefs about user experiences—the best ones are user-centered, iterative, and intuitive. When user experience (UX) research is conducted, user stories about these experiences are collected—but the research methods chosen inform user experiences, too.
+
+So, what makes for an engaging research experience, and how can methods evolve alongside products to better connect with users?
+
+[Red Hat's User Experience Design (UXD) research team][2] has the answer: a community-centered, open source mindset.
+
+As a UX writer on Red Hat's UXD team, I create new design documentation, empower team voices, and share Red Hat's open source story. My passion lies in using content to connect and inspire others. On our [Twitter][3] and [Medium][4] channels, we share thought leadership about UX writing, research, development, and design, all to amplify and grow our open source community. This community is at the heart of what we do. So when I learned how the research team centers community throughout their user testing, I leaped at the chance to tell their story.
+
+### Approaching research with an open source mindset
+
+Red Hat's UXD team creates in the open, and this ideology applies to their research, too. Thinking the open source way involves adopting a community-first and community-driven frame of mind. New ideas can come from anywhere, and an open source mindset embraces these varied voices and perspectives.
+
+Structuring research with an open source mindset means each research technique should be driven by two angles—we don't just want to learn about our users; we want to learn from them, too.
+
+To satisfy both of these user-focused objectives, we make research decisions backed by other voices, not just our own. By sourcing input from beyond our team, we design research experiences that are truly tailored to the communities we serve.
+
+Guiding questions help us streamline this process. Some questions the team's researchers use to develop their methods include:
+
+ * Does this method amplify user voices?
+ * Are we facilitating open communication with our users?
+ * Does this method build a meaningful connection with our user base?
+ * What kind of experience does this technique build? Is it memorable? Engaging?
+
+
+
+Notice a trend? Each question hinges on community.
+
+### Building research experiences like user experiences
+
+Researchers approach their UX research as a user experience, too. We want our research sessions to have the same qualities as our user interfaces:
+
+ * Memorable
+ * Engaging
+ * Intuitive
+ * User-centered
+
+
+
+Research offers in-depth engagement with our user base, so it's important to tailor our techniques to that community. When we conduct user research, we learn more about how our users engage with our products and use that knowledge to improve them. We can use that same process to shape future research sessions.
+
+Open source, user-centered research—sounds great. But how can we actually achieve it?
+
+Let's take a look at five collaborative techniques we use to design more immersive user research experiences the open source way.
+
+### Evolve research methods to build engaging experiences and strong connections
+
+Tailor research methods to the target audience, with a goal to create a connective experience. The tools at our disposal vary largely depending on our venue (in-person vs. virtual), so this approach lets us get creative.
+
+ * **Add dimension**: Are you conducting a survey? Consider appealing your users' senses offscreen. We've expanded our research to the third dimension using strings, LEGOs, and card diagrams to collect data in more tactile ways.
+ * **Streamline**: Are your research methods efficient and time-conscious? There's only one way to find out. Follow up with users about their experience post-session. If they say a survey or form was cumbersome, consider condensing your longer questions into smaller, more digestible ones.
+ * **Simplify**: Use what you know about your user base to customize your techniques. A busy community working in enterprise IT, for example, might only have time to fill out a brief form. Structure your methods so that they're navigable and intuitive for your specific audience.
+
+
+
+### Guide research with research
+
+Contextualize questions around user's needs. Explore their goals. Identify their cares, difficulties, and thoughts on product performance. Use these findings to design more meaningful research sessions, and check in often. As our products evolve with our users, our research methods do, too.
+
+### Keep an open mind
+
+Work with the community to disprove our own assumptions. Lean into the spirit of open source by engaging with others across the team, company, user base, and industry. Use these communities like a sounding board for ideas and welcome their feedback. Community-centered conversations take place in environments like:
+
+ * Team meetings and brainstorms
+ * Company calls and research shares
+ * Conferences and industry panels
+ * Internal and external blogging platforms
+ * Other thought leadership forums
+
+
+
+This means speaking at monthly meetings, messaging across team channels, and presenting ideas at annual thought leadership events, where a multitude of voices meet from across the industry to share their experience and expertise.
+
+### Communicate, communicate, communicate
+
+With an open source mindset comes open communication. Spark meaningful conversations with users and keep those channels open beyond formal research sessions. Community-driven research techniques start with just that: community. Invest in a strong connection with users to invite deeper insights and facilitate more impactful sessions.
+
+### Experiment with new research techniques and take a user-centered, UX approach
+
+Prototype. Test. Iterate. Repeat. The methods will morph as the open source approach takes shape.
+
+That's the magic of conducting research in the open: dynamic change, driven by a deeper connection to the community.
+
+Learn more about how Red Hat's UXD team conducts research by checking out [DevConf.US][5], where individuals across the open source community come together to talk all things tech, open source, and UX.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/9/open-source-user-research
+
+作者：[Alana Fialkoff][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/alana
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/mobile-demo-device-phone.png?itok=y9cHLI_F (Mobile devices are a big part of our daily lives)
+[2]: https://medium.com/patternfly/from-interviewers-to-interviewees-meet-red-hats-ux-research-team-af860a65abc5
+[3]: https://twitter.com/RedHatUXD
+[4]: https://medium.com/patternfly
+[5]: https://www.devconf.info/us/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200930 FCC auctions should be a long-term boost for 5G availability.md b/sources/talk/20200930 FCC auctions should be a long-term boost for 5G availability.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..151561c2e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200930 FCC auctions should be a long-term boost for 5G availability.md
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (FCC auctions should be a long-term boost for 5G availability)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3584072/fcc-auctions-should-be-a-long-term-boost-for-5g-availability.html)
+[#]: author: (Jon Gold https://www.networkworld.com/author/Jon-Gold/)
+
+FCC auctions should be a long-term boost for 5G availability
+======
+Federal Communications Commission policymaking targets creation of new services by making more spectrum available
+[FCC][1]
+
+As the march towards 5G progresses, it’s apparent that more spectrum will be needed to fully enable it as a service, and the Federal Communications Commission has clearly taken the message to heart.
+
+### 5G resources
+
+ * [What is 5G? Fast wireless technology for enterprises and phones][2]
+ * [How 5G frequency affects range and speed][3]
+ * [Private 5G can solve some problems that Wi-Fi can’t][4]
+ * [Private 5G keeps Whirlpool driverless vehicles rolling][5]
+ * [5G can make for cost-effective private backhaul][6]
+ * [CBRS can bring private 5G to enterprises][7]
+
+
+
+The FCC recently finished [auctioning off priority-access licenses for Citizen’s Broadband Radio Service (CBRS)][8] spectrum for 5G, representing 70MHz swath of new bandwidth within the 3.5GHz band. It took in $4.58 billion and is one of several such auctions in recent years aimed at freeing up more channels for wireless data. In 2011, 2014 and 2015 the FCC auctioned off 65MHz in the low- to mid-band, between roughly 1.7GHz and 2.2GHz, for example, and the 700MHz band.
+
+But the operative part of the spectrum now is the sub-6GHz or mid-band spectrum, in the same area as that sold off in the [CBRS][9] auction. A forthcoming C-Band auction will be the big one, according to experts, with a whopping 280MHz of spectrum on the table.
+
+“The big money’s coming with the C-band auction,” said Jason Leigh, a research manager with IDC. “Mid-band spectrum in the U.S. is scarce— that’s why you’re seeing this great urgency.”
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][10]
+
+While the major mobile-data providers are still expected to snap up the lion’s share of the available licenses in that auction, some of the most innovative uses of the spectrum will be implemented by the enterprise, which will compete against the carriers for some of the available frequencies.
+
+Specialist networks for [IoT][11], asset tracking and other private networking applications are already possible via private LTE, but the maturation of 5G substantially broadens their scope, thanks to that technology’s advanced spectrum sharing, low-latency and multi-connectivity features. That, broadly, means a lot of new wire-replacement applications, including industrial automation, facilities management and more.
+
+## Reallocating spectrum means negotiation
+
+It hasn’t been a simple matter to shift America’s spectrum priorities around, and few would know that better than former FCC chair Tom Wheeler. Much of the spectrum that the government has been pushing to reallocate to mobile broadband over the past decade was already licensed out to various stakeholders, frequently government agencies and satellite network operators.
+
+Those stakeholders have to be moved to different parts of the spectrum, often compensated at taxpayer expense, and getting the various players to share and share alike has frequently been a complicated process, Wheeler said.
+
+“One of the challenges the FCC faces is that the allocation of spectrum was first made from analog assumptions that have been rewritten as a result of digital technology,” he pointed out, citing the transition from analog to digital TV as an example. Where an analog TV signal took up 6MHz of spectrum and required guard bands on either side to avoid interference, four or five digital signals can be fit into that one channel.
+
+Those assumptions have proved challenging to confront. Incumbents have publicly protested the FCC’s moves in the mid-band, arguing that insufficient precautions have been taken to avoid interference with existing services, and that changing frequency assignments often means they have to buy new equipment.
+
+“I went through it with the [Department of Defense], with the satellite companies, and the fact of the matter is that one of the big regulatory challenges is that nobody wants to give up the nice secure position that they have based on analog assumptions,” said Wheeler. “I think you also have to pay serious consideration, but I found that claims of interference were the first refuge of people who didn’t like the threat of competition or anything else.”
+
+## The future: more services
+
+The broader point of the opening of the mid-band to carrier and enterprise use will be potentially major advantages for U.S. businesses, regardless of the exact manner in which that spectrum is opened, according to Leigh. While the U.S. is sticking to the auction format for allocating wireless spectrum, other countries, like Germany, have set aside mid-band spectrum specifically for enterprise use.
+
+For a given company trying to roll its own private 5G network, that could push spectrum auction prices higher. But, ultimately, the services are going to be available, whether they’re provisioned in-house or sold by a mobile carrier or vendor, as long as there’s enough spectrum available to them.
+
+“The things you can do on the enterprise side for 5G are what’s going to drive the really futuristic stuff,” he said.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][12] and [LinkedIn][13] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3584072/fcc-auctions-should-be-a-long-term-boost-for-5g-availability.html
+
+作者：[Jon Gold][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Jon-Gold/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.flickr.com/photos/fccdotgov/4808818548/
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3203489/what-is-5g-fast-wireless-technology-for-enterprises-and-phones.html
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3568253/how-5g-frequency-affects-range-and-speed.html
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3568614/private-5g-can-solve-some-enterprise-problems-that-wi-fi-can-t.html
+[5]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3488799/private-5g-keeps-whirlpool-driverless-vehicles-rolling.html
+[6]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3570724/5g-can-make-for-cost-effective-private-backhaul.html
+[7]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3529291/cbrs-wireless-can-bring-private-5g-to-enterprises.html
+[8]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3572564/cbrs-wireless-yields-45b-for-licenses-to-support-5g.html
+[9]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3180615/faq-what-in-the-wireless-world-is-cbrs.html
+[10]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[11]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3207535/what-is-iot-the-internet-of-things-explained.html
+[12]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[13]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20200930 VMware plan disaggregates servers- offloads network virtualization and security.md b/sources/talk/20200930 VMware plan disaggregates servers- offloads network virtualization and security.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2f2c1bc343
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20200930 VMware plan disaggregates servers- offloads network virtualization and security.md
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (VMware plan disaggregates servers; offloads network virtualization and security)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3583990/vmware-plan-disaggregates-servers-offloads-network-virtualization-and-security.html)
+[#]: author: (Michael Cooney https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/)
+
+VMware plan disaggregates servers; offloads network virtualization and security
+======
+VMware Project Monterey includes NVIDIA, Intel and goes a long way to meld bare metal servers, graphics processing units
+Henrik5000 / Getty Images
+
+VMware is continuing its effort to remake the data center, cloud and edge to handle the distributed workloads and applications of the future.
+
+At its virtual VMworld 2020 event the company previewed a new architecture called Project Monterey that goes a long way toward melding bare-metal servers, graphics processing units (GPUs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), network interface cards (NICs) and security into a large-scale virtualized environment.
+
+Monterey would extend VMware Cloud Foundation (VCF), which today integrates the company’s vShphere virtualization, vSAN storage, NSX networking and vRealize cloud management systems to support GPUs, FPGAs and NICs into a single platform that can be deployed on-premises or in a public cloud.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][1]
+
+The combination of a rearchitected VCF with Project Monterey will disaggregate server functions, add support for bare-metal servers and let an application running on one physical server consume hardware accelerator resources such as FPGAs from other physical servers, said Kit Colbert vice president and chief technology officer of VMware’s Cloud Platform business unit.
+
+This will also enable physical resources to be dynamically accessed based on policy or via software API, tailored to the needs of the application, Colbert said. “What we see is that these new apps are using more and more of server CPU cycles. Traditionally, the industry has relied on the CPU for everything--application business logic, processing network packets, specialized work such as 3D modeling, and more,” Colbert wrote in a [blog][2] outlining Project Monterey.
+
+“But as app requirements for compute have continued to grow, hardware accelerators including GPUs, FPGAs, specialized NICs have been developed for processing workloads that could be offloaded from the CPU. By leveraging these accelerators, organizations can improve performance for the offloaded activities and free up CPU cycles for core app-processing work.”
+
+A key component of Monterey is VMware’s SmartNIC which incorporates a general-purpose CPU, out-of-band management, and virtualized device features. As part of Monterey, VMware has enabled its ESXi hypervisor to run on its SmartNICs which will let customers use a single management framework to manage all their compute infrastructure whether it be virtualized or bare metal.
+
+The idea is that by supporting SmartNICs, VCF will be able to maintain compute virtualization on the server CPU while offloading networking and storage I/O functions to the SmartNIC CPU. Applications can then make use of the available network bandwidth while saving server CPU cycles that will improve application performance, Colbert stated.
+
+As for security, each SmartNIC can run a stateful firewall and an advanced security suite.
+
+“Since this will run in the NIC and not in the host, up to thousands of tiny firewalls will be able to be deployed and automatically tuned to protect specific application services that make up the application--wrapping each service with intelligent defenses that can shield any vulnerability of that specific service,” Colbert stated. “Having an ESXi instance on the SmartNIC provides greater defense-in-depth. Even if the x86 ESXi is somehow compromised, the SmartNIC ESXi can still enforce proper network security and other security policies.”
+
+Part of the Monterey rollout included a broad development agreement between VMware and GPU giant Nvidia to bring its BlueField-2 data-processing unit (DPU) and other technologies into Monterey. The BlueField-2 offloads network, security, and storage tasks from the CPU.
+
+Nvidia DPUs can run a number of tasks, including network virtualization, load balancing, data compression, packet switching and encryption today across two ports, each carrying traffic at 100Gbps. “That’s an order of magnitude faster than CPUs geared for enterprise apps. The DPU is taking on these jobs so CPU cores can run more apps, boosting vSphere and data-center efficiency,” according to an Nvidia blog “As a result, data centers can handle more apps, and their networks will run faster, too.”
+
+In addition to the Monterey agreement, VMware and Nvidia said they would work together to develop an enterprise platform for AI applications. Specifically, the companies said GPU-optimized AI software available on the [Nvidia NGC hub][3] will be integrated into VMware vSphere, VMware Cloud Foundation and VMware Tanzu.
+
+[Now see how AI can boost data-center availability and efficiency][4]
+
+This will help accelerate AI adoption, letting customers extend existing infrastructure to support AI and manage all applications with a single set of operations.
+
+Intel and Pensando announced SmartNIC technology integration as part of Project Monterey, and Dell Technologies, HPE and Lenovo said they, too, would support integrated systems based on Project Monterey.
+
+Project Monterey is a technology preview at this point and VMware did not say when it expects to deliver it.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][5] and [LinkedIn][6] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3583990/vmware-plan-disaggregates-servers-offloads-network-virtualization-and-security.html
+
+作者：[Michael Cooney][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[2]: https://blogs.vmware.com/vsphere/2020/09/announcing-project-monterey-redefining-hybrid-cloud-architecture.html
+[3]: https://www.nvidia.com/en-us/gpu-cloud/
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3274654/ai-boosts-data-center-availability-efficiency.html
+[5]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[6]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20201002 VMware highlights security in COVID-era networking.md b/sources/talk/20201002 VMware highlights security in COVID-era networking.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9cc050ddf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20201002 VMware highlights security in COVID-era networking.md
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (VMware highlights security in COVID-era networking)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3584412/vmware-highlights-security-in-covid-era-networking.html)
+[#]: author: (Michael Cooney https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/)
+
+VMware highlights security in COVID-era networking
+======
+VMware is tackling the challenges of securing distributed enterprise resources with product enhancements including the new Carbon Black Cloud Workload software and upgrades to its SD-WAN and SASE products.
+ArtyStarty / Getty Images
+
+As enterprise workloads continue to move off-premises and employees continue to work remotely during the COVID-19 pandemic, securing that environment remains a critical challenge for IT.
+
+At its virtual VWworld 2020 gathering, VMware detailed products and plans to help customers deal with the challenges of securing distributed enterprise resources.
+
+**More about SD-WAN**: [How to buy SD-WAN technology: Key questions to consider when selecting a supplier][1] • [What SD-Branch is and why you'll need it][2] • [What are the options for securing SD-WAN?][3]
+
+"Amid global disruption, the key to survival for many companies has meant an accelerated shift to the cloud and, ultimately, bolting on security products in their data centers," said Sanjay Poonen, VMware's Chief Operating Officer, Customer Operations. "But legacy security systems are no longer sufficient for organizations that are using the cloud as part of their computing infrastructure. It's time to rethink security for the cloud. Organizations need protection at the workload level, not just at the endpoint."
+
+With that in mind, VMware introduced Carbon Black Cloud Workload software that combines vulnerability reporting with security detection and response capabilities to protect workloads running in virtualized, private and hybrid cloud environments, VMware stated.
+
+The new packages – along with [other upgrades to its security software][4] – represent VMware's continued development and integration of the Carbon Black security technology it [acquired a year ago][5] for $2.1 billion.
+
+"Tightly integrated with vSphere, VMware Carbon Black Cloud Workload provides agentless security that alleviates installation and management overhead and consolidates the collection of [telemetry][6] for multiple workload security use cases," VMware stated.
+
+The idea is to allow security and infrastructure teams to automatically secure new and existing workloads at every point in the security lifecycle, while simplifying operations and consolidating the IT and security stack. With the software, customers can analyze attacker behavior patterns over time to detect and stop never-seen-before attacks, including those manipulating known-good software. If an attacker bypasses perimeter defenses, security teams can shut down the attack before it escalates to a data breach, VMware stated.
+
+All current vSphere 6.5 and VMware Cloud Foundation 4.0 customers can give the package a try for free for the next six months, VMware stated. VMware plans to introduce a Carbon Black Cloud module for hardening and better securing Kubernetes workloads as well.
+
+The company also enhanced its Workspace ONE platform that securely manages end users' mobile devices and cloud-hosted virtual desktops and applications from the cloud or on-premise.
+
+The company says it blended VMware Workspace ONE Horizon and VMware Carbon Black Cloud to offer behavioral detection to protect against ransomware and file-less malware. On VMware vSphere, the solution is integrated into VMware Tools, removing the need to install and manage additional security agents, according to the company.
+
+Bolstering support for Apple Mac and Microsoft Windows 10 remote users, VMware added Workspace Security Remote, which includes the antivirus, audit and remediation, and detection and response capabilities of Carbon Black Cloud. It also includes the analytics, automation, device health, orchestration, and zero-trust access capabilities of the Workspace ONE platform.
+
+Securing the remote work environment is a common theme among other VMWare announcements, including news around its [SD-WAN and secure access service edge (SASE)][7] products and its overarching Virtual Cloud Network architecture.
+
+Taken together, the enhancements further VMware's goal of integrating security features within its infrastructure – a concept it calls intrinsic security – in an effort to better protect networked workloads than traditional piecemeal protection systems could.
+
+The democratization of compute was already underway before the COVID situation pushed it further, faster, said Sanjay Uppal, senior vice president and general manager of the VeloCloud Business Unit at VMware. "So with the remote workforce growing we need to make privacy and security drop-dead simple, and that is the goal."
+
+A more futuristic goal for the company is to provide a unified approach to security incident detection and response that can leverage multiple domains – from endpoint to workload to user to network. An emerging architecture that promises those capabilities is Extended Detection and Response (XDR), and VMware says it intends to support it.
+
+In a recent _[CSO][8]_ [column][8], Enterprise Strategy Group senior principal analyst Jon Oltsik defined XDR as "an integrated suite of security products spanning hybrid IT architectures, designed to interoperate and coordinate on threat prevention, detection and response. In other words, XDR unifies control points, security telemetry, analytics, and operations into one enterprise system."
+
+ESG research indicates that 84% of organizations are actively integrating security technologies so XDR can act as a turnkey security technology integration solution.
+
+"While vendors will offer different XDR bundles, ESG research indicates that large organizations really want XDR to include endpoint/server/cloud workload security, network security, coverage of the most common threat vectors (i.e., email/web), file detonation (i.e., sandboxing), threat intelligence, and analytics," Oltsik stated.
+
+Gartner said of XDR: "Although XDR tools are similar in function to security incident and event monitoring (SIEM) and security orchestration, automation and response tools, they are primarily differentiated by the level of integration at deployment and the focus on incident response."
+
+The primary goals of an XDR solution are to increase detection accuracy by correlating threat intelligence and signals across multiple security solutions, and to improve security operations efficiency and productivity.
+
+For its part, VMware said XDR is the opportunity to do just that: provide a unified approach to security incident detection and response that can leverage multiple domains from endpoint to workload to user to network.
+
+VMware called XDR "a multi-year effort to build the most advanced and comprehensive security incident detection and response solutions available" and will include cross-platform integration across its portfolio including Workspace ONE, vSphere, Carbon Black Cloud, and NSX Service-defined Firewall.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][9] and [LinkedIn][10] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3584412/vmware-highlights-security-in-covid-era-networking.html
+
+作者：[Michael Cooney][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Michael-Cooney/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3323407/sd-wan/how-to-buy-sd-wan-technology-key-questions-to-consider-when-selecting-a-supplier.html
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3250664/lan-wan/sd-branch-what-it-is-and-why-youll-need-it.html
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3285728/sd-wan/what-are-the-options-for-securing-sd-wan.html
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3529369/vmware-amps-up-its-cloud-and-data-center-security.html
+[5]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3445383/vmware-builds-security-unit-around-carbon-black-tech.html
+[6]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3575837/streaming-telemetry-gains-interest-as-snmp-reliance-fades.html
+[7]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3583939/vmware-amps-up-security-for-network-sase-sd-wan-products.html
+[8]: https://www.csoonline.com/article/3561291/what-is-xdr-10-things-you-should-know-about-this-security-buzz-term.html
+[9]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[10]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/talk/20201007 Telcos Move from Black boxes to Open Source.md b/sources/talk/20201007 Telcos Move from Black boxes to Open Source.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d517aa4842
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20201007 Telcos Move from Black boxes to Open Source.md
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Telcos Move from Black boxes to Open Source)
+[#]: via: (https://www.linux.com/interviews/telcos-move-from-black-boxes-to-open-source/)
+[#]: author: (Swapnil Bhartiya https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/)
+
+Telcos Move from Black boxes to Open Source
+======
+
+*Linux Foundation Networking (LFN) organized its first virtual event last week and we sat down with Arpit Joshipura, the General Manager of Networking, IoT and Edge at the Linux Foundation, to talk about the key points of the event and how LFN is leading the adoption of open source within the telco space. *
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: Today, we have with us Arpit Joshipura, General Manager of Networking, IoT and Edge, at the Linux Foundation. Arpit, what were some of the highlights of this event? Some big announcements that you can talk about?**
+
+**Arpit Joshipura:** This was a global event with more than 80 sessions and was attended by attendees from over 75 countries. The sessions were very diverse. A lot of the sessions were end-user driven, operator driven as well as from our vendors and partners. If you take LF Networking and LFH as two umbrellas that are leading the Networking and Edge implementations here, we had a very significant announcement. I would probably group them into 5 main things:
+
+Number one, we released a white paper at the Linux Foundation level where we had a bunch of vertical industries transformed using open source. These are over 100-year-old industries like telecom, automotive, finance, energy, healthcare, etc. So, that’s kind of one big announcement where vertical industries have taken advantage of open source.
+
+The second announcement was easy enough: Google Cloud joins Linux Foundation Networking as a partner. That announcement comes on the basis of the telecom market and the cloud market converging together and building on each other.
+
+The third major announcement was a project under LF Networking. If you remember, two years ago, a project collaboration with GSMA was started. It was called CNTT, which really defined and narrowed the scope of interoperability and compliance. And we have OPNFV under LFN. What we announced at Open Networking and Edge summit is the two projects are going to come together. This would be fantastic to a global community of operators who are simplifying the deployment and interoperability of implementation of NFVI manual VNFs and CNFs.
+
+The next announcement was around a research study that we released on open source code that was created by Linux Foundation Networking, using LFN analytics and COCOMO estimation. We’re talking $7.2 billion worth of IP investment, right? This is the power of shared technology.
+
+And finally, we released a survey on the Edge community asking them, “Why are you contributing to open source?” And the answer was fascinating. It was all-around innovation, speed to deployment, market creation. Yes, cost was important, but not initially.
+
+So those were the 5 big highlights of the show from an LFN and LFH perspective.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: There are two things that I’m interested in. One is the consolidation that you talk about, and the second is survey. The fact is that everybody is using open source. There is no doubt about it. But the problem that is happening is since everybody’s using it, there seems to be some gap between the awareness of how to be a good open source citizen as well. What have you seen in the telco space?**
+
+**Arpit Joshipura:** First of all, 5 years ago, they were all using black box and proprietary technologies. Then, we launched a project called OpenDaylight. And of course, OpenDaylight announced its 13th release today, but that’s kind of on their 6-year anniversary from being proprietary to today in one of the more active projects called ONAP. The telcos are 4 of the Top 10 contributors of source code and open source, right? Who would have imagined that an AT&T, Verizon, Amdocs, DT, Vodafone, and a China mobile and a China telecom, you name it are all actively contributing code? So that’s a paradigm shift in terms of not only consuming it, but also contributing towards it.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: And since you mentioned ONAP, if I’m not wrong, I think AT&T released its own work as E-com. And then the projects within the Foundation were merged to create ONAP. And then you mentioned actually NTD. So, what I want to understand from you is how many projects are there that you see within the Foundation? The problem is that Linux Foundation and all those other foundations are open servers. It’s a very good place for those products to come in. It’s obvious that there will be some projects that will overlap. So what is the situation right now? Where do you see some overlap happening and, at the same time, are there still gaps that you need to fill?**
+
+**Arpit Joshipura:** So that’s a question of the philosophies of a foundation, right? I’ll start off with the most loose situation, which is GitHub. Millions and millions of projects on GitHub. Any PhD student can throw his code on GitHub and say that’s open source and at the end of the day, if there’s no community around it, that project is dead. Okay. That’s the most extreme scenario. Then, there are foundations like CNCF who have a process of accepting projects that could have competing solutions. May the best project win.
+
+From an LF Networking and LFH perspective, the process is a little bit more restrictive: there is a formal project life cycle document and a process available on the Wiki that looks at the complementary nature of the project, that looks at the ecosystem, that looks at how it will enable and foster innovation. Then based on that, the governing board and the neutral governance that we have set up under the Linux Foundation, they would approve it.
+
+Overall, it depends on the philosophy for LFN and LFH. We have 8 projects each in the umbrella, and most of these projects are quite complementary when it comes to solving different use cases in different parts of the network.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: Awesome. Now, I want to talk about 5G a bit. I did not hear any announcements, but can you talk a bit about what is the word going on to help the further deployment of 5G technologies?**
+
+**Arpit Joshipura:** Yeah. I’m happy and sad to say that 5G is old news, right? The reality is all of the infrastructure work on 5G already was released earlier this year. So ONAP Frankfurt release, for example, has a blueprint on 5G slicing, right? All the work has been done, lots of blueprint and Akraino using 5G and mech. So, that work is done. The cities are getting lit up by the carriers. You see announcements from global carriers on 5G deployments. I think there are 2 missing pieces of work remaining for 5G.
+
+One is obviously the O-RAN support, right? The O-RAN software community, which we host at the Linux Foundation also is coming up with a second release. And, all the support for 5G is in there.
+
+The second part of 5G is really the compliance and verification testing. A lot of work is going into CMTT and OPN and feed. Remember that merge project we talked about where 5G is in context of not just OpenStack, but also Kubernetes? So the cloud-native aspects of 5G are all being worked on this year. I think we’ll see a lot more cloud-native 5G deployments next year primarily because projects like ONAP or cloud native integrate with projects like ONAP and Anthos or Azure stack and things like that.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: What are some of the biggest challenges that the telco industry is facing? I mean, technically, no externalization and all those things were there, but foundations have solved the problem. Some rough ideas are still there that you’re trying to resolve for them.**
+
+**Arpit Joshipura:** Yeah. I think the recent pandemic caused a significant change in the telcos’ thinking, right? Fortunately, because they had already started on a virtualization and open-source route, you heard from Android, and you heard from Deutsche Telekom, and you heard from Achronix, all of the operators were able to handle the change in the network traffic, change in the network, traffic direction, SLS workloads, etc., right? All because of the _softwarization_ as we call it on the network.
+
+Given the pandemic, I think the first challenge for them was, can the network hold up? And the answer is, yes. Right? All the work-from-home and all these video recordings, we have to hang out with the web, that was number one.
+
+Number two is it’s good to hold up the network, but did I end up spending millions and millions of dollars for operational expenditures? And the answer to that is no, especially for the telcos who have embraced an open-source ecosystem, right? So people who have deployed projects like SDN or ONAP or automation and orchestration or closed-loop controls, they automatically configure and reconfigure based on workloads and services and traffic, right? And that does not require manual labor, right? Tremendous amounts of costs were saved from an opex perspective, right?
+
+For operators who are still in the old mindset have significantly increased their opex, and what that has caused is a real strain on their budget sheets.
+
+So those were the 2 big things that we felt were challenges, but have been solved. Going forward, now it’s just a quick rollout/build-out of 5G, expanding 5G to Edge, and then partnering with the public cloud providers, at least, here in the US to bring the cloud-native solutions to market.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: Awesome. Now, Arpit, if I’m not wrong, LF Edge is I think, going to celebrate its second anniversary in January. What do you feel the product has achieved so far? What are its accomplishments? And what are some challenges that the project still has to tackle?**
+
+**Arpit Joshipura:** Let me start off with the most important accomplishment as a community and that is terminology. We have a project called State of the Edge and we just issued a white paper, which outlines terminology, terms and definitions of what Edge is because, historically, people use terms like thin edge, thick edge, cloud edge, far edge, near edge and blah, blah, blah. They’re all relative terms. Okay. It’s an edge in relation to who I am.
+
+Instead of that, the paper now defines absolute terms. If I give you a quick example, there are really 2 kinds of edges. There’s a device edge, and then there is a service provider edge. A device edge is really controlled by the operator, by the end user, I should say. Service provider edge is really shared as a service and the last mile typically separates them.
+
+Now, if you double click on each of these categories, then you have several incarnations of an edge. You can have an extremely constrained edge, microcontrollers, etc., mostly manufacturing, IIoT type. You could have a smart device edge like gateways, etc. Or you could have an on-prem silver type device edge. Either way, an end user controls that edge versus the other edge. Whether it’s on the radio-based stations or in a smart central office, the operator controls it. So that’s kind of the first accomplishment, right? Standardizing on terminology.
+
+The second big Edge accomplishment is around 2 projects: Akraino and EdgeX Foundry. These are stage 3 mature projects. They have come out with significant [results]. Akraino, for example, has come out with 20 plus blueprints. These are blueprints that actually can be deployed today, right? Just to refresh, a blueprint is a declarative configuration that has everything from end to end to solve a particular use case. So things like connected classrooms, AR/VR, connected cars, right? Network cloud, smart factories, smart cities, etc. So all these are available today.
+
+EdgeX is the IoT framework for an industrial setup, and that’s kind of the most downloaded. Those 2 projects, along with Fledge, EVE, Baetyl, Home Edge, Open Horizon, security advanced onboarding, NSoT, right? Very, very strong growth over 200% growth in terms of contributions. Huge growth in membership, huge growth in new projects and the community overall. We’re seeing that Edge is really picking up great. Remember, I told you Edge is 4 times the size of the cloud. So, everybody is in it.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: Now, the second part of the question was also some of the challenges that are still there. You talked about accomplishment. What are the problems that you see that you still think that the project has to solve for the industry and the community?**
+
+**Arpit Joshipura:** The fundamental challenge that remains is we’re still working as a community in different markets. I think the vendor ecosystem is trying to figure out who is the customer and who is the provider, right? Think of it this way: a carrier, for example, AT&T, could be a provider to a manufacturing factory, who actually could consume something from a provider, and then ship it to an end user. So, there’s like a value shift, if you may, in the business world, on who gets the cut, if you may. That’s still a challenge. People are trying to figure out, I think people who are going to be quick to define, solve and implement solutions using open technology will probably turn out to be winners.
+
+People who will just do analysis per analysis will be left behind like any other industry. I think that is kind of fundamentally number one. And number two, I think the speed at which we want to solve things. The pandemic has just accelerated the need for Edge and 5G. I think people are just eager to get gaming with low latency, get manufacturing, predictive maintenance with low latency, home surveillance with low latency, connected cars, autonomous driving, all the classroom use cases. They should have been done next year, but because of the pandemic, it just got accelerated.
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.linux.com/interviews/telcos-move-from-black-boxes-to-open-source/
+
+作者：[Swapnil Bhartiya][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
diff --git a/sources/talk/20201010 5 qualities of great open source developer advocates.md b/sources/talk/20201010 5 qualities of great open source developer advocates.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e8c7e8d9f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20201010 5 qualities of great open source developer advocates.md
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (5 qualities of great open source developer advocates)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/10/open-source-developer-advocates)
+[#]: author: (Jason Blais https://opensource.com/users/jasonblais)
+
+5 qualities of great open source developer advocates
+======
+Whether you're looking to hire a developer advocate or become one, here
+are the qualities to aim for.
+![Women talking][1]
+
+The developer relations job category is less than 10 years old, and [the developer advocate role is even newer][2]. In essence, developer advocates represent the voice of the user—in this case, that's usually the developer—internally to the company and the voice of the company externally to the community.
+
+[Mattermost][3] depends on its developer advocates to be the bridge between the community and the organization. At Mattermost, a developer advocate's three primary areas of responsibility are:
+
+ * Raising awareness among developers about the open source project, including educating users and helping them get the most out of the platform
+ * Building strong relationships with users across open source and developer communities
+ * Advocating for users internally with the product team by sharing the community's feedback and challenges
+
+
+
+Not everyone is cut out to succeed as an open source developer advocate. With that in mind, here are the top five qualities we've identified in outstanding developer advocates.
+
+### 1\. A genuine passion for helping others
+
+Developer advocates often start as developers or in other highly technical roles. They excel at their job but get less pleasure from creating solutions than they do by helping others do the same.
+
+Over time, they turn this enthusiasm into enabling and empowering other developers to be successful. They naturally evolve into developer advocates by educating and helping users get the most out of the platforms they're working with.
+
+Passion is one of the most important qualities of a developer advocate. To advocate for the user both internally and externally, they must put the user and the community first. This does not happen without genuine motivation to help others succeed.
+
+### 2\. An authentic communication style
+
+An outstanding developer advocate has a passion for writing and talking about technology—whether they're solving technical challenges, providing knowledge about specific frameworks (e.g., Kubernetes), or sharing solutions built on top of a platform.
+
+But when they share their knowledge, they must be careful not to be perceived as promoting a specific platform or product. If any group is turned off by inauthentic marketing, [it is developers][4]. Developer relations is [not the same as developer marketing][5]. That is why authenticity is critical when connecting with developer communities—particularly in open source.
+
+Combining these creates an authentic communicator who captures developers' attention and pulls people in. That engagement enables them to raise awareness, educate to help users get the most out of the platform, and build strong relationships with users—the three main areas that developer advocates own.
+
+### 3\. A natural flair for building relationships
+
+Developer advocates are typically extroverts. Through their authenticity and passion for helping others, they can build strong relationships with users and members of the community.
+
+The truly outstanding advocates have a natural flair for creating connections through their superb networking skills. They also know where the communities exist, whether it's Reddit, Twitter, meetup groups, forums, or chat channels.
+
+Why is having a natural flair for creating relationships so important?
+
+First, developer advocates bring their existing connections to developers and open source communities when they join a team. Second, they come in knowing the right social media and developer channels to reach developers and open source users. Finally, they create new relationships with community influencers and open source leaders that can give your platform an opportunity to grow rapidly.
+
+### 4\. A personal investment in the community
+
+As I mentioned, developer advocates are not only the advocates of users internally; they are also the voice of the company externally to the community. This allows them to develop their own personal brand and "street cred" that they will carry with them after they move on to another company or community.
+
+When a developer advocate cares about their personal brand and has a personal investment in what they do, they are typically more motivated. Not only are they responsible for cultivating the company's brand, but they are also putting their own reputation on the line. This can be frightening to some. But those who are brave and willing to personally commit have the edge needed to excel as a developer advocate.
+
+As a side note, developer advocates who are employed by the company they're advocating for should work as part of the community and put the community ahead of themselves. They must be willing to continuously learn from and with the community, be a team player, and never put their own brand ahead of the company or community.
+
+### 5\. Technical sharpness
+
+The final key attribute of great developer advocates is their technical sharpness. Are they knowledgeable about cutting-edge technologies, languages, and frameworks? Do they learn technologies and tools easily? Are they self-taught, self-resourced learners?
+
+Since other developers will look to them for guidance, it is important for developer advocates to be highly technical with several years of relevant experience in software development or DevOps. Without already being a developer (or otherwise highly technical), it would be difficult to really understand the developer mindset and know what tickles their curiosity.
+
+### Other characteristics
+
+These five qualities—a genuine passion for helping others, authentic communication capabilities, a natural flair for building relationships, a personal investment, and technical sharpness—are Mattermost's core characteristics in outstanding open source developer advocates. Are there any other must-have qualities I've missed? Let me know in the comments!
+
+_Thank you to Justin Reynolds for the valuable edits on this article._
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/open-source-developer-advocates
+
+作者：[Jason Blais][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jasonblais
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/conversation-interview-mentor.png?itok=HjoOPcrB (Women talking)
+[2]: https://medium.com/@ashleymcnamara/what-is-developer-advocacy-3a92442b627c
+[3]: http://mattermost.com/
+[4]: https://hackernoon.com/developer-marketing-allergies-authenticity-622014fdebfb
+[5]: https://medium.com/@aspleenic/developer-relations-and-developer-marketing-they-arent-the-same-thing-35b896159825
diff --git a/sources/talk/20201016 Is open source a development model, business model, or something else.md b/sources/talk/20201016 Is open source a development model, business model, or something else.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..26e8cd7e02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20201016 Is open source a development model, business model, or something else.md
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Is open source a development model, business model, or something else?)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/10/open-source-supply-chain)
+[#]: author: (Scott McCarty https://opensource.com/users/fatherlinux)
+
+Is open source a development model, business model, or something else?
+======
+Instead of asking whether open source is a development model or a
+business model, start thinking about it as a supply chain for your
+products.
+![Net catching 1s and 0s or data in the clouds][1]
+
+The term "open source" was coined in 1998 at a strategy session held by [Open Source Initiative][2] (OSI). The OSI maintains the [Open Source Definition][3] (OSD), which places mandates on the distribution terms of any software that claims to be open source. The OSI also maintains a curated list of official [open source licenses][4] that meet these guidelines.
+
+The OSD gives a clear definition of what open source software _is_, but doesn't provide much insight into how the adoption of open source affects a company's ability to build and deliver products or services that people want and need. Stated another way, there's still tremendous debate about the best ways to build a business based on open source.
+
+In this first of a multi-part series, I will lay the groundwork for understanding what products are, what product managers do, and how open source can be considered a supply chain. In future articles, I will go deeper into each of these topics, but I'll start by dissecting some common, but fundamentally confusing vocabulary.
+
+### Development model or business model?
+
+Open source adoption is common in products and solutions, but the verdict is out on what this truly means for product teams. Is open source a software development model or a business model? Even today, there are huge debates in open source circles.
+
+People who think of open source [as a development model][5] emphasize collaboration, the decentralized nature in which code is written, and the licenses under which that code is released. Those who think of open source [as a business model][6] discuss monetization through support, services, software-as-a-service, paid features, and even in the context of inexpensive marketing or advertising. While there are surely valid arguments on both sides, neither of these models has ever satisfied everyone. Perhaps it's because we've never fully considered open source in the historical context of software products and their practical construction.
+
+> Instead of thinking about open source as a development model or a business model, perhaps companies should think in terms of a supply chain from which they can purchase technology.
+
+A [supply chain][7] includes the organizations, people, activities, information, and resources needed to create any product or service. This includes products as simple as a wool coat or as complex as an open source software project with thousands of dependencies. In [_The Wealth of Nations_][8], the father of economics, [Adam Smith][9], describes the supply chain for a wool coat:
+
+> "The shepherd, the sorter of the wool, the wool-comber or carder, the dyer, the scribbler, the spinner, the weaver, the fuller, the dresser, with many others, must all join their different arts in order to complete even this homely production."
+
+![Wool coat supply chain][10]
+
+(Scott McCarty, [CC BY-SA 4.0][11])
+
+Most of us probably haven't heard of the roles involved in the supply chain for a wool coat, but one thing is obvious: divisions of labor and collaboration are keys to a healthy supply chain, especially with open source.
+
+### Product or project?
+
+If you accept that open source is a supply chain for building solutions, this leads to another misunderstanding around projects and products. Paul Cormier, Red Hat's CEO, makes a pragmatic distinction between [open source _projects_ and open source _products_][12]. While I agree with Paul, I am obliged to confess that most of the world doesn't recognize this crisp distinction. In 20 years of conversations with customers, partners, users, contributors, analysts, journalists, and even my own family, most people use the words _project_ and _product_ interchangeably.
+
+I'll attempt to bring clarity by proposing a simple definition: Products are things that people buy with currency, while projects are things people participate in, contribute to, or use. That gets part of the way to a better definition, but to truly understand, you need to define what a product _is_ in order to clearly see what a project _isn't_.
+
+Software products, like any other products or services, have a whole host of activities required to bring them to market. They have business plans, pricing and packaging, positioning and messaging, distribution strategies, sales enablement, portfolio alignment, build/buy/partner decisions, and roadmaps. The teams managing these products conduct focus groups, analyze addressable markets, brief journalists and analysts about how their products fit into the marketplace, walk customers through roadmaps, and, most importantly, define those roadmaps based on the needs of paying customers. Product teams spend a lot of time and money understanding their customers' problems, but this is rarely the work output of community members.
+
+Product teams have a fundamental choice about which suppliers they use in their products. This could mean using two, three, four, or even 10 different upstream projects in a product. It could also mean switching upstream projects when they no longer meet the needs of the customers buying the product. Finally, it could also mean positioning a partner's solution or different parts of the product portfolio to fill in gaps (i.e., address customer needs with solutions). The product team can also decide to use open source as one part of the supply chain and proprietary software as another part, thereby differentiating the product from the project. They can even make their product available only as a service; this is the power of pricing and packaging.
+
+Nearly all products are built by adding a layer of differentiated value to a set of commodity components that are provided by suppliers. This is true, whether they're built on open source or proprietary components. Stated another way, upstream suppliers cannot provide the same solution as downstream products. When upstream projects and downstream products tackle the exact same business problem, there is low differentiation, which creates challenges. This is akin to upstream suppliers and the downstream product company both selling tires—the upstream supplier needs to sell tires, and the downstream product company needs to sell vehicles.
+
+> A lack of differentiation between the supply-chain components and the downstream product is where open source companies run into problems.
+
+Everyday, product teams have to make pricing, packaging, build, buy, partner, and roadmap decisions driven by paying customers. This is what provides differentiation to a product and makes it fundamentally different from a community-driven, open source project.
+
+### Buying from the open source supply chain
+
+Open source technology is free as in speech, not "free as in beer." Anyone can download and use open source software pretty much however they want, but as soon as you sell a product that uses open source, you have a responsibility to the customer. That responsibility includes things like verifying the software is always patched, secure, and runs well. A product team has a commitment to the customers and is responsible for every component chosen in the supply chain.
+
+![Stephen Walli tweet about open source business models][13]
+
+(Scott McCarty, [CC BY-SA 4.0][11])
+
+Stated another way, building a product on open source software is not free. It costs [either time or money][14], and everyone knows time is money, so these are essentially the same thing. Therefore, it's genuinely correct to use the word "buy" to describe the relationship between product teams and the upstream open source projects that supply technology for those products.
+
+From the perspective of the product team, each upstream project can be thought of as a supplier. The product team can "buy" from the open source suppliers by contributing the time and energy of engineers, documentation writers, testers, etc. Since time is money, every hour spent on upstream work can be measured in dollars.
+
+This cost of consuming from the open source supply chain exists whether your organization is selling a _product_ based on open source or building a _solution_ for internal consumption. Building anything on open source comes with an implicit responsibility for the components selected and used. But, unlike a traditional supply chain, a dollar may not be a dollar (fill in your currency of choice).
+
+Every dollar invested in an open source supply chain purchase might return $2, $3, or even $10 of value in return. The return on investment can be higher because other people and companies are also contributing value, as well as a diversity of ideas. Everyone who consumes from an open source supply chain inherits the total value. If the community is healthy, the value received is far above and beyond the contributions made.
+
+There's another hidden benefit to purchasing from open source suppliers. Unlike traditional suppliers, community-driven, open source projects are not profit-driven entities with sales, marketing, and go-to-market costs. This is akin to buying from non-profit entities, but, once again, it's not "free as in beer." There's definitely a cost associated with purchasing from an open source supply chain and, in turn, providing a product to your customers.
+
+### A better metaphor for products
+
+Perhaps no one has ever taken a product-centric view of open source because it grew up alongside the internet and the dot-com boom. This was a time of throwing money at ideas without having much of a business plan. Attempts to apply traditional business understanding _post facto_ have led to debate over the definition of open source versus [open core][15], as well as the roles and responsibilities of product teams. The software industry, and open source, in particular, has been notoriously confused about aligning product management and upstream engineering. The blurry line between project and product has even led to misunderstandings about what features upstream projects should focus on versus the downstream products.
+
+Working as a member of the product team driving the roadmap for arguably the largest open source product in the world, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, I'd like to humbly propose a new paradigm within which to think about open source software:
+
+> **Open source is a supply chain model.**
+
+It's not a huge intellectual leap, but this has profound implications on discussions, debates, and cognitive load when thinking about products that leverage open source.
+
+### Capturing value with open source
+
+In recent years, arguments have been put forth asserting that there [can only ever be one Red Hat][16]; the narrative implies that only one company can grow into a multi-billion dollar business by selling support. This narrative is problematic because Red Hat doesn't make money from support, and it might even be argued that [Red Hat Network][17] was the first SaaS of open source. Second, other companies like SUSE, Cloudera, and Chef have captured quite a bit of value. Finally, many businesses start with a SaaS model and extend into adjacent on-premises businesses, like [CloudBees][18].
+
+All of these companies have been able to successfully use open source as a supply chain to create value while simultaneously capturing value by satisfying complex business problems that are not solved by the upstream project alone. Fundamentally, SaaS and hardware/software combinations are no different, although it might be argued that they are easier to monetize.
+
+Fellow product managers, I urge you to start thinking about open source projects as a supply chain for your products. It will give you new clarity in making product-driven decisions and focusing on business needs instead of technology. With all supply chains, product managers have to treat their suppliers fairly. For example, downstream product teams can't tell upstream suppliers what to do. Downstream product teams also have to pay suppliers enough to keep them in business and continue to supply technology. These are just two examples of the clarity that comes from treating upstream, open source projects as suppliers, and it keeps the relationship much healthier.
+
+![Linux supply chain][19]
+
+(Scott McCarty, [CC BY-SA 4.0][11])
+
+There's a saying in music: _It's not the notes you play, but the notes you don't play._ Constraints breed creativity. If you know you can't differentiate your product based on the code from your upstream suppliers, your product team has to get creative. You have to identify other value worth purchasing. I'll dig into this later in the series; in the next article, I'll add clarity to the scope of what an open source product is and how to create value with it.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/open-source-supply-chain
+
+作者：[Scott McCarty][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/fatherlinux
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_analytics_cloud.png?itok=eE4uIoaB (Net catching 1s and 0s or data in the clouds)
+[2]: https://opensource.org/
+[3]: https://opensource.org/osd
+[4]: https://opensource.org/licenses/alphabetical
+[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Open-source_model
+[6]: https://opensource.com/article/17/12/open-source-business-models
+[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Supply_chain
+[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Wealth_of_Nations
+[9]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adam_Smith
+[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/wool_coat_supply_chain.png (Wool coat supply chain)
+[11]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[12]: https://siliconangle.com/2019/05/10/red-hat-talks-project-vs-product-in-enterprise-open-source-rhsummit/
+[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/tweet.png (Stephen Walli tweet about open source business models)
+[14]: https://twitter.com/stephenrwalli/status/1147205594966663168
+[15]: https://medium.com/open-consensus/2-open-core-definition-examples-tradeoffs-e4d0c044da7c
+[16]: https://techcrunch.com/2014/02/13/please-dont-tell-me-you-want-to-be-the-next-red-hat/
+[17]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Red_Hat_Network
+[18]: https://www.cloudbees.com/blog/enhanced-pricing-and-packaging-cloudbees-platform
+[19]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/linux_supply_chain.png (Linux supply chain)
diff --git a/sources/talk/20201021 How anyone can contribute to open source software in their job.md b/sources/talk/20201021 How anyone can contribute to open source software in their job.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3ae4fbf8ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20201021 How anyone can contribute to open source software in their job.md
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How anyone can contribute to open source software in their job)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/10/open-your-job)
+[#]: author: (Catherine Robson https://opensource.com/users/crobson)
+
+How anyone can contribute to open source software in their job
+======
+Open your job, and you'll open opportunities for software developers to
+build applications that meet your needs.
+![Active listening in a meeting is a skill][1]
+
+Imagine a world where your software works perfectly for you. It meets your needs, does things your way, and is the ideal tool to achieve great things toward your goals.
+
+Open source software stems from these roots. Many projects are built by engineers that have a problem and build a solution to solve it. Then they openly share their solution with others to use and improve.
+
+Unfortunately, building software is hard. Not everyone has the expertise to build software that works perfectly for their needs. And if the software developers building applications don't fully understand users' needs and how they do their job, the solutions they build may not meet the users' needs and may accidentally create a lot of gaps.
+
+I recently encountered an example of this at my dentist's office. As I was waiting in the chair, I couldn't help but notice how long the dental hygienist was taking to punch around in the software to get ready for the dentist's examination. So I asked her, "Do you feel like this software meets your needs?" She replied, "No! It's so complex, and what I actually need is never where I need it!"
+
+Part of the problem is that the people who built this software are probably not dentists, dental hygienists, or have any experience with a dentist other than as a patient in the chair. Many software companies have roles to help fill those gaps—product managers, product and market analysts, researchers, and others are meant to help gather requirements that tell development teams what to build.
+
+But we all know about learning a new domain. There's learning it from the outside, casually understanding it; then there's learning it from the inside, living it day-to-day, and really knowing it as an expert. The closer the development team can get to the real, "living it" experience, the better decisions they will make when they build software for specific users and domains.
+
+Open source has an ethos of sharing the work being done. Now I think it is time to evolve open source to the next level: sharing work that _needs to be_ done. Domain experts (i.e., the eventual users) need to share information about what they need to do their job so that open source developers can build software to meet their needs.
+
+This might sound overwhelming if you're not a software developer. Contributing to open source means that you need to write code, understand [Git][2], or cross other technical hurdles, right? Not necessarily; contributing your domain expertise is an important part of open source development.
+
+And you can use the tools you already have. You're already on social media. You probably have access to a word processor of some kind. And you have a work environment that can be shared openly (even in COVID times, thanks to technology).
+
+### Three steps to opening your job
+
+The following steps can help you open your job so software developers can learn your domain, understand your job and pain points, and build software that works better for you.
+
+#### 1\. Invite software builders into your work environment
+
+An ethnographic study is where parts of the software team shadow you in your job. You'll be asked to do everything you normally do on a workday, just as you always do it. Like a "fly on the wall," the software team is there to observe and understand how you do what you do. They might debrief with you throughout the day to get more insights into why you did certain things. Overall, this is meant to be non-invasive for you but very informative for the team.
+
+#### 2\. Share writeups about your job with software builders
+
+Far too often in the software industry, we focus on the software, not its use. As an example, a software requirement may come in as: "Show the history of dental work done to a tooth." This assumes that the software is required to do this job and that this history is useful no matter where it's shown in the software.
+
+Instead, developers need to back up and make sure they understand the job functions thoroughly. For example, a requirement could say: "A patient has a tooth with a cavity that was found during routine cleaning. While the patient is still there, the dentist needs to know what else has been done to the tooth to be able to prescribe a solution to the patient." By knowing the job that needs to be done, the software developer can build software that enables easy selection of the tooth in question, mid-exam, with gloves on. Therefore, this information should be available while in the "routine cleaning" view.
+
+Writing up your intent and context while you're using the software, rather than the tasks you do, can help software developers build to meet your true needs.
+
+If you want to go deeper, look at the [Jobs To Be Done][3] (JTBD) framework as a way to convey your expertise to software teams.
+
+#### 3\. Use social media to share videos, explanations, and more about your job
+
+Use the social media platform of your choice (e.g., YouTube, Reddit, etc.) to share information about your job. Recording and sharing a "day in the life" video openly could greatly help development teams really understand what you do and how you do it so that they can create software that serves your needs.
+
+### Open opportunities
+
+Open your job, and you'll open opportunities for software developers to build better software! Let's bring open source to the next level together by sharing more about what you need.
+
+You don't need to be a master coder to contribute to open source. Jade Wang shares 8 ways you can...
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/open-your-job
+
+作者：[Catherine Robson][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/crobson
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/team-discussion-mac-laptop-stickers.png?itok=AThobsFH (Active listening in a meeting is a skill)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-is-git
+[3]: https://www.google.com/books/edition/The_Jobs_To_Be_Done_Playbook/1vHRDwAAQBAJ?hl=en&gbpv=1&printsec=frontcover
diff --git a/sources/talk/20201022 How to influence people to join open source.md b/sources/talk/20201022 How to influence people to join open source.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..caa1d02fbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20201022 How to influence people to join open source.md
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (mengxinayan)
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to influence people to join open source)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/10/influence-open-source)
+[#]: author: (Joshua Pearce https://opensource.com/users/jmpearce)
+
+How to influence people to join open source
+======
+Giving people what they want is the most effective way to introduce
+people to open source.
+![pipe in a building][1]
+
+If you are reading Opensource.com, you might be able to code, and you are probably reading this on an open source browser on some elusive [Linux distro][2]. You probably have not seen a browser ad in years because you are running an [open source ad blocker][3]. You feel warm and fuzzy when you think about penguins.
+
+Simply, you know the power of the force of open source and have made it part of your life. Sadly, not everyone has found the open source way yet. Their computers are painfully slow; they see more ads than content when they surf the web; they spend their money on patented and copyrighted junk. Some of these people may even be related to you—take your nieces and nephews, for example.
+
+### Knowledge is wealth
+
+So, how do you introduce your nieces and nephews (and everyone else) to open source?
+
+I tried to answer this question and being a professor, a profession well known for being long-winded, I ended up with a book: [_Create, Share, and Save Money Using Open Source Projects_][4], published by McGraw-Hill
+
+The trick, I think, is finding something that your niece or nephew wants but doesn't have the money to buy, then showing them how open source knowledge can get them what they want.
+
+![Lift Standing Desk][5]
+
+[Lift Standing Desk][6] (Joni Steiner and Nick Ierodiaconou, [CC-BY-SA-NC][7])
+
+Knowledge has a unique property among commodities. Unlike gold or wheat, it not only retains value when it is shared, but it can rapidly increase in value. The internet enables unlimited scaling of this process, as the price of information-sharing approaches zero. Everyone with internet access has historically unprecedented access to this wealth. For example, I provide [free links to repositories][4] with books, education, movies, how-tos, maps, music, photographs, art, software, and recipes.
+
+### Don't buy it, make it
+
+Free and open source is expanding further into the physical world, and we all have the opportunity to radically reduce the cost of just about everything you can buy at Walmart or Amazon, including [toys][8], [electronics][9], [household goods][10], and clothing. The combination of open source sharing and digital manufacturing—using 3D printers and similar tools—enables individuals to make their own complex, valuable products.
+
+![3D printed household items][11]
+
+[3D-printed household items][12] (Joshua M. Pearce, [CC BY-SA 3.0][13])
+
+For years, scientists have been doing this [in their labs][14]. But now, anyone can easily customize products to fit their exact needs. There are already millions of free designs available.
+
+![Recyclebot][15]
+
+[Recyclebot][16] (Joshua M. Pearce, [GPLv3][17])
+
+The way to really knock the bottom out of a product's price is to [source the raw materials from trash][18]. This is possible for a dizzying array of products because of recent improvements in small-scale recycling processes (like [Recyclebots][19], which I use in my lab) that enable people to make valuable products from waste. Best of all, anyone can get these green, custom creations for a small fraction of the cost of a proprietary system. We can normally produce a custom product for [less than the sales tax][20] on a conventional product—with the same functionality, a better, customized form, and almost no cost.
+
+### Learn more
+
+In _[Create, Share, and Save Money Using Open Source Projects][4],_ I share the potential in at-home manufacturing and recycling and even how to score free big-ticket items, including housing and electricity, with open source. You can also learn more about this on a webinar I recorded with Megan Krieger and Janet Callahan for Michigan Tech's [Husky Bites][21].
+
+Hopefully, this knowledge is motivating enough to pull in a niece or nephew or two over to the open source way!
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/influence-open-source
+
+作者：[Joshua Pearce][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[萌新阿岩](https://github.com/mengxinayan)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jmpearce
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/open_pipe_red_hat_tower_building.png?itok=8ho3yi7L (pipe in a building)
+[2]: https://distrowatch.com/
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/ad-blockers
+[4]: https://www.appropedia.org/Create,_Share,_and_Save_Money_Using_Open-Source_Projects
+[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/opendesk_furniture_lift-standing-desk.jpg (Lift Standing Desk)
+[6]: https://www.appropedia.org/File:Opendesk_furniture_lift-standing-desk.jpg
+[7]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.0/
+[8]: http://www.mdpi.com/2227-7080/5/3/45
+[9]: https://doi.org/10.3390/inventions3030064
+[10]: https://www.mdpi.com/2227-7080/5/1/7
+[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/3dprinted_household.jpg (3D printed household items)
+[12]: https://www.appropedia.org/File:3dprinted_household.JPG
+[13]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/
+[14]: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/open-source-hardware-savings
+[15]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/recyclebotrep.png (Recyclebot)
+[16]: https://www.appropedia.org/File:Recyclebotrep.png
+[17]: https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.html
+[18]: https://www.academia.edu/34738483/Tightening_the_Loop_on_the_Circular_Economy_Coupled_Distributed_Recycling_and_Manufacturing_with_Recyclebot_and_RepRap_3-D_Printing
+[19]: https://www.appropedia.org/Recyclebot
+[20]: https://opensource.com/article/17/3/how-to-create-consumer-goods-open-hardware
+[21]: https://www.facebook.com/Michigan-Tech-College-of-Engineering-109353424030003/videos/husky-bites-presents-special-guest-joshua-m-pearce/2669023713361207/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20201023 Why it-s important to keep the cloud open.md b/sources/talk/20201023 Why it-s important to keep the cloud open.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..446eceb61b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20201023 Why it-s important to keep the cloud open.md
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Why it's important to keep the cloud open)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/10/keep-cloud-open)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+Why it's important to keep the cloud open
+======
+An open cloud helps developers maintain autonomy and security while
+taking advantage of the power and reach of the cloud.
+![Sky with clouds and grass][1]
+
+There's a famous sticker featured on many laptop lids; it goes something like this: "the 'cloud' is just somebody else's computer."
+
+There's a lot of truth to that sentiment, but it's not exactly technically accurate. In fact, cloud computing isn't just somebody else's computer; it's somebody else's _hundreds and thousands_ of computers.
+
+Years ago, "the cloud" did indeed just refer to the simplified graphic in a flowchart, so the illustrator didn't have to try to accurately depict the multiple networks that comprise the World Wide Web. Now, however, the cloud isn't just describing traffic or small-time remote file storage offers. The cloud of today is a _platform_ of interconnected computational nodes working together to keep containerized Linux images, each running a distinct service (or "microservice" in developer lingo), functioning as applications distributed over the whole world.
+
+The cloud is a computer, no different in theory than the device you're reading this article on, but very different in construction. For instance, you don't own the cloud. You might wonder how such a concept can possibly be compatible with the idea of open source and free software, methods of computing in which the user famously owns the software they run. Surely you can't own software when you don't even own the device it's installed on?
+
+### Open source and the cloud
+
+For several years now, the Internet has been something of a software neutral zone. The model of the Internet isn't the same as "traditional" software in which there's a one-to-one, or maybe a one-per-family, relationship between the app and the user. The Internet is built of servers, which run services intended for multiple users. You sign up for an account on a site, and, in the best-case scenario, you more or less "own" your user account and data, but you don't own the site. You can't stop your Internet service and bring up the website on your computer. The software "lives" on a server somewhere. Even when the software is open source, such as WordPress or Drupal, and even if you download it and install it locally on your own computer, you still don't possess the instance you created an account on.
+
+For this reason, even users very conscious of the threat of non-open software tend to overlook the question of software on the Internet. It can be increasingly difficult to recognize the importance of open source when even popular open source projects are hosted on Github (which uses a non-open web stack), Slack, or Discord instead of [Mattermost][2] or [Matrix][3] for chat; Google Docs instead of [Etherpad][4] for collaboration; Trello instead of [Phabricator][5] for [project management][6]; Jira for bug tracking; Gmail for communication, and so on. For as much as open source has won within software development and server hosting, it seems to willingly lock itself inside proprietary infrastructure.
+
+### Why the cloud is so powerful
+
+The problem doesn't end with infrastructure. The reason open source projects are locking themselves into proprietary systems for support is that the cloud itself is the computer, and the computer powered by the cloud is a lot more powerful than any developer's workstation. Not only does it have more processing power, but it also has a greater reach. An application you develop to run on the cloud can serve millions of users without even one of them having to figure out how to download and install anything. Your users just launch a browser and use your app, on any device, without even worrying about whether their device is powerful enough for the task they need to be done.
+
+The cloud just makes sense, for computation, for delivery, and even for marketing. The problem is, it doesn't make any sense for open source. And that's why the cloud is no longer enough. The cloud needs to be upgraded to an open hybrid cloud.
+
+### What is an open hybrid cloud?
+
+When people talked about "the cloud" many years ago, it referred to the network serving as the computer. It was even then an old idea, but it was only just being realized. But because the network was the computer, the natural and correct assumption was that most users wouldn't own the computer; they'd only log in with client machines. And that's exactly the form it has taken—you own a device that browses to a cloud owned by Google, Microsoft, or Amazon.
+
+This came to be known as the public cloud because the infrastructure running the cloud is available to the general public. You can buy time on several public clouds, interact with it through Kubernetes, and develop apps for Linux containers.
+
+It didn't take long for individual companies to build private clouds—an infrastructure available only to their employees and clients. This ensured that important data remained under their control, and it often cost less than buying time on someone else's infrastructure.
+
+A hybrid cloud combines these two concepts—you maintain a private cloud for your own use, and you use a public cloud to provide services you can't run only privately. An open hybrid cloud is a hybrid cloud built on open source, whether it's OKD, OpenShift, Kubernetes, RHEL, Debian, Alpine, Podman, Docker, Ansible, or custom scripts.
+
+### Getting an open hybrid cloud
+
+The cloud is powerful, so it stands to reason that it can actually help solve a little problem like ensuring user independence. It doesn't happen overnight, though, and the proprietary cloud is already entrenched in services used by millions. So, as an open source enthusiast, what can you do to promote the open hybrid cloud?
+
+### Don't settle for closed clouds
+
+If you're a developer, seek out an open hybrid cloud when you're looking for a platform to build upon. If you can't find one within your price range and you can't build a small one, then support open stacks. Look at the services your project relies upon and make sure you can reimplement the stack, should you need to.
+
+### Use open source online
+
+As a user, look for [federated systems][7] for social media, and look for open source platforms like WordPress, Drupal, Nextcloud, Etherpad, EtherCalc, and others, for online collaboration. You're not running the instance you're using, but at least you know that the code is auditable and that you're not supporting an environment that forces developers to contribute to proprietary software.
+
+### Data liberation
+
+Whether or not the environment is open source, ensure that important data is secure and can be exported. We're well into the 21st century, so there's no excuse for a website to gather data about without proper encryption and no excuse to withhold your data from you. You should be able to export anything you put _into_ a site for your own backups.
+
+### Be open
+
+In an open hybrid cloud, you own your development environment and your data, and you maintain your autonomy the same way you do with a laptop running [Linux][8] or [BSD][9]. Cloud computing is the future. Let's work together to make sure the future is open.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/keep-cloud-open
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bus-cloud.png?itok=vz0PIDDS (Sky with clouds and grass)
+[2]: http://mattermost.com
+[3]: http://matrix.org
+[4]: http://etherpad.org
+[5]: https://www.phacility.com/phabricator/
+[6]: https://opensource.com/alternatives/trello
+[7]: https://opensource.com/article/17/4/guide-to-mastodon
+[8]: https://opensource.com/resources/linux
+[9]: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/furybsd-linux
diff --git a/sources/talk/20201027 How to define a product in the open source software supply chain.md b/sources/talk/20201027 How to define a product in the open source software supply chain.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8a13a06eeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20201027 How to define a product in the open source software supply chain.md
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to define a product in the open source software supply chain)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/10/defining-product-open-source)
+[#]: author: (Scott McCarty https://opensource.com/users/fatherlinux)
+
+How to define a product in the open source software supply chain
+======
+Differentiation is what makes a product successful. Learn more in part
+two of this series on open source in the software supply chain.
+![Gift box opens with colors coming out][1]
+
+In the first article in this series, "[Is open source a development model, business model, or something else?][2]" I introduced the concept that open source is part of the supply chain for software products. But to truly understand open source as a supply chain, you must have a decent understanding of what a product is. A product can be thought of as a business, and as legendary business guru [Peter Drucker][3] said, "The purpose of business is to create and keep a customer." Drucker's statement means a business or product must be useful enough to pay for, or it will fail. Product differentiation is the thing that creates and retains customers.
+
+### What's in a software product?
+
+Even in the stone age of 1999, when I started my career, the concept of software products existed—you could go to a store and purchase boxed copies of Red Hat Linux on compact discs (though floppies were still very much in use). The idea of software products existing might sound like a joke, and it is, but in the 1940s and 1950s (when computers, as we know them, were created), software was not a component of value that was bought and sold. There was no market for software. You couldn't buy it, sell it, or access it online.
+
+Instead of buying software, the choice was to build or buy a physical computer; with either option, you wrote the software yourself for that specific computer.
+
+> _That… specific… computer…_
+
+No joke. In the early days of computers, software couldn't run anywhere except for the computer you wrote it on. In fact, in the early days, you couldn't even use the same programming language on two different computers. But, as computers evolved, system software, such as operating systems, assemblers, and compilers, were created. And with the advent of this system software, application code became more reusable and portable.
+
+In the 1960s, cross-platform compilers and operating systems led to the concept of reusable code, such as macros and eventually libraries. At the beginning of every project, you built your own reusable functions and libraries. (Computer science courses still force you to do this so that you learn what's going on behind the scenes.) Concurrently, processors and operating systems standardized, enabling portability between computers.
+
+In the early days, these components were used within single organizations (e.g., a government, university, company, etc.), but the desire to share software among organizations emerged quickly. If you're interested in understanding the history of code portability from the first computers to containers, see "Fatherlinux's" [Container portability][4] series or the [History of compiler construction][5] Wikipedia page. Suffice to say, code had to be portable before anyone could have software products, open source or even containers.
+
+### Reusable and portable software
+
+Once code became portable and shareable between organizations, the next logical step was to sell it. In these early days, having software that did _something useful_ was differentiating in the marketplace. This was a breakthrough because if you needed a calculator, a compiler, or a piece of word processing software, it became cheaper and easier to buy it than to write it. So software products were born.
+
+This model really only worked to tackle general-purpose problems that a lot of people share—things like calculating numbers, writing documents, or compiling software; these are business problems. General-purpose software is great, but it doesn't elegantly solve specific problems related to business rules within a single industry or organization, although you can abuse Excel or Google Sheets pretty hard. For specific business problems, it's more efficient to write custom code. This need led to the rise of middleware, things like Java, service buses, and databases. Middleware was bought and sold to assist with custom software development.
+
+Code portability led to a marketplace for software applications and middleware. Software companies began to provide competing solutions with differentiated value. You picked the compiler or the calculator that you wanted based on features. The existence of competing solutions was great for consumers because it drove software companies to create more specialized solutions, each with unique value. Whether a product is built on open source or not, it must provide unique value in the marketplace.
+
+### Understanding differentiated value
+
+To explain differentiated value, I'll use an analogy about automobiles. Families need cars, sport utility vehicles (SUVs), or minivans. They might want comfortable seats, infotainment systems, or safety features. They often have a preference on color. Each family is different and has specific needs, so the perfect automobile would be one that the family built together as a project.
+
+Most families don't have the time, desire, money, or credit to buy all of the components necessary to build the perfect car from scratch, much less the time to maintain it over a given lifecycle. It wouldn't be an economical investment of time or money for a family. It would cost them way more, and take a long time to build. Instead, families buy automobiles from existing vendors, as a built solution to their transportation problem. Although the bought car will be imperfect, it will approximately meet their needs with much less time and money invested.
+
+Automobile vendors put a solution together with undifferentiated and differentiated components. This includes everything from the motor, fuel injectors, tires, and seats in the car, to the buying experience at the dealership, the financing, and the service program while the car is owned. All of these features and experiences are a component of the solution that families buy when looking for an automobile. The combination of all these things is what produces something that is different and, hopefully, better in the marketplace. We call this _differentiation_. The more competing solutions, the more differentiation in the marketplace, and the better the chance that a family can find a car that matches their needs more approximately.
+
+### Differentiation in open source
+
+In a traditional manufactured product or service, there is a distinction between the value provided by the supplier and the value provided by the company selling directly to the consumer. You could make a further distinction between business-to-consumer (B2C) or business-to-business (B2B) products and services, but that's beyond the scope of this series.
+
+The astute reader may already be thinking, "yeah, but with traditional products, the suppliers are also companies selling products with differentiation." This is completely true, and in this way, open source projects are no different. Community-driven, open source projects don't have the advantage of expensive marketing campaigns, focus groups, and sales teams to educate customers, but they must also differentiate themselves in the marketplace.
+
+Differentiation is an important concept for product managers, developers, and even systems administrators. Even in a broader context, the output of any sort of knowledge work—code, writing, music, or art—differentiation is what brings value and meaning to our work. Differentiation is what creates value, whether it's a software product or service, labor, or even music.
+
+In the next article, I'll dive deeper into how software product teams differentiate their solutions from the open source components provided by their suppliers. We'll even cover software as a service (SaaS).
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/defining-product-open-source
+
+作者：[Scott McCarty][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/fatherlinux
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/OSDC_gift_giveaway_box_520x292.png?itok=w1YQhNH1 (Gift box opens with colors coming out)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/open-source-supply-chain
+[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Peter_Drucker
+[4]: http://crunchtools.com/container-portability-part-1/
+[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_compiler_construction
diff --git a/sources/talk/20201028 A few things I-ve learned about email marketing.md b/sources/talk/20201028 A few things I-ve learned about email marketing.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4918d3dd3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20201028 A few things I-ve learned about email marketing.md
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (A few things I've learned about email marketing)
+[#]: via: (https://jvns.ca/blog/2020/10/28/a-few-things-i-ve-learned-about-email-marketing/)
+[#]: author: (Julia Evans https://jvns.ca/)
+
+A few things I've learned about email marketing
+======
+
+Hello! I’ve been learning a lot about business over the last few years (it’s possible to make a living by helping people learn! it’s amazing!). One of the things I’ve found hardest to get my head around was email marketing.
+
+Like a lot of people, I get a lot of unwanted email, and at first I was really opposed to doing any kind of email marketing because I was worried I’d be the _source_ of that unwanted email. But I’ve learned how to do it in a way that feels good to me, and where the replies to my marketing emails are usually along the lines of “wow, I love this, thank you so much!”. ([literally: here are excerpts from the last 20 or so replies I’ve gotten][1])
+
+I’m going to structure this as a series of beliefs I had about email marketing that turned out not to be universally true.
+
+### myth 1: selling things is an adversarial relationship
+
+I used to think that selling things was a sort of adversarial relationship: the person selling the product wants to convince the buyer (by any means necessary) to spend as much money as possible, and that people buying things are usually kind of resentful of anyone asking them to spend money.
+
+I’ve learned that actually a lot of people are happy (or even actively **want**) to spend money on something that will help them solve a problem they have.
+
+Here’s a silly example of something illustrating this: 2 years ago, we’d hired someone to paint our new apartment. We decided to paint a lot of the walls white, and we were stuck with the impossible problem of deciding which of the 10 billion possible shades of white to paint the walls. I found a $27 ebook called [white is complicated][2], and (long story short, this blog post is not about painting) it really helped me confidently choose a shade of white!! We spent thousands of dollars on painting, so $30 was a really good investment in making sure we’d be happy with the result.
+
+So even though $27 for an ebook on how to choose a white seems silly at first, I was really happy to spend the money, and my guess is a lot of other people who bought that ebook are as well.
+
+The bigger idea here is that it’s easier to run a business when you’re selling to people who are happy to buy things based on the value they’re getting from the product. In my case, I’ve found that there are lots of programmers who are happy to pay for clear, short, friendly explanations of concepts they need to understand for their jobs.
+
+### a quick note on how I learned these things: 30x500
+
+I originally wrote this blog post about all these things I learned, and it kind of read like I figured out all of these things naturally over the course of running a business. But that’s not how it went at all! I’ve actually found it very hard to debug business problems on my own. A lot of the attitudes I had when I started out running a business were counterproductive (like thinking of selling something as an adversarial process), and I don’t know that many people who run similar businesses who I can get advice from.
+
+I learned how to think about selling things as a non-adversarial process (and everything else in this blog post, and a lot more) from [30x500][3], a business class by Amy Hoy ([her writing is here][4]) and [Alex Hillman][5] that I bought a couple of years ago. 30x500 is about running a specific kind of business (very briefly: sell to people who buy based on value, decide what to build by researching your audience, market by teaching people helpful things), which happens to be the exact kind of business that I run. It’s been a really great way to learn how to run my business better.
+
+Okay, back to my misconceptions about email marketing!
+
+### myth 2: sending email is inherently bad
+
+The next thing I believed was that sending email from a business was somehow inherently bad and that all marketing email was unwanted.
+
+I now realize this is untrue even for normal marketing emails – for example, lots of people subscribe to marketing newsletters for brands they like because they want to hear about new products when they come out & sales.
+
+But marketing emails aren’t just “not inherently bad”, they can actually be really useful!
+
+### marketing is about building trust
+
+When I started sending out business emails, I based them on the emails I was used to receiving – I’d announce new zines I’d written, and explain why the zine was useful.
+
+But what I’ve learned is that (at least for me) marketing isn’t about describing your product to the audience, **marketing is about building trust by helping people**.
+
+So, instead of just periodically emailing out “hey, here’s a new zine, here’s why it’s good”, my main marketing email list is called [saturday comics][6], and it sends you 1 email a week with a programming comic.
+
+What I like about this approach to marketing (“just help people learn things for free”) is that it’s literally just what I love doing anyway – I wrote this blog to help people learn things for free for years just because I think it’s fun to help people learn.
+
+And people love the Saturday Comics! And it makes money – I announce new zines to that list as well, and lots of people buy them. It’s really simple and nice!
+
+### myth 3: you have to trick people into signing up for your email marketing list
+
+One pattern I see a lot is that I sign up for some free service, and then I start getting deluged with marketing emails trying to convince me to upgrade to the paid tier or whatever. I used to think that this was how marketing emails **had** to work – you somehow get people’s email and then send them email, and hope that for some reason (???) they decide to buy things from you.
+
+But, of course, this isn’t true! If your marketing list is actually just full of genuinely helpful emails, and you can describe who it’s intended for clearly (give people a link to the archive to see if they like what they see!), then a lot of people will be happy to sign up and receive the emails!
+
+If you clearly communicate who your mailing list will help, then people can easily filter themselves in, and the only people on the list will be happy to be on the list. And then you don’t have to send any unwanted email at all! Hooray!
+
+Here’s one story that influenced how I think about this: once I sent an email to everyone who had bought a past zine saying “hey, I just released this other zine, maybe you want to buy it!”. And I got an angry reply from someone saying something like “why are you emailing me, I just bought that one thing from you, I don’t want you to keep emailing me about other things”. I decided that I agreed with that, and now I’m more careful about being clear about what kinds of emails people are opting into.
+
+### marketing is about communicating clearly & honestly
+
+One insight (from Alex Hillman) that helped me a lot recently was – when someone is dissatisfied with something they bought, it doesn’t always mean that the product is “bad”. Maybe the product is helpful to many other people!
+
+But it definitely means that the person’s expectations weren’t met. A tiny example: one of the few refund requests I’ve gotten for a zine was from someone from who expected there to be more information about sed in the zine, and they were disappointed there was only 1 page about sed.
+
+So if I communicate clearly & accurately what problems a product solves, who it’s for, and how it solves those problems, people are much more likely to be delighted when they buy it and be happy to buy from me again in the future!. For my zines specifically, I like to make the table of contents very easy to find so that people can see that there’s [1 page about sed][7] :)
+
+### myth 4: you have to constantly produce new emails
+
+I’ve tried and failed to start a lot of mailing lists. the pattern I kept getting stuck in was:
+
+I have an idea for a weekly mailing list I send 2 emails I give up forever
+
+This was partly because I thought that to have a weekly/biweekly mailing list, you have to write new emails every week. And some people definitely do mailing lists this way, like [Austin Kleon][8].
+
+But I learned that there’s a different way to write a mailing list! Instead, you:
+
+put together a list of your best articles / comics / whatever when someone subscribes to that list, send them 1 email a week (or every 2 weeks, or whatever) with one article from the List Of Your Best Articles
+
+The point is most people in the world probably haven’t already read your best articles, and so if you just send them one article a week from that list, it’ll probably actually be MORE helpful to them than if you were writing a new article every week. And you don’t need to write any emails every week!
+
+I think this is called a “drip marketing campaign”, but when I search for that term I don’t find the results super helpful – there’s a lot out there about tools to do this, but as with anything I think the actual content of the emails is the most important thing.
+
+### myth 5: unsubscribes are the end of the world
+
+Another email marketing thing I used to get stressed out about was unsubscribes. It always feels a little sad to send an email about something I’m excited about and see 20 people unsubscribe immediately, even if it’s only 0.3% of people on the mailing list.
+
+But I know that I subscribe to mailing lists very liberally, even on topics that I’m not that interested in, and 70% of the time I decide that I’m not that interested in the topic and unsubscribe eventually. A small percentage of people unsubscribing really just isn’t that big of a deal.
+
+### myth 6: you need to optimize your open rates
+
+There are all kinds of analytics you can do with email marketing, like open rates. I love numbers and analyzing things, but so far I really haven’t found trying to A/B test or optimize my numbers to be that productive or healthy. I’d rather spend my energy on just writing more helpful things for people to read.
+
+The most important thing I’ve learned about website analytics is that it’s unproductive to look at random statistics like “the open rate on this email is 43% but the last one was 47%” and wonder what they mean. What _has_ been helpful has been coming up with a few specific questions that are important to me (“are people visiting this page from links on other sites, or only from my links?”) and keeping very rough track of the answers over time.
+
+So far I’ve really never used any of the tracking features of my email marketing software. The only thing I’ve done that I’ve found helpful is: sometimes when I release a new zine I’ll send out a discount code to people on the list, and I can tell if people bought the thing from the mailing list because they used the discount code.
+
+### it’s important to remember there are people on the other side
+
+The last thing that’s helped me is to remember that even though emailing thousands of people sometimes feels like a weird anonymous thing, there are a lot of very delightful people on the other side! So when I write emails, I usually try to imagine that I’m writing to some very nice person I met at a conference one time who told me that they like my blog. We’re not best friends, but they know my work to some extent, and they’re interested to hear what I have to say.
+
+I often like to remind people why they’re getting the email, especially if I haven’t emailed that list for a long time – “you signed up to get announcements when I release a new zine, so here’s an announcement!”. I think the technical email marketing term for this is a list being “cold” and “warm”, like if you don’t email a list for too long it’s “cold” and your subscribers might have forgotten that they’re on it.
+
+### that’s all!
+
+When I started, I was really convinced that email marketing was this terrible, awful thing that I could not do that mostly involved tricking people into getting emails they don’t want (ok, I’m exaggerating a bit, but I really struggled with it). But it’s possible to do it in a transparent way where I’m mostly just sending people helpful emails that they do want!
+
+The big surprise for me was that email marketing is not a monolithic thing. I have a lot of choices about how to do it, and if I don’t like the way someone else does email marketing, I can just make different choices when doing it myself!
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://jvns.ca/blog/2020/10/28/a-few-things-i-ve-learned-about-email-marketing/
+
+作者：[Julia Evans][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://jvns.ca/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://gist.github.com/jvns/c2aaecbbbf60b7f3adf3e0be18d54a7b
+[2]: https://mariakillam.com/product/white-is-complicated/
+[3]: https://30x500.com/academy/
+[4]: https://stackingthebricks.com/
+[5]: https://dangerouslyawesome.com
+[6]: https://wizardzines.com/saturday-comics
+[7]: https://wizardzines.com/zines/bite-size-command-line/
+[8]: https://austinkleon.com/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20201030 My journey to becoming an open source mentor.md b/sources/talk/20201030 My journey to becoming an open source mentor.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..035ffaa8c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20201030 My journey to becoming an open source mentor.md
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (My journey to becoming an open source mentor)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/10/open-source-mentor)
+[#]: author: (Mehant Kammakomati https://opensource.com/users/mehant-kammakomati)
+
+My journey to becoming an open source mentor
+======
+I grew from a teenage open source novice to a 20-year-old frequent
+contributor and mentor to new users.
+![Puzzle pieces coming together to form a computer screen][1]
+
+I was just 16 when I made my first meaningful open source contribution. It was the first code contribution I ever made, and I learned a lot from it. I'm 20 now, and I've been strongly attached to free and open source software (FOSS) ever since. I strive to be a friend to my community colleagues and to help others continue growing, learning, and succeeding.
+
+### Early days
+
+I first heard about FOSS through the [Google Code-In][2] contest. I was 16, but I was already learning computer science fundamentals, the C++ programming language, and anything else about computers I could get my hands on. I was very excited about the contest—not just because of the free Google swag, but because it gave me the opportunity to work directly on codebases being used all around the world. I jumped into the contest feet-first and started trying to solve as many open source software tasks as I could in the code, design, documentation, and research.
+
+![Google Code-in Mehant Kammakomati][3]
+
+(Mehant Kammakomati, [CC BY-SA 4.0][4])
+
+It wasn't easy. I didn't know the FOSS community culture, nor much about the software development methodologies they used, nor even how to seek help or interact with others. So, rather than focusing on tasks, I started by focusing on understanding these fundamentals.
+
+In a way, I spent much of my time during the contest learning more about how open source development works instead of closing tasks. But I wasn't sad about my failure to contribute code during the contest and instead focused on my success in getting acquainted with free software and open source culture.
+
+### Fundamentals
+
+I didn't stop my journey there. As a beginner, I learned:
+
+ 1. Git
+ 2. GitHub
+ 3. Using the terminal
+ 4. Writing meaningful commit messages
+ 5. How to communicate with colleagues and partake in project discussions
+ 6. A new way of looking at codebases and project anatomy
+ 7. Basic fundamentals of computer science
+ 8. Important components of the technical stack and programming languages
+
+
+
+The following year, I participated again in the Google Code-In contest to implement what I'd learned and try to make better bonds with my new FOSS friends. This time, I was able to complete a good number of tasks and make some valuable contributions that were pushed into production. As a result, I was selected as one of the 50 grand prize winners out of all the participants from all over the world. Being a kid, this gave me the motivation to make FOSS one of my best friends.
+
+### Programs that got me closer to FOSS
+
+From my start, I always liked being part of FOSS, and the journey has been amazing and addictive. I wanted to learn more, and I believed participating in FOSS initiatives and programs would help this happen. [Hacktoberfest][5] is one such initiative where I was able to contribute to Microsoft open source software and various other projects in 2018 and 2019. All the lessons I learned in Google Code-In were reinforced and strengthened.
+
+[Google Summer of Code][6] (GSoC) was another important, engaging, and challenging experience for me. I became part of the GSoC 2019 and 2020 programs as a student with the [Sustainable Computing Research Lab][7]. These were two fast-paced and exciting summers spent hunting down bugs, writing new features, and documenting the work.
+
+In 2019, [Red Hat's Open Source Contest][8] was another wonderful opportunity to work on open source engineering problems. Red Hat is one of my dream companies—it provides open source software products (particularly interesting to me are container technologies and orchestration tools), so I'm lucky to have been part of the contest. The best part was that I was paired with a Red Hat engineer to mentor me throughout the course of the contest. I contributed to the [ansible-bender][9] project, and the journey absolutely stepped up my skills to the next level.
+
+![Red Hat Open Source contest certificate][10]
+
+(Mehant Kammakomati, [CC BY-SA 4.0][4])
+
+I also made valuable contributions to the [SPDX][11] online tools for their deployment infrastructure. While I was learning about blockchain technology, I contributed to Hyperledger Fabric's Python SDK.
+
+### Spreading FOSS culture
+
+I also served as a Google Code-In mentor in 2018 and 2019 and mentored many young aspirants making their very first valuable FOSS contributions. I was able to review around 400+ tasks and had the privilege of helping hundreds of students.
+
+Through my time as an open source benefactor, I've learned that the open source model is the best way to host a project. It avails you of many benefits, ranging from obtaining contributions from all over the world to getting project funding. Through my time as a contributor to open source programs, I've learned the value of working to inculcate FOSS culture in our institutions and students.
+
+I strongly believe in FOSS, and I recommend being part of this culture. Maybe you'll find it difficult to start, but if you seek the advice of friendly participants online or in a sponsored program, you'll surely get help. The most important part of the journey is the first few steps; once you get past that, you'll soon feel responsible and proud of each and every contribution you make—code or otherwise—knowing it helps your friends around the world.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/10/open-source-mentor
+
+作者：[Mehant Kammakomati][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/mehant-kammakomati
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/puzzle_computer_solve_fix_tool.png?itok=U0pH1uwj (Puzzle pieces coming together to form a computer screen)
+[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Google_Code-in
+[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/pictures/google_code-in.jpg (Google Code-in Mehant Kammakomati)
+[4]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[5]: https://hacktoberfest.digitalocean.com/
+[6]: https://summerofcode.withgoogle.com/archive/
+[7]: https://scorelab.org/
+[8]: https://research.redhat.com/red-hat-open-source-contest/
+[9]: https://opensource.com/article/19/10/building-container-images-ansible
+[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/pictures/redhatcertificate.jpg (Red Hat Open Source contest certificate)
+[11]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Software_Package_Data_Exchange
diff --git a/sources/talk/20201108 Open environments are where innovative ideas thrive.md b/sources/talk/20201108 Open environments are where innovative ideas thrive.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8850c43cae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20201108 Open environments are where innovative ideas thrive.md
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Open environments are where innovative ideas thrive)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/11/environments-for-innovation)
+[#]: author: (Ron McFarland https://opensource.com/users/ron-mcfarland)
+
+Open environments are where innovative ideas thrive
+======
+Certain environments are more conducive to innovation. A better
+understanding of innovation's true nature could help us build them.
+![A sprout in a forest][1]
+
+In the [first article of this series][2], I examined the nature of the innovation process in great detail. I also discussed some sources of resistance to it. In this second part of my review of [Matt Ridley's][3] book [_How Innovation Works_][4], I will explain the ideal environment in which discoveries are born, protected, and progress into useful products and services, considering certain essential conditions for innovations to flourish. And I will argue that [open organization principles][5] are the keys to establishing those conditions.
+
+### Better when shared
+
+Unfortunately, Ridley explains, history has shown that economic instability, downturns, and recessionary periods spur people toward more self-sufficiency and protectionism at the expense of productivity. That is, our attitude toward cooperation and interaction changes; people separate themselves from outsiders and tend to restrict interaction. In this environment, people, communities, and even entire countries fear dependence on others. Collaboration breaks down, feeding costly and counterproductive recessions (it's almost like reverting back to [subsistence-living societies][6], where everyone only consumes and benefits from what they produce by themselves).
+
+This attitude stifles innovation, as innovation occurs primarily when people are able to work _with_ each other and utilize the principles of community, collaboration, inclusion, transparency, and adaptability.
+
+Periods of economic stability and expansion, on the other hand, tend to create strong feelings of safety, which encourages mutual interdependence between people. As Ridley writes, "By concentrating on serving other people's needs for forty hours a week—which we call a job—you can spend the other seventy-two hours (not counting fifty-six hours in bed) drawing upon the services provided to you by other people." We do what we are good at and what we enjoy most, and then depend on others to do the things we do not do well and perhaps even dislike. When interdependence and cooperation are commonplace in a society, there tends to be an increase in innovative economic breakthroughs, specifically because of work providing specialized services. Simply put, working together to come up with new things leads to increased human productivity for all.
+
+In this environment, open organizations come alive.
+
+So let's examine the qualities that make those environments so fertile for innovation.
+
+### Where innovation thrives
+
+Several factors are common throughout the innovation process, Ridley notes in _How Innovation Works_. Notice that open organization principles are involved in each of these factors.
+
+#### 1\. Innovation is gradual.
+
+If you look closely, you'll see that innovation does not often involve single breakthroughs. Instead, it's often [a series of discoveries over months and even years][2]. Innovations are gradual, incremental, and _collective_—over time. Unfortunately, we still tend to view innovations as the result of singular actors. This is due to several factors, Ridley explains:
+
+ 1. Human nature and a love of heroes: People love telling stories starring single heroes with key events as turning points in a linear series (what [Jim Whitehurst][7] calls "[the innovation delusion][8]"). These stories are more exciting and inspiring, perhaps, but not necessarily historically accurate (years of testing and making trial-and-error mistakes are not as interesting!).
+ 2. Intellectual property laws: Contemporary intellectual property systems attempt to ascribe all credit to single inventors and magnify that person's importance, overshadowing collaborators, competitors, and predecessors who contributed "stepping stone discoveries."
+
+
+
+In truth, _innovations are the result of gradual progress_.
+
+If you look closely, you'll see that innovation does not often involve single breakthroughs.
+
+#### 2\. Innovation is serendipitous.
+
+More often than not, innovative ideas come when one is looking for something else or trying to solve a completely different problem. They are accidental discoveries.
+
+For example, [Roy Plunkett][9] was trying to improve a refrigerant fluid when he discovered Teflon. Other times, certain historical events turn researchers in directions they had not considered. This is a good reason why broad inclusivity and openness to the unexpected (adaptability) while working on a project are so important.
+
+Sometimes, broad peripheral vision is far more important than what you're _directly_ looking at. As serendipity plays a big part in innovation, societies that embrace a more free-roving, experimental nature do so well. This approach increases the chance of a lucky idea appearing. Innovation happens when people are free to think, experiment, and speculate. It happens when people can trade things, concepts, and ideas with each other (in other words, they collaborate—see below). This explains why innovative ideas seem to emerge more from cities than from rural areas, Ridley argues.
+
+#### 3\. Innovation is a process of combining existing components.
+
+Innovation is often the result of combining pre-existing products in new ways, or applying well-known components to unanticipated problems. Again, this occurs in places where people can meet and exchange goods, services, and thoughts (where they can collaborate). This explains why innovation happens in places where trade and exchange are frequent, and not in isolated or under-populated places. Innovation is born out of communities.
+
+#### 4\. Innovation is iterative.
+
+To innovate successfully, one must be willing to experiment and develop a high tolerance for error. One must not be shocked by set-backs; instead, we need to be overjoyed by learning from them. Most great discoveries come from data gleaned and lessons learned during failed experiments. Therefore, while collaborating, there should be an environment of _playfulness_. By just playing around, we help ideas come to the surface. This is why I prefer approaching problems with others by using the expression "let's just kick this idea around a bit." It keeps everyone open to new ideas and does not allow bias or strong narrowing positions to creep in, avoiding the tendency to shut down discussion too quickly.
+
+The more and faster you make errors, the better. As Ridley states:
+
+> "Amazon is a good example of failure on the road to success, as Jeff Bezos has often proudly insisted. 'Our success at Amazon is a function of how many experiments we do per year, per month, per week. Being wrong might hurt you a bit, but being slow will kill you.' Bezos once said: 'If you can increase the number of experiments you try from a hundred to a thousand, you dramatically increase the number of innovations you produce.'"
+
+This is where open organization principles are important. If you have a wide community experimenting and feeding their results back to you, imagine how quickly you will find a solution (or new opportunities, for that matter) while looking at a failure with many eyes and perspectives.
+
+#### 5\. Innovation is collaborative.
+
+No one innovates in isolation. Others always play a role—whether large or small—in your innovations. The best ideas are stored between two or more minds, not in one single mind.
+
+Therefore, _transparency_ to what is in everyone's minds and _collaboration_ on that content are vital. Quite often, one person comes up with a product idea, then another person finds ways to manufacture it, then a third person looks at that manufacturing process and comes up with a way to execute it in a far less expensive way. All these phases are part of the overall innovation—but we focus only on one in the stories we tell about it. More often than recognized, it was a _team_, a collective effort, that led to success.
+
+Moreover, Matt Ridley argues that most innovations _do not_ come from producers. More frequently, they come from _consumers_ that want to _improve_ on what they are using. So when we explore open organization communities, we must remain focused on the ways these communities incorporate feedback they receive from _outside_ themselves, perhaps from _users_ of related products, and find someone among them that wants to improve on them.
+
+### Free to innovate
+
+"The main ingredient in the secret sauce that leads to innovation is freedom," Ridley writes. "Freedom to exchange, experiment, imagine, invest and fail; freedom from expropriation or restriction; freedom on the part of consumers to reward the innovations they like and reject the ones they do not." This freedom will have to be supported by sensible regulations that are permissive, encouraging, and quick to give decisions (Ridley is critical of current intellectual property regulations, citing a negative impact on the innovation process). We have to take a good look at the hurdles blocking innovation, as this exploration process should be promoted.
+
+In the next part of this series, I'll provide an overview of actual cases of various innovations throughout history and explain how open organization principles played a role in shaping them.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/11/environments-for-innovation
+
+作者：[Ron McFarland][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ron-mcfarland
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/BUSINESS_redwoods2.png?itok=H-iasPEv (A sprout in a forest)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/10/best-ideas-recognition-innovation
+[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Matt_Ridley
+[4]: https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/45449488-how-innovation-works
+[5]: https://theopenorganization.org/definition/
+[6]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/20/8/global-history-collaboration
+[7]: https://opensource.com/users/jwhitehurst
+[8]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/19/6/innovation-delusion
+[9]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roy_J._Plunkett
diff --git a/sources/talk/20201109 DevOps Replaces Developers As Most Sought After Skill Set.md b/sources/talk/20201109 DevOps Replaces Developers As Most Sought After Skill Set.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8b66610ede
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20201109 DevOps Replaces Developers As Most Sought After Skill Set.md
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (DevOps Replaces Developers As Most Sought After Skill Set)
+[#]: via: (https://www.linux.com/interviews/devops-replaces-developers-as-most-sought-after-skill-set/)
+[#]: author: (Swapnil Bhartiya https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/)
+
+DevOps Replaces Developers As Most Sought After Skill Set
+======
+
+[_The_ 2020 Open Source Jobs Report][1] _just came out so we took the opportunity to speak with Clyde Seepersad, Senior Vice President and General Manager of Training and Certification at the Linux Foundation, about the significance of the report and the insights it provides on the current open source landscape. He touched on the effects of COVID-19 on hiring trends, the open source skills that are in high demand, and how the Foundation is helping organizations meet this demand through high-quality intensive training. Bottom line, he says “We still don’t have enough open source talent. The urgency of finding new ways to bring talent into the market continues to be something that should be front and center for all of us.”_
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: What is the importance of this report? Not only for the open source ecosystem, but companies outside of the open source ecosystem, because today almost everybody’s leveraging open source in one capacity or another.**
+
+Clyde Seepersad: One of the things that we didn’t realize several years ago is that there is a lot of data around general employment reports and a few around IT and technology in general, but there was really this gap when it comes to what’s happening on open source talent, and we kept hearing anecdotally that people can’t hire or can’t find enough talent.
+
+And so what we wanted to do was put a really clear spotlight on what’s going on specifically when it comes to the talent pool around open source, to be able to share with the market a sort of non-anecdotal state of the world, but also to be able to inform our own strategy and our own mission, which is to try to ensure not just that there is fantastic code coming out of open source projects, but also that there is enough talent to implement and use it as tool.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: What are some of the key highlights of this report?**
+
+Clyde Seepersad: A couple of things. One is the rise of DevOps skills. I think everybody knows cloud is hot. It’s been that way for a while, but the companion piece to that around DevOps and the importance of understanding CI/CD pipelines and also the cultural difference of working in that sort of continuous delivery. The rise of that, I think, is something that maybe most people are not quite as aware of.
+
+The second thing I would highlight is that there were a lot of questions about what’s happening to tech hiring in response to the COVID pandemic. We have some answers for that, that says that although hiring slowed down, it did not slow down nearly as much as people might have worried at the outset. In fact, it’s now accelerating.
+
+The top-level thing, which is continuing to be the case, is we still don’t have enough open-source talent. The urgency of finding new ways to bring talent into the market continues to be something that should be front and center for all of us.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: So if we look at this report, what are the skills that are kind of not only most in demand, but also hardest to find? That is like a chicken-and-egg solution, right?**
+
+Clyde Seepersad: Yeah. Obviously, it’s the cloud skills, right? A lot of the smaller companies, more conservative companies, they kind of make us push them to be much more active on the cloud. What that’s done is raise the stakes in terms of people who are familiar with cloud-native development, cloud-native architecture, Kubernetes orchestration, and then what does CI/CD pipelines look like in a cloud world because obviously, there’s some changes there when you’re running that sort of infrastructure. So those interwoven skillsets, right?
+
+Of course, sitting underneath all of that is what operating system does the cloud run on? I think we all know now that the vast, fast 98% of instances are running on Linux. So you have this tiered approach where understanding from basic Linux competence is a baseline and then you’re building on top of that, looking for cloud-native development, cloud-native orchestration, and then what the CI/CD pipelines look like to bring that to life.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: So when we look at this shortage of talent and, at the same time, the demand for talent, in addition to just coming out with this report, do you have any kind of advice or suggestion to the hiring managers? What can they do to attract top developers or talent to their organizations because there is heavy demand and everybody wants them?**
+
+Clyde Seepersad: Right. Well, some of the things actually have happened in response to the pandemic, right? One of the trends we saw last year was people wanting the flexibility to be able to work from home. Of course, now we all work from home so that helps. But what came out in the report that was really interesting is that more and more talent managers are realizing that you don’t just have to go externally for talent, that you can, in fact, upskill people who are currently in your organization.
+
+The data suggests that a lot more people are waking up and realizing that trolling LinkedIn for your next hire is a zero-sum game because other people are doing the same. They’re starting to invest more in training, especially online training. They’re starting to invest more in certifications for their employees. And just in general, they’re starting to be much more proactive in looking at investing into their talent pool and finding ways to provide new opportunities for development. Of course, that also comes with new job opportunities for the existing employee base.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: I just want to talk a little bit more about COVID-19. A couple of things are happening with COVID-19: a lot of companies that are scaling down. They’re cutting budgets and everything. At the same time, since people are able to work remotely, you don’t have to relocate yourself or you don’t have to find talent in the same area. You have access to almost everybody wherever they are. So how has COVID-19 affected the hiring process itself in terms of while they do have to scale down to some extent, the beauty is, I should not say that, the world that we are living in is all powered by cloud and technology. All the purchases that I was making even in my Indian grocery, they now have a website. I can just go and place an order. It was not the case earlier. So, cloud actually enabled companies to stay in business. That also means that you do need developers and all those talents to keep those businesses running. At the same time, you have the advantage of not having to relocate. So talk a bit about it.**
+
+Clyde Seepersad: Yeah, that’s true. I don’t think that’s tied together, right? So as people have been forced to use the cloud more, I had the same experience you did. My local Chinese restaurant suddenly developed a website and they have an ordering business that they did not previously have. Every business is now an e-commerce business is true, right? So there’s this broader footprint.
+
+On the flip side of it, you also have people who are now having to work from home, where they maybe didn’t use to, either for practical or maybe cultural reasons within the company. That also then intersects with the sort of cultural change and the cultural norms of CI/CD and DevOps, right? This idea that you have to be in person together versus this idea that you have a well-documented pipeline and everybody can contribute to that pipeline and do their commits and do their code, that whole tooling ecosystem of cloud native and DevOps has actually made it, made it easier—and I would argue, possible—to do what’s happened and what we’ve seen over the past several months, which is people being productive, working from home, working with people they haven’t worked with before, onboarding new team members, and being able to get them provisioned with the right access and up skill on the right systems. It’s all really come together. In my view, we have been lucky that we’ve got the technology infrastructure that we have today because I don’t know that we would have been able to stay as productive and focused in a sudden shift to remote work if we were trying to do this even five years ago,
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: I’m a good example of that because I have been working from home ever since I moved out of India. What I realized was that I work when I feel that I’m most productive instead of hey, I have to clock in at 9:00 AM and I have to clock out at 5:00 PM. I have to sit there and do something. It doesn’t matter how I feel. And then sometimes, there are personal issues. Somebody is sick in the family and your mind is there, but you have to come to the office. I think remote working offers the best balance between work and life. Of course, it is actually more challenging because you may end up working all the time, but still, it offers a better balance. Earlier you were talking about how you don’t have to go out to hire people; you can also internally train people. So when we look at organizations and they look at all these new cloud-native technologies and they want to retain or prepare their own workforce, what resources are available there, especially from the Linux Foundation so that they can better equip their own workforce when there is already a shortage of a lot of talent?**
+
+Clyde Seepersad: Yeah, it’s a good question, Swapnil. From a practical perspective, the portfolio that we have provided, which is very heavily focused on self-paced e-learning that you take online, but at the same time, very skills-based, very lab-intensive online training, because ultimately, what do you care about as a colleague or as a hiring manager? It’s not whether they check the box and they have a certificate saying they completed a course. What you care about is the skills, right? Did they actually develop those skills? So, we’ve got a pretty big portfolio of very hands-on, self-paced e-learning programs to help people develop the skills. And then we’ve continued to build our portfolio of performance-based certification exams. So this is not your grandad’s pick an answer out of a lineup, right? These are live systems with variable questions, and you have to demonstrate your skills under the pressure of time, under the pressure of being proctored by an independent person. I think it’s that one-two punch of really focusing on skills.
+
+I joke with people all the time. We get feedback sometimes that our courses aren’t don’t have enough video. And I say, “Well, true, because we’re not trying to entertain you. We’re trying to develop skills and the way you develop skills is not by staring at a screen and listening to a video. The way you develop skills is by doing a lab.” So we’ve got a very lab-centric mindset in terms of the training side of it and that carries on into the certification side of it, where it’s all about performance. Show that you can do the work, take the time to develop the skills because that’s what your colleagues are going to be looking for. That’s what your employers are going to be looking for. That’s what’s going to benefit you personally, as an individual — to be able to have that broader skill set and to be able to do that in a remote way and not have to rely on a senior trainer coming onto site and working with you. I think that’s going to be the new normal.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: The advantage of this crisis is that people are realizing that they don’t have to move. Actually, they can move to the ideal pace they wanted to live. It could be a big ranch, it could be a beach, and they can work for companies who are operating in Silicon Valley, which also means you can also cross national boundaries. The whole idea of hope is open source is the best and the brightest people from around the globe. So how do you enable these people? People come from different cultural backgrounds, different education backgrounds, and different languages. Do you also help them irrespective of where they’re coming from, whether it’s internationalizing or supporting different languages so people can get training?**
+
+Clyde Seepersad: Yeah. Our LS training, we do that. Obviously, the online format helps because it’s truly available 24/7 globally, nights and weekends. So that really has expanded the footprint of what we’re able to do and who we are able to reach. We’ve also done some translations, particularly for the certification exams to make those available in languages that we know folks may not otherwise be comfortable with, for Japan and China, for instance.
+
+What we’re trying to do is mirror what we’re seeing in the workforce. The shift towards more remote work has actually opened up the pipeline. When you think about hiring and talent management, if you think about somebody who is in the US or in Western Europe, your pool is not as limited. You really can reach out to this global pool of talent in non-traditional markets. We’ve seen sectors get hot. Obviously, India has a lot of workshops today. There’s a ton of stuff happening in Eastern Europe now, but it really is global, right? We’ve got folks on our team in South America being super productive in this new remote way of working. I think that’s becoming more and more typical. Because of the rise of cloud native, because of the rise of Cloud Native, because of the rise of this sort of collaborative DevOps mindset, we are able to collaborate across regions, across countries, across time zones, much more effectively than they ever have before.
+
+**Swapnil Bhartiya: Awesome. Clyde, thank you so much for talking to me today about not only this report, but also how to help hiring managers not only get more talent, but also not retrain their own employees. I look forward to talking to you again. Thank you.**
+
+Clyde Seepersad: Hey, it’s always a pleasure to be with you, Swap. Thank you.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.linux.com/interviews/devops-replaces-developers-as-most-sought-after-skill-set/
+
+作者：[Swapnil Bhartiya][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/2020-open-source-jobs-report-reveals-spike-in-demand-for-devops-talent-continued-dearth-of-open-source-skills-301159394.html#:~:text=The%202020%20Open%20Source%20Jobs%20Report%20examines%20trends,and%20how%20employers%20attract%20and%20retain%20qualified%20talent.
diff --git a/sources/talk/20201111 Why I use Home Assistant for open source home automation.md b/sources/talk/20201111 Why I use Home Assistant for open source home automation.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6d85628c8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20201111 Why I use Home Assistant for open source home automation.md
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Why I use Home Assistant for open source home automation)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/11/home-assistant)
+[#]: author: (Steve Ovens https://opensource.com/users/stratusss)
+
+Why I use Home Assistant for open source home automation
+======
+Home automation can be a slippery slope. The right open source tools can
+get you on firmer footing.
+![Houses in a row][1]
+
+Home automation is a slippery slope; you have been warned! In this multipart series, I will discuss home automation using the open source project Home Assistant. This introductory article will cover my journey to [Home Assistant][2], what the application does, and why it's important.
+
+### How my journey began
+
+Some time ago, when I set out on this journey, my goal was not lofty. I was solving a need. You see, I have a fairly sizable [homelab][3]. Nothing on the scale of some notable YouTubers, but I have eight machines ranging from 16GB RAM all the way up to 96GB. I have a Netgear 10G Ethernet switch as the backbone of my networking infrastructure. However, I have a small problem. Every once in a while, this switch's state table fills up, and then it crashes, taking the network with it. This is a known issue with this model (although it was not known to me ahead of time). The only way to resolve the issue, without replacing the switch, is to power it off for a few seconds and then power it back on.
+
+This would not seem like a big deal. Especially because I live in an apartment, so I don't even have to travel up or down a flight of stairs to do this. However, I work for Red Hat as a senior OpenShift consultant, which means I am often on the road (at least pre-COVID). I use my lab almost every day for work-related activities, and my family uses the network as well for things like playing games, watching our Blu-ray collection, etc. So, it's a giant pain to have the network go down when I don't have physical access. My solution was to get a smart plug and join it to a completely different network with nothing else on it, completely firewalled off from other equipment. If the Netgear switch needs to be rebooted, I should be able to access the smart plug remotely to reboot the switch.
+
+### My journey away from the cloud
+
+Being privacy-conscious, perhaps bordering on the tinfoil hat breed, I am immediately uncomfortable with a "cloud"-connected anything. We run [Plex][4], [Kodi][5], [Nextcloud][6], and a host of other services because, well, I am "that guy." But I'm not "anti-cloud." In fact, a large part of my day job is working with the big three: AWS, Google Compute, and Azure. But when it comes to standing up services that I rely on, I have an almost irrational need to host things locally.
+
+After doing a significant amount of digging and speaking to my coworker Alex Kretzschmar (who also hosts the [Self-Hosted][7] podcast), I discovered alternative firmware projects, such as [Tasmota][8] and [ESPHome][9], available for certain wireless chipsets. I'll cover the different chipsets and protocols (Zigbee, WiFi, Z-Wave, and the like) in a future article, but suffice it to say, you are not stuck buying products that are dependent on the cloud. There are online stores such as [CloudFree][10] that sell devices pre-flashed with Tasmota. There are even companies like [Shelly][11] that produce high-quality products with an optional cloud component, but the buyer maintains local control.
+
+Anyway, back to my story. I bought a plug, flashed the firmware to run Tasmota, and remotely power-cycled my switch on occasion, and that was the end of it, right? Well, if it was, I imagine I would not be writing this article. I currently have 43 Internet of Things (IoT) devices—from sensors I built to smart bulbs, smart LED strips, infrared blasters, and more. Remember how I said home automation is a slippery slope?
+
+Did I mention that I have had virtually no experience with soldering, electronic theory/repairs, or anything remotely related to home automation? In fact, outside of Linux and related technology, I am one of the least "handy" people I know. Sure, I can punch a hole in a wall or put some screws in a board, but up to the age of 30, the only tools that I ever owned were a Dremel and some screwdrivers for installing computer components.
+
+Why mention this? So you understand exactly how far behind square one I was when I started. If I can take this on, so can you!
+
+### Centralized local control
+
+Great, I have a ton of IoT devices, and I can toggle things on and off from a phone. For a while, I was satisfied with simply calling up the Tasmota web UI and using its sparse but functional controls.
+
+![Tasmota user interface][12]
+
+(Steve Ovens, [CC BY-SA 4.0][13])
+
+Even my wife, God bless her willingness and patience while I constantly learned and attempted new things, got used to using the Tasmota interface. After a while, as the number of devices grew, this method of managing things became untenable and did not scale well at all.
+
+I began to poke around to learn how other people were managing their "smart homes." Let's be honest; at this point, it wasn't a smart home as much as a small but growing number of lights we could remotely control.
+
+The big open source projects in this area are [openHAB][14] and [Home Assistant][15]. This series won't compare them in any manner. Partly, it's because I am not qualified for this, as I have only been using Home Assistant for the last year or so, but also because for me to feel comfortable making such a comparison, I would have to set up openHAB as a drop-in replacement and, frankly, I have too much invested in Home Assistant to explore this avenue.
+
+### About Home Assistant
+
+You may be wondering what Home Assistant is and what it has to offer. Imagine a house that reacts to its inhabitants, like in sci-fi movies. Perhaps you have a couple of bedside lamps, a TV, some floor lighting, a fan, and a few other gizmos in your bedroom. As you walk into the bedroom, the lights turn on. Big deal, you say; we have had this technology for some time. Of course, you are right. But what if it's late and your significant other is already in bed? You might be in for a rather cold greeting if the lights come on as you enter the bedroom. Yikes!
+
+What if, instead, when you walk into the room at night, the floor LED lights turn on to a soft glow—enough so that you can move around without killing yourself but not bright enough to wake a sleeping partner. You climb into bed, and a few minutes later, the floor lighting turns off. This is what Home Assistant can do for you.
+
+"But wait!" I hear you screaming at your monitor. "I can just ask Alexa or Google to turn off my lights for me." You're correct again, of course. However, what happens when these services suffer some sort of disruption? Also, you may need to consider how loudly you need to speak to trigger the listening device. And remember that thing I said about privacy? Do you really want these big companies to learn your habits? Even discarding the privacy issue, consider that others may use your home as well. This means visitors need to know what commands you have available for controlling your smart devices.
+
+Lots of "smart" products on the market can set timers, schedules, and scenes, but none of them can really _react_ to any given situation. This is where a home automation hub like Home Assistant comes into play.
+
+At its core, Home Assistant is software that helps centralize all of the sensors, gizmos, and gadgets you have in your home. With all of these products working together in concert, you can set all kinds of conditions that would not otherwise be possible.
+
+Has someone entered the room? Is it a certain time of the day? Is the room warmer than a certain value? Is someone in bed? All of these data points are of limited use on their own, but together, you can use them to set the brightness of a light at dusk, turn a fan on because it's above 26ºC (80ºF) in the room, but don't turn on Steve's desk lamp because his side of the bed is occupied.
+
+If you can imagine it, you can accomplish it using Home Assistant and the right sensor inputs.
+
+### Sustainable and open source
+
+One thing I like about Home Assistant is that it seems to be reaching a critical mass of adoption from various vendors. But more important to me is that the company behind it, [Nabu Casa][16], creates a focal point for the community. The company hired developers directly from the community, and it does not penalize you if you don't pay a monthly fee. The revenue Nabu Casa generates comes from value-added items, like being able to access your local Home Assistant easily and from anywhere in the world.
+
+This is important because it means that there is a path forward for the project, and it has a sustainable income for future development. Unlike "open core" models, Home Assistant is fully open source, which means that if the community disagrees strongly enough with Nabu Casa's direction, it could fork Home Assistant at its current state and take a divergent path. Because my family has chosen to make this piece of software integral to how we interact with our devices, that Home Assistant has a revenue stream and is fully open source are invaluable to me.
+
+In the next article, I will discuss some of the common standards for IoT devices as well as the benefits of local control. Future articles will walk through the basics of installing Home Assistant, setting up essential add-ons (e.g., MQTT), Node-RED, the Community Store, making backups, and more.
+
+In the meantime, comment or [tweet][17] at me if you would like to explore something specific in-depth. If I have used it, I can talk about it.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/11/home-assistant
+
+作者：[Steve Ovens][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/stratusss
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/house_home_colors_live_building.jpg?itok=HLpsIfIL (Houses in a row)
+[2]: https://www.home-assistant.io/
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/19/3/home-lab
+[4]: https://www.plex.tv/
+[5]: https://opensource.com/article/19/1/manage-your-media-kodi
+[6]: https://nextcloud.com/
+[7]: https://selfhosted.show/
+[8]: https://tasmota.github.io/docs/
+[9]: https://esphome.io/
+[10]: https://cloudfree.shop/
+[11]: https://shelly.cloud/
+[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/tasmota_ui.png (Tasmota user interface)
+[13]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[14]: https://www.openhab.org/
+[15]: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/smart-home-assistant
+[16]: https://www.nabucasa.com/
+[17]: https://twitter.com/linuxovens
diff --git a/sources/talk/20201112 Improve open source community sustainability by tracking these two metrics.md b/sources/talk/20201112 Improve open source community sustainability by tracking these two metrics.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7ac4f2becb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20201112 Improve open source community sustainability by tracking these two metrics.md
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Improve open source community sustainability by tracking these two metrics)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/11/open-source-community-sustainability)
+[#]: author: (Kevin Xu https://opensource.com/users/kevin-xu)
+
+Improve open source community sustainability by tracking these two metrics
+======
+Focusing on metrics around community ownership and incentives can
+increase your odds of building a sustainable open source project.
+![Person using a laptop][1]
+
+In early 2020, I wrote an article on [three metrics][2] for tracking and measuring offline, in-person community-building activities. Little did I (or the world) know then that offline, in-person activities of any kind would soon become unfeasible for the foreseeable future.
+
+So, I started thinking: With open source projects being online by default, and with everything else moving online and virtual, what should creators of open source technologies measure as we continue in this COVID and (hopefully soon) post-COVID world?
+
+There are plenty of metrics you _can_ track—stars, forks, pull requests (PRs), merge requests (MRs), contributor counts, etc.—_but more data doesn't necessarily mean clearer insights_. I've previously shared my skepticism about the value of these [surface-level metrics][3], especially when assessing an open source project's health and sustainability.
+
+In this article, I propose two second-order metrics to track, measure, and continually optimize to build a strong, self-sustaining open source community:
+
+ * Breakdowns of PR or MR reviewers
+ * Leaderboards of different community interactions
+
+
+
+### Why these metrics?
+
+The long-term goal of any open source community-building effort is to reach a tipping point where the project can live beyond the initial creators' or maintainers' day-to-day involvement. It's an especially important goal if you also are building a commericial open source software (COSS) company around that open source technology, whether it's bootstrapped or venture capital-backed. Your company will eventually have to divert resources and people power to build commercial services or paid features.
+
+It's a lofty goal that few projects achieve. Meanwhile, maintainer burnout is a real problem. The latest and most high-profile example is Redis creator Salvatore Sanfilippo, who shared his [struggles as an open source maintainer][4] last year and [bowed out as CEO][5] of Redis Labs earlier this year. Maintainers of various projects, big or small, struggle through similar challenges every day.
+
+Focusing on the two metrics above, especially early in your open source journey, can increase your odds of building something sustainable because they illuminate two important elements that drive sustainability: **ownership** and **incentive**.
+
+#### Breaking down PR/MR reviewers = Ownership
+
+Tracking who in your community is actively reviewing contributions is a good indicator of ownership. In the beginning, you, the creator, do the bulk of reviewing, but this will be unsustainable over time. Being intentional about building your community so that more people have the _contextual knowledge, confidence, and welcoming attitude_ to review incoming PRs/MRs (which should increase in frequency as your project gains traction) is crucial to long-term sustainability.
+
+There's a customer service-like element to reviewing contributions, which can deteriorate if not enough people feel ownership to do it. And one of the worst signals you can give to an otherwise enthusiastic newcomer is a PR or MR left unattended for two or more weeks.
+
+#### Community interaction leaderboards = Incentive
+
+Tracking a few community-facing interactions and possibly gamifying them within your community with rewards can help drive the right incentives and behaviors among community members with all levels of experience. Some of the interactions you can track are the number of PRs/MRs filed, comments, reactions, and reviews (which has some overlap with reactions). These interactions may have different values and quality, but the bigger goal here is _to understand who's doing what, who's good at doing what_, and intentionally _foster more behaviors based on people's strengths and interests_.
+
+Perhaps some people are great at providing helpful comments but don't have enough context (yet) to review a PR/MR. It would be good to identify who they are and provide them with more info so that they can become a reviewer one day. Perhaps some people are super-engaged with monitoring the project, as shown by their frequent reactions, but don't feel comfortable chiming in with comments and suggestions. It would be good to know who they are and help them gain more context into the project's inner workings, so they can add more value to a community they clearly care about.
+
+### How to use the metrics
+
+So how can you track and read into these metrics? I'll illustrate with an example comparing two open source projects: [Kong][6], an API gateway, and [Apache Pulsar][7], a pub-sub messaging system.
+
+In May 2020, I used [Apache Superset][8], an open source data visualization tool, along with a tutorial written by [Max Beauchemin][9], one of the project's creators, to crawl and visualize some data from Kong, Apache Pulsar, and [a few other projects][10]. Using [the tutorial][11], I crawled two years' worth of data (from May 2018 to May 2020) to see changes over time. (Note: The tutorial is an example of Superset's own data with some hard-coded linkage to its history inside Airbnb and Lyft, so to use it, you will need to do some customization of the dashboard JSON to make it work more generally.)
+
+Two caveats: First, the data was last gathered in May, so it will surely look different today. Second, the projects were open sourced at different times, and this comparison is not a judgment on the current state or potential of either project. (Kong's first commit was in November 2014, and Pulsar's was in September 2016. Of course, both were worked on in private before being open sourced.) Some of the differences you see may simply be due to the passage of time and community effort paying off at different times; _community building is a long, persistent slog_.
+
+#### PR reviewer metrics
+
+The following two charts show Kong and Pulsar's PR reviews by GitHub handle:
+
+![Kong PR reviews by GitHub handle][12]
+
+Kong's PR reviews by GitHub handle (COSS Media, ©2020)
+
+![Pulsar's PR reviews by GitHub handle][13]
+
+Pulsar's PR reviews by GitHub handle (COSS Media, ©2020)
+
+Based on this data, I observe that Kong has a better balance of people reviewing PRs than Pulsar has. That balance was achieved over time as the Kong project grew in maturity. The most important thing to note is that neither of Kong's creators, [Aghi][14] nor [Marco][15], is anywhere close to being the top reviewers. _That's a good thing!_ They certainly were during the early days, but their involvement became less visible as the project matured, as it should.
+
+As a younger project, Pulsar isn't at the same level yet but is on its way to achieving that balance. [Sijie][16], [Jia][17], and [Penghui][18] are doing the bulk of the reviewing for now; all three are project management committee members and lead SteamNative, Pulsar's COSS company. Other major players, including Splunk (especially after it [acquired][19] Streamlio), also contribute to the project, which is a good leading indicator of eventually achieving balance.
+
+One factor I'm intentionally glossing over is the difference in the governance process of an Apache Software Foundation project and a non-ASF project, which would impact the speed and procedure for a contributor to become a reviewer or maintainer. In that regard, this comparison is not 100% apples-to-apples.
+
+#### Community interaction metrics
+
+Following are two leaderboard charts showing Kong and Pulsar's community interactions by GitHub handle in the 90 days since the most recent data gathered (roughly from March to May 2020):
+
+![Kong's 90-day leaderboard chart][20]
+
+Kong's 90-day leaderboard chart (COSS Media, ©2020)
+
+![Pulsar's 90-day leaderboard chart][21]
+
+Pulsar's 90-day leaderboard chart (COSS Media, ©2020)
+
+These leaderboards reflect the same "level of balance" shown in the previous chart, which makes sense. The more interesting takeaway is who is doing what kind of interaction, how much _interacting_ is happening, and who seems to be doing it all (Sijie!).
+
+As far as building the right incentive structure, this leaderboard-type view can help you get a sense of where interactions are coming from and what sort of reward or motivational system you want to design to accelerate positive behaviors.
+
+This data is also useful for internal management _and_ external community building. As close watchers can tell, many of the leaders on these charts are employees of the projects' COSS companies, Kong Inc. and StreamNative. It's quite common for active community contributors (or enthusiasts) to become employees of the company commercializing the project. Regardless of where these folks are employed, to foster a sustainable project beyond its initial creators (which in turn would influence the sustainability of the COSS company), you would need to measure, track, and incentivize the same behaviors.
+
+Also, I'm aware that the Pulsar chart does not have a "reactions" column, which could either be because there wasn't much reaction data to merit a top-10 entry or due to my own faulty configuration of the chart. I apologize for this inconsistency.
+
+### Tips on driving balanced sustainability
+
+No matter how pretty the charts are, data doesn't tell the whole story. And no matter how successful a particular project is, its experience should not be templatized and applied directly to a different project. That said, I'd like to share a few actionable tips I've seen work in the wild that can help you improve these two metrics over time:
+
+ * **Provide high-quality documentation:** In a previous article, I focused on [documentation][22], and I encourage you to give it a read. The most important point is: a project's documentation gets the most amount of traffic. It's the place where people decide whether to continue learning about your project or move on. _You never want to give people a reason to move on_. Generally, I recommend spending 10% to 20% of your time writing documentation. Putting it in context: if you are working on your project full-time, it's about half a day to one full day per week.
+ * **Make your contributor guide a living document:** Every project has a CONTRIBUTING.MD document (or a variation of it). But projects that grow and mature make that document the best it can be and continually refresh, update, and refine it. Why? Because that's where people who are enthusiastic about participating in the project go. If the guide is clear, succinct, and actionable, you'll get contributions in no time. If it's outdated, convoluted, and lacks an easy onramp (e.g., beginner issues, simple bugs, etc.), then that enthusiasm will go somewhere else. _Make your CONTRIBUTING.MD a killer feature_.
+ * **Set clear quality guidelines:** There _is_ such a thing as a "noisy contribution"—low-quality PRs/MRs that require more energy than it's worth to review (and oftentimes reject). However, the responsibility of communicating to the public what is and is not a "quality contribution" is on you, the creator or maintainer, because you have the most context and institutional knowledge about the project, by far. _Make your expectations clear, and don't compromise on quality._ Make it a prominent section of your CONTRIBUTING.MD or a separate document to give it more visibility. Combine it with your project's roadmap, which should be part of your public documentation anyway, so your new contributors know what's expected of them and why.
+
+
+
+I hope this provides some useful insight into the two second-order metrics that matter when building a sustainable open source community and some actionable items you can use to track and improve them.
+
+* * *
+
+_This article originally appeared on_ _[COSS Media][23]_ _and is republished with permission._
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/11/open-source-community-sustainability
+
+作者：[Kevin Xu][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/kevin-xu
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/laptop_screen_desk_work_chat_text.png?itok=UXqIDRDD (Person using a laptop)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/community-metrics
+[3]: https://softwareengineeringdaily.com/2019/04/04/project-health-assessing-open-source-projects-with-more-context/
+[4]: http://antirez.com/news/129
+[5]: http://antirez.com/news/133
+[6]: https://github.com/Kong/kong
+[7]: https://github.com/apache/pulsar
+[8]: https://superset.apache.org/
+[9]: https://github.com/mistercrunch
+[10]: https://twitter.com/kevinsxu/status/1275072801511059456
+[11]: https://preset.io/blog/2020-04-15-github-community-dashboard/
+[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kongpr-reviews.jpg (Kong PR reviews by GitHub handle)
+[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/pulsarpr-reviews.jpg (Pulsar's PR reviews by GitHub handle)
+[14]: https://github.com/sonicaghi
+[15]: https://github.com/subnetmarco
+[16]: https://github.com/sijie
+[17]: https://github.com/jiazhai
+[18]: https://github.com/codelipenghui
+[19]: https://www.splunk.com/en_us/blog/leadership/splunk-to-expand-streaming-expertise-announces-intent-to-acquire-streamlio-open-source-distributed-messaging-leader.html
+[20]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kong_leaderboard.jpg (Kong's 90-day leaderboard chart)
+[21]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/pulsarleaderboard.jpg (Pulsar's 90-day leaderboard chart)
+[22]: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/documentation
+[23]: https://coss.media/2-things-to-measure-and-improve-open-source-community-sustainability/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20201113 3 ways managers build team culture around open source.md b/sources/talk/20201113 3 ways managers build team culture around open source.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b7f52a78aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20201113 3 ways managers build team culture around open source.md
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (3 ways managers build team culture around open source)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/11/selfless-culture)
+[#]: author: (Shishir Kamboj https://opensource.com/users/shishirkamboj)
+
+3 ways managers build team culture around open source
+======
+Contributing to open source prevents complacency and teaches people the
+value of giving to the greater good.
+![Teammates shaking hands and smiling in an office][1]
+
+Whether you are a senior leader or an individual contributor, you make decisions based on your personal, peers', and colleagues' experiences and feedback. If the people around you are evolving, you will grow with them, as will the organization you support. If the backgrounds and knowledge of the people around you are diverse and changing, you and your team will benefit.
+
+I've noticed that my skillset and contributions give diminishing returns if I am not challenged. Human beings tend to get into their comfort zones quickly. We get used to working a certain way, and we start to depend on key people to make decisions for us. This leads to complacency, which does not change unless we are challenged due to market shifts or other external forces.
+
+A selfless approach contributes to growth in career and skillsets as well as helps others grow. When we not only promote ourselves but the right person for the right job, we can be better team players. Our focus becomes what is right for the organization, not what is right for us. It helps both individuals and organizations when we are more flexible and ready for change.
+
+The big question is: How can you create opportunities for change and create a selfless approach on your team? It may be difficult to ask your employees to be completely selfless. But as leaders, we can align our teams' and employees' growth to the organization's development. The following are a few ways to achieve this.
+
+### 1\. Help employees create a career
+
+Invest in your teams. Set a career path for each team member. You may find employees who are happy working on the same things year after year. While I agree that it is essential to have expertise, this can easily lead to complacency and hoarding. I see these as significant concerns.
+
+When you like what you do, you can excel at it. You should achieve consistent improvement in the knowledge and exposure you get. It helps if you have a forte in an area where you are a point person across the board. At the same time, it's essential to move forward while looking for new avenues to contribute. Working on open source software is an excellent way to make that happen.
+
+In one of my earlier roles, I led an infrastructure services team. For a long time, this group focused on data center design, hardware, and network engineering. As cloud services started emerging, the team found itself in an identity crisis. The group had not added any new skill sets over the previous few years. The team's motivation scores were at an all-time low. Work became more limited as deployments shrunk to legacy applications.
+
+It was imperative to invest in the team to help boost morale and connect with the company's vision. The team members needed to see how they added to the company's growth while gaining knowledge and new skills.
+
+As we investigated our customers' pain points and their needs, we realized an open source strategy around cloud computing would be an ideal investment area. The team's experience made the transition challenging, but the members were ready for the change. The group swiftly jumped on the initiative and brought much success to themselves and the organization.
+
+Carving out time for your team to work on open source software and contribute upstream is a great way to put your team members out there and help them gain different experiences while working with the broader community. It is imperative for leadership to move team members around to transition them to something new. It is also necessary to remind your team that every initiative, technology, or project follows a curve that starts with innovation, then shows heightened expectation, goes into a growth phase, and eventually declines.
+
+This point is even more critical for managers and leaders. Sometimes I see leaders who are stuck in the status quo. A leader's attitude can impact a team's culture—negatively or positively.
+
+### 2\. Correlate the team's success with the organization's success
+
+Leaders can motivate teams by showing appreciation to contributors. It is critical for teams to understand the impact their work has on customers and the world. It's also vital for them to correlate their role with the company's success. Every employee should know the value they bring to the table.
+
+Understanding the financial value your team brings to the company is part of this. Share how the product or service your team provides contributes to revenue. This will show how your team how critical their product or service is for your customers and how it impacts the customer experience. This has really worked for me and the teams I lead.
+
+### 3\. Bring pride to what you do
+
+Bringing pride to your work is a crucial element in developing ownership. If you take pride in what you do, you will enjoy it more. Employees who are proud of their work will be more eager to share and also look for ways to improve. As a manager or leader, it is your responsibility to bring visibility to your team's work. Appreciation for your team goes a long way, especially if you show your gratitude in front of the broader organization.
+
+Open source community participation can provide opportunities to contribute to a greater good, give visibility to your work, challenge your thought process, and drive you to think out of the box. What suggestions do you have to helping teams overcome complacency and become more selfless? Please share your thoughts in the comments.
+
+Learn how companies can get started in contributing to open source projects, including encouraging...
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/11/selfless-culture
+
+作者：[Shishir Kamboj][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/shishirkamboj
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/handshake_teamwork_meeting_office_space.png?itok=6H0GEyoc (Community and team smiling)
diff --git a/sources/talk/20201113 How to create trust in artificial intelligence using open source.md b/sources/talk/20201113 How to create trust in artificial intelligence using open source.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9c9340d3fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20201113 How to create trust in artificial intelligence using open source.md
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to create trust in artificial intelligence using open source)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/11/ai-open-source)
+[#]: author: (Rebecca Whitworth https://opensource.com/users/rsimmond)
+
+How to create trust in artificial intelligence using open source
+======
+Opening up the "black box" helps remove uncertainties about AI outcomes,
+providing insight into the modeling process and identifying biases and
+errors.
+![Brain on a computer screen][1]
+
+Artificial intelligence (AI) is being used more frequently in our daily lives, with systems such as Siri and Alexa becoming commonplace in many households. Many households themselves are "smart," powered by devices that can control your lights, heating and air, and even the music playing. And those music players are powered by AI that recommends songs and artists you may like.
+
+However, these systems are often referred to as "black box" systems because we do not know how the data is processed—how do the users know why the model has made that prediction? The advent and widespread adoption of deep neural networks, while providing impressive results, made this even more critical, since humans can't logically interpret how information is processed within thousands of neurons.
+
+A more safety-critical example of AI systems is when doctors use them to reduce stress loads. These systems do this by quickly ingesting data at a rapid rate; for example, thousands of medical journals could be read and parsed by AI exponentially faster than by a human. This data can then be used to train predictive models, which are used to help doctors diagnose patients, this time armed with far more data points than were available before and in a quicker time. People assume that, with all this information, a machine can make "better" decisions than humans. However, how can we trust a machine to make such critical decisions when we do not fully understand the data processing techniques?
+
+Open source supports many methods and applications that can lead to better trust in AI systems. In this article, we will explore some of those open source projects as well as the open source mentality, and how by becoming part of the open source community, you can gain more trust in your AI.
+
+Projects like [LIME][2] and [SHAP][3], which are open source, can explain the outcome of a prediction. To illustrate how this works, let's look at a loan request use case. Based on an AI outcome, a bank rejects a customer who has made a loan request, but why did the algorithm return that outcome? Projects like these aim to make the model more explainable by showing feature importance graphs, i.e., which features were significant to the outcome of the model. Features are the inputs that generate the prediction. In this example, if an important feature used to reject the loan had been "gender," then this would mean the model is biased or incorrect. If the model is known to be wrong, then retraining it will give improved predictions.
+
+These projects help to build trust in AI systems by explaining the black box model and introspecting decision-making. By open sourcing projects such as this, we can ensure confidence in the system due to the openness of the predictive modeling process. It can give stakeholders confidence that the model is correct and that its recommendations can be trusted, so there is less business risk.
+
+Open source can stop unfairness, such as the gender-bias example above, by iteratively testing the system's potential outcomes quickly and effectively. If the model is biased, then a notification to the community can be made in a timely fashion, as there are more developers in the community than there would be if the project was closed source. Therefore, if there is trust in the community, then there can be trust in the system.
+
+Open source platforms leverage ideas from a broad group of peers and offer greater opportunity to innovate and create worthwhile features in a system. These ideas focus the project in a user-driven direction, and improvements come from the developers/users themselves. The system is trustworthy because it has a user-centric design pattern and fosters knowledge of system development and execution. Essentially, the people who have made the system can trust the system.
+
+When an AI system fails, people may be offended or misled. The project or organization loses people's confidence, and it creates distrust of the system overall. Credibility can be protected by making an AI project open source, because with more testers in the community, the more the data and performance can be verified.
+
+By leveraging the community-focused nature of open source, we can also ensure that more people with a wider variety of skill sets routinely check the codebase. Predictive models are very good at recognizing patterns; however, they can fail when faced with an outlier. Humans, on the other hand, are very good at being able to recognize and respond to anomalies and nuance. Therefore, having humans involved in the AI system is integral to stopping mistakes, which, in the example use case of the doctor, could actually be deadly. It is essential to have domain experts to check the system's outcomes, and the more, the better.
+
+Community-focused feature development can also improve trust by ensuring that the project meets company regulations. The community can include stakeholders from the business who can then lead the development focus and reduce business risk.
+
+A closed approach to AI can lead to inadequate feature design choices that are not relevant to the current needs of the community and businesses. Such features can be harmful to the system; for example, if a medical system's patient diagnostic function has poor accuracy due to lack of testing, then this will mean more human intervention and, ultimately, less trust.
+
+A closed approach can also stifle creativity and freedom to develop innovative ideas, and it stops the feedback loop on ideas from community users or people outside of the company. A feedback loop is useful, as the people who are developing it have a greater knowledge of the system and how it works, and if the community knows it works, then they are more likely to use it.
+
+Trusting AI can be hard when people use black box models, due to the lack of understanding of what they are doing and how they work. Open source mentality and models help users and developers to create more trust in AI by opening up the black box, encouraging iterative and collaborative development, and using the community to ensure proper functionality and fewer bugs. Open source allows AI to reach its potential in a trustworthy and meaningful way for users.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/11/ai-open-source
+
+作者：[Rebecca Whitworth][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/rsimmond
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/brain_computer_solve_fix_tool.png?itok=okq8joti (Brain on a computer screen)
+[2]: https://github.com/marcotcr/lime
+[3]: https://github.com/slundberg/shap
diff --git a/sources/talk/20201113 The state of the art of microservices in 2020.md b/sources/talk/20201113 The state of the art of microservices in 2020.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0fa6e11733
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/talk/20201113 The state of the art of microservices in 2020.md
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (The state of the art of microservices in 2020)
+[#]: via: (https://www.linux.com/news/the-state-of-the-art-of-microservices-in-2020/)
+[#]: author: (Linux.com Editorial Staff https://www.linux.com/author/linuxdotcom/)
+
+The state of the art of microservices in 2020
+======
+
+### _“The microservice architectural style is an approach to developing a_ _**single application**_ _as a suite of_ _**small services**_*, each running in its* _**own process and communicating with lightweight mechanisms**_*, often an HTTP resource API. These services are* _**built around business capabilities**_ _and_ _**independently deployable**_ _by_ _**fully automated deployment machinery**_*. There is a bare minimum of centralized management of these services, which may be written in* _**different programming languages**_ _and_ _**use different data storage technologies.**__“_
+
+### James Lewis and Martin Fowler (2014) [6]
+
+## Introduction
+
+It is expected that in 2020, the global cloud microservices market will grow at a rate of 22.5%, with the US market projected to maintain a growth rate of 27.4% [5]. The tendency is that developers will move away from locally hosted applications and shift into the cloud. Consequently, this will help businesses minimize downtime, optimize resources, and reduce infrastructure costs. Experts also predict that by 2022, 90% of all applications will be developed using microservices architecture [5]. This article will help you to learn what microservices are and how companies have been using it nowadays.
+
+## What are microservices?
+
+Microservices have been widely used around the world. But what are microservices? Microservice is an architectural pattern in which the application is based on many small interconnected services. They are based on the **single responsibility principle**, which according to Robert C. Martin is “gathering things that change for the same reason, and separate those things that change for different reasons” [2]. The microservices architecture is also extended to the **loosely coupled services** that can be **developed, deployed, and maintained independently** [2].
+
+## Moving away from monolithic architectures
+
+Microservices are often compared to traditional monolithic software architecture. In a monolithic architecture, a software is designed to be self-contained, i.e., the program’s components are interconnected and interdependent rather than loosely coupled. In a tightly-coupled architecture (monolithic), each component and its associated components must be present in order for the code to be executed or compiled [7]. Additionally, if any component needs to be updated, the whole application needs to be rewritten.
+
+That’s not the case for applications using the microservices architecture. Since each module is independent, it can be changed without affecting other parts of the program. Consequently, reducing the risk that a change made to one component will create unanticipated changes in other components.
+
+Companies might run in trouble if they cannot scale a monolithic architecture if their architecture is difficult to upgrade or the maintenance is too complex and costly [4]. Breaking down a complex task into smaller components that work independently from each other is the solution to this problem.
+
+![Monolithic vs. microservices architecture. Image extracted from \[3\].][1]
+
+## How developers around the world build their microservices
+
+Microservices are well known for improving _scalability_ and _performance_. However, are those the main reasons that developers around the world build their microservices? The State of Microservices 2020 research project [1] has found out how developers worldwide build their microservices and what they think about it. The report was created with the help of 660 microservice experts from Europe, North America, Central and South America, the Middle East, South-East Asia, Australia, and New Zealand. The table below presents the average rating on questions related to the maturity of microservices [1].
+
+**Category** | **Average rating (out of 5)**
+---|---
+Setting up a new project | 3.8
+Maintenance and debugging | 3.4
+Efficiency of work | 3.9
+Solving scalability issues | 4.3
+Solving performance issues | 3.9
+Teamwork | 3.9
+
+
+
+As observed on the table, most experts are happy with microservices for solving scalability issues. On the contrary, maintenance and debugging seem to be a challenge for them.
+
+According to their architecture’s leading technologies, most experts reported that they use Javascript/Typescript (almost ⅔ of microservices are built on those languages). In the second place, they mostly use Java.
+
+Although there are plenty of options to choose to deploy microservices, most experts use Amazon Web Services (49%), followed by their own server. Additionally, 62% prefer AWS Lambda as a serverless solution.
+
+Most microservices used by the experts use HTTP for communication, followed by events and gRPC. Additionally, most experts use RabbitMQ for message-brokers, followed by Kafka and Redis.
+
+Also, most people work with microservices continuous integration (CI). In the report, 87% of the respondents use CI solutions such as GitLab CI, Jenkins, or GitHub Actions.
+
+The most popular debugging solution among 86% of the respondents was logging, in which 27% of the respondents ONLY use logs.
+
+Finally, most people think that microservice architecture will become either a standard for more complex systems or backend development.
+
+## Successful use cases of Microservices
+
+Many companies have changed from a monolithic architecture to microservices.
+
+### Amazon
+
+In 2001, development delays, coding challenges, and service interdependencies didn’t allow Amazon to address its growing user base’s scalability requirements. With the need to refactor their monolithic architecture from scratch, Amazon broke its monolithic applications into small, independent, and service-specific applications [3][9].
+
+In 2001, Amazon decided to change to microservices, which was years before the term came into fashion. This change led Amazon to develop several solutions to support microservices architectures, such as Amazon AWS. With the rapid growth and adaptation to microservices, Amazon became the most valuable company globally, valued by market cap at $1.433 trillion on July 1st, 2020 [8].
+
+### Netflix
+
+Netflix started its movie-streaming service in 2007, and by 2008 it was suffering scaling challenges. They experienced a major database corruption, and for three days, they could not ship DVDs to their members [10]. This was the starting point when they realized the need to move away from single points of failure (e.g., relational databases) towards a more scalable and reliable distributed system in the cloud. In 2009, Netflix started to refactor its monolithic architecture into microservices. They began by migrating its non-customer-facing, movie-coding platform to run on the cloud as an independent microservices [11]. Changing to microservices allowed Netflix to overcome its scaling challenges and service outages. Despite that, it allowed them to reduce costs by having cloud costs per streaming instead of costs with a data center [10]. Today, Netflix streams approximately 250 million hours of content daily to over 139 million subscribers in 190 countries [11].
+
+### Uber
+
+After launching Uber, they struggled to develop and launch new features, fix bugs, and rapidly integrate new changes. Thus, they decided to change to microservices, and they broke the application structure into cloud-based microservices. In other words, Uber created one microservice for each function, such as passenger management and trip management. Moving to microservices brought Uber many benefits, such as having a clear idea of each service ownership. This boosted speed and quality, facilitating fast scaling by allowing teams to focus only on the services they needed to scale, updating virtual services without disrupting other services, and achieving more reliable fault tolerance [11].
+
+## It’s all about scalability!
+
+A good example of how to provide scalability is by looking at China. With its vast number of inhabitants, China had to adapt by creating and testing new solutions to solve new challenges at scale. Statistics show that China serves roughly 900 million Internet users nowadays [14]. During the 2019 Single’s Day (the equivalent of Black Friday in China), the peak transaction of Alibaba’s various shopping platforms was 544,00 transactions per second. The total amount of data processed on Alibaba Cloud was around 970 petabytes [15]. So, what’s the implication of these numbers of users in technology?
+
+Many technologies have emerged from the need to address scalability. For example, [Tars][2] was created in 2008 by Tencent and [contributed to the Linux Foundation in 2018][3]. It’s being used at scale and enhanced for ten years [12]. Tars is open source, and many organizations are significantly contributing and extending the framework’s features and value [12]. Tars supports multiple programming languages, including C++, Golang, Java, Node.js, PHP, and Python; and it can quickly build systems and automatically generate code, allowing the developer to focus on the business logic to improve operational efficiency effectively. Tars has been widely used in Tencent’s QQ, WeChat social network, financial services, edge computing, automotive, video, online games, maps, application market, security, and many other core businesses. [In March of 2020, the Tars project transitioned into the TARS Foundation][4], an open source microservice foundation to support the rapid growth of contributions and membership for a community focused on building an open microservices platform [12].
+
+**Be sure to check out the Linux Foundation’s new free training course,** [Building Microservice Platforms with TARS][5]
+
+*About the authors: *
+
+_Isabella Ferreira is an Advocate at TARS Foundation,_ a cloud-native open-source microservice foundation under the Linux Foundation*. *
+
+*Mark Shan is Chairman at Tencent Open Source Alliance and also Board Chair at TARS Foundation. *
+
+**References:**
+
+[1]
+
+[2]
+
+[3]
+
+[4]
+
+[5]
+
+[7]
+
+[8]
+
+[9]
+
+[11]
+
+[14] My website! `)
+```
+
+Now, you can import your new `views` package and render the `landing` template this easily:
+
+```
+func handler(w http.ResponseWriter, req *http.Request) {
+ views.Templates.Render(w, req, "landing", map[string]interface{}{})
+}
+```
+
+### User authentication
+
+I’ve written two Webhelp-style authentication libraries that I end up using frequently.
+
+The first is an OAuth2 library, [whoauth2][68]. I’ve written up [an example application that authenticates with Google, Facebook, and Github][69].
+
+The second, [whgoth][70], is a wrapper around [markbates/goth][71]. My portion isn’t quite complete yet (some fixes are still necessary for optional App Engine support), but will support more non-OAuth2 authentication sources (like Twitter) when it is done.
+
+### Route listing
+
+Surprise! If you’ve used [webhelp][27] based handlers and middleware for your whole app, you automatically get route listing for free, via the [whroute][72] package.
+
+My web serving code’s `main` method often has a form like this:
+
+```
+switch flag.Arg(0) {
+case "serve":
+ panic(whlog.ListenAndServe(*listenAddr, routes))
+case "routes":
+ whroute.PrintRoutes(os.Stdout, routes)
+default:
+ fmt.Printf("Usage: %s \n", os.Args[0])
+}
+```
+
+Here’s some example output:
+
+```
+GET /auth/_cb/
+GET /auth/login/
+GET /auth/logout/
+GET /
+GET /account/apikeys/
+POST /account/apikeys/
+GET /project//
+GET /project//control//
+POST /project//control//sample/
+GET /project//control/
+ Redirect: f(req)
+POST /project//control/
+POST /project//control_named//sample/
+GET /project//control_named/
+ Redirect: f(req)
+GET /project//sample//
+GET /project//sample//similar[/<*>]
+GET /project//sample/
+ Redirect: f(req)
+POST /project//search/
+GET /project/
+ Redirect: /
+POST /project/
+```
+
+### Other little things
+
+[webhelp][27] has a number of other subpackages:
+
+ * [whparse][73] assists in parsing optional request arguments.
+ * [whredir][74] provides some handlers and helper methods for doing redirects in various cases.
+ * [whcache][75] creates request-specific mutable storage for caching various computations and database loaded data. Mutability helps helper functions that aren’t used as middleware share data.
+ * [whfatal][76] uses panics to simplify early request handling termination. Probably avoid this package unless you want to anger other Go developers.
+
+
+
+### Summary
+
+Designing your web project as a collection of composable middlewares goes quite a long way to simplify your code design, eliminate cross-cutting concerns, and create a more flexible development environment. Use my [webhelp][27] package if it helps you.
+
+Or don’t! Whatever! It’s still a free country last I checked.
+
+#### Update
+
+Peter Kieltyka points me to his [Chi framework][77], which actually does seem to do the right things with respect to middleware, handlers, and contexts - certainly much more so than all the other frameworks I’ve seen. So, shoutout to Peter and the team at Pressly!
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.jtolio.com/2017/01/writing-advanced-web-applications-with-go
+
+作者：[jtolio.com][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.jtolio.com/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.ruby-lang.org/
+[2]: http://rubyonrails.org/
+[3]: http://www.sinatrarb.com/
+[4]: https://www.python.org/
+[5]: https://www.djangoproject.com/
+[6]: http://flask.pocoo.org/
+[7]: https://golang.org/
+[8]: https://groups.google.com/d/forum/golang-nuts
+[9]: https://www.reddit.com/r/golang/
+[10]: https://revel.github.io/
+[11]: https://gin-gonic.github.io/gin/
+[12]: http://iris-go.com/
+[13]: https://beego.me/
+[14]: https://go-macaron.com/
+[15]: https://github.com/go-martini/martini
+[16]: https://github.com/gocraft/web
+[17]: https://github.com/urfave/negroni
+[18]: https://godoc.org/goji.io
+[19]: https://echo.labstack.com/
+[20]: https://medium.com/code-zen/why-i-don-t-use-go-web-frameworks-1087e1facfa4
+[21]: https://groups.google.com/forum/#!topic/golang-nuts/R_lqsTTBh6I
+[22]: https://www.reddit.com/r/golang/comments/1yh6gm/new_to_go_trying_to_select_web_framework/
+[23]: https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#Handler
+[24]: https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#Request
+[25]: https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#Request.Context
+[26]: https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#Request.WithContext
+[27]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1
+[28]: https://golang.org/doc/articles/wiki/
+[29]: https://expressjs.com/
+[30]: https://nodejs.org/en/
+[31]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cross-cutting_concern
+[32]: https://github.com/gorilla/mux
+[33]: https://github.com/gorilla/
+[34]: https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ServeMux
+[35]: https://swtch.com/~rsc/
+[36]: https://github.com/rsc/tiddly
+[37]: https://github.com/rsc/tiddly/blob/8f9145ac183e374eb95d90a73be4d5f38534ec47/tiddly.go#L201
+[38]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/whmux#Dir
+[39]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/whmux
+[40]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/whmux#IntArg
+[41]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/whmux#StringArg
+[42]: https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+[43]: https://blog.golang.org/context
+[44]: https://godoc.org/golang.org/x/net/context
+[45]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1#GenSym
+[46]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/whcompat
+[47]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/whcompat#DoneNotify
+[48]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/whcompat#CloseNotify
+[49]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/wherr
+[50]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/wherr#Handle
+[51]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/wherr#pkg-variables
+[52]: https://godoc.org/github.com/spacemonkeygo/errors
+[53]: https://godoc.org/github.com/spacemonkeygo/errors/errhttp
+[54]: https://github.com/zeebo/errs
+[55]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/whsess
+[56]: https://godoc.org/golang.org/x/crypto/nacl/secretbox
+[57]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/whlog
+[58]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/whlog#LogRequests
+[59]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/whlog#LogResponses
+[60]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/whlog#ListenAndServe
+[61]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/whmon
+[62]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/whgls
+[63]: https://godoc.org/github.com/jtolds/gls
+[64]: https://golang.org/pkg/html/template/
+[65]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/whtmpl
+[66]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/whtmpl#Collection
+[67]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/whtmpl#Pair
+[68]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/go-webhelp/whoauth2.v1
+[69]: https://github.com/go-webhelp/whoauth2/blob/v1/examples/group/main.go
+[70]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/go-webhelp/whgoth.v1
+[71]: https://github.com/markbates/goth
+[72]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/whroute
+[73]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/whparse
+[74]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/whredir
+[75]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/whcache
+[76]: https://godoc.org/gopkg.in/webhelp.v1/whfatal
+[77]: https://github.com/pressly/chi
diff --git a/sources/tech/20180306 Exploring free and open web fonts.md b/sources/tech/20180306 Exploring free and open web fonts.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 533286ca2c..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20180306 Exploring free and open web fonts.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-Exploring free and open web fonts
-======
-
-
-
-There is no question that the face of the web has been transformed in recent years by open source fonts. Prior to 2010, the only typefaces you were likely to see in a web browser were the generic "web safe" [core fonts][1] from Microsoft. But that year saw the start of several revolutions: the introduction of the Web Open Font Format ([WOFF][2]), which offered an open standard for efficiently delivering font files over HTTP, and the launch of web-font services like [Google Fonts][3] and the [Open Font Library][4]—both of which offered web publishers access to a large collection of fonts, for free, available under open licenses.
-
-It is hard to overstate the positive impact of these events on web typography. But it can be all too easy to equate the successes of open web fonts with open source typography as a whole and conclude that the challenges are behind us, the puzzles solved. That is not the case, so if you care about type, the good news is there are a lot of opportunities to get involved in improvement.
-
-For starters, it's critical to understand that Google Fonts and Open Font Library offer a specialized service—delivering fonts in web pages—and they don't implement solutions for other use cases. That is not a shortcoming on the services' side; it simply means that we have to develop other solutions.
-
-There are a number of problems to solve. Probably the most obvious example is the awkwardness of installing fonts on a desktop Linux machine for use in other applications. You can download any of the web fonts offered by either service, but all you will get is a generic ZIP file with some TTF or OTF binaries inside and a plaintext license file. What happens next is up to you to guess.
-
-Most users learn quickly that the "right" step is to manually copy those font binaries into any one of a handful of special directories on their hard drive. But that just makes the files visible to the operating system; it doesn't offer much in the way of a user experience. Again, this is not a flaw with the web-font service; rather it's evidence of the point where the service stops and more work needs to be done on the other side.
-
-A big improvement from the user's perspective would be for the OS or the desktop environment to be smarter at this "just downloaded" stage. Not only would it install the font files to the right location but, more importantly, it could add important metadata that the user will want to access when selecting a font to use in a project.
-
-What this additional information consists of and how it is presented to the user is tied to another challenge: Managing a font collection on Linux is noticeably less pleasant than on other operating systems. Periodically, font manager applications appear (see [GTK+ Font Manager][5] for one of the most recent examples), but they rarely catch on. I've been thinking a lot about where I think they come up short; one core factor is they have limited themselves to displaying only the information embedded in the font binary: basic character-set coverage, weight/width/slope settings, embedded license and copyright statements, etc.
-
-But a lot of decisions go into the process of selecting a font for a job besides what's in this embedded data. Serious font users—like information designers, journal article authors, or book designers—make their font-selection decisions in the context of each document's requirements and needs. That includes license information, naturally, but it includes much more, like information about the designer and the foundry, stylistic trends, or details about how the font works in use.
-
-For example, if your document includes both English and Arabic text, you probably want a font where the Latin and Arabic glyphs were designed together by someone experienced with the two scripts. Otherwise, you'll waste a ton of time making tiny adjustments to the font sizes and line spacing trying to get the two languages to mix well. You may have learned from experience that certain designers or vendors are better at multi-script design than others. Or it might be relevant to your project that today's fashion magazines almost exclusively use "[Didone][6]"-style typefaces, a name that refers to super-high-contrast styles pioneered by [Firmin Didot][7] and [Giambattista Bodoni][8] around 200 years ago. It just happens to be the trend.
-
-But none of those terms (Didone, Didot, or Bodoni) are likely to show up in the binary's embedded data, nor is easy to tell whether the Latin and Arabic fit together or anything else about the typeface's back history. That information might appear in supplementary material like a type specimen or font documentation—if any exists.
-
-A specimen is a designed document (often a PDF) that shows the font in use and includes background information; it frequently serves a dual role as a marketing piece and a sample to look at when choosing a font. The considered design of a specimen showcases how the font functions in practice and in a manner that an automatically generated character table simply cannot. Documentation may include some other vital information, like how to activate the font's OpenType features, what mathematical or archaic forms it provides, or how it varies stylistically across supported languages. Making this sort of material available to the user in the font-management application would go a long way towards helping users find the fonts that fit their projects' needs.
-
-Of course, if we're going to consider a font manager that can handle documentation and specimens, we also have to take a hard look at what comes with the font packages provided by distributions. Linux users start with a few fonts automatically installed, and repository-provided packages are the only font source most users have besides downloading the generic ZIP archive. Those packages tend to be pretty bare-bones. Commercial fonts generally include specimens, documentation, and other support items, whereas open source fonts usually do not.
-
-There are some excellent examples of open fonts that do provide quality specimens and documentation (see [SIL Gentium][9] and [Bungee][10] for two distinctly different but valid approaches), but they rarely (if ever) make their way into the downstream packaging chain. We plainly can do better.
-
-There are some technical obstacles to offering a richer user experience for interacting with the fonts on your system. For one thing, the [AppStream][11] metadata standard defines a few [parameters][12] specific to font files, but so far includes nothing that would cover specimens, designer and foundry information, and other relevant details. For another, the [SPDX][13] (Software Package Data Exchange) format does not cover many of the software licenses (and license variants) used to distribute fonts.
-
-Finally, as any audiophile will tell you, a music player that does not let you edit and augment the ID3 tags in your MP3 collection is going to get frustrating quickly. You want to fix errors in the tags, you want to add things like notes and album art—essentially, you want to polish your library. You would want to do the same to keep your local font library in a pleasant-to-use state.
-
-But editing the embedded data in a font file has been taboo because fonts tend to get embedded and attached to other documents. If you monkey with the fields in a font binary, then redistribute it with your presentation slides, anyone who downloads those slides can end up with bad metadata through no fault of their own. So anyone making improvements to the font-management experience will have to figure out how to strategically wrangle repeated changes to the embedded and external font metadata.
-
-In addition to the technical angle, enriching the font-management experience is also a design challenge. As I said above, good specimens and well-written documentation exist for several open fonts. But there are many more packages missing both, and there are a lot of older font packages that are no longer being maintained. That probably means the only way that most open font packages are going to get specimens or documentation is for the community to create them.
-
-Perhaps that's a tall order. But the open source design community is bigger than it has ever been, and it is a highly motivated segment of the overall free and open source software movement. So who knows; maybe this time next year finding, downloading, and using fonts on a desktop Linux system will be an entirely different experience.
-
-One train of thought on the typography challenges of modern Linux users includes packaging, document design, and maybe even a few new software components for desktop environments. There are other trains to consider, too. The commonality is that where the web-font service ends, matters get more difficult.
-
-The best news, from my perspective, is that there are more people interested in this topic than ever before. For that, I think we have the higher profile that open fonts have received from big web-font services like Google Fonts and Open Font Library to thank.
-
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/webfonts
-
-作者：[Nathan Willis][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/n8willis
-[1]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Core_fonts_for_the_Web
-[2]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_Open_Font_Format
-[3]:https://fonts.google.com/
-[4]:https://fontlibrary.org/
-[5]:https://fontmanager.github.io/
-[6]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Didone_(typography)
-[7]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Firmin_Didot
-[8]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Giambattista_Bodoni
-[9]:https://software.sil.org/gentium/
-[10]:https://djr.com/bungee/
-[11]:https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Distributions/AppStream/
-[12]:https://www.freedesktop.org/software/appstream/docs/sect-Metadata-Fonts.html
-[13]:https://spdx.org/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20180414 Go on very small hardware Part 2.md b/sources/tech/20180414 Go on very small hardware Part 2.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ebfb263f1..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20180414 Go on very small hardware Part 2.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,969 +0,0 @@
-Go on very small hardware (Part 2)
-============================================================
-
-
- [][1]
-
-At the end of the [first part][2] of this article I promised to write something about _interfaces_ . I don’t want to write here a complete or even brief lecture about the interfaces. Instead, I’ll show a simple example how to define and use an interface, and then, how to take advantage of ubiquitous _io.Writer_ interface. There will also be a few words about _reflection_ and _semihosting_ .
-
-Interfaces are a crucial part of Go language. If you want to learn more about them, I suggest to read [Effective Go][3] and [Russ Cox article][4].
-
-### Concurrent Blinky – revisited
-
-When you read the code of previous examples you probably noticed a counterintuitive way to turn the LED on or off. The _Set_ method was used to turn the LED off and the _Clear_ method was used to turn the LED on. This is due to driving the LEDs in open-drain configuration. What we can do to make the code less confusing? Let’s define the _LED_ type with _On_ and _Off_ methods:
-
-```
-type LED struct {
- pin gpio.Pin
-}
-
-func (led LED) On() {
- led.pin.Clear()
-}
-
-func (led LED) Off() {
- led.pin.Set()
-}
-
-```
-
-Now we can simply call `led.On()` and `led.Off()` which no longer raises any doubts.
-
-In all previous examples I tried to use the same open-drain configuration to don’t complicate the code. But in the last example, it would be easier for me to connect the third LED between GND and PA3 pins and configure PA3 in push-pull mode. The next example will use a LED connected this way.
-
-But our new _LED_ type doesn’t support the push-pull configuration. In fact, we should call it _OpenDrainLED_ and define another _PushPullLED_ type:
-
-```
-type PushPullLED struct {
- pin gpio.Pin
-}
-
-func (led PushPullLED) On() {
- led.pin.Set()
-}
-
-func (led PushPullLED) Off() {
- led.pin.Clear()
-}
-
-```
-
-Note, that both types have the same methods that work the same. It would be nice if the code that operates on LEDs could use both types, without paying attention to which one it uses at the moment. The _interface type_ comes to help:
-
-```
-package main
-
-import (
- "delay"
-
- "stm32/hal/gpio"
- "stm32/hal/system"
- "stm32/hal/system/timer/systick"
-)
-
-type LED interface {
- On()
- Off()
-}
-
-type PushPullLED struct{ pin gpio.Pin }
-
-func (led PushPullLED) On() {
- led.pin.Set()
-}
-
-func (led PushPullLED) Off() {
- led.pin.Clear()
-}
-
-func MakePushPullLED(pin gpio.Pin) PushPullLED {
- pin.Setup(&gpio.Config{Mode: gpio.Out, Driver: gpio.PushPull})
- return PushPullLED{pin}
-}
-
-type OpenDrainLED struct{ pin gpio.Pin }
-
-func (led OpenDrainLED) On() {
- led.pin.Clear()
-}
-
-func (led OpenDrainLED) Off() {
- led.pin.Set()
-}
-
-func MakeOpenDrainLED(pin gpio.Pin) OpenDrainLED {
- pin.Setup(&gpio.Config{Mode: gpio.Out, Driver: gpio.OpenDrain})
- return OpenDrainLED{pin}
-}
-
-var led1, led2 LED
-
-func init() {
- system.SetupPLL(8, 1, 48/8)
- systick.Setup(2e6)
-
- gpio.A.EnableClock(false)
- led1 = MakeOpenDrainLED(gpio.A.Pin(4))
- led2 = MakePushPullLED(gpio.A.Pin(3))
-}
-
-func blinky(led LED, period int) {
- for {
- led.On()
- delay.Millisec(100)
- led.Off()
- delay.Millisec(period - 100)
- }
-}
-
-func main() {
- go blinky(led1, 500)
- blinky(led2, 1000)
-}
-
-```
-
-We’ve defined _LED_ interface that has two methods: _On_ and _Off_ . The _PushPullLED_ and _OpenDrainLED_ types represent two ways of driving LEDs. We also defined two _Make_ _*LED_ functions which act as constructors. Both types implement the _LED_ interface, so the values of these types can be assigned to the variables of type _LED_ :
-
-```
-led1 = MakeOpenDrainLED(gpio.A.Pin(4))
-led2 = MakePushPullLED(gpio.A.Pin(3))
-
-```
-
-In this case the assignability is checked at compile time. After the assignment the _led1_ variable contains `OpenDrainLED{gpio.A.Pin(4)}` and a pointer to the method set of the _OpenDrainLED_ type. The `led1.On()` call roughly corresponds to the following C code:
-
-```
-led1.methods->On(led1.value)
-
-```
-
-As you can see, this is quite inexpensive abstraction if only consider the function call overhead.
-
-But any assigment to an interface causes to include a lot of information about the assigned type. There can be a lot information in case of complex type which consists of many other types:
-
-```
-$ egc
-$ arm-none-eabi-size cortexm0.elf
- text data bss dec hex filename
- 10356 196 212 10764 2a0c cortexm0.elf
-
-```
-
-If we don’t use [reflection][5] we can save some bytes by avoid to include the names of types and struct fields:
-
-```
-$ egc -nf -nt
-$ arm-none-eabi-size cortexm0.elf
- text data bss dec hex filename
- 10312 196 212 10720 29e0 cortexm0.elf
-
-```
-
-The resulted binary still contains some necessary information about types and full information about all exported methods (with names). This information is need for checking assignability at runtime, mainly when you assign one value stored in the interface variable to any other variable.
-
-We can also remove type and field names from imported packages by recompiling them all:
-
-```
-$ cd $HOME/emgo
-$ ./clean.sh
-$ cd $HOME/firstemgo
-$ egc -nf -nt
-$ arm-none-eabi-size cortexm0.elf
- text data bss dec hex filename
- 10272 196 212 10680 29b8 cortexm0.elf
-
-```
-
-Let’s load this program to see does it work as expected. This time we’ll use the [st-flash][6] command:
-
-```
-$ arm-none-eabi-objcopy -O binary cortexm0.elf cortexm0.bin
-$ st-flash write cortexm0.bin 0x8000000
-st-flash 1.4.0-33-gd76e3c7
-2018-04-10T22:04:34 INFO usb.c: -- exit_dfu_mode
-2018-04-10T22:04:34 INFO common.c: Loading device parameters....
-2018-04-10T22:04:34 INFO common.c: Device connected is: F0 small device, id 0x10006444
-2018-04-10T22:04:34 INFO common.c: SRAM size: 0x1000 bytes (4 KiB), Flash: 0x4000 bytes (16 KiB) in pages of 1024 bytes
-2018-04-10T22:04:34 INFO common.c: Attempting to write 10468 (0x28e4) bytes to stm32 address: 134217728 (0x8000000)
-Flash page at addr: 0x08002800 erased
-2018-04-10T22:04:34 INFO common.c: Finished erasing 11 pages of 1024 (0x400) bytes
-2018-04-10T22:04:34 INFO common.c: Starting Flash write for VL/F0/F3/F1_XL core id
-2018-04-10T22:04:34 INFO flash_loader.c: Successfully loaded flash loader in sram
- 11/11 pages written
-2018-04-10T22:04:35 INFO common.c: Starting verification of write complete
-2018-04-10T22:04:35 INFO common.c: Flash written and verified! jolly good!
-
-```
-
-I didn’t connected the NRST signal to the programmer so the _—reset_ option can’t be used and the reset button have to be pressed to run the program.
-
-
-
-It seems that the _st-flash_ works a bit unreliably with this board (often requires reseting the ST-LINK dongle). Additionally, the current version doesn’t issue the reset command over SWD (uses only NRST signal). The software reset isn’t realiable however it usually works and lack of it introduces inconvenience. For this board-programmer pair the _OpenOCD_ works much better.
-
-### UART
-
-UART (Universal Aynchronous Receiver-Transmitter) is still one of the most important peripherals of today’s microcontrollers. Its advantage is unique combination of the following properties:
-
-* relatively high speed,
-
-* only two signal lines (even one in case of half-duplex communication),
-
-* symmetry of roles,
-
-* synchronous in-band signaling about new data (start bit),
-
-* accurate timing inside transmitted word.
-
-This causes that UART, originally intedned to transmit asynchronous messages consisting of 7-9 bit words, is also used to efficiently implement various other phisical protocols such as used by [WS28xx LEDs][7] or [1-wire][8] devices.
-
-However, we will use the UART in its usual role: to printing text messages from our program.
-
-```
-package main
-
-import (
- "io"
- "rtos"
-
- "stm32/hal/dma"
- "stm32/hal/gpio"
- "stm32/hal/irq"
- "stm32/hal/system"
- "stm32/hal/system/timer/systick"
- "stm32/hal/usart"
-)
-
-var tts *usart.Driver
-
-func init() {
- system.SetupPLL(8, 1, 48/8)
- systick.Setup(2e6)
-
- gpio.A.EnableClock(true)
- tx := gpio.A.Pin(9)
-
- tx.Setup(&gpio.Config{Mode: gpio.Alt})
- tx.SetAltFunc(gpio.USART1_AF1)
- d := dma.DMA1
- d.EnableClock(true)
- tts = usart.NewDriver(usart.USART1, d.Channel(2, 0), nil, nil)
- tts.Periph().EnableClock(true)
- tts.Periph().SetBaudRate(115200)
- tts.Periph().Enable()
- tts.EnableTx()
-
- rtos.IRQ(irq.USART1).Enable()
- rtos.IRQ(irq.DMA1_Channel2_3).Enable()
-}
-
-func main() {
- io.WriteString(tts, "Hello, World!\r\n")
-}
-
-func ttsISR() {
- tts.ISR()
-}
-
-func ttsDMAISR() {
- tts.TxDMAISR()
-}
-
-//c:__attribute__((section(".ISRs")))
-var ISRs = [...]func(){
- irq.USART1: ttsISR,
- irq.DMA1_Channel2_3: ttsDMAISR,
-}
-
-```
-
-You can find this code slightly complicated but for now there is no simpler UART driver in STM32 HAL (simple polling driver will be probably useful in some cases). The _usart.Driver_ is efficient driver that uses DMA and interrupts to ofload the CPU.
-
-STM32 USART peripheral provides traditional UART and its synchronous version. To use it as output we have to connect its Tx signal to the right GPIO pin:
-
-```
-tx.Setup(&gpio.Config{Mode: gpio.Alt})
-tx.SetAltFunc(gpio.USART1_AF1)
-
-```
-
-The _usart.Driver_ is configured in Tx-only mode (rxdma and rxbuf are set to nil):
-
-```
-tts = usart.NewDriver(usart.USART1, d.Channel(2, 0), nil, nil)
-
-```
-
-We use its _WriteString_ method to print the famous sentence. Let’s clean everything and compile this program:
-
-```
-$ cd $HOME/emgo
-$ ./clean.sh
-$ cd $HOME/firstemgo
-$ egc
-$ arm-none-eabi-size cortexm0.elf
- text data bss dec hex filename
- 12728 236 176 13140 3354 cortexm0.elf
-
-```
-
-To see something you need an UART peripheral in your PC.
-
-**Do not use RS232 port or USB to RS232 converter!**
-
-The STM32 family uses 3.3 V logic but RS232 can produce from -15 V to +15 V which will probably demage your MCU. You need USB to UART converter that uses 3.3 V logic. Popular converters are based on FT232 or CP2102 chips.
-
-
-
-You also need some terminal emulator program (I prefer [picocom][9]). Flash the new image, run the terminal emulator and press the reset button a few times:
-
-```
-$ openocd -d0 -f interface/stlink.cfg -f target/stm32f0x.cfg -c 'init; program cortexm0.elf; reset run; exit'
-Open On-Chip Debugger 0.10.0+dev-00319-g8f1f912a (2018-03-07-19:20)
-Licensed under GNU GPL v2
-For bug reports, read
- http://openocd.org/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
-debug_level: 0
-adapter speed: 1000 kHz
-adapter_nsrst_delay: 100
-none separate
-adapter speed: 950 kHz
-target halted due to debug-request, current mode: Thread
-xPSR: 0xc1000000 pc: 0x080016f4 msp: 0x20000a20
-adapter speed: 4000 kHz
-** Programming Started **
-auto erase enabled
-target halted due to breakpoint, current mode: Thread
-xPSR: 0x61000000 pc: 0x2000003a msp: 0x20000a20
-wrote 13312 bytes from file cortexm0.elf in 1.020185s (12.743 KiB/s)
-** Programming Finished **
-adapter speed: 950 kHz
-$
-$ picocom -b 115200 /dev/ttyUSB0
-picocom v3.1
-
-port is : /dev/ttyUSB0
-flowcontrol : none
-baudrate is : 115200
-parity is : none
-databits are : 8
-stopbits are : 1
-escape is : C-a
-local echo is : no
-noinit is : no
-noreset is : no
-hangup is : no
-nolock is : no
-send_cmd is : sz -vv
-receive_cmd is : rz -vv -E
-imap is :
-omap is :
-emap is : crcrlf,delbs,
-logfile is : none
-initstring : none
-exit_after is : not set
-exit is : no
-
-Type [C-a] [C-h] to see available commands
-Terminal ready
-Hello, World!
-Hello, World!
-Hello, World!
-
-```
-
-Every press of the reset button produces new “Hello, World!” line. Everything works as expected.
-
-To see bi-directional UART code for this MCU check out [this example][10].
-
-### io.Writer
-
-The _io.Writer_ interface is probably the second most commonly used interface type in Go, right after the _error_ interface. Its definition looks like this:
-
-```
-type Writer interface {
- Write(p []byte) (n int, err error)
-}
-
-```
-
- _usart.Driver_ implements _io.Writer_ so we can replace:
-
-```
-tts.WriteString("Hello, World!\r\n")
-
-```
-
-with
-
-```
-io.WriteString(tts, "Hello, World!\r\n")
-
-```
-
-Additionally you need to add the _io_ package to the _import_ section.
-
-The declaration of _io.WriteString_ function looks as follows:
-
-```
-func WriteString(w Writer, s string) (n int, err error)
-
-```
-
-As you can see, the _io.WriteString_ allows to write strings using any type that implements _io.Writer_ interface. Internally it check does the underlying type has _WriteString_ method and uses it instead of _Write_ if available.
-
-Let’s compile the modified program:
-
-```
-$ egc
-$ arm-none-eabi-size cortexm0.elf
- text data bss dec hex filename
- 15456 320 248 16024 3e98 cortexm0.elf
-
-```
-
-As you can see, _io.WriteString_ causes a significant increase in the size of the binary: 15776 - 12964 = 2812 bytes. There isn’t too much space left on the Flash. What caused such a drastic increase in size?
-
-Using the command:
-
-```
-arm-none-eabi-nm --print-size --size-sort --radix=d cortexm0.elf
-
-```
-
-we can print all symbols ordered by its size for both cases. By filtering and analyzing the obtained data (awk, diff) we can find about 80 new symbols. The ten largest are:
-
-```
-> 00000062 T stm32$hal$usart$Driver$DisableRx
-> 00000072 T stm32$hal$usart$Driver$RxDMAISR
-> 00000076 T internal$Type$Implements
-> 00000080 T stm32$hal$usart$Driver$EnableRx
-> 00000084 t errors$New
-> 00000096 R $8$stm32$hal$usart$Driver$$
-> 00000100 T stm32$hal$usart$Error$Error
-> 00000360 T io$WriteString
-> 00000660 T stm32$hal$usart$Driver$Read
-
-```
-
-So, even though we don’t use the _usart.Driver.Read_ method it was compiled in, same as _DisableRx_ , _RxDMAISR_ , _EnableRx_ and other not mentioned above. Unfortunately, if you assign something to the interface, its full method set is required (with all dependences). This isn’t a problem for a large programs that use most of the methods anyway. But for our simple one it’s a huge burden.
-
-We’re already close to the limits of our MCU but let’s try to print some numbers (you need to replace _io_ package with _strconv_ in _import_ section):
-
-```
-func main() {
- a := 12
- b := -123
-
- tts.WriteString("a = ")
- strconv.WriteInt(tts, a, 10, 0, 0)
- tts.WriteString("\r\n")
- tts.WriteString("b = ")
- strconv.WriteInt(tts, b, 10, 0, 0)
- tts.WriteString("\r\n")
-
- tts.WriteString("hex(a) = ")
- strconv.WriteInt(tts, a, 16, 0, 0)
- tts.WriteString("\r\n")
- tts.WriteString("hex(b) = ")
- strconv.WriteInt(tts, b, 16, 0, 0)
- tts.WriteString("\r\n")
-}
-
-```
-
-As in the case of _io.WriteString_ function, the first argument of the _strconv.WriteInt_ is of type _io.Writer_ .
-
-```
-$ egc
-/usr/local/arm/bin/arm-none-eabi-ld: /home/michal/firstemgo/cortexm0.elf section `.rodata' will not fit in region `Flash'
-/usr/local/arm/bin/arm-none-eabi-ld: region `Flash' overflowed by 692 bytes
-exit status 1
-
-```
-
-This time we’ve run out of space. Let’s try to slim down the information about types:
-
-```
-$ cd $HOME/emgo
-$ ./clean.sh
-$ cd $HOME/firstemgo
-$ egc -nf -nt
-$ arm-none-eabi-size cortexm0.elf
- text data bss dec hex filename
- 15876 316 320 16512 4080 cortexm0.elf
-
-```
-
-It was close, but we fit. Let’s load and run this code:
-
-```
-a = 12
-b = -123
-hex(a) = c
-hex(b) = -7b
-
-```
-
-The _strconv_ package in Emgo is quite different from its archetype in Go. It is intended for direct use to write formatted numbers and in many cases can replace heavy _fmt_ package. That’s why the function names start with _Write_ instead of _Format_ and have additional two parameters. Below is an example of their use:
-
-```
-func main() {
- b := -123
- strconv.WriteInt(tts, b, 10, 0, 0)
- tts.WriteString("\r\n")
- strconv.WriteInt(tts, b, 10, 6, ' ')
- tts.WriteString("\r\n")
- strconv.WriteInt(tts, b, 10, 6, '0')
- tts.WriteString("\r\n")
- strconv.WriteInt(tts, b, 10, 6, '.')
- tts.WriteString("\r\n")
- strconv.WriteInt(tts, b, 10, -6, ' ')
- tts.WriteString("\r\n")
- strconv.WriteInt(tts, b, 10, -6, '0')
- tts.WriteString("\r\n")
- strconv.WriteInt(tts, b, 10, -6, '.')
- tts.WriteString("\r\n")
-}
-
-```
-
-There is its output:
-
-```
--123
- -123
--00123
-..-123
--123
--123
--123..
-
-```
-
-### Unix streams and Morse code
-
-Thanks to the fact that most of the functions that write something use _io.Writer_ instead of concrete type (eg. _FILE_ in C) we get a functionality similar to _Unix streams_ . In Unix we can easily combine simple commands to perform larger tasks. For example, we can write text to the file this way:
-
-```
-echo "Hello, World!" > file.txt
-
-```
-
-The `>` operator writes the output stream of the preceding command to the file. There is also `|`operator that connects output and input streams of adjacent commands.
-
-Thanks to the streams we can easily convert/filter output of any command. For example, to convert all letters to uppercase we can filter the echo’s output through _tr_ command:
-
-```
-echo "Hello, World!" | tr a-z A-Z > file.txt
-
-```
-
-To show the analogy between _io.Writer_ and Unix streams let’s write our:
-
-```
-io.WriteString(tts, "Hello, World!\r\n")
-
-```
-
-in the following pseudo-unix form:
-
-```
-io.WriteString "Hello, World!" | usart.Driver usart.USART1
-
-```
-
-The next example will show how to do this:
-
-```
-io.WriteString "Hello, World!" | MorseWriter | usart.Driver usart.USART1
-
-```
-
-Let’s create a simple encoder that encodes the text written to it using Morse coding:
-
-```
-type MorseWriter struct {
- W io.Writer
-}
-
-func (w *MorseWriter) Write(s []byte) (int, error) {
- var buf [8]byte
- for n, c := range s {
- switch {
- case c == '\n':
- c = ' ' // Replace new lines with spaces.
- case 'a' <= c && c <= 'z':
- c -= 'a' - 'A' // Convert to upper case.
- }
- if c < ' ' || 'Z' < c {
- continue // c is outside ASCII [' ', 'Z']
- }
- var symbol morseSymbol
- if c == ' ' {
- symbol.length = 1
- buf[0] = ' '
- } else {
- symbol = morseSymbols[c-'!']
- for i := uint(0); i < uint(symbol.length); i++ {
- if (symbol.code>>i)&1 != 0 {
- buf[i] = '-'
- } else {
- buf[i] = '.'
- }
- }
- }
- buf[symbol.length] = ' '
- if _, err := w.W.Write(buf[:symbol.length+1]); err != nil {
- return n, err
- }
- }
- return len(s), nil
-}
-
-type morseSymbol struct {
- code, length byte
-}
-
-//emgo:const
-var morseSymbols = [...]morseSymbol{
- {1<<0 | 1<<1 | 1<<2, 4}, // ! ---.
- {1<<1 | 1<<4, 6}, // " .-..-.
- {}, // #
- {1<<3 | 1<<6, 7}, // $ ...-..-
-
- // Some code omitted...
-
- {1<<0 | 1<<3, 4}, // X -..-
- {1<<0 | 1<<2 | 1<<3, 4}, // Y -.--
- {1<<0 | 1<<1, 4}, // Z --..
-}
-
-```
-
-You can find the full _morseSymbols_ array [here][11]. The `//emgo:const` directive ensures that _morseSymbols_ array won’t be copied to the RAM.
-
-Now we can print our sentence in two ways:
-
-```
-func main() {
- s := "Hello, World!\r\n"
- mw := &MorseWriter{tts}
-
- io.WriteString(tts, s)
- io.WriteString(mw, s)
-}
-
-```
-
-We use the pointer to the _MorseWriter_ `&MorseWriter{tts}` instead os simple `MorseWriter{tts}` value beacuse the _MorseWriter_ is to big to fit into an interface variable.
-
-Emgo, unlike Go, doesn’t dynamically allocate memory for value stored in interface variable. The interface type has limited size, equal to the size of three pointers (to fit _slice_ ) or two _float64_ (to fit _complex128_ ), what is bigger. It can directly store values of all basic types and small structs/arrays but for bigger values you must use pointers.
-
-Let’s compile this code and see its output:
-
-```
-$ egc
-$ arm-none-eabi-size cortexm0.elf
- text data bss dec hex filename
- 15152 324 248 15724 3d6c cortexm0.elf
-
-```
-
-```
-Hello, World!
-.... . .-.. .-.. --- --..-- .-- --- .-. .-.. -.. ---.
-
-```
-
-### The Ultimate Blinky
-
-The _Blinky_ is hardware equivalent of _Hello, World!_ program. Once we have a Morse encoder we can easly combine both to obtain the _Ultimate Blinky_ program:
-
-```
-package main
-
-import (
- "delay"
- "io"
-
- "stm32/hal/gpio"
- "stm32/hal/system"
- "stm32/hal/system/timer/systick"
-)
-
-var led gpio.Pin
-
-func init() {
- system.SetupPLL(8, 1, 48/8)
- systick.Setup(2e6)
-
- gpio.A.EnableClock(false)
- led = gpio.A.Pin(4)
-
- cfg := gpio.Config{Mode: gpio.Out, Driver: gpio.OpenDrain, Speed: gpio.Low}
- led.Setup(&cfg)
-}
-
-type Telegraph struct {
- Pin gpio.Pin
- Dotms int // Dot length [ms]
-}
-
-func (t Telegraph) Write(s []byte) (int, error) {
- for _, c := range s {
- switch c {
- case '.':
- t.Pin.Clear()
- delay.Millisec(t.Dotms)
- t.Pin.Set()
- delay.Millisec(t.Dotms)
- case '-':
- t.Pin.Clear()
- delay.Millisec(3 * t.Dotms)
- t.Pin.Set()
- delay.Millisec(t.Dotms)
- case ' ':
- delay.Millisec(3 * t.Dotms)
- }
- }
- return len(s), nil
-}
-
-func main() {
- telegraph := &MorseWriter{Telegraph{led, 100}}
- for {
- io.WriteString(telegraph, "Hello, World! ")
- }
-}
-
-// Some code omitted...
-
-```
-
-In the above example I omitted the definition of _MorseWriter_ type because it was shown earlier. The full version is available [here][12]. Let’s compile it and run:
-
-```
-$ egc
-$ arm-none-eabi-size cortexm0.elf
- text data bss dec hex filename
- 11772 244 244 12260 2fe4 cortexm0.elf
-
-```
-
-
-
-### Reflection
-
-Yes, Emgo supports [reflection][13]. The _reflect_ package isn’t complete yet but that what is done is enough to implement _fmt.Print_ family of functions. Let’s see what can we do on our small MCU.
-
-To reduce memory usage we will use [semihosting][14] as standard output. For convenience, we also write simple _println_ function which to some extent mimics _fmt.Println_ .
-
-```
-package main
-
-import (
- "debug/semihosting"
- "reflect"
- "strconv"
-
- "stm32/hal/system"
- "stm32/hal/system/timer/systick"
-)
-
-var stdout semihosting.File
-
-func init() {
- system.SetupPLL(8, 1, 48/8)
- systick.Setup(2e6)
-
- var err error
- stdout, err = semihosting.OpenFile(":tt", semihosting.W)
- for err != nil {
- }
-}
-
-type stringer interface {
- String() string
-}
-
-func println(args ...interface{}) {
- for i, a := range args {
- if i > 0 {
- stdout.WriteString(" ")
- }
- switch v := a.(type) {
- case string:
- stdout.WriteString(v)
- case int:
- strconv.WriteInt(stdout, v, 10, 0, 0)
- case bool:
- strconv.WriteBool(stdout, v, 't', 0, 0)
- case stringer:
- stdout.WriteString(v.String())
- default:
- stdout.WriteString("%unknown")
- }
- }
- stdout.WriteString("\r\n")
-}
-
-type S struct {
- A int
- B bool
-}
-
-func main() {
- p := &S{-123, true}
-
- v := reflect.ValueOf(p)
-
- println("kind(p) =", v.Kind())
- println("kind(*p) =", v.Elem().Kind())
- println("type(*p) =", v.Elem().Type())
-
- v = v.Elem()
-
- println("*p = {")
- for i := 0; i < v.NumField(); i++ {
- ft := v.Type().Field(i)
- fv := v.Field(i)
- println(" ", ft.Name(), ":", fv.Interface())
- }
- println("}")
-}
-
-```
-
-The _semihosting.OpenFile_ function allows to open/create file on the host side. The special path _:tt_ corresponds to host’s standard output.
-
-The _println_ function accepts arbitrary number of arguments, each of arbitrary type:
-
-```
-func println(args ...interface{})
-
-```
-
-It’s possible because any type implements the empty interface _interface{}_ . The _println_ uses [type switch][15] to print strings, integers and booleans:
-
-```
-switch v := a.(type) {
-case string:
- stdout.WriteString(v)
-case int:
- strconv.WriteInt(stdout, v, 10, 0, 0)
-case bool:
- strconv.WriteBool(stdout, v, 't', 0, 0)
-case stringer:
- stdout.WriteString(v.String())
-default:
- stdout.WriteString("%unknown")
-}
-
-```
-
-Additionally it supports any type that implements _stringer_ interface, that is, any type that has _String()_ method. In any _case_ clause the _v_ variable has the right type, same as listed after _case_ keyword.
-
-The `reflect.ValueOf(p)` returns _p_ in the form that allows to analyze its type and content programmatically. As you can see, we can even dereference pointers using `v.Elem()` and print all struct fields with their names.
-
-Let’s try to compile this code. For now let’s see what will come out if compiled without type and field names:
-
-```
-$ egc -nt -nf
-$ arm-none-eabi-size cortexm0.elf
- text data bss dec hex filename
- 16028 216 312 16556 40ac cortexm0.elf
-
-```
-
-Only 140 free bytes left on the Flash. Let’s load it using OpenOCD with semihosting enabled:
-
-```
-$ openocd -d0 -f interface/stlink.cfg -f target/stm32f0x.cfg -c 'init; program cortexm0.elf; arm semihosting enable; reset run'
-Open On-Chip Debugger 0.10.0+dev-00319-g8f1f912a (2018-03-07-19:20)
-Licensed under GNU GPL v2
-For bug reports, read
- http://openocd.org/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
-debug_level: 0
-adapter speed: 1000 kHz
-adapter_nsrst_delay: 100
-none separate
-adapter speed: 950 kHz
-target halted due to debug-request, current mode: Thread
-xPSR: 0xc1000000 pc: 0x08002338 msp: 0x20000a20
-adapter speed: 4000 kHz
-** Programming Started **
-auto erase enabled
-target halted due to breakpoint, current mode: Thread
-xPSR: 0x61000000 pc: 0x2000003a msp: 0x20000a20
-wrote 16384 bytes from file cortexm0.elf in 0.700133s (22.853 KiB/s)
-** Programming Finished **
-semihosting is enabled
-adapter speed: 950 kHz
-kind(p) = ptr
-kind(*p) = struct
-type(*p) =
-*p = {
- X. : -123
- X. : true
-}
-
-```
-
-If you’ve actually run this code, you noticed that semihosting is slow, especially if you write a byte after byte (buffering helps).
-
-As you can see, there is no type name for `*p` and all struct fields have the same _X._ name. Let’s compile this program again, this time without _-nt -nf_ options:
-
-```
-$ egc
-$ arm-none-eabi-size cortexm0.elf
- text data bss dec hex filename
- 16052 216 312 16580 40c4 cortexm0.elf
-
-```
-
-Now the type and field names have been included but only these defined in ~~_main.go_ file~~ _main_ package. The output of our program looks as follows:
-
-```
-kind(p) = ptr
-kind(*p) = struct
-type(*p) = S
-*p = {
- A : -123
- B : true
-}
-
-```
-
-Reflection is a crucial part of any easy to use serialization library and serialization ~~algorithms~~ like [JSON][16]gain in importance in the IOT era.
-
-This is where I finish the second part of this article. I think there is a chance for the third part, more entertaining, where we connect to this board various interesting devices. If this board won’t carry them, we replace it with something a little bigger.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://ziutek.github.io/2018/04/14/go_on_very_small_hardware2.html
-
-作者：[Michał Derkacz ][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://ziutek.github.io/
-[1]:https://ziutek.github.io/2018/04/14/go_on_very_small_hardware2.html
-[2]:https://ziutek.github.io/2018/03/30/go_on_very_small_hardware.html
-[3]:https://golang.org/doc/effective_go.html#interfaces
-[4]:https://research.swtch.com/interfaces
-[5]:https://blog.golang.org/laws-of-reflection
-[6]:https://github.com/texane/stlink
-[7]:http://www.world-semi.com/solution/list-4-1.html
-[8]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1-Wire
-[9]:https://github.com/npat-efault/picocom
-[10]:https://github.com/ziutek/emgo/blob/master/egpath/src/stm32/examples/f030-demo-board/usart/main.go
-[11]:https://github.com/ziutek/emgo/blob/master/egpath/src/stm32/examples/f030-demo-board/morseuart/main.go
-[12]:https://github.com/ziutek/emgo/blob/master/egpath/src/stm32/examples/f030-demo-board/morseled/main.go
-[13]:https://blog.golang.org/laws-of-reflection
-[14]:http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0471g/Bgbjjgij.html
-[15]:https://golang.org/doc/effective_go.html#type_switch
-[16]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JSON
diff --git a/sources/tech/20180416 Cgo and Python.md b/sources/tech/20180416 Cgo and Python.md
index c78a820276..e5688d43c8 100644
--- a/sources/tech/20180416 Cgo and Python.md
+++ b/sources/tech/20180416 Cgo and Python.md
@@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
Cgo and Python
-[#] MonkeyDEcho translating
============================================================
diff --git a/sources/tech/20180425 An introduction to the GNU Core Utilities - Opensource.com.md b/sources/tech/20180425 An introduction to the GNU Core Utilities - Opensource.com.md
deleted file mode 100644
index aaa5a6ca00..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20180425 An introduction to the GNU Core Utilities - Opensource.com.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
-An introduction to the GNU Core Utilities
-======
-
-
-
-Image credits :
-
-[Bella67][1] via Pixabay. [CC0][2].
-
-Two sets of utilities—the [GNU Core Utilities][3] and util-linux—comprise many of the Linux system administrator's most basic and regularly used tools. Their basic functions allow sysadmins to perform many of the tasks required to administer a Linux computer, including management and manipulation of text files, directories, data streams, storage media, process controls, filesystems, and much more.
-
-These tools are indispensable because, without them, it is impossible to accomplish any useful work on a Unix or Linux computer. Given their importance, let's examine them.
-
-### GNU coreutils
-
-The Linux Terminal
-
-* [Top 7 terminal emulators for Linux][4]
-* [10 command-line tools for data analysis in Linux][5]
-* [Download Now: SSH cheat sheet][6]
-* [Advanced Linux commands cheat sheet][7]
-
-To understand the origins of the GNU Core Utilities, we need to take a short trip in the Wayback machine to the early days of Unix at Bell Labs. [Unix was written][8] so Ken Thompson, Dennis Ritchie, Doug McIlroy, and Joe Ossanna could continue with something they had started while working on a large multi-tasking and multi-user computer project called [Multics][9]. That little something was a game called Space Travel. As remains true today, it always seems to be the gamers who drive forward the technology of computing. This new operating system was much more limited than Multics, as only two users could log in at a time, so it was called Unics. This name was later changed to Unix.
-
-Over time, Unix turned out to be such a success that Bell Labs began essentially giving it away it to universities and later to companies for the cost of the media and shipping. Back in those days, system-level software was shared between organizations and programmers as they worked to achieve common goals within the context of system administration.
-
-Eventually, the [PHBs][10] at AT&T decided they should make money on Unix and started using more restrictive—and expensive—licensing. This was taking place at a time when software was becoming more proprietary, restricted, and closed. It was becoming impossible to share software with other users and organizations.
-
-Some people did not like this and fought it with free software. Richard M. Stallman, aka RMS, led a group of rebels who were trying to write an open and freely available operating system they called the GNU Operating System. This group created the GNU Utilities but didn't produce a viable kernel.
-
-When Linus Torvalds first wrote and compiled the Linux kernel, he needed a set of very basic system utilities to even begin to perform marginally useful work. The kernel does not provide commands or any type of command shell such as Bash. It is useless by itself. So, Linus used the freely available GNU Core Utilities and recompiled them for Linux. This gave him a complete, if quite basic, operating system.
-
-You can learn about all the individual programs that comprise the GNU Utilities by entering the command info coreutils at a terminal command line. The following list of the core utilities is part of that info page. The utilities are grouped by function to make specific ones easier to find; in the terminal, highlight the group you want more information on and press the Enter key.
-
-```
-* Output of entire files:: cat tac nl od base32 base64
-* Formatting file contents:: fmt pr fold
-* Output of parts of files:: head tail split csplit
-* Summarizing files:: wc sum cksum b2sum md5sum sha1sum sha2
-* Operating on sorted files:: sort shuf uniq comm ptx tsort
-* Operating on fields:: cut paste join
-* Operating on characters:: tr expand unexpand
-* Directory listing:: ls dir vdir dircolors
-* Basic operations:: cp dd install mv rm shred
-* Special file types:: mkdir rmdir unlink mkfifo mknod ln link readlink
-* Changing file attributes:: chgrp chmod chown touch
-* Disk usage:: df du stat sync truncate
-* Printing text:: echo printf yes
-* Conditions:: false true test expr
-* Redirection:: tee
-* File name manipulation:: dirname basename pathchk mktemp realpath
-* Working context:: pwd stty printenv tty
-* User information:: id logname whoami groups users who
-* System context:: date arch nproc uname hostname hostid uptime
-* SELinux context:: chcon runcon
-* Modified command invocation:: chroot env nice nohup stdbuf timeout
-* Process control:: kill
-* Delaying:: sleep
-* Numeric operations:: factor numfmt seq
-```
-
-There are 102 utilities on this list. It covers many of the functions necessary to perform basic tasks on a Unix or Linux host. However, many basic utilities are missing. For example, the mount and umount commands are not in this list. Those and many of the other commands that are not in the GNU coreutils can be found in the util-linux collection.
-
-### util-linux
-
-The util-linix package of utilities contains many of the other common commands that sysadmins use. These utilities are distributed by the Linux Kernel Organization, and virtually every one of these 107 commands were originally three separate collections—fileutils, shellutils, and textutils—which were [combined into the single package][11] util-linux in 2003.
-
-```
-agetty fsck.minix mkfs.bfs setpriv
-blkdiscard fsfreeze mkfs.cramfs setsid
-blkid fstab mkfs.minix setterm
-blockdev fstrim mkswap sfdisk
-cal getopt more su
-cfdisk hexdump mount sulogin
-chcpu hwclock mountpoint swaplabel
-chfn ionice namei swapoff
-chrt ipcmk newgrp swapon
-chsh ipcrm nologin switch_root
-colcrt ipcs nsenter tailf
-col isosize partx taskset
-colrm kill pg tunelp
-column last pivot_root ul
-ctrlaltdel ldattach prlimit umount
-ddpart line raw unshare
-delpart logger readprofile utmpdump
-dmesg login rename uuidd
-eject look renice uuidgen
-fallocate losetup reset vipw
-fdformat lsblk resizepart wall
-fdisk lscpu rev wdctl
-findfs lslocks RTC Alarm whereis
-findmnt lslogins runuser wipefs
-flock mcookie script write
-fsck mesg scriptreplay zramctl
-fsck.cramfs mkfs setarch
-```
-
-Some of these utilities have been deprecated and will likely fall out of the collection at some point in the future. You should check [Wikipedia's util-linux page][12] for information on many of the utilities, and the man pages also provide details on the commands.
-
-### Summary
-
-These two collections of Linux utilities, the GNU Core Utilities and util-linux, together provide the basic utilities required to administer a Linux system. As I researched this article, I found several interesting utilities I never knew about. Many of these commands are seldom needed, but when you need them, they are indispensable.
-
-Between these two collections, there are over 200 Linux utilities. While Linux has many more commands, these are the ones needed to manage the basic functions of a typical Linux host.
-
-### About the author
-
-[][13]
-
-David Both \- David Both is a Linux and Open Source advocate who resides in Raleigh, North Carolina. He has been in the IT industry for over forty years and taught OS/2 for IBM where he worked for over 20 years. While at IBM, he wrote the first training course for the original IBM PC in 1981. He has taught RHCE classes for Red Hat and has worked at MCI Worldcom, Cisco, and the State of North Carolina. He has been working with Linux and Open Source Software for almost 20 years. David has written articles for... [more about David Both][14]
-
-[More about me][15]
-
-* [Learn how you can contribute][16]
-
----
-
-via: [https://opensource.com/article/18/4/gnu-core-utilities][17]
-
-作者: [David Both][18] 选题者: [@lujun9972][19] 译者: [译者ID][20] 校对: [校对者ID][21]
-
-本文由 [LCTT][22] 原创编译，[Linux中国][23] 荣誉推出
-
-[1]: https://pixabay.com/en/tiny-people-core-apple-apple-half-700921/
-[2]: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/
-[3]: https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/coreutils.html
-[4]: https://opensource.com/life/17/10/top-terminal-emulators?intcmp=7016000000127cYAAQ
-[5]: https://opensource.com/article/17/2/command-line-tools-data-analysis-linux?intcmp=7016000000127cYAAQ
-[6]: https://opensource.com/downloads/advanced-ssh-cheat-sheet?intcmp=7016000000127cYAAQ
-[7]: https://developers.redhat.com/cheat-sheet/advanced-linux-commands-cheatsheet?intcmp=7016000000127cYAAQ
-[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_Unix
-[9]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Multics
-[10]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pointy-haired_Boss
-[11]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GNU_Core_Utilities
-[12]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Util-linux
-[13]: https://opensource.com/users/dboth
-[14]: https://opensource.com/users/dboth
-[15]: https://opensource.com/users/dboth
-[16]: https://opensource.com/participate
-[17]: https://opensource.com/article/18/4/gnu-core-utilities
-[18]: https://opensource.com/users/dboth
-[19]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[20]: https://github.com/译者ID
-[21]: https://github.com/校对者ID
-[22]: https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject
-[23]: https://linux.cn/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20180522 Advanced use of the less text file viewer in Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180522 Advanced use of the less text file viewer in Linux.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d8ea93869..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20180522 Advanced use of the less text file viewer in Linux.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-Translating by MjSeven
-
-Advanced use of the less text file viewer in Linux
-======
-
-
-
-I recently read Scott Nesbitt's article "[Using less to view text files at the Linux command line][1]" and was inspired to share additional tips and tricks I use with `less`.
-
-### LESS env var
-
-If you have an environment variable `LESS` defined (e.g., in your `.bashrc`), `less` treats it as a list of options, as if passed on the command line.
-
-I use this:
-```
-LESS='-C -M -I -j 10 -# 4'
-
-```
-
-These mean:
-
- * `-C` – Make full-screen reprints faster by not scrolling from the bottom.
- * `-M` – Show more information from the last (status) line. You can customize the information shown with `-PM`, but I usually do not bother.
- * `-I` – Ignore letter case (upper/lower) in searches.
- * `-j 10` – Show search results in line 10 of the terminal, instead of the first line. This way you have 10 lines of context each time you press `n` (or `N`) to jump to the next (or previous) match.
- * `-# 4` – Jump four characters to the right or left when pressing the Right or Left arrow key. The default is to jump half of the screen, which I usually find to be too much. Generally speaking, `less` seems to be (at least partially) optimized to the environment it was initially developed in, with slow modems and low-bandwidth internet connections, when it made sense to jump half a screen.
-
-
-
-### PAGER env var
-
-Many programs show information using the command set in the `PAGER` environment variable (if it's set). So, you can set `PAGER=less` in your `.bashrc` and have your program run `less`. Check the man page environ(7) (`man 7 environ`) for other such variables.
-
-### -S
-
-`-S` tells `less` to chop long lines instead of wrapping them. I rarely find a need for this unless (and until) I've started viewing a file. Fortunately, you can type all command-line options inside `less` as if they were keyboard commands. So, if I want to chop long lines while I'm already in a file, I can simply type `-S`.
-
-The command-line optiontellsto chop long lines instead of wrapping them. I rarely find a need for this unless (and until) I've started viewing a file. Fortunately, you can type all command-line options insideas if they were keyboard commands. So, if I want to chop long lines while I'm already in a file, I can simply type
-
-Here's an example I use a lot:
-```
- su - postgres
-
- export PAGER=less # Because I didn't bother editing postgres' .bashrc on all the machines I use it on
-
- psql
-
-```
-
-Sometimes when I later view the output of a `SELECT` command with a very wide output, I type `-S` so it will be formatted nicely. If it jumps too far when I press the Right arrow to see more (because I didn't set `-#`), I can type `-#8`, then each Right arrow press will move eight characters to the right.
-
-Sometimes after typing `-S` too many times, I exit psql and run it again after entering:
-```
-export LESS=-S
-
-```
-
-### F
-
-The command `F` makes `less` work like `tail -f`—waiting until more data is added to the file before showing it. One advantage this has over `tail -f` is that highlighting search matches still works. So you can enter `less /var/log/logfile`, search for something—which will highlight all occurrences of it (unless you used `-g`)—and then press `F`. When more data is written to the log, `less` will show it and highlight the new matches.
-
-After you press `F`, you can press `Ctrl+C` to stop it from looking for new data (this will not kill it); go back into the file to see older stuff, search for other things, etc.; and then press `F` again to look at more new data.
-
-### Searching
-
-Searches use the system's regexp library, and this usually means you can use extended regular expressions. In particular, searching for `one|two|three` will find and highlight all occurrences of one, two, or three.
-
-Another pattern I use a lot, especially with wide log lines (e.g., ones that span more than one terminal line), is `.*something.*`, which highlights the entire line. This pattern makes it much easier to see where a line starts and finishes. I also combine these, such as: `.*one thing.*|.*another thing.*`, or `key: .*|.*marker.*` to see the contents of `key` (e.g., in a log file with a dump of some dictionary/hash) and highlight relevant marker lines (so I have a context), or even, if I know the value is surrounded by quotes:
-```
-key: '[^']*'|.*marker.*
-
-```
-
-`less` maintains a history of your search items and saves them to disk for future invocations. When you press `/` (or `?`), you can go through this history with the Up or Down arrow (as well as do basic line editing).
-
-I stumbled upon what seems to be a very useful feature when skimming through the `less` man page while writing this article: skipping uninteresting lines with `&!pattern`. For example, while looking for something in `/var/log/messages`, I used to iterate through this list of commands:
-```
- cat /var/log/messages | egrep -v 'systemd: Started Session' | less
-
- cat /var/log/messages | egrep -v 'systemd: Started Session|systemd: Starting Session' | less
-
- cat /var/log/messages | egrep -v 'systemd: Started Session|systemd: Starting Session|User Slice' | less
-
- cat /var/log/messages | egrep -v 'systemd: Started Session|systemd: Starting Session|User Slice|dbus' | less
-
- cat /var/log/messages | egrep -v 'systemd: Started Session|systemd: Starting Session|User Slice|dbus|PackageKit Daemon' | less
-
-```
-
-But now I know how to do the same thing within `less`. For example, I can type `&!systemd: Started Session`, then decide I want to get rid of `systemd: Starting Session`, so I add it by typing `&!` and use the Up arrow to get the previous search from the history. Then I type `|systemd: Starting Session` and press `Enter`, continuing to add more items the same way until I filter out enough to see the more interesting stuff.
-
-### =
-
-The command `=` shows more information about the file and location, even more than `-M`. If the file is very long, and calculating `=` takes too long, you can press `Ctrl+C` and it will stop trying.
-
-If the content you're viewing is from a pipe rather than a file, `=` (and `-M`) will not show what it does not know, including the number of lines and bytes in the file. To see that data, if you know that `command` will finish quickly, you can jump to the end with `G`, and then `less` will start showing that information.
-
-If you press `G` and the command writing to the pipe takes longer than expected, you can press `Ctrl+C`, and the command will be killed. Pressing `Ctrl+C` will kill it even if you didn't press `G`, so be careful not to press `Ctrl+C` accidentally if you don't intend to kill it. For this reason, if the command does something (that is, it's not only showing information), it's usually safer to write its output to a file and view the file in a separate terminal, instead of using a pipe.
-
-### Why you need less
-
-`less` is a very powerful program, and contrary to newer contenders in this space, such as `most` and `moar`, you are likely to find it on almost all the systems you use, just like `vi`. So, even if you use GUI viewers or editors, it's worth investing some time going through the `less` man page, at least to get a feeling of what's available. This way, when you need to do something that might be covered by existing functionality, you'll know to search the manual page or the internet to find what you need.
-
-For more information, visit the [less home page][2]. The site has a nice FAQ with more tips and tricks.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/advanced-use-less-text-file-viewer
-
-作者：[Yedidyah Bar David][a]
-选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972)
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/didib
-[1]:http://opensource.com/article/18/4/using-less-view-text-files-command-line
-[2]:http://www.greenwoodsoftware.com/less/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20180612 Systemd Services- Reacting to Change.md b/sources/tech/20180612 Systemd Services- Reacting to Change.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a004f123c8..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20180612 Systemd Services- Reacting to Change.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,275 +0,0 @@
-Systemd Services: Reacting to Change
-======
-
-
-
-[I have one of these Compute Sticks][1] (Figure 1) and use it as an all-purpose server. It is inconspicuous and silent and, as it is built around an x86 architecture, I don't have problems getting it to work with drivers for my printer, and that’s what it does most days: it interfaces with the shared printer and scanner in my living room.
-
-![ComputeStick][3]
-
-An Intel ComputeStick. Euro coin for size.
-
-[Used with permission][4]
-
-Most of the time it is idle, especially when we are out, so I thought it would be good idea to use it as a surveillance system. The device doesn't come with its own camera, and it wouldn't need to be spying all the time. I also didn't want to have to start the image capturing by hand because this would mean having to log into the Stick using SSH and fire up the process by writing commands in the shell before rushing out the door.
-
-So I thought that the thing to do would be to grab a USB webcam and have the surveillance system fire up automatically just by plugging it in. Bonus points if the surveillance system fired up also after the Stick rebooted, and it found that the camera was connected.
-
-In prior installments, we saw that [systemd services can be started or stopped by hand][5] or [when certain conditions are met][6]. Those conditions are not limited to when the OS reaches a certain state in the boot up or powerdown sequence but can also be when you plug in new hardware or when things change in the filesystem. You do that by combining a Udev rule with a systemd service.
-
-### Hotplugging with Udev
-
-Udev rules live in the _/etc/udev/rules_ directory and are usually a single line containing _conditions_ and _assignments_ that lead to an _action_.
-
-That was a bit cryptic. Let's try again:
-
-Typically, in a Udev rule, you tell systemd what to look for when a device is connected. For example, you may want to check if the make and model of a device you just plugged in correspond to the make and model of the device you are telling Udev to wait for. Those are the _conditions_ mentioned earlier.
-
-Then you may want to change some stuff so you can use the device easily later. An example of that would be to change the read and write permissions to a device: if you plug in a USB printer, you're going to want users to be able to read information from the printer (the user's printing app would want to know the model, make, and whether it is ready to receive print jobs or not) and write to it, that is, send stuff to print. Changing the read and write permissions for a device is done using one of the _assignments_ you read about earlier.
-
-Finally, you will probably want the system to do something when the conditions mentioned above are met, like start a backup application to copy important files when a certain external hard disk drive is plugged in. That is an example of an _action_ mentioned above.
-
-With that in mind, ponder this:
-
-```
-ACTION=="add", SUBSYSTEM=="video4linux", ATTRS{idVendor}=="03f0", ATTRS{idProduct}=="e207",
-SYMLINK+="mywebcam", TAG+="systemd", MODE="0666", ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS}="webcam.service"
-```
-
-The first part of the rule,
-
-```
-ACTION=="add", SUBSYSTEM=="video4linux", ATTRS{idVendor}=="03f0",
-ATTRS{idProduct}=="e207" [etc... ]
-```
-
-shows the conditions that the device has to meet before doing any of the other stuff you want the system to do. The device has to be added (`ACTION=="add"`) to the machine, it has to be integrated into the `video4linux` subsystem. To make sure the rule is applied only when the correct device is plugged in, you have to make sure Udev correctly identifies the manufacturer (`ATTRS{idVendor}=="03f0"`) and a model (`ATTRS{idProduct}=="e207"`) of the device.
-
-In this case, we're talking about this device (Figure 2):
-
-![webcam][8]
-
-The HP webcam used in this experiment.
-
-[Used with permission][4]
-
-Notice how you use `==` to indicate that these are a logical operation. You would read the above snippet of the rule like this:
-
-```
-if the device is added and the device controlled by the video4linux subsystem
-and the manufacturer of the device is 03f0 and the model is e207, then...
-```
-
-But where do you get all this information? Where do you find the action that triggers the event, the manufacturer, model, and so on? You will probably have to use several sources. The `IdVendor` and `idProduct` you can get by plugging the webcam into your machine and running `lsusb`:
-
-```
-lsusb
-Bus 002 Device 002: ID 8087:0024 Intel Corp. Integrated Rate Matching Hub
-Bus 002 Device 001: ID 1d6b:0002 Linux Foundation 2.0 root hub
-Bus 004 Device 001: ID 1d6b:0003 Linux Foundation 3.0 root hub
-Bus 003 Device 003: ID 03f0:e207 Hewlett-Packard
-Bus 003 Device 001: ID 1d6b:0002 Linux Foundation 2.0 root hub
-Bus 001 Device 003: ID 04f2:b1bb Chicony Electronics Co., Ltd
-Bus 001 Device 002: ID 8087:0024 Intel Corp. Integrated Rate Matching Hub
-Bus 001 Device 001: ID 1d6b:0002 Linux Foundation 2.0 root hub
-```
-
-The webcam I’m using is made by HP, and you can only see one HP device in the list above. The `ID` gives you the manufacturer and the model numbers separated by a colon (`:`). If you have more than one device by the same manufacturer and not sure which is which, unplug the webcam, run `lsusb` again and check what's missing.
-
-OR...
-
-Unplug the webcam, wait a few seconds, run the command `udevadmin monitor --environment` and then plug the webcam back in again. When you do that with the HP webcam, you get:
-
-```
-udevadmin monitor --environment
-UDEV [35776.495221] add /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.3/0000:04:00.0
- /usb3/3-1/3-1:1.0/input/input21/event11 (input)
-.MM_USBIFNUM=00
-ACTION=add
-BACKSPACE=guess
-DEVLINKS=/dev/input/by-path/pci-0000:04:00.0-usb-0:1:1.0-event
- /dev/input/by-id/usb-Hewlett_Packard_HP_Webcam_HD_2300-event-if00
-DEVNAME=/dev/input/event11
-DEVPATH=/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.3/0000:04:00.0/
- usb3/3-1/3-1:1.0/input/input21/event11
-ID_BUS=usb
-ID_INPUT=1
-ID_INPUT_KEY=1
-ID_MODEL=HP_Webcam_HD_2300
-ID_MODEL_ENC=HP\x20Webcam\x20HD\x202300
-ID_MODEL_ID=e207
-ID_PATH=pci-0000:04:00.0-usb-0:1:1.0
-ID_PATH_TAG=pci-0000_04_00_0-usb-0_1_1_0
-ID_REVISION=1020
-ID_SERIAL=Hewlett_Packard_HP_Webcam_HD_2300
-ID_TYPE=video
-ID_USB_DRIVER=uvcvideo
-ID_USB_INTERFACES=:0e0100:0e0200:010100:010200:030000:
-ID_USB_INTERFACE_NUM=00
-ID_VENDOR=Hewlett_Packard
-ID_VENDOR_ENC=Hewlett\x20Packard
-ID_VENDOR_ID=03f0
-LIBINPUT_DEVICE_GROUP=3/3f0/e207:usb-0000:04:00.0-1/button
-MAJOR=13
-MINOR=75
-SEQNUM=3162
-SUBSYSTEM=input
-USEC_INITIALIZED=35776495065
-XKBLAYOUT=es
-XKBMODEL=pc105
-XKBOPTIONS=
-XKBVARIANT=
-```
-
-That may look like a lot to process, but, check this out: the `ACTION` field early in the list tells you what event just happened, i.e., that a device got added to the system. You can also see the name of the device spelled out on several of the lines, so you can be pretty sure that it is the device you are looking for. The output also shows the manufacturer's ID number (`ID_VENDOR_ID=03f0`) and the model number (`ID_VENDOR_ID=03f0`).
-
-This gives you three of the four values the condition part of the rule needs. You may be tempted to think that it a gives you the fourth, too, because there is also a line that says:
-
-```
-SUBSYSTEM=input
-```
-
-Be careful! Although it is true that a USB webcam is a device that provides input (as does a keyboard and a mouse), it is also belongs to the _usb_ subsystem, and several others. This means that your webcam gets added to several subsystems and looks like several devices. If you pick the wrong subsystem, your rule may not work as you want it to, or, indeed, at all.
-
-So, the third thing you have to check is all the subsystems the webcam has got added to and pick the correct one. To do that, unplug your webcam again and run:
-
-```
-ls /dev/video*
-```
-
-This will show you all the video devices connected to the machine. If you are using a laptop, most come with a built-in webcam and it will probably show up as `/dev/video0`. Plug your webcam back in and run `ls /dev/video*` again.
-
-Now you should see one more video device (probably `/dev/video1`).
-
-Now you can find out all the subsystems it belongs to by running `udevadm info -a /dev/video1`:
-
-```
-udevadm info -a /dev/video1
-
-Udevadm info starts with the device specified by the devpath and then
-walks up the chain of parent devices. It prints for every device
-found, all possible attributes in the udev rules key format.
-A rule to match, can be composed by the attributes of the device
-and the attributes from one single parent device.
-
- looking at device '/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.3/0000:04:00.0
- /usb3/3-1/3-1:1.0/video4linux/video1':
- KERNEL=="video1"
- SUBSYSTEM=="video4linux"
- DRIVER==""
- ATTR{dev_debug}=="0"
- ATTR{index}=="0"
- ATTR{name}=="HP Webcam HD 2300: HP Webcam HD"
-
-[etc...]
-```
-
-The output goes on for quite a while, but what you're interested is right at the beginning: `SUBSYSTEM=="video4linux"`. This is a line you can literally copy and paste right into your rule. The rest of the output (not shown for brevity) gives you a couple more nuggets, like the manufacturer and mode IDs, again in a format you can copy and paste into your rule.
-
-Now you have a way of identifying the device and what event should trigger the action univocally, it is time to tinker with the device.
-
-The next section in the rule, `SYMLINK+="mywebcam", TAG+="systemd", MODE="0666"` tells Udev to do three things: First, you want to create symbolic link from the device to (e.g. _/dev/video1_ ) to _/dev/mywebcam_. This is because you cannot predict what the system is going to call the device by default. When you have an in-built webcam and you hotplug a new one, the in-built webcam will usually be _/dev/video0_ while the external one will become _/dev/video1_. However, if you boot your computer with the external USB webcam plugged in, that could be reversed and the internal webcam can become _/dev/video1_ and the external one _/dev/video0_. What this is telling you is that, although your image-capturing script (which you will see later on) always needs to point to the external webcam device, you can't rely on it being _/dev/video0_ or _/dev/video1_. To solve this problem, you tell Udev to create a symbolic link which will never change in the moment the device is added to the _video4linux_ subsystem and you will make your script point to that.
-
-The second thing you do is add `"systemd"` to the list of Udev tags associated with this rule. This tells Udev that the action that the rule will trigger will be managed by systemd, that is, it will be some sort of systemd service.
-
-Notice how in both cases you use `+=` operator. This adds the value to a list, which means you can add more than one value to `SYMLINK` and `TAG`.
-
-The `MODE` values, on the other hand, can only contain one value (hence you use the simple `=` assignment operator). What `MODE` does is tell Udev who can read from or write to the device. If you are familiar with `chmod` (and, if you are reading this, you should be), you will also be familiar of [how you can express permissions using numbers][9]. That is what this is: `0666` means " _give read and write privileges to the device to everybody_ ".
-
-At last, `ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS}="webcam.service"` tells Udev what systemd service to run.
-
-Save this rule into file called _90-webcam.rules_ (or something like that) in _/etc/udev/rules.d_ and you can load it either by rebooting your machine, or by running:
-
-```
-sudo udevadm control --reload-rules && udevadm trigger
-```
-
-## Service at Last
-
-The service the Udev rule triggers is ridiculously simple:
-
-```
-# webcam.service
-
-[Service]
-Type=simple
-ExecStart=/home/[user name]/bin/checkimage.sh
-```
-
-Basically, it just runs the _checkimage.sh_ script stored in your personal _bin/_ and pushes it the background. [This is something you saw how to do in prior installments][5]. It may seem something little, but just because it is called by a Udev rule, you have just created a special kind of systemd unit called a _device_ unit. Congratulations.
-
-As for the _checkimage.sh_ script _webcam.service_ calls, there are several ways of grabbing an image from a webcam and comparing it to a prior one to check for changes (which is what _checkimage.sh_ does), but this is how I did it:
-
-```
-#!/bin/bash
-# This is the checkimage.sh script
-
-mplayer -vo png -frames 1 tv:// -tv driver=v4l2:width=640:height=480:device=
- /dev/mywebcam &>/dev/null
-mv 00000001.png /home/[user name]/monitor/monitor.png
-
-while true
-do
- mplayer -vo png -frames 1 tv:// -tv driver=v4l2:width=640:height=480:device=/dev/mywebcam &>/dev/null
- mv 00000001.png /home/[user name]/monitor/temp.png
-
- imagediff=`compare -metric mae /home/[user name]/monitor/monitor.png /home/[user name]
- /monitor/temp.png /home/[user name]/monitor/diff.png 2>&1 > /dev/null | cut -f 1 -d " "`
- if [ `echo "$imagediff > 700.0" | bc` -eq 1 ]
- then
- mv /home/[user name]/monitor/temp.png /home/[user name]/monitor/monitor.png
- fi
-
- sleep 0.5
-done
-```
-
-Start by using [MPlayer][10] to grab a frame ( _00000001.png_ ) from the webcam. Notice how we point `mplayer` to the `mywebcam` symbolic link we created in our Udev rule, instead of to `video0` or `video1`. Then you transfer the image to the _monitor/_ directory in your home directory. Then run an infinite loop that does the same thing again and again, but also uses [Image Magick's _compare_ tool][11] to see if there any differences between the last image captured and the one that is already in the _monitor/_ directory.
-
-If the images are different, it means something has moved within the webcam's frame. The script overwrites the original image with the new image and continues comparing waiting for some more movement.
-
-### Plugged
-
-With all the bits and pieces in place, when you plug your webcam in, your Udev rule will be triggered and will start the _webcam.service_. The _webcam.service_ will execute _checkimage.sh_ in the background, and _checkimage.sh_ will start taking pictures every half a second. You will know because your webcam's LED will start flashing indicating every time it takes a snap.
-
-As always, if something goes wrong, run
-
-```
-systemctl status webcam.service
-```
-
-to check what your service and script are up to.
-
-### Coming up
-
-You may be wondering: Why overwrite the original image? Surely you would want to see what's going on if the system detects any movement, right? You would be right, but as you will see in the next installment, leaving things as they are and processing the images using yet another type of systemd unit makes things nice, clean and easy.
-
-Just wait and see.
-
-Learn more about Linux through the free ["Introduction to Linux" ][12]course from The Linux Foundation and edX.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://www.linux.com/blog/intro-to-linux/2018/6/systemd-services-reacting-change
-
-作者：[Paul Brown][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://www.linux.com/users/bro66
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/products/boards-kits/compute-stick/stk1a32sc.html
-[2]: https://www.linux.com/files/images/fig01png
-[3]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/floated_images/public/fig01.png?itok=cfEHN5f1 (ComputeStick)
-[4]: https://www.linux.com/licenses/category/used-permission
-[5]: https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/5/writing-systemd-services-fun-and-profit
-[6]: https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/2018/5/systemd-services-beyond-starting-and-stopping
-[7]: https://www.linux.com/files/images/fig02png
-[8]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/floated_images/public/fig02.png?itok=esFv4BdM (webcam)
-[9]: https://chmod-calculator.com/
-[10]: https://mplayerhq.hu/design7/news.html
-[11]: https://www.imagemagick.org/script/compare.php
-[12]: https://training.linuxfoundation.org/linux-courses/system-administration-training/introduction-to-linux
diff --git a/sources/tech/20180710 Building a Messenger App- Messages.md b/sources/tech/20180710 Building a Messenger App- Messages.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 55e596df64..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20180710 Building a Messenger App- Messages.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,315 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Building a Messenger App: Messages)
-[#]: via: (https://nicolasparada.netlify.com/posts/go-messenger-messages/)
-[#]: author: (Nicolás Parada https://nicolasparada.netlify.com/)
-
-Building a Messenger App: Messages
-======
-
-This post is the 4th on a series:
-
- * [Part 1: Schema][1]
- * [Part 2: OAuth][2]
- * [Part 3: Conversations][3]
-
-
-
-In this post we’ll code the endpoints to create a message and list them, also an endpoint to update the last time the participant read messages. Start by adding these routes in the `main()` function.
-
-```
-router.HandleFunc("POST", "/api/conversations/:conversationID/messages", requireJSON(guard(createMessage)))
-router.HandleFunc("GET", "/api/conversations/:conversationID/messages", guard(getMessages))
-router.HandleFunc("POST", "/api/conversations/:conversationID/read_messages", guard(readMessages))
-```
-
-Messages goes into conversations so the endpoint includes the conversation ID.
-
-### Create Message
-
-This endpoint handles POST requests to `/api/conversations/{conversationID}/messages` with a JSON body with just the message content and return the newly created message. It has two side affects: it updates the conversation `last_message_id` and updates the participant `messages_read_at`.
-
-```
-func createMessage(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
- var input struct {
- Content string `json:"content"`
- }
- defer r.Body.Close()
- if err := json.NewDecoder(r.Body).Decode(&input); err != nil {
- http.Error(w, err.Error(), http.StatusBadRequest)
- return
- }
-
- errs := make(map[string]string)
- input.Content = removeSpaces(input.Content)
- if input.Content == "" {
- errs["content"] = "Message content required"
- } else if len([]rune(input.Content)) > 480 {
- errs["content"] = "Message too long. 480 max"
- }
- if len(errs) != 0 {
- respond(w, Errors{errs}, http.StatusUnprocessableEntity)
- return
- }
-
- ctx := r.Context()
- authUserID := ctx.Value(keyAuthUserID).(string)
- conversationID := way.Param(ctx, "conversationID")
-
- tx, err := db.BeginTx(ctx, nil)
- if err != nil {
- respondError(w, fmt.Errorf("could not begin tx: %v", err))
- return
- }
- defer tx.Rollback()
-
- isParticipant, err := queryParticipantExistance(ctx, tx, authUserID, conversationID)
- if err != nil {
- respondError(w, fmt.Errorf("could not query participant existance: %v", err))
- return
- }
-
- if !isParticipant {
- http.Error(w, "Conversation not found", http.StatusNotFound)
- return
- }
-
- var message Message
- if err := tx.QueryRowContext(ctx, `
- INSERT INTO messages (content, user_id, conversation_id) VALUES
- ($1, $2, $3)
- RETURNING id, created_at
- `, input.Content, authUserID, conversationID).Scan(
- &message.ID,
- &message.CreatedAt,
- ); err != nil {
- respondError(w, fmt.Errorf("could not insert message: %v", err))
- return
- }
-
- if _, err := tx.ExecContext(ctx, `
- UPDATE conversations SET last_message_id = $1
- WHERE id = $2
- `, message.ID, conversationID); err != nil {
- respondError(w, fmt.Errorf("could not update conversation last message ID: %v", err))
- return
- }
-
- if err = tx.Commit(); err != nil {
- respondError(w, fmt.Errorf("could not commit tx to create a message: %v", err))
- return
- }
-
- go func() {
- if err = updateMessagesReadAt(nil, authUserID, conversationID); err != nil {
- log.Printf("could not update messages read at: %v\n", err)
- }
- }()
-
- message.Content = input.Content
- message.UserID = authUserID
- message.ConversationID = conversationID
- // TODO: notify about new message.
- message.Mine = true
-
- respond(w, message, http.StatusCreated)
-}
-```
-
-First, it decodes the request body into an struct with the message content. Then, it validates the content is not empty and has less than 480 characters.
-
-```
-var rxSpaces = regexp.MustCompile("\\s+")
-
-func removeSpaces(s string) string {
- if s == "" {
- return s
- }
-
- lines := make([]string, 0)
- for _, line := range strings.Split(s, "\n") {
- line = rxSpaces.ReplaceAllLiteralString(line, " ")
- line = strings.TrimSpace(line)
- if line != "" {
- lines = append(lines, line)
- }
- }
- return strings.Join(lines, "\n")
-}
-```
-
-This is the function to remove spaces. It iterates over each line, remove more than two consecutives spaces and returns with the non empty lines.
-
-After the validation, it starts an SQL transaction. First, it queries for the participant existance in the conversation.
-
-```
-func queryParticipantExistance(ctx context.Context, tx *sql.Tx, userID, conversationID string) (bool, error) {
- if ctx == nil {
- ctx = context.Background()
- }
- var exists bool
- if err := tx.QueryRowContext(ctx, `SELECT EXISTS (
- SELECT 1 FROM participants
- WHERE user_id = $1 AND conversation_id = $2
- )`, userID, conversationID).Scan(&exists); err != nil {
- return false, err
- }
- return exists, nil
-}
-```
-
-I extracted it into a function because it’s reused later.
-
-If the user isn’t participant of the conversation, we return with a `404 Not Found` error.
-
-Then, it inserts the message and updates the conversation `last_message_id`. Since this point, `last_message_id` cannot by `NULL` because we don’t allow removing messages.
-
-Then it commits the transaction and we update the participant `messages_read_at` in a goroutine.
-
-```
-func updateMessagesReadAt(ctx context.Context, userID, conversationID string) error {
- if ctx == nil {
- ctx = context.Background()
- }
-
- if _, err := db.ExecContext(ctx, `
- UPDATE participants SET messages_read_at = now()
- WHERE user_id = $1 AND conversation_id = $2
- `, userID, conversationID); err != nil {
- return err
- }
- return nil
-}
-```
-
-Before responding with the new message, we must notify about it. This is for the realtime part we’ll code in the next post so I left a comment there.
-
-### Get Messages
-
-This endpoint handles GET requests to `/api/conversations/{conversationID}/messages`. It responds with a JSON array with all the messages in the conversation. It also has the same side affect of updating the participant `messages_read_at`.
-
-```
-func getMessages(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
- ctx := r.Context()
- authUserID := ctx.Value(keyAuthUserID).(string)
- conversationID := way.Param(ctx, "conversationID")
-
- tx, err := db.BeginTx(ctx, &sql.TxOptions{ReadOnly: true})
- if err != nil {
- respondError(w, fmt.Errorf("could not begin tx: %v", err))
- return
- }
- defer tx.Rollback()
-
- isParticipant, err := queryParticipantExistance(ctx, tx, authUserID, conversationID)
- if err != nil {
- respondError(w, fmt.Errorf("could not query participant existance: %v", err))
- return
- }
-
- if !isParticipant {
- http.Error(w, "Conversation not found", http.StatusNotFound)
- return
- }
-
- rows, err := tx.QueryContext(ctx, `
- SELECT
- id,
- content,
- created_at,
- user_id = $1 AS mine
- FROM messages
- WHERE messages.conversation_id = $2
- ORDER BY messages.created_at DESC
- `, authUserID, conversationID)
- if err != nil {
- respondError(w, fmt.Errorf("could not query messages: %v", err))
- return
- }
- defer rows.Close()
-
- messages := make([]Message, 0)
- for rows.Next() {
- var message Message
- if err = rows.Scan(
- &message.ID,
- &message.Content,
- &message.CreatedAt,
- &message.Mine,
- ); err != nil {
- respondError(w, fmt.Errorf("could not scan message: %v", err))
- return
- }
-
- messages = append(messages, message)
- }
-
- if err = rows.Err(); err != nil {
- respondError(w, fmt.Errorf("could not iterate over messages: %v", err))
- return
- }
-
- if err = tx.Commit(); err != nil {
- respondError(w, fmt.Errorf("could not commit tx to get messages: %v", err))
- return
- }
-
- go func() {
- if err = updateMessagesReadAt(nil, authUserID, conversationID); err != nil {
- log.Printf("could not update messages read at: %v\n", err)
- }
- }()
-
- respond(w, messages, http.StatusOK)
-}
-```
-
-First, it begins an SQL transaction in readonly mode. Checks for the participant existance and queries all the messages. In each message, we use the current authenticated user ID to know whether the user owns the message (`mine`). Then it commits the transaction, updates the participant `messages_read_at` in a goroutine and respond with the messages.
-
-### Read Messages
-
-This endpoint handles POST requests to `/api/conversations/{conversationID}/read_messages`. Without any request or response body. In the frontend we’ll make this request each time a new message arrive in the realtime stream.
-
-```
-func readMessages(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
- ctx := r.Context()
- authUserID := ctx.Value(keyAuthUserID).(string)
- conversationID := way.Param(ctx, "conversationID")
-
- if err := updateMessagesReadAt(ctx, authUserID, conversationID); err != nil {
- respondError(w, fmt.Errorf("could not update messages read at: %v", err))
- return
- }
-
- w.WriteHeader(http.StatusNoContent)
-}
-```
-
-It uses the same function we’ve been using to update the participant `messages_read_at`.
-
-* * *
-
-That concludes it. Realtime messages is the only part left in the backend. Wait for it in the next post.
-
-[Souce Code][4]
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://nicolasparada.netlify.com/posts/go-messenger-messages/
-
-作者：[Nicolás Parada][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://nicolasparada.netlify.com/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://nicolasparada.netlify.com/posts/go-messenger-schema/
-[2]: https://nicolasparada.netlify.com/posts/go-messenger-oauth/
-[3]: https://nicolasparada.netlify.com/posts/go-messenger-conversations/
-[4]: https://github.com/nicolasparada/go-messenger-demo
diff --git a/sources/tech/20180710 Building a Messenger App- Realtime Messages.md b/sources/tech/20180710 Building a Messenger App- Realtime Messages.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 71479495b2..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20180710 Building a Messenger App- Realtime Messages.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Building a Messenger App: Realtime Messages)
-[#]: via: (https://nicolasparada.netlify.com/posts/go-messenger-realtime-messages/)
-[#]: author: (Nicolás Parada https://nicolasparada.netlify.com/)
-
-Building a Messenger App: Realtime Messages
-======
-
-This post is the 5th on a series:
-
- * [Part 1: Schema][1]
- * [Part 2: OAuth][2]
- * [Part 3: Conversations][3]
- * [Part 4: Messages][4]
-
-
-
-For realtime messages we’ll use [Server-Sent Events][5]. This is an open connection in which we can stream data. We’ll have and endpoint in which the user subscribes to all the messages sended to him.
-
-### Message Clients
-
-Before the HTTP part, let’s code a map to have all the clients listening for messages. Initialize this globally like so:
-
-```
-type MessageClient struct {
- Messages chan Message
- UserID string
-}
-
-var messageClients sync.Map
-```
-
-### New Message Created
-
-Remember in the [last post][4] when we created the message, we left a “TODO” comment. There we’ll dispatch a goroutine with this function.
-
-```
-go messageCreated(message)
-```
-
-Insert that line just where we left the comment.
-
-```
-func messageCreated(message Message) error {
- if err := db.QueryRow(`
- SELECT user_id FROM participants
- WHERE user_id != $1 and conversation_id = $2
- `, message.UserID, message.ConversationID).
- Scan(&message.ReceiverID); err != nil {
- return err
- }
-
- go broadcastMessage(message)
-
- return nil
-}
-
-func broadcastMessage(message Message) {
- messageClients.Range(func(key, _ interface{}) bool {
- client := key.(*MessageClient)
- if client.UserID == message.ReceiverID {
- client.Messages <- message
- }
- return true
- })
-}
-```
-
-The function queries for the recipient ID (the other participant ID) and sends the message to all the clients.
-
-### Subscribe to Messages
-
-Lets go to the `main()` function and add this route:
-
-```
-router.HandleFunc("GET", "/api/messages", guard(subscribeToMessages))
-```
-
-This endpoint handles GET requests on `/api/messages`. The request should be an [EventSource][6] connection. It responds with an event stream in which the data is JSON formatted.
-
-```
-func subscribeToMessages(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
- if a := r.Header.Get("Accept"); !strings.Contains(a, "text/event-stream") {
- http.Error(w, "This endpoint requires an EventSource connection", http.StatusNotAcceptable)
- return
- }
-
- f, ok := w.(http.Flusher)
- if !ok {
- respondError(w, errors.New("streaming unsupported"))
- return
- }
-
- ctx := r.Context()
- authUserID := ctx.Value(keyAuthUserID).(string)
-
- h := w.Header()
- h.Set("Cache-Control", "no-cache")
- h.Set("Connection", "keep-alive")
- h.Set("Content-Type", "text/event-stream")
-
- messages := make(chan Message)
- defer close(messages)
-
- client := &MessageClient{Messages: messages, UserID: authUserID}
- messageClients.Store(client, nil)
- defer messageClients.Delete(client)
-
- for {
- select {
- case <-ctx.Done():
- return
- case message := <-messages:
- if b, err := json.Marshal(message); err != nil {
- log.Printf("could not marshall message: %v\n", err)
- fmt.Fprintf(w, "event: error\ndata: %v\n\n", err)
- } else {
- fmt.Fprintf(w, "data: %s\n\n", b)
- }
- f.Flush()
- }
- }
-}
-```
-
-First it checks for the correct request headers and checks the server supports streaming. We create a channel of messages to make a client and store it in the clients map. Each time a new message is created, it will go in this channel, so we can read from it with a `for-select` loop.
-
-Server-Sent Events uses this format to send data:
-
-```
-data: some data here\n\n
-```
-
-We are sending it in JSON format:
-
-```
-data: {"foo":"bar"}\n\n
-```
-
-We are using `fmt.Fprintf()` to write to the response writter in this format and flushing the data in each iteration of the loop.
-
-This will loop until the connection is closed using the request context. We defered the close of the channel and the delete of the client, so when the loop ends, the channel will be closed and the client won’t receive more messages.
-
-Note aside, the JavaScript API to work with Server-Sent Events (EventSource) doesn’t support setting custom headers 😒 So we cannot set `Authorization: Bearer `. And that’s the reason why the `guard()` middleware reads the token from the URL query string also.
-
-* * *
-
-That concludes the realtime messages. I’d like to say that’s everything in the backend, but to code the frontend I’ll add one more endpoint to login. A login that will be just for development.
-
-[Souce Code][7]
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://nicolasparada.netlify.com/posts/go-messenger-realtime-messages/
-
-作者：[Nicolás Parada][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://nicolasparada.netlify.com/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://nicolasparada.netlify.com/posts/go-messenger-schema/
-[2]: https://nicolasparada.netlify.com/posts/go-messenger-oauth/
-[3]: https://nicolasparada.netlify.com/posts/go-messenger-conversations/
-[4]: https://nicolasparada.netlify.com/posts/go-messenger-messages/
-[5]: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Server-sent_events
-[6]: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/EventSource
-[7]: https://github.com/nicolasparada/go-messenger-demo
diff --git a/sources/tech/20180730 50 Best Ubuntu Apps You Should Be Using Right Now.md b/sources/tech/20180730 50 Best Ubuntu Apps You Should Be Using Right Now.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d305b716d6..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20180730 50 Best Ubuntu Apps You Should Be Using Right Now.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,499 +0,0 @@
-50 Best Ubuntu Apps You Should Be Using Right Now
-======
-**Brief: A comprehensive list of best Ubuntu apps for all kind of users. These software will help you in getting a better experience with your Linux desktop.**
-
-I have written about [things to do after installing Ubuntu][1] several times in the past. Each time I suggest installing the essential applications in Ubuntu.
-
-But the question arises, what are the essential Ubuntu applications? There is no set answer here. It depends on your need and the kind of work you do on your Ubuntu desktop.
-
-Still, I have been asked to suggest some good Ubuntu apps by a number of readers. This is the reason I have created this comprehensive list of Ubuntu applications you can use regularly.
-
-The list has been divided into respective categories for ease of reading and ease of comprehension.
-
-### Best Ubuntu apps for a better Ubuntu experience
-
-![Best Ubuntu Apps][2]
-
-Of course, you don’t have to use all of these applications. Just go through this list of essential Ubuntu software, read the description and then install the ones you need or are inclined to use. Just keep this page bookmarked for future reference or simply search on Google with term ‘best ubuntu apps itsfoss’.
-
-The best Ubuntu application list is intended for average Ubuntu user. Therefore not all the applications here are open source. I have also marked the slightly complicated applications that might not be suitable for a beginner. The list should be valid for Ubuntu 16.04,18.04 and other versions.
-
-Unless exclusively mentioned, the software listed here are available in Ubuntu Software Center.
-
-If you don’t find any application in the software center or if it is missing installation instruction, let me know and I’ll add the installation procedure.
-
-Enough talk! Let’s see what are the best apps for Ubuntu.
-
-#### Web Browser
-
-Ubuntu comes with Firefox as the default web browser. Since the Quantum release, Firefox has improved drastically. Personally, I always use more than one web browser for the sake of distinguishing between different type of works.
-
-##### Google Chrome
-
-![Google Chrome Logo][3]
-
-Google Chrome is the most used web browser on the internet for a reason. With your Google account, it allows you seamless syncing across devices. Plenty of extensions and apps further enhance its capabilities. You can [download Chrome in Ubuntu from its website][4].
-
-##### Brave
-
-![brave browser][5]
-
-Google Chrome might be the most used web browser but it’s a privacy invader. An [alternative browser][6] is [Brave][7] that blocks ads and tracking scripts by default. This provides you with a faster and secure web browsing experience.
-
-#### Music applications
-
-![best music apps ubuntu][8]
-
-Ubuntu has Rhythmbox as the default music player which is not at all a bad choice for the default music player. However, you can definitely install a better music player.
-
-##### Sayonara
-
-[Sayonara][9] is a small, lightweight music player with a nice dark user interface. It comes with all the essential features you would expect in a standard music player. It integrates well with the Ubuntu desktop environment and doesn’t eat up your RAM.
-
-##### Audacity
-
-[Audacity][10] is more of an audio editor than an audio player. You can record and edit audio with this free and open source tool. It is available for Linux, Windows and macOS. You can install it from the Software Center.
-
-##### MusicBrainz Picard
-
-[Picard][11] is not a music player, it is a music tagger. If you have tons of local music files, Picard allows you to automatically update the music files with correct tracks, album, artist info and album cover art.
-
-#### Streaming Music Applications
-
-![Streaming Music app Ubuntu][12]
-
-In this age of the internet, music listening habit has surely changed. People these days rely more on streaming music players rather than storing hundreds of local music files. Let’s see some apps you can use for streaming music.
-
-##### Spotify
-
-[Spotify][13] is the king of streaming music. And the good thing is that it has a native Linux app. The [Spotify app on Ubuntu][14] integrates well with the media key and sound menu along with the desktop notification. Do note that Spotify may or may not be available in your country.
-
-##### Nuvola music player
-
-[Nuvola][15] is not a streaming music service like Spotify. It is a desktop music player that allows you to use several streaming music services in one application. You can use Spotify, Deezer, Google Play Music, Amazon Cloud Player and many more such services.
-
-#### Video Players
-
-![Video players for Linux][16]
-
-Ubuntu has the default GNOME video player (previously known as Totem) which is okay but it doesn’t support various media codecs. There are certainly other video players better than the GNOME video player.
-
-##### VLC
-
-The free and open source software [VLC][17] is the king of video players. It supports almost all possible media codecs. It also allows you to increase the volume up to 200%. It can also resume playing from the last known position. There are so many [VLC tricks][18] you can use to get the most of it.
-
-##### MPV
-
-[MPV][19] is a video player that deserves more attention. A sleek minimalist GUI and plenty of features, MPV has everything you would expect from a good video player. You can even use it in the command line. If you are not happy with VLC, you should surely give MPV a try.
-
-#### Cloud Storage Service
-
-Local backups are fine but cloud storage gives an additional degree of freedom. You don’t have to carry a USB key with you all the time or worry about a hard disk crash with cloud services.
-
-##### Dropbox
-
-![Dropbox logo][20]
-
-[Dropbox][21] is one of the most popular Cloud service providers. You get 2GB of free storage with the option to get more by referring others. Dropbox provides a native Linux client and you can download it from its website. It creates a local folder on your system that is synced with the cloud servers.
-
-##### pCloud
-
-![pCloud icon][22]
-
-[pCloud][23] is another good cloud storage service for Linux. It also has a native Linux client that you can download from its website. You get up to 20GB of free storage and if you need more, the pricing is better than Dropbox. pCloud is based in Switzerland, a country renowned for strict data privacy laws.
-
-#### Image Editors
-
-I am sure that you would need a photo editor at some point in time. Here are some of the best Ubuntu apps for editing images.
-
-##### GIMP
-
-![gimp icon][24]
-
-[GIMP][25] is a free and open source image editor available for Linux, Windows and macOS. It’s the best alternative for Adobe Photoshop in Linux. You can use it for all kind of image editing. There are plenty of resources available on the internet to help you with Gimp.
-
-##### Inkscape
-
-![inkscape icon][26]
-
-[Inkscape][27] is also a free and open source image editor specifically focusing on vector graphics. You can design vector arts and logo on it. You can compare it to Adobe Illustrator. Like Gimp, Inkscape too has plenty of tutorials available online.
-
-#### Paint applications
-
-Painting applications are not the same as image editors though their functionalities overlap at times. Here are some paint apps you can use in Ubuntu.
-![Painting apps for Ubuntu Linux][28]
-
-##### Krita
-
-[Krita][29] is a free and open source digital painting application. You can create digital art, comics and animation with it. It’s a professional grade software and is even used as the primary software in art schools.
-
-##### Pinta
-
-[Pinta][30] might not be as feature rich as Krita but that’s deliberate. You can think of Pinta as Microsoft Paint for Linux. You can draw, paint, add text and do other such small tasks you do in a paint application.
-
-#### Photography applications
-
-Amateur photographer or a professional? You have plenty of [photography tools][31] at your disposal. Here are some recommended applications.
-
-##### digiKam
-
-![digikam][32]
-
-With open source software [digiKam][33], you can handle your high-end camera images in a professional manner. digiKam provides all the tools required for viewing, managing, editing, enhancing, organizing, tagging and sharing photographs.
-
-##### Darktable
-
-![Darktable icon][34]
-
-[darktable][35] is an open source photography workflow application with a special focus on raw image development. This is the best alternative you can get for Adobe Lightroom. It is also available for Windows and macOS.
-
-#### Video editors
-
-![Video editors Ubuntu][36]
-
-There is no dearth of [video editors for Linux][37] but I won’t go in detail here. Take a look at some of the feature-rich yet relatively simple to use video editors for Ubuntu.
-
-##### Kdenlive
-
-[Kdenlive][38] is the best all-purpose video editor for Linux. It has enough features that compare it to iMovie or Movie Maker.
-
-##### Shotcut
-
-[Shotcut][39] is another good choice for a video editor. It is an open source software with all the features you can expect in a standard video editor.
-
-#### Image and video converter
-
-If you need to [convert the file format][40] of your images and videos, here are some of my recommendations.
-
-##### Xnconvert
-
-![xnconvert logo][41]
-
-[Xnconvert][42] is an excellent batch image conversion tool. You can bulk resize images, convert the file type and rename them.
-
-##### Handbrake
-
-![Handbrake Logo][43]
-
-[HandBrake][44] is an easy to use open source tool for converting videos from a number of formats to a few modern, popular formats.
-
-#### Screenshot and screen recording tools
-
-![Screenshot and recorders Ubuntu][45]
-
-Here are the best Ubuntu apps for taking screenshots and recording your screen.
-
-##### Shutter
-
-[Shutter][46] is my go-to tool for taking screenshots. You can also do some quick editing to those screenshots such as adding arrows, text or resizing the images. The screenshots you see on It’s FOSS have been edited with Shutter. Definitely one of the best apps for Ubuntu.
-
-##### Kazam
-
-[Kazam][47] is my favorite [screen recorder for Linux][48]. It’s a tiny tool that allows you to record the entire window, an application window or a selected area. You can also use shortcuts to pause or resume recording. The tutorials on [It’s FOSS YouTube channel][49] have been recorded with Kazam.
-
-#### Office suites
-
-I cannot imagine that you could use a computer without a document editor. And why restrict yourself to just one document editor? Go for a complete office suite.
-
-##### LibreOffice
-
-![LibreOffice logo][50]
-
-[LibreOffice][51] comes preinstalled on Ubuntu and it is undoubtedly the [best open source office software][52]. It’s a complete package comprising of a document editor, spreadsheet tool, presentation software, maths tool and a graphics tool. You can even edit some PDF files with LibreOffice.
-
-##### WPS Office
-
-![WPS Office logo][53]
-
-[WPS Office][54] has gained popularity for being a Microsoft Office clone. It has an interface identical to Microsoft Office and it claims to be more compatible with MS Office. If you are looking for something similar to the Microsoft Office, WPS Office is a good choice.
-
-#### Downloading tools
-
-![Downloading software Ubuntu][55]
-
-If you often download videos or other big files from the internet, these tools will help you.
-
-##### youtube-dl
-
-This is one of the rare Ubuntu application on the list that is command line based. If you want to download videos from YouTube, DailyMotion or other video websites, youtube-dl is an excellent choice. It provides plenty of [advanced option for video downloading][56].
-
-##### uGet
-
-[uGet][57] is a feature rich [download manager for Linux][58]. It allows you to pause and resume your downloads, schedule your downloads, monitor clipboard for downloadable content. A perfect tool if you have a slow, inconsistent internet or daily data limit.
-
-#### Code Editors
-
-![Coding apps for Ubuntu][59]
-
-If you are into programming, the default Gedit text editor might not be sufficient for your coding needs. Here are some of the better code editors for you.
-
-##### Atom
-
-[Atom][60] is a free and [open source code editor][61] from GitHub. Even before it was launched its first stable version, it became a hot favorite among coders for its UI, features and vast range of plugins.
-
-##### Visual Studio Code
-
-[VS Code][62] is an open source code editor from Microsoft. Don’t worry about Microsoft, VS Code is an awesome editor for web development. It also supports a number of other programming languages.
-
-#### PDF and eBooks related applications
-
-![eBook Management tools in Ubuntu][63]
-
-In this digital age, you cannot only rely on the real paper books especially when there are plenty of free eBooks available. Here are some Ubuntu apps for managing PDFs and eBooks.
-
-##### Calibre
-
-If you are a bibliophile and collect eBooks, you should use [Calibre][64]. It is an eBook manager with all the necessary software for [creating eBooks][65], converting eBook formats and managing an eBook library.
-
-##### Okular
-
-Okular is mostly a PDF viewer with options for editing PDF files. You can do some basic [PDF editing on Linux][66] with Okular such as adding pop-ups notes, inline notes, freehand line drawing, highlighter, stamp etc.
-
-#### Messaging applications
-
-![Messaging apps for Ubuntu][67]
-
-I believe you use at least one [messaging app on Linux][68]. Here are my recommendations.
-
-##### Skype
-
-[Skype][69] is the most popular video chatting application. It is also used by many companies and businesses for interviews and meetings. This makes Skype one of the must-have applications for Ubuntu.
-
-##### Rambox
-
-[Rambox][70] is not a messaging application on its own. But it allows you to use Skype, Viber, Facebook Messanger, WhatsApp, Slack and a number of other messaging applications from a single application window.
-
-#### Notes and To-do List applications
-
-Need a to-do list app or simple an app for taking notes? Have a look at these:
-
-##### Simplenote
-
-![Simplenote logo][71]
-
-[Simplenote][72] is a free and open source note taking application from WordPress creators [Automattic][73]. It is available for Windows, Linux, macOS, iOS and Android. Your notes are synced to a cloud server and you can access them on any device. You can download the DEB file from its website.
-
-##### Remember The Milk
-
-![Remember The Milk logo][74]
-
-[Remember The Milk][75] is a popular to-do list application. It is available for Windows, Linux, macOS, iOS and Android. Your to-do list is accessible on all the devices you own. You can also access it from a web browser. It also has an official native application for Linux that you can download from its website.
-
-#### Password protection and encryption
-
-![Encryption software Ubuntu][76]
-
-If there are other people regularly using your computer perhaps you would like to add an extra layer of security by password protecting files and folders.
-
-##### EncryptPad
-
-[EncryptPad][77] is an open source text editor that allows you to lock your files with a password. You can choose the type of encryption. There is also a command line version of this tool.
-
-##### Gnome Encfs Manager
-
-Gnome Encfs Manager allows you to [lock folders with a password in Linux][78]. You can keep whatever files you want in a secret folder and then lock it with a password.
-
-#### Gaming
-
-![Gaming on Ubuntu][79]
-
-[Gaming on Linux][80] is a lot better than what it used to be a few years ago. You can enjoy plenty of games on Linux without going back to Windows.
-
-##### Steam
-
-[Steam][81] is a digital distribution platform that allows you to purchase (if required) games. Steam has over 1500 [games for Linux][82]. You can download the Steam client from the Software Center.
-
-##### PlayOnLinux
-
-[PlayOnLinux][83] allows you to run Windows games on Linux over WINE compatibility layer. Don’t expect too much out of it because not every game will run flawlessly with PlayOnLinux.
-
-#### Package Managers [Intermediate to advanced users]
-
-![Package Management tools Ubuntu][84]
-
-Ubuntu Software Center is more than enough for an average Ubuntu user’s software needs but you can have more control on it using these applications.
-
-##### Gdebi
-
-Gedbi is a tiny packagae manager that you can use for installing DEB files. It is faster than the Software Center and it also handles dependency issues.
-
-##### Synaptic
-
-Synaptic was the default GUI package manager for most Linux distributions a decade ago. It still is in some Linux distributions. This powerful package manager is particularly helpful in [finding installed applications and removing them][85].
-
-#### Backup and Recovery tools
-
-![Backup and data recovery tools for Ubuntu][86]
-
-Backup and recovery tools are must-have software for any system. Let’s see what softwares you must have on Ubuntu.
-
-##### Timeshift
-
-Timeshift is a tool that allows you to [take a snapshot of your system][87]. This allows you to restore your system to a previous state in case of an unfortunate incident when your system configuration is messed up. Note that it’s not the best tool for your personal data backup though. For that, you can use Ubuntu’s default Deja Dup (also known as Backups) tool.
-
-##### TestDisk [Intermediate Users]
-
-This is another command line tool on this list of best Ubuntu application. [TestDisk][88] allows you to [recover data on Linux][89]. If you accidentally deleted files, there are still chances that you can get it back using TestDisk.
-
-#### System Tweaking and Management Tools
-
-![System Maintenance apps Ubuntu][90]
-
-##### GNOME/Unity Tweak Tool
-
-These Tweak tools are a must for every Ubuntu user. They allow you to access some advanced system settings. Best of all, you can [change themes in Ubuntu][91] using these tweak tools.
-
-##### UFW Firewall
-
-[UFW][92] stands for Uncomplicated Firewall and rightly so. UFW has predefined firewall settings for Home, Work and Public networks.
-
-##### Stacer
-
-If you want to free up space on Ubuntu, try Stacer. This graphical tool allows you to [optimize your Ubuntu system][93] by removing unnecessary files and completely uninstalling software. Download Stacer from [its website][94].
-
-#### Other Utilities
-
-![Utilities Ubuntu][95]
-
-In the end, I’ll list some of my other favorite Ubuntu apps that I could not put into a certain category.
-
-##### Neofetch
-
-One more command line tool! Neofetch displays your system information such as [Ubuntu version][96], desktop environment, theme, icons, RAM etc info along with [ASCII logo of the distribution][97]. Use this command for installing Neofetch.
-```
-sudo apt install neofetch
-
-```
-
-##### Etcher
-
-Ubuntu has a live USB creator tool installed already but Etcher is a better application for this task. It is also available for Windows and macOS. You can download it [from its website][98].
-
-##### gscan2pdf
-
-I use this tiny tool for the sole purpose of [converting images into PDF][99]. You can use it for combining multiple images into one PDF file as well.
-
-##### Audio Recorder
-
-Another tiny yet essential Ubuntu application for [recording audio on Ubuntu][100]. You can use it to record sound from system microphone, from music player or from any other source.
-
-### Your suggestions for essential Ubuntu applications?
-
-I would like to conclude my list of best Ubuntu apps here. I know that you might not need or use all of them but I am certain that you would like most of the software listed here.
-
-Did you find some useful applications that you didn’t know about before? If you would have to suggest your favorite Ubuntu application, which one would it be?
-
-In the end, if you find this article useful, please share it on social media, Reddit, Hacker News or other community or forums you visit regularly. This way you help us grow :)
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://itsfoss.com/best-ubuntu-apps/
-
-作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
-选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972)
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
-[1]:https://itsfoss.com/things-to-do-after-installing-ubuntu-18-04/
-[2]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/best-ubuntu-apps-featured.jpeg
-[3]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/google-chrome.jpeg
-[4]:https://www.google.com/chrome/
-[5]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/brave-browser-icon.jpeg
-[6]:https://itsfoss.com/open-source-browsers-linux/
-[7]:https://brave.com/
-[8]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/music-apps-ubuntu.jpeg
-[9]:https://itsfoss.com/sayonara-music-player/
-[10]:https://www.audacityteam.org/
-[11]:https://itsfoss.com/musicbrainz-picard/
-[12]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/streaming-music-apps-ubuntu.jpeg
-[13]:https://www.spotify.com//
-[14]:https://itsfoss.com/install-spotify-ubuntu-1404/
-[15]:https://tiliado.eu/nuvolaplayer/
-[16]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Video-Players-linux.jpg
-[17]:https://www.videolan.org/index.html
-[18]:https://itsfoss.com/vlc-pro-tricks-linux/
-[19]:https://mpv.io/
-[20]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/dropbox-icon.jpeg
-[21]:https://www.dropbox.com/
-[22]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/pcloud-icon.jpeg
-[23]:https://itsfoss.com/recommends/pcloud/
-[24]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/gimp-icon.jpeg
-[25]:https://www.gimp.org/
-[26]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/inkscape-icon.jpeg
-[27]:https://inkscape.org/en/
-[28]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/paint-apps-ubuntu.jpeg
-[29]:https://krita.org/en/
-[30]:https://pinta-project.com/pintaproject/pinta/
-[31]:https://itsfoss.com/image-applications-ubuntu-linux/
-[32]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/digikam-icon.jpeg
-[33]:https://www.digikam.org/
-[34]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/darktable-icon.jpeg
-[35]:https://www.darktable.org/
-[36]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/video-editing-apps-ubuntu.jpeg
-[37]:https://itsfoss.com/best-video-editing-software-linux/
-[38]:https://kdenlive.org/en/
-[39]:https://shotcut.org/
-[40]:https://itsfoss.com/format-factory-alternative-linux/
-[41]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/xnconvert-logo.jpeg
-[42]:https://www.xnview.com/en/xnconvert/
-[43]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/handbrake-logo.jpeg
-[44]:https://handbrake.fr/
-[45]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/screen-recording-ubuntu-apps.jpeg
-[46]:http://shutter-project.org/
-[47]:https://launchpad.net/kazam
-[48]:https://itsfoss.com/best-linux-screen-recorders/
-[49]:https://www.youtube.com/c/itsfoss?sub_confirmation=1
-[50]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/libre-office-logo.jpeg
-[51]:https://www.libreoffice.org/download/download/
-[52]:https://itsfoss.com/best-free-open-source-alternatives-microsoft-office/
-[53]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/wps-office-logo.jpeg
-[54]:http://wps-community.org/
-[55]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/download-apps-ubuntu.jpeg
-[56]:https://itsfoss.com/download-youtube-linux/
-[57]:http://ugetdm.com/
-[58]:https://itsfoss.com/4-best-download-managers-for-linux/
-[59]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/coding-apps-ubuntu.jpeg
-[60]:https://atom.io/
-[61]:https://itsfoss.com/best-modern-open-source-code-editors-for-linux/
-[62]:https://itsfoss.com/install-visual-studio-code-ubuntu/
-[63]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/pdf-management-apps-ubuntu.jpeg
-[64]:https://calibre-ebook.com/
-[65]:https://itsfoss.com/create-ebook-calibre-linux/
-[66]:https://itsfoss.com/pdf-editors-linux/
-[67]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/messaging-apps-ubuntu.jpeg
-[68]:https://itsfoss.com/best-messaging-apps-linux/
-[69]:https://www.skype.com/en/
-[70]:https://rambox.pro/
-[71]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/simplenote-logo.jpeg
-[72]:http://simplenote.com/
-[73]:https://automattic.com/
-[74]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/remember-the-milk-logo.jpeg
-[75]:https://itsfoss.com/remember-the-milk-linux/
-[76]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/encryption-apps-ubuntu.jpeg
-[77]:https://itsfoss.com/encryptpad-encrypted-text-editor-linux/
-[78]:https://itsfoss.com/password-protect-folder-linux/
-[79]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/gaming-ubuntu.jpeg
-[80]:https://itsfoss.com/linux-gaming-guide/
-[81]:https://store.steampowered.com/
-[82]:https://itsfoss.com/free-linux-games/
-[83]:https://www.playonlinux.com/en/
-[84]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/package-management-apps-ubuntu.jpeg
-[85]:https://itsfoss.com/how-to-add-remove-programs-in-ubuntu/
-[86]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/backup-recovery-tools-ubuntu.jpeg
-[87]:https://itsfoss.com/backup-restore-linux-timeshift/
-[88]:https://www.cgsecurity.org/wiki/TestDisk
-[89]:https://itsfoss.com/recover-deleted-files-linux/
-[90]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/system-maintenance-apps-ubuntu.jpeg
-[91]:https://itsfoss.com/install-themes-ubuntu/
-[92]:https://wiki.ubuntu.com/UncomplicatedFirewall
-[93]:https://itsfoss.com/optimize-ubuntu-stacer/
-[94]:https://github.com/oguzhaninan/Stacer
-[95]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/utilities-apps-ubuntu.jpeg
-[96]:https://itsfoss.com/how-to-know-ubuntu-unity-version/
-[97]:https://itsfoss.com/display-linux-logo-in-ascii/
-[98]:https://etcher.io/
-[99]:https://itsfoss.com/convert-multiple-images-pdf-ubuntu-1304/
-[100]:https://itsfoss.com/record-streaming-audio/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20181105 5 Minimal Web Browsers for Linux.md b/sources/tech/20181105 5 Minimal Web Browsers for Linux.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 34c0c1e18e..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20181105 5 Minimal Web Browsers for Linux.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: (MonkeyDEcho )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: subject: (5 Minimal Web Browsers for Linux)
-[#]: via: (https://www.linux.com/blog/intro-to-linux/2018/11/5-minimal-web-browsers-linux)
-[#]: author: (Jack Wallen https://www.linux.com/users/jlwallen)
-[#]: url: ( )
-
-5 Minimal Web Browsers for Linux
-======
-linux上的五种微型浏览器
-======
-
-
-
-There are so many reasons to enjoy the Linux desktop. One reason I often state up front is the almost unlimited number of choices to be found at almost every conceivable level. From how you interact with the operating system (via a desktop interface), to how daemons run, to what tools you use, you have a multitude of options.
-有太多理由去选择使用linux系统。很重要的一个理由是，我们可以按照我们自己的想法去选择想要的。从操作系统的交互方式（桌面系统）到守护系统的运行方式，在到使用的工具，你用更多的选择。
-
-The same thing goes for web browsers. You can use anything from open source favorites, such as [Firefox][1] and [Chromium][2], or closed sourced industry darlings like [Vivaldi][3] and [Chrome][4]. Those options are full-fledged browsers with every possible bell and whistle you’ll ever need. For some, these feature-rich browsers are perfect for everyday needs.
-web浏览器也是如此。你可以使用开源的[火狐][1]，[Chromium][2];或者未开源的[Vivaldi][3]，[Chrome][4]。这些功能强大的浏览器有你需要的各种功能。对于某些人，这些功能完备的浏览器是日常必需的。
-
-There are those, however, who prefer using a web browser without all the frills. In fact, there are many reasons why you might prefer a minimal browser over a standard browser. For some, it’s about browser security, while others look at a web browser as a single-function tool (as opposed to a one-stop shop application). Still others might be running low-powered machines that cannot handle the requirements of, say, Firefox or Chrome. Regardless of the reason, Linux has you covered.
-但是，有些人更喜欢没有冗余功能的纯粹的浏览器。实际上，有很多原因导致你会选择微型的浏览器而不选择上述功能完备的浏览器。对于某些人来说，与浏览器的安全有关；而有些人则将浏览器当作一种简单的工具（而不是一站式商店应用程序）；还有一些可能运行在低功率的计算机上，这些计算机无法满足火狐，chrome浏览器的运行要求。无论出于何种原因，在linux系统上都可以满足你的要求。
-
-Let’s take a look at five of the minimal browsers that can be installed on Linux. I’ll be demonstrating these browsers on the Elementary OS platform, but each of these browsers are available to nearly every distribution in the known Linuxverse. Let’s dive in.
-让我们看一下可以在linux上安装运行的五种微型浏览器。我将在 Elementary 的操作系统平台上演示这些浏览器，在已知的linux发型版中几乎每个版本都可以使用这些浏览器。让我们一起来看一下吧！
-
-### GNOME Web
-
-GNOME Web (codename Epiphany, which means [“a usually sudden manifestation or perception of the essential nature or meaning of something”][5]) is the default web browser for Elementary OS, but it can be installed from the standard repositories. (Note, however, that the recommended installation of Epiphany is via Flatpak or Snap). If you choose to install via the standard package manager, issue a command such as sudo apt-get install epiphany-browser -y for successful installation.
-GNOME web (Epiphany 含义：[顿悟][5])是Elementary系统默认的web浏览器，也可以从标准存储库中安装。(注意，建议通过使用 Flatpak 或者 Snap 工具安装)，如果你想选择标准软件包管理器进行安装，请执行 ```sudo apt-get install epiphany-browser -y``` 命令成功安装。
-
-Epiphany uses the WebKit rendering engine, which is the same engine used in Apple’s Safari browser. Couple that rendering engine with the fact that Epiphany has very little in terms of bloat to get in the way, you will enjoy very fast page-rendering speeds. Epiphany development follows strict adherence to the following guidelines:
-
- * Simplicity - Feature bloat and user interface clutter are considered evil.
-
- * Standards compliance - No non-standard features will ever be introduced to the codebase.
-
- * Software freedom - Epiphany will always be released under a license that respects freedom.
-
- * Human interface - Epiphany follows the [GNOME Human Interface Guidelines][6].
-
- * Minimal preferences - Preferences are only added when they make sense and after careful consideration.
-
- * Target audience - Non-technical users are the primary target audience (which helps to define the types of features that are included).
-
-
-
-
-GNOME Web is as clean and simple a web browser as you’ll find (Figure 1).
-
-![GNOME Web][8]
-
-Figure 1: The GNOME Web browser displaying a minimal amount of preferences for the user.
-
-[Used with permission][9]
-
-The GNOME Web manifesto reads:
-
-A web browser is more than an application: it is a way of thinking, a way of seeing the world. Epiphany's principles are simplicity, standards compliance, and software freedom.
-
-### Netsurf
-
-The [Netsurf][10] minimal web browser opens almost faster than you can release the mouse button. Netsurf uses its own layout and rendering engine (designed completely from scratch), which is rather hit and miss in its rendering (Figure 2).
-
-
-
-Although you might find Netsurf to suffer from rendering issues on certain sites, understand the Hubbub HTML parser is following the work-in-progress HTML5 specification, so there will be issues popup now and then. To ease those rendering headaches, Netsurf does include HTTPS support, web page thumbnailing, URL completion, scale view, bookmarks, full-screen mode, keyboard shorts, and no particular GUI toolkit requirements. That last bit is important, especially when you switch from one desktop to another.
-
-For those curious as to the requirements for Netsurf, the browser can run on a machine as slow as a 30Mhz ARM 6 computer with 16MB of RAM. That’s impressive, by today’s standard.
-
-### QupZilla
-
-If you’re looking for a minimal browser that uses the Qt Framework and the QtWebKit rendering engine, [QupZilla][11] might be exactly what you’re looking for. QupZilla does include all the standard features and functions you’d expect from a web browser, such as bookmarks, history, sidebar, tabs, RSS feeds, ad blocking, flash blocking, and CA Certificates management. Even with those features, QupZilla still manages to remain a very fast lightweight web browser. Other features include: Fast startup, speed dial homepage, built-in screenshot tool, browser themes, and more.
-One feature that should appeal to average users is that QupZilla has a more standard preferences tools than found in many lightweight browsers (Figure 3). So, if going too far outside the lines isn’t your style, but you still want something lighter weight, QupZilla is the browser for you.
-
-![QupZilla][13]
-
-Figure 3: The QupZilla preferences tool.
-
-[Used with permission][9]
-
-### Otter Browser
-
-Otter Browser is a free, open source attempt to recreate the closed-source offerings found in the Opera Browser. Otter Browser uses the WebKit rendering engine and has an interface that should be immediately familiar with any user. Although lightweight, Otter Browser does include full-blown features such as:
-
- * Passwords manager
-
- * Add-on manager
-
- * Content blocking
-
- * Spell checking
-
- * Customizable GUI
-
- * URL completion
-
- * Speed dial (Figure 4)
-
- * Bookmarks and various related features
-
- * Mouse gestures
-
- * User style sheets
-
- * Built-in Note tool
-
-
-![Otter][15]
-
-Figure 4: The Otter Browser Speed Dial tab.
-
-[Used with permission][9]
-
-Otter Browser can be run on nearly any Linux distribution from an [AppImage][16], so there’s no installation required. Just download the AppImage file, give the file executable permissions (with the command chmod u+x otter-browser-*.AppImage), and then launch the app with the command ./otter-browser*.AppImage.
-
-Otter Browser does an outstanding job of rendering websites and could function as your go-to minimal browser with ease.
-
-### Lynx
-
-Let’s get really minimal. When I first started using Linux, back in ‘97, one of the web browsers I often turned to was a text-only take on the app called [Lynx][17]. It should come as no surprise that Lynx is still around and available for installation from the standard repositories. As you might expect, Lynx works from the terminal window and doesn’t display pretty pictures or render much in the way of advanced features (Figure 5). In fact, Lynx is as bare-bones a browser as you will find available. Because of how bare-bones this web browser is, it’s not recommended for everyone. But if you happen to have a gui-less web server and you have a need to be able to read the occasional website, Lynx can be a real lifesaver.
-
-![Lynx][19]
-
-Figure 5: The Lynx browser rendering the Linux.com page.
-
-[Used with permission][9]
-
-I have also found Lynx an invaluable tool when troubleshooting certain aspects of a website (or if some feature on a website is preventing me from viewing the content in a regular browser). Another good reason to use Lynx is when you only want to view the content (and not the extraneous elements).
-
-### Plenty More Where This Came From
-
-There are plenty more minimal browsers than this. But the list presented here should get you started down the path of minimalism. One (or more) of these browsers are sure to fill that need, whether you’re running it on a low-powered machine or not.
-
-Learn more about Linux through the free ["Introduction to Linux" ][20]course from The Linux Foundation and edX.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://www.linux.com/blog/intro-to-linux/2018/11/5-minimal-web-browsers-linux
-
-作者：[Jack Wallen][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://www.linux.com/users/jlwallen
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/new/
-[2]: https://www.chromium.org/
-[3]: https://vivaldi.com/
-[4]: https://www.google.com/chrome/
-[5]: https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/epiphany
-[6]: https://developer.gnome.org/hig/stable/
-[7]: /files/images/minimalbrowsers1jpg
-[8]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/minimalbrowsers_1.jpg?itok=Q7wZLF8B (GNOME Web)
-[9]: /licenses/category/used-permission
-[10]: https://www.netsurf-browser.org/
-[11]: https://qupzilla.com/
-[12]: /files/images/minimalbrowsers3jpg
-[13]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/minimalbrowsers_3.jpg?itok=O8iMALWO (QupZilla)
-[14]: /files/images/minimalbrowsers4jpg
-[15]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/minimalbrowsers_4.jpg?itok=5bCa0z-e (Otter)
-[16]: https://sourceforge.net/projects/otter-browser/files/
-[17]: https://lynx.browser.org/
-[18]: /files/images/minimalbrowsers5jpg
-[19]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/minimalbrowsers_5.jpg?itok=p_Lmiuxh (Lynx)
-[20]: https://training.linuxfoundation.org/linux-courses/system-administration-training/introduction-to-linux
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190102 Using Yarn on Ubuntu and Other Linux Distributions.md b/sources/tech/20190102 Using Yarn on Ubuntu and Other Linux Distributions.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 71555454f5..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190102 Using Yarn on Ubuntu and Other Linux Distributions.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,265 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Using Yarn on Ubuntu and Other Linux Distributions)
-[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/install-yarn-ubuntu)
-[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
-
-Using Yarn on Ubuntu and Other Linux Distributions
-======
-
-**This quick tutorial shows you the official way of installing Yarn package manager on Ubuntu and Debian Linux. You’ll also learn some basic Yarn commands and the steps to remove Yarn completely.**
-
-[Yarn][1] is an open source JavaScript package manager developed by Facebook. It is an alternative or should I say improvement to the popular npm package manager. [Facebook developers’ team][2] created Yarn to overcome the shortcomings of [npm][3]. Facebook claims that Yarn is faster, reliable and more secure than npm.
-
-Like npm, Yarn provides you a way to automate the process of installing, updating, configuring, and removing packages retrieved from a global registry.
-
-The advantage of Yarn is that it is faster as it caches every package it downloads so it doesn’t need to download it again. It also parallelizes operations to maximize resource utilization. Yarn also uses [checksums to verify the integrity][4] of every installed package before its code is executed. Yarn also guarantees that an install that worked on one system will work exactly the same way on any other system.
-
-If you are [using nodejs on Ubuntu][5], probably you already have npm installed on your system. In that case, you can use npm to install Yarn globally in the following manner:
-
-```
-sudo npm install yarn -g
-```
-
-However, I would recommend using the official way to install Yarn on Ubuntu/Debian.
-
-### Installing Yarn on Ubuntu and Debian [The Official Way]
-
-![Yarn JS][6]
-
-The instructions mentioned here should be applicable to all versions of Ubuntu such as Ubuntu 18.04, 16.04 etc. The same set of instructions are also valid for Debian and other Debian based distributions.
-
-Since the tutorial uses Curl to add the GPG key of Yarn project, it would be a good idea to verify whether you have Curl installed already or not.
-
-```
-sudo apt install curl
-```
-
-The above command will install Curl if it wasn’t installed already. Now that you have curl, you can use it to add the GPG key of Yarn project in the following fashion:
-
-```
-curl -sS https://dl.yarnpkg.com/debian/pubkey.gpg | sudo apt-key add -
-```
-
-After that, add the repository to your sources list so that you can easily upgrade the Yarn package in future with the rest of the system updates:
-
-```
-sudo sh -c 'echo "deb https://dl.yarnpkg.com/debian/ stable main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list.d/yarn.list'
-```
-
-You are set to go now. [Update Ubuntu][7] or Debian system to refresh the list of available packages and then install yarn:
-
-```
-sudo apt update
-sudo apt install yarn
-```
-
-This will install Yarn along with nodejs. Once the process completes, verify that Yarn has been installed successfully. You can do that by checking the Yarn version.
-
-```
-yarn --version
-```
-
-For me, it showed an output like this:
-
-```
-yarn --version
-1.12.3
-```
-
-This means that I have Yarn version 1.12.3 installed on my system.
-
-### Using Yarn
-
-I presume that you have some basic understandings of JavaScript programming and how dependencies work. I am not going to go in details here. I’ll show you some of the basic Yarn commands that will help you getting started with it.
-
-#### Creating a new project with Yarn
-
-Like npm, Yarn also works with a package.json file. This is where you add your dependencies. All the packages of the dependencies are cached in the node_modules directory in the root directory of your project.
-
-In the root directory of your project, run the following command to generate a fresh package.json file:
-
-It will ask you a number of questions. You can skip the questions r go with the defaults by pressing enter.
-
-```
-yarn init
-yarn init v1.12.3
-question name (test_yarn): test_yarn_proect
-question version (1.0.0): 0.1
-question description: Test Yarn
-question entry point (index.js):
-question repository url:
-question author: abhishek
-question license (MIT):
-question private:
-success Saved package.json
-Done in 82.42s.
-```
-
-With this, you get a package.json file of this sort:
-
-```
-{
- "name": "test_yarn_proect",
- "version": "0.1",
- "description": "Test Yarn",
- "main": "index.js",
- "author": "abhishek",
- "license": "MIT"
-}
-```
-
-Now that you have the package.json, you can either manually edit it to add or remove package dependencies or use Yarn commands (preferred).
-
-#### Adding dependencies with Yarn
-
-You can add a dependency on a certain package in the following fashion:
-
-```
-yarn add
-```
-
-For example, if you want to use [Lodash][8] in your project, you can add it using Yarn like this:
-
-```
-yarn add lodash
-yarn add v1.12.3
-info No lockfile found.
-[1/4] Resolving packages…
-[2/4] Fetching packages…
-[3/4] Linking dependencies…
-[4/4] Building fresh packages…
-success Saved lockfile.
-success Saved 1 new dependency.
-info Direct dependencies
-└─ [email protected]
-info All dependencies
-└─ [email protected]
-Done in 2.67s.
-```
-
-And you can see that this dependency has been added automatically in the package.json file:
-
-```
-{
- "name": "test_yarn_proect",
- "version": "0.1",
- "description": "Test Yarn",
- "main": "index.js",
- "author": "abhishek",
- "license": "MIT",
- "dependencies": {
- "lodash": "^4.17.11"
- }
-}
-```
-
-By default, Yarn will add the latest version of a package in the dependency. If you want to use a specific version, you may specify it while adding.
-
-As always, you can also update the package.json file manually.
-
-#### Upgrading dependencies with Yarn
-
-You can upgrade a particular dependency to its latest version with the following command:
-
-```
-yarn upgrade
-```
-
-It will see if the package in question has a newer version and will update it accordingly.
-
-You can also change the version of an already added dependency in the following manner:
-
-You can also upgrade all the dependencies of your project to their latest version with one single command:
-
-```
-yarn upgrade
-```
-
-It will check the versions of all the dependencies and will update them if there are any newer versions.
-
-#### Removing dependencies with Yarn
-
-You can remove a package from the dependencies of your project in this way:
-
-```
-yarn remove
-```
-
-#### Install all project dependencies
-
-If you made any changes to the project.json file, you should run either
-
-```
-yarn
-```
-
-or
-
-```
-yarn install
-```
-
-to install all the dependencies at once.
-
-### How to remove Yarn from Ubuntu or Debian
-
-I’ll complete this tutorial by mentioning the steps to remove Yarn from your system if you used the above steps to install it. If you ever realized that you don’t need Yarn anymore, you will be able to remove it.
-
-Use the following command to remove Yarn and its dependencies.
-
-```
-sudo apt purge yarn
-```
-
-You should also remove the Yarn repository from the repository list:
-
-```
-sudo rm /etc/apt/sources.list.d/yarn.list
-```
-
-The optional next step is to remove the GPG key you had added to the trusted keys. But for that, you need to know the key. You can get that using the apt-key command:
-
-Warning: apt-key output should not be parsed (stdout is not a terminal) pub rsa4096 2016-10-05 [SC] 72EC F46A 56B4 AD39 C907 BBB7 1646 B01B 86E5 0310 uid [ unknown] Yarn Packaging
-
-Warning: apt-key output should not be parsed (stdout is not a terminal) pub rsa4096 2016-10-05 [SC] 72EC F46A 56B4 AD39 C907 BBB7 1646 B01B 86E5 0310 uid [ unknown] Yarn Packaging yarn@dan.cx sub rsa4096 2016-10-05 [E] sub rsa4096 2019-01-02 [S] [expires: 2020-02-02]
-
-The key here is the last 8 characters of the GPG key’s fingerprint in the line starting with pub.
-
-So, in my case, the key is 86E50310 and I’ll remove it using this command:
-
-```
-sudo apt-key del 86E50310
-```
-
-You’ll see an OK in the output and the GPG key of Yarn package will be removed from the list of GPG keys your system trusts.
-
-I hope this tutorial helped you to install Yarn on Ubuntu, Debian, Linux Mint, elementary OS etc. I provided some basic Yarn commands to get you started along with complete steps to remove Yarn from your system.
-
-I hope you liked this tutorial and if you have any questions or suggestions, please feel free to leave a comment below.
-
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://itsfoss.com/install-yarn-ubuntu
-
-作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://yarnpkg.com/lang/en/
-[2]: https://code.fb.com/
-[3]: https://www.npmjs.com/
-[4]: https://itsfoss.com/checksum-tools-guide-linux/
-[5]: https://itsfoss.com/install-nodejs-ubuntu/
-[6]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/yarn-js-ubuntu-debian.jpeg?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
-[7]: https://itsfoss.com/update-ubuntu/
-[8]: https://lodash.com/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190107 Different Ways To Update Linux Kernel For Ubuntu.md b/sources/tech/20190107 Different Ways To Update Linux Kernel For Ubuntu.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 32a6a7dd3e..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190107 Different Ways To Update Linux Kernel For Ubuntu.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,232 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Different Ways To Update Linux Kernel For Ubuntu)
-[#]: via: (https://www.ostechnix.com/different-ways-to-update-linux-kernel-for-ubuntu/)
-[#]: author: (SK https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/)
-
-Different Ways To Update Linux Kernel For Ubuntu
-======
-
-
-
-In this guide, we have given 7 different ways to update Linux kernel for Ubuntu. Among the 7 methods, five methods requires system reboot to apply the new Kernel and two methods don’t. Before updating Linux Kernel, it is **highly recommended to backup your important data!** All methods mentioned here are tested on Ubuntu OS only. We are not sure if they will work on other Ubuntu flavors (Eg. Xubuntu) and Ubuntu derivatives (Eg. Linux Mint).
-
-### Part A – Kernel Updates with reboot
-
-The following methods requires you to reboot your system to apply the new Linux Kernel. All of the following methods are recommended for personal or testing systems. Again, please backup your important data, configuration files and any other important stuff from your Ubuntu system.
-
-#### Method 1 – Update the Linux Kernel with dpkg (The manual way)
-
-This method helps you to manually download and install the latest available Linux kernel from **[kernel.ubuntu.com][1]** website. If you want to install most recent version (either stable or release candidate), this method will help. Download the Linux kernel version from the above link. As of writing this guide, the latest available version was **5.0-rc1** and latest stable version was **v4.20**.
-
-![][3]
-
-Click on the Linux Kernel version link of your choice and find the section for your architecture (‘Build for XXX’). In that section, download the two files with these patterns (where X.Y.Z is the highest version):
-
- 1. linux-image-*X.Y.Z*-generic-*.deb
- 2. linux-modules-X.Y.Z*-generic-*.deb
-
-
-
-In a terminal, change directory to where the files are and run this command to manually install the kernel:
-
-```
-$ sudo dpkg --install *.deb
-```
-
-Reboot to use the new kernel:
-
-```
-$ sudo reboot
-```
-
-Check the kernel is as expected:
-
-```
-$ uname -r
-```
-
-For step by step instructions, please check the section titled under “Install Linux Kernel 4.15 LTS On DEB based systems” in the following guide.
-
-+ [Install Linux Kernel 4.15 In RPM And DEB Based Systems](https://www.ostechnix.com/install-linux-kernel-4-15-rpm-deb-based-systems/)
-
-The above guide is specifically written for 4.15 version. However, all the steps are same for installing latest versions too.
-
-**Pros:** No internet needed (You can download the Linux Kernel from any system).
-
-**Cons:** Manual update. Reboot necessary.
-
-#### Method 2 – Update the Linux Kernel with apt-get (The recommended method)
-
-This is the recommended way to install latest Linux kernel on Ubuntu-like systems. Unlike the previous method, this method will download and install latest Kernel version from Ubuntu official repositories instead of **kernel.ubuntu.com** website..
-
-To update the whole system including the Kernel, just do:
-
-```
-$ sudo apt-get update
-
-$ sudo apt-get upgrade
-```
-
-If you want to update the Kernel only, run:
-
-```
-$ sudo apt-get upgrade linux-image-generic
-```
-
-**Pros:** Simple. Recommended method.
-
-**Cons:** Internet necessary. Reboot necessary.
-
-Updating Kernel from official repositories will mostly work out of the box without any problems. If it is the production system, this is the recommended way to update the Kernel.
-
-Method 1 and 2 requires user intervention to update Linux Kernels. The following methods (3, 4 & 5) are mostly automated.
-
-#### Method 3 – Update the Linux Kernel with Ukuu
-
-**Ukuu** is a Gtk GUI and command line tool that downloads the latest main line Linux kernel from **kernel.ubuntu.com** , and install it automatically in your Ubuntu desktop and server editions. Ukku is not only simplifies the process of manually downloading and installing new Kernels, but also helps you to safely remove the old and unnecessary Kernels. For more details, refer the following guide.
-
-+ [Ukuu – An Easy Way To Install And Upgrade Linux Kernel In Ubuntu-based Systems](https://www.ostechnix.com/ukuu-an-easy-way-to-install-and-upgrade-linux-kernel-in-ubuntu-based-systems/)
-
-**Pros:** Easy to install and use. Automatically installs main line Kernel.
-
-**Cons:** Internet necessary. Reboot necessary.
-
-#### Method 4 – Update the Linux Kernel with UKTools
-
-Just like Ukuu, the **UKTools** also fetches the latest stable Kernel from from **kernel.ubuntu.com** site and installs it automatically on Ubuntu and its derivatives like Linux Mint. More details about UKTools can be found in the link given below.
-
-+ [UKTools – Upgrade Latest Linux Kernel In Ubuntu And Derivatives](https://www.ostechnix.com/uktools-upgrade-latest-linux-kernel-in-ubuntu-and-derivatives/)
-
-**Pros:** Simple. Automated.
-
-**Cons:** Internet necessary. Reboot necessary.
-
-#### Method 5 – Update the Linux Kernel with Linux Kernel Utilities
-
-**Linux Kernel Utilities** is yet another program that makes the process of updating Linux kernel easy in Ubuntu-like systems. It is actually a set of BASH shell scripts used to compile and/or update latest Linux kernels for Debian and derivatives. It consists of three utilities, one for manually compiling and installing Kernel from source from [**http://www.kernel.org**][4] website, another for downloading and installing pre-compiled Kernels from from **** website. and third script is for removing the old kernels. For more details, please have a look at the following link.
-
-+ [Linux Kernel Utilities – Scripts To Compile And Update Latest Linux Kernel For Debian And Derivatives](https://www.ostechnix.com/linux-kernel-utilities-scripts-compile-update-latest-linux-kernel-debian-derivatives/)
-
-**Pros:** Simple. Automated.
-
-**Cons:** Internet necessary. Reboot necessary.
-
-
-### Part B – Kernel Updates without reboot
-
-As I already said, all of above methods need you to reboot the server before the new kernel is active. If they are personal systems or testing machines, you could simply reboot and start using the new Kernel. But, what if they are production systems that requires zero downtime? No problem. This is where **Livepatching** comes in handy!
-
-The **livepatching** (or hot patching) allows you to install Linux updates or patches without rebooting, keeping your server at the latest security level, without any downtime. This is attractive for ‘always-on’ servers, such as web hosts, gaming servers, in fact, any situation where the server needs to stay on all the time. Linux vendors maintain patches only for security fixes, so this approach is best when security is your main concern.
-
-The following two methods doesn’t require system reboot and useful for updating Linux Kernel on production and mission-critical Ubuntu servers.
-
-#### Method 6 – Update the Linux Kernel Canonical Livepatch Service
-
-![][5]
-
-[**Canonical Livepatch Service**][6] applies Kernel updates, patches and security hotfixes automatically without rebooting the Ubuntu systems. It reduces the Ubuntu systems downtime and keep them secure. Canonical Livepatch Service can be set up either during or after installation. If you are using desktop Ubuntu, the Software Updater will automatically check for kernel patches and notify you. In a console-based system, it is up to you to run apt-get update regularly. It will install kernel security patches only when you run the command “apt-get upgrade”, hence is semi-automatic.
-
-Livepatch is free for three systems. If you have more than three, you need to upgrade to enterprise support solution named **Ubuntu Advantage** suite. This suite includes **Kernel Livepatching** and other services such as,
-
- * Extended Security Maintenance – critical security updates after Ubuntu end-of-life.
- * Landscape – the systems management tool for using Ubuntu at scale.
- * Knowledge Base – A private collection of articles and tutorials written by Ubuntu experts.
- * Phone and web-based support.
-
-
-
-**Cost**
-
-Ubuntu Advantage includes three paid plans namely, Essential, Standard and Advanced. The basic plan (Essential plan) starts from **225 USD per year for one physical node** and **75 USD per year for one VPS**. It seems there is no monthly subscription for Ubuntu servers and desktops. You can view detailed information on all plans [**here**][7].
-
-**Pros:** Simple. Semi-automatic. No reboot necessary. Free for 3 systems.
-
-**Cons:** Expensive for 4 or more hosts. No patch rollback.
-
-**Enable Canonical Livepatch Service**
-
-If you want to setup Livepatch service after installation, just do the following steps.
-
-Get a key at [**https://auth.livepatch.canonical.com/**][8].
-
-```
-$ sudo snap install canonical-livepatch
-
-$ sudo canonical-livepatch enable your-key
-```
-
-#### Method 7 – Update the Linux Kernel with KernelCare
-
-![][9]
-
-[**KernelCare**][10] is the newest of all the live patching solutions. It is the product of [CloudLinux][11]. KernelCare runs on Ubuntu and other flavors of Linux. It checks for patch releases every 4 hours and will install them without confirmation. Patches can be rolled back if there are problems.
-
-**Cost**
-
-Fees, per server: **4 USD per month** , **45 USD per year**.
-
-Compared to Ubuntu Livepatch, kernelCare seems very cheap and affordable. Good thing is **monthly subscriptions are also available**. Another notable feature is it supports other Linux distributions, such as Red Hat, CentOS, Debian, Oracle Linux, Amazon Linux and virtualization platforms like OpenVZ, Proxmox etc.
-
-You can read all the features and benefits of KernelCare [**here**][12] and check all available plan details [**here**][13].
-
-**Pros:** Simple. Fully automated. Wide OS coverage. Patch rollback. No reboot necessary. Free license for non-profit organizations. Low cost.
-
-**Cons:** Not free (except for 30 day trial).
-
-**Enable KernelCare Service**
-
-Get a 30-day trial key at [**https://cloudlinux.com/kernelcare-free-trial5**][14].
-
-Run the following commands to enable KernelCare and register the key.
-
-```
-$ sudo wget -qq -O - https://repo.cloudlinux.com/kernelcare/kernelcare_install.sh | bash
-
-$ sudo /usr/bin/kcarectl --register KEY
-```
-
-If you’re looking for an affordable and reliable commercial service to keep the Linux Kernel updated on your Linux servers, KernelCare is good to go.
-
-*with inputs from **Paul A. Jacobs** , a Technical Evangelist and Content Writer from Cloud Linux.*
-
-**Suggested read:**
-
-And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. If you believe any other tools/methods should include in this list, feel free to let us know in the comment section below. I will check and update this guide accordingly.
-
-More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned!
-
-Cheers!
-
-
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://www.ostechnix.com/different-ways-to-update-linux-kernel-for-ubuntu/
-
-作者：[SK][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: http://kernel.ubuntu.com/~kernel-ppa/mainline/
-[2]: data:image/gif;base64,R0lGODlhAQABAIAAAAAAAP///yH5BAEAAAAALAAAAAABAAEAAAIBRAA7
-[3]: http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Ubuntu-mainline-kernel.png
-[4]: http://www.kernel.org
-[5]: http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Livepatch.png
-[6]: https://www.ubuntu.com/livepatch
-[7]: https://www.ubuntu.com/support/plans-and-pricing
-[8]: https://auth.livepatch.canonical.com/
-[9]: http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/KernelCare.png
-[10]: https://www.kernelcare.com/
-[11]: https://www.cloudlinux.com/
-[12]: https://www.kernelcare.com/update-kernel-linux/
-[13]: https://www.kernelcare.com/pricing/
-[14]: https://cloudlinux.com/kernelcare-free-trial5
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190113 Editing Subtitles in Linux.md b/sources/tech/20190113 Editing Subtitles in Linux.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 57db2754d4..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190113 Editing Subtitles in Linux.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: (chenmu-kk )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Editing Subtitles in Linux)
-[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/editing-subtitles)
-[#]: author: (Shirish https://itsfoss.com/author/shirish/)
-
-Editing Subtitles in Linux
-======
-
-I have been a world movie and regional movies lover for decades. Subtitles are the essential tool that have enabled me to enjoy the best movies in various languages and from various countries.
-
-If you enjoy watching movies with subtitles, you might have noticed that sometimes the subtitles are not synced or not correct.
-
-Did you know that you can edit subtitles and make them better? Let me show you some basic subtitle editing in Linux.
-
-![Editing subtitles in Linux][1]
-
-### Extracting subtitles from closed captions data
-
-Around 2012, 2013 I came to know of a tool called [CCEextractor.][2] As time passed, it has become one of the vital tools for me, especially if I come across a media file which has the subtitle embedded in it.
-
-CCExtractor analyzes video files and produces independent subtitle files from the closed captions data.
-
-CCExtractor is a cross-platform, free and open source tool. The tool has matured quite a bit from its formative years and has been part of [GSOC][3] and Google Code-in now and [then.][4]
-
-The tool, to put it simply, is more or less a set of scripts which work one after another in a serialized order to give you an extracted subtitle.
-
-You can follow the installation instructions for CCExtractor on [this page][5].
-
-After installing when you want to extract subtitles from a media file, do the following:
-
-```
-ccextractor
-```
-
-The output of the command will be something like this:
-
-It basically scans the media file. In this case, it found that the media file is in malyalam and that the media container is an [.mkv][6] container. It extracted the subtitle file with the same name as the video file adding _eng to it.
-
-CCExtractor is a wonderful tool which can be used to enhance subtitles along with Subtitle Edit which I will share in the next section.
-
-```
-Interesting Read: There is an interesting synopsis of subtitles at [vicaps][7] which tells and shares why subtitles are important to us. It goes into quite a bit of detail of movie-making as well for those interested in such topics.
-```
-
-### Editing subtitles with SubtitleEditor Tool
-
-You probably are aware that most subtitles are in [.srt format][8] . The beautiful thing about this format is and was you could load it in your text editor and do little fixes in it.
-
-A srt file looks something like this when launched into a simple text-editor:
-
-The excerpt subtitle I have shared is from a pretty Old German Movie called [The Cabinet of Dr. Caligari (1920)][9]
-
-Subtitleeditor is a wonderful tool when it comes to editing subtitles. Subtitle Editor is and can be used to manipulate time duration, frame-rate of the subtitle file to be in sync with the media file, duration of breaks in-between and much more. I’ll share some of the basic subtitle editing here.
-
-![][10]
-
-First install subtitleeditor the same way you installed ccextractor, using your favorite installation method. In Debian, you can use this command:
-
-```
-sudo apt install subtitleeditor
-```
-
-When you have it installed, let’s see some of the common scenarios where you need to edit a subtitle.
-
-#### Manipulating Frame-rates to sync with Media file
-
-If you find that the subtitles are not synced with the video, one of the reasons could be the difference between the frame rates of the video file and the subtitle file.
-
-How do you know the frame rates of these files, then?
-
-To get the frame rate of a video file, you can use the mediainfo tool. You may need to install it first using your distribution’s package manager.
-
-Using mediainfo is simple:
-
-```
-$ mediainfo somefile.mkv | grep Frame
- Format settings : CABAC / 4 Ref Frames
- Format settings, ReFrames : 4 frames
- Frame rate mode : Constant
- Frame rate : 25.000 FPS
- Bits/(Pixel*Frame) : 0.082
- Frame rate : 46.875 FPS (1024 SPF)
-```
-
-Now you can see that framerate of the video file is 25.000 FPS. The other Frame-rate we see is for the audio. While I can share why particular fps are used in Video-encoding, Audio-encoding etc. it would be a different subject matter. There is a lot of history associated with it.
-
-Next is to find out the frame rate of the subtitle file and this is a slightly complicated.
-
-Usually, most subtitles are in a zipped format. Unzipping the .zip archive along with the subtitle file which ends in something.srt. Along with it, there is usually also a .info file with the same name which sometime may have the frame rate of the subtitle.
-
-If not, then it usually is a good idea to go some site and download the subtitle from a site which has that frame rate information. For this specific German file, I will be using [Opensubtitle.org][11]
-
-As you can see in the link, the frame rate of the subtitle is 23.976 FPS. Quite obviously, it won’t play well with my video file with frame rate 25.000 FPS.
-
-In such cases, you can change the frame rate of the subtitle file using the Subtitle Editor tool:
-
-Select all the contents from the subtitle file by doing CTRL+A. Go to Timings -> Change Framerate and change frame rates from 23.976 fps to 25.000 fps or whatever it is that is desired. Save the changed file.
-
-![synchronize frame rates of subtitles in Linux][12]
-
-#### Changing the Starting position of a subtitle file
-
-Sometimes the above method may be enough, sometimes though it will not be enough.
-
-You might find some cases when the start of the subtitle file is different from that in the movie or a media file while the frame rate is the same.
-
-In such cases, do the following:
-
-Select all the contents from the subtitle file by doing CTRL+A. Go to Timings -> Select Move Subtitle.
-
-![Move subtitles using Subtitle Editor on Linux][13]
-
-Change the new Starting position of the subtitle file. Save the changed file.
-
-![Move subtitles using Subtitle Editor in Linux][14]
-
-If you wanna be more accurate, then use [mpv][15] to see the movie or media file and click on the timing, if you click on the timing bar which shows how much the movie or the media file has elapsed, clicking on it will also reveal the microsecond.
-
-I usually like to be accurate so I try to be as precise as possible. It is very difficult in MPV as human reaction time is imprecise. If I wanna be super accurate then I use something like [Audacity][16] but then that is another ball-game altogether as you can do so much more with it. That may be something to explore in a future blog post as well.
-
-#### Manipulating Duration
-
-Sometimes even doing both is not enough and you even have to shrink or add the duration to make it sync with the media file. This is one of the more tedious works as you have to individually fix the duration of each sentence. This can happen especially if you have variable frame rates in the media file (nowadays rare but you still get such files).
-
-In such a scenario, you may have to edit the duration manually and automation is not possible. The best way is either to fix the video file (not possible without degrading the video quality) or getting video from another source at a higher quality and then [transcode][17] it with the settings you prefer. This again, while a major undertaking I could shed some light on in some future blog post.
-
-### Conclusion
-
-What I have shared in above is more or less on improving on existing subtitle files. If you were to start a scratch you need loads of time. I haven’t shared that at all because a movie or any video material of say an hour can easily take anywhere from 4-6 hours or even more depending upon skills of the subtitler, patience, context, jargon, accents, native English speaker, translator etc. all of which makes a difference to the quality of the subtitle.
-
-I hope you find this interesting and from now onward, you’ll handle your subtitles slightly better. If you have any suggestions to add, please leave a comment below.
-
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://itsfoss.com/editing-subtitles
-
-作者：[Shirish][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/shirish/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/editing-subtitles-in-linux.jpeg?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
-[2]: https://www.ccextractor.org/
-[3]: https://itsfoss.com/best-open-source-internships/
-[4]: https://www.ccextractor.org/public:codein:google_code-in_2018
-[5]: https://github.com/CCExtractor/ccextractor/wiki/Installation
-[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Matroska
-[7]: https://www.vicaps.com/blog/history-of-silent-movies-and-subtitles/
-[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SubRip#SubRip_text_file_format
-[9]: https://www.imdb.com/title/tt0010323/
-[10]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/subtitleeditor.jpg?ssl=1
-[11]: https://www.opensubtitles.org/en/search/sublanguageid-eng/idmovie-4105
-[12]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/subtitleeditor-frame-rate-sync.jpg?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
-[13]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Move-subtitles-Caligiri.jpg?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
-[14]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/move-subtitles.jpg?ssl=1
-[15]: https://itsfoss.com/mpv-video-player/
-[16]: https://www.audacityteam.org/
-[17]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Transcoding
-[18]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/editing-subtitles-in-linux.jpeg?fit=800%2C450&ssl=1
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190115 Linux Desktop Setup - HookRace Blog.md b/sources/tech/20190115 Linux Desktop Setup - HookRace Blog.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 29d5f63d2a..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190115 Linux Desktop Setup - HookRace Blog.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,514 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Linux Desktop Setup · HookRace Blog)
-[#]: via: (https://hookrace.net/blog/linux-desktop-setup/)
-[#]: author: (Dennis Felsing http://felsin9.de/nnis/)
-
-Linux Desktop Setup
-======
-
-
-My software setup has been surprisingly constant over the last decade, after a few years of experimentation since I initially switched to Linux in 2006. It might be interesting to look back in another 10 years and see what changed. A quick overview of what’s running as I’m writing this post:
-
-[![htop overview][1]][2]
-
-### Motivation
-
-My software priorities are, in no specific order:
-
- * Programs should run on my local system so that I’m in control of them, this excludes cloud solutions.
- * Programs should run in the terminal, so that they can be used consistently from anywhere, including weak computers or a phone.
- * Keyboard focused is nearly automatic by using terminal software. I prefer to use the mouse where it makes sense only, reaching for the mouse all the time during typing feels like a waste of time. Occasionally it took me an hour to notice that the mouse wasn’t even plugged in.
- * Ideally use fast and efficient software, I don’t like hearing the fan and feeling the room heat up. I can also keep running older hardware for much longer, my 10 year old Thinkpad x200s is still fine for all the software I use.
- * Be composable. I don’t want to do every step manually, instead automate more when it makes sense. This naturally favors the shell.
-
-
-
-### Operating Systems
-
-I had a hard start with Linux 12 years ago by removing Windows, armed with just the [Gentoo Linux][3] installation CD and a printed manual to get a functioning Linux system. It took me a few days of compiling and tinkering, but in the end I felt like I had learnt a lot.
-
-I haven’t looked back to Windows since then, but I switched to [Arch Linux][4] on my laptop after having the fan fail from the constant compilation stress. Later I also switched all my other computers and private servers to Arch Linux. As a rolling release distribution you get package upgrades all the time, but the most important breakages are nicely reported in the [Arch Linux News][5].
-
-One annoyance though is that Arch Linux removes the old kernel modules once you upgrade it. I usually notice that once I try plugging in a USB flash drive and the kernel fails to load the relevant module. Instead you’re supposed to reboot after each kernel upgrade. There are a few [hacks][6] around to get around the problem, but I haven’t been bothered enough to actually use them.
-
-Similar problems happen with other programs, commonly Firefox, cron or Samba requiring a restart after an upgrade, but annoyingly not warning you that that’s the case. [SUSE][7], which I use at work, nicely warns about such cases.
-
-For the [DDNet][8] production servers I prefer [Debian][9] over Arch Linux, so that I have a lower chance of breakage on each upgrade. For my firewall and router I used [OpenBSD][10] for its clean system, documentation and great [pf firewall][11], but right now I don’t have a need for a separate router anymore.
-
-### Window Manager
-
-Since I started out with Gentoo I quickly noticed the huge compile time of KDE, which made it a no-go for me. I looked around for more minimal solutions, and used [Openbox][12] and [Fluxbox][13] initially. At some point I jumped on the tiling window manager train in order to be more keyboard-focused and picked up [dwm][14] and [awesome][15] close to their initial releases.
-
-In the end I settled on [xmonad][16] thanks to its flexibility, extendability and being written and configured in pure [Haskell][17], a great functional programming language. One example of this is that at home I run a single 40” 4K screen, but often split it up into four virtual screens, each displaying a workspace on which my windows are automatically arranged. Of course xmonad has a [module][18] for that.
-
-[dzen][19] and [conky][20] function as a simple enough status bar for me. My entire conky config looks like this:
-
-```
-out_to_console yes
-update_interval 1
-total_run_times 0
-
-TEXT
-${downspeed eth0} ${upspeed eth0} | $cpu% ${loadavg 1} ${loadavg 2} ${loadavg 3} $mem/$memmax | ${time %F %T}
-```
-
-And gets piped straight into dzen2 with `conky | dzen2 -fn '-xos4-terminus-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*' -bg '#000000' -fg '#ffffff' -p -e '' -x 1000 -w 920 -xs 1 -ta r`.
-
-One important feature for me is to make the terminal emit a beep sound once a job is done. This is done simply by adding a `\a` character to the `PR_TITLEBAR` variable in zsh, which is shown whenever a job is done. Of course I disable the actual beep sound by blacklisting the `pcspkr` kernel module with `echo "blacklist pcspkr" > /etc/modprobe.d/nobeep.conf`. Instead the sound gets turned into an urgency by urxvt’s `URxvt.urgentOnBell: true` setting. Then xmonad has an urgency hook to capture this and I can automatically focus the currently urgent window with a key combination. In dzen I get the urgent windowspaces displayed with a nice and bright `#ff0000`.
-
-The final result in all its glory on my Laptop:
-
-[![Laptop screenshot][21]][22]
-
-I hear that [i3][23] has become quite popular in the last years, but it requires more manual window alignment instead of specifying automated methods to do it.
-
-I realize that there are also terminal multiplexers like [tmux][24], but I still require a few graphical applications, so in the end I never used them productively.
-
-### Terminal Persistency
-
-In order to keep terminals alive I use [dtach][25], which is just the detach feature of screen. In order to make every terminal on my computer detachable I wrote a [small wrapper script][26]. This means that even if I had to restart my X server I could keep all my terminals running just fine, both local and remote.
-
-### Shell & Programming
-
-Instead of [bash][27] I use [zsh][28] as my shell for its huge number of features.
-
-As a terminal emulator I found [urxvt][29] to be simple enough, support Unicode and 256 colors and has great performance. Another great feature is being able to run the urxvt client and daemon separately, so that even a large number of terminals barely takes up any memory (except for the scrollback buffer).
-
-There is only one font that looks absolutely clean and perfect to me: [Terminus][30]. Since i’s a bitmap font everything is pixel perfect and renders extremely fast and at low CPU usage. In order to switch fonts on-demand in each terminal with `CTRL-WIN-[1-7]` my ~/.Xdefaults contains:
-
-```
-URxvt.font: -xos4-terminus-medium-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
-dzen2.font: -xos4-terminus-medium-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
-
-URxvt.keysym.C-M-1: command:\033]50;-xos4-terminus-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*\007
-URxvt.keysym.C-M-2: command:\033]50;-xos4-terminus-medium-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*\007
-URxvt.keysym.C-M-3: command:\033]50;-xos4-terminus-medium-r-normal-*-18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*\007
-URxvt.keysym.C-M-4: command:\033]50;-xos4-terminus-medium-r-normal-*-22-*-*-*-*-*-*-*\007
-URxvt.keysym.C-M-5: command:\033]50;-xos4-terminus-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-*-*\007
-URxvt.keysym.C-M-6: command:\033]50;-xos4-terminus-medium-r-normal-*-28-*-*-*-*-*-*-*\007
-URxvt.keysym.C-M-7: command:\033]50;-xos4-terminus-medium-r-normal-*-32-*-*-*-*-*-*-*\007
-
-URxvt.keysym.C-M-n: command:\033]10;#ffffff\007\033]11;#000000\007\033]12;#ffffff\007\033]706;#00ffff\007\033]707;#ffff00\007
-URxvt.keysym.C-M-b: command:\033]10;#000000\007\033]11;#ffffff\007\033]12;#000000\007\033]706;#0000ff\007\033]707;#ff0000\007
-```
-
-For programming and writing I use [Vim][31] with syntax highlighting and [ctags][32] for indexing, as well as a few terminal windows with grep, sed and the other usual suspects for search and manipulation. This is probably not at the same level of comfort as an IDE, but allows me more automation.
-
-One problem with Vim is that you get so used to its key mappings that you’ll want to use them everywhere.
-
-[Python][33] and [Nim][34] do well as scripting languages where the shell is not powerful enough.
-
-### System Monitoring
-
-[htop][35] (look at the background of that site, it’s a live view of the server that’s hosting it) works great for getting a quick overview of what the software is currently doing. [lm_sensors][36] allows monitoring the hardware temperatures, fans and voltages. [powertop][37] is a great little tool by Intel to find power savings. [ncdu][38] lets you analyze disk usage interactively.
-
-[nmap][39], iptraf-ng, [tcpdump][40] and [Wireshark][41] are essential tools for analyzing network problems.
-
-There are of course many more great tools.
-
-### Mails & Synchronization
-
-On my home server I have a [fetchmail][42] daemon running for each email acccount that I have. Fetchmail just retrieves the incoming emails and invokes [procmail][43]:
-
-```
-#!/bin/sh
-for i in /home/deen/.fetchmail/*; do
- FETCHMAILHOME=$i /usr/bin/fetchmail -m 'procmail -d %T' -d 60
-done
-```
-
-The configuration is as simple as it could be and waits for the server to inform us of fresh emails:
-
-```
-poll imap.1und1.de protocol imap timeout 120 user "dennis@felsin9.de" password "XXX" folders INBOX keep ssl idle
-```
-
-My `.procmailrc` config contains a few rules to backup all mails and sort them into the correct directories, for example based on the mailing list id or from field in the mail header:
-
-```
-MAILDIR=/home/deen/shared/Maildir
-LOGFILE=$HOME/.procmaillog
-LOGABSTRACT=no
-VERBOSE=off
-FORMAIL=/usr/bin/formail
-NL="
-"
-
-:0wc
-* ! ? test -d /media/mailarchive/`date +%Y`
-| mkdir -p /media/mailarchive/`date +%Y`
-
-# Make backups of all mail received in format YYYY/YYYY-MM
-:0c
-/media/mailarchive/`date +%Y`/`date +%Y-%m`
-
-:0
-* ^From: .*(.*@.*.kit.edu|.*@.*.uka.de|.*@.*.uni-karlsruhe.de)
-$MAILDIR/.uni/
-
-:0
-* ^list-Id:.*lists.kit.edu
-$MAILDIR/.uni-ml/
-
-[...]
-```
-
-To send emails I use [msmtp][44], which is also great to configure:
-
-```
-account default
-host smtp.1und1.de
-tls on
-tls_trust_file /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt
-auth on
-from dennis@felsin9.de
-user dennis@felsin9.de
-password XXX
-
-[...]
-```
-
-But so far the emails are still on the server. My documents are all stored in a directory that I synchronize between all computers using [Unison][45]. Think of Unison as a bidirectional interactive [rsync][46]. My emails are part of this documents directory and thus they end up on my desktop computers.
-
-This also means that while the emails reach my server immediately, I only fetch them on deman instead of getting instant notifications when an email comes in.
-
-From there I read the mails with [mutt][47], using the sidebar plugin to display my mail directories. The `/etc/mailcap` file is essential to display non-plaintext mails containing HTML, Word or PDF:
-
-```
-text/html;w3m -I %{charset} -T text/html; copiousoutput
-application/msword; antiword %s; copiousoutput
-application/pdf; pdftotext -layout /dev/stdin -; copiousoutput
-```
-
-### News & Communication
-
-[Newsboat][48] is a nice little RSS/Atom feed reader in the terminal. I have it running on the server in a `tach` session with about 150 feeds. Filtering feeds locally is also possible, for example:
-
-```
-ignore-article "https://forum.ddnet.tw/feed.php" "title =~ \"Map Testing •\" or title =~ \"Old maps •\" or title =~ \"Map Bugs •\" or title =~ \"Archive •\" or title =~ \"Waiting for mapper •\" or title =~ \"Other mods •\" or title =~ \"Fixes •\""
-```
-
-I use [Irssi][49] the same way for communication via IRC.
-
-### Calendar
-
-[remind][50] is a calendar that can be used from the command line. Setting new reminders is done by editing the `rem` files:
-
-```
-# One time events
-REM 2019-01-20 +90 Flight to China %b
-
-# Recurring Holidays
-REM 1 May +90 Holiday "Tag der Arbeit" %b
-REM [trigger(easterdate(year(today()))-2)] +90 Holiday "Karfreitag" %b
-
-# Time Change
-REM Nov Sunday 1 --7 +90 Time Change (03:00 -> 02:00) %b
-REM Apr Sunday 1 --7 +90 Time Change (02:00 -> 03:00) %b
-
-# Birthdays
-FSET birthday(x) "'s " + ord(year(trigdate())-x) + " birthday is %b"
-REM 16 Apr +90 MSG Andreas[birthday(1994)]
-
-# Sun
-SET $LatDeg 49
-SET $LatMin 19
-SET $LatSec 49
-SET $LongDeg -8
-SET $LongMin -40
-SET $LongSec -24
-
-MSG Sun from [sunrise(trigdate())] to [sunset(trigdate())]
-[...]
-```
-
-Unfortunately there is no Chinese Lunar calendar function in remind yet, so Chinese holidays can’t be calculated easily.
-
-I use two aliases for remind:
-
-```
-rem -m -b1 -q -g
-```
-
-to see a list of the next events in chronological order and
-
-```
-rem -m -b1 -q -cuc12 -w$(($(tput cols)+1)) | sed -e "s/\f//g" | less
-```
-
-to show a calendar fitting just the width of my terminal:
-
-![remcal][51]
-
-### Dictionary
-
-[rdictcc][52] is a little known dictionary tool that uses the excellent dictionary files from [dict.cc][53] and turns them into a local database:
-
-```
-$ rdictcc rasch
-====================[ A => B ]====================
-rasch:
- - apace
- - brisk [speedy]
- - cursory
- - in a timely manner
- - quick
- - quickly
- - rapid
- - rapidly
- - sharpish [Br.] [coll.]
- - speedily
- - speedy
- - swift
- - swiftly
-rasch [gehen]:
- - smartly [quickly]
-Rasch {n} [Zittergras-Segge]:
- - Alpine grass [Carex brizoides]
- - quaking grass sedge [Carex brizoides]
-Rasch {m} [regional] [Putzrasch]:
- - scouring pad
-====================[ B => A ]====================
-Rasch model:
- - Rasch-Modell {n}
-```
-
-### Writing and Reading
-
-I have a simple todo file containing my tasks, that is basically always sitting open in a Vim session. For work I also use the todo file as a “done” file so that I can later check what tasks I finished on each day.
-
-For writing documents, letters and presentations I use [LaTeX][54] for its superior typesetting. A simple letter in German format can be set like this for example:
-
-```
-\documentclass[paper = a4, fromalign = right]{scrlttr2}
-\usepackage{german}
-\usepackage{eurosym}
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
-\setlength{\parskip}{6pt}
-\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
-
-\setkomavar{fromname}{Dennis Felsing}
-\setkomavar{fromaddress}{Meine Str. 1\\69181 Leimen}
-\setkomavar{subject}{Titel}
-
-\setkomavar*{enclseparator}{Anlagen}
-
-\makeatletter
-\@setplength{refvpos}{89mm}
-\makeatother
-
-\begin{document}
-\begin{letter} {Herr Soundso\\Deine Str. 2\\69121 Heidelberg}
-\opening{Sehr geehrter Herr Soundso,}
-
-Sie haben bei mir seit dem Bla Bla Bla.
-
-Ich fordere Sie hiermit zu Bla Bla Bla auf.
-
-\closing{Mit freundlichen Grüßen}
-
-\end{letter}
-\end{document}
-```
-
-Further example documents and presentations can be found over at [my private site][55].
-
-To read PDFs [Zathura][56] is fast, has Vim-like controls and even supports two different PDF backends: Poppler and MuPDF. [Evince][57] on the other hand is more full-featured for the cases where I encounter documents that Zathura doesn’t like.
-
-### Graphical Editing
-
-[GIMP][58] and [Inkscape][59] are easy choices for photo editing and interactive vector graphics respectively.
-
-In some cases [Imagemagick][60] is good enough though and can be used straight from the command line and thus automated to edit images. Similarly [Graphviz][61] and [TikZ][62] can be used to draw graphs and other diagrams.
-
-### Web Browsing
-
-As a web browser I’ve always used [Firefox][63] for its extensibility and low resource usage compared to Chrome.
-
-Unfortunately the [Pentadactyl][64] extension development stopped after Firefox switched to Chrome-style extensions entirely, so I don’t have satisfying Vim-like controls in my browser anymore.
-
-### Media Players
-
-[mpv][65] with hardware decoding allows watching videos at 5% CPU load using the `vo=gpu` and `hwdec=vaapi` config settings. `audio-channels=2` in mpv seems to give me clearer downmixing to my stereo speakers / headphones than what PulseAudio does by default. A great little feature is exiting with `Shift-Q` instead of just `Q` to save the playback location. When watching with someone with another native tongue you can use `--secondary-sid=` to show two subtitles at once, the primary at the bottom, the secondary at the top of the screen
-
-My wirelss mouse can easily be made into a remote control with mpv with a small `~/.config/mpv/input.conf`:
-
-```
-MOUSE_BTN5 run "mixer" "pcm" "-2"
-MOUSE_BTN6 run "mixer" "pcm" "+2"
-MOUSE_BTN1 cycle sub-visibility
-MOUSE_BTN7 add chapter -1
-MOUSE_BTN8 add chapter 1
-```
-
-[youtube-dl][66] works great for watching videos hosted online, best quality can be achieved with `-f bestvideo+bestaudio/best --all-subs --embed-subs`.
-
-As a music player [MOC][67] hasn’t been actively developed for a while, but it’s still a simple player that plays every format conceivable, including the strangest Chiptune formats. In the AUR there is a [patch][68] adding PulseAudio support as well. Even with the CPU clocked down to 800 MHz MOC barely uses 1-2% of a single CPU core.
-
-![moc][69]
-
-My music collection sits on my home server so that I can access it from anywhere. It is mounted using [SSHFS][70] and automount in the `/etc/fstab/`:
-
-```
-root@server:/media/media /mnt/media fuse.sshfs noauto,x-systemd.automount,idmap=user,IdentityFile=/root/.ssh/id_rsa,allow_other,reconnect 0 0
-```
-
-### Cross-Platform Building
-
-Linux is great to build packages for any major operating system except Linux itself! In the beginning I used [QEMU][71] to with an old Debian, Windows and Mac OS X VM to build for these platforms.
-
-Nowadays I switched to using chroot for the old Debian distribution (for maximum Linux compatibility), [MinGW][72] to cross-compile for Windows and [OSXCross][73] to cross-compile for Mac OS X.
-
-The script used to [build DDNet][74] as well as the [instructions for updating library builds][75] are based on this.
-
-### Backups
-
-As usual, we nearly forgot about backups. Even if this is the last chapter, it should not be an afterthought.
-
-I wrote [rrb][76] (reverse rsync backup) 10 years ago to wrap rsync so that I only need to give the backup server root SSH rights to the computers that it is backing up. Surprisingly rrb needed 0 changes in the last 10 years, even though I kept using it the entire time.
-
-The backups are stored straight on the filesystem. Incremental backups are implemented using hard links (`--link-dest`). A simple [config][77] defines how long backups are kept, which defaults to:
-
-```
-KEEP_RULES=( \
- 7 7 \ # One backup a day for the last 7 days
- 31 8 \ # 8 more backups for the last month
- 365 11 \ # 11 more backups for the last year
-1825 4 \ # 4 more backups for the last 5 years
-)
-```
-
-Since some of my computers don’t have a static IP / DNS entry and I still want to back them up using rrb I use a reverse SSH tunnel (as a systemd service) for them:
-
-```
-[Unit]
-Description=Reverse SSH Tunnel
-After=network.target
-
-[Service]
-ExecStart=/usr/bin/ssh -N -R 27276:localhost:22 -o "ExitOnForwardFailure yes" server
-KillMode=process
-Restart=always
-
-[Install]
-WantedBy=multi-user.target
-```
-
-Now the server can reach the client through `ssh -p 27276 localhost` while the tunnel is running to perform the backup, or in `.ssh/config` format:
-
-```
-Host cr-remote
- HostName localhost
- Port 27276
-```
-
-While talking about SSH hacks, sometimes a server is not easily reachable thanks to some bad routing. In that case you can route the SSH connection through another server to get better routing, in this case going through the USA to reach my Chinese server which had not been reliably reachable from Germany for a few weeks:
-
-```
-Host chn.ddnet.tw
- ProxyCommand ssh -q usa.ddnet.tw nc -q0 chn.ddnet.tw 22
- Port 22
-```
-
-### Final Remarks
-
-Thanks for reading my random collection of tools. I probably forgot many programs that I use so naturally every day that I don’t even think about them anymore. Let’s see how stable my software setup stays in the next years. If you have any questions, feel free to get in touch with me at [dennis@felsin9.de][78].
-
-Comments on [Hacker News][79].
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://hookrace.net/blog/linux-desktop-setup/
-
-作者：[Dennis Felsing][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: http://felsin9.de/nnis/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://hookrace.net/public/linux-desktop/htop_small.png
-[2]: https://hookrace.net/public/linux-desktop/htop.png
-[3]: https://gentoo.org/
-[4]: https://www.archlinux.org/
-[5]: https://www.archlinux.org/news/
-[6]: https://www.reddit.com/r/archlinux/comments/4zrsc3/keep_your_system_fully_functional_after_a_kernel/
-[7]: https://www.suse.com/
-[8]: https://ddnet.tw/
-[9]: https://www.debian.org/
-[10]: https://www.openbsd.org/
-[11]: https://www.openbsd.org/faq/pf/
-[12]: http://openbox.org/wiki/Main_Page
-[13]: http://fluxbox.org/
-[14]: https://dwm.suckless.org/
-[15]: https://awesomewm.org/
-[16]: https://xmonad.org/
-[17]: https://www.haskell.org/
-[18]: http://hackage.haskell.org/package/xmonad-contrib-0.15/docs/XMonad-Layout-LayoutScreens.html
-[19]: http://robm.github.io/dzen/
-[20]: https://github.com/brndnmtthws/conky
-[21]: https://hookrace.net/public/linux-desktop/laptop_small.png
-[22]: https://hookrace.net/public/linux-desktop/laptop.png
-[23]: https://i3wm.org/
-[24]: https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki
-[25]: http://dtach.sourceforge.net/
-[26]: https://github.com/def-/tach/blob/master/tach
-[27]: https://www.gnu.org/software/bash/
-[28]: http://www.zsh.org/
-[29]: http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/rxvt-unicode.html
-[30]: http://terminus-font.sourceforge.net/
-[31]: https://www.vim.org/
-[32]: http://ctags.sourceforge.net/
-[33]: https://www.python.org/
-[34]: https://nim-lang.org/
-[35]: https://hisham.hm/htop/
-[36]: http://lm-sensors.org/
-[37]: https://01.org/powertop/
-[38]: https://dev.yorhel.nl/ncdu
-[39]: https://nmap.org/
-[40]: https://www.tcpdump.org/
-[41]: https://www.wireshark.org/
-[42]: http://www.fetchmail.info/
-[43]: http://www.procmail.org/
-[44]: https://marlam.de/msmtp/
-[45]: https://www.cis.upenn.edu/~bcpierce/unison/
-[46]: https://rsync.samba.org/
-[47]: http://www.mutt.org/
-[48]: https://newsboat.org/
-[49]: https://irssi.org/
-[50]: https://www.roaringpenguin.com/products/remind
-[51]: https://hookrace.net/public/linux-desktop/remcal.png
-[52]: https://github.com/tsdh/rdictcc
-[53]: https://www.dict.cc/
-[54]: https://www.latex-project.org/
-[55]: http://felsin9.de/nnis/research/
-[56]: https://pwmt.org/projects/zathura/
-[57]: https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Evince
-[58]: https://www.gimp.org/
-[59]: https://inkscape.org/
-[60]: https://imagemagick.org/Usage/
-[61]: https://www.graphviz.org/
-[62]: https://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/
-[63]: https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/new/
-[64]: https://github.com/5digits/dactyl
-[65]: https://mpv.io/
-[66]: https://rg3.github.io/youtube-dl/
-[67]: http://moc.daper.net/
-[68]: https://aur.archlinux.org/packages/moc-pulse/
-[69]: https://hookrace.net/public/linux-desktop/moc.png
-[70]: https://github.com/libfuse/sshfs
-[71]: https://www.qemu.org/
-[72]: http://www.mingw.org/
-[73]: https://github.com/tpoechtrager/osxcross
-[74]: https://github.com/ddnet/ddnet-scripts/blob/master/ddnet-release.sh
-[75]: https://github.com/ddnet/ddnet-scripts/blob/master/ddnet-lib-update.sh
-[76]: https://github.com/def-/rrb/blob/master/rrb
-[77]: https://github.com/def-/rrb/blob/master/config.example
-[78]: mailto:dennis@felsin9.de
-[79]: https://news.ycombinator.com/item?id=18979731
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190116 Best Audio Editors For Linux.md b/sources/tech/20190116 Best Audio Editors For Linux.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d588c886e2..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190116 Best Audio Editors For Linux.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Best Audio Editors For Linux)
-[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/best-audio-editors-linux)
-[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
-
-Best Audio Editors For Linux
-======
-
-You’ve got a lot of choices when it comes to audio editors for Linux. No matter whether you are a professional music producer or just learning to create awesome music, the audio editors will always come in handy.
-
-Well, for professional-grade usage, a [DAW][1] (Digital Audio Workstation) is always recommended. However, not everyone needs all the functionalities, so you should know about some of the most simple audio editors as well.
-
-In this article, we will talk about a couple of DAWs and basic audio editors which are available as **free and open source** solutions for Linux and (probably) for other operating systems.
-
-### Top Audio Editors for Linux
-
-![Best audio editors and DAW for Linux][2]
-
-We will not be focusing on all the functionalities that DAWs offer – but the basic audio editing capabilities. You may still consider this as the list of best DAW for Linux.
-
-**Installation instruction:** You will find all the mentioned audio editors or DAWs in your AppCenter or Software center. In case, you do not find them listed, please head to their official website for more information.
-
-#### 1\. Audacity
-
-![audacity audio editor][3]
-
-Audacity is one of the most basic yet a capable audio editor available for Linux. It is a free and open-source cross-platform tool. A lot of you must be already knowing about it.
-
-It has improved a lot when compared to the time when it started trending. I do recall that I utilized it to “try” making karaokes by removing the voice from an audio file. Well, you can still do it – but it depends.
-
-**Features:**
-
-It also supports plug-ins that include VST effects. Of course, you should not expect it to support VST Instruments.
-
- * Live audio recording through a microphone or a mixer
- * Export/Import capability supporting multiple formats and multiple files at the same time
- * Plugin support: LADSPA, LV2, Nyquist, VST and Audio Unit effect plug-ins
- * Easy editing with cut, paste, delete and copy functions.
- * Spectogram view mode for analyzing frequencies
-
-
-
-#### 2\. LMMS
-
-![][4]
-
-LMMS is a free and open source (cross-platform) digital audio workstation. It includes all the basic audio editing functionalities along with a lot of advanced features.
-
-You can mix sounds, arrange them, or create them using VST instruments. It does support them. Also, it comes baked in with some samples, presets, VST Instruments, and effects to get started. In addition, you also get a spectrum analyzer for some advanced audio editing.
-
-**Features:**
-
- * Note playback via MIDI
- * VST Instrument support
- * Native multi-sample support
- * Built-in compressor, limiter, delay, reverb, distortion and bass enhancer
-
-
-
-#### 3\. Ardour
-
-![Ardour audio editor][5]
-
-Ardour is yet another free and open source digital audio workstation. If you have an audio interface, Ardour will support it. Of course, you can add unlimited multichannel tracks. The multichannel tracks can also be routed to different mixer tapes for the ease of editing and recording.
-
-You can also import a video to it and edit the audio to export the whole thing. It comes with a lot of built-in plugins and supports VST plugins as well.
-
-**Features:**
-
- * Non-linear editing
- * Vertical window stacking for easy navigation
- * Strip silence, push-pull trimming, Rhythm Ferret for transient and note onset-based editing
-
-
-
-#### 4\. Cecilia
-
-![cecilia audio editor][6]
-
-Cecilia is not an ordinary audio editor application. It is meant to be used by sound designers or if you are just in the process of becoming one. It is technically an audio signal processing environment. It lets you create ear-bending sound out of them.
-
-You get in-build modules and plugins for sound effects and synthesis. It is tailored for a specific use – if that is what you were looking for – look no further!
-
-**Features:**
-
- * Modules to achieve more (UltimateGrainer – A state-of-the-art granulation processing, RandomAccumulator – Variable speed recording accumulator,
-UpDistoRes – Distortion with upsampling and resonant lowpass filter)
- * Automatic Saving of modulations
-
-
-
-#### 5\. Mixxx
-
-![Mixxx audio DJ ][7]
-
-If you want to mix and record something while being able to have a virtual DJ tool, [Mixxx][8] would be a perfect tool. You get to know the BPM, key, and utilize the master sync feature to match the tempo and beats of a song. Also, do not forget that it is yet another free and open source application for Linux!
-
-It supports custom DJ equipment as well. So, if you have one or a MIDI – you can record your live mixes using this tool.
-
-**Features**
-
- * Broadcast and record DJ Mixes of your song
- * Ability to connect your equipment and perform live
- * Key detection and BPM detection
-
-
-
-#### 6\. Rosegarden
-
-![rosegarden audio editor][9]
-
-Rosegarden is yet another impressive audio editor for Linux which is free and open source. It is neither a fully featured DAW nor a basic audio editing tool. It is a mixture of both with some scaled down functionalities.
-
-I wouldn’t recommend this for professionals but if you have a home studio or just want to experiment, this would be one of the best audio editors for Linux to have installed.
-
-**Features:**
-
- * Music notation editing
- * Recording, Mixing, and samples
-
-
-
-### Wrapping Up
-
-These are some of the best audio editors you could find out there for Linux. No matter whether you need a DAW, a cut-paste editing tool, or a basic mixing/recording audio editor, the above-mentioned tools should help you out.
-
-Did we miss any of your favorite? Let us know about it in the comments below.
-
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://itsfoss.com/best-audio-editors-linux
-
-作者：[Ankush Das][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_audio_workstation
-[2]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/linux-audio-editors-800x450.jpeg?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
-[3]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/audacity-audio-editor.jpg?fit=800%2C591&ssl=1
-[4]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/lmms-daw.jpg?fit=800%2C472&ssl=1
-[5]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/ardour-audio-editor.jpg?fit=800%2C639&ssl=1
-[6]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/cecilia.jpg?fit=800%2C510&ssl=1
-[7]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/mixxx.jpg?fit=800%2C486&ssl=1
-[8]: https://itsfoss.com/dj-mixxx-2/
-[9]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/rosegarden.jpg?fit=800%2C391&ssl=1
-[10]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/linux-audio-editors.jpeg?fit=800%2C450&ssl=1
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190124 ffsend - Easily And Securely Share Files From Linux Command Line Using Firefox Send Client.md b/sources/tech/20190124 ffsend - Easily And Securely Share Files From Linux Command Line Using Firefox Send Client.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fcbdd3c5c7..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190124 ffsend - Easily And Securely Share Files From Linux Command Line Using Firefox Send Client.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,330 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (ffsend – Easily And Securely Share Files From Linux Command Line Using Firefox Send Client)
-[#]: via: (https://www.2daygeek.com/ffsend-securely-share-files-folders-from-linux-command-line-using-firefox-send-client/)
-[#]: author: (Vinoth Kumar https://www.2daygeek.com/author/vinoth/)
-
-ffsend – Easily And Securely Share Files From Linux Command Line Using Firefox Send Client
-======
-
-Linux users were preferred to go with scp or rsync for files or folders copy.
-
-However, so many new options are coming to Linux because it’s a opensource.
-
-Anyone can develop a secure software for Linux.
-
-We had written multiple articles in our site in the past about this topic.
-
-Even, today we are going to discuss the same kind of topic called ffsend.
-
-Those are **[OnionShare][1]** , **[Magic Wormhole][2]** , **[Transfer.sh][3]** and **[Dcp – Dat Copy][4]**.
-
-### What’s ffsend?
-
-[ffsend][5] is a command line Firefox Send client that allow users to transfer and receive files and folders through command line.
-
-It allow us to easily and securely share files and directories from the command line through a safe, private and encrypted link using a single simple command.
-
-Files are shared using the Send service and the allowed file size is up to 2GB.
-
-Others are able to download these files with this tool, or through their web browser.
-
-All files are always encrypted on the client, and secrets are never shared with the remote host.
-
-Additionally you can add a password for the file upload.
-
-The uploaded files will be removed after the download (default count is 1 up to 10) or after 24 hours. This will make sure that your files does not remain online forever.
-
-This tool is currently in the alpha phase. Use at your own risk. Also, only limited installation options are available right now.
-
-### ffsend Features:
-
- * Fully featured and friendly command line tool
- * Upload and download files and directories securely
- * Always encrypted on the client
- * Additional password protection, generation and configurable download limits
- * Built-in file and directory archiving and extraction
- * History tracking your files for easy management
- * Ability to use your own Send host
- * Inspect or delete shared files
- * Accurate error reporting
- * Low memory footprint, due to encryption and download/upload streaming
- * Intended to be used in scripts without interaction
-
-
-
-### How To Install ffsend in Linux?
-
-There is no package for each distributions except Debian and Arch Linux systems. However, we can easily get this utility by downloading the prebuilt appropriate binaries file based on the operating system and architecture.
-
-Run the below command to download the latest available version for your operating system.
-
-```
-$ wget https://github.com/timvisee/ffsend/releases/download/v0.1.2/ffsend-v0.1.2-linux-x64.tar.gz
-```
-
-Extract the tar archive using the following command.
-
-```
-$ tar -xvf ffsend-v0.1.2-linux-x64.tar.gz
-```
-
-Run the following command to identify your path variable.
-
-```
-$ echo $PATH
-/home/daygeek/.cargo/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/local/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/lib/jvm/default/bin:/usr/bin/site_perl:/usr/bin/vendor_perl:/usr/bin/core_perl
-```
-
-As i told previously, just move the executable file to your path directory.
-
-```
-$ sudo mv ffsend /usr/local/sbin
-```
-
-Run the `ffsend` command alone to get the basic usage information.
-
-```
-$ ffsend
-ffsend 0.1.2
-Usage: ffsend [FLAGS] ...
-
-Easily and securely share files from the command line.
-A fully featured Firefox Send client.
-
-Missing subcommand. Here are the most used:
- ffsend upload ...
- ffsend download ...
-
-To show all subcommands, features and other help:
- ffsend help [SUBCOMMAND]
-```
-
-For Arch Linux based users can easily install it with help of **[AUR Helper][6]** , as this package is available in AUR repository.
-
-```
-$ yay -S ffsend
-```
-
-For **`Debian/Ubuntu`** systems, use **[DPKG Command][7]** to install ffsend.
-
-```
-$ wget https://github.com/timvisee/ffsend/releases/download/v0.1.2/ffsend_0.1.2_amd64.deb
-$ sudo dpkg -i ffsend_0.1.2_amd64.deb
-```
-
-### How To Send A File Using ffsend?
-
-It’s not complicated. We can easily send a file using simple syntax.
-
-**Syntax:**
-
-```
-$ ffsend upload [/Path/to/the/file/name]
-```
-
-In the following example, we are going to upload a file called `passwd-up1.sh`. Once you upload the file then you will be getting the unique URL.
-
-```
-$ ffsend upload passwd-up1.sh --copy
-Upload complete
-Share link: https://send.firefox.com/download/a4062553f4/#yy2_VyPaUMG5HwXZzYRmpQ
-```
-
-![][9]
-
-Just download the above unique URL to get the file in any remote system.
-
-**Syntax:**
-
-```
-$ ffsend download [Generated URL]
-```
-
-Output for the above command.
-
-```
-$ ffsend download https://send.firefox.com/download/a4062553f4/#yy2_VyPaUMG5HwXZzYRmpQ
-Download complete
-```
-
-![][10]
-
-Use the following syntax format for directory upload.
-
-```
-$ ffsend upload [/Path/to/the/Directory] --copy
-```
-
-In this example, we are going to upload `2g` directory.
-
-```
-$ ffsend upload /home/daygeek/2g --copy
-You've selected a directory, only a single file may be uploaded.
-Archive the directory into a single file? [Y/n]: y
-Archiving...
-Upload complete
-Share link: https://send.firefox.com/download/90aa5cfe67/#hrwu6oXZRG2DNh8vOc3BGg
-```
-
-Just download the above generated the unique URL to get a folder in any remote system.
-
-```
-$ ffsend download https://send.firefox.com/download/90aa5cfe67/#hrwu6oXZRG2DNh8vOc3BGg
-You're downloading an archive, extract it into the selected directory? [Y/n]: y
-Extracting...
-Download complete
-```
-
-As this already send files through a safe, private, and encrypted link. However, if you would like to add a additional security at your level. Yes, you can add a password for a file.
-
-```
-$ ffsend upload file-copy-rsync.sh --copy --password
-Password:
-Upload complete
-Share link: https://send.firefox.com/download/0742d24515/#P7gcNiwZJ87vF8cumU71zA
-```
-
-It will prompt you to update a password when you are trying to download a file in the remote system.
-
-```
-$ ffsend download https://send.firefox.com/download/0742d24515/#P7gcNiwZJ87vF8cumU71zA
-This file is protected with a password.
-Password:
-Download complete
-```
-
-Alternatively you can limit a download speed by providing the download speed while uploading a file.
-
-```
-$ ffsend upload file-copy-scp.sh --copy --downloads 10
-Upload complete
-Share link: https://send.firefox.com/download/23cb923c4e/#LVg6K0CIb7Y9KfJRNZDQGw
-```
-
-Just download the above unique URL to get a file in any remote system.
-
-```
-ffsend download https://send.firefox.com/download/23cb923c4e/#LVg6K0CIb7Y9KfJRNZDQGw
-Download complete
-```
-
-If you want to see more details about the file, use the following format. It will shows you the file name, file size, Download counts and when it will going to expire.
-
-**Syntax:**
-
-```
-$ ffsend info [Generated URL]
-
-$ ffsend info https://send.firefox.com/download/23cb923c4e/#LVg6K0CIb7Y9KfJRNZDQGw
-ID: 23cb923c4e
-Name: file-copy-scp.sh
-Size: 115 B
-MIME: application/x-sh
-Downloads: 3 of 10
-Expiry: 23h58m (86280s)
-```
-
-You can view your transaction history using the following format.
-
-```
-$ ffsend history
-# LINK EXPIRY
-1 https://send.firefox.com/download/23cb923c4e/#LVg6K0CIb7Y9KfJRNZDQGw 23h57m
-2 https://send.firefox.com/download/0742d24515/#P7gcNiwZJ87vF8cumU71zA 23h55m
-3 https://send.firefox.com/download/90aa5cfe67/#hrwu6oXZRG2DNh8vOc3BGg 23h52m
-4 https://send.firefox.com/download/a4062553f4/#yy2_VyPaUMG5HwXZzYRmpQ 23h46m
-5 https://send.firefox.com/download/74ff30e43e/#NYfDOUp_Ai-RKg5g0fCZXw 23h44m
-6 https://send.firefox.com/download/69afaab1f9/#5z51_94jtxcUCJNNvf6RcA 23h43m
-```
-
-If you don’t want the link anymore then we can delete it.
-
-**Syntax:**
-
-```
-$ ffsend delete [Generated URL]
-
-$ ffsend delete https://send.firefox.com/download/69afaab1f9/#5z51_94jtxcUCJNNvf6RcA
-File deleted
-```
-
-Alternatively this can be done using firefox browser by opening the page ` somewhere in your current branch, HEAD will move to that commit. If there is no commit history connecting your current commit to the commit you checked out, then you'll be in a detached HEAD state. If you ever lose your head finding where HEAD is, you can always `git reset --hard origin/master` to delete changes and get back to a known state. _Warning: this will delete any changes you have made since you last pushed to master._
+
+### Are you upstream or downstream?
+
+The local copy of your project is considered your local repository. It may or may not have a remote repository—the place where you have a copy of your repository for collaboration or safekeeping. There may also be an _upstream_ repository where a third copy of the project is hosted and maintained by a different set of contributors.
+
+For instance, let's say I want to contribute to Kubernetes. I would first fork the **kubernetes/kubernetes** project to my account, **mbbroberg/kubernetes**. I would then clone my project to my local workspace. In this scenario, my local clone is my local repository, **mbbroberg/kubernetes** is my remote repository, and **kubernetes/kubernetes** is the upstream.
+
+### Merging the metaphors
+
+The visual of a root system merges with the train tracks image when you get deeper into Git branches. Branches are often used as ways of developing a new feature that you eventually want to _merge_ into the master branch. When doing this, Git keeps the common history of commits in order then appends the new commits for your branch to the history. There are a ton of nuances to this process—whether to rebase or not, whether to add a merge commit or not—which [Brent Laster][5] explores in greater detail in "[How to reset, revert, and return to previous states in Git][6]."
+
+### I think I Git it now
+
+There is a ton of terminology and a lot to explore to master the world of Git commands. I hope this first-person exploration of how I use the terms day-to-day helps you acclimate to it all. If you ever feel stuck or frustrated, feel free to reach out to me on Twitter [@mbbroberg][7].
+
+#### To review:
+
+ * **Commit**—stores the current contents of the index in a new commit along with a log message from the user describing the changes
+
+ * **Branch**—a pointer to a commit
+
+ * **Master**—the default name for the first branch
+
+ * **HEAD**—a pointer to the most recent commit on the current branch
+
+ * **Merge**—joining two or more commit histories
+
+ * **Workspace**—the colloquial name for your local copy of a Git repository
+
+ * **Working tree**—the current branch in your workspace; you see this in `git status` output all the time
+
+ * **Cache**—a space intended to temporarily store uncommitted changes
+
+ * **Index**—the cache where changes are stored before they are committed
+
+ * **Tracked and untracked files**—files either in the index cache or not yet added to it
+
+ * **Stash**—another cache, that acts as a stack, where changes can be stored without committing them
+
+ * **Origin**—the default name for a remote repository
+
+ * **Local repository**—another term for where you keep your copy of a Git repository on your workstation
+
+ * **Remote repository**—a secondary copy of a Git repository where you push changes for collaboration or backup
+
+ * **Upstream repository**—the colloquial term for a remote repository that you track
+
+ * **Pull request**—a GitHub-specific term to let others know about changes you've pushed to a branch in a repository
+
+ * **Merge request**—a GitLab-specific term to let others know about changes you've pushed to a branch in a repository
+
+ * **'origin/master'**—the default setting for a remote repository and its primary branch
+
+
+
+
+Postscript: Puns are one of the best parts of Git. Have fun with them.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/19/2/git-terminology
+
+作者：[Matthew Broberg][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/mbbroberg
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/rh_003588_01_rd3os.combacktoschoolseriesk12_rh_021x_0.png?itok=fvorN0e- (Digital hand surrounding by objects, bike, light bulb, graphs)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/git_cheat_sheet_cover.jpg (Git Cheat Sheet cover image)
+[3]: https://opensource.com/downloads/cheat-sheet-git
+[4]: https://git-scm.com/about
+[5]: https://opensource.com/users/bclaster
+[6]: https://opensource.com/article/18/6/git-reset-revert-rebase-commands
+[7]: https://twitter.com/mbbroberg
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190205 Installing Kali Linux on VirtualBox- Quickest - Safest Way.md b/sources/tech/20190205 Installing Kali Linux on VirtualBox- Quickest - Safest Way.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e8722c63cc..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190205 Installing Kali Linux on VirtualBox- Quickest - Safest Way.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Installing Kali Linux on VirtualBox: Quickest & Safest Way)
-[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/install-kali-linux-virtualbox/)
-[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
-
-Installing Kali Linux on VirtualBox: Quickest & Safest Way
-======
-
-_**This tutorial shows you how to install Kali Linux on Virtual Box in Windows and Linux in the quickest way possible.**_
-
-[Kali Linux][1] is one of the [best Linux distributions for hacking][2] and security enthusiasts.
-
-Since it deals with a sensitive topic like hacking, it’s like a double-edged sword. We have discussed it in the detailed Kali Linux review in the past so I am not going to bore you with the same stuff again.
-
-While you can install Kali Linux by replacing the existing operating system, using it via a virtual machine would be a better and safer option.
-
-With Virtual Box, you can use Kali Linux as a regular application in your Windows/Linux system. It’s almost the same as running VLC or a game in your system.
-
-Using Kali Linux in a virtual machine is also safe. Whatever you do inside Kali Linux will NOT impact your ‘host system’ (i.e. your original Windows or Linux operating system). Your actual operating system will be untouched and your data in the host system will be safe.
-
-![][3]
-
-### How to install Kali Linux on VirtualBox
-
-I’ll be using [VirtualBox][4] here. It is a wonderful open source virtualization solution for just about anyone (professional or personal use). It’s available free of cost.
-
-In this tutorial, we will talk about Kali Linux in particular but you can install almost any other OS whose ISO file exists or a pre-built virtual machine save file is available.
-
-**Note:** _The same steps apply for Windows/Linux running VirtualBox._
-
-As I already mentioned, you can have either Windows or Linux installed as your host. But, in this case, I have Windows 10 installed (don’t hate me!) where I try to install Kali Linux in VirtualBox step by step.
-
-And, the best part is – even if you happen to use a Linux distro as your primary OS, the same steps will be applicable!
-
-Wondering, how? Let’s see…
-
-[Subscribe to Our YouTube Channel for More Linux Videos][5]
-
-### Step by Step Guide to install Kali Linux on VirtualBox
-
-_We are going to use a custom Kali Linux image made for VirtualBox specifically. You can also download the ISO file for Kali Linux and create a new virtual machine – but why do that when you have an easy alternative?_
-
-#### 1\. Download and install VirtualBox
-
-The first thing you need to do is to download and install VirtualBox from Oracle’s official website.
-
-[Download VirtualBox][6]
-
-Once you download the installer, just double click on it to install VirtualBox. It’s the same for [installing VirtualBox on Ubuntu][7]/Fedora Linux as well.
-
-#### 2\. Download ready-to-use virtual image of Kali Linux
-
-After installing it successfully, head to [Offensive Security’s download page][8] to download the VM image for VirtualBox. If you change your mind to utilize [VMware][9], that is available too.
-
-![][10]
-
-As you can see the file size is well over 3 GB, you should either use the torrent option or download it using a [download manager][11].
-
-[Kali Linux Virtual Image][8]
-
-#### 3\. Install Kali Linux on Virtual Box
-
-Once you have installed VirtualBox and downloaded the Kali Linux image, you just need to import it to VirtualBox in order to make it work.
-
-Here’s how to import the VirtualBox image for Kali Linux:
-
-**Step 1** : Launch VirtualBox. You will notice an **Import** button – click on it
-
-![Click on Import button][12]
-
-**Step 2:** Next, browse the file you just downloaded and choose it to be imported (as you can see in the image below). The file name should start with ‘kali linux‘ and end with . **ova** extension.
-
-![Importing Kali Linux image][13]
-
-**S** Once selected, proceed by clicking on **Next**.
-
-**Step 3** : Now, you will be shown the settings for the virtual machine you are about to import. So, you can customize them or not – that is your choice. It is okay if you go with the default settings.
-
-You need to select a path where you have sufficient storage available. I would never recommend the **C:** drive on Windows.
-
-![Import hard drives as VDI][14]
-
-Here, the hard drives as VDI refer to virtually mount the hard drives by allocating the storage space set.
-
-After you are done with the settings, hit **Import** and wait for a while.
-
-**Step 4:** You will now see it listed. So, just hit **Start** to launch it.
-
-You might get an error at first for USB port 2.0 controller support, you can disable it to resolve it or just follow the on-screen instruction of installing an additional package to fix it. And, you are done!
-
-![Kali Linux running in VirtualBox][15]
-
-The default username in Kali Linux is root and the default password is toor. You should be able to login to the system with it.
-
-Do note that you should [update Kali Linux][16] before trying to install a new applications or trying to hack your neighbor’s WiFi.
-
-I hope this guide helps you easily install Kali Linux on Virtual Box. Of course, Kali Linux has a lot of useful tools in it for penetration testing – good luck with that!
-
-**Tip** : Both Kali Linux and Ubuntu are Debian-based. If you face any issues or error with Kali Linux, you may follow the tutorials intended for Ubuntu or Debian on the internet.
-
-### Bonus: Free Kali Linux Guide Book
-
-If you are just starting with Kali Linux, it will be a good idea to know how to use Kali Linux.
-
-Offensive Security, the company behind Kali Linux, has created a guide book that explains the basics of Linux, basics of Kali Linux, configuration, setups. It also has a few chapters on penetration testing and security tools.
-
-Basically, it has everything you need to get started with Kali Linux. And the best thing is that the book is available to download for free.
-
-[Download Kali Linux Revealed for FREE][17]
-
-Let us know in the comments below if you face an issue or simply share your experience with Kali Linux on VirtualBox.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://itsfoss.com/install-kali-linux-virtualbox/
-
-作者：[Ankush Das][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://www.kali.org/
-[2]: https://itsfoss.com/linux-hacking-penetration-testing/
-[3]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/kali-linux-virtual-box.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
-[4]: https://www.virtualbox.org/
-[5]: https://www.youtube.com/c/itsfoss?sub_confirmation=1
-[6]: https://www.virtualbox.org/wiki/Downloads
-[7]: https://itsfoss.com/install-virtualbox-ubuntu/
-[8]: https://www.offensive-security.com/kali-linux-vm-vmware-virtualbox-image-download/
-[9]: https://itsfoss.com/install-vmware-player-ubuntu-1310/
-[10]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/kali-linux-virtual-box-image.jpg?resize=800%2C347&ssl=1
-[11]: https://itsfoss.com/4-best-download-managers-for-linux/
-[12]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/vmbox-import-kali-linux.jpg?ssl=1
-[13]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/vmbox-linux-next.jpg?ssl=1
-[14]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/vmbox-kali-linux-settings.jpg?ssl=1
-[15]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/kali-linux-on-windows-virtualbox.jpg?resize=800%2C429&ssl=1
-[16]: https://linuxhandbook.com/update-kali-linux/
-[17]: https://kali.training/downloads/Kali-Linux-Revealed-1st-edition.pdf
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190212 Top 10 Best Linux Media Server Software.md b/sources/tech/20190212 Top 10 Best Linux Media Server Software.md
index 8fcea6343a..79b9dcb3bc 100644
--- a/sources/tech/20190212 Top 10 Best Linux Media Server Software.md
+++ b/sources/tech/20190212 Top 10 Best Linux Media Server Software.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: translator: (kodark)
[#]: reviewer: ( )
[#]: publisher: ( )
[#]: url: ( )
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190213 How to build a WiFi picture frame with a Raspberry Pi.md b/sources/tech/20190213 How to build a WiFi picture frame with a Raspberry Pi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 615f7620ed..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190213 How to build a WiFi picture frame with a Raspberry Pi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (How to build a WiFi picture frame with a Raspberry Pi)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/2/wifi-picture-frame-raspberry-pi)
-[#]: author: (Manuel Dewald https://opensource.com/users/ntlx)
-
-How to build a WiFi picture frame with a Raspberry Pi
-======
-DIY a digital photo frame that streams photos from the cloud.
-
-
-
-Digital picture frames are really nice because they let you enjoy your photos without having to print them out. Plus, adding and removing digital files is a lot easier than opening a traditional frame and swapping the picture inside when you want to display a new photo. Even so, it's still a bit of overhead to remove your SD card, USB stick, or other storage from a digital picture frame, plug it into your computer, and copy new pictures onto it.
-
-An easier option is a digital picture frame that gets its pictures over WiFi, for example from a cloud service. Here's how to make one.
-
-### Gather your materials
-
- * Old [TFT][1] LCD screen
- * HDMI-to-DVI cable (as the TFT screen supports DVI)
- * Raspberry Pi 3
- * Micro SD card
- * Raspberry Pi power supply
- * Keyboard
- * Mouse (optional)
-
-
-
-Connect the Raspberry Pi to the display using the cable and attach the power supply.
-
-### Install Raspbian
-
-**sudo raspi-config**. There I change the hostname (e.g., to **picframe** ) in Network Options and enable SSH to work remotely on the Raspberry Pi in Interfacing Options. Connect to the Raspberry Pi using (for example) .
-
-### Build and install the cloud client
-
-Download and flash Raspbian to the Micro SD card by following these [directions][2] . Plug the Micro SD card into the Raspberry Pi, boot it up, and configure your WiFi. My first action after a new Raspbian installation is usually running. There I change the hostname (e.g., to) in Network Options and enable SSH to work remotely on the Raspberry Pi in Interfacing Options. Connect to the Raspberry Pi using (for example)
-
-I use [Nextcloud][3] to synchronize my pictures, but you could use NFS, [Dropbox][4], or whatever else fits your needs to upload pictures to the frame.
-
-If you use Nextcloud, get a client for Raspbian by following these [instructions][5]. This is handy for placing new pictures on your picture frame and will give you the client application you may be familiar with on a desktop PC. When connecting the client application to your Nextcloud server, make sure to select only the folder where you'll store the images you want to be displayed on the picture frame.
-
-### Set up the slideshow
-
-The easiest way I've found to set up the slideshow is with a [lightweight slideshow project][6] built for exactly this purpose. There are some alternatives, like configuring a screensaver, but this application appears to be the simplest to set up.
-
-On your Raspberry Pi, download the binaries from the latest release, unpack them, and move them to an executable folder:
-
-```
-wget https://github.com/NautiluX/slide/releases/download/v0.9.0/slide_pi_stretch_0.9.0.tar.gz
-tar xf slide_pi_stretch_0.9.0.tar.gz
-mv slide_0.9.0/slide /usr/local/bin/
-```
-
-Install the dependencies:
-
-```
-sudo apt install libexif12 qt5-default
-```
-
-Run the slideshow by executing the command below (don't forget to modify the path to your images). If you access your Raspberry Pi via SSH, set the **DISPLAY** variable to start the slideshow on the display attached to the Raspberry Pi.
-
-```
-DISPLAY=:0.0 slide -p /home/pi/nextcloud/picframe
-```
-
-### Autostart the slideshow
-
-To autostart the slideshow on Raspbian Stretch, create the following folder and add an **autostart** file to it:
-
-```
-mkdir -p /home/pi/.config/lxsession/LXDE/
-vi /home/pi/.config/lxsession/LXDE/autostart
-```
-
-Insert the following commands to autostart your slideshow. The **slide** command can be adjusted to your needs:
-
-```
-@xset s noblank
-@xset s off
-@xset -dpms
-@slide -p -t 60 -o 200 -p /home/pi/nextcloud/picframe
-```
-
-Disable screen blanking, which the Raspberry Pi normally does after 10 minutes, by editing the following file:
-
-```
-vi /etc/lightdm/lightdm.conf
-```
-
-and adding these two lines to the end:
-
-```
-[SeatDefaults]
-xserver-command=X -s 0 -dpms
-```
-
-### Configure a power-on schedule
-
-You can schedule your picture frame to turn on and off at specific times by using two simple cronjobs. For example, say you want it to turn on automatically at 7 am and turn off at 11 pm. Run **crontab -e** and insert the following two lines.
-
-```
-0 23 * * * /opt/vc/bin/tvservice -o
-
-0 7 * * * /opt/vc/bin/tvservice -p && sudo systemctl restart display-manager
-```
-
-Note that this won't turn the Raspberry Pi power's on and off; it will just turn off HDMI, which will turn the screen off. The first line will power off HDMI at 11 pm. The second line will bring the display back up and restart the display manager at 7 am.
-
-### Add a final touch
-
-By following these simple steps, you can create your own WiFi picture frame. If you want to give it a nicer look, build a wooden frame for the display.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/2/wifi-picture-frame-raspberry-pi
-
-作者：[Manuel Dewald][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ntlx
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thin-film-transistor_liquid-crystal_display
-[2]: https://www.raspberrypi.org/documentation/installation/installing-images/README.md
-[3]: https://nextcloud.com/
-[4]: http://dropbox.com/
-[5]: https://github.com/nextcloud/client_theming#building-on-debian
-[6]: https://github.com/NautiluX/slide/releases/tag/v0.9.0
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190218 Talk, then code.md b/sources/tech/20190218 Talk, then code.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 18ed81e43c..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190218 Talk, then code.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Talk, then code)
-[#]: via: (https://dave.cheney.net/2019/02/18/talk-then-code)
-[#]: author: (Dave Cheney https://dave.cheney.net/author/davecheney)
-
-Talk, then code
-======
-
-The open source projects that I contribute to follow a philosophy which I describe as _talk, then code_. I think this is generally a good way to develop software and I want to spend a little time talking about the benefits of this methodology.
-
-### Avoiding hurt feelings
-
-The most important reason for discussing the change you want to make is it avoids hurt feelings. Often I see a contributor work hard in isolation on a pull request only to find their work is rejected. This can be for a bunch of reasons; the PR is too large, the PR doesn’t follow the local style, the PR fixes an issue which wasn’t important to the project or was recently fixed indirectly, and many more.
-
-The underlying cause of all these issues is a lack of communication. The goal of the _talk, then code_ philosophy is not to impede or frustrate, but to ensure that a feature lands correctly the first time, without incurring significant maintenance debt, and neither the author of the change, or the reviewer, has to carry the emotional burden of dealing with hurt feelings when a change appears out of the blue with an implicit “well, I’ve done the work, all you have to do is merge it, right?”
-
-### What does discussion look like?
-
-Every new feature or bug fix should be discussed with the maintainer(s) of the project before work commences. It’s fine to experiment privately, but do not send a change without discussing it first.
-
-The definition of _talk_ for simple changes can be as little as a design sketch in a GitHub issue. If your PR fixes a bug, you should link to the bug it fixes. If there isn’t one, you should raise a bug and wait for the maintainers to acknowledge it before sending a PR. This might seem a little backward–who wouldn’t want a bug fixed–but consider the bug could be a misunderstanding in how the software works or it could be a symptom of a larger problem that needs further investigation.
-
-For more complicated changes, especially feature requests, I recommend that a design document be circulated and agreed upon before sending code. This doesn’t have to be a full blown document, a sketch in an issue may be sufficient, but the key is to reach agreement using words, before locking it in stone with code.
-
-In all cases you shouldn’t proceed to send code until there is a positive agreement from the maintainer that the approach is one they are happy with. A pull request is for life, not just for Christmas.
-
-### Code review, not design by committee
-
-A code review is not the place for arguments about design. This is for two reasons. First, most code review tools are not suitable for long comment threads, GitHub’s PR interface is very bad at this, Gerrit is better, but few have a team of admins to maintain a Gerrit instance. More importantly, disagreements at the code review stage suggests there wasn’t agreement on how the change should be implemented.
-
-* * *
-
-Talk about what you want to code, then code what you talked about. Please don’t do it the other way around.
-
-### Related posts:
-
- 1. [How to include C code in your Go package][1]
- 2. [Let’s talk about logging][2]
- 3. [The value of TDD][3]
- 4. [Suggestions for contributing to an Open Source project][4]
-
-
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://dave.cheney.net/2019/02/18/talk-then-code
-
-作者：[Dave Cheney][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://dave.cheney.net/author/davecheney
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://dave.cheney.net/2013/09/07/how-to-include-c-code-in-your-go-package (How to include C code in your Go package)
-[2]: https://dave.cheney.net/2015/11/05/lets-talk-about-logging (Let’s talk about logging)
-[3]: https://dave.cheney.net/2016/04/11/the-value-of-tdd (The value of TDD)
-[4]: https://dave.cheney.net/2016/03/12/suggestions-for-contributing-to-an-open-source-project (Suggestions for contributing to an Open Source project)
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190402 When Wi-Fi is mission-critical, a mixed-channel architecture is the best option.md b/sources/tech/20190402 When Wi-Fi is mission-critical, a mixed-channel architecture is the best option.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 29a73998d7..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190402 When Wi-Fi is mission-critical, a mixed-channel architecture is the best option.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (When Wi-Fi is mission-critical, a mixed-channel architecture is the best option)
-[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3386376/when-wi-fi-is-mission-critical-a-mixed-channel-architecture-is-the-best-option.html#tk.rss_all)
-[#]: author: (Zeus Kerravala https://www.networkworld.com/author/Zeus-Kerravala/)
-
-When Wi-Fi is mission-critical, a mixed-channel architecture is the best option
-======
-
-### Multi-channel is the norm for Wi-Fi today, but it’s not always the best choice. Single-channel and hybrid APs offer compelling alternatives when reliable Wi-Fi is a must.
-
-![Getty Images][1]
-
-I’ve worked with a number of companies that have implemented digital projects only to see them fail. The ideation was correct, the implementation was sound, and the market opportunity was there. The weak link? The Wi-Fi network.
-
-For example, a large hospital wanted to improve clinician response times to patient alarms by having telemetry information sent to mobile devices. Without the system, the only way a nurse would know about a patient alarm is from an audible alert. And with all the background noise, it’s often tough to discern where noises are coming from. The problem was the Wi-Fi network in the hospital had not been upgraded in years and caused messages to be significantly delayed in their delivery, often taking four to five minutes to deliver. The long delivery times caused a lack of confidence in the system, so many clinicians stopped using it and went back to manual alerting. As a result, the project was considered a failure.
-
-I’ve seen similar examples in manufacturing, K-12 education, entertainment, and other industries. Businesses are competing on the basis of customer experience, and that’s driven from the ever-expanding, ubiquitous wireless edge. Great Wi-Fi doesn’t necessarily mean market leadership, but bad Wi-Fi will have a negative impact on customers and employees. And in today’s competitive climate, that’s a recipe for disaster.
-
-**[ Read also:[Wi-Fi site-survey tips: How to avoid interference, dead spots][2] ]**
-
-## Wi-Fi performance historically inconsistent
-
-The problem with Wi-Fi is that it’s inherently flaky. I’m sure everyone reading this has experienced the typical flaws with failed downloads, dropped connections, inconsistent performance, and lengthy wait times to connect to public hot spots.
-
-Picture sitting in a conference prior to a keynote address and being able to tweet, send email, browse the web, and do other things with no problem. Then the keynote speaker comes on stage and the entire audiences start snapping pics, uploading those pictures, and streaming things – and the Wi-Fi stops working. I find this to be the norm more than the exception, underscoring the need for [no-compromise Wi-Fi][3].
-
-The question for network professionals is how to get to a place where the Wi-Fi is rock solid 100% of the time. Some say that just beefing up the existing network will do that, and it might, but in some cases, the type of Wi-Fi might not be appropriate.
-
-The most commonly deployed type of Wi-Fi is multi-channel, also known as micro-cell, where each client connects to the access point (AP) using a radio channel. A high-quality experience is based on two things: good signal strength and minimal interference. Several things can cause interference, such as APs being too close, layout issues, or interference from other equipment. To minimize interference, businesses invest a significant amount of time and money in [site surveys to plan the optimal channel map][2], but even with that’s done well, Wi-Fi glitches can still happen.
-
-**[[Take this mobile device management course from PluralSight and learn how to secure devices in your company without degrading the user experience.][4] ]**
-
-## Multi-channel Wi-Fi not always the best choice
-
-For many carpeted offices, multi-channel Wi-Fi is likely to be solid, but there are some environments where external circumstances will impact performance. A good example of this is a multi-tenant building in which there are multiple Wi-Fi networks transmitting on the same channel and interfering with one another. Another example is a hospital where there are many campus workers moving between APs. The client will also try to connect to the best AP, causing the client to continually disconnect and reconnect resulting in dropped sessions. Then there are environments such as schools, airports, and conference facilities where there is a high number of transient devices and multi-channel can struggle to keep up.
-
-## Single channel Wi-Fi offers better reliability but with a performance hit
-
-What’s a network manager to do? Is inconsistent Wi-Fi just a fait accompli? Multi-channel is the norm, but it isn’t designed for dynamic physical environments or those where reliable connectivity is a must.
-
-Several years ago an alternative architecture was proposed that would solve these problems. As the name suggests, “single channel” Wi-Fi uses a single radio channel for all APs in the network. Think of this as being a single Wi-Fi fabric that operates on one channel. With this architecture, the placement of APs is irrelevant because they all utilize the same channel, so they won’t interfere with one another. This has an obvious simplicity advantage, such as if coverage is poor, there’s no reason to do another expensive site survey. Instead, just drop in APs where they are needed.
-
-One of the disadvantages of single-channel is that aggregate network throughput was lower than multi-channel because only one channel can be used. This might be fine in environments where reliability trumps performance, but many organizations want both.
-
-## Hybrid APs offer the best of both worlds
-
-There has been recent innovation from the manufacturers of single-channel systems that mix channel architectures, creating a “best of both worlds” deployment that offers the throughput of multi-channel with the reliability of single-channel. For example, Allied Telesis offers Hybrid APs that can operate in multi-channel and single-channel mode simultaneously. That means some web clients can be assigned to the multi-channel to have maximum throughput, while others can use single-channel for seamless roaming experience.
-
-A practical use-case of such a mix might be a logistics facility where the office staff uses multi-channel, but the fork-lift operators use single-channel for continuous connectivity as they move throughout the warehouse.
-
-Wi-Fi was once a network of convenience, but now it is perhaps the most mission-critical of all networks. A traditional multi-channel system might work, but due diligence should be done to see how it functions under a heavy load. IT leaders need to understand how important Wi-Fi is to digital transformation initiatives and do the proper testing to ensure it’s not the weak link in the infrastructure chain and choose the best technology for today’s environment.
-
-**Reviews: 4 free, open-source network monitoring tools:**
-
- * [Icinga: Enterprise-grade, open-source network-monitoring that scales][5]
- * [Nagios Core: Network-monitoring software with lots of plugins, steep learning curve][6]
- * [Observium open-source network monitoring tool: Won’t run on Windows but has a great user interface][7]
- * [Zabbix delivers effective no-frills network monitoring][8]
-
-
-
-Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][9] and [LinkedIn][10] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3386376/when-wi-fi-is-mission-critical-a-mixed-channel-architecture-is-the-best-option.html#tk.rss_all
-
-作者：[Zeus Kerravala][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Zeus-Kerravala/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://images.idgesg.net/images/article/2018/09/tablet_graph_wifi_analytics-100771638-large.jpg
-[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3315269/wi-fi-site-survey-tips-how-to-avoid-interference-dead-spots.html
-[3]: https://www.alliedtelesis.com/blog/no-compromise-wi-fi
-[4]: https://pluralsight.pxf.io/c/321564/424552/7490?u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.pluralsight.com%2Fcourses%2Fmobile-device-management-big-picture
-[5]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3273439/review-icinga-enterprise-grade-open-source-network-monitoring-that-scales.html?nsdr=true#nww-fsb
-[6]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3304307/nagios-core-monitoring-software-lots-of-plugins-steep-learning-curve.html
-[7]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3269279/review-observium-open-source-network-monitoring-won-t-run-on-windows-but-has-a-great-user-interface.html?nsdr=true#nww-fsb
-[8]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3304253/zabbix-delivers-effective-no-frills-network-monitoring.html
-[9]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
-[10]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190422 9 ways to save the planet.md b/sources/tech/20190422 9 ways to save the planet.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d3301006cc..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190422 9 ways to save the planet.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (9 ways to save the planet)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/4/save-planet)
-[#]: author: (Jen Wike Huger https://opensource.com/users/jen-wike/users/alanfdoss/users/jmpearce)
-
-9 ways to save the planet
-======
-These ideas have an open source twist.
-![][1]
-
-What can be done to help save the planet? The question can seem depressing at a time when it feels like an individual's contribution isn't enough. But, who are we Earth dwellers if not for a collection of individuals? So, I asked our writer community to share ways that open source software or hardware can be used to make a difference. Here's what I heard back.
-
-### 9 ways to save the planet with an open source twist
-
-**1.** **Disable the blinking cursor in your terminal.**
-
-It might sound silly, but the trivial, blinking cursor can cause up to [2 watts per hour of extra power consumption][2]. To disable it, go to Terminal Settings: Edit > Preferences > Cursor > Cursor blinking > Disabled.
-
-_Recommended by Mars Toktonaliev_
-
-**2\. Reduce your consumption of animal products and processed foods.**
-
-One way to do this is to add these open source apps to your phone: Daily Dozen, OpenFoodFacts, OpenVegeMap, and Food Restrictions. These apps will help you eat a healthy, plant-based diet, find vegan- and vegetarian-friendly restaurants, and communicate your dietary needs to others, even if they do not speak the same language. To learn more about these apps read [_4 open source apps to support eating a plant-based diet_][3].
-
-_Recommendation by Joshua Allen Holm_
-
-**3\. Recycle old computers.**
-
-How? With Linux, of course. Pay it forward by giving creating a new computer for someone who can't one and keep a computer out of the landfill. Here's how we do it at [The Asian Penguins][4].
-
-_Recommendation by Stu Keroff_
-
-**4\. Turn off devices when you're not using them.**
-
-Use "smart power strips" that have a "master" outlet and several "controlled" outlets. Plug your PC into the master outlet, and when you turn on the computer, your monitor, printer, and anything else plugged into the controlled outlets turns on too. A simpler, low-tech solution is a power strip with a timer. That's what I use at home. You can use switches on the timer to set a handy schedule to turn the power on and off at specific times. Automatically turn off your network printer when no one is at home. Or for my six-year-old laptop, extend the life of the battery with a schedule to alternate when it's running from wall power (outlet is on) and when it's running from the battery (outlet is off).
-
-_Recommended by Jim Hall_
-
-**5\. Reduce the use of your HVAC system.**
-
-Sunlight shining through windows adds a lot of heat to your home during the summer. Use Home Assistant to [automatically adjust][5] window blinds and awnings [based on the time of day][6], or even based on the angle of the sun.
-
-_Recommended by Michael Hrivnak_
-
-**6\. Turn your thermostat off or to a lower setting while you're away.**
-
-If your home thermostat has an "Away" feature, activating it on your way out the door is easy to forget. With a touch of automation, any connected thermostat can begin automatically saving energy while you're not home. [Stataway][7] is one such project that uses your phone's GPS coordinates to determine when it should set your thermostat to "Home" or "Away".
-
-_Recommended by Michael Hrivnak_
-
-**7\. Save computing power for later.**
-
-I have an idea: Create a script that can read the power output from an alternative energy array (wind and solar) and begin turning on servers (taking them from a power-saving sleep mode to an active mode) in a computing cluster until the overload power is used (whatever excess is produced beyond what can be stored/buffered for later use). Then use the overload power during high-production times for compute-intensive projects like rendering. This process would be essentially free of cost because the power can't be buffered for other uses. I'm sure the monitoring, power management, and server array tools must exist to do this. Then, it's just an integration problem, making it all work together.
-
-_Recommended by Terry Hancock_
-
-**8\. Turn off exterior lights.**
-
-Light pollution affects more than 80% of the world's population, according to the [World Atlas of Artificial Night Sky Brightness][8], published (Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0) in 2016 in the open access journal _Science Advances_. Turning off exterior lights is a quick way to benefit wildlife, human health, our ability to enjoy the night sky, and of course energy consumption. Visit [darksky.org][9] for more ideas on how to reduce the impact of your exterior lighting.
-
-_Recommended by Michael Hrivnak_
-
-**9\. Reduce your CPU count.**
-
-For me, I remember I used to have a whole bunch of computers running in my basement as my IT playground/lab. I've become more conscious now of power consumption and so have really drastically reduced my CPU count. I like to take advantage of VMs, zones, containers... that type of technology a lot more these days. Also, I'm really glad that small form factor and SoC computers, such as the Raspberry Pi, exist because I can do a lot with one, such as run a DNS or Web server, without heating the room and running up my electricity bill.
-
-P.S. All of these computers are running Linux, FreeBSD, or Raspbian!
-
-_Recommended by Alan Formy-Duvall_
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/4/save-planet
-
-作者：[Jen Wike Huger ][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jen-wike/users/alanfdoss/users/jmpearce
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/pixelated-world.png?itok=fHjM6m53
-[2]: https://www.redhat.com/archives/fedora-devel-list/2009-January/msg02406.html
-[3]: https://opensource.com/article/19/4/apps-plant-based-diets
-[4]: https://opensource.com/article/19/2/asian-penguins-close-digital-divide
-[5]: https://www.home-assistant.io/docs/automation/trigger/#sun-trigger
-[6]: https://www.home-assistant.io/components/cover/
-[7]: https://github.com/mhrivnak/stataway
-[8]: http://advances.sciencemag.org/content/2/6/e1600377
-[9]: http://darksky.org/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190501 Monitor and Manage Docker Containers with Portainer.io (GUI tool) - Part-1.md b/sources/tech/20190501 Monitor and Manage Docker Containers with Portainer.io (GUI tool) - Part-1.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 27bf04eb05..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190501 Monitor and Manage Docker Containers with Portainer.io (GUI tool) - Part-1.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,247 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Monitor and Manage Docker Containers with Portainer.io (GUI tool) – Part-1)
-[#]: via: (https://www.linuxtechi.com/monitor-manage-docker-containers-portainer-part1/)
-[#]: author: (Shashidhar Soppin https://www.linuxtechi.com/author/shashidhar/)
-
-Monitor and Manage Docker Containers with Portainer.io (GUI tool) – Part-1
-======
-
-As **Docker** usage and adoption is growing faster and faster, monitoring **Docker container** images is becoming more challenging. As multiple Docker container images are getting created day-by-day, monitoring them is very important. There are already some in built tools and technologies, but configuring them is little complex. As micro-services based architecture is becoming the de-facto standard in coming days, learning such tool adds one more arsenal to your tool-set.
-
-Based on the above scenarios, there was in need of one light weight and robust tool requirement was growing. So Portainer.io addressed this. “ **Portainer.io** “,(Latest version is 1.20.2) the tool is very light weight(with 2-3 commands only one can configure it) and has become popular among Docker users.
-
-**This tool has advantages over other tools; some of these are as below** ,
-
- * Light weight (requires only 2-3 commands to be required to run to install this tool) {Also installation image is only around 26-30MB of size)
- * Robust and easy to use
- * Can be used for Docker monitor and Build
- * This tool provides us a detailed overview of your Docker environments
- * This tool allows us to manage your containers, images, networks and volumes.
- * Portainer is simple to deploy – this requires just one Docker command (can be run from anywhere.)
- * Complete Docker-container environment can be monitored easily
-
-
-
-**Portainer is also equipped with** ,
-
- * Community support
- * Enterprise support
- * Has professional services available(along with partner OEM services)
-
-
-
-**Functionality and features of Portainer tool are,**
-
- 1. It comes-up with nice Dashboard, easy to use and monitor.
- 2. Many in-built templates for ease of operation and creation
- 3. Support of services (OEM, Enterprise level)
- 4. Monitoring of Containers, Images, Networks, Volume and configuration at almost real-time.
- 5. Also includes Docker-Swarm monitoring
- 6. User management with many fancy capabilities
-
-
-
-**Read Also :[How to Install Docker CE on Ubuntu 16.04 / 18.04 LTS System][1]**
-
-### How to install and configure Portainer.io on Ubuntu Linux / RHEL / CentOS
-
-**Note:** This installation is done on Ubuntu 18.04 but the installation on RHEL & CentOS would be same. We are assuming Docker CE is already installed on your system.
-
-```
-root@linuxtechi:~$ lsb_release -a
-No LSB modules are available.
-Distributor ID: Ubuntu
-Description: Ubuntu 18.04 LTS
-Release: 18.04
-Codename: bionic
-root@linuxtechi:~$
-```
-
-Create the Volume for portainer
-
-```
-root@linuxtechi:~$ sudo docker volume create portainer_data
-portainer_data
-root@linuxtechi:~$
-```
-
-Launch and start Portainer Container using the beneath docker command,
-
-```
-root@linuxtechi:~$ sudo docker run -d -p 9000:9000 -v /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock -v portainer_data:/data portainer/portainer
-Unable to find image 'portainer/portainer:latest' locally
-latest: Pulling from portainer/portainer
-d1e017099d17: Pull complete
-0b1e707a06d2: Pull complete
-Digest: sha256:d6cc2c20c0af38d8d557ab994c419c799a10fe825e4aa57fea2e2e507a13747d
-Status: Downloaded newer image for portainer/portainer:latest
-35286de9f2e21d197309575bb52b5599fec24d4f373cc27210d98abc60244107
-root@linuxtechi:~$
-```
-
-Once the complete installation is done, use the ip of host or Docker using port 9000 of the Docker engine where portainer is running using your browser.
-
-**Note:** If OS firewall is enabled on your Docker host then make sure 9000 port is allowed else its GUI will not come up.
-
-In my case, IP address of my Docker Host / Engine is “192.168.1.16” so URL will be,
-
-
-
-[![Portainer-Login-User-Name-Password][2]][3]
-
-Please make sure that you enter 8-character passwords. Let the admin be the user as it is and then click “Create user”.
-
-Now the following screen appears, in this select “Local” rectangle box.
-
-[![Connect-Portainer-Local-Docker][4]][5]
-
-Click on “Connect”
-
-Nice GUI with admin as user home screen appears as below,
-
-[![Portainer-io-Docker-Monitor-Dashboard][6]][7]
-
-Now Portainer is ready to launch and manage your Docker containers and it can also be used for containers monitoring.
-
-### Bring-up container image on Portainer tool
-
-[![Portainer-Endpoints][8]][9]
-
-Now check the present status, there are two container images are already running, if you create one more that appears instantly.
-
-From your command line kick-start one or two containers as below,
-
-```
-root@linuxtechi:~$ sudo docker run --name test -it debian
-Unable to find image 'debian:latest' locally
-latest: Pulling from library/debian
-e79bb959ec00: Pull complete
-Digest: sha256:724b0fbbda7fda6372ffed586670573c59e07a48c86d606bab05db118abe0ef5
-Status: Downloaded newer image for debian:latest
-root@linuxtechi:/#
-```
-
-Now click Refresh button (Are you sure message appears, click “continue” on this) in Portainer GUI, you will now see 3 container images as highlighted below,
-
-[![Portainer-io-new-container-image][10]][11]
-
-Click on the “ **containers** ” (in which it is red circled above), next window appears with “ **Dashboard Endpoint summary** ”
-
-[![Portainer-io-Docker-Container-Dash][12]][13]
-
-In this page, click on “ **Containers** ” as highlighted in red color. Now you are ready to monitor your container image.
-
-### Simple Docker container image monitoring
-
-From the above step, it appears that a fancy and nice looking “Container List” page appears as below,
-
-[![Portainer-Container-List][14]][15]
-
-All the container images can be controlled from here (stop, start, etc)
-
-**1)** Now from this page, stop the earlier started {“test” container (this was the debian image that we started earlier)}
-
-To do this select the check box in front of this image and click stop button from above,
-
-[![Stop-Container-Portainer-io-dashboard][16]][17]
-
-From the command line option, you will see that this image has been stopped or exited now,
-
-```
-root@linuxtechi:~$ sudo docker container ls -a
-CONTAINER ID IMAGE COMMAND CREATED STATUS PORTS NAMES
-d45902e717c0 debian "bash" 21 minutes ago Exited (0) 49 seconds ago test
-08b96eddbae9 centos:7 "/bin/bash" About an hour ago Exited (137) 9 minutes ago mycontainer2
-35286de9f2e2 portainer/portainer "/portainer" 2 hours ago Up About an hour 0.0.0.0:9000->9000/tcp compassionate_benz
-root@linuxtechi:~$
-```
-
-**2)** Now start the stopped containers (test & mycontainer2) from Portainer GUI,
-
-Select the check box in front of stopped containers, and the click on Start
-
-[![Start-Containers-Portainer-GUI][18]][19]
-
-You will get a quick window saying, “ **Container successfully started** ” and with running state
-
-[![Conatiner-Started-successfully-Portainer-GUI][20]][21]
-
-### Various other options and features are explored as below step-by-step
-
-**1)** Click on “ **Images** ” which is highlighted, you will get the below window,
-
-[![Docker-Container-Images-Portainer-GUI][22]][23]
-
-This is the list of container images that are available but some may not running. These images can be imported, exported or uploaded to various locations, below screen shot shows the same,
-
-[![Upload-Docker-Container-Image-Portainer-GUI][24]][25]
-
-**2)** Click on “ **volumes”** which is highlighted, you will get the below window,
-
-[![Volume-list-Portainer-io-gui][26]][27]
-
-**3)** Volumes can be added easily with following option, click on add volume button, below window appears,
-
-Provide the name as “ **myvol** ” in the name box and click on “ **create the volume** ” button.
-
-[![Volume-Creation-Portainer-io-gui][28]][29]
-
-The newly created volume appears as below, (with unused state)
-
-[![Volume-unused-Portainer-io-gui][30]][31]
-
-#### Conclusion:
-
-As from the above installation steps, configuration and playing around with various options you can see how easy and fancy looking is Portainer.io tool is. This provides multiple features and options to explore on building, monitoring docker container. As explained this is very light weight tool, so doesn’t add any overload to host system. Next set-of options will be explored in part-2 of this series.
-
-Read Also: **[Monitor and Manage Docker Containers with Portainer.io (GUI tool) – Part-2][32]**
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://www.linuxtechi.com/monitor-manage-docker-containers-portainer-part1/
-
-作者：[Shashidhar Soppin][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/author/shashidhar/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/how-to-setup-docker-on-ubuntu-server-16-04/
-[2]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Portainer-Login-User-Name-Password-1024x681.jpg
-[3]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Portainer-Login-User-Name-Password.jpg
-[4]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Connect-Portainer-Local-Docker-1024x538.jpg
-[5]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Connect-Portainer-Local-Docker.jpg
-[6]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Portainer-io-Docker-Monitor-Dashboard-1024x544.jpg
-[7]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Portainer-io-Docker-Monitor-Dashboard.jpg
-[8]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Portainer-Endpoints-1024x252.jpg
-[9]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Portainer-Endpoints.jpg
-[10]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Portainer-io-new-container-image-1024x544.jpg
-[11]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Portainer-io-new-container-image.jpg
-[12]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Portainer-io-Docker-Container-Dash-1024x544.jpg
-[13]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Portainer-io-Docker-Container-Dash.jpg
-[14]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Portainer-Container-List-1024x538.jpg
-[15]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Portainer-Container-List.jpg
-[16]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Stop-Container-Portainer-io-dashboard-1024x447.jpg
-[17]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Stop-Container-Portainer-io-dashboard.jpg
-[18]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Start-Containers-Portainer-GUI-1024x449.jpg
-[19]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Start-Containers-Portainer-GUI.jpg
-[20]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Conatiner-Started-successfully-Portainer-GUI-1024x538.jpg
-[21]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Conatiner-Started-successfully-Portainer-GUI.jpg
-[22]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Docker-Container-Images-Portainer-GUI-1024x544.jpg
-[23]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Docker-Container-Images-Portainer-GUI.jpg
-[24]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Upload-Docker-Container-Image-Portainer-GUI-1024x544.jpg
-[25]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Upload-Docker-Container-Image-Portainer-GUI.jpg
-[26]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Volume-list-Portainer-io-gui-1024x544.jpg
-[27]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Volume-list-Portainer-io-gui.jpg
-[28]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Volume-Creation-Portainer-io-gui-1024x544.jpg
-[29]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Volume-Creation-Portainer-io-gui.jpg
-[30]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Volume-unused-Portainer-io-gui-1024x544.jpg
-[31]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Volume-unused-Portainer-io-gui.jpg
-[32]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/monitor-manage-docker-containers-portainer-io-part-2/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190503 Mirror your System Drive using Software RAID.md b/sources/tech/20190503 Mirror your System Drive using Software RAID.md
index e72f3a5722..ba62a2f21a 100644
--- a/sources/tech/20190503 Mirror your System Drive using Software RAID.md
+++ b/sources/tech/20190503 Mirror your System Drive using Software RAID.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: (lixin555)
+[#]: translator: ( )
[#]: reviewer: ( )
[#]: publisher: ( )
[#]: url: ( )
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190510 Learn to change history with git rebase.md b/sources/tech/20190510 Learn to change history with git rebase.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d46fef81f..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190510 Learn to change history with git rebase.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,597 +0,0 @@
-Translating by Scoutydren....
-
-
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: (Scoutydren)
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Learn to change history with git rebase!)
-[#]: via: (https://git-rebase.io/)
-[#]: author: (git-rebase https://git-rebase.io/)
-
-Learn to change history with git rebase!
-======
-One of Git 's core value-adds is the ability to edit history. Unlike version control systems that treat the history as a sacred record, in git we can change history to suit our needs. This gives us a lot of powerful tools and allows us to curate a good commit history in the same way we use refactoring to uphold good software design practices. These tools can be a little bit intimidating to the novice or even intermediate git user, but this guide will help to demystify the powerful git-rebase .
-
-```
-A word of caution : changing the history of public, shared, or stable branches is generally advised against. Editing the history of feature branches and personal forks is fine, and editing commits that you haven't pushed yet is always okay. Use git push -f to force push your changes to a personal fork or feature branch after editing your commits.
-```
-
-Despite the scary warning, it's worth mentioning that everything mentioned in this guide is a non-destructive operation. It's actually pretty difficult to permanently lose data in git. Fixing things when you make mistakes is covered at the end of this guide.
-
-### Setting up a sandbox
-
-We don't want to mess up any of your actual repositories, so throughout this guide we'll be working with a sandbox repo. Run these commands to get started:
-
-```
-git init /tmp/rebase-sandbox
-cd /tmp/rebase-sandbox
-git commit --allow-empty -m"Initial commit"
-```
-
-If you run into trouble, just run rm -rf /tmp/rebase-sandbox and run these steps again to start over. Each step of this guide can be run on a fresh sandbox, so it's not necessary to re-do every task.
-
-
-### Amending your last commit
-
-Let's start with something simple: fixing your most recent commit. Let's add a file to our sandbox - and make a mistake:
-
-```
-echo "Hello wrold!" >greeting.txt
- git add greeting.txt
- git commit -m"Add greeting.txt"
-```
-
-Fixing this mistake is pretty easy. We can just edit the file and commit with `--amend`, like so:
-
-```
-echo "Hello world!" >greeting.txt
- git commit -a --amend
-```
-
-Specifying `-a` automatically stages (i.e. `git add`'s) all files that git already knows about, and `--amend` will squash the changes into the most recent commit. Save and quit your editor (you have a chance to change the commit message now if you'd like). You can see the fixed commit by running `git show`:
-
-```
-commit f5f19fbf6d35b2db37dcac3a55289ff9602e4d00 (HEAD -> master)
-Author: Drew DeVault
-Date: Sun Apr 28 11:09:47 2019 -0400
-
- Add greeting.txt
-
-diff --git a/greeting.txt b/greeting.txt
-new file mode 100644
-index 0000000..cd08755
---- /dev/null
-+++ b/greeting.txt
-@@ -0,0 +1 @@
-+Hello world!
-```
-
-### Fixing up older commits
-
-Amending only works for the most recent commit. What happens if you need to correct an older commit? Let's start by setting up our sandbox accordingly:
-
-```
-echo "Hello!" >greeting.txt
-git add greeting.txt
-git commit -m"Add greeting.txt"
-
-echo "Goodbye world!" >farewell.txt
-git add farewell.txt
-git commit -m"Add farewell.txt"
-```
-
-Looks like `greeting.txt` is missing "world". Let's write a commit normally which fixes that:
-
-```
-echo "Hello world!" >greeting.txt
-git commit -a -m"fixup greeting.txt"
-```
-
-So now the files look correct, but our history could be better - let's use the new commit to "fixup" the last one. For this, we need to introduce a new tool: the interactive rebase. We're going to edit the last three commits this way, so we'll run `git rebase -i HEAD~3` (`-i` for interactive). This'll open your text editor with something like this:
-
-```
-pick 8d3fc77 Add greeting.txt
-pick 2a73a77 Add farewell.txt
-pick 0b9d0bb fixup greeting.txt
-
-# Rebase f5f19fb..0b9d0bb onto f5f19fb (3 commands)
-#
-# Commands:
-# p, pick = use commit
-# f, fixup = like "squash", but discard this commit's log message
-```
-
-This is the rebase plan, and by editing this file you can instruct git on how to edit history. I've trimmed the summary to just the details relevant to this part of the rebase guide, but feel free to skim the full summary in your text editor.
-
-When we save and close our editor, git is going to remove all of these commits from its history, then execute each line one at a time. By default, it's going to pick each commit, summoning it from the heap and adding it to the branch. If we don't edit this file at all, we'll end up right back where we started, picking every commit as-is. We're going to use one of my favorite features now: fixup. Edit the third line to change the operation from "pick" to "fixup" and move it to immediately after the commit we want to "fix up":
-
-```
-pick 8d3fc77 Add greeting.txt
-fixup 0b9d0bb fixup greeting.txt
-pick 2a73a77 Add farewell.txt
-```
-
-**Tip** : We can also abbreviate this with just "f" to speed things up next time.
-
-Save and quit your editor - git will run these commands. We can check the log to verify the result:
-
-```
-$ git log -2 --oneline
-fcff6ae (HEAD -> master) Add farewell.txt
-a479e94 Add greeting.txt
-```
-
-### Squashing several commits into one
-
-As you work, you may find it useful to write lots of commits as you reach small milestones or fix bugs in previous commits. However, it may be useful to "squash" these commits together, to make a cleaner history before merging your work into master. For this, we'll use the "squash" operation. Let's start by writing a bunch of commits - just copy and paste this if you want to speed it up:
-
-```
-git checkout -b squash
-for c in H e l l o , ' ' w o r l d; do
- echo "$c" >>squash.txt
- git add squash.txt
- git commit -m"Add '$c' to squash.txt"
-done
-```
-
-That's a lot of commits to make a file that says "Hello, world"! Let's start another interactive rebase to squash them together. Note that we checked out a branch to try this on, first. Because of that, we can quickly rebase all of the commits since we branched by using `git rebase -i master`. The result:
-
-```
-pick 1e85199 Add 'H' to squash.txt
-pick fff6631 Add 'e' to squash.txt
-pick b354c74 Add 'l' to squash.txt
-pick 04aaf74 Add 'l' to squash.txt
-pick 9b0f720 Add 'o' to squash.txt
-pick 66b114d Add ',' to squash.txt
-pick dc158cd Add ' ' to squash.txt
-pick dfcf9d6 Add 'w' to squash.txt
-pick 7a85f34 Add 'o' to squash.txt
-pick c275c27 Add 'r' to squash.txt
-pick a513fd1 Add 'l' to squash.txt
-pick 6b608ae Add 'd' to squash.txt
-
-# Rebase 1af1b46..6b608ae onto 1af1b46 (12 commands)
-#
-# Commands:
-# p, pick = use commit
-# s, squash = use commit, but meld into previous commit
-```
-
-**Tip** : your local master branch evolves independently of the remote master branch, and git stores the remote branch as `origin/master`. Combined with this trick, `git rebase -i origin/master` is often a very convenient way to rebase all of the commits which haven't been merged upstream yet!
-
-We're going to squash all of these changes into the first commit. To do this, change every "pick" operation to "squash", except for the first line, like so:
-
-```
-pick 1e85199 Add 'H' to squash.txt
-squash fff6631 Add 'e' to squash.txt
-squash b354c74 Add 'l' to squash.txt
-squash 04aaf74 Add 'l' to squash.txt
-squash 9b0f720 Add 'o' to squash.txt
-squash 66b114d Add ',' to squash.txt
-squash dc158cd Add ' ' to squash.txt
-squash dfcf9d6 Add 'w' to squash.txt
-squash 7a85f34 Add 'o' to squash.txt
-squash c275c27 Add 'r' to squash.txt
-squash a513fd1 Add 'l' to squash.txt
-squash 6b608ae Add 'd' to squash.txt
-```
-
-When you save and close your editor, git will think about this for a moment, then open your editor again to revise the final commit message. You'll see something like this:
-
-```
-# This is a combination of 12 commits.
-# This is the 1st commit message:
-
-Add 'H' to squash.txt
-
-# This is the commit message #2:
-
-Add 'e' to squash.txt
-
-# This is the commit message #3:
-
-Add 'l' to squash.txt
-
-# This is the commit message #4:
-
-Add 'l' to squash.txt
-
-# This is the commit message #5:
-
-Add 'o' to squash.txt
-
-# This is the commit message #6:
-
-Add ',' to squash.txt
-
-# This is the commit message #7:
-
-Add ' ' to squash.txt
-
-# This is the commit message #8:
-
-Add 'w' to squash.txt
-
-# This is the commit message #9:
-
-Add 'o' to squash.txt
-
-# This is the commit message #10:
-
-Add 'r' to squash.txt
-
-# This is the commit message #11:
-
-Add 'l' to squash.txt
-
-# This is the commit message #12:
-
-Add 'd' to squash.txt
-
-# Please enter the commit message for your changes. Lines starting
-# with '#' will be ignored, and an empty message aborts the commit.
-#
-# Date: Sun Apr 28 14:21:56 2019 -0400
-#
-# interactive rebase in progress; onto 1af1b46
-# Last commands done (12 commands done):
-# squash a513fd1 Add 'l' to squash.txt
-# squash 6b608ae Add 'd' to squash.txt
-# No commands remaining.
-# You are currently rebasing branch 'squash' on '1af1b46'.
-#
-# Changes to be committed:
-# new file: squash.txt
-#
-```
-
-This defaults to a combination of all of the commit messages which were squashed, but leaving it like this is almost always not what you want. The old commit messages may be useful for reference when writing the new one, though.
-
-**Tip** : the "fixup" command you learned about in the previous section can be used for this purpose, too - but it discards the messages of the squashed commits.
-
-Let's delete everything and replace it with a better commit message, like this:
-
-```
-Add squash.txt with contents "Hello, world"
-
-# Please enter the commit message for your changes. Lines starting
-# with '#' will be ignored, and an empty message aborts the commit.
-#
-# Date: Sun Apr 28 14:21:56 2019 -0400
-#
-# interactive rebase in progress; onto 1af1b46
-# Last commands done (12 commands done):
-# squash a513fd1 Add 'l' to squash.txt
-# squash 6b608ae Add 'd' to squash.txt
-# No commands remaining.
-# You are currently rebasing branch 'squash' on '1af1b46'.
-#
-# Changes to be committed:
-# new file: squash.txt
-#
-```
-
-Save and quit your editor, then examine your git log - success!
-
-```
-commit c785f476c7dff76f21ce2cad7c51cf2af00a44b6 (HEAD -> squash)
-Author: Drew DeVault
-Date: Sun Apr 28 14:21:56 2019 -0400
-
- Add squash.txt with contents "Hello, world"
-```
-
-Before we move on, let's pull our changes into the master branch and get rid of this scratch one. We can use `git rebase` like we use `git merge`, but it avoids making a merge commit:
-
-```
-git checkout master
-git rebase squash
-git branch -D squash
-```
-
-We generally prefer to avoid using git merge unless we're actually merging unrelated histories. If you have two divergent branches, a git merge is useful to have a record of when they were... merged. In the course of your normal work, rebase is often more appropriate.
-
-### Splitting one commit into several
-
-Sometimes the opposite problem happens - one commit is just too big. Let's look into splitting it up. This time, let's write some actual code. Start with a simple C program2 (you can still copy+paste this snippet into your shell to do this quickly):
-
-```
-cat <main.c
-int main(int argc, char *argv[]) {
- return 0;
-}
-EOF
-```
-
-We'll commit this first.
-
-```
-git add main.c
-git commit -m"Add C program skeleton"
-```
-
-Next, let's extend the program a bit:
-
-```
-cat <main.c
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-const char *get_name() {
- static char buf[128];
- scanf("%s", buf);
- return buf;
-}
-
-int main(int argc, char *argv[]) {
- printf("What's your name? ");
- const char *name = get_name();
- printf("Hello, %s!\n", name);
- return 0;
-}
-EOF
-```
-
-After we commit this, we'll be ready to learn how to split it up.
-
-```
-git commit -a -m"Flesh out C program"
-```
-
-The first step is to start an interactive rebase. Let's rebase both commits with `git rebase -i HEAD~2`, giving us this rebase plan:
-
-```
-pick 237b246 Add C program skeleton
-pick b3f188b Flesh out C program
-
-# Rebase c785f47..b3f188b onto c785f47 (2 commands)
-#
-# Commands:
-# p, pick = use commit
-# e, edit = use commit, but stop for amending
-```
-
-Change the second commit's command from "pick" to "edit", then save and close your editor. Git will think about this for a second, then present you with this:
-
-```
-Stopped at b3f188b... Flesh out C program
-You can amend the commit now, with
-
- git commit --amend
-
-Once you are satisfied with your changes, run
-
- git rebase --continue
-```
-
-We could follow these instructions to add new changes to the commit, but instead let's do a "soft reset"3 by running `git reset HEAD^`. If you run `git status` after this, you'll see that it un-commits the latest commit and adds its changes to the working tree:
-
-```
-Last commands done (2 commands done):
- pick 237b246 Add C program skeleton
- edit b3f188b Flesh out C program
-No commands remaining.
-You are currently splitting a commit while rebasing branch 'master' on 'c785f47'.
- (Once your working directory is clean, run "git rebase --continue")
-
-Changes not staged for commit:
- (use "git add ..." to update what will be committed)
- (use "git checkout -- ..." to discard changes in working directory)
-
- modified: main.c
-
-no changes added to commit (use "git add" and/or "git commit -a")
-```
-
-To split this up, we're going to do an interactive commit. This allows us to selectively commit only specific changes from the working tree. Run `git commit -p` to start this process, and you'll be presented with the following prompt:
-
-```
-diff --git a/main.c b/main.c
-index b1d9c2c..3463610 100644
---- a/main.c
-+++ b/main.c
-@@ -1,3 +1,14 @@
-+#include <stdio.h>
-+
-+const char *get_name() {
-+ static char buf[128];
-+ scanf("%s", buf);
-+ return buf;
-+}
-+
- int main(int argc, char *argv[]) {
-+ printf("What's your name? ");
-+ const char *name = get_name();
-+ printf("Hello, %s!\n", name);
- return 0;
- }
-Stage this hunk [y,n,q,a,d,s,e,?]?
-```
-
-Git has presented you with just one "hunk" (i.e. a single change) to consider committing. This one is too big, though - let's use the "s" command to "split" up the hunk into smaller parts.
-
-```
-Split into 2 hunks.
-@@ -1 +1,9 @@
-+#include
-+
-+const char *get_name() {
-+ static char buf[128];
-+ scanf("%s", buf);
-+ return buf;
-+}
-+
- int main(int argc, char *argv[]) {
-Stage this hunk [y,n,q,a,d,j,J,g,/,e,?]?
-```
-
-**Tip** : If you're curious about the other options, press "?" to summarize them.
-
-This hunk looks better - a single, self-contained change. Let's hit "y" to answer the question (and stage that "hunk"), then "q" to "quit" the interactive session and proceed with the commit. Your editor will pop up to ask you to enter a suitable commit message.
-
-```
-Add get_name function to C program
-
-# Please enter the commit message for your changes. Lines starting
-# with '#' will be ignored, and an empty message aborts the commit.
-#
-# interactive rebase in progress; onto c785f47
-# Last commands done (2 commands done):
-# pick 237b246 Add C program skeleton
-# edit b3f188b Flesh out C program
-# No commands remaining.
-# You are currently splitting a commit while rebasing branch 'master' on 'c785f47'.
-#
-# Changes to be committed:
-# modified: main.c
-#
-# Changes not staged for commit:
-# modified: main.c
-#
-```
-
-Save and close your editor, then we'll make the second commit. We could do another interactive commit, but since we just want to include the rest of the changes in this commit we'll just do this:
-
-```
-git commit -a -m"Prompt user for their name"
-git rebase --continue
-```
-
-That last command tells git that we're done editing this commit, and to continue to the next rebase command. That's it! Run `git log` to see the fruits of your labor:
-
-```
-$ git log -3 --oneline
-fe19cc3 (HEAD -> master) Prompt user for their name
-659a489 Add get_name function to C program
-237b246 Add C program skeleton
-```
-
-### Reordering commits
-
-This one is pretty easy. Let's start by setting up our sandbox:
-
-```
-echo "Goodbye now!" >farewell.txt
-git add farewell.txt
-git commit -m"Add farewell.txt"
-
-echo "Hello there!" >greeting.txt
-git add greeting.txt
-git commit -m"Add greeting.txt"
-
-echo "How're you doing?" >inquiry.txt
-git add inquiry.txt
-git commit -m"Add inquiry.txt"
-```
-
-The git log should now look like this:
-
-```
-f03baa5 (HEAD -> master) Add inquiry.txt
-a4cebf7 Add greeting.txt
-90bb015 Add farewell.txt
-```
-
-Clearly, this is all out of order. Let's do an interactive rebase of the past 3 commits to resolve this. Run `git rebase -i HEAD~3` and this rebase plan will appear:
-
-```
-pick 90bb015 Add farewell.txt
-pick a4cebf7 Add greeting.txt
-pick f03baa5 Add inquiry.txt
-
-# Rebase fe19cc3..f03baa5 onto fe19cc3 (3 commands)
-#
-# Commands:
-# p, pick = use commit
-#
-# These lines can be re-ordered; they are executed from top to bottom.
-```
-
-The fix is now straightforward: just reorder these lines in the order you wish for the commits to appear. Should look something like this:
-
-```
-pick a4cebf7 Add greeting.txt
-pick f03baa5 Add inquiry.txt
-pick 90bb015 Add farewell.txt
-```
-
-Save and close your editor and git will do the rest for you. Note that it's possible to end up with conflicts when you do this in practice - click here for help resolving conflicts.
-
-### git pull --rebase
-
-If you've been writing some commits on a branch which has been updated upstream, normally `git pull` will create a merge commit. In this respect, `git pull`'s behavior by default is equivalent to:
-
-```
-git fetch origin
-git merge origin/master
-```
-
-There's another option, which is often more useful and leads to a much cleaner history: `git pull --rebase`. Unlike the merge approach, this is equivalent to the following:
-
-```
-git fetch origin
-git rebase origin/master
-```
-
-The merge approach is simpler and easier to understand, but the rebase approach is almost always what you want to do if you understand how to use git rebase. If you like, you can set it as the default behavior like so:
-
-```
-git config --global pull.rebase true
-```
-
-When you do this, technically you're applying the procedure we discuss in the next section... so let's explain what it means to do that deliberately, too.
-
-### Using git rebase to... rebase
-
-Ironically, the feature of git rebase that I use the least is the one it's named for: rebasing branches. Say you have the following branches:
-
-```
-o--o--o--o--> master
- \--o--o--> feature-1
- \--o--> feature-2
-```
-
-It turns out feature-2 doesn't depend on any of the changes in feature-1, so you can just base it off of master. The fix is thus:
-
-```
-git checkout feature-2
-git rebase master
-```
-
-The non-interactive rebase does the default operation for all implicated commits ("pick")4, which simply rolls your history back to the last common anscestor and replays the commits from both branches. Your history now looks like this:
-
-```
-o--o--o--o--> master
- | \--o--> feature-2
- \--o--o--> feature-1
-```
-
-### Resolving conflicts
-
-The details on resolving merge conflicts are beyond the scope of this guide - keep your eye out for another guide for this in the future. Assuming you're familiar with resolving conflicts in general, here are the specifics that apply to rebasing.
-
-The details on resolving merge conflicts are beyond the scope of this guide - keep your eye out for another guide for this in the future. Assuming you're familiar with resolving conflicts in general, here are the specifics that apply to rebasing.
-
-Sometimes you'll get a merge conflict when doing a rebase, which you can handle just like any other merge conflict. Git will set up the conflict markers in the affected files, `git status` will show you what you need to resolve, and you can mark files as resolved with `git add` or `git rm`. However, in the context of a git rebase, there are two options you should be aware of.
-
-The first is how you complete the conflict resolution. Rather than `git commit` like you'll use when addressing conflicts that arise from `git merge`, the appropriate command for rebasing is `git rebase --continue`. However, there's another option available to you: `git rebase --skip`. This will skip the commit you're working on, and it won't be included in the rebase. This is most common when doing a non-interactive rebase, when git doesn't realize that a commit it's pulled from the "other" branch is an updated version of the commit that it conflicts with on "our" branch.
-
-### Help! I broke it!
-
-No doubt about it - rebasing can be hard sometimes. If you've made a mistake and in so doing lost commits which you needed, then `git reflog` is here to save the day. Running this command will show you every operation which changed a ref, or reference - that is, branches and tags. Each line shows you what the old reference pointed to, and you can `git cherry-pick`, `git checkout`, `git show`, or use any other operation on git commits once thought lost.
-
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://git-rebase.io/
-
-作者：[git-rebase][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://git-rebase.io/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190521 How to Disable IPv6 on Ubuntu Linux.md b/sources/tech/20190521 How to Disable IPv6 on Ubuntu Linux.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4420b034e6..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190521 How to Disable IPv6 on Ubuntu Linux.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,219 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (How to Disable IPv6 on Ubuntu Linux)
-[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/disable-ipv6-ubuntu-linux/)
-[#]: author: (Sergiu https://itsfoss.com/author/sergiu/)
-
-How to Disable IPv6 on Ubuntu Linux
-======
-
-Are you looking for a way to **disable IPv6** connections on your Ubuntu machine? In this article, I’ll teach you exactly how to do it and why you would consider this option. I’ll also show you how to **enable or re-enable IPv6** in case you change your mind.
-
-### What is IPv6 and why would you want to disable IPv6 on Ubuntu?
-
-**[Internet Protocol version 6][1]** [(][1] **[IPv6][1]**[)][1] is the most recent version of the Internet Protocol (IP), the communications protocol that provides an identification and location system for computers on networks and routes traffic across the Internet. It was developed in 1998 to replace the **IPv4** protocol.
-
-**IPv6** aims to improve security and performance, while also making sure we don’t run out of addresses. It assigns unique addresses globally to every device, storing them in **128-bits** , compared to just 32-bits used by IPv4.
-
-![Disable IPv6 Ubuntu][2]
-
-Although the goal is for IPv4 to be replaced by IPv6, there is still a long way to go. Less than **30%** of the sites on the Internet makes IPv6 connectivity available to users (tracked by Google [here][3]). IPv6 can also cause [problems with some applications at time][4].
-
-Since **VPNs** provide global services, the fact that IPv6 uses globally routed addresses (uniquely assigned) and that there (still) are ISPs that don’t offer IPv6 support shifts this feature lower down their priority list. This way, they can focus on what matters the most for VPN users: security.
-
-Another possible reason you might want to disable IPv6 on your system is not wanting to expose yourself to various threats. Although IPv6 itself is safer than IPv4, the risks I am referring to are of another nature. If you aren’t actively using IPv6 and its features, [having IPv6 enabled leaves you vulnerable to various attacks][5], offering the hacker another possible exploitable tool.
-
-On the same note, configuring basic network rules is not enough. You have to pay the same level of attention to tweaking your IPv6 configuration as you do for IPv4. This can prove to be quite a hassle to do (and also to maintain). With IPv6 comes a suite of problems different to those of IPv4 (many of which can be referenced online, given the age of this protocol), giving your system another layer of complexity.
-
-[][6]
-
-Suggested read How To Remove Drive Icons From Unity Launcher In Ubuntu 14.04 [Beginner Tips]
-
-### Disabling IPv6 on Ubuntu [For Advanced Users Only]
-
-In this section, I’ll be covering how you can disable IPv6 protocol on your Ubuntu machine. Open up a terminal ( **default:** CTRL+ALT+T) and let’s get to it!
-
-**Note:** _For most of the commands you are going to input in the terminal_ _you are going to need root privileges ( **sudo** )._
-
-Warning!
-
-If you are a regular desktop Linux user and prefer a stable working system, please avoid this tutorial. This is for advanced users who know what they are doing and why they are doing so.
-
-#### 1\. Disable IPv6 using Sysctl
-
-First of all, you can **check** if you have IPv6 enabled with:
-
-```
-ip a
-```
-
-You should see an IPv6 address if it is enabled (the name of your internet card might be different):
-
-![IPv6 Address Ubuntu][7]
-
-You have see the sysctl command in the tutorial about [restarting network in Ubuntu][8]. We are going to use it here as well. To **disable IPv6** you only have to input 3 commands:
-
-```
-sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.disable_ipv6=1
-sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.disable_ipv6=1
-sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.lo.disable_ipv6=1
-```
-
-You can check if it worked using:
-
-```
-ip a
-```
-
-You should see no IPv6 entry:
-
-![IPv6 Disabled Ubuntu][9]
-
-However, this only **temporarily disables IPv6**. The next time your system boots, IPv6 will be enabled again.
-
-One method to make this option persist is modifying **/etc/sysctl.conf**. I’ll be using vim to edit the file, but you can use any editor you like. Make sure you have **administrator rights** (use **sudo** ):
-
-![Sysctl Configuration][10]
-
-Add the following lines to the file:
-
-```
-net.ipv6.conf.all.disable_ipv6=1
-net.ipv6.conf.default.disable_ipv6=1
-net.ipv6.conf.lo.disable_ipv6=1
-```
-
-For the settings to take effect use:
-
-```
-sudo sysctl -p
-```
-
-If IPv6 is still enabled after rebooting, you must create (with root privileges) the file **/etc/rc.local** and fill it with:
-
-```
-#!/bin/bash
-# /etc/rc.local
-
-/etc/sysctl.d
-/etc/init.d/procps restart
-
-exit 0
-```
-
-Now use [chmod command][11] to make the file executable:
-
-```
-sudo chmod 755 /etc/rc.local
-```
-
-What this will do is manually read (during the boot time) the kernel parameters from your sysctl configuration file.
-
-[][12]
-
-Suggested read 3 Ways to Check Linux Kernel Version in Command Line
-
-#### 2\. Disable IPv6 using GRUB
-
-An alternative method is to configure **GRUB** to pass kernel parameters at boot time. You’ll have to edit **/etc/default/grub**. Once again, make sure you have administrator privileges:
-
-![GRUB Configuration][13]
-
-Now you need to modify **GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT** and **GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX** to disable IPv6 on boot:
-
-```
-GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT="quiet splash ipv6.disable=1"
-GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="ipv6.disable=1"
-```
-
-Save the file and run:
-
-```
-sudo update-grub
-```
-
-The settings should now persist on reboot.
-
-### Re-enabling IPv6 on Ubuntu
-
-To re-enable IPv6, you’ll have to undo the changes you made. To enable IPv6 until reboot, enter:
-
-```
-sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.disable_ipv6=0
-sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.disable_ipv6=0
-sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.lo.disable_ipv6=0
-```
-
-Otherwise, if you modified **/etc/sysctl.conf** you can either remove the lines you added or change them to:
-
-```
-net.ipv6.conf.all.disable_ipv6=0
-net.ipv6.conf.default.disable_ipv6=0
-net.ipv6.conf.lo.disable_ipv6=0
-```
-
-You can optionally reload these values:
-
-```
-sudo sysctl -p
-```
-
-You should once again see a IPv6 address:
-
-![IPv6 Reenabled in Ubuntu][14]
-
-Optionally, you can remove **/etc/rc.local** :
-
-```
-sudo rm /etc/rc.local
-```
-
-If you modified the kernel parameters in **/etc/default/grub** , go ahead and delete the added options:
-
-```
-GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT="quiet splash"
-GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX=""
-```
-
-Now do:
-
-```
-sudo update-grub
-```
-
-**Wrapping Up**
-
-In this guide I provided you ways in which you can **disable IPv6** on Linux, as well as giving you an idea about what IPv6 is and why you would want to disable it.
-
-Did you find this article useful? Do you disable IPv6 connectivity? Let us know in the comment section!
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://itsfoss.com/disable-ipv6-ubuntu-linux/
-
-作者：[Sergiu][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/sergiu/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv6
-[2]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/disable_ipv6_ubuntu.png?fit=800%2C450&ssl=1
-[3]: https://www.google.com/intl/en/ipv6/statistics.html
-[4]: https://whatismyipaddress.com/ipv6-issues
-[5]: https://www.internetsociety.org/blog/2015/01/ipv6-security-myth-1-im-not-running-ipv6-so-i-dont-have-to-worry/
-[6]: https://itsfoss.com/remove-drive-icons-from-unity-launcher-in-ubuntu/
-[7]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/ipv6_address_ubuntu.png?fit=800%2C517&ssl=1
-[8]: https://itsfoss.com/restart-network-ubuntu/
-[9]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/ipv6_disabled_ubuntu.png?fit=800%2C442&ssl=1
-[10]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/sysctl_configuration.jpg?fit=800%2C554&ssl=1
-[11]: https://linuxhandbook.com/chmod-command/
-[12]: https://itsfoss.com/find-which-kernel-version-is-running-in-ubuntu/
-[13]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/grub_configuration-1.jpg?fit=800%2C565&ssl=1
-[14]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/ipv6_address_ubuntu-1.png?fit=800%2C517&ssl=1
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190523 Run your blog on GitHub Pages with Python.md b/sources/tech/20190523 Run your blog on GitHub Pages with Python.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e3634a327..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190523 Run your blog on GitHub Pages with Python.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,235 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Run your blog on GitHub Pages with Python)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/5/run-your-blog-github-pages-python)
-[#]: author: (Erik O'Shaughnessy https://opensource.com/users/jnyjny/users/jasperzanjani/users/jasperzanjani/users/jasperzanjani/users/jnyjny/users/jasperzanjani)
-
-Run your blog on GitHub Pages with Python
-======
-Create a blog with Pelican, a Python-based blogging platform that works
-well with GitHub.
-![Raspberry Pi and Python][1]
-
-[GitHub][2] is a hugely popular web service for source code control that uses [Git][3] to synchronize local files with copies kept on GitHub's servers so you can easily share and back up your work.
-
-In addition to providing a user interface for code repositories, GitHub also enables users to [publish web pages][4] directly from a repository. The website generation package GitHub recommends is [Jekyll][5], written in Ruby. Since I'm a bigger fan of [Python][6], I prefer [Pelican][7], a Python-based blogging platform that works well with GitHub.
-
-Pelican and Jekyll both transform content written in [Markdown][8] or [reStructuredText][9] into HTML to generate static websites, and both generators support themes that allow unlimited customization.
-
-In this article, I'll describe how to install Pelican, set up your GitHub repository, run a quickstart helper, write some Markdown files, and publish your first page. I'll assume that you have a [GitHub account][10], are comfortable with [basic Git commands][11], and want to publish a blog using Pelican.
-
-### Install Pelican and create the repo
-
-First things first, Pelican (and **ghp-import** ) must be installed on your local machine. This is super easy with [pip][12], the Python package installation tool (you have pip right?):
-
-
-```
-`$ pip install pelican ghp-import`
-```
-
-Next, open a browser and create a new repository on GitHub for your sweet new blog. Name it as follows (substituting your GitHub username for here and throughout this tutorial):
-
-
-```
-`https://GitHub.com/username/username.github.io`
-```
-
-Leave it empty; we will fill it with compelling blog content in a moment.
-
-Using a command line (you command line right?), clone your empty Git repository to your local machine:
-
-
-```
-$ git clone blog
-$ cd blog
-```
-
-### That one weird trick…
-
-Here's a not-super-obvious trick about publishing web content on GitHub. For user pages (pages hosted in repos named _username.github.io_ ), the content is served from the **master** branch.
-
-I strongly prefer not to keep all the Pelican configuration files and raw Markdown files in **master** , rather just the web content. So I keep the Pelican configuration and the raw content in a separate branch I like to call **content**. (You can call it whatever you want, but the following instructions will call it **content**.) I like this structure since I can throw away all the files in **master** and re-populate it with the **content** branch.
-
-
-```
-$ git checkout -b content
-Switched to a new branch 'content'
-```
-
-### Configure Pelican
-
-Now it's time for content configuration. Pelican provides a great initialization tool called **pelican-quickstart** that will ask you a series of questions about your blog.
-
-
-```
-$ pelican-quickstart
-Welcome to pelican-quickstart v3.7.1.
-
-This script will help you create a new Pelican-based website.
-
-Please answer the following questions so this script can generate the files
-needed by Pelican.
-
-> Where do you want to create your new web site? [.]
-> What will be the title of this web site? Super blog
-> Who will be the author of this web site? username
-> What will be the default language of this web site? [en]
-> Do you want to specify a URL prefix? e.g., (Y/n) n
-> Do you want to enable article pagination? (Y/n)
-> How many articles per page do you want? [10]
-> What is your time zone? [Europe/Paris] US/Central
-> Do you want to generate a Fabfile/Makefile to automate generation and publishing? (Y/n) y
-> Do you want an auto-reload & simpleHTTP script to assist with theme and site development? (Y/n) y
-> Do you want to upload your website using FTP? (y/N) n
-> Do you want to upload your website using SSH? (y/N) n
-> Do you want to upload your website using Dropbox? (y/N) n
-> Do you want to upload your website using S3? (y/N) n
-> Do you want to upload your website using Rackspace Cloud Files? (y/N) n
-> Do you want to upload your website using GitHub Pages? (y/N) y
-> Is this your personal page (username.github.io)? (y/N) y
-Done. Your new project is available at /Users/username/blog
-```
-
-You can take the defaults on every question except:
-
- * Website title, which should be unique and special
- * Website author, which can be a personal username or your full name
- * Time zone, which may not be in Paris
- * Upload to GitHub Pages, which is a "y" in our case
-
-
-
-After answering all the questions, Pelican leaves the following in the current directory:
-
-
-```
-$ ls
-Makefile content/ develop_server.sh*
-fabfile.py output/ pelicanconf.py
-publishconf.py
-```
-
-You can check out the [Pelican docs][13] to find out how to use those files, but we're all about getting things done _right now_. No, I haven't read the docs yet either.
-
-### Forge on
-
-Add all the Pelican-generated files to the **content** branch of the local Git repo, commit the changes, and push the local changes to the remote repo hosted on GitHub by entering:
-
-
-```
-$ git add .
-$ git commit -m 'initial pelican commit to content'
-$ git push origin content
-```
-
-This isn't super exciting, but it will be handy if we need to revert edits to one of these files.
-
-### Finally getting somewhere
-
-OK, now you can get bloggy! All of your blog posts, photos, images, PDFs, etc., will live in the **content** directory, which is initially empty. To begin creating a first post and an About page with a photo, enter:
-
-
-```
-$ cd content
-$ mkdir pages images
-$ cp /Users/username/SecretStash/HotPhotoOfMe.jpg images
-$ touch first-post.md
-$ touch pages/about.md
-```
-
-Next, open the empty file **first-post.md** in your favorite text editor and add the following:
-
-
-```
-title: First Post on My Sweet New Blog
-date:
-author: Your Name Here
-
-# I am On My Way To Internet Fame and Fortune!
-
-This is my first post on my new blog. While not super informative it
-should convey my sense of excitement and eagerness to engage with you,
-the reader!
-```
-
-The first three lines contain metadata that Pelican uses to organize things. There are lots of different metadata you can put there; again, the docs are your best bet for learning more about the options.
-
-Now, open the empty file **pages/about.md** and add this text:
-
-
-```
-title: About
-date:
-
-![So Schmexy][my_sweet_photo]
-
-Hi, I am and I wrote this epic collection of Interweb
-wisdom. In days of yore, much of this would have been deemed sorcery
-and I would probably have been burned at the stake.
-
-😆
-
-[my_sweet_photo]: {filename}/images/HotPhotoOfMe.jpg
-```
-
-You now have three new pieces of web content in your content directory. Of the content branch. That's a lot of content.
-
-### Publish
-
-Don't worry; the payoff is coming!
-
-All that's left to do is:
-
- * Run Pelican to generate the static HTML files in **output** : [code]`$ pelican content -o output -s publishconf.py`
-```
-* Use **ghp-import** to add the contents of the **output** directory to the **master** branch: [code]`$ ghp-import -m "Generate Pelican site" --no-jekyll -b master output`
-```
- * Push the local master branch to the remote repo: [code]`$ git push origin master`
-```
- * Commit and push the new content to the **content** branch: [code] $ git add content
-$ git commit -m 'added a first post, a photo and an about page'
-$ git push origin content
-```
-
-
-
-### OMG, I did it!
-
-Now the exciting part is here, when you get to view what you've published for everyone to see! Open your browser and enter:
-
-
-```
-`https://username.github.io`
-```
-
-Congratulations on your new blog, self-published on GitHub! You can follow this pattern whenever you want to add more pages or articles. Happy blogging.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/5/run-your-blog-github-pages-python
-
-作者：[Erik O'Shaughnessy][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jnyjny/users/jasperzanjani/users/jasperzanjani/users/jasperzanjani/users/jnyjny/users/jasperzanjani
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/getting_started_with_python.png?itok=MFEKm3gl (Raspberry Pi and Python)
-[2]: https://github.com/
-[3]: https://git-scm.com
-[4]: https://help.github.com/en/categories/github-pages-basics
-[5]: https://jekyllrb.com
-[6]: https://python.org
-[7]: https://blog.getpelican.com
-[8]: https://guides.github.com/features/mastering-markdown
-[9]: http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/user/rst/quickref.html
-[10]: https://github.com/join?source=header-home
-[11]: https://git-scm.com/docs
-[12]: https://pip.pypa.io/en/stable/
-[13]: https://docs.getpelican.com
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190524 Dual booting Windows and Linux using UEFI.md b/sources/tech/20190524 Dual booting Windows and Linux using UEFI.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b281b6036b..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190524 Dual booting Windows and Linux using UEFI.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Dual booting Windows and Linux using UEFI)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/5/dual-booting-windows-linux-uefi)
-[#]: author: (Alan Formy-Duval https://opensource.com/users/alanfdoss/users/ckrzen)
-
-Dual booting Windows and Linux using UEFI
-======
-A quick rundown of setting up Linux and Windows to dual boot on the same
-machine, using the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI).
-![Linux keys on the keyboard for a desktop computer][1]
-
-Rather than doing a step-by-step how-to guide to configuring your system to dual boot, I’ll highlight the important points. As an example, I will refer to my new laptop that I purchased a few months ago. I first installed [Ubuntu Linux][2] onto the entire hard drive, which destroyed the pre-installed [Windows 10][3] installation. After a few months, I decided to install a different Linux distribution, and so also decided to re-install Windows 10 alongside [Fedora Linux][4] in a dual boot configuration. I’ll highlight some essential facts to get started.
-
-### Firmware
-
-Dual booting is not just a matter of software. Or, it is, but it involves changing your firmware, which among other things tells your machine how to begin the boot process. Here are some firmware-related issues to keep in mind.
-
-#### UEFI vs. BIOS
-
-Before attempting to install, make sure your firmware configuration is optimal. Most computers sold today have a new type of firmware known as [Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI)][5], which has pretty much replaced the other firmware known as [Basic Input Output System (BIOS)][6], which is often included through the mode many providers call Legacy Boot.
-
-I had no need for BIOS, so I chose UEFI mode.
-
-#### Secure Boot
-
-One other important setting is Secure Boot. This feature detects whether the boot path has been tampered with, and stops unapproved operating systems from booting. For now, I disabled this option to ensure that I could install Fedora Linux. According to the Fedora Project Wiki [Features/Secure Boot ][7] Fedora Linux will work with it enabled. This may be different for other Linux distributions —I plan to revisit this setting in the future.
-
-In short, if you find that you cannot install your Linux OS with this setting active, disable Secure Boot and try again.
-
-### Partitioning the boot drive
-
-If you choose to dual boot and have both operating systems on the same drive, you have to break it into partitions. Even if you dual boot using two different drives, most Linux installations are best broken into a few basic partitions for a variety of reasons. Here are some options to consider.
-
-#### GPT vs MBR
-
-If you decide to manually partition your boot drive in advance, I recommend using the [GUID Partition Table (GPT)][8] rather than the older [Master Boot Record (MBR)][9]. Among the reasons for this change, there are two specific limitations of MBR that GPT doesn’t have:
-
- * MBR can hold up to 15 partitions, while GPT can hold up to 128.
- * MBR only supports up to 2 terabytes, while GPT uses 64-bit addresses which allows it to support disks up to 8 million terabytes.
-
-
-
-If you have shopped for hard drives recently, then you know that many of today’s drives exceed the 2 terabyte limit.
-
-#### The EFI system partition
-
-If you are doing a fresh installation or using a new drive, there are probably no partitions to begin with. In this case, the OS installer will create the first one, which is the [EFI System Partition (ESP)][10]. If you choose to manually partition your drive using a tool such as [gdisk][11], you will need to create this partition with several parameters. Based on the existing ESP, I set the size to around 500MB and assigned it the ef00 (EFI System) partition type. The UEFI specification requires the format to be FAT32/msdos, most likely because it is supportable by a wide range of operating systems.
-
-![Partitions][12]
-
-### Operating System Installation
-
-Once you accomplish the first two tasks, you can install your operating systems. While I focus on Windows 10 and Fedora Linux here, the process is fairly similar when installing other combinations as well.
-
-#### Windows 10
-
-I started the Windows 10 installation and created a 20 Gigabyte Windows partition. Since I had previously installed Linux on my laptop, the drive had an ESP, which I chose to keep. I deleted all existing Linux and swap partitions to start fresh, and then started my Windows installation. The Windows installer automatically created another small partition—16 Megabytes—called the [Microsoft Reserved Partition (MSR)][13]. Roughly 400 Gigabytes of unallocated space remained on the 512GB boot drive once this was finished.
-
-I then proceeded with and completed the Windows 10 installation process. I then rebooted into Windows to make sure it was working, created my user account, set up wi-fi, and completed other tasks that need to be done on a first-time OS installation.
-
-#### Fedora Linux
-
-I next moved to install Linux. I started the process, and when it reached the disk configuration steps, I made sure not to change the Windows NTFS and MSR partitions. I also did not change the EPS, but I did set its mount point to **/boot/efi**. I then created the usual ext4 formatted partitions, **/** (root), **/boot** , and **/home**. The last partition I created was Linux **swap**.
-
-As with Windows, I continued and completed the Linux installation, and then rebooted. To my delight, at boot time the [GRand][14] [Unified Boot Loader (GRUB)][14] menu provided the choice to select either Windows or Linux, which meant I did not have to do any additional configuration. I selected Linux and completed the usual steps such as creating my user account.
-
-### Conclusion
-
-Overall, the process was painless. In past years, there has been some difficulty navigating the changes from UEFI to BIOS, plus the introduction of features such as Secure Boot. I believe that we have now made it past these hurdles and can reliably set up multi-boot systems.
-
-I don’t miss the [Linux LOader (LILO)][15] anymore!
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/5/dual-booting-windows-linux-uefi
-
-作者：[Alan Formy-Duval][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/alanfdoss/users/ckrzen
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/linux_keyboard_desktop.png?itok=I2nGw78_ (Linux keys on the keyboard for a desktop computer)
-[2]: https://www.ubuntu.com
-[3]: https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/windows
-[4]: https://getfedora.org
-[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unified_Extensible_Firmware_Interface
-[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BIOS
-[7]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Features/SecureBoot
-[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table
-[9]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Master_boot_record
-[10]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_system_partition
-[11]: https://sourceforge.net/projects/gptfdisk/
-[12]: /sites/default/files/u216961/gdisk_screenshot_s.png
-[13]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Microsoft_Reserved_Partition
-[14]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GNU_GRUB
-[15]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LILO_(boot_loader)
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190527 How To Enable Or Disable SSH Access For A Particular User Or Group In Linux.md b/sources/tech/20190527 How To Enable Or Disable SSH Access For A Particular User Or Group In Linux.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a717d05ed8..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190527 How To Enable Or Disable SSH Access For A Particular User Or Group In Linux.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,300 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (How To Enable Or Disable SSH Access For A Particular User Or Group In Linux?)
-[#]: via: (https://www.2daygeek.com/allow-deny-enable-disable-ssh-access-user-group-in-linux/)
-[#]: author: (2daygeek http://www.2daygeek.com/author/2daygeek/)
-
-How To Enable Or Disable SSH Access For A Particular User Or Group In Linux?
-======
-
-As per your organization standard policy, you may need to allow only the list of users that are allowed to access the Linux system.
-
-Or you may need to allow only few groups, which are allowed to access the Linux system.
-
-How to achieve this? What is the best way? How to achieve this in a simple way?
-
-Yes, there are many ways are available to perform this.
-
-However, we need to go with simple and easy method.
-
-If so, it can be done by making the necessary changes in `/etc/ssh/sshd_config` file.
-
-In this article we will show you, how to perform this in details.
-
-Why are we doing this? due to security reason. Navigate to the following URL to know more about **[openSSH][1]** usage.
-
-### What Is SSH?
-
-openssh stands for OpenBSD Secure Shell. Secure Shell (ssh) is a free open source networking tool which allow us to access remote system over an unsecured network using Secure Shell (SSH) protocol.
-
-It’s a client-server architecture. It handles user authentication, encryption, transferring files between computers and tunneling.
-
-These can be accomplished via traditional tools such as telnet or rcp, these are insecure and use transfer password in cleartext format while performing any action.
-
-### How To Allow A User To Access SSH In Linux?
-
-We can allow/enable the ssh access for a particular user or list of the users using the following method.
-
-If you would like to allow more than one user then you have to add the users with space in the same line.
-
-To do so, just append the following value into `/etc/ssh/sshd_config` file. In this example, we are going to allow ssh access for `user3`.
-
-```
-# echo "AllowUsers user3" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config
-```
-
-You can double check this by running the following command.
-
-```
-# cat /etc/ssh/sshd_config | grep -i allowusers
-AllowUsers user3
-```
-
-That’s it. Just bounce the ssh service and see the magic.
-
-```
-# systemctl restart sshd
-
-# service restart sshd
-```
-
-Simple open a new terminal or session and try to access the Linux system with different user. Yes, `user2` isn’t allowed for SSH login and will be getting an error message as shown below.
-
-```
-# ssh [email protected]
-[email protected]'s password:
-Permission denied, please try again.
-```
-
-Output:
-
-```
-Mar 29 02:00:35 CentOS7 sshd[4900]: User user2 from 192.168.1.6 not allowed because not listed in AllowUsers
-Mar 29 02:00:35 CentOS7 sshd[4900]: input_userauth_request: invalid user user2 [preauth]
-Mar 29 02:00:40 CentOS7 unix_chkpwd[4902]: password check failed for user (user2)
-Mar 29 02:00:40 CentOS7 sshd[4900]: pam_unix(sshd:auth): authentication failure; logname= uid=0 euid=0 tty=ssh ruser= rhost=192.168.1.6 user=user2
-Mar 29 02:00:43 CentOS7 sshd[4900]: Failed password for invalid user user2 from 192.168.1.6 port 42568 ssh2
-```
-
-At the same time `user3` is allowed to login into the system because it’s in allowed users list.
-
-```
-# ssh [email protected]
-[email protected]'s password:
-[[email protected] ~]$
-```
-
-Output:
-
-```
-Mar 29 02:01:13 CentOS7 sshd[4939]: Accepted password for user3 from 192.168.1.6 port 42590 ssh2
-Mar 29 02:01:13 CentOS7 sshd[4939]: pam_unix(sshd:session): session opened for user user3 by (uid=0)
-```
-
-### How To Deny Users To Access SSH In Linux?
-
-We can deny/disable the ssh access for a particular user or list of the users using the following method.
-
-If you would like to disable more than one user then you have to add the users with space in the same line.
-
-To do so, just append the following value into `/etc/ssh/sshd_config` file. In this example, we are going to disable ssh access for `user1`.
-
-```
-# echo "DenyUsers user1" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config
-```
-
-You can double check this by running the following command.
-
-```
-# cat /etc/ssh/sshd_config | grep -i denyusers
-DenyUsers user1
-```
-
-That’s it. Just bounce the ssh service and see the magic.
-
-```
-# systemctl restart sshd
-
-# service restart sshd
-```
-
-Simple open a new terminal or session and try to access the Linux system with Deny user. Yes, `user1` is in denyusers list. So, you will be getting an error message as shown below when you are try to login.
-
-```
-# ssh [email protected]
-[email protected]'s password:
-Permission denied, please try again.
-```
-
-Output:
-
-```
-Mar 29 01:53:42 CentOS7 sshd[4753]: User user1 from 192.168.1.6 not allowed because listed in DenyUsers
-Mar 29 01:53:42 CentOS7 sshd[4753]: input_userauth_request: invalid user user1 [preauth]
-Mar 29 01:53:46 CentOS7 unix_chkpwd[4755]: password check failed for user (user1)
-Mar 29 01:53:46 CentOS7 sshd[4753]: pam_unix(sshd:auth): authentication failure; logname= uid=0 euid=0 tty=ssh ruser= rhost=192.168.1.6 user=user1
-Mar 29 01:53:48 CentOS7 sshd[4753]: Failed password for invalid user user1 from 192.168.1.6 port 42522 ssh2
-```
-
-### How To Allow Groups To Access SSH In Linux?
-
-We can allow/enable the ssh access for a particular group or groups using the following method.
-
-If you would like to allow more than one group then you have to add the groups with space in the same line.
-
-To do so, just append the following value into `/etc/ssh/sshd_config` file. In this example, we are going to disable ssh access for `2g-admin` group.
-
-```
-# echo "AllowGroups 2g-admin" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config
-```
-
-You can double check this by running the following command.
-
-```
-# cat /etc/ssh/sshd_config | grep -i allowgroups
-AllowGroups 2g-admin
-```
-
-Run the following command to know the list of the users are belongs to this group.
-
-```
-# getent group 2g-admin
-2g-admin:x:1005:user1,user2,user3
-```
-
-That’s it. Just bounce the ssh service and see the magic.
-
-```
-# systemctl restart sshd
-
-# service restart sshd
-```
-
-Yes, `user3` is allowed to login into the system because user3 is belongs to `2g-admin` group.
-
-```
-# ssh [email protected]
-[email protected]'s password:
-[[email protected] ~]$
-```
-
-Output:
-
-```
-Mar 29 02:10:21 CentOS7 sshd[5165]: Accepted password for user1 from 192.168.1.6 port 42640 ssh2
-Mar 29 02:10:22 CentOS7 sshd[5165]: pam_unix(sshd:session): session opened for user user1 by (uid=0)
-```
-
-Yes, `user2` is allowed to login into the system because user2 is belongs to `2g-admin` group.
-
-```
-# ssh [email protected]
-[email protected]'s password:
-[[email protected] ~]$
-```
-
-Output:
-
-```
-Mar 29 02:10:38 CentOS7 sshd[5225]: Accepted password for user2 from 192.168.1.6 port 42642 ssh2
-Mar 29 02:10:38 CentOS7 sshd[5225]: pam_unix(sshd:session): session opened for user user2 by (uid=0)
-```
-
-When you are try to login into the system with other users which are not part of this group then you will be getting an error message as shown below.
-
-```
-# ssh [email protected]
-[email protected]'s password:
-Permission denied, please try again.
-```
-
-Output:
-
-```
-Mar 29 02:12:36 CentOS7 sshd[5306]: User ladmin from 192.168.1.6 not allowed because none of user's groups are listed in AllowGroups
-Mar 29 02:12:36 CentOS7 sshd[5306]: input_userauth_request: invalid user ladmin [preauth]
-Mar 29 02:12:56 CentOS7 unix_chkpwd[5310]: password check failed for user (ladmin)
-Mar 29 02:12:56 CentOS7 sshd[5306]: pam_unix(sshd:auth): authentication failure; logname= uid=0 euid=0 tty=ssh ruser= rhost=192.168.1.6 user=ladmin
-Mar 29 02:12:58 CentOS7 sshd[5306]: Failed password for invalid user ladmin from 192.168.1.6 port 42674 ssh2
-```
-
-### How To Deny Group To Access SSH In Linux?
-
-We can deny/disable the ssh access for a particular group or groups using the following method.
-
-If you would like to disable more than one group then you need to add the group with space in the same line.
-
-To do so, just append the following value into `/etc/ssh/sshd_config` file.
-
-```
-# echo "DenyGroups 2g-admin" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config
-```
-
-You can double check this by running the following command.
-
-```
-# # cat /etc/ssh/sshd_config | grep -i denygroups
-DenyGroups 2g-admin
-
-# getent group 2g-admin
-2g-admin:x:1005:user1,user2,user3
-```
-
-That’s it. Just bounce the ssh service and see the magic.
-
-```
-# systemctl restart sshd
-
-# service restart sshd
-```
-
-Yes `user3` isn’t allowed to login into the system because it’s not part of `2g-admin` group. It’s in Denygroups.
-
-```
-# ssh [email protected]
-[email protected]'s password:
-Permission denied, please try again.
-```
-
-Output:
-
-```
-Mar 29 02:17:32 CentOS7 sshd[5400]: User user1 from 192.168.1.6 not allowed because a group is listed in DenyGroups
-Mar 29 02:17:32 CentOS7 sshd[5400]: input_userauth_request: invalid user user1 [preauth]
-Mar 29 02:17:38 CentOS7 unix_chkpwd[5402]: password check failed for user (user1)
-Mar 29 02:17:38 CentOS7 sshd[5400]: pam_unix(sshd:auth): authentication failure; logname= uid=0 euid=0 tty=ssh ruser= rhost=192.168.1.6 user=user1
-Mar 29 02:17:41 CentOS7 sshd[5400]: Failed password for invalid user user1 from 192.168.1.6 port 42710 ssh2
-```
-
-Anyone can login into the system except `2g-admin` group. Hence, `ladmin` user is allowed to login into the system.
-
-```
-# ssh [email protected]
-[email protected]'s password:
-[[email protected] ~]$
-```
-
-Output:
-
-```
-Mar 29 02:19:13 CentOS7 sshd[5432]: Accepted password for ladmin from 192.168.1.6 port 42716 ssh2
-Mar 29 02:19:13 CentOS7 sshd[5432]: pam_unix(sshd:session): session opened for user ladmin by (uid=0)
-```
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://www.2daygeek.com/allow-deny-enable-disable-ssh-access-user-group-in-linux/
-
-作者：[2daygeek][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: http://www.2daygeek.com/author/2daygeek/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://www.2daygeek.com/category/ssh-tutorials/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190612 How to write a loop in Bash.md b/sources/tech/20190612 How to write a loop in Bash.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f63bff9cd3..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190612 How to write a loop in Bash.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,282 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (How to write a loop in Bash)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/6/how-write-loop-bash)
-[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth/users/goncasousa/users/howtopamm/users/howtopamm/users/seth/users/wavesailor/users/seth)
-
-How to write a loop in Bash
-======
-Automatically perform a set of actions on multiple files with for loops
-and find commands.
-![bash logo on green background][1]
-
-A common reason people want to learn the Unix shell is to unlock the power of batch processing. If you want to perform some set of actions on many files, one of the ways to do that is by constructing a command that iterates over those files. In programming terminology, this is called _execution control,_ and one of the most common examples of it is the **for** loop.
-
-A **for** loop is a recipe detailing what actions you want your computer to take _for_ each data object (such as a file) you specify.
-
-### The classic for loop
-
-An easy loop to try is one that analyzes a collection of files. This probably isn't a useful loop on its own, but it's a safe way to prove to yourself that you have the ability to handle each file in a directory individually. First, create a simple test environment by creating a directory and placing some copies of some files into it. Any file will do initially, but later examples require graphic files (such as JPEG, PNG, or similar). You can create the folder and copy files into it using a file manager or in the terminal:
-
-
-```
-$ mkdir example
-$ cp ~/Pictures/vacation/*.{png,jpg} example
-```
-
-Change directory to your new folder, then list the files in it to confirm that your test environment is what you expect:
-
-
-```
-$ cd example
-$ ls -1
-cat.jpg
-design_maori.png
-otago.jpg
-waterfall.png
-```
-
-The syntax to loop through each file individually in a loop is: create a variable ( **f** for file, for example). Then define the data set you want the variable to cycle through. In this case, cycle through all files in the current directory using the ***** wildcard character (the ***** wildcard matches _everything_ ). Then terminate this introductory clause with a semicolon ( **;** ).
-
-
-```
-`$ for f in * ;`
-```
-
-Depending on your preference, you can choose to press **Return** here. The shell won't try to execute the loop until it is syntactically complete.
-
-Next, define what you want to happen with each iteration of the loop. For simplicity, use the **file** command to get a little bit of data about each file, represented by the **f** variable (but prepended with a **$** to tell the shell to swap out the value of the variable for whatever the variable currently contains):
-
-
-```
-`do file $f ;`
-```
-
-Terminate the clause with another semi-colon and close the loop:
-
-
-```
-`done`
-```
-
-Press **Return** to start the shell cycling through _everything_ in the current directory. The **for** loop assigns each file, one by one, to the variable **f** and runs your command:
-
-
-```
-$ for f in * ; do
-> file $f ;
-> done
-cat.jpg: JPEG image data, EXIF standard 2.2
-design_maori.png: PNG image data, 4608 x 2592, 8-bit/color RGB, non-interlaced
-otago.jpg: JPEG image data, EXIF standard 2.2
-waterfall.png: PNG image data, 4608 x 2592, 8-bit/color RGB, non-interlaced
-```
-
-You can also write it this way:
-
-
-```
-$ for f in *; do file $f; done
-cat.jpg: JPEG image data, EXIF standard 2.2
-design_maori.png: PNG image data, 4608 x 2592, 8-bit/color RGB, non-interlaced
-otago.jpg: JPEG image data, EXIF standard 2.2
-waterfall.png: PNG image data, 4608 x 2592, 8-bit/color RGB, non-interlaced
-```
-
-Both the multi-line and single-line formats are the same to your shell and produce the exact same results.
-
-### A practical example
-
-Here's a practical example of how a loop can be useful for everyday computing. Assume you have a collection of vacation photos you want to send to friends. Your photo files are huge, making them too large to email and inconvenient to upload to your [photo-sharing service][2]. You want to create smaller web-versions of your photos, but you have 100 photos and don't want to spend the time reducing each photo, one by one.
-
-First, install the **ImageMagick** command using your package manager on Linux, BSD, or Mac. For instance, on Fedora and RHEL:
-
-
-```
-`$ sudo dnf install ImageMagick`
-```
-
-On Ubuntu or Debian:
-
-
-```
-`$ sudo apt install ImageMagick`
-```
-
-On BSD, use **ports** or [pkgsrc][3]. On Mac, use [Homebrew][4] or [MacPorts][5].
-
-Once you install ImageMagick, you have a set of new commands to operate on photos.
-
-Create a destination directory for the files you're about to create:
-
-
-```
-`$ mkdir tmp`
-```
-
-To reduce each photo to 33% of its original size, try this loop:
-
-
-```
-`$ for f in * ; do convert $f -scale 33% tmp/$f ; done`
-```
-
-Then look in the **tmp** folder to see your scaled photos.
-
-You can use any number of commands within a loop, so if you need to perform complex actions on a batch of files, you can place your whole workflow between the **do** and **done** statements of a **for** loop. For example, suppose you want to copy each processed photo straight to a shared photo directory on your web host and remove the photo file from your local system:
-
-
-```
-$ for f in * ; do
-convert $f -scale 33% tmp/$f
-scp -i seth_web tmp/$f [seth@example.com][6]:~/public_html
-trash tmp/$f ;
-done
-```
-
-For each file processed by the **for** loop, your computer automatically runs three commands. This means if you process just 10 photos this way, you save yourself 30 commands and probably at least as many minutes.
-
-### Limiting your loop
-
-A loop doesn't always have to look at every file. You might want to process only the JPEG files in your example directory:
-
-
-```
-$ for f in *.jpg ; do convert $f -scale 33% tmp/$f ; done
-$ ls -m tmp
-cat.jpg, otago.jpg
-```
-
-Or, instead of processing files, you may need to repeat an action a specific number of times. A **for** loop's variable is defined by whatever data you provide it, so you can create a loop that iterates over numbers instead of files:
-
-
-```
-$ for n in {0..4}; do echo $n ; done
-0
-1
-2
-3
-4
-```
-
-### More looping
-
-You now know enough to create your own loops. Until you're comfortable with looping, use them on _copies_ of the files you want to process and, as often as possible, use commands with built-in safeguards to prevent you from clobbering your data and making irreparable mistakes, like accidentally renaming an entire directory of files to the same name, each overwriting the other.
-
-For advanced **for** loop topics, read on.
-
-### Not all shells are Bash
-
-The **for** keyword is built into the Bash shell. Many similar shells use the same keyword and syntax, but some shells, like [tcsh][7], use a different keyword, like **foreach** , instead.
-
-In tcsh, the syntax is similar in spirit but more strict than Bash. In the following code sample, do not type the string **foreach?** in lines 2 and 3. It is a secondary prompt alerting you that you are still in the process of building your loop.
-
-
-```
-$ foreach f (*)
-foreach? file $f
-foreach? end
-cat.jpg: JPEG image data, EXIF standard 2.2
-design_maori.png: PNG image data, 4608 x 2592, 8-bit/color RGB, non-interlaced
-otago.jpg: JPEG image data, EXIF standard 2.2
-waterfall.png: PNG image data, 4608 x 2592, 8-bit/color RGB, non-interlaced
-```
-
-In tcsh, both **foreach** and **end** must appear alone on separate lines, so you cannot create a **for** loop on one line as you can with Bash and similar shells.
-
-### For loops with the find command
-
-In theory, you could find a shell that doesn't provide a **for** loop function, or you may just prefer to use a different command with added features.
-
-The **find** command is another way to implement the functionality of a **for** loop, as it offers several ways to define the scope of which files to include in your loop as well as options for [Parallel][8] processing.
-
-The **find** command is meant to help you find files on your hard drives. Its syntax is simple: you provide the path of the location you want to search, and **find** finds all files and directories:
-
-
-```
-$ find .
-.
-./cat.jpg
-./design_maori.png
-./otago.jpg
-./waterfall.png
-```
-
-You can filter the search results by adding some portion of the name:
-
-
-```
-$ find . -name "*jpg"
-./cat.jpg
-./otago.jpg
-```
-
-The great thing about **find** is that each file it finds can be fed into a loop using the **-exec** flag. For instance, to scale down only the PNG photos in your example directory:
-
-
-```
-$ find . -name "*png" -exec convert {} -scale 33% tmp/{} \;
-$ ls -m tmp
-design_maori.png, waterfall.png
-```
-
-In the **-exec** clause, the bracket characters **{}** stand in for whatever item **find** is processing (in other words, any file ending in PNG that has been located, one at a time). The **-exec** clause must be terminated with a semicolon, but Bash usually tries to use the semicolon for itself. You "escape" the semicolon with a backslash ( **\;** ) so that **find** knows to treat that semicolon as its terminating character.
-
-The **find** command is very good at what it does, and it can be too good sometimes. For instance, if you reuse it to find PNG files for another photo process, you will get a few errors:
-
-
-```
-$ find . -name "*png" -exec convert {} -flip -flop tmp/{} \;
-convert: unable to open image `tmp/./tmp/design_maori.png':
-No such file or directory @ error/blob.c/OpenBlob/2643.
-...
-```
-
-It seems that **find** has located all the PNG files—not only the ones in your current directory ( **.** ) but also those that you processed before and placed in your **tmp** subdirectory. In some cases, you may want **find** to search the current directory plus all other directories within it (and all directories in _those_ ). It can be a powerful recursive processing tool, especially in complex file structures (like directories of music artists containing directories of albums filled with music files), but you can limit this with the **-maxdepth** option.
-
-To find only PNG files in the current directory (excluding subdirectories):
-
-
-```
-`$ find . -maxdepth 1 -name "*png"`
-```
-
-To find and process files in the current directory plus an additional level of subdirectories, increment the maximum depth by 1:
-
-
-```
-`$ find . -maxdepth 2 -name "*png"`
-```
-
-Its default is to descend into all subdirectories.
-
-### Looping for fun and profit
-
-The more you use loops, the more time and effort you save, and the bigger the tasks you can tackle. You're just one user, but with a well-thought-out loop, you can make your computer do the hard work.
-
-You can and should treat looping like any other command, keeping it close at hand for when you need to repeat a single action or two on several files. However, it's also a legitimate gateway to serious programming, so if you have to accomplish a complex task on any number of files, take a moment out of your day to plan out your workflow. If you can achieve your goal on one file, then wrapping that repeatable process in a **for** loop is relatively simple, and the only "programming" required is an understanding of how variables work and enough organization to separate unprocessed from processed files. With a little practice, you can move from a Linux user to a Linux user who knows how to write a loop, so get out there and make your computer work for you!
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/6/how-write-loop-bash
-
-作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth/users/goncasousa/users/howtopamm/users/howtopamm/users/seth/users/wavesailor/users/seth
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bash_command_line.png?itok=k4z94W2U (bash logo on green background)
-[2]: http://nextcloud.com
-[3]: http://pkgsrc.org
-[4]: http://brew.sh
-[5]: https://www.macports.org
-[6]: mailto:seth@example.com
-[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tcsh
-[8]: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/gnu-parallel
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190612 Why use GraphQL.md b/sources/tech/20190612 Why use GraphQL.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ad0d3a0056..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190612 Why use GraphQL.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Why use GraphQL?)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/6/why-use-graphql)
-[#]: author: (Zach Lendon https://opensource.com/users/zachlendon/users/goncasousa/users/patrickhousley)
-
-Why use GraphQL?
-======
-Here's why GraphQL is gaining ground on standard REST API technology.
-![][1]
-
-[GraphQL][2], as I wrote [previously][3], is a next-generation API technology that is transforming both how client applications communicate with backend systems and how backend systems are designed.
-
-As a result of the support that began with the organization that founded it, Facebook, and continues with the backing of other technology giants such as Github, Twitter, and AirBnB, GraphQL's place as a linchpin technology for application systems seems secure; both now and long into the future.
-
-### GraphQL's ascent
-
-The rise in importance of mobile application performance and organizational agility has provided booster rockets for GraphQL's ascent to the top of modern enterprise architectures.
-
-Given that [REST][4] is a wildly popular architectural style that already allows mechanisms for data interaction, what advantages does this new technology provide over [REST][4]? The ‘QL’ in GraphQL stands for query language, and that is a great place to start.
-
-The ease at which different client applications within an organization can query only the data they need with GraphQL usurps alternative REST approaches and delivers real-world application performance boosts. With traditional [REST][4] API endpoints, client applications interrogate a server resource, and receive a response containing all the data that matches the request. If a successful response from a [REST][4] API endpoint returns 35 fields, the client application receives 35 fields
-
-### Fetching problems
-
-[REST][4] APIs traditionally provide no clean way for client applications to retrieve or update only the data they care about. This is often described as the “over-fetching” problem. With the prevalence of mobile applications in people’s day to day lives, the over-fetching problem has real world consequences. Every request a mobile application needs to make, every byte it has to send and receive, has an increasingly negative performance impact for end users. Users with slower data connections are particularly affected by suboptimal API design choices. Customers who experience poor performance using mobile applications are more likely to not purchase products and use services. Inefficient API designs cost companies money.
-
-“Over-fetching” isn’t alone - it has a partner in crime - “under-fetching”. Endpoints that, by default, return only a portion of the data a client actually needs require clients to make additional calls to satisfy their data needs - which requires additional HTTP requests. Because of the over and under fetching problems and their impact on client application performance, an API technology that facilitates efficient fetching has a chance to catch fire in the marketplace - and GraphQL has boldly jumped in and filled that void.
-
-### REST's response
-
-[REST][4] API designers, not willing to go down without a fight, have attempted to counter the mobile application performance problem through a mix of:
-
- * “include” and “exclude” query parameters, allowing client applications to specify which fields they want through a potentially long query format.
- * “Composite” services, which combine multiple endpoints in a way that allow client applications to be more efficient in the number of requests they make and the data they receive.
-
-
-
-While these patterns are a valiant attempt by the [REST][4] API community to address challenges mobile clients face, they fall short in a few key regards, namely:
-
- * Include and exclude query key/value pairs quickly get messy, in particular for deeper object graphs that require a nested dot notation syntax (or similar) to target data to include and exclude. Additionally, debugging issues with the query string in this model often requires manually breaking up a URL.
- * Server implementations for include and exclude queries are often custom, as there is no standard way for server-based applications to handle the use of include and exclude queries, just as there is no standard way for include and exclude queries to be defined.
- * The rise of composite services creates more tightly coupled back-end and front-end systems, requiring increasing coordination to deliver projects and turning once agile projects back to waterfall. This coordination and coupling has the painful side effect of slowing organizational agility. Additionally, composite services are by definition, not RESTful.
-
-
-
-### GraphQL's genesis
-
-For Facebook, GraphQL’s genesis was a response to pain felt and experiences learned from an HTML5-based version of their flagship mobile application back in 2011-2012. Understanding that improved performance was paramount, Facebook engineers realized that they needed a new API design to ensure peak performance. Likely taking the above [REST][4] limitations into consideration, and with needing to support different needs of a number of API clients, one can begin to understand the early seeds of what led co-creators Lee Byron and Dan Schaeffer, Facebook employees at the time, to create what has become known as GraphQL.
-
-With what is often a single GraphQL endpoint, through the GraphQL query language, client applications are able to reduce, often significantly, the number of network calls they need to make, and ensure that they only are retrieving the data they need. In many ways, this harkens back to earlier models of web programming, where client application code would directly query back-end systems - some might remember writing SQL queries with JSTL on JSPs 10-15 years ago for example!
-
-The biggest difference now is with GraphQL, we have a specification that is implemented across a variety of client and server languages and libraries. And with GraphQL being an API technology, we have decoupled the back-end and front-end application systems by introducing an intermediary GraphQL application layer that provides a mechanism to access organizational data in a manner that aligns with an organization’s business domain(s).
-
-Beyond solving technical challenges experienced by software engineering teams, GraphQL has also been a boost to organizational agility, in particular in the enterprise. GraphQL-enabled organizational agility increases are commonly attributable to the following:
-
- * Rather than creating new endpoints when 1 or more new fields are needed by clients, GraphQL API designers and developers are able to include those fields in existing graph implementations, exposing new capabilities in a fashion that requires less development effort and less change across application systems.
- * By encouraging API design teams to focus more on defining their object graph and be less focused on what client applications are delivering, the speed at which front-end and back-end software teams deliver solutions for customers has increasingly decoupled.
-
-
-
-### Considerations before adoption
-
-Despite GraphQL’s compelling benefits, GraphQL is not without its implementation challenges. A few examples include:
-
- * Caching mechanisms around [REST][4] APIs are much more mature.
- * The patterns used to build APIs using [REST][4] are much more well established.
- * While engineers may be more attracted to newer technologies like GraphQL, the talent pool in the marketplace is much broader for building [REST][4]-based solutions vs. GraphQL.
-
-
-
-### Conclusion
-
-By providing both a boost to performance and organizational agility, GraphQL's adoption by companies has skyrocketed in the past few years. It does, however, have some maturing to do in comparison to the RESTful ecosystem of API design.
-
-One of the great benefits of GraphQL is that it’s not designed as a wholesale replacement for alternative API solutions. Instead, GraphQL can be implemented to complement or enhance existing APIs. As a result, companies are encouraged to explore incrementally adopting GraphQL where it makes the most sense for them - where they find it has the greatest positive impact on application performance and organizational agility.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/6/why-use-graphql
-
-作者：[Zach Lendon][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/zachlendon/users/goncasousa/users/patrickhousley
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/metrics_graph_stats_blue.png?itok=OKCc_60D
-[2]: https://graphql.org/
-[3]: https://opensource.com/article/19/6/what-is-graphql
-[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Representational_state_transfer
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190620 How to use OpenSSL- Hashes, digital signatures, and more.md b/sources/tech/20190620 How to use OpenSSL- Hashes, digital signatures, and more.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 724c97bc01..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190620 How to use OpenSSL- Hashes, digital signatures, and more.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,337 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (How to use OpenSSL: Hashes, digital signatures, and more)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/6/cryptography-basics-openssl-part-2)
-[#]: author: (Marty Kalin https://opensource.com/users/mkalindepauledu)
-
-How to use OpenSSL: Hashes, digital signatures, and more
-======
-Dig deeper into the details of cryptography with OpenSSL: Hashes,
-digital signatures, digital certificates, and more
-![A person working.][1]
-
-The [first article in this series][2] introduced hashes, encryption/decryption, digital signatures, and digital certificates through the OpenSSL libraries and command-line utilities. This second article drills down into the details. Let’s begin with hashes, which are ubiquitous in computing, and consider what makes a hash function _cryptographic_.
-
-### Cryptographic hashes
-
-The download page for the OpenSSL source code (.
-
-There is an important correspondence between a digital certificate and the key pair used to generate the certificate, even if the certificate is only self-signed:
-
- * The digital certificate contains the _exponent_ and _modulus_ values that make up the public key. These values are part of the key pair in the originally-generated PEM file, in this case, the file **myserver.pem**.
- * The exponent is almost always 65,537 (as in this case) and so can be ignored.
- * The modulus from the key pair should match the modulus from the digital certificate.
-
-
-
-The modulus is a large value and, for readability, can be hashed. Here are two OpenSSL commands that check for the same modulus, thereby confirming that the digital certificate is based upon the key pair in the PEM file:
-
-
-```
-% openssl x509 -noout -modulus -in myserver.crt | openssl sha1 ## modulus from CRT
-(stdin)= 364d21d5e53a59d482395b1885aa2c3a5d2e3769
-
-% openssl rsa -noout -modulus -in myserver.pem | openssl sha1 ## modulus from PEM
-(stdin)= 364d21d5e53a59d482395b1885aa2c3a5d2e3769
-```
-
-The resulting hash values match, thereby confirming that the digital certificate is based upon the specified key pair.
-
-### Back to the key distribution problem
-
-Let’s return to an issue raised at the end of Part 1: the TLS handshake between the **client** program and the Google web server. There are various handshake protocols, and even the Diffie-Hellman version at work in the **client** example offers wiggle room. Nonetheless, the **client** example follows a common pattern.
-
-To start, during the TLS handshake, the **client** program and the web server agree on a cipher suite, which consists of the algorithms to use. In this case, the suite is **ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256**.
-
-The two elements of interest now are the RSA key-pair algorithm and the AES128 block cipher used for encrypting and decrypting messages if the handshake succeeds. Regarding encryption/decryption, this process comes in two flavors: symmetric and asymmetric. In the symmetric flavor, the _same_ key is used to encrypt and decrypt, which raises the _key distribution problem_ in the first place: How is the key to be distributed securely to both parties? In the asymmetric flavor, one key is used to encrypt (in this case, the RSA public key) but a different key is used to decrypt (in this case, the RSA private key from the same pair).
-
-The **client** program has the Google web server’s public key from an authenticating certificate, and the web server has the private key from the same pair. Accordingly, the **client** program can send an encrypted message to the web server, which alone can readily decrypt this message.
-
-In the TLS situation, the symmetric approach has two significant advantages:
-
- * In the interaction between the **client** program and the Google web server, the authentication is one-way. The Google web server sends three certificates to the **client** program, but the **client** program does not send a certificate to the web server; hence, the web server has no public key from the client and can’t encrypt messages to the client.
- * Symmetric encryption/decryption with AES128 is nearly a _thousand times faster_ than the asymmetric alternative using RSA keys.
-
-
-
-The TLS handshake combines the two flavors of encryption/decryption in a clever way. During the handshake, the **client** program generates random bits known as the pre-master secret (PMS). Then the **client** program encrypts the PMS with the server’s public key and sends the encrypted PMS to the server, which in turn decrypts the PMS message with its private key from the RSA pair:
-
-
-```
- +-------------------+ encrypted PMS +--------------------+
-client PMS--->|server’s public key|--------------->|server’s private key|--->server PMS
- +-------------------+ +--------------------+
-```
-
-At the end of this process, the **client** program and the Google web server now have the same PMS bits. Each side uses these bits to generate a _master secret_ and, in short order, a symmetric encryption/decryption key known as the _session key_. There are now two distinct but identical session keys, one on each side of the connection. In the **client** example, the session key is of the AES128 variety. Once generated on both the **client** program’s and Google web server’s sides, the session key on each side keeps the conversation between the two sides confidential. A handshake protocol such as Diffie-Hellman allows the entire PMS process to be repeated if either side (e.g., the **client** program) or the other (in this case, the Google web server) calls for a restart of the handshake.
-
-### Wrapping up
-
-The OpenSSL operations illustrated at the command line are available, too, through the API for the underlying libraries. These two articles have emphasized the utilities to keep the examples short and to focus on the cryptographic topics. If you have an interest in security issues, OpenSSL is a fine place to start—and to stay.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/6/cryptography-basics-openssl-part-2
-
-作者：[Marty Kalin][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/mkalindepauledu
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/rh_003784_02_os.comcareers_os_rh2x.png?itok=jbRfXinl (A person working.)
-[2]: https://opensource.com/article/19/6/cryptography-basics-openssl-part-1
-[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HMAC
-[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Length_extension_attack
-[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Birthday_problem
-[6]: http://www.google.com
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190624 Book Review- A Byte of Vim.md b/sources/tech/20190624 Book Review- A Byte of Vim.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e221a3bc6f..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190624 Book Review- A Byte of Vim.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Book Review: A Byte of Vim)
-[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/book-review-a-byte-of-vim/)
-[#]: author: (John Paul https://itsfoss.com/author/john/)
-
-Book Review: A Byte of Vim
-======
-
-[Vim][1] is a tool that is both simple and very powerful. Most new users will be intimidated by it because it doesn’t ‘work’ like regular graphical text editors. The ‘unusual’ keyboard shortcuts makes people wonder about [how to save and exit Vim][2]. But once you master Vim, there is nothing like it.
-
-There are numerous [Vim resources available online][3]. We have covered some Vim tricks on It’s FOSS as well. Apart from online resources, plenty of books have been dedicated to this editor as well. Today, we will look at one of such book that is designed to make Vim easy for most users to understand. The book we will be discussing is [A Byte of Vim][4] by [Swaroop C H][5].
-
-The author [Swaroop C H][6] has worked in computing for over a decade. He previously worked at Yahoo and Adobe. Out of college, he made money by selling Linux CDs. He started a number of businesses, including an iPod charger named ion. He is currently an engineering manager for the AI team at [Helpshift][7].
-
-### A Byte of Vim
-
-![][8]
-
-Like all good books, A Byte of Vim starts by talking about what Vim is: “a computer program used for writing any kind of text”. He does on to say, “What makes Vim special is that it is one of those few software which is both simple and powerful.”
-
-Before diving into telling how to use Vim, Swaroop tells the reader how to install Vim for Windows, Mac, Linux, and BSD. Once the installation is complete, he runs you through how to launch Vim and how to create your first file.
-
-Next, Swaroop discusses the different modes of Vim and how to navigate around your document using Vim’s keyboard shortcuts. This is followed by the basics of editing a document with Vim, including the Vim version of cut/copy/paste and undo/redo.
-
-Once the editing basics are covered, Swaroop talks about using Vim to edit multiple parts of a single document. You can also multiple tabs and windows to edit multiple documents at the same time.
-
-[][9]
-
-Suggested read Bring Your Old Computer Back to Life With 4MLinux
-
-The book also covers extending the functionality of Vim through scripting and installing plugins. There are two ways to using scripts in Vim, use Vim’s built-in scripting language or using a programming language like Python or Perl to access Vim’s internals. There are five types of Vim plugins that can be written or downloaded: vimrc, global plugin, filetype plugin, syntax highlighting plugin, and compiler plugin.
-
-In a separate section, Swaroop C H covers the features of Vim that make it good for programming. These features include syntax highlighting, smart indentation, support for shell commands, omnicompletion, and the ability to be used as an IDE.
-
-#### Getting the ‘A Byte of Vim’ book and contributing to it
-
-A Byte of Book is licensed under [Creative Commons 4.0][10]. You can read an online version of the book for free on [the author’s website][4]. You can also download a [PDF][11], [Epub][12], or [Mobi][13] for free.
-
-[Get A Byte of Vim for FREE][4]
-
-If you prefer reading a [hard copy][14], you have that option, as well.
-
-Please note that the _**original version of A Byte of Vim was written in 2008**_ and converted to PDf. Unfortunately, Swaroop C H lost the original source files and he is working to convert the book to [Markdown][15]. If you would like to help, please visit the [book’s GitHub page][16].
-
-Preview | Product | Price |
----|---|---|---
-![Mastering Vim Quickly: From WTF to OMG in no time][17] ![Mastering Vim Quickly: From WTF to OMG in no time][17] | [Mastering Vim Quickly: From WTF to OMG in no time][18] | $34.00[][19] | [Buy on Amazon][20]
-
-#### Conclusion
-
-When I first stared into the angry maw that is Vim, I did not have a clue what to do. I wish that I had known about A Byte of Vim then. This book is a good resource for anyone learning about Linux, especially if you are getting into the command line.
-
-Have you read [A Byte of Vim][4] by Swaroop C H? If yes, how do you find it? If not, what is your favorite book on an open source topic? Let us know in the comments below.
-
-[][21]
-
-Suggested read Iridium Browser: A Browser for the Privacy Conscious
-
-If you found this article interesting, please take a minute to share it on social media, Hacker News or [Reddit][22].
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://itsfoss.com/book-review-a-byte-of-vim/
-
-作者：[John Paul][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/john/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://www.vim.org/
-[2]: https://itsfoss.com/how-to-exit-vim/
-[3]: https://linuxhandbook.com/basic-vim-commands/
-[4]: https://vim.swaroopch.com/
-[5]: https://swaroopch.com/
-[6]: https://swaroopch.com/about/
-[7]: https://www.helpshift.com/
-[8]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Byte-of-vim-book.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
-[9]: https://itsfoss.com/4mlinux-review/
-[10]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
-[11]: https://www.gitbook.com/download/pdf/book/swaroopch/byte-of-vim
-[12]: https://www.gitbook.com/download/epub/book/swaroopch/byte-of-vim
-[13]: https://www.gitbook.com/download/mobi/book/swaroopch/byte-of-vim
-[14]: https://swaroopch.com/buybook/
-[15]: https://itsfoss.com/best-markdown-editors-linux/
-[16]: https://github.com/swaroopch/byte-of-vim#status-incomplete
-[17]: https://i2.wp.com/images-na.ssl-images-amazon.com/images/I/41itW8furUL._SL160_.jpg?ssl=1
-[18]: https://www.amazon.com/Mastering-Vim-Quickly-WTF-time/dp/1983325740?SubscriptionId=AKIAJ3N3QBK3ZHDGU54Q&tag=chmod7mediate-20&linkCode=xm2&camp=2025&creative=165953&creativeASIN=1983325740 (Mastering Vim Quickly: From WTF to OMG in no time)
-[19]: https://www.amazon.com/gp/prime/?tag=chmod7mediate-20 (Amazon Prime)
-[20]: https://www.amazon.com/Mastering-Vim-Quickly-WTF-time/dp/1983325740?SubscriptionId=AKIAJ3N3QBK3ZHDGU54Q&tag=chmod7mediate-20&linkCode=xm2&camp=2025&creative=165953&creativeASIN=1983325740 (Buy on Amazon)
-[21]: https://itsfoss.com/iridium-browser-review/
-[22]: http://reddit.com/r/linuxusersgroup
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190702 One CI-CD pipeline per product to rule them all.md b/sources/tech/20190702 One CI-CD pipeline per product to rule them all.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a7fcb31de..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190702 One CI-CD pipeline per product to rule them all.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (One CI/CD pipeline per product to rule them all)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/7/cicd-pipeline-rule-them-all)
-[#]: author: (Willy-Peter Schaub https://opensource.com/users/wpschaub/users/bclaster/users/matt-micene/users/barkerd427)
-
-One CI/CD pipeline per product to rule them all
-======
-Is the idea of a unified continuous integration and delivery pipeline a
-pipe dream?
-![An intersection of pipes.][1]
-
-When I joined the cloud ops team, responsible for cloud operations and engineering process streamlining, at WorkSafeBC, I shared my dream for one instrumented pipeline, with one continuous integration build and continuous deliveries for every product.
-
-According to Lukas Klose, [flow][2] (within the context of software engineering) is "the state of when a system produces value at a steady and predictable rate." I think it is one of the greatest challenges and opportunities, especially in the complex domain of emergent solutions. Strive towards a continuous and incremental delivery model with consistent, efficient, and quality solutions, building the right things and delighting our users. Find ways to break down our systems into smaller pieces that are valuable on their own, enabling teams to deliver value incrementally. This requires a change of mindset for both business and engineering.
-
-### Continuous integration and delivery (CI/CD) pipeline
-
-The CI/CD pipeline is a DevOps practice for delivering code changes more often, consistently, and reliably. It enables agile teams to increase _deployment frequency_ and decrease _lead time for change_, _change-failure rate_, and _mean time to recovery_ key performance indicators (KPIs), thereby improving _quality_ and delivering _value_ faster. The only prerequisites are a solid development process, a mindset for quality and accountability for features from ideation to deprecation, and a comprehensive pipeline (as illustrated below).
-
-![Prerequisites for a solid development process][3]
-
-It streamlines the engineering process and products to stabilize infrastructure environments; optimize flow; and create consistent, repeatable, and automated tasks. This enables us to turn complex tasks into complicated tasks, as outlined by Dave Snowden's [Cynefin Sensemaking][4] model, reducing maintenance costs and increasing quality and reliability.
-
-Part of streamlining our flow is to minimize waste for the [wasteful practice types][5] Muri (overloaded), Mura (variation), and Muda (waste).
-
- * **Muri:** avoid over-engineering, features that do not link to business value, and excessive documentation
- * **Mura:** improve approval and validation processes (e.g., security signoffs); drive the [shift-left][6] initiative to push unit testing, security vulnerability scanning, and code quality inspection; and improve risk assessment
- * **Muda:** avoid waste such as technical debt, bugs, and upfront, detailed documentation
-
-
-
-It appears that 80% of the focus and intention is on products that provide an integrated and collaborative engineering system that can take an idea and plan, develop, test, and monitor your solutions. However, a successful transformation and engineering system is only 5% about products, 15% about process, and 80% about people.
-
-There are many products at our disposal. For example, Azure DevOps offers rich support for continuous integration (CI), continuous delivery (CD), extensibility, and integration with open source and commercial off-the-shelve (COTS) software as a service (SaaS) solutions such as Stryker, SonarQube, WhiteSource, Jenkins, and Octopus. For engineers, it is always a temptation to focus on products, but remember that they are only 5% of our journey.
-
-![5% about products, 15% about process, 80% about people][7]
-
-The biggest challenge is breaking down a process based on decades of rules, regulations, and frustrating areas of comfort: "_It is how we have always done it; why change?_"
-
-The friction between people in development and operation results in a variety of fragmented, duplicated, and incessant integration and delivery pipelines. Development wants access to everything, to iterate continuously, to enable users, and to release continuously and fast. Operations wants to lock down everything to protect the business and users and drive quality. This inadvertently and often entails processes and governance that are hard to automate, which results in slower-than-expected release cycles.
-
-Let us explore the pipeline with snippets from a recent whiteboard discussion.
-
-The variation of pipelines is difficult and costly to support; the inconsistency of versioning and traceability complicates live site incidents, and continuous streamlining of the development process and pipelines is a challenge.
-
-![Improving quality and visibility of pipelines][8]
-
-I advocate a few principles that enable one universal pipeline per product:
-
- * Automate everything automatable
- * Build once
- * Maintain continuous integration and delivery
- * Maintain continuous streamlining and improvement
- * Maintain one build definition
- * Maintain one release pipeline definition
- * Scan for vulnerabilities early and often, and _fail fast_
- * Test early and often, and _fail fast_
- * Maintain traceability and observability of releases
-
-
-
-If I poke the hornet's nest, however, the most important principle is to _keep it simple_. If you cannot explain the reason (_what_, _why_) and the process (_how_) of your pipelines, you do not understand your engineering process. Most of us are not looking for the best, ultramodern, and revolutionary pipeline—we need one that is functional, valuable, and an enabler for engineering. Tackle the 80%—the culture, people, and their mindset—first. Ask your CI/CD knights in shining armor, with their TLA (two/three-lettered acronym) symbols on their shield, to join the might of practical and empirical engineering.
-
-### Unified pipeline
-
-Let us walk through one of our design practice whiteboard sessions.
-
-![CI build/CD release pipeline][9]
-
-Define one CI/CD pipeline with one build definition per application that is used to trigger _pull-request pre-merge validation_ and _continuous integration_ builds. Generate a _release_ build with debug information and upload to the [Symbol Server][10]. ****This enables developers to debug locally and remotely in production without having to worry which build and symbols they need to load—the symbol server performs that magic for us.
-
-![Breaking down the CI build pipeline][11]
-
-Perform as many validations as possible in the build—_shift left_—allowing feature teams to fail fast, continuously raise the overall product quality, and include invaluable evidence for the reviewers with every pull request. Do you prefer a pull request with a gazillion commits? Or a pull request with a couple of commits and supporting evidence such as security vulnerabilities, test coverage, code quality, and [Stryker][12] mutant remnants? Personally, I vote for the latter.
-
-![Breaking down the CD release pipeline][13]
-
-Do not use build transformation to generate multiple, environment-specific builds. Create one build and perform release-time _transformation_, _tokenization_, and/or XML/JSON _value replacement_. In other words, _shift-right_ the environment-specific configuration.
-
-![Shift-right the environment-specific configuration][14]
-
-Securely store release configuration data and make it available to both Dev and Ops teams based on the level of _trust_ and _sensitivity_ of the data. Use the open source Key Manager, Azure Key Vault, AWS Key Management Service, or one of many other products—remember, there are many hammers in your toolkit!
-
-![Dev-QA-production pipeline][15]
-
-Use _groups_ instead of _users_ to move approver management from multiple stages across multiple pipelines to simple group membership.
-
-![Move approver management to simple group membership][16]
-
-Instead of duplicating pipelines to give teams access to their _areas of interest_, create one pipeline and grant access to _specific stages_ of the delivery environments.
-
-![Pipeline with access to specific delivery stages][17]
-
-Last, but not least, embrace pull requests to help raise insight and transparency into your codebase, improve the overall quality, collaborate, and release pre-validation builds into selected environments; e.g., the Dev environment.
-
-Here is a more formal view of the whole whiteboard sketch.
-
-![The full pipeline][18]
-
-So, what are your thoughts and learnings with CI/CD pipelines? Is my dream of _one pipeline to rule them all_ a pipe dream?
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/7/cicd-pipeline-rule-them-all
-
-作者：[Willy-Peter Schaub][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/wpschaub/users/bclaster/users/matt-micene/users/barkerd427
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/LAW-Internet_construction_9401467_520x292_0512_dc.png?itok=RPkPPtDe (An intersection of pipes.)
-[2]: https://continuingstudies.sauder.ubc.ca/courses/agile-delivery-methods/ii861
-[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/devops_pipeline_pipe-2.png (Prerequisites for a solid development process)
-[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cynefin_framework
-[5]: https://www.lean.org/lexicon/muda-mura-muri
-[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shift_left_testing
-[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/devops_pipeline_pipe-3.png (5% about products, 15% about process, 80% about people)
-[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/devops_pipeline_pipe-4_0.png (Improving quality and visibility of pipelines)
-[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/devops_pipeline_pipe-5_0.png (CI build/CD release pipeline)
-[10]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Microsoft_Symbol_Server
-[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/devops_pipeline_pipe-6.png (Breaking down the CI build pipeline)
-[12]: https://stryker-mutator.io/
-[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/devops_pipeline_pipe-7.png (Breaking down the CD release pipeline)
-[14]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/devops_pipeline_pipe-8.png (Shift-right the environment-specific configuration)
-[15]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/devops_pipeline_pipe-9.png (Dev-QA-production pipeline)
-[16]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/devops_pipeline_pipe-10.png (Move approver management to simple group membership)
-[17]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/devops_pipeline_pipe-11.png (Pipeline with access to specific delivery stages)
-[18]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/devops_pipeline_pipe-12.png (The full pipeline)
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190712 What is Silverblue.md b/sources/tech/20190712 What is Silverblue.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c23a45b9f8..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190712 What is Silverblue.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (What is Silverblue?)
-[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/what-is-silverblue/)
-[#]: author: (Tomáš Popela https://fedoramagazine.org/author/tpopela/)
-
-What is Silverblue?
-======
-
-![][1]
-
-Fedora Silverblue is becoming more and more popular inside and outside the Fedora world. So based on feedback from the community, here are answers to some interesting questions about the project. If you do have any other Silverblue related questions, please leave it in the comments section and we will try to answer them in a future article.
-
-### What is Silverblue?
-
-Silverblue is a codename for the new generation of the desktop operating system, previously known as Atomic Workstation. The operating system is delivered in images that are created by utilizing the _[rpm-ostree][2]_ [project][2]. The main benefits of the system are speed, security, atomic updates and immutability.
-
-### What does “Silverblue” actually mean?
-
-“Team Silverblue” or “Silverblue” in short doesn’t have any hidden meaning. It was chosen after roughly two months when the project, previously known as Atomic Workstation was rebranded. There were over 150 words or word combinations reviewed in the process. In the end _Silverblue_ was chosen because it had an available domain as well as the social network accounts. One could think of it as a new take on Fedora’s blue branding, and could be used in phrases like “Go, Team Silverblue!” or “Want to join the team and improve Silverblue?”.
-
-### What is ostree?
-
-[OSTree or libostree is a project][3] that combines a “git-like” model for committing and downloading bootable filesystem trees, together with a layer to deploy them and manage the bootloader configuration. OSTree is used by rpm-ostree, a hybrid package/image based system that Silverblue uses. It atomically replicates a base OS and allows the user to “layer” the traditional RPM on top of the base OS if needed.
-
-### Why use Silverblue?
-
-Because it allows you to concentrate on your work and not on the operating system you’re running. It’s more robust as the updates of the system are atomic. The only thing you need to do is to restart into the new image. Also, if there’s anything wrong with the currently booted image, you can easily reboot/rollback to the previous working one, if available. If it isn’t, you can download and boot any other image that was generated in the past, using the _ostree_ command.
-
-Another advantage is the possibility of an easy switch between branches (or, in an old context, Fedora releases). You can easily try the _[Rawhide][4]_ or _[updates-testing][5]_ branch and then return back to the one that contains the current stable release. Also, you should consider Silverblue if you want to try something new and unusual.
-
-### What are the benefits of an immutable OS?
-
-One of the main benefits is security. The base operating system is mounted as read-only, and thus cannot be modified by malicious software. The only way to alter the system is through the _rpm-ostree_ utility.
-
-Another benefit is robustness. It’s nearly impossible for a regular user to get the OS to the state when it doesn’t boot or doesn’t work properly after accidentally or unintentionally removing some system library. Try to think about these kind of experiences from your past, and imagine how Silverblue could help you there.
-
-### How does one manage applications and packages in Silverblue?
-
-For graphical user interface applications, [Flatpak][6] is recommended, if the application is available as a flatpak. Users can choose between Flatpaks from either Fedora and built from Fedora packages and in Fedora-owned infrastructure, or Flathub that currently has a wider offering. Users can install them easily through GNOME Software, which already supports Fedora Silverblue.
-
-One of the first things users find out is there is no _dnf_ preinstalled in the OS. The main reason is that it wouldn’t work on Silverblue — and part of its functionality was replaced by the _rpm-ostree_ command. Users can overlay the traditional packages by using the _rpm-ostree install PACKAGE_. But it should only be used when there is no other way. This is because when the new system images are pulled from the repository, the system image must be rebuilt every time it is altered to accommodate the layered packages, or packages that were removed from the base OS or replaced with a different version.
-
-Fedora Silverblue comes with the default set of GUI applications that are part of the base OS. The team is working on porting them to Flatpaks so they can be distributed that way. As a benefit, the base OS will become smaller and easier to maintain and test, and users can modify their default installation more easily. If you want to look at how it’s done or help, take a look at the official [documentation][7].
-
-### What is Toolbox?
-
-[_Toolbox_][8] is a project to make containers easily consumable for regular users. It does that by using _podman_’s rootless containers. _Toolbox_ lets you easily and quickly create a container with a regular Fedora installation that you can play with or develop on, separated from your OS.
-
-### Is there any Silverblue roadmap?
-
-Formally there isn’t any, as we’re focusing on problems we discover during our testing and from community feedback. We’re currently using Fedora’s [Taiga][9] to do our planning.
-
-### What’s the release life cycle of the Silverblue?
-
-It’s the same as regular Fedora Workstation. A new release comes every 6 months and is supported for 13 months. The team plans to release updates for the OS bi-weekly (or longer) instead of daily as they currently do. That way the updates can be more thoroughly tested by QA and community volunteers before they are sent to the rest of the users.
-
-### What is the future of the immutable OS?
-
-From our point of view the future of the desktop involves the immutable OS. It’s safest for the user, and Android, ChromeOS, and the last macOS Catalina all use this method under the hood. For the Linux desktop there are still problems with some third party software that expects to write to the OS. HP printer drivers are a good example.
-
-Another issue is how parts of the system are distributed and installed. Fonts are a good example. Currently in Fedora they’re distributed in RPM packages. If you want to use them, you have to overlay them and then restart to the newly created image that contains them.
-
-### What is the future of standard Workstation?
-
-There is a possibility that the Silverblue will replace the regular Workstation. But there’s still a long way to go for Silverblue to provide the same functionality and user experience as the Workstation. In the meantime both desktop offerings will be delivered at the same time.
-
-### How does Atomic Workstation or Fedora CoreOS relate to any of this?
-
-Atomic Workstation was the name of the project before it was renamed to Fedora Silverblue.
-
-Fedora CoreOS is a different, but similar project. It shares some fundamental technologies with Silverblue, such as _rpm-ostree_, _toolbox_ and others. Nevertheless, CoreOS is a more minimal, container-focused and automatically updating OS.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://fedoramagazine.org/what-is-silverblue/
-
-作者：[Tomáš Popela][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/tpopela/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/what-is-fedora-silverblue-816x345.jpg
-[2]: https://rpm-ostree.readthedocs.io/en/latest/
-[3]: https://ostree.readthedocs.io/en/latest/
-[4]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Releases/Rawhide
-[5]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/QA:Updates_Testing
-[6]: https://flatpak.org/
-[7]: https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/flatpak/tutorial/
-[8]: https://github.com/debarshiray/toolbox
-[9]: https://teams.fedoraproject.org/project/silverblue/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190729 How to structure a multi-file C program- Part 1.md b/sources/tech/20190729 How to structure a multi-file C program- Part 1.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b9e026ca4b..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190729 How to structure a multi-file C program- Part 1.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: (mengxinayan)
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (How to structure a multi-file C program: Part 1)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/7/structure-multi-file-c-part-1)
-[#]: author: (Erik O'Shaughnessy https://opensource.com/users/jnyjnyhttps://opensource.com/users/jnyjnyhttps://opensource.com/users/jim-salterhttps://opensource.com/users/cldxsolutions)
-
-How to structure a multi-file C program: Part 1
-======
-Grab your favorite beverage, editor, and compiler, crank up some tunes,
-and start structuring a C program composed of multiple files.
-![Programming keyboard.][1]
-
-It has often been said that the art of computer programming is part managing complexity and part naming things. I contend that this is largely true with the addition of "and sometimes it requires drawing boxes."
-
-In this article, I'll name some things and manage some complexity while writing a small C program that is loosely based on the program structure I discussed in "[How to write a good C main function][2]"—but different. This one will do something. Grab your favorite beverage, editor, and compiler, crank up some tunes, and let's write a mildly interesting C program together.
-
-### Philosophy of a good Unix program
-
-The first thing to know about this C program is that it's a [Unix][3] command-line tool. This means that it runs on (or can be ported to) operating systems that provide a Unix C runtime environment. When Unix was invented at Bell Labs, it was imbued from the beginning with a [design philosophy][4]. In my own words: _programs do one thing, do it well, and act on files_. While it makes sense to do one thing and do it well, the part about "acting on files" seems a little out of place.
-
-It turns out that the Unix abstraction of a "file" is very powerful. A Unix file is a stream of bytes that ends with an end-of-file (EOF) marker. That's it. Any other structure in a file is imposed by the application and not the operating system. The operating system provides system calls that allow a program to perform a set of standard operations on files: open, read, write, seek, and close (there are others, but those are the biggies). Standardizing access to files allows different programs to share a common abstraction and work together even when different people implement them in different programming languages.
-
-Having a shared file interface makes it possible to build programs that are _composable_. The output of one program can be the input of another program. The Unix family of operating systems provides three files by default whenever a program is executed: standard in (**stdin**), standard out (**stdout**), and standard error (**stderr**). Two of these files are opened in write-only mode: **stdout** and **stderr**, while **stdin** is opened read-only. We see this in action whenever we use file redirection in a command shell like Bash:
-
-
-```
-`$ ls | grep foo | sed -e 's/bar/baz/g' > ack`
-```
-
-This construction can be described briefly as: the output of **ls** is written to stdout, which is redirected to the stdin of **grep**, whose stdout is redirected to **sed**, whose stdout is redirected to write to a file called **ack** in the current directory.
-
-We want our program to play well in this ecosystem of equally flexible and awesome programs, so let's write a program that reads and writes files.
-
-### MeowMeow: A stream encoder/decoder concept
-
-When I was a dewy-eyed kid studying computer science in the <mumbles>s, there were a plethora of encoding schemes. Some of them were for compressing files, some were for packaging files together, and others had no purpose but to be excruciatingly silly. An example of the last is the [MooMoo encoding scheme][5].
-
-To give our program a purpose, I'll update this concept for the [2000s][6] and implement a concept called MeowMeow encoding (since the internet loves cats). The basic idea here is to take files and encode each nibble (half of a byte) with the text "meow." A lower-case letter indicates a zero, and an upper-case indicates a one. Yes, it will balloon the size of a file since we are trading 4 bits for 32 bits. Yes, it's pointless. But imagine the surprise on someone's face when this happens:
-
-
-```
-$ cat /home/your_sibling/.super_secret_journal_of_my_innermost_thoughts
-MeOWmeOWmeowMEoW...
-```
-
-This is going to be awesome.
-
-### Implementation, finally
-
-The full source for this can be found on [GitHub][7], but I'll talk through my thought process while writing it. The object is to illustrate how to structure a C program composed of multiple files.
-
-Having already established that I want to write a program that encodes and decodes files in MeowMeow format, I fired up a shell and issued the following commands:
-
-
-```
-$ mkdir meowmeow
-$ cd meowmeow
-$ git init
-$ touch Makefile # recipes for compiling the program
-$ touch main.c # handles command-line options
-$ touch main.h # "global" constants and definitions
-$ touch mmencode.c # implements encoding a MeowMeow file
-$ touch mmencode.h # describes the encoding API
-$ touch mmdecode.c # implements decoding a MeowMeow file
-$ touch mmdecode.h # describes the decoding API
-$ touch table.h # defines encoding lookup table values
-$ touch .gitignore # names in this file are ignored by git
-$ git add .
-$ git commit -m "initial commit of empty files"
-```
-
-In short, I created a directory full of empty files and committed them to git.
-
-Even though the files are empty, you can infer the purpose of each from its name. Just in case you can't, I annotated each **touch** with a brief description.
-
-Usually, a program starts as a single, simple **main.c** file, with only two or three functions that solve the problem. And then the programmer rashly shows that program to a friend or her boss, and suddenly the number of functions in the file balloons to support all the new "features" and "requirements" that pop up. The first rule of "Program Club" is don't talk about "Program Club." The second rule is to minimize the number of functions in one file.
-
-To be honest, the C compiler does not care one little bit if every function in your program is in one file. But we don't write programs for computers or compilers; we write them for other people (who are sometimes us). I know that is probably a surprise, but it's true. A program embodies a set of algorithms that solve a problem with a computer, and it's important that people understand it when the parameters of the problem change in unanticipated ways. People will have to modify the program, and they will curse your name if you have all 2,049 functions in one file.
-
-So we good and true programmers break functions out, grouping similar functions into separate files. Here I've got files **main.c**, **mmencode.c**, and **mmdecode.c**. For small programs like this, it may seem like overkill. But small programs rarely stay small, so planning for expansion is a "Good Idea."
-
-But what about those **.h** files? I'll explain them in general terms later, but in brief, those are called _header_ files, and they can contain C language type definitions and C preprocessor directives. Header files should _not_ have any functions in them. You can think of headers as a definition of the application programming interface (API) offered by the **.c** flavored file that is used by other **.c** files.
-
-### But what the heck is a Makefile?
-
-I know all you cool kids are using the "Ultra CodeShredder 3000" integrated development environment to write the next blockbuster app, and building your project consists of mashing on Ctrl-Meta-Shift-Alt-Super-B. But back in my day (and also today), lots of useful work got done by C programs built with Makefiles. A Makefile is a text file that contains recipes for working with files, and programmers use it to automate building their program binaries from source (and other stuff too!).
-
-Take, for instance, this little gem:
-
-
-```
-00 # Makefile
-01 TARGET= my_sweet_program
-02 $(TARGET): main.c
-03 cc -o my_sweet_program main.c
-```
-
-Text after an octothorpe/pound/hash is a comment, like in line 00.
-
-Line 01 is a variable assignment where the variable **TARGET** takes on the string value **my_sweet_program**. By convention, OK, my preference, all Makefile variables are capitalized and use underscores to separate words.
-
-Line 02 consists of the name of the file that the recipe creates and the files it depends on. In this case, the target is **my_sweet_program**, ****and the dependency is **main.c**.
-
-The final line, 03, is indented with a tab and not four spaces. This is the command that will be executed to create the target. In this case, we call **cc** the C compiler frontend to compile and link **my_sweet_program**.
-
-Using a Makefile is simple:
-
-
-```
-$ make
-cc -o my_sweet_program main.c
-$ ls
-Makefile main.c my_sweet_program
-```
-
-The [Makefile][8] that will build our MeowMeow encoder/decoder is considerably more sophisticated than this example, but the basic structure is the same. I'll break it down Barney-style in another article.
-
-### Form follows function
-
-My idea here is to write a program that reads a file, transforms it, and writes the transformed data to another file. The following fabricated command-line interaction is how I imagine using the program:
-
-
-```
- $ meow < clear.txt > clear.meow
- $ unmeow < clear.meow > meow.tx
- $ diff clear.txt meow.tx
- $
-```
-
-We need to write code to handle command-line parsing and managing the input and output streams. We need a function to encode a stream and write it to another stream. And finally, we need a function to decode a stream and write it to another stream. Wait a second, I've only been talking about writing one program, but in the example above, I invoke two commands: **meow** and **unmeow**? I know you are probably thinking that this is getting complex as heck.
-
-### Minor sidetrack: argv[0] and the ln command
-
-If you recall, the signature of a C main function is:
-
-
-```
-`int main(int argc, char *argv[])`
-```
-
-where **argc** is the number of command-line arguments, and **argv** is a list of character pointers (strings). The value of **argv[0]** is the path of the file containing the program being executed. Many Unix utility programs with complementary functions (e.g., compress and uncompress) look like two programs, but in fact, they are one program with two names in the filesystem. The two-name trick is accomplished by creating a filesystem "link" using the **ln** command.
-
-An example from **/usr/bin** on my laptop is:
-
-
-```
- $ ls -li /usr/bin/git*
-3376 -rwxr-xr-x. 113 root root 1.5M Aug 30 2018 /usr/bin/git
-3376 -rwxr-xr-x. 113 root root 1.5M Aug 30 2018 /usr/bin/git-receive-pack
-...
-```
-
-Here **git** and **git-receive-pack** are the same file with different names. We can tell it's the same file because they have the same inode number (the first column). An inode is a feature of the Unix filesystem and is super outside the scope of this article.
-
-Good and/or lazy programmers can use this feature of the Unix filesystem to write less code but double the number of programs they deliver. First, we write a program that changes its behavior based on the value of **argv[0]**, then we make sure to create links with the names that cause the behavior.
-
-In our Makefile, the **unmeow** link is created using this recipe:
-
-
-```
- # Makefile
- ...
- $(DECODER): $(ENCODER)
- $(LN) -f $< $@
- ...
-```
-
-I tend to parameterize everything in my Makefiles, rarely using a "bare" string. I group all the definitions at the top of the Makefile, which makes it easy to find and change them. This makes a big difference when you are trying to port software to a new platform and you need to change all your rules to use **xcc** instead of **cc**.
-
-The recipe should appear relatively straightforward except for the two built-in variables **$@** and **$<**. The first is a shortcut for the target of the recipe; in this case, **$(DECODER)**. (I remember this because the at-sign looks like a target to me.) The second, **$<** is the rule dependency; in this case, it resolves to **$(ENCODER)**.
-
-Things are getting complex for sure, but it's managed.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/7/structure-multi-file-c-part-1
-
-作者：[Erik O'Shaughnessy][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[萌新阿岩](https://github.com/mengxinayan)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jnyjnyhttps://opensource.com/users/jnyjnyhttps://opensource.com/users/jim-salterhttps://opensource.com/users/cldxsolutions
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/programming_keyboard_coding.png?itok=E0Vvam7A (Programming keyboard.)
-[2]: https://opensource.com/article/19/5/how-write-good-c-main-function
-[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix
-[4]: http://harmful.cat-v.org/cat-v/
-[5]: http://www.jabberwocky.com/software/moomooencode.html
-[6]: https://giphy.com/gifs/nyan-cat-sIIhZliB2McAo
-[7]: https://github.com/JnyJny/meowmeow
-[8]: https://github.com/JnyJny/meowmeow/blob/master/Makefile
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190730 Using Python to explore Google-s Natural Language API.md b/sources/tech/20190730 Using Python to explore Google-s Natural Language API.md
index 304fd79e0a..b5f8611a1c 100644
--- a/sources/tech/20190730 Using Python to explore Google-s Natural Language API.md
+++ b/sources/tech/20190730 Using Python to explore Google-s Natural Language API.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: (zhangxiangping)
+[#]: translator: ( )
[#]: reviewer: ( )
[#]: publisher: ( )
[#]: url: ( )
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/19/7/python-google-natural-language-api
作者：[JR Oakes][a]
选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[zhangxiangping](https://github.com/zhangxiangping)
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190731 How to structure a multi-file C program- Part 2.md b/sources/tech/20190731 How to structure a multi-file C program- Part 2.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f050b053b..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190731 How to structure a multi-file C program- Part 2.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,229 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: (mengxinayan)
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (How to structure a multi-file C program: Part 2)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/7/structure-multi-file-c-part-2)
-[#]: author: (Erik O'Shaughnessy https://opensource.com/users/jnyjny)
-
-How to structure a multi-file C program: Part 2
-======
-Dive deeper into the structure of a C program composed of multiple files
-in the second part of this article.
-![4 manilla folders, yellow, green, purple, blue][1]
-
-In [Part 1][2], I laid out the structure for a multi-file C program called [MeowMeow][3] that implements a toy [codec][4]. I also talked about the Unix philosophy of program design, laying out a number of empty files to start with a good structure from the very beginning. Lastly, I touched on what a Makefile is and what it can do for you. This article picks up where the other one left off and now I'll get to the actual implementation of our silly (but instructional) MeowMeow codec.
-
-The structure of the **main.c** file for **meow**/**unmeow** should be familiar to anyone who's read my article "[How to write a good C main function][5]." It has the following general outline:
-
-
-```
-/* main.c - MeowMeow, a stream encoder/decoder */
-
-/* 00 system includes */
-/* 01 project includes */
-/* 02 externs */
-/* 03 defines */
-/* 04 typedefs */
-/* 05 globals (but don't)*/
-/* 06 ancillary function prototypes if any */
-
-int main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- /* 07 variable declarations */
- /* 08 check argv[0] to see how the program was invoked */
- /* 09 process the command line options from the user */
- /* 10 do the needful */
-}
-
-/* 11 ancillary functions if any */
-```
-
-### Including project header files
-
-The second section, **/* 01 project includes /***, reads like this from the source:
-
-
-```
-/* main.c - MeowMeow, a stream encoder/decoder */
-...
-/* 01 project includes */
-#include "main.h"
-#include "mmecode.h"
-#include "mmdecode.h"
-```
-
-The **#include** directive is a C preprocessor command that causes the contents of the named file to be "included" at this point in the file. If the programmer uses double-quotes around the name of the header file, the compiler will look for that file in the current directory. If the file is enclosed in <>, it will look for the file in a set of predefined directories.
-
-The file [**main.h**][6] contains the definitions and typedefs used in [**main.c**][7]. I like to collect these things here in case I want to use those definitions elsewhere in my program.
-
-The files [**mmencode.h**][8] and [**mmdecode.h**][9] are nearly identical, so I'll break down **mmencode.h**.
-
-
-```
- /* mmencode.h - MeowMeow, a stream encoder/decoder */
-
- #ifndef _MMENCODE_H
- #define _MMENCODE_H
-
- #include <stdio.h>
-
- int mm_encode(FILE *src, FILE *dst);
-
- #endif /* _MMENCODE_H */
-```
-
-The **#ifdef, #define, #endif** construction is collectively known as a "guard." This keeps the C compiler from including this file more than once per file. The compiler will complain if it finds multiple definitions/prototypes/declarations, so the guard is a _must-have_ for header files.
-
-Inside the guard, there are only two things: an **#include** directive and a function prototype declaration. I include **stdio.h** here to bring in the definition of **FILE** that is used in the function prototype. The function prototype can be included by other C files to establish that function in the file's namespace. You can think of each file as a separate _namespace_, which means variables and functions in one file are not usable by functions or variables in another file.
-
-Writing header files is complex, and it is tough to manage in larger projects. Use guards.
-
-### MeowMeow encoding, finally
-
-The meat and potatoes of this program—encoding and decoding bytes into/out of **MeowMeow** strings—is actually the easy part of this project. All of our activities until now have been putting the scaffolding in place to support calling this function: parsing the command line, determining which operation to use, and opening the files that we'll operate on. Here is the encoding loop:
-
-
-```
- /* mmencode.c - MeowMeow, a stream encoder/decoder */
- ...
- while (![feof][10](src)) {
-
- if (![fgets][11](buf, sizeof(buf), src))
- break;
-
- for(i=0; i<[strlen][12](buf); i++) {
- lo = (buf[i] & 0x000f);
- hi = (buf[i] & 0x00f0) >> 4;
- [fputs][13](tbl[hi], dst);
- [fputs][13](tbl[lo], dst);
- }
- }
-```
-
-In plain English, this loop reads in a chunk of the file while there are chunks left to read (**feof(3)** and **fgets(3)**). Then it splits each byte in the chunk into **hi** and **lo** nibbles. Remember, a nibble is half of a byte, or 4 bits. The real magic here is realizing that 4 bits can encode 16 values. I use **hi** and **lo** as indices into a 16-string lookup table, **tbl**, that contains the **MeowMeow** strings that encode each nibble. Those strings are written to the destination **FILE** stream using **fputs(3)**, then we move on to the next byte in the buffer.
-
-The table is initialized with a macro defined in [**table.h**][14] for no particular reason except to demonstrate including another project local header file, and I like initialization macros. We will go further into why a future article.
-
-### MeowMeow decoding
-
-Alright, I'll admit it took me a couple of runs at this before I got it working. The decode loop is similar: read a buffer full of **MeowMeow** strings and reverse the encoding from strings to bytes.
-
-
-```
- /* mmdecode.c - MeowMeow, a stream decoder/decoder */
- ...
- int mm_decode(FILE *src, FILE *dst)
- {
- if (!src || !dst) {
- errno = EINVAL;
- return -1;
- }
- return stupid_decode(src, dst);
- }
-```
-
-Not what you were expecting?
-
-Here, I'm exposing the function **stupid_decode()** via the externally visible **mm_decode()** function. When I say "externally," I mean outside this file. Since **stupid_decode()** isn't in the header file, it isn't available to be called in other files.
-
-Sometimes we do this when we want to publish a solid public interface, but we aren't quite done noodling around with functions to solve a problem. In my case, I've written an I/O-intensive function that reads 8 bytes at a time from the source stream to decode 1 byte to write to the destination stream. A better implementation would work on a buffer bigger than 8 bytes at a time. A _much_ better implementation would also buffer the output bytes to reduce the number of single-byte writes to the destination stream.
-
-
-```
- /* mmdecode.c - MeowMeow, a stream decoder/decoder */
- ...
- int stupid_decode(FILE *src, FILE *dst)
- {
- char buf[9];
- decoded_byte_t byte;
- int i;
-
- while (![feof][10](src)) {
- if (![fgets][11](buf, sizeof(buf), src))
- break;
- byte.field.f0 = [isupper][15](buf[0]);
- byte.field.f1 = [isupper][15](buf[1]);
- byte.field.f2 = [isupper][15](buf[2]);
- byte.field.f3 = [isupper][15](buf[3]);
- byte.field.f4 = [isupper][15](buf[4]);
- byte.field.f5 = [isupper][15](buf[5]);
- byte.field.f6 = [isupper][15](buf[6]);
- byte.field.f7 = [isupper][15](buf[7]);
-
- [fputc][16](byte.value, dst);
- }
- return 0;
- }
-```
-
-Instead of using the bit-shifting technique I used in the encoder, I elected to create a custom data structure called **decoded_byte_t**.
-
-
-```
- /* mmdecode.c - MeowMeow, a stream decoder/decoder */
- ...
-
- typedef struct {
- unsigned char f7:1;
- unsigned char f6:1;
- unsigned char f5:1;
- unsigned char f4:1;
- unsigned char f3:1;
- unsigned char f2:1;
- unsigned char f1:1;
- unsigned char f0:1;
- } fields_t;
-
- typedef union {
- fields_t field;
- unsigned char value;
- } decoded_byte_t;
-```
-
-It's a little complex when viewed all at once, but hang tight. The **decoded_byte_t** is defined as a **union** of a **fields_t** and an **unsigned char**. The named members of a union can be thought of as aliases for the same region of memory. In this case, **value** and **field** refer to the same 8-bit region of memory. Setting **field.f0** to 1 would also set the least significant bit in **value**.
-
-While **unsigned char** shouldn't be a mystery, the **typedef** for **fields_t** might look a little unfamiliar. Modern C compilers allow programmers to specify "bit fields" in a **struct**. The field type needs to be an unsigned integral type, and the member identifier is followed by a colon and an integer that specifies the length of the bit field.
-
-This data structure makes it simple to access each bit in the byte by field name and then access the assembled value via the **value** field of the union. We depend on the compiler to generate the correct bit-shifting instructions to access the fields, which can save you a lot of heartburn when you are debugging.
-
-Lastly, **stupid_decode()** is _stupid_ because it only reads 8 bytes at a time from the source **FILE** stream. Usually, we try to minimize the number of reads and writes to improve performance and reduce our cost of system calls. Remember that reading or writing a bigger chunk less often is much better than reading/writing a lot of smaller chunks more frequently.
-
-### The wrap-up
-
-Writing a multi-file program in C requires a little more planning on behalf of the programmer than just a single **main.c**. But just a little effort up front can save a lot of time and headache when you refactor as you add functionality.
-
-To recap, I like to have a lot of files with a few short functions in them. I like to expose a small subset of the functions in those files via header files. I like to keep my constants in header files, both numeric and string constants. I _love_ Makefiles and use them instead of Bash scripts to automate all sorts of things. I like my **main()** function to handle command-line argument parsing and act as a scaffold for the primary functionality of the program.
-
-I know I've only touched the surface of what's going on in this simple program, and I'm excited to learn what things were helpful to you and which topics need better explanations. Share your thoughts in the comments to let me know.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/7/structure-multi-file-c-part-2
-
-作者：[Erik O'Shaughnessy][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[萌新阿岩](https://github.com/mengxinayan)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jnyjny
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/file_system.jpg?itok=pzCrX1Kc (4 manilla folders, yellow, green, purple, blue)
-[2]: https://opensource.com/article/19/7/how-structure-multi-file-c-program-part-1
-[3]: https://github.com/jnyjny/MeowMeow.git
-[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Codec
-[5]: https://opensource.com/article/19/5/how-write-good-c-main-function
-[6]: https://github.com/JnyJny/meowmeow/blob/master/main.h
-[7]: https://github.com/JnyJny/meowmeow/blob/master/main.c
-[8]: https://github.com/JnyJny/meowmeow/blob/master/mmencode.h
-[9]: https://github.com/JnyJny/meowmeow/blob/master/mmdecode.h
-[10]: http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/feof.html
-[11]: http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/fgets.html
-[12]: http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/strlen.html
-[13]: http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/fputs.html
-[14]: https://github.com/JnyJny/meowmeow/blob/master/table.h
-[15]: http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/isupper.html
-[16]: http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/fputc.html
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190804 Learn how to Install LXD - LXC Containers in Ubuntu.md b/sources/tech/20190804 Learn how to Install LXD - LXC Containers in Ubuntu.md
index b4e1a2667b..b72de600e0 100644
--- a/sources/tech/20190804 Learn how to Install LXD - LXC Containers in Ubuntu.md
+++ b/sources/tech/20190804 Learn how to Install LXD - LXC Containers in Ubuntu.md
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Learn how to Install LXD / LXC Containers in Ubuntu)
-[#]: via: (https://www.linuxtechi.com/install-lxd-lxc-containers-from-scratch/)
-[#]: author: (Shashidhar Soppin https://www.linuxtechi.com/author/shashidhar/)
+[#]: collector: "lujun9972"
+[#]: translator: "runningwater "
+[#]: reviewer: " "
+[#]: publisher: " "
+[#]: url: " "
+[#]: subject: "Learn how to Install LXD / LXC Containers in Ubuntu"
+[#]: via: "https://www.linuxtechi.com/install-lxd-lxc-containers-from-scratch/"
+[#]: author: "Shashidhar Soppin https://www.linuxtechi.com/author/shashidhar/"
Learn how to Install LXD / LXC Containers in Ubuntu
======
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ via: https://www.linuxtechi.com/install-lxd-lxc-containers-from-scratch/
作者：[Shashidhar Soppin][a]
选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+译者：[runningwater](https://github.com/runningwater)
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190808 Sending custom emails with Python.md b/sources/tech/20190808 Sending custom emails with Python.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fb8e0d3938..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190808 Sending custom emails with Python.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,257 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Sending custom emails with Python)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/8/sending-custom-emails-python)
-[#]: author: (Brian "bex" Exelbierd https://opensource.com/users/bexelbie)
-
-Sending custom emails with Python
-======
-Customize your group emails with Mailmerge, a command-line program that
-can handle simple and complex emails.
-![Chat via email][1]
-
-Email remains a fact of life. Despite all its warts, it's still the best way to send information to most people, especially in automated ways that allow messages to queue for recipients.
-
-One of the highlights of my work as the [Fedora Community Action and Impact Coordinator][2] is giving people good news about travel funding. I often send this information over email. Here, I'll show you how I send custom messages to groups of people using [Mailmerge][3], a command-line Python program that can handle simple and complex emails.
-
-### Install Mailmerge
-
-Mailmerge is packaged and available in Fedora, and you can install it from the command line with **sudo dnf install python3-mailmerge**. You can also install it from PyPI using **pip**, as the project's [README explains][4].
-
-### Configure your Mailmerge files
-
-Three files control how Mailmerge works. If you run **mailmerge --sample**, it will create template files for you. The files are:
-
- * **mailmerge_server.conf:** This contains the configuration details for your SMTP host to send emails. Your password is _not_ stored in this file.
- * **mailmerge_database.csv:** This holds the custom data for each email, including the recipients' email addresses.
- * **mailmerge_template.txt:** This is your email's text with placeholder fields that will be replaced using the data from **mailmerge_database.csv**.
-
-
-
-#### Server.conf
-
-The sample **mailmerge_server.conf** file includes several examples that should be familiar. If you've ever added email to your phone or set up a desktop email client, you've seen this data before. The big thing to remember is to update your username in the file, especially if you are using one of the example configurations.
-
-#### Database.csv
-
-The **mailmerge_database.csv** file is a bit more complicated. It must contain (at minimum) the recipients' email addresses and any other custom details necessary to replace the fields in your email. It is a good idea to write the **mailmerge_template.txt** file at the same time you create the fields list for this file. I find it helpful to use a spreadsheet to capture this data and export it as a CSV file when I am done. This sample file:
-
-
-```
-email,name,number
-[myself@mydomain.com][5],"Myself",17
-[bob@bobdomain.com][6],"Bob",42
-```
-
-allows you to send emails to two people, using their first name and telling them a number. This file, while not terribly interesting, illustrates an important habit: Always make yourself the first recipient in the file. This enables you to send yourself a test email to verify everything works as expected before you email the entire list.
-
-If any of your values contain commas, you _**must**_ enclose the entire value in double-quotes (**"**). If you need to include a double-quote in a double-quoted field, use two double-quotes in a row. Quoting rules are fun, so read about [CSVs in Python 3][7] for specifics.
-
-#### Template.txt
-
-As part of my work, I get to share news about travel-funding decisions for our Fedora contributor conference, [Flock][8]. A simple email tells people they've been selected for travel funding and their specific funding details. One user-specific detail is how much money we can allocate for their airfare. Here is an abbreviated version of my template file (I've snipped out a lot of the text for brevity):
-
-
-```
-$ cat mailmerge_template.txt
-TO: {{Email}}
-SUBJECT: Flock 2019 Funding Offer
-FROM: Brian Exelbierd <[bexelbie@redhat.com][9]>
-
-Hi {{Name}},
-
-I am writing you on behalf of the Flock funding committee. You requested funding for your attendance at Flock. After careful consideration we are able to offer you the following funding:
-
-Travel Budget: {{Travel_Budget}}
-
-<<snip>>
-```
-
-The top of the template specifies the recipient, sender, and subject. After the blank line, there's the body of the email. This email needs the recipients' **Email**, **Name**, and **Travel_Budget** from the **database.csv** file. Notice that those fields are surrounded by double curly braces (**{{** and **}}**). The corresponding **mailmerge_database.csv** looks like this:
-
-
-```
-$ cat mailmerge_database.csv
-Name,Email,Travel_Budget
-Brian,[bexelbie@redhat.com][9],1000
-PersonA,[persona@fedoraproject.org][10],1500
-PèrsonB,[personb@fedoraproject.org][11],500
-```
-
-Notice that I listed myself first (for testing) and there are two other people in the file. The second person, PèrsonB, has an accented character in their name; Mailmerge will automatically encode it.
-
-That's the whole template concept: Write your email and put placeholders in double curly braces. Then create a database that provides those values. Now let's test the email.
-
-### Test and send simple email merges
-
-#### Do a dry-run
-
-Start by doing a dry-run that prints the emails, with the placeholder fields completed, to the screen. By default, if you run the command **mailmerge**, it will do a dry-run of the first email:
-
-
-```
-$ mailmerge
->>> encoding ascii
->>> message 0
-TO: [bexelbie@redhat.com][9]
-SUBJECT: Flock 2019 Funding Offer
-FROM: Brian Exelbierd <[bexelbie@redhat.com][9]>
-MIME-Version: 1.0
-Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"
-Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit
-Date: Sat, 20 Jul 2019 18:17:15 -0000
-
-Hi Brian,
-
-I am writing you on behalf of the Flock funding committee. You requested funding for your attendance at Flock. After careful consideration we are able to offer you the following funding:
-
-Travel Budget: 1000
-
-<<snip>>
-
->>> sent message 0 DRY RUN
->>> No attachments were sent with the emails.
->>> Limit was 1 messages. To remove the limit, use the --no-limit option.
->>> This was a dry run. To send messages, use the --no-dry-run option.
-```
-
-Reviewing the first email (**message 0**, as counting starts from zero, like many things in computer science), you can see my name and travel budget are correct. If you want to review every email, enter **mailmerge --no-limit** to tell Mailmerge not to limit itself to the first email. Here's the dry-run of the third email, which shows the special character encoding:
-
-
-```
->>> message 2
-TO: [personb@fedoraproject.org][11]
-SUBJECT: Flock 2019 Funding Offer
-FROM: Brian Exelbierd <[bexelbie@redhat.com][9]>
-MIME-Version: 1.0
-Content-Type: text/plain; charset="iso-8859-1"
-Content-Transfer-Encoding: quoted-printable
-Date: Sat, 20 Jul 2019 18:22:48 -0000
-
-Hi P=E8rsonB,
-```
-
-That's not an error; **P=E8rsonB** is the encoded form of **PèrsonB**.
-
-#### Send a test message
-
-Now, send a test email with the command **mailmerge --no-dry-run**, which tells Mailmerge to send a message to the first email on the list:
-
-
-```
-$ mailmerge --no-dry-run
->>> encoding ascii
->>> message 0
-TO: [bexelbie@redhat.com][9]
-SUBJECT: Flock 2019 Funding Offer
-FROM: Brian Exelbierd <[bexelbie@redhat.com][9]>
-MIME-Version: 1.0
-Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"
-Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit
-Date: Sat, 20 Jul 2019 18:25:45 -0000
-
-Hi Brian,
-
-I am writing you on behalf of the Flock funding committee. You requested funding for your attendance at Flock. After careful consideration we are able to offer you the following funding:
-
-Travel Budget: 1000
-
-<<snip>>
-
->>> Read SMTP server configuration from mailmerge_server.conf
->>> host = smtp.gmail.com
->>> port = 587
->>> username = [bexelbie@redhat.com][9]
->>> security = STARTTLS
->>> password for [bexelbie@redhat.com][9] on smtp.gmail.com:
->>> sent message 0
->>> No attachments were sent with the emails.
->>> Limit was 1 messages. To remove the limit, use the --no-limit option.
-```
-
-On the fourth to last line, you can see it prompts you for your password. If you're using two-factor authentication or domain-managed logins, you will need to create an application password that bypasses these controls. If you're using Gmail and similar systems, you can do it directly from the interface; otherwise, contact your email system administrator. This will not compromise the security of your email system, but you should still keep the password complex and secret.
-
-When I checked my email account, I received a beautifully formatted test email. If your test email looks ready, send all the emails by entering **mailmerge --no-dry-run --no-limit**.
-
-### Send complex emails
-
-You can really see the power of Mailmerge when you take advantage of [Jinja2 templating][12]. I've found it useful for including conditional text and sending attachments. Here is a complex template and the corresponding database:
-
-
-```
-$ cat mailmerge_template.txt
-TO: {{Email}}
-SUBJECT: Flock 2019 Funding Offer
-FROM: Brian Exelbierd <[bexelbie@redhat.com][9]>
-ATTACHMENT: attachments/{{File}}
-
-Hi {{Name}},
-
-I am writing you on behalf of the Flock funding committee. You requested funding for your attendance at Flock. After careful consideration we are able to offer you the following funding:
-
-Travel Budget: {{Travel_Budget}}
-{% if Hotel == "Yes" -%}
-Lodging: Lodging in the hotel Wednesday-Sunday (4 nights)
-{%- endif %}
-
-<<snip>>
-
-$ cat mailmerge_database.csv
-Name,Email,Travel_Budget,Hotel,File
-Brian,[bexelbie@redhat.com][9],1000,Yes,visa_bex.pdf
-PersonA,[persona@fedoraproject.org][10],1500,No,visa_person_a.pdf
-PèrsonB,[personb@fedoraproject.org][11],500,Yes,visa_person_b.pdf
-```
-
-There are two new things in this email. First, there's an attachment. I have to send visa invitation letters to international travelers to help them come to Flock, and the **ATTACHMENT** part of the header specifies which file to attach. To keep my directory clean, I put all of them in my Attachments subdirectory. Second, it includes conditional information about a hotel, because some people receive funding for their hotel stay, and I need to include those details for those who do. This is done with the **if** construction:
-
-
-```
-{% if Hotel == "Yes" -%}
-Lodging: Lodging in the hotel Wednesday-Sunday (4 nights)
-{%- endif %}
-```
-
-This works just like an **if** in most programming languages. Jinja2 is very expressive and can do multi-level conditions. Experiment with making your life easier by including database elements that control the contents of the email. Using whitespace is important for email readability. The minus (**-**) symbols in **if** and **endif** are part of how Jinja2 controls [whitespace][13]. There are lots of options, so experiment to see what looks best for you.
-
-Also note that I extended the database with two fields, **Hotel** and **File**. These are the values that control the inclusion of the hotel text and provide the name of the attachment. In my example, PèrsonB and I got hotel funding, while PersonA didn't.
-
-Doing a dry-run and sending the emails is the same whether you're using a simple or a complex template. Give it a try!
-
-You can also experiment with using conditionals (**if** … **endif**) in the header. You can, for example, have an attachment only if one is in the database, or maybe you need to change the sender's name for some emails but not others.
-
-### Mailmerge's advantages
-
-The Mailmerge program provides a powerful but simple method of sending lots of customized emails. Everyone gets only the information they need, and extraneous steps and details are omitted.
-
-Even for simple group emails, I have found this method much more effective than sending one email to a bunch of people using CC or BCC. A lot of people filter their email and delay reading anything not sent directly to them. Using Mailmerge ensures that every person gets their own email. Messages will filter properly for the recipient and no one can accidentally "reply all" to the entire group.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/8/sending-custom-emails-python
-
-作者：[Brian "bex" Exelbierd][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/bexelbie
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/email_chat_communication_message.png?itok=LKjiLnQu (Chat via email)
-[2]: https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/council/fcaic/
-[3]: https://github.com/awdeorio/mailmerge
-[4]: https://github.com/awdeorio/mailmerge#install
-[5]: mailto:myself@mydomain.com
-[6]: mailto:bob@bobdomain.com
-[7]: https://docs.python.org/3/library/csv.html
-[8]: https://flocktofedora.org/
-[9]: mailto:bexelbie@redhat.com
-[10]: mailto:persona@fedoraproject.org
-[11]: mailto:personb@fedoraproject.org
-[12]: http://jinja.pocoo.org/docs/latest/templates/
-[13]: http://jinja.pocoo.org/docs/2.10/templates/#whitespace-control
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190813 Building a non-breaking breakpoint for Python debugging.md b/sources/tech/20190813 Building a non-breaking breakpoint for Python debugging.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c33c05a68..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190813 Building a non-breaking breakpoint for Python debugging.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Building a non-breaking breakpoint for Python debugging)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/8/debug-python)
-[#]: author: (Liran Haimovitch https://opensource.com/users/liranhaimovitch)
-
-Building a non-breaking breakpoint for Python debugging
-======
-Have you ever wondered how to speed up a debugger? Here are some lessons
-learned while building one for Python.
-![Real python in the graphic jungle][1]
-
-This is the story of how our team at [Rookout][2] built non-breaking breakpoints for Python and some of the lessons we learned along the way. I'll be presenting all about the nuts and bolts of debugging in Python at [PyBay 2019][3] in San Francisco this month. Let's dig in.
-
-### The heart of Python debugging: sys.set_trace
-
-There are many Python debuggers out there. Some of the more popular include:
-
- * **pdb**, part of the Python standard library
- * **PyDev**, the debugger behind the Eclipse and PyCharm IDEs
- * **ipdb**, the IPython debugger
-
-
-
-Despite the range of choices, almost every Python debugger is based on just one function: **sys.set_trace**. And let me tell you, **[sys.settrace][4]** might just be the most complex function in the Python standard library.
-
-![set_trace Python 2 docs page][5]
-
-In simpler terms, **settrace** registers a trace function for the interpreter, which may be called in any of the following cases:
-
- * Function call
- * Line execution
- * Function return
- * Exception raised
-
-
-
-A simple trace function might look like this:
-
-
-```
-def simple_tracer(frame, event, arg):
- co = frame.f_code
- func_name = co.co_name
- line_no = frame.f_lineno
- print("{e} {f} {l}".format(
-e=event, f=func_name, l=line_no))
- return simple_tracer
-```
-
-When looking at this function, the first things that come to mind are its arguments and return values. The trace function arguments are:
-
- * **frame** object, which is the full state of the interpreter at the point of the function's execution
- * **event** string, which can be **call**, **line**, **return**, or **exception**
- * **arg** object, which is optional and depends on the event type
-
-
-
-The trace function returns itself because the interpreter keeps track of two kinds of trace functions:
-
- * **Global trace function (per thread):** This trace function is set for the current thread by **sys.settrace** and is invoked whenever a new **frame** is created by the interpreter (essentially on every function call). While there's no documented way to set the trace function for a different thread, you can call **threading.settrace** to set the trace function for all newly created **threading** module threads.
- * **Local trace function (per frame):** This trace function is set by the interpreter to the value returned by the global trace function upon frame creation. There's no documented way to set the local trace function once the frame has been created.
-
-
-
-This mechanism is designed to allow the debugger to have more granular control over which frames are traced to reduce performance impact.
-
-### Building our debugger in three easy steps (or so we thought)
-
-With all that background, writing your own debugger using a custom trace function looks like a daunting task. Luckily, **pdb**, the standard Python debugger, is built on top of **Bdb**, a base class for building debuggers.
-
-A naive breakpoints debugger based on **Bdb** might look like this:
-
-
-```
-import bdb
-import inspect
-
-class Debugger(bdb.Bdb):
- def __init__(self):
- Bdb.__init__(self)
- self.breakpoints = dict()
- self.set_trace()
-
-def set_breakpoint(self, filename, lineno, method):
- self.set_break(filename, lineno)
- try :
- self.breakpoints[(filename, lineno)].add(method)
- except KeyError:
- self.breakpoints[(filename, lineno)] = [method]
-
-def user_line(self, frame):
- if not self.break_here(frame):
- return
-
- # Get filename and lineno from frame
- (filename, lineno, _, _, _) = inspect.getframeinfo(frame)
-
- methods = self.breakpoints[(filename, lineno)]
- for method in methods:
- method(frame)
-```
-
-All this does is:
-
- 1. Inherits from **Bdb** and write a simple constructor initializing the base class and tracing.
- 2. Adds a **set_breakpoint** method that uses **Bdb** to set the breakpoint and keeps track of our breakpoints.
- 3. Overrides the **user_line** method that is called by **Bdb** on certain user lines. The function makes sure it is being called for a breakpoint, gets the source location, and invokes the registered breakpoints
-
-
-
-### How well did the simple Bdb debugger work?
-
-Rookout is about bringing a debugger-like user experience to production-grade performance and use cases. So, how well did our naive breakpoint debugger perform?
-
-To test it and measure the global performance overhead, we wrote two simple test methods and executed each of them 16 million times under multiple scenarios. Keep in mind that no breakpoint was executed in any of the cases.
-
-
-```
-def empty_method():
- pass
-
-def simple_method():
- a = 1
- b = 2
- c = 3
- d = 4
- e = 5
- f = 6
- g = 7
- h = 8
- i = 9
- j = 10
-```
-
-Using the debugger takes a shocking amount of time to complete. The bad results make it clear that our naive **Bdb** debugger is not yet production-ready.
-
-![First Bdb debugger results][6]
-
-### Optimizing the debugger
-
-There are three main ways to reduce debugger overhead:
-
- 1. **Limit local tracing as much as possible:** Local tracing is very costly compared to global tracing due to the much larger number of events per line of code.
- 2. **Optimize "call" events and return control to the interpreter faster:** The main work in **call** events is deciding whether or not to trace.
- 3. **Optimize "line" events and return control to the interpreter faster:** The main work in **line** events is deciding whether or not we hit a breakpoint.
-
-
-
-So we forked **Bdb**, reduced the feature set, simplified the code, optimized for hot code paths, and got impressive results. However, we were still not satisfied. So, we took another stab at it, migrated and optimized our code to **.pyx**, and compiled it using [Cython][7]. The final results (as you can see below) were still not good enough. So, we ended up diving into CPython's source code and realizing we could not make tracing fast enough for production use.
-
-![Second Bdb debugger results][8]
-
-### Rejecting Bdb in favor of bytecode manipulation
-
-After our initial disappointment from the trial-and-error cycles of standard debugging methods, we decided to look into a less obvious option: bytecode manipulation.
-
-The Python interpreter works in two main stages:
-
- 1. **Compiling Python source code into Python bytecode:** This unreadable (for humans) format is optimized for efficient execution and is often cached in those **.pyc** files we have all come to love.
- 2. **Iterating through the bytecode in the _interpreter loop_:** This executes one instruction at a time.
-
-
-
-This is the pattern we chose: use **bytecode manipulation** to set **non-breaking breakpoints** with no global overhead. This is done by finding the bytecode in memory that represents the source line we are interested in and inserting a function call just before the relevant instruction. This way, the interpreter does not have to do any extra work to support our breakpoints.
-
-This approach is not magic. Here's a quick example.
-
-We start with a very simple function:
-
-
-```
-def multiply(a, b):
- result = a * b
- return result
-```
-
-In documentation hidden in the **[inspect][9]** module (which has several useful utilities), we learn we can get the function's bytecode by accessing **multiply.func_code.co_code**:
-
-
-```
-`'|\x00\x00|\x01\x00\x14}\x02\x00|\x02\x00S'`
-```
-
-This unreadable string can be improved using the **[dis][10]** module in the Python standard library. By calling **dis.dis(multiply.func_code.co_code)**, we get:
-
-
-```
- 4 0 LOAD_FAST 0 (a)
- 3 LOAD_FAST 1 (b)
- 6 BINARY_MULTIPLY
- 7 STORE_FAST 2 (result)
-
- 5 10 LOAD_FAST 2 (result)
- 13 RETURN_VALUE
-```
-
-This gets us closer to understanding what happens behind the scenes of debugging but not to a straightforward solution. Unfortunately, Python does not offer a method for changing a function's bytecode from within the interpreter. You can overwrite the function object, but that's not good enough for the majority of real-world debugging scenarios. You have to go about it in a roundabout way using a native extension.
-
-### Conclusion
-
-When building a new tool, you invariably end up learning a lot about how stuff works. It also makes you think out of the box and keep your mind open to unexpected solutions.
-
-Working on non-breaking breakpoints for Rookout has taught me a lot about compilers, debuggers, server frameworks, concurrency models, and much much more. If you are interested in learning more about bytecode manipulation, Google's open source **[cloud-debug-python][11]** has tools for editing bytecode.
-
-* * *
-
-_Liran Haimovitch will present "[Understanding Python’s Debugging Internals][12]" at [PyBay][3], which will be held August 17-18 in San Francisco. Use code [OpenSource35][13] for a discount when you purchase your ticket to let them know you found out about the event from our community._
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/8/debug-python
-
-作者：[Liran Haimovitch][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/liranhaimovitch
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/python_jungle_lead.jpeg?itok=pFKKEvT- (Real python in the graphic jungle)
-[2]: https://rookout.com/
-[3]: https://pybay.com/
-[4]: https://docs.python.org/3/library/sys.html#sys.settrace
-[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/python2docs.png (set_trace Python 2 docs page)
-[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/debuggerresults1.png (First Bdb debugger results)
-[7]: https://cython.org/
-[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/debuggerresults2.png (Second Bdb debugger results)
-[9]: https://docs.python.org/2/library/inspect.html
-[10]: https://docs.python.org/2/library/dis.html
-[11]: https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-debug-python
-[12]: https://pybay.com/speaker/liran-haimovitch/
-[13]: https://ti.to/sf-python/pybay2019/discount/OpenSource35
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190814 9 open source cloud native projects to consider.md b/sources/tech/20190814 9 open source cloud native projects to consider.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f95262799..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190814 9 open source cloud native projects to consider.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,266 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (9 open source cloud native projects to consider)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/8/cloud-native-projects)
-[#]: author: (Bryant Son https://opensource.com/users/brsonhttps://opensource.com/users/marcobravo)
-
-9 open source cloud native projects to consider
-======
-Work with containers? Get familiar with these projects from the Cloud
-Native Computing Foundation
-![clouds in the sky with blue pattern][1]
-
-As the practice of developing applications with containers is getting more popular, [cloud-native applications][2] are also on the rise. By [definition][3]:
-
-> "Cloud-native technologies are used to develop applications built with services packaged in containers, deployed as microservices, and managed on elastic infrastructure through agile DevOps processes and continuous delivery workflows."
-
-This description includes four elements that are integral to cloud-native applications:
-
- 1. Container
- 2. Microservice
- 3. DevOps
- 4. Continuous integration and continuous delivery (CI/CD)
-
-
-
-Although these technologies have very distinct histories, they complement each other well and have led to surprisingly exponential growth of cloud-native applications and toolsets in a short time. This [Cloud Native Computing Foundation][4] (CNCF) infographic shows the size and breadth of the cloud-native application ecosystem today.
-
-![Cloud-Native Computing Foundation applications ecosystem][5]
-
-Cloud-Native Computing Foundation projects
-
-I mean, just look at that! And this is just a start. Just as NodeJS’s creation sparked the explosion of endless JavaScript tools, the popularity of container technology started the exponential growth of cloud-native applications.
-
-The good news is that there are several organizations that oversee and connect these dots together. One is the [**Open Containers Initiative (OCI)**][6], which is a lightweight, open governance structure (or project), "formed under the auspices of the Linux Foundation for the express purpose of creating open industry standards around container formats and runtime." The other is the **CNCF**, "an open source software foundation dedicated to making cloud native computing universal and sustainable."
-
-In addition to building a community around cloud-native applications generally, CNCF also helps projects set up structured governance around their cloud-native applications. CNCF created the concept of maturity levels—Sandbox, Incubating, or Graduated—which correspond to the Innovators, Early Adopters, and Early Majority tiers on the diagram below.
-
-![CNCF project maturity levels][7]
-
-CNCF project maturity levels
-
-The CNCF has detailed [criteria][8] for each maturity level (included below for readers’ convenience). A two-thirds supermajority of the Technical Oversight Committee (TOC) is required for a project to be Incubating or Graduated.
-
-### Sandbox stage
-
-> To be accepted in the sandbox, a project must have at least two TOC sponsors. See the CNCF Sandbox Guidelines v1.0 for the detailed process.
-
-### Incubating stage
-
-> Note: The incubation level is the point at which we expect to perform full due diligence on projects.
->
-> To be accepted to incubating stage, a project must meet the sandbox stage requirements plus:
->
-> * Document that it is being used successfully in production by at least three independent end users which, in the TOC’s judgement, are of adequate quality and scope.
-> * Have a healthy number of committers. A committer is defined as someone with the commit bit; i.e., someone who can accept contributions to some or all of the project.
-> * Demonstrate a substantial ongoing flow of commits and merged contributions.
-> * Since these metrics can vary significantly depending on the type, scope, and size of a project, the TOC has final judgement over the level of activity that is adequate to meet these criteria
->
-
-
-### Graduated stage
-
-> To graduate from sandbox or incubating status, or for a new project to join as a graduated project, a project must meet the incubating stage criteria plus:
->
-> * Have committers from at least two organizations.
-> * Have achieved and maintained a Core Infrastructure Initiative Best Practices Badge.
-> * Have completed an independent and third party security audit with results published of similar scope and quality as the following example (including critical vulnerabilities addressed): and all critical vulnerabilities need to be addressed before graduation.
-> * Adopt the CNCF Code of Conduct.
-> * Explicitly define a project governance and committer process. This preferably is laid out in a GOVERNANCE.md file and references an OWNERS.md file showing the current and emeritus committers.
-> * Have a public list of project adopters for at least the primary repo (e.g., ADOPTERS.md or logos on the project website).
-> * Receive a supermajority vote from the TOC to move to graduation stage. Projects can attempt to move directly from sandbox to graduation, if they can demonstrate sufficient maturity. Projects can remain in an incubating state indefinitely, but they are normally expected to graduate within two years.
->
-
-
-## 9 projects to consider
-
-While it’s impossible to cover all of the CNCF projects in this article, I’ll describe are nine of most interesting Graduated and Incubating open source projects.
-
-Name | License | What It Is
----|---|---
-[Kubernetes][9] | Apache 2.0 | Orchestration platform for containers
-[Prometheus][10] | Apache 2.0 | Systems and service monitoring tool
-[Envoy][11] | Apache 2.0 | Edge and service proxy
-[rkt][12] | Apache 2.0 | Pod-native container engine
-[Jaeger][13] | Apache 2.0 | Distributed tracing system
-[Linkerd][14] | Apache 2.0 | Transparent service mesh
-[Helm][15] | Apache 2.0 | Kubernetes package manager
-[Etcd][16] | Apache 2.0 | Distributed key-value store
-[CRI-O][17] | Apache 2.0 | Lightweight runtime for Kubernetes
-
-I also created this video tutorial to walk through these projects.
-
-## Graduated projects
-
-Graduated projects are considered mature—adopted by many organizations—and must adhere to the CNCF’s guidelines. Following are three of the most popular open source CNCF Graduated projects. (Note that some of these descriptions are adapted and reused from the projects' websites.)
-
-### Kubernetes
-
-Ah, Kubernetes. How can we talk about cloud-native applications without mentioning Kubernetes? Invented by Google, Kubernetes is undoubtedly the most famous container-orchestration platform for container-based applications, and it is also an open source tool.
-
-What is a container orchestration platform? Basically, a container engine on its own may be okay for managing a few containers. However, when you are talking about thousands of containers and hundreds of services, managing those containers becomes super complicated. This is where the container engine comes in. The container-orchestration engine helps scale containers by automating the deployment, management, networking, and availability of containers.
-
-Docker Swarm and Mesosphere Marathon are other container-orchestration engines, but it is safe to say that Kubernetes has won the race (at least for now). Kubernetes also gave birth to Container-as-a-Service (CaaS) platforms like [OKD][18], the Origin community distribution of Kubernetes that powers [Red Hat OpenShift][19].
-
-To get started, visit the [Kubernetes GitHub repository][9], and access its documentation and learning resources from the [Kubernetes documentation][20] page.
-
-### Prometheus
-
-Prometheus is an open source system monitoring and alerting toolkit built at SoundCloud in 2012. Since then, many companies and organizations have adopted Prometheus, and the project has a very active developer and user community. It is now a standalone open source project that is maintained independently of the company.
-
-![Prometheus’ architecture][21]
-
-Prometheus’ architecture
-
-The easiest way to think about Prometheus is to visualize a production system that needs to be up 24 hours a day and 365 days a year. No system is perfect, and there are techniques to reduce failures (called fault-tolerant systems). However, if an issue occurs, the most important thing is to identify it as soon as possible. That is where a monitoring tool like Prometheus comes in handy. Prometheus is more than a container-monitoring tool, but it is most popular among cloud-native application companies. In addition, other open source monitoring tools, including [Grafana][22], leverage Prometheus.
-
-The best way to get started with Prometheus is to check out its [GitHub repo][10]. Running Prometheus locally is easy, but you need to have a container engine installed. You can access detailed documentation on [Prometheus’ website][23].
-
-### Envoy
-
-Envoy (or Envoy Proxy) is an open source edge and service proxy designed for cloud-native applications. Created at Lyft, Envoy is a high-performance, C++, distributed proxy designed for single services and applications, as well as a communications bus and a universal data plane designed for large microservice service mesh architectures. Built on the learnings of solutions such as Nginx, HAProxy, hardware load balancers, and cloud load balancers, Envoy runs alongside every application and abstracts the network by providing common features in a platform-agnostic manner.
-
-When all service traffic in an infrastructure flows through an Envoy mesh, it becomes easy to visualize problem areas via consistent observability, tune overall performance, and add substrate features in a single place. Basically, Envoy Proxy is a service mesh tool that helps organizations build a fault-tolerant system for production environments.
-
-There are numerous alternatives for service mesh applications, such as Uber’s [Linkerd][24] (discussed below) and [Istio][25]. Istio extends Envoy Proxy by deploying as a [Sidecar][26] and leveraging the [Mixer][27] configuration model. Notable Envoy features are:
-
- * All the "table stakes" features (when paired with a control plane, like Istio) are included
- * Low, 99th percentile latencies at scale when running under load
- * Acts as an L3/L4 filter at its core with many L7 filters provided out of the box
- * Support for gRPC and HTTP/2 (upstream/downstream)
- * It’s API-driven and supports dynamic configuration and hot reloads
- * Has a strong focus on metric collection, tracing, and overall observability
-
-
-
-Understanding Envoy, proving its capabilities, and realizing its full benefits require extensive experience with running production-level environments. You can learn more in its [detailed documentation][28] and by accessing its [GitHub][11] repository.
-
-## Incubating projects
-
-Following are six of the most popular open source CNCF Incubating projects.
-
-### rkt
-
-rkt, pronounced "rocket," is a pod-native container engine. It has a command-line interface (CLI) for running containers on Linux. In a sense, it is similar to other containers, like [Podman][29], Docker, and CRI-O.
-
-rkt was originally developed by CoreOS (later acquired by Red Hat), and you can find detailed [documentation][30] on its website and access the source code on [GitHub][12].
-
-### Jaeger
-
-Jaeger is an open source, end-to-end distributed tracing system for cloud-native applications. In one way, it is a monitoring solution like Prometheus. Yet it is different because its use cases extend into:
-
- * Distributed transaction monitoring
- * Performance and latency optimization
- * Root-cause analysis
- * Service dependency analysis
- * Distributed context propagation
-
-
-
-Jaeger is an open source technology built by Uber. You can find [detailed documentation][31] on its website and its [source code][13] on GitHub.
-
-### Linkerd
-
-Like Lyft with Envoy Proxy, Uber developed Linkerd as an open source solution to maintain its service at the production level. In some ways, Linkerd is just like Envoy, as both are service mesh tools designed to give platform-wide observability, reliability, and security without requiring configuration or code changes.
-
-However, there are some subtle differences between the two. While Envoy and Linkerd function as proxies and can report over services that are connected, Envoy isn’t designed to be a Kubernetes Ingress controller, as Linkerd is. Notable features of Linkerd include:
-
- * Support for multiple platforms (Docker, Kubernetes, DC/OS, Amazon ECS, or any stand-alone machine)
- * Built-in service discovery abstractions to unite multiple systems
- * Support for gRPC, HTTP/2, and HTTP/1.x requests plus all TCP traffic
-
-
-
-You can read more about it on [Linkerd’s website][32] and access its source code on [GitHub][14].
-
-### Helm
-
-Helm is basically the package manager for Kubernetes. If you’ve used Apache Maven, Maven Nexus, or a similar service, you will understand Helm’s purpose. Helm helps you manage your Kubernetes application. It uses "Helm Charts" to define, install, and upgrade even the most complex Kubernetes applications. Helm isn’t the only method for this; another concept becoming popular is [Kubernetes Operators][33], which are used by Red Hat OpenShift 4.
-
-You can try Helm by following the [quickstart guide][34] in its documentation or its [GitHub guide][15].
-
-### Etcd
-
-Etcd is a distributed, reliable key-value store for the most critical data in a distributed system. Its key features are:
-
- * Well-defined, user-facing API (gRPC)
- * Automatic TLS with optional client certificate authentication
- * Speed (benchmarked at 10,000 writes per second)
- * Reliability (distributed using Raft)
-
-
-
-Etcd is used as a built-in default data storage for Kubernetes and many other technologies. That said, it is rarely run independently or as a separate service; instead, it utilizes the one integrated into Kubernetes, OKD/OpenShift, or another service. There is also an [etcd Operator][35] to manage its lifecycle and unlock its API management capabilities:
-
-You can learn more in [etcd’s documentation][36] and access its [source code][16] on GitHub.
-
-### CRI-O
-
-CRI-O is an Open Container Initiative (OCI)-compliant implementation of the Kubernetes runtime interface. CRI-O is used for various functions including:
-
- * Runtime using runc (or any OCI runtime-spec implementation) and OCI runtime tools
- * Image management using containers/image
- * Storage and management of image layers using containers/storage
- * Networking support through the Container Network Interface (CNI)
-
-
-
-CRI-O provides plenty of [documentation][37], including guides, tutorials, articles, and even podcasts, and you can also access its [GitHub page][17].
-
-* * *
-
-Did I miss an interesting open source cloud-native project? Please let me know in the comments.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/8/cloud-native-projects
-
-作者：[Bryant Son][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/brsonhttps://opensource.com/users/marcobravo
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/rh_003601_05_mech_osyearbook2016_cloud_cc.png?itok=XSV7yR9e (clouds in the sky with blue pattern)
-[2]: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/what-are-cloud-native-apps
-[3]: https://thenewstack.io/10-key-attributes-of-cloud-native-applications/
-[4]: https://www.cncf.io
-[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/cncf_1.jpg (Cloud-Native Computing Foundation applications ecosystem)
-[6]: https://www.opencontainers.org
-[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/cncf_2.jpg (CNCF project maturity levels)
-[8]: https://github.com/cncf/toc/blob/master/process/graduation_criteria.adoc
-[9]: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes
-[10]: https://github.com/prometheus/prometheus
-[11]: https://github.com/envoyproxy/envoy
-[12]: https://github.com/rkt/rkt
-[13]: https://github.com/jaegertracing/jaeger
-[14]: https://github.com/linkerd/linkerd
-[15]: https://github.com/helm/helm
-[16]: https://github.com/etcd-io/etcd
-[17]: https://github.com/cri-o/cri-o
-[18]: https://www.okd.io/
-[19]: https://www.openshift.com
-[20]: https://kubernetes.io/docs/home
-[21]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/cncf_3.jpg (Prometheus’ architecture)
-[22]: https://grafana.com
-[23]: https://prometheus.io/docs/introduction/overview
-[24]: https://linkerd.io/
-[25]: https://istio.io/
-[26]: https://istio.io/docs/reference/config/networking/v1alpha3/sidecar
-[27]: https://istio.io/docs/reference/config/policy-and-telemetry
-[28]: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest
-[29]: https://podman.io
-[30]: https://coreos.com/rkt/docs/latest
-[31]: https://www.jaegertracing.io/docs/1.13
-[32]: https://linkerd.io/2/overview
-[33]: https://coreos.com/operators
-[34]: https://helm.sh/docs
-[35]: https://github.com/coreos/etcd-operator
-[36]: https://etcd.io/docs/v3.3.12
-[37]: https://github.com/cri-o/cri-o/blob/master/awesome.md
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190814 How to install Python on Windows.md b/sources/tech/20190814 How to install Python on Windows.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a3b7ea2454..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190814 How to install Python on Windows.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,203 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (How to install Python on Windows)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/8/how-install-python-windows)
-[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/sethhttps://opensource.com/users/greg-p)
-
-How to install Python on Windows
-======
-Install Python, run an IDE, and start coding right from your Microsoft
-Windows desktop.
-![Hands programming][1]
-
-So you want to learn to program? One of the most common languages to start with is [Python][2], popular for its unique blend of [object-oriented][3] structure and simple syntax. Python is also an _interpreted_ _language_, meaning you don't need to learn how to compile code into machine language: Python does that for you, allowing you to test your programs sometimes instantly and, in a way, while you write your code.
-
-Just because Python is easy to learn doesn't mean you should underestimate its potential power. Python is used by [movie][4] [studios][5], financial institutions, IT houses, video game studios, makers, hobbyists, [artists][6], teachers, and many others.
-
-On the other hand, Python is also a serious programming language, and learning it takes dedication and practice. Then again, you don't have to commit to anything just yet. You can install and try Python on nearly any computing platform, so if you're on Windows, this article is for you.
-
-If you want to try Python on a completely open source operating system, you can [install Linux][7] and then [try Python][8].
-
-### Get Python
-
-Python is available from its website, [Python.org][9]. Once there, hover your mouse over the **Downloads** menu, then over the **Windows** option, and then click the button to download the latest release.
-
-![Downloading Python on Windows][10]
-
-Alternatively, you can click the **Downloads** menu button and select a specific version from the downloads page.
-
-### Install Python
-
-Once the package is downloaded, open it to start the installer.
-
-It is safe to accept the default install location, and it's vital to add Python to PATH. If you don't add Python to your PATH, then Python applications won't know where to find Python (which they require in order to run). This is _not_ selected by default, so activate it at the bottom of the install window before continuing!
-
-![Select "Add Python 3 to PATH"][11]
-
-Before Windows allows you to install an application from a publisher other than Microsoft, you must give your approval. Click the **Yes** button when prompted by the **User Account Control** system.
-
-![Windows UAC][12]
-
-Wait patiently for Windows to distribute the files from the Python package into the appropriate locations, and when it's finished, you're done installing Python.
-
-Time to play.
-
-### Install an IDE
-
-To write programs in Python, all you really need is a text editor, but it's convenient to have an integrated development environment (IDE). An IDE integrates a text editor with some friendly and helpful Python features. IDLE 3 and NINJA-IDE are two options to consider.
-
-#### IDLE 3
-
-Python comes with an IDE called IDLE. You can write code in any text editor, but using an IDE provides you with keyword highlighting to help detect typos, a **Run** button to test code quickly and easily, and other code-specific features that a plain text editor like [Notepad++][13] normally doesn't have.
-
-To start IDLE, click the **Start** (or **Window**) menu and type **python** for matches. You may find a few matches, since Python provides more than one interface, so make sure you launch IDLE.
-
-![IDLE 3 IDE][14]
-
-If you don't see Python in the Start menu, launch the Windows command prompt by typing **cmd** in the Start menu, then type:
-
-
-```
-`C:\Windows\py.exe`
-```
-
-If that doesn't work, try reinstalling Python. Be sure to select **Add Python to PATH** in the install wizard. Refer to the [Python docs][15] for detailed instructions.
-
-#### Ninja-IDE
-
-If you already have some coding experience and IDLE seems too simple for you, try [Ninja-IDE][16]. Ninja-IDE is an excellent Python IDE. It has keyword highlighting to help detect typos, quotation and parenthesis completion to avoid syntax errors, line numbers (helpful when debugging), indentation markers, and a **Run** button to test code quickly and easily.
-
-![Ninja-IDE][17]
-
-To install it, visit the Ninja-IDE website and [download the Windows installer][18]. The process is the same as with Python: start the installer, allow Windows to install a non-Microsoft application, and wait for the installer to finish.
-
-Once Ninja-IDE is installed, double-click the Ninja-IDE icon on your desktop or select it from the Start menu.
-
-### Tell Python what to do
-
-Keywords tell Python what you want it to do. In either IDLE or Ninja-IDE, go to the File menu and create a new file.
-
-Ninja users: Do not create a new project, just a new file.
-
-In your new, empty file, type this into IDLE or Ninja-IDE:
-
-
-```
-`print("Hello world.")`
-```
-
- * If you are using IDLE, go to the Run menu and select the Run Module option.
- * If you are using Ninja, click the Run File button in the left button bar.
-
-
-
-![Running code in Ninja-IDE][19]
-
-Any time you run code, your IDE prompts you to save the file you're working on. Do that before continuing.
-
-The keyword **print** tells Python to print out whatever text you give it in parentheses and quotes.
-
-That's not very exciting, though. At its core, Python has access to only basic keywords like **print** and **help**, basic math functions, and so on.
-
-Use the **import** keyword to load more keywords. Start a new file in IDLE or Ninja and name it **pen.py**.
-
-**Warning**: Do not call your file **turtle.py**, because **turtle.py** is the name of the file that contains the turtle program you are controlling. Naming your file **turtle.py** confuses Python because it thinks you want to import your own file.
-
-Type this code into your file and run it:
-
-
-```
-`import turtle`
-```
-
-[Turtle][20] is a fun module to use. Add this code to your file:
-
-
-```
-turtle.begin_fill()
-turtle.forward(100)
-turtle.left(90)
-turtle.forward(100)
-turtle.left(90)
-turtle.forward(100)
-turtle.left(90)
-turtle.forward(100)
-turtle.end_fill()
-```
-
-See what shapes you can draw with the turtle module.
-
-To clear your turtle drawing area, use the **turtle.clear()** keyword. What do you think the keyword **turtle.color("blue")** does?
-
-Try more complex code:
-
-
-```
-import turtle as t
-import time
-
-t.color("blue")
-t.begin_fill()
-
-counter = 0
-
-while counter < 4:
- t.forward(100)
- t.left(90)
- counter = counter+1
-
-t.end_fill()
-time.sleep(2)
-```
-
-As a challenge, try changing your script to get this result:
-
-![Example Python turtle output][21]
-
-Once you complete that script, you're ready to move on to more exciting modules. A good place to start is this [introductory dice game][22].
-
-### Stay Pythonic
-
-Python is a fun language with modules for practically anything you can think to do with it. As you can see, it's easy to get started with Python, and as long as you're patient with yourself, you may find yourself understanding and writing Python code with the same fluidity as you write your native language. Work through some [Python articles][23] here on Opensource.com, try scripting some small tasks for yourself, and see where Python takes you. To really integrate Python with your daily workflow, you might even try Linux, which is natively scriptable in ways no other operating system is. You might find yourself, given enough time, using the applications you create!
-
-Good luck, and stay Pythonic.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/8/how-install-python-windows
-
-作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/sethhttps://opensource.com/users/greg-p
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/programming-code-keyboard-laptop.png?itok=pGfEfu2S (Hands programming)
-[2]: https://www.python.org/
-[3]: https://opensource.com/article/19/7/get-modular-python-classes
-[4]: https://github.com/edniemeyer/weta_python_db
-[5]: https://www.python.org/about/success/ilm/
-[6]: https://opensource.com/article/19/7/rgb-cube-python-scribus
-[7]: https://opensource.com/article/19/7/ways-get-started-linux
-[8]: https://opensource.com/article/17/10/python-101
-[9]: https://www.python.org/downloads/
-[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/win-python-install.jpg (Downloading Python on Windows)
-[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/win-python-path.jpg (Select "Add Python 3 to PATH")
-[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/win-python-publisher.jpg (Windows UAC)
-[13]: https://notepad-plus-plus.org/
-[14]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/idle3.png (IDLE 3 IDE)
-[15]: http://docs.python.org/3/using/windows.html
-[16]: http://ninja-ide.org/
-[17]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/win-python-ninja.jpg (Ninja-IDE)
-[18]: http://ninja-ide.org/downloads/
-[19]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/ninja_run.png (Running code in Ninja-IDE)
-[20]: https://opensource.com/life/15/8/python-turtle-graphics
-[21]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/win-python-idle-turtle.jpg (Example Python turtle output)
-[22]: https://opensource.com/article/17/10/python-101#python-101-dice-game
-[23]: https://opensource.com/sitewide-search?search_api_views_fulltext=Python
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190816 Cockpit and the evolution of the Web User Interface.md b/sources/tech/20190816 Cockpit and the evolution of the Web User Interface.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 267a54e8d7..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190816 Cockpit and the evolution of the Web User Interface.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Cockpit and the evolution of the Web User Interface)
-[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/cockpit-and-the-evolution-of-the-web-user-interface/)
-[#]: author: (Shaun Assam https://fedoramagazine.org/author/sassam/)
-
-Cockpit and the evolution of the Web User Interface
-======
-
-![][1]
-
-Over 3 years ago the Fedora Magazine published an article entitled [Cockpit: an overview][2]. Since then, the interface has see some eye-catching changes. Today’s Cockpit is cleaner and the larger fonts makes better use of screen real-estate.
-
-This article will go over some of the changes made to the UI. It will also explore some of the general tools available in the web interface to simplify those monotonous sysadmin tasks.
-
-### Cockpit installation
-
-Cockpit can be installed using the **dnf install cockpit** command. This provides a minimal setup providing the basic tools required to use the interface.
-
-Another option is to install the Headless Management group. This will install additional packages used to extend the usability of Cockpit. It includes extensions for NetworkManager, software packages, disk, and SELinux management.
-
-Run the following commands to enable the web service on boot and open the firewall port:
-
-```
-$ sudo systemctl enable --now cockpit.socket
-Created symlink /etc/systemd/system/sockets.target.wants/cockpit.socket -> /usr/lib/systemd/system/cockpit.socket
-
-$ sudo firewall-cmd --permanent --add-service cockpit
-success
-$ sudo firewall-cmd --reload
-success
-```
-
-### Logging into the web interface
-
-To access the web interface, open your favourite browser and enter the server’s domain name or IP in the address bar followed by the service port (9090). Because Cockpit uses HTTPS, the installation will create a self-signed certificate to encrypt passwords and other sensitive data. You can safely accept this certificate, or request a CA certificate from your sysadmin or a trusted source.
-
-Once the certificate is accepted, the new and improved login screen will appear. Long-time users will notice the username and password fields have been moved to the top. In addition, the white background behind the credential fields immediately grabs the user’s attention.
-
-![][3]
-
-A feature added to the login screen since the previous article is logging in with **sudo** privileges — if your account is a member of the wheel group. Check the box beside _Reuse my password for privileged tasks_ to elevate your rights.
-
-Another edition to the login screen is the option to connect to remote servers also running the Cockpit web service. Click _Other Options_ and enter the host name or IP address of the remote machine to manage it from your local browser.
-
-### Home view
-
-Right off the bat we get a basic overview of common system information. This includes the make and model of the machine, the operating system, if the system is up-to-date, and more.
-
-![][4]
-
-Clicking the make/model of the system displays hardware information such as the BIOS/Firmware. It also includes details about the components as seen with **lspci**.
-
-![][5]
-
-Clicking on any of the options to the right will display the details of that device. For example, the _% of CPU cores_ option reveals details on how much is used by the user and the kernel. In addition, the _Memory & Swap_ graph displays how much of the system’s memory is used, how much is cached, and how much of the swap partition active. The _Disk I/O_ and _Network Traffic_ graphs are linked to the Storage and Networking sections of Cockpit. These topics will be revisited in an upcoming article that explores the system tools in detail.
-
-#### Secure Shell Keys and authentication
-
-Because security is a key factor for sysadmins, Cockpit now has the option to view the machine’s MD5 and SHA256 key fingerprints. Clicking the **Show fingerprints** options reveals the server’s ECDSA, ED25519, and RSA fingerprint keys.
-
-![][6]
-
-You can also add your own keys by clicking on your username in the top-right corner and selecting **Authentication**. Click on **Add keys** to validate the machine on other systems. You can also revoke your privileges in the Cockpit web service by clicking on the **X** button to the right.
-
-![][7]
-
-#### Changing the host name and joining a domain
-
-Changing the host name is a one-click solution from the home page. Click the host name currently displayed, and enter the new name in the _Change Host Name_ box. One of the latest features is the option to provide a _Pretty name_.
-
-Another feature added to Cockpit is the ability to connect to a directory server. Click _Join a domain_ and a pop-up will appear requesting the domain address or name, organization unit (optional), and the domain admin’s credentials. The Domain Membership group provides all the packages required to join an LDAP server including FreeIPA, and the popular Active Directory.
-
-To opt-out, click on the domain name followed by _Leave Domain_. A warning will appear explaining the changes that will occur once the system is no longer on the domain. To confirm click the red _Leave Domain_ button.
-
-![][8]
-
-#### Configuring NTP and system date and time
-
-Using the command-line and editing config files definitely takes the cake when it comes to maximum tweaking. However, there are times when something more straightforward would suffice. With Cockpit, you have the option to set the system’s date and time manually or automatically using NTP. Once synchronized, the information icon on the right turns from red to blue. The icon will disappear if you manually set the date and time.
-
-To change the timezone, type the continent and a list of cities will populate beneath.
-
-![][9]
-
-#### Shutting down and restarting
-
-You can easily shutdown and restart the server right from home screen in Cockpit. You can also delay the shutdown/reboot and send a message to warn users.
-
-![][10]
-
-#### Configuring the performance profile
-
-If the _tuned_ and _tuned-utils_ packages are installed, performance profiles can be changed from the main screen. By default it is set to a recommended profile. However, if the purpose of the server requires more performance, we can change the profile from Cockpit to suit those needs.
-
-![][11]
-
-### Terminal web console
-
-A Linux sysadmin’s toolbox would be useless without access to a terminal. This allows admins to fine-tune the server beyond what’s available in Cockpit. With the addition of themes, admins can quickly adjust the text and background colours to suit their preference.
-
-Also, if you type **exit** by mistake, click the _Reset_ button in the top-right corner*.* This will provide a fresh screen with a flashing cursor.
-
-![][12]
-
-### Adding a remote server and the Dashboard overlay
-
-The Headless Management group includes the Dashboard module (**cockpit-dashboard**). This provides an overview the of the CPU, memory, network, and disk performance in a real-time graph. Remote servers can also be added and managed through the same interface.
-
-For example, to add a remote computer in Dashboard, click the **+** button. Enter the name or IP address of the server and select the colour of your choice. This helps to differentiate the stats of the servers in the graph. To switch between servers, click on the host name (as seen in the screen-cast below). To remove a server from the list, click the check-mark icon, then click the red trash icon. The example below demonstrates how Cockpit manages a remote machine named _server02.local.lan_.
-
-![][13]
-
-### Documentation and finding help
-
-As always, the _man_ pages are a great place to find documentation. A simple search in the command-line results with pages pertaining to different aspects of using and configuring the web service.
-
-```
-$ man -k cockpit
-cockpit (1) - Cockpit
-cockpit-bridge (1) - Cockpit Host Bridge
-cockpit-desktop (1) - Cockpit Desktop integration
-cockpit-ws (8) - Cockpit web service
-cockpit.conf (5) - Cockpit configuration file
-```
-
-The Fedora repository also has a package called **cockpit-doc**. The package’s description explains it best:
-
-> The Cockpit Deployment and Developer Guide shows sysadmins how to deploy Cockpit on their machines as well as helps developers who want to embed or extend Cockpit.
-
-For more documentation visit
-
-### Conclusion
-
-This article only touches upon some of the main functions available in Cockpit. Managing storage devices, networking, user account, and software control will be covered in an upcoming article. In addition, optional extensions such as the 389 directory service, and the _cockpit-ostree_ module used to handle packages in Fedora Silverblue.
-
-The options continue to grow as more users adopt Cockpit. The interface is ideal for admins who want a light-weight interface to control their server(s).
-
-What do you think about Cockpit? Share your experience and ideas in the comments below.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://fedoramagazine.org/cockpit-and-the-evolution-of-the-web-user-interface/
-
-作者：[Shaun Assam][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/sassam/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/cockpit-816x345.jpg
-[2]: https://fedoramagazine.org/cockpit-overview/
-[3]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/cockpit-login-screen.png
-[4]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/cockpit-home-screen.png
-[5]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/cockpit-system-info.gif
-[6]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/cockpit-ssh-key-fingerprints.png
-[7]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/cockpit-authentication.png
-[8]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/cockpit-hostname-domain.gif
-[9]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/cockpit-date-time.png
-[10]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/cockpit-power-options.gif
-[11]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/cockpit-tuned.gif
-[12]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/cockpit-terminal.gif
-[13]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/cockpit-add-remote-servers.gif
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190915 How to Configure SFTP Server with Chroot in Debian 10.md b/sources/tech/20190915 How to Configure SFTP Server with Chroot in Debian 10.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 877845b87a..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190915 How to Configure SFTP Server with Chroot in Debian 10.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (How to Configure SFTP Server with Chroot in Debian 10)
-[#]: via: (https://www.linuxtechi.com/configure-sftp-chroot-debian10/)
-[#]: author: (Pradeep Kumar https://www.linuxtechi.com/author/pradeep/)
-
-How to Configure SFTP Server with Chroot in Debian 10
-======
-
-**SFTP** stands for Secure File Transfer Protocol / SSH File Transfer Protocol, it is one of the most common method which is used to transfer files securely over ssh from our local system to remote server and vice-versa. The main advantage of sftp is that we don’t need to install any additional package except ‘**openssh-server**’, in most of the Linux distributions ‘openssh-server’ package is the part of default installation. Other benefit of sftp is that we can allow user to use sftp only not ssh.
-
-[![Configure-sftp-debian10][1]][2]
-
-Recently Debian 10, Code name ‘Buster’ has been released, in this article we will demonstrate how to configure sftp with Chroot ‘Jail’ like environment in Debian 10 System. Here Chroot Jail like environment means that user’s cannot go beyond from their respective home directories or users cannot change directories from their home directories. Following are the lab details:
-
- * OS = Debian 10
- * IP Address = 192.168.56.151
-
-
-
-Let’s jump into SFTP Configuration Steps,
-
-### Step:1) Create a Group for sftp using groupadd command
-
-Open the terminal, create a group with a name “**sftp_users**” using below groupadd command,
-
-```
-root@linuxtechi:~# groupadd sftp_users
-```
-
-### Step:2) Add Users to Group ‘sftp_users’ and set permissions
-
-In case you want to create new user and want to add that user to ‘sftp_users’ group, then run the following command,
-
-**Syntax:** # useradd -m -G sftp_users <user_name>
-
-Let’s suppose user name is ’Jonathan’
-
-```
-root@linuxtechi:~# useradd -m -G sftp_users jonathan
-```
-
-set the password using following chpasswd command,
-
-```
-root@linuxtechi:~# echo "jonathan:" | chpasswd
-```
-
-In case you want to add existing users to ‘sftp_users’ group then run beneath usermod command, let’s suppose already existing user name is ‘chris’
-
-```
-root@linuxtechi:~# usermod -G sftp_users chris
-```
-
-Now set the required permissions on Users,
-
-```
-root@linuxtechi:~# chown root /home/jonathan /home/chris/
-```
-
-Create an upload folder in both the user’s home directory and set the correct ownership,
-
-```
-root@linuxtechi:~# mkdir /home/jonathan/upload
-root@linuxtechi:~# mkdir /home/chris/upload
-root@linuxtechi:~# chown jonathan /home/jonathan/upload
-root@linuxtechi:~# chown chris /home/chris/upload
-```
-
-**Note:** User like Jonathan and Chris can upload files and directories to upload folder from their local systems.
-
-### Step:3) Edit sftp configuration file (/etc/ssh/sshd_config)
-
-As we have already stated that sftp operations are done over the ssh, so it’s configuration file is “**/etc/ssh/sshd_config**“, Before making any changes I would suggest first take the backup and then edit this file and add the following content,
-
-```
-root@linuxtechi:~# cp /etc/ssh/sshd_config /etc/ssh/sshd_config-org
-root@linuxtechi:~# vim /etc/ssh/sshd_config
-………
-#Subsystem sftp /usr/lib/openssh/sftp-server
-Subsystem sftp internal-sftp
-
-Match Group sftp_users
- X11Forwarding no
- AllowTcpForwarding no
- ChrootDirectory %h
- ForceCommand internal-sftp
-…………
-```
-
-Save & exit the file.
-
-To make above changes into the affect, restart ssh service using following systemctl command
-
-```
-root@linuxtechi:~# systemctl restart sshd
-```
-
-In above ‘sshd_config’ file we have commented out the line which starts with “Subsystem” and added new entry “Subsystem sftp internal-sftp” and new lines like,
-
-“**Match Group sftp_users”** –> It means if a user is a part of ‘sftp_users’ group then apply rules which are mentioned below to this entry.
-
-“**ChrootDierctory %h**” –> It means users can only change directories within their respective home directories, they cannot go beyond their home directories, or in other words we can say users are not permitted to change directories, they will get jai like environment within their directories and can’t access any other user’s and system’s directories.
-
-“**ForceCommand internal-sftp**” –> It means users are limited to sftp command only.
-
-### Step:4) Test and Verify sftp
-
-Login to any other Linux system which is on the same network of your sftp server and then try to ssh sftp server via the users that we have mapped in ‘sftp_users’ group.
-
-```
-[root@linuxtechi ~]# ssh root@linuxtechi
-root@linuxtechi's password:
-Write failed: Broken pipe
-[root@linuxtechi ~]# ssh root@linuxtechi
-root@linuxtechi's password:
-Write failed: Broken pipe
-[root@linuxtechi ~]#
-```
-
-Above confirms that users are not allowed to SSH , now try sftp using following commands,
-
-```
-[root@linuxtechi ~]# sftp root@linuxtechi
-root@linuxtechi's password:
-Connected to 192.168.56.151.
-sftp> ls -l
-drwxr-xr-x 2 root 1001 4096 Sep 14 07:52 debian10-pkgs
--rw-r--r-- 1 root 1001 155 Sep 14 07:52 devops-actions.txt
-drwxr-xr-x 2 1001 1002 4096 Sep 14 08:29 upload
-```
-
-Let’s try to download a file using sftp ‘**get**‘ command
-
-```
-sftp> get devops-actions.txt
-Fetching /devops-actions.txt to devops-actions.txt
-/devops-actions.txt 100% 155 0.2KB/s 00:00
-sftp>
-sftp> cd /etc
-Couldn't stat remote file: No such file or directory
-sftp> cd /root
-Couldn't stat remote file: No such file or directory
-sftp>
-```
-
-Above output confirms that we are able to download file from our sftp server to local machine and apart from this we have also tested that users cannot change directories.
-
-Let’s try to upload a file under “**upload**” folder,
-
-```
-sftp> cd upload/
-sftp> put metricbeat-7.3.1-amd64.deb
-Uploading metricbeat-7.3.1-amd64.deb to /upload/metricbeat-7.3.1-amd64.deb
-metricbeat-7.3.1-amd64.deb 100% 38MB 38.4MB/s 00:01
-sftp> ls -l
--rw-r--r-- 1 1001 1002 40275654 Sep 14 09:18 metricbeat-7.3.1-amd64.deb
-sftp>
-```
-
-This confirms that we have successfully uploaded a file from our local system to sftp server.
-
-Now test the SFTP server with winscp tool, enter the sftp server ip address along user’s credentials,
-
-[![Winscp-sftp-debian10][1]][3]
-
-Click on Login and then try to download and upload files
-
-[![Download-file-winscp-debian10-sftp][1]][4]
-
-Now try to upload files in upload folder,
-
-[![Upload-File-using-winscp-Debian10-sftp][1]][5]
-
-Above window confirms that uploading is also working fine, that’s all from this article. If these steps help you to configure SFTP server with chroot environment in Debian 10 then please do share your feedback and comments.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://www.linuxtechi.com/configure-sftp-chroot-debian10/
-
-作者：[Pradeep Kumar][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/author/pradeep/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: data:image/gif;base64,R0lGODlhAQABAIAAAAAAAP///yH5BAEAAAAALAAAAAABAAEAAAIBRAA7
-[2]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Configure-sftp-debian10.jpg
-[3]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Winscp-sftp-debian10.jpg
-[4]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Download-file-winscp-debian10-sftp.jpg
-[5]: https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Upload-File-using-winscp-Debian10-sftp.jpg
diff --git a/sources/tech/20190925 Debugging in Emacs- The Grand Unified Debugger.md b/sources/tech/20190925 Debugging in Emacs- The Grand Unified Debugger.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f1a7fe8060..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20190925 Debugging in Emacs- The Grand Unified Debugger.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Debugging in Emacs: The Grand Unified Debugger)
-[#]: via: (https://opensourceforu.com/2019/09/debugging-in-emacs-the-grand-unified-debugger/)
-[#]: author: (Vineeth Kartha https://opensourceforu.com/author/vineeth-kartha/)
-
-Debugging in Emacs: The Grand Unified Debugger
-======
-
-[![][1]][2]
-
-_This article briefly explores the features of the Grand Unified Debugger, a debugging tool for Emacs._
-
-If you are a C/C++ developer, it is highly likely that you have crossed paths with GDB (the GNU debugger) which is, without doubt, one of the most powerful and unrivalled debuggers out there. Its only drawback is that it is command line based, and though that offers a lot of power, it is sometimes a bit restrictive as well. This is why smart people started coming up with IDEs to integrate editors and debuggers, and give them a GUI. There are still developers who believe that using the mouse reduces productivity and that mouse-click based GUIs are temptations by the devil.
-Since Emacs is one of the coolest text editors out there, I am going to show you how to write, compile and debug code without having to touch the mouse or move out of Emacs.
-
-![Figure 1: Compile command in Emacs’ mini buffer][3]
-
-![Figure 2: Compilation status][4]
-
-The Grand Unified Debugger, or GUD as it is commonly known, is an Emacs mode in which GDB can be run from within Emacs. This provides all the features of Emacs in GDB. The user does not have to move out of the editor to debug the code written.
-
-**Setting the stage for the Grand Unified Debugger**
-If you are using a Linux machine, then it is likely you will have GDB and gcc already installed. The next step is to ensure that Emacs is also installed. I am assuming that the readers are familiar with GDB and have used it at least for basic debugging. If not, please do check out some quick introductions to GDB that are widely available on the Internet.
-
-For people who are new to Emacs, let me introduce you to some basic terminology. Throughout this article, you will see shortcut commands such as C-c, M-x, etc. C means the Ctrl key and M means the Alt key. C-c means the Ctrl + c keys are pressed. If you see C-c c, it means Ctrl + c is pressed followed by c. Also, in Emacs, the main area where you edit the text is called the main buffer, and the area at the bottom of the Emacs window, where commands are entered, is called the mini buffer.
-Start Emacs and to create a new file, press _C-x C-f_. This will prompt you to enter a file name. Let us call our file ‘buggyFactorial.cpp’. Once the file is open, type in the code shown below:
-
-```
-#include
-#include
-int factorial(int num) {
-int product = 1;
-while(num--) {
-product *= num;
-}
-return product;
-}
-int main() {
-int result = factorial(5);
-assert(result == 120);
-}
-```
-
-Save the file with _C-x C-s_. Once the file is saved, it’s time to compile the code. Press _M-x_ and in the prompt that comes up, type in compile and hit Enter. Then, in the prompt, replace whatever is there with _g++ -g buggyFactorial.cpp_ and again hit _Enter_.
-
-This will open up another buffer in Emacs that will show the status of the compile and, hopefully, if the code typed in is correct, you will get a buffer like the one shown in Figure 2.
-
-To hide this compilation status buffer, make sure your cursor is in the compilation buffer (you can do this without the mouse using _C-x o_-this is used to move the cursor from one open buffer to the other), and then press _C-x 0_. The next step is to run the code and see if it works fine. Press M-! and in the mini buffer prompt, type _./a.out._
-
-See the mini buffer that says the assertion is failed. Clearly, something is wrong with the code, because the factorial (5) is 120. So let’s debug the code now.
-
-![Figure 3: Output of the code in the mini buffer][5]
-
-![Figure 4: The GDB buffer in Emacs][6]
-
-**Debugging the code using GUD**
-Now, since we have the code compiled, it’s time to see what is wrong with it. Press M-x and in the prompt, enter _gdb._ In the next prompt that appears, write _gdb -i=mi a.out_, which will start GDB in the Emacs buffer and if everything goes well, you should get the window that’s shown in Figure 4.
-At the gdb prompt, type break main and then r to run the program. This should start running the program and should break at the _main()_.
-
-As soon as GDB hits the break point at main, a new buffer will open up showing the code that you are debugging. Notice the red dot on the left side, which is where your breakpoint was set. There will be a small indicator that shows which line of the code you are on. Currently, this will be the same as the break point itself (Figure 5).
-
-![Figure 5: GDB and the code in split windows][7]
-
-![Figure 6: Show the local variables in a separate frame in Emacs][8]
-
-To debug the factorial function, we need to step into it. For this, you can either use the _gdb_ prompt and the gdb command step, or you can use the Emacs shortcut _C-c C-s_. There are other similar shortcuts, but I prefer using the GDB commands. So I will use them in the rest of this article.
-Let us keep an eye on the local variables while stepping through the factorial number. Check out Figure 6 for how to get an Emacs frame to show the local variables.
-
-Step through the code in the GDB prompt and watch the value of the local variable change. In the first iteration of the loop itself, we see a problem. The value of the product should have been 5 and not 4.
-
-This is where I leave you and now it’s up to the readers to explore and discover the magic land called GUD mode. Every gdb command works in the GUD mode as well. I leave the fix to this code as an exercise to readers. Explore and see how you can customise things to make your workflow simpler and become more productive while debugging.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensourceforu.com/2019/09/debugging-in-emacs-the-grand-unified-debugger/
-
-作者：[Vineeth Kartha][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensourceforu.com/author/vineeth-kartha/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://i0.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Screenshot-from-2019-09-25-15-39-46.png?resize=696%2C440&ssl=1 (Screenshot from 2019-09-25 15-39-46)
-[2]: https://i0.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Screenshot-from-2019-09-25-15-39-46.png?fit=800%2C506&ssl=1
-[3]: https://i1.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Figure_1.png?resize=350%2C228&ssl=1
-[4]: https://i2.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Figure_2.png?resize=350%2C228&ssl=1
-[5]: https://i0.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Figure_3.png?resize=350%2C228&ssl=1
-[6]: https://i0.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Figure_4.png?resize=350%2C227&ssl=1
-[7]: https://i1.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Figure_5.png?resize=350%2C200&ssl=1
-[8]: https://i1.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Figure_6.png?resize=350%2C286&ssl=1
diff --git a/sources/tech/20191003 4 open source eBook readers for Android.md b/sources/tech/20191003 4 open source eBook readers for Android.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f2c6638bc4..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20191003 4 open source eBook readers for Android.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (4 open source eBook readers for Android)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/10/open-source-ereaders-android)
-[#]: author: (Scott Nesbitt https://opensource.com/users/scottnesbitt)
-
-4 open source eBook readers for Android
-======
-Looking for a new eBook app? Check out these four solid, open source
-eBook readers for Android.
-![Computer browser with books on the screen][1]
-
-Who doesn't like a good read? Instead of frittering away your time on social media or a [messaging app][2], you can enjoy a book, magazine, or another document on your Android-powered phone or tablet.
-
-To do that, all you need is the right eBook reader app. So let's take a look at four solid, open source eBook readers for Android.
-
-### Book Reader
-
-Let's start off with my favorite open source Android eBook reader: [Book Reader][3]. It's based on the older, open source version of the now-proprietary FBReader app. Like earlier versions of its progenitor, Book Reader is simple and minimal, but it does a great job.
-
-**Pros of Book Reader:**
-
- * It's easy to use.
- * The app's interface follows Android's [Material Design guidelines][4], so it's very clean.
- * You can add bookmarks to an eBook and share text with other apps on your device.
- * There's growing support for languages other than English.
-
-
-
-**Cons of Book Reader:**
-
- * Book Reader has a limited number of configuration options.
- * There's no built-in dictionary or support for an external dictionary.
-
-
-
-**Supported eBook formats:**
-
-Book Reader supports EPUB, .mobi, PDF, [DjVu][5], HTML, plain text, Word documents, RTF, and [FictionBook][6].
-
-![Book Reader Android app][7]
-
-Book Reader's source code is licensed under the GNU General Public License version 3.0, and you can find it on [GitLab][8].
-
-### Cool Reader
-
-[Cool Reader][9] is a zippy and easy-to-use eBook app. While I think the app's icons are reminiscent of those found in Windows Vista, Cool Reader does have several useful features.
-
-**Pros of Cool Reader:**
-
- * It's highly configurable. You can change fonts, line and paragraph spacing, hyphenation, font sizes, margins, and background colors.
- * You can override the stylesheet in a book. I found this useful with two or three books that set all text in small capital letters.
- * It automatically scans your device for new books when you start it up. You can also access books on [Project Gutenberg][10] and the [Internet Archive][11].
-
-
-
-**Cons of Cool Reader:**
-
- * Cool Reader doesn't have the cleanest or most modern interface.
- * While it's usable out of the box, you really need to do a bit of configuration to make Cool Reader comfortable to use.
- * The app's default dictionary is proprietary, although you can swap it out for [an open one][12].
-
-
-
-**Supported eBook formats:**
-
-You can use Cool Reader to browse EPUB, FictionBook, plain text, RTF, HTML, [Compiled HTML Help][13] (.chm), and TCR (the eBook format for the Psion series of handheld computers) files.
-
-![Cool Reader Android app][14]
-
-Cool Reader's source code is licensed under the GNU General Public License version 2, and you can find it on [Sourceforge][15].
-
-### KOReader
-
-[KOReader][16] was originally created for [E Ink][17] eBook readers but found its way to Android. While testing it, I found KOReader to be both useful and frustrating in equal measures. It's definitely not a bad app, but it's not my first choice.
-
-**Pros of KOReader:**
-
- * It's highly configurable.
- * It supports multiple languages.
- * It allows you to look up words using a [dictionary][18] (if you have one installed) or Wikipedia (if you're connected to the internet).
-
-
-
-**Cons of KOReader:**
-
- * You need to change the settings for each book you read. KOReader doesn't remember settings when you open a new book.
- * The interface is reminiscent of a dedicated eBook reader. The app doesn't have that Android look and feel.
-
-
-
-**Supported eBook formats:**
-
-You can view PDF, DjVu, CBT, and [CBZ][5] eBooks. It also supports EPUB, FictionBook, .mobi, Word documents, text files, and [Compiled HTML Help][13] (.chm) files.
-
-![KOReader Android app][19]
-
-KOReader's source code is licensed under the GNU Affero General Public License version 3.0, and you can find it on [GitHub][20].
-
-### Booky McBookface
-
-Yes, that really is the name of [this eBook reader][21]. It's the most basic of the eBook readers in this article but don't let that (or the goofy name) put you off. Booky McBookface is easy to use and does the one thing it does quite well.
-
-**Pros of Booky McBookface:**
-
- * There are no frills. It's just you and your eBook.
- * The interface is simple and clean.
- * Long-tapping the app's icon in the Android Launcher pops up a menu from which you can open the last book you were reading, get a list of unread books, or find and open a book on your device.
-
-
-
-**Cons of Booky McBookface:**
-
- * The app has few configuration options—you can change the size of the font and the brightness, and that's about it.
- * You need to use the buttons at the bottom of the screen to navigate through an eBook. Tapping the edges of the screen doesn't work.
- * You can't add bookmarks to an eBook.
-
-
-
-**Supported eBook formats:**
-
-You can read eBooks in EPUB, HTML, or plain text formats with Booky McBookface.
-
-![Booky McBookface Android app][22]
-
-Booky McBookface's source code is available under the GNU General Public License version 3.0, and you can find it [on GitHub][23].
-
-Do you have a favorite open source eBook reader for Android? Share it with the community by leaving a comment.
-
-Have you ever downloaded an Android app only to find that it wants access to all your phone's...
-
-There is a rich and growing ecosystem of open source applications for mobile devices, just like the...
-
-With these seven open source apps, you can play chess against your phone or an online opponent,...
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/10/open-source-ereaders-android
-
-作者：[Scott Nesbitt][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/scottnesbitt
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/computer_browser_program_books_read.jpg?itok=iNMWe8Bu (Computer browser with books on the screen)
-[2]: https://opensource.com/article/19/3/open-messenger-client
-[3]: https://f-droid.org/en/packages/com.github.axet.bookreader/
-[4]: https://material.io/design/
-[5]: https://opensource.com/article/19/3/comic-book-archive-djvu
-[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FictionBook
-[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/book_reader-book-list.png (Book Reader Android app)
-[8]: https://gitlab.com/axet/android-book-reader/tree/HEAD
-[9]: https://f-droid.org/en/packages/org.coolreader/
-[10]: https://www.gutenberg.org/
-[11]: https://archive.org
-[12]: http://aarddict.org/
-[13]: https://fileinfo.com/extension/chm
-[14]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/cool_reader-icons.png (Cool Reader Android app)
-[15]: https://sourceforge.net/projects/crengine/
-[16]: https://f-droid.org/en/packages/org.koreader.launcher/
-[17]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E_Ink
-[18]: https://github.com/koreader/koreader/wiki/Dictionary-support
-[19]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/koreader-lookup.png (KOReader Android app)
-[20]: https://github.com/koreader/koreader
-[21]: https://f-droid.org/en/packages/com.quaap.bookymcbookface/
-[22]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/booky_mcbookface-menu.png (Booky McBookface Android app)
-[23]: https://github.com/quaap/BookyMcBookface
diff --git a/sources/tech/20191007 20 Linux Command Tips and Tricks That Will Save You A Lot of Time.md b/sources/tech/20191007 20 Linux Command Tips and Tricks That Will Save You A Lot of Time.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..da080e65ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20191007 20 Linux Command Tips and Tricks That Will Save You A Lot of Time.md
@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (20 Linux Command Tips and Tricks That Will Save You A Lot of Time)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/linux-command-tricks/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+20 Linux Command Tips and Tricks That Will Save You A Lot of Time
+======
+
+_**Brief**: Here are some tiny but useful Linux commands, terminal tricks and shortcuts that will save you a lot of time while working with Linux command line._
+
+Have you ever encountered a moment when you see your colleague using some simple Linux commands for tasks that took you several keystrokes? And when you saw that you were like, “Wow! I didn’t know it could have been done that easily”.
+
+In this article, I’ll show you some pro Linux command tricks that will save you a lot of time and in some cases, from plenty of frustration. Not only your friends or colleagues will ‘wow’ at you, it will also help you increase your productivity as you will need fewer keystrokes and even fewer mouse clicks.
+
+It’s not that these are Linux tips for beginners only. Chances are that even experienced Linux users will find some hidden gems that they were not aware despite using Linux for all these years.
+
+In any case, you [learn Linux][1] by experience, be it your own or someone else’s :)
+
+### Cool Linux terminal tricks to save time and increase productivity
+
+![][2]
+
+You might already know a few of these Linux command tips or perhaps all of it. In either case, you are welcome to share your favorite tricks in the comment section.
+
+Some of these tips also depend on how the shell is configured. Let’s begin!
+
+#### 0\. Using tab for autocompletion
+
+I’ll start with something really obvious and yet really important: tab completion.
+
+When you are starting to type something in Linux terminal, you can hit the tab key and it will suggest all the possible options that start with string you have typed so far.
+
+For example, if you are trying to copy a file named my_best_file_1.txt, you can just type ‘cp m’ and hit tab to see the possible options.
+
+![Use tab for auto-completion][3]
+
+You can use tab in completing commands as well.
+
+[irp posts=”16244″ name=”Difference Between apt and apt-get Explained”]
+
+#### 1\. Switch back to the last working directory
+
+Suppose you end up in a long directory path and then you move to another directory in a totally different path. And then you realize that you have to go back to the previous directory you were in. In this case, all you need to do is to type this command:
+
+```
+cd -
+```
+
+This will put you back in the last working directory. You don’t need to type the long directory path or copy paste it anymore.
+
+![Easily switch between directories][4]
+
+#### 2\. Go back to home directory
+
+This is way too obvious. You can use the command below to move to your home directory from anywhere in Linux command-line:
+
+```
+cd ~
+```
+
+However, you can also use just cd to go back to home directory:
+
+```
+cd
+```
+
+Most modern Linux distributions have the shell pre-configured for this command. Saves you at least two keystrokes here.
+
+![Move to Home as quickly as possible][5]
+
+#### 3\. List the contents of a directory
+
+You must be guessing what’s the trick in the command for listing the contents of a directory. Everyone knows to use the ls -l for this purpose.
+
+And that’s the thing. Most people use ls -l to list the contents of the directory, whereas the same can be done with the following command:
+
+```
+ll
+```
+
+Again, this depends on the Linux distributions and shell configuration, but chances are that you’ll be able to use it in most Linux distributions.
+
+![Using ll instead of ls -l][6]
+
+#### 4\. Running multiple commands in one single command
+
+Suppose, you have to run several commands one after another. Do you wait for the first command to finish running and then execute the next one?
+
+You can use the ‘;’ separator for this purpose. This way, you can run a number of commands in one line. No need to wait for the previous commands to finish their business.
+
+```
+command_1; command_2; command_3
+```
+
+#### 5\. Running multiple commands in one single command only if the previous command was successful
+
+In the previous command, you saw how to run several commands in one single command to save time. But what if you have to make sure that commands don’t fail?
+
+Imagine a situation where you want to build a code and then if the build was successful, run the make?
+
+You can use && separator for this case. && makes sure that the next command will only run when the previous command was successful.
+
+```
+command_1 && command_2
+```
+
+A good example of this command is when you use sudo apt update && sudo apt upgrade to upgrade your system.
+
+#### 6\. Easily search and use the commands that you had used in the past
+
+Imagine a situation where you used a long command couple of minutes/hours ago and you have to use it again. Problem is that you cannot remember the exact command anymore.
+
+Reverse search is your savior here. You can search for the command in the history using a search term.
+
+Just use the keys ctrl+r to initiate reverse search and type some part of the command. It will look up into the history and will show you the commands that matches the search term.
+
+```
+ctrl+r search_term
+```
+
+By default, it will show just one result. To see more results matching your search term, you will have to use ctrl+r again and again. To quit reverse search, just use Ctrl+C.
+
+![Reverse search in command history][7]
+
+Note that in some Bash shells, you can also use Page Up and Down key with your search term and it will autocomplete the command.
+
+#### 7\. Unfreeze your Linux terminal from accidental Ctrl+S
+
+You probably are habitual of using Ctrl+S for saving. But if you use that in Linux terminal, you’ll have a frozen terminal.
+
+Don’t worry, you don’t have to close the terminal, not anymore. Just use Ctrl+Q and you can use the terminal again.
+
+```
+ctrl+Q
+```
+
+#### 8\. Move to beginning or end of line
+
+Suppose you are typing a long command and midway you realize that you had to change something at the beginning. You would use several left arrow keystrokes to move to the start of the line. And similarly for going to the end of the line.
+
+You can use Home and End keys here of course but alternatively, you can use Ctrl+A to go to the beginning of the line and Ctrl+E to go to the end.
+
+![Move to the beginning or end of the line][8]
+
+I find it more convenient than using the home and end keys, especially on my laptop.
+
+#### 9\. Reading a log file in real time
+
+In situations where you need to analyze the logs while the application is running, you can use the tail command with -f option.
+
+```
+tail -f path_to_Log
+```
+
+You can also use the regular grep options to display only those lines that are meaningful to you:
+
+```
+tail -f path_to_log | grep search_term
+```
+
+You can also use the option F here. This will keep the tail running even if the log file is deleted. So if the log file is created again, tail will continue logging.
+
+#### 10\. Reading compressed logs without extracting
+
+Server logs are usually gzip compressed to save disk space. It creates an issue for the developer or sysadmin analyzing the logs. You might have to [scp][9] it to your local and then extract it to access the files because, at times, you don’t have write permission to extract the logs.
+
+Thankfully, z commands save you in such situations. z commands provide alternatives of the regular commands that you use to deal with log files such as less, cat, grep etc.
+
+So you get zless, zcat, zgrep etc and you don’t even have to explicitly extract the compressed files. Please refer to my earlier article about [using z commands to real compressed logs][10] in detail.
+
+This was one of the secret finds that won me a coffee from my colleague.
+
+#### 11\. Use less to read files
+
+To see the contents of a file, cat is not the best option especially if it is a big file. cat command will display the entire file on your screen.
+
+You can use Vi, Vim or other terminal based text editors but if you just want to read a file, less command is a far better choice.
+
+```
+less path_to_file
+```
+
+You can search for terms inside less, move by page, display with line numbers etc.
+
+#### 12\. Reuse the last item from the previous command with !$
+
+Using the argument of the previous command comes handy in many situations.
+
+Say you have to create a directory and then go into the newly created directory. There you can use the !$ options.
+
+![Use !$ to use the argument of last command][11]
+
+A better way to do the same is to use alt+. . You can use . a number times to shuffle between the options of the last commands.
+
+#### 13\. Reuse the previous command in present command with !!
+
+You can call the entire previous command with !!. This comes particularly useful when you have to run a command and realize that it needs root privileges.
+
+A quick sudo !! saves plenty of keystrokes here.
+
+![Use !! to use last command as an argument][12]
+
+#### 14\. Using alias to fix typos
+
+You probably already know what is an alias command in Linux. What you can do is, to use them to fix typos.
+
+For example, you might often mistype grep as gerp. If you put an alias in your bashrc in this fashion:
+
+```
+alias gerp=grep
+```
+
+This way you won’t have to retype the command again.
+
+#### 15\. Copy Paste in Linux terminal
+
+This one is slightly ambiguous because it depends on Linux distributions and terminal applications. But in general, you should be able to copy paste commands with these shortcuts:
+
+ * Select the text for copying and right click for paste (works in Putty and other Windows SSH clients)
+ * Select the text for copying and middle click (scroll button on the mouse) for paste
+ * Ctrl+Shift+C for copy and Ctrl+Shift+V for paste
+
+
+
+#### 16\. Kill a running command/process
+
+This one is perhaps way too obvious. If there is a command running in the foreground and you want to exit it, you can press Ctrl+C to stop that running command.
+
+#### 17\. Using yes command for commands or scripts that need interactive response
+
+If there are some commands or scripts that need user interaction and you know that you have to enter Y each time it requires an input, you can use Yes command.
+
+Just use it in the below fashion:
+
+```
+yes | command_or_script
+```
+
+#### 18\. Empty a file without deleting it
+
+If you just want to empty the contents of a text file without deleting the file itself, you can use a command similar to this:
+
+```
+> filename
+```
+
+#### 19\. Find if there are files containing a particular text
+
+There are multiple ways to search and find in Linux command line. But in the case when you just want to see if there are files that contain a particular text, you can use this command:
+
+```
+grep -Pri Search_Term path_to_directory
+```
+
+I highly advise mastering find command though.
+
+#### 20\. Using help with any command
+
+I’ll conclude this article with one more obvious and yet very important ‘trick’, using help with a command or a command line tool.
+
+Almost all command and command line tool come with a help page that shows how to use the command. Often using help will tell you the basic usage of the tool/command.
+
+Just use it in this fashion:
+
+```
+command_tool --help
+```
+
+#### Your favorite Linux command line tricks?
+
+I have deliberately not included commands like [fuck][13] because those are not standard commands that you’ll find everywhere. The tricks discussed here should be usable almost in all Linux distributions and shell without the need of installing a new tool.
+
+I would also suggest [using alias command in Linux][14] to replace complicated commands with a simple. Saves a lot of time.
+
+I know that there are more Linux command tricks to save time in the terminal. Why not share some of your experiences with Linux and do share your best trick with rest of the community here? The comment section below is at your disposal.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/linux-command-tricks/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/learn-linux-for-free/
+[2]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/Linux-Command-Tricks-Save-Time.jpeg?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[3]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/Linux-Command-tricks-to-save-time-8.png?ssl=1
+[4]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/Linux-Command-tricks-to-save-time-1.png?ssl=1
+[5]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/Linux-Command-tricks-to-save-time-2.png?ssl=1
+[6]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/Linux-Command-tricks-to-save-time-3.png?ssl=1
+[7]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/Linux-Command-tricks-to-save-time-4.png?ssl=1
+[8]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/Linux-Command-tricks-to-save-time-5.png?ssl=1
+[9]: http://www.hypexr.org/linux_scp_help.php
+[10]: https://itsfoss.com/read-compressed-log-files-linux/
+[11]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/Linux-Command-tricks-to-save-time-6.png?ssl=1
+[12]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/Linux-Command-tricks-to-save-time-7.png?ssl=1
+[13]: https://github.com/nvbn/thefuck
+[14]: https://linuxhandbook.com/linux-alias-command/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20191014 How to make a Halloween lantern with Inkscape.md b/sources/tech/20191014 How to make a Halloween lantern with Inkscape.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f15fae6e6..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20191014 How to make a Halloween lantern with Inkscape.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (How to make a Halloween lantern with Inkscape)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/10/how-make-halloween-lantern-inkscape)
-[#]: author: (Jess Weichler https://opensource.com/users/cyanide-cupcake)
-
-How to make a Halloween lantern with Inkscape
-======
-Use open source tools to make a spooky and fun decoration for your
-favorite Halloween haunt.
-![Halloween - backlit bat flying][1]
-
-The spooky season is almost here! This year, decorate your haunt with a unique Halloween lantern made with open source!
-
-Typically, a portion of a lantern's structure is opaque to block the light from within. What makes a lantern a lantern are the parts that are missing: windows cut from the structure so that light can escape. While it's impractical for lighting, a lantern with windows in spooky shapes and lurking silhouettes can be atmospheric and a lot of fun to create.
-
-This article demonstrates how to create your own lantern using [Inkscape][2]. If you don't have Inkscape, you can install it from your software repository on Linux or download it from the [Inkscape website][3] on MacOS and Windows.
-
-### Supplies
-
- * Template ([A4][4] or [Letter][5] size)
- * Cardstock (black is traditional)
- * Tracing paper (optional)
- * Craft knife, ruler, and cutting mat (a craft cutting machine/laser cutter can be used instead)
- * Craft glue
- * LED tea-light "candle"
-_Safety note:_ Only use battery-operated candles for this project.
-
-
-
-### Understanding the template
-
-To begin, download the correct template for your region (A4 or Letter) from the links above and open it in Inkscape.
-
-* * *
-
-* * *
-
-* * *
-
-**![Lantern template screen][6]**
-
-The gray-and-white checkerboard background is see-through (in technical terms, it's an _alpha channel_.)
-
-The black base forms the lantern. Right now, there are no windows for light to shine through; the lantern is a solid black base. You will use the **Union** and **Difference** options in Inkscape to design the windows digitally.
-
-The dotted blue lines represent fold scorelines. The solid orange lines represent guides. Windows for light should not be placed outside the orange boxes.
-
-To the left of the template are a few pre-made objects you can use in your design.
-
-### To create a window or shape
-
- 1. Create an object that looks like the window style you want. Objects can be created using any of the shape tools in Inkscape's left toolbar. Alternately, you can download Creative Commons- or Public Domain-licensed clipart and import the PNG file into your project.
- 2. When you are happy with the shape of the object, turn it into a **Path** (rather than a **Shape**, which Inkscape sees as two different kinds of objects) by selecting **Object > Object to Path** in the top menu.
-
-
-
-![Object to path menu][7]
-
- 3. Place the object on top of the base shape.
- 4. Select both the object and the black base by clicking one, pressing and holding the Shift key, then selecting the other.
- 5. Select **Object > Difference** from the top menu to remove the shape of the object from the base. This creates what will become a window in your lantern.
-
-
-
-![Object > Difference menu][8]
-
-### To add an object to a window
-
-After making a window, you can add objects to it to create a scene.
-
-**Tips:**
-
- * All objects, including text, must be connected to the base of the lantern. If not, they will fall out after cutting and leave a blank space.
- * Avoid small, intricate details. These are difficult to cut, even when using a machine like a laser cutter or a craft plotter.
-
-
- 1. Create or import an object.
- 2. Place the object inside the window so that it is touching at least two sides of the base.
- 3. With the object selected, choose **Object > Object to Path** from the top menu.
-
-
-
-![Object to path menu][9]
-
- 4. Select the object and the black base by clicking on each one while holding the Shift key).
- 5. Select **Object > Union** to join the object and the base.
-
-
-
-### Add text
-
-Text can either be cut out from the base to create a window (as I did with the stars) or added to a window (which blocks the light from within the lantern). If you're creating a window, only follow steps 1 and 2 below, then use **Difference** to remove the text from the base layer.
-
- 1. Select the Text tool from the left sidebar to create text. Thick, bold fonts work best.
-
-![Text tool][10]
-
- 2. Select your text, then choose **Path > Object to Path** from the top menu. This converts the text object to a path. Note that this step means you can no longer edit the text, so perform this step _only after_ you're sure you have the word or words you want.
-
- 3. After you have converted the text, you can press **F2** on your keyboard to activate the **Node Editor** tool to clearly show the nodes of the text when it is selected with this tool.
-
-
-
-
-![Text selected with Node editor][11]
-
- 4. Ungroup the text.
- 5. Adjust each letter so that it slightly overlaps its neighboring letter or the base.
-
-
-
-![Overlapping the text][12]
-
- 6. To connect all of the letters to one another and to the base, re-select all the text and the base, then select **Path > Union**.
-
-![Connecting letters and base with Path > Union][13]
-
-
-
-
-### Prepare for printing
-
-The following instructions are for hand-cutting your lantern. If you're using a laser cutter or craft plotter, follow the techniques required by your hardware to prepare your files.
-
- 1. In the **Layer** panel, click the **Eye** icon beside the **Safety** layer to hide the safety lines. If you don't see the Layer panel, reveal it by selecting **Layer > Layers** from the top menu.
- 2. Select the black base. In the **Fill and Stroke** panel, set the fill to **X** (meaning _no fill_) and the **Stroke** to solid black (that's #000000ff to fans of hexes).
-
-
-
-![Setting fill and stroke][14]
-
- 3. Print your pattern with **File > Print**.
-
- 4. Using a craft knife and ruler, carefully cut around each black line. Lightly score the dotted blue lines, then fold.
-
-![Cutting out the lantern][15]
-
- 5. To finish off the windows, cut tracing paper to the size of each window and glue it to the inside of the lantern.
-
-![Adding tracing paper][16]
-
- 6. Glue the lantern together at the tabs.
-
- 7. Turn on a battery-powered LED candle and place it inside your lantern.
-
-
-
-
-![Completed lantern][17]
-
-Now your lantern is complete and ready to light up your haunt. Happy Halloween!
-
-How to make Halloween bottle labels with Inkscape, GIMP, and items around the house.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/10/how-make-halloween-lantern-inkscape
-
-作者：[Jess Weichler][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/cyanide-cupcake
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/halloween_bag_bat_diy.jpg?itok=24M0lX25 (Halloween - backlit bat flying)
-[2]: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/inkscape-absolute-beginners
-[3]: http://inkscape.org
-[4]: https://www.dropbox.com/s/75qzjilg5ak2oj1/papercraft_lantern_A4_template.svg?dl=0
-[5]: https://www.dropbox.com/s/8fswdge49jwx91n/papercraft_lantern_letter_template%20.svg?dl=0
-[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/lanterntemplate_screen.png (Lantern template screen)
-[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/lantern1.png (Object to path menu)
-[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/lantern2.png (Object > Difference menu)
-[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/lantern3.png (Object to path menu)
-[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/lantern4.png (Text tool)
-[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/lantern5.png (Text selected with Node editor)
-[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/lantern6.png (Overlapping the text)
-[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/lantern7.png (Connecting letters and base with Path > Union)
-[14]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/lantern8.png (Setting fill and stroke)
-[15]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/lantern9.jpg (Cutting out the lantern)
-[16]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/lantern10.jpg (Adding tracing paper)
-[17]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/lantern11.jpg (Completed lantern)
diff --git a/sources/tech/20191031 4 Python tools for getting started with astronomy.md b/sources/tech/20191031 4 Python tools for getting started with astronomy.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 79e64651b3..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20191031 4 Python tools for getting started with astronomy.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (4 Python tools for getting started with astronomy)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/10/python-astronomy-open-data)
-[#]: author: (Gina Helfrich, Ph.D. https://opensource.com/users/ginahelfrich)
-
-4 Python tools for getting started with astronomy
-======
-Explore the universe with NumPy, SciPy, Scikit-Image, and Astropy.
-![Person looking up at the stars][1]
-
-NumFOCUS is a nonprofit charity that supports amazing open source toolkits for scientific computing and data science. As part of the effort to connect Opensource.com readers with the NumFOCUS community, we are republishing some of the most popular articles from [our blog][2]. To learn more about our mission and programs, please visit [numfocus.org][3]. If you're interested in participating in the NumFOCUS community in person, check out a local [PyData event][4] happening near you.
-
-* * *
-
-### Astronomy with Python
-
-Python is a great language for science, and specifically for astronomy. The various packages such as [NumPy][5], [SciPy][6], [Scikit-Image][7] and [Astropy][8] (to name but a few) are all a great testament to the suitability of Python for astronomy, and there are plenty of use cases. [NumPy, Astropy, and SciPy are NumFOCUS fiscally sponsored projects; Scikit-Image is an affiliated project.] Since leaving the field of astronomical research behind more than 10 years ago to start a second career as software developer, I have always been interested in the evolution of these packages. Many of my former colleagues in astronomy used most if not all of these packages for their research work. I have since worked on implementing professional astronomy software packages for instruments for the Very Large Telescope (VLT) in Chile, for example.
-
-It struck me recently that the Python packages have evolved to such an extent that it is now fairly easy for anyone to build [data reduction][9] scripts that can provide high-quality data products. Astronomical data is ubiquitous, and what is more, it is almost all publicly available—you just need to look for it.
-
-For example, ESO, which runs the VLT, offers the data for download on their site. Head over to [www.eso.org/UserPortal][10] and create a user name for their portal. If you look for data from the instrument SPHERE you can download a full dataset for any of the nearby stars that have exoplanet or proto-stellar discs. It is a fantastic and exciting project for any Pythonista to reduce that data and make the planets or discs that are deeply hidden in the noise visible.
-
-I encourage you to download the ESO or any other astronomy imaging dataset and go on that adventure. Here are a few tips:
-
- 1. Start off with a good dataset. Have a look at papers about nearby stars with discs or exoplanets and then search, for example: . Notice that some data on this site is marked as red and some as green. The red data is not publicly available yet — it will say under “release date” when it will be available.
- 2. Read something about the instrument you are using the data from. Try and get a basic understanding of how the data is obtained and what the standard data reduction should look like. All telescopes and instruments have publicly available documents about this.
- 3. You will need to consider the standard problems with astronomical data and correct for them:
- 1. Data comes in FITS files. You will need **pyfits** or **astropy** (which contains pyfits) to read them into **NumPy** arrays. In some cases the data comes in a cube and you should to use **numpy.median **along the z-axis to turn them into 2-D arrays. For some SPHERE data you get two copies of the same piece of sky on the same image (each has a different filter) which you will need to extract using **indexing and slicing.**
- 2. The master dark and bad pixel map. All instruments will have specific images taken as “dark frames” that contain images with the shutter closed (no light at all). Use these to extract a mask of bad pixels using **NumPy masked arrays** for this. This mask of bad pixels will be very important — you need to keep track of it as you process the data to get a clean combined image in the end. In some cases it also helps to subtract this master dark from all scientific raw images.
- 3. Instruments will typically also have a master flat frame. This is an image or series of images taken with a flat uniform light source. You will need to divide all scientific raw images by this (again, using numpy masked array makes this an easy division operation).
- 4. For planet imaging, the fundamental technique to make planets visible against a bright star rely on using a coronagraph and a technique known as angular differential imaging. To that end, you need to identify the optical centre on the images. This is one of the most tricky steps and requires finding some artificial helper images embedded in the images using **skimage.feature.blob_dog**.
- 4. Be patient. It can take a while to understand the data format and how to handle it. Making some plots and histograms of the pixel data can help you to understand it. It is well worth it to be persistent! You will learn a lot about imaging data and processing.
-
-
-
-Using the tools offered by NumPy, SciPy, Astropy, scikit-image and more in combination, with some patience and persistence, it is possible to analyse the vast amount of available astronomical data to produce some stunning results. And who knows, maybe you will be the first one to find a planet that was previously overlooked! Good luck!
-
-_This article was originally published on the NumFOCUS blog and is republished with permission. It is based on [a talk][11] by [Ole Moeller-Nilsson][12], CTO at Pivigo. If you want to support NumFOCUS, you can donate [here][13] or find your local [PyData event][4] happening around the world._
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/10/python-astronomy-open-data
-
-作者：[Gina Helfrich, Ph.D.][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ginahelfrich
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/space_stars_cosmos_person.jpg?itok=XUtz_LyY (Person looking up at the stars)
-[2]: https://numfocus.org/blog
-[3]: https://numfocus.org
-[4]: https://pydata.org/
-[5]: http://numpy.scipy.org/
-[6]: http://www.scipy.org/
-[7]: http://scikit-image.org/
-[8]: http://www.astropy.org/
-[9]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_reduction
-[10]: http://www.eso.org/UserPortal
-[11]: https://www.slideshare.net/OleMoellerNilsson/pydata-lonon-finding-planets-with-python
-[12]: https://twitter.com/olly_mn
-[13]: https://numfocus.org/donate
diff --git a/sources/tech/20191031 Advance your awk skills with two easy tutorials.md b/sources/tech/20191031 Advance your awk skills with two easy tutorials.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 76f7a54e5f..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20191031 Advance your awk skills with two easy tutorials.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,287 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: (nacyro)
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Advance your awk skills with two easy tutorials)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/10/advanced-awk)
-[#]: author: (Dave Neary https://opensource.com/users/dneary)
-
-Advance your awk skills with two easy tutorials
-======
-Go beyond one-line awk scripts with mail merge and word counting.
-![a checklist for a team][1]
-
-Awk is one of the oldest tools in the Unix and Linux user's toolbox. Created in the 1970s by Alfred Aho, Peter Weinberger, and Brian Kernighan (the A, W, and K of the tool's name), awk was created for complex processing of text streams. It is a companion tool to sed, the stream editor, which is designed for line-by-line processing of text files. Awk allows more complex structured programs and is a complete programming language.
-
-This article will explain how to use awk for more structured and complex tasks, including a simple mail merge application.
-
-### Awk program structure
-
-An awk script is made up of functional blocks surrounded by **{}** (curly brackets). There are two special function blocks, **BEGIN** and **END**, that execute before processing the first line of the input stream and after the last line is processed. In between, blocks have the format:
-
-
-```
-`pattern { action statements }`
-```
-
-Each block executes when the line in the input buffer matches the pattern. If no pattern is included, the function block executes on every line of the input stream.
-
-Also, the following syntax can be used to define functions in awk that can be called from any block:
-
-
-```
-`function name(parameter list) { statements }`
-```
-
-This combination of pattern-matching blocks and functions allows the developer to structure awk programs for reuse and readability.
-
-### How awk processes text streams
-
-Awk reads text from its input file or stream one line at a time and uses a field separator to parse it into a number of fields. In awk terminology, the current buffer is a _record_. There are a number of special variables that affect how awk reads and processes a file:
-
- * **FS** (field separator): By default, this is any whitespace (spaces or tabs)
- * **RS** (record separator): By default, a newline (**\n**)
- * **NF** (number of fields): When awk parses a line, this variable is set to the number of fields that have been parsed
- * **$0:** The current record
- * **$1, $2, $3, etc.:** The first, second, third, etc. field from the current record
- * **NR** (number of records): The number of records that have been parsed so far by the awk script
-
-
-
-There are many other variables that affect awk's behavior, but this is enough to start with.
-
-### Awk one-liners
-
-For a tool so powerful, it's interesting that most of awk's usage is basic one-liners. Perhaps the most common awk program prints selected fields from an input line from a CSV file, a log file, etc. For example, the following one-liner prints a list of usernames from **/etc/passwd**:
-
-
-```
-`awk -F":" '{print $1 }' /etc/passwd`
-```
-
-As mentioned above, **$1** is the first field in the current record. The **-F** option sets the FS variable to the character **:**.
-
-The field separator can also be set in a BEGIN function block:
-
-
-```
-`awk 'BEGIN { FS=":" } {print $1 }' /etc/passwd`
-```
-
-In the following example, every user whose shell is not **/sbin/nologin** can be printed by preceding the block with a pattern match:
-
-
-```
-`awk 'BEGIN { FS=":" } ! /\/sbin\/nologin/ {print $1 }' /etc/passwd`
-```
-
-### Advanced awk: Mail merge
-
-Now that you have some of the basics, try delving deeper into awk with a more structured example: creating a mail merge.
-
-A mail merge uses two files, one (called in this example **email_template.txt**) containing a template for an email you want to send:
-
-
-```
-From: Program committee <[pc@event.org][2]>
-To: {firstname} {lastname} <{email}>
-Subject: Your presentation proposal
-
-Dear {firstname},
-
-Thank you for your presentation proposal:
- {title}
-
-We are pleased to inform you that your proposal has been successful! We
-will contact you shortly with further information about the event
-schedule.
-
-Thank you,
-The Program Committee
-```
-
-And the other is a CSV file (called **proposals.csv**) with the people you want to send the email to:
-
-
-```
-firstname,lastname,email,title
-Harry,Potter,[hpotter@hogwarts.edu][3],"Defeating your nemesis in 3 easy steps"
-Jack,Reacher,[reacher@covert.mil][4],"Hand-to-hand combat for beginners"
-Mickey,Mouse,[mmouse@disney.com][5],"Surviving public speaking with a squeaky voice"
-Santa,Claus,[sclaus@northpole.org][6],"Efficient list-making"
-```
-
-You want to read the CSV file, replace the relevant fields in the first file (skipping the first line), then write the result to a file called **acceptanceN.txt**, incrementing **N** for each line you parse.
-
-Write the awk program in a file called **mail_merge.awk**. Statements are separated by **;** in awk scripts. The first task is to set the field separator variable and a couple of other variables the script needs. You also need to read and discard the first line in the CSV, or a file will be created starting with _Dear firstname_. To do this, use the special function **getline** and reset the record counter to 0 after reading it.
-
-
-```
-BEGIN {
- FS=",";
- template="email_template.txt";
- output="acceptance";
- getline;
- NR=0;
-}
-```
-
-The main function is very straightforward: for each line processed, a variable is set for the various fields—**firstname**, **lastname**, **email**, and **title**. The template file is read line by line, and the function **sub** is used to substitute any occurrence of the special character sequences with the value of the relevant variable. Then the line, with any substitutions made, is output to the output file.
-
-Since you are dealing with the template file and a different output file for each line, you need to clean up and close the file handles for these files before processing the next record.
-
-
-```
-{
- # Read relevant fields from input file
- firstname=$1;
- lastname=$2;
- email=$3;
- title=$4;
-
- # Set output filename
- outfile=(output NR ".txt");
-
- # Read a line from template, replace special fields, and
- # print result to output file
- while ( (getline ln < template) > 0 )
- {
- sub(/{firstname}/,firstname,ln);
- sub(/{lastname}/,lastname,ln);
- sub(/{email}/,email,ln);
- sub(/{title}/,title,ln);
- print(ln) > outfile;
- }
-
- # Close template and output file in advance of next record
- close(outfile);
- close(template);
-}
-```
-
-You're done! Run the script on the command line with:
-
-
-```
-`awk -f mail_merge.awk proposals.csv`
-```
-
-or
-
-
-```
-`awk -f mail_merge.awk < proposals.csv`
-```
-
-and you will find text files generated in the current directory.
-
-### Advanced awk: Word frequency count
-
-One of the most powerful features in awk is the associative array. In most programming languages, array entries are typically indexed by a number, but in awk, arrays are referenced by a key string. You could store an entry from the file _proposals.txt_ from the previous section. For example, in a single associative array, like this:
-
-
-```
- proposer["firstname"]=$1;
- proposer["lastname"]=$2;
- proposer["email"]=$3;
- proposer["title"]=$4;
-```
-
-This makes text processing very easy. A simple program that uses this concept is the idea of a word frequency counter. You can parse a file, break out words (ignoring punctuation) in each line, increment the counter for each word in the line, then output the top 20 words that occur in the text.
-
-First, in a file called **wordcount.awk**, set the field separator to a regular expression that includes whitespace and punctuation:
-
-
-```
-BEGIN {
- # ignore 1 or more consecutive occurrences of the characters
- # in the character group below
- FS="[ .,:;()<>{}@!\"'\t]+";
-}
-```
-
-Next, the main loop function will iterate over each field, ignoring any empty fields (which happens if there is punctuation at the end of a line), and increment the word count for the words in the line.
-
-
-```
-{
- for (i = 1; i <= NF; i++) {
- if ($i != "") {
- words[$i]++;
- }
- }
-}
-```
-
-Finally, after the text is processed, use the END function to print the contents of the array, then use awk's capability of piping output into a shell command to do a numerical sort and print the 20 most frequently occurring words:
-
-
-```
-END {
- sort_head = "sort -k2 -nr | head -n 20";
- for (word in words) {
- printf "%s\t%d\n", word, words[word] | sort_head;
- }
- close (sort_head);
-}
-```
-
-Running this script on an earlier draft of this article produced this output:
-
-
-```
-[[dneary@dhcp-49-32.bos.redhat.com][7]]$ awk -f wordcount.awk < awk_article.txt
-the 79
-awk 41
-a 39
-and 33
-of 32
-in 27
-to 26
-is 25
-line 23
-for 23
-will 22
-file 21
-we 16
-We 15
-with 12
-which 12
-by 12
-this 11
-output 11
-function 11
-```
-
-### What's next?
-
-If you want to learn more about awk programming, I strongly recommend the book [_Sed and awk_][8] by Dale Dougherty and Arnold Robbins.
-
-One of the keys to progressing in awk programming is mastering "extended regular expressions." Awk offers several powerful additions to the sed [regular expression][9] syntax you may already be familiar with.
-
-Another great resource for learning awk is the [GNU awk user guide][10]. It has a full reference for awk's built-in function library, as well as lots of examples of simple and complex awk scripts.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/10/advanced-awk
-
-作者：[Dave Neary][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/dneary
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/checklist_hands_team_collaboration.png?itok=u82QepPk (a checklist for a team)
-[2]: mailto:pc@event.org
-[3]: mailto:hpotter@hogwarts.edu
-[4]: mailto:reacher@covert.mil
-[5]: mailto:mmouse@disney.com
-[6]: mailto:sclaus@northpole.org
-[7]: mailto:dneary@dhcp-49-32.bos.redhat.com
-[8]: https://www.amazon.com/sed-awk-Dale-Dougherty/dp/1565922255/book
-[9]: https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Regular_Expressions/POSIX-Extended_Regular_Expressions
-[10]: https://www.gnu.org/software/gawk/manual/gawk.html
diff --git a/sources/tech/20191111 A guide to intermediate awk scripting.md b/sources/tech/20191111 A guide to intermediate awk scripting.md
index 7e788b2adc..53e7126eb1 100644
--- a/sources/tech/20191111 A guide to intermediate awk scripting.md
+++ b/sources/tech/20191111 A guide to intermediate awk scripting.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: (lnrCoder)
+[#]: translator: ( )
[#]: reviewer: ( )
[#]: publisher: ( )
[#]: url: ( )
diff --git a/sources/tech/20191118 Creating a Chat Bot with Recast.AI.md b/sources/tech/20191118 Creating a Chat Bot with Recast.AI.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b86e74c72..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20191118 Creating a Chat Bot with Recast.AI.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Creating a Chat Bot with Recast.AI)
-[#]: via: (https://opensourceforu.com/2019/11/creating-a-chat-bot-with-recast-ai/)
-[#]: author: (Athira Lekshmi C.V https://opensourceforu.com/author/athira-lekshmi/)
-
-Creating a Chat Bot with Recast.AI
-======
-
-[![][1]][2]
-
-_According to a Gartner report from February 2018, “25 per cent of customer service and support operations will integrate virtual customer assistant (VCA) or chatbot technology across engagement channels by 2020, up from less than 2 per cent in 2017.” In the light of this, readers will find this tutorial on how the open source Recast. AI bot-creating platform works, helpful._
-
-Chat bots, both voice based and others, have been in use for quite a while now. From chatbots that engage the user in a murder mystery game to bots which help in real estate deals and medical diagnosis, chatbots have traversed across domains.
-
-There are many platforms which enable users to create and deploy bots. Recast.AI (now known as SAP Conversational AI after its acquisition by SAP) is a forerunner amongst these.
-
-The cool interface, its collaborative nature and the analytics tools it provides, make it a popular choice.
-As the Recast official site says, “It is an ultimate collaborative platform to build, train, deploy and monitor intelligent bots.”
-
-![Figure 1: Setting the bot properties][3]
-
-![Figure 2: Bot dashboard][4]
-
-![Figure 3: Searching an intent][5]
-
-**Building a basic bot in Recast**
-Let us look at how to build a basic bot in Recast.
-
- 1. Create an account in __. Signing up can be done either with an email ID or with a GitHub account.
- 2. Once you log in, you will land on the dashboard. Click on the + New Bot icon on the top right-hand side to create a new bot.
- 3. On the next screen, you will see that there is a set of predefined skills you can select. Select Greetings for the time being (Figure 1). This bot is already trained to understand basic greetings.
- 4. Provide a name for your bot. For now, since this is a very basic bot, you can have the bot crack some jokes, so let us name it Joke Bot and select the default language as English.
- 5. Select Non-personal data under the data policy since you won’t be dealing with any sensitive information; then select the Public bot option and click on Create a bot.
-
-
-
-So that’s your bot created on the Recast platform.
-
-![Figure 4: @joke intent][6]
-
-![Figure 5: Predefined expressions][7]
-
-**The five stages of developing a bot**
-To use the words from the official Recast blog, there are five stages in a bot’s life.
-
- * Training – Teaching your bot what it needs to understand
- * Building – Creating your conversational flow with the Bot Builder tool
- * Coding – Connecting your bot with external APIs or a database
- * Connecting – Shipping your bot to one or several messaging platforms
- * Monitoring – Training your bot to make it sharper and get insights on its usage
-
-
-
-**Training a bot through intents**
-You will be able to see the options to either search, fork or create an intent in the dashboard.
-“An intent is a box of expressions that mean the same thing but which are constructed in different ways. Intents are the heart of your bot’s understanding. Each one of your intents represents an idea your bot is able to understand.” (from the _Recast.AI_ website)
-As decided earlier, you need the bot to be able to crack jokes. So the base line is that the bot should be able to understand that the user is asking it to tell a joke; it shouldn’t be that even when the user just says, “Hi,” the bot responds with a joke – that would not be good.
-So group the utterances that the user might make, like:
-
-```
-Tell me a joke.
-Tell me a funny fact.
-Can you crack a joke?
-What’s funny today?
-```
-
-…………………
-
-Before going on to create the intent from scratch, let us explore the Search/fork option. Type _Joke_ in the search field (Figure 3). This gives a list of intents created by users of Recast around the globe, which is public, and this is why Recast is said to be collaborative in nature. So there’s no need to create all intents from scratch, one can build upon intents already created. This brings down the effort needed to train the bot with common intents.
-
- * Select the first intent in the list and fork it into the bot.
- * Click on the Fork button. The intent is now added to the bot (Figure 4).
- * Click on the intent @joke, and a list of expressions which already exist in the intent will be displayed (Figure 5).
- * Add a few more expressions to it (Figure 6).
-
-
-
-![Figure 6: Suggested expressions][8]
-
-![Figure 7: Suggested expressions][9]
-
-Once a few expressions are added, the bot gives suggestions like shown in Figure 7. Select a few and add them to the intent (Figure 7).
-You can also tag your own custom entities to detect keywords, depending on your bot’s context.
-
-**Skills**
-A skill is a block of conversation that has a clear purpose and that your bot can execute to achieve a goal. It can be as simple as the ability to greet someone, but it can also be more complex, like giving movie suggestions based on information provided by the user.
-
-It need not be just a one query-answer set, but rather, skills running through multiple exchanges. For example, consider a bot which helps you learn about currency exchange rates. It starts by asking the source currency, then the target currency, before giving the exact response. Skills can be combined to create complex conversational flows.
-Here’s how you create a skill for the joke bot:
-
- * Go to the _Build_ tab. Click on the + icon to create a skill.
- * Name the skill _Joke_ (Figure 8)
- * Once created, click on the skill. You will see four tabs. _Read me, Triggers, Requirements and Actions_.
- * Navigate to the Requirements tab. You should store the information only if the intent joke is present. So, add a requirement as shown in Figure 9.
-
-
-
-![Figure 8: Skills dashboard][10]
-
-![Figure 9: Adding a trigger][11]
-
-Since this is a simple use case, you needn’t consider any specific requirements in the Requirement tab but consider a case for which a response needs to be triggered only if certain keywords or entities are present – in such a case you will need ‘requirements’.
-
-Requirements are either intents or entities that your skill needs to retrieve before executing actions. Requirements are pieces of information that are important in the conversation and that your bot can use; for example, the user’s name or a location. Once a requirement is completed, the associated value is stored in the bot’s memory for the entire conversation.
-
-Now let us move to the Action tab to set the responses (see Figure 10).
-Click on Add _new message group_. Then select _Send message_ and add a text message, which can be any joke in this case. Also, since you don’t want your bot to crack the same joke each time, you can add multiple messages which will be randomly picked each time.
-
-![Figure 10: Adding actions][12]
-
-![Figure 11: Adding text messages][13]
-
-![Figure 12: Setting up webchat][14]
-
-**Channel integrations**
-Well, the success of a bot also depends upon how easily it is accessible. Recast has built-in integrations with many messaging channels such as Skype for Business, Kik Messenger, Telegram, Line, Facebook Messenger, Slack, Alexa, etc. In addition to that, Recast also provides SDKs to develop custom channels.
-
-Also, there is a ready-to-use Web chat provided by Recast (in the Connect tab). You can customise the colour schemes, headers, bot pictures, etc. It provides you with a script tag to be injected into the page. Your interface is now up (Figure 12).
-
-The Web chat code base is open sourced, which makes it easier for developers to play around with the look and feel, the standard response types and much more.
-The dashboard provides step-by-step procedures on how to deploy the bot on various channels. The joke bot was deployed in Telegram and in Web chat, as shown in Figure 13.
-
-![Figure 13: Webchat deployed][15]
-
-![Figure 14: Bot deployed in Telegram][16]
-
-![Figure 15: Multi-language bot][17]
-
-**And there is more**
-Recast supports multiple languages, Select one language as the base while creating the bot, but then you also have the option to add as many languages as you want.
-
-The example considered here is a simple static joke bot, but actual use cases will need interaction with various systems. Recast has a Web hook feature which allows users to connect with various systems to get responses. Also, there is detailed API documentation to help leverage each independent feature of the platform.
-
-As for analytics, Recast has a monitoring dashboard which helps you understand the accuracy of the bot and train it further.
-
-![Avatar][18]
-
-[Athira Lekshmi C.V][19]
-
-The author is an open-source enthusiast.
-
-[![][20]][21]
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensourceforu.com/2019/11/creating-a-chat-bot-with-recast-ai/
-
-作者：[Athira Lekshmi C.V][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensourceforu.com/author/athira-lekshmi/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://i0.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Build-ChatBoat.jpg?resize=696%2C442&ssl=1 (Build ChatBoat)
-[2]: https://i0.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Build-ChatBoat.jpg?fit=900%2C572&ssl=1
-[3]: https://i1.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Figure-1-Setting-the-bot-properties.jpg?resize=350%2C201&ssl=1
-[4]: https://i1.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Figure-2-Setting-the-bot-properties.jpg?resize=350%2C217&ssl=1
-[5]: https://i0.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Figure-3-Searching-an-intent.jpg?resize=350%2C271&ssl=1
-[6]: https://i0.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Figure-4-@joke-intent.jpg?resize=350%2C214&ssl=1
-[7]: https://i0.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Figure-5-Predefined-expressions-350x227.jpg?resize=350%2C227&ssl=1
-[8]: https://i2.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Figure-6-Suggested-expressions-350x197.jpg?resize=350%2C197&ssl=1
-[9]: https://i1.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Figure-7-Suggested-expressions-350x248.jpg?resize=350%2C248&ssl=1
-[10]: https://i0.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Figure-8-Skills-dashboard.jpg?resize=350%2C187&ssl=1
-[11]: https://i0.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Figure-9-Adding-a-trigger.jpg?resize=350%2C197&ssl=1
-[12]: https://i0.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Figure-10-Adding-actions.jpg?resize=350%2C175&ssl=1
-[13]: https://i1.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Figure-11-Adding-text-messages.jpg?resize=350%2C255&ssl=1
-[14]: https://i2.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Figure-12-Setting-up-webchat.jpg?resize=350%2C326&ssl=1
-[15]: https://i0.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Figure-13-Webchat-deployed.jpg?resize=350%2C425&ssl=1
-[16]: https://i2.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Figure-14-Bot-deployed-in-Telegram.jpg?resize=350%2C269&ssl=1
-[17]: https://i1.wp.com/opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Figure-15-Multi-language-bot.jpg?resize=350%2C419&ssl=1
-[18]: https://secure.gravatar.com/avatar/d24503a2a0bb8bd9eefe502587d67323?s=100&r=g
-[19]: https://opensourceforu.com/author/athira-lekshmi/
-[20]: https://opensourceforu.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/assoc.png
-[21]: https://feedburner.google.com/fb/a/mailverify?uri=LinuxForYou&loc=en_US
diff --git a/sources/tech/20191118 How to use regular expressions in awk.md b/sources/tech/20191118 How to use regular expressions in awk.md
index a0be0df4d7..2cf5881263 100644
--- a/sources/tech/20191118 How to use regular expressions in awk.md
+++ b/sources/tech/20191118 How to use regular expressions in awk.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: (lixin555)
+[#]: translator: ( )
[#]: reviewer: ( )
[#]: publisher: ( )
[#]: url: ( )
diff --git a/sources/tech/20191125 My top 5 Ansible modules.md b/sources/tech/20191125 My top 5 Ansible modules.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a76342854..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20191125 My top 5 Ansible modules.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (My top 5 Ansible modules)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/11/ansible-modules)
-[#]: author: (Mark Phillips https://opensource.com/users/markp)
-
-My top 5 Ansible modules
-======
-Learn how to achieve almost anything with these Ansible modules.
-![][1]
-
-When I was growing up, my grandfather had a shed in his garden. He would spend hours in there, making and fixing things. This was way before we had the internet, so I spent a lot of time studying him creating things in that shed. Although the shed was full of many tools, from drills to lathes to electrical gubbins and lots of things I doubt I could identify even today, he made use of only a tiny subset of what he had at hand. Yet there never seemed to be limits to what he could achieve.
-
-I tell you that story because I feel like my career has been spent in a metaphorical shed. Computers are so many tools, all in a small (virtual?) space. And there are tool sheds within tool sheds—my favourite being Ansible. The recent 2.9 release ships with 3,681 modules! **3,681!** When I first started using Ansible in the summer of 2013, version 1.2.1 had just 113 modules, yet, as [I wrote at the time][2], I could still achieve anything I imagined.
-
-Modules are the backbone of Ansible, the gears to make light of heavy lifting. They're designed to do one job well, thus realising [the Unix philosophy][3]. This is how we've come to bundle so many of them; Ansible as the conductor of the orchestra now has a lot of instruments at its command.
-
-Reviewing a Git repository of my Ansible plays and roles over the years reveals that I have used just 35 modules. This small subset was used to build large infrastructures. I wonder what could be achieved with an even smaller subset, though? As I reviewed those 35, I pondered if I could achieve the same results with only five modules at my disposal. So here are my five favourite modules, in a rather tenuous order of precedence.
-
-### 5. [authorized_key][4]
-
-Secure shell (SSH) is at the heart of Ansible, at least for almost everything besides Windows. Key (no pun intended) to using SSH efficiently with Ansible is… [keys][5]! Slight aside—there are a lot of very cool things you can do for security with SSH keys. It's worth perusing the **authorized_keys** section of the [sshd manual page][6]. Managing SSH keys can become laborious if you're getting into the realms of granular user access, and although we could do it with either of my next two favourites, I prefer to use the module because it [enables easy management through variables][7].
-
-### 4. [file][8]
-
-Besides the obvious function of placing a file somewhere, the **file** module also sets ownership and permissions. I'd say that's a lot of _bang for your buck_ with one module. I'd proffer a substantial portion of security relates to setting permissions too, so the **file** module plays nicely with **authorized_keys**.
-
-### 3. [template][9]
-
-There are so many ways to manipulate the contents of files, and I see lots of folk use **[lineinfile][10]**. I've used it myself for small tasks. However, the **template** module is so much clearer because you maintain the entire file for context. My preference is to write Ansible content in such a way that anyone can understand it _easily_—which to me means not making it hard to understand what is happening. Use of **template** means being able to see the entire file you're putting into place, complete with the variables you are using to change pieces.
-
-### 2. [uri][11]
-
-Many modules in the current distribution leverage Ansible as an orchestrator. They talk to another service, rather than doing something specific like putting a file into place. Usually, that talking is over HTTP too. In the days before many of these modules existed, you _could_ program an API directly using the **uri** module. It's a powerful access tool, enabling you to do a lot. I wouldn't be without it in my fictitious Ansible shed.
-
-### 1. [shell][12]
-
-The joker card in our pack. The Swiss Army Knife. If you're absolutely stuck for how to control something else, use **shell**. Some will argue we're now talking about making Ansible a Bash script—but, I would say it's still better because with the use of the **name** parameter in your plays and roles, you document every step. To me, that's as big a bonus as anything. Back in the days when I was still consulting, I once helped a database administrator (DBA) migrate to Ansible. The DBA wasn't one for change and pushed back at changing working methods. So, to ease into the Ansible way, we called some existing DB management scripts from Ansible using the **shell** module. With an informative **name** statement to accompany the task.
-
-You can achieve a lot with these five modules. Yes, modules designed to do a specific task will make your life even easier. But with a smidgen of engineering simplicity, you can achieve a lot with very little. Ansible developer Brian Coca is a master at it, and [his tips and tricks talk][13] is always worth a watch.
-
-* * *
-
-What do you think about my top five? What five modules would you pick and why, if you were so limited? Let me know in the comments below!
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/11/ansible-modules
-
-作者：[Mark Phillips][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/markp
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/mandelbrot_set.png?itok=bmPc0np5
-[2]: http://probably.co.uk/post/puppet-vs-chef-vs-ansible/
-[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_philosophy#Do_One_Thing_and_Do_It_Well
-[4]: https://docs.ansible.com/ansible/latest/modules/authorized_key_module.html
-[5]: https://linux.die.net/man/1/ssh-keygen
-[6]: https://linux.die.net/man/8/sshd
-[7]: https://github.com/phips/ansible-demos/blob/3bf59df1eb2390b31b5c42333197e2fbb7fec93f/roles/ansible-users/tasks/main.yml#L35
-[8]: https://docs.ansible.com/ansible/latest/modules/file_module.html
-[9]: https://docs.ansible.com/ansible/latest/modules/template_module.html
-[10]: https://docs.ansible.com/ansible/latest/modules/lineinfile_module.html
-[11]: https://docs.ansible.com/ansible/latest/modules/uri_module.html
-[12]: https://docs.ansible.com/ansible/latest/modules/shell_module.html
-[13]: https://www.ansible.com/ansible-tips-and-tricks
diff --git a/sources/tech/20191126 Calculator N- is an open source scientific calculator for your smartphone.md b/sources/tech/20191126 Calculator N- is an open source scientific calculator for your smartphone.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 32d467465a..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20191126 Calculator N- is an open source scientific calculator for your smartphone.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Calculator N+ is an open source scientific calculator for your smartphone)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/11/calculator-n-mobile)
-[#]: author: (Ricardo Berlasso https://opensource.com/users/rgb-es)
-
-Calculator N+ is an open source scientific calculator for your smartphone
-======
-The Android app does a wide range of advanced mathematical functions in
-the palm of your hand.
-![scientific calculator][1]
-
-Mobile phones are becoming more powerful every day, so it is no surprise that they can beat most computers from the not-so-distant past. This also means the tools available on them are getting more powerful every day.
-
-Previously, I wrote about [scientific calculators for the Linux desktop][2], and I'm following that up here with information about [Calculator N+][3], an awesome GPL v3.0-licensed computer algebra system (CAS) app for Android devices.
-
-Calculator N+ is presented as a "powerful calculator for Android," but that's a humble statement; the app not only works with arbitrary precision, displaying results with roots and fractions in all their glory, it does a _lot_ more.
-
-Finding polynomial roots? Check. Factorization? Check. Symbolic derivatives, integrals, and limits? Check. Number theory (modular arithmetic, combinatorics, prime factorization)? Check.
-
-You can also solve systems of equations, simplify expressions (including trigonometric ones), convert units… you name it!
-
-![Calculator N+ graphical interface][4]
-
-Results are output in LaTeX. The menu in the top-left provides many powerful functions ready to use with a simple touch. Also in that menu, you'll find Help files for all of the app's functions. At the top-right of the screen, you can toggle between exact and decimal representation. Finally, tapping the blue bar at the bottom of the screen gives you access to the whole library of functions available in the app. But be careful! If you are not a mathematician, physicist, or engineer, such a long list may seem overwhelming.
-
-All of this power comes from the [Symja library][5], another great GPL 3 project.
-
-Both projects are under active development, and they are getting better with each version. In particular, version 3.4.6 of Calculator N+ gets a major leap in user interface (UI) quality. And yes, there are still some rough corners here and there, but taming this much power in the tiny UI of a smartphone is a difficult task, and I think the app developers are solving its remaining issues quite well. Kudos to them!
-
-If you are a teacher, a student, or work on a STEM field, check out Calculator N+. It's free, no ads, open source, and covers all your math needs. (Except, of course, during math exams, where smartphones should never be allowed to prevent cheating.)
-
-Calculator N+ is available in the [Google Play Store][6], or you can [build it from source code][7] using the instructions on the GitHub page.
-
-If you know any other useful open source apps for science or engineering, let us know in the comments.
-
-The app makes use of the sensors on your phone and offers a digital science notebook to record your...
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/11/calculator-n-mobile
-
-作者：[Ricardo Berlasso][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/rgb-es
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/calculator_money_currency_financial_tool.jpg?itok=2QMa1y8c (scientific calculator)
-[2]: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/scientific-calculators-linux
-[3]: https://github.com/tranleduy2000/ncalc
-[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/calculatornplus_sqrt-frac.png (Calculator N+ graphical interface)
-[5]: https://github.com/axkr/symja_android_library
-[6]: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.duy.calculator.free
-[7]: https://github.com/tranleduy2000/ncalc/blob/master/README.md
diff --git a/sources/tech/20191209 Use the Fluxbox Linux desktop as your window manager.md b/sources/tech/20191209 Use the Fluxbox Linux desktop as your window manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c7ddcb1e5..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20191209 Use the Fluxbox Linux desktop as your window manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Use the Fluxbox Linux desktop as your window manager)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/12/fluxbox-linux-desktop)
-[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
-
-Use the Fluxbox Linux desktop as your window manager
-======
-This article is part of a special series of 24 days of Linux desktops.
-Fluxbox is very light on system resources, yet it has vital Linux
-desktop features to make your user experience easy, blazingly efficient,
-and unduly fast.
-![Text editor on a browser, in blue][1]
-
-The concept of a desktop may differ from one computer user to another. Many people see the desktop as a home base, or a comfy living room, or even a literal desktop where they place frequently used notepads, their best pens and pencils, and their favorite coffee mug. KDE, GNOME, Pantheon (and so on) provide that kind of comfort on Linux.
-
-But for some users, the desktop is just empty monitor space, a side effect of not yet having any free-floating application windows projected directly onto their retina. For these users, the desktop is a void over which they can run applications—whether big office and graphic suites, or a simple terminal window, or docked applets—to manage services. This model of operating a [POSIX][2] computer has a long history, and one branch of that family tree is the *box window managers: Blackbox, Fluxbox, and Openbox.
-
-[Fluxbox][3] is a window manager for X11 systems that's based on an older project called Blackbox. Blackbox development was waning when I discovered Linux, so I fell into Fluxbox, and I've used it ever since on at least one of my active systems. It is written in C++ and is licensed under the MIT open source license.
-
-### Installing Fluxbox
-
-You are likely to find Fluxbox included in the software repository of your Linux distribution, but you can also find it on [Fluxbox.org][4]. If you're already running a different desktop, it's safe to install Fluxbox on the same system because Fluxbox doesn't predetermine any configuration or accompanying applications.
-
-After installing Fluxbox, log out of your current desktop session so you can log into your new one. By default, your session manager (KDM, GDM, LightDM, or XDM, depending on your setup) will continue to log you into your previous desktop, so you must override that before logging in.
-
-To override the desktop with GDM:
-
-![Select your desktop session in GDM][5]
-
-Or with KDM:
-
-![Select your desktop session with KDM][6]
-
-### Configuring the Fluxbox desktop
-
-When you first log in, the screen is mostly empty because all Fluxbox provides are panels (for a taskbar, system tray, and so on) and window decoration for application windows.
-
-![Default Fluxbox configuration on CentOS 7][7]
-
-If your distribution delivers a plain Fluxbox desktop, you can set a background for your desktop using the **feh** command (you may need to install it from your distribution's repository). This command has a few options for setting the background, including **\--bg-fill** to fill the screen with your wallpaper of choice, **\--bg-scale** to scale it to fit, and so on.
-
-
-```
-`$ feh --bg-fill ~/photo/oamaru/leaf-spiral.jpg`
-```
-
-![Fluxbox with a theme applied][8]
-
-By default, Fluxbox auto-generates a menu, available with a right-click anywhere on the desktop, that gives you access to applications. Depending on your distribution, this menu may be very minimal, or it may list all the launchers in your **/usr/share/applications** directory.
-
-Fluxbox configuration is set in text files, and those text files are contained in the **$HOME/.fluxbox** directory. You can:
-
- * Set keyboard shortcuts in **keys**
- * Set startup services and applications in **startup**
- * Set desktop preferences (such as the number of workspaces, locations of panels, and so on) in **init**
- * Set menu items in **menu**
-
-
-
-The text configuration files are easy to reverse-engineer, but you also can (and should) read the Fluxbox [documentation][9].
-
-For example, this is my typical menu (or at least the basic structure of it):
-
-
-```
-# to use your own menu, copy this to ~/.fluxbox/menu, then edit
-# ~/.fluxbox/init and change the session.menuFile path to ~/.fluxbox/menu
-
-[begin] (fluxkbox)
- [submenu] (apps) {}
- [submenu] (txt) {}
- [exec] (Emacs 23 (text\\)) { x-terminal-emulator -T "Emacs (text)" -e /usr/bin/emacs -nw} <>
- [exec] (Emacs (X11\\)) {/usr/bin/emacs} <>
- [exec] (LibreOffice) {/usr/bin/libreoffice}
- [end]
- [submenu] (code) {}
- [exec] (qtCreator) {/usr/bin/qtcreator}
- [exec] (eclipse) {/usr/bin/eclipse}
- [end]
- [submenu] (graphics) {}
- [exec] (ksnapshot) {/usr/bin/ksnapshot}
- [exec] (gimp) {/usr/bin/gimp}
- [exec] (blender) {/usr/bin/blender}
- [end]
- [submenu] (files) {}
- [exec] (dolphin) {/usr/bin/dolphin}
- [exec] (konqueror) { /usr/bin/kfmclient openURL $HOME }
- [end]
- [submenu] (network) {}
- [exec] (firefox) {/usr/bin/firefox}
- [exec] (konqueror) {/usr/bin/konqueror}
- [end]
- [end]
-## change window manager or work env
-[submenu] (environments) {}
- [restart] (flux) {/usr/bin/startfluxbox}
- [restart] (ratpoison) {/usr/bin/ratpoison}
- [exec] (openIndiana) {/home/kenlon/qemu/startSolaris.sh}
-[end]
-
-[config] (config)
- [submenu] (styles) {}
- [stylesdir] (/usr/share/fluxbox/styles)
- [stylesdir] (~/.fluxbox/styles)
- [end]
-[workspaces] (workspaces)
-[reconfig] (reconfigure)
-[restart] (restart)
-[exit] (exeunt)
-[end]
-```
-
-The menu also provides a few preference settings, such as the ability to pick a theme and restart or log out from your Fluxbox session.
-
-I launch most applications using keyboard shortcuts, which are entered into the **keys** configuration file. Here are some examples (the **Mod4** key is the Super key, which I use to designate global shortcuts):
-
-
-```
-# open apps
-Mod4 t :Exec konsole
-Mod4 k :Exec konqueror
-Mod4 z :Exec fbrun
-Mod4 e :Exec emacs
-Mod4 f :Exec firefox
-Mod4 x :Exec urxvt
-Mod4 d :Exec dolphin
-Mod4 q :Exec xscreensaver-command -activate
-Mod4 3 :Exec ksnapshot
-```
-
-Between these shortcuts and an open terminal, I have little use for a mouse during most of my workday, so there's no wasted time switching from one controller to another. And because Fluxbox stays well out of the way, there's little distraction.
-
-### Why you should use Fluxbox
-
-Fluxbox is very light on system resources, yet it has vital features to make your user experience easy, blazingly efficient, and unduly fast. It's simple to customize, and it allows you to define your own workflow. You don't have to use Fluxbox's panels, because there are other excellent panels out there. You can even middle-click and drag two separate application windows into one another so that they become one window, each in its own tab.
-
-The possibilities are endless, so try the steady simplicity that is Fluxbox on your Linux box today!
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/12/fluxbox-linux-desktop
-
-作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/browser_blue_text_editor_web.png?itok=lcf-m6N7 (Text editor on a browser, in blue)
-[2]: https://opensource.com/article/19/7/what-posix-richard-stallman-explains
-[3]: http://fluxbox.org
-[4]: http://fluxbox.org/download/
-[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/advent-gdm_0.jpg (Select your desktop session in GDM)
-[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/advent-kdm.jpg (Select your desktop session with KDM)
-[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/advent-fluxbox-default.jpg (Default Fluxbox configuration on CentOS 7)
-[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/advent-fluxbox-green.jpg (Fluxbox with a theme applied)
-[9]: http://fluxbox.org/features/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20191216 Relive Linux history with the ROX desktop.md b/sources/tech/20191216 Relive Linux history with the ROX desktop.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 215006514f..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20191216 Relive Linux history with the ROX desktop.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Relive Linux history with the ROX desktop)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/12/linux-rox-desktop)
-[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
-
-Relive Linux history with the ROX desktop
-======
-This article is part of a special series of 24 days of Linux desktops.
-If you're looking for a fun trip back in time, the ROX desktop is well
-worth a go.
-![Person typing on a 1980's computer][1]
-
-The [ROX][2] desktop is no longer being actively developed, but its legacy resounds today, and even when it was active, it was a unique take on what a Linux desktop could be. While other desktops felt roughly similar to old Unix or Windows interfaces, ROX belongs solidly in the BeOS, AmigaOS, and [RISC OS][3] desktop camps.
-
-It focuses on drag-and-drop actions (which makes its accessibility non-optimal for some users), point-and-click actions, pop-up contextual menus, and a unique system of app directories for running local applications with no installation required.
-
-### Installing ROX
-
-Today, ROX is mostly abandoned and left in fragments that the user is left to sort out. Luckily, the puzzle is relatively easy to solve, but don't get confused when you find bits and pieces of the ROX desktop in your distribution's repository—but not _every_ bit of the ROX desktop. The popular parts of ROX—the file manager ([ROX-Filer][4]) and the terminal ([ROXTerm][5])—seem to have endured in most of the popular distribution repositories, and you can install (and use) them as standalone applications. However, to run the ROX desktop, you must also install ROX-Session and the libraries it depends on.
-
-I installed ROX on Slackware 14.2, but it should work on any Linux or BSD system.
-
-First, you must install [ROX-lib2][6] from its repository. True to its philosophy of minimal installs, all you have to do to install ROX-lib2 is download the tarball, [unarchive it][7], and move the **ROX-Lib** directory to **/usr/local/lib**.
-
-Next, you have to install [ROX-Session][8]. This probably needs to be compiled from source code, as it's not likely to be in your software repository. The compile process requires build tools, which ship by default on Slackware but are often omitted in other distributions to save space on the initial download. The names of the packages you must install to build from source code vary depending on your distro, so refer to the documentation for specifics. For example, on Debian-based distributions, you can learn about build requirements in [Debian's wiki][9], and on Fedora-based distributions, refer to [Fedora's docs][10]. Once you have the build tools installed, execute the custom ROX-Session build script:
-
-
-```
-`$ ./AppRun`
-```
-
-This manages its own build and installation and prompts you for root permissions to add itself as an option on your login screen.
-
-If you have not installed ROX-Filer from your software repository, do that before continuing.
-
-Together, these components create a complete ROX desktop. To log into your new desktop, log out of your current desktop session. By default, your session manager (KDM, GDM, LightDM, or XDM, depending on your setup) will continue to log you into your previous desktop, so you must override that before logging in.
-
-With SDDM:
-
-![][11]
-
-With GDM:
-
-![][12]
-
-### ROX desktop features
-
-The ROX desktop is simple by default, with a single panel at the bottom of the screen and a shortcut icon to your home directory on the desktop. The panel contains shortcuts to common locations. That's all there is to the ROX desktop, at least as it's configured out of the box. If you want a clock or a calendar or a system tray, you need to find applications that provide them.
-
-![Default ROX desktop][13]
-
-There is no taskbar, as such, but when you minimize a window, it becomes a temporary icon on your desktop. You can click the icon to bring its window back to its former size and placement.
-
-The panel can be modified some, as well. You can place different shortcuts into it and even create your own applets.
-
-There's no application menu, either, nor are there shortcuts to applications in a contextual menu. Instead, you can navigate manually to **/usr/share/applications**, or you can add your application directory or directories to the ROX panel.
-
-![ROX desktop][14]
-
-The ROX desktop's workflow concentrates on being mouse-driven, reminiscent of Mac OS 7.5 and 8. With ROX-filer, you can manage permissions, file management, introspection, script launching, background setting, and nearly anything else you can think of, provided that you're patient enough for the point-and-click style of interaction. For power users, this seems slow, but ROX manages to make it relatively painless and very intuitive.
-
-### App directories, AppRun, and AppImage
-
-The ROX desktop has an elegant convention by which a directory containing a script named **AppRun** is executed as if it were an application. This means that in order to make a ROX app, all you have to do is compile code into a directory, place a script called **AppRun** at the root of that directory to execute the binary you've compiled, and then mark the directory executable. ROX-Filer displays a directory configured in the manner you set with a special icon and color. When you click on an app directory, ROX-Filer automatically runs the **AppRun** script inside. It looks and behaves exactly like an application that has been installed, but it's local to the user's home directory and requires no special permissions.
-
-This is a convenience feature, but it's one of those small features that feels great when you use it because it's so easy to implement. It's by no means essential, and it's only a few steps ahead of building an application locally, hiding the directory somewhere out of the way, and drumming up a quick **.desktop** file to act as your launcher. However, the concept of an application directory has been [cited][15] as an inspiration for the [AppImage][16] packaging system.
-
-### Why you should try ROX desktop
-
-Getting ROX set up and usable is somewhat difficult, and it appears to truly be abandoned. However, its legacy lives on in many ways today, and it's a fascinating and fun bit of Linux history. It may not become your primary desktop, but if you're looking for a fun trip back in time, then ROX is well worth a go. Explore it, customize it, and see what clever ideas it contains. There may yet be hidden gems that the open source community can benefit from.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/12/linux-rox-desktop
-
-作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/1980s-computer-yearbook.png?itok=eGOYEKK- (Person typing on a 1980's computer)
-[2]: http://rox.sourceforge.net/desktop/
-[3]: https://www.riscosopen.org/content/
-[4]: http://rox.sourceforge.net/desktop/ROX-Filer
-[5]: http://roxterm.sourceforge.net/
-[6]: http://rox.sourceforge.net/desktop/ROX-Lib
-[7]: https://opensource.com/article/17/7/how-unzip-targz-file
-[8]: http://rox.sourceforge.net/desktop/ROX-Session.html
-[9]: https://wiki.debian.org/BuildingTutorial
-[10]: https://docs.pagure.org/docs-fedora/installing-software-from-source.html
-[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/advent-kdm_0.jpg
-[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/advent-gdm_1.jpg
-[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/advent-rox.jpg (Default ROX desktop)
-[14]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/advent-rox-custom.jpg (ROX desktop)
-[15]: https://github.com/AppImage/AppImageKit/wiki/AppDir
-[16]: https://appimage.org/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20191223 10 articles to learn Linux your way.md b/sources/tech/20191223 10 articles to learn Linux your way.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ef668ad28..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20191223 10 articles to learn Linux your way.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (10 articles to learn Linux your way)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/12/learn-linux)
-[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
-
-10 articles to learn Linux your way
-======
-It's been a good year for Linux, so take a look back at the top 10 Linux
-articles on Opensource.com from 2019.
-![Penguins gathered together in the Artic][1]
-
-The year 2019 has been good for Linux with Opensource.com readers. Obviously, the term "Linux" itself is weighted: Does it refer to the kernel or the desktop or the ecosystem? In this look back at the top Linux articles of the year, I've intentionally taken a broad view in defining the top 10 Linux articles (for some definition of "top" and some definition of "Linux"). Here they are, offered in no particular order.
-
-### A beginner's guide to Linux permissions
-
-[_A beginner's guide to Linux permissions_][2] by Bryant Son introduces new users to the concept of file permissions with graphics and charts to illustrate each point. It can be hard to come up with visuals for concepts that are, at their core, purely text-based, and this article is friendly for the visual learners out there. I also like how Bryant stays focused. Any discussion of file permissions can lead to several related topics (like ownership and access control lists and so on), but this article is dedicated to explaining one thing and explaining it well.
-
-### Why I made the switch from Mac to Linux
-
-Matthew Broberg offers an insightful and honest look at his migration to Linux from MacOS in [_Why I made the switch from Mac to Linux_][3]. Changing platforms is always tough, and it's important to record what's behind the decision to switch. Matt's article, I think, serves several purposes, but the two most important for me: it's an invitation for the Linux community to support him by answering questions and offering potential solutions, and it's a good data point for others who are considering Linux adoption.
-
-### Troubleshooting slow WiFi on Linux
-
-In [_Troubleshooting slow WiFi on Linux_][4], David Clinton provides a useful analysis of a problem everyone has on every platform—and has tips on how to solve it. It's a good example of an "incidentally Linux" tip that not only helps everyday people with everyday problems but also shows non-Linux users how approachable troubleshooting (on any platform) is.
-
-### How GNOME uses Git
-
-[_How GNOME uses Git_][5] by Molly de Blanc takes a look behind the scenes, revealing how one of the paragons of open source software (the GNOME desktop) uses one of the other paragons of open source (Git) for development. It's always heartening to me to hear about an open source project that defaults to an open source solution for whatever needs to be done. Believe it or not, this isn't always the case, but for GNOME, it's an important and welcoming part of the project's identity.
-
-### Virtual filesystems in Linux: Why we need them and how they work
-
-Alison Chaiken masterfully explains what is considered incomprehensible to many users in [_Virtual filesystems in Linux: Why we need them and how they work_][6]. Understanding what a filesystem is and what it does is one thing, but _virtual_ ones aren't even, by definition, real. And yet Linux delivers them in a way that even casual users can benefit from, and Alison's article explains it in a way that anyone can understand. As a bonus, Alison goes even deeper in the second half of the article and demonstrates how to use bcc scripts to monitor everything she just taught you.
-
-### Understanding file paths and how to use them
-
-I thought [_Understanding file paths and how to use them_][7] was important to write about because it's a concept most users (on any platform) don't seem to be taught. It's a strange phenomenon, because now, more than ever, the _file path_ is something people see literally on a daily basis: Nearly all internet URLs contain a file path telling you exactly where within the domain you are. I often wonder why computer education doesn't start with the internet, the most familiar app of all and arguably the most heavily used supercomputer in existence, and use it to explain the appliances we interface with each day. (I guess it would help if those appliances were running Linux, but we're working on that.)
-
-### Inter-process communication in Linux
-
-[_Inter-process communication in Linux: Shared storage_][8] by Marty Kalin delves into the developer side of Linux, explaining IPC and how to interact with it in your code. I'm cheating by including this article because it's actually a three-part series, but it's the best explanation of its kind. There is very little documentation that manages to explain how Linux handles IPC, much less what IPC is, why it's important, or how to take advantage of it when programming. It's normally a topic you work your way up to in university. Now you can read all about it here instead.
-
-### Understanding system calls on Linux with strace
-
-[_Understanding system calls on Linux with strace_][9] by Gaurav Kamathe is highly technical in ways I wish that every conference talk I've ever seen about **strace** was. This is a clear and helpful demonstration of a complex but amazingly useful command. To my surprise, the command I've found myself using since this article isn't the titular command, but **ltrace** (to see which functions are called by a command). Obviously, this article's packed with information and is a handy reference for developers and QA testers.
-
-### How the Linux desktop has grown
-
-[_How the Linux desktop has grown_][10] by Jim Hall is a visual journey through the history of the Linux desktop. It starts with [TWM][11] and passes by [FVWM][12], [GNOME][13], [KDE][14], and others. If you're new to Linux, this is a fascinating history lesson from someone who was there (and has the screenshots to prove it). If you've been with Linux for many years, then this will definitely bring back memories. In the end, though, one thing is certain: Anyone who can still locate screenshots from 20 years ago is a superhuman data archivist.
-
-### Create your own video streaming server with Linux
-
-[_Create your own video streaming server with Linux_][15] by Aaron J. Prisk breaks down more than just a few preconceptions most of us have about the services we take for granted. Because services like YouTube and Twitch exist, many people assume that those are the only gateways to broadcasting video to the world. Of course, people used to think that Windows and Mac were the only gateways into computing, and that, thankfully, turned out to be a gross miscalculation. In this article, Aaron sets up a video-streaming server and even manages to find space to talk about [OBS][16] in so you can create videos to stream. Is it a fun weekend project or the start of a new career? You decide.
-
-### 10 moments that shaped Linux history
-
-[_10 moments that shaped Linux history_][17] by Alan Formy-Duval attempts the formidable task of choosing just 10 things to highlight in the history of Linux. It's an exercise in futility, of course, because there have been so many important moments, so I love how Alan filters it through his own experience. For example, when was it obvious that Linux was going to last? When Alan realized that all the systems he maintained at work were running Linux. There's a beauty to interpreting history this way because the moments of importance will differ for each person. There's no definitive list for Linux, or articles about Linux, or for open source. You make your own list, and you make yourself a part of it.
-
-### What do you want to learn?
-
-What else do you want to know about Linux? Please tell us about it in the comments, or [write an article][18] for Opensource.com about your experience with Linux.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/12/learn-linux
-
-作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/OSDC_Penguin_Image_520x292_12324207_0714_mm_v1a.png?itok=p7cWyQv9 (Penguins gathered together in the Artic)
-[2]: https://opensource.com/article/19/6/understanding-linux-permissions
-[3]: https://opensource.com/article/19/10/why-switch-mac-linux
-[4]: http://opensource.com/article/19/4/troubleshooting-wifi-linux
-[5]: https://opensource.com/article/19/10/how-gnome-uses-git
-[6]: https://opensource.com/article/19/3/virtual-filesystems-linux
-[7]: https://opensource.com/article/19/8/understanding-file-paths-linux
-[8]: https://opensource.com/article/19/4/interprocess-communication-linux-storage
-[9]: https://opensource.com/article/19/2/linux-backup-solutions
-[10]: https://opensource.com/article/19/8/how-linux-desktop-grown
-[11]: https://github.com/freedesktop/twm
-[12]: http://www.fvwm.org/
-[13]: http://gnome.org
-[14]: http://kde.org
-[15]: https://opensource.com/article/19/1/basic-live-video-streaming-server
-[16]: https://opensource.com/life/15/12/real-time-linux-video-editing-with-obs-studio
-[17]: https://opensource.com/article/19/4/top-moments-linux-history
-[18]: https://opensource.com/how-submit-article
diff --git a/sources/tech/20191223 Prioritizing simplicity in your Python code.md b/sources/tech/20191223 Prioritizing simplicity in your Python code.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 53662a8f1c..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20191223 Prioritizing simplicity in your Python code.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Prioritizing simplicity in your Python code)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/12/zen-python-simplicity-complexity)
-[#]: author: (Moshe Zadka https://opensource.com/users/moshez)
-
-Prioritizing simplicity in your Python code
-======
-This is the second part of a special series about the Zen of Python
-focusing on the third and fourth principles: simplicity and complexity.
-![Person reading a book and digital copy][1]
-
-> "Il semble que la perfection soit atteinte non quand il n'y a plus rien à ajouter, mais quand il n'y plus rien à retrancher."
->
-> "It seems that perfection is finally attained not when there is no longer anything to add, but when there is no longer anything to take away."
-> —Antoine de Saint-Exupéry, _[Terre des Hommes][2]_, 1939
-
-A common concern in programming is the struggle with complexity. It is easy for any programmer to make a program so complicated no expert can debug it or modify it. The [Zen of Python][3] would not be complete if it did not touch on this.
-
-### Simple is better than complex.
-
-When it is possible to choose at all, choose the simple solution. Python is rarely in the business of _disallowing_ things. This means it is possible, and even straightforward, to design baroque programs to solve straightforward problems.
-
-It is worthwhile to remember at each point that simplicity is one of the easiest things to lose and the hardest to regain when writing code.
-
-This can mean choosing to write something as a function, rather than introducing an extraneous class. This can mean avoiding a robust third-party library in favor of writing a two-line function that is perfect for the immediate use-case. Most often, it means avoiding predicting the future in favor of solving the problem at hand.
-
-It is much easier to change the program later, especially if simplicity and beauty were among its guiding principles than to load the code down with all possible future variations.
-
-### Complex is better than complicated.
-
-This is possibly the most misunderstood principle because understanding the precise meanings of the words is crucial. Something is _complex_ when it is composed of multiple parts. Something is _complicated_ when it has a lot of different, often hard to predict, behaviors.
-
-When solving a hard problem, it is often the case that no simple solution will do. In that case, the most Pythonic strategy is to go "bottom-up." Build simple tools and combine them to solve the problem.
-
-This is where techniques like _object composition_ shine. Instead of having a complicated inheritance hierarchy, have objects that forward some method calls to a separate object. Each of those can be tested and developed separately and then finally put together.
-
-Another example of "building up" is using [singledispatch][4], so that instead of one complicated object, we have a simple, mostly behavior-less object and separate behaviors.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/12/zen-python-simplicity-complexity
-
-作者：[Moshe Zadka][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/moshez
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/read_book_guide_tutorial_teacher_student_apaper.png?itok=_GOufk6N (Person reading a book and digital copy)
-[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wind,_Sand_and_Stars
-[3]: https://www.python.org/dev/peps/pep-0020/
-[4]: https://opensource.com/article/19/5/python-singledispatch
diff --git a/sources/tech/20191224 Why your Python code should be flat and sparse.md b/sources/tech/20191224 Why your Python code should be flat and sparse.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e447c5d8e..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20191224 Why your Python code should be flat and sparse.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Why your Python code should be flat and sparse)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/12/zen-python-flat-sparse)
-[#]: author: (Moshe Zadka https://opensource.com/users/moshez)
-
-Why your Python code should be flat and sparse
-======
-This is part of a special series about the Zen of Python focusing on the
-fifth and sixth principles: flatness and sparseness.
-![Digital creative of a browser on the internet][1]
-
-The [Zen of Python][2] is called that for a reason. It was never supposed to provide easy-to-follow guidelines for programming. The rules are specified tersely and are designed to engage the reader in deep thought.
-
-In order to properly appreciate the Zen of Python, you must read it and then meditate upon the meanings. If the Zen was designed to be a set of clear rules, it would be a fault that it has rules that contradict each other. However, as a tool to help you meditate on the best solution, contradictions are powerful.
-
-### Flat is better than nested.
-
-Nowhere is the pressure to be "flat" more obvious than in Python's strong insistence on indentation. Other languages will often introduce an implementation that "cheats" on the nested structure by reducing indentation requirements. To appreciate this point, let's take a look at JavaScript.
-
-JavaScript is natively async, which means that programmers write code in JavaScript using a lot of callbacks.
-
-
-```
-a(function(resultsFromA) {
- b(resultsFromA, function(resultsfromB) {
- c(resultsFromC, function(resultsFromC) {
- console.log(resultsFromC)
- }
- }
-}
-```
-
-Ignoring the code, observe the pattern and the way indentation leads to a right-most point. This distinctive "arrow" shape is tough on the eye to quickly walk through the code, so it's seen as undesirable and even nicknamed "callback hell." However, in JavaScript, it is possible to "cheat" and not have indentation reflect nesting.
-
-
-```
-a(function(resultsFromA) {
-b(resultsFromA,
- function(resultsfromB) {
-c(resultsFromC,
- function(resultsFromC) {
- console.log(resultsFromC)
-}}}
-```
-
-Python affords no such options to cheat: every nesting level in the program must be reflected in the indentation level. So deep nesting in Python _looks_ deeply nested. That makes "callback hell" was a worse problem in Python than in JavaScript: nesting callbacks mean indenting with no options to "cheat" with braces.
-
-This challenge, in combination with the Zen principle, has led to an elegant solution by a library I worked on. In the [Twisted][3] framework, we came up with the _deferred_ abstraction, which would later inspire the popular JavaScript _promise_ abstraction. In this way, Python's unwavering commitment to clear code forces Python developers to discover new, powerful abstractions.
-
-
-```
-future_value = future_result()
-future_value.addCallback(a)
-future_value.addCallback(b)
-future_value.addCallback(c)
-```
-
-(This might look familiar to modern JavaScript programmers: Promises were heavily influenced by Twisted's deferreds.)
-
-### Sparse is better than dense.
-
-The easiest way to make something less dense is to introduce nesting. This habit is why the principle of sparseness follows the previous one: after we have reduced nesting as much as possible, we are often left with _dense_ code or data structures. Density, in this sense, is jamming too much information into a small amount of code, making it difficult to decipher when something goes wrong.
-
-Reducing that denseness requires creative thinking, and there are no simple solutions. The Zen of Python does not offer simple solutions. All it offers are ways to find what can be improved in the code, without always giving guidance for "how."
-
-Take a walk. Take a shower. Smell the flowers. Sit in a lotus position and think hard, until finally, inspiration strikes. When you are finally enlightened, it is time to write the code.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/12/zen-python-flat-sparse
-
-作者：[Moshe Zadka][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/moshez
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/browser_web_internet_website.png?itok=g5B_Bw62 (Digital creative of a browser on the internet)
-[2]: https://www.python.org/dev/peps/pep-0020/
-[3]: https://twistedmatrix.com/trac/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20191226 10 Linux command tutorials for beginners and experts.md b/sources/tech/20191226 10 Linux command tutorials for beginners and experts.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 03fc77a8e1..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20191226 10 Linux command tutorials for beginners and experts.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: (summer2233)
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (10 Linux command tutorials for beginners and experts)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/12/linux-commands)
-[#]: author: (Moshe Zadka https://opensource.com/users/moshez)
-
-10 Linux command tutorials for beginners and experts
-======
-Learn how to make Linux do what you need it to do in Opensource.com's
-top 10 articles about Linux commands from 2019.
-![Penguin driving a car with a yellow background][1]
-
-Using Linux _well_ means understanding what commands are available and what they're capable of doing for you. We have covered a lot of them on Opensource.com during 2019, and here are 10 favorites from the bunch.
-
-### Using the force at the Linux command line
-
-The Force has a light side and a dark side. Properly understanding that is crucial to true mastery. In his article [_Using the force at the Linux command line_][2], Alan Formy-Duval explains the **-f** option (also known as **\--force**) for several popular and sometimes dangerous commands.
-
-### Intro to the Linux useradd command
-
-Sharing accounts is a bad idea. Instead, give separate accounts to different people (and even different roles) with the quintessential **useradd** command. Part of his venerable series on basic Linux administration, Alan Formy-Duval provides an [_Intro to the Linux useradd command_][3], and, as usual, he explains it in _plain English_ so that both new and experienced admins can understand it.
-
-### Linux commands to display your hardware information
-
-What's _inside_ the box? Sometimes it's useful to inspect your hardware without using a screwdriver. In [_Linux commands to display your hardware information_][4], Howard Fosdick provides both popular and obscure commands to help you dig deep into the computer you're using, the computer you're testing at the store before buying, or the computer you're trying to repair.
-
-### How to encrypt files with gocryptfs on Linux
-
-Our files hold lots of private data, from social security numbers to personal letters to loved ones. In [_How to encrypt files with gocryptfs on Linux_][5], Brian "Bex" Exelbierd explains how to keep *private *what's meant to be private. As a bonus, he demonstrates encrypting files in a way that has little to no impact on your existing workflow. This isn't a complex PGP-style puzzle of key management and background key agents; this is quick, seamless, and secure file encryption.
-
-### How to use advanced rsync for large Linux backups
-
-In the New Year, many people will resolve to be more diligent about making backups. Alan Formy-Duval must have made that resolution years ago, because in [_How to use advanced rsync for large Linux backups_][6], he displays remarkable familiarity with the file synchronization command. You might not remember all the syntax right away, but the idea is to read and process the options, construct your backup command, and then automate it. That's the smart way to use **rsync**, and it's the _only_ way to do backups reliably.
-
-### Using more to view text files at the Linux command line
-
-In Scott Nesbitt's article [_Using more to view text files at the Linux command line_][7], the good old default pager **more** finally gets the spotlight. Many people install and use **less**, because it's more flexible than **more**. However, with more and more systems being implemented in the sparsest of containers, the luxury of fancy new tools like **less** or **most** sometimes just doesn't exist. Knowing and using **more** is simple, it's a common default, and it's the production system's debugging tool of last resort.
-
-### What you probably didn't know about sudo
-
-The **sudo** command is famous to a fault. People know the **sudo** term, and most of us believe we know what it does. And we're a little bit correct, but as Peter Czanik reveals in his article [_What you probably didn't know about sudo_][8], there's a lot more to the command than just "Simon says." Like that classic childhood game, the **sudo** command is powerful and also prone to silly mistakes—only with greater potential for horrible consequences. This is one game you do not want to lose!
-
-### How to program with Bash: Syntax and tools
-
-If you're a Linux, BSD, or Mac (and lately, Windows) user, you may have used the Bash shell interactively. It's a great shell for quick, one-off commands, which is why so many Linux users love to use it as their primary user interface. However, Bash is much more than just a command prompt. It's also a programming language, and if you're already using Bash commands, then the path to automation has never been more straightforward. Learn all about it in David Both's excellent [_How to program with Bash: Syntax and tools_][9].
-
-### Master the Linux ls command
-
-The **ls** command is one of those commands that merits a two-letter name; one-letter commands are an optimization for slow terminals where each letter causes a significant delay and also a nice bonus for lazy typists. Seth Kenlon explains how you can [_Master the Linux ls command_][10] and he does so with his usual clarity and pragmatism. Most significantly, in a system where "everything is a file," being able to list the files is crucial.
-
-### Getting started with the Linux cat command
-
-The **cat** command (short for con_cat_enate) is deceptively simple. Whether you use it to quickly see the contents of a file or to pipe the contents to another command, you may not be using **cat** to its full potential. Alan Formy-Duval's elucidating [_Getting started with the Linux cat command_][11] offers new ideas to take advantage of a command that lets you open a file without feeling like you've opened it. As a bonus, learn all about **zcat** so you can decompress files without all the trouble of decompression! It's a small and simple thing, but _this_ is what makes Linux great.
-
-### Continue the journey
-
-Don't let Opensource.com's 10 best articles about Linux commands of 2019 be the end of your journey. There's much more to discover about Linux and its versatile prompt, so stay tuned in 2020 for more insights. And, if there's a Linux command you want us to know about, please tell us about it in the comments, or share your knowledge with Opensource.com readers by [submitting an article][12] about your favorite Linux command.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/12/linux-commands
-
-作者：[Moshe Zadka][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/moshez
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/car-penguin-drive-linux-yellow.png?itok=twWGlYAc (Penguin driving a car with a yellow background)
-[2]: https://opensource.com/article/19/5/may-the-force-linux
-[3]: https://opensource.com/article/19/10/linux-useradd-command
-[4]: https://opensource.com/article/19/9/linux-commands-hardware-information
-[5]: https://opensource.com/article/19/8/how-encrypt-files-gocryptfs
-[6]: https://opensource.com/article/19/5/advanced-rsync
-[7]: https://opensource.com/article/19/1/more-text-files-linux
-[8]: https://opensource.com/article/19/10/know-about-sudo
-[9]: https://opensource.com/article/19/10/programming-bash-syntax-tools
-[10]: https://opensource.com/article/19/7/master-ls-command
-[11]: https://opensource.com/article/19/2/getting-started-cat-command
-[12]: https://opensource.com/how-submit-article
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200107 Kali Linux Will No Longer Have The Default Root User.md b/sources/tech/20200107 Kali Linux Will No Longer Have The Default Root User.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f087529b9..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200107 Kali Linux Will No Longer Have The Default Root User.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: (BrunoJu)
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Kali Linux Will No Longer Have The Default Root User)
-[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/kali-linux-root-user/)
-[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
-
-Kali Linux Will No Longer Have The Default Root User
-======
-
-Kali Linux is a specialized Linux distribution for cyber security testing and hacking related tasks.
-
-If you’ve used [Kali Linux][1], you probably know that it followed a default root user policy. In other words, you are always root in Kali Linux. Whatever you do – you will be accessing tools/applications as root by default.
-
-It looks like everything back then was kind of “root for all” for everything. So, the default root user policy existed.
-
-They also explained the history for this in their [announcement post][2]:
-
-> A lot of those tools back then either required root access to run or ran better when ran as root. With this operating system that would be ran from a CD, never be updated, and had a lot of tools that needed root access to run it was a simple decision to have a “everything as root” security model. It made complete sense for the time.
-
-### Kali Linux will now have a default non-root user (like most other distributions)
-
-![][3]
-
-A default non-root model was necessary because a lot of users now use Kali Linux as their daily driver.
-
-Of course, they [do not recommend using Kali Linux][4] as a replacement for stable distributions like Ubuntu/Fedora/Manjaro – however, with its active development, some users do consider using it on a day-to-day basis instead of just using it for its tools.
-
-So, with a wide mainstream usage of the distro, the Kali Linux team thought of switching to a default non-root model because nowadays a lot of applications/tools do not require root access.
-
-> While we don’t encourage people to run Kali as their day to day operating system, over the last few years more and more users have started to do so _(even if they are not using it to do penetration testing full time)_, including some members of the Kali development team. When people do so, they obviously don’t run as default root user. With this usage over time, there is the obvious conclusion that default root user is no longer necessary and Kali will be better off moving to a more traditional security model.
-
-So I am reiterating that you should not consider Kali Linux to be fit for your daily tasks if you do not utilize security-related [Kali Linux tools][5]. Feel free to experiment – but I wouldn’t be so sure to rely on it.
-
-So from the next release, when you install Kali Linux, you’ll be asked to create non-root user that will have admin privileges. Tools and commands that require root access will be run with sudo.
-
-![][6]
-
-#### [Pretend to be Using Windows with Kali Linux Undercover Mode][7]
-
-The new undercover mode in Kali Linux switches the desktop layout to make it look like Windows 10. Find out how to activate the undercover mode.
-
-### New default user and password for Kali Linux live mode
-
-![Kali Linux has new user-password in the live system][8]
-
-Technically, you won’t find a groundbreaking difference. Just note that the default user ID and password in live mode is “**kali**“.
-
-You can find the new non-root model implemented in the new daily/weekly builds if you want to test it early.
-
-In either case, you can wait for the 2020.1 release scheduled for late January to take a look at the new default non-root user model.
-
-### Getting back the old root model in Kali Linux
-
-If you are a long time Kali Linux user, you may not find it convenient to add sudo before commands and then manually enter the password.
-
-The good news here is that you can still get the old password-less root rights with this command:
-
-```
-sudo dpkg-reconfigure kali-grant-root
-```
-
-What do you think about the default non-root user model? Is it a good decision? Let me know your thoughts in the comments.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://itsfoss.com/kali-linux-root-user/
-
-作者：[Ankush Das][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://www.kali.org/
-[2]: https://www.kali.org/news/kali-default-non-root-user/
-[3]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/kali_linux_default_root_user.png?ssl=1
-[4]: https://itsfoss.com/kali-linux-review/
-[5]: https://itsfoss.com/best-kali-linux-tools/
-[6]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/kali_linux_undercover_mode.jpg?fit=800%2C450&ssl=1
-[7]: https://itsfoss.com/kali-linux-undercover-mode/
-[8]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/kali-linux-live-password.png?ssl=1
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200121 Syncthing- Open Source P2P File Syncing Tool.md b/sources/tech/20200121 Syncthing- Open Source P2P File Syncing Tool.md
deleted file mode 100644
index aa87c0f873..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200121 Syncthing- Open Source P2P File Syncing Tool.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Syncthing: Open Source P2P File Syncing Tool)
-[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/syncthing/)
-[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
-
-Syncthing: Open Source P2P File Syncing Tool
-======
-
-_**Brief: Syncthing is an open-source peer-to-peer file synchronization tool that you can use for syncing files between multiple devices (including an Android phone).**_
-
-Usually, we have a cloud sync solution like [MEGA][1] or Dropbox to have a backup of our files on the cloud while making it easier to share it.
-
-But, what do you do if you want to sync your files across multiple devices without storing them on the cloud?
-
-That is where [Syncthing][2] comes to the rescue.
-
-### Syncthing: An open source tool to synchronize files across devices
-
-![][3]
-
-Syncthing lets you sync your files across multiple devices (including the support for Android smartphones). It primarily works through a web UI on Linux but also offers a GUI (to separately install).
-
-However, Syncthing does not utilize the cloud at all – it is a [peer-to-peer][4] file synchronization tool. Your data doesn’t go to a central server. Instead, the data is synced with all the devices between them. So, it does not really replace the [typical cloud storage services on Linux][5].
-
-To add remote devices, you just need the device ID (or simply scan the QR code), no IP addresses involved.
-
-If you want a remote backup of your files – you should probably rely on the cloud.
-
-![Syncthing GUI][6]
-
-All things considered, Syncthing can come in handy for a lot of things. Technically, you can have your important files accessible on multiple systems securely and privately without worrying about anyone spying on your data.
-
-For instance, you may not want to store some of the sensitive files on the cloud – so you can add other trusted devices to sync and keep a copy of those files.
-
-Even though I described it briefly, there’s more to it and than meets the eye. I’d also recommend reading the [official FAQ][7] to clear some confusion on how it works – if you’re interested.
-
-### Features of Syncthing
-
-You probably do not want a lot of options in a synchronization tool – it should be dead simple to work reliably to sync your files.
-
-Syncthing is indeed quite simple and easy to understand – even though it is recommended that you should go through the [documentation][8] if you want to use every bit of its functionality.
-
-Here, I’ll highlight a few useful features of Syncthing:
-
-#### Cross-Platform Support
-
-![Syncthing on Android][9]
-
-Being an open-source solution, it does support Windows, Linux, and macOS.
-
-In addition to that, it also supports Android smartphones. You’ll be disappointed if you have an iOS device – so far, no plans for iOS support.
-
-#### File Versioning
-
-![Syncthing File Versioning][10]
-
-Syncthing utilizes a variety of [File Versioning methods][11] to archive the old files if they are replaced or deleted.
-
-By default, you won’t find it enabled. But, when you create a folder to sync, that’s when you will find the option to toggle the file versioning to your preferred method.
-
-#### Easy To Use
-
-While being a peer-to-peer file synchronization tool, it just works out of the box with no advanced tweaks.
-
-However, it does let you configure advanced settings when needed.
-
-#### Security & Privacy
-
-Even though you do not share your data with any cloud service providers, there are still some connections made that might gain the attention of an eavesdropper. So, Syncthing makes sure the communication is secured using TLS.
-
-In addition to that, there are solid authentication methods to ensure that only the devices/connections you allow explicitly will be granted access to sync/read data.
-
-For Android smartphones, you can also force the traffic through Tor if you’re using the [Orbot app][12]. You’ll find several other options for Android as well.
-
-#### Other Functionalities
-
-![][13]
-
-When exploring the tool yourself, you will notice that there are no limits to how many folders you can sync and the number of devices that you can sync.
-
-So, being a free and open-source solution with lots of useful features makes it an impressive choice for Linux users looking to have a peer-to-peer sync client.
-
-### Installing Syncthing on Linux
-
-You may not observe a .deb file or an .AppImage file for it on its official download webpage. But, you do get a snap package on the [Snap store][14] – if you’re curious you can read about [using snap apps][15] on Linux to get started.
-
-You may not find it in the software center (if you do – it may not be the latest version).
-
-**Note:** _There’s also a [Syncthing-GTK][16] available if you want a GUI to manage that – instead of a browser._
-
-[Syncthing][2]
-
-You can also utilize the terminal to get it installed if you have a Debian-based distro – the instructions are on the [official download page][17].
-
-### My experience with Syncthing
-
-Personally, I got it installed on Pop!_OS 19.10 and used it for a while before writing this up.
-
-I tried syncing folders, removing them, adding duplicate files to see how the file versioning works, and so on. It worked just fine.
-
-However, when I tried syncing it to a phone (Android) – the sync started a bit late, it wasn’t very quick. So, if we could have an option to explicitly force sync, that could help. Or, did I miss the option? Let me know in the comments if I did.
-
-Technically, it uses the resources of your system to work – so if you have a number of devices connected to sync, it should potentially improve the sync speed (upload/download).
-
-Overall, it works quite well – but I must say that you shouldn’t rely on it as the only backup solution to your data.
-
-**Wrapping Up**
-
-Have you tried Syncthing yet? If yes, how was your experience with it? Feel free to share it in the comments below.
-
-Also, if you know about some awesome alternatives to this – let me know about it as well.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://itsfoss.com/syncthing/
-
-作者：[Ankush Das][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://itsfoss.com/install-mega-cloud-storage-linux/
-[2]: https://syncthing.net/
-[3]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/syncthing-screenshot.jpg?ssl=1
-[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Peer-to-peer
-[5]: https://itsfoss.com/cloud-services-linux/
-[6]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/syncthing-gtk.png?ssl=1
-[7]: https://docs.syncthing.net/users/faq.html
-[8]: https://docs.syncthing.net/users/index.html
-[9]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/syncthing-android.jpg?ssl=1
-[10]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/syncthing-file-versioning.jpg?ssl=1
-[11]: https://docs.syncthing.net/users/versioning.html
-[12]: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.torproject.android&hl=en_IN
-[13]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/syncthing-screenshot1.jpg?ssl=1
-[14]: https://snapcraft.io/syncthing
-[15]: https://itsfoss.com/install-snap-linux/
-[16]: https://github.com/syncthing/syncthing-gtk/releases/latest
-[17]: https://syncthing.net/downloads/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200122 Screenshot your Linux system configuration with Bash tools.md b/sources/tech/20200122 Screenshot your Linux system configuration with Bash tools.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 325b3aa019..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200122 Screenshot your Linux system configuration with Bash tools.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Screenshot your Linux system configuration with Bash tools)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/1/screenfetch-neofetch)
-[#]: author: (Don Watkins https://opensource.com/users/don-watkins)
-
-Screenshot your Linux system configuration with Bash tools
-======
-ScreenFetch and Neofetch make it easy to share your Linux environment
-with others.
-![metrics and data shown on a computer screen][1]
-
-There are many reasons you might want to share your Linux configuration with other people. You might be looking for help troubleshooting a problem on your system, or maybe you're so proud of the environment you've created that you want to showcase it to fellow open source enthusiasts.
-
-You could get some of that information with a **cat /proc/cpuinfo** or **lscpu** command at the Bash prompt. But if you want to share more details, such as your operating system, kernel, uptime, shell environment, screen resolution, etc., you have two great tools to choose: screenFetch and Neofetch.
-
-### ScreenFetch
-
-[ScreenFetch][2] is a Bash command-line utility that can produce a very nice screenshot of your system configuration and uptime. It is an easy way to share your system's configuration with others in a colorful way.
-
-It's simple to install screenFetch for many Linux distributions.
-
-On Fedora, enter:
-
-
-```
-`$ sudo dnf install screenfetch`
-```
-
-On Ubuntu, enter:
-
-
-```
-`$ sudo apt install screenfetch`
-```
-
-For other operating systems, including FreeBSD, MacOS, and more, consult the screenFetch wiki's [installation page][3]. Once screenFetch is installed, it can produce a detailed and colorful screenshot like this:
-
-![screenFetch][4]
-
-ScreenFetch also provides various command-line options to fine-tune your results. For example, **screenfetch -v** returns verbose output that presents each option line-by-line along with the display shown above.
-
-And **screenfetch -n** eliminates the operating system icon when it displays your system information.
-
-![screenfetch -n option][5]
-
-Other options include **screenfetch -N**, which strips all color from the output; **screenfetch -t**, which truncates the output depending on the size of the terminal; and **screenFetch -E**, which suppresses errors.
-
-Be sure to check the man page on your system for other options. ScreenFetch is open source under the GPLv3, and you can learn more about the project in its [GitHub repository][6].
-
-### Neofetch
-
-[Neofetch][7] is another tool to create a screenshot with your system information. It is written in Bash 3.2 and is open source under the [MIT License][8].
-
-According to the project's website, "Neofetch supports almost 150 different operating systems. From Linux to Windows, all the way to more obscure operating systems like Minix, AIX, and Haiku."
-
-![Neofetch][9]
-
-The project maintains a wiki with excellent [installation documentation][10] for a variety of distributions and operating systems.
-
-If you are on Fedora, RHEL, or CentOS, you can install Neofetch at the Bash prompt with:
-
-
-```
-`$ sudo dnf install neofetch`
-```
-
-On Ubuntu 17.10 and greater, you can use:
-
-
-```
-`$ sudo apt install neofetch`
-```
-
-On its first run, Neofetch writes a **~/.config/neofetch/config.conf** file to your home directory (**.config/config.conf**), which enables you to [customize and control][11] every aspect of Neofetch's output. For example, you can configure Neofetch to use the image, ASCII file, or wallpaper of your choice—or nothing at all. The config.conf file also makes it easy to share your customization with others.
-
-If Neofetch doesn't support your operating system or provide all the options you are looking for, be sure to open up an issue in the project's [GitHub repo][12].
-
-### Conclusion
-
-No matter why you want to share your system configuration, screenFetch or Neofetch should enable you to do so. Do you know of another open source tool that provides this functionality on Linux? Please share your favorite in the comments.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/screenfetch-neofetch
-
-作者：[Don Watkins][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/don-watkins
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/metrics_data_dashboard_system_computer_analytics.png?itok=oxAeIEI- (metrics and data shown on a computer screen)
-[2]: https://github.com/KittyKatt/screenFetch
-[3]: https://github.com/KittyKatt/screenFetch/wiki/Installation
-[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/screenfetch.png (screenFetch)
-[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/screenfetch-n.png (screenfetch -n option)
-[6]: http://github.com/KittyKatt/screenFetch
-[7]: https://github.com/dylanaraps/neofetch
-[8]: https://github.com/dylanaraps/neofetch/blob/master/LICENSE.md
-[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/neofetch.png (Neofetch)
-[10]: https://github.com/dylanaraps/neofetch/wiki/Installation
-[11]: https://github.com/dylanaraps/neofetch/wiki/Customizing-Info
-[12]: https://github.com/dylanaraps/neofetch/issues
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200123 6 things you should be doing with Emacs.md b/sources/tech/20200123 6 things you should be doing with Emacs.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b01830cd8e..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200123 6 things you should be doing with Emacs.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (6 things you should be doing with Emacs)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/1/emacs-cheat-sheet)
-[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
-
-6 things you should be doing with Emacs
-======
-Here are six things you may not have realized you could do with Emacs.
-Then, get our new cheat sheet to get the most out of Emacs.
-![Text editor on a browser, in blue][1]
-
-Imagine using Python's IDLE interface to edit text. You would be able to load files into memory, edit them, and save changes. But every action you perform would be defined by a Python function. Making a word all capitals, for instance, calls **upper()**, opening a file calls **open**, and so on. Everything in your text document is a Python object and can be manipulated accordingly. From the user's perspective, it's the same experience as any text editor. For a Python developer, it's a rich Python environment that can be changed and developed with just a few custom functions in a config file.
-
-This is what [Emacs][2] does for the 1958 programming language [Lisp][3]. In Emacs, there's no separation between the Lisp engine running the application and the arbitrary text you type into it. To Emacs, everything is Lisp data, so everything can be analyzed and manipulated programmatically.
-
-That makes for a powerful user interface (UI). But if you're a casual Emacs user, you may only be scratching the surface of what it can do for you. Here are six things you may not have realized you could do with Emacs.
-
-## Use Tramp mode for cloud editing
-
-Emacs has been network-transparent for a lot longer than has been trendy, and today it still provides one of the smoothest remote editor experiences available. The [Tramp mode][4] in Emacs (formerly known as RPC mode) stands for "Transparent Remote (file) Access, Multiple Protocol," which spells out exactly what it offers: easy access to remote files you want to edit over most popular network protocols. The most popular and safest protocol for remote editing these days is [OpenSSH][5], so that's the default.
-
-Tramp is already included in Emacs 22.1 or greater, so to use Tramp, you just open a file in the Tramp syntax. In the **File** menu of Emacs, select **Open File**. When prompted in the mini-buffer at the bottom of the Emacs window, enter the file name using this syntax:
-
-
-```
-`/ssh:user@example.com:/path/to/file`
-```
-
-If you are required to log in interactively, Tramp prompts you for your password. However, Tramp uses OpenSSH directly, so to avoid interactive prompts, you can also add your hostname, username, and SSH key path to your **~/.ssh/config** file. Like Git, Emacs uses your SSH config first and only stops to ask for more information in the event of an error.
-
-Tramp is great for editing files that don't exist on your computer, and the user experience is not noticeably any different from editing a local file. The next time you start to SSH into a server just to launch a Vim or Emacs session, try Tramp instead.
-
-## Calendaring
-
-If you parse text better than you parse graphical interfaces, you'll be happy to know that you can schedule your day (or life) in plain text with Emacs but still get fancy notifications on your mobile device with open source [Org mode][6] viewers.
-
-The process takes a little setup to create a convenient way to sync your agenda with your mobile device (I use Git, but you could invoke Bluetooth, KDE Connect, Nextcloud, or your file synchronization tool of choice), and you have to install an Org mode viewer (such as [Orgzly][7]) and a Git client app on your mobile. Once you've got your infrastructure sorted, though, the process is inherently perfectly integrated with your usual (or developing, if you're a new user) Emacs workflow. You can refer to your agenda easily in Emacs, make updates to your schedule, and generally stay on task. Pushing changes to your agenda is reflected on your mobile, so you can stay organized even when Emacs isn't available.
-
-![][8]
-
-Intrigued? Read my step-by-step guide about [calendaring with Org mode and Git][9].
-
-## Access the terminal
-
-There are [lots of terminal emulators][10] available. Although the Elisp terminal emulator in Emacs isn't the greatest general-purpose one, it's got two notable advantages.
-
- 1. **Opens in an Emacs buffer: **I use Emacs' Elisp shell because it's conveniently located in my Emacs window, which I often run in fullscreen. It's a small but significant advantage to have a terminal just a **Ctrl+x+o** (or C-x o in Emacs notation) away, and it's especially nice to be able to glance over at it for status reports when it's running a lengthy job.
- 2. **Easy copying and pasting if no system clipboard is available:** Whether I'm too lazy to move my hand from the keys to the mouse, or I don't have mouse functionality because I'm running Emacs in a remote console, having a terminal in Emacs can sometimes mean a quick transfer of data from my Emacs buffer to Bash.
-
-
-
-To try the Emacs terminal, type **Alt**+**x** (**M-x** in Emacs notation), then type **shell**, and press **Return**.
-
-## Use Racket mode
-
-[Racket][11] is an exciting emerging Lisp dialect with a dynamic programming environment, a GUI toolkit, and a passionate community. The default editor when learning Racket is DrRacket, which has a Definitions panel at the top and an Interactions panel at the bottom. Using this setup, the user writes definitions that affect the Racket runtime. Imagine the old [Logo Turtle][12] program, but with a terminal instead of just a turtle.
-
-![Racket-mode][13]
-
-LGPL sample code by PLT
-
-Emacs, being based on Lisp, makes a great integrated development environment (IDE) for advanced Racket coders. It doesn't ship with [Racket mode][14] (yet), but you can install Racket mode and several other helper extensions using the Emacs package installer. To install it, press **Alt**+**X** (**M-x** in Emacs notation), type **package-install**, and press **Return**. Then enter the package you want to install (**racket-mode**), and press **Return**.
-
-Enter Racket mode with **M-x racket-mode**. If you're new to Racket but not to Lisp or Emacs, start with the excellent [Quick introduction to Racket with pictures][15].
-
-## Scripting
-
-You might know that Bash scripts are popular for automating and enhancing your Linux or Unix experience. You may have heard that Python does a pretty good job of that, too. But did you know that Lisp scripts can be run in much the same way? There's sometimes confusion about just how useful Lisp really is because many people are introduced to Lisp through Emacs, so there's the latent impression that the only way to run Lisp in the 21st century is to open an Emacs window. Luckily, that's not the case at all, and Emacs is a great IDE for the tools that enable you to run Lisp scripts as general system executables.
-
-There are two popular modern Lisps, aside from Elisp, that are easy to run as standalone scripts.
-
- 1. **Racket:** You can run Racket scripts relying on your system's Racket install to provide runtime support, or you can use **raco exe** to produce an executable. The **raco exe** command packages your code together with runtime support files to create an executable. The **raco distribute** command then packages that executable into a distribution that works on other machines. Emacs has many Racket-specific tools, so creating Racket files in Emacs is easy and efficient.
-
- 2. **GNU Guile:** [GNU Guile][16] (short for "GNU Ubiquitous Intelligent Language for Extensions") is an implementation of the [Scheme][17] programming language that's used for creating applications and games for the desktop, internet, terminal, and more. Writing Scheme is easy, using any one of the many Scheme extensions in Emacs. For example, here's a "Hello world" script in Guile: [code] #!/usr/bin/guile -s
-!#
-
-(display "hello world")
- (newline) [/code] Compile and run it with the **guile** command: [code] $ guile ./hello.scheme
-;;; compiling /home/seth/./hello.scheme
-;;; compiled [...]/hello.scheme.go
-hello world
-$ guile ./hello.scheme
-hello world
-```
-## Run Elisp without Emacs
-
-Emacs can serve as an Elisp runtime, but you don't have to "open" Emacs in the traditional sense. The **\--script** option allows you to run Elisp scripts using Emacs as the engine but without launching the Emacs GUI (not even its terminal-based one). In this example, the **-Q** option causes Emacs to ignore your **.emacs** file to avoid any delays in executing the Elisp script (if your script relies upon something
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200124 Run multiple consoles at once with this open source window environment.md b/sources/tech/20200124 Run multiple consoles at once with this open source window environment.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 97c2849b60..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200124 Run multiple consoles at once with this open source window environment.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Run multiple consoles at once with this open source window environment)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/1/multiple-consoles-twin)
-[#]: author: (Kevin Sonney https://opensource.com/users/ksonney)
-
-Run multiple consoles at once with this open source window environment
-======
-Simulate the old-school DESQview experience with twin in the fourteenth
-in our series on 20 ways to be more productive with open source in 2020.
-![Digital creative of a browser on the internet][1]
-
-Last year, I brought you 19 days of new (to you) productivity tools for 2019. This year, I'm taking a different approach: building an environment that will allow you to be more productive in the new year, using tools you may or may not already be using.
-
-### Overcome "one screen, one app" limits with twin
-
-Who remembers [DESQview][2]? It allowed for things in DOS we take for granted now in Windows, Linux, and MacOS—namely the ability to run and have multiple programs running onscreen at once. In my early days running a dial-up BBS, DESQview was a necessity—it enabled me to have the BBS running in the background while doing other things in the foreground. For example, I could be working on new features or setting up new external programs while someone was dialed in without impacting their experience. Later, in my early days in support, I could have my work email ([DaVinci email on MHS][3]), the support ticket system, and other DOS programs running all at once. It was amazing!
-
-![twin][4]
-
-Running multiple console applications has come a long way since then. But applications like [tmux][5] and [Screen][6] still follow the "one screen, one app" kind of display. OK, yes, tmux has screen splitting and panes, but not like DESQview, with the ability to "float" windows over others, and I, for one, miss that.
-
-Enter [twin][7], the text-mode window environment. This relatively young project is, in my opinion, a spiritual successor to DESQview. It supports console and graphical environments, as well as the ability to detach from and reattach to sessions. It's not as easy to set up as some things, but it will run on most modern operating systems.
-
-Twin is installed from source (for now). But first, you need to install the required development libraries. The library names will vary by operating system. The following example shows it for my Ubuntu 19.10 installation. Once the libraries are installed, check out the twin source from Git and run **./configure** and **make**, which should auto-detect everything and build twin:
-
-
-```
-sudo apt install libx11-dev libxpm-dev libncurses-dev zlib1g-dev libgpm-dev
-git clone [git@github.com][8]:cosmos72/twin.git
-cd twin
-./configure
-make
-sudo make install
-```
-
-Note: If you are compiling this on MacOS or BSD, you will need to comment out **#define socklen_t int** in the files **include/Tw/autoconf.h** and **include/twautoconf.h** before running **make**. This should be addressed by [twin issue number 57][9].
-
-![twin text mode][10]
-
-Invoking twin for the first time can be a bit of a challenge. You need to tell it what kind of display it is using with the **\--hw** parameter. For example, to launch a text-mode version of twin, you would enter **twin --hw=tty,TERM=linux**. The **TERM** variable specifies an override to the current terminal variable in your shell. To launch a graphical version, run **twin --hw=X@$DISPLAY**. On Linux, twin mostly "just works," and on MacOS, it mostly only works in terminals.
-
-The _real_ fun comes with the ability to attach to running sessions with the **twattach** and **twdisplay** commands. They allow you to attach to a running twin session somewhere else. For example, on my Mac, I can run the following command to connect to the twin session running on my demo box:
-
-
-```
-`twdisplay --twin@20days2020.local:0 --hw=tty,TERM=linux`
-```
-
-![remote twin session][11]
-
-With some extra work, you can also use it as a login shell in place of [getty][12] on consoles. This requires the gdm mouse daemon, the twdm application (included), and a little extra configuration. On systems that use systemd, start by installing and enabling gdm (if it isn't already installed). Then use systemctl to create an override for a console (I used tty6). The commands must be run as the root user; on Ubuntu, they look something like this:
-
-
-```
-apt install gdm
-systemctl enable gdm
-systemctl start gdm
-systemctl edit getty@tty6
-```
-
-The **systemctl edit getty@tty6** command will open an empty file named **override.conf**. This defines systemd service settings to override the default for console 6. Update the contents to:
-
-
-```
-[service]
-ExecStart=
-ExecStart=-/usr/local/sbin/twdm --hw=tty@/dev/tty6,TERM=linux
-StandardInput=tty
-StandardOutput=tty
-```
-
-Now, reload systemd and restart tty6 to get a twin login prompt:
-
-
-```
-systemctl daemon-reload
-systemctl restart getty@tty6
-```
-
-![twin][13]
-
-This will launch a twin session for the user who logs in. I do not recommend this for a multi-user system, but it is pretty cool for a personal desktop. And, by using **twattach** and **twdisplay**, you can access that session from the local GUI or remote desktops.
-
-I think twin is pretty darn cool. It has some rough edges, but the basic functionality is there, and it has some pretty good documentation. Also, it scratches the itch I have for a DESQview-like experience on modern operating systems. I look forward to improvements over time, and I hope you like it as much as I do.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/multiple-consoles-twin
-
-作者：[Kevin Sonney][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ksonney
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/browser_web_internet_website.png?itok=g5B_Bw62 (Digital creative of a browser on the internet)
-[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DESQview
-[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Message_Handling_System
-[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/productivity_14-1.png (twin)
-[5]: https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki
-[6]: https://www.gnu.org/software/screen/
-[7]: https://github.com/cosmos72/twin
-[8]: mailto:git@github.com
-[9]: https://github.com/cosmos72/twin/issues/57
-[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/productivity_14-2.png (twin text mode)
-[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/productivity_14-3.png (remote twin session)
-[12]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)
-[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/productivity_14-4.png (twin)
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200125 Use tmux to create the console of your dreams.md b/sources/tech/20200125 Use tmux to create the console of your dreams.md
deleted file mode 100644
index adab130489..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200125 Use tmux to create the console of your dreams.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Use tmux to create the console of your dreams)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/1/tmux-console)
-[#]: author: (Kevin Sonney https://opensource.com/users/ksonney)
-
-Use tmux to create the console of your dreams
-======
-You can do a lot with tmux, especially when you add tmuxinator to the
-mix. Check them out in the fifteenth in our series on 20 ways to be more
-productive with open source in 2020.
-![Person drinking a hat drink at the computer][1]
-
-Last year, I brought you 19 days of new (to you) productivity tools for 2019. This year, I'm taking a different approach: building an environment that will allow you to be more productive in the new year, using tools you may or may not already be using.
-
-### Do it all on the console with tmux and tmuxinator
-
-In this series so far, I've written about individual apps and tools. Starting today, I'll put them together into comprehensive setups to streamline things. Starting at the command line. Why the command line? Simply put, working at the command line allows me to access a lot of these tools and functions from anywhere I can run SSH. I can SSH into one of my personal machines and run the same setup on my work machine as I use on my personal one. And the primary tool I'm going to use for that is [tmux][2].
-
-Most people use tmux for very basic functions, such as opening it on a remote server then starting a process, maybe opening a second session to watch log files or debug information, then disconnecting and coming back later. But you can do so much work with tmux.
-
-![tmux][3]
-
-First things first—if you have an existing tmux configuration file, back it up. The configuration file for tmux is **~/.tmux.conf**. Move it to another directory, like **~/tmp**. Now, clone the [Oh My Tmux][4] project with Git. Link to **.tmux.conf** from that and copy in the **.tmux.conf.local** file to make adjustments:
-
-
-```
-cd ~
-mkdir ~/tmp
-mv ~/.tmux.conf ~/tmp/
-git clone
-ln -s ~/.tmux/.tmux.conf ./
-cp ~/.tmux.conf.local ./
-```
-
-The **.tmux.conf.local** file contains local settings and overrides. For example, I changed the default colors a bit and turned on the [Powerline][5] dividers. This snippet shows only the things I changed:
-
-
-```
-tmux_conf_theme_24b_colour=true
-tmux_conf_theme_focused_pane_bg='default'
-tmux_conf_theme_pane_border_style=fat
-tmux_conf_theme_left_separator_main='\uE0B0'
-tmux_conf_theme_left_separator_sub='\uE0B1'
-tmux_conf_theme_right_separator_main='\uE0B2'
-tmux_conf_theme_right_separator_sub='\uE0B3'
-#tmux_conf_battery_bar_symbol_full='◼'
-#tmux_conf_battery_bar_symbol_empty='◻'
-tmux_conf_battery_bar_symbol_full='♥'
-tmux_conf_battery_bar_symbol_empty='·'
-tmux_conf_copy_to_os_clipboard=true
-set -g mouse on
-```
-
-Note that you do not need to have Powerline installed—you just need a font that supports the Powerline symbols. I use [Hack Nerd Font][6] for almost everything console-related since it is easy for me to read and has many, many useful extra symbols. You'll also note that I turn on operating system clipboard support and mouse support.
-
-Now, when tmux starts up, the status bar at the bottom provides a bit more information—and in exciting colors. **Ctrl**+**b** is still the "leader" key for entering commands, but some others have changed. Splitting panes horizontally (top/bottom) is now **Ctrl**+**b**+**-** and vertically is now **Ctrl**+**b**+**_**. With mouse mode turned on, you can click to switch between the panes and drag the dividers to resize them. Opening a new window is still **Ctrl**+**b**+**n**, and you can now click on the window name on the bottom bar to switch between them. Also, **Ctrl**+**b**+**e** will open up the **.tmux.conf.local** file for editing. When you exit the editor, tmux will reload the configuration without reloading anything else. Very useful.
-
-So far, I've only made some simple changes to functionality and visual display and added mouse support. Now I'll set it up to launch the apps I want in a way that makes sense and without having to reposition and resize them every time. For that, I'll use [tmuxinator][7]. Tmuxinator is a launcher for tmux that allows you to specify and manage layouts and autostart applications with a YAML file. To use it, start tmux and create panes with the things you want running in them. Then, open a new window with **Ctrl**+**b**+**n**, and execute **tmux list-windows**. You will get detailed information about the layout.
-
-![tmux layout information][8]
-
-Note the first line in the code above where I set up four panes with an application in each one.** **Save the output from when you run it for later. Now, run **tmuxinator new 20days** to create a layout named **20days**. This will bring up a text editor with the default layout file. It has a lot of useful stuff in it, and I encourage you to read up on all the options. Start by putting in the layout information above and what apps you want where:
-
-
-```
-# /Users/ksonney/.config/tmuxinator/20days.yml
-name: 20days
-root: ~/
-windows:
- - mail:
- layout: d9da,208x60,0,0[208x26,0,0{104x26,0,0,0,103x26,105,0,5},208x33,0,27{104x33,0,27,1,103x33,105,27,4}]] @0
- panes:
- - alot
- - abook
- - ikhal
- - todo.sh ls +20days
-```
-
-Be careful with the spaces! Like Python code, the spaces and indentation matter to how the file is interpreted. Save the file and then run **tmuxinator 20days**. You should get four panes with the [alot][9] mail program, [abook][10], ikhal (a shortcut to [khal][11] interactive), and anything in [todo.txt][12] with the tag **+20days**.
-
-![sample layout launched by tmuxinator][13]
-
-You'll also notice that the window on the bottom bar is labeled Mail. You can click on the name (along with other named windows) to jump to that view. Nifty, right? I set up a second window named Social with [Tuir][14], [Newsboat][15], an IRC client connected to [BitlBee][16], and [Rainbow Stream][17] in the same file.
-
-Tmux is my productivity powerhouse for keeping track of all the things, and with tmuxinator, I don't have to worry about constantly resizing, placing, and launching my applications.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/tmux-console
-
-作者：[Kevin Sonney][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ksonney
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/coffee_tea_laptop_computer_work_desk.png?itok=D5yMx_Dr (Person drinking a hat drink at the computer)
-[2]: https://github.com/tmux/tmux
-[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/productivity_15-1.png (tumux)
-[4]: https://github.com/gpakosz/.tmux
-[5]: https://github.com/powerline/powerline
-[6]: https://www.nerdfonts.com/
-[7]: https://github.com/tmuxinator/tmuxinator
-[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/productivity_15-2.png (tmux layout information)
-[9]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/organize-email-notmuch
-[10]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/sync-contacts-locally
-[11]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/open-source-calendar
-[12]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/open-source-to-do-list
-[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/productivity_15-3.png (sample layout launched by tmuxinator)
-[14]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/open-source-reddit-client
-[15]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/open-source-rss-feed-reader
-[16]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/open-source-chat-tool
-[17]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/tweet-terminal-rainbow-stream
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200126 Use Vim to send email and check your calendar.md b/sources/tech/20200126 Use Vim to send email and check your calendar.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fdb709aaef..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200126 Use Vim to send email and check your calendar.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Use Vim to send email and check your calendar)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/1/vim-email-calendar)
-[#]: author: (Kevin Sonney https://opensource.com/users/ksonney)
-
-Use Vim to send email and check your calendar
-======
-Manage your email and calendar right from your text editor in the
-sixteenth in our series on 20 ways to be more productive with open
-source in 2020.
-![Calendar close up snapshot][1]
-
-Last year, I brought you 19 days of new (to you) productivity tools for 2019. This year, I'm taking a different approach: building an environment that will allow you to be more productive in the new year, using tools you may or may not already be using.
-
-### Doing (almost) all the things with Vim, part 1
-
-I use two text editors regularly—[Vim][2] and [Emacs][3]. Why both? They have different use cases, and I'll talk about some of them in the next few articles in this series.
-
-![][4]
-
-OK, so why do everything in Vim? Because if there is one application that is on every machine I have access to, it's Vim. And if you are like me, you probably already spend a lot of time in Vim. So why not use it for _all the things_?
-
-Before that, though, you need to do some things. The first is to make sure you have Ruby support in Vim. You can check that with **vim --version | grep ruby**. If the result is not **+ruby**, that needs to be fixed. This can be tricky, and you should check your distribution's documentation for the right package to install. On MacOS, this is the official MacVim (not from Brew), and on most Linux distributions, this is either vim-nox or vim-gtk—NOT vim-gtk3.
-
-I use [Pathogen][5] to autoload my plugins and bundles. If you use [Vundle][6] or another Vim package manager, you'll need to adjust the commands below to work with it.
-
-#### Do your email in Vim
-
-A good starting place for making Vim a bigger part of your productivity plan is using it to send and receive email with [Notmuch][7] using [abook][8] to access your contact list. You need to install some things for this. All the sample code below is on Ubuntu, so you'll need to adjust for that if you are using a different distribution. Do the setup with:
-
-
-```
-sudo apt install notmuch-vim ruby-mail
-curl -o ~/.vim/plugin/abook --create-dirs
-```
-
-So far, so good. Now start Vim and execute **:NotMuch**. There may be some warnings due to the older version of the mail library **notmuch-vim** was written for, but in general, Vim will now be a full-featured Notmuch mail client.
-
-![Reading Mail in Vim][9]
-
-If you want to perform a search for a specific tag, type **\t**, enter the name of the tag, and press Enter. This will pull up a list of all messages with that tag. The **\s** key combination brings up a **Search:** prompt that will do a full search of the Notmuch database. Navigate the message list with the arrow keys, press Enter to display the selected item, and enter **\q** to exit the current view.
-
-To compose mail, use the **\c** keystroke. You will see a blank message. This is where the **abook.vim** plugin comes in. Hit **Esc** and enter **:AbookQuery <SomeName>**, where <SomeName> is a part of the name or email address you want to look for. You will get a list of entries in the abook database that match your search. Select the address you want by typing its number to add it to the email's address line. Finish typing and editing the email, press **Esc** to exit edit mode, and enter **,s** to send.
-
-If you want to change the default folder view when **:NotMuch** starts up, you can add the variable **g:notmuch_folders** to your **.vimrc** file:
-
-
-```
-let g:notmuch_folders = [
- \ [ 'new', 'tag:inbox and tag:unread' ],
- \ [ 'inbox', 'tag:inbox' ],
- \ [ 'unread', 'tag:unread' ],
- \ [ 'News', 'tag:@sanenews' ],
- \ [ 'Later', 'tag:@sanelater' ],
- \ [ 'Patreon', 'tag:@patreon' ],
- \ [ 'LivestockConservancy', 'tag:livestock-conservancy' ],
- \ ]
-```
-
-There are many more settings covered in the Notmuch plugin's documentation, including setting up keys for tags and using alternate mail programs.
-
-#### Consult your calendar in Vim
-
-![][10]
-
-Sadly, there do not appear to be any calendar programs for Vim that use the vCalendar or iCalendar formats. There is [Calendar.vim][11], which is very well done. Set up Vim to access your calendar with:
-
-
-```
-cd ~/.vim/bundle
-git clone [git@github.com][12]:itchyny/calendar.vim.git
-```
-
-Now, you can see your calendar in Vim by entering **:Calendar**. You can switch between year, month, week, day, and clock views with the **<** and **>** keys. If you want to start with a particular view, use the **-view=** flag to tell it which one you wish to see. You can also add a date to any of the views. For example, if I want to see what is going on the week of July 4, 2020, I would enter **:Calendar -view week 7 4 2020**. The help is pretty good and can be accessed with the **?** key.
-
-![][13]
-
-Calendar.vim also supports Google Calendar (which I need), but in December 2019 Google disabled the access for it. The author has posted a workaround in [the issue on
-GitHub][14].
-
-So there you have it, your mail, addresses, and calendars in Vim. But you aren't done yet; you'll do even more with Vim tomorrow!
-
-Vim offers great benefits to writers, regardless of whether they are technically minded or not.
-
-Need to keep your schedule straight? Learn how to do it using open source with these free...
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/vim-email-calendar
-
-作者：[Kevin Sonney][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ksonney
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/calendar.jpg?itok=jEKbhvDT (Calendar close up snapshot)
-[2]: https://www.vim.org/
-[3]: https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/
-[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/day16-image1.png
-[5]: https://github.com/tpope/vim-pathogen
-[6]: https://github.com/VundleVim/Vundle.vim
-[7]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/organize-email-notmuch
-[8]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/sync-contacts-locally
-[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/productivity_16-2.png (Reading Mail in Vim)
-[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/day16-image3.png
-[11]: https://github.com/itchyny/calendar.vim
-[12]: mailto:git@github.com
-[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/day16-image4.png
-[14]: https://github.com/itchyny/calendar.vim/issues/156
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200128 Send email and check your calendar with Emacs.md b/sources/tech/20200128 Send email and check your calendar with Emacs.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 48be7e8e45..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200128 Send email and check your calendar with Emacs.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Send email and check your calendar with Emacs)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/1/emacs-mail-calendar)
-[#]: author: (Kevin Sonney https://opensource.com/users/ksonney)
-
-Send email and check your calendar with Emacs
-======
-Manage your email and view your schedule with the Emacs text editor in
-the eighteenth in our series on 20 ways to be more productive with open
-source in 2020.
-![Document sending][1]
-
-Last year, I brought you 19 days of new (to you) productivity tools for 2019. This year, I'm taking a different approach: building an environment that will allow you to be more productive in the new year, using tools you may or may not already be using.
-
-### Doing (almost) all the things with Emacs, part 1
-
-Two days ago, I shared that I use both [Vim][2] and [Emacs][3] regularly, and on days [16][4] and [17][5] of this series, I explained how to do almost everything in Vim. Now, it's time for Emacs!
-
-![Mail and calendar in Emacs][6]
-
-Before I get too far, I should explain two things. First, I'm doing everything here using the default Emacs configuration, not [Spacemacs][7], which I have [written about][8]. Why? Because I will be using the default keyboard mappings so that you can refer back to the documentation and not have to translate things from "native Emacs" to Spacemacs. Second, I'm not setting up Org mode in this series. Org mode almost needs an entire series on its own, and, while it is very powerful, the setup can be quite complex.
-
-#### Configure Emacs
-
-Configuring Emacs is a little bit more complicated than configuring Vim, but in my opinion, it is worth it in the long run. Start by creating a configuration file and opening it in Emacs:
-
-
-```
-mkdir ~/.emacs.d
-emacs ~/.emacs.d/init.el
-```
-
-Next, add some additional package sources to the built-in package manager. Add the following to **init.el**:
-
-
-```
-(package-initialize)
-(add-to-list 'package-archives '("melpa" . "")
-;; Set up notmuch
-(require 'notmuch)
-;; set up mail sending using sendmail
-(setq send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it))
-(setq user-mail-address "[myemail@mydomain.com][9]"
- user-full-name "My Name")
-```
-
-Now you are ready to start Emacs with your setup! Save the **init.el** file (**Ctrl**+**x** **Ctrl**+**s**), exit Emacs (**Ctrl**+**x** **Ctrl**+**c**), and then restart it. It will take a little longer to start this time.
-
-#### Read and write email in Emacs with Notmuch
-
-Once you are at the Emacs splash screen, you can start reading your email with [Notmuch][10]. Type **Meta**+**x notmuch**, and you'll get Notmuch's Emacs interface.
-
-![Reading mail with Notmuch][11]
-
-All the items in bold type are links to email views. You can access them with either a mouse click or by tabbing between them and pressing **Return** or **Enter**. You can use the search bar to
-
-search Notmuch's database using the [same syntax][12] as you use on Notmuch's command line. If you want, you can save any searches for later use with the **[save]** button, and they will be added to the list at the top of the screen. If you follow one of the links, you will get a list of the relevant email messages. You can navigate the list with the **Arrow** keys, and press **Enter** on the message you want to read. Pressing **r** will reply to a message, **f** will forward the message, and **q** will exit the current screen.
-
-You can write a new message by typing **Meta**+**x compose-mail**. Composing, replying, and forwarding all bring up the mail writing interface. When you are done writing your email, press **Ctrl**+**c Ctrl**+**c** to send it. If you decide you don't want to send it, press **Ctrl**+**c Ctrl**+**k** to kill the message compose buffer (window).
-
-#### Autocomplete email addresses in Emacs with BBDB
-
-![Composing a message with BBDB addressing][13]
-
-But what about your address book? That's where [BBDB][14] comes in. But first, import all your addresses from [abook][15] by opening a command line and running the following export command:
-
-
-```
-`abook --convert --outformat vcard --outfile ~/all-my-addresses.vcf --infile ~/.abook/addresses`
-```
-
-Once Emacs starts, run **Meta**+**x bbdb-vcard-import-file**. It will prompt you for the file name you want to import, which is **~/all-my-addresses.vcf**. After the import finishes, when you compose a message, you can start typing a name and use **Tab** to search and autocomplete the "To" field. BBDB will also open a buffer for the contact so you can make sure it's the correct one.
-
-Why do it this way when you already have each address as a **vcf.** file from [vdirsyncer][16]? If you are like me, you have a LOT of addresses, and doing them one at a time is a lot of work. This way, you can take everything you have in abook and make one big file.
-
-#### View your calendar in Emacs with calfw
-
-![calfw calendar][17]
-
-Finally, you can use Emacs to look at your calendar. In the configuration section above, you installed the [calfw][18] package and added lines to tell it where to find the calendars to load. Calfw is short for the Calendar Framework for Emacs, and it supports many calendar formats. Since I use Google calendar, that is the link I put into my config. Your calendar will auto-load at startup, and you can view it by switching the **cfw-calendar** buffer with the **Ctrl**+**x**+**b** command.
-
-Calfw offers views by the day, week, two weeks, and month. You can select the view from the top of the calendar and navigate your calendar with the **Arrow** keys. Unfortunately, calfw can only view calendars, so you'll still need to use something like [khal][19] or a web interface to add, delete, and modify events.
-
-So there you have it: mail, calendars, and addresses in Emacs. Tomorrow I'll do even more.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/emacs-mail-calendar
-
-作者：[Kevin Sonney][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ksonney
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/email_paper_envelope_document.png?itok=uPj_kouJ (Document sending)
-[2]: https://www.vim.org/
-[3]: https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/
-[4]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/vim-email-calendar
-[5]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/vim-task-list-reddit-twitter
-[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/productivity_18-1.png (Mail and calendar in Emacs)
-[7]: https://www.spacemacs.org/
-[8]: https://opensource.com/article/19/12/spacemacs
-[9]: mailto:myemail@mydomain.com
-[10]: https://notmuchmail.org/
-[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/productivity_18-2.png (Reading mail with Notmuch)
-[12]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/organize-email-notmuch
-[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/productivity_18-3.png (Composing a message with BBDB addressing)
-[14]: https://www.jwz.org/bbdb/
-[15]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/sync-contacts-locally
-[16]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/open-source-calendar
-[17]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/productivity_18-4.png (calfw calendar)
-[18]: https://github.com/kiwanami/emacs-calfw
-[19]: https://khal.readthedocs.io/en/v0.9.2/index.html
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200129 Use Emacs to get social and track your todo list.md b/sources/tech/20200129 Use Emacs to get social and track your todo list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3893aac377..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200129 Use Emacs to get social and track your todo list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Use Emacs to get social and track your todo list)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/1/emacs-social-track-todo-list)
-[#]: author: (Kevin Sonney https://opensource.com/users/ksonney)
-
-Use Emacs to get social and track your todo list
-======
-Access Twitter, Reddit, chat, email, RSS, and your todo list in the
-nineteenth in our series on 20 ways to be more productive with open
-source in 2020.
-![Team communication, chat][1]
-
-Last year, I brought you 19 days of new (to you) productivity tools for 2019. This year, I'm taking a different approach: building an environment that will allow you to be more productive in the new year, using tools you may or may not already be using.
-
-### Doing (almost) all the things with Emacs, part 2
-
-[Yesterday][2], I talked about how to read email, access your addresses, and show calendars in Emacs. Emacs has tons and tons of functionality, and you can also use it for Twitter, chatting, to-do lists, and more!
-
-![All the things with Emacs][3]
-
-To do all of this, you need to install some Emacs packages. As you did yesterday, open the Emacs package manager with **Meta**+**x package-manager** (Meta is **Alt** on most keyboards or **Option** on MacOS). Now select the following packages with **i**, then install them by typing **x**:
-
-
-```
-nnreddit
-todotxt
-twittering-mode
-```
-
-Once they are installed, open **~/.emacs.d/init.el** with **Ctrl**+**x Ctrl**+**x**, and add the following before the **(custom-set-variables** line:
-
-
-```
-;; Todo.txt
-(require 'todotxt)
-(setq todotxt-file (expand-file-name "~/.todo/todo.txt"))
-
-;; Twitter
-(require 'twittering-mode)
-(setq twittering-use-master-password t)
-(setq twittering-icon-mode t)
-
-;; Python3 for nnreddit
-(setq elpy-rpc-python-command "python3")
-```
-
-Save the file with **Ctrl**+**x Ctrl**+**a**, exit Emacs with **Ctrl**+**x Ctrl**+**c**, then restart Emacs.
-
-#### Tweet from Emacs with twittering-mode
-
-![Twitter in Emacs][4]
-
-[Twittering-mode][5] is one of the best Emacs interfaces for Twitter. It supports almost all the features of Twitter and has some easy-to-use keyboard shortcuts.
-
-To get started, type **Meta**+**x twit** to launch twittering-mode. It will give a URL to open—and prompt you to launch a browser with it if you want—so you can log in and get an authorization token. Copy and paste the token into Emacs, and your Twitter timeline should load. You can scroll with the **Arrow** keys, use **Tab** to move from item to item, and press **Enter** to view the URL the cursor is on. If the cursor is on a username, pressing **Enter** will open that timeline in a web browser. If you are on a tweet's text, pressing **Enter** will reply to that tweet. You can create a new tweet with **u**, retweet something with **Ctrl**+**c**+**Enter**, and send a direct message with **d**—the dialog it opens has instructions on how to send, cancel, and shorten URLs.
-
-Pressing **V** will open a prompt to get to other timelines. To open your mentions, type **:mentions**. The home timeline is **:home**, and typing a username will take you to that user's timeline. Finally, pressing **q** will quit twittering-mode and close the window.
-
-There is a lot more functionality available in twittering-mode, and I encourage you to read the [full list][6] on its GitHub page.
-
-#### Track your to-do's in Emacs with Todotxt.el
-
-![todo.txt in emacs][7]
-
-[Todotxt.el][8] is a nice interface for the [todo.txt][9] to-do list manager. It has hotkeys for just about everything.
-
-To start it up, type **Meta**+**x todotxt**, and it will load the todo.txt file you specified in the **todotxt-file** variable (which you set in the first part of this article). Inside the buffer (window) for todo.txt, you can press **a** to add a new task and **c** to mark it complete. You can set priorities with **r**, and add projects and context to an item with **t**. When you are ready to move everything to **done.txt**, just press **A**. And you can filter the list with **/** or refresh back to the full list with **l**. And again, you can press **q** to exit.
-
-#### Chat in Emacs with ERC
-
-![Chatting with erc][10]
-
-One of Vim's shortcomings is that trying to use chat with it is difficult (at best). Emacs, on the other hand, has the [ERC][11] client built into the default distribution. Start ERC with **Meta**+**x erc**, and you will be prompted for a server name, username, and password. You can use the same information you used a few days ago when you set up [BitlBee][12]: server **localhost**, port **6667**, and the same username with no password. It should be the same as using almost any other IRC client. Each channel will be split into a new buffer (window), and you can switch between them with **Ctrl**+**x Ctrl**+**b**, which also switches between other buffers in Emacs. The **/quit** command will exit ERC.
-
-#### Read email, Reddit, and RSS feeds with Gnus
-
-![Mail, Reddit, and RSS feeds with Gnus][13]
-
-I'm sure many long-time Emacs users were asking, "but what about [Gnus][14]?" yesterday when I was talking about reading mail in Emacs. And it's a valid question. Gnus is a mail and newsreader built into Emacs, although it doesn't support [Notmuch][15] as a mail reader, just as a search engine. However, if you are configuring it for Reddit and RSS feeds (as you'll do in a moment), it's smart to add in mail functionality as well.
-
-Gnus was created for reading Usenet News and grew from there. So, a lot of its look and feel (and terminology) seem a lot like a Usenet newsreader.
-
-Gnus has its own configuration file in **~/.gnus** (the configuration can also be included in the main **~/.emacs.d/init.el**). Open **~/.gnus** with **Ctrl**+**x Ctrl**+**f** and add the following:
-
-
-```
-;; Required packages
-(require 'nnir)
-(require 'nnrss)
-
-;; Primary Mailbox
-(setq gnus-select-method
- '(nnmaildir "Local"
- (directory "~/Maildir")
- (nnir-search-engine notmuch)
- ))
-(add-to-list 'gnus-secondary-select-methods
- '(nnreddit ""))
-```
-
-Save the file with **Ctrl**+**x Ctrl**+**s**. This tells Gnus to read mail from the local mailbox in **~/Maildir** as the primary source (**gnus-select-method**) and add a second source (**gnus-secondary-select-methods**) using the [nnreddit][16] plugin. You can also define multiple secondary sources, including Usenet News (nntp), IMAP (nnimap), mbox (nnmbox), and virtual collections (nnvirtual). You can learn more about all the options in the [Gnus manual][17].
-
-Once you save the file, start Gnus with **Meta**+**x gnus**. The first run will install [Reddit Terminal Viewer][18] in a Python virtual environment, which is how it gets Reddit articles. It will then launch your browser to log into Reddit. After that, it will scan and load your subscribed Reddit groups. You will see a list of email folders with new mail and the list of subreddits with new content. Pressing **Enter** on any of them will load the list of messages for the group. You can navigate with the **Arrow** keys and press **Enter** to load and read a message. Pressing **q** will go back to the prior view when viewing message lists, and pressing **q** from the main window will exit Gnus. When reading a Reddit group, **a** creates a new message; in a mail group, **m** creates a new email; and **r** replies to messages in either view.
-
-You can also add RSS feeds to the Gnus interface and read them like mail and newsgroups. To add an RSS feed, type **G**+**R** and fill in the RSS feed's URL. You will be prompted for the title and description of the feed, which should be auto-filled from the feed. Now type **g** to check for new messages (this checks for new messages in all groups). Reading a feed is like reading Reddit groups and mail, so it uses the same keys.
-
-There is a _lot_ of functionality in Gnus, and there are a whole lot more key combinations. The [Gnus Reference Card][19] lists all of them for each view (on five pages in very small type).
-
-#### See your position with nyan-mode
-
-As a final note, you might notice [Nyan cat][20] at the bottom of some of my screenshots. This is [nyan-mode][21], which indicates where you are in a buffer, so it gets longer as you get closer to the bottom of a document or buffer. You can install it with the package manager and set it up with the following code in **~/.emacs.d/init.el**:
-
-
-```
-;; Nyan Cat
-(setq nyan-wavy-trail t)
-(setq nyan-bar-length 20)
-(nyan-mode)
-```
-
-### Scratching Emacs' surface
-
-This is just scratching the surface of all the things you can do with Emacs. It is _very_ powerful, and it is one of my go-to tools for being productive whether I'm tracking to-dos, reading and responding to mail, editing text, or chatting with my friends and co-workers. It takes a bit of getting used to, but once you do, it can become one of the most useful tools on your desktop.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/emacs-social-track-todo-list
-
-作者：[Kevin Sonney][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ksonney
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/talk_chat_team_mobile_desktop.png?itok=d7sRtKfQ (Team communication, chat)
-[2]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/emacs-mail-calendar
-[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/productivity_19-1.png (All the things with Emacs)
-[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/productivity_19-2.png (Twitter in Emacs)
-[5]: https://github.com/hayamiz/twittering-mode
-[6]: https://github.com/hayamiz/twittering-mode#features
-[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/productivity_19-3.png (todo.txt in emacs)
-[8]: https://github.com/rpdillon/todotxt.el
-[9]: http://todotxt.org/
-[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/productivity_19-4.png (Chatting with erc)
-[11]: https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_mono/erc.html
-[12]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/open-source-chat-tool
-[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/productivity_19-5.png (Mail, Reddit, and RSS feeds with Gnus)
-[14]: https://www.gnus.org/
-[15]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/organize-email-notmuch
-[16]: https://github.com/dickmao/nnreddit
-[17]: https://www.gnus.org/manual/gnus.html
-[18]: https://pypi.org/project/rtv/
-[19]: https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/refcards/pdf/gnus-refcard.pdf
-[20]: http://www.nyan.cat/
-[21]: https://github.com/TeMPOraL/nyan-mode
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200130 4 open source productivity tools on my wishlist.md b/sources/tech/20200130 4 open source productivity tools on my wishlist.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d36f020aa3..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200130 4 open source productivity tools on my wishlist.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (4 open source productivity tools on my wishlist)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/1/open-source-productivity-tools)
-[#]: author: (Kevin Sonney https://opensource.com/users/ksonney)
-
-4 open source productivity tools on my wishlist
-======
-Find out what the open source world needs to work on in the final
-article in our series on 20 ways to be more productive with open source
-in 2020.
-![Two diverse hands holding a globe][1]
-
-Last year, I brought you 19 days of new (to you) productivity tools for 2019. This year, I'm taking a different approach: building an environment that will allow you to be more productive in the new year, using tools you may or may not already be using.
-
-### But what about…
-
-When searching for productivity apps, I never find everything I want, and I almost always miss something great that my readers share with me. So, as I bring this series to a close, it's time [again][2] to talk about some of the topics I failed to cover in this year's series.
-
-![Desktop with Joplin, Emacs, and Firefox][3]
-
-#### Chatting in Vim
-
-I tried. I really, _really_ tried to get chat to work in Vim, but it was not to be. The one package I was able to find, [VimIRC.vim][4], never did work for me, and I tried for a few days to no avail. The other option I explored was [Irc it][5], which requires a lot more [effort to set up][6] than I could fit into my available space or time. I tried, I really did, and for the Vim users out there, I'm sorry I wasn't able to get something workable for you.
-
-#### Org mode
-
-![Org Mode in Emacs][7]
-
-I love [Org Mode][8], and I use it daily. I could spend several days _just_ talking about Org. It provides basic [task tracking][9]; Google [calendar][10] sync and [CalFW][11] integration; rich text documents, websites, and presentations; linking to all the things; and; and; and…
-
-I expect you will hear more from me about Org in 2020 because it really is pretty cool.
-
-#### GUI programs
-
-In 2019's productivity series, I shared a lot of programs with a graphical user interface (GUI), and this year almost all are command-line applications. There are some great graphical programs to help with some of the things I talked about this year—[mail][12] programs to talk to Maildir mailboxes, calendar programs to read local calendar files, [weather][13] apps, and so on. I even tried several new-to-me things to see if they would fit with the overall theme. With the exception of [twin][14], I didn't feel that there were any GUI programs that were new (to me) or notable (again, to me) to write about this year. And that brings me to…
-
-#### Mobile
-
-More and more people are using tablets (sometimes in conjunction with a laptop) as their primary device. I use my phone for most of my social media and instant messaging, and, more often than not, I use my tablet (OK, let's be honest, _tablets_) to read or browse the web. It isn't that open source mobile apps aren't out there, that's for sure, but they didn't fit with my themes this year. There is a lot going on with open source and mobile apps, and I'm watching carefully for things that can help me be more productive on my phone and tablet.
-
-### Your turn
-
-Thank you very much for reading the series this year. Please comment with what you think I missed or need to look at for 2021. And as I say on the [Productivity Alchemy][15] podcast: "Remember folks: Stay productive!"
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/open-source-productivity-tools
-
-作者：[Kevin Sonney][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ksonney
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/world_hands_diversity.png?itok=zm4EDxgE (Two diverse hands holding a globe)
-[2]: https://opensource.com/article/19/1/productivity-tool-wish-list
-[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/productivity_20-1.png (Desktop with Joplin, Emacs, and Firefox)
-[4]: https://github.com/vim-scripts/VimIRC.vim
-[5]: https://tools.suckless.org/ii/
-[6]: https://www.reddit.com/r/vim/comments/48t7ws/vim_ii_irc_client_xpost_runixporn/d0macnl/
-[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/productivity_20-2.png (Org Mode in Emacs)
-[8]: https://orgmode.org/
-[9]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/open-source-to-do-list
-[10]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/open-source-calendar
-[11]: https://github.com/kiwanami/emacs-calfw
-[12]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/organize-email-notmuch
-[13]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/open-source-weather-forecast
-[14]: https://github.com/cosmos72/twin
-[15]: https://productivityalchemy.com
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200130 Meet FuryBSD- A New Desktop BSD Distribution.md b/sources/tech/20200130 Meet FuryBSD- A New Desktop BSD Distribution.md
deleted file mode 100644
index eee1d27f9c..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200130 Meet FuryBSD- A New Desktop BSD Distribution.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Meet FuryBSD: A New Desktop BSD Distribution)
-[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/furybsd/)
-[#]: author: (John Paul https://itsfoss.com/author/john/)
-
-Meet FuryBSD: A New Desktop BSD Distribution
-======
-
-In the last couple of months, a few new desktop BSD have been announced. There is [HyperbolaBSD which was Hyperbola GNU/Linux][1] previously. Another new entry in the [BSD][2] world is [FuryBSD][3].
-
-### FuryBSD: A new BSD distribution
-
-![][4]
-
-At its heart, FuryBSD is a very simple beast. According to [the site][5], “FuryBSD is a back to basics lightweight desktop distribution based on stock FreeBSD.” It is basically FreeBSD with a desktop environment pre-configured and several apps preinstalled. The goal is to quickly get a FreeBSD-based system running on your computer.
-
-You might be thinking that this sounds a lot like a couple of other BSDs that are available, such as [NomadBSD][6] and [GhostBSD][7]. The major difference between those BSDs and FuryBSD is that FuryBSD is much closer to stock FreeBSD. For example, FuryBSD uses the FreeBSD installer, while others have created their own installers and utilities.
-
-As it states on the [site][8], “Although FuryBSD may resemble past graphical BSD projects like PC-BSD and TrueOS, FuryBSD is created by a different team and takes a different approach focusing on tight integration with FreeBSD. This keeps overhead low and maintains compatibility with upstream.” The lead dev also told me that “One key focus for FuryBSD is for it to be a small live media with a few assistive tools to test drivers for hardware.”
-
-Currently, you can go to the [FuryBSD homepage][3] and download either an XFCE or KDE LiveCD. A GNOME version is in the works.
-
-### Who’s is Behind FuryBSD?
-
-The lead dev behind FuryBSD is [Joe Maloney][9]. Joe has been a FreeBSD user for many years. He contributed to other BSD projects, such as PC-BSD. He also worked with Eric Turgeon, the creator of GhostBSD, to rewrite the GhostBSD LiveCD. Along the way, he picked up a better understanding of BSD and started to form an idea of how he would make a distribution on his own.
-
-Joe is joined by several other devs who have also spent many years in the BSD world, such as Jaron Parsons, Josh Smith, and Damian Szidiropulosz.
-
-### The Future for FuryBSD
-
-At the moment, FuryBSD is nothing more than a pre-configured FreeBSD setup. However, the devs have a [list of improvements][5] that they want to make going forward. These include:
-
- * A sane framework for loading, 3rd party proprietary drivers graphics, wireless
- * Cleanup up the LiveCD experience a bit more to continue to make it more friendly
- * Printing support out of box
- * A few more default applications included to provide a complete desktop experience
- * Integrated [ZFS][10] replication tools for backup and restore
- * Live image persistence options
- * A custom pkg repo with sane defaults
- * Continuous integration for applications updates
- * Quality assurance for FreeBSD on the desktop
- * Tailored artwork, color scheming, and theming
- * Directory services integration
- * Security hardening
-
-
-
-The devs make it quite clear that any changes they make will have a lot of thought and research behind them. They don’t want to compliment a feature, only to have to remove it or change it when it breaks something.
-
-![FuryBSD desktop][11]
-
-### How You Can Help FuryBSD?
-
-At this moment the project is still very young. Since all projects need help to survive, I asked Joe what kind of help they were looking for. He said, “We could use help [answering questions on the forums][12], [GitHub][13] tickets, help with documentation are all needed.” He also said that if people wanted to add support for other desktop environments, pull requests are welcome.
-
-### Final Thoughts
-
-Although I have not tried it yet, I have a good feeling about FuryBSD. It sounds like the project is in capable hands. Joe Maloney has been thinking about how to make the best BSD desktop experience for over a decade. Unlike majority of Linux distros that are basically a rethemed Ubuntu, the devs behind FuryBSD know what they are doing and they are choosing quality over the fancy bells and whistles.
-
-What are your thoughts on this new entry into the every growing desktop BSD market? Have you tried out FuryBSD or will you give it a try? Please let us know in the comments below.
-
-If you found this article interesting, please take a minute to share it on social media, Hacker News or [Reddit][14].
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://itsfoss.com/furybsd/
-
-作者：[John Paul][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/john/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://itsfoss.com/hyperbola-linux-bsd/
-[2]: https://itsfoss.com/bsd/
-[3]: https://www.furybsd.org/
-[4]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/fury-bsd.jpg?ssl=1
-[5]: https://www.furybsd.org/manifesto/
-[6]: https://itsfoss.com/nomadbsd/
-[7]: https://ghostbsd.org/
-[8]: https://www.furybsd.org/furybsd-video-overview-at-knoxbug/
-[9]: https://github.com/pkgdemon
-[10]: https://itsfoss.com/what-is-zfs/
-[11]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/FuryBSDS-desktop.jpg?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
-[12]: https://forums.furybsd.org/
-[13]: https://github.com/furybsd
-[14]: https://reddit.com/r/linuxusersgroup
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200203 Give an old MacBook new life with Linux.md b/sources/tech/20200203 Give an old MacBook new life with Linux.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 99bddf8fab..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200203 Give an old MacBook new life with Linux.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: (qianmingtian)
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Give an old MacBook new life with Linux)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/macbook-linux-elementary)
-[#]: author: (Don Watkins https://opensource.com/users/don-watkins)
-
-Give an old MacBook new life with Linux
-======
-Elementary OS's latest release, Hera, is an impressive platform for
-resurrecting an outdated MacBook.
-![Coffee and laptop][1]
-
-When I installed Apple's [MacOS Mojave][2], it slowed my formerly reliable MacBook Air to a crawl. My computer, released in 2015, has 4GB RAM, an i5 processor, and a Broadcom 4360 wireless card, but Mojave proved too much for my daily driver—it made working with [GnuCash][3] impossible, and it whetted my appetite to return to Linux. I am glad I did, but I felt bad that I had this perfectly good MacBook lying around unused.
-
-I tried several Linux distributions on my MacBook Air, but there was always a gotcha. Sometimes it was the wireless card; another time, it was a lack of support for the touchpad. After reading some good reviews, I decided to try [Elementary OS][4] 5.0 (Juno). I [made a boot drive][5] with my USB creator and inserted it into the MacBook Air. I got to a live desktop, and the operating system recognized my Broadcom wireless chipset—I thought this just might work!
-
-I liked what I saw in Elementary OS; its [Pantheon][6] desktop is really great, and its look and feel are familiar to Apple users—it has a dock at the bottom of the display and icons that lead to useful applications. I liked the preview of what I could expect, so I decided to install it—and then my wireless disappeared. That was disappointing. I really liked Elementary OS, but no wireless is a non-starter.
-
-Fast-forward to December 2019, when I heard a review on the [Linux4Everyone][7] podcast about Elementary's latest release, v.5.1 (Hera) bringing a MacBook back to life. So, I decided to try again with Hera. I downloaded the ISO, created the bootable drive, plugged it in, and this time the operating system recognized my wireless card. I was in business!
-
-![MacBook Air with Hera][8]
-
-I was overjoyed that my very light, yet powerful MacBook Air was getting a new life with Linux. I have been exploring Elementary OS in greater detail, and I can tell you that I am impressed.
-
-### Elementary OS's features
-
-According to [Elementary's blog][9], "The newly redesigned login and lock screen greeter looks sharper, works better, and fixes many reported issues with the previous greeter including focus issues, HiDPI issues, and better localization. The new design in Hera was in response to user feedback from Juno, and enables some nice new features."
-
-"Nice new features" in an understatement—Elementary OS easily has one of the best-designed Linux user interfaces I have ever seen. A System Settings icon is on the dock by default; it is easy to change the settings, and soon I had the system configured to my liking. I need larger text sizes than the defaults, and the Universal Access controls are easy to use and allow me to set large text and high contrast. I can also adjust the dock with larger icons and other options.
-
-![Elementary OS's Settings screen][10]
-
-Pressing the Mac's Command key brings up a list of keyboard shortcuts, which is very helpful to new users.
-
-![Elementary OS's Keyboard shortcuts][11]
-
-Elementary OS ships with the [Epiphany][12] web browser, which I find quite easy to use. It's a bit different than Chrome, Chromium, or Firefox, but it is more than adequate.
-
-For security-conscious users (as we should all be), Elementary OS's Security and Privacy settings provide multiple options, including a firewall, history, locking, automatic deletion of temporary and trash files, and an on/off switch for location services.
-
-![Elementary OS's Privacy and Security screen][13]
-
-### More on Elementary OS
-
-Elementary OS was originally released in 2011, and its latest version, Hera, was released on December 3, 2019. [Cassidy James Blaede][14], Elementary's co-founder and CXO, is the operating system's UX architect. Cassidy loves to design and build useful, usable, and delightful digital products using open technologies.
-
-Elementary OS has excellent user [documentation][15], and its code (licensed under GPL 3.0) is available on [GitHub][16]. Elementary OS encourages involvement in the project, so be sure to reach out and [join the community][17].
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/macbook-linux-elementary
-
-作者：[Don Watkins][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/don-watkins
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/coffee_cafe_brew_laptop_desktop.jpg?itok=G-n1o1-o (Coffee and laptop)
-[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MacOS_Mojave
-[3]: https://www.gnucash.org/
-[4]: https://elementary.io/
-[5]: https://opensource.com/life/14/10/test-drive-linux-nothing-flash-drive
-[6]: https://opensource.com/article/19/12/pantheon-linux-desktop
-[7]: https://www.linux4everyone.com/20-macbook-pro-elementary-os
-[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/macbookair_hera.png (MacBook Air with Hera)
-[9]: https://blog.elementary.io/introducing-elementary-os-5-1-hera/
-[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/elementaryos_settings.png (Elementary OS's Settings screen)
-[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/elementaryos_keyboardshortcuts.png (Elementary OS's Keyboard shortcuts)
-[12]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GNOME_Web
-[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/elementaryos_privacy-security.png (Elementary OS's Privacy and Security screen)
-[14]: https://github.com/cassidyjames
-[15]: https://elementary.io/docs/learning-the-basics#learning-the-basics
-[16]: https://github.com/elementary
-[17]: https://elementary.io/get-involved
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200203 Troubleshoot Kubernetes with the power of tmux and kubectl.md b/sources/tech/20200203 Troubleshoot Kubernetes with the power of tmux and kubectl.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b9480960e6..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200203 Troubleshoot Kubernetes with the power of tmux and kubectl.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( guevaraya)
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Troubleshoot Kubernetes with the power of tmux and kubectl)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/kubernetes-tmux-kubectl)
-[#]: author: (Abhishek Tamrakar https://opensource.com/users/tamrakar)
-
-Troubleshoot Kubernetes with the power of tmux and kubectl
-======
-A kubectl plugin that uses tmux to make troubleshooting Kubernetes much
-simpler.
-![Woman sitting in front of her laptop][1]
-
-[Kubernetes][2] is a thriving open source container orchestration platform that offers scalability, high availability, robustness, and resiliency for applications. One of its many features is support for running custom scripts or binaries through its primary client binary, [kubectl][3]. Kubectl is very powerful and allows users to do anything with it that they could do directly on a Kubernetes cluster.
-
-### Troubleshooting Kubernetes with aliases
-
-Anyone who uses Kubernetes for container orchestration is aware of its features—as well as the complexity it brings because of its design. For example, there is an urgent need to simplify troubleshooting in Kubernetes with something that is quicker and has little need for manual intervention (except in critical situations).
-
-There are many scenarios to consider when it comes to troubleshooting functionality. In one scenario, you know what you need to run, but the command's syntax—even when it can run as a single command—is excessively complex, or it may need one or two inputs to work.
-
-For example, if you frequently need to jump into a running container in the System namespace, you may find yourself repeatedly writing:
-
-
-```
-`kubectl --namespace=kube-system exec -i -t `
-```
-
-To simplify troubleshooting, you could use command-line aliases of these commands. For example, you could add the following to your dotfiles (.bashrc or .zshrc):
-
-
-```
-`alias ksysex='kubectl --namespace=kube-system exec -i -t'`
-```
-
-This is one of many examples from a [repository of common Kubernetes aliases][4] that shows one way to simplify functions in kubectl. For something simple like this scenario, an alias is sufficient.
-
-### Switching to a kubectl plugin
-
-A more complex troubleshooting scenario involves the need to run many commands, one after the other, to investigate an environment and come to a conclusion. Aliases alone are not sufficient for this use
-
-case; you need repeatable logic and correlations between the many parts of your Kubernetes deployment. What you really need is automation to deliver the desired output in less time.
-
-Consider 10 to 20—or even 50 to 100—namespaces holding different microservices on your cluster. What would be helpful for you to start troubleshooting this scenario?
-
- * You would need something that can quickly tell which pod in which namespace is throwing errors.
- * You would need something that can watch logs of all the pods in a namespace.
- * You might also need to watch logs of certain pods in a specific namespace that have shown errors.
-
-
-
-Any solution that covers these points would be very useful in investigating production issues as well as during development and testing cycles.
-
-To create something more powerful than a simple alias, you can use [kubectl plugins][5]. Plugins are like standalone scripts written in any scripting language but are designed to extend the functionality of your main command when serving as a Kubernetes admin.
-
-To create a plugin, you must use the proper syntax of **kubectl-<your-plugin-name>** to copy the script to one of the exported pathways in your **$PATH** and give it executable permissions (**chmod +x**).
-
-After creating a plugin and moving it into your path, you can run it immediately. For example, I have kubectl-krawl and kubectl-kmux in my path:
-
-
-```
-$ kubectl plugin list
-The following compatible plugins are available:
-
-/usr/local/bin/kubectl-krawl
-/usr/local/bin/kubectl-kmux
-
-$ kubectl kmux
-```
-
-Now let's explore what this looks like when you power Kubernetes with tmux.
-
-### Harnessing the power of tmux
-
-[Tmux][6] is a very powerful tool that many sysadmins and ops teams rely on to troubleshoot issues related to ease of operability—from splitting windows into panes for running parallel debugging on multiple machines to monitoring logs. One of its major advantages is that it can be used on the command line or in automation scripts.
-
-I created [a kubectl plugin][7] that uses tmux to make troubleshooting much simpler. I will use annotations to walk through the logic behind the plugin (and leave it for you to go through the plugin's full code):
-
-
-```
-#NAMESPACE is namespace to monitor.
-#POD is pod name
-#Containers is container names
-
-# initialize a counter n to count the number of loop counts, later be used by tmux to split panes.
-n=0;
-
-# start a loop on a list of pod and containers
-while IFS=' ' read -r POD CONTAINERS
-do
-
- # tmux create the new window for each pod
- tmux neww $COMMAND -n $POD 2>/dev/null
-
- # start a loop for all containers inside a running pod
- for CONTAINER in ${CONTAINERS//,/ }
- do
-
- if [ x$POD = x -o x$CONTAINER = x ]; then
- # if any of the values is null, exit.
- warn "Looks like there is a problem getting pods data."
- break
- fi
-
- # set the command to execute
- COMMAND=”kubectl logs -f $POD -c $CONTAINER -n $NAMESPACE”
- # check tmux session
- if tmux has-session -t <session name> 2>/dev/null;
- then
- <set session exists>
- else
- <create session>
- fi
-
- # split planes in the current window for each containers
- tmux selectp -t $n \; \
- splitw $COMMAND \; \
- select-layout tiled \;
-
- # end loop for containers
- done
-
- # rename the window to identify by pod name
- tmux renamew $POD 2>/dev/null
-
- # increment the counter
- ((n+=1))
-
-# end loop for pods
-done< <(<fetch list of pod and containers from kubernetes cluster>)
-
-# finally select the window and attach session
- tmux selectw -t <session name>:1 \; \
- attach-session -t <session name>\;
-```
-
-After the plugin script runs, it will produce output similar to the image below. Each pod has its own window, and each container (if there is more than one) is split by the panes in its pod window, streaming logs as they arrive. The beauty of tmux can be seen below; with the proper configuration, you can even see which window has activity going on (see the white tabs).
-
-![Output of kmux plugin][8]
-
-### Conclusion
-
-Aliases are always helpful for simple troubleshooting in Kubernetes environments. When the environment gets more complex, a kubectl plugin is a powerful option for using more advanced scripting. There are no limits on which programming language you can use to write kubectl plugins. The only requirements are that the naming convention in the path is executable, and it doesn't have the same name as an existing kubectl command.
-
-To read the complete code or try the plugins I created, check my [kube-plugins-github][7] repository. Issues and pull requests are welcome.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/kubernetes-tmux-kubectl
-
-作者：[Abhishek Tamrakar][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/tamrakar
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/OSDC_women_computing_4.png?itok=VGZO8CxT (Woman sitting in front of her laptop)
-[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-is-kubernetes
-[3]: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubectl/overview/
-[4]: https://github.com/ahmetb/kubectl-aliases/blob/master/.kubectl_aliases
-[5]: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/extend-kubectl/kubectl-plugins/
-[6]: https://opensource.com/article/19/6/tmux-terminal-joy
-[7]: https://github.com/abhiTamrakar/kube-plugins
-[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kmux-output.png (Output of kmux plugin)
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200204 DevOps vs Agile- What-s the difference.md b/sources/tech/20200204 DevOps vs Agile- What-s the difference.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ec49c22c92..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200204 DevOps vs Agile- What-s the difference.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (DevOps vs Agile: What's the difference?)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/devops-vs-agile)
-[#]: author: (Taz Brown https://opensource.com/users/heronthecli)
-
-DevOps vs Agile: What's the difference?
-======
-The difference between the two is what happens after development.
-![Pair programming][1]
-
-Early on, software development didn't really fit under a particular management umbrella. Then along came [waterfall][2], which spoke to the idea that software development could be defined by the length of time an application took to create or build.
-
-Back then, it often took long periods of time to create, test, and deploy software because there were no checks and balances during the development process. The results were poor software quality with defects and bugs and unmet timelines. The focus was on long, drawn-out plans for software projects.
-
-Waterfall projects have been associated with the [triple constraint][3] model, which is also called the project management triangle. Each side of the triangle represents a component of the triple constraints of project management: **scope**, **time**, and **cost**. As [Angelo Baretta writes][4], the triple constraint model "says that cost is a function of time and scope, that these three factors are related in a defined and predictable way… [I]f we want to shorten the schedule (time), we must increase cost. It says that if we want to increase scope, we must increase cost or schedule."
-
-### Transitioning from waterfall to agile
-
-Waterfall came from manufacturing and engineering, where a linear process makes sense; you build the wall before you build the roof. Similarly, software development problems were viewed as something that could be solved with planning. From beginning to end, the development process was clearly defined by a roadmap that would lead to the final delivery of a product.
-
-Eventually, waterfall was recognized as detrimental and counterintuitive to software development because, often, the value could not be determined until the very end of the project cycle, and in many cases, the projects failed. Also, the customer didn't get to see any working software until the end of the project.
-
-Agile takes a different approach that moves away from planning the entire project, committing to estimated dates, and being accountable to a plan. Rather, agile assumes and embraces uncertainty. It is built around the idea of responding to change instead of charging past it or ignoring the need for it. Instead, change is considered as a way to fulfill the needs of the customer.
-
-### Agile values
-
-Agile is governed by the Agile Manifesto, which defines [12 principles][5]:
-
- 1. Satisfying the customer is the top priority
- 2. Welcome changing requirements, even late in development
- 3. Deliver working software frequently
- 4. Development and business must work together
- 5. Build projects around motivated people
- 6. Face-to-face communication is the most efficient and effective method of conveying information
- 7. The primary measure of success is working software
- 8. Agile processes promote sustainable development
- 9. Maintain continuous attention to technical excellence and good design
- 10. Simplicity is essential
- 11. The best architectures, requirements, and designs emerge from self-organizing teams
- 12. Regularly reflect on work, then tune and adjust behavior
-
-
-
-Agile's four [core values][6] are:
-
- * **Individuals and interactions** over processes and tools
- * **Working software** over comprehensive documentation
- * **Customer collaboration** over contract negotiation
- * **Responding to change** over following a plan
-
-
-
-This contrasts with waterfall's rigid planning style. In agile, the customer is a member of the development team rather than engaging only at the beginning, when setting business requirements, and at the end, when reviewing the final product (as in waterfall). The customer helps the team write the [acceptance criteria][7] and remains engaged throughout the process. In addition, agile requires changes and continuous improvement throughout the organization. The development team works with other teams, including the project management office and the testers. What gets done and when are led by a designated role and agreed to by the team as a whole.
-
-### Agile software development
-
-Agile software development requires adaptive planning, evolutionary development, and delivery. Many software development methodologies, frameworks, and practices fall under the umbrella of being agile, including:
-
- * Scrum
- * Kanban (visual workflow)
- * XP (eXtreme Programming)
- * Lean
- * DevOps
- * Feature-driven development (FDD)
- * Test-driven development (TDD)
- * Crystal
- * Dynamic systems development method (DSDM)
- * Adaptive software development (ASD)
-
-
-
-All of these have been used on their own or in combination for developing and deploying software. The most common are [scrum, kanban][8] (or the combination called scrumban), and DevOps.
-
-[Scrum][9] is a framework under which a team, generally consisting of a scrum master, product owner, and developers, operates cross-functionally and in a self-directed manner to increase the speed of software delivery and
-
-to bring greater business value to the customer. The focus is on faster iterations with smaller [increments][10].
-
-[Kanban][11] is an agile framework, sometimes called a workflow management system, that helps teams visualize their work and maximize efficiency (thus being agile). Kanban is usually represented by a digital or physical board. A team's work moves across the board, for example, from not started, to in progress, testing, and finished, as it progresses. Kanban allows each team member to see the state of all work at any time.
-
-### DevOps values
-
-DevOps is a culture, a state of mind, a way that software development or infrastructure is, and a way that software and applications are built and deployed. There is no wall between development and operations; they work simultaneously and without silos.
-
-DevOps is based on two other practice areas: lean and agile. DevOps is not a title or role within a company; it's really a commitment that an organization or team makes to continuous delivery, deployment, and integration. According to [Gene Kim][12], author of _The Phoenix Project_ and _The Unicorn Project_, there are three "ways" that define the principles of DevOps:
-
- * The First Way: Principles of flow
- * The Second Way: Principles of feedback
- * The Third Way: Principles of continuous learning
-
-
-
-### DevOps software development
-
-DevOps does not happen in a vacuum; it is a flexible practice that, in its truest form, is a shared culture and mindset around software development and IT or infrastructure implementation.
-
-When you think of automation, cloud, microservices, you think of DevOps. In an [interview][13], _Accelerate: Building and Scaling High Performing Technology Organizations_ authors Nicole Forsgren, Jez Humble, and Gene Kim explained:
-
-> * Software delivery performance matters, and it has a significant impact on organizational outcomes such as profitability, market share, quality, customer satisfaction, and achieving organizational and mission goals.
-> * High performers achieve levels of throughput, stability, and quality; they're not trading off to achieve these attributes.
-> * You can improve your performance by implementing practices from the lean, agile, and DevOps playbooks.
-> * Implementing these practices and capabilities also has an impact on your organizational culture, which in turn has an impact on both your software delivery performance and organizational performance.
-> * There's still lots of work to do to understand how to improve performance.
->
-
-
-### DevOps vs. agile
-
-Despite their similarities, DevOps and agile are not the same, and some argue that DevOps is better than agile. To eliminate the confusion, it's important to get down to the nuts and bolts.
-
-#### Similarities
-
- * Both are software development methodologies; there is no disputing this.
- * Agile has been around for over 20 years, and DevOps came into the picture fairly recently.
- * Both believe in fast software development, and their principles are based on how fast software can be developed without causing harm to the customer or operations.
-
-
-
-#### Differences
-
- * **The difference between the two** is what happens after development.
- * Software development, testing, and deployment happen in both DevOps and agile. However, pure agile tends to stop after these three stages. In contrast, DevOps includes operations, which happen continually. Therefore, monitoring and software development are also continuous.
- * In agile, separate people are responsible for developing, testing, and deploying the software. In DevOps, the DevOps engineering role is are responsible for everything; development is operations, and operations is development.
- * DevOps is more associated with cost-cutting, and agile is more synonymous with lean and reducing waste, and concepts like agile project accounting and minimum viable product (MVP) are relevant.
- * Agile focuses on and embodies empiricism (**adaptation**, **transparency**, and **inspection**) instead of predictive measures.
-
-Agile | DevOps
----|---
-Feedback from customer | Feedback from self
-Smaller release cycles | Smaller release cycles, immediate feedback
-Focus on speed | Focus on speed and automation
-Not the best for business | Best for business
-
-### Wrapping up
-
-Agile and DevOps are distinct, although their similarities lead people to think they are one and the same. This does both agile and DevOps a disservice.
-
-In my experience as an agilist, I have found it valuable for organizations and teams to understand—from a high level—what agile and DevOps are and how they aid teams in working faster and more efficiently, delivering quality faster, and improving customer satisfaction.
-
-Agile and DevOps are not adversarial in any way (or at least the intent is not there). They are more allies than enemies in the agile revolution. Agile and DevOps can operate exclusively and inclusively, which allows both to exist in the same space.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/devops-vs-agile
-
-作者：[Taz Brown][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/heronthecli
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/collab-team-pair-programming-code-keyboard.png?itok=kBeRTFL1 (Pair programming)
-[2]: http://www.agilenutshell.com/agile_vs_waterfall
-[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_management_triangle
-[4]: https://www.pmi.org/learning/library/triple-constraint-erroneous-useless-value-8024
-[5]: https://agilemanifesto.org/principles.html
-[6]: https://agilemanifesto.org/
-[7]: https://www.productplan.com/glossary/acceptance-criteria/
-[8]: https://opensource.com/article/19/8/scrum-vs-kanban
-[9]: https://www.scrum.org/
-[10]: https://www.scrum.org/resources/what-is-an-increment
-[11]: https://www.atlassian.com/agile/kanban
-[12]: https://itrevolution.com/the-unicorn-project/
-[13]: https://www.infoq.com/articles/book-review-accelerate/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200206 3 ways to use PostgreSQL commands.md b/sources/tech/20200206 3 ways to use PostgreSQL commands.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 645baf65e0..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200206 3 ways to use PostgreSQL commands.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,230 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: (Morisun029)
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (3 ways to use PostgreSQL commands)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/postgresql-commands)
-[#]: author: (Greg Pittman https://opensource.com/users/greg-p)
-
-3 ways to use PostgreSQL commands
-======
-Whether you need something simple, like a shopping list, or complex,
-like a color swatch generator, PostgreSQL commands make it easy.
-![Team checklist and to dos][1]
-
-In _[Getting started with PostgreSQL][2]_, I explained how to install, set up, and begin using the open source database software. But there's a lot more you can do with commands in [PostgreSQL][3].
-
-For example, I use Postgres to keep track of my grocery shopping list. I do most of the grocery shopping in our home, and the bulk of it happens once a week. I go to several places to buy the things on my list because each store offers a particular selection or quality or maybe a better price. Initially, I made an HTML form page to manage my shopping list, but it couldn't save my entries. So, I had to wait to make my list all at once, and by then I usually forgot some items we need or I want.
-
-Instead, with PostgreSQL, I can enter bits when I think of them as the week goes on and print out the whole thing right before I go shopping. Here's how you can do that, too.
-
-### Create a simple shopping list
-
-First, enter the database with the **psql **command, then create a table for your list with:
-
-
-```
-`Create table groc (item varchar(20), comment varchar(10));`
-```
-
-Type commands like the following to add items to your list:
-
-
-```
-insert into groc values ('milk', 'K');
-insert into groc values ('bananas', 'KW');
-```
-
-There are two pieces of information (separated by a comma) inside the parentheses: the item you want to buy and letters indicating where you want to buy it and whether it's something you usually buy every week (W).
-
-Since **psql** has a history, you can press the Up arrow and edit the data between the parentheses instead of having to type the whole line for each item.
-
-After entering a handful of items, check what you've entered with:
-
-
-```
-Select * from groc order by comment;
-
- item | comment
-\----------------+---------
- ground coffee | H
- butter | K
- chips | K
- steak | K
- milk | K
- bananas | KW
- raisin bran | KW
- raclette | L
- goat cheese | L
- onion | P
- oranges | P
- potatoes | P
- spinach | PW
- broccoli | PW
- asparagus | PW
- cucumber | PW
- sugarsnap peas | PW
- salmon | S
-(18 rows)
-```
-
-This command orders the results by the _comment_ column so that the items are grouped by where you buy them to make it easier to shop.
-
-By using a W to indicate your weekly purchases, you can keep your weekly items on the list when you clear out the table to prepare for the next week's list. To so that, enter:
-
-
-```
-`delete from groc where comment not like '%W';`
-```
-
-Notice that in PostgreSQL, **%** is the wildcard character (instead of an asterisk). So, to save typing, you might type:
-
-
-```
-`delete from groc where item like 'goat%';`
-```
-
-You can't use **item = 'goat%'**; it won't work.
-
-When you're ready to shop, output your list to print it or send it to your phone with:
-
-
-```
-\o groclist.txt
-select * from groc order by comment;
-\o
-```
-
-The last command, **\o**, with nothing afterward, resets the output to the command line. Otherwise, all output will continue to go to the groc file you created.
-
-### Analyze complex tables
-
-This item-by-item entry may be okay for short tables, but what about really big ones? A couple of years ago, I was helping the team at [FreieFarbe.de][4] to create a swatchbook of the free colors (freieFarbe means "free colors" in German) from its HLC color palette, where virtually any imaginable print color can be specified by its hue, luminosity (brightness), and chroma (saturation). The result was the [HLC Color Atlas][5], and here's how we did it.
-
-The team sent me files with color specifications so I could write Python scripts that would work with Scribus to generate the swatchbooks of color patches easily. One example started like:
-
-
-```
-HLC, C, M, Y, K
-H010_L15_C010, 0.5, 49.1, 0.1, 84.5
-H010_L15_C020, 0.0, 79.7, 15.1, 78.9
-H010_L25_C010, 6.1, 38.3, 0.0, 72.5
-H010_L25_C020, 0.0, 61.8, 10.6, 67.9
-H010_L25_C030, 0.0, 79.5, 18.5, 62.7
-H010_L25_C040, 0.4, 94.2, 17.3, 56.5
-H010_L25_C050, 0.0, 100.0, 15.1, 50.6
-H010_L35_C010, 6.1, 32.1, 0.0, 61.8
-H010_L35_C020, 0.0, 51.7, 8.4, 57.5
-H010_L35_C030, 0.0, 68.5, 17.1, 52.5
-H010_L35_C040, 0.0, 81.2, 22.0, 46.2
-H010_L35_C050, 0.0, 91.9, 20.4, 39.3
-H010_L35_C060, 0.1, 100.0, 17.3, 31.5
-H010_L45_C010, 4.3, 27.4, 0.1, 51.3
-```
-
-This is slightly modified from the original, which separated the data with tabs. I transformed it into a CSV (comma-separated value) file, which I prefer to use with Python. (CSV files are also very useful because they can be imported easily into a spreadsheet program.)
-
-In each line, the first item is the color name, and it's followed by its C, M, Y, and K color values. The file consisted of 1,793 colors, and I wanted a way to analyze the information to get a sense of the range of values. This is where PostgreSQL comes into play. I did not want to enter all of this data manually—I don't think I could without errors (and headaches). Fortunately, PostgreSQL has a command for this.
-
-My first step was to create the database with:
-
-
-```
-`Create table hlc_cmyk (color varchar(40), c decimal, m decimal, y decimal, k decimal);`
-```
-
-Then I brought in the data with:
-
-
-```
-`\copy hlc_cmyk from '/home/gregp/HLC_Atlas_CMYK_SampleData.csv' with (header, format CSV);`
-```
-
-The backslash at the beginning is there because using the plain **copy** command is restricted to root and the Postgres superuser. In the parentheses, **header** means the first line contains headings and should be ignored, and **CSV** means the file format is CSV. Note that parentheses are not required around the color name in this method.
-
-If the operation is successful, I see a message that says **COPY NNNN**, where the N's refer to the number of rows inserted into the table.
-
-Finally, I can query the table with:
-
-
-```
-select * from hlc_cmyk;
-
- color | c | m | y | k
-\---------------+-------+-------+-------+------
- H010_L15_C010 | 0.5 | 49.1 | 0.1 | 84.5
- H010_L15_C020 | 0.0 | 79.7 | 15.1 | 78.9
- H010_L25_C010 | 6.1 | 38.3 | 0.0 | 72.5
- H010_L25_C020 | 0.0 | 61.8 | 10.6 | 67.9
- H010_L25_C030 | 0.0 | 79.5 | 18.5 | 62.7
- H010_L25_C040 | 0.4 | 94.2 | 17.3 | 56.5
- H010_L25_C050 | 0.0 | 100.0 | 15.1 | 50.6
- H010_L35_C010 | 6.1 | 32.1 | 0.0 | 61.8
- H010_L35_C020 | 0.0 | 51.7 | 8.4 | 57.5
- H010_L35_C030 | 0.0 | 68.5 | 17.1 | 52.5
-```
-
-It goes on like this for all 1,793 rows of data. In retrospect, I can't say that this query was absolutely necessary for the HLC and Scribus task, but it allayed some of my anxieties about the project.
-
-To generate the HLC Color Atlas, I automated creating the color charts with Scribus for the 13,000+ colors in those pages of color swatches.
-
-I could have used the **copy** command to output my data:
-
-
-```
-`\copy hlc_cmyk to '/home/gregp/hlc_cmyk_backup.csv' with (header, format CSV);`
-```
-
-I also could restrict the output according to certain values with a **where** clause.
-
-For example, the following command will only send the table values for the hues that begin with H10.
-
-
-```
-`\copy hlc_cmyk to '/home/gregp/hlc_cmyk_backup.csv' with (header, format CSV) where color like 'H10%';`
-```
-
-### Back up or transfer a database or table
-
-The final command I will mention here is **pg_dump**, which is used to back up a PostgreSQL database and runs outside of the **psql** console. For example:
-
-
-```
-pg_dump gregp -t hlc_cmyk > hlc.out
-pg_dump gregp > dball.out
-```
-
-The first line exports the **hlc_cmyk** table along with its structure. The second line dumps all the tables inside the **gregp** database. This is very useful for backing up or transferring a database or tables.
-
-To transfer a database or table to another computer, first, create a database on the other computer (see my "[getting started][2]" article for details), then do the reverse process:
-
-
-```
-`psql -d gregp -f dball.out`
-```
-
-This creates all the tables and enters the data in one step.
-
-### Conclusion
-
-In this article, we have seen how to use the **WHERE** parameter to restrict operations, along with the use of the PostgreSQL wildcard character **%**. We've also seen how to load a large amount of data into a table, then output some or all of the table data to a file, or even your entire database with all its individual tables.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/postgresql-commands
-
-作者：[Greg Pittman][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/greg-p
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/todo_checklist_team_metrics_report.png?itok=oB5uQbzf (Team checklist and to dos)
-[2]: https://opensource.com/article/19/11/getting-started-postgresql
-[3]: https://www.postgresql.org/
-[4]: http://freiefarbe.de
-[5]: https://www.freiefarbe.de/en/thema-farbe/hlc-colour-atlas/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200207 Customize your internet with an open source search engine.md b/sources/tech/20200207 Customize your internet with an open source search engine.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7974fdbfa8..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200207 Customize your internet with an open source search engine.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Customize your internet with an open source search engine)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/open-source-search-engine)
-[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
-
-Customize your internet with an open source search engine
-======
-Get started with YaCy, an open source, P2P web indexer.
-![Person using a laptop][1]
-
-A long time ago, the internet was small enough to be indexed by a few people who gathered the names and locations of all websites and listed them each by topic on a page or in a printed book. As the World Wide Web network grew, the "web rings" convention developed, in which sites with a similar theme or topic or sensibility banded together to form a circular path to each member. A visitor to any site in the ring could click a button to proceed to the next or previous site in the ring to discover new sites relevant to their interest.
-
-Then for a while, it seemed the internet outgrew itself. Everyone was online, there was a lot of redundancy and spam, and there was no way to find anything. Yahoo and AOL and CompuServe and similar services had unique approaches, but it wasn't until Google came along that the modern model took hold. According to Google, the internet was meant to be indexed, sorted, and ranked through a search engine.
-
-### Why choose an open source alternative?
-
-Search engines like Google and DuckDuckGo are demonstrably effective. You may have reached this site through a search engine. While there's a debate to be had about content falling through the cracks because a host chooses not to follow best practices for search engine optimization, the modern solution for managing the wealth of culture and knowledge and frivolity that is the internet is relentless indexing.
-
-But maybe you prefer not to use Google or DuckDuckGo because of privacy concerns or because you're looking to contribute to an effort to make the internet more independent. If that appeals to you, then consider participating in [YaCy][2], the peer-to-peer internet indexer and search engine.
-
-### Install YaCy
-
-To install and try YaCy, first ensure you have Java installed. If you're on Linux, you can follow the instructions in my [_How to install Java on Linux_][3] article. If you're on Windows or MacOS, obtain an installer from [AdoptOpenJDK.net][4].
-
-Once you have Java installed, [download the installer][5] for your platform.
-
-If you're on Linux, unarchive the tarball and move it to the **/opt** directory:
-
-
-```
-`$ sudo tar --extract --file yacy_*z --directory /opt`
-```
-
-Start YaCy according to instructions for the installer you downloaded.
-
-On Linux, start YaCy running in the background:
-
-
-```
-`$ /opt/startYACY.sh &`
-```
-
-In a web browser, navigate to **localhost:8090** and search.
-
-![YaCy start page][6]
-
-### Add YaCy to your URL bar
-
-If you're using the Firefox web browser, you can make YaCy your default search engine in the Awesome Bar (that's Mozilla's name for the URL field) with just a few clicks.
-
-First, make the dedicated search bar visible in the Firefox toolbar, if it's not already (you don't have to keep the search bar visible; you only need it active long enough to add a custom search engine). The search bar is available in the hamburger menu in the upper-right corner of Firefox in the **Customize** menu. Once the search bar is visible in your Firefox toolbar, navigate to **localhost:8090**, and click the magnifying glass icon in the Firefox search bar you just added. Click the option to add YaCy to your Firefox search engines.
-
-![Adding YaCy to Firefox][7]
-
-Once this is done, you can mark it as your default in Firefox preferences, or just use it selectively in searches performed in the Firefox search bar. If you set it as your default search engine, then you may have no need for the dedicated search bar because the default engine is also used by the Awesome Bar, so you can remove it from your toolbar.
-
-### How to a P2P search engine works
-
-YaCy is an open source and distributed search engine. It's written in [Java][8], so it runs on any platform, and it performs web crawls, indexing, and searching. It's a peer-to-peer (P2P) network, so every user running YaCy joins in the effort to track the internet as it changes from day to day. Of course, no single user possesses a full index of the entire internet because that would take a data center to house, but the index is distributed and redundant across all YaCy users. It's a lot like BitTorrent (as it uses distributed hash tables, or DHT, to reference index entries), except the data you're sharing is a matrix of words and URL associations. By mixing the results returned by the hash tables, no one can tell who has searched for what words, so all searches are functionally anonymous. It's an effective system for unbiased, ad-free, untracked, and anonymous searches, and you can join in just by using it.
-
-### Search engines and algorithms
-
-The act of indexing the internet refers to separating a web page into the singular words on it, then associating the page's URL with each word. Searching for one or more words in a search engine fetches all URLs associated with the query. That's one thing the YaCy client does while running.
-
-The other thing the client does is provide a search interface for your browser. Instead of navigating to Google when you want to search, you can point your web browser to **localhost:8090** to search YaCy. You may even be able to add it to your browser's search bar (depending on your browser's extensibility), so you can search from the URL bar.
-
-### Firewall settings for YaCy
-
-When you first start using YaCy, it's probably running in "junior" mode. This means that the sites your client crawls are available only to you because no other YaCy client can reach your index entries. To join the P2P experience, you must open port 8090 in your router's firewall and possibly your software firewall if you're running one. This is called "senior" mode.
-
-If you're on Linux, you can find out more about your computer's firewall in [_Make Linux stronger with firewalls_][9]. On other platforms, refer to your operating system's documentation.
-
-A firewall is almost always active on the router provided by your internet service provider (ISP), and there are far too many varieties of them to document accurately here. Most routers provide the option to "poke a hole" in your firewall because many popular networked games require two-way traffic.
-
-If you know how to log into your router (it's often either 192.168.0.1 or 10.1.0.1, but can vary depending on the manufacturer's settings), then log in and look for a configuration panel controlling the _firewall_ or _port forwarding_ or _applications_.
-
-Once you find the preferences for your router's firewall, add port 8090 to the whitelist. For example:
-
-![Adding YaCy to an ISP router][10]
-
-If your router is doing port forwarding, then you must forward the incoming traffic to your computer's IP address, using the same port. For example:
-
-![Adding YaCy to an ISP router][11]
-
-If you can't adjust your firewall settings for any reason, that's OK. YaCy will continue to run and operate as a client of the P2P search network in junior mode.
-
-### An internet of your own
-
-There's much more you can do with the YaCy search engine than just search passively. You can force crawls of underrepresented websites, you can request the network crawl a site, you can choose to use YaCy for just on-premises searches, and much more. You have better control over what _your_ internet looks like. The more senior users there are, the more sites indexed. The more sites indexed, the better the experience for all users. Join in!
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/open-source-search-engine
-
-作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/laptop_screen_desk_work_chat_text.png?itok=UXqIDRDD (Person using a laptop)
-[2]: https://yacy.net/
-[3]: https://opensource.com/article/19/11/install-java-linux
-[4]: https://adoptopenjdk.net/releases.html
-[5]: https://yacy.net/download_installation/
-[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/yacy-startpage.jpg (YaCy start page)
-[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/yacy-add-firefox.jpg (Adding YaCy to Firefox)
-[8]: https://opensource.com/resources/java
-[9]: https://opensource.com/article/19/7/make-linux-stronger-firewalls
-[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/router-add-app.jpg (Adding YaCy to an ISP router)
-[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/router-add-app1.jpg (Adding YaCy to an ISP router)
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200207 NVIDIA-s Cloud Gaming Service GeForce NOW Shamelessly Ignores Linux.md b/sources/tech/20200207 NVIDIA-s Cloud Gaming Service GeForce NOW Shamelessly Ignores Linux.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c225522379..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200207 NVIDIA-s Cloud Gaming Service GeForce NOW Shamelessly Ignores Linux.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: (geekpi)
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (NVIDIA’s Cloud Gaming Service GeForce NOW Shamelessly Ignores Linux)
-[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/geforce-now-linux/)
-[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
-
-NVIDIA’s Cloud Gaming Service GeForce NOW Shamelessly Ignores Linux
-======
-
-NVIDIA’s [GeForce NOW][1] cloud gaming service is something promising for gamers who probably don’t have the hardware but want to experience the latest and greatest games with the best possible experience using GeForce NOW (stream the game online and play it on any device you want).
-
-The service was limited to a few users (in the form of the waitlist) to access. However, recently, they announced that [GeForce NOW is open to all][2]. But, it really isn’t.
-
-Interestingly, it’s **not available for all the regions** across the globe. And, worse- **GeForce NOW does not support Linux**.
-
-![][3]
-
-### GeForce NOW is Not ‘Open For All’
-
-The whole point of making a subscription-based cloud service to play games is to eliminate platform dependence.
-
-Just like you would normally visit a website using a web browser – you should be able to stream a game on every platform. That’s the concept, right?
-
-![][4]
-
-Well, that’s definitely not rocket science – but NVIDIA still missed supporting Linux (and iOS)?
-
-### Is it because no one uses Linux?
-
-I would strongly disagree with this – even if it’s the reason for some to not support Linux. If that was the case, I wouldn’t be writing for It’s FOSS while using Linux as my primary desktop OS.
-
-Not just that – why do you think a Twitter user mentioned the lack of support for Linux if it wasn’t a thing?
-
-![][5]
-
-Yes, maybe the userbase isn’t large enough but while considering this as a cloud-based service – it doesn’t make sense to **not support Linux**.
-
-Technically, if no one games on Linux, **Valve** wouldn’t have noticed Linux as a platform to improve [Steam Play][6] to help more users play Windows-only games on Linux.
-
-I don’t want to claim anything that’s not true – but the desktop Linux scene is evolving faster than ever for gaming (even if the stats are low when compared to Windows and Mac).
-
-### Cloud gaming isn’t supposed to work like this
-
-![][7]
-
-As I mentioned above, it isn’t tough to find Linux gamers using Steam Play. It’s just that you’ll find the overall “market share” of gamers on Linux to be less than its counterparts.
-
-Even though that’s a fact – cloud gaming isn’t supposed to depend on a specific platform. And, considering that the GeForce NOW is essentially a browser-based streaming service to play games, it shouldn’t be tough for a big shot like NVIDIA to support Linux.
-
-Come on, team green – _you want us to believe that supporting Linux is technically tough_? Or, you just want to say that i_t’s not worth supporting the Linux platform_?
-
-**Wrapping Up**
-
-No matter how excited I was for the GeForce NOW service to launch – it was very disappointing to see that it does not support Linux at all.
-
-If cloud gaming services like GeForce NOW start supporting Linux in the near future – **you probably won’t need a reason to use Windows** (*coughs*).
-
-What do you think about it? Let me know your thoughts in the comments below.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://itsfoss.com/geforce-now-linux/
-
-作者：[Ankush Das][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://www.nvidia.com/en-us/geforce-now/
-[2]: https://blogs.nvidia.com/blog/2020/02/04/geforce-now-pc-gaming/
-[3]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/nvidia-geforce-now-linux.jpg?ssl=1
-[4]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/nvidia-geforce-now.png?ssl=1
-[5]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/geforce-now-twitter-1.jpg?ssl=1
-[6]: https://itsfoss.com/steam-play/
-[7]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/ge-force-now.jpg?ssl=1
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200207 What is WireGuard- Why Linux Users Going Crazy Over it.md b/sources/tech/20200207 What is WireGuard- Why Linux Users Going Crazy Over it.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f80298dbb7..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200207 What is WireGuard- Why Linux Users Going Crazy Over it.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (What is WireGuard? Why Linux Users Going Crazy Over it?)
-[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/wireguard/)
-[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
-
-What is WireGuard? Why Linux Users Going Crazy Over it?
-======
-
-From normal Linux users to Linux creator [Linus Torvalds][1], everyone is in awe of WireGuard. What is WireGuard and what makes it so special?
-
-### What is WireGuard?
-
-![][2]
-
-[WireGuard][3] is an easy to configure, fast, and secure open source [VPN][4] that utilizes state-of-the-art cryptography. It’s aim is to provide a faster, simpler and leaner general purpose VPN that can be easily deployed on low-end devices like Raspberry Pi to high-end servers.
-
-Most of the other solutions like [IPsec][5] and OpenVPN were developed decades ago. Security researcher and kernel developer Jason Donenfeld realized that they were slow and difficult to configure and manage properly.
-
-This made him create a new open source VPN protocol and solution which is faster, secure easier to deploy and manage.
-
-WireGuard was originally developed for Linux but it is now available for Windows, macOS, BSD, iOS and Android. It is still under heavy development.
-
-### Why is WireGuard so popular?
-
-![][6]
-
-Apart from being a cross-platform, one of the biggest plus point for WireGuard is the ease of deployment. Configuring and deploying WireGuard is as easy as configuring and using SSH.
-
-Look at [WireGuard set up guide][7]. You install WireGuard, generate public and private keys (like SSH), set up firewall rules and start the service. Now compare it to the [OpenVPN set up guide][8]. There are way too many things to do here.
-
-Another good thing about WireGuard is that it has a lean codebase with just 4000 lines of code. Compare it to 100,000 lines of code of [OpenVPN][9] (another popular open source VPN). It is clearly easier to debug WireGuard.
-
-Don’t go by its simplicity. WireGuard supports all the state-of-the-art cryptography like like the [Noise protocol framework][10], [Curve25519][11], [ChaCha20][12], [Poly1305][13], [BLAKE2][14], [SipHash24][15], [HKDF][16], and secure trusted constructions.
-
-Since WireGuard runs in the [kernel space][17], it provides secure networking at a high speed.
-
-These are some of the reasons why WireGuard has become increasingly popular. Linux creator Linus Torvalds loves WireGuard so much that he is merging it in the [Linux Kernel 5.6][18]:
-
-> Can I just once again state my love for it and hope it gets merged soon? Maybe the code isn’t perfect, but I’ve skimmed it, and compared to the horrors that are OpenVPN and IPSec, it’s a work of art.
->
-> Linus Torvalds
-
-### If WireGuard is already available, then what’s the fuss about including it in Linux kernel?
-
-This could be confusing to new Linux users. You know that you can install and configure a WireGuard VPN server on Linux but then you also read the news that Linux Kernel 5.6 is going to include WireGuard. Let me explain it to you.
-
-At present, you can install WireGuard on Linux as a [kernel module][19]. Regular applications like VLC, GIMP etc are installed on top of the Linux kernel (in [user space][20]), not inside it.
-
-When you install WireGuard as a kernel module, you are basically modifying the Linux kernel on your own and add some code to it. Starting kernel 5.6, you won’t need manually add the kernel module. It will be included in the kernel by default.
-
-The inclusion of WireGuard in Kernel 5.6 will most likely [extend the adoption of WireGuard and thus change the current VPN scene][21].
-
-**Conclusion**
-
-WireGuard is gaining popularity for the good reasons. Some of the popular [privacy focused VPNs][22] like [Mullvad VPN][23] are already using WireGuard and the adoption is likely to grow in the near future.
-
-I hope you have a slightly better understanding of WireGuard. Your feedback is welcome, as always.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://itsfoss.com/wireguard/
-
-作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://itsfoss.com/linus-torvalds-facts/
-[2]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/wireguard.png?ssl=1
-[3]: https://www.wireguard.com/
-[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Virtual_private_network
-[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPsec
-[6]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/wireguard-logo.png?ssl=1
-[7]: https://www.linode.com/docs/networking/vpn/set-up-wireguard-vpn-on-ubuntu/
-[8]: https://www.digitalocean.com/community/tutorials/how-to-set-up-an-openvpn-server-on-ubuntu-16-04
-[9]: https://openvpn.net/
-[10]: https://noiseprotocol.org/
-[11]: https://cr.yp.to/ecdh.html
-[12]: https://cr.yp.to/chacha.html
-[13]: https://cr.yp.to/mac.html
-[14]: https://blake2.net/
-[15]: https://131002.net/siphash/
-[16]: https://eprint.iacr.org/2010/264
-[17]: http://www.linfo.org/kernel_space.html
-[18]: https://itsfoss.com/linux-kernel-5-6/
-[19]: https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Kernel_module
-[20]: http://www.linfo.org/user_space.html
-[21]: https://www.zdnet.com/article/vpns-will-change-forever-with-the-arrival-of-wireguard-into-linux/
-[22]: https://itsfoss.com/best-vpn-linux/
-[23]: https://mullvad.net/en/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200210 Install All Essential Media Codecs in Ubuntu With This Single Command -Beginner-s Tip.md b/sources/tech/20200210 Install All Essential Media Codecs in Ubuntu With This Single Command -Beginner-s Tip.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ecbe1dabe3..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200210 Install All Essential Media Codecs in Ubuntu With This Single Command -Beginner-s Tip.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: (geekpi)
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Install All Essential Media Codecs in Ubuntu With This Single Command [Beginner’s Tip])
-[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/install-media-codecs-ubuntu/)
-[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
-
-Install All Essential Media Codecs in Ubuntu With This Single Command [Beginner’s Tip]
-======
-
-If you have just installed Ubuntu or some other [Ubuntu flavors][1] like Kubuntu, Lubuntu etc, you’ll notice that your system doesn’t play some audio or video file.
-
-For video files, you can [install VLC on Ubuntu][2]. [VLC][3] one of the [best video players for Linux][4] and can play almost any video file format. But you’ll still have troubles with audio media files and flash player.
-
-The good thing is that [Ubuntu][5] provides a single package to install all the essential media codecs: ubuntu-restricted-extras.
-
-![][6]
-
-### What is Ubuntu Restricted Extras?
-
-The ubuntu-restricted-extras is a software package that consists various essential software like flash plugin, [unrar][7], [gstreamer][8], mp4, codecs for [Chromium browser in Ubuntu][9] etc.
-
-Since these software are not open source and some of them involve software patents, Ubuntu doesn’t install them by default. You’ll have to use multiverse repository, the software repository specifically created by Ubuntu to provide non-open source software to its users.
-
-Please read this article to [learn more about various Ubuntu repositories][10].
-
-### How to install Ubuntu Restricted Extras?
-
-I find it surprising that the software center doesn’t list Ubuntu Restricted Extras. In any case, you can install the package using command line and it’s very simple.
-
-Open a terminal by searching for it in the menu or using the [terminal keyboard shortcut Ctrl+Alt+T][11].
-
-Since ubuntu-restrcited-extras package is available in the multiverse repository, you should verify that the multiverse repository is enabled on your system:
-
-```
-sudo add-apt-repository multiverse
-```
-
-And then you can install it in Ubuntu default edition using this command:
-
-```
-sudo apt install ubuntu-restricted-extras
-```
-
-When you enter the command, you’ll be asked to enter your password. When _**you type the password, nothing is displayed on the screen**_. That’s normal. Type your password and press enter.
-
-It will show a huge list of packages to be installed. Press enter to confirm your selection when it asks.
-
-You’ll also encounter an [EULA][12] (End User License Agreement) screen like this:
-
-![Press Tab key to select OK and press Enter key][13]
-
-It could be overwhelming to navigate this screen but don’t worry. Just press tab and it will highlight the options. When the correct options are highlighted, press enter to confirm your selection.
-
-![Press Tab key to highlight Yes and press Enter key][14]
-
-Once the process finishes, you should be able to play MP3 and other media formats thanks to newly installed media codecs.
-
-##### Installing restricted extra package on Kubuntu, Lubuntu, Xubuntu
-
-Do keep in mind that Kubuntu, Lubuntu and Xubuntu has this package available with their own respective names. They should have just used the same name but they don’t unfortunately.
-
-On Kubuntu, use this command:
-
-```
-sudo apt install kubuntu-restricted-extras
-```
-
-On Lubuntu, use:
-
-```
-sudo apt install lubuntu-restricted-extras
-```
-
-On Xubuntu, you should use:
-
-```
-sudo apt install xubuntu-restricted-extras
-```
-
-I always recommend getting ubuntu-restricted-extras as one of the [essential things to do after installing Ubuntu][15]. It’s good to have a single command to install multiple codecs in Ubuntu.
-
-I hope you like this quick tip in the Ubuntu beginner series. I’ll share more such tips in the future.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://itsfoss.com/install-media-codecs-ubuntu/
-
-作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://itsfoss.com/which-ubuntu-install/
-[2]: https://itsfoss.com/install-latest-vlc/
-[3]: https://www.videolan.org/index.html
-[4]: https://itsfoss.com/video-players-linux/
-[5]: https://ubuntu.com/
-[6]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/Media_Codecs_in_Ubuntu.png?ssl=1
-[7]: https://itsfoss.com/use-rar-ubuntu-linux/
-[8]: https://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/
-[9]: https://itsfoss.com/install-chromium-ubuntu/
-[10]: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-repositories/
-[11]: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-shortcuts/
-[12]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/End-user_license_agreement
-[13]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/installing_ubuntu_restricted_extras.jpg?ssl=1
-[14]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/installing_ubuntu_restricted_extras_1.jpg?ssl=1
-[15]: https://itsfoss.com/things-to-do-after-installing-ubuntu-18-04/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200210 Playing Music on your Fedora Terminal with MPD and ncmpcpp.md b/sources/tech/20200210 Playing Music on your Fedora Terminal with MPD and ncmpcpp.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 72344b9f0d..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200210 Playing Music on your Fedora Terminal with MPD and ncmpcpp.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Playing Music on your Fedora Terminal with MPD and ncmpcpp)
-[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/playing-music-on-your-fedora-terminal-with-mpd-and-ncmpcpp/)
-[#]: author: (Carmine Zaccagnino https://fedoramagazine.org/author/carzacc/)
-
-Playing Music on your Fedora Terminal with MPD and ncmpcpp
-======
-
-![][1]
-
-MPD, as the name implies, is a Music Playing Daemon. It can play music but, being a daemon, any piece of software can interface with it and play sounds, including some CLI clients.
-
-One of them is called _ncmpcpp_, which is an improvement over the pre-existing _ncmpc_ tool. The name change doesn’t have much to do with the language they’re written in: they’re both C++, but _ncmpcpp_ is called that because it’s the _NCurses Music Playing Client_ _Plus Plus_.
-
-### Installing MPD and ncmpcpp
-
-The _ncmpmpcc_ client can be installed from the official Fedora repositories with DNF directly with
-
-```
-$ sudo dnf install ncmpcpp
-```
-
-On the other hand, MPD has to be installed from the RPMFusion _free_ repositories, which you can enable, [as per the official installation instructions][2], by running
-
-```
-$ sudo dnf install https://download1.rpmfusion.org/free/fedora/rpmfusion-free-release-$(rpm -E %fedora).noarch.rpm
-```
-
-and then you can install MPD by running
-
-```
-$ sudo dnf install mpd
-```
-
-### Configuring and Starting MPD
-
-The most painless way to set up MPD is to run it as a regular user. The default is to run it as the dedicated _mpd_ user, but that causes all sorts of issues with permissions.
-
-Before we can run it, we need to create a local config file that will allow it to run as a regular user.
-
-To do that, create a subdirectory called _mpd_ in _~/.config_:
-
-```
-$ mkdir ~/.config/mpd
-```
-
-copy the default config file into this directory:
-
-```
-$ cp /etc/mpd.conf ~/.config/mpd
-```
-
-and then edit it with a text editor like _vim_, _nano_ or _gedit_:
-
-```
-$ nano ~/.config/mpd/mpd.conf
-```
-
-I recommend you read through all of it to check if there’s anything you need to do, but for most setups you can delete everything and just leave the following:
-
-```
-db_file "~/.config/mpd/mpd.db"
-log_file "syslog"
-```
-
-At this point you should be able to just run
-
-```
-$ mpd
-```
-
-with no errors, which will start the MPD daemon in the background.
-
-### Using ncmpcpp
-
-Simply run
-
-```
-$ ncmpcpp
-```
-
-and you’ll see a ncurses-powered graphical user interface in your terminal.
-
-Press _4_ and you should see your local music library, be able to change the selection using the arrow keys and press _Enter_ to play a song.
-
-Doing this multiple times will create a _playlist_, which allows you to move to the next track using the _>_ button (not the right arrow, the _>_ closing angle bracket character) and go back to the previous track with _<_. The + and – buttons increase and decrease volume. The _Q_ button quits ncmpcpp but it doesn’t stop the music. You can play and pause with _P_.
-
-You can see the current playlist by pressing the _1_ button (this is the default view). From this view you can press _i_ to look at the information (tags) about the current song. You can change the tags of the currently playing (or paused) song by pressing _6_.
-
-Pressing the \ button will add (or remove) an informative panel at the top of the view. In the top left, you should see something that looks like this:
-
-```
-[------]
-```
-
-Pressing the _r_, _z_, _y_, _R_, _x_ buttons will respectively toggle the _repeat_, _random_, _single_, _consume_ and _crossfade_ playback modes and will replace one of the _–_ characters in that little indicator to the initial of the selected mode.
-
-Pressing the _F1_ button will display some help text, which contains a list of keybindings, so there’s no need to write a complete list here. So now go on, be geeky, and play all your music from your terminal!
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://fedoramagazine.org/playing-music-on-your-fedora-terminal-with-mpd-and-ncmpcpp/
-
-作者：[Carmine Zaccagnino][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/carzacc/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/play_music_mpd-816x346.png
-[2]: https://rpmfusion.org/Configuration
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200210 Scan Kubernetes for errors with KRAWL.md b/sources/tech/20200210 Scan Kubernetes for errors with KRAWL.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c7d36183d..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200210 Scan Kubernetes for errors with KRAWL.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,222 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Scan Kubernetes for errors with KRAWL)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/kubernetes-scanner)
-[#]: author: (Abhishek Tamrakar https://opensource.com/users/tamrakar)
-
-Scan Kubernetes for errors with KRAWL
-======
-The KRAWL script identifies errors in Kubernetes pods and containers.
-![Ship captain sailing the Kubernetes seas][1]
-
-When you're running containers with Kubernetes, you often find that they pile up. This is by design. It's one of the advantages of containers: they're cheap to start whenever a new one is needed. You can use a front-end like OpenShift or OKD to manage pods and containers. Those make it easy to visualize what you have set up, and have a rich set of commands for quick interactions.
-
-If a platform to manage containers doesn't fit your requirements, though, you can also get that information using only a Kubernetes toolchain, but there are a lot of commands you need for a full overview of a complex environment. For that reason, I wrote [KRAWL][2], a simple script that scans pods and containers under the namespaces on Kubernetes clusters and displays the output of events, if any are found. It can also be used as Kubernetes plugin for the same purpose. It's a quick and easy way to get a lot of useful information.
-
-### Prerequisites
-
- * You must have kubectl installed.
- * Your cluster's kubeconfig must be either in its default location ($HOME/.kube/config) or exported (KUBECONFIG=/path/to/kubeconfig).
-
-
-
-### Usage
-
-
-```
-`$ ./krawl`
-```
-
-![KRAWL script][3]
-
-### The script
-
-
-```
-#!/bin/bash
-# AUTHOR: Abhishek Tamrakar
-# EMAIL: [abhishek.tamrakar08@gmail.com][4]
-# LICENSE: Copyright (C) 2018 Abhishek Tamrakar
-#
-# Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
-# you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
-# You may obtain a copy of the License at
-#
-#
-#
-# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
-# distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
-# See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
-# limitations under the License.
-##
-#define the variables
-KUBE_LOC=~/.kube/config
-#define variables
-KUBECTL=$(which kubectl)
-GET=$(which egrep)
-AWK=$(which awk)
-red=$(tput setaf 1)
-normal=$(tput sgr0)
-# define functions
-
-# wrapper for printing info messages
-info()
-{
- printf '\n\e[34m%s\e[m: %s\n' "INFO" "$@"
-}
-
-# cleanup when all done
-cleanup()
-{
- rm -f results.csv
-}
-
-# just check if the command we are about to call is available
-checkcmd()
-{
- #check if command exists
- local cmd=$1
- if [ -z "${!cmd}" ]
- then
- printf '\n\e[31m%s\e[m: %s\n' "ERROR" "check if $1 is installed !!!"
- exit 1
- fi
-}
-
-get_namespaces()
-{
- #get namespaces
- namespaces=( \
- $($KUBECTL get namespaces --ignore-not-found=true | \
- $AWK '/Active/ {print $1}' \
- ORS=" ") \
- )
-#exit if namespaces are not found
-if [ ${#namespaces[@]} -eq 0 ]
-then
- printf '\n\e[31m%s\e[m: %s\n' "ERROR" "No namespaces found!!"
- exit 1
-fi
-}
-
-#get events for pods in errored state
-get_pod_events()
-{
- printf '\n'
- if [ ${#ERRORED[@]} -ne 0 ]
- then
- info "${#ERRORED[@]} errored pods found."
- for CULPRIT in ${ERRORED[@]}
- do
- info "POD: $CULPRIT"
- info
- $KUBECTL get events \
- --field-selector=involvedObject.name=$CULPRIT \
- -ocustom-columns=LASTSEEN:.lastTimestamp,REASON:.reason,MESSAGE:.message \
- --all-namespaces \
- --ignore-not-found=true
- done
- else
- info "0 pods with errored events found."
- fi
-}
-
-#define the logic
-get_pod_errors()
-{
- printf "%s %s %s\n" "NAMESPACE,POD_NAME,CONTAINER_NAME,ERRORS" > results.csv
- printf "%s %s %s\n" "---------,--------,--------------,------" >> results.csv
- for NAMESPACE in ${namespaces[@]}
- do
- while IFS=' ' read -r POD CONTAINERS
- do
- for CONTAINER in ${CONTAINERS//,/ }
- do
- COUNT=$($KUBECTL logs --since=1h --tail=20 $POD -c $CONTAINER -n $NAMESPACE 2>/dev/null| \
- $GET -c '^error|Error|ERROR|Warn|WARN')
- if [ $COUNT -gt 0 ]
- then
- STATE=("${STATE[@]}" "$NAMESPACE,$POD,$CONTAINER,$COUNT")
- else
- #catch pods in errored state
- ERRORED=($($KUBECTL get pods -n $NAMESPACE --no-headers=true | \
- awk '!/Running/ {print $1}' ORS=" ") \
- )
- fi
- done
- done< <($KUBECTL get pods -n $NAMESPACE --ignore-not-found=true -o=custom-columns=NAME:.metadata.name,CONTAINERS:.spec.containers[*].name --no-headers=true)
- done
- printf "%s\n" ${STATE[@]:-None} >> results.csv
- STATE=()
-}
-#define usage for seprate run
-usage()
-{
-cat << EOF
-
- USAGE: "${0##*/} </path/to/kube-config>(optional)"
-
- This program is a free software under the terms of Apache 2.0 License.
- COPYRIGHT (C) 2018 Abhishek Tamrakar
-
-EOF
-exit 0
-}
-
-#check if basic commands are found
-trap cleanup EXIT
-checkcmd KUBECTL
-#
-#set the ground
-if [ $# -lt 1 ]; then
- if [ ! -e ${KUBE_LOC} -a ! -s ${KUBE_LOC} ]
- then
- info "A readable kube config location is required!!"
- usage
- fi
-elif [ $# -eq 1 ]
-then
- export KUBECONFIG=$1
-elif [ $# -gt 1 ]
-then
- usage
-fi
-#play
-get_namespaces
-get_pod_errors
-
-printf '\n%40s\n' 'KRAWL'
-printf '%s\n' '---------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
-printf '%s\n' ' Krawl is a command line utility to scan pods and prints name of errored pods '
-printf '%s\n\n' ' +and containers within. To use it as kubernetes plugin, please check their page '
-printf '%s\n' '================================================================================='
-
-cat results.csv | sed 's/,/,|/g'| column -s ',' -t
-get_pod_events
-```
-
-* * *
-
-_This was originally published as the README in [KRAWL's GitHub repository][2] and is reused with permission._
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/kubernetes-scanner
-
-作者：[Abhishek Tamrakar][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/tamrakar
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/ship_captain_devops_kubernetes_steer.png?itok=LAHfIpek (Ship captain sailing the Kubernetes seas)
-[2]: https://github.com/abhiTamrakar/kube-plugins/tree/master/krawl
-[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/krawl_0.png (KRAWL script)
-[4]: mailto:abhishek.tamrakar08@gmail.com
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200210 Top hacks for the YaCy open source search engine.md b/sources/tech/20200210 Top hacks for the YaCy open source search engine.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b559e9c5e..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200210 Top hacks for the YaCy open source search engine.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: (HankChow)
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Top hacks for the YaCy open source search engine)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/yacy-search-engine-hacks)
-[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
-
-Top hacks for the YaCy open source search engine
-======
-Rather than adapting to someone else's vision, customize you search
-engine for the internet you want with YaCY.
-![Browser of things][1]
-
-In my article about [getting started with YaCy][2], I explained how to install and start using the [YaCy][3] peer-to-peer search engine. One of the most exciting things about YaCy, however, is the fact that it's a local client. Each user owns and operates a node in a globally distributed search engine infrastructure, which means each user is in full control of how they navigate and experience the World Wide Web.
-
-For instance, Google used to provide the URL google.com/linux as a shortcut to filter searches for Linux-related topics. It was a small feature that many people found useful, but [topical shortcuts were dropped][4] in 2011.
-
-YaCy makes it possible to customize your search experience.
-
-### Customize YaCy
-
-Once you've installed YaCy, navigate to your search page at **localhost:8090**. To customize your search engine, click the **Administration** button in the top-right corner (it may be concealed in a menu icon on small screens).
-
-The admin panel allows you to configure how YaCy uses your system resources and how it interacts with other YaCy clients.
-
-![YaCy profile selector][5]
-
-For instance, to configure an alternative port and set RAM and disk usage, use the **First steps** menu in the sidebar. To monitor YaCy activity, use the **Monitoring** panel. Most features are discoverable by clicking through the panels, but here are some of my favorites.
-
-### Search appliance
-
-Several companies have offered [intranet search appliances][6], but with YaCy, you can implement it for free. Whether you want to search through your own data or to implement a search system for local file shares at your business, you can choose to run YaCy as an internal indexer for files accessible over HTTP, FTP, and SMB (Samba). People in your local network can use your personalized instance of YaCy to find shared files, and none of the data is shared with users outside your network.
-
-### Network configuration
-
-YaCy favors isolation and privacy by default. You can adjust how you connect to the peer-to-peer network in the **Network Configuration** panel, which is revealed by clicking the link located at the top of the **Use Case & Account** configuration screen.
-
-![YaCy network configuration][7]
-
-### Crawl a site
-
-Peer-to-peer indexing is user-driven. There's no mega-corporation initiating searches on every accessible page on the internet, so a site isn't indexed until someone deliberately crawls it with YaCy.
-
-The YaCy client provides two options to help you help crawl the web: you can perform a manual crawl, and you can make YaCy available for suggested crawls.
-
-![YaCy advanced crawler][8]
-
-#### Start a manual crawling job
-
-A manual crawl is when you enter the URL of a site you want to index and start a YaCy crawl job. To do this, click the **Advanced Crawler** link in the **Production** sidebar. Enter one or more URLs, then scroll to the bottom of the page and enable the **Do remote indexing** option. This enables your client to broadcast the URLs it is indexing, so clients that have opted to accept requests can help you perform the crawl.
-
-To start the crawl, click the **Start New Crawl Job** button at the bottom of the page. I use this method to index sites I use frequently or find useful.
-
-Once the crawl job starts, YaCy indexes the URLs you enter and stores the index on your local machine. As long as you are running in senior mode (meaning your firewall permits incoming and outgoing traffic on port 8090), your index is available to YaCy users all over the globe.
-
-#### Join in on a crawl
-
-While some very dedicated YaCy senior users may crawl the internet compulsively, there are a _lot_ of sites out there in the world. It might seem impossible to match the resources of popular spiders and bots, but because YaCy has so many users, they can band together as a community to index more of the internet than any one user could do alone. If you activate YaCy to broadcast requests for site crawls, participating clients can work together to crawl sites you might not otherwise think to crawl manually.
-
-To configure your client to accept jobs from others, click the **Advanced Crawler** link in the left sidebar menu. In the **Advanced Crawler** panel, click the **Remote Crawling** link under the **Network Harvesting** heading at the top of the page. Enable remote crawls by placing a tick in the checkbox next to the **Load** setting.
-
-![YaCy remote crawling][9]
-
-### YaCy monitoring and more
-
-YaCy is a surprisingly robust search engine, providing you with the opportunity to theme and refine your experience in nearly any way you could want. You can monitor the activity of your YaCy client in the **Monitoring** panel, so you can get an idea of how many people are benefiting from the work of the YaCy community and also see what kind of activity it's generating for your computer and network.
-
-![YaCy monitoring screen][10]
-
-### Search engines make a difference
-
-The more time you spend with the Administration screen, the more fun it becomes to ponder how the search engine you use can change your perspective. Your experience of the internet is shaped by the results you get back for even the simplest of queries. You might notice, in fact, how different one person's "internet" is from another person's when you talk to computer users from a different industry. For some people, the web is littered with ads and promoted searches and suffers from the tunnel vision of learned responses to queries. For instance, if someone consistently searches for answers about X, most commercial search engines will give weight to query responses that concern X. That's a useful feature on the one hand, but it occludes answers that require Y, even though that might be the better solution for a specific task.
-
-As in real life, stepping outside a manufactured view of the world can be healthy and enlightening. Try YaCy, and see what you discover.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/yacy-search-engine-hacks
-
-作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/browser_desktop_website_checklist_metrics.png?itok=OKKbl1UR (Browser of things)
-[2]: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/open-source-search-engine
-[3]: https://yacy.net/
-[4]: https://www.linuxquestions.org/questions/linux-news-59/is-there-no-more-linux-google-884306/
-[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/yacy-profiles.jpg (YaCy profile selector)
-[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vivisimo
-[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/yacy-network-config.jpg (YaCy network configuration)
-[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/yacy-advanced-crawler.jpg (YaCy advanced crawler)
-[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/yacy-remote-crawl-accept.jpg (YaCy remote crawling)
-[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/yacy-monitor.jpg (YaCy monitoring screen)
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200211 Automate your live demos with this shell script.md b/sources/tech/20200211 Automate your live demos with this shell script.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..56b8626148
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200211 Automate your live demos with this shell script.md
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Automate your live demos with this shell script)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/live-demo-script)
+[#]: author: (Lisa Seelye https://opensource.com/users/lisa)
+
+Automate your live demos with this shell script
+======
+Try this script the next time you give a presentation to prevent making
+typos in front of a live audience.
+![Person using a laptop][1]
+
+I gave a talk about [multi-architecture container images][2] at [LISA19][3] in October that included a lengthy live demo. Rather than writing out 30+ commands and risking typos, I decided to automate the demo with a shell script.
+
+The script mimics what appears as input/output and runs the real commands in the background, pausing at various points so I can narrate what is going on. I'm very pleased with how the script turned out and the effect on stage. The script and supporting materials for my presentation are available on [GitHub][4] under an Apache 2.0 license.
+
+### The script
+
+
+```
+#!/bin/bash
+
+set -e
+
+IMG=thedoh/lisa19
+REGISTRY=docker.io
+VERSION=19.10.1
+
+# Plan B with GCR:
+#IMG=dulcet-iterator-213018
+#REGISTRY=us.gcr.io
+#VERSION=19.10.1
+
+pause() {
+ local step="${1}"
+ ps1
+ echo -n "# Next step: ${step}"
+ read
+}
+
+ps1() {
+ echo -ne "\033[01;32m${USER}@$(hostname -s) \033[01;34m$(basename $(pwd)) \$ \033[00m"
+}
+
+echocmd() {
+ echo "$(ps1)$@"
+}
+
+docmd() {
+ echocmd $@
+ $@
+}
+
+step0() {
+ local registry="${1}" img="${2}" version="${3}"
+ # Mindful of tokens in ~/.docker/config.json
+ docmd grep experimental ~/.docker/config.json
+
+ docmd cd ~/go/src/github.com/lisa/lisa19-containers
+
+ pause "This is what we'll be building"
+ docmd export REGISTRY=${registry}
+ docmd export IMG=${img}
+ docmd export VERSION=${version}
+ docmd make REGISTRY=${registry} IMG=${img} VERSION=${version} clean
+}
+
+step1() {
+ local registry="${1}" img="${2}" version="${3}"
+
+ docmd docker build --no-cache --platform=linux/amd64 --build-arg=GOARCH=amd64 -t ${REGISTRY}/${IMG}:amd64-${VERSION} .
+ pause "ARM64 image next"
+ docmd docker build --no-cache --platform=linux/arm64 --build-arg=GOARCH=arm64 -t ${REGISTRY}/${IMG}:arm64-${VERSION} .
+}
+
+step2() {
+ local registry="${1}" img="${2}" version="${3}" origpwd=$(pwd) savedir=$(mktemp -d) jsontemp=$(mktemp -t XXXXX)
+ chmod 700 $jsontemp $savedir
+ # Set our way back home and get ready to fix our arm64 image to amd64.
+ echocmd 'origpwd=$(pwd)'
+ echocmd 'savedir=$(mktemp -d)'
+ echocmd "mkdir -p \$savedir/change"
+ mkdir -p $savedir/change &>/dev/null
+ echocmd "docker save ${REGISTRY}/${IMG}:arm64-${VERSION} 2>/dev/null 1> \$savedir/image.tar"
+ docker save ${REGISTRY}/${IMG}:arm64-${VERSION} 2>/dev/null 1> $savedir/image.tar
+ pause "untar the image to access its metadata"
+
+ echocmd "cd \$savedir/change"
+ cd $savedir/change
+ echocmd tar xf \$savedir/image.tar
+ tar xf $savedir/image.tar
+ docmd ls -l
+
+ pause "find the JSON config file"
+ echocmd 'jsonfile=$(jq -r ".[0].Config" manifest.json)'
+ jsonfile=$(jq -r ".[0].Config" manifest.json)
+
+ pause "notice the original metadata says amd64"
+ echocmd jq '{architecture: .architecture, ID: .config.Image}' \$jsonfile
+ jq '{architecture: .architecture, ID: .config.Image}' $jsonfile
+
+ pause "Change from amd64 to arm64 using a temp file"
+ echocmd "jq '.architecture = \"arm64\"' \$jsonfile > \$jsontemp"
+ jq '.architecture = "arm64"' $jsonfile > $jsontemp
+ echocmd /bin/mv -f -- \$jsontemp \$jsonfile
+ /bin/mv -f -- $jsontemp $jsonfile
+
+ pause "Check to make sure the config JSON file says arm64 now"
+ echocmd jq '{architecture: .architecture, ID: .config.Image}' \$jsonfile
+ jq '{architecture: .architecture, ID: .config.Image}' $jsonfile
+
+ pause "delete the image with the incorrect metadata"
+ docmd docker rmi ${REGISTRY}/${IMG}:arm64-${VERSION}
+
+ pause "Re-compress the ARM64 image and load it back into Docker, then clean up the temp space"
+ echocmd 'tar cf - * | docker load'
+ tar cf - * | docker load
+
+ docmd cd $origpwd
+ echocmd "/bin/rm -rf -- \$savedir"
+ /bin/rm -rf -- $savedir &>/dev/null
+}
+
+step3() {
+ local registry="${1}" img="${2}" version="${3}"
+ docmd docker push ${registry}/${img}:amd64-${version}
+ pause "push ARM64 image to ${registry}"
+ docmd docker push ${registry}/${img}:arm64-${version}
+}
+
+step4() {
+ local registry="${1}" img="${2}" version="${3}"
+ docmd docker manifest create ${registry}/${img}:${version} ${registry}/${img}:arm64-${version} ${registry}/${img}:amd64-${version}
+
+ pause "add a reference to the amd64 image to the manifest list"
+ docmd docker manifest annotate ${registry}/${img}:${version} ${registry}/${img}:amd64-${version} --os linux --arch amd64
+ pause "now add arm64"
+ docmd docker manifest annotate ${registry}/${img}:${version} ${registry}/${img}:arm64-${version} --os linux --arch arm64
+}
+
+step5() {
+ local registry="${1}" img="${2}" version="${3}"
+ docmd docker manifest push ${registry}/${img}:${version}
+}
+
+step6() {
+ local registry="${1}" img="${2}" version="${3}"
+ docmd make REGISTRY=${registry} IMG=${img} VERSION=${version} clean
+
+ pause "ask docker.io if ${img}:${version} has a linux/amd64 manifest, and run it"
+ docmd docker pull --platform linux/amd64 ${registry}/${img}:${version}
+ docmd docker run --rm -i ${registry}/${img}:${version}
+
+ pause "clean slate again"
+ docmd make REGISTRY=${registry} IMG=${img} VERSION=${version} clean
+
+ pause "now repeat for linux/arm64 and see what it gives us"
+ docmd docker pull --platform linux/arm64 ${registry}/${img}:${version}
+ set +e
+ docmd docker run --rm -i ${registry}/${img}:${version}
+ set -e
+ if [[ $(uname -s) == "Darwin" ]]; then
+ pause "note about Docker on Mac and binfmt_misc: binfmt_misc lets a mac run arm64 binaries in the Docker VM"
+ fi
+}
+
+pause "initial setup"
+step0 ${REGISTRY} ${IMG} ${VERSION}
+pause "1 build constituent images"
+step1 ${REGISTRY} ${IMG} ${VERSION}
+
+pause "2 fix ARM64 metadata"
+step2 ${REGISTRY} ${IMG} ${VERSION}
+
+pause "3 push constituent images up to docker.io"
+step3 ${REGISTRY} ${IMG} ${VERSION}
+
+pause "4 build the manifest list for the image"
+step4 ${REGISTRY} ${IMG} ${VERSION}
+
+pause "5 Push the manifest list to docker.io"
+step5 ${REGISTRY} ${IMG} ${VERSION}
+
+pause "6 clean slate, and validate the list-based image"
+step6 ${REGISTRY} ${IMG} ${VERSION}
+
+docmd echo 'Manual steps all done!'
+make REGISTRY=${REGISTRY} IMG=${IMG} VERSION=${VERSION} clean &>/dev/null
+```
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/live-demo-script
+
+作者：[Lisa Seelye][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/lisa
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/laptop_screen_desk_work_chat_text.png?itok=UXqIDRDD (Person using a laptop)
+[2]: https://www.usenix.org/conference/lisa19/presentation/seelye
+[3]: https://www.usenix.org/conference/lisa19
+[4]: https://github.com/lisa/lisa19-containers
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200211 Dino is a Modern Looking Open Source XMPP Client.md b/sources/tech/20200211 Dino is a Modern Looking Open Source XMPP Client.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 78135c9f9b..0000000000
--- a/sources/tech/20200211 Dino is a Modern Looking Open Source XMPP Client.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Dino is a Modern Looking Open Source XMPP Client)
-[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/dino-xmpp-client/)
-[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
-
-Dino is a Modern Looking Open Source XMPP Client
-======
-
-_**Brief: Dino is a relatively new open-source XMPP client that tries to offer a good user experience while encouraging privacy-focused users to utilize XMPP for messaging.**_
-
-### Dino: An Open Source XMPP Client
-
-![][1]
-
-[XMPP][2] (Extensible Messaging Presence Protocol) is a decentralized model of network to facilitate instant messaging and collaboration. Decentralize means there is no central server that has access to your data. The communication is directly between the end-points.
-
-Some of us might call it an “old school” tech probably because the XMPP clients usually have a very bad user experience or simply just because it takes time to get used to (or set it up).
-
-That’s when [Dino][3] comes to the rescue as a modern XMPP client to provide a clean and snappy user experience without compromising your privacy.
-
-### The User Experience
-
-![][4]
-
-Dino does try to improve the user experience as an XMPP client but it is worth noting that the look and feel of it will depend on your Linux distribution to some extent. Your icon theme or the gnome theme might make it look better or worse for your personal experience.
-
-Technically, the user interface is quite simple and easy to use. So, I suggest you take a look at some of the [best icon themes][5] and [GNOME themes][6] for Ubuntu to tweak the look of Dino.
-
-### Features of Dino
-
-![Dino Screenshot][7]
-
-You can expect to use Dino as an alternative to Slack, [Signal][8] or [Wire][9] for your business or personal usage.
-
-It offers all of the essential features you would need in a messaging application, let us take a look at a list of things that you can expect from it:
-
- * Decentralized Communication
- * Public XMPP Servers supported if you cannot setup your own server
- * Similar to UI to other popular messengers – so it’s easy to use
- * Image & File sharing
- * Multiple accounts supported
- * Advanced message search
- * [OpenPGP][10] & [OMEMO][11] encryption supported
- * Lightweight native desktop application
-
-
-
-### Installing Dino on Linux
-
-You may or may not find it listed in your software center. Dino does provide ready to use binaries for Debian (deb) and Fedora (rpm) based distributions.
-
-**For Ubuntu:**
-
-Dino is available in the universe repository on Ubuntu and you can install it using this command:
-
-```
-sudo apt install dino-im
-```
-
-Similarly, you can find packages for other Linux distributions on their [GitHub distribution packages page][12].
-
-If you want the latest and greatest, you can also find both **.deb** and .**rpm** files for Dino to install on your Linux distribution (nightly builds) from [OpenSUSE’s software webpage][13].
-
-In either case, head to their [GitHub page][14] or click on the link below to visit the official site.
-
-[Download Dino][3]
-
-**Wrapping Up**
-
-It works quite well without any issues (at the time of writing this and quick testing it). I’ll try exploring more about it and hopefully cover more XMPP-centric articles to encourage users to use XMPP clients and servers for communication.
-
-What do you think about Dino? Would you recommend another open-source XMPP client that’s potentially better than Dino? Let me know your thoughts in the comments below.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://itsfoss.com/dino-xmpp-client/
-
-作者：[Ankush Das][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/dino-main.png?ssl=1
-[2]: https://xmpp.org/about/
-[3]: https://dino.im/
-[4]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/dino-xmpp-client.jpg?ssl=1
-[5]: https://itsfoss.com/best-icon-themes-ubuntu-16-04/
-[6]: https://itsfoss.com/best-gtk-themes/
-[7]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/dino-screenshot.png?ssl=1
-[8]: https://itsfoss.com/signal-messaging-app/
-[9]: https://itsfoss.com/wire-messaging-linux/
-[10]: https://www.openpgp.org/
-[11]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OMEMO
-[12]: https://github.com/dino/dino/wiki/Distribution-Packages
-[13]: https://software.opensuse.org/download.html?project=network:messaging:xmpp:dino&package=dino
-[14]: https://github.com/dino/dino
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200211 Using external libraries in Java.md b/sources/tech/20200211 Using external libraries in Java.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8367b5ca20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200211 Using external libraries in Java.md
@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Using external libraries in Java)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/external-libraries-java)
+[#]: author: (Chris Hermansen https://opensource.com/users/clhermansen)
+
+Using external libraries in Java
+======
+External libraries fill gaps in the Java core libraries.
+![books in a library, stacks][1]
+
+Java comes with a core set of libraries, including those that define commonly used data types and related behavior, like **String** or **Date**; utilities to interact with the host operating system, such as **System** or **File**; and useful subsystems to manage security, deal with network communications, and create or parse XML. Given the richness of this core set of libraries, it's often easy to find the necessary bits and pieces to reduce the amount of code a programmer must write to solve a problem.
+
+Even so, there are a lot of interesting Java libraries created by people who find gaps in the core libraries. For example, [Apache Commons][2] "is an Apache project focused on all aspects of reusable Java components" and provides a collection of some 43 open source libraries (as of this writing) covering a range of capabilities either outside the Java core (such as [geometry][3] or [statistics][4]) or that enhance or replace capabilities in the Java core (such as [math][5] or [numbers][6]).
+
+Another common type of Java library is an interface to a system component—for example, to a database system. This article looks at using such an interface to connect to a [PostgreSQL][7] database and get some interesting information. But first, I'll review the important bits and pieces of a library.
+
+### What is a library?
+
+A library, of course, must contain some useful code. But to be useful, that code needs to be organized in such a way that the Java programmer can access the components to solve the problem at hand.
+
+I'll boldly claim that the most important part of a library is its application programming interface (API) documentation. This kind of documentation is familiar to many and is most often produced by [Javadoc][8], which reads structured comments in the code and produces HTML output that displays the API's packages in the panel in the top-left corner of the page; its classes in the bottom-left corner; and the detailed documentation at the library, package, or class level (depending on what is selected in the main panel) on the right. For example, the [top level of API documentation for Apache Commons Math][9] looks like:
+
+![API documentation for Apache Commons Math][10]
+
+Clicking on a package in the main panel shows the Java classes and interfaces defined in that package. For example, **[org.apache.commons.math4.analysis.solvers][11]** shows classes like **BisectionSolver** for finding zeros of univariate real functions using the bisection algorithm. And clicking on the [BisectionSolver][12] link lists all the methods of the class **BisectionSolver**.
+
+This type of documentation is useful as reference information; it's not intended as a tutorial for learning how to use the library. For example, if you know what a univariate real function is and look at the package **org.apache.commons.math4.analysis.function**, you can imagine using that package to compose a function definition and then using the **org.apache.commons.math4.analysis.solvers** package to look for zeros of the just-created function. But really, you probably need more learning-oriented documentation to bridge to the reference documentation. Maybe even an example!
+
+This documentation structure also helps clarify the meaning of _package_—a collection of related Java class and interface definitions—and shows what packages are bundled in a particular library.
+
+The code for such a library is most commonly found in a [**.jar** file][13], which is basically a .zip file created by the Java **jar** command that contains some other useful information. **.jar** files are typically created as the endpoint of a build process that compiles all the **.java** files in the various packages defined.
+
+There are two main steps to accessing the functionality provided by an external library:
+
+ 1. Make sure the library is available to the Java compilation step—[**javac**][14]—and the execution step—**java**—via the classpath (either the **-cp** argument on the command line or the **CLASSPATH** environment variable).
+ 2. Use the appropriate **import** statements to access the package and class in the program source code.
+
+
+
+The rest is just like coding with Java core classes, such as **String**—write the code using the class and interface definitions provided by the library. Easy, eh? Well, maybe not quite that easy; first, you need to understand the intended use pattern for the library components, and then you can write code.
+
+### An example: Connect to a PostgreSQL database
+
+The typical use pattern for accessing data in a database system is:
+
+ 1. Gain access to the code specific to the database software being used.
+ 2. Connect to the database server.
+ 3. Build a query string.
+ 4. Execute the query string.
+ 5. Do something with the results returned.
+ 6. Disconnect from the database server.
+
+
+
+The programmer-facing part of all of this is provided by a database-independent interface package, **[java.sql][15]**, which defines the core client-side Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) API. The **java.sql** package is part of the core Java libraries, so there is no need to supply a **.jar** file to the compile step. However, each database provider creates its own implementation of the **java.sql** interfaces—for example, the **Connection** interface—and those implementations must be provided on the run step.
+
+Let's see how this works, using PostgreSQL.
+
+#### Gain access to the database-specific code
+
+The following code uses the [Java class loader][16] (the **Class.forName()** call) to bring the PostgreSQL driver code into the executing virtual machine:
+
+
+```
+import java.sql.*;
+
+public class Test1 {
+
+ public static void main([String][17] args[]) {
+
+ // Load the driver (jar file must be on class path) [1]
+
+ try {
+ Class.forName("org.postgresql.Driver");
+ [System][18].out.println("driver loaded");
+ } catch ([Exception][19] e1) {
+ [System][18].err.println("couldn't find driver");
+ [System][18].err.println(e1);
+ [System][18].exit(1);
+ }
+
+ // If we get here all is OK
+
+ [System][18].out.println("done.");
+ }
+}
+```
+
+Because the class loader can fail, and therefore can throw an exception when failing, surround the call to **Class.forName()** in a try-catch block.
+
+If you compile the above code with **javac** and run it with Java:
+
+
+```
+me@mymachine:~/Test$ javac Test1.java
+me@mymachine:~/Test$ java Test1
+couldn't find driver
+java.lang.ClassNotFoundException: org.postgresql.Driver
+me@mymachine:~/Test$
+```
+
+The class loader needs the **.jar** file containing the PostgreSQL JDBC driver implementation to be on the classpath:
+
+
+```
+me@mymachine:~/Test$ java -cp ~/src/postgresql-42.2.5.jar:. Test1
+driver loaded
+done.
+me@mymachine:~/Test$
+```
+
+#### Connect to the database server
+
+The following code loads the JDBC driver and creates a connection to the PostgreSQL database:
+
+
+```
+import java.sql.*;
+
+public class Test2 {
+
+ public static void main([String][17] args[]) {
+
+ // Load the driver (jar file must be on class path) [1]
+
+ try {
+ Class.forName("org.postgresql.Driver");
+ [System][18].out.println("driver loaded");
+ } catch ([Exception][19] e1) {
+ [System][18].err.println("couldn't find driver");
+ [System][18].err.println(e1);
+ [System][18].exit(1);
+ }
+
+ // Set up connection properties [2]
+
+ java.util.[Properties][20] props = new java.util.[Properties][20]();
+ props.setProperty("user","me");
+ props.setProperty("password","mypassword");
+ [String][17] database = "jdbc:postgresql://myhost.org:5432/test";
+
+ // Open the connection to the database [3]
+
+ try ([Connection][21] conn = [DriverManager][22].getConnection(database, props)) {
+ [System][18].out.println("connection created");
+ } catch ([Exception][19] e2) {
+ [System][18].err.println("sql operations failed");
+ [System][18].err.println(e2);
+ [System][18].exit(2);
+ }
+ [System][18].out.println("connection closed");
+
+ // If we get here all is OK
+
+ [System][18].out.println("done.");
+ }
+}
+```
+
+Compile and run it:
+
+
+```
+me@mymachine:~/Test$ javac Test2.java
+me@mymachine:~/Test$ java -cp ~/src/postgresql-42.2.5.jar:. Test2
+driver loaded
+connection created
+connection closed
+done.
+me@mymachine:~/Test$
+```
+
+Some notes on the above:
+
+ * The code following comment [2] uses system properties to set up connection parameters—in this case, the PostgreSQL username and password. This allows for grabbing those parameters from the Java command line and passing all the parameters in as an argument bundle. There are other **Driver.getConnection()** options for passing in the parameters individually.
+ * JDBC requires a URL for defining the database, which is declared above as **String database** and passed into the **Driver.getConnection()** method along with the connection parameters.
+ * The code uses try-with-resources, which auto-closes the connection upon completion of the code in the try-catch block. There is a lengthy discussion of this approach on [Stack Overflow][23].
+ * The try-with-resources provides access to the **Connection** instance and can execute SQL statements there; any errors will be caught by the same **catch** statement.
+
+
+
+#### Do something fun with the database connection
+
+In my day job, I often need to know what users have been defined for a given database server instance, and I use this [handy piece of SQL][24] for grabbing a list of all users:
+
+
+```
+import java.sql.*;
+
+public class Test3 {
+
+ public static void main([String][17] args[]) {
+
+ // Load the driver (jar file must be on class path) [1]
+
+ try {
+ Class.forName("org.postgresql.Driver");
+ [System][18].out.println("driver loaded");
+ } catch ([Exception][19] e1) {
+ [System][18].err.println("couldn't find driver");
+ [System][18].err.println(e1);
+ [System][18].exit(1);
+ }
+
+ // Set up connection properties [2]
+
+ java.util.[Properties][20] props = new java.util.[Properties][20]();
+ props.setProperty("user","me");
+ props.setProperty("password","mypassword");
+ [String][17] database = "jdbc:postgresql://myhost.org:5432/test";
+
+ // Open the connection to the database [3]
+
+ try ([Connection][21] conn = [DriverManager][22].getConnection(database, props)) {
+ [System][18].out.println("connection created");
+
+ // Create the SQL command string [4]
+
+ [String][17] qs = "SELECT " +
+ " u.usename AS \"User name\", " +
+ " u.usesysid AS \"User ID\", " +
+ " CASE " +
+ " WHEN u.usesuper AND u.usecreatedb THEN " +
+ " CAST('superuser, create database' AS pg_catalog.text) " +
+ " WHEN u.usesuper THEN " +
+ " CAST('superuser' AS pg_catalog.text) " +
+ " WHEN u.usecreatedb THEN " +
+ " CAST('create database' AS pg_catalog.text) " +
+ " ELSE " +
+ " CAST('' AS pg_catalog.text) " +
+ " END AS \"Attributes\" " +
+ "FROM pg_catalog.pg_user u " +
+ "ORDER BY 1";
+
+ // Use the connection to create a statement, execute it,
+ // analyze the results and close the result set [5]
+
+ [Statement][25] stat = conn.createStatement();
+ [ResultSet][26] rs = stat.executeQuery(qs);
+ [System][18].out.println("User name;User ID;Attributes");
+ while (rs.next()) {
+ [System][18].out.println(rs.getString("User name") + ";" +
+ rs.getLong("User ID") + ";" +
+ rs.getString("Attributes"));
+ }
+ rs.close();
+ stat.close();
+
+ } catch ([Exception][19] e2) {
+ [System][18].err.println("connecting failed");
+ [System][18].err.println(e2);
+ [System][18].exit(1);
+ }
+ [System][18].out.println("connection closed");
+
+ // If we get here all is OK
+
+ [System][18].out.println("done.");
+ }
+}
+```
+
+In the above, once it has the **Connection** instance, it defines a query string (comment [4] above), creates a **Statement** instance and uses it to execute the query string, then puts its results in a **ResultSet** instance, which it can iterate through to analyze the results returned, and ends by closing both the **ResultSet** and **Statement** instances (comment [5] above).
+
+Compiling and executing the program produces the following output:
+
+
+```
+me@mymachine:~/Test$ javac Test3.java
+me@mymachine:~/Test$ java -cp ~/src/postgresql-42.2.5.jar:. Test3
+driver loaded
+connection created
+User name;User ID;[Attributes][27]
+fwa;16395;superuser
+vax;197772;
+mbe;290995;
+aca;169248;
+connection closed
+done.
+me@mymachine:~/Test$
+```
+
+This is a (very simple) example of using the PostgreSQL JDBC library in a simple Java application. It's worth emphasizing that it didn't need to use a Java import statement like **import org.postgresql.jdbc.*;** in the code because of the way the **java.sql** library is designed. Because of that, there's no need to specify the classpath at compile time. Instead, it uses the Java class loader to bring in the PostgreSQL code at run time.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/external-libraries-java
+
+作者：[Chris Hermansen][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/clhermansen
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/books_library_reading_list.jpg?itok=O3GvU1gH (books in a library, stacks)
+[2]: https://commons.apache.org/
+[3]: https://commons.apache.org/proper/commons-geometry/
+[4]: https://commons.apache.org/proper/commons-statistics/
+[5]: https://commons.apache.org/proper/commons-math/
+[6]: https://commons.apache.org/proper/commons-numbers/
+[7]: https://opensource.com/article/19/11/getting-started-postgresql
+[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Javadoc
+[9]: https://commons.apache.org/proper/commons-math/apidocs/index.html
+[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/api-documentation_apachecommonsmath.png (API documentation for Apache Commons Math)
+[11]: https://commons.apache.org/proper/commons-math/apidocs/org/apache/commons/math4/analysis/solvers/package-summary.html
+[12]: https://commons.apache.org/proper/commons-math/apidocs/org/apache/commons/math4/analysis/solvers/BisectionSolver.html
+[13]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JAR_(file_format)
+[14]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Javac
+[15]: https://docs.oracle.com/javase/8/docs/api/java/sql/package-summary.html
+[16]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Java_Classloader
+[17]: http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&q=allinurl%3Adocs.oracle.com+javase+docs+api+string
+[18]: http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&q=allinurl%3Adocs.oracle.com+javase+docs+api+system
+[19]: http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&q=allinurl%3Adocs.oracle.com+javase+docs+api+exception
+[20]: http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&q=allinurl%3Adocs.oracle.com+javase+docs+api+properties
+[21]: http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&q=allinurl%3Adocs.oracle.com+javase+docs+api+connection
+[22]: http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&q=allinurl%3Adocs.oracle.com+javase+docs+api+drivermanager
+[23]: https://stackoverflow.com/questions/8066501/how-should-i-use-try-with-resources-with-jdbc
+[24]: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/1121195544.8208.242.camel@state.g2switchworks.com
+[25]: http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&q=allinurl%3Adocs.oracle.com+javase+docs+api+statement
+[26]: http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&q=allinurl%3Adocs.oracle.com+javase+docs+api+resultset
+[27]: http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&q=allinurl%3Adocs.oracle.com+javase+docs+api+attributes
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200212 Manage your SSL certificates with the ssl-on-demand script.md b/sources/tech/20200212 Manage your SSL certificates with the ssl-on-demand script.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e4be89e4f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200212 Manage your SSL certificates with the ssl-on-demand script.md
@@ -0,0 +1,685 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Manage your SSL certificates with the ssl-on-demand script)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/ssl-demand)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Tamrakar https://opensource.com/users/tamrakar)
+
+Manage your SSL certificates with the ssl-on-demand script
+======
+Keep track of certificate expirations to prevent problems with the
+ssl-on-demand script.
+![Lock][1]
+
+It happens all the time, to the largest of companies. An important certificate doesn't get renewed, and services become inaccessible. It happened to Microsoft Teams in early February 2020, awkwardly timed just after the launch of a major television campaign promoting it as a [Slack competitor][2]. Embarrassing as that may be, it's sure to happen to someone else in the future.
+
+On the modern web, expired [certificates][3] can create major problems for websites, ranging from unhappy users who can't connect to a site to security threats from bad actors who take advantage of the failure to renew a certificate.
+
+[Ssl-on-demand][4] is a set of SSL scripts to help site owners manage certificates. It is used for on-demand certificate generation and validation and it can create certificate signing requests ([CSRs][5]) and predict the expiration of existing certificates.
+
+### Automate SSL expiry checks
+
+
+```
+ USAGE: SSLexpiryPredictions.sh -[cdewh]
+
+ DESCRIPTION: This script predicts the expiring SSL certificates based on the end date.
+
+ OPTIONS:
+
+ -c| sets the value for configuration file which has server:port or host:port details.
+
+ -d| sets the value of directory containing the certificate files in crt or pem format.
+
+ -e| sets the value of certificate extention, e.g crt, pem, cert.
+ crt: default [to be used with -d, if certificate file extention is other than .crt]
+
+ -w| sets the value for writing the script output to a file.
+
+ -h| prints this help and exit.
+```
+
+**Examples:**
+
+To create a file with a list of all servers and their port numbers to make an SSL handshake, use:
+
+
+```
+cat > servers.list
+ server1:port1
+ server2:port2
+ server3:port3
+ (ctrl+d)
+
+$ ./SSLexpiryPredictions.sh -c server.list
+```
+
+Run the script by providing the certificate location and extension (in case it is not .crt):
+
+
+```
+`$ ./SSLexpiryPredictions.sh -d /path/to/certificates/dir -e pem`
+```
+
+### Automate CSR and private key creation
+
+
+```
+Usage: genSSLcsr.sh [options] -[cdmshx]
+ [-c (common name)]
+ [-d (domain name)]
+ [-s (SSL certificate subject)]
+ [-p (password)]
+ [-m (email address)] *(Experimental)
+ [-r (remove pasphrase) default:true]
+ [-h (help)]
+ [-x (optional)]
+
+[OPTIONS]
+ -c| Sets the value for common name.
+ A valid common name is something that ends with 'xyz.com'
+
+ -d| Sets the domain name.
+
+ -s| Sets the subject to be applied to the certificates.
+ '/C=country/ST=state/L=locality/O=organization/OU=organizationalunit/emailAddress=email'
+
+ -p| Sets the password for private key.
+
+ -r| Sets the value of remove passphrase.
+ true:[default] passphrase will be removed from key.
+ false: passphrase will not be removed and key wont get printed.
+
+ -m| Sets the mailing capability to the script.
+ (Experimental at this time and requires a lot of work)
+
+ -x| Creates the certificate request and key but do not print on screen.
+ To be used when script is used just to create the key and CSR with no need
+ + to generate the certficate on the go.
+
+ -h| Displays the usage. No further functions are performed.
+
+ Example: genSSLcsr.sh -c mywebsite.xyz.com -m [myemail@mydomain.com][6]
+```
+
+### The scripts
+
+#### 1. SSLexpiryPredictions.sh
+
+
+```
+#!/bin/bash
+##############################################
+#
+# PURPOSE: The script to predict expiring SSL certificates.
+#
+# AUTHOR: 'Abhishek.Tamrakar'
+#
+# VERSION: 0.0.1
+#
+# COMPANY: Self
+#
+# EMAIL: [abhishek.tamrakar08@gmail.com][7]
+#
+# GENERATED: on 2018-05-20
+#
+# LICENSE: Copyright (C) 2018 Abhishek Tamrakar
+#
+# Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+# you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+# You may obtain a copy of the License at
+#
+#
+#
+# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+# distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+# limitations under the License.
+##############################################
+
+#your Variables go here
+script=${0##/}
+exitcode=''
+WRITEFILE=0
+CONFIG=0
+DIR=0
+# functions here
+usage()
+{
+cat <<EOF
+
+ USAGE: $script -[cdewh]"
+
+ DESCRIPTION: This script predicts the expiring SSL certificates based on the end date.
+
+ OPTIONS:
+
+ -c| sets the value for configuration file which has server:port or host:port details.
+
+ -d| sets the value of directory containing the certificate files in crt or pem format.
+
+ -e| sets the value of certificate extention, e.g crt, pem, cert.
+ crt: default
+
+ -w| sets the value for writing the script output to a file.
+
+ -h| prints this help and exit.
+
+EOF
+exit 1
+}
+# print info messages
+info()
+{
+ printf '\n%s: %6s\n' "INFO" "$@"
+}
+# print error messages
+error()
+{
+ printf '\n%s: %6s\n' "ERROR" "$@"
+ exit 1
+}
+# print warning messages
+warn()
+{
+ printf '\n%s: %6s\n' "WARN" "$@"
+}
+# get expiry for the certificates
+getExpiry()
+{
+ local expdate=$1
+ local certname=$2
+ today=$(date +%s)
+ timetoexpire=$(( ($expdate - $today)/(60*60*24) ))
+
+ expcerts=( ${expcerts[@]} "${certname}:$timetoexpire" )
+}
+
+# print all expiry that was found, typically if there is any.
+printExpiry()
+{
+ local args=$#
+ i=0
+ if [[ $args -ne 0 ]]; then
+ #statements
+ printf '%s\n' "---------------------------------------------"
+ printf '%s\n' "List of expiring SSL certificates"
+ printf '%s\n' "---------------------------------------------"
+ printf '%s\n' "$@" | \
+ sort -t':' -g -k2 | \
+ column -s: -t | \
+ awk '{printf "%d.\t%s\n", NR, $0}'
+ printf '%s\n' "---------------------------------------------"
+ fi
+}
+
+# calculate the end date for the certificates first, finally to compare and predict when they are going to expire.
+calcEndDate()
+{
+ sslcmd=$(which openssl)
+ if [[ x$sslcmd = x ]]; then
+ #statements
+ error "$sslcmd command not found!"
+ fi
+ # when cert dir is given
+ if [[ $DIR -eq 1 ]]; then
+ #statements
+ checkcertexists=$(ls -A $TARGETDIR| egrep "*.$EXT$")
+ if [[ -z ${checkcertexists} ]]; then
+ #statements
+ error "no certificate files at $TARGETDIR with extention $EXT"
+ fi
+ for file in $TARGETDIR/*.${EXT:-crt}
+ do
+ expdate=$($sslcmd x509 -in $file -noout -enddate)
+ expepoch=$(date -d "${expdate##*=}" +%s)
+ certificatename=${file##*/}
+ getExpiry $expepoch ${certificatename%.*}
+ done
+ elif [[ $CONFIG -eq 1 ]]; then
+ #statements
+ while read line
+ do
+ if echo "$line" | \
+ egrep -q '^[a-zA-Z0-9.]+:[0-9]+|^[a-zA-Z0-9]+_.*:[0-9]+';
+ then
+ expdate=$(echo | \
+ openssl s_client -connect $line 2>/dev/null | \
+ openssl x509 -noout -enddate 2>/dev/null);
+ if [[ $expdate = '' ]]; then
+ #statements
+ warn "[error:0906D06C] Cannot fetch certificates for $line"
+ else
+ expepoch=$(date -d "${expdate##*=}" +%s);
+ certificatename=${line%:*};
+ getExpiry $expepoch ${certificatename};
+ fi
+ else
+ warn "[format error] $line is not in required format!"
+ fi
+ done < $CONFIGFILE
+ fi
+}
+# your script goes here
+while getopts ":c:d:w:e:h" options
+do
+case $options in
+c )
+ CONFIG=1
+ CONFIGFILE="$OPTARG"
+ if [[ ! -e $CONFIGFILE ]] || [[ ! -s $CONFIGFILE ]]; then
+ #statements
+ error "$CONFIGFILE does not exist or empty!"
+ fi
+ ;;
+e )
+ EXT="$OPTARG"
+ case $EXT in
+ crt|pem|cert )
+ info "Extention check complete."
+ ;;
+ * )
+ error "invalid certificate extention $EXT!"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+d )
+ DIR=1
+ TARGETDIR="$OPTARG"
+ [ $TARGETDIR = '' ] && error "$TARGETDIR empty variable!"
+ ;;
+w )
+ WRITEFILE=1
+ OUTFILE="$OPTARG"
+ ;;
+h )
+ usage
+ ;;
+\? )
+ usage
+ ;;
+: )
+ fatal "Argument required !!! see \'-h\' for help"
+ ;;
+esac
+done
+shift $(($OPTIND - 1))
+#
+calcEndDate
+#finally print the list
+if [[ $WRITEFILE -eq 0 ]]; then
+ #statements
+ printExpiry ${expcerts[@]}
+else
+ printExpiry ${expcerts[@]} > $OUTFILE
+fi
+```
+
+#### 2. genSSLcsr.sh
+
+
+```
+#!/bin/bash -
+#===============================================================================
+#
+# FILE: genSSLcsr.sh
+#
+# USAGE: ./genSSLcsr.sh [options]
+#
+# DESCRIPTION: ++++version 1.0.2
+# Fixed few bugs from previous script
+# +Removing passphrase after CSR generation
+# Extended use of functions
+# Checks for valid common name
+# ++++1.0.3
+# Fixed line breaks
+# Work directory to be created at the start
+# Used getopts for better code arrangements
+# ++++1.0.4
+# Added mail feature (experimental at this time and needs
+# a mail server running locally.)
+# Added domain input and certificate subject inputs
+#
+# OPTIONS: ---
+# REQUIREMENTS: openssl, mailx
+# BUGS: ---
+# NOTES: ---
+# AUTHOR: Abhishek Tamrakar (), [abhishek.tamrakar08@gmail.com][7]
+# ORGANIZATION: Self
+# CREATED: 6/24/2016
+# REVISION: 4
+# COPYRIGHT AND
+# LICENSE: Copyright (C) 2016 Abhishek Tamrakar
+#
+# Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+# you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+# You may obtain a copy of the License at
+#
+#
+#
+# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+# distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+# limitations under the License.
+#===============================================================================
+
+#variables ges here
+#set basename to scriptname
+SCRIPT=${0##*/}
+
+#set flags
+TFOUND=0
+CFOUND=0
+MFOUND=0
+XFOUND=0
+SFOUND=0
+logdir=/var/log
+# edit these below values to replace with yours
+homedir=''
+yourdomain=''
+country=IN
+state=Maharashtra
+locality=Pune
+organization="your_organization"
+organizationalunit="your_organizational_unit"
+email=your_email@your_domain
+password=your_ssl_password
+# OS is declared and will be used in its next version
+OS=$(egrep -io 'Redhat|centos|fedora|ubuntu' /etc/issue)
+
+### function declarations ###
+
+info()
+{
+ printf '\n%s\t%s\t' "INFO" "$@"
+}
+
+#exit on error with a custom error message
+#the extra function was removed and replaced withonly one.
+#using FAILED\n\e<message> is a way but not necessarily required.
+#
+
+fatal()
+{
+ printf '\n%s\t%s\n' "ERROR" "$@"
+ exit 1
+}
+
+checkperms()
+{
+if [[ -z ${homedir} ]]; then
+homedir=$(pwd)
+fi
+if [[ -w ${homedir} ]]; then
+info "Permissions acquired for ${SCRIPT} on ${homedir}."
+else
+fatal "InSufficient permissions to run the ${SCRIPT}."
+fi
+}
+
+checkDomain()
+{
+info "Initializing Domain ${cn} check ? "
+if [[ ! -z ${yourdomain} ]]; then
+workdir=${homedir}/${yourdomain}
+echo -e "${cn}"|grep -E -i -q "${yourdomain}$" && echo -n "[OK]" || fatal "InValid domain in ${cn}"
+else
+workdir=${homedir}/${cn#*.}
+echo -n "[NULL]"
+info "WARNING: No domain declared to check."
+confirmUserAction
+fi
+} # end function checkDomain
+
+usage()
+{
+cat << EOF
+
+Usage: $SCRIPT [options] -[cdmshx]
+ [-c (common name)]
+ [-d (domain name)]
+ [-s (SSL certificate subject)]
+ [-p (password)]
+ [-m (email address)] *(Experimental)
+ [-r (remove pasphrase) default:true]
+ [-h (help)]
+ [-x (optional)]
+
+[OPTIONS]
+ -c| Sets the value for common name.
+ A valid common name is something that ends with 'xyz.com'
+
+ -d| Sets the domain name.
+
+ -s| Sets the subject to be applied to the certificates.
+ '/C=country/ST=state/L=locality/O=organization/OU=organizationalunit/emailAddress=email'
+
+ -p| Sets the password for private key.
+
+ -r| Sets the value of remove passphrase.
+ true:[default] passphrase will be removed from key.
+ false: passphrase will not be removed and key wont get printed.
+
+ -m| Sets the mailing capability to the script.
+ (Experimental at this time and requires a lot of work)
+
+ -x| Creates the certificate request and key but do not print on screen.
+ To be used when script is used just to create the key and CSR with no need
+ + to generate the certficate on the go.
+
+ -h| Displays the usage. No further functions are performed.
+
+ Example: $SCRIPT -c mywebsite.xyz.com -m [myemail@mydomain.com][6]
+
+EOF
+exit 1
+} # end usage
+
+confirmUserAction() {
+while true; do
+read -p "Do you wish to continue? ans: " yn
+case $yn in
+[Yy]* ) info "Initiating the process";
+break;;
+[Nn]* ) exit 1;;
+* ) info "Please answer yes or no.";;
+esac
+done
+} # end function confirmUserAction
+
+parseSubject()
+{
+ local subject="$1"
+ parsedsubject=$(echo $subject|sed 's/\// /g;s/^ //g')
+ for i in ${parsedsubject}; do
+ case ${i%=*} in
+ 'C' )
+ country=${i##*=}
+ ;;
+ 'ST' )
+ state=${i##*=}
+ ;;
+ 'L' )
+ locality=${i##*=}
+ ;;
+ 'O' )
+ organization=${i##*=}
+ ;;
+ 'OU' )
+ organizationalunit=${i##*=}
+ ;;
+ 'emailAddress' )
+ email=${i##*=}
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+}
+
+sendMail()
+{
+ mailcmd=$(which mailx)
+ if [[ x"$mailcmd" = "x" ]]; then
+ fatal "Cannot send email! please install mailutils for linux"
+ else
+ echo "SSL CSR attached." | $mailcmd -s "SSL certificate request" \
+ -t $email $ccemail -A ${workdir}/${cn}.csr \
+ && info "mail sent" \
+ || fatal "error in sending mail."
+ fi
+}
+
+genCSRfile()
+{
+info "Creating signed key request for ${cn}"
+#Generate a key
+openssl genrsa -des3 -passout pass:$password -out ${workdir}/${cn}.key 4096 -noout 2>/dev/null && echo -n "[DONE]" || fatal "unable to generate key"
+
+#Create the request
+info "Creating Certificate request for ${cn}"
+openssl req -new -key ${workdir}/${cn}.key -passin pass:$password -sha1 -nodes \
+ -subj "/C=$country/ST=$state/L=$locality/O=$organization/OU=$organizationalunit/CN=$cn/emailAddress=$email" \
+ -out ${workdir}/${cn}.csr && echo -n "[DONE]" || fatal "unable to create request"
+
+if [[ "${REMOVEPASSPHRASE:-true}" = 'true' ]]; then
+ #statements
+ #Remove passphrase from the key. Comment the line out to keep the passphrase
+ info "Removing passphrase from ${cn}.key"
+ openssl rsa -in ${workdir}/${cn}.key \
+ -passin pass:$password \
+ -out ${workdir}/${cn}.insecure 2>/dev/null \
+ && echo -n "[DONE]" || fatal "unable to remove passphrase"
+ #swap the filenames
+ info "Swapping the ${cn}.key to secure"
+ mv ${workdir}/${cn}.key ${workdir}/${cn}.secure \
+ && echo -n "[DONE]" || fatal "unable to perfom move"
+ info "Swapping insecure key to ${cn}.key"
+ mv ${workdir}/${cn}.insecure ${workdir}/${cn}.key \
+ && echo -n "[DONE]" || fatal "unable to perform move"
+else
+ info "Flag '-r' is set, passphrase will not be removed."
+fi
+}
+
+printCSR()
+{
+if [[ -e ${workdir}/${cn}.csr ]] && [[ -e ${workdir}/${cn}.key ]]
+then
+echo -e "\n\n----------------------------CSR-----------------------------"
+cat ${workdir}/${cn}.csr
+echo -e "\n----------------------------KEY-----------------------------"
+cat ${workdir}/${cn}.key
+echo -e "------------------------------------------------------------\n"
+else
+fatal "CSR or KEY generation failed !!"
+fi
+}
+
+### END Functions ###
+
+#Check the number of arguments. If none are passed, print help and exit.
+NUMARGS=$#
+if [ $NUMARGS -eq 0 ]; then
+fatal "$NUMARGS Arguments provided !!!! See usage with '-h'"
+fi
+
+#Organisational details
+
+while getopts ":c:d:sⓂ️p:rhx" atype
+do
+case $atype in
+c )
+ CFOUND=1
+ cn="$OPTARG"
+ ;;
+d )
+ yourdomain="$OPTARG"
+ ;;
+s )
+ SFOUND=1
+ subj="$OPTARG"
+ ;;
+p )
+ password="$OPTARG"
+ ;;
+r )
+ REMOVEPASSPHRASE='false'
+ ;;
+m )
+ MFOUND=1
+ ccemail="$OPTARG"
+ ;;
+x )
+ XFOUND=1
+ ;;
+h )
+ usage
+ ;;
+\? )
+ usage
+ ;;
+: )
+ fatal "Argument required !!! see \'-h\' for help"
+ ;;
+esac
+done
+shift $(($OPTIND - 1))
+
+#### END CASE #### START MAIN ####
+
+if [ $CFOUND -eq 1 ]
+then
+# take current dir as homedir by default.
+checkperms ${homedir}
+checkDomain
+
+ if [[ ! -d ${workdir} ]]
+ then
+ mkdir ${workdir:-${cn#*.}} 2>/dev/null && info "${workdir} created."
+ else
+ info "${workdir} exists."
+ fi # end workdir check
+ parseSubject "$subj"
+ genCSRfile
+ if [ $XFOUND -eq 0 ]
+ then
+ sleep 2
+ printCSR
+ fi # end x check
+ if [[ $MFOUND -eq 1 ]]; then
+ sendMail
+ fi
+else
+ fatal "Nothing to do!"
+fi # end common name check
+
+##### END MAIN #####
+```
+
+* * *
+
+_This was originally published as the README in [ssl-on-demand's GitHub repository][4] and is reused with permission._
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/ssl-demand
+
+作者：[Abhishek Tamrakar][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/tamrakar
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/security-lock-password.jpg?itok=KJMdkKum (Lock)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/alternatives/slack
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/19/1/what-certificate
+[4]: https://github.com/abhiTamrakar/ssl-on-demand
+[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Certificate_signing_request
+[6]: mailto:myemail@mydomain.com
+[7]: mailto:abhishek.tamrakar08@gmail.com
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200214 How to restore a single-core computer with Linux.md b/sources/tech/20200214 How to restore a single-core computer with Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a88a2c157d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200214 How to restore a single-core computer with Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to restore a single-core computer with Linux)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/restore-old-computer-linux)
+[#]: author: (Howard Fosdick https://opensource.com/users/howtech)
+
+How to restore a single-core computer with Linux
+======
+Let's have some geeky fun refurbishing your prehistoric Pentium with
+Linux and open source.
+![Two animated computers waving one missing an arm][1]
+
+In a [previous article][2], I explained how I refurbish old dual-core computers ranging from roughly five to 15 years old. Properly restored, these machines can host a fully capable lightweight Linux distribution like [Mint/Xfce][3], [Xubuntu][4], or [Lubuntu][5] and perform everyday tasks. But what if you have a really old computer gathering dust in your attic or basement? Like a Pentium 4 desktop or Pentium M laptop? Yikes! Can you even do anything with a relic like that?
+
+### Why restore a relic?
+
+For starters, you might learn a bit about hardware and open source software by refurbishing it. And you could have some fun along the way. Whether you can make much use of it depends on your expectations.
+
+A single-core computer can perform well for a specific purpose. For example, my friend created a dandy retro gaming box (like I describe below) that runs hundreds of Linux and old Windows and DOS games. His kids love it!
+
+Another friend uses his Pentium 4 for running design spreadsheets in his workshop. He finds it convenient to have a dedicated machine tucked into a corner of his shop. He likes that he doesn't have to worry about heat or dust ruining an expensive modern computer.
+
+My romance author acquaintance employs her Pentium M as a "novelist's workstation" lodged in her cozy attic hideaway. The laptop functions as her private word processor.
+
+I've used old computers to teach beginners how to build and repair hardware. Old equipment makes the best testbed because it's expendable. If someone makes a mistake and fries a board, it doesn't much matter. (Contrast this to how you would feel if you wrecked your main computer!)
+
+The web suggests many [other potential uses][6] for old Pentiums: security cam monitors, network-attached storage (NAS) servers, [SETI][7] boxes, torrent servers, anonymous [Tails][8] servers, Bitcoin miners, programming workstations, thin clients, terminal emulators, routers, file servers, and more. To me, many of these applications sound more like fun projects than practical uses for single-core computers. That doesn't mean they aren't worth your while; it's just that you want to be clear-eyed about any project you take on.
+
+By current standards, P-4s and Ms are terribly [weak processors][9]. For example, using them for web surfing is problematic because webpage size and programming complexity have [grown exponentially][10]. And the open web is closing—increasingly, sites won't allow you access unless you let them run all those ads that can overwhelm old processors. (I'll discuss web surfing performance tricks later in this article.) Another shortcoming of old computers is their energy consumption. Better electricity-to-performance ratios often make newer computers more sensible. This especially true when a [tablet or smartphone][11] can fulfill your needs.
+
+Nevertheless, you can still have fun and learn a lot by tinkering with an old P-4 or M. They're great educational tools, they're expendable, and they can be useful in dedicated roles. Best of all, you can get them for free. I'll tell you how.
+
+Still reading? Okay, let's have some geeky fun refurbishing your prehistoric Pentium.
+
+### Understand hardware evolution
+
+As a quick level-set, here are the common names for the P-4 and M class processors and their rough dates of manufacture:
+
+**Desktops (2000-2008)**
+
+ * Pentium 4
+ * Pentium 4 HT (Hyper-Threading)
+ * Pentium 4 EE (Extreme Edition)
+
+
+
+**Desktops (2005-2008)**
+
+ * Pentium D (early dual-core)
+
+
+
+**Mobile (2002-2008)**
+
+ * Pentium M
+ * Pentium 4-M
+ * Mobile Pentium 4
+ * Mobile Pentium 4 HT
+
+
+
+Sources: Wikipedia (for the [P-4][12], [P-M][13], and [processor][14] lists), [CPU World,][15] [Revolvy][16].
+
+Machines hosting these processors typically use either DDR2 or DDR memory. Dual-core processors entered the market in 2005 and displaced single-core CPUs within a few years. I'll assume you have some version of what's in the above table. Or you might have an equivalent [AMD][17] or [Celeron][18] processor from the same era.
+
+The big draw of this old hardware is that you can get it for free. People consider it junk. They'll be only too glad to give you their castoffs. If you don't have a machine on hand, just ask your friends or family. Or drop by the local recycling center. Unless they have strict rules, they'll be happy to give you this old equipment. You can even advertise on [Craigslist][19], [Freecycle,][20] or [other reuse websites][21].
+
+**A quick tip:** Grab more than one machine. With old hardware, you often need to cannibalize parts from several computers to build one good working one.
+
+### Prepare the hardware
+
+Before you can use your old computer, you must refurbish it. The steps to fixing it up are:
+
+ 1. Clean it
+ 2. Identify what hardware you have
+ 3. Verify the hardware works
+
+
+
+Start by opening up the box and cleaning out the dirt. Dust causes the heat that kills electronics. A can of compressed air helps.
+
+Always keep yourself grounded when touching things so that you don't harm the electronics. And don't rub anything with a cleaning rag! Even a shock you can't feel can damage computer circuitry.
+
+While you've got the box open, learn everything you can about your hardware. Write it all down, so you remember it later:
+
+ * Count the open memory slots, if any. Is the RAM DDR or DDR2 (or something else)?
+ * Read the hard drive label to learn its capacity and age. (It'll probably be an old IDE drive. You can identify IDE drives by their wide connector ribbons.)
+ * Check the optical drive label to see what kinds of discs it reads and/or writes, at what speed, and to what standard(s).
+ * Note other peripherals, add-in cards, or anything unusual.
+
+
+
+Close and boot the machine into its boot-time [BIOS][22] panels. [This list][23] tells you what program function (PF) key to press to access those startup panels for your specific computer. Now you can complete your hardware identification by rounding out the details on your processor, memory, video memory, and more.
+
+### Verify the hardware
+
+Once you know what you've got, verify that it all works. Test:
+
+ * Memory
+ * Disk
+ * Motherboard
+ * Peripherals (optical drive, USB ports, sound, etc.)
+
+
+
+Run any diagnostic tests in the computer's boot or BIOS panels. Free resource kits like [Hiren's BootCD][24] or the [Ultimate Boot CD][25] can round out your testing with any diagnostics your boot panels lack. These kits offer dozens of testing programs: all are free, but not all are open source. You can boot them off a live USB or DVD so that you don't have to install anything on the computer.
+
+Be sure to run the "extended" or long tests for the memory and disk drive. Run tests overnight if you have to. Do this job right! If you miss a problem now, it could cause you big headaches later.
+
+If you find a problem, refer to my _[Quick guide to fixing hardware][26]_ to solve common issues.
+
+### Essential hardware upgrades
+
+You'll want to make two key hardware upgrades. First, increase memory to the computer's maximum. (You can find the maximum for your computer with a quick web search for its specs.) The practical minimum to run many lightweight Linux distros is 1GB RAM; 2GB or more is ideal. While the maximum allowable memory varies by the machine, the great majority of these computers will upgrade to at least 2GB.
+
+Second—if the desktop doesn't already have one—add a video card. This offloads graphics processing from the motherboard to the video card and increases the computer's video memory. Bumping up the VRAM from 32 or 64MB to 256GB or more greatly increases the range of applications an old computer can run. Especially if you want to run games.
+
+Be sure the video card fits your computer's [video slot][27] (AGP, PCI, or PCI-Express) and has the right [cable connector][28] (VGA or DVI). You can issue a couple of [Linux line commands][29] to see how much VRAM your system has, or look in the BIOS boot panels.
+
+These two simple upgrade hacks—increasing memory and video power—take a marginal machine and make it _way_ more functional. Your goal is to build the most powerful P-4 or M ever. That way, you can squeeze the most performance from this aging design.
+
+The good news is that with the old computers we're talking about, you can get any parts you need for free. Just cannibalize them from other discarded PC's.
+
+### Select the software
+
+Choosing the right software for a P-4 or M is critical. [Don't][30] use an [unsupported][31] Windows version just because it's already on the PC; malware might plague you if you do. A fresh install is mandatory.
+
+Open source software is the way to go. [Many][32] Linux [distributions][33] are specifically designed for older computers. And with Linux, you can install, move, copy, and clone the operating system and its apps at will. This makes your job easier: You won't run into activation or licensing issues, and it's all free.
+
+Which distribution should you pick? Assuming you have at least 2GB of memory, start your search by trying a _lightweight distribution_—these feature resource-stingy [desktop environments][34]. Xfce or LXQt are excellent desktop environment choices. Products that [consume more resources][35] or produce fancier graphics—like Unity, GNOME, KDE, MATE, and Cinnamon—won't perform well.
+
+The lightweight Linux distros I've enjoyed success with are Mint/Xfce, Xubuntu, and Lubuntu. The first two use Xfce while Lubuntu employs LXQt. You can find [many other][36] excellent candidate distros beyond these three choices that I can vouch for.
+
+Be sure to download the 32-bit versions of the operating systems; 64-bit versions don't make much sense unless a computer has at least 4GB of memory.
+
+The lightweight Linux distros I've cited offer friendly menus and feature huge software repositories backed by active forums. They'll enable your old computer to do everything it's capable of. However, they won't run on every computer from the P-4 era. If one of these products runs on your computer and you like it, great! You've found your distro.
+
+If your computer doesn't perform well with these selections, won't boot, or you have less than 2GB of memory, try an _ultralight distribution_. Ultralights reduce resource use by replacing desktop environments with [window managers][37] like Fluxbox, FLWM, IceWM, JWM, or Openbox. Window managers use fewer resources than desktop environments. The trade-off is that they're less flexible. As an example, you may have to dip into code to alter your desktop or taskbar icons.
+
+My go-to ultralight distro is [Puppy Linux][38]. It comes in several variants that run well on Pentium 4's and M's with only 1GB of memory. Puppy's big draw is that it has versions designed specifically for older computers. This means you'll avoid the hassles you might run into with other distros. For example, Puppy versions run on old CPUs that don't support features like PAE or SSE3. They'll even help you run an older kernel or obsolete bootstrap program if your hardware requires it.
+
+And Puppy runs _fast_ on limited-resource computers! It optimizes performance by loading the operating system entirely into memory to avoid slow disk access. It bundles a full range of apps that have been carefully selected to use minimal hardware resources.
+
+Puppy is also user-friendly. Even a naive end user can use its simple menus and attractive desktop. But be advised—it takes expertise to install and configure the product. You might have to spend some time on Puppy's [forum][39] to get oriented. The forum is especially useful because many who post there work with old computers.
+
+A fun alternative to Puppy is [Tiny Core][40] Linux. With Tiny Core, you install only the software components you want. So you build up your environment from the absolute minimum. This takes time but results in a lean, mean system. Tiny Core is perfect for creating a dedicated server. It's a great learning tool, too, so check out its [free eBook][41].
+
+If you want a quick, no-hassles install, you might try [antiX][42]. It's Debian-based, offers a selection of lightweight interfaces, and runs well on machines with only a gigabyte of memory. I've had excellent results installing antiX on a variety of old PCs.
+
+_**Caution:**_ Many distros casually claim that they run on "old computers" when they really mean that they run on _limited-resource computers_. There's a big difference. Old computers sometimes do not support all the CPU features required by newer operating systems. Avoid problems by selecting a Linux proven to run on your hardware.
+
+Don't know if a distro will run on your box? Save yourself some time by posting a message on the distro's forum and asking for responses from folks using hardware like yours. You should receive some success stories. If nobody can say they've done what you're trying to do, I'd avoid that product.
+
+### How to use your refurbished computer
+
+Will you be happy using your restored PC? It depends on what you expect.
+
+People who use aging systems learn to leverage minimal resources. For example, they run resource-stingy programs like GNOME Office in place of LibreOffice. They forgo CPU-intense programs like emulators, graphics-heavy apps, video processing, and virtual machine hosting. They focus on one task at a time and don't expect much concurrency. And they know how to manage machine resources proactively.
+
+Old hardware can perform well in dedicated situations. Earlier, I mentioned my friends who use their old computers for design spreadsheets and as a writer's workbench. And I wrote this article on my personal retro box—a Dell GX280 desktop with a Pentium 4 at 3.2GHz, with 2GB DDR-2 RAM and two 40GB IDE disks, dual-booting Puppy and antiX.
+
+#### Create a retro game box
+
+You can also create a fantastic retro game box. First, install an appropriate distro. Then install [Wine][43], a program designed to run Windows software on Linux. Now you'll be able to run nearly all your old Windows XP, ME/98/95, and 3.1 games. [DOSBox][44] supports tons more [free DOS games][45]. And Linux offers over a thousand more.
+
+I've enjoyed nostalgic fun on a P-4 running antiX and all the old games I remember from years ago. Just be sure you've maxed out system memory and added a good video card for the best results.
+
+#### Access the web
+
+The big challenge with old computers is web surfing. [This study][46] claims that average website size has increased 100% over a three-year period, while [this article][47] tells how bloated news sites have become. Videos, animation, images, trackers, ad requests—they all make websites slower than just a few years ago.
+
+Worse, websites increasingly refuse you access unless you allow them to run their ads. This is a problem because the ads can overwhelm old CPUs. In fact, for most websites, the resources required to run ads and trackers are _way_ greater than that required for the actual website content.
+
+Here are the performance tricks you need to know if you web surf with an older computer:
+
+ * Run the fastest, lightest browser possible. Chrome, Firefox, and Opera are probably the top mainstream offerings.
+ * Try alternative [minimalist browsers][48] to see if they can meet your needs: [Dillo][49], [NetSurf][50], [Dooble][51], [Lynx][52], [Links][53], or others.
+ * Actively manage your browser.
+ * Don't open many browser tabs.
+ * Manually start and stop processing in specific tabs.
+ * Block ads and trackers:
+ * Offload this chore to your virtual private network (VPN) if at all possible.
+ * Otherwise, use a browser extension.
+ * Don't slow down your browser by installing add-ons or extensions beyond the minimum required.
+ * Disable autoplay for videos and Flash.
+ * Toggle JavaScript off and on.
+ * Ensure the browser renders text before graphics.
+ * Don't run background tasks while web surfing.
+ * Manually clear cookies to avoid page-access limits on some websites.
+ * Linux means you don't have to run real-time anti-malware (which consumes a CPU core on many Windows PCs).
+
+
+
+Employing some of these tricks, I happily use refurbished dual-core computers for all my web surfing. But with today's internet, I find single-core processors inadequate for anything beyond the occasional web lookup. In other words, they're acceptable for _web access_ but insufficient for _web surfing_. That's just my opinion. Yours may vary depending on your expectations and the nature of your web activity.
+
+### Enjoy free educational fun
+
+However you use your refurbished P-4 or M, you'll know a lot more about computer hardware and open source software than when you started. It won't cost you a penny, and you'll have some fun along the way!
+
+Please share your own refurbishing experiences in the comments.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/restore-old-computer-linux
+
+作者：[Howard Fosdick][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/howtech
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/rh_003499_01_other11x_cc.png?itok=I_kCDYj0 (Two animated computers waving one missing an arm)
+[2]: http://opensource.com/article/19/7/how-make-old-computer-useful-again
+[3]: http://linuxmint.com/
+[4]: https://xubuntu.org/
+[5]: http://lubuntu.me/
+[6]: http://www.google.com/search?q=uses+for+a+pentium+IV
+[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Search_for_extraterrestrial_intelligence
+[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tails_(operating_system)
+[9]: http://www.cpubenchmark.net/low_end_cpus.html
+[10]: http://www.digitaltrends.com/web/internet-is-getting-slower/
+[11]: https://www.forbes.com/sites/christopherhelman/2013/09/07/how-much-energy-does-your-iphone-and-other-devices-use-and-what-to-do-about-it/#ba4918e2f702
+[12]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pentium_4
+[13]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pentium_M
+[14]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Intel_Pentium_4_microprocessors
+[15]: http://www.cpu-world.com/CPUs/Pentium_4/index.html
+[16]: https://www.revolvy.com/page/List-of-Intel-Pentium-4-microprocessors?cr=1
+[17]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_AMD_microprocessors
+[18]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Celeron
+[19]: https://www.craigslist.org/about/sites
+[20]: https://www.freecycle.org/
+[21]: https://alternativeto.net/software/freecycle/
+[22]: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BIOS
+[23]: http://www.disk-image.com/faq-bootmenu.htm
+[24]: http://www.hirensbootcd.org/download/
+[25]: http://www.ultimatebootcd.com/
+[26]: http://www.rexxinfo.org/Quick_Guide/Quick_Guide_To_Fixing_Computer_Hardware
+[27]: http://www.playtool.com/pages/vidslots/slots.html
+[28]: https://silentpc.com/articles/video-connectors
+[29]: https://www.cyberciti.biz/faq/howto-find-linux-vga-video-card-ram/
+[30]: https://fusetg.com/dangers-running-unsupported-operating-system/
+[31]: http://home.bt.com/tech-gadgets/computing/windows-7/windows-7-support-end-11364081315419
+[32]: https://itsfoss.com/lightweight-linux-beginners/
+[33]: https://fossbytes.com/best-lightweight-linux-distros/
+[34]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Desktop_environment
+[35]: http://www.phoronix.com/scan.php?page=article&item=ubu-1704-desktops&num=3
+[36]: https://www.google.com/search?ei=TfIoXtG5OYmytAbl04z4Cw&q=best+lightweight+linux+distros+for+old+computers&oq=best+lightweight+linux+distros+for+old&gs_l=psy-ab.1.0.0i22i30l8j0i333.6806.8527..10541...2.2..0.159.1119.2j8......0....1..gws-wiz.......0i71j0.a6LTmaIXan0
+[37]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X_window_manager
+[38]: http://puppylinux.com/
+[39]: http://murga-linux.com/puppy/
+[40]: http://tinycorelinux.net/
+[41]: http://tinycorelinux.net/book.html
+[42]: http://antixlinux.com/
+[43]: https://www.winehq.org/
+[44]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DOSBox
+[45]: https://www.dosgamesarchive.com/
+[46]: https://www.digitaltrends.com/web/internet-is-getting-slower/
+[47]: https://www.forbes.com/sites/kalevleetaru/2016/02/06/why-the-web-is-so-slow-and-what-it-tells-us-about-the-future-of-online-journalism/#34475c2072f4
+[48]: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_lightweight_web_browsers
+[49]: http://www.dillo.org/
+[50]: http://www.netsurf-browser.org/
+[51]: http://textbrowser.github.io/dooble/
+[52]: http://lynx.browser.org/
+[53]: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Links_%28web_browser%29
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200217 Automating unit tests in test-driven development.md b/sources/tech/20200217 Automating unit tests in test-driven development.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fc3971effe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200217 Automating unit tests in test-driven development.md
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Automating unit tests in test-driven development)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/automate-unit-tests)
+[#]: author: (Alex Bunardzic https://opensource.com/users/alex-bunardzic)
+
+Automating unit tests in test-driven development
+======
+What unit tests have in common with carpentry.
+![gears and lightbulb to represent innovation][1]
+
+DevOps is a software engineering discipline focused on minimizing the lead time to achieve a desired business impact. While business stakeholders and sponsors have ideas on how to optimize business operations, those ideas need to be validated in the field. This means business automation (i.e., software products) must be placed in front of end users and paying customers. Only then will the business confirm whether the initial idea for improvement was fruitful or not.
+
+Software engineering is a budding discipline, and it can get difficult to ship products that are defect-free. For that reason, DevOps resorts to maximizing automation. Any repeatable chore, such as testing implemented changes to the source code, should be automated by DevOps engineers.
+
+This article looks at how to automate unit tests. These tests are focused on what I like to call "programming in the small." Much more important test automation (the so-called "programming in the large") must use a different discipline—integration testing. But that's a topic for another article.
+
+### What is a unit?
+
+When I'm teaching approaches to unit testing, often, my students cannot clearly determine what a testable unit is. Which is to say, the granularity of the processing is not always clear.
+
+I like to point out that the easiest way to spot a valid unit is to think of it as a _unit of behavior_. For example (albeit a trivial one), when an authenticated customer begins online shopping, the unit of behavior is a cart that has zero items in it. Once we all agree that an empty shopping cart has zero items in it, we can focus on automating the unit test that will ensure that such a shopping cart always returns zero items.
+
+### What is not a unit?
+
+Any processing that involves more than a single behavior should not be viewed as a unit. For example, if shopping cart processing results in tallying up the number of items in the cart AND calculating the order total AND calculating sales tax AND calculating the suggested shipping method, that behavior is not a good candidate for unit testing. Such behavior is a good candidate for integration testing.
+
+### When to write a unit test
+
+There is a lot of debate about when to write a unit test. Received wisdom states that once the code has been written, it is a good idea to write automated scripts that will assert whether the implemented unit of behavior delivers functionality as expected. Not only does such a unit test (or a few unit tests) document the expected behavior, the collection of all unit tests ensures that future changes will not degrade quality. If a future change adversely affects the already implemented behavior, one or more unit tests will complain, which will alert developers that regression has occurred.
+
+There is another way to look at software engineering. It is based on the traditional adage "measure twice, cut once." In that light, writing code before writing tests would be equivalent to cutting a part of some product (say, a chair leg) and measuring it only after it's cut. If the craftsperson doing the cutting is very skilled, that approach may work (kind of). But more likely than not, the chair legs cut this way would end up with unequal lengths. So, it is advisable to measure before cutting. What that means for the practice of software engineering is that the measurements are expressed in the unit tests. Once we measure the required values, we create a blueprint (a unit test). That blueprint is then used to guide the cutting of the code.
+
+Common sense would suggest that it is more reasonable to measure first and, only then, do the cutting. According to that line of reasoning, writing unit tests before writing code is a recommended way to do proper software engineering. Technically speaking, this "measure twice, cut once" approach is called a "test-first" approach. The opposite approach, where we write the code first, is called "test-later." The test-first approach is the approach advocated by [test-driven development][2] (TDD) methodology. Writing tests later is called test-later development (TLD).
+
+### Why is TLD harmful?
+
+Cutting before measuring is not recommended. Even the most talented craftspeople will eventually make mistakes by cutting without doing so. A lack of measurement will eventually catch up with even the most experienced of us as we continue in our craft. So it's best to produce a blueprint (i.e., measurements) before cutting.
+
+But that's not the only reason why the TLD approach is considered harmful. When we write code, we're simultaneously considering two separate concerns: the expected behavior of the code and the optimal structure of the code. These two concerns are very dissimilar. That fact makes it very challenging to do a proper job satisfying the expectations regarding both the desired behavior and the optimal (or at the very least, decent) code structure.
+
+The TDD approach solves this conundrum by focusing undivided attention first on the expected desired behavior. We start by writing the unit test. In that test, we focus on _what_ we expect to happen. At this point, we don't care, in the least, _how_ the expected behavior is going to materialize.
+
+Once we're done describing the _what_ (i.e., what manifest behavior are we expecting from the unit we are about to build?), we watch that expectation fail. It fails because the code that is concerned with _how_ the expected behavior is going to happen hasn't materialized yet. Now we are compelled to write the code that's going to take care of the _how_.
+
+After we write the code responsible for how, we run the unit test(s) and see if the code we just wrote fulfills the expected behavior. If it does, we're done. Time to move on to fulfilling the next expectation. If it doesn't, we continue transforming the code until it succeeds in passing the test.
+
+If we choose not to do TDD, but write code first and later write the unit test, we miss the opportunity to separate _what_ from _how_. In other words, we write the code while simultaneously taking care of what we expect the code to do _and_ how to structure the code to do it correctly.
+
+As such, writing unit tests after we write code is considered harmful.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/automate-unit-tests
+
+作者：[Alex Bunardzic][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/alex-bunardzic
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/innovation_lightbulb_gears_devops_ansible.png?itok=TSbmp3_M (gears and lightbulb to represent innovation)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/test-driven-development
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200217 Create web user interfaces with Qt WebAssembly instead of JavaScript.md b/sources/tech/20200217 Create web user interfaces with Qt WebAssembly instead of JavaScript.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bc61dab48d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200217 Create web user interfaces with Qt WebAssembly instead of JavaScript.md
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Create web user interfaces with Qt WebAssembly instead of JavaScript)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/wasm-python-webassembly)
+[#]: author: (Stephan Avenwedde https://opensource.com/users/hansic99)
+
+Create web user interfaces with Qt WebAssembly instead of JavaScript
+======
+Get hands-on with Wasm, PyQt, and Qt WebAssembly.
+![Digital creative of a browser on the internet][1]
+
+When I first heard about [WebAssembly][2] and the possibility of creating web user interfaces with Qt, just like I would in ordinary C++, I decided to take a deeper look at the technology.
+
+My open source project [Pythonic][3] is completely Python-based (PyQt), and I use C++ at work; therefore, this minimal, straightforward WebAssembly tutorial uses Python on the backend and C++ Qt WebAssembly for the frontend. It is aimed at programmers who, like me, are not familiar with web development.
+
+![Header Qt C++ frontend][4]
+
+### TL;DR
+
+
+```
+git clone
+
+cd wasm_qt_example
+
+python mysite.py
+```
+
+Then visit with your favorite browser.
+
+### What is WebAssembly?
+
+WebAssembly (often shortened to Wasm) is designed primarily to execute portable binary code in web applications to achieve high-execution performance. It is intended to coexist with JavaScript, and both frameworks are executed in the same sandbox. [Recent performance benchmarks][5] showed that WebAssembly executes roughly 10–40% faster, depending on the browser, and given its novelty, we can still expect improvements. The downside of this great execution performance is its widespread adoption as the preferred malware language. Crypto miners especially benefit from its performance and harder detection of evidence due to its binary format.
+
+### Toolchain
+
+There is a [getting started guide][6] on the Qt wiki. I recommend sticking exactly to the steps and versions mentioned in this guide. You may need to select your Qt version carefully, as different versions have different features (such as multi-threading), with improvements happening with each release.
+
+To get executable WebAssembly code, simply pass your Qt C++ application through [Emscripten][7]. Emscripten provides the complete toolchain, and the build script couldn't be simpler:
+
+
+```
+#!/bin/sh
+source ~/emsdk/emsdk_env.sh
+~/Qt/5.13.1/wasm_32/bin/qmake
+make
+```
+
+Building takes roughly 10 times longer than with a standard C++ compiler like Clang or g++. The build script will output the following files:
+
+ * WASM_Client.js
+ * WASM_Client.wasm
+ * qtlogo.svg
+ * qtloader.js
+ * WASM_Client.html
+ * Makefile (intermediate)
+
+
+
+The versions on my (Fedora 30) build system are:
+
+ * emsdk: 1.38.27
+ * Qt: 5.13.1
+
+
+
+### Frontend
+
+The frontend provides some functionalities based on [WebSocket][8].
+
+![Qt-made frontend in browser][9]
+
+ * **Send message to server:** Send a simple string message to the server with a WebSocket. You could have done this also with a simple HTTP POST request.
+ * **Start/stop timer:** Create a WebSocket and start a timer on the server to send messages to the client at a regular interval.
+ * **Upload file:** Upload a file to the server, where the file is saved to the home directory (**~/**) of the user who runs the server.
+
+
+
+If you adapt the code and face a compiling error like this:
+
+
+```
+error: static_assert failed due to
+ requirement ‘bool(-1 == 1)’ “Required feature http for file
+ ../../Qt/5.13.1/wasm_32/include/QtNetwork/qhttpmultipart.h not available.”
+QT_REQUIRE_CONFIG(http);
+```
+
+it means that the requested feature is not available for Qt Wasm.
+
+### Backend
+
+The server work is done by [Eventlet][10]. I chose Eventlet because it is lightweight and easy to use. Eventlet provides WebSocket functionality and supports threading.
+
+![Decorated functions for WebSocket handling][11]
+
+Inside the repository under **mysite/template**, there is a symbolic link to **WASM_Client.html** in the root path. The static content under **mysite/static** is also linked to the root path of the repository. If you adapt the code and do a recompile, you just have to restart Eventlet to update the content to the client.
+
+Eventlet uses the Web Server Gateway Interface for Python (WSGI). The functions that provide the specific functionality are extended with decorators.
+
+Please note that this is an absolute minimum server implementation. It doesn't implement any multi-user capabilities — every client is able to start/stop the timer, even for other clients.
+
+### Conclusion
+
+Take this example code as a starting point to get familiar with WebAssembly without wasting time on minor issues. I don't make any claims for completeness nor best-practice integration. I walked through a long learning curve until I got it running to my satisfaction, and I hope this gives you a brief look into this promising technology.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/wasm-python-webassembly
+
+作者：[Stephan Avenwedde][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/hansic99
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/browser_web_internet_website.png?itok=g5B_Bw62 (Digital creative of a browser on the internet)
+[2]: https://webassembly.org/
+[3]: https://github.com/hANSIc99/Pythonic
+[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/cpp_qt.png (Header Qt C++ frontend)
+[5]: https://pspdfkit.com/blog/2018/a-real-world-webassembly-benchmark/
+[6]: https://wiki.qt.io/Qt_for_WebAssembly#Getting_Started
+[7]: https://emscripten.org/docs/introducing_emscripten/index.html
+[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebSocket
+[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/wasm_frontend.png (Qt-made frontend in browser)
+[10]: https://eventlet.net/
+[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/python_backend.png (Decorated functions for WebSocket handling)
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200218 10 Grafana features you need to know for effective monitoring.md b/sources/tech/20200218 10 Grafana features you need to know for effective monitoring.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..92f1cc3455
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200218 10 Grafana features you need to know for effective monitoring.md
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (10 Grafana features you need to know for effective monitoring)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/grafana-features)
+[#]: author: (Daniel Lee https://opensource.com/users/daniellee)
+
+10 Grafana features you need to know for effective monitoring
+======
+Learn how to make the most of this open source dashboard tool.
+![metrics and data shown on a computer screen][1]
+
+The [Grafana][2] project [started in 2013][3] when [Torkel Ödegaard][4] decided to fork Kibana and turn it into a time-series and graph-focused dashboarding tool. His guiding vision: to make everything look more clean and elegant, with fewer things distracting you from the data.
+
+More than 500,000 active installations later, Grafana dashboards are ubiquitous and instantly recognizable. (Even during a [SpaceX launch][5]!)
+
+Whether you're a recent adopter or an experienced power user, you may not be familiar with all of the features that [Grafana Labs][6]—the company formed to accelerate the adoption of the Grafana project and to build a sustainable business around it—and the Grafana community at large have developed over the past 6+ years.
+
+Here's a look at some of the most impactful:
+
+ 1. **Dashboard templating**: One of the key features in Grafana, templating allows you to create dashboards that can be reused for lots of different use cases. Values aren't hard-coded with these templates, so for instance, if you have a production server and a test server, you can use the same dashboard for both. Templating allows you to drill down into your data, say, from all data to North America data, down to Texas data, and beyond. You can also share these dashboards across teams within your organization—or if you create a great dashboard template for a popular data source, you can contribute it to the whole community to customize and use.
+ 2. **Provisioning**: While it's easy to click, drag, and drop to create a single dashboard, power users in need of many dashboards will want to automate the setup with a script. You can script anything in Grafana. For example, if you're spinning up a new Kubernetes cluster, you can also spin up a Grafana automatically with a script that would have the right server, IP address, and data sources preset and locked. It's also a way of getting control over a lot of dashboards.
+ 3. **Annotations:** This feature, which shows up as a graph marker in Grafana, is useful for correlating data in case something goes wrong. You can create the annotations manually—just control-click on a graph and input some text—or you can fetch data from any data source. (Check out how Wikimedia uses annotations on its [public Grafana dashboard][7], and here is [another example][8] from the OpenHAB community.) A good example is if you automatically create annotations around releases, and a few hours after a new release, you start seeing a lot of errors, then you can go back to your annotation and correlate whether the errors started at the same time as the release. This automation can be achieved using the Grafana HTTP API (see examples [here][9] and [here][10]). Many of Grafana's largest customers use the HTTP API for a variety of tasks, particularly setting up databases and adding users. It's an alternative to provisioning for automation, and you can do more with it. For instance, the team at DigitalOcean used the API to integrate a [snapshot feature for reviewing dashboards][11].
+ 4. **Kiosk mode and playlists:** If you want to display your Grafana dashboards on a TV monitor, you can use the playlist feature to pick the dashboards that you or your team need to look at through the course of the day and have them cycle through on the screen. The [kiosk mode][12] hides all the user interface elements that you don't need in view-only mode. Helpful hint: The [Grafana Kiosk][13] utility handles logging in, switching to kiosk mode, and opening a playlist—eliminating the pain of logging in on a TV that has no keyboard.
+ 5. **Custom plugins:** Plugins allow you to extend Grafana with integrations with other tools, different visualizations, and more. Some of the most popular in the community are [Worldmap Panel][14] (for visualizing data on top of a map), [Zabbix][15] (an integration with Zabbix metrics), and [Influx Admin Panel][16] (which offers other functionality like creating databases or adding users). But they're only the tip of the iceberg. Just by writing a bit of code, you can get anything that produces a timestamp and a value visualized in Grafana. Plus, Grafana Enterprise customers have access to more plugins for integrations with Splunk, Datadog, New Relic, and others.
+ 6. **Alerting and alert hooks:** If you're using Grafana alerting, you can have alerts sent through a number of different notifiers, including PagerDuty, SMS, email, or Slack. Alert hooks allow you to create different notifiers with a bit of code if you prefer some other channels of communication.
+ 7. **Permissions and teams**: When organizations have one Grafana and multiple teams, they often want the ability to both keep things separate and share dashboards. Early on, the default in Grafana was that everybody could see everyone else's dashboards, and that was it. Later, Grafana introduced multi-tenant mode, in which you can switch organizations but can't share dashboards. Some people were using huge hacks to enable both, so Grafana decided to officially create an easier way to do this. Now you can create a team of users and then set permissions on folders, dashboards, and down to the data source level if you're using Grafana Enterprise.
+ 8. **SQL data sources:** Grafana's native support for SQL helps you turn anything—not just metrics—in an SQL database into metric data that you can graph. Power users are using SQL data sources to do a whole bunch of interesting things, like creating business dashboards that "make sense for your boss's boss," as the team at Percona put it. Check out their [presentation at GrafanaCon][17].
+ 9. **Monitoring your monitoring**: If you're serious about monitoring and you want to monitor your own monitoring, Grafana has its own Prometheus HTTP endpoint that Prometheus can scrape. It's quite simple to get dashboards and statics. There's also an enterprise version in development that will offer Google Analytics-style easy access to data, such as how much CPU your Grafana is using or how long alerting is taking.
+ 10. **Authentication**: Grafana supports different authentication styles, such as LDAP and OAuth, and allows you to map users to organizations. In Grafana Enterprise, you can also map users to teams: If your company has its own authentication system, Grafana allows you to map the teams in your internal systems to teams in Grafana. That way, you can automatically give people access to the dashboards designated for their teams.
+
+
+
+Want to take a deeper dive? Join the [Grafana community][18], check out the [how-to section][19], and share what you think.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/grafana-features
+
+作者：[Daniel Lee][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/daniellee
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/metrics_data_dashboard_system_computer_analytics.png?itok=oxAeIEI- (metrics and data shown on a computer screen)
+[2]: https://github.com/grafana/grafana
+[3]: https://grafana.com/blog/2019/09/03/the-mostly-complete-history-of-grafana-ux/
+[4]: https://grafana.com/author/torkel
+[5]: https://youtu.be/ANv5UfZsvZQ?t=29
+[6]: https://grafana.com/
+[7]: https://grafana.wikimedia.org/d/000000143/navigation-timing?orgId=1&refresh=5m
+[8]: https://community.openhab.org/t/howto-create-annotations-in-grafana-via-rules/48929
+[9]: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/devops/service-hooks/services/grafana?view=azure-devops
+[10]: https://medium.com/contentsquare-engineering-blog/from-events-to-grafana-annotation-f35aafe8bd3d
+[11]: https://youtu.be/kV3Ua6guynI
+[12]: https://play.grafana.org/d/vmie2cmWz/bar-gauge?orgId=1&refresh=10s&kiosk
+[13]: https://github.com/grafana/grafana-kiosk
+[14]: https://grafana.com/grafana/plugins/grafana-worldmap-panel
+[15]: https://grafana.com/grafana/plugins/alexanderzobnin-zabbix-app
+[16]: https://grafana.com/grafana/plugins/natel-influx-admin-panel
+[17]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-xlchgoqkqY
+[18]: https://community.grafana.com/
+[19]: https://community.grafana.com/c/howto/6
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200218 Getting started with OpenTaxSolver.md b/sources/tech/20200218 Getting started with OpenTaxSolver.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b0b1ba1677
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200218 Getting started with OpenTaxSolver.md
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Getting started with OpenTaxSolver)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/do-your-taxes-open-source-way)
+[#]: author: (Jessica Cherry https://opensource.com/users/jrepka)
+
+Getting started with OpenTaxSolver
+======
+If you're a United States citizen, learn how to do your own state tax
+returns with OpenTaxSolver.
+![A document flying away][1]
+
+OpenTaxSolver is an open source application for US taxpayers to calculate their state and federal income tax returns. Before I get into the software, I want to share some of the information I learned when researching this article. I spent about five hours a day for a week looking into open source options for doing your taxes, and I learned about a lot more than just tax software.
+
+The Internal Revenue Service's (IRS's) [Use of federal tax information (FTI) in open source software][2] webpage offers a large amount of information, and it's especially relevant to anyone who may want to start their own open source tax software project. To hit the finer points:
+
+ * Federal tax information (FTI) can be used in any open source software
+ * Software creators mush follow all security laws and compliance requirements
+ * Any such software must be supported either by a vendor or a community
+ * The software must be approved by the federal government
+
+
+
+One other reason researching this topic was rather difficult (but ultimately rewarding) is that, by federal law, the major tax software companies are required to provide their services for free to any person earning under $69,000 per year. About 70% of Americans fit into this category, and if you are one of them, you can check the IRS's [Free File][3] webpage for links to free filing software from well-known companies. (The IRS reminds you that "you are responsible for determining your eligibility for one of the Free File Online offers.")
+
+Please share this information broadly—knowledge is power, and not everyone can (or wants to) use open source software to do their taxes for reasons including:
+
+ * Lack of computer or software access
+ * Low computer competence
+ * Age or disability
+ * Discomfort with doing taxes
+
+
+
+If you don't fall into any of these categories and want to do your taxes the open source way, continue reading to learn about OpenTaxSolver.
+
+### About OpenTaxSolver
+
+[OpenTaxSolver][4] is meant to be used with the IRS's [tax booklet][5], which is published yearly. This booklet provides detailed information for doing your taxes, such as rules around tax credits and write-offs.
+
+OpenTaxSolver cuts down on tax calculations when you fill out your tax forms and simplifies the hardest part of doing your taxes: the math. You still have to fill in your data and turn the paperwork in, but using the software means you can do it in about half of the time. Since OpenTaxSolver is running in beta, you have to double-check all of your number entries and information against the official IRS tax booklet after you use the software.
+
+### Download and install OpenTaxSolver
+
+First, [download the software][6]. There are versions for Linux, Windows, and macOS. If you're using one of the latter two, refer to the download page for installation instructions. I'm using my go-to operating system, Ubuntu Linux, which I installed by:
+
+ 1. Downloading the TGZ file from the website
+ 2. Extracting it to my desktop (but you can choose any location on your computer)
+ 3. Clicking on **Run_taxsolve_GUI**
+
+
+
+![OpenTaxSolver installation][7]
+
+### Enter your tax data
+
+I'll walk through this example using random numbers (for obvious reasons). This walkthrough will explain how do federal taxes with OpenTaxSolver, but if you have to pay state taxes, do that before you begin your federal return.
+
+To do the common Federal 1040 tax return, select **US 1040**, click **Start New Return**, and start answering some basic questions about your tax situation. For this example, I selected the following itemized deductions: mortgage interest, donations, and some random itemizable write-offs. If you don't know what these are or what may apply to you, head over to the IRS website or google "itemizable write-offs."
+
+Next, begin entering the data from your tax documents.
+
+![OpenTaxSolver][8]
+
+![OpenTaxSolver][9]
+
+After you finish entering all your data and filling out the entire form, save it by clicking the **Save** button, and then click **Compute Tax** on the bottom of the screen.
+
+![OpenTaxSolver][10]
+
+### Check your return and file your taxes
+
+If you made any mistakes (such as mistyping something or putting an incorrect value in any field), it will show an error on the bottom of the preview after the computation finishes.
+
+![OpenTaxSolver preview][11]
+
+The preview also reports your marginal tax rate and what percentage of your income you are paying in taxes.
+
+![OpenTaxSolver preview][12]
+
+After you review the information in the preview, make any corrections, and finish your return, click **Fill-out PDF Forms**, and it will provide printable tax forms with all of your information filled in.
+
+![Tax return][13]
+
+If you entered your name, address, and social security number when entering your data, all of that information will also appear in the right places on the form. Double-check everything, print it, and mail your tax return to the IRS.
+
+### Final notes
+
+OpenTaxSolver gives you the opportunity to file your own federal and state taxes. As always, with any federal related tax information (or federal anything, for that matter), always double-check and use due diligence. I found this software very useful for expanding my knowledge about my taxes.
+
+The OpenTaxSolver website includes a request for contributors, so if you want to start contributing to an open source project that helps everyone, this is one I'd definitely suggest.
+
+And if you're someone who likes to wait until the last minute to pay your taxes, this [clock][14] tells you how much time you have until your taxes are due.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/do-your-taxes-open-source-way
+
+作者：[Jessica Cherry][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jrepka
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/osdc_odf_1109ay.png?itok=4CqrPAjt (A document flying away)
+[2]: https://www.irs.gov/privacy-disclosure/use-of-federal-tax-information-fti-in-open-source-software
+[3]: https://apps.irs.gov/app/freeFile/
+[4]: http://opentaxsolver.sourceforge.net/index.html
+[5]: https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/i1040gi.pdf
+[6]: http://opentaxsolver.sourceforge.net/download2019.html?button=+Download+OTS+
+[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/tax2.png (OpenTaxSolver installation)
+[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/tax1.png (OpenTaxSolver)
+[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/tax7.png (OpenTaxSolver)
+[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/tax6.png (OpenTaxSolver)
+[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/tax3.png (OpenTaxSolver preview)
+[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/tax4.png (OpenTaxSolver preview)
+[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/tax5.png (Tax return)
+[14]: https://countdown.onlineclock.net/countdowns/taxes/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200218 How to embed Twine stories in WordPress.md b/sources/tech/20200218 How to embed Twine stories in WordPress.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5f2419aa5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200218 How to embed Twine stories in WordPress.md
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to embed Twine stories in WordPress)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/embed-twine-wordpress)
+[#]: author: (Roman Lukš https://opensource.com/users/romanluks)
+
+How to embed Twine stories in WordPress
+======
+Share your Twine 2 interactive stories on your WordPress site with the
+Embed Twine plugin.
+![Person drinking a hat drink at the computer][1]
+
+From the very beginning, I wanted the "About me" page on my WordPress website [romanluks.eu][2] to be interactive.
+
+At first, I experimented with Dart, a programming language developed by Google that transcompiles into JavaScript. I killed the project when I realized I was making a game instead of an "About me" page.
+
+A bit later, I discovered [Twine][3], an open source tool for creating interactive stories. It reminded me of the gamebooks I loved as a kid. It's so easy to create interconnected pieces of text in Twine, and it's ideal for the interview-like format I was aiming for. Because Twine publishes directly to HTML, you can do a lot of interesting things with it—including creating [interactive fiction][4] and [adventure games][5] or publishing stories on a blog or website.
+
+### Early struggles
+
+I created my "About me" page in Twine and tried to paste it into my WordPress page.
+
+"No, can do," said WordPress and Twine.
+
+You see, a Twine story exported from Twine is just a webpage (i.e., a file in HTML format). However, it not only includes HTML but JavaScript code, as well. And somehow it doesn't work when you simply try to copy-paste the contents. I tried copy-pasting just the body of the Twine story page without success.
+
+I thought, "I guess I need to add that JavaScript code separately," and I tried custom fields.
+
+Nope.
+
+I took a break from my investigation. I just uploaded my "About me" Twine story via FTP and linked to it from my website's menu. People could visit it and interact with the story, however, there was no menu, and it didn't feel like a part of my website. I had made a trap for myself. It made me realize I really _really_ wanted my "About me" included directly on my website.
+
+### DIY embed
+
+I took a stab at the problem and came up with [this solution][6].
+
+It worked. It wasn't perfect, but it worked.
+
+But it wasn't _perfect_. Is there a better way? There is bound to be a better way…
+
+It cost me a couple of pulled hairs, but I managed to get a [responsive iframe and autoscroll][7].
+
+It was way better. I was proud of myself and shared it on [Reddit][8].
+
+### The road to Embed Twine
+
+Suddenly, an idea! What if, instead of following my tutorial, people could use a WordPress plugin?
+
+They would only have to give the plugin a Twine story, and it would take care of the rest. Hassle-free. No need to copy-paste any JavaScript code.
+
+Wouldn't that be glorious?!?
+
+I had no idea how WordPress plugins work. I only knew they are written in PHP. A while back, I had part-time work as a PHP developer, and I remembered the basics.
+
+### Containers and WordPress
+
+I mentioned my idea to a friend, and he suggested I could use containers as my WordPress development environment.
+
+In the past, I'd always used [XAMPP][9], but I wanted to try containers for a while.
+
+No problem, I thought! I'll learn containers while I learn how to make a WordPress plugin and revive my PHP skills. That should be sufficiently stimulating.
+
+And it was.
+
+I can't recall how many times I stopped, removed, and rebuilt my containers. I had to use the command line. And the file permissions are painful.
+
+Oh boy! It was like playing a game that you enjoy playing even though it makes you fairly angry. It was challenging but rewarding.
+
+I found out that it's very easy to create a simple WordPress plugin:
+
+ * Write the source code
+ * Save it in the WP plugin directory
+ * Test it
+ * Repeat
+
+
+
+Containers make it easy to use a specific environment and are easy to clean up when you screw up and need to start over.
+
+Using Git saved me from accidentally wiping out my entire codebase. I used [Sourcetree][10] as my Git user interface. Initially, I wrote my code in [Notepad++][11], but when I divided my code into multiple files, I switched to [Atom][12]. It's such a cool editor for geeks. Using it feels like the code writes itself.
+
+### Intermission
+
+So what do we know so far?
+
+ * I wanted an interactive "About me" page
+ * I created an "About me" story in Twine
+ * Twine exports webpages (as HTML files with JavaScript included)
+ * WP plugins are easy to make
+ * Containers are awesome
+
+
+
+### Embed Twine is born
+
+I wanted an easy way to embed Twine stories into WordPress. So, I used the power of software development, fooled around with containers, wrote a bit of PHP code, and published the result as a WordPress plugin called [Embed Twine][13].
+
+### Install the plugin
+
+ 1. Upload the plugin [files][14] to the **/wp-content/plugins/plugin-name** directory, or install the plugin through the WordPress Plugins screen.
+ 2. Activate the plugin through the Plugins screen in WordPress.
+
+
+
+### Use the plugin
+
+After you've installed the Embed Twine plugin and created a Twine 2 story, embed it in your WordPress site:
+
+ 1. Export your Twine 2 story into an HTML file.
+ 2. Upload it via the plugin's interface.
+ 3. Insert the shortcode into the page or post.
+ 4. Enjoy your embedded story.
+
+
+
+The plugin also provides autoscroll functionality to make it easy for users to navigate through your stories.
+
+### Configure the plugin
+
+The plugin is configurable via shortcode parameters. To use the shortcode, simply put **[embed_twine]** into your post.
+
+You can use additional parameters in the format **[embed_twine story="Story" aheight=112 autoscroll=true ascroll=100]** as follows:
+
+ * **story:** Specify the story name (the filename without an extension).
+ * If the story parameter is omitted, it defaults to "Story." This means there is no need to use this parameter if your Twine filename is Story.html.
+ * If you upload a Twine story called MyFooBar.html, use the shortcode: **[embed_twine story="MyFooBar"]**.
+ * **aheight:** Use this parameter to adjust the iframe's height. You might need to tweak **aheight** to get rid of an iframe scrollbar. The default value is 112; this value is added to the iframe height and used to set the iframe's **style.height**.
+ * **autoscroll:** Autoscroll is enabled by default. You can turn it off with shortcode parameter **[embed_twine autoscroll=false]**.
+ * **ascroll:** Use this to adjust the default position for autoscroll. The default value is 100; this value is subtracted from the iframe's top position and fed into JavaScript method **window.scrollTo()**.
+
+
+
+### Known bugs
+
+Currently, Twine passages that include images might report their height incorrectly, and the scrollbar might show up for these passages. Tweak the shortcode parameter **aheight** to get rid of them.
+
+### The script
+
+
+```
+1 <?php
+2
+3 /**
+4 * Plugin Name: Embed Twine
+5 * Description: Insert Twine stories into WordPress
+6 * Version: 0.0.6
+7 * Author: Roman Luks
+8 * Author URI: `
+```
+
+Otherwise, use the [Whois.net][5] website.
+
+Whois provides the internet hosting provider of any email server plus the abuse and support contact information.
+
+Remember: you are always free to leave a mailing list for any reason, without getting permission from anyone else. And now that you know how, you'll be able to unsubscribe like a pro!
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/how-unsubscribe-mailing-list
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/anthony-intraversato-pt_wqgzaiu8-unsplash.jpg?itok=5bbMlgt8 (Photo by Anthony Intraversato on Unsplash)
+[2]: https://www.list.org/
+[3]: mailto:funnysquirrels@example.com
+[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/mail-webform.jpg (Example unsubscribe web form)
+[5]: http://whois.net
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200221 Don-t like loops- Try Java Streams.md b/sources/tech/20200221 Don-t like loops- Try Java Streams.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e327d045a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200221 Don-t like loops- Try Java Streams.md
@@ -0,0 +1,427 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Don't like loops? Try Java Streams)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/java-streams)
+[#]: author: (Chris Hermansen https://opensource.com/users/clhermansen)
+
+Don't like loops? Try Java Streams
+======
+It's 2020 and time to learn about Java Streams.
+![Person drinking a hat drink at the computer][1]
+
+In this article, I will explain how to not write loops anymore.
+
+What? Whaddaya mean, no more loops?
+
+Yep, that's my 2020 resolution—no more loops in Java. Understand that it's not that loops have failed me, nor have they led me astray (well, at least, I can argue that point). Really, it is that I, a Java programmer of modest abilities since 1997 or so, must finally learn about all this new [Streams][2] stuff, saying "what" I want to do and not "how" I want to do it, maybe being able to parallelize some of my computations, and all that other good stuff.
+
+I'm guessing that there are other Java programmers out there who also have been programming in Java for a decent amount of time and are in the same boat. Therefore, I'm offering my experiences as a guide to "how to not write loops in Java anymore."
+
+### Find a problem worth solving
+
+If you're like me, then the first show-stopper you run into is "right, cool stuff, but what am I solving for, and how do I apply this?" I realized that I can spot the perfect opportunity camouflaged as _Something I've Done Before_.
+
+In my case, it's sampling land cover within a specific area and coming up with an estimate and a confidence interval around that estimate for the land cover across the whole area. The specific problem involves deciding whether an area is "forested" or not, given a specific legal definition: if at least 10% of the soil is covered over by tree crowns, then the area is considered to be forested; otherwise, it's something else.
+
+![Image of land cover in an area][3]
+
+It's a pretty esoteric example of a recurring problem; I'll grant you. But there it is. For the ecologists and foresters out there who are accustomed to cool temperate or tropical forests, 10% might sound kind of low, but in the case of dry areas with low-growing shrubs and trees, that's a reasonable number.
+
+So the basic idea is: use images to stratify the area (i.e., areas completely devoid of trees, areas of predominantly small trees spaced quite far apart, areas of predominantly small trees spaced closer together, areas of somewhat larger trees), locate some samples in those strata, send the crew out to measure the samples, analyze the results, and calculate the proportion of soil covered by tree crowns across the area. Simple, right?
+
+![Survey team assessing land cover][4]
+
+### What the field data looks like
+
+In the current project, the samples are rectangular areas 20 meters wide by 25 meters long, so 500 square meters each. On each patch, the field crew measured each tree: its species, its height, the maximum and minimum width of its crown, and the diameter of its trunk at trunk height (nominally 30cm above the ground). This information was collected, entered into a spreadsheet, and exported to a bar separated value (BSV) file for me to analyze. It looks like this:
+
+Stratum# | Sample# | Tree# | Species | Trunk diameter (cm) | Crown diameter 1 (m) | Crown diameter 2 (m) | Height (m)
+---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---
+1 | 1 | 1 | Ac | 6 | 3.6 | 4.6 | 2.4
+1 | 1 | 2 | Ac | 6 | 2.2 | 2.3 | 2.5
+1 | 1 | 3 | Ac | 16 | 2.5 | 1.7 | 2.4
+1 | 1 | 4 | Ac | 6 | 1.5 | 2.1 | 1.8
+1 | 1 | 5 | Ac | 5 | 0.9 | 1.7 | 1.7
+1 | 1 | 6 | Ac | 6 | 1.7 | 1.3 | 1.6
+1 | 1 | 7 | Ac | 5 | 1.82 | 1.32 | 1.8
+1 | 1 | 1 | Ac | 1 | 0.3 | 0.25 | 0.9
+1 | 1 | 2 | Ac | 2 | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.7
+
+The first column is the stratum number (where 1 is "predominantly small trees spaced quite far apart," 2 is "predominantly small trees spaced closer together," and 3 is "somewhat larger trees"; we didn't sample the areas "completely devoid of trees"). The second column is the sample number (there are 73 samples altogether, located in the three strata in proportion to the area of each stratum). The third column is the tree number within the sample. The fourth is the two-letter species code, the fifth the trunk diameter (in this case, 10cm above ground or exposed roots), the sixth the smallest distance across the crown, the seventh the largest distance, and the eighth the height of the tree.
+
+For the purposes of this exercise, I'm only concerned with the total amount of ground covered by the tree crowns—not the species, nor the height, nor the diameter of the trunk.
+
+In addition to the measurement information above, I also have the areas of the three strata, also in a BSV:
+
+stratum | hectares
+---|---
+1 | 114.89
+2 | 207.72
+3 | 29.77
+
+### What I want to do (not how I want to do it)
+
+In keeping with one of the main design goals of Java Streams, here is "what" I want to do:
+
+ 1. Read the stratum area BSV and save the data as a lookup table.
+ 2. Read the measurements from the measurement BSV file.
+ 3. Accumulate each measurement (tree) to calculate the total area of the sample covered by tree crowns.
+ 4. Accumulate the sample tree crown area values and count the number of samples to estimate the mean tree crown area coverage and standard error of the mean for each stratum.
+ 5. Summarize the stratum figures.
+ 6. Weigh the stratum means and standard errors by the stratum areas (looked up from the table created in step 1) and accumulate them to estimate the mean tree crown area coverage and standard error of the mean for the total area.
+ 7. Summarize the weighted figures.
+
+
+
+Generally speaking, the way to define "what" with Java Streams is by creating a stream processing pipeline of function calls that pass over the data. So, yes, there is actually a bit of "how" that ends up creeping in… in fact, quite a bit of "how." But, it needs a very different knowledge base than the good, old fashioned loop.
+
+I'll go through each of these steps in detail.
+
+#### Build the stratum area table
+
+The first job is to convert the stratum areas BSV file to a lookup table:
+
+
+```
+[String][5] fileName = "stratum_areas.bsv";
+Stream<String> inputLineStream = Files.lines(Paths.get(fileName)); // (1)
+
+final Map<[Integer][6],Double> stratumAreas = // (2)
+ inputLineStream // (3)
+ .skip(1) // (4)
+ .map(l -> l.split("\\\|")) // (5)
+ .collect( // (6)
+ Collectors.toMap( // (7)
+ a -> [Integer][6].parseInt(a[0]), // (8)
+ a -> [Double][7].parseDouble(a[1]) // (9)
+ )
+ );
+inputLineStream.close(); // (10)
+
+[System][8].out.println("stratumAreas = " + stratumAreas); // (11)
+```
+
+I'll take this a line or two at a time, where the numbers in comments following the lines above—e.g., _// (3)_— correspond to the numbers below:
+
+ 1. java.nio.Files.lines() gives a stream of strings corresponding to lines in the file.
+ 2. The goal is to create the lookup table, **stratumAreas**, which is a **Map<Integer,Double>**. Therefore, I can get the **double** value area for stratum 2 as **stratumAreas.get(2)**.
+ 3. This is the beginning of the stream "pipeline."
+ 4. Skip the first line in the pipeline since it's the header line containing the column names.
+ 5. Use **map()** to split the **String** input line into an array of **String** fields, with the first field being the stratum # and the second being the stratum area.
+ 6. Use **collect()** to [materialize the results][9].
+ 7. The materialized result will be produced as a sequence of **Map** entries.
+ 8. The key of each map entry is the first element of the array in the pipeline—the **int** stratum number. By the way, this is a _Java lambda_ expression—[an anonymous function][10] that takes an argument and returns that argument converted to an **int**.
+ 9. The value of each map entry is the second element of the array in the pipeline—the **double** stratum area.
+ 10. Don't forget to close the stream (file).
+ 11. Print out the result, which looks like: [code]`stratumAreas = {1=114.89, 2=207.72, 3=29.77}`
+```
+### Build the measurements table and accumulate the measurements into the sample totals
+
+Now that I have the stratum areas, I can start processing the main body of data—the measurements. I combine the two tasks of building the measurements table and accumulating the measurements into the sample totals since I don't have any interest in the measurement data per se.
+```
+
+
+fileName = "sample_data_for_testing.bsv";
+inputLineStream = Files.lines(Paths.get(fileName));
+
+ final Map<[Integer][6],Map<[Integer][6],Double>> sampleValues =
+ inputLineStream
+ .skip(1)
+ .map(l -> l.split("\\\|"))
+ .collect( // (1)
+ Collectors.groupingBy(a -> [Integer][6].parseInt(a[0]), // (2)
+ Collectors.groupingBy(b -> [Integer][6].parseInt(b[1]), // (3)
+ Collectors.summingDouble( // (4)
+ c -> { // (5)
+ double rm = ([Double][7].parseDouble(c[5]) +
+ [Double][7].parseDouble(c[6]))/4d; // (6)
+ return rm*rm * [Math][11].PI / 500d; // (7)
+ })
+ )
+ )
+ );
+inputLineStream.close();
+
+[System][8].out.println("sampleValues = " + sampleValues); // (8)
+
+```
+Again, a line or two or so at a time:
+
+ 1. The first seven lines are the same in this task and the previous, except the name of this lookup table is **sampleValues**; and it is a **Map** of **Map**s.
+ 2. The measurement data is grouped into samples (by sample #), which are, in turn, grouped into strata (by stratum #), so I use **Collectors.groupingBy()** at the topmost level [to separate data][12] into strata, with **a[0]** here being the stratum number.
+ 3. I use **Collectors.groupingBy()** once more to separate data into samples, with **b[1]** here being the sample number.
+ 4. I use the handy **Collectors.summingDouble()** [to accumulate the data][13] for each measurement within the sample within the stratum.
+ 5. Again, a Java lambda or anonymous function whose argument **c** is the array of fields, where this lambda has several lines of code that are surrounded by **{** and **}** with a **return** statement just before the **}**.
+ 6. Calculate the mean crown radius of the measurement.
+ 7. Calculate the crown area of the measurement as a proportion of the total sample area and return that value as the result of the lambda.
+ 8. Again, similar to the previous task. The result looks like (with some numbers elided): [code]`sampleValues = {1={1=0.09083231861452731, 66=0.06088002082602869, ... 28=0.0837823490804228}, 2={65=0.14738326403381743, 2=0.16961183847374103, ... 63=0.25083064794883453}, 3={64=0.3306323635177101, 32=0.25911911184680053, ... 30=0.2642668470291564}}`
+```
+
+
+
+This output shows the **Map** of **Map**s structure clearly—there are three entries in the top level corresponding to the strata 1, 2, and 3, and each stratum has subentries corresponding to the proportional area of the sample covered by tree crowns.
+
+#### Accumulate the sample totals into the stratum means and standard errors
+
+At this point, the task becomes more complex; I need to count the number of samples, sum up the sample values in preparation for calculating the sample mean, and sum up the squares of the sample values in preparation for calculating the standard error of the mean. I may as well incorporate the stratum area into this grouping of data as well, as I'll need it shortly to weigh the stratum results together.
+
+So the first thing to do is create a class, **StratumAccumulator**, to handle the accumulation and provide the calculation of the interesting results. This class implements **java.util.function.DoubleConsumer**, which can be passed to **collect()** to handle accumulation:
+
+
+```
+class StratumAccumulator implements DoubleConsumer {
+ private double ha;
+ private int n;
+ private double sum;
+ private double ssq;
+ public StratumAccumulator(double ha) { // (1)
+ this.ha = ha;
+ this.n = 0;
+ this.sum = 0d;
+ this.ssq = 0d;
+ }
+ public void accept(double d) { // (2)
+ this.sum += d;
+ this.ssq += d*d;
+ this.n++;
+ }
+ public void combine(StratumAccumulator other) { // (3)
+ this.sum += other.sum;
+ this.ssq += other.ssq;
+ this.n += other.n;
+ }
+ public double getHa() { // (4)
+ return this.ha;
+ }
+ public int getN() { // (5)
+ return this.n;
+ }
+ public double getMean() { // (6)
+ return this.n > 0 ? this.sum / this.n : 0d;
+ }
+ public double getStandardError() { // (7)
+ double mean = this.getMean();
+ double variance = this.n > 1 ? (this.ssq - mean*mean*n)/(this.n - 1) : 0d;
+ return this.n > 0 ? [Math][11].sqrt(variance/this.n) : 0d;
+ }
+}
+```
+
+Line-by-line:
+
+ 1. The constructor **StratumAccumulator(double ha)** takes an argument, the area of the stratum in hectares, which allows me to merge the stratum area lookup table into instances of this class.
+ 2. The **accept(double d)** method is used to accumulate the stream of double values, and I use it to:
+a. Count the number of values.
+b. Sum the values in preparation for computing the sample mean.
+c. Sum the squares of the values in preparation for computing the standard error of the mean.
+ 3. The **combine()** method is used to merge substreams of **StratumAccumulator**s (in case I want to process in parallel).
+ 4. The getter for the area of the stratum
+ 5. The getter for the number of samples in the stratum
+ 6. The getter for the mean sample value in the stratum
+ 7. The getter for the standard error of the mean in the stratum
+
+
+
+Once I have this accumulator, I can use it to accumulate the sample values pertaining to each stratum:
+
+
+```
+final Map<[Integer][6],StratumAccumulator> stratumValues = // (1)
+ sampleValues.entrySet().stream() // (2)
+ .collect( // (3)
+ Collectors.toMap( // (4)
+ e -> e.getKey(), // (5)
+ e -> e.getValue().entrySet().stream() // (6)
+ .map([Map.Entry][14]::getValue) // (7)
+ .collect( // (8)
+ () -> new StratumAccumulator(stratumAreas.get(e.getKey())), // (9)
+ StratumAccumulator::accept, // (10)
+ StratumAccumulator::combine) // (11)
+ )
+ );
+```
+
+Line-by-line:
+
+ 1. This time, I'm using the pipeline to build **stratumValues**, which is a **Map<Integer,StratumAccumulator>**, so **stratumValues.get(3)** will return the **StratumAccumulator** instance for stratum 3.
+ 2. Here, I'm using the **entrySet().stream()** method provided by **Map** to get a stream of (key, value) pairs; recall these are **Map**s of sample values by stratum.
+ 3. Again, I'm using **collect()** to gather the pipeline results by stratum…
+ 4. using **Collectors.toMap()** to generate a stream of **Map** entries…
+ 5. whose keys are the key of the incoming stream (that is, the stratum #)…
+ 6. and whose values are the Map of sample values, and I again use **entrySet().stream()** to convert to a stream of Map entries, one for each sample.
+ 7. Using **map()** to get the value of the sample **Map** entry; I'm not interested in the key by this point.
+ 8. Yet again, using **collect()** to accumulate the sample results into the **StratumAccumulator** instances.
+ 9. Telling **collect()** how to create a new **StratumAccumulator**—I need to pass the stratum area into the constructor here, so I can't just use **StratumAccumulator::new**.
+ 10. Telling **collect()** to use the **accept()** method of **StratumAccumulator** to accumulate the stream of sample values.
+ 11. Telling **collect()** to use the **combine()** method of **StratumAccumulator** to merge **StratumAccumulator** instances.
+
+
+
+#### Summarize the stratum figures
+
+Whew! After all of that, printing out the stratum figures is pretty straightforward:
+
+
+```
+stratumValues.entrySet().stream()
+ .forEach(e -> {
+ StratumAccumulator sa = e.getValue();
+ int n = sa.getN();
+ double se66 = sa.getStandardError();
+ double t = new TDistribution(n - 1).inverseCumulativeProbability(0.975d);
+ [System][8].out.printf("stratum %d n %d mean %g se66 %g t %g se95 %g ha %g\n",
+ e.getKey(), n, sa.getMean(), se66, t, se66 * t, sa.getHa());
+ });
+```
+
+In the above, once again, I use **entrySet().stream()** to transform the **stratumValues** Map to a stream, and then apply the **forEach()** method to the stream. **ForEach()** is pretty much what it sounds like—a loop! But the business of finding the head of the stream, finding the next element, and checking to see if hits the end is all handled by Java Streams. So, I just get to say what I want to do for each record, which is basically to print it out.
+
+My code looks a bit more complicated because I declare some local variables to hold some intermediate results that I use more than once—**n**, the number of samples, and **se66**, the standard error of the mean. I also calculate the inverse T value to [convert my standard error of the mean to a 95% confidence interval][15].
+
+The result looks like this:
+
+
+```
+stratum 1 n 24 mean 0.0903355 se66 0.0107786 t 2.06866 se95 0.0222973 ha 114.890
+stratum 2 n 38 mean 0.154612 se66 0.00880498 t 2.02619 se95 0.0178406 ha 207.720
+stratum 3 n 11 mean 0.223634 se66 0.0261662 t 2.22814 se95 0.0583020 ha 29.7700
+```
+
+#### Accumulate the stratum means and standard errors into the total
+
+Once again, the task becomes more complex, so I create a class, **TotalAccumulator**, to handle the accumulation and provide the calculation of the interesting results. This class implements **java.util.function.Consumer<T>**, which can be passed to **collect()** to handle accumulation:
+
+
+```
+class TotalAccumulator implements Consumer<StratumAccumulator> {
+ private double ha;
+ private int n;
+ private double sumWtdMeans;
+ private double ssqWtdStandardErrors;
+ public TotalAccumulator() {
+ this.ha = 0d;
+ this.n = 0;
+ this.sumWtdMeans = 0d;
+ this.ssqWtdStandardErrors = 0d;
+ }
+ public void accept(StratumAccumulator sa) {
+ double saha = sa.getHa();
+ double sase = sa.getStandardError();
+ this.ha += saha;
+ this.n += sa.getN();
+ this.sumWtdMeans += saha * sa.getMean();
+ this.ssqWtdStandardErrors += saha * saha * sase * sase;
+ }
+ public void combine(TotalAccumulator other) {
+ this.ha += other.ha;
+ this.n += other.n;
+ this.sumWtdMeans += other.sumWtdMeans;
+ this.ssqWtdStandardErrors += other.ssqWtdStandardErrors;
+ }
+ public double getHa() {
+ return this.ha;
+ }
+ public int getN() {
+ return this.n;
+ }
+ public double getMean() {
+ return this.ha > 0 ? this.sumWtdMeans / this.ha : 0d;
+ }
+ public double getStandardError() {
+ return this.ha > 0 ? [Math][11].sqrt(this.ssqWtdStandardErrors) / this.ha : 0;
+ }
+}
+```
+
+I'm not going to go into much detail on this, since it's structurally pretty similar to **StratumAccumulator**. Of main interest:
+
+ 1. The constructor takes no arguments, which simplifies its use.
+ 2. The **accept()** method accumulates instances of **StratumAccumulator**, not **double** values, hence the use of the **Consumer<T>** interface.
+ 3. As for the calculations, they are assembling a weighted average of the **StratumAccumulator** instances, so they make use of the stratum areas, and the formulas might look a bit strange to anyone who's not used to stratified sampling.
+
+
+
+As for actually carrying out the work, it's easy-peasy:
+
+
+```
+final TotalAccumulator totalValues =
+ stratumValues.entrySet().stream()
+ .map([Map.Entry][14]::getValue)
+ .collect(TotalAccumulator::new, TotalAccumulator::accept, TotalAccumulator::combine);
+```
+
+Same old stuff as before:
+
+ 1. Use **entrySet().stream()** to convert the **stratumValue Map** entries to a stream.
+ 2. Use **map()** to replace the **Map** entries with their values—the instances of **StratumAccumulator**.
+ 3. Use **collect()** to apply the **TotalAccumulator** to the instances of **StratumAccumulator**.
+
+
+
+#### Summarize the total figures
+
+Getting the interesting bits out of the **TotalAccumulator** instance is also pretty straightforward:
+
+
+```
+int nT = totalValues.getN();
+double se66T = totalValues.getStandardError();
+double tT = new TDistribution(nT - stratumValues.size()).inverseCumulativeProbability(0.975d);
+[System][8].out.printf("total n %d mean %g se66 %g t %g se95 %g ha %g\n",
+ nT, totalValues.getMean(), se66T, tT, se66T * tT, totalValues.getHa());
+```
+
+Similar to the **StratumAccumulator**, I just call the relevant getters to pick out the number of samples **nT** and the standard error **se66T**. I calculate the T value **tT** (using "n – 3" here since there are three strata), and then I print the result, which looks like this:
+
+
+```
+`total n 73 mean 0.139487 se66 0.00664653 t 1.99444 se95 0.0132561 ha 352.380`
+```
+
+### In conclusion
+
+Wow, that looks like a bit of a marathon. It feels like it, too. As is often the case, there is a great deal of information about how to use Java Streams, all illustrated with toy examples, which kind of help, but not really. I found that getting this to work with a real-world (albeit very simple) example was difficult.
+
+Because I've been working in [Groovy][16] a lot lately, I kept finding myself wanting to accumulate into "maps of maps of maps" rather than creating accumulator classes, but I was never able to pull that off except in the case of totaling up the measurements in the sample. So, I worked with accumulator classes instead of maps of maps, and maps of accumulator classes instead of maps of maps of maps.
+
+I don't feel like any kind of master of Java Streams at this point, but I do feel I have a pretty solid understanding of **collect()**, which is deeply important, along with various methods to reformat data structures into streams and to reformat stream elements themselves. So yeah, more to learn!
+
+Speaking of collect(), in the examples I presented above, we can see moving from a very simple use of this fundamental method - using the Collectors.summingDouble() accumulation method - through defining an accumulator class that extends one of the pre-defined interfaces - in this case DoubleConsumer - to defining a full-blown accumulator of our own, used to accumulate the intermediate stratum class. I was tempted - sort of - to work backward and implement fully custom accumulators for the stratum and sample accumulators, but the point of this exercise was to learn more about Java Streams, not to become an expert in one single part of it all.
+
+What's your experience with Java Streams? Done anything big and complicated yet? Please share it in the comments.
+
+Optimizing your Java code requires an understanding of how the different elements in Java interact...
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/java-streams
+
+作者：[Chris Hermansen][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/clhermansen
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/coffee_tea_laptop_computer_work_desk.png?itok=D5yMx_Dr (Person drinking a hat drink at the computer)
+[2]: https://docs.oracle.com/javase/8/docs/api/java/util/stream/package-summary.html
+[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/landcover.png (Image of land cover in an area)
+[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/foresters.jpg (Survey team assessing land cover)
+[5]: http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&q=allinurl%3Adocs.oracle.com+javase+docs+api+string
+[6]: http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&q=allinurl%3Adocs.oracle.com+javase+docs+api+integer
+[7]: http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&q=allinurl%3Adocs.oracle.com+javase+docs+api+double
+[8]: http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&q=allinurl%3Adocs.oracle.com+javase+docs+api+system
+[9]: https://www.baeldung.com/java-8-collectors
+[10]: https://docs.oracle.com/javase/tutorial/java/javaOO/lambdaexpressions.html
+[11]: http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&q=allinurl%3Adocs.oracle.com+javase+docs+api+math
+[12]: https://www.baeldung.com/java-groupingby-collector
+[13]: http://www.java2s.com/Tutorials/Java/java.util.stream/Collectors/Collectors.summingDouble_ToDoubleFunction_super_T_mapper_.htm
+[14]: http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&q=allinurl%3Adocs.oracle.com+javase+docs+api+map.entry
+[15]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_error
+[16]: http://groovy-lang.org/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200221 Live video streaming with open source Video.js.md b/sources/tech/20200221 Live video streaming with open source Video.js.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..178466a443
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200221 Live video streaming with open source Video.js.md
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Live video streaming with open source Video.js)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/video-streaming-tools)
+[#]: author: (Aaron J. Prisk https://opensource.com/users/ricepriskytreat)
+
+Live video streaming with open source Video.js
+======
+Video.js is a widely used protocol that will serve your live video
+stream to a wide range of devices.
+![video editing dashboard][1]
+
+Last year, I wrote about [creating a video streaming server with Linux][2]. That project uses the Real-Time Messaging Protocol (RMTP), Nginx web server, Open Broadcast Studio (OBS), and VLC media player.
+
+I used VLC to play our video stream, which may be fine for a small local deployment but isn't very practical on a large scale. First, your viewers have to use VLC, and RTMP streams can provide inconsistent playback. This is where [Video.js][3] comes into play! Video.js is an open source JavaScript framework for creating custom HTML5 video players. Video.js is incredibly powerful, and it's used by a host of very popular websites—largely due to its open nature and how easy it is to get up and running.
+
+### Get started with Video.js
+
+This project is based off of the video streaming project I wrote about last year. Since that project was set to serve RMTP streams, to use Video.js, you'll need to make some adjustments to that Nginx configuration. HTTP Live Streaming ([HLS][4]) is a widely used protocol developed by Apple that will serve your stream better to a multitude of devices. HLS will take your stream, break it into chunks, and serve it via a specialized playlist. This allows for a more fault-tolerant stream that can play on more devices.
+
+First, create a directory that will house the HLS stream and give Nginx permission to write to it:
+
+
+```
+mkdir /mnt/hls
+chown www:www /mnt/hls
+```
+
+Next, fire up your text editor, open the Nginx.conf file, and add the following under the **application live** section:
+
+
+```
+ application live {
+ live on;
+ # Turn on HLS
+ hls on;
+ hls_path /mnt/hls/;
+ hls_fragment 3;
+ hls_playlist_length 60;
+ # disable consuming the stream from nginx as rtmp
+ deny play all;
+}
+```
+
+Take note of the HLS fragment and playlist length settings. You may want to adjust them later, depending on your streaming needs, but this is a good baseline to start with. Next, we need to ensure that Nginx is able to listen for requests from our player and understand how to present it to the user. So, we'll want to add a new section at the bottom of our nginx.conf file.
+
+
+```
+server {
+ listen 8080;
+
+ location / {
+ # Disable cache
+ add_header 'Cache-Control' 'no-cache';
+
+ # CORS setup
+ add_header 'Access-Control-Allow-Origin' '*' always;
+ add_header 'Access-Control-Expose-Headers' 'Content-Length';
+
+ # allow CORS preflight requests
+ if ($request_method = 'OPTIONS') {
+ add_header 'Access-Control-Allow-Origin' '*';
+ add_header 'Access-Control-Max-Age' 1728000;
+ add_header 'Content-Type' 'text/plain charset=UTF-8';
+ add_header 'Content-Length' 0;
+ return 204;
+ }
+
+ types {
+ application/dash+xml mpd;
+ application/vnd.apple.mpegurl m3u8;
+ video/mp2t ts;
+ }
+
+ root /mnt/;
+ }
+ }
+```
+
+Visit Video.js's [Getting started][5] page to download the latest release and check out the release notes. Also on that page, Video.js has a great introductory template you can use to create a very basic web player. I'll break down the important bits of that template and insert the pieces you need to get your new HTML player to use your stream.
+
+The **head** links in the Video.js library from a content-delivery network (CDN). You can also opt to download and store Video.js locally on your web server if you want.
+
+
+```
+<head>
+ <link href="" rel="stylesheet" />
+
+ <!-- If you'd like to support IE8 (for Video.js versions prior to v7) -->
+ <script src="[https://vjs.zencdn.net/ie8/1.1.2/videojs-ie8.min.js"\>\][6]</script>
+</head>
+```
+
+Now to the real meat of the player. The **body** section sets the parameters of how the video player will be displayed. Within the **video** element, you need to define the properties of your player. How big do you want it to be? Do you want it to have a poster (i.e., a thumbnail)? Does it need any special player controls? This example defines a simple 600x600 pixel player with an appropriate (to me) thumbnail featuring Beastie (the BSD Demon) and Tux (the Linux penguin).
+
+
+```
+<body>
+ <video
+ id="my-video"
+ class="video-js"
+ controls
+ preload="auto"
+ width="600"
+ height="600"
+ poster="BEASTIE-TUX.jpg"
+ data-setup="{}"
+ >
+```
+
+Now that you've set how you want your player to look, you need to tell it what to play. Video.js can handle a large number of different formats, including HLS streams.
+
+
+```
+ <source src="" type="application/x-mpegURL" />
+ <p class="vjs-no-js">
+ To view this video please enable JavaScript, and consider upgrading to a
+ web browser that
+ <a href=". You’ll need to verify your account from the email confirmation that IBM sends to you.
+
+Then log in to your account to bring up your dashboard, at
+$ export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=
+```
+
+Even though you are using IBM Cloud and not AWS, as previously mentioned, IBM Cloud storage is S3 compatible, and restic uses its interal AWS commands for any S3 compatible storage. So these AWS keys really refer to the keys from your IBM bucket.
+
+Create the repository by initializing it. A prompt appears for you to type a password for the repository. _**Do not lose this password because your data is irrecoverable without it!**_
+
+```
+restic -r s3:http://PUBLIC_ENDPOINT_LOCATION/BUCKET init
+```
+
+The _PUBLIC_ENDPOINT_LOCATION_ was specified in the Endpoint section of your Bucket summary.
+
+![][18]
+
+For example:
+
+```
+$ restic -r s3:http://s3.us-south.cloud-object-storage.appdomain.cloud/freecloudstorage init
+```
+
+### Creating backups
+
+Now it’s time to backup some data. Backups are called _snapshots_. Run the following command and enter the repository password when prompted.
+
+```
+restic -r s3:http://PUBLIC_ENDPOINT_LOCATION/BUCKET backup files_to_backup
+```
+
+For example:
+
+```
+$ restic -r s3:http://s3.us-south.cloud-object-storage.appdomain.cloud/freecloudstorage backup Documents/
+Enter password for repository:
+ repository 106a2eb4 opened successfully, password is correct
+ Files: 51 new, 0 changed, 0 unmodified
+ Dirs: 0 new, 0 changed, 0 unmodified
+ Added to the repo: 11.451 MiB
+ processed 51 files, 11.451 MiB in 0:06
+ snapshot 611e9577 saved
+```
+
+### Restoring from backups
+
+Now that you’ve backed up some files, it’s time to make sure you know how to restore them. To get a list of all of your backup snapshots, use this command:
+
+```
+restic -r s3:http://PUBLIC_ENDPOINT_LOCATION/BUCKET snapshots
+```
+
+For example:
+
+```
+$ restic -r s3:http://s3.us-south.cloud-object-storage.appdomain.cloud/freecloudstorage snapshots
+Enter password for repository:
+ID Date Host Tags Directory
+-------------------------------------------------------------------
+106a2eb4 2020-01-15 15:20:42 client /home/curt/Documents
+```
+
+To restore an entire snapshot, run a command like this:
+
+```
+restic -r s3:http://s3.us-south.cloud-object-storage.appdomain.cloud/freecloudstorage restore snapshotID --target restoreDirectory
+```
+
+For example:
+
+```
+$ restic -r s3:http://s3.us-south.cloud-object-storage.appdomain.cloud/freecloudstorage restore 106a2eb4 --target ~
+Enter password for repository:
+repository 106a2eb4 opened successfully, password is correct
+restoring to /tmp
+```
+
+* * *
+
+_Photo by [Alex Machado][19] on [Unsplash][20]._
+
+[EDITORS NOTE: The Fedora Project is [sponsored][21] by [Red Hat][22], which is owned by [IBM][23].]
+
+[EDITORS NOTE: Updated at 1647 UTC on 24 February 2020 to correct a broken link.]
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/make-free-encrypted-backups-to-the-cloud-on-fedora/
+
+作者：[Curt Warfield][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/rcurtiswarfield/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/encrypted-backups-ibm-cloud-816x345.jpg
+[2]: https://fedoramagazine.org/use-restic-encrypted-backups/
+[3]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/ibmclouddash-3-e1579713553261.png
+[4]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/ibmcloudresourcestorage-3.png
+[5]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/ibmcloudbucket-3.png
+[6]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/ibmcloudbucket2.png
+[7]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/ibmcloudbucket3-e1579713758635.png
+[8]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/ibmcloudbucket4.png
+[9]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/createbucket1.png
+[10]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/next.png
+[11]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/bucketsummary-1024x368.png
+[12]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/endpoints-1024x272.png
+[13]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/servicecreds.png
+[14]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/newcred.png
+[15]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/addnewcred.png
+[16]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/keys-1024x298.png
+[17]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/keys2.png
+[18]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/publicendpoint.png
+[19]: https://unsplash.com/@alexmachado?utm_source=unsplash&utm_medium=referral&utm_content=creditCopyText
+[20]: https://unsplash.com/s/photos/backups-to-cloud?utm_source=unsplash&utm_medium=referral&utm_content=creditCopyText
+[21]: https://getfedora.org/sponsors/
+[22]: https://redhat.com
+[23]: https://www.ibm.com/cloud/redhat
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200228 4 technologists on careers in tech for minorities.md b/sources/tech/20200228 4 technologists on careers in tech for minorities.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..806300d5db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200228 4 technologists on careers in tech for minorities.md
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (4 technologists on careers in tech for minorities)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/careers-tech-minorities)
+[#]: author: (Shilla Saebi https://opensource.com/users/shillasaebi)
+
+4 technologists on careers in tech for minorities
+======
+Learn what Black History Month means to them, what influences their
+career, resources for minorities wanting to break into tech, and more.
+![Team meeting][1]
+
+In honor of Black History Month, I've garnered the opinions of a few of my favorite technology professionals and open source contributors. These four individuals are paving the way for the next generation alongside the work they're doing in the technology industry. Learn what Black History Month means to them, what influences their career, resources for minorities wanting to break into tech, and more.
+
+**[Tameika Reed][2], founder of Women In Linux**
+
+Since its launch, Tameika leads initiatives with a focus on exploring careers in infrastructure, cybersecurity, DevOps and IoT, pivoting into leadership and continuous skill-building. As a self-taught system administrator, Tameika believes the best way to learn tech is by just diving in. In efforts to give women a 360° view of tech, Tameika hosts a weekly virtual meetup to explore outside the norm of just Linux but introducing hyperledger, Kubernetes, microservices, and high-performance computing. Tameika’s career includes different conference talks from OSCon, LISA 2018, Seagl, HashiCorp EU 2019, and various local events.
+
+**[Michael Scott Winslow][3], Director, Core Applications and Platforms, Comcast**
+
+"I'm a father, husband, brother, and son. I come from a small family so I have fun turning friends into an extended family. When I attach my name to something, I obsess over its success, so I am very careful what I agree to be a part of. Oh, so as far as my career I have been involved with software development for decades. I solve problems. I work with others to help solve large problems. I lead, guide and mentor newer software engineers while observing others that I want to learn from."
+
+**[Bryan Liles][4], senior staff engineer, VMware**
+
+"I’m working with our team to rethink how developers interact with Kubernetes. When not working, I’m out in the community trying to inspire the next generation of software engineers and building robots."
+
+**[Mutale Nkonde][5], founding CEO of AI For the People (AFP)**
+
+AFP is a nonprofit creative agency. Prior to starting a nonprofit she worked in AI Governance. During that time she was part of the team that introduced the Algorithmic and Deep Fakes Algorithmic Acts, as well as the No Biometric Barriers to Housing Act to the US House of Representatives. Nkonde started her career as a broadcast journalist and worked at the BBC, CNN & ABC. She also writes widely on race and tech, as well as holding fellowships at Harvard and Stanford.
+
+### What influenced you to pursue a career in technology?
+
+My fear of the computer when I went back to college. I was afraid of the computer because I dropped out of college. After and going back, I made it my mission to learn all I can. This is still my motto to this day, learning never stops. —Tameika Reed
+
+I won’t mince words, I was a child geek! At 10 years old I started writing GW-BASIC from code that I read in printed magazines. Every single day. I gave it a bit of a break to have a life while I went to high school, but when it came time to pick a major for college, it was an easy choice. I stayed in technology thanks to the amazing mentors and colleagues I’ve had along the way. —Michael Scott Winslow
+
+I’ve been writing software since I was in middle school. I like being able to tell computers to do things and seeing the results. As an adult, I quickly realized that having a job that gave me satisfaction and paid well was the way to go. —Bryan Liles
+
+I wanted to explore the questions around why so few black women were being hired by tech companies. —Mutale Nkonde
+
+### Is there a particular person or people in open source and the tech world who have inspired you?
+
+I get inspired by a lot of other people and projects. For example, I love seeing others come to [Women In Linux][6] and are sure where they want to go. I try to give people a 360-view of tech so they can make a decision on what they like. Its easy to say I want to be in tech but it’s hard to get started and stay. You don’t have to be just a coder/programmer but you can be a cloud architect. —Tameika Reed
+
+[Kelsey Hightower][7], [Bryan Liles][4], and Kim Scott inspire me very much. They are so REAL! They say things that I feel and experience every day. Get your job done! Stop complaining! Own your actions and understand how you contribute to your situation! [Gene Kim][8] is a big inspiration as well. As a leader in the DevOps movement, I see myself following and emulating a lot of things he does. —Michael Scott Winslow
+
+No. I didn’t see the inspiration I wanted, so I’ve worked hard to be the inspiration I needed 20 years ago. —Bryan Liles
+
+There are so many! One of my favorites is [Dorothy Vaughan][9]: She was the first person in the US to program an IBM Watson computer. Her story is captured in the movie Hidden Figures. —Mutale Nkonde
+
+### Are there particular resources you would recommend for minorities wanting to break into tech?
+
+Yes, I recommend finding folks on Twitter and just ask questions. Here is a list of people I follow and admire in tech: —Tameika Reed
+
+ * [@techgirl1908][10]
+ * [@bryanl][4]
+ * [@kelseyhightower][7]
+ * [@kstewart][11]
+ * [@tiffani][12]
+ * [@EricaJoy][13]
+ * [@womeninlinux][6]
+ * [@ArlanWasHere][14]
+ * [@blkintechnology][15]
+ * [@digundiv][16]
+
+
+
+Respected bootcamps are really cutting down the time it takes to break into the tech industry. I’ve met several professionals who went through bootcamps who have outshined their 4-year institution counterparts. I think we can really start respecting everything that people bring to the table, rather than technical fluency. —Michael Scott Winslow
+
+I’m not sure I can recommend anything specific. Tech is a big thing and there isn’t an easy answer. My advice is to pick something you think will be interested in and work to become an expert on the topic. Start asking why instead of how, and also start understanding how things work together. — Bryan Liles
+
+It really depends on the type of work they want to do. For people working at the intersection of tech and social justice, I would recommend the book [Algorithms of Oppression][17] by Safiya Noble. —Mutale Nkonde
+
+### What advice would you give to a person of color considering technology as their career?
+
+I suggest you study your craft. You will be a forever learner. There will always be someone or something in your way how you respond and move will be on you. Never take the first offer push back and know your worth. I look at tech like I look at art. It takes time to develop so be patient with yourself. It's okay to unplug and say no. —Tameika Reed
+
+As someone who is a bit of a protector of the industry, I don’t want people who are not suited for technology. So really decide if you have the personality for tech. Are you a problem solver? Are you more logical than emotional? Do you constantly find yourself creating processes? If so, no matter your background, I think you can find a home in tech. —Michael Scott Winslow
+
+It is not going to be simple. Your progress will be slowed because of your race. You will have to work harder. Use this adversity as a strength. You will be better prepared than those around you and when the opportunity arises, you will be able to tackle it. Find a network of those who look like you. Air grievances in private and show strength in public. You belong and you can succeed. —Bryan Liles
+
+To think beyond working for a company, the field of public interest tech is growing, our work centers on how technology impacts real people. Many of the people leading this work are women of color and Black women are making huge strides. Mutale Nkonde
+
+### What does Black History Month mean to you?
+
+It means never stop because you can never forget. —Tameika Reed
+
+Black History Month to me means focusing on the Tuskegee Airmen and not slavery. Highlighting how we contributed to history and not how were victims of it. I want people to understand where our pride comes from and not our anger. There are a lot of really bad things that happened to our people and we are still right here. Strong! —Michael Scott Winslow
+
+Black History Month is a time to reflect on the forgotten history of black people in the United States. I take it as a time to be thankful for the sacrifices my ancestors made. —Bryan Liles
+
+It is a time to center the contributions black people have made across the globe. I love it, it is one of my favorite times of year. —Mutale Nkonde
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/careers-tech-minorities
+
+作者：[Shilla Saebi][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/shillasaebi
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/meeting-team-listen-communicate.png?itok=KEBP6vZ_ (Team meeting)
+[2]: https://www.linkedin.com/in/tameika-reed-1a7290128/
+[3]: https://twitter.com/michaelswinslow
+[4]: https://twitter.com/bryanl
+[5]: https://twitter.com/mutalenkonde
+[6]: https://twitter.com/WomenInLinux
+[7]: https://twitter.com/kelseyhightower
+[8]: https://twitter.com/RealGeneKim
+[9]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dorothy_Vaughan
+[10]: https://twitter.com/techgirl1908
+[11]: https://twitter.com/kstewart
+[12]: https://twitter.com/tiffani
+[13]: https://twitter.com/EricaJoy
+[14]: https://twitter.com/ArlanWasHere
+[15]: https://twitter.com/blkintechnology
+[16]: https://twitter.com/digundiv
+[17]: http://algorithmsofoppression.com/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200228 Fedora-s gaggle of desktops.md b/sources/tech/20200228 Fedora-s gaggle of desktops.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d92d84344a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200228 Fedora-s gaggle of desktops.md
@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Fedora’s gaggle of desktops)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/fedoras-gaggle-of-desktops/)
+[#]: author: (Troy Dawson https://fedoramagazine.org/author/tdawson/)
+
+Fedora’s gaggle of desktops
+======
+
+![][1]
+
+There are 38 different desktops or window managers in Fedora 31. You could try a different one every day for a month, and still have some left over. Some have very few features. Some have so many features they are called a desktop environment. This article can’t go into detail on each, but it’s interesting to see the whole list in one place.
+
+### Criteria for desktops
+
+To be on this list, the desktop must show up on the desktop manager’s selection list. If the desktop has more than one entry in the desktop manager list, they are counted just as that one desktop. An example is “GNOME”, “GNOME Classic” and “GNOME (Wayland).” These all show up on the desktop manager list, but they are still just GNOME.
+
+### List of desktops
+```
+
+```
+
+#### [**9wm**][2]
+
+```
+Emulation of the Plan 9 window manager 8 1/2
+ dnf install 9wm
+```
+
+#### [**awesome**][3]
+
+```
+Highly configurable, framework window manager for X. Fast, light and extensible
+https://fedoramagazine.org/5-cool-tiling-window-managers/
+ dnf install awesome
+```
+
+#### [**blackbox**][4]
+
+```
+Very small and fast Window Manager
+Fedora uses the maintained fork on github
+ dnf install blackbox
+```
+
+#### [**bspwm**][5]
+
+```
+A tiling window manager based on binary space partitioning
+https://github.com/windelicato/dotfiles/wiki/bspwm-for-dummies
+ dnf install bspwm
+```
+
+#### **[byobu][6]**
+
+```
+Light-weight, configurable window manager built upon GNU screen
+ dnf install byobu
+```
+
+#### **[Cinnamon][7]**
+
+```
+Cinnamon provides a desktop with a traditional layout, advanced features, easy to use, powerful and flexible.
+https://projects.linuxmint.com/cinnamon/
+https://opensource.com/article/19/12/cinnamon-linux-desktop
+ dnf group install "Cinnamon Desktop"
+```
+
+#### **[cwm][8]**
+
+```
+Calm Window Manager by OpenBSD project
+https://steemit.com/technology/@jamesdeagle/the-calm-window-manager-cwm-a-quick-start-guide
+ dnf install cwm
+```
+
+#### **[Deepin][9]**
+
+```
+Deepin desktop is the desktop environment released with deepin (the linux distribution). It aims at being elegant and easy to use.
+ dnf group install "Deepin Desktop"
+ (optional) dnf group install "Deepin Desktop Office" "Media packages for Deepin Desktop"
+```
+
+#### **[dwm][10]**
+
+```
+Dynamic window manager for X
+https://fedoramagazine.org/lets-try-dwm-dynamic-window-manger/
+https://fedoramagazine.org/5-cool-tiling-window-managers/
+ dnf install dwm
+ (optional) dnf install dwm-user
+```
+
+#### **[enlightenment][11]**
+
+```
+Enlightenment window manager
+https://opensource.com/article/19/12/linux-enlightenment-desktop
+ dnf install enlightenment
+```
+
+#### **[e16][11]**
+
+```
+The Enlightenment window manager, DR16
+ dnf install e16
+ (optional) dnf install e16-epplets e16-keyedit e16-themes
+```
+
+#### **[fluxbox][12]**
+
+```
+Window Manager based on Blackbox
+ dnf install fluxbox
+ (optional) dnf install fluxbox-pulseaudio fluxbox-vim-syntax
+```
+
+#### **[fvwm][13]**
+
+```
+Highly configurable multiple virtual desktop window manager
+http://www.fvwm.org/
+https://opensource.com/article/19/12/fvwm-linux-desktop
+ dnf install fvwm
+```
+
+#### **[GNOME][14]**
+
+```
+GNOME is a highly intuitive and user friendly desktop environment.
+* both X11 and wayland
+https://opensource.com/article/19/12/gnome-linux-desktop
+https://fedoramagazine.org/3-simple-and-useful-gnome-shell-extensions/
+ dnf group install "GNOME"
+ (optional but large) dnf group install "Fedora Workstation"
+```
+
+#### **[herbstluftwm][15]**
+
+```
+A manual tiling window manager
+https://opensource.com/article/19/12/herbstluftwm-linux-desktop
+ dnf install herbstluftwm
+ (optional) dnf install herbstluftwm-zsh herbstluftwm-fish
+```
+
+#### **[i3][16]**
+
+```
+Improved tiling window manager
+https://fedoramagazine.org/getting-started-i3-window-manager/
+https://fedoramagazine.org/using-i3-with-multiple-monitors/
+ dnf install i3
+ (optional) dnf install i3-doc i3-ipc
+```
+
+#### **[icewm][17]**
+
+```
+Window manager designed for speed, usability, and consistency
+https://fedoramagazine.org/icewm-a-really-cool-desktop/
+ dnf install icewm
+ (optional) dnf install icewm-minimal-session
+```
+
+#### **[jwm][18]**
+
+```
+Joe's Window Manager
+https://opensource.com/article/19/12/joes-window-manager-linux-desktop
+ dnf install jwm
+```
+
+#### **[KDE Plasma Desktop][19]**
+
+```
+The KDE Plasma Workspaces, a highly-configurable graphical user interface which includes a panel, desktop, system icons and desktop widgets, and many powerful KDE applications.
+* both X11 and wayland
+https://opensource.com/article/19/12/linux-kde-plasma
+https://fedoramagazine.org/installing-kde-plasma-5/
+ dnf group install "KDE Plasma Workspaces"
+ (optional) dnf group install "KDE Applications" "KDE Educational applications" "KDE Multimedia support" "KDE Office" "KDE Telepathy"
+ (optional for wayland) dnf install kwin-wayland plasma-workspace-wayland
+```
+
+#### **[lumina][20]**
+
+```
+A lightweight, portable desktop environment
+https://opensource.com/article/19/12/linux-lumina-desktop
+ dnf install lumina-desktop
+ (optional) dnf install lumina-*
+```
+
+#### **[LXDE][21]**
+
+```
+LXDE is a lightweight X11 desktop environment designed for computers with low hardware specifications like netbooks, mobile devices or older computers.
+https://opensource.com/article/19/12/lxqt-lxde-linux-desktop
+ dnf group install "LXDE Desktop"
+ (optional) dnf group install "LXDE Office" "Multimedia support for LXDE"
+```
+
+#### **[LXQt][22]**
+
+```
+LXQt is a lightweight X11 desktop environment designed for computers with low hardware specifications like netbooks, mobile devices or older computers.
+https://opensource.com/article/19/12/lxqt-lxde-linux-desktop
+ dnf group install "LXQt Desktop"
+ (optional) dnf group install "LXQt Office" "Multimedia support for LXQt"
+```
+
+#### **[MATE][23]**
+
+```
+MATE Desktop is based on GNOME 2 and provides a powerful graphical user interface for users who seek a simple easy to use traditional desktop interface.
+https://opensource.com/article/19/12/mate-linux-desktop
+https://fedoramagazine.org/installing-another-desktop/
+ dnf group install "MATE Desktop"
+ (optional) dnf group install "MATE Applications"
+```
+
+#### **[musca][24]**
+
+```
+A simple dynamic window manager fox X
+ dnf install musca
+```
+
+#### **[openbox][25]**
+
+```
+A highly configurable and standards-compliant X11 window manager
+https://opensource.com/article/19/12/openbox-linux-desktop
+https://fedoramagazine.org/openbox-fedora/
+ dnf install openbox
+ (optional) dnf install openbox-kde openbox-theme-mistral-thin-dark
+```
+
+#### **[Pantheon][26]**
+
+```
+The Pantheon desktop environment is the DE that powers elementaryOS.
+https://github.com/elementary
+https://opensource.com/article/19/12/pantheon-linux-desktop
+ dnf group install "Pantheon Desktop"
+ (optional) dnf install elementary-capnet-assist elementary-greeter elementary-shortcut-overlay
+```
+
+#### **[pekwm][27]**
+
+```
+A small and flexible window manager
+https://opensource.com/article/19/12/pekwm-linux-desktop
+ dnf install pekwm
+```
+
+#### **[qtile][28]**
+
+```
+A pure-Python tiling window manager
+https://fedoramagazine.org/5-cool-tiling-window-managers/
+ dnf install qtile
+```
+
+#### **[ratpoison][29]**
+
+```
+Minimalistic window manager
+https://opensource.com/article/19/12/ratpoison-linux-desktop
+ dnf install ratpoison
+```
+
+#### **[sawfish][30]**
+
+```
+An extensible window manager for the X Window System
+ dnf install sawfish
+ (optional) dnf install sawfish-pager
+```
+
+#### **[spectrwm][31]**
+
+```
+Minimalist tiling window manager written in C
+ dnf install spectrwm
+```
+
+#### **[Sugar][32]**
+
+```
+A software playground for learning about learning.
+* Possibly the most unique desktop of this list.
+ dnf group install "Sugar Desktop Environment"
+ (optional) dnf group install "Additional Sugar Activities"
+```
+
+#### **[sway][33]**
+
+```
+i3-compatible window manager for Wayland
+* Wayland only
+https://fedoramagazine.org/setting-up-the-sway-window-manager-on-fedora/
+https://fedoramagazine.org/5-cool-tiling-window-managers/
+ dnf install sway
+```
+
+#### **[twm][34]**
+
+```
+X.Org X11 twm window manager
+https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Twm
+https://opensource.com/article/19/12/twm-linux-desktop
+ dnf install xorg-x11-twm
+```
+
+#### **[WindowMaker][35]**
+
+```
+A fast, feature rich Window Manager
+https://opensource.com/article/19/12/linux-window-maker-desktop
+ dnf install WindowMaker
+ (optional) dnf install WindowMaker-extra
+```
+
+#### **[wmx][36]**
+
+```
+A really simple window manager for X
+ dnf install wmx
+```
+
+#### **[XFCE][37]**
+
+```
+A lightweight desktop environment that works well on low end machines.
+https://opensource.com/article/19/12/xfce-linux-desktop
+ dnf group install "Xfce Desktop"
+ (optional) dnf group install "Applications for the Xfce Desktop" "Extra plugins for the Xfce panel" "Multimedia support for Xfce" "Xfce Office"
+```
+
+#### **[xmonad][38]**
+
+```
+A tiling window manager
+ dnf install xmonad
+ (optional) dnf install xmonad-mate
+```
+
+* * *
+
+_Photo by [Annie Spratt][39] on [Unsplash][40]._
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/fedoras-gaggle-of-desktops/
+
+作者：[Troy Dawson][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/tdawson/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/gaggle-desktops-816x345.jpg
+[2]: https://github.com/9wm/9wm
+[3]: https://awesomewm.org/
+[4]: https://github.com/bbidulock/blackboxwm
+[5]: https://github.com/baskerville/bspwm
+[6]: https://byobu.org/
+[7]: https://github.com/linuxmint/cinnamon
+[8]: https://github.com/leahneukirchen/cwm
+[9]: https://www.deepin.org/en/dde/
+[10]: http://dwm.suckless.org/
+[11]: https://www.enlightenment.org/
+[12]: http://fluxbox.org/
+[13]: https://github.com/fvwmorg/fvwm
+[14]: https://www.gnome.org/
+[15]: http://herbstluftwm.org/
+[16]: https://i3wm.org/
+[17]: https://ice-wm.org/
+[18]: http://joewing.net/projects/jwm/
+[19]: https://kde.org/
+[20]: https://lumina-desktop.org/
+[21]: https://lxde.org/
+[22]: https://lxqt.org/
+[23]: https://mate-desktop.org/
+[24]: https://github.com/enticeing/musca
+[25]: http://openbox.org
+[26]: https://elementary.io/
+[27]: http://www.pekwm.org/
+[28]: http://qtile.org
+[29]: http://www.nongnu.org/ratpoison/
+[30]: http://sawfish.wikia.com/
+[31]: https://github.com/conformal/spectrwm
+[32]: https://sugarlabs.org/
+[33]: https://github.com/swaywm/sway
+[34]: https://www.x.org/releases/X11R7.6/doc/man/man1/twm.1.xhtml
+[35]: http://www.windowmaker.org
+[36]: http://www.all-day-breakfast.com/wmx/
+[37]: https://www.xfce.org/
+[38]: https://hackage.haskell.org/package/xmonad
+[39]: https://unsplash.com/@anniespratt?utm_source=unsplash&utm_medium=referral&utm_content=creditCopyText
+[40]: https://unsplash.com/?utm_source=unsplash&utm_medium=referral&utm_content=creditCopyText
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200228 How to process real-time data with Apache.md b/sources/tech/20200228 How to process real-time data with Apache.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7bf16741b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200228 How to process real-time data with Apache.md
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to process real-time data with Apache)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/real-time-data-processing)
+[#]: author: (Simon Crosby https://opensource.com/users/simon-crosby)
+
+How to process real-time data with Apache
+======
+Open source is leading the way with a rich canvas of projects for
+processing real-time events.
+![Alarm clocks with different time][1]
+
+In the "always-on" future with billions of connected devices, storing raw data for analysis later will not be an option because users want accurate responses in real time. Prediction of failures and other context-sensitive conditions require data to be processed in real time—certainly before it hits a database.
+
+It's tempting to simply say "the cloud will scale" to meet demands to process streaming data in real time, but some simple examples show that it can never meet the need for real-time responsiveness to boundless data streams. In these situations—from mobile devices to IoT—a new paradigm is needed. Whereas cloud computing relies on a "store then analyze" big data approach, there is a critical need for software frameworks that are comfortable instantly processing endless, noisy, and voluminous streams of data as they arrive to permit a real-time response, prediction, or insight.
+
+For example, the city of Palo Alto, Calif. produces more streaming data from its traffic infrastructure per day than the Twitter Firehose. That's a lot of data. Predicting city traffic for consumers like Uber, Lyft, and FedEx requires real-time analysis, learning, and prediction. Event processing in the cloud leads to an inescapable latency of about half a second per event.
+
+We need a simple yet powerful programming paradigm that lets applications process boundless data streams on the fly in these and similar situations:
+
+ * Data volumes are huge, or moving raw data is expensive.
+ * Data is generated by widely distributed assets (such as mobile devices).
+ * Data is of ephemeral value, and analysis can't wait.
+ * It is critical to always have the latest insight, and extrapolation won't do.
+
+
+
+### Publish and subscribe
+
+A key architectural pattern in the domain of event-driven systems is the concept of pub/sub or publish/subscribe messaging. This is an asynchronous communication method in which messages are delivered from _publishers_ (anything producing data) to *subscribers (*applications that process data). Pub/sub decouples arbitrary numbers of senders from an unknown set of consumers.
+
+In pub/sub, sources _publish_ events for a _topic_ to a _broker_ that stores them in the order in which they are received. An application _subscribes_ to one or more _topics_, and the _broker_ forwards matching events. Apache Kafka and Pulsar and CNCF NATS are pub/sub systems. Cloud services for pub/sub include Google Pub/Sub, AWS Kinesis, Azure Service Bus, Confluent Cloud, and others.
+
+Pub/sub systems do not _run_ subscriber applications—they simply _deliver_ data to topic subscribers.
+
+Streaming data often contains events that are updates to the state of applications or infrastructure. When choosing an architecture to process data, the role of a data-distribution system such as a pub/sub framework is limited. The "how" of the consumer application lies beyond the scope of the pub/sub system. This leaves an enormous amount of complexity for the developer to manage. So-called stream processors are a special kind of subscriber that analyzes data on the fly and delivers results back to the same broker.
+
+### Apache Spark
+
+[Apache Spark][2] is a unified analytics engine for large-scale data processing. Often, Apache Spark Streaming is used as a stream processor, for example, to feed machine learning models with new data. Spark Streaming breaks data into mini-batches that are each independently analyzed by a Spark model or some other system. The stream of events is grouped into mini-batches for analysis, but the stream processor itself must be elastic:
+
+ * The stream processor must be capable of scaling with the data rate, even across servers and clouds, and also balance load across instances, ensuring resilience and other application-layer needs.
+ * It must be able to analyze data from sources that report at widely different rates, meaning it must be stateful—or store state in a database. This latter approach is often used when Spark Streaming is used as the stream processor and can cause performance problems when ultra-low latency responses are needed.
+
+
+
+A related project, [Apache Samza][3], offers a way to process real-time event streams, and to scale elastically using [Hadoop Yarn][4] or [Apache Mesos][5] to manage compute resources.
+
+### Solving the problem of scaling data
+
+It's important to note that even Samza cannot entirely alleviate data processing demands for the application developer. Scaling data rates mean that tasks to process events need to be load-balanced across many instances, and the only way to share the resulting application-layer state between instances is to use a database. However, the moment state coordination between tasks of an application devolves to a database, there is an inevitable knock-on effect upon performance. Moreover, the choice of database is crucial. As the system scales, cluster management for the database becomes the next potential bottleneck.
+
+This can be solved with alternative solutions that are stateful, elastic, and can be used in place of a stream processor. At the application level (within each container or instance), these solutions build a stateful model of concurrent, interlinked "web agents" on the fly from streaming updates. Agents are concurrent "nano-services" that consume raw data for a single source and maintain their state. Agents interlink to share state based on real-world relationships between sources found in the data, such as containment and proximity. Agents thus form a graph of concurrent services that can analyze their own state and the states of agents to which they are linked. Each agent provides a nano-service for a single data source that converts from raw data to state and analyzes, learns, and predicts from its own changes and those of its linked subgraph.
+
+These solutions simplify application architecture by allowing agents—digital twins of real-world sources—to be widely distributed, even while maintaining the distributed graph that interlinks them at the application layer. This is because the links are URLs that map to the current runtime execution instance of the solution and the agent itself. In this way, the application seamlessly scales across instances without DevOps concerns. Agents consume data and maintain state. They also compute over their own state and that of other agents. Because agents are stateful, there is no need for a database, and insights are computed at memory speed.
+
+### Reading world data with open source
+
+There is a sea change afoot in the way we view data: Instead of the database being the system of record, the real world is, and digital twins of real-world things can continuously stream their state. Fortunately, the open source community is leading the way with a rich canvas of projects for processing real-time events. From pub/sub, where the most active communities are Apache Kafka, Pulsar, and CNCF NATS, to the analytical frameworks that continually process streamed data, including Apache Spark, [Flink][6], [Beam][7], Samza, and Apache-licensed [SwimOS][8] and [Hazelcast][9], developers have the widest choices of software systems. Specifically, there is no richer set of proprietary software frameworks available. Developers have spoken, and the future of software is open source.
+
+Introduction to Apache Hadoop, an open source software framework for storage and large scale...
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/real-time-data-processing
+
+作者：[Simon Crosby][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/simon-crosby
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/clocks_time.png?itok=_ID09GDk (Alarm clocks with different time)
+[2]: https://spark.apache.org/
+[3]: https://samza.apache.org/
+[4]: https://hadoop.apache.org/
+[5]: http://mesos.apache.org/
+[6]: https://flink.apache.org/
+[7]: https://beam.apache.org
+[8]: https://github.com/swimos/swim
+[9]: https://hazelcast.com/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200228 Revive your RSS feed with Newsboat in the Linux terminal.md b/sources/tech/20200228 Revive your RSS feed with Newsboat in the Linux terminal.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..27a8d6ecbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200228 Revive your RSS feed with Newsboat in the Linux terminal.md
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Revive your RSS feed with Newsboat in the Linux terminal)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/2/newsboat)
+[#]: author: (Scott Nesbitt https://opensource.com/users/scottnesbitt)
+
+Revive your RSS feed with Newsboat in the Linux terminal
+======
+Newsboat is an excellent RSS reader, whether you need a basic set of
+features or want your application to do a whole lot more.
+![Boat on the ocean with Creative Commons sail][1]
+
+Psst. Word on the web is that RSS died in 2013. That's when Google pulled the plug on Google Reader.
+
+Don't believe everything that you hear. RSS is alive. It's well. It's still a great way to choose the information you want to read without algorithms making the decision for you. All you need is the [right feed reader][2].
+
+Back in January, Opensource.com Correspondent [Kevin Sonney][3] introduced a nifty terminal RSS reader [called Newsboat][4]. In his article, Kevin scratched Newsboat's surface. I figured it was time to take a deeper dive into what Newsboat can do.
+
+### Adding RSS feeds to Newsboat
+
+As Kevin writes, "installing Newsboat is pretty easy since it is included with most distributions (and Homebrew on macOS)." You can, as Kevin also notes, import a [file containing RSS feeds][5] from another reader. If this is your first kick at the RSS can or it's been a while since you've used an RSS reader, chances are you don't have one of those files handy.
+
+Not to worry. You just need to do some copying and pasting. Go to the folder **.newsboat** in your **/home** directory. Once you're there, open the file **urls** in a text editor. Then, go to the websites you want to read, find the links to their RSS feeds, and copy and paste them into the **urls** file.
+
+![Newsboat urls file][6]
+
+Start Newsboat, and you're ready to get reading.
+
+### Reading your feeds
+
+As Kevin Sonney points out, you refresh your feeds by pressing the **r** or **R** keys on your keyboard. To read the articles from a feed, press **Enter** to open that feed and scroll down the list. Then, press **Enter** to read an item.
+
+![Newsboat reading][7]
+
+Return to the list of articles by pressing **q**. Press **q** again to return to your list of feeds.
+
+Every so often, you might run into a feed that shows just part of an article. That can be annoying. To get the full article, press **o** to open it in your desktop's default web browser. On my desktop, for example, that's Firefox. You can change the browser Newsboat works with; I'll explain that below.
+
+### Following links
+
+Hyperlinking has been a staple of the web since its beginnings at CERN in the early 1990s. It's hard to find an article published online that doesn't contain at least a couple of links that point elsewhere.
+
+Instead of leaving links embedded in an article or post, Newsboat gathers them into a numbered list at the end of the article or post.
+
+![Hyperlinks in Newsboat][8]
+
+To follow a link, press the number beside it. In the screenshot above, you'd press **4** to open the link to the homepage of one of the contributors to that article. The link, as you've probably guessed, opens in your default browser.
+
+### Using Newsboat as a client for other feed readers
+
+You might use a web-based feed reader, but might also want to read your RSS feeds in something a bit more minimal on your desktop. Newsboat can do that.
+
+It works with several feed readers, including The Old Reader, Inoreader, Newsblur, Tiny Tiny RSS, FeedHQ, and the newsreader apps for [ownCloud][9] and [Nextcloud][10]. Before you can read feeds from any of them, you'll need to do a little work.
+
+Go back to the **.newsboat** folder in your **/home** directory and create a file named **config**. Then add the settings that hook Newsboat into one of the RSS readers it supports. You can find more information about the specific settings for each reader in [Newsboat's documentation][11].
+
+Here's an example of the settings I use to connect Newsboat with the newsreader app in my instance of Nextcloud:
+
+
+```
+urls-source "ocnews"
+ocnews-url ""
+ocnews-login "myUserName"
+ocnews-password "NotTellingYouThat!"
+```
+
+I've tested this with Nextcloud, The Old Reader, Inoreader, and Newsblur. Newsboat worked seamlessly with all of them.
+
+![Newsboat with The Old Reader][12]
+
+### Other useful configuration tricks
+
+You can really unleash Newsboat's power and flexibility by tapping into [its configuration options][13]. That includes changing text colors, the order Newsboat sorts feeds, where it saves articles, the length of time Newsboat keeps articles, and more.
+
+Below are a few of the options I've added to my configuration file.
+
+#### Change Newsboat's default browser
+
+As I mentioned a few paragraphs back, Newsboat opens articles in your default graphical web browser. If you want to read feeds in a [text-only browser][14] like w3m or ELinks, add this to your Newsboat configuration file:
+
+
+```
+`browser "/path/to/browser %u"`
+```
+
+In my configuration file, I've set w3m up as my browser:
+
+
+```
+`browser "/usr/bin/w3m %u"`
+```
+
+![Newsboat with w3m][15]
+
+#### Remove read articles
+
+I like an uncluttered RSS feed. That means getting rid of articles I've already read. Add this setting to the configuration file to have Newsboat do that automatically:
+
+
+```
+`show-read-feeds no`
+```
+
+#### Refresh feeds at launch
+
+Life gets busy. Sometimes, I go a day or two without checking my RSS feeds. That means having to refresh them after I fire Newsboat up. Sure, I can press **r** or **R**, but why not have the application do it for me? I've added this setting to my configuration file to have Newsboat refresh all of my feeds when I launch it:
+
+
+```
+`refresh-on-startup yes`
+```
+
+If you have a lot of feeds, it can take a while to refresh them. I have around 80 feeds, and it takes over a minute to get new content from all of them.
+
+### Is that everything?
+
+Not even close. In addition to all of its configuration options, Newsboat also has a number of command-line switches you can use when you fire it up. Read more about them in the [documentation][16].
+
+On the surface, Newsboat is simple. But a lot of power and flexibility hides under its hood. That makes Newsboat an excellent RSS reader for anyone who needs a basic set of features or for someone who needs their RSS reader to do a whole lot more.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/newsboat
+
+作者：[Scott Nesbitt][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/scottnesbitt
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/CreativeCommons_ideas_520x292_1112JS.png?itok=otei0vKb (Boat on the ocean with Creative Commons sail)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/17/3/rss-feed-readers
+[3]: https://opensource.com/users/ksonney
+[4]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/open-source-rss-feed-reader
+[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OPML
+[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/newsboat-urls-file.png (Newsboat urls file)
+[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/newsboat-reading.png (Newsboat reading)
+[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/newsboat-links.png (Hyperlinks in Newsboat)
+[9]: https://github.com/owncloudarchive/news
+[10]: https://github.com/nextcloud/news
+[11]: https://newsboat.org/releases/2.18/docs/newsboat.html#_newsboat_as_a_client_for_newsreading_services
+[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/newsboat-oldreader.png (Newsboat with The Old Reader)
+[13]: https://newsboat.org/releases/2.18/docs/newsboat.html#_example_configuration
+[14]: https://opensource.com/article/16/12/web-browsers-linux-command-line
+[15]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/newsboat-read-with-w3m.png (Newsboat with w3m)
+[16]: https://newsboat.org/releases/2.18/docs/newsboat.html
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200302 Using LibreOffice for your open source budgeting tool.md b/sources/tech/20200302 Using LibreOffice for your open source budgeting tool.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9d26ff39c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200302 Using LibreOffice for your open source budgeting tool.md
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Using LibreOffice for your open source budgeting tool)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/libreoffice-open-source-budget)
+[#]: author: (Jess Weichler https://opensource.com/users/cyanide-cupcake)
+
+Using LibreOffice for your open source budgeting tool
+======
+Figure out where your money is going with this LibreOffice Calc budget
+template.
+![scientific calculator][1]
+
+Budgets can be intimidating for beginners. It can feel overwhelming to think about money, much less about how to keep track of it. But it's important to know where your money is coming and going.
+
+In this article, I'll step through a sample budget by explaining the logic behind important money decisions as well as the formulas you need to automate the process. Fortunately, LibreOffice makes it easy for anyone to keep their yearly budget in check, even the math-averse.
+
+### Getting started
+
+Begin by downloading and installing [LibreOffice][2], if you don't already have it. Next, download my [LibreOffice Calc template][3], which you can use as a starting point to create your own budget to meet your spending and savings goals.
+
+It's important to interact with your spreadsheet frequently. You can input transactions as they happen, daily, or weekly. You even could save up your receipts to calculate all your expenses at the end of the month, but this can be a hard slog. You want budgeting to be as quick and easy as possible.
+
+### Categories
+
+The first step to creating a budget is to decide on the categories you want to track. These categories can be as simple or as complex as you like. Think about what is useful to your personal situation and financial goals. You can easily add or change categories as your needs change.
+
+The template has a number of example categories you can start with. There is no right or wrong way to choose categories; your budget has to work for you. Look through the list in Column A of the **Budget** tab and decide which ones to keep, which to delete, and any others you want to add. Then edit that list to align with your personal income and expense situation.
+
+#### Create category drop-down menus
+
+![Budget categories][4]
+
+The template uses a drop-down menu to make it easy to assign categories to income and expenses. You can view them on the **Monthly** sheets (accessed with the tabs at the bottom of the LibreOffice window). Click on a cell in Column C, and a drop-down arrow will appear on the right. Click the arrow, and you'll see the example categories. You may need to change some of them so that they will match the categories in your budget (Column A of the **Budget** tab).
+
+To add or remove categories from the dropdown menu, click on Column C in a Monthly sheet to select all **Category** cells. Then, in the main menu, select **Data** > **Validity**. This opens up a dialog box.
+
+In **Validity**, select the **Criteria** tab, then click on the arrow to the right of **Allow**, set it to **List**, and type the categories you want to use in the **Entries** box. Type one category per line. Make sure to use the exact same categories you used on the **Budget** sheet in Column A.
+
+### Estimating your budget
+
+Once you have defined your categories, it's time to estimate how much you expect to earn and spend. You can calculate these amounts monthly, yearly, or using a mix of the two.
+
+Your first year of budgeting estimates won't be perfect, and you may be surprised at how much or little you spend on certain categories. But doing this will help you get a realistic idea of where your money is going. You can make adjustments in your second year to create a more accurate budget based upon what you spend in year one.
+
+In Column B (**Monthly Estimate**) of the **Budget** tab, enter your anticipated _monthly_ income and expenses for each category (an exception is the **Charity** row, which is automatically calculated as a percentage of your income). For _annual_ expenses and income (e.g., taxes, insurance, tuition, etc.), enter them in Column P (**Yearly Estimate**).
+
+#### Calculating the annual cost of monthly expenses
+
+Most expenses occur monthly. To find the yearly cost of a monthly expense, multiply your monthly estimate by 12. You could do this manually for each category, but it is much easier to use formulas.
+
+Formulas are automated calculations that determine the value of a cell. Formulas do all the heavy lifting, so you don't have to do a lot of sums in your head.
+
+In the template, you can use the **Yearly Estimate** column to make an equation to annualize a monthly expense or income. In a cell in Column P, type this:
+
+
+```
+`=SUM(x*12)`
+```
+
+but change _x_ to the name of the **Monthly Estimate** cell you want to use. (For example, to calculate the annual cost of your phone service using the template, the formula would read **=SUM(B12*13)**.)
+
+#### Calculating the monthly cost of yearly expenses
+
+You may pay some expenses, such as car insurance, only once a year. You can either ignore these expenses in the monthly estimates or put money aside for them in your budget each month.
+
+If you want to do the latter, you need to divide your **Yearly Estimate** by 12 and put that amount into your monthly budget. To do so, place this equation in the appropriate cell in the **Monthly Estimate** column:
+
+
+```
+`=SUM(x/12)`
+```
+
+where _x_ is the corresponding **Yearly Estimate** cell on your spreadsheet (from Column P).
+
+#### Finding percentages
+
+If you want to donate or save a percentage of your income, there's a function for that, too!
+
+The common recommendation is to put aside 20% of your take-home pay for savings. While I don't focus on this too much, I do find it helpful to see if I'm meeting my savings goals from month to month.
+
+For instance, Row 32 of the **Budget** tab template uses this formula to calculate the 20% of your income that you should allocate to savings:
+
+
+```
+`=SUM(B2*0.2)`
+```
+
+This same method can be used if you give a percentage (e.g., 10%) of your income to charity (Row 21 of the template):
+
+
+```
+`=SUM(B2*-0.1)`
+```
+
+This formula uses a negative percentage because donating to charity is an expense.
+
+### Entering monthly income and expenses
+
+The template pulls data totals from the **Monthly** sheets (the tabs at the bottom of the spreadsheet) to populate Columns C through N on the **Budget** sheet.
+
+It's useful to place each month's transactions on separate sheets of your budget spreadsheet. By keeping your receipts from purchases and entering them into each month's sheet, you create a digital record of your money.
+
+Enter income as positive numbers and expenses as negative numbers. Select the appropriate category using the drop-down in the **Category** column.
+
+In LibreOffice, the **SUMIF** function can look at values in a specific column and extract only the ones that occur next to a specific word. My template uses a **SUMIF** formula to extract values based on the adjacent category in order to enter an amount in the correct cell on the **Budget** tab. For example, to enter January's internet expenses into the **Budget** spreadsheet, enter this formula in cell C12:
+
+
+```
+`=SUMIF(january.$C:$C,A12,january.$D:$D)`
+```
+
+This looks at January's Column C and, if it sees an entry that contains the word in A12 on the **Budget** tab (Internet), then it extracts the number from Column D on the **January** tab and enters that value into the cell that contains the formula on the **Budget** tab (C12).
+
+### Analyzing your budget data
+
+#### Adding a range of numbers to calculate YTD spending
+
+To see how much you have spent overall this year to date (YTD), select the cell where you want to display that data (in the template, it's cell O29, under the **YTD** column), and enter the following formula to total the range of numbers corresponding to your monthly **Total Expense**:
+
+
+```
+`=SUM(x:y)`
+```
+
+Instead of _x_ and _y_, enter the first cell and the last cell in the range. You can type them in manually, but it's easier and less error-prone to just click and drag from the first to last cell. LibreOffice does the calculation and enters the appropriate values.
+
+#### Seeing how you're doing on your budget
+
+A big part of budgeting is comparing your estimates to your actual income and expenses. In the template, this is the **Budget** tab's Column Q. This column subtracts the contents of each cell in Column O (**YTD**) from Column P (**Yearly Estimate**).
+
+
+```
+`=SUM(x-y)`
+```
+
+where _x_ and _y_ equal the corresponding cells from Column P and O. For example, using the template to calculate how much you've spent on Utilities compared to your budget, you would enter **=SUM(P11-O11)**.
+
+![Budget overview][5]
+
+### Tracking expenses
+
+Now that your yearly budget is set up, you are ready to start meeting your financial goals.
+
+It's important to look at your budget often—and it's equally important to do so without guilt. Think of this process as gathering data so that you can adjust your estimates for the next year. The primary goal of budgeting is to understand your own spending habits and refine either your expectations or your behavior so that you can plan better for how your income is used.
+
+Which open source tools and apps do you use to budget? Tell us in the comments!
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/libreoffice-open-source-budget
+
+作者：[Jess Weichler][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/cyanide-cupcake
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/calculator_money_currency_financial_tool.jpg?itok=2QMa1y8c (scientific calculator)
+[2]: https://www.libreoffice.org/download/download/
+[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/budget_template_0.ods
+[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/imagebudget_cat.png (Budget categories)
+[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/imagebudget_overview.png (Budget overview)
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200303 Getting started with lightweight alternatives to GNU Emacs.md b/sources/tech/20200303 Getting started with lightweight alternatives to GNU Emacs.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5f86c79b84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200303 Getting started with lightweight alternatives to GNU Emacs.md
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Getting started with lightweight alternatives to GNU Emacs)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/lightweight-emacs)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+Getting started with lightweight alternatives to GNU Emacs
+======
+Slimmed-down (in size and features) alternatives allow you to take your
+text editor anywhere you go.
+![Text editor on a browser, in blue][1]
+
+I work on a lot of servers, and sometimes I find a host that hasn't installed [GNU Emacs][2]. There's usually a [GNU Nano][3] installation to keep me from resorting to [Vi][4], but I'm not used to Nano the way I am Emacs, and I inevitably run into complications when I try to save my document (**C-x** in Nano stands for Exit, and **C-s** locks Konsole).
+
+While it would be nice to have GNU Emacs available everywhere, it's a lot of program for making a simple update to a config file. My need for a small and lightweight emacs is what took me down the path of discovering MicroEmacs, Jove, and Zile—tiny, self-contained [emacsen][5] that you can put on a thumb drive, an SD card, and nearly any server, so you'll never be without an emacs editor.
+
+### Editing macros
+
+The term "emacs" is a somewhat generic term in the way that only open source produces, and a portmanteau. Before there was [GNU Emacs][6], there were collections of batch process scripts (called _macros_) that could perform common tasks for a user. For instance, if you often found yourself typing "teh" instead of "the," you could either go in and correct each one manually (no small feat when your editor can't even load the entire document into memory, as was often the case in the early 1980s), or you could invoke a macro to perform a quick swap of the "e" and "h."
+
+Eventually, these macros were bundled together into a package called editing macros, or EMACS for short. GNU Emacs is the most famous emacsen (yes, the -en suffix is used to describe many emacs, as in the word "oxen"), but it's not the only one. And it's certainly not the smallest. Quite the contrary, GNU Emacs is probably one of the largest.
+
+Fortunately, GNU Emacs is so popular that other emacs implementations tend to mimic most of the GNU version's basic controls. If you're looking for a basic, fast, and efficient editor that isn't Vim, you'll likely be happy with any of these options.
+
+### MicroEmacs
+
+![µemacs][7]
+
+[MicroEmacs][8], also known as uemacs (as in the Greek letter µ, which denotes "micro" in scientific notation), was written by Dave Conroy, but there's a long list of users who have cloned it and modified it. One user who maintains a personal version of µemacs is a programmer named Linus Torvalds, and his copy is available from his website, [kernel.org][9] (which also, incidentally, includes a small side project of his called [Linux][10]).
+
+#### Size
+
+It takes me five seconds to compile µemacs at the slowest setting I can impose on my computer, and the resulting binary is a mere 493KB. Admittedly, that's not literally "micro" compared to the typical size of a GNU Emacs download (1 millionth of 70MB is 70 bytes, by my calculation), but it's respectably small. For instance, it's easy enough to send it to yourself by email or over Signal, and certainly small enough to keep handy on every thumb drive or SD card you own.
+
+By default, Linus's version expects libcurses, but you can override this setting in the Makefile so that it uses libtermcap instead. The resulting binary is independent enough to run on most Linux boxes:
+
+
+```
+$ ldd em
+linux-vdso.so.1
+libtermcap.so.2 => /lib64/libtermcap.so.2
+libc.so.6 => /lib64/libc.so.6
+/lib64/ld-linux-x86-64.so.2
+```
+
+#### Features
+
+The [keyboard shortcuts][11] are just as you'd expect. You can open files and edit them without ever realizing you're not in GNU Emacs.
+
+Some advanced features are missing. For instance, there's no vertical buffer split, although there is a horizontal split. There's no eval command, so you won't use µemacs for Lisp programming.
+
+The search function is also a little different from what you may be used to: instead of **C-s**, it's **M-s**, which could make all the difference if your terminal emulator accepts **Ctrl+S** as a freeze command. The help page for µemacs is very complete, so use **M-x help** to get familiar with what it has available.
+
+#### License
+
+The license for µemacs is custom to the project with a non-commercial condition. You're free to share, use, and modify µemacs, but you can't do anything commercial with it.
+While not as liberal a policy as I typically prefer, it's a good-enough license for personal use; just don't build a business around it.
+
+### GNU Zile
+
+![GNU Zile][12]
+
+[GNU Zile][13] claims to be a development kit for text editors. It's meant as a framework to enable people to quickly develop their own custom text editor without having to reinvent common data structures. It's a great idea and probably very useful, but as I have no interest in making my own editor, I just use the example implementation that ships with its codebase as a pleasant, lightweight emacs.
+
+The build process for the example editor (supposedly called Zemacs, although the binary it renders is named zile) is the standard [Autotools][14] procedure:
+
+
+```
+$ ./configure
+$ make
+```
+
+#### Size
+
+Compiling it from source takes me a minute on one core or about 50 seconds on six cores (the configuration process is the long part). The binary produced in the end is 1.2MB, making this the heaviest of the lightweight emacsen I use, but compared to even GNU Emacs without X (which is 14MB on my system), it's relatively trivial.
+
+Of the lightweight emacsen I use, it's also the most complex. You can exclude some library links by disabling features during configuration, but here are the defaults:
+
+
+```
+$ ldd src/zile
+linux-vdso.so.1
+libacl.so.1 => /lib64/libacl.so.1
+libncurses.so.5 => /lib64/libncurses.so.5
+libgc.so.1 => /usr/lib64/libgc.so.1
+libc.so.6 => /lib64/libc.so.6
+libattr.so.1 => /lib64/libattr.so.1
+libdl.so.2 => /lib64/libdl.so.2
+libpthread.so.0 => /lib64/libpthread.so.0
+/lib64/ld-linux-x86-64.so.2
+```
+
+#### Features
+
+Zile acts a little more like GNU Emacs than µemacs or Jove, but it's still a minimal experience. But some little touches are refreshing: Tab completion happens in a buffer, you can run shell commands from the mini-buffer, and you have a good assortment of functions available. It's by no means a GNU Emacs replacement, though, and if you wander too far in search of advanced features, you'll find out why it's only 1.2MB.
+
+I've been unable to find in-application help files, and the man page bundled with it is minimal. However, if you're comfortable with Emacs, Zile is a good compromise between the full 14MB (or greater, if you're using a GUI) version and the extremely lightweight implementations.
+
+### Jove
+
+![Jove][15]
+
+[Jove][16] was my first tiny emacs and remains the smallest I've found yet. This was an easy discovery for me, as it ships with [Slackware][17] Linux and, with a surreptitious symlink, quickly became my personal replacement for the Vi binary. Jove is based on GNU Emacs, but the man page cautions that feature parity is by no means to be expected. I find Jove surprisingly feature-rich for such a small binary (in fact, this article was written in Jove version 4.17.06-9), but there's no question that renaming .emacs to .joverc does _not_ behave as you might hope.
+
+#### Size
+
+It takes me five seconds to compile Jove at the slowest setting (-j1) and about a second using all cores. The resulting binary, confusingly called jjove by default, is just 293KB.
+
+The Jove binary is independent enough to run on most Linux boxes:
+
+
+```
+$ ldd jjove
+linux-vdso.so.1
+libtermcap.so.2 => /lib64/libtermcap.so.2
+libc.so.6 => /lib64/libc.so.6
+/lib64/ld-linux-x86-64.so.2
+```
+
+#### Features
+
+Jove has good documentation in the form of a man page. You can also get a helpful listing of all available commands by typing **M-x ?** and using the Spacebar to scroll. If you're entirely new to emacs, you can run **teachjove** to learn Jove (and emacs, accordingly).
+
+Most common editing commands and keybindings work as expected. Some oddities exist; for example, there's no vertical split, and Tab completion for paths in the mini-buffer is non-existent. However, it's the smallest emacs I've found and yet has a full GNU Emacs feel to it.
+
+### Try Emacs
+
+If you've only ever tried GNU Emacs, then you might find that the world of emacsen is richer than you may have expected. There's a rich tradition behind emacs, and trying some of its variants, spin-offs, and alternate implementations is part of the joy of being comfortable with how emacsen work. Get to know emacs; carry a few builds around everywhere you go, and you'll never have to use a substandard editor again!
+
+GNU Emacs can be much more than just a text editor. Learn how to get started.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/lightweight-emacs
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/browser_blue_text_editor_web.png?itok=lcf-m6N7 (Text editor on a browser, in blue)
+[2]: https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/
+[3]: https://www.nano-editor.org/
+[4]: https://opensource.com/article/19/3/getting-started-vim
+[5]: https://www.emacswiki.org/emacs/Emacsen
+[6]: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/who-cares-about-emacs
+[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/lightweight-emacs-uemacs.jpg (µemacs)
+[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MicroEMACS
+[9]: https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/editors/uemacs/uemacs.git
+[10]: https://opensource.com/tags/linux
+[11]: https://opensource.com/downloads/emacs-cheat-sheet
+[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/lightweight-emacs-zile.jpg (GNU Zile)
+[13]: https://www.gnu.org/software/zile/
+[14]: https://opensource.com/article/19/7/introduction-gnu-autotools
+[15]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/lightweight-emacs-jove.jpg (Jove)
+[16]: https://opensource.com/article/17/1/jove-lightweight-alternative-vim
+[17]: http://slackware.com
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200303 Watching activity on Linux with watch and tail commands.md b/sources/tech/20200303 Watching activity on Linux with watch and tail commands.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..15780a5b34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200303 Watching activity on Linux with watch and tail commands.md
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Watching activity on Linux with watch and tail commands)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3529891/watching-activity-on-linux-with-watch-and-tail-commands.html)
+[#]: author: (Sandra Henry-Stocker https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/)
+
+Watching activity on Linux with watch and tail commands
+======
+The watch and tail commands can help monitor activity on Linux systems. This post looks at some helpful ways to use these commands.
+Loops7 / Getty Images
+
+The **watch** and **tail** commands provide some interesting options for examining activity on a Linux system in an ongoing manner.
+
+That is, instead of just asking a question and getting an answer (like asking **who** and getting a list of currently logged in users), you can get **watch** to provide you with a display showing who is logged in along with updates as users come and go.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][1]
+
+With **tail**, you can display the bottoms of files and see content as it is added. This kind of monitoring is often very helpful and requires less effort than running commands periodically.
+
+### Using watch
+
+One of the simplest examples of using **watch** is to use the command **watch who**. You should see a list showing who is logged in along with when they logged in and where they logged in from. Notice that the default is to update the display every two seconds (top left) and that the date and time (upper right) updates itself at that interval. The list of users will grow and shrink as users log in and out.
+
+### $ watch who
+
+This command will dissplay a list of logins like this:
+
+```
+Every 2.0s: who dragonfly: Thu Feb 27 10:52:00 2020
+
+nemo pts/0 2020-02-27 08:07 (192.168.0.11)
+shs pts/1 2020-02-27 10:58 (192.168.0.5)
+```
+
+You can change the interval to get less frequent updates by adding a **-n** option (e.g., -n 10) to select a different number of seconds between updates.
+
+### $ watch -n 10 who
+
+The new interval will be displayed and the time shown will change less frequently, aligning itself with the selected interval.
+
+[][2]
+
+```
+Every 10.0s: who dragonfly: Thu Feb 27 11:05:47 2020
+
+nemo pts/0 2020-02-27 08:07 (192.168.0.11)
+shs pts/1 2020-02-27 10:58 (192.168.0.5)
+```
+
+If you prefer to see only the command's output and not the heading (the top 2 lines), you can omit those lines by adding the **-t** (no title) option.
+
+### $ watch -t who
+
+Your display will then look like this:
+
+```
+nemo pts/0 2020-02-27 08:07 (192.168.0.11)
+shs pts/1 2020-02-27 10:58 (192.168.0.5)
+```
+
+If every time the watched command runs, its output is the same, only the title line (if not omitted) will change. The rest of the displayed information will stay the same.
+
+If you want your **watch** command to exit as soon as the output of the command that it is watching changes, you can use a **-g** (think of this as the "go away") option. You might choose to do this if, for example, you are simply waiting for others to start logging into the system.
+
+You can also highlight changes in the displayed output using the **-d** (differences) option. The highlighting will only last for one interval (2 seconds by default), but can help to draw your attention to the changes.
+
+Here's a more complex example of using the **watch** command to display services that are listening for connections and the ports they are using. While the output isn't likely to change, it would alert you to any new service starting up or one going down.
+
+```
+$ watch 'sudo lsof -i -P -n | grep LISTEN'
+```
+
+Notice that the command being run needs to be enclosed in quotes to ensure that the **watch** command doesn't send its output to the grep command.
+
+Using the **watch -h** command will provide you with a list of the command's options.
+
+```
+$ watch -h
+
+Usage:
+ watch [options] command
+
+Options:
+ -b, --beep beep if command has a non-zero exit
+ -c, --color interpret ANSI color and style sequences
+ -d, --differences[=]
+ highlight changes between updates
+ -e, --errexit exit if command has a non-zero exit
+ -g, --chgexit exit when output from command changes
+ -n, --interval seconds to wait between updates
+ -p, --precise attempt run command in precise intervals
+ -t, --no-title turn off header
+ -x, --exec pass command to exec instead of "sh -c"
+
+ -h, --help display this help and exit
+ -v, --version output version information and exit
+```
+
+### Using tail -f
+
+The **tail -f** command has something in common with **watch**. It will both display the bottom of a file and additional content as it is added. Instead of having to run a "tail" command again and again, you run one command and get a repeatedly updated view of its output. For example, you could watch a system log with a command like this:
+
+```
+$ tail -f /var/log/syslog
+```
+
+Some files, like **/var/log/wtmp**, don't lend themselves to this type of handling because they're not formatted as normal text files, but you could get a similar result by combining **watch** and **tail** like this:
+
+```
+watch 'who /var/log/wtmp | tail -20'
+```
+
+This command will display the most recent 5 logins regardless of how many of the users are still logged in. If another login occurs, a line will be added and the top line removed.
+
+```
+Every 60.0s: who /var/log/wtmp | tail -5 dragonfly: Thu Feb 27 12:46:07 2020
+
+shs pts/0 2020-02-27 08:07 (192.168.0.5)
+nemo pts/1 2020-02-27 08:26 (192.168.0.5)
+shs pts/1 2020-02-27 10:58 (192.168.0.5)
+nemo pts/1 2020-02-27 11:34 (192.168.0.5)
+dory pts/1 2020-02-27 12:14 (192.168.0.5)
+```
+
+Both the **watch** and **tail -f** commands can provide auto-updating views of information that you might at times want to monitor, making the task of monitoring quite a bit easier whether you're monitoring processes, logins or system resources.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][3] and [LinkedIn][4] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3529891/watching-activity-on-linux-with-watch-and-tail-commands.html
+
+作者：[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3440100/take-the-intelligent-route-with-consumption-based-storage.html?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE21620&utm_content=sidebar ( Take the Intelligent Route with Consumption-Based Storage)
+[3]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[4]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200304 How service virtualization relates to test-driven development.md b/sources/tech/20200304 How service virtualization relates to test-driven development.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4ff4243603
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200304 How service virtualization relates to test-driven development.md
@@ -0,0 +1,428 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How service virtualization relates to test-driven development)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/service-virtualization-test-driven-development)
+[#]: author: (Alex Bunardzic https://opensource.com/users/alex-bunardzic)
+
+How service virtualization relates to test-driven development
+======
+Mountebank simulates services you're dependent on so autonomous teams
+can continue development activities without having to wait on anyone.
+![Person using a laptop][1]
+
+The agile approach to software development relies on service virtualization to give each IT team autonomy. This approach removes blockages and allows autonomous teams to continue development activities without having to wait on anyone. That way, integration testing can commence as soon as teams start iterating/sprinting.
+
+### How automated services work
+
+Any automated service is available to consumers via a published endpoint. This means services can be automated only if they're made available online.
+
+Any consumer wishing to leverage available automated services must be capable of sending requests to that service's endpoint via an HTTP protocol. Some of those services will, upon receiving the request via the HTTP protocol, respond by simply sending back some data. Other services may respond to receiving a request via HTTP protocol by actually performing some work. For example, a service may create a resource (for example, create an order), update a resource (update an order), or delete a resource (cancel an order).
+
+All those activities get triggered via the HTTP protocol. In the simplest of cases, the action instigated by the service consumer is GET (e.g., HTTP GET). That request may arrive with some query values; those values will get used by the service to narrow down the search (such as "search for order number 12345 and return the data").
+
+In more elaborate cases, a request may arrive with the instruction to POST some values; a service will accept that request and expect some values to be associated with it. Those values are usually called the payload. When the service accepts an HTTP POST request containing the payload, it will attempt to process it. It may or may not succeed in processing it, but either way, it will respond to the service consumer with a status code and an optional status message. That way, service consumers will be notified of the success/failure of their request so that they can decide what the next step should be.
+
+### What is service virtualization?
+
+Now that we understand how automated services work, it should be easier to understand how to virtualize them. In a nutshell, it is possible to simulate any service that is published on a hosting site. Instead of sending HTTP requests directly to the service provider's endpoint, you can interject a fake, pretend service that simulates the behavior of the real service.
+
+From the service consumer's standpoint, it makes absolutely no difference whether it is interacting with a real or a fake service. The interaction remains identical.
+
+### Virtualize one service
+
+OK, enough talking, I'll roll up my sleeves and show how to do it in practical terms. Suppose your team is starting a new project and receives requirements in the form of a fully fleshed user story:
+
+#### Authenticate user
+
+_As a new app_
+_I want to authenticate the user_
+_Because we want to ensure proper security for the app_
+
+#### Acceptance criteria
+
+**Scenario #1:** _New app successfully authenticates the user_
+Given that the user has navigated to the login page
+And the user has submitted credentials
+When new app receives login request
+Then new app successfully authenticates the user
+And new app displays response message "User successfully logged in."
+
+**Scenario #2:** _New app cannot authenticate the user on the first attempt_
+Given that the user has navigated to the login page
+And the user has submitted credentials
+When new app receives login request
+Then new app fails to successfully authenticate the user
+And new app displays response message "Incorrect login. You have 2 more attempts left."
+
+**Scenario #3:** _New app cannot authenticate the user on the second attempt_
+Given that the user has navigated to the login page
+And the user has submitted credentials
+When new app receives login request
+Then new app fails to successfully authenticate the user
+And new app displays response message "Incorrect login. You have 1 more attempt left."
+
+**Scenario #4:** _New app cannot authenticate the user on the third attempt_
+Given that the user has navigated to the login page
+And the user has submitted credentials
+When new app receives login request
+Then new app fails to successfully authenticate the user
+And new app displays response message "Incorrect login. You have no more attempts left."
+
+The first thing to do when starting the work on this user story is to create the so-called "walking skeleton" (for this exercise, I will be using the standard **.Net Core** platform plus **xUnit.net** I discussed in my previous articles ([starting with this one][2] with [another example here][3]). Please refer to them for technical details on how to install, configure, and run the required tools.
+
+Create the walking skeleton infrastructure by opening the command line and typing:
+
+
+```
+`mkdir AuthenticateUser`
+```
+
+Then move inside the **AuthenticateUser** folder:
+
+
+```
+`cd AuthenticateUser`
+```
+
+And create a separate folder for tests:
+
+
+```
+`mkdir tests`
+```
+
+Move into the **tests** folder (**cd tests**) and initiate the **xUnit** framework:
+
+
+```
+`dotnet new xunit`
+```
+
+Now move one folder up (back to **AuthenticateUser**) and create the app folder:
+
+
+```
+mkdir app
+cd app
+```
+
+Create the scaffold necessary for C# code:
+
+
+```
+`dotnet new classlib`
+```
+
+The walking skeleton is now ready! Open the editor of your choice and start coding.
+
+### Write a failing test first
+
+In the spirit of TDD, start by writing the failing test (refer to the [previous article][4] to learn why is it important to see your test fail before attempting to make it pass):
+
+
+```
+using System;
+using Xunit;
+using app;
+
+namespace tests {
+ public class UnitTest1 {
+ Authenticate auth = [new][5] Authenticate();
+
+ [Fact]
+ public void SuccessLogin(){
+ var given = "credentials";
+ var expected = "Successful login.";
+ var actual = auth.Login(given);
+ Assert.Equal(expected, actual);
+ }
+ }
+}
+```
+
+This test states that if someone supplies some credentials (i.e., a secret username and password) to the **Login** method of the **Authenticate** component when it processes the request, it is expected to return the message "Successful login."
+
+Of course, this is functionality that does not exist yet—the instantiated **Authenticate** module in the **SuccessLogin()** module hasn't been written yet. So you might as well go ahead and take the first stab at writing the desired functionality. Create a new file (**Authenticate.cs**) in the **app** folder and add the following code:
+
+
+```
+using System;
+
+namespace app {
+ public class Authenticate {
+ public string Login(string credentials) {
+ return "Not implemented";
+ }
+ }
+}
+```
+
+Now, navigate to the **tests** folder and run:
+
+
+```
+`dotnet test`
+```
+
+![Output of dotnet.test][6]
+
+The test fails because it was expecting a "Successful login" output but instead got the "Not implemented" output.
+
+### Increasing complexity for day two operations
+
+Now that you have created the "happy path" expectation and made it fail, it is time to work on implementing the functionality that will make the failing test pass. The following day, you attend the standup and report that you have started on the "Authenticate user" story. You let the team know that you have created the first failing test for the "happy path," and today, the plan is to implement the code to make the failing test pass.
+
+You explain your intention to first create a **User** table containing the **username**, **password**, and other pertinent attributes. But the scrum master interrupts and explains that the **User** module is being handled by another team. It would be bad practice to duplicate the maintenance of users, as the information will quickly get out of sync. So instead of building the **User** module (which would include the authentication logic), you are to leverage the authentication services that the **User** team is working on.
+
+That's great news because it saves you the trouble of having to write a lot of code to implement the **User** processing. Emboldened, you enthusiastically announce that you will quickly cobble up a function that will take user credentials and send them to the service that the **User** team has built.
+
+Alas, your intentions get squashed again as you learn that the **User** team hasn't started building the **User authentication** service yet. They're still in the process of assigning user stories to the backlog. Disheartened, you resign to the fact that it will be at least a few days (if not weeks?) before you can start working on the **User authentication** story.
+
+The scrum master then says that there is no reason to wait for the **User authentication** service to be built and deployed to testing. You could start developing the authentication functionality right away. But how can you do that?
+
+The scrum master offers a simple suggestion: leverage service virtualization. Since all specifications for the **User** module have been solidified and signed off, you have a solid, non-volatile contract to build your solution against. The contract published by the **User** services team states that in order to authenticate a user, specific expectations must be fulfilled:
+
+ 1. A client wishing to authenticate a user should send an **HTTP POST** request to the endpoint .
+ 2. The **HTTP POST** sent to the above endpoint must have a **JSON** payload that contains the user credentials (i.e., username and password).
+ 3. Upon receiving the request, the service will attempt to log the user in. If the username and password match the information on record, the service will return an **HTTP** response containing status code 200 with the body of the response containing the message "User successfully logged in."
+
+
+
+So, now that you know the contract details, you can start building the solution. Here's the code that connects to the endpoint, sends the **HTTP POST** request, and receives the **HTTP** response:
+
+
+```
+using System;
+using System.Net.Http;
+using System.Threading.Tasks;
+using System.Collections.Generic;
+
+namespace app {
+ public class Authenticate {
+ HttpClient client = [new][5] HttpClient();
+ string endPoint = "";
+
+ public string Login(string credentials) {
+ Task<string> response = CheckLogin(credentials);
+ return response.Result;
+ }
+
+ private async Task<string> CheckLogin(string credentials) {
+ var values = [new][5] Dictionary<string, string>{{"credentials", credentials}};
+ var content = [new][5] FormUrlEncodedContent(values);
+ var response = await client.PostAsync(endPoint, content);
+ return await response.Content.ReadAsStringAsync();
+ }
+ }
+}
+```
+
+This code won't work because does not exist (yet). Are you stuck now, waiting for the other team to eventually build and deploy that service?
+
+Not really. Service virtualization to rescue! Let's pretend that the service is already there and continue the development.
+
+### How to virtualize a service
+
+One way to virtualize the **User authentication** service would be to write a new app (the new API) and run it locally. This API will mirror the contract specified by the real **User authentication** API and will only return hard-coded stubbed data (it will be a fake service).
+
+Sounds like a good plan. Again, the team pushes back during the standup, questioning the need for writing, building, testing, and deploying a brand new app just to accomplish this fake functionality. It kind of wouldn't be worth the trouble because, by the time you deliver that new fake app, the other team would probably be ready with the real service.
+
+So you've reached an impasse. It looks like you are forced to wait on your dependency to materialize. You've failed to control your dependencies; you now have no recourse but to work in a sequential fashion.
+
+Not so fast! There is a great new tool called [mountebank][7] that is ideal for virtualizing any service. Using this tool, you can quickly stand up a local server that listens on a port you specify and takes orders. To make it simulate a service, you only have to tell it which port to listen to and which protocol to handle. The choice of protocols is:
+
+ * HTTP
+ * HTTPS
+ * SMTP
+ * TCP
+
+
+
+In this case, you need the HTTP protocol. First, install mountebank—if you have **npm** on your computer, you can simply type on the command line:
+
+
+```
+`npm install -g mountebank`
+```
+
+After it's installed, run mountebank by typing:
+
+
+```
+`mb`
+```
+
+At startup, mountebank will show:
+
+![mountebank startup][8]
+
+Now you're ready to virtualize an HTTP service. In this case, the **User authentication** service expects to receive an HTTP POST request; here is how the implemented code sends an HTTP POST request:
+
+
+```
+`var response = await client.PostAsync(endPoint, content);`
+```
+
+You now have to establish that **endPoint**. Ideally, all virtualized services should be propped in the **localhost** server to ensure quick execution of integration tests.
+
+To do that, you need to configure the **imposter**. In its bare-bones form, the **imposter** is a simple JSON collection of key-value pairs containing the definition of a port and a protocol:
+
+
+```
+{
+ "port": 3001,
+ "protocol": "http"
+}
+```
+
+This imposter is configured to handle the HTTP protocol and to listen to incoming requests on port 3001.
+
+Just listening to incoming HTTP requests on port 3001 is not going to do much. Once the request arrives at that port, mountebank needs to be told what to do with that request. In other words, you are virtualizing not only the availability of a service on a specific port but also the way that virtualized service is going to respond to the request.
+
+To accomplish that level of service virtualization, you need to tell mountebank how to configure stubs. Each stub consists of two components:
+
+ 1. A collection of predicates
+ 2. A collection of expected responses
+
+
+
+A predicate (sometimes called a matcher) narrows down the scope of the incoming request. For example, using the HTTP protocol, you can expect more than one type of method (e.g., GET, POST, PUT, DELETE, PATCH, etc.). In most service-virtualization scenarios, we are interested in simulating the behavior that is specific to a particular HTTP method. This scenario is about responding to the HTTP POST request, so you need to configure your stub to match on HTTP POST requests only:
+
+
+```
+{
+ "port": 3001,
+ "protocol": "http",
+ "stubs": [
+ {
+ "predicates": [
+ {
+ "equals": {
+ "method": "post"
+ }
+ }
+ ]
+ }
+ ]
+}
+```
+
+This imposter defines one predicate that matches (using the keyword **equals**) on the HTTP POST request only.
+
+Now take a closer look at the **endPoint** value, as defined in the implemented code:
+
+
+```
+`string endPoint = "http://localhost:3001/api/v1/users/login";`
+```
+
+In addition to listening to port 3001 (as defined in ), the **endPoint** is more specific, in that it expects the incoming HTTP POST request to go to the /api/v1/users/login path. How do you tell mountebank to only match exactly on the /api/v1/users/login path? By adding the path key-value pair to the stub's predicate:
+
+
+```
+{
+ "port": 3001,
+ "protocol": "http",
+ "stubs": [
+ {
+ "predicates": [
+ {
+ "equals": {
+ "method": "post",
+ "path": "/api/v1/users/login"
+ }
+ }
+ ]
+ }
+ ]
+}
+```
+
+This imposter now knows that HTTP requests arriving at port 3001 must be a POST method and must point at the /api/v1/users/login path. The only thing left to simulate is the expected HTTP response.
+
+Add the response to the JSON imposter:
+
+
+```
+{
+ "port": 3001,
+ "protocol": "http",
+ "stubs": [
+ {
+ "predicates": [
+ {
+ "equals": {
+ "method": "post",
+ "path": "/api/v1/users/login"
+ }
+ }
+ ],
+ "responses": [
+ {
+ "is": {
+ "statusCode": 200,
+ "body": "Successful login."
+ }
+ }
+ ]
+ }
+ ]
+}
+```
+
+With mountebank imposters, you define responses as a collection of JSON key-value pairs. In most cases, it is sufficient to simply state that a response is a **statusCode** and a **body**. This case is simulating the "happy path" response that has the status code **OK (200)** and the body containing a simple message **Successful login** (as specified in the acceptance criteria).
+
+### How to run virtualized services?
+
+OK, now that you have virtualized the **User authentication** service (at least its "happy path"), how do you run it?
+
+Remember that you have already started mountebank, and it reported that it is running in memory as the domain. Mountebank is listening on port 2525 and taking orders.
+
+Great, now you have to tell mountebank that you have the imposter ready. How do you do that? Send an HTTP POST request to . The requests body must contain the JSON you created above. There are a few techniques available to send that request. If you're versed in [curl][9], using it to send HTTP POST requests would be the simplest, quickest way to stand up the imposter. But many people prefer a more user-friendly way to send the HTTP POST to mountebank.
+
+The easy way to do that is to use [Postman][10]. If you download and install Postman, you can point it at , select the POST method from the pulldown menu, and copy and paste the imposter JSON into the raw body.
+
+When you click Send, the imposter will be created, and you should get Status 201 (Created).
+
+![Postman output][11]
+
+Your virtualized service is now running! You can verify it by navigating to the **tests** folder and running the **dotnet test** command:
+
+![dotnet test output][12]
+
+### Conclusion
+
+This demo shows how easy it is to remove blockages and control dependencies by simulating services you're dependent on. Mountebank is a fantastic tool that easily and cheaply simulates all kinds of very elaborate, sophisticated services.
+
+In this installment, I just had time to illustrate how to virtualize a simple "happy path" service. If you go back to the actual user story, you will notice that its acceptance criteria contain several "less happy" paths (cases when someone is repeatedly trying to log in using invalid credentials). It's a bit trickier to properly virtualize and test those use cases, so I've left that exercise for the next installment in this series.
+
+How will you use service virtualization to solve your testing needs? I would love to hear about it in the comments.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/service-virtualization-test-driven-development
+
+作者：[Alex Bunardzic][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/alex-bunardzic
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/laptop_screen_desk_work_chat_text.png?itok=UXqIDRDD (Person using a laptop)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/19/8/mutation-testing-evolution-tdd
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/19/9/mutation-testing-example-tdd
+[4]: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/automate-unit-tests
+[5]: http://www.google.com/search?q=new+msdn.microsoft.com
+[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/dotnet-test.png (Output of dotnet.test)
+[7]: http://www.mbtest.org/
+[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/mountebank-startup.png (mountebank startup)
+[9]: https://curl.haxx.se/
+[10]: https://www.postman.com/
+[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/status-201.png (Postman output)
+[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/dotnet-test2.png (dotnet test output)
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200305 5 productivity apps for Linux.md b/sources/tech/20200305 5 productivity apps for Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3e7423dc59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200305 5 productivity apps for Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (5 productivity apps for Linux)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/productivity-apps-linux-elementary)
+[#]: author: (Scott Nesbitt https://opensource.com/users/scottnesbitt)
+
+5 productivity apps for Linux
+======
+Get organized and accomplish more with these five productivity apps for
+the Elementary Linux desktop.
+![Person drinking a hat drink at the computer][1]
+
+I've had a soft spot for [Elementary OS][2] since I first encountered it in 2013. A lot of that has to do with the distribution being very clean and simple.
+
+Since 2013, I've recommended Elementary to people who I've helped [transition to Linux][3] from other operating systems. Some have stuck with it. Some who moved on to other Linux distributions told me that Elementary helped smooth the transition and gave them more confidence using Linux.
+
+Like the distribution itself, many of the applications created specifically for Elementary OS are simple, clean, and useful. They can help boost your day-to-day productivity, too.
+
+### About "pay-what-you-want" apps
+
+Some apps in the Elementary AppCenter ask you to pay what you can. You're not obliged to pay to the full amount a developer asks for (or pay anything, for that matter). However, any money that changes hands goes to support the development of those apps.
+
+Three of the applications in this article—Quilter, Notes-up, and Envelope—are pay-what-you-want. If you find an app useful, I encourage you to send some money the developer's way.
+
+### Envelope
+
+Managing your budget should be simple. More than a few people, though, struggle with the task. That's where [Envelope][4] can help. While Envelope doesn't pack the features of something like [GnuCash][5], it's good enough for most of us.
+
+The app is built around the [envelope system][6] of personal and household budgeting. The first time you launch Envelope, you need to set up an account. You can do that manually, or you can import a [QIF][7] file containing financial information from another program.
+
+![Adding an account in Envelope][8]
+
+Either way, Envelope offers a set of categories (your envelopes). Add or delete categories as you see fit—for example, I don't own a car, so I deleted the Fuel category.
+
+From there, add transactions. Those can be your expenses or your income. Or both.
+
+![Entering a transaction in Envelope][9]
+
+Envelope gives you an overview of your spending and income. To get a more focused view of your budget, you can report on the current or previous month or a specific range of dates.
+
+### Notes-Up
+
+[Notes-Up][10]'s look and feel are reminiscent of note-taking tools like [Standard Notes][11], Simplenote, and the macOS Notes app. If you use any of them, switching to Notes-Up will be smooth and painless. Regardless, Notes-Up is easy to learn and use.
+
+![Notes-Up][12]
+
+Create a note and start typing. Notes-Up supports Markdown, making it easy to add formatting to your notes.
+
+![Taking notes in Notes-Up][13]
+
+If your Markdown is rusty, you can click the buttons on the toolbar to add formatting like lists; bold, italics, and strikethrough; code blocks; images; and more. You can also export your notes as PDF or Markdown files.
+
+Use Notes-Up for a while, and you'll wind up with a long list of notes. Organize them using _notebooks_. You can, for example, create personal, school, and work notebooks. On top of that, Notes-Up enables you to create sub-notebooks. Under my notebook for Opensource.com, for example, I have sub-notebooks for articles and the news roundups I curate.
+
+Notebooks not your thing? Then use tags to add keywords to your notes to make them easier to sort.
+
+### Yishu
+
+I do as much of my work as I can in [plain text][14]. That includes my task list. For that, I turn to a handy command-line application called [Todo.txt][15].
+
+If you aren't comfortable working at the command line, then [Yishu][16] is for you. It has Todo.txt's key features but graphically on the desktop.
+
+![Yishu][17]
+
+When you first fire up Yishu, it asks you to open an existing Todo.txt file. If you have one, open it. Otherwise, create a task. That also creates a new file for your tasks.
+
+![Adding a task in Yishu][18]
+
+Your options are limited: a description of the task and a priority. You can also add a due date in the format _YYYY-MM-DD_—for example, _2020-02-17_.
+
+When you click **OK**, Yishu saves the file Todo.txt to your **/home** folder. That might not be where you want to store your tasks. You can tell Yishu to use another folder in its preferences.
+
+### Reminduck
+
+Chances are, your notifications and reminders are jarring. A piercing buzz, an annoying beep, a text box that appears when you least expect it. Why not add a bit of [calm][19] and a bit of whimsy to your reminders—with a duck?
+
+That's the idea behind [Reminduck][20]. It's a simple and fun way to tell yourself it's time to do, well, anything.
+
+Fire up the app and create a reminder. You can add a description, date, and time for the reminder to appear, and you can set it to repeat. Reminders can repeat after a number of minutes that you set or at specific times every day, week, or month.
+
+![Reminduck][21]
+
+You can set up more than one reminder. Reminduck organizes your reminders, and you can edit or delete them.
+
+![Reminduck reminders][22]
+
+When the reminder is triggered, a little message pops out of the notification area on the desktop along with a soft alert and an icon of a smiling duck.
+
+![Reminduck notification][23]
+
+### Quilter
+
+It's easy enough to write with [Markdown][24] in a plain old text editor. Some folks, though, prefer to work with a dedicated Markdown editor. On the Elementary OS desktop, one option is [Quilter][25].
+
+![Quilter][26]
+
+Quilter is pretty basic. There's no toolbar to insert formatting; you have to add Markdown by hand. On the other hand, Quilter displays a running word count and an estimate of how long it will take to read what you're writing.
+
+![Quilter][27]
+
+The editor's options are few. There's a preview mode, and you can export your documents to PDF or HTML. The result of an export has the same look as a preview. That's not a bad thing.
+
+Quilter's other options include the ability to change the line spacing and margins, set the editor's font, as well as enable syntax highlighting and spell checking. It also has a mode that you can use to focus on a single line or a single paragraph while you're writing.
+
+### Final thoughts
+
+Sometimes, the best tools to boost your productivity are simple ones. Applications like the five above focus on doing one thing and doing it well.
+
+Envelope, Notes-Up, Yishu, Reminduck, and Quilter won't appeal to everyone. But if you use Elementary OS, give them a try. They can help you keep on track and do what you need to do.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/productivity-apps-linux-elementary
+
+作者：[Scott Nesbitt][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/scottnesbitt
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/coffee_tea_laptop_computer_work_desk.png?itok=D5yMx_Dr (Person drinking a hat drink at the computer)
+[2]: https://elementary.io
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/18/12/help-non-techies
+[4]: https://nlaplante.github.io/envelope/
+[5]: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/gnucash
+[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Envelope_system
+[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quicken_Interchange_Format
+[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/envelope-add-account.png (Adding an account in Envelope)
+[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/envelope-entering-transaction.png (Entering a transaction in Envelope)
+[10]: https://appcenter.elementary.io/com.github.philip-scott.notes-up/
+[11]: https://opensource.com/article/18/12/taking-notes-standard-notes
+[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/notes-up-main-window.png (Notes-Up)
+[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/notes-up-taking-note.png (Taking notes in Notes-Up)
+[14]: https://plaintextproject.online
+[15]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/open-source-to-do-list
+[16]: https://appcenter.elementary.io/com.github.lainsce.yishu/
+[17]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/yishu-task-list.png (Yishu)
+[18]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/yishu-add-task.png (Adding a task in Yishu)
+[19]: https://weeklymusings.net/weekly-musings-025
+[20]: https://appcenter.elementary.io/com.github.matfantinel.reminduck/
+[21]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/reminduck.png (Reminduck)
+[22]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/remiunduck-reminders-list.png (Reminduck reminders)
+[23]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/reminduck-notification.png (Reminduck notification)
+[24]: https://opensource.com/article/19/8/markdown-beginners-cheat-sheet
+[25]: https://appcenter.elementary.io/com.github.lainsce.quilter/
+[26]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/quilter.png (Quilter)
+[27]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/quilter-editing.png (Quilter)
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200307 Compose music as code using Sonic Pi.md b/sources/tech/20200307 Compose music as code using Sonic Pi.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6944a5f6ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200307 Compose music as code using Sonic Pi.md
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Compose music as code using Sonic Pi)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/sonic-pi)
+[#]: author: (Matt Bargenquast https://opensource.com/users/mbargenquast)
+
+Compose music as code using Sonic Pi
+======
+There's no need for instrumental mastery with this accessible open
+source program that can turn you into a musical virtuoso.
+![Bird singing and music notes][1]
+
+Maybe you're like me, and you learned a musical instrument when you were in school. For me, it was the piano, and later, the viola. However, I've always held that, as my childhood interests shifted towards computers and coding, I subsequently neglected my music practice. I do wonder what I would have done if I'd had something like Sonic Pi when I was younger. Sonic Pi is an open source program that lets you compose and perform music through code itself. It's the perfect marriage of those two worlds.
+
+Opensource.com is no stranger to Sonic Pi—we [featured an interview][2] with the creator, Dr. Sam Aaron, back in 2015. Since that time, a lot has changed, and Sonic Pi has grown substantially in many ways. It's reached a major new version milestone, with the long-awaited v3.2 release made publically available on February 28, 2020. A growing community of developers is actively contributing to its [GitHub project][3], while an equally thriving community of composers shares ideas and support in the [official forums][4]. The project is now also financially assisted through a [Patreon campaign][5], and Sam himself has been spreading the word of Sonic Pi through schools, conferences, and workshops worldwide.
+
+What really shines about Sonic Pi is its approachability. Releases are available for many major flavors of OS, including Windows, macOS, Linux, and of course, the Raspberry Pi itself. In fact, getting started with Sonic Pi on a Raspberry Pi couldn't be simpler; it comes pre-installed with [Raspbian][6], so if you have an existing Raspbian-based setup, you'll find it situated in the programming menu.
+
+Upon loading Sonic Pi for the first time, you'll be greeted with a simple interface with two main areas: an editor in which to write your code, and a section devoted to Sonic Pi's expansive tutorial. For newcomers, the tutorial is an essential resource for learning the basics, featuring accompanying music programs to reinforce each concept being taught.
+
+If you're following along, let's code ourselves a simple bit of music and explore the potential of live-coding music. Type or paste the following code into the Sonic Pi editor:
+
+
+```
+live_loop :beat do
+ sample :drum_heavy_kick
+ sleep 1
+end
+```
+
+Even if you're a Sonic Pi novice, many coders may immediately understand what's going on here. We're playing a drum kick sample, sleeping for a second, and then repeating. Click the Run button or press ALT+R (meta+R on macOS), and you should hear it begin to play.
+
+This isn't a very exciting song yet, so let's liven it up with a snare playing on the off-beat. Replace the existing code with the block below and Run again. You can leave the existing beat playing while you do this; you'll notice that your changes will be applied naturally, in time with the beat:
+
+
+```
+live_loop :beat do
+ sample :drum_heavy_kick
+ sleep 0.5
+ sample :drum_snare_soft
+ sleep 0.5
+end
+```
+
+While we're at it, let's add a hi-hat right before every fourth beat, just to make things a little interesting. Add this new block below our existing one and Run again:
+
+
+```
+live_loop :hihat do
+ sleep 3.9
+ sample :drum_cymbal_closed
+ sleep 0.1
+end
+```
+
+We've got our beat going now, so let's add a bassline! Sonic Pi comes with a variety of synths built-in, along with effects filters such as reverb and distortion. We'll use a combination of the "dsaw" and "tech_saw" synths to give it an electronic retro-synth feel. Add the block below to your existing program, Run, and have a listen:
+
+
+```
+live_loop :bass do
+ use_synth :dsaw
+ play :a2, attack: 1, release: 2, amp: 0.3
+ sleep 2.5
+ use_synth :tech_saws
+ play :a1, attack: 1, release: 1.5, amp: 0.8
+ sleep 1.5
+end
+```
+
+You'll note above that we have full control over the [ADSR][7] envelope when playing notes, so we can decide when each sound should peak and fade.
+
+Lastly, let's add a lead synth and try out one of those effects features known as the "slicer." To spice things up, we'll also introduce an element of pseudo-randomness by letting Sonic Pi pick from a series of potential chords. This is where some of the fun improvisation and "happy accidents" can begin to occur. Add the block below to your existing program and Run:
+
+
+```
+live_loop :lead do
+ with_fx :slicer do
+ chords = [(chord :A4, :minor7), (chord :A4, :minor), (chord :D4, :minor7), (chord :F4, :major7)]
+ use_synth :blade
+ play chords.choose, attack: 1, release: 2, amp: 1
+ sleep 2
+ end
+end
+```
+
+Great! Now, we're certainly not going to be competing with Daft Punk any time soon, but hopefully, through this process, you've seen how we can go from a bare beat to something much bigger, in real-time, by adding some simple morsels of code. It is well worth watching one of Sam Aaron's [live coding performances][8] on YouTube for a demonstration of how creative and adaptive Sonic Pi can let you be.
+
+![Sonic Pi composition example][9]
+
+Our finished piece, in full
+
+If you've ever wanted to learn a musical instrument, but felt held back by thoughts like "I don't have rhythm" or "my hands aren't nimble enough," Sonic Pi is a versatile instrument for which none of those things matter. All you need are the ideas, the inspiration, and an inexpensive computer such as the humble Raspberry Pi. The rest is at your fingertips—literally!
+
+Here are a few handy links to get you started:
+
+ * The Official Sonic Pi [website][10] and [tutorial][11]
+ * [Getting Started with Sonic Pi][12] ([projects.raspberrypi.org][13])
+ * Sonic Pi [Github project][3]
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/sonic-pi
+
+作者：[Matt Bargenquast][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/mbargenquast
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/music-birds-recording-520.png?itok=UoM7brl0 (Bird singing and music notes)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/life/15/10/interview-sam-aaron-sonic-pi
+[3]: https://github.com/samaaron/sonic-pi/
+[4]: https://in-thread.sonic-pi.net/
+[5]: https://www.patreon.com/samaaron
+[6]: https://www.raspberrypi.org/downloads/raspbian/
+[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Envelope_(music)
+[8]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JEHpS1aTKp0
+[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/sonicpi.png (Sonic Pi composition example)
+[10]: https://sonic-pi.net/
+[11]: https://sonic-pi.net/tutorial.html
+[12]: https://projects.raspberrypi.org/en/projects/getting-started-with-sonic-pi
+[13]: http://projects.raspberrypi.org
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200309 Level up your use of Helm on Kubernetes with Charts.md b/sources/tech/20200309 Level up your use of Helm on Kubernetes with Charts.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9a08bdb973
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200309 Level up your use of Helm on Kubernetes with Charts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Level up your use of Helm on Kubernetes with Charts)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/helm-kubernetes-charts)
+[#]: author: (Jessica Cherry https://opensource.com/users/jrepka)
+
+Level up your use of Helm on Kubernetes with Charts
+======
+Configuring known apps using the Helm package manager.
+![Ships at sea on the web][1]
+
+Applications are complex collections of code and configuration that have a lot of nuance to how they are installed. Like all open source software, they can be installed from source code, but most of the time users want to install something simply and consistently. That’s why package managers exist in nearly every operating system, which manages the installation process.
+
+Similarly, Kubernetes depends on package management to simplify the installation process. In this article, we’ll be using the Helm package manager and its concept of stable charts to create a small application.
+
+### What is Helm package manager?
+
+[Helm][2] is a package manager for applications to be deployed to and run on Kubernetes. It is maintained by the [Cloud Native Computing Foundation][3] (CNCF) with collaboration with the largest companies using Kubernetes. Helm can be used as a command-line utility, which [I cover how to use here][4].
+
+#### Installing Helm
+
+Installing Helm is quick and easy for Linux and macOS. There are two ways to do this, you can go to the release [page][5], download your preferred version, untar the file, and move the Helm executable to your** /usr/local/bin** or your **/usr/bin** whichever you are using.
+
+Alternatively, you can use your operating system package manage (**dnf**, **snap**, **brew**, or otherwise) to install it. There are instructions on how to install on each OS on this [GitHub page][6].
+
+### What are Helm Charts?
+
+We want to be able to repeatably install applications, but also to customize them to our environment. That’s where Helm Charts comes into play. Helm coordinates the deployment of applications using standardized templates called Charts. Charts are used to define, install, and upgrade your applications at any level of complexity.
+
+> A _Chart_ is a Helm package. It contains all of the resource definitions necessary to run an application, tool, or service inside of a Kubernetes cluster. Think of it like the Kubernetes equivalent of a Homebrew formula, an Apt dpkg, or a Yum RPM file.
+>
+> [Using Helm][7]
+
+Charts are quick to create, and I find them straightforward to maintain. If you have one that is accessible from a public version control site, you can publish it to the [stable repository][8] to give it greater visibility. In order for a Chart to be added to stable, it must meet a number of [technical requirements][9]. In the end, if it is considered properly maintained by the Helm maintain, it can then be published to [Helm Hub][10].
+
+Since we want to use the community-curated stable charts, we will make that easier by adding a shortcut:
+
+
+```
+$ helm repo add stable
+"stable" has been added to your repositories
+```
+
+### Running our first Helm Chart
+
+Since I’ve already covered the basic Helm usage in [this article][11], I’ll focus on how to edit and use charts in this article. To follow along, you’ll need Helm installed and access to some Kubernetes environment, like minikube (which you can walk through [here][12] or [here][13]).
+
+Starting I will be picking one chart. Usually, in my article I use Jenkins as my example, and I would gladly do this if the chart wasn’t really complex. This time I’ll be using a basic chart and will be creating a small wiki, using [mediawiki and its chart][14].
+
+So how do I get this chart? Helm makes that as easy as a pull.
+
+By default, charts are compressed in a .tgz file, but we can unpack that file to customize our wiki by using the **\--untar** flag.
+
+
+```
+$ helm pull stable/mediawiki --untar
+$ ls
+mediawiki/
+$ cd mediawiki/
+$ ls
+Chart.yaml README.md requirements.lock templates/
+OWNERS charts/ requirements.yaml values.yaml
+```
+
+Now that we have this we can begin customizing the chart.
+
+### Editing your Helm Chart
+
+When the file was untared there was a massive amount of files that came out. While it does look frightening, there really is only one file we should be working with and that's the **values.yaml** file.
+
+Everything that was unpacked was a list of template files that has all the information for the basic application configurations. All the template files actually depend on what is configured in the values.yaml file. Most of these templates and chart files actually are for creating service accounts in the cluster and the various sets of required application configurations that would usually be put together if you were to build this application on a regular server.
+
+But on to the values.yaml file and what we should be changing in it. Open it in your favorite text editor or IDE. We see a [YAML][15] file with a ton of configuration. If we zoom in just on the container image file, we see its repository, registry, and tags amongst other details.
+
+
+```
+## Bitnami DokuWiki image version
+## ref:
+ ##
+ pullPolicy: IfNotPresent
+ ## Optionally specify an array of imagePullSecrets.
+ ## Secrets must be manually created in the namespace.
+ ## ref:
+##
+mediawikiUser: cherrybomb
+
+## Application password
+## Defaults to a random 10-character alphanumeric string if not set
+## ref:
+##
+# mediawikiPassword:
+
+## Admin email
+## ref:
+##
+mediawikiEmail: [root@example.com][16]
+
+## Name for the wiki
+## ref:
+##
+mediawikiName: Jess's Home of Helm
+```
+
+After this, I’ll make some small modifications to our database name and user account. I changed the defaults to "jess" so you can see where changes were made.
+
+
+```
+externalDatabase:
+ ## Database host
+ host:
+
+ ## Database port
+ port: 3306
+
+ ## Database user
+ user: jess_mediawiki
+
+ ## Database password
+ password:
+
+ ## Database name
+ database: jess_mediawiki
+
+##
+## MariaDB chart configuration
+##
+##
+##
+mariadb:
+ ## Whether to deploy a mariadb server to satisfy the applications database requirements. To use an external database set this to false and configure the externalDatabase parameters
+ enabled: true
+ ## Disable MariaDB replication
+ replication:
+ enabled: false
+
+ ## Create a database and a database user
+ ## ref:
+ ##
+ db:
+ name: jess_mediawiki
+ user: jess_mediawiki
+```
+
+And finally, I’ll be adding some ports in our load balancer to allow traffic from the local host. I'm running on minikube and find the **LoadBalancer** option works well.
+
+
+```
+service:
+ ## Kubernetes svc type
+ ## For minikube, set this to NodePort, elsewhere use LoadBalancer
+ ##
+ type: LoadBalancer
+ ## Use serviceLoadBalancerIP to request a specific static IP,
+ ## otherwise leave blank
+ ##
+ # loadBalancerIP:
+ # HTTP Port
+ port: 80
+ # HTTPS Port
+ ## Set this to any value (recommended: 443) to enable the https service port
+ # httpsPort: 443
+ ## Use nodePorts to requets some specific ports when usin NodePort
+ ## nodePorts:
+ ## http: <to set explicitly, choose port between 30000-32767>
+ ## https: <to set explicitly, choose port between 30000-32767>
+ ##
+ # nodePorts:
+ # http: "30000"
+ # https: "30001"
+ ## Enable client source IP preservation
+ ## ref
+ ##
+ externalTrafficPolicy: Cluster
+```
+
+Now that we have made the configurations to allow traffic and create the database, we know that we can go ahead and deploy our chart.
+
+### Deploy and enjoy!
+
+Now that we have our custom version of the wiki, it's time to create a deployment. Before we get into that, let’s first confirm that nothing else is installed with Helm, to make sure my cluster has available resources to run our wiki.
+
+
+```
+$ helm ls
+NAME NAMESPACE REVISION UPDATED STATUS CHART APP VERSION
+```
+
+There are no other deployments through Helm right now, so let's proceed with ours.
+
+
+```
+$ helm install jesswiki -f values.yaml stable/mediawiki
+NAME: jesswiki
+LAST DEPLOYED: Thu Mar 5 12:35:31 2020
+NAMESPACE: default
+STATUS: deployed
+REVISION: 2
+NOTES:
+1\. Get the MediaWiki URL by running:
+
+ NOTE: It may take a few minutes for the LoadBalancer IP to be available.
+ Watch the status with: 'kubectl get svc --namespace default -w jesswiki-mediawiki'
+
+ export SERVICE_IP=$(kubectl get svc --namespace default jesswiki-mediawiki --template "{{ range (index .status.loadBalancer.ingress 0) }}{{.}}{{ end }}")
+ echo "Mediawiki URL: http://$SERVICE_IP/"
+
+2\. Get your MediaWiki login credentials by running:
+
+ echo Username: user
+ echo Password: $(kubectl get secret --namespace default jesswiki-mediawiki -o jsonpath="{.data.mediawiki-password}" | base64 --decode)
+$
+```
+
+Perfect! Now we will navigate to the wiki, which is accessible at the cluster IP address. To confirm that address:
+
+
+```
+kubectl get svc --namespace default -w jesswiki-mediawiki
+NAME TYPE CLUSTER-IP EXTERNAL-IP PORT(S) AGE
+jesswiki-mediawiki LoadBalancer 10.103.180.70 <pending> 80:30220/TCP 17s
+```
+
+Now that we have the IP, we go ahead and check to see if it’s up:
+
+![A working wiki installed through helm charts][17]
+
+Now we have our new wiki up and running, and we can enjoy our new application with our personal edits. Use the command from the output above to get the password and start to fill in your wiki.
+
+### Conclusion
+
+Helm is a powerful package manager that makes installing and uninstalling applications on top of Kubernetes as simple as a single command. Charts add to the experience by giving us curated and tested templates to install applications with our unique customizations. Keep exploring what Helm and Charts have to offer and let me know what you do with them in the comments.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/helm-kubernetes-charts
+
+作者：[Jessica Cherry][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jrepka
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/kubernetes_containers_ship_lead.png?itok=9EUnSwci (Ships at sea on the web)
+[2]: https://www.google.com/url?q=https://helm.sh/&sa=D&ust=1583425787800000
+[3]: https://www.google.com/url?q=https://www.cncf.io/&sa=D&ust=1583425787800000
+[4]: https://www.google.com/url?q=https://opensource.com/article/20/2/kubectl-helm-commands&sa=D&ust=1583425787801000
+[5]: https://www.google.com/url?q=https://github.com/helm/helm/releases/tag/v3.1.1&sa=D&ust=1583425787801000
+[6]: https://www.google.com/url?q=https://github.com/helm/helm&sa=D&ust=1583425787802000
+[7]: https://helm.sh/docs/intro/using_helm/
+[8]: https://www.google.com/url?q=https://github.com/helm/charts&sa=D&ust=1583425787803000
+[9]: https://github.com/helm/charts/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md#technical-requirements
+[10]: https://www.google.com/url?q=https://hub.helm.sh/&sa=D&ust=1583425787803000
+[11]: https://www.google.com/url?q=https://opensource.com/article/20/2/kubectl-helm-commands&sa=D&ust=1583425787803000
+[12]: https://www.google.com/url?q=https://opensource.com/article/18/10/getting-started-minikube&sa=D&ust=1583425787804000
+[13]: https://www.google.com/url?q=https://opensource.com/article/19/7/security-scanning-your-devops-pipeline&sa=D&ust=1583425787804000
+[14]: https://www.google.com/url?q=https://github.com/helm/charts/tree/master/stable/mediawiki&sa=D&ust=1583425787805000
+[15]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YAML
+[16]: mailto:root@example.com
+[17]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/lookitworked.png (A working wiki installed through helm charts)
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200311 Using the Quarkus Framework on Fedora Silverblue - Just a Quick Look.md b/sources/tech/20200311 Using the Quarkus Framework on Fedora Silverblue - Just a Quick Look.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1d72cd1d03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200311 Using the Quarkus Framework on Fedora Silverblue - Just a Quick Look.md
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Using the Quarkus Framework on Fedora Silverblue – Just a Quick Look)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/using-the-quarkus-framework-on-fedora-silverblue-just-a-quick-look/)
+[#]: author: (Stephen Snow https://fedoramagazine.org/author/jakfrost/)
+
+Using the Quarkus Framework on Fedora Silverblue – Just a Quick Look
+======
+
+![Using the Quarkus Framework on Fedora Silverblue – Just a Quick Look][1]
+
+[Quarkus][2] is a framework for Java development that is described on their web site as:
+
+> A Kubernetes Native Java stack tailored for OpenJDK HotSpot and GraalVM, crafted from the best of breed Java libraries and standards
+>
+> _ with your web browser. You should see the same lonely _hello_ on an otherwise empty page. Leave the application running for the next section.
+
+### Injection
+
+Open the project in your favorite IDE. If you are using Netbeans, simply open the project directory where the _pom.xml_ file resides. Now would be a good time to have a look at the _pom.xml_ file.
+
+Quarkus uses ArC for its dependency injection. ArC is a dependency of quarkus-resteasy, so it is already part of the core Quarkus installation. Add a companion bean to the project by creating a java class in your IDE called _GreetingService.java_. Then put the following code into it:
+
+```
+import javax.enterprise.context.ApplicationScoped;
+
+@ApplicationScoped
+public class GreetingService {
+
+ public String greeting(String name) {
+ return "hello " + name;
+ }
+
+}
+```
+
+The above code is a verbatim copy of what is used in the injection example in the Quarkus Getting Started tutorial. Modify _GreetingResource.java_ by adding the following lines of code:
+
+```
+import javax.inject.Inject;
+import org.jboss.resteasy.annotations.jaxrs.PathParam;
+
+@Inject
+ GreetingService service;//inject the service
+
+ @GET //add a getter to use the injected service
+ @Produces(MediaType.TEXT_PLAIN)
+ @Path("/greeting/{name}")
+ public String greeting(@PathParam String name) {
+ return service.greeting(name);
+ }
+```
+
+If you haven’t stopped the application, it will be easy to see the effect of your changes. Just enter the following _curl_ command:
+
+```
+$ curl -w '\n' http://localhost:8080/hello/greeting/Silverblue
+```
+
+The above command should print _hello Silverblue_ on the following line. The URL should work similarly in a web browser. There are two important things to note:
+
+ 1. The application was running and Quarkus detected the file changes on the fly.
+ 2. The injection of code into the app was very easy to perform.
+
+
+
+### The native image
+
+Next, package your application as a native image that will work in a _podman_ container. Exit the application by pressing **CTRL-C**. Then use the following command to package it:
+
+```
+$ ./mvnw package -Pnative -Dquarkus.native.container-runtime=podman
+```
+
+Now, build the container:
+
+```
+$ podman build -f src/main/docker/Dockerfile.native -t silverblue-logo/silverblue-logo
+```
+
+Now run it with the following:
+
+```
+$ podman run -i --rm -p 8080:8080 localhost/silverblue-logo/silverblue-logo
+```
+
+To get the container build to successfully complete, it was necessary to copy the _/target_ directory and contents into the _src/main/docker/_ directory. Investigation as to the reason why is still required, and though the solution used was quick and easy, it is not an acceptable way to solve the problem.
+
+Now that you have the container running with the application inside, you can use the same methods as before to verify that it is working.
+
+Point your browser to the URL Silverblue
+
+
+
+
+ .
+
+#### Testing your application
+
+Quarkus supports junit 5 tests. Look at your project’s _pom.xml_ file. In it you should see two test dependencies. The generated project will contain a simple test, named _GreetingResourceTest.java_. Testing for the native file is only supported in _prod_ mode. However, you can test the _jar_ file in _dev_ mode. These tests are RestAssured, but you can use whatever test library you wish with Quarkus. Use Maven to run the tests:
+
+```
+$ ./mvnw test
+```
+
+More details can be found in the Quarkus [Getting Started][7] tutorial.
+
+#### Further reading and tutorials
+
+Quarkus has an extensive collection of [tutorials and guides][8]. They are well worth the time to delve into the breadth of this microservices framework.
+
+Quarkus also maintains a [publications][9] page that lists some very interesting articles on actual use cases of Quarkus. This article has only just scratched the surface of the topic. If what was presented here has piqued your interest, then follow the above links for more information.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/using-the-quarkus-framework-on-fedora-silverblue-just-a-quick-look/
+
+作者：[Stephen Snow][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/jakfrost/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/quarkus-816x345.jpg
+[2]: https://quarkus.io/
+[3]: https://quarkus.io/vision/container-first
+[4]: https://www.graalvm.org/downloads/
+[5]: https://quarkus.io/get-started/
+[6]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/fedora-silverblue-logo.png
+[7]: https://quarkus.io/guides/getting-started
+[8]: https://quarkus.io/guides/
+[9]: https://quarkus.io/publications/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200313 How to set up the Raspberry Pi Zero for travel.md b/sources/tech/20200313 How to set up the Raspberry Pi Zero for travel.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5b6ca689d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200313 How to set up the Raspberry Pi Zero for travel.md
@@ -0,0 +1,472 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to set up the Raspberry Pi Zero for travel)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/raspberry-pi-zero)
+[#]: author: (Peter Garner https://opensource.com/users/petergarner)
+
+How to set up the Raspberry Pi Zero for travel
+======
+You don't have to invest large amounts of money to build a relatively
+powerful system that can be taken on the road and used productively.
+![Airplane flying with a globe background][1]
+
+For some time now, I've been a huge fan of the [Raspberry Pi][2] computer in all of its various forms. I have a number of them, and each has a server role to play. Most of the time, they work extremely well, and I'm safe in the knowledge that the small amount of power they consume is keeping the bills down.
+
+If you've read my blog before, you may have read my account of how I [migrated my desktop computing][3] to a Pi 3. This worked well for quite a while, but I finally had to accept that editing large graphics and multimedia files was a problem, so I replaced it with an [Intel NUC][4]. My hankering for Pi experimentation was still there, though, and I decided to do a "what-if" exercise and see if it could survive on the road. And that's when I dragged my Pi Zero out of retirement from my spares box.
+
+### Why travel with a Raspberry Pi
+
+_"Why would I want to do this? Surely the trend is to travel with as powerful a device as possible?"_
+
+Well, it's like this. Last year, my employer issued a decree that in order to conform to its security policy, we would no longer be able to check laptops in as luggage, and not long after, the US government decided to summarily ban carrying laptops in hand baggage to and from certain countries, y'know, for security. So how do we get around that one? The sensible option would be to not travel with a laptop and use a hot-desk style spare at the destination. After all, everything is in the cloud now, right? Or, you could carry your important, commercially sensitive data on a CD/DVD or memory stick, but only if it's encrypted to a standard and your employer's data handling policy allows that.
+
+The problem is multi-faceted though: What if your role is such that you need to be able to fix software/systems on-the-go and you don't always have access to a "spare" laptop? On the occasions when I travel (by train), I have to lug my laptop with me, and it's a pain over the course of a day. Then there's the loss/theft/damage problem. Laptops can be easy targets, they can get left on trains, or you could be mugged. Or there's the "[evil maid][5]" scenario, in which someone interferes with your device without your knowledge. The list goes on.
+
+So, here's what you can get with a Pi Zero portable computer:
+
+ * It's small enough to fit in hand baggage or your pocket.
+ * It's cheap enough at $8 to buy another if yours gets lost/stolen/damaged.
+ * The entire OS and data are held on a "disk" that is as small as a fingernail, is cheap, and is easily bought in a wide variety of retail outlets. If need be, you can create a new one from a borrowed card from a phone.
+ * A full development environment with the ability to work offline or online. It can also act as an SSH server so that more than one person can use it at once.
+ * Safe storage: If you are paranoid or traveling on certain airlines, you can remove the "disk" and store it in your wallet or on your person. If your computer is stolen in transit, go and buy another one off the shelf: you're already set up with the OS.
+ * Network-tolerant: Around the world, there are country-specific WiFi frequencies, and a simple text-file change enables you to be compliant within minutes.
+ * Keyboard independent: You can use a compliant Bluetooth keyboard, but when you need to do something more demanding, you can just plug any USB keyboard into the spare USB connector using an On-The-Go cable.
+ * Power supply tolerant: My 3300mAh power bank can run the Pi Zero for about eight hours, but if all else fails, you can use a TV's USB connector to power it. Generally speaking, if a TV has HDMI, it will also have a USB socket, and the Zero only draws about 120mA. Or use someone's phone charger!
+ * Finally, if you're unfortunate enough to lose/damage your "disk," you can easily create another by downloading your 2GB image from a secure location in the cloud and burning it to a new card. Try doing _that_ with a normal laptop.
+
+
+
+That's motivation enough for me!
+
+Here is my finished product, with a beer coaster for scale.
+
+![Pi Zero W setup][6]
+
+### How I set up the Pi Zero for travel
+
+The cheap-as-chips Pi Zero has always been a bit of an odd beast, in my opinion. It features a single-core CPU and has a frugal 512MB of memory, some of which it has to share with the onboard video. The Raspbian OS currently based on Debian Stretch is touted as being suitable for the Zero with the LXDE-based "Pixel" GUI desktop, and indeed it can be loaded and started—but in reality, the poor thing really struggles to manage a GUI _and_ run useful software.
+
+Nevertheless, I was determined to give it a good try and set it up with the apps that have the smallest memory footprint. I'd already been around this loop with the Pi 3, so it was more of the same—only even more so! Bearing in mind this was to be a road warrior's computer, here's what I wanted to have on it:
+
+Web browser | Lightweight but with privacy in mind
+---|---
+Email | IMAP-capable and seamlessly supporting GPG
+XMPP/Jabber client | No-nonsense messaging
+VPN client | I'm on the road, remember
+Tor client | Always useful...
+Music | I carry a few MP3s, but internet radio is cool, too
+Multiple desktops | Useful with a small screen
+Editor/IDE | Hey, it's a working computer!
+FTP/SFTP client | Hey, it's a working computer!
+
+All in all, it's a very useful bundle for my purposes, and if I achieve a balanced environment, it could actually work.
+
+### Hardware
+
+The hardware was a bit of a challenge. The battery was not a problem, as I have a variety of rechargeable power packs with varying capacity, so it is really just a question of picking a suitable one for the day. The only prerequisite was that the battery should be able to take a charge while being used, and all my Jackery brand batteries do this.
+
+For my "disk," I opted for my in-house standard 32GB SanDisk Extreme microSDHC. They're very reliable, and the size is big enough to hold a lot of software and data while still remaining affordable.
+
+The video output would, I anticipated, be HDMI-out using the Zero's mini-HDMI connector. This suited my purposes well, as the majority of hotel TVs use this interface. Audio would also go via HDMI.
+
+That left the human interface devices (HID), and this, predictably, caused the most consternation. I hate Bluetooth with a passion, and with the Zero's limited connectors, I'd have to bite the bullet and use a Bluetooth keyboard and mouse, preferably a combined one—and small. There's no point in having a tiny computer if you have lug a great honking keyboard around as well, so my unhappy quest began.
+
+### Bluetooth woes
+
+The Zero has a limited number of USB connectors on board—just one, if you allow for the power connector, which obviously means you have limited connection options. You could always use a USB extender hub, but then that's more to carry—including another power supply. That basically leaves you trying to connect a keyboard and mouse via Bluetooth. I don't believe the hype about how it can "_easily connect a wide variety of devices together,_" and I wrestle with a variety of allegedly standard devices trying to get the bloody things to play nicely together. Part of the problem with the Pi (I think) is that there's some unintended interaction between WiFi and Bluetooth that causes weird stuff to happen. My problem was that I was able to connect to the Pi using a keyboard _or_ a mouse, but not both reliably at the same time. And yes, I have a variety of allegedly standards-following Bluetooth devices, none of which decided to work together properly.
+
+At this point, I was wondering if there was a Bluetooth Samaritan's Helpline, but there wasn't, so what the heck was I going to do?! Temporarily, I resorted to using an Apple USB keyboard with two USB sockets; this was useful for setup but not for being on the road. In the end, I spent hours browsing eBay and Amazon, and then I found it: a "_3- in-1 Mini Wireless Bluetooth Keyboard Mouse Touchpad For Windows iOS Android UK - Backlit, Ultra-thin, Built-in Rechargeable Battery, QWERTY_." Perfect on paper, but would it work? I sent off the money, and four days later, a slim package arrived from China. And it bloody well worked!! First time, every time, it got on with the Pi like pie and chips. I promptly ordered another one—accidents happen, and I wouldn't want to be left in the lurch.
+
+So, with my hardware lineup complete, I could settle down to setting up the Pi proper.
+
+### The GUI and the Pi
+
+Going back to my software requirements, I thought long and hard about the smallest desktop environment and went with the supplied LXDE desktop, which I'd used several times on other projects. Although the Pi struggled a bit with screen handling, it generally performed well, and I started setting up my software.
+
+Web browser 1
+
+Midori: a good compromise between size and modernity. Supports private browsing and is bundled with the Pi
+
+Web browser 2
+
+Links2 in graphic mode: lightweight, fast, secure, works with proxies
+
+Email
+
+Sylpheed: small, light, and works well with GPG
+
+XMPP/Jabber client
+
+Profanity. It's great!
+
+VPN client
+
+OpenVPN
+
+Tor client
+
+Ha! Links2 again
+
+Music
+
+SMPlayer: the GUI for MPlayer
+
+Editor/IDE
+
+Geany: small and light but powerful
+
+Image viewer/editor
+
+Pinta
+
+FTP/SFTP client
+
+Filezilla
+
+**Other stuff:**
+
+Midnight Commander
+
+Not just a file manager (more later)
+
+Tor proxy server
+
+Always on, so I can use Tor as needed
+
+Nmap
+
+I sometimes need to test stuff
+
+vnStat
+
+Monitor data usage on the wlan0 interface
+
+SSH/SFTP server
+
+Standard issue on this distro
+
+UFW
+
+Firewall; can't be too careful!
+
+Gopher client
+
+Gopherspace! It's still out there, and I use the _original_ Gopher client!
+
+All of the above are tried, tested, and very stable packages. The web browser decision was a calculated one: the Zero doesn't _really_ have what it takes to negotiate a modern ~~bloated, ad-ridden~~ website, and honestly, I have a phone that can handle that sort of thing. Likewise, the decision to run a Tor proxy: it's very handy to be able to access Marianas Web, and using Links2 as a browser means that the risk is minimal.
+
+Sylpheed is a mature package that I believe has largely been replaced by Claws but is actually less demanding of resources. GPG integrated seamlessly with it, and I was able to exchange signed/encrypted messages with ease. It renders both plain-text and HTML messages well, and the interface is uncluttered.
+
+I needed a _simple_ XMPP/Jabber client. The problem I've found with many apps of this type is that they try to incorporate multiple messaging standards when I only really need XMPP. Profanity is ideal as it does one job and does it very well.
+
+### System setup
+
+I spent a considerable amount of time setting up the OS for the best performance; a task made easier because I have set up numerous Raspberry Pis before. In such a small (as in memory) system, the decision to use a swap file was not taken lightly, and unfortunately, using a GUI desktop meant that the swap is in frequent use. The alternative is to not have one and hope that the system doesn't freeze up too much. I went with the suggested default of 100MB.
+
+I then looked at logging. As this was supposed to be a small, portable system, I didn't see much point in having extensive logging, especially as it would have a negative effect on the SDHC card in the long term. One solution was a combination of disabling logging in apps wherever possible and sacrificing a little memory to create a tmpfs in-memory filesystem. This would have the added advantage that it would be recreated on each boot. So, I worked out that 8MB could be used for this and duly updated **/etc/fstab**. This works extremely well.
+
+
+```
+`tmpfs /var/log tmpfs defaults,noatime,nosuid,mode=0755,size=8m 0 0`
+```
+
+I also had to update **/etc/rc.local** to provide some essential directories on startup; this kept the rsyslog and Tor daemons happy.
+
+
+```
+mkdir -p /var/log/rsyslog
+mkdir -p /var/log/tor/
+mkdir -p /var/log/vnstat/
+chown vnstat.root /var/log/vnstat/
+chown debian-tor /var/log/tor/
+```
+
+With all that in place, the little computer was almost ready for Prime Time. But there was a problem. I've already mentioned the frugal amount of memory on the Zero, and even with the GUI and apps pared down to the bone, I was regularly using swap space. To make matters worse, much worse, my carefully set up desktop menus were having problems.
+
+The Pi desktop comes with an _incredible_ amount of software installed, mainly to satisfy its original purpose as an educational machine. I decided early on to edit the menus to remove a lot of the "junk" and replace it with my list of apps, so I fired up the Main Menu Editor app. Normally this is quite responsive, but on the resource-challenged Zero, it had worrying lags and pauses as I made changes. Ultimately, it meant that my ad-hoc menus were corrupted, and worse still, the default Pi menus had been reinstated. Searching for help with this problem revealed that the menu system is convoluted, and if an update is not saved properly, the defaults will be substituted.
+
+I looked at the structure of the menus as best I could and decided that trying to pick the frigging things apart was more trouble than it was worth. So, I ditched LXDE/Pixel and installed XFCE (and its even lighter-weight GUI) in its place. This time, the menu editor seemed more stable, but as I made the changes, I realized that yes, it was happening again. At that point, I had a tantrum and threw my toys out of the pram. I'd reached a crossroads in my road-warrior setup: it worked very well apart from the menus, and I felt I couldn't go back after all that work, so, with a heavy heart, I had a drastic rethink. It was supposed to be a hacker's machine, right? It was Linux and, to many like-minded people, that meant a text-based interface, right?
+
+So I did what I had to do: I ditched the accursed GUI! Yes, go back to the '90s, maybe even earlier, and Run it Like a Boss.™ The main problem I had in my mind was that I'd no longer have nice, safe, icon-driven apps and multiple desktops to work with. My WiFi/network switcher would be no more, and worse still, I'd have to try and manage Bluetooth from the command line. That was going to be a major challenge, but I decided to proceed anyway, and I had a cloned copy of my microSDHC just in case I lost my nerve.
+
+### Set it up again
+
+Incidentally, if I were using a full-spec Raspberry Pi 3, I wouldn't have been in this situation. But it was my choice, so… This exercise started out well. I was already rebooting into the terminal login prompt, and the Bluetooth keyboard was working, so I was able to log in (previously, I'd run **startx** to get to the desktop). Since I no longer had the desktop bloat to worry about, my memory usage was a mere 78MB and no swap usage; I felt better already. But what about the apps that make life easy? I did more hunting around, and here's what I came up with.
+
+Web browser
+
+Links2 _not_ in graphic mode: lightweight, fast, secure, works with proxies
+
+Email
+
+(Neo)Mutt: powerful, extensible and works well with GPG
+
+XMPP/Jabber client
+
+Profanity. It's great!
+
+VPN client
+
+OpenVPN
+
+Tor client
+
+Ha! Links2 again
+
+Music
+
+Midnight Commander + mpg123
+
+Editor/IDE
+
+Nano: I'm using it to write this
+
+FTP/SFTP client
+
+Midnight Commander
+
+File manager
+
+Midnight Commander
+
+**Other stuff**
+
+Tor proxy server
+
+Always on, so I can use Tor as needed
+
+Nmap
+
+I sometimes need to test stuff
+
+vnStat
+
+Monitor data usage on the wlan0 interface
+
+SSH/SFTP server
+
+Standard issue on this distro
+
+Gopher client
+
+Gopherspace! It's still out there, and I use the _original_ Gopher client!
+
+**Graphics workarounds**
+
+fbcat
+
+Takes a screenshot using the framebuffer device
+
+fbi
+
+Linux framebuffer imageviewer: displays images in a terminal
+
+fbgs
+
+Displays PostScript/PDF files using the Linux framebuffer device on a terminal
+
+pnmtopng
+
+Converts a PPM into a PNG file
+
+You'll notice that there's not too much change there, with a few notable exceptions to display graphical content.
+
+### Do it again, and do it properly
+
+Things looked good, but I still had some issues to solve.
+
+#### Desktops
+
+"But what about the multiple desktops?!" I hear you asking, "How will you view images or connect to WiFi networks?" I needed to find a solution, and fast. For the multiple desktop thing, I decided to install tmux, the Linux Terminal Multiplexer. There are so many good reasons to run tmux on a Linux system, but my key reasons are that it makes multi-screen working possible, and it uses very little memory. It also enables me to connect to the Pi via SSH and take over the session, as you can see below.
+
+![tmux running on Raspberry Pi][7]
+
+#### Music
+
+I must say that it's very important to me to be able to listen to music while I'm working or relaxing, so the loss of (S)MPlayer was a major blow. I was able to listen to single MP3s or complete playlists. I was able to stream internet radio. Sigh. Midnight Commander came to the rescue with its ability to handle various file types. The secret is in the Extension File menu, which looks like this for me:
+
+
+```
+shell/i/.mp3
+ Open=/usr/lib/mc/ext.d/sound.sh open mp3
+regex/i/\\.(m3u|pls)$
+ Open=/usr/lib/mc/ext.d/sound.sh open playlist
+```
+
+And my sound.sh looks like this:
+
+
+```
+#!/bin/bash
+do_open_action() {
+ filetype=$1
+ case "${filetype}" in
+ playlist)
+ mpg123 -C -@ "${MC_EXT_FILENAME}"
+ ;;
+ m3u)
+ mpg123 -C -@ "${MC_EXT_FILENAME}"
+ ;;
+ mp3)
+ mpg123 -C "${MC_EXT_FILENAME}"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ ;;
+ esac
+ }
+case "${action}" in
+open)
+ ("${MC_XDG_OPEN}" "${MC_EXT_FILENAME}" >/dev/null 2>&1) || \
+ do_open_action "${filetype}"
+ ;;
+*)
+ ;;
+esac
+```
+
+Tapping Enter on an MP3 will play the file, or tapping on an M3U playlist will play whatever's in the playlist. I used the **-C** option so that I could have access to mpg123's controls. Sorted!
+
+#### SFTP/FTP clients
+
+Midnight Commander again! You can set up a client connection entry with the built-in menu and use **CTL+\** to select it from a drop-down. The FTP site is rendered in one of the panels as a directory structure, and you can just treat it as you would a local filesystem. SFTP is a bit harder, as you have to set it up as an SSH connection and then copy as required; it's OK if you have password authentication, but for public key authentication, I found it less involved to use SFTP from the command line. For reference, this is the syntax:
+
+
+```
+sftp://[user@]machine:[port]/[remote-dir]
+
+The user, port and remote-dir elements are optional.
+```
+
+![MC FTP client example][8]
+
+#### WiFi selector
+
+In the GUI world, I had had a nice, icon-based WiFi network manager app that I could use to switch between networks. The text-mode alternative is the bizarrely named wicd-curses*.* It's an app that communicates with wicd (wireless control daemon) using cursor keys, and it works very well. I had to disable the dhcpcd service using systemctl to get it to work, but at least it lets me select the appropriate network, including my home network or my phone's wireless hotspot when I'm out on the road. Here's [how to do it][9].
+
+![wicd-curses WiFi app][10]
+
+#### Email and web browsing
+
+For email and web browsing, I use Mutt (Neomutt) and Links2, respectively, and they just work.
+
+#### Gopher
+
+Trust me; you're not old enough to remember Gopher, the text mode forerunner of the WWW. Strictly speaking, it was before my time as well, but I run a thriving Gopher server, so I need a client. Here's what a Gopher server looks like running on a Raspberry Pi.
+
+
+```
+ gopher://gopher.petergarner.net:70
+
+__/\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\_______/\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\__________________/\\\\\\____
+_/\\\\\///////\\\\\\____\/\\\\\/////////\\\\\\______________/\\\\\\\\\\____
+_\/\\\\\\_____\/\\\\\\___\/\\\\\\_______\/\\\\\\__/\\\\\\_______/\\\\\/\\\\\\____
+_\/\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\/____\/\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\/___\///______/\\\\\/\/\\\\\\____
+_\/\\\\\//////\\\\\\____\/\\\\\/////////_____/\\\\\\_____/\\\\\/__\/\\\\\\____
+_\/\\\\\\____\//\\\\\\___\/\\\\\\_____________\/\\\\\\____/\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\_
+_\/\\\\\\_____\//\\\\\\__\/\\\\\\_____________\/\\\\\\\\__///////////\\\\\//__
+_\/\\\\\\______\//\\\\\\_\/\\\\\\_____________\/\\\\\\_______________\/\\\\\\___
+_\///________\///__\///______________\///_________________\///___
+
+ Welcome to... "The Rpi4 Gopher"
+ ... your source for local information, and beyond!
+
+ --> [14] About this server (and legal)/
+
+ -- Content
+
+ [18] Tech-related/
+ [19] Politics and Propaganda (from all sides)/
+ [20] Cyber and Internet related/
+ [21] Stuff (filed under "miscellany")/
+.....
+```
+
+### Performance
+
+Overall, I'm pleased to say that my switch to text mode has been very beneficial with userland tasks handled responsively. As you can see from a typical **top** display, there's plenty of available and cached memory remaining from the original 512MB. Right now, I'm listening to a playlist, writing this article in an SSH-connected tmux session, running top**,** and Mutt is handling emails.
+
+On a regular basis, that's all I'll probably need to do, but it's great to have the option to develop and test software on the go, if I need to. Here's a simple Python script to get the Pi's CPU serial number (type):
+
+
+```
+>>> #!/usr/bin/env python
+...
+>>> import subprocess
+>>>
+>>> def GetCPUserial():
+... cpuinfo = subprocess.check_output(["/bin/cat", "/proc/cpuinfo"])
+... cpuinfo = cpuinfo.replace("\t","")
+... cpuinfo = cpuinfo.split("\n")
+... [ legend, cpuserial ] = cpuinfo[11].split(' ')
+... return cpuserial
+...
+>>> print GetCPUserial()
+9000c1
+>>>
+
+[/code] [code]
+
+top - 15:55:47 up 5:49, 6 users, load average: 0.21, 0.25, 0.34
+Tasks: 112 total, 1 running, 110 sleeping, 1 stopped, 0 zombie
+%Cpu(s): 3.9 us, 5.8 sy, 0.0 ni, 90.3 id, 0.0 wa, 0.0 hi, 0.0 si,
+
+KiB Mem : 493252 total, 37984 free, 73248 used, 382020 buff/cache
+KiB Swap: 102396 total, 102392 free, 4 used. 367336 avail Mem
+```
+
+I take regular backups, of course, using the indispensable [rpi-clone][11]. The beauty of this app is that I can copy the entire microSDHC card to another while the Pi is running. It also has the advantage that if I use a smaller capacity card, it will automatically and safely take this into account. I use a 32GB card, but I can dump it to an 8GB card because I'm only using about 4GB. The converse is true for a larger destination card. If you add only one utility to your Pi, this should be it—it's saved me more grief than _anything_ I've ever used! You can also use it to create distribution copies of your system.
+
+#### Battery life
+
+I can only describe the battery life as "impressive." Once the Zero is booted up, it takes an average 0.15A / 0.65W with the following running:
+
+ * System
+ * Bluetooth
+ * WiFi
+ * Audio (HDMI) subsystem
+ * Video (HDMI) subsystem
+
+
+
+I've measured 20 hours of mixed usage from my 6000mAh Jackery Jetpack power bank, and if I disable WiFi and just use it in "local" mode, possibly more. It's certainly practical to use it with my smaller, 3300mAh Anker battery, which unfortunately isn't rechargeable while in use. I also have a 20,000mAh battery for long trips: I have yet to try that out.
+
+### Taking it on the road
+
+In terms of computing as a challenge, setting up the Zero has been a really valuable exercise. It's taught me to become acquainted with the operating system and app software at a low level in order to squeeze the maximum amount of memory from the system. It's also taught me that I don't have to invest large amounts of money to build a relatively powerful system that can be taken on the road and used productively.
+
+Now that I've almost finished setting it up, it's time to actually _take_ it on the road and see how it runs in the field. Hey, maybe I'll actually take into a field and see if I can do some work and listen to music.
+
+* * *
+
+_This was originally published on [Peter Garner's blog][12] under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 license and is reused here with the author's permission._
+
+Having recently co-authored a book about building things with the Raspberry Pi ( Raspberry Pi Hacks...
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/raspberry-pi-zero
+
+作者：[Peter Garner][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/petergarner
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/plane_travel_world_international.png?itok=jG3sYPty (Airplane flying with a globe background)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/raspberry-pi
+[3]: https://www.petergarner.net/projects/Mac_Mini_to_rpi-part_1.pdf
+[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Next_Unit_of_Computing
+[5]: http://threatbrief.com/evil-maid-attack/
+[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/pi-zero-on-the-road.jpg (Pi Zero W setup)
+[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/tmux-on-pi.png (tmux running on Raspberry Pi)
+[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/ftp-client-mc.png (MC FTP client example)
+[9]: https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums/viewtopic.php?t=150124#p987430
+[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/wifi-selector.png (wicd-curses WiFi app)
+[11]: https://github.com/billw2/rpi-clone
+[12]: https://petergarner.net/notes/index.php?thisnote=20180202-Travels%20with%20a%20Pi
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200313 How to whiteboard collaboratively with Drawpile.md b/sources/tech/20200313 How to whiteboard collaboratively with Drawpile.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dba4bce1f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200313 How to whiteboard collaboratively with Drawpile.md
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to whiteboard collaboratively with Drawpile)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/drawpile)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+How to whiteboard collaboratively with Drawpile
+======
+Need to whiteboard or draw something with others? Give Drawpile a try.
+![markers for a whiteboard][1]
+
+Thanks to applications like [Krita][2] and [MyPaint][3], open source software users have all the tools they need to create stunning digital paintings. They are so good that you can see [art created with Krita][4] in some of your [favorite RPG books][5]. And it's getting better all the time; for example, [GIMP][6] 2.10 adopted MyPaint's brush engine, so users can benefit from MyPaint without even installing the whole application.
+
+But what about collaborative illustration? What do two or more artists do when they want to work together on one piece? What does your work team use when you need to whiteboard during a business meeting? Those are the questions, and the answer is [Drawpile][7].
+
+![Drawpile's UI][8]
+
+Nyarlathotep by Sophia Eberhard
+
+Drawpile is a drawing application for Linux, Windows, and macOS. It's got a respectable brush engine and all the basic editorial tools (selection tools, flips and flops, mirror, and so on) to make it a good freehand digital paint application. But its most powerful feature is its easy multi-user mode. If you have Drawpile installed, you can host a drawing session from your computer or on a Drawpile server, allowing other users to join you in your virtual studio. This goes well beyond a screen-share session, which would just allow other users to _view_ your painting, and it's not a remote desktop with just one cursor. Drawpile enables several users, each with their own brush, to work on the same canvas at the same time over a network that can span the globe.
+
+### Installing Drawpile
+
+If you're using Linux, Drawpile is available as a [Flatpak][9] from [Flathub.org][10].
+
+On Windows and macOS, download and install Drawpile from [Drawpile's download page][11]. When you first launch it on macOS, you must right-click on its icon and select **Open** to accept that it hasn't been signed by a registered Apple developer.
+
+### Drawing with Drawpile
+
+The Drawpile interface is simple and minimal. Along the right side of the application window are docked palettes, and along the top is a toolbar. Most of the tools available to you are visible: paint brushes, paint buckets, lines, Bézier curves, and so on.
+
+For quick access to brushes, Drawpile allows you to assign a unique brush, along with all of its settings (including color), to the number keys **1** through **5** on your keyboard. It's an efficient and easy way to quickly move between drawing tools. The **6** key holds an eraser.
+
+Drawpile also has layers, so you can keep different parts of your painting separate until you combine them for your final render. If you're an animator, you can even use Drawpile's onion skin and flipbook features (both available in the **Layer** menu) to do rudimentary frame-by-frame animation. Unlike Krita, Drawpile doesn't feature an [animation timeline][12], but it's enough for quick and fun animations.
+
+### Custom brushes
+
+Drawpile isn't Krita or MyPaint, so its brush engine is simple in comparison. The preset brushes have the usual properties, though, including:
+
+ * **Opacity** adjusts how your strokes blend with existing paint
+ * **Hardness** defines the edges of your stroke
+ * **Smudging** allows existing strokes to be affected by your brush
+ * **Color pickup** allows your paint to pick up color from existing strokes
+ * **Spacing** controls how often the full brush cursor is sampled during a stroke
+
+
+
+Most of these are pressure-sensitive, so if you're using a drawing tablet (Wacom, for instance), then your brush strokes are dynamic depending upon pen pressure. The tablet support is borrowed from Krita, and it makes a big difference (although it's probably overkill for mock-ups or whiteboarding sessions).
+
+When you find a brush setting you like, you can add it to your brush set so you can use it again later. To add a brush, click the **Menu** button in the top-right corner of the docked **Brushes** palette and select **Add brush**.
+
+![Adding a brush in Drawpile][13]
+
+If the **Brushes** palette isn't visible, go to the **View** menu in the top menu bar and select **Brushes** from the **Docks** submenu.
+
+### Collaborative drawing
+
+To participate in a shared drawing session, go to the **Session** menu and click either **Host** to host a session or **Join** to join in on an existing one.
+
+#### Hosting a session
+
+If you're hosting a session, give your session a title and an optional password (or leave it blank to allow anyone in). In the **Server** section, set whether you're hosting the session from your computer or from someone else's server. You can host sessions on **pub.drawpile.net** for free, but all of your data will be sent out to the internet, which could affect performance. If you have a good internet connection, the lag is negligible, but if you're not confident in your internet speed or there's no reason to go out to the internet because your collaborators are in the same building as you, then you can host your session locally.
+
+![Settings for hosting a session][14]
+
+If you host locally, you must provide your IP address or computer name (ending in **.local**) to your collaborators so their Drawpile apps can find your computer. You can find your computer name in the **Sharing** preferences of the GNOME desktop if you're on Linux:
+
+![Sharing Drawpile in GNOME][15]
+
+You must enable Remote Login, and possibly adjust your [firewall settings][16] to allow other users to get through.
+
+On macOS and Windows, you may be running a firewall, and you may need to provide additional sharing permissions in your control panel or system settings.
+
+#### Joining a session
+
+If you're joining a session, you need to know either the URL or the IP address of the session you're trying to join. A URL is like a website address, such as syntheticdreams.net/listing. An IP address is the numerical version of a URL, such as 93.184.216.34. Some IP addresses are internal to your building, while others exist out on the internet. If you haven't been invited to a drawing session, you might be able to find a public group on Drawpile's [Communities][17] page.
+
+### Drawing with friends
+
+Open source has always been about sharing. Drawpile is not only software you can share with your friends and colleagues; it's software that allows you to work with them in a fun and creative way. Try Drawpile for your next project or boardroom meeting!
+
+Nick Hamilton talks about what he loves about the open source digital painting tool, Krita, prior...
+
+Akkana Peck shares three of her favorite GIMP tools.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/drawpile
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/markers_whiteboard_draw.png?itok=hp6v1gHC (markers for a whiteboard)
+[2]: https://krita.org/en/
+[3]: http://mypaint.org
+[4]: https://krita.org/en/item/interview-with-alexandru-sabo/
+[5]: https://paizo.com/products/btpy9g9x?Pathfinder-Roleplaying-Game-Bestiary-5
+[6]: https://www.gimp.org/
+[7]: https://drawpile.net
+[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/drawpile-ui.jpg (Drawpile's UI)
+[9]: https://opensource.com/article/19/10/how-build-flatpak-packaging
+[10]: https://flathub.org/apps/details/net.drawpile.drawpile
+[11]: https://drawpile.net/download/
+[12]: https://opensource.com/life/16/10/animation-krita
+[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/drawpile-brush-add.jpg (Adding a brush in Drawpile)
+[14]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/drawpile-session-host.png (Settings for hosting a session)
+[15]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/gnome-sharing.png (Sharing Drawpile in GNOME)
+[16]: https://opensource.com/article/19/7/make-linux-stronger-firewalls
+[17]: https://drawpile.net/communities
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200313 Open source alternative for multi-factor authentication- privacyIDEA.md b/sources/tech/20200313 Open source alternative for multi-factor authentication- privacyIDEA.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..382aa368e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200313 Open source alternative for multi-factor authentication- privacyIDEA.md
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Open source alternative for multi-factor authentication: privacyIDEA)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/open-source-multi-factor-authentication)
+[#]: author: (Cornelius Kölbel https://opensource.com/users/cornelius-k%C3%B6lbel)
+
+Open source alternative for multi-factor authentication: privacyIDEA
+======
+As technology changes, so too will our need to adapt our authentication
+mechanisms.
+![Three closed doors][1]
+
+Two-factor authentication, or multi-factor authentication, is not a topic only for nerds anymore. Many services on the internet provide it, and many end-users demand it. While the average end-user might only realize that his preferred web site either offers MFA or it does not, there is more to it behind the scene.
+
+The two-factor market is changing, and changing rapidly. New authentication methods arise, classical vendors are merging, and products have disappeared.
+
+The end-user might not be bothered at all, but organizations and companies who want to require multi-factor authentication for their users may wonder where to turn to and which horse to bet on.
+
+Companies like Secure Computing, Aladdin, SafeNet, Cryptocard, Gemalto, and Thales have been providing authentication solutions for organizations for some decades and have been involved in a round dance of [mergers and acquisitions][2] during the last ten years. And the user was the one who suffered. While the IT department thought it was rolling out a reliable software of a successful vendor, a few years later, they were confronted with the product being end-of-life.
+
+### How the cloud changes things
+
+In 1986, RSA released RSA SecurID, a physical hardware token displaying magic numbers based on an unknown, proprietary algorithm. But, almost 20 years later, thanks to the Open Authentication Initiative, HOTP (RFC4226) and TOTP (RFC6238) were specified—originally for OTP hardware tokens.
+
+SMS Passcode, which specialized in authenticating by sending text messages, was founded in 2005; no hardware token required. While other on-premises solutions kept the authentication server and the enrollment in a confined environment, with SMS Passcode, the authentication information (a secret text message) was transported via the mobile network to the user.
+
+The iPhone 1 was released in 2007, and the Android phone quickly followed. DUO Security was founded in 2009 as a specific cloud MFA provider, with the smartphone acting as a second factor. Both vendors concentrated on a new second factor—the phone with a text message or the smartphone with an app—and they offered and used infrastructure that was not part of the company's network anymore.
+
+Classical on-premises vendors started to move to the cloud, either by offering their new services or acquiring smaller vendors with cloud solutions, such as SafeNet's [acquisition of Cryptocard in 2012][3]. It seemed tempting for classical vendors to offer cloud services—no software updates on-premises, no support cases, unlimited scaling, and unlimited revenue.
+
+Even the old top dog, RSA, now offers a "Cloud Authentication Service." And doesn't it make sense to put authentication services in the cloud? The data is hosted at cloud services like Azure, the identities are hosted in the cloud at Azure AD, so why not put authentication there with Azure MFA? This approach might make sense for companies with a complete cloud-centric approach, but it also probably locks you into one specific vendor.
+
+Cloud seems a big topic also for multi-factor authentication. But what if you want to stay on-prem?
+
+### The state of multi-factor authentication technology
+
+Multi-factor authentication has also come a long way since 1986, when RSA introduced its first OTP tokens. A few decades ago, well-paid consultants made a living by rolling PKI concepts, since smartcard authentication needed a working certificate infrastructure.
+
+After having OTP keyfob tokens and smartphones with HOTP and TOTP apps and even push notification, the current state-of-the-art authentication seems to be FIDO2/WebAuthn. While U2F was specified by the FIDO Alliance alone, WebAuthn was specified by no one else than W3C, and the good news is, the base requirements have been integrated into all browsers except Internet Explorer.
+
+However, applications still need to add a lot of code when supporting Webauthn. But WebAuthn allows for new authentication devices like TPM chips in tablets, computers, and smartphones or cheap and small hardware devices. But U2F also looked good back then, and even it did not make the breakthrough. Will WebAuthn do it?
+
+So these are challenging times since currently, you probably cannot use WebAuthn, but in two years, you'll probably want to. Thus, you need a system that allows you to adapt your authentication mechanisms.
+
+### Getting actual requirements
+
+This is one of the first requirements when you are about to choose a flexible multi-factor authentication solution. It will not work out to solely rely on text messages, or on one single smartphone app or only WebAuthn tokens. The smartphone app may vanish; the WebAuthn devices might not be applicable in all situations.
+
+When looking at the mergers and acquisitions, we learned that it did happen and can happen again; that the software goes end-of-life, or the vendors cease their cloud services. And sometimes it is only the last few months that hurt, when the end of sales means that you cannot buy any new user licenses or onboard any new users! To get a lasting solution, you need to be independent on cloud services and vendor decisions. The safest way to do so is to go for an open source solution.
+
+But when going for an open source solution, you want to get a reliable system, reliable meaning that you can be sure to get updates that do not break and that bugs will be fixed, and there are people to be asked.
+
+### An open source alternative: privacyIDEA
+
+Concentrated experiences in the two-factor market since 2004 have been incorporated into the open source software alternative: [privacyIDEA][4].
+
+privacyIDEA is an open source solution providing a wide variety of different authentication technologies. It started with HOTP and TOTP tokens, but it also supports SMS, email, push notifications, SSH keys, X.509 certificates, Yubikeys, Nitrokeys, U2F, and a lot more. Currently, the support for WebAuthn is added.
+
+The modular structure of the token types (being Python classes) allows new types to be added quickly, making it the most flexible in regards to authentication methods. It runs on-premises at a central location in your network. This way, you stay flexible, have control over your network, and keep pace with the latest developments.
+
+privacyIDEA comes with a mighty and flexible policy framework that allows you to adapt privacyIDEA to your needs. The unique event handler modules enable you to fit privacyIDEA into your existing workflows or create new workflows that work the best for your scenario. It is also plays nice with the others and integrates with identity and authentication solutions like FreeRADIUS, simpleSAMLphp, Keycloak, or Shibboleth. This flexibility may be the reason organizations like the World Wide Web Consortium and companies like Axiad are using privacyIDEA.
+
+privacyIDEA is developed [on GitHub][5] and backed by a Germany-based company providing services and support worldwide.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/open-source-multi-factor-authentication
+
+作者：[Cornelius Kölbel][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/cornelius-k%C3%B6lbel
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/EDU_UnspokenBlockers_1110_A.png?itok=x8A9mqVA (Three closed doors)
+[2]: https://netknights.it/en/consolidation-of-the-market-and-migrations/
+[3]: https://www.infosecurity-magazine.com/news/safenet-acquires-cryptocard/
+[4]: https://privacyidea.org
+[5]: https://github.com/privacyidea/privacyidea
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200314 Adding a display to a travel-ready Raspberry Pi Zero.md b/sources/tech/20200314 Adding a display to a travel-ready Raspberry Pi Zero.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f8dcb26208
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200314 Adding a display to a travel-ready Raspberry Pi Zero.md
@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Adding a display to a travel-ready Raspberry Pi Zero)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/pi-zero-display)
+[#]: author: (Peter Garner https://opensource.com/users/petergarner)
+
+Adding a display to a travel-ready Raspberry Pi Zero
+======
+A small eInk display turns a Raspberry Pi into a self-contained,
+pocket-sized travel computer.
+![Pi Zero][1]
+
+In my earlier article, I explained how I [transformed a Raspberry Pi Zero][2] into a minimal, portable, go-anywhere computer system that, although small, can actually achieve useful things. I've since made iterations that have proved interesting and made the little Pi even more useful. Read on to learn what I've done.
+
+### After the road trip
+
+My initial Pi Zero setup [proved its worth][3] on a road trip to Whitby, but afterward, it was largely consigned to the "pending" shelf, waiting for another assignment. It was powered up weekly to apply updates, but other than that, it was idle. Then one day, as I was flicking through emails from various Pi suppliers, I came across a (slightly) reduced e-Ink display offer: hmmm… and there was a version for the Pi Zero as well. What could I do with one?
+
+ModMyPi was selling a rather neat [display and driver board combination][4] and a [small case][5] with a transparent window on top. I read the usual reviews, and apart from one comment about the _boards being a very tight fit_, it sounded positive. I ordered it, and it turned up a few days later. I had noted from the product description that the display board didn't have GPIO headers installed, so I ordered a Pi Zero WH (wireless + headers pre-installed) to save me the bother of soldering one on.
+
+### Some assembly required
+
+As with most of these things, some self-assembly was required, so I carefully opened the boxes and laid out the parts on the desk. The case was nicely made apart from ridiculous slots for a watch strap (?!) and some strange holes in the side to allow tiny fingers to press the five I/O buttons on the display. "_Could I get a top without holes?"_ I inquired on the review page. "_No."_ Okay then.
+
+With the case unpacked, it was time to open the display box. A nicely designed board was first out, and there were clear instructions on the Pi-Supply website. The display was so thin (0.95mm) that I nearly threw it out with the bubble wrap.
+
+The first job was to mount the display board on the Pi Zero. I checked to make sure I could attach the display cable to the driver board when it was joined to the Pi and decided that, with my sausage fingers, I'd attach the display first and leave it flapping in the breeze while I attached the driver board to the Pi. I carefully got the boards lined up on the GPIO pins, and, with those in place, I folded over the display "screen" to sit on top of the board. With the piggy-backed boards in place, I then _verrrry_ carefully shoe-horned the assembly into place in the case. Tight fit? Yeah, you're not kidding, but I got it all safely in place and snapped the top on, and nothing appeared to be broken. Phew!
+
+### How to set up your display
+
+I'm going to skip a chunk of messing about here and refer you to the maker's [instructions][6] instead. Suffice to say that after a few installs, reboots, and coffees, I managed to get a working e-Ink display! Now all I had to do was figure out what to do with it.
+
+One of the main challenges of working with a small device like [my "TravelPi"][2] is that you don't have access to as much screen real estate as you would on a larger machine. I like the size and power of the device though, so it's really a compromise as to what you get out of it. For example, there's a single screen accessible via the HDMI port, and I've used tmux to split that into four separate, usable panes. If I really need to view something else urgently, I could always **Ctrl+Z** into another prompt and do the necessary configs, but that's messy.
+
+I wanted to see various settings and maybe look at some system settings, and the e-Ink display enabled me to do all that! As you can see from the image below, I ended up with a very usable info panel that is updated by a simple(-ish) Python script (**qv**) either manually or by a crontab entry every 10 minutes. The manufacturer states that the update frequency should be "no more than 1Hz if you want your display to last for a long time." Ten minutes is fine, thank you.
+
+Here's what I wanted to be able to see at a glance:
+
+Hostname | And device serial number
+---|---
+IP address | Current internal IP address
+VPN status | Inactive/country/IP address
+Tor status | Inactive/IP address
+"Usage" | Percentage disk space and memory used
+Uptime | So satisfying to see those long uptimes
+
+And here it is: a display that's the same size as the Pi Zero and 1" deep.
+
+![PiZero Display][7]
+
+### How to populate the display
+
+Now I needed to populate the display. As seems to be the norm these days, the e-Ink support software is in Python, which, of course, is installed as standard with most Linux distros. _Disclaimer:_ Python is not my first (dev) language, but the code below works for me. It'll probably work for you, too.
+
+
+```
+#!/usr/bin/env python
+
+import os
+import sys
+import time
+import datetime
+import socket
+import netifaces as ni
+import psutil
+import subprocess
+
+from netifaces import AF_INET, AF_INET6, AF_LINK, AF_PACKET
+from papirus import PapirusText, PapirusTextPos, Papirus
+from subprocess import check_output
+from datetime import timedelta
+
+rot = 0
+screen = Papirus(rotation = rot)
+fbold = '/usr/share/fonts/truetype/dejavu/DejaVuSansMono-Bold.ttf'
+fnorm = '/usr/share/fonts/truetype/dejavu/DejaVuSansMono.ttf'
+text = PapirusTextPos(rotation = rot)
+
+def GetBootTime():
+ return datetime.datetime.fromtimestamp(psutil.boot_time())
+
+def GetUptime():
+ with open('/proc/uptime','r') as f:
+ uptime_seconds = float(f.readline().split()[0])
+ u = str(timedelta(seconds = uptime_seconds))
+ duration,junk = u.split(".")
+ hr,mi,sc = duration.split(":")
+ return "%sh %sm %ss" % ( hr,mi,sc )
+
+def getHostname():
+ hostname = socket.gethostname()
+ return hostname
+
+def getWiFiIPaddress():
+ try:
+ ni.interfaces()
+ [ 'wlan0', ]
+ return ni.ifaddresses('wlan0')[AF_INET][0]['addr']
+ except:
+ return 'inactive'
+
+def getVPNIPaddress():
+ try:
+ ni.interfaces()
+ [ 'tun0', ]
+ return ni.ifaddresses('tun0')[AF_INET][0]['addr']
+ except:
+ return 'inactive'
+
+def GetTmuxEnv():
+ if 'TMUX_PANE' in os.environ:
+ return ' (t)'
+ return ' '
+
+def GetCPUserial():
+ cpuinfo = subprocess.check_output(["/bin/cat", "/proc/cpuinfo"])
+ cpuinfo = cpuinfo.replace("\t","")
+ cpuinfo = cpuinfo.split("\n")
+ [ legend, cpuserial ] = cpuinfo[12].split(' ')
+ cpuserial = cpuserial.lstrip("0")
+ return cpuserial
+
+def GetMemUsed():
+ memUsed = psutil.virtual_memory()[2]
+ return memUsed
+
+def GetDiskUsed():
+ diskUsed = psutil.disk_usage('/')[3]
+ return diskUsed
+
+def CheckTor():
+ try:
+ TS = "active: pid %s" %check_output(['pidof','tor'])
+ except:
+ TS = 'inactive'
+ return TS
+
+def CheckVPN():
+ return VPNlo
+# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+def main():
+ pass
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+ main()
+
+VPNlo = 'inactive'
+
+if (len(sys.argv) == 2):
+ try:
+ VPNlo = sys.argv[1]
+ except:
+ VPNlo = 'inactive'
+
+text = PapirusTextPos(False,rotation=rot)
+text.AddText("%s %s %s"% (getHostname(),GetCPUserial(),GetTmuxEnv()),x=1,y=0,size=12,invert=True,fontPath=fbold)
+text.AddText("IP %s" % getWiFiIPaddress(),x=1,y=16,size=12,fontPath=fnorm)
+if ( getVPNIPaddress() == 'inactive' ):
+ text.AddText("VPN %s" % CheckVPN(),x=1,y=30,size=12,fontPath=fnorm)
+else:
+ text.AddText("VPN %s" % getVPNIPaddress(),x=1,y=30,size=12,fontPath=fnorm)
+text.AddText("TOR %s" % CheckTor(),x=1,y=44,size=12,fontPath=fnorm)
+text.AddText("MEM %s% DISK %s% used" % (GetMemUsed(),GetDiskUsed()),x=1,y=58,size=12,fontPath=fnorm,maxLines=1)
+text.AddText("UPTIME %s" % GetUptime(),x=1,y=72,size=12,fontPath=fnorm)
+text.WriteAll()
+
+sys.exit(0)
+```
+
+Normally, the script runs without any arguments and is called by a series of Bash scripts that I've written to start up various subsystems; these are, in turn, called from a menu system written in Whiptail, which is pretty versatile. In the case of the VPN system, I have a list of access points to choose from and that update the location on the display. Initially, I call the display updater with the location name (e.g., Honolulu), but at that point, I can't display the VPN IP address because I don't know it:
+
+
+```
+ dispupdate.py ${accesspoint}
+ openvpn --config $PATH/Privacy-${accesspoint}.conf --auth-user-pass credfile
+```
+
+When the display updater runs again (outside the VPN startup script), the IP address is readable from the **tun0** interface and the display is updated with the IP address. I may change this later, but it works fine now. I use the **PapirusTextPos** function (rather than **PapirusText**), as this allows multiple lines to be written before the display is updated, leading to a much faster write. The **text.WriteAll()** function does the actual update.
+
+### Adding more software
+
+I was very pleased with my initial choice of applications, but since I'd managed to slim the whole installation down to 1.7GB, I had plenty of available space. So, I decided to see if there was anything else that could be useful. Here's what I added:
+
+Irssi | IRC client
+---|---
+FreeBSD games | There are still many text-mode games to enjoy
+nmon | A _very_ comprehensive top-alike utility for all aspects of the system
+Newsbeuter | Text-mode Atom/RSS feed reader
+
+And I still have about 300MB free space to take me up to 2GB, so I may add more.
+
+### We keed to talk about ~~Kevin~~ Bluetooth
+
+Observant readers will remember my hatred for Bluetooth and trying to pair terminal-based software with a Bluetooth device. When I bought a new Pi, I realized that I had to pair the damn thing up with the keyboards again. Oh, woe is me! But a search-engine session and a calming coffee enabled me to actually do it! It goes something like this:
+
+
+```
+sudo su
+bluetoothctl {enter}
+
+[bluetooth]#
+
+[bluetooth]# scan on
+Discovery started
+[CHG] Controller B8:27:EB:XX:XX:XX Discovering: yes
+
+[bluetooth]# agent on
+Agent registered
+[NEW] Device B2:2B:XX:XX:XX:XX Bluetooth Keyboard
+Attempting to pair with B2:2B:XX:XX:XX:XX
+[CHG] Device B2:2B:XX:XX:XX:XX Connected: yes
+[agent] PIN code: 834652
+[CHG] Device B2:2B:XX:XX:XX:XX Modalias: usb:v05ACp0220d0001
+[CHG] Device B2:2B:XX:XX:XX:XX UUIDs: zzzzz
+[CHG] Device B2:2B:XX:XX:XX:XX UUIDs: yyyyy
+[CHG] Device B2:2B:XX:XX:XX:XX ServicesResolved: yes
+[CHG] Device B2:2B:XX:XX:XX:XX Paired: yes
+Pairing successful
+[CHG] Device B2:2B:XX:XX:XX:XX ServicesResolved: no
+[CHG] Device B2:2B:XX:XX:XX:XX Connected: no
+
+[bluetooth]# trust B2:2B:XX:XX:XX:XX
+[CHG] Device B2:2B:XX:XX:XX:XX Trusted: yes
+Changing B2:2B:XX:XX:XX:XX trust succeeded
+[CHG] Device B2:2B:XX:XX:XX:XX RSSI: -53
+
+[bluetooth]# scan off
+[CHG] Device B2:2B:XX:XX:XX:XX RSSI is nil
+Discovery stopped
+[CHG] Controller B8:27:EB:XX:XX:XX Discovering: no
+
+[bluetooth]# exit
+Agent unregistered
+
+$
+```
+
+I was gobsmacked! No, really. I paired my other keyboard and am now considering pairing a speaker, but we'll see. I had a beer that night to celebrate my new-found "l33t" tech skills! Here is an [excellent guide][8] on how to do it.
+
+### One more hardware mod
+
+Until recently, I've been using as large a good-quality microSDHC card as I could afford, and in case of problems, I created a backup copy using the rsync-based rpi-clone. However, after reading various articles on the 'net where people complain about corrupted cards due to power problems, unclean shutdowns, and other mishaps, I decided to invest in a higher-quality card that hopefully will survive all this and more. This is important if you're traveling long distances and _really_ need your software to work at the destination.
+
+After a long search, I found the [ATP Industrial-Grade MicroSD/MicroSDHC][9] cards, which are rated military-spec for demanding applications. That sounded perfect. However, with quality comes a cost, as well as (in this case) limited capacity. In order to keep my wallet happy, I limited myself to an 8GB card, which may not sound like a lot for a working computer, but bearing in mind I have a genuine 5.3GB of that 8GB free, it works just fine. I also have a level of reassurance that bigger but lower-quality cards can't give me, and I can create an ISO of that card that's small enough to email if need be. Result!
+
+### What's next?
+
+The Zero goes from strength to strength, only needing to go out more. I've gone technically about as far as I can for now, and any other changes will be small and incremental.
+
+* * *
+
+_This was originally published on [Peter Garner's blog][10] under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 and is reused here with the author's permission._
+
+The new issue of the official Raspberry Pi magazine, The MagPi, comes with a free computer stuck to...
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/pi-zero-display
+
+作者：[Peter Garner][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/petergarner
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/zero-osdc-lead.png?itok=bK70ON2W (Pi Zero)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/raspberry-pi-zero-w-road
+[3]: https://petergarner.net/notes/index.php?thisnote=20180511-Travels+with+a+Pi+%282%29
+[4]: https://www.modmypi.com/raspberry-pi/screens-and-displays/epaper/papirus-zero-epaper--eink-screen-phat-for-pi-zero-medium
+[5]: https://www.modmypi.com/raspberry-pi/cases-183/accessories-1125/watch-straps/pi-supply-papirus-zero-case
+[6]: https://github.com/PiSupply/PaPiRus
+[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/pizerodisplay.jpg (PiZero Display)
+[8]: https://www.sigmdel.ca/michel/ha/rpi/bluetooth_01_en.html
+[9]: https://www.digikey.com/en/product-highlight/a/atp/industrial-grade-microsd-microsdhc-cards
+[10]: https://petergarner.net/notes/index.php?thisnote=20190205-Travels+with+a+Pi+%283%29
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200315 Getting started with shaders- signed distance functions.md b/sources/tech/20200315 Getting started with shaders- signed distance functions.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..acba8687fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200315 Getting started with shaders- signed distance functions.md
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Getting started with shaders: signed distance functions!)
+[#]: via: (https://jvns.ca/blog/2020/03/15/writing-shaders-with-signed-distance-functions/)
+[#]: author: (Julia Evans https://jvns.ca/)
+
+Getting started with shaders: signed distance functions!
+======
+
+Hello! A while back I learned how to make fun shiny spinny things like this using shaders:
+
+![][1]
+
+My shader skills are still extremely basic, but this fun spinning thing turned out to be a lot easier to make than I thought it would be to make (with a lot of copying of code snippets from other people!).
+
+The big idea I learned when doing this was something called “signed distance functions”, which I learned about from a very fun tutorial called [Signed Distance Function tutorial: box & balloon][2].
+
+In this post I’ll go through the steps I used to learn to write a simple shader and try to convince you that shaders are not that hard to get started with!
+
+### examples of more advanced shaders
+
+If you haven’t seen people do really fancy things with shaders, here are a couple:
+
+ 1. this very complicated shader that is like a realistic video of a river:
+ 2. a more abstract (and shorter!) fun shader with a lot of glowing circles:
+
+
+
+### step 1: my first shader
+
+I knew that you could make shaders on shadertoy, and so I went to . They give you a default shader to start with that looks like this:
+
+![][3]
+
+Here’s the code:
+
+```
+void mainImage( out vec4 fragColor, in vec2 fragCoord )
+{
+ // Normalized pixel coordinates (from 0 to 1)
+ vec2 uv = fragCoord/iResolution.xy;
+
+ // Time varying pixel color
+ vec3 col = 0.5 + 0.5*cos(iTime+uv.xyx+vec3(0,2,4));
+
+ // Output to screen
+ fragColor = vec4(col,1.0);
+}
+```
+
+This doesn’t do anythign that exciting, but it already taught me the basic structure of a shader program!
+
+### the idea: map a pair of coordinates (and time) to a colour
+
+The idea here is that you get a pair of coordinates as an input (`fragCoord`) and you need to output a RGBA vector with the colour of that. The function can also use the current time (`iTime`), which is how the picture changes over time.
+
+The neat thing about this programming model (where you map a pair of coordinates and the time to) is that it’s extremely trivially parallelizable. I don’t understand a lot about GPUs but my understanding is that this kind of task (where you have 10000 trivially parallelizable calculations to do at once) is exactly the kind of thing GPUs are good at.
+
+### step 2: iterate faster with `shadertoy-render`
+
+After a while of playing with shadertoy, I got tired of having to click “recompile” on the Shadertoy website every time I saved my shader.
+
+I found a command line tool that will watch a file and update the animation in real time every time I save called [shadertoy-render][4]. So now I can just run:
+
+```
+shadertoy-render.py circle.glsl
+```
+
+and iterate way faster!
+
+### step 3: draw a circle
+
+Next I thought – I’m good at math! I can use some basic trigonometry to draw a bouncing rainbow circle!
+
+I know the equation for a circle (`x**2 + y**2 = whatever`!), so I wrote some code to do that:
+
+![][5]
+
+Here’s the code: (which you can also [see on shadertoy][6])
+
+```
+void mainImage( out vec4 fragColor, in vec2 fragCoord )
+{
+ // Normalized pixel coordinates (from 0 to 1)
+ vec2 uv = fragCoord/iResolution.xy;
+ // Draw a circle whose center depends on what time it is
+ vec2 shifted = uv - vec2((sin(iGlobalTime) + 1)/2, (1 + cos(iGlobalTime)) / 2);
+ if (dot(shifted, shifted) < 0.03) {
+ // Varying pixel colour
+ vec3 col = 0.5 + 0.5*cos(iGlobalTime+uv.xyx+vec3(0,2,4));
+ fragColor = vec4(col,1.0);
+ } else {
+ // make everything outside the circle black
+ fragColor = vec4(0,0,0,1.0);
+ }
+}
+```
+
+This takes the dot product of the coordinate vector `fragCoord` with itself, which is the same as calculating `x^2 + y^2`. I played with the center of the circle a little bit in this one too – I made the center `vec2((sin(iGlobalTime) + 1)/2, (1 + cos(faster)) / 2)`, which means that the center of the circle also goes in a circle depending on what time it is.
+
+### shaders are a fun way to play with math!
+
+One thing I think is fun about this already (even though we haven’t done anything super advanced!) is that these shaders give us a fun visual way to play with math – I used `sin` and `cos` to make something go in a circle, and if you want to get some better intuition about how trigonometric work, maybe writing shaders would be a fun way to do that!
+
+I love that you get instant visual feedback about your math code – if you multiply something by 2, things get bigger! or smaller! or faster! or slower! or more red!
+
+### but how do we do something really fancy?
+
+This bouncing circle is nice but it’s really far from the super fancy things I’ve seen other people do with shaders. So what’s the next step?
+
+### idea: instead of using if statements, use signed distance functions!
+
+In my circle code above, I basically wrote:
+
+```
+if (dot(uv, uv) < 0.03) {
+ // code for inside the circle
+} else {
+ // code for outside the circle
+}
+```
+
+But the problem with this (and the reason I was feeling stuck) is that it’s not clear how it generalizes to more complicated shapes! Writing a bajillion if statements doesn’t seem like it would work well. And how do people render those 3d shapes anyway?
+
+So! **Signed distance functions** are a different way to define a shape. Instead of using a hardcoded if statement, instead you define a **function** that tells you, for any point in the world, how far away that point is from your shape. For example, here’s a signed distance function for a sphere.
+
+```
+float sdSphere( vec3 p, float center )
+{
+ return length(p)-center;
+}
+```
+
+Signed distance functions are awesome because they’re:
+
+ * simple to define!
+ * easy to compose! You can take a union / intersection / difference with some simple math if you want a sphere with a chunk taken out of it.
+ * easy to rotate / stretch / bend!
+
+
+
+### the steps to making a spinning top
+
+When I started out I didn’t understand what code I needed to write to make a shiny spinning thing. It turns out that these are the basic steps:
+
+ 1. Make a signed distance function for the shape I want (in my case an octahedron)
+ 2. Raytrace the signed distance function so you can display it in a 2D picture (or raymarch? The tutorial I used called it raytracing and I don’t understand the difference between raytracing and raymarching yet)
+ 3. Write some code to texture the surface of your shape and make it shiny
+
+
+
+I’m not going to explain signed distance functions or raytracing in detail in this post because I found this [AMAZING tutorial on signed distance functions][2] that is very friendly and honestly it does a way better job than I could do. It explains how to do the 3 steps above and the code has a ton of comments and it’s great.
+
+ * The tutorial is called “SDF Tutorial: box & balloon” and it’s here:
+ * Here are tons of signed distance functions that you can copy and paste into your code (and ways to compose them to make other shapes)
+
+
+
+### step 4: copy the tutorial code and start changing things
+
+Here I used the time honoured programming practice here of “copy the code and change things in a chaotic way until I get the result I want”.
+
+My final shader of a bunch of shiny spinny things is here:
+
+The animation comes out looking like this:
+
+![][7]
+
+Basically to make this I just copied the tutorial on signed distance functions that renders the shape based on the signed distance function and:
+
+ * changed `sdfBalloon` to `sdfOctahedron` and made the octahedron spin instead of staying still in my signed distance function
+ * changed the `doBalloonColor` colouring function to make it shiny
+ * made there be lots of octahedrons instead of just one
+
+
+
+### making the octahedron spin!
+
+Here’s some the I used to make the octahedron spin! This turned out to be really simple: first copied an octahedron signed distance function from [this page][8] and then added a `rotate` to make it rotate based on time and then suddenly it’s spinning!
+
+```
+vec2 sdfOctahedron( vec3 currentRayPosition, vec3 offset ){
+ vec3 p = rotate((currentRayPosition), offset.xy, iTime * 3.0) - offset;
+ float s = 0.1; // what is s?
+ p = abs(p);
+ float distance = (p.x+p.y+p.z-s)*0.57735027;
+ float id = 1.0;
+ return vec2( distance, id );
+}
+```
+
+### making it shiny with some noise
+
+The other thing I wanted to do was to make my shape look sparkly/shiny. I used a noise funciton that I found in [this github gist][9] to make the surface look textured.
+
+Here’s how I used the noise function. Basically I just changed parameters to the noise function mostly at random (multiply by 2? 3? 1800? who knows!) until I got an effect I liked.
+
+```
+float x = noise(rotate(positionOfHit, vec2(0, 0), iGlobalTime * 3.0).xy * 1800.0);
+float x2 = noise(lightDirection.xy * 400.0);
+float y = min(max(x, 0.0), 1.0);
+float y2 = min(max(x2, 0.0), 1.0) ;
+vec3 balloonColor = vec3(y , y + y2, y + y2);
+```
+
+### writing shaders is fun!
+
+That’s all! I had a lot of fun making this thing spin and be shiny. If you also want to make fun animations with shaders, I hope this helps you make your cool thing!
+
+As usual with subjects I don’t know tha well, I’ve probably said at least one wrong thing about shaders in this post, let me know what it is!
+
+Again, here are the 2 resources I used:
+
+ 1. “SDF Tutorial: box & balloon”: (which is really fun to modify and play around with)
+ 2. Tons of signed distance functions that you can copy and paste into your code
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://jvns.ca/blog/2020/03/15/writing-shaders-with-signed-distance-functions/
+
+作者：[Julia Evans][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://jvns.ca/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://jvns.ca/images/spinny.gif
+[2]: https://www.shadertoy.com/view/Xl2XWt
+[3]: https://jvns.ca/images/colour.gif
+[4]: https://github.com/alexjc/shadertoy-render
+[5]: https://jvns.ca/images/circle.gif
+[6]: https://www.shadertoy.com/view/tsscR4
+[7]: https://jvns.ca/images/octahedron2.gif
+[8]: http://www.iquilezles.org/www/articles/distfunctions/distfunctions.htm
+[9]: https://gist.github.com/patriciogonzalezvivo/670c22f3966e662d2f83
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200315 How I migrated from a Mac Mini to a Raspberry Pi.md b/sources/tech/20200315 How I migrated from a Mac Mini to a Raspberry Pi.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0e1c7196fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200315 How I migrated from a Mac Mini to a Raspberry Pi.md
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How I migrated from a Mac Mini to a Raspberry Pi)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/mac-raspberry-pi)
+[#]: author: (Peter Garner https://opensource.com/users/petergarner)
+
+How I migrated from a Mac Mini to a Raspberry Pi
+======
+Learn more about Linux by turning a Raspberry Pi Model 2 into a workable
+desktop computer.
+![Vector, generic Raspberry Pi board][1]
+
+Some time ago, I decided to move my computing environment from a Mac Mini PowerPC to a Raspberry Pi Model 2. This article describes my reasons for doing so and how I did it. While it is quite technical in places, if you're considering switching from an existing system to something decidedly lean and mean, there are things that you need to know before making that leap. There are lots of links to click as well, which will lead you to the software and apps that I mention.
+
+Enjoy!
+
+## Saying goodbye to the Mac
+
+I have to admit, I've never really been an Apple fanboi, especially following a short (and ultimately unsatisfactory) fling with a plastic polycarbonate MacBook back in 2006. Although it was beautifully designed, and the software "Just Worked," I was understandably upset when it decided to expire shortly after the warranty period expired (design faults, apparently). Ah well.
+
+I swore never to "invest" in an Apple machine again—until I discovered a used Mac Mini PowerPC on eBay that could be had for around $100 in 2012. It was new back in 2005 but had apparently been refurbished. "What have I got to lose, especially at that price?" I asked myself. Nobody answered, so I placed a last-minute bid, won it, and invested about the same sum of money again in bumping the memory up to 1GB and buying the OS on DVD. The OS X version was 10.4.7 Tiger, and the architecture was Power PC. It was sedate but reliable, and I was happy. It didn't take a lot of power either; some 60 watts at full load, so that was a bonus. I spent many happy hours tinkering with it and trying to find software that was supported on a device that old.
+
+Predictably though, as my computing requirements grew and the Mac got older, it started to get noticeably slower, and I was aware that even simple tasks—such as asking it to run a web browser and display an HTTPS page—were causing it problems. When I finally managed to find antivirus software for it, I became aware of just how noisy the Mini's cooling fan was as the CPU struggled with the extra load.
+
+A quick check of the performance monitors revealed thousands of memory-paging faults, and I realized that my old friend was soon destined for the knackers yard. Of course, that meant searching for a replacement, and that's when the fun started.
+
+## A(nother) small computer
+
+My main problem was that I didn't have a big budget. I looked at eBay again and found a number of Mac Minis for sale, all around the $500 mark, and many of those were early basic-spec Intel units that, like my old Mac, people had simply grown out of. Essentially, I wanted something like the old Mini, ideally with similar power consumption. A new one was out of the question, obviously.
+
+Let me state that my computer requirements are pretty undemanding, and for photo/graphics work, I have another computer that consumes power like there's no tomorrow and gives off enough heat to keep me warm in winter. And then I got to thinking about the [Raspberry Pi Model 2][2]. Now before you laugh, I have around six of the things running various servers, and they do just fine. One runs a small web server, another runs a mail server, and so on. Each one costs around $30, and most use a cheap microSDHC card, so if one fails, I can easily swap it out for another, and I can usually buy a suitable card at a local supermarket—try doing that when your laptop drive fails! I also have a Netgear ReadyNAS 102 with a couple of 2TB hard drives to act as my bulk storage.
+
+Suddenly, my plan looked as though it might be viable after all!
+
+## Spec'ing it out
+
+The specification was a bit of a no-brainer: The Model 2 Pi comes with 1GB of memory standard, the Ethernet runs at 100Mbps maximum, the clock speed is 900MHz, there are four USB ports, and that's yer lot, mate. You can overclock it, but I've never wanted to try this for various reasons.
+
+I had a Pi in my spares drawer, so no problem there. I ordered a posh aluminum case made by [Flirc][3] that was on offer for $20 and duly slotted in the Pi. The power supply unit (PSU) had to be a genuine two-amp device, and again, I had a spare lying around. If you take your Pi ownership seriously, I recommend the [Anker 40W][4] five-port desktop charger: it has intelligent power management, and I'm running five Pis from one unit. Incidentally, if you inadvertently use a PSU that can't deliver the required current, you'll keep seeing a square, multi-colored icon in the top-right corner of your screen, so be warned.
+
+The microSDHC "disk" was more of an issue, though. I always use SanDisk, and this time I wanted something fast, especially as this was to be a "desktop" machine. In the end, I went for a [SanDisk 8GB Extreme Pro UHS-1][5] card that promised up to 90 to 95 Mbps write/read performance. "8GB? That's not a lot of space," I hear you Windows users cry, and because this is Linux, there doesn't need to be.
+
+The way I envisioned it, I'd set up the Pi normally and use it primarily as a boot disk. I'd host all my documents and media files on the network-attached storage (NAS) box, and all would be well. The NAS shares would be accessed via network filesystem (NFS), and I'd just mount them as directories on the Pi.
+
+Quite early on, I elected to move my entire home directory onto the NAS, and this has worked well, with some quirks. The problem I faced was a Pi quirk, and although I was sure there was a fix, I wanted to get it up and running before the Mac finally crapped out. When the Pi boots, it seems to enable the networking part quite late in the sequence, and I found that I couldn't do my NFS mounts because the networking interface hadn't come up yet. Rather than hack around with tricky scripts, I decided to simply mount the NFS shares by hand after I'd logged in after a successful boot. This seemed to work, and it's the solution I'm using now. Now that I had a basic strategy, it was time to implement it on the "live" machine.
+
+That's the beauty of working with the Raspberry Pi—you can quickly hack together a testbed and have a system up and running in under 30 minutes.
+
+Regarding video, I bought an HDMI-to-DVI cable to use with my Dell monitor, and in GUI desktop mode, this comes up as 1280x1024—plenty good enough for my use. If you have a monster flat-screen TV, you can always use that instead.
+
+## My software environment
+
+### Operating system
+
+I ultimately decided on [Arch Linux for ARM][6] 7H as the operating system. I'm a [Raspbian][7] veteran, but I didn't need the educational software that comes with it (I have other Pis for that). Arch provides a minimal environment but is full-featured, well-supported, and powerful; it also has bucket-loads of software available. After its initial installation, I'd used just over 1.2GB of space, and even now, with all my software on the microSDHC, I'm only using 2.8GB of my 8GB card. Please note that the Pi 2 is officially Arch Linux ARM 7, not 6.
+
+### Desktop
+
+I wanted a graphical desktop environment (even though I'm a command-line sorta guy), but it needed to be in keeping with the lean and mean ethos. I'd used [LXDE][8] before and was happy with it, so I installed it; GNOME and KDE were just too big.
+
+### Web browser
+
+The web browser was a bit of a problem, but after trying the default Midori, Epiphany, and a couple of others, I decided on [Firefox][9]. It's a bit flabby, but it follows standards well, and if you're going to digitally sign LibreOffice ODT documents, you'll need it anyway. One problem on a machine of this power is the tremendous toll that web-based ads place on the overall memory usage. In fact, a badly ad'ed page can make the browser stop completely, so I had to make those ads disappear. One way would be to install an ad-blocker plugin, but that's another hit on available memory, so a simpler method was called for.
+
+As this is a Linux box, I simply downloaded an [ad-blocking hosts file][10]. This is an amazing piece of community work that consists of over 15,000 hostnames for basically any server that spits out ads. All the entries point to an IP address of 0.0.0.0, so there's no time wasted and your bandwidth's your own again. It's a free download and can be added to the end of an existing hosts file. Of course, the major value, as far as I'm concerned, is that page load times are much quicker.
+
+The screen capture below shows an ad-free Firefox overlaid with the same page in [ELinks][11].
+
+![Firefox and eLinks browsers on Raspberry Pi][12]
+
+No ads in either, but if you don't need all the eye candy rendered by Firefox, ELinks will provide a super-clean experience. (Normally, all that whitespace in the Firefox image is filled with ads.) The ELinks browser is an interesting hybrid browser that is primarily text-based and is similar to the classic pure-text Lynx browser.
+
+### Messaging
+
+It would be overkill, and undesirable from a security point of view, to have Microsoft Skype on the Pi, so I decided on a Jabber/XMPP client, [Psi][13]. Psi has the advantage of not having a multitude of dependencies, and it also works really well. It's easy to take part in multi-user chats, and I have another Pi hosting a Jabber server to test it on. There's no character-mode version, unfortunately, and most of the text-based clients I tried had problems, so it's a GUI-only situation at the moment. No matter; it works well and doesn't use a lot of resources.
+
+### Email
+
+I also tried a number of email applications: this was easily the most important application. Eventually, I chose [Claws Mail][14]. Sadly, it doesn't do HTML mail, but it's rock-solid reliable. I have to say that I can't get the GNU Privacy Guard (GPG) plugin working properly yet due to some unresolved version issues, but I can always encrypt messages in a terminal, if need be.
+
+### Audio
+
+Music is important to me, and I chose [SMPlayer][15] as my media player. It supports many options, including playlists for local and networked files and internet radio streaming. It does the job well.
+
+### Video
+
+I'll not go into the video player in any great detail. Bearing in mind the hardware specs of the Pi, reliably playing back a video stream, even on the same network, was problematic. I decided that if I wanted to watch videos, I had other devices more suited to it. I did try and experiment with the **gpu_mem** setting in the **[/boot/config.txt][16]**, switching it from the default 64MB to 96MB. I was prepared to borrow a bit of application memory for the video player, but even that didn't seem to make it work well. In the end, I kept that setting so that the desktop environment would run more smoothly, and so far, I haven't had problems. The irony of this is that I have another Pi that has a [DLNA][17] server installed, and this can stream video exceedingly well—not just to one client, but several. In its defense, though, it doesn't have a desktop environment to contend with. So, for now, I don't bother trying to play video.
+
+### Image processing
+
+I need to do simple, lightweight photo and image editing, and I knew from prior experience that GIMP and similar packages would bring the Pi to its knees. I found an app called [Pinta][18], which resembles an enhanced Microsoft Paint, but with more cojones. As someone with a large image collection, I also needed a slideshow application. After much evaluation, I decided on [feh][19]. Normally run from a terminal within the GUI desktop, it has an incredible array of options that can help you produce an image slideshow, and again, it has low memory requirements.
+
+### Office suite
+
+And then there was an office suite. On the old Mac Mini, I was happily (and legally) running a copy of Microsoft Mac Office 2004, and I was truly sorry to lose that. I just needed a Microsoft Word and Excel equivalent, but I had to bear in mind the Pi's limitations. Sure, there are standalone versions of word-processor and spreadsheet applications, but there was nothing that really gave me confidence that I could edit a full-featured document.
+
+I already knew of [LibreOffice][20], but I had my doubts about it because of its Java Runtime Environment (JRE) requirement, or so I thought. Thankfully, JRE was optional, and as long as I didn't want to use (database) connection pooling of macros, there was no need to enable it. I also used as many built-in options as possible, rejecting skins and themes; this brought the overall memory footprint down to a reasonable level, and hey, I'm writing this on LibreOffice Writer now! I adopted the attitude that if it has a built-in theme, use it!
+
+Here's the current [memory overview][21] (in MB) from within the GUI desktop:
+
+![Raspberry Pi GUI memory usage][22]
+
+### Miscellaneous
+
+Other desktop software I've installed (not much as I wanted in order to keep this a minimal installation) is:
+
+ * [FileZilla][23]: SFTP/FTP client
+ * [PuTTY][24]: SSH/telnet terminal frontend
+ * [Mousepad][25]: A versatile plain-text editor, similar to Wordpad or Notepad, but much more powerful **[Note: this link was broken. Is this ok?]**
+
+
+
+Overall, the entire setup works as intended. I've found that it performs well, if a little slow sometimes, but this is to be expected, as it's running on a Raspberry Pi with a 900MHz clock speed and 1GB of memory. As long you're aware of and prepared to accept the limitations, you can have a cheap, very functional system that doesn't take up all your desk space.
+
+## Lacking in characters
+
+Life with a Pi desktop is not all about the GUI; it's a very competent command-line environment too, should you need one. As a Linux developer and geek, I am very comfortable in a character-mode environment, and this is where the Pi really comes into its own. The performance you can expect in the command-line environment, at least in my configuration, is dependent on a number of factors. I'm limited to a certain extent by the Pi's network-interface speed and the overall performance of my Netgear ReadyNAS 102, another slightly underpowered, consumer-grade ARM box. The one thing that did please me, though, was the noticeable increase in speed over the Mac Mini!
+
+Running in a native terminal environment, this is the typical memory usage (in MB) you might expect:
+
+![Raspberry Pi terminal memory usage][26]
+
+One thing to note is the lack of a swap partition. It's generally accepted that any type of swap system on a Raspberry Pi is a Very Bad Thing™ and will wear out your SD card in no time. I considered setting up a swap partition on the NAS box, but I ruled this out early on, as it would very negatively impact the network as a whole, and as with the NFS mount issue, the swap partition would need to be mounted before the network came up. So no go.
+
+Having lived with Raspberry Pis for some time now, let's just say that one has to learn to set things up carefully in the first place to avoid the need, and ultimately, it can teach you to manage computers better.
+
+As part of my efforts to make the Pi as useful as possible, I had to envision a scenario where whatever I was working on was either so resource-hungry that I couldn't run a GUI desktop or the GUI was just not required. That meant reproducing as many of the desktop-only apps in a character-mode environment. In fact, this was easier than finding the equivalent desktop apps.
+
+Here is my current lineup:
+
+ * **File manager:** [Midnight Commander][27]; if you're old enough to remember Norton Commander, you'll know what it looks like.
+ * **File transfer:** SSH/SFTP; normally handled by PuTTY and FileZilla on the desktop, you just use these two commands as provided.
+ * **Web browser:** Lynx or Links are classic character-mode browsers that significantly speed up the internet experience.
+ * **Music player:** Yes, you can play music in a character-mode terminal! [Mpg123][28] is the name of the app, and when it's run as **mpg123 -C**, it allows full keyboard control of all playback functions. If you want to be really cool, you can alter the way Midnight Commander handles MP3 files by editing **/etc/mc/mc.ext** and adding the code snippet below. This allows you to browse and play your music collection with ease. [code] shell/i/.mp3
+ Open=/usr/bin/mpg123 -C %f
+ View=%view{ascii} /usr/lib/mc/ext.d/sound.sh view mp3
+```
+ * **Office:** Don't be silly! Oh wait, though; I installed the character-mode spreadsheet app called **sc** (Supercalc?), and there's always Vi if you want to edit a text document, but don't expect to able to edit any Microsoft files. If your need is truly great, you can install a supplementary application called Antiword, which will let you view a .doc file.
+ * **Email:** A bit of a problem, as the Claws Mail mailbox format is not directly compatible with my character-mode app of choice, Mutt. There's a workaround, but I'm only going to do it if I get some spare time. For sending quick emails, I installed ssmtp, which is described as "a send-only sendmail emulator for machines which normally pick their mail up from a centralized mail hub." The setup is minimal, and overhead is practically nil, as normally it's invoked only when mail is being sent. So, you can do things like typing **echo "The donuts are on my desk" | mail -s"Important News" [everybody@myoffice.com][29]** from the command line without firing up a GUI mail app.
+
+
+
+For everything else, it's just a question of flipping back to the GUI desktop. Speaking of which…
+
+![Raspberry Pi GUI desktop environment][30]
+
+Quite a busy screen, but the Raspberry Pi handles it well. Here, I'm using LibreOffice to write this article, there's a network status box, Firefox is on the mpg123 website, and there's a terminal running top showing how much memory (isn't) being used. The drop-down menu on the left shows the office suite apps.
+
+## Other scenarios and thoughts
+
+### What's where
+
+With any hybrid system like this, it's important to remember what is located where so that, in the event of any problems, recovery will be easier. In my current configuration, the microSDHC card contains only the operating system, and as much as possible, any system-configuration files are also on there. Your own userland data will be on the NAS in your home directory. Ideally, you should be to replace or update the software on the microSDHC without having any adverse effects on your computing environment as a whole, but in IT, it's never that straightforward.
+
+In the X11 GUI desktop system, although there is a default config file in **/etc/X11**, you will invariably have a customized version containing your own preferences. (This is by design.) Your own file on the NAS, however, will reference files on the microSDHC:
+
+![Location of files][31]
+
+The overall effect is that if you change one environment for another, you will invariably experience a change (or loss) in functionality. Hopefully, the changes will be minor, but you do need to be aware of the sometimes ambiguous links.
+
+Please remember that the **root** user will _always_ be on the microSDHC, and if your NAS box fails for any reason, you'll still be able to boot your system and at least do some recovery work.
+
+### NAS alternatives
+
+While I'm in my home office, I have full access to my NAS box, which represents what (in today's terminology) would be a personal cloud. I much prefer this solution to a commercial cloud that is invariably managed by a company of unknown origin, location, security, and motives. For those reasons, I will always host my data where I can see it and physically get to it as required. Having said that, you may not be as paranoid as I am and will want to hook up your Pi desktop to an external cloud share.
+
+In that case, using an NFS mount as a basis for your home directory should mean that it's simply a matter of editing your **/etc/fstab** to point the NFS client at a different location. In my setup, the NAS box is called, er, NASBOX, and the local NFS share mountpoint is called **/NASmount**. When you create your non-root user, you'll simply move their home directory to an existing directory called **/NASmount**:
+```
+
+
+NASBOX:/data/yourshare /NASmount nfs
+nfsvers=3,rsize=8192,wsize=8192,timeo=60,intr,auto 0 0
+
+mount -t nfs -v NASBOX:/data/yourshare /NASmount
+
+```
+and then your directory tree could look like this:
+```
+`/NASmount/home/user`
+```
+So, by simply changing the **/etc/fstab** entry, you could quickly be hooked up to someone else's cloud. This, as they say, is left as an exercise for the re
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200316 How to test failed authentication attempts with test-driven development.md b/sources/tech/20200316 How to test failed authentication attempts with test-driven development.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..abe34d97e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200316 How to test failed authentication attempts with test-driven development.md
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to test failed authentication attempts with test-driven development)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/failed-authentication-attempts-tdd)
+[#]: author: (Alex Bunardzic https://opensource.com/users/alex-bunardzic)
+
+How to test failed authentication attempts with test-driven development
+======
+Mountebank makes it easier to test the "less happy path" in your code.
+![Programming keyboard.][1]
+
+Testing often begins with what we hope happens. In my [previous article][2], I demonstrated how to virtualize a service you depend on when processing the "happy path" scenario (that is, testing the outcome of a successful login attempt). But we all know that software fails in spectacular and unexpected ways. Now's the time to take a closer look into how to process the "less happy paths": what happens when someone tries to log in with the wrong credentials?
+
+In the first article linked above, I walked through building a user authentication module. (Now is a good time to review that code and get it up and running.) This module does not do all the heavy lifting; it mostly relies on another service to do those tougher tasks—enable user registration, store the user accounts, and authenticate the users. The module will only be sending HTTP POST requests to this additional service's endpoint; in this case, **/api/v1/users/login**.
+
+What do you do if the service you're dependent on hasn't been built yet? This scenario creates a blockage. In the previous post, I explored how to remove that blockage by using service virtualization enabled by [mountebank][3], a powerful test environment.
+
+This article walks through the steps required to enable the processing of user authentication in cases when a user repeatedly attempts to log in. The third-party authentication service allows only three attempts to log in, after which it ceases to service the HTTP request arriving from the offending domain.
+
+### How to simulate repeat requests
+
+Mountebank makes it very easy to simulate a service that listens on a network port, matches the method and the path defined in the request, then handles it by sending back an HTTP response. To follow along, be sure to get mountebank running as we [did in the previous article][2]. As I explained there, these values are declared as JSONs that are posted to ****, mountebank's endpoint for processing authentication requests.
+
+But the challenge now is how to simulate the scenario when the HTTP request keeps hitting the same endpoint from the same domain. This is necessary to simulate a user who submits invalid credentials (username and password), is informed they are invalid, tries different credentials, and is repeatedly rejected (or foolishly attempts to log in with the same credentials that failed on previous attempts). Eventually (in this case, after a third failed attempt), the user is barred from additional tries.
+
+Writing executable code to simulate such a scenario would have to model very elaborate processing. However, when using mountebank, this type of simulated processing is extremely simple to accomplish. It is done by creating a rolling buffer of responses, and mountebank responds in the order the buffer was created. Here is an example of one way to simulate repeat requests in mountebank:
+
+
+```
+{
+ "port": 3001,
+ "protocol": "http",
+ "name": "authentication imposter",
+ "stubs": [
+ {
+ "predicates": [
+ {
+ "equals": {
+ "method": "post",
+ "path": "/api/v1/users/login"
+ }
+ }
+ ],
+ "responses": [
+ {
+ "is": {
+ "statusCode": 200,
+ "body": "Successfully logged in."
+ }
+ },
+ {
+ "is": {
+ "statusCode": 400,
+ "body": "Incorrect login. You have 2 more attempts left."
+ }
+ },
+ {
+ "is": {
+ "statusCode": 400,
+ "body": "Incorrect login. You have 1 more attempt left."
+ }
+ },
+ {
+ "is": {
+ "statusCode": 400,
+ "body": "Incorrect login. You have no more attempts left."
+ }
+ }
+ ]
+ }
+ ]
+}
+```
+
+The rolling buffer is simply an unlimited collection of JSON responses where each response is represented with two key-value pairs: **statusCode** and **body**. In this case, four responses are defined. The first response is the happy path (i.e., user successfully logged in), and the remaining three responses represent failed use cases (i.e., wrong credentials result in status code 400 and corresponding error messages).
+
+### How to test repeat requests
+
+Modify the tests as follows:
+
+
+```
+using System;
+using Xunit;
+using app;
+namespace tests
+{
+ public class UnitTest1
+ {
+ Authenticate auth = [new][4] Authenticate();
+ [Fact]
+ public void SuccessfulLogin()
+ {
+ var given = "valid credentials";
+ var expected = " Successfully logged in.";
+ var actual= auth.Login(given);
+ Assert.Equal(expected, actual);
+ }
+ [Fact]
+ public void FirstFailedLogin()
+ {
+ var given = "invalid credentials";
+ var expected = "Incorrect login. You have 2 more attempts left.";
+ var actual = auth.Login(given);
+ Assert.Equal(expected, actual);
+ }
+ [Fact]
+ public void SecondFailedLogin()
+ {
+ var given = “invalid credentials";
+ var expected = "Incorrect login. You have 1 more attempt left.";
+ var actual = auth.Login(given);
+ Assert.Equal(expected, actual);
+ }
+ [Fact]
+ public void ThirdFailedLogin()
+ {
+ var given = " invalid credentials";
+ var expected = "Incorrect login. You have no more attempts left.";
+ var actual = auth.Login(given);
+ Assert.Equal(expected, actual);
+ }
+ }
+}
+```
+
+Now, run the tests to confirm that your code still works:
+
+![Failed test][5]
+
+Whoa! The tests now all fail. Why?
+
+If you take a closer look, you'll see a revealing pattern:
+
+![Reason for failed test][6]
+
+Notice that ThirdFailedLogin is executed first, followed by the SuccessfulLogin, followed by FirstFailedLogin, followed by SecondFailedLogin. What's going on here? Why is the third test running before the first test?
+
+The testing framework ([xUnit][7]) is executing all tests in parallel, and the sequence of execution is unpredictable. You need tests to run in order, which means you cannot test these scenarios using the vanilla xUnit toolkit.
+
+### How to run tests in the right sequence
+
+To force your tests to run in a certain sequence that you define (instead of running in an unpredictable order), you need to extend the vanilla xUnit toolkit with the NuGet [Xunit.Extensions.Ordering][8] package. Install the package on the command line with:
+
+
+```
+`$ dotnet add package Xunit.Extensions.Ordering --version 1.4.5`
+```
+
+or add it to your **tests.csproj** config file:
+
+
+```
+` |
+| | | regionOne |
+| | | internal: |
+| | | regionOne |
+| | | admin: |
+```
+
+And for Glance:
+
+
+```
+| glance | image | regionOne |
+| | | public: |
+| | | regionOne |
+| | | internal: |
+| | | regionOne |
+| | | admin: |
+```
+
+I'll hit those ports and TCP port 3306 in the capture; the latter is so I can capture what's going on with the SQL database. To capture the packets, use the tcpdump command:
+
+
+```
+`$ tcpdump -nvs0 -i ens3 host 172.16.0.20 and port 13000 or port 3306 or port 13292`
+```
+
+Under the hood, this looks like:
+
+Authentication:
+
+**Initial request (discovery of API Version Information):**
+
+
+```
+`https://172.16.0.20:13000 "GET / HTTP/1.1"`
+```
+
+**Response:**
+
+
+```
+Content-Length: 268 Content-Type: application/json Date: Tue, 18 Feb 2020 04:49:55 GMT Location: ",
+ "type":"string",
+ "is_base":false
+ },
+ "os_distro":{
+ "description":"Common name of operating system distribution as specified in ",
+ "type":"string",
+ "is_base":false
+ },
+ "os_version":{
+ "description":"Operating system version as specified by the distributor.",
+ "type":"string",
+ "is_base":false
+ },
+ "description":{
+ "description":"A human-readable string describing this image.",
+ "type":"string",
+ "is_base":false
+ },
+ "cinder_encryption_key_id":{
+ "description":"Identifier in the OpenStack Key Management Service for the encryption key for the Block Storage Service to use when mounting a volume created from this image",
+ "type":"string",
+ "is_base":false
+ },
+ "cinder_encryption_key_deletion_policy":{
+ "description":"States the condition under which the Image Service will delete the object associated with the 'cinder_encryption_key_id' image property. If this property is missing, the Image Service will take no action",
+ "type":"string",
+ "enum":[
+ "on_image_deletion",
+ "do_not_delete"
+ ],
+ "is_base":false
+ }
+ },
+ "additionalProperties":{
+ "type":"string"
+ },
+ "links":[
+ {
+ "rel":"self",
+ "href":"{self}"
+ },
+ {
+ "rel":"enclosure",
+ "href":"{file}"
+ },
+ {
+ "rel":"describedby",
+ "href":"{schema}"
+ }
+ ]
+}
+```
+
+That's a long scheme!
+
+Here is the API call to start uploading the image information, and it will now move to the "queue" state:
+
+
+```
+`curl -g -i -X POST -H 'b'Content-Type': b'application/json'' -H 'b'X-Auth-Token': b'gAAAAABeS2zzWzAZBqF-whE7SmJt_Atx7tiLZhcL8mf6wJPrO3RBdv4SdnWImxbeSQSqEQdZJnwBT79SWhrtt7QDn-2o6dsAtpUb1Rb7w6xe7Qg_AHQfD5P1rU7tXXtKu2DyYFhtPg2TRQS5viV128FyItyt49Yn_ho3lWfIXaR3TuZzyIz38NU'' -H 'User-Agent: python-glanceclient' -H 'Accept-Encoding: gzip, deflate' -H 'Accept: */*' -H 'Connection: keep-alive' --cacert /etc/pki/ca-trust/source/anchors/cm-local-ca.pem --cert None --key None -d '{"name": "overcloud-full-vmlinuz", "disk_format": "aki", "visibility": "public", "container_format": "bare"}' https://172.16.0.20:13292/v2/images`
+```
+
+Here is the API response:
+
+
+```
+HTTP/1.1 201 Created
+Content-Length: 629
+Content-Type: application/json
+Location:
+Openstack-Image-Import-Methods: web-download
+X-Openstack-Request-Id: req-bd5194f0-b1c2-40d3-a646-8a24ed0a1b1b
+Date: Tue, 18 Feb 2020 04:49:56 GMT
+
+{
+ "name":"overcloud-full-vmlinuz",
+ "disk_format":"aki",
+ "container_format":"bare",
+ "visibility":"public",
+ "size":null,
+ "virtual_size":null,
+ "status":"queued",
+ "checksum":null,
+ "protected":false,
+ "min_ram":0,
+ "min_disk":0,
+ "owner":"c0a46a106d3341649a25b10f2770aff8",
+ "os_hidden":false,
+ "os_hash_algo":null,
+ "os_hash_value":null,
+ "id":"13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c",
+ "created_at":"2020-02-18T04:49:55Z",
+ "updated_at":"2020-02-18T04:49:55Z",
+ "tags":[
+
+ ],
+ "self":"/v2/images/13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c",
+ "file":"/v2/images/13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c/file",
+ "schema":"/v2/schemas/image"
+}
+```
+
+and the SQL call to store the information in the Glance-DB:
+
+
+```
+`INSERT INTO images (created_at, updated_at, deleted_at, deleted, id, name, disk_format, container_format, SIZE, virtual_size, STATUS, visibility, checksum, os_hash_algo, os_hash_value, min_disk, min_ram, owner, protected, os_hidden) VALUES ('2020-02-18 04:49:55.993652', '2020-02-18 04:49:55.993652', NULL, 0, '13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c', 'overcloud-full-vmlinuz', 'aki', 'bare', NULL, NULL, 'queued', 'public', NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 'c0a46a106d3341649a25b10f2770aff8', 0, 0)`
+```
+
+Current status:
+
+_Image Created ->_ _**Image Queued**_ _-> Image Saved -> Image Active_
+
+In the Glance architecture, the images are "physically" stored in the specified backend (Swift in this case), so traffic will also hit the Swift endpoint at port 8080. Capturing this traffic will make the .pcap file as large as the images being uploaded (2GB in my case).[*][8]
+
+![Glance architecture][9]
+
+
+```
+SELECT image_properties.created_at AS image_properties_created_at, image_properties.updated_at AS image_properties_updated_at, image_properties.deleted_at AS image_properties_deleted_at, image_properties.deleted AS image_properties_deleted, image_properties.id AS image_properties_id, image_properties.image_id AS image_properties_image_id, image_properties.name AS image_properties_name, image_properties.value AS image_properties_value
+FROM image_properties
+WHERE '13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c' = image_properties.image_id
+```
+
+You can see some validations happening within the database. At this point, the flow status is "queued" (as shown above), and you can check it here:
+
+![Checking the Glance image status][10]
+
+You can also check it with the following queries, where the **updated_at** field and the flow status are modified accordingly (i.e., queued to saving):
+
+Current status:
+
+_Image Created -> Image Queued ->_ _**Image Saved**_ _-> Image Active_
+
+
+```
+SELECT images.id AS images_id
+FROM images
+WHERE images.id = '13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c' AND images.status = 'queued'
+UPDATE images SET updated_at='2020-02-18 04:49:56.046542', id='13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c', name='overcloud-full-vmlinuz', disk_format='aki', container_format='bare', SIZE=NULL, virtual_size=NULL, STATUS='saving', visibility='public', checksum=NULL, os_hash_algo=NULL, os_hash_value=NULL, min_disk=0, min_ram=0, owner='c0a46a106d3341649a25b10f2770aff8', protected=0, os_hidden=0 WHERE images.id = '13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c' AND images.status = 'queued'
+```
+
+This is validated during the process with the following query:
+
+
+```
+SELECT images.created_at AS images_created_at, images.updated_at AS images_updated_at, images.deleted_at AS images_deleted_at, images.deleted AS images_deleted, images.id AS images_id, images.name AS images_name, images.disk_format AS images_disk_format, images.container_format AS images_container_format, images.size AS images_size, images.virtual_size AS images_virtual_size, images.status AS images_status, images.visibility AS images_visibility, images.checksum AS images_checksum, images.os_hash_algo AS images_os_hash_algo, images.os_hash_value AS images_os_hash_value, images.min_disk AS images_min_disk, images.min_ram AS images_min_ram, images.owner AS images_owner, images.protected AS images_protected, images.os_hidden AS images_os_hidden, image_properties_1.created_at AS image_properties_1_created_at, image_properties_1.updated_at AS image_properties_1_updated_at, image_properties_1.deleted_at AS image_properties_1_deleted_at, image_properties_1.deleted AS image_properties_1_deleted, image_properties_1.id AS image_properties_1_id, image_properties_1.image_id AS image_properties_1_image_id, image_properties_1.name AS image_properties_1_name, image_properties_1.value AS image_properties_1_value, image_locations_1.created_at AS image_locations_1_created_at, image_locations_1.updated_at AS image_locations_1_updated_at, image_locations_1.deleted_at AS image_locations_1_deleted_at, image_locations_1.deleted AS image_locations_1_deleted, image_locations_1.id AS image_locations_1_id, image_locations_1.image_id AS image_locations_1_image_id, image_locations_1.value AS image_locations_1_value, image_locations_1.meta_data AS image_locations_1_meta_data, image_locations_1.status AS image_locations_1_status
+FROM images LEFT OUTER JOIN image_properties AS image_properties_1 ON images.id = image_properties_1.image_id LEFT OUTER JOIN image_locations AS image_locations_1 ON images.id = image_locations_1.image_id
+WHERE images.id = '13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c'
+```
+
+And you can see its response in the Wireshark capture:
+
+![Wireshark capture][11]
+
+After the image is completely uploaded, its status will change to "active," which means the image is available in the service and ready to use.
+
+
+```
+ "GET /v2/images/13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c HTTP/1.1" 200
+
+{
+ "name":"overcloud-full-vmlinuz",
+ "disk_format":"aki",
+ "container_format":"bare",
+ "visibility":"public",
+ "size":8106848,
+ "virtual_size":null,
+ "status":"active",
+ "checksum":"5d31ee013d06b83d02c106ea07f20265",
+ "protected":false,
+ "min_ram":0,
+ "min_disk":0,
+ "owner":"c0a46a106d3341649a25b10f2770aff8",
+ "os_hidden":false,
+ "os_hash_algo":"sha512",
+ "os_hash_value":"9f59d36dec7b30f69b696003e7e3726bbbb27a36211a0b31278318c2af0b969ffb279b0991474c18c9faef8b9e96cf372ce4087ca13f5f05338a36f57c281499",
+ "id":"13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c",
+ "created_at":"2020-02-18T04:49:55Z",
+ "updated_at":"2020-02-18T04:49:56Z",
+ "direct_url":"swift+config://ref1/glance/13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c",
+ "tags":[
+
+ ],
+ "self":"/v2/images/13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c",
+ "file":"/v2/images/13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c/file",
+ "schema":"/v2/schemas/image"
+}
+```
+
+You can also see the database call that updates the current status:
+
+
+```
+`UPDATE images SET updated_at='2020-02-18 04:49:56.571879', id='13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c', name='overcloud-full-vmlinuz', disk_format='aki', container_format='bare', SIZE=8106848, virtual_size=NULL, STATUS='active', visibility='public', checksum='5d31ee013d06b83d02c106ea07f20265', os_hash_algo='sha512', os_hash_value='9f59d36dec7b30f69b696003e7e3726bbbb27a36211a0b31278318c2af0b969ffb279b0991474c18c9faef8b9e96cf372ce4087ca13f5f05338a36f57c281499', min_disk=0, min_ram=0, owner='c0a46a106d3341649a25b10f2770aff8', protected=0, os_hidden=0 WHERE images.id = '13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c' AND images.status = 'saving'`
+```
+
+Current status:
+
+_Image Created -> Image Queued -> Image Saved ->_ _**Image Active**_
+
+One interesting thing is that a property in the image is added after the image is uploaded using a PATCH. This property is **hw_architecture** and it is set to **x86_64**:
+
+
+```
+ "PATCH /v2/images/13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c HTTP/1.1"
+
+curl -g -i -X PATCH -H 'b'Content-Type': b'application/openstack-images-v2.1-json-patch'' -H 'b'X-Auth-Token': b'gAAAAABeS2zzWzAZBqF-whE7SmJt_Atx7tiLZhcL8mf6wJPrO3RBdv4SdnWImxbeSQSqEQdZJnwBT79SWhrtt7QDn-2o6dsAtpUb1Rb7w6xe7Qg_AHQfD5P1rU7tXXtKu2DyYFhtPg2TRQS5viV128FyItyt49Yn_ho3lWfIXaR3TuZzyIz38NU'' -H 'User-Agent: python-glanceclient' -H 'Accept-Encoding: gzip, deflate' -H 'Accept: */*' -H 'Connection: keep-alive' --cacert /etc/pki/ca-trust/source/anchors/cm-local-ca.pem --cert None --key None -d '[{"op": "add", "path": "/hw_architecture", "value": "x86_64"}]'
+
+Response:
+
+{
+ "hw_architecture":"x86_64",
+ "name":"overcloud-full-vmlinuz",
+ "disk_format":"aki",
+ "container_format":"bare",
+ "visibility":"public",
+ "size":8106848,
+ "virtual_size":null,
+ "status":"active",
+ "checksum":"5d31ee013d06b83d02c106ea07f20265",
+ "protected":false,
+ "min_ram":0,
+ "min_disk":0,
+ "owner":"c0a46a106d3341649a25b10f2770aff8",
+ "os_hidden":false,
+ "os_hash_algo":"sha512",
+ "os_hash_value":"9f59d36dec7b30f69b696003e7e3726bbbb27a36211a0b31278318c2af0b969ffb279b0991474c18c9faef8b9e96cf372ce4087ca13f5f05338a36f57c281499",
+ "id":"13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c",
+ "created_at":"2020-02-18T04:49:55Z",
+ "updated_at":"2020-02-18T04:49:56Z",
+ "direct_url":"swift+config://ref1/glance/13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c",
+ "tags":[
+
+ ],
+ "self":"/v2/images/13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c",
+ "file":"/v2/images/13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c/file",
+ "schema":"/v2/schemas/image"
+}
+```
+
+This is also updated in the MySQL database:
+
+
+```
+`INSERT INTO image_properties (created_at, updated_at, deleted_at, deleted, image_id, name, VALUE) VALUES ('2020-02-18 04:49:56.655780', '2020-02-18 04:49:56.655783', NULL, 0, '13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c', 'hw_architecture', 'x86_64')`
+```
+
+This is pretty much what happens when you upload an image to Glance. Here's what it looks like if you check on the database:
+
+
+```
+MariaDB [glance]> SELECT images.created_at AS images_created_at, images.updated_at AS images_updated_at, images.deleted_at AS images_deleted_at, images.deleted AS images_deleted, images.id AS images_id, images.name AS images_name, images.disk_format AS images_disk_format, images.container_format AS images_container_format, images.size AS images_size, images.virtual_size AS images_virtual_size, images.status AS images_status, images.visibility AS images_visibility, images.checksum AS images_checksum, images.os_hash_algo AS images_os_hash_algo, images.os_hash_value AS images_os_hash_value, images.min_disk AS images_min_disk, images.min_ram AS images_min_ram, images.owner AS images_owner, images.protected AS images_protected, images.os_hidden AS images_os_hidden, image_properties_1.created_at AS image_properties_1_created_at, image_properties_1.updated_at AS image_properties_1_updated_at, image_properties_1.deleted_at AS image_properties_1_deleted_at, image_properties_1.deleted AS image_properties_1_deleted, image_properties_1.id AS image_properties_1_id, image_properties_1.image_id AS image_properties_1_image_id, image_properties_1.name AS image_properties_1_name, image_properties_1.value AS image_properties_1_value, image_locations_1.created_at AS image_locations_1_created_at, image_locations_1.updated_at AS image_locations_1_updated_at, image_locations_1.deleted_at AS image_locations_1_deleted_at, image_locations_1.deleted AS image_locations_1_deleted, image_locations_1.id AS image_locations_1_id, image_locations_1.image_id AS image_locations_1_image_id, image_locations_1.value AS image_locations_1_value, image_locations_1.meta_data AS image_locations_1_meta_data, image_locations_1.status AS image_locations_1_status FROM images LEFT OUTER JOIN image_properties AS image_properties_1 ON images.id = image_properties_1.image_id LEFT OUTER JOIN image_locations AS image_locations_1 ON images.id = image_locations_1.image_id WHERE images.id = '13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c'\G;
+*************************** 1. row ***************************
+ images_created_at: 2020-02-18 04:49:55
+ images_updated_at: 2020-02-18 04:49:56
+ images_deleted_at: NULL
+ images_deleted: 0
+ images_id: 13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c
+ images_name: overcloud-full-vmlinuz
+ images_disk_format: aki
+ images_container_format: bare
+ images_size: 8106848
+ images_virtual_size: NULL
+ images_status: active
+ images_visibility: public
+ images_checksum: 5d31ee013d06b83d02c106ea07f20265
+ images_os_hash_algo: sha512
+ images_os_hash_value: 9f59d36dec7b30f69b696003e7e3726bbbb27a36211a0b31278318c2af0b969ffb279b0991474c18c9faef8b9e96cf372ce4087ca13f5f05338a36f57c281499
+ images_min_disk: 0
+ images_min_ram: 0
+ images_owner: c0a46a106d3341649a25b10f2770aff8
+ images_protected: 0
+ images_os_hidden: 0
+image_properties_1_created_at: 2020-02-18 04:49:56
+image_properties_1_updated_at: 2020-02-18 04:49:56
+image_properties_1_deleted_at: NULL
+ image_properties_1_deleted: 0
+ image_properties_1_id: 11
+ image_properties_1_image_id: 13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c
+ image_properties_1_name: hw_architecture
+ image_properties_1_value: x86_64
+ image_locations_1_created_at: 2020-02-18 04:49:56
+ image_locations_1_updated_at: 2020-02-18 04:49:56
+ image_locations_1_deleted_at: NULL
+ image_locations_1_deleted: 0
+ image_locations_1_id: 7
+ image_locations_1_image_id: 13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c
+ image_locations_1_value: swift+config://ref1/glance/13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c
+ image_locations_1_meta_data: {}
+ image_locations_1_status: active
+1 row in set (0.00 sec)
+```
+
+The final result is:
+
+
+```
+(undercloud) [stack@undercloud ~]$ openstack image list
++--------------------------------------+------------------------+--------+
+| ID | Name | Status |
++--------------------------------------+------------------------+--------+
+| 9a26b9da-3783-4223-bdd7-c553aa194e30 | overcloud-full | active |
+| a2914297-c70f-4021-bc3e-8ec2123f6ea6 | overcloud-full-initrd | active |
+| 13892850-6add-4c28-87cd-6da62e6f8a3c | overcloud-full-vmlinuz | active |
++--------------------------------------+------------------------+--------+
+(undercloud) [stack@undercloud ~]$
+```
+
+Some other minor things are happening during this process, but overall, this is how it looks.
+
+### Conclusion
+
+Understanding the flow of the most common actions in the OpenStack platform will enable you to enhance your troubleshooting skills when facing some issues at work. You can check the status of an image in Glance; know whether an image is in a "queued," "saving," or "active" state; and do some captures in your environment to see what is going on by checking the endpoints you need to check.
+
+I enjoy debugging. I consider this is an important skill for any role—whether you are working in a support, consulting, developer (of course!), or architect role. I hope this article gave you some basic guidelines to start debugging things.
+
+* * *
+
+* In case you're wondering how to open a 2GB .pcap file without problems, here is one way to do it:
+
+
+```
+`$ editcap -c 5000 image-upload.pcap upload-overcloud-image.pcap`
+```
+
+This splits your huge capture in smaller captures of 5,000 packets each.
+
+* * *
+
+_This article was [originally posted][12] on LinkedIn and is reprinted with permission._
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/glance
+
+作者：[Jair Patete][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jpatete
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/yourimagehere_520x292.png?itok=V-xhX7KL (blank background that says your image here)
+[2]: https://www.openstack.org/software/releases/ocata/components/glance
+[3]: https://www.openstack.org/
+[4]: https://wiki.openstack.org/wiki/TripleO
+[5]: https://www.tcpdump.org/
+[6]: https://docs.openstack.org/keystone/latest/
+[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/glance-db-calls.png (Searching "glance" inside tcpdump)
+[8]: tmp.qBKg0ttLIJ#*
+[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/glance-architecture.png (Glance architecture)
+[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/check-flow-status.png (Checking the Glance image status)
+[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/wireshark-capture.png (Wireshark capture)
+[12]: https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/what-happens-behind-doors-when-we-upload-image-glance-patete-garc%25C3%25ADa/?trackingId=czWiFC4dRfOsSZJ%2BXdzQfg%3D%3D
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200320 Run a command on binary files with this script.md b/sources/tech/20200320 Run a command on binary files with this script.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2d6f0b6f26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200320 Run a command on binary files with this script.md
@@ -0,0 +1,772 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Run a command on binary files with this script)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/run-binaries-script)
+[#]: author: (Nick Clifton https://opensource.com/users/nickclifton)
+
+Run a command on binary files with this script
+======
+Try this simple script to easily run a command on binary files
+regardless of their packaging.
+![Binary code on a computer screen][1]
+
+Examining files from the command-line is generally an easy thing to do. You just run the command you want, followed by a list of files to be examined. Dealing with binary files, however, is more complicated. These files are often packaged up into archives, tarballs, or other packaging formats. The run-on-binaries script provides a convenient way to run a command on a collection of files, regardless of how they are packaged.
+
+The invocation of the script is quite simple:
+
+
+```
+`run-on-binaries `
+```
+
+So, for example:
+
+
+```
+`run-on-binaries /usr/bin/ls foo.rpm`
+```
+
+will list all of the files inside the **foo.rpm** file, while:
+
+
+```
+`run-on-binaries /usr/bin/readelf -a libc.a`
+```
+
+will run the **readelf** program, with the **-a** command-line option, on all of the object files inside the **libc.a library**.
+
+If necessary, the script can be passed a file containing a list of other files to be processed, rather than specifying them on the command line—like this:
+
+
+```
+`run-on-binaries --files-from=foo.lst /usr/bin/ps2ascii`
+```
+
+This will run the **ps2ascii** script on all of the files listed in **foo.lst**. (The files just need to be separated by white space. There can be multiple files on a single line if desired).
+
+Also, a skip list can be provided to stop the script from processing specified files:
+
+
+```
+`run-on-binaries --skip-list=skip.lst /usr/bin/wc *`
+```
+
+This will run the **wc** program on all of the files in the current directory, except for those specified in **skip.lst**.
+
+The script does not recurse into directories, but this can be handled by combining it with the **find** command, like this:
+
+
+```
+`find . -type f -exec run-on-binaries @ ;`
+```
+
+or
+
+
+```
+`find . -type d -exec run-on-binaries @/* ;`
+```
+
+The only difference between these two invocations is that the second one only runs the target program once per directory, but gives it a long command-line of all of the files in the directory.
+
+Though convenient, the script is lacking in several areas. Right now, it does not examine the PATH environment variable to find the command that it is asked to run, so a full path must be provided. Also, the script ought to be able to handle recursion on its own, without needing help from the find command.
+
+The run-on-binaries script is part of the annobin package, which is available on Fedora. The sources for annobin can also be obtained from the git repository at .
+
+### The script
+
+
+```
+#!/bin/bash
+
+# Script to run another script/program on the executables inside a given file.
+#
+# Created by Nick Clifton. <[nickc@redhat.com][2]>
+# Copyright (c) 2018 Red Hat.
+#
+# This is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your
+# option) any later version.
+
+# It is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# Usage:
+# run-on-binaries-in [options] program [options-for-the-program] file(s)
+#
+# This script does not handle directories. This is deliberate.
+# It is intended that if recursion is needed then it will be
+# invoked from find, like this:
+#
+# find . -name "*.rpm" -exec run-on-binaries-in <script-to-run> {} \;
+
+version=1.0
+
+help ()
+{
+ # The following exec goop is so that we don't have to manually
+ # redirect every message to stderr in this function.
+ exec 4>&1 # save stdout fd to fd #4
+ exec 1>&2 # redirect stdout to stderr
+
+ cat <<__EOM__
+
+This is a shell script to run another script/program on one or more binary
+files. If the file(s) specified are archives of some kind (including rpms)
+then the script/program is run on the binary executables inside the archive.
+
+Usage: $prog {options} program {options-for-the-program} files(s)
+
+ {options} are:
+ -h --help Display this information and then exit.
+ -v --version Report the version number of this script.
+ -V --verbose Report on progress.
+ -q --quiet Do not include the script name in the output.
+ -i --ignore Silently ignore files that are not executables or archives.
+ -p=<TEXT> --prefix=<TEXT> Prefix normal output with this string.
+ -t=<DIR> --tmpdir=<DIR> Temporary directory to use when opening archives.
+ -f=<FILE> --files-from=<FILE> Process files listed in <FILE>.
+ -s=<FILE> --skip-list=<FILE> Skip any file listed in <FILE>.
+ -- Stop accumulating options.
+
+Examples:
+
+ $prog hardened foo.rpm
+ Runs the hardened script on the executable
+ files inside foo.rpm.
+
+ $prog check-abi -v fred.tar.xz
+ Runs the check-abi script on the decompressed
+ contents of the fred.tar.xz archive, passing the
+ -v option to check-abi as it does so.
+
+ $prog -V -f=list.txt readelf -a
+ Runs the readelf program, with the -a option on
+ every file listed in the list.txt. Describes
+ what is being done as it works.
+
+ $prog -v -- -fred -a jim -b bert -- -c harry
+ Runs the script "-fred" on the files jim, bert,
+ "-c" and harry. Passes the options "-a" and
+ "-b" to the script (even when run on jim).
+ Reports the version of this script as well.
+
+__EOM__
+ exec 1>&4 # Copy stdout fd back from temporary save fd, #4
+}
+
+main ()
+{
+ init
+
+ parse_args ${1+"$@"}
+
+ if [ $failed -eq 0 ];
+ then
+ run_script_on_files
+ fi
+
+ if [ $failed -ne 0 ];
+ then
+ exit 1
+ else
+ exit 0
+ fi
+}
+
+report ()
+{
+ if [ $quiet -eq 0 ];
+ then
+ echo -n $prog": "
+ fi
+
+ echo ${1+"$@"}
+}
+
+ice ()
+{
+ report "Internal error: " ${1+"$@"}
+ exit 1
+}
+
+fail ()
+{
+ report "Failure:" ${1+"$@"}
+ failed=1
+}
+
+verbose ()
+{
+ if [ $verbose -ne 0 ]
+ then
+ report ${1+"$@"}
+ fi
+}
+
+# Initialise global variables.
+init ()
+{
+ files[0]="";
+ # num_files is the number of files to be scanned.
+ # files[0] is the script to run on the files.
+ num_files=0;
+
+ script=""
+ script_opts="";
+
+ prog_opts="-i"
+
+ tmpdir=/dev/shm
+ prefix=""
+ files_from=""
+ skip_list=""
+
+ failed=0
+ verbose=0
+ ignore=0
+ quiet=0
+}
+
+# Parse our command line
+parse_args ()
+{
+ abs_prog=$0;
+ prog=`basename $abs_prog`;
+
+ # Locate any additional command line switches
+ # Likewise accumulate non-switches to the files list.
+ while [ $# -gt 0 ]
+ do
+ optname="`echo $1 | sed 's,=.*,,'`"
+ optarg="`echo $1 | sed 's,^[^=]*=,,'`"
+ case "$optname" in
+ -v | --version)
+ report "version: $version"
+ ;;
+ -h | --help)
+ help
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ -q | --quiet)
+ quiet=1;
+ prog_opts="$prog_opts -q"
+ ;;
+ -V | --verbose)
+ if [ $verbose -eq 1 ];
+ then
+ # This has the effect of cancelling out the prog_opts="-i"
+ # in the init function, so that recursive invocations of this
+ # script will complain about unrecognised file types.
+ if [ $quiet -eq 0 ];
+ then
+ prog_opts="-V -V"
+ else
+ prog_opts="-V -V -q"
+ fi
+ else
+ verbose=1;
+ prog_opts="$prog_opts -V"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ -i | --ignore)
+ ignore=1
+ ;;
+ -t | --tmpdir)
+ if test "x$optarg" = "x$optname" ;
+ then
+ shift
+ if [ $# -eq 0 ]
+ then
+ fail "$optname needs a directory name"
+ else
+ tmpdir=$1
+ fi
+ else
+ tmpdir="$optarg"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ -p | --prefix)
+ if test "x$optarg" = "x$optname" ;
+ then
+ shift
+ if [ $# -eq 0 ]
+ then
+ fail "$optname needs a string argument"
+ else
+ prefix=$1
+ fi
+ else
+ prefix="$optarg"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ -f | --files_from)
+ if test "x$optarg" = "x$optname" ;
+ then
+ shift
+ if [ $# -eq 0 ]
+ then
+ fail "$optname needs a file name"
+ else
+ files_from=$1
+ fi
+ else
+ files_from="$optarg"
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ -s | --skip-list)
+ if test "x$optarg" = "x$optname" ;
+ then
+ shift
+ if [ $# -eq 0 ]
+ then
+ fail "$optname needs a file name"
+ else
+ skip_list=$1
+ fi
+ else
+ skip_list="$optarg"
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ --)
+ shift
+ break;
+ ;;
+ --*)
+ fail "unrecognised option: $1"
+ help
+ ;;
+ *)
+ script="$1";
+ if ! [ -a "$script" ]
+ then
+ fail "$script: program/script not found"
+ elif ! [ -x "$script" ]
+ then
+ fail "$script: program/script not executable"
+ fi
+ # After we have seen the first non-option we stop
+ # accumulating options for this script and instead
+ # start accumulating options for the script to be
+ # run.
+ shift
+ break;
+ ;;
+ esac
+ shift
+ done
+
+ # Read in the contents of the --file-from list, if specified.
+ if test "x$files_from" != "x" ;
+ then
+ if ! [ -a "$files_from" ]
+ then
+ fail "$files_from: file not found"
+ elif ! [ -r "$files_from" ]
+ then
+ fail "$files_from: file not readable"
+ else
+ eval 'files=($(cat $files_from))'
+ num_files=${#files[*]}
+ fi
+ fi
+ skip_files[foo]=bar
+
+ # Check that the skip list exists, if specified.
+ if test "x$skip_list" != "x" ;
+ then
+ if ! [ -a "$skip_list" ]
+ then
+ fail "$skip_list: file not found"
+ elif ! [ -r "$skip_list" ]
+ then
+ fail "$files_from: file not readable"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ # Accumulate any remaining arguments separating out the arguments
+ # for the script from the names of the files to scan.
+ while [ $# -gt 0 ]
+ do
+ optname="`echo $1 | sed 's,=.*,,'`"
+ optarg="`echo $1 | sed 's,^[^=]*=,,'`"
+ case "$optname" in
+ --)
+ shift
+ break;
+ ;;
+ -*)
+ script_opts="$script_opts $1"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ files[$num_files]="$1";
+ let "num_files++"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ shift
+ done
+
+ # Accumulate any remaining arguments without processing them.
+ while [ $# -gt 0 ]
+ do
+ files[$num_files]="$1";
+ let "num_files++";
+ shift
+ done
+
+ if [ $num_files -gt 0 ];
+ then
+ # Remember that we are counting from zero not one.
+ let "num_files--"
+ else
+ fail "Must specify a program/script and at least one file to scan."
+ fi
+}
+
+run_script_on_files ()
+{
+ local i
+
+ i=0;
+ while [ $i -le $num_files ]
+ do
+ run_on_file i
+ let "i++"
+ done
+}
+
+# syntax: run <command> [<args>]
+# If being verbose report the command being run, and
+# the directory in which it is run.
+run ()
+{
+ local where
+
+ if test "x$1" = "x" ;
+ then
+ fail "run() called without an argument."
+ fi
+
+ verbose " Running: ${1+$@}"
+
+ ${1+$@}
+}
+
+decompress ()
+{
+ local abs_file decompressor decomp_args orig_file base_file
+
+ # Paranoia checks - the user should never encounter these.
+ if test "x$4" = "x" ;
+ then
+ ice "decompress called with too few arguments"
+ fi
+ if test "x$5" != "x" ;
+ then
+ ice "decompress called with too many arguments"
+ fi
+
+ abs_file=$1
+ decompressor=$2
+ decomp_args=$3
+ orig_file=$4
+
+ base_file=`basename $abs_file`
+
+ run cp $abs_file $base_file
+ run $decompressor $decomp_args $base_file
+ if [ $? != 0 ];
+ then
+ fail "$orig_file: Unable to decompress"
+ fi
+
+ rm -f $base_file
+}
+
+run_on_file ()
+{
+ local file
+
+ # Paranoia checks - the user should never encounter these.
+ if test "x$1" = "x" ;
+ then
+ ice "scan_file called without an argument"
+ fi
+ if test "x$2" != "x" ;
+ then
+ ice "scan_file called with too many arguments"
+ fi
+
+ # Use quotes when accessing files in order to preserve
+ # any spaces that might be in the directory name.
+ file="${files[$1]}";
+
+ # Catch names that start with a dash - they might confuse readelf
+ if test "x${file:0:1}" = "x-" ;
+ then
+ file="./$file"
+ fi
+
+ # See if we should skip this file.
+ if test "x$skip_list" != "x" ;
+ then
+ # This regexp looks for $file being the first text on a line, either
+ # on its own, or with additional text separated from it by at least
+ # one space character. So searching for "fred" in the following gives:
+ # fr <\- no match
+ # fred <\- match
+ # fredjim <\- no match
+ # fred bert <\- match
+ regexp="^$file[^[:graph:]]*"
+ grep --silent --regexp="$regexp" $skip_list
+ if [ $? = 0 ];
+ then
+ verbose "$file: skipping"
+ return
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ # Check the file.
+ if ! [ -a "$file" ]
+ then
+ fail "$file: file not found"
+ return
+ elif ! [ -r "$file" ]
+ then
+ if [ $ignore -eq 0 ];
+ then
+ fail "$file: not readable"
+ fi
+ return
+ elif [ -d "$file" ]
+ then
+ if [ $ignore -eq 0 ];
+ then
+ if [ $num_files -gt 1 ];
+ then
+ verbose "$file: skipping - it is a directory"
+ else
+ report "$file: skipping - it is a directory"
+ fi
+ fi
+ return
+ elif ! [ -f "$file" ]
+ then
+ if [ $ignore -eq 0 ];
+ then
+ fail "$file: not an ordinary file"
+ fi
+ return
+ fi
+
+ file_type=`file -b $file`
+ case "$file_type" in
+ *"ELF "*)
+ verbose "$file: ELF format - running script/program"
+ if test "x$prefix" != "x" ;
+ then
+ report "$prefix:"
+ fi
+ run $script $script_opts $file
+ return
+ ;;
+ "RPM "*)
+ verbose "$file: RPM format."
+ ;;
+ *" cpio "*)
+ verbose "$file: CPIO format."
+ ;;
+ *"tar "*)
+ verbose "$file: TAR archive."
+ ;;
+ *"Zip archive"*)
+ verbose "$file: ZIP archive."
+ ;;
+ *"ar archive"*)
+ verbose "$file: AR archive."
+ ;;
+ *"bzip2 compressed data"*)
+ verbose "$file: contains bzip2 compressed data"
+ ;;
+ *"gzip compressed data"*)
+ verbose "$file: contains gzip compressed data"
+ ;;
+ *"lzip compressed data"*)
+ verbose "$file: contains lzip compressed data"
+ ;;
+ *"XZ compressed data"*)
+ verbose "$file: contains xz compressed data"
+ ;;
+ *"shell script"* | *"ASCII text"*)
+ if [ $ignore -eq 0 ];
+ then
+ fail "$file: test/scripts cannot be scanned."
+ fi
+ return
+ ;;
+ *"symbolic link"*)
+ if [ $ignore -eq 0 ];
+ then
+ # FIXME: We ought to be able to follow symbolic links
+ fail "$file: symbolic links are not followed."
+ fi
+ return
+ ;;
+ *)
+ if [ $ignore -eq 0 ];
+ then
+ fail "$file: Unsupported file type: $file_type"
+ fi
+ return
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # We now know that we will need a temporary directory
+ # so create one, and create paths to the file and scripts.
+ if test "x${file:0:1}" = "x/" ;
+ then
+ abs_file=$file
+ else
+ abs_file="$PWD/$file"
+ fi
+
+ if test "x${abs_prog:0:1}" != "x/" ;
+ then
+ abs_prog="$PWD/$abs_prog"
+ fi
+
+ if test "x${script:0:1}" = "x/" ;
+ then
+ abs_script=$script
+ else
+ abs_script="$PWD/$script"
+ fi
+
+ tmp_root=$tmpdir/delme.run.on.binary
+ run mkdir -p "$tmp_root/$file"
+
+ verbose " Changing to directory: $tmp_root/$file"
+ pushd "$tmp_root/$file" > /dev/null
+ if [ $? != 0 ];
+ then
+ fail "Unable to change to temporary directory: $tmp_root/$file"
+ return
+ fi
+
+ # Run the file type switch again, although this time we do not need to
+ # check for unrecognised types. (But we do, just in case...)
+ # Note since are transforming the file we re-invoke the run-on-binaries
+ # script on the decoded contents. This allows for archives that contain
+ # other archives, and so on. We normally pass the -i option to the
+ # invoked script so that it will not complain about unrecognised files in
+ # the decoded archive, although we do not do this when running in very
+ # verbose mode. We also pass an extended -t option to ensure that any
+ # sub-archives are extracted into a unique directory tree.
+
+ case "$file_type" in
+ "RPM "*)
+ # The output redirect confuses the run function...
+ verbose " Running: rpm2cpio $abs_file > delme.cpio"
+ rpm2cpio $abs_file > delme.cpio
+ if [ $? != 0 ];
+ then
+ fail "$file: Unable to extract from rpm archive"
+ else
+ # Save time - run cpio now.
+ run cpio --quiet --extract --make-directories --file delme.cpio
+ if [ $? != 0 ];
+ then
+ fail "$file: Unable to extract files from cpio archive"
+ fi
+ run rm -f delme.cpio
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ *" cpio "*)
+ run cpio --quiet --extract --make-directories --file=$abs_file
+ if [ $? != 0 ];
+ then
+ fail "$file: Unable to extract files from cpio archive"
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ *"tar "*)
+ run tar --extract --file=$abs_file
+ if [ $? != 0 ];
+ then
+ fail "$file: Unable to extract files from tarball"
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ *"ar archive"*)
+ run ar x $abs_file
+ if [ $? != 0 ];
+ then
+ fail "$file: Unable to extract files from ar archive"
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ *"Zip archive"*)
+ decompress $abs_file unzip "-q" $file
+ ;;
+ *"bzip2 compressed data"*)
+ decompress $abs_file bzip2 "--quiet --decompress" $file
+ ;;
+ *"gzip compressed data"*)
+ decompress $abs_file gzip "--quiet --decompress" $file
+ ;;
+ *"lzip compressed data"*)
+ decompress $abs_file lzip "--quiet --decompress" $file
+ ;;
+ *"XZ compressed data"*)
+ decompress $abs_file xz "--quiet --decompress" $file
+ ;;
+ *)
+ ice "unhandled file type: $file_type"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ if [ $failed -eq 0 ];
+ then
+ # Now scan the file(s) created in the previous step.
+ run find . -type f -execdir $abs_prog $prog_opts -t=$tmp_root/$file -p=$file $abs_script $script_opts {} +
+ fi
+
+ verbose " Deleting temporary directory: $tmp_root"
+ rm -fr $tmp_root
+
+ verbose " Return to previous directory"
+ popd > /dev/null
+}
+
+# Invoke main
+main ${1+"$@"}
+```
+
+
+
+Git has extensions for handling binary blobs such as multimedia files, so today we will learn how...
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/run-binaries-script
+
+作者：[Nick Clifton][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/nickclifton
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/binary_code_computer_screen.png?itok=7IzHK1nn (Binary code on a computer screen)
+[2]: mailto:nickc@redhat.com
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200323 5 Python scripts for automating basic community management tasks.md b/sources/tech/20200323 5 Python scripts for automating basic community management tasks.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3f8dd00aa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200323 5 Python scripts for automating basic community management tasks.md
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (5 Python scripts for automating basic community management tasks)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/automating-community-management-python)
+[#]: author: (Rich Bowen https://opensource.com/users/rbowen)
+
+5 Python scripts for automating basic community management tasks
+======
+If you have to do something three times, try to automate it.
+![shapes of people symbols][1]
+
+I've [written before about what a community manager does][2], and if you ask ten community managers, you'll get 12 different answers. Mostly, though, you do what the community needs for you to do at any given moment. And a lot of it can be repetitive.
+
+Back when I was a sysadmin, I had a rule: if I had to do something three times, I'd try to automate it. And, of course, these days, with awesome tools like Ansible, there's a whole science to that.
+
+Some of what I do on a daily or weekly basis involves looking something up in a few places and then generating some digest or report of that information to publish elsewhere. A task like that is a perfect candidate for automation. None of this is [rocket surgery][3], but when I've shared some of these scripts with colleagues, invariably, at least one of them turns out to be useful.
+
+[On GitHub][4], I have several scripts that I use every week. None of them are complicated, but they save me a few minutes every time. Some of them are in Perl because I'm almost 50. Some of them are in Python because a few years ago, I decided I needed to learn Python. Here's an overview:
+
+### **[tshirts.py][5]**
+
+This simple script takes a number of Tshirts that you're going to order for an event and tells you what the size distribution should be. It spreads them on a normal curve (also called a bell curve), and, in my experience, this coincides pretty well with what you'll actually need for a normal conference audience. You might want to adjust the script to slightly larger if you're using it in the USA, slightly smaller if you're using it in Europe. YMMV.
+
+Usage:
+
+
+```
+[rbowen@sasha:community-tools/scripts]$ ./tshirts.py
+How many shirts? 300
+For a total of 300 shirts, order:
+
+30.0 small
+72.0 medium
+96.0 large
+72.0 xl
+30.0 2xl
+```
+
+### **[followers.py][6]**
+
+This script provides me with the follower count for Twitter handles I care about.
+
+This script is only 14 lines long and isn't exciting, but it saves me perhaps ten minutes of loading web pages and looking for a number.
+
+You'll need to edit the feeds array to add the accounts you care about:
+
+
+```
+feeds = [
+ 'centosproject',
+ 'centos'
+ ];
+```
+
+NB: It probably won't work if you're running it outside of English-speaking countries, because it's just a simple screen-scraping script that reads HTML and looks for particular information buried within it. So when the output is in a different language, the regular expressions won't match.
+
+Usage:
+
+
+```
+[rbowen@sasha:community-tools/scripts]$ ./followers.py
+centosproject: 11,479 Followers
+centos: 18,155 Followers
+```
+
+### **[get_meetups][7]**
+
+This script fits into another category—API scripts. This particular script uses the [meetup.com][8] API to look for meetups on a particular topic in a particular area and time range so that I can report them to my community. Many of the services you rely on provide an API so that your scripts can look up information without having to manually look through web pages. Learning how to use those APIs can be frustrating and time-consuming, but you'll end up with skills that will save you a LOT of time.
+
+_Disclaimer: [meetup.com][8] changed their API in August of 2019, and I have not yet updated this script to the new API, so it doesn't actually work right now. Watch this repo for a fixed version in the coming weeks._
+
+### **[centos-announcements.pl][9]**
+
+This script is considerably more complicated and extremely specific to my use case, but you probably have a similar situation. This script looks at a mailing list archive—in this case, the centos-announce mailing list—and finds messages that are in a particular format, then builds a report of those messages. Reports come in a couple of different formats—one for my monthly newsletter and one for scheduling messages (via Hootsuite) for Twitter.
+
+I use Hootsuite to schedule content for Twitter, and they have a convenient CSV (comma-separated value) format that lets you bulk-schedule a whole week of tweets in one go. Auto-generating that CSV from various data sources (i.e., mailing lists, blogs, other web pages) can save you a lot of time. Do note, however, that this should probably only be used for a first draft, which you then examine and edit yourself so that you don't end up auto-tweeting something you didn't intend to.
+
+### **[reporting.pl][10]**
+
+This script is also fairly specific to my particular needs, but the concept itself is universal. I send out a monthly mailing to the [CentOS SIGs][11] (Special Interest Groups), which are scheduled to report in that given month. This script simply tells me which SIGs those are this month, and writes the email that needs to go to them.
+
+It does not actually send that email, however, for a couple of reasons. One, I may wish to edit those messages before they go out. Two, while scripts sending email worked great in the old days, these days, they're likely to result in getting spam-filtered.
+
+### In conclusion
+
+There are some other scripts in that repo that are more or less specific to my particular needs, but I hope at least one of them is useful to you, and that the variety of what's there inspires you to automate something of your own. I'd love to see your handy automation script repos, too; link to them in the comments!
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/automating-community-management-python
+
+作者：[Rich Bowen][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/rbowen
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/Open%20Pharma.png?itok=GP7zqNZE (shapes of people symbols)
+[2]: http://drbacchus.com/what-does-a-community-manager-do/
+[3]: https://6dollarshirts.com/rocket-surgery
+[4]: https://github.com/rbowen/centos-community-tools/tree/master/scripts
+[5]: https://github.com/rbowen/centos-community-tools/blob/master/scripts/tshirts.py
+[6]: https://github.com/rbowen/centos-community-tools/blob/master/scripts/followers.py
+[7]: https://github.com/rbowen/centos-community-tools/blob/master/scripts/get_meetups
+[8]: http://meetup.com
+[9]: https://github.com/rbowen/centos-community-tools/blob/master/scripts/centos-announcements.pl
+[10]: https://github.com/rbowen/centos-community-tools/blob/master/scripts/sig_reporting/reporting.pl
+[11]: https://wiki.centos.org/SpecialInterestGroup
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200326 How to detect outdated Kubernetes APIs.md b/sources/tech/20200326 How to detect outdated Kubernetes APIs.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a45a9b2add
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200326 How to detect outdated Kubernetes APIs.md
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to detect outdated Kubernetes APIs)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/deprek8)
+[#]: author: (Tyler Auerbeck https://opensource.com/users/tylerauerbeck)
+
+How to detect outdated Kubernetes APIs
+======
+Deprek8 and Conftest alert you about deprecated APIs that threaten to
+slip into your codebase.
+![Ship captain sailing the Kubernetes seas][1]
+
+Recently, deprecated APIs have been wreaking havoc on everyone's [Kubernetes][2] manifests. Why is this happening?!? It's because the objects that we've come to know and love are moving on to their new homes. And it's not like this happened overnight. Deprecation warnings have been in place for quite a few releases now. We've all just been lazy and thought the day would never come. Well, _it's here_!
+
+So, maybe it caught up to us this time. But we'll be prepared next time, right?!? Yeah, that's what we said last time. But what if we could put something in place that makes sure that this doesn't happen?
+
+### What is Deprek8?
+
+[Deprek8][3] is a set of [Open Policy Agent][4] (OPA) policies that allow you to check your repository for deprecated API versions. These policies offer a way to provide warnings and errors when something is in the process of being or has already been deprecated. But **Deprek8** is just a set of policies that define what to watch for. How do you actually actively use these policies in order to monitor for deprecations?
+
+There are a number of ways and tools that can do this; one way is to use the OPA Deprek8 policy.
+
+### What is the OPA Deprek8 policy?
+
+OPA is "an open source, general-purpose policy engine that enables unified, context-aware policy enforcement." In other words, OPA provides a means of establishing and enforcing a set of policies based upon a policy file. The policies are defined in a file (or set of files) using the [Rego query language][5]. This use case won't necessarily rely on the OPA application, but more specifically, it uses this query language to do the heavy lifting. By using Rego, you can check whether various manifests match certain criteria and then either warn or error them out based on your definition. For example, in Kubernetes 1.16, the Deployment object can no longer be served from the **extensions/v1beta1 apiVersion**. So in your .rego file, you could have something like:
+
+
+```
+_deny = msg {
+ resources := ["Deployment"]
+ input.apiVersion == "extensions/v1beta1"
+ input.kind == resources[_]
+ msg := sprintf("%s/%s: API extensions/v1beta1 for %s is no longer served by default, use apps/v1 instead.", [input.kind, input.metadata.name, input.kind])
+}
+```
+
+This would alert that you have a deprecated manifest and print a message like:
+
+> Deployment/myDeployment: API extensions/v1beta1 for Deployment is no longer served by default, use apps/v1 instead.
+
+That's great! This is exactly what you need in order to avoid having old manifests lying around. But these are just the policies; you need something that will check these policies and put them into action.
+
+### Conftest
+
+This is where [Conftest][6] comes in. Conftest is a utility that allows you to put Rego policies into action against any number of configuration files. According to the repo, Conftest currently supports:
+
+
+```
+ - YAML
+ - JSON
+ - INI
+ - TOML
+ - HOCON
+ - HCL
+ - CUE
+ - Dockerfile
+ - HCL2 (Experimental)
+ - EDN
+ - VCL
+ - XML
+```
+
+It has some fairly strict defaults (i.e., expecting policy files to be in certain locations), but they can be overridden with the appropriate flags if you have a layout that you prefer. If you want to know more about those specifics, please consult the [documentation][7] in the repository.
+
+For example, you can run any policy file on Conftest with a command like:
+
+
+```
+`helm template --set podSecurityPolicy.enabled=true --set server.ingress.enabled=true . | conftest -p mypolicy.rego -`
+```
+
+This would generate the appropriate output from a Helm template and pipe it directly to the Conftest utility. Conftest inspects that output against any policies defined in the **mypolicy.rego** file and then gives any appropriate warnings or errors for objects that match against those policies. You can, of course, swap out any templating tooling of your choice, or you can feed specific files directly to the Conftest tool.
+
+So now you have the tools to set your policies and enforce them against your configuration files. But how do you tie these two things together? Better yet: How do you automate this process to continuously monitor the codebase to make sure you never fall behind the deprecation line again?
+
+### Using Git to run checks
+
+There are many methods and tools to run checks against code. By adding similar steps to your continuous integration (CI) tooling (e.g., Jenkins, Tekton, etc.), you can accomplish the same goal. In this very basic use case, I used [GitHub Actions][8], a new feature of GitHub repositories.
+
+GitHub Actions allows you to automate your entire workflow, so you don't have to sit in front of your keyboard and hack all of this together. With Actions, you can string together any number of steps into a workflow (or multiple workflows) by either rolling your own Actions if you're doing something custom or, in most cases, using something that already exists in the [Marketplace][9]. Luckily, others have provided Actions to do the things you need to do for this example, so you can lean on the community's expertise to pull your workflow together.
+
+As described in the steps above, the workflow looks something like:
+
+ 1. Retrieve the Deprek8 policy you need and store it somewhere for later use.
+ 2. Run Conftest against the appropriate files/charts with the policy file you grabbed in step 1.
+
+
+
+What does this boil down to? Well, all you really need to do is to use curl to pull your policy file and then run it through Conftest after pointing to your code, using the [curl][10] and [Conftest][11] Actions. Since these Actions already exist, you don't need to write any custom code! And as I'm sure you can tell by the names, they allow you to run the associated commands without having to do any custom work to pre-process anything or pull down any binaries.
+
+Now that you have the Actions you need to use, how do you pull them together? This is where your workflow comes into play. While Actions are the pieces of code that get things done, they're useless without a way to string them together so that they can be triggered by some event. A GitHub Action workflow will look something like this:
+
+
+```
+name: Some Awesome Workflow Name
+on: An Event That Triggers Our Workflow
+jobs:
+ awesome-job-name:
+ runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+ steps:
+ - uses: actions/checkout@master
+ - name: awesome-step-name
+ uses: someorg/someaction@version
+ with:
+ args: some args that I might pass to someaction
+```
+
+Now you have a workflow that has multiple steps, can be triggered by a specific GitHub event, and can be passed a set of parameters (if that is applicable to that specific Action). This example is _extremely basic_. But luckily, the workflow you're trying to put together is equally simple. This shouldn't be taken as a comprehensive example of a GitHub Action, as there are many more complicated (and elegant) things you can do. If you're interested in learning more, take a look at the [GitHub Actions documentation][12].
+
+Now that you have an idea of what a workflow looks like and know what Actions you're interested in using, take a run at plugging the two together. For this example, you want to make sure that whenever your code is updated, it's checked to make sure it's not using any deprecated APIs.
+
+First, rig up your workflow with some names and the events that you want to trigger off of. Give your workflow and job a useful name that will help you identify it (and what it does).
+
+
+```
+name: API Deprecation Check
+on: pull_request, push
+jobs:
+ deprecation-check:
+```
+
+Next, you need to tell your workflow that you want to trigger these Actions based on any **pull_request** or **push** that happens to this repository because these are the two main events that get new code into a repository. You can do this by utilizing the **on** keyword.
+
+
+```
+name: API Deprecation Check
+on: pull_request, push
+jobs:
+ deprecation-check:
+ runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+ steps:
+ - uses: actions/checkout@master
+```
+
+Then, add where you want these Actions to run and how the Action can get the code. You can tell the Action where to run by using the **runs-on** keyword. You have a few options here: Windows, Mac, or Ubuntu. In most cases, using Ubuntu is fine, as you'll frequently rely on Actions that run inside their own container (versus running on the base OS that you define here). It's also very important to understand that an Action does not check out code by default. When you need to do something that interacts with your code, make sure to use the Action **actions/checkout**. When this is included, your code will be available within your Action, and you can pass that through to the next step in your workflow.
+
+
+```
+name: API Deprecation Check
+on: pull_request, push
+name: API Deprecation Check
+jobs:
+ deprecation-check:
+ runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+ steps:
+ - uses: actions/checkout@master
+ - name: curl
+ uses: wei/curl@master
+ with:
+ args: > /github/home/deprek8.rego
+```
+
+Now that your code is checked out, you can start preparing to do something with it. As mentioned, before you can check code for deprecations, you first need the file that contains the policies that you want to check for, so just retrieve the file using the **curl** Action. This is a fairly straightforward Action, in that it accepts whatever parameters you would normally pass into the curl command. If you were doing something more complicated, this is where you could pass in things like specific HTTP Actions, headers, etc. However, in this case, you're just trying to retrieve a file, so the only thing you need to pass to your Action is the URL you want to retrieve (in this case, the one that contains your raw policy file) and then tell it where you want to write that file. In this case, you're going to have it write to **/github/home**. Why? It's because this filesystem persists between steps and will allow you to use the policy file within this next step.
+
+
+```
+name: API Deprecation Check
+on: pull_request, push
+jobs:
+ deprecation-check:
+ runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+ steps:
+ - uses: actions/checkout@master
+ - name: curl
+ uses: wei/curl@master
+ with:
+ args: > /github/home/deprek8.rego
+ - name: Check helm chart for deprecation
+ uses: instrumenta/conftest-action/helm@master
+ with:
+ chart: nginx-test
+ policy: /github/home/deprek8.rego
+```
+
+Now that you have your policy file, it's just a matter of running it against the code via **conftest**. Similar to the **curl** Action, the **conftest** Action just expects a series of parameters to understand how it should run against the code. In the example above, it runs against a Helm chart, but it can run against a specific file (or set of files) by changing the **uses** value to **instrumenta/[conftest-action@master][13]**. Just point to the path where your chart sits in the repository and then provide the path to your policy file (specified in the previous step). Once you have all of this together, you have a complete workflow. But what does this look like (assuming there's some bad code in your Helm chart)? To find out, take a look at the [example repository][14].
+
+In the Nginx Helm chart, you'll notice that one of the templates is a [statefulset][15]. You may also notice that the apiVersion the StatefulSet is using is **apps/v1beta1**. This API was deprecated in Kubernetes 1.16 and is now hosted in **apps/v1**. So when your GitHub Actions workflow runs, it should detect this issue and serve an error like:
+
+
+```
+FAIL - StatefulSetf/web: API apps/v1beta1 is no longer served by default, use apps/v1 instead.
+Error: plugin "conftest" exited with error
+##[error]Docker run failed with exit code 1
+```
+
+The Action indicates there is something wrong and then fails the rest of the Action. You can see the [full workflow][16] if you are interested.
+
+### Wrapping up
+
+This workflow will save some future heartache by alerting you to any deprecated APIs that slip into your codebase. To be clear, this is an _alerting_ mechanism. This won't prevent you from merging bad code into your codebase. But, as long as you pay attention, you should be completely aware prior to (or just after) merging problematic code.
+
+Where do you go from here? Well, there are a few things to keep in mind. Currently, Deprek8 is up to date as of Kubernetes 1.16. If you're interested in more recent versions, I'm sure Deprek8 would be happy to accept your [pull request][3].
+
+The other shortcoming of this method is that the **conftest** and GitHub Actions are a bit limited in that they only allow you to point at specific files or a single chart at a time. What if you want to point at multiple directories of manifests or have multiple charts inside your repository? Currently, the only way to get around that is to either list out every single file you're interested in (in the case of having multiple charts) or have multiple steps inside your workflow. Other scenarios could become problematic, like other templating engines that require some custom logic to pair the parameters and template files together. But a simple workaround for that could be to have a step in your workflow that pulls down Conftest along with a tiny inline script to loop through some of this. I'm sure there are more elegant solutions (and if you come up with one, I'm sure these projects would be more than happy to take a look at your PR).
+
+Regardless, you now have a mechanism that should allow you to sleep a bit easier when checking in your code! And hopefully, this method will help you build even more robust workflows to protect your code.
+
+* * *
+
+_This was originally published in [Tyler Auerbeck's GitHub repository][17] and is reposted, with edits, with permission._
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/deprek8
+
+作者：[Tyler Auerbeck][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/tylerauerbeck
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/ship_captain_devops_kubernetes_steer.png?itok=LAHfIpek (Ship captain sailing the Kubernetes seas)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-is-kubernetes
+[3]: https://github.com/naquada/deprek8
+[4]: https://github.com/open-policy-agent/opa
+[5]: https://blog.openpolicyagent.org/opas-full-stack-policy-language-caeaadb1e077
+[6]: https://github.com/instrumenta/conftest
+[7]: https://github.com/instrumenta/conftest/tree/master/docs
+[8]: https://github.com/features/actions
+[9]: https://github.com/marketplace?type=actions
+[10]: https://github.com/marketplace/actions/github-action-for-curl
+[11]: https://github.com/instrumenta/conftest-action
+[12]: https://help.github.com/en/actions
+[13]: mailto:conftest-action@master
+[14]: https://github.com/tylerauerbeck/deprek8-example
+[15]: https://raw.githubusercontent.com/tylerauerbeck/deprek8-example/master/nginx-test/templates/statefulset.yaml
+[16]: https://github.com/tylerauerbeck/deprek8-example/runs/426774566?check_suite_focus=true
+[17]: https://github.com/tylerauerbeck/writing/blob/master/opa/deprek8.md
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200327 KubeCF Is What DevOps Wanted- Marrying Cloud Foundry with Kubernetes.md b/sources/tech/20200327 KubeCF Is What DevOps Wanted- Marrying Cloud Foundry with Kubernetes.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f306d94bc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200327 KubeCF Is What DevOps Wanted- Marrying Cloud Foundry with Kubernetes.md
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (KubeCF Is What DevOps Wanted: Marrying Cloud Foundry with Kubernetes )
+[#]: via: (https://www.linux.com/articles/kubecf-is-what-devops-wanted-marrying-cloud-foundry-with-kubernetes/)
+[#]: author: (Swapnil Bhartiya https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/)
+
+KubeCF Is What DevOps Wanted: Marrying Cloud Foundry with Kubernetes
+======
+
+[![][1]][2]
+
+There are times when solutions that seem to compete against each other turn out to be complementary. [This is exactly what happened with Cloud Foundry and Kubernetes. ][3]
+
+“Enterprises have moved on from the debate around Cloud Foundry Application Runtime or PaaS experience versus Kubernetes-based experience, and have opted to adopt both. The PaaS experience that Cloud Foundry offers is about optimizing developer time by allowing them to focus on business problems. Let them focus on the app they’re trying to build, not on the plumbing underneath it,” says Chip Childers, CTO at Cloud Foundry Foundation.
+
+“There are plenty of use cases that don’t fit into a PaaS-style architecture. If you look at the breadth of architectures that a typical enterprise deals with, there are tons of applications that you need to just wrap the thing in a container and operate it that way,” he says.
+
+**Integrating Cloud Foundry and Kubernetes **
+
+To incorporate Kubernetes into the Cloud Foundry architecture so Cloud Foundry users can use Kubernetes as an alternative to Diego/Garden to orchestrate application container instances, Cloud Foundry Foundation kickstarted an initiative called [Project Eirini][4].
+
+Similarly, [Project Quarks][5] is another incubating effort within the Cloud Foundry Foundation that is focused on packaging the Cloud Foundry Application Runtime as a set of containers instead of virtual machines, enabling easier deployment to Kubernetes.
+
+“Project Quarks took some code from SUSE called Fizzle. It would take the type of release artifact that our project teams were generally releasing for their component of the system, and work it into a usable Docker image. Then they would use Helm and some scripts to deploy that into Kubernetes,” said Childers.
+
+There was, however, one crucial piece of the jigsaw missing.
+
+“There was this code that SUSE had been working on. It was the basis of the SUSE product called SCF (SUSE Cloud Foundry). SCF became [KubeCF][6]. It creates a Kubernetes native distribution of Cloud Foundry,” reveals Childers.
+
+KubeCF recently hit its 1.0 release. So, where does KubeCF go from here?
+
+“Presenty, we can look at it as the easiest path to a Kubernetes-native Cloud Foundry for pure open search users. There are some other efforts that are happening in parallel that are taking a look at each component of the Cloud Foundry architecture. Project architects are working towards allowing people to take KubeCF, deploy the whole system to Kubernetes, and take advantage of the simplicity that gets enabled as code gets modified,” says Childers.
+
+**Developers First: Ensuring Seamless UX**
+
+One of the strengths of the Cloud Foundry community is that it has always offered a distribution. There is still a distribution called CF deployment, which is based on a VM-centric architecture that uses the Cloud Foundry BOSH platform to orchestrate infrastructures and service environments (or virtualized environments like V-sphere) to deploy VMs and then run the system on top of it.
+
+However, distribution also entails members of the ecosystem packaging it or dictating with their own offerings. In such a scenario, how can developers expect consistency across the distros?
+
+“The commonality between both upstream releases — the CF deployment and KubeCF — lies in the components that they sew together to create the Cloud Foundry platform. The Cloud Foundry Platform certification continues to be based on the idea that a certified distribution uses those components in an unmodified way, and integrates them to create that developer experience,” Childers explains.
+
+“So, regardless of whether you’re deploying to Kubernetes or you’re deploying to virtual machines, regardless of the certified vendor that you use, or if you use upstream distributions, you should have that same developer experience. That’s what Platform Certification ensures,” he says.
+
+Operational consistency is less a concern for the ecosystem and the community because many of these providers are offering it as a service. “Those that do it as subscription-based software delivery have a lot of tooling around operations that’s specific to them plus all of the other values that they bring together,” Childers avers.
+
+**Evolution Unabated**
+
+The KubeCF distribution has finally put the debate of ‘Do I use Kubernetes or do I use Cloud Foundry?’ to rest.
+
+“The answer should’ve always been ‘You use both.’ The architecture fits one on top of the other very nicely, and overcomes the concerns of dual stacks,” says Childers.
+
+With the ‘either-or’ debate over, Chip intends to further evolve this architecture, thereby offering an enormous amount of value to enterprises trying to deal with container-centric infrastructure management and developer productivity.
+
+“We’ve completely re-converged as an ecosystem around embracing the Kubernetes-based infrastructure as being the most popular and rising approach. We’ve been evolving this architecture as a community for years now,” he says.
+
+“There are huge engineering and commercial teams supporting Kubernetes. VMware has an enormous investment in Kubernetes, and it continues to increase that investment. With the acquisition of Pivotal, VMware also has a huge amount of investment in Cloud Foundry. It’s working aggressively on the mission of bringing the two together. We see the same traction with SAP, IBM, and SUSE, which presents a lot of opportunities for everybody,” adds Childers.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.linux.com/articles/kubecf-is-what-devops-wanted-marrying-cloud-foundry-with-kubernetes/
+
+作者：[Swapnil Bhartiya][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.linux.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/color-3580779_1920-1068x667.jpg (color-3580779_1920)
+[2]: https://www.linux.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/color-3580779_1920.jpg
+[3]: https://www.tfir.io/kubecf-a-kubernetes-native-distribution-of-cloud-foundry-chip-childers-cto-cloud-foundry-%e2%80%8bfoundation/
+[4]: https://www.cloudfoundry.org/project-eirini/
+[5]: https://www.cloudfoundry.org/project-quarks/
+[6]: https://github.com/cloudfoundry-incubator/kubecf
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200328 Open source fights against COVID-19, Google-s new security tool written in Python, and more open source news.md b/sources/tech/20200328 Open source fights against COVID-19, Google-s new security tool written in Python, and more open source news.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dce9c83a0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200328 Open source fights against COVID-19, Google-s new security tool written in Python, and more open source news.md
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Open source fights against COVID-19, Google's new security tool written in Python, and more open source news)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/news-march-28)
+[#]: author: (Scott Nesbitt https://opensource.com/users/scottnesbitt)
+
+Open source fights against COVID-19, Google's new security tool written in Python, and more open source news
+======
+Catch up on the biggest open source headlines from the past two weeks.
+![][1]
+
+In this edition of our open source news roundup, we take a look open source solutions for COVID-19, Google's new security tool, code cleanup software from Uber, and more!
+
+### Using open source in the fight against COVID-19
+
+When COVID-19 started its march around the world, open source [stepped up][2] to try to help stop it. That includes using open data to [create tracking dashboards and apps][3], designing ventilators, and developing protective gear.
+
+Scientists at the University of Waterloo in Canada have teamed with artificial intelligence firm DarwinAI to create an open source tool "[to identify signs of Covid-19 in chest x-rays][4]." Called COVID-Net, it's neural network "that is particularly good at recognizing images." The dataset the researchers are using is [available on GitHub][5], which includes a link the software.
+
+Additionally, many [open source hardware projects][6] are underway to expedite the search for a cure.
+
+### Google releases tool to fight USB keystroke injection attacks
+
+One of the sneakiest and potentially most malicious ways to hack a computer is a USB keystroke injection attack. Using a compromised USB device connected to a computer, a hacker can run commands without you even noticing. Google's making it easier for Linux users to fight back against these kinds of attacks by releasing [an open source detection tool][7].
+
+Called USB Keystroke Injection Protection, the tool detects "if the keystrokes have been made without human involvement". It does that by measuring "the timing of keystrokes coming from connected USB devices." Sebastian Neuner of Google's Information Security Engineering Team said that while the USB Keystroke Injection Protection tool isn't the last word in defense against these kinds of attacks, but offers "another layer of protection and to defend a user sitting in front of their unlocked machine by them seeing the attack happening."
+
+You can find the Python source code for the tool [on GitHub][8].
+
+### Uber makes code deletion tool open source
+
+As applications get bigger, they often contain code that's either no longer used or which is obsolete. That added code make software more difficult to maintain. To help solve the problem of quickly finding that redundant code, Uber recently [open sourced a tool called Pirhana][9].
+
+Pirhana scans code for [feature flags][10], looking for ones that are no longer used. The software then deletes the unused flags from the code. At the moment, Pirhana works with software written in the Objective-C, Swift, and Java languages. Uber's developers hope the number of supported languages will increase "now that outside developers have an opportunity to contribute to the project."
+
+You can grab [Pirhana's source code][11] from its repository on GitHub
+
+#### In other news
+
+ * [Singapore government to open source contact-tracing protocol][12]
+ * [European Commission to use open source messaging service Signal][13]
+ * [Spanish software to computerize healthcare in Cameroon and India][14]
+ * [ING Open-Sources Lion, Its White-Label Web Component Library][15]
+ * [Open Source Goes Mainstream – How Sharing Is Shaping The Future Of Music][16]
+
+
+
+Thanks, as always, to Opensource.com staff members and [Correspondents][17] for their help this week.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/news-march-28
+
+作者：[Scott Nesbitt][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/scottnesbitt
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/weekly_news_roundup_tv.png?itok=tibLvjBd
+[2]: https://jaxenter.com/covid-19-open-source-170237.html
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/open-source-software-covid19
+[4]: https://www.technologyreview.com/s/615399/coronavirus-neural-network-can-help-spot-covid-19-in-chest-x-ray-pneumonia/
+[5]: https://github.com/lindawangg/COVID-Net
+[6]: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/open-hardware-covid19
+[7]: https://www.zdnet.com/article/google-linux-systems-can-use-this-new-tool-against-usb-keystroke-injection-attacks/
+[8]: https://github.com/google/ukip
+[9]: https://siliconangle.com/2020/03/17/ubers-open-source-piranha-tool-hunts-redundant-application-code/
+[10]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Feature_toggle
+[11]: https://github.com/uber/piranha
+[12]: https://www.computerweekly.com/news/252480501/Singapore-government-to-open-source-contact-tracing-protocol
+[13]: https://joinup.ec.europa.eu/collection/open-source-observatory-osor/news/signal-messaging-service
+[14]: https://intallaght.ie/spanish-software-to-computerize-healthcare-in-cameroon-and-india/
+[15]: https://www.infoq.com/articles/ing-open-sources-lion-web-component/
+[16]: https://www.forbes.com/sites/andreazarczynski/2020/03/19/open-source-goes-mainstream--how-sharing-is-shaping-the-future-of-music/#9e1ca1290013
+[17]: https://opensource.com/correspondent-program
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200329 Nextcloud- The Swiss Army Knife of Remote Working Tools.md b/sources/tech/20200329 Nextcloud- The Swiss Army Knife of Remote Working Tools.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..82d84f984b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200329 Nextcloud- The Swiss Army Knife of Remote Working Tools.md
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Nextcloud: The Swiss Army Knife of Remote Working Tools)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/nextcloud/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+Nextcloud: The Swiss Army Knife of Remote Working Tools
+======
+
+Remote working culture has been booming for past few years in coding, graphics and other IT related fields. But the recent [Coronavirus pandemic][1] has made it mandatory for the companies to work from home if it’s possible for them.
+
+While there are tons of tools to help you and your organization in working from home, let me share one open source software that has the features of several such tools combined into one.
+
+### Nextcloud Hub: A Suite of Essential Tools for Remote Collaboration
+
+[Nextcloud][2] is an open source software that can be used to store files, photos and videos for personal usage like Dropbox. But it’s more than just a private [cloud service][3].
+
+You can add more than one users in Nextcloud and turn it into a collaboration platform for editing files in real time, chat with users, manage calendars, assign and manage tasks and more.
+
+This video gives a good overview of its main features:
+
+[Subscribe to our YouTube channel for more Linux videos][4]
+
+### Main Features of Nextcloud
+
+Let me highlight the main features of Nextcloud:
+
+#### Sync files and share
+
+![Nextcloud Files][5]
+
+You can create workspaces based on user groups and share files in those folders. Users can create private files and folders and share them with selected users internally or externally (if they are allowed to). You can lock files in read only mode as well.
+
+It also has a very powerful search feature that lets you search files from their name or tags. You can comment on files to provide feedback.
+
+Text files can be edited in real time thanks to its builtin markdown editor. You can use OnlyOffice or Collabora to allow editing of docs, spreadsheet and presentations in real time.
+
+It also has version control for the files so that you can revert changes easily.
+
+#### Text Chat, Audio Chat, Video Chat and Web Meetings
+
+![Nextcloud Video Call][6]
+
+With NextCloud Talk, you can interact with other users by text messaging, audio calls, video calls and group calls for web meetings. You can also take meeting minutes during the video calls and share your screen for presentations. There is also a mobile app to stay connected all the time.
+
+You can also create Slack like channels (known as circles) to communicate between members concerned with a specific topic.
+
+#### Calendar, Contacts & Mail
+
+![Calendar Nextcloud][7]
+
+You can manage all of your organization’s contact, divide them into groups based on departments.
+
+With the calendar, you can see when someone is free or what meetings are taking place, like you do on Outlook.
+
+You can also use the Mail feature and import the emails from other providers to use them inside Nextcloud interface.
+
+#### Kanban project management with Deck
+
+![][8]
+
+Like Trello and Jira, you can create boards for various projects. You can create cards for each tasks, assign them to users and they can move it between the list based on the status of the task. It’s really up to you how you create boards to manage your projects in Kanban style.
+
+#### Plenty of add-ons to get more out of Nextcloud
+
+![Password Manager][9]
+
+Nextcloud also has several add-ons (called apps). Some are developed by Nextcloud teams while some are from third-party developers. You may use them to extend the capability of Nextcloud.
+
+For example, you can add a [Feedly style feed reader][10] and read news from various sources. Similarly, the [Paswords addon][11] lets you use Netxcloud as a password manager. You can even share common passwords with other Nextcloud users.
+
+You can explore [all the apps on its website][12]. You’ll also notice the ratings of apps that will help you decide if you should use an app or not.
+
+#### Many more features
+
+Let me summarize all the features here:
+
+ * Open source software that lets you own your data on your own servers
+ * Seamlessly edit office documents together with others
+ * Communicate with other members of your organization and do audio and video calls and held web meetings
+ * Calendar lets you book meetings, brings busy view for meetings and resource booking and more
+ * Manage users locally or authenticate through LDAP / Active Directory, Kerberos and Shibboleth / SAML 2.0 and more
+ * Secure data with powerful file access control, multi-layer encryption, machine-learning based authentication protection and advanced ransomware recovery capabilities
+ * Access existing storage silos like FTP, Windows Network Drives, SharePoint, Object Storage and Samba shares seamlessly through Nextcloud.
+ * Automation: Automatically turn documents in PDFs, send messages to chat rooms and more!
+ * Built in ONLYOFFICE makes collaborative editing of Microsoft Office documents accessible to everyone
+ * Users can install desktop and mobile apps or simply use it in web browser
+
+
+
+### How to get Nextcloud
+
+![][13]
+
+NextCloud is free and open source software. You can download it and install it on your own server.
+
+You can use cloud server providers like [Linode][14] or [DigitalOcean][15] that allow you to deploy a brand new Linux server within minutes. And then you can use Docker to install NextCloud. At It’s FOSS, we use [Linode][14] for our NextCloud instance.
+
+If you don’t want to do that, you can [signup with one of the Nextcloud partners][16] that provide you with configured Nextcloud instance. Some providers also provide a few GB of free data to try it.
+
+Nextcloud also has an [enterprise plan][17] where Nextcloud team itself handles everything for the users and provide premium support. You can check their pricing [here][18].
+
+If you decide to use Nextcloud, you should refer to its documentation or community forum to explore all its features.
+
+### Conclusion
+
+At It’s FOSS, our entire team works remote. We have no centralized office anywhere and all of us work from our home. Initially we relied on non-open source tools like Slack, Google Drive etc but lately we are migrating to their open source alternatives.
+
+Nextcloud is one of the first software we tried internally. It has features of Dropbox, Google Docs, [Slack][19], [Trello][20], Google Hangout all combined in one software.
+
+NextCloud works for most part but we found it struggling with the video calls. I think that has to do with the fact that we have it installed on a server with 1 GB of RAM that also runs some other web services like [Ghost CMS][21]. We plan to move it to a server with better specs. We’ll see if that should address these issues.
+
+Since the entire world is struggling with the Coronavirus pandemic, using a solution like Nextcloud could be helpful for you and your organization in working from home.
+
+How are you coping during the Coronavirus lockdown? Like [Linus Torvalds’ advice on remote working][22], do you also have some suggestion to share with the rest of us? Please feel free to use the comment section.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/nextcloud/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2019%E2%80%9320_coronavirus_pandemic
+[2]: https://nextcloud.com/
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/cloud-services-linux/
+[4]: https://www.youtube.com/c/itsfoss?sub_confirmation=1
+[5]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nextcloud_files.png?ssl=1
+[6]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nextcloud_video_call.jpg?ssl=1
+[7]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/calendar_nextcloud.jpeg?ssl=1
+[8]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nextcloud_kanban_project_management_app.jpeg?ssl=1
+[9]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/passman.png?fit=800%2C389&ssl=1
+[10]: https://apps.nextcloud.com/apps/news
+[11]: https://apps.nextcloud.com/apps/passwords
+[12]: https://apps.nextcloud.com/
+[13]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nextcloud-feature.jpg?ssl=1
+[14]: https://www.linode.com/?r=19db9d1ce8c1c91023c7afef87a28ce8c8c067bd
+[15]: https://m.do.co/c/d58840562553
+[16]: https://nextcloud.com/signup/
+[17]: https://nextcloud.com/enterprise/
+[18]: https://nextcloud.com/pricing/
+[19]: https://slack.com/
+[20]: https://trello.com/
+[21]: https://itsfoss.com/ghost-3-release/
+[22]: https://itsfoss.com/torvalds-remote-work-advice/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200330 Access control lists and external drives on Linux- What you need to know.md b/sources/tech/20200330 Access control lists and external drives on Linux- What you need to know.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..079e775ce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200330 Access control lists and external drives on Linux- What you need to know.md
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Access control lists and external drives on Linux: What you need to know)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/external-drives-linux)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+Access control lists and external drives on Linux: What you need to know
+======
+Learn how to use external drives correctly on Linux.
+![Penguin driving a car with a yellow background][1]
+
+While cloud storage offers many advantages, there's nothing quite like having your data on a physical hard drive. When you save data to a drive, you know exactly where your data is, and it's always available when you need it. When you save data to an external portable drive like a USB thumb drive, it's even better—not only do you know where your data is, but you can take your data with you everywhere you go. If you're new to [Linux][2], or you're trying to use a Linux file system on an external drive, you might find external drives confusing, being prone to permission errors or conflicts, or even losing metadata.
+
+There are two "right" answers to this:
+
+### ExFAT
+
+Formerly, ExFAT was a file system fraught with legal threats from Microsoft because they own the code. They've sued companies and organizations before to defend their ownership of FAT, so it was commonly feared that they could do the same over ExFAT. However, recently. Microsoft made the specifications for ExFAT open source. They didn't provide a driver, unfortunately, but there's an existing drive to make it function on Linux, and, now that developers have access to the full specs, improvements are inevitable.
+
+The advantage of ExFAT is that it's cross-platform (Windows, Mac, and many portable devices use it), and it's designed without the overhead of file permissions. You can attach a drive formatted as ExFAT to any computer, and all files are available to anyone. Whether that's good or bad depends on your use case, but for portable media, that's often exactly the intent.
+
+### Access control lists (ACL)
+
+If you prefer to use a Linux file system on your portable drive, then you can do that, but to make sharing files seamless, you should use access control lists (ACL).
+
+When you create a file or directory on a drive, there are defaults on your system determining what file permissions it gets. For most cases, those defaults make sense—when you create a file in your home directory, you probably don't want other users to have access to that file. However, when you're creating a file on an external drive, there's a high likelihood that it's because you need to share that file with someone else (even if that someone is you on another computer).
+
+You can override default permissions for file viewing with an ACL, and you can control default file creation mode by setting a sticky bit. An ACL is a layer of security policies in the extended attributes of directories and files. It allows you to specify exceptions to what the file system permissions indicate. Most notably, this allows you to transcend the single-owner and single-group model of traditional UNIX permissions.
+
+For instance, while the **seth** (ID 1000) account might own a directory created on my desktop, **seth** (ID 500) on my laptop does not, because the user IDs are different.
+
+The same could be true for a group. If a directory with group ID 1000 is assigned to a directory on one computer, then a group with an ID 500 or 10922 doesn't have access to it on another computer. But an ACL can add secondary owners and groups to directories and files.
+
+#### View the current ACL
+
+Any directory and file on any common Linux filesystem has ACL rules by default. They're stored in extended attributes, a kind of metadata that you don't normally see.
+
+You can view them in the terminal:
+
+
+```
+$ getfacl ./example
+# file: /run/media/drive/example
+# owner: seth
+# group: users
+user::rwx
+group::rwx
+other::r--
+```
+
+The commented lines are just for your reference; they tell you the path, and the owner and group, of the file or directory you're viewing information about. The next lines display the rules applied to the file or directory. In this example, the user permissions are set to **rwx**, the group to **r-x**, and other to **r-x**. These permissions are reflected by a normal filesystem list:
+
+
+```
+$ ls -lA /run/media/drive
+drwxrwxr-- 26 seth users 4096 Jan 16 21:04 example
+$ id
+uid=1000(seth) gid=100(users) groups=100(users)...
+```
+
+As long as user **seth** (UID 1000) or a member of **group** (GID 100) interacts with the **example** directory, full access is granted. Any other account, however, has only read (**r**) permission.
+
+#### Setting an ACL
+
+To modify an ACL, you use the **setfacl** command or use a file manager with ACL support. You can be very specific or very generic when setting your ACL.
+
+To just modify the filesystem permission settings, you can use either **chmod** or **setfacl**. This is a very generic ACL setting because you're not adding anything to the permissions already available to UNIX from the filesystem specification.
+
+
+```
+$ setfacl --modify g::r example
+$ getfacl ./example | grep "group::"
+group::r--
+$ ls -l . | grep example
+drwxr--r-- 26 seth users 4096 Jan 16 21:04 example
+```
+
+The same effect is available through **chmod**:
+
+
+```
+$ chmod g+x example
+$ getfacl ./example | grep "group::"
+group::r-x
+$ ls -l . | grep example
+drwxr-xr-- 26 seth users 4096 Jan 16 21:04 example
+```
+
+#### Adding users and groups
+
+To really benefit from an ACL is to use it for permissions outside the scope of native UNIX permissions. If I'm logged into my desktop as **seth** with user ID 1000, and I know that a directory on my portable drive needs to be usable by **seth** with ID 500 on my laptop, then just declaring **seth** as owner isn't enough because the user IDs aren't the same.
+
+You can add a user or user ID to an access control list:
+
+
+```
+$ setfacl --modify u:500:rwx example
+$ getfacl example
+# file: /run/media/drive/example
+# owner: seth
+# group: users
+user::rwx
+user:500:rwx
+[...]
+```
+
+A new entry, specific to user ID 500, has been added to the list. Attaching the drive to another Linux or UNIX computer now allows the user with ID 500 to access the **example** folder.
+
+You can also add users by account name, or groups by either group name or group ID. The IDs are what really count with permissions, though, so if you're in a mixed environment (RHEL servers and Elementary clients, for example), you should verify the user IDs and group IDs lurking behind accounts that seem, on the surface, identical.
+
+#### Setting default ACL rules
+
+If you treat access control as a one-time setting, you'll quickly run into problems once your different user accounts start creating files and directories. Any new file or directory created by each user inherits the system's default permissions (and ACL). This means that once laptop user **seth** with ID 500 creates a file in a directory, it could be off-limits to desktop user **seth** with ID 1000 because the owner of the file is set to UID 500.
+
+A default ACL can be applied to directories so that files and subdirectories created within them inherit the parent ACL. You can set the default ACL of a directory with the **–default** option:
+
+
+```
+$ setfacl --default --modify u:500:rwx example
+$ setfacl --default --modify u:1000:rwx example
+$ getfacl --omit-header example
+user::rwx
+user:500:rwx
+group::rw-
+mask::rwx
+other::r-x
+default:user::rwx
+default:group::rw-
+default:group:500:rwx
+default:group:1000:rwx
+default😷:rwx
+default:other::r-x
+```
+
+When a user creates a new directory within the **example** directory, the inherited ACL is the same as its parent:
+
+
+```
+$ cd example
+$ mkdir penguins
+$ getfacl --omit-header penguins
+user::rwx
+group::rw-
+group:500:rwx
+group:1000:rwx
+mask::rwx
+other::r-x
+default:user::rwx
+default:group::rw-
+default:group:500:rwx
+default:group:1000:rwx
+default😷:rwx
+default:other::r-x
+```
+
+This means that any directory or file created inherits the same ACL, so neither user 500 or 1000 are ever excluded from access.
+
+#### Pragmatic ACL for external drives
+
+When using a Linux filesystem for external drives, the easy method of ensuring it works with all the users who expect to use the portable drive is to set an ACL on a single top-level directory.
+
+For instance, assume you have formatted a USB drive called **mydrive** as an ext4 filesystem. You want your account on your laptop and your desktop, as well as your colleague Alice, to be able to access the files.
+
+First, create a directory at the top level of the drive:
+
+
+```
+$ mkdir /mnt/mydrive/umbrella
+```
+
+Then apply an ACL to the top-level directory to grant all-important users access:
+
+
+```
+$ setfacl --modify \
+ u:500:rwx,u:1000:rwx,u:alice:rwx \
+ /mnt/mydrive/umbrella
+```
+
+Finally, apply a default ACL so that all directories and files created within the top-level directory **umbrella** inherit the same default ACL (note that this command uses the short version of **–modify**):
+
+
+```
+$ setfacl --default -m u:500:rwx,u:1000:rwx,u:alice:rwx \
+ /mnt/mydrive/umbrella
+```
+
+#### Applying defaults to an existing system
+
+If you need to apply ACL settings to many files that already exist, you can accomplish that with the **find** command.
+
+First, find all directories and apply ACL rules:
+
+
+```
+$ find /mnt/mydrive/umbrella -type d | \
+ parallel --max-args=6 setfacl \
+ --default -m u:500:rwx,u:1000:rwx,u:alice:rwx
+```
+
+It's not wise to indiscriminately set all file permissions to executable, so next, find all files and set permissions to **re**. Files that require an executable bit can be set manually or by file extension:
+
+
+```
+$ find /mnt/mydrive/umbrella -type f | \
+ parallel --max-args=6 setfacl \
+ --default -m u:500:rw,u:1000:rw,u:alice:rw
+```
+
+Adjust the logic of these commands to suit your individual need (don't run a command that removes the executable bit on **/usr**, for instance, or on a directory containing nothing but executable programs).
+
+### External drives
+
+Don't let confusion around external drives on Linux get the best of you, and don't limit yourself to traditional UNIX permissions. Put access control lists to work for you, and feel free to use native journaled Linux filesystems on your portable drives.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/external-drives-linux
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/car-penguin-drive-linux-yellow.png?itok=twWGlYAc (Penguin driving a car with a yellow background)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/linux
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200330 Why I switched from Mac to Linux.md b/sources/tech/20200330 Why I switched from Mac to Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..95561b6b45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200330 Why I switched from Mac to Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Why I switched from Mac to Linux)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/3/mac-linux)
+[#]: author: (Lee Tusman https://opensource.com/users/leeto)
+
+Why I switched from Mac to Linux
+======
+After 25 years, Lee made the switch to Linux and couldn't be happier.
+Here's what he uses.
+![Code going into a computer.][1]
+
+In 1994, my family bought a Macintosh Performa 475 as a home computer. I had used Macintosh SE computers in school and learned to type with [Mavis Beacon Teaches Typing][2], so I've been a Mac user for well over 25 years. Back in the mid-1990s, I was attracted to its ease of use. It didn't start with a DOS command prompt; it opened to a friendly desktop. It was playful. And even though there was a lot less software for Macintosh than PCs, I thought the Mac ecosystem was better, just on the strength of KidPix and Hypercard, which I still think of as the unsurpassed, most intuitive _creative stack_.
+
+Even so, I still had the feeling that Mac was an underdog compared to Windows. I remember thinking the company could disappear one day. Flash-forward decades later, and Apple is a behemoth, a trillion-dollar company. But as it evolved, it changed significantly. Some changes have been for the better, such as better stabilization, simpler hardware choices, increased security, and more accessibility options. Other changes annoyed me—not all at once, but slowly. Most significantly, I am annoyed by Apple's closed ecosystem—the difficulty of accessing photos without iPhoto; the necessity of using iTunes; and the enforced bundling of the Apple store ecosystem even when I don't want to use it.
+
+Over time, I found myself working largely in the terminal. I used iTerm2 and the [Homebrew][3] package manager. I couldn't get all my Linux software to work, but much of it did. I thought I had the best of both worlds: the macOS graphical operating system and user interface alongside the ability to jump into a quick terminal session.
+
+Later, I began using Raspberry Pi computers booting Raspbian. I also collected a number of very old laptops rescued from the trash at universities, so, by necessity, I decided to try out various Linux distros. While none of them became my main machine, I started to really enjoy using Linux. I began to consider what it would be like to try running a Linux distro as my daily driver, but I thought the Macbook's comfort and ease, especially the hardware's size and weight, would be hard to find in a non-Mac laptop.
+
+## Time to make the switch?
+
+About two years ago, I began using a Dell for work. It was a larger laptop with an integrated GPU, and dual-booted Linux and Windows. I used it for game development, 3D modeling, some machine learning, and basic programming in C# and Java. I considered making it my primary machine, but I loved the portability of my Macbook Air, and continued to use that as well.
+
+Last fall, I started to notice my Air was running hot, and the fan was coming on more often. My primary machine was starting to show its age. For years, I used the Mac's terminal to access Darwin's Unix-like operating system, and I was spending more and more time bouncing between the terminal and my web browser. Was it time to make the switch?
+
+I began exploring the possibilities for a Macbook-like Linux laptop. After doing some research, reading reviews and message boards, I went with the long-celebrated Dell XPS 13 Developer Edition 7390, opting for the 10th Generation i7. I chose it because I love the feel of the Macbook (and especially the slim Macbook Air), and reviews of the XPS 13 suggested it seemed it was similar, with really positive reviews of the trackpad and keyboard.
+
+Most importantly, it came loaded with Ubuntu. While it's easy enough to get a PC, wipe it, and install a new Linux distro, I was attracted to the cohesive operating system and hardware, but one that allowed a lot of the customization we know and love in Linux. So when there was a sale, I took the plunge and purchased it.
+
+## What it's like to run Linux daily
+
+I've been using the XPS 13 for three months and my dual-booted Linux work laptop for two years. At first, I thought I'd want to spend more time finding an alternate desktop environment or window manager that was more Mac-like, such as [Enlightenment][4]. I tried several, but I have to say, I like the simplicity of running [GNOME][5] out of the box. For one thing, it's minimal; there's not much GUI to get caught up in. In fact, it's intuitive and the [overview][6] takes only a couple minutes to read.
+
+I can access my applications through the application dash bar or a grid button to get to the application view. To access my file system, I click on the **Files** icon in the dash. To open the GNOME terminal, I type **Ctrl+Alt+T** or just **Alt+Tab** to switch between an open application and an open terminal. It's also easy to define your own [custom hotkey shortcuts][7].
+
+Beyond this, there's not much else to say. Unlike the Mac's desktop, there's not a lot to get lost in, which means there's less to distract me from my work or the applications I want to run. I didn't realize all the options or how much time I spent navigating windows on my Mac. In Linux, there are just files, applications, and the terminal.
+
+I installed the [i3 tiling window manager][8] to do a test run. I had a few issues configuring it because I type in [Dvorak][9], and i3 doesn't adapt to the alternate keyboard configuration. I think with more effort, I could figure out a new keyboard mapping in i3, but the main thing I was looking for was simple tiling.
+
+I looked up GNOME's tiling capabilities and was pleasantly surprised. You press the **Super** key (for me, it's the key with the Windows logo—which I should cover with a sticker!) and then a modifier key. For example, pressing **Super+Left** moves your current window to a tile on the left side of the screen. **Super+Right** moves to the right half. **Super+Up** maximizes the current window. **Super+Down** reverts to the previous size. You can move between app windows with **Alt+Tab**. This is all default behavior and can be customized in the Keyboard settings.
+
+Plugging in headphones or connecting to HDMI works the way you expect. Sometimes, I open the Sound settings to switch between the HDMI sound output or my external audio cable, just as I would on a Mac or PC. The trackpad is responsive, and I haven't noticed any difference from the Macbook's. When I plug in a three-button mouse, it works instantly, even with my Bluetooth mouse and keyboard.
+
+### Software
+
+I installed Atom, VLC, Keybase, Brave Browser, Krita, Blender, and Thunderbird in a matter of minutes. I installed other software with the Apt package manager in the terminal (as normal), which offers many more packages than the Homebrew package manager for macOS.
+
+### Music
+
+I have a variety of options for listening to music. I use Spotify and [PyRadio][10] to stream music. [Rhythmbox][11] is installed by default on Ubuntu; the simple music player launches instantly and without any bloat. Simply click on the menu, choose **Add Music**, and navigate to a directory of audio tracks (it searches recursively). You can also stream podcasts or online radio easily.
+
+### Text and PDFs
+
+I tend to write in Markdown in [Neovim][12] with some plugins, then convert my document using Pandoc to whatever final format is needed. For a nice Markdown editor with preview, I downloaded [Ghostwriter][13], a minimal-focus writing application.
+
+If someone sends me a Microsoft Word document, I can open it using the default LibreOffice Writer application.
+
+Occasionally, I have to sign a document. This is easy with macOS's Preview application and my signature in PNG format, and I needed a Linux equivalent. I found that the default PDF viewer app didn't have the annotation tools I needed. The LibreOffice Draw program was acceptable but not particularly easy to use, and it occasionally crashed. Based on some research, I installed [Xournal][14], which has the simple annotation tools I need to add dates, text, and my signature and is fairly comparable to Mac's Preview app. It works exactly as needed.
+
+### Importing images from my phone
+
+I have an iPhone. To get my images off the phone, there are a number of methods to sync and access your files. If you have a different phone, your process may be different. Here's my method:
+
+ 1. Install gvfs-backends with **sudo apt install gvfs-backends**, which is part of the GNO
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200401 How does kanban relate-to DevOps.md b/sources/tech/20200401 How does kanban relate-to DevOps.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3f37c35a4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200401 How does kanban relate-to DevOps.md
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How does kanban relate to DevOps?)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/kanban-devops)
+[#]: author: (Willy-Peter Schaub https://opensource.com/users/wpschaub)
+
+How does kanban relate to DevOps?
+======
+Reduce waste, optimize the flow of value, and continuously deliver value
+to delighted users.
+![two women kanban brainstorming and brainmapping with post-it notes on a whiteboard ][1]
+
+Kanban is nothing new; in fact, it predates most readers of this article. Its age becomes apparent when we add the year Toyota introduced kanban in its main plant machine shop (1953) to the timeline image from our [analyzing the DNA of DevOps][2] article.
+
+![DevOps timeline][3]
+
+I have intuitively been using kanban, in one form or the other, for more than two decades to track personal plans, engineering projects, and digital transformations. Only in the past few weeks have I pondered the origins, power, and synergy of kanban with other frameworks and systems, while introducing teams to kanban and helping them embrace it as a powerful system in our common engineering system.
+
+### What is kanban?
+
+Kanban means "visual signal" and has its roots in the Toyota manufacturing industry. It was developed by [Taiichi Ohno][4] to improve manufacturing efficiency. When we jump a few decades into the future, kanban complements agile and lean, often used with frameworks such as scrum, Scaled Agile Framework, and Disciplined Agile to visualize and manage work.
+
+![Kanban complements agile and lean][5]
+
+You can explore the many interpretations of kanban on the internet, in books, and in vibrant discussions with other engineers who have embraced the system. In the context of our common collaboration and engineering system, kanban delivers four pivotal practices:
+
+ * **Visualize work:** We visualize all work and look for triggers such as cards turning **red** when the work they represent is blocked or has been dormant for more than two days.
+ * **Limit work in progress:** We agree on and enforce (soft) work-in-progress limits to encourage reduced batch sizes and manage queue lengths.
+ * **Focus on flow:** We _pull_ not push work, which helps us to defer commitment until we meet our definition of done (_DoD_) and we have the capacity to commit to the next _activity_.
+ * **Continuous improvement:** It is important to measure work from when it enters our backlog, how long it takes to get through the process (lead time), and how efficient we are working (cycle/lead time). This enables us to continuously inspect and improve how we work and track progress.
+
+
+
+![Kanban practices and terminology][6]
+
+We use colorful, visual cards to represent activities that flow through one or more _activities_ in one of many _swim lanes_. Each kanban column represents an activity, and each swim lane represents a person, group, or another bucket to segment the cards. There are no rules for the color of the cards, but **red** typically signals a problem. But remember to combine color with a meaningful icon to visualize special states for users who are color-blind.
+
+> "_We should defer commitment until our Definition of Ready (DOR) is met so that we can ensure that our Definition of Done (DOD) is achieved sooner and with high quality. I like the two distinct terms (DOR and DOD) because the [project owner] should be accountable for the DOR while the team can take ownership of the DOD_." —[Mathew Mathai][7]
+
+I often use this analogy to explain the difference between _lead_ and _cycle_ time to new teams: Imagine you walk into a restaurant. You sit down, study the menu, and decide what you would like to drink and eat. When the waiter takes your order, the _lead_ cycle time starts ticking. When the bar starts pouring your favorite potion and the kitchen starts preparing your meal, the _cycle_ time starts ticking. As the order arrives at your table, both the lead and cycle time are stopped if (and only if) you are satisfied.
+
+Therefore, the _lead_ time measures how long you, the customer, had to wait until you received your order. The _cycle_ time measures the process time of an activity to prepare your order. From a customer perspective, the _lead_ time is important.
+
+It is important to _make your policies explicit_, such as when you start measuring lead and cycle times. Some customers start their "impatience" clock when they enter the restaurant, while others start the clock when they place their order. In both cases, they need to understand how you measure your flow to avoid misunderstandings, unfeasible expectations, and disappointment.
+
+This image is extracted from one of our information transfer posters, and it summarizes key learnings when we started adopting the kanban system.
+
+![Key kanban learnings][8]
+
+### What about DevOps?
+
+In _[Using PowerShell to automate Linux, macOS, and Windows processes][9]_, we briefly introduced value-stream mapping. It enables us to measure individual and total lead times, cycle times, efficiency, and quality and unearth different activities, groups, and silos that cancel out each other.
+
+![value-stream mapping][10]
+
+You will notice a similarity between the kanban board and the value-stream mapping images. Both _visualize_ and _focus_ on the flow of activities represented by individual cards pulled across a visual board.
+
+![Continuous delivery pipeline][11]
+
+Continuous flow and efficiency are core to a healthy DevOps mindset. It transforms into a continuous delivery pipeline, as shown above, which unites different teams, such as business, development, security, and quality assurance, to implement ideas from ideation to production. Continuously measuring and streamlining the delivery pipeline not only helps improve the flow of value, but also the quality of value.
+
+It should be evident that (similar to kanban) the focus here is on flow. Flipping back and forth between activities is frowned upon in kanban and impractical with continuous delivery pipelines. It reminds me of a recent whiteboard discussion where we discussed the challenge of visualizing and managing the flow of work that requires two teams.
+
+![Dividing a job between two teams][12]
+
+As shown here, we slice a job that requires team X to perform activities, then team Y, and again team X, into three stories. The three stories are visualized by three cards on two kanban boards, flowing from A to B to C, with clear ownership by team X and Y, which we can measure independently as lead and cycle time.
+
+We are drifting into another exciting topic of flow optimization … let's get back to the original question.
+
+### What is the relationship between kanban and DevOps?
+
+[Donovan Brown][13] defines DevOps as "_the union of people, process, and products to enable continuous delivery of value to our end users._"
+
+When we unpack this definition, we realize that the core of the DevOps [mindset][14] is to continuously deliver value and delight our customers.
+
+ * _"Feedback from stakeholders is essential."_
+ * _"Improve beyond the limits of today's processes."_
+ * _"No new silos to break down silos."_
+ * _"Knowing your customers means cross-organization collaboration."_
+ * _"Inspire adoption through enthusiasm."_
+
+
+
+The kanban system helps us visualize and improve the efficiency of value delivery, resulting in delighted customers. I argue that if you are comfortable with kanban, you will enjoy the full benefits of DevOps through _visualization_, _flow improvement_, _feedback_, and _continuous innovation_.
+
+We have collaboration at its finest—_synergy_**,** or is that _symbiosis_?
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/kanban-devops
+
+作者：[Willy-Peter Schaub][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/wpschaub
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/whiteboard-brainstorming-brainmapping-design-thinking-postits-kanban.png?itok=Is2Tg1Jk (Brainstorming with post-it notes on a whiteboard)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/18/11/analyzing-devops
+[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/devops-timeline.png (DevOps timeline)
+[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Taiichi_Ohno
+[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kanban-agile-lean-devops.png (Kanban complements agile and lean)
+[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kanban-practices-terms.png (Kanban practices and terminology)
+[7]: https://opensource.com/users/anicheinc
+[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kanban-key-learnings.png (Key kanban learnings)
+[9]: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/devops-automation
+[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/value-stream-mapping.png (value-stream mapping)
+[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/cd-pipeline.png (Continuous delivery pipeline)
+[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/splitting-jobs.png (Dividing a job between two teams)
+[13]: https://www.donovanbrown.com/post/what-is-devops
+[14]: https://opensource.com/article/19/5/values-devops-mindset
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200403 Building a sensing prosthetic with the Raspberry Pi.md b/sources/tech/20200403 Building a sensing prosthetic with the Raspberry Pi.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0eef549525
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200403 Building a sensing prosthetic with the Raspberry Pi.md
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Building a sensing prosthetic with the Raspberry Pi)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/raspberry-pi-sensebreast)
+[#]: author: (Kathy Reid https://opensource.com/users/kathyreid)
+
+Building a sensing prosthetic with the Raspberry Pi
+======
+SenseBreast is an early prototype of a sensing mastectomy prosthetic
+based on open hardware.
+![Open source doctor.][1]
+
+_Content advisory: this article contains frank discussions of breast cancer._
+
+What's the first question you ask your surgeon when you're discussing reconstruction options after breast cancer?
+
+"How many USB ports can you give me?" is probably not the one that comes to mind for many people!
+
+Although the remark was said jokingly, it sparked a thread that would ultimately become [SenseBreast][2]—an early prototype of a sensing mastectomy prosthetic, based on open hardware.
+
+### How did SenseBreast come about?
+
+All technology has a history—an origin story of experimentation, missteps, successes, setbacks, and breakthroughs. SenseBreast is no different. SenseBreast was developed as a term project for the Masters of Applied Cybernetics—a highly selective course at the Australian National University's [3A Institute][3]. The mission of the 3Ai is to bring artificial intelligence and cyber-physical systems safely, responsibly, and sustainably to scale. The purpose of the assignment was to explore the nexus between the electronic, virtual world, and the physical, tactile world.
+
+### What is SenseBreast?
+
+SenseBreast combines two distinct elements: a cyber component—electronics, sensors, and storage for gathering data, and a physical component—a breast form designed to be worn inside a mastectomy bra. SenseBreast is a rudimentary cyber-physical system. In cyber-physical systems, physical and software components are deeply intertwined and interact in different ways depending on context.
+
+The SenseBreast draws on a rich heritage of open source hardware and software. Based on the Raspberry Pi 3B+, it uses the Debian-flavored Raspbian operating system, Python to interact with the onboard sensors, and d3.js to visualize the data that the sensors generate.
+
+Early versions of the SenseBreast used the SenseHAT, but in the true spirit of open source collaboration, I partnered with Australian open source luminary Jon Oxer to develop a custom SenseBreast board. This contains an inertial motion unit (IMU) and temperature, humidity, and pressure sensors, just like the SenseHAT, but in addition, it contains the BME680 volatile gas sensor and a breakout for a heart rate monitor.
+
+![SenseBreast open hardware board developed by Jon Oxer and Kathy Reid][4]
+
+SenseBreast is wearable tech, so the physical form of the cyber-physical system is also important. Factors like comfort, texture, and fit in clothing are important in the design of wearables because technology isn't better unless it's better for people! The early attempts at building a housing for SenseBreast were spectacular failures; in fact, the very first iteration was put together using acrylic render and linen cloth, and held together with paper clips—in true hacker style! It wasn't comfortable to wear at all, but it served as a proof point for further exploration.
+
+![First attempt at creating a breast form using acrylic render covered in linen cloth][5]
+
+Later iterations used a different approach. This involved taking a cast of a breast, using quick-dry silicone supported by a plaster cast. The resulting mold was then used with slow-setting silicone to create a true-to-life shape. A recess was carved into the form to house the electronic components, and an additional silicone layer was added to protect the wearer's skin from contact with electronics.
+
+### What did we learn from SenseBreast?
+
+The key learning from SenseBreast is that data is partial. It only tells part of a story. It can be misleading and untrustworthy, which makes the decisions based on that data unreliable too. For example, the sensor data gathered by SenseBreast was affected by how hard the CPU was working. The graph below plots a sequence of 5 minutes of data from SenseBreast, just after the device has booted. You can see that the temperature decreases over time; this is because the CPU has to work harder as the Raspberry Pi boots, and then cools down after the boot operations are completed.
+
+![Data visualisation of the readings in SenseBreast using the d3.js library][6]
+
+These sorts of learnings have implications on a broader scale.
+
+What if the SenseBreast were not an open source device, but a commercial wearable that stored data about me? What if part of the business model of that company was to sell the data that was harvested? What if my health insurer had access to that data? Or prospective employers? Now, more than ever, it's important that we have private, open solutions for sensing data about ourselves.
+
+### What's next for the SenseBreast project?
+
+The SenseBreast is a very early prototype, but it has the potential to develop through many different arcs. It could be used to assess range of movement post-surgery, to research how different garments and fabrics adjust to temperature and humidity, and to identify correlations between ambient air pressure and conditions such as lymphoedema. The path SenseBreast takes will be dependent on the passion, needs, and dedication of the incredible global open source community.
+
+You can learn more about SenseBreast at [https://sensebreast.org][2] and see my presentation at [linux.conf.au][7] 2020 [here][8].
+
+The code for SenseBreast is available on [GitHub][9].
+
+Health IT has been surprisingly unwilling to deeply support open source software. Despite the huge...
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/raspberry-pi-sensebreast
+
+作者：[Kathy Reid][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/kathyreid
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/osdc_520x292_opensourcedoctor.png?itok=fk79NwpC (Open source doctor.)
+[2]: https://sensebreast.org/
+[3]: https://3ainstitute.cecs.anu.edu.au/
+[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/49427571178_bb5df37c3a_c.jpg (SenseBreast open hardware board developed by Jon Oxer and Kathy Reid)
+[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/49641040471_6d0cc91619_c.jpg (First attempt at creating a breast form using acrylic render covered in linen cloth)
+[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/49640513813_5a7d63803a_c.jpg (Data visualisation of the readings in SenseBreast using the d3.js library)
+[7]: http://linux.conf.au
+[8]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G3QfZ11DCpc.
+[9]: https://github.com/KathyReid/sensebreast
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200407 Love or hate chat- 4 best practices for remote teams.md b/sources/tech/20200407 Love or hate chat- 4 best practices for remote teams.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..855c622e49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200407 Love or hate chat- 4 best practices for remote teams.md
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Love or hate chat? 4 best practices for remote teams)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/chat-tools-best-practices)
+[#]: author: (Jen Wike Huger https://opensource.com/users/jen-wike)
+
+Love or hate chat? 4 best practices for remote teams
+======
+Plus, learn about a few open source alternatives for chat.
+![Chat via email][1]
+
+Chat is a part of most people's daily lives, especially if you work in tech, and especially if you work with teammates located in different parts of the world. It can be a great way to achieve these goals:
+
+ * **to connect**; to share with teammates on a personal level
+ * **to get work done**; to communicate with teammates about work in progress
+ * **to share**; to give notes and feedback from experiences, meetings, and interactions outside of the group that may be relevant to your work or interests
+
+
+
+I encourage you to explore [open source alternatives to chat][2] like [Mattermost][3], [Rocket.Chat][4], and [Riot][5].
+
+### To chat or not to chat, that is the question
+
+First, it's important to make time to have a discussion with each member of your team focused on answering whether they are comfortable with using a chat platform to keep in touch throughout the workday. Some people enjoy chat and see it as a vital part of their workday, getting things done and communicating with teammates who they rely on to get that work done and move forward with projects. Others struggle with chat as a way of getting work done and prefer to use it when they feel like having more casual conversations with teammates on topics less focused on work and more on social interaction and personal sharing. Some people wish chat would burn in a fire.
+
+Gather these opinions and talk through these feelings with each person. You can do this as a group or one-on-one if that feels more appropriate.
+
+Why? Because communication is important and always will be, and your team will find a way to chat no matter what you do. We're human, and need various levels and types of interaction with each other throughout our days and lives. And when it comes to our work colleagues, it's helpful to put some structure in place to guide your team.
+
+### Best practices for team chat
+
+If you have decided to use chat in some form, the next step is to place structure around when and how to use it and **not** use it. These best practices work well for teams who are working remotely and at home, as well as in the office.
+
+**1\. Create rooms and threads to focus your conversations.**
+
+My team has a room for each of our sub-teams who work on a particular project together. We also have an at-large room for all of us to banter and share.
+
+Additionally, we use threads to focus on one topic at a time which is helpful when you have several to dozens of teammates in one room together. It helps conversations to continue and not stop prematurely because they were lost in the mix of other conversations.
+
+**2\. Decide when your team will be signed in and available to talk.**
+
+Is it throughout the workday (whatever hours those are for you), during a set timeframe, or as desired?
+
+My team has set the expectation that they will be signed in and available to chat at some point during the workday **about work-related topics**, and that at that time they will check for and respond to messages that were sent to them while they were away. So, we are using it as an asynchronous way to communicate about work.
+
+For us, asynchronous chat helps us plan and schedule each day how we see fit with the goal of being productive and serving our project in the best we can _that day_.
+
+If a teammate does **not** plan on signing in and responding to messages one day, that is OK, and we set the expectation that they will send a message to let the team know. For my team, almost no communication is wrong (see guideline #4), but it should be communicated. We also review our schedules for the following week in a team meeting the week before so we know when someone will be away from their desk, not working, or blocking out a chunk of time for a project.
+
+**3\. Decide when your teammates are responsible for responding (and when they are not).**
+
+Use @ mentions if you want someone to see and respond to your question or comment in chat. Don't expect them to be watching every thread and conversation.
+
+And I would recommend that you take it a step further and define when teammates should be responsible for responding and when they should not. This type of decision is meant to free you and your teammates, not hold you down. The more you understand the expectations, the freer you are to operate within the same understood universe. When you are unsure of the rules, you may act and make decisions in fear or trepidation instead, like staying signed in to chat all day when you really just need to block it out to get something done.
+
+Our team has decided that it's nice if you can respond in chat when you are mentioned, but if you don't that is OK. Perhaps you were AFK during that time and lost track of the notification. For us, if you definitely want a response to something from someone, send them an email.
+
+**4\. Communicate clearly and with kindness.**
+
+The way we interpret messages when we are chatting via text is different than when we are chatting verbally, in-person or over video.
+
+My team uses a lot of humor, emojis, and clear, concise messages to chat with each other.
+
+We also hold weekly in-person or video conference meetings so that we can get to know each other better. The more you trust someone, the easier it is to give them the benefit of the doubt when you're confused by a message and the better you are at understanding what they are saying and what their intention is behind the text coming through to you.
+
+### Signing off
+
+What best practices does your team use? Do you love or hate chat, and why?
+
+For all kinds of teams today, chat is a special part of how we stay connected, working, and sharing with each other. Finding ways to do that in a healthy and committed way is part of everyone's responsibility.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/chat-tools-best-practices
+
+作者：[Jen Wike Huger][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jen-wike
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/email_chat_communication_message.png?itok=LKjiLnQu (Chat via email)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/alternatives/slack
+[3]: https://mattermost.com/
+[4]: https://rocket.chat/
+[5]: https://riot.im/app/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200409 GNOME Announces Community Engagement Challenge Offering up to -65,000 in Rewards.md b/sources/tech/20200409 GNOME Announces Community Engagement Challenge Offering up to -65,000 in Rewards.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..63de71fec7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200409 GNOME Announces Community Engagement Challenge Offering up to -65,000 in Rewards.md
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (GNOME Announces Community Engagement Challenge Offering up to $65,000 in Rewards)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/gnome-community-engagement-challenge/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+GNOME Announces Community Engagement Challenge Offering up to $65,000 in Rewards
+======
+
+It’s always good to see several competitions or challenges trying to promote Free and Open-Source Software (FOSS) more than ever.
+
+In a recent effort by GNOME with the help of [Endless][1], they announced the inaugural GNOME Community Engagement Challenge.
+
+This Community Challenge is a part of their original announcement of [coding education challenge for which GNOME was granted $500,000 funding by Endless][2] last year.
+
+The three-phase challenge aims to attract new developers to engage with FOSS and potentially create new/unique solutions that would gain more traction from the next-gen coders.
+
+The challenge will involve up to $65,000 in cash prizes. Sounds exciting, right? Let’s take a look at some of the details involved in the challenge.
+
+![][3]
+
+### Why The GNOME Community Engagement Challenge?
+
+In their official [press release][4], they mentioned their primary motive for the challenge:
+
+> “Through the Challenge we hope to reach a diverse audience, to encourage beginning coders to get involved with the FOSS community to help ensure that free software is available long into the future,” said Neil McGovern, GNOME Foundation Executive Director. “What better way to do that than to reach out to the community itself to come up with creative ways to inspire the next generation?”
+
+As Neil mentioned above, it’s definitely a good idea to reach out to more people (community) to look for creative ways to promote and work on FOSS projects that will leave a significant impact on the open-source community.
+
+And, rewarding for the ideas in the form of a challenge will easily get the attention needed.
+
+### Here’s How The Community Challenge Works
+
+To quote the official announcement:
+
+> The Challenge will ask entrants to devise creative ways to promote open-source software to coders typically in high school and college. How a submission will achieve this goal has deliberately been left open-ended to encourage unique, novel approaches.
+
+So, there’s no particular constraint for the type of ideas or projects you can propose and submit. But, it would be wise to read the usual [terms and conditions][5] to know about the submission rules, eligibility, requirements, prize details, and more.
+
+Here are the key information about the three phases of the challenge as per the announcement:
+
+ * The **first phase** of the Challenge asks entrants to submit a written proposal for their concept no later than **July 1, 2020**. Twenty entries will be chosen to move to the next round and receive **$1000 each**.
+ * The **second phase** of the Challenge will require proof of concept, with four entries receiving **$5000** and moving onto the final round.
+ * The final round will call for a deliverable end product, with the winner receiving **$15,000** and the second place finisher receiving **$10,000**.
+
+
+
+They plan to announce the winner of the challenge in the spring of 2021.
+
+You can take a look at their [challenge FAQ][6] and the [official webpage][7] for more details before starting to submit your entry on **April 9th**. The last date of submission is **July 1, 2020**.
+
+Head to their website to get started and explore more about the challenge.
+
+[GNOME Community Engagement Challenge][7]
+
+### Wrapping Up
+
+I think this is a perfect opportunity for developers to get started with FOSS projects that will end up rewarding them with a good amount of money and help the community at the same time.
+
+What do you think about the community engagement challenge by GNOME? Feel free to let me know your thoughts in the comments below.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/gnome-community-engagement-challenge/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.endlessnetwork.com/
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/endless-gnome-coding-education-challenge/
+[3]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/gnome-community-challenge.png?ssl=1
+[4]: https://www.gnome.org/news/2020/04/gnome-foundation-and-endless-launch-inaugural-community-engagement-challenge/
+[5]: https://www.gnome.org/challenge/terms/
+[6]: https://www.gnome.org/challenge/faq/
+[7]: https://www.gnome.org/challenge/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200409 How to set up a remote school environment for kids with Linux.md b/sources/tech/20200409 How to set up a remote school environment for kids with Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..327af54c79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200409 How to set up a remote school environment for kids with Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to set up a remote school environment for kids with Linux)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/school-home-linux)
+[#]: author: (Alan Formy-Duval https://opensource.com/users/alanfdoss)
+
+How to set up a remote school environment for kids with Linux
+======
+Repurpose an old computer to support the new home-schooler in your life.
+![Image by Alan Formy-Duvall][1]
+
+COVID-19 has suddenly thrown all of us into a new and challenging situation. Many of us are now working full-time from home, and for a lot of us (especially people who aren't used to working remotely), this is taking some getting used to.
+
+Another group that is similarly challenged is our kids. They can't go to school or participate in their regular after-school activities. My daughter's elementary school closed its classrooms and is teaching through an online, web-based learning portal instead. And one of her favorite extracurricular activities—a coding school where she has been learning Scratch and just recently "graduated" to WoofJS–has also gone to an online-only format.
+
+We are fortunate that so many of our children's activities can be done online now, as this is the only way they will be able to learn, share, and socialize for at least the next several months.
+
+### Setting up a temporary homeschool environment
+
+When our daughter's school went to an online-only format, we realized she needed a place and some tools to do her work. So we cleaned off her desk and cleared the toys from the floor around it to make an "office" for her. We also realized she would need a computer. While I could have shopped online and ordered a new computer (and spent at least several hundred dollars—if not more than $1,000—in the process), I chose an alternative and put an old, unused laptop back to work.
+
+If you have an unused computer sitting around and are willing to do a bit of tech work, you, too, can set something up to get your kids online. Here's how I did it.
+
+### The hardware
+
+While my daughter already has her own small IT department (as I like to say), it consists of some gaming systems, a tablet, and a Chromebook. Even her Chromebook has just an 11.6" screen and a small keyboard, so none of her devices are really quite adequate for full-time school duty.
+
+So we found ourselves in a pinch. She really needed a desktop-capable computer system with a decent-sized screen, a full keyboard, a good-quality microphone, a set of speakers, and a headphone jack. And having an external video connector helps if you decide one screen isn't enough.
+
+I didn't have a spare desktop, but I did have a laptop: a Lenovo G550 with a Pentium Dual-Core T4500 2.3GHz processor and 4GB RAM. I replaced its aging 5400RPM spindle hard drive with a 240GB solid-state drive. The laptop has a 15.6" screen, which is much easier to view than the small screens on her other devices, and a comfortable, full-size keyboard. Its CPU scores a bit better in PassMark's benchmarks (913 vs. 674) than the 1.6GHz Intel Celeron N3060 Dual-Core in the Chromebook.
+
+However, it is 10 years old, certainly on the edge of usability by today's standards. But, thanks to the efficiency of the Linux operating system, it gets the job done. I installed the latest version (v31) of [Fedora Workstation][2], but many other distributions will work just fine. If you really want to eke out every drop of performance, you could use one of the [lightweight Linux distributions][3]. The only area that required a little extra effort with Fedora was the wireless; I had to install the driver for the Broadcom WiFi hardware. But really, this was only a few extra steps and a restart, and it was good to go.
+
+Linux supports all of the other hardware in the laptop. My daughter prefers a full-sized mouse over the touchpad, so I attached one. She likes the keyboard on this laptop, but if she wants an external keyboard, there are enough USB ports to hook one up.
+
+It has a traditional 3.5mm audio jack, so she can use headphones. I recommend giving children decibel-limited headphones to protect their hearing.
+
+Even though this laptop has a 15.6" widescreen display, I think having a second monitor gives the best experience. I have a spare that I might hook up to the external VGA connector.
+
+### The software
+
+My daughter's school set up an online learning portal. The benefit is that students just need a supported web browser to log on and get to work, and I thank the school for its efforts and choice of a vendor-agnostic solution. Most Linux distributions include the Mozilla Firefox web browser installed by default, and Linux provides a full operating system, so I can install any applications she might need. Fedora is also updated regularly (unlike the old Windows Vista that came with the laptop and is no longer supported).
+
+![][4]
+
+Scratch running on Fedora
+
+Her extracurricular coding school is using the Zoom client. I'm happy to report that it was an easy [install with RPM][5] and works great on Fedora 31.
+
+### Success!
+
+My daughter has no trouble using her new laptop. She likes the [GNOME desktop][6], particularly the fact that it "Looks like Dad's!" This is turning out to be a great experiment in practical (and under-pressure) use of a Linux desktop.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/school-home-linux
+
+作者：[Alan Formy-Duval][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/alanfdoss
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/homeschool.jpg?itok=vYEd9NON (Image by Alan Formy-Duvall)
+[2]: https://getfedora.org/en/workstation/
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/19/6/linux-distros-to-try
+[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/scratch.jpg
+[5]: https://zoom.us/download?os=linux
+[6]: https://www.gnome.org/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200409 Print double-sided documents at home with this simple Bash script.md b/sources/tech/20200409 Print double-sided documents at home with this simple Bash script.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..daacfa8365
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200409 Print double-sided documents at home with this simple Bash script.md
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Print double-sided documents at home with this simple Bash script)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/print-duplex-bash-script)
+[#]: author: (Jim Hall https://opensource.com/users/jim-hall)
+
+Print double-sided documents at home with this simple Bash script
+======
+Use this script and save yourself the hassle and wasted paper of trying
+to manually load and print double-sided documents.
+![bash logo on green background][1]
+
+We have a laser printer at home. This Hewlett Packard LaserJet Pro CP1525nw Color Printer is an older model, but it has been a great workhorse that prints reliably and in color. I [put it on our home network][2] a few years ago using our [Raspberry Pi][3] as a print server.
+
+The LaserJet has been a great addition to my home office. Since [I launched my company][4] last year, I have relied on this little laser printer to print handouts and other materials for client meetings, workshops, and training sessions.
+
+My only gripe with this printer is that it prints single-sided only. If you want to print double-sided, you need to set up a custom print job to do it yourself. That's inconvenient and requires manual steps. In LibreOffice, I need to specifically set up the print job to print the odd-numbered pages first, then reload the paper before printing the even-numbered pages on the other side—but in reverse order.
+
+![LibreOffice print dialog][5]
+
+If I need to print a PDF that someone has sent me, the process is the same. For a four-page document, I first need to print pages 1 and 3, then reload the paper and print pages 2 and 4 in reverse order. In the GNOME print dialog, you need to select "Page Setup" to print odd pages or even pages.
+
+![Gnome print dialog][6]
+
+![Gnome page setup][7]
+
+Regardless of how I print, the overall process is to print the odd-numbered pages, reload the stack of printed pages into the paper tray, then print the even-numbered pages in reverse order. If I'm printing a four-page document, printing the even-numbered pages in reverse order means page 4 prints on the back of page 3 and page 2 prints on the back of page 1. Imagine my frustration in those few instances when I forgot to select the option to print in reverse order when printing the even-numbered pages and ruined a long print job.
+
+Similarly, it's easy to forget how to deal with documents that have an odd number of pages. In a five-page document, you first print pages 1, 3, and 5. But when you reload the printed pages into the printer, you don't want page 5. Instead, you only want to load pages 1 and 3. Otherwise, page 4 will print on the back of page 5, page 2 will print on the back of page 3, and nothing gets printed on the back of page 1.
+
+To make things easier and more reliable, I wrote a simple Bash script that automates printing duplex. This is basically a wrapper to print odd-numbered pages, remind me to reload the pages (and remove the last page if needed), then print the even-numbered pages.
+
+Whenever I need to print a document as duplex, I first convert the document to PDF. This is very easy to do. In LibreOffice, there's a toolbar icon to export directly as PDF. You can also navigate under **File— Export As—Export as PDF** to do the same. Or in any other application, there's usually a **Save to PDF** feature. When in doubt, GNOME supports printing to a PDF file instead of a printer.
+
+![Libre Office toolbar][8]
+
+![Export as PDF][9]
+
+### How it works
+
+Once I've saved to PDF, I let my Bash script do the rest. This really just automates the **lpr** commands to make printing easier. It prints odd pages first, prompts me to reload the paper, then prints the even pages. If the document has an odd number of pages, it also reminds me to remove the last page when I reload the printed pages. It's pretty simple.
+
+The only "programming" part of the script is determining the page count, and figuring out if that's an even or odd number. Both of those are easy to do.
+
+To determine the page count, I use the **pdfinfo** command. This generates useful info about a PDF document. Here's some sample output:
+
+
+```
+$ pdfinfo All\ training\ -\ catalog.pdf
+Creator: Writer
+Producer: LibreOffice 6.3
+CreationDate: Fri Oct 18 16:06:07 2019 CDT
+Tagged: no
+UserProperties: no
+Suspects: no
+Form: none
+JavaScript: no
+Pages: 11
+Encrypted: no
+Page size: 612 x 792 pts (letter)
+Page rot: 0
+File size: 65623 bytes
+Optimized: no
+PDF version: 1.5
+```
+
+That output is very easy to parse. To get the page count, I use an AWK one-line script to look for **Pages:** and print the second field.
+
+
+```
+`pages=$( pdfinfo "$1" | awk '/^Pages:/ {print $2}' )`
+```
+
+To figure out if this is an odd or even number, I use the modulo (**%**) arithmetic operator to divide by two and tell me the remainder. The modulo of two will always be zero for an even number, and one for an odd number. I use this simple test to determine if the document has an odd number of pages, so I'll need to remove the last page before printing the rest of the document:
+
+
+```
+`if [ $(( $pages % 2 )) -ne 0 ] ; then`
+```
+
+With that, writing the **print-duplex.sh** Bash script is a simple matter of calling **lpr** with the correct options to send output to my printer (**lpr -P "HP_LaserJet_CP1525nw"**), to print odd-numbered pages (**-o page-set=odd**) or even-numbered pages (**-o page-set=even**), and to print in reverse order (**-o outputorder=reverse**).
+
+### Bash script
+
+
+```
+#!/bin/sh
+# print-duplex.sh
+# simple wrapper to print duplex
+
+cat<<EOF
+$1 ($pages pages)
+\-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Printing odd pages first
+Please wait for job to finish printing...
+\-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+EOF
+
+lpr -P "HP_LaserJet_CP1525nw" -o page-set=odd "$1"
+sleep $pages
+
+cat<<EOF
+===============================================================================
+Put paper back into the printer in EXACT OUTPUT ORDER (face down in tray)
+then press ENTER
+===============================================================================
+EOF
+
+pages=$( pdfinfo "$1" | awk '/^Pages:/ {print $2}' )
+
+if [ $(( $pages % 2 )) -ne 0 ] ; then
+ echo '!! Remove the last page - this document has an odd number of pages'
+fi
+
+echo -n '>'
+read x
+
+cat<<EOF
+\-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Printing even pages
+Please wait for job to finish printing...
+\-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+EOF
+
+lpr -P "HP_LaserJet_CP1525nw" -o page-set=even -o outputorder=reverse "$1"
+```
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/print-duplex-bash-script
+
+作者：[Jim Hall][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jim-hall
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bash_command_line.png?itok=k4z94W2U (bash logo on green background)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/print-server-raspberry-pi
+[3]: https://opensource.com/resources/raspberry-pi
+[4]: https://opensource.com/article/19/9/business-creators-open-source-tools
+[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/print_dialog_-_libreoffice_0.png (LibreOffice print dialog)
+[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/print_dialog_-_gnome_0.png (Gnome print dialog)
+[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/print_dialog_-_gnome_-_page_setup.png (Gnome page setup)
+[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/toolbar_-_export_as_pdf_-_libreoffice.png (Libre Office toolbar)
+[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/file_-_export_as_pdf_-_libreoffice.png (Export as PDF)
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200409 Use Emacs Org mode to easily create LaTeX documents.md b/sources/tech/20200409 Use Emacs Org mode to easily create LaTeX documents.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..461c52a8a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200409 Use Emacs Org mode to easily create LaTeX documents.md
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Use Emacs Org mode to easily create LaTeX documents)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/emacs-org-mode)
+[#]: author: (Peter Prevos https://opensource.com/users/danderzei)
+
+Use Emacs Org mode to easily create LaTeX documents
+======
+You can use LaTeX for scientific and technical documents without all of
+the confusing commands and syntax you would normally need.
+![Filing cabinet for organization][1]
+
+LaTeX is a powerful system, especially for writing scientific and technical documents. But writing documents in LaTeX can be confusing because you need to know a lot of commands, and your text is littered with backslashes, curly braces, and other syntax distractions. But being productive as a writer requires that you focus on the text's content instead of how it looks. Fortunately, the [GNU Emacs][2] Org mode extension makes it easy to write plain-text documents and seamlessly export them to LaTeX and PDF.
+
+[Org mode][3] is a built-in Emacs extension that helps you keep notes, maintain to-do lists, manage projects, and author documents with a fast and effective plain-text system. Emacs also comes with [AUCTeX][4], an extensible package for writing TeX files in Emacs. AUCTeX has a preview module that shows the results of what you type, but I find it distracting because it draws my attention away from the document's content to its design. Writing text in Org mode is my preferred option because the source remains a plain-text file with minimal typesetting elements. The text is independent of its result because Org mode can export it to multiple formats, including LaTeX and PDF.
+
+Emacs is known for being difficult to use with a steep learning curve. But Emacs is only difficult when you want to fine-tune the default settings. By following a minimalist approach to using the vanilla GNU Emacs, this article will get you quickly and easily on your way to writing beautiful documents without any complex configuration.
+
+### First steps
+
+Before you begin, [install Emacs][5] and a fully functioning version of [LaTeX][6] on your computer.
+
+Next, you need to learn some conventions. In Emacs lingo, the abbreviation **C-c** means to enter **Ctrl+C** on your keyboard. The abbreviation **M-x** means **Alt+X**. The M stands for the mod key, which no longer exists in modern systems. The **S** prefix indicates the **Shift** key.
+
+The **find-file** function, which you start with the **C-x C-f** keystroke combination, creates a new document or opens an existing document. Entering this function opens a dialog in the mini-buffer at the bottom of the screen, which is where Emacs communicates with the user. Type the name of the file you want to create or open into the mini-buffer. Emacs is sensitive to file extensions, so make sure that the name of your document ends in **.org**.
+
+In Emacs speak, opening or creating a file is called ["visiting" a file][7]. Visiting a file means reading its contents into an Emacs buffer so that it is available for editing. Emacs generates a new buffer for each file you visit.
+
+### Writing prose with Org mode
+
+Once you're visiting a file, you can start typing your text the same way you would in any text editor or word processor. Some conventions: Begin the file with **#+TITLE:** to denote the title of the document and **#+AUTHOR** for your name. These options are used when exporting the file. Org mode recognizes a range of [export settings][8] to configure the output. For example, to suppress the table of contents, enter **#+OPTIONS: toc:nil**.
+
+Org mode has its own Markdown-like conventions to format your document. [Headlines][9] start with one or more asterisks. Org mode can [collapse a headline][10] to render parts of it invisible with the **TAB** or **S-TAB** keys. You can make words ***bold***, **/italic/**, **_underlined_**, or **=verbatim=**. The Org manual describes the many options for [rich text][11].
+
+One minor issue with plain-vanilla Emacs that you will quickly notice is it does not wrap lines at the end of the visible screen. Emacs has several line-wrapping functions, and [Visual Line mode][12] is the most useful for writing long-form text. To activate this mode, use **M-x** and enter **visual-line-mode** in the mini-buffer at the bottom of the screen. The **M-x** keyboard shortcut enables executing functions for which there is no direct keyboard shortcut.
+
+Adding [images][13] is as easy as adding a link to the image file within double square brackets:
+
+
+```
+`[[file:path_to_image.png]]`
+```
+
+Org has a great system for [formatting tables][14] in plain ASCII. Any line with **|** is considered part of a table. The vertical line is also the column separator. A line starting with **|-** is rendered as a horizontal rule, and rows before the first horizontal rule are header lines. A table might look like this in the source file:
+
+
+```
+| Name | id | Age |
+|-------+------+-----|
+| Peter | 1234 | 50 |
+| Sue | 4321 | 54 |
+```
+
+Both images and tables are preceded with **#+CAPTION:** to add a [caption][15]. Advanced options are also available to control float placement and size of figures.
+
+Emacs has extensive [editing functions][16] to make you more efficient when typing text. Spell checking, thesaurus, auto-completion, and an undo tree are just some of the tools that help you write efficiently.
+
+### Adding LaTeX snippets to Org
+
+In addition to the text itself, Org mode-text can include simple LaTeX commands, such as **\newpage**, within the text. Equations in standard LaTeX syntax are placed between dollar signs **$e^{i\pi} + 1 = 0$**. The **org-latex-preview** function (**C-c C-x C-l**) shows a [preview][17] of any LaTeX equations within the text buffer. Last, you can also add complete LaTeX snippets to insert complex content. The code has to be placed in an export block:
+
+
+```
+#+BEGIN_EXPORT latex
+\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
+\thicklines
+\begin{picture}(10,6)
+\put(2,2.2){\line(1,0){6}}
+\put(2,2.2){\circle{2}}
+\put(6,2.2){\oval(4,2)[r]}
+\end{picture}
+#+END_EXPORT
+```
+
+### Exporting to LaTeX
+
+Org mode includes a powerful export module to convert your files to many formats using the powerful [Pandoc][18] software. Start the export module with the **org-export-dispatch** function, which you can run with the **C-c C-e** keyboard shortcut. The dispatch will split your screen and provide a range of options.
+
+First, Pandoc converts the Org mode file to a LaTeX file. Then you can choose to open the LaTeX file in a new buffer or save it as a file. Org mode can also directly render a PDF file, which you can view within Emacs or save to disk.
+
+![Emacs with Org mode source and PDF preview][19]
+
+### Advanced use
+
+This article provides a first taste of writing prose in Org mode and LaTeX. Org mode has numerous configuration options to fine-tune your document or to change default settings.
+
+By default, Org mode uses the article style to export documents, but you can change this with export settings. These settings can also be used to add commands to the document header, for example:
+
+
+```
+#+LATEX_CLASS: report
+#+LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS: [a4paper]
+#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage{times}
+```
+
+If you write scientific documents, the [org-ref][20] package by John Kitchin provides Org-mode modules for citations, cross-references, and bibliographies in Org mode and useful BibTeX tools to go with it.
+
+The Org mode manual's [LaTex export][21] section provides a detailed discussion of the functionality available.
+
+### Conclusion
+
+Org mode is a perfect editor for writing LaTeX. The main advantage is that you lose the clutter of LaTeX syntax and can focus on the text. This comes at no cost because you can still add LaTeX code as much as you need, and you get access to the powerful editing functions in Emacs.
+
+Using Org to write books and articles allows you to focus on the text as you combine two of the oldest and most powerful pieces of open source software.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/emacs-org-mode
+
+作者：[Peter Prevos][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/danderzei
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/files_documents_organize_letter.png?itok=GTtiiabr (Filing cabinet for organization)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/getting-started-emacs
+[3]: https://orgmode.org
+[4]: https://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/
+[5]: https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/
+[6]: https://www.latex-project.org/get/
+[7]: https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/emacs/Visiting.html
+[8]: https://orgmode.org/manual/Export-Settings.html
+[9]: https://orgmode.org/manual/Headlines.html#Headlines
+[10]: https://orgmode.org/manual/Global-and-local-cycling.html#Global-and-local-cycling
+[11]: https://orgmode.org/manual/Markup-for-Rich-Contents.html#Markup-for-Rich-Contents
+[12]: https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/emacs/Visual-Line-Mode.html
+[13]: https://orgmode.org/manual/Images.html
+[14]: https://orgmode.org/manual/Built_002din-Table-Editor.html#Built_002din-Table-Editor
+[15]: https://orgmode.org/manual/Captions.html#Captions
+[16]: https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/emacs/Basic.html#Basic
+[17]: https://orgmode.org/manual/Previewing-LaTeX-fragments.html
+[18]: https://pandoc.org/
+[19]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/org-mode-latex-screenshot.png (Emacs with Org mode source and PDF preview.)
+[20]: https://github.com/jkitchin/org-ref
+[21]: https://orgmode.org/manual/LaTeX-Export.html#LaTeX-Export
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200410 Get started with Bash programming.md b/sources/tech/20200410 Get started with Bash programming.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..875adb9876
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200410 Get started with Bash programming.md
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Get started with Bash programming)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/bash-programming-guide)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+Get started with Bash programming
+======
+Learn how to write custom programs in Bash to automate your repetitive
+tasks. Download our new eBook to get started.
+![Command line prompt][1]
+
+One of the original hopes for Unix was that it would empower everyday computer users to fine-tune their computers to match their unique working style. The expectations around computer customization have diminished over the decades, and many users consider their collection of apps and websites to be their "custom environment." One reason for that is that the components of many operating systems are not open, so their source code isn't available to normal users.
+
+But for Linux users, custom programs are within reach because the entire system is based around commands available through the terminal. The terminal isn't just an interface for quick commands or in-depth troubleshooting; it's a scripting environment that can reduce your workload by taking care of mundane tasks for you.
+
+### How to learn programming
+
+If you've never done any programming before, it might help to think of it in terms of two different challenges: one is to understand how code is written, and the other is to understand what code to write. You can learn _syntax_—but you won't get far without knowing what words are available to you in the _language_. In practice, you start learning both concepts all at once because you can't learn syntax without words to arrange, so initially, you write simple tasks using basic commands and basic programming structures. Once you feel comfortable with the basics, you can explore more of the language so you can make your programs do more and more significant things.
+
+In [Bash][2], most of the _words_ you use are Linux commands. The _syntax_ is Bash. If you already use Bash on a frequent basis, then the transition to Bash programming is relatively easy. But if you don't use Bash, you'll be pleased to learn that it's a simple language built for clarity and simplicity.
+
+### Interactive design
+
+Sometimes, the hardest thing to figure out when learning to program is what a computer can do for you. Obviously, if a computer on its own could do everything you do with it, then you wouldn't have to ever touch a computer again. But the reality is that humans are important. The key to finding something your computer can help you with is to take notice of tasks you repeatedly do throughout the week. Computers handle repetition particularly well.
+
+But for you to be able to tell your computer to do something, you must know how to do it. This is an area Bash excels in: interactive programming. As you perform an action in the terminal, you are also learning how to script it.
+
+For instance, I was once tasked with converting a large number of PDF books to versions that would be low-ink and printer-friendly. One way to do this is to open the PDF in a PDF editor, select each one of the hundreds of images—page backgrounds and textures counted as images—delete them, and then save it to a new PDF. Just one book would take half a day this way.
+
+My first thought was to learn how to script a PDF editor, but after days of research, I could not find a PDF editing application that could be scripted (outside of very ugly mouse-automation hacks). So I turned my attention to finding out to accomplish the task from within a terminal. This resulted in several new discoveries, including GhostScript, the open source version of PostScript (the printer language PDF is based on). By using GhostScript for the task for a few days, I confirmed that it was the solution to my problem.
+
+Formulating a basic script to run the command was merely a matter of copying the command and options I used to remove images from a PDF and pasting them into a text file. Running the file as a script would, presumably, produce the same results.
+
+### Passing arguments to a Bash script
+
+The difference between running a command in a terminal and running a command in a shell script is that the former is interactive. In a terminal, you can adjust things as you go. For instance, if I just processed **example_1.pdf** and am ready to process the next document, to adapt my command, I only need to change the filename.
+
+A shell script isn't interactive, though. In fact, the only reason a shell _script_ exists is so that you don't have to attend to it. This is why commands (and the shell scripts that run them) accept arguments.
+
+In a shell script, there are a few predefined variables that reflect how a script starts. The initial variable is **$0**, and it represents the command issued to start the script. The next variable is **$1**, which represents the first "argument" passed to the shell script. For example, in the command **echo hello**, the command **echo** is **$0,** and the word **hello** is **$1**. In the command **echo hello world**, the command **echo** is **$0**, **hello** is **$1**, and **world** is **$2**.
+
+In an interactive shell:
+
+
+```
+$ echo hello world
+hello world
+```
+
+In a non-interactive shell script, you _could_ do the same thing in a very literal way. Type this text into a text file and save it as **hello.sh**:
+
+
+```
+`echo hello world`
+```
+
+Now run the script:
+
+
+```
+$ bash hello.sh
+hello world
+```
+
+That works, but it doesn't take advantage of the fact that a script can take input. Change **hello.sh** to this:
+
+
+```
+`echo $1`
+```
+
+Run the script with two arguments grouped together as one with quotation marks:
+
+
+```
+$ bash hello.sh "hello bash"
+hello bash
+```
+
+For my PDF reduction project, I had a real need for this kind of non-interactivity, because each PDF took several minutes to condense. But by creating a script that accepted input from me, I could feed the script several PDF files all at once. The script processed each one sequentially, which could take half an hour or more, but it was a half-hour I could use for other tasks.
+
+### Flow control
+
+It's perfectly acceptable to create Bash scripts that are, essentially, transcripts of the exact process you took to achieve the task you need to be repeated. However, scripts can be made more powerful by controlling how information flows through them. Common methods of managing a script's response to data are:
+
+ * if/then
+ * for loops
+ * while loops
+ * case statements
+
+
+
+Computers aren't intelligent, but they are good at comparing and parsing data. Scripts can feel a lot more intelligent if you build some data analysis into them. For example, the basic **hello.sh** script runs whether or not there's anything to echo:
+
+
+```
+$ bash hello.sh foo
+foo
+$ bash hello.sh
+
+$
+```
+
+It would be more user-friendly if it provided a help message when it receives no input. That's an if/then statement, and if you're using Bash in a basic way, you probably wouldn't know that such a statement existed in Bash. But part of programming is learning the language, and with a little research you'd learn about if/then statements:
+
+
+```
+if [ "$1" = "" ]; then
+ echo "syntax: $0 WORD"
+ echo "If you provide more than one word, enclose them in quotes."
+else
+ echo "$1"
+fi
+```
+
+Running this new version of **hello.sh** results in:
+
+
+```
+$ bash hello.sh
+syntax: hello.sh WORD
+If you provide more than one word, enclose them in quotes.
+$ bash hello.sh "hello world"
+hello world
+```
+
+### Working your way through a script
+
+Whether you're looking for something to remove images from PDF files, or something to manage your cluttered Downloads folder, or something to create and provision Kubernetes images, learning to script Bash is a matter of using Bash and then learning ways to take those scripts from just a list of commands to something that responds to input. It's usually a process of discovery: you're bound to find new Linux commands that perform tasks you never imagined could be performed with text commands, and you'll find new functions of Bash to make your scripts adaptable to all the different ways you want them to run.
+
+One way to learn these tricks is to read other people's scripts. Get a feel for how people are automating rote commands on their systems. See what looks familiar to you, and look for more information about the things that are unfamiliar.
+
+Another way is to download our [introduction to programming with Bash][3] eBook. It introduces you to programming concepts specific to Bash, and with the constructs you learn, you can start to build your own commands. And of course, it's free to download and licensed under a [Creative Commons][4] license, so grab your copy today.
+
+### [Download our introduction to programming with Bash eBook!][3]
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/bash-programming-guide
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/command_line_prompt.png?itok=wbGiJ_yg (Command line prompt)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-bash
+[3]: https://opensource.com/downloads/bash-programming-guide
+[4]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/what-creative-commons
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200410 How Kubernetes saved my desktop application.md b/sources/tech/20200410 How Kubernetes saved my desktop application.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ecbd6ee273
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200410 How Kubernetes saved my desktop application.md
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How Kubernetes saved my desktop application)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/kubernetes-desktop-application)
+[#]: author: (Chris Hermansen https://opensource.com/users/clhermansen)
+
+How Kubernetes saved my desktop application
+======
+Keep this fix in mind if you have a broken Java desktop application but
+aren't a crypto expert.
+![Puzzle pieces coming together to form a computer screen][1]
+
+Recently, fellow Opensource.com scribe James Farrell wrote a wonderful article entitled _[How Ansible brought peace to my home][2]_. In addition to the great article, I really liked the title, one of those unexpected phrases that I’m sure brought a smile to many faces.
+
+I recently had a weird but positive experience of my own that begs a similar sort of unexpected label. I’ve been grappling with a difficult problem that arose when upgrading some server and networking infrastructure that broke a Java application I’ve been supporting since the early 2000s. Strangely enough, I found the solution in what appears to be a very informative and excellent article on Kubernetes, of all things.
+
+Without further ado, here is my problem:
+
+![][3]
+
+I’m guessing that most readers will look at that message and think things like, "I hope there’s more info in the log file," or "I’m really glad I’ve never received a message like that."
+
+Unfortunately, there isn’t a lot of info in the log file, just the same message, in fact. In an effort to debug this, I did three things:
+
+ 1. I searched online for the message. Interestingly, or perhaps ominously, there were only 200 or so hits on this string, [one of which suggested][4] [turn][4][ing][4] [on more debugging output][4], which involved adding the setting
+
+
+```
+**-Djavax.net.debug=ssl:handshake:verbose**[/code] to the **java** command running the application.
+
+ 2. I tried that suggestion, which resulted in a lot of output (good), most of which only vaguely made sense to me as I’m no kind of expert in the underlying bits of stuff like SSL. But one thing I did notice is that there was no information regarding a response from the server in the midst of all of that output;
+
+ 3. So I searched some more.
+
+
+
+
+Another interesting part of this problem is that the code ran fine when executed by the Java command bundled in the OpenJDK, but failed with this error when using a customized runtime [created from the same OpenJDK in this way][5]. So the relatively modest number of apparently similar problems turned up from search #1 above were actually not all that relevant since they all seemed to be dealing mostly with bad SSL certificates on the server in conjunction with the PostgreSQL JDBC’s ability to check the server’s credentials.
+
+I should also mention that it took me quite some time to realize that the problem was introduced by using the custom Java runtime, as I managed to check many other possibilities along the way (and indeed, I did fix a few minor bugs while I was at it). My efforts included things like getting the latest OpenJDK, checking and re-checking all the URLs in case one had a typo, and so forth.
+
+As often happens, after putting the problem aside for a few hours, an idea occurred to me—perhaps I was missing some module in the customized Java runtime. While I didn’t receive any errors directly suggesting that problem, the observable fact that the standard OpenJDK environment worked while the custom one failed seemed to hint at that possibility. I took a quick look in the **jmods/** folder in the OpenJDK installation, but there are some 70 modules there and nothing jumped out at me.
+
+But again, what seemed odd was, with debugging turned on (see #1 above), there was no indication of what the server would accept, just what the client mostly couldn’t offer, many lines like this:
+```
+`Ignoring unavailable cipher suite: TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA`
+```
+So I was at least thinking by this time that maybe what was missing was the module that offered those kinds of cipher suites. So I started searching with strings like "jdbc crypto," and in the midst of that, the most unlikely article showed up: [Optimizing Kubernetes Services—Part 2: Spring Web][6], written by [Juan Medina][7]. Midway down the article, I spotted the following:
+
+![][8]
+
+Huh! Imagine that, his script is creating a custom Java runtime, just like mine. But he says he needs to add in manually the module **jdk.crypto.ec** in order t
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200412 Use this helpful Bash script when stargazing.md b/sources/tech/20200412 Use this helpful Bash script when stargazing.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f9e39e5632
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200412 Use this helpful Bash script when stargazing.md
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Use this helpful Bash script when stargazing)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/linux-astronomy)
+[#]: author: (Alan Formy-Duval https://opensource.com/users/alanfdoss)
+
+Use this helpful Bash script when stargazing
+======
+Keep your eyes on the stars by putting your Linux machine in night
+vision mode with xcalib.
+![Computer laptop in space][1]
+
+We often talk about [Linux][2] being used on servers and by developers, but it is used in many other fields too, including astronomy. There are a lot of astronomy tools available for Linux, such as sky maps, star charts, and interfaces to telescope drive systems for controlling your telescope. But one challenge for astronomers is using a computer while keeping their eyes working in the dark.
+
+When working out in the field at night, astronomers need to preserve their night vision. It can take up to 30 minutes for the human eye to fully dilate and adjust to low light levels, and doing things like checking a phone or laptop at the regular color and brightness levels can cause the eyes to lose their adjustment. This reduces the ability to see in the dark. An example anyone can understand: if you're reading something on your phone in bed at night and get up to go to the bathroom, you know how difficult it can be to see any obstacles that might be in your way.
+
+### A solution
+
+I'd like to present a nifty little script to help the astronomer in your family keep "their eyes" in the dark. It relies on a utility called [xcalib][3], a "tiny monitor calibration loader for X.org." It can be installed easily using your Linux package manager.
+
+On Fedora, for example:
+
+
+```
+$ sudo dnf info xcalib
+$ sudo dnf install xcalib
+```
+
+Or Ubuntu:
+
+
+```
+`$ sudo apt-get install xcalib`
+```
+
+The xcalib application works only with X11, so it is not functional on Wayland systems. But Wayland has this functionality built-in, so you can get the same results through GNOME Settings. If you're using X11, xcalib is an easy way to change the color temperature of your display.
+
+### The script
+
+I discovered [Redscreen][4], a night vision filter script written by Jeff Jahr in 2014. The original script is written for the C shell, but Bash is the common default these days. In fact, the C shell is not installed by default on my current Fedora Linux workstation. So, I decided to write an updated version of the Redscreen script aimed at the newest Bash syntax, but I made one major change: utilizing a case statement.
+
+
+```
+#!/usr/bin/bash
+# redscreen.sh Fri Feb 28 11:36 EST 2020 Alan Formy-Duval
+# Turn screen red - Useful to Astronomers
+# Inspired by redscreen.csh created by Jeff Jahr 2014
+# ()
+
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it
+# and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General
+# Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation,
+# either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any
+# later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+# useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+# warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+# PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+# more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+# License along with this program.
+# If not, see <[http://www.gnu.org/licenses/\>][5].
+
+case $1 in
+ on)
+ # adjust color, gamma, brightness, contrast
+ xcalib -green .1 0 1 -blue .1 0 1 -red 0.5 1 40 -alter
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+ off)
+ xcalib -clear
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+ inv)
+ # Invert screen
+ xcalib -i -a
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+ dim)
+ # Make the screen darker
+ xcalib -clear
+ xcalib -co 30 -alter
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+ *)
+ echo "$0 [on | dim | inv | off]"
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+```
+
+![Skychart for Linux Version 4.2.1 on Fedora workstation][6]
+
+A lot of astronomy programs include a "night-mode" function, but not all do. Also, this script provides a way to affect the entire screen, not just a specific application. This allows you to use your Linux system out in the field at night for other things than just stargazing—such as checking email or reading Opensource.com—without ruining your night vision.
+
+Whether you are an astronomer or just an amateur stargazer, you can spend all night admiring the heavens using Linux and open source!
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/linux-astronomy
+
+作者：[Alan Formy-Duval][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/alanfdoss
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/computer_space_graphic_cosmic.png?itok=wu493YbB (Computer laptop in space)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/linux
+[3]: http://xcalib.sourceforge.net/
+[4]: http://www.jeffrika.com/~malakai/redscreen/index.html
+[5]: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/\>
+[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/starchart_in_red.png (A star chart displayed in red screen mode)
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200414 How young people can help fight COVID-19 with code.md b/sources/tech/20200414 How young people can help fight COVID-19 with code.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..73705b5a62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200414 How young people can help fight COVID-19 with code.md
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How young people can help fight COVID-19 with code)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/covid19-hackathon)
+[#]: author: (Melissa Sasi https://opensource.com/users/mesassi)
+
+How young people can help fight COVID-19 with code
+======
+Youth developers are invited to submit ideas by April 15 to counter the
+educational, informational, social, and health challenges uncovered by
+the COVID-19 pandemic.
+![woman on laptop sitting at the window][1]
+
+More than 91% of students around the world are impacted by school closures due to COVID-19, and most governments have temporarily closed academic institutions. That's nearly [1.6 billion young people in 188 countries][2]. Also, most of the learning platforms available online today aren't practical, engaging, or interactive, and lack true virtual collaboration.
+
+This big and wicked challenge got me thinking about how these circumstances are impacting my children, their friends, and my passions of empowering youth, fostering tech entrepreneurship, and inspiring under-represented communities to find their purpose through building digital skills. These all came together in [CodeTheCurve][3], "a global, virtual hackathon for students, educators, teachers, and the research community to build tech skills, entrepreneurial spirit, and professional competencies to build digital creativity and cooperation to mobilize the world."
+
+We hope you'll want to participate, but you need to act fast: the deadline to submit proposals is April 15.
+
+### My story
+
+The passions mentioned above stem from a deeply personal journey: My children and I are victims of parental kidnapping, and access to the internet and digital literacy are my pathways to being a mother from afar. My children, Zahra (age 13), Zahran (15), and Youmna (18), are safe and healthy, and we are frequently connected. They're living the same life youth all over the world are living these days, trying to social distance and remain in good health while figuring out this school thing (or lack thereof)—only one of my children has access to formal virtual learning during to COVID-19 school closures. The other two, without school-driven online learning options, tend to stay up all night playing Fortnight and making TikTok videos.
+
+I have always been passionate about digital inclusion and empowering the world through computer science, and the effects of COVID-19 have increased my desire to make a difference. About four years ago, I created a non-profit organization, [MentorNations][4], to inspire youth and the world via technology. My non-profit has taught tens of thousands of young people in 12 countries to code. In my work at IBM as a developer advocate, I focus on empowering early-stage entrepreneurs, developers, and students with access to tech skills, professional development, and entrepreneurial thinking. My major focus areas include inspiring students to discover their career potential in enterprise computing while recognizing that we are all ANDs and not ORs.
+
+Teaching the next generation about the power of collaboration, teamwork, problem-solving, and critical thinking that happen through open source code and principles empowers them to be creators and innovators who focus on solving relevant and real-world problems.
+
+Looking through the lens of my children, my non-profit work, my roles within a variety of United Nations Task Forces, and my position as IEEE Chair over the Digital Skills Working Group, I wondered, _**what can I do to make a difference with open source technology?**_ So I reached out to my network, and the world responded in a much bigger way than I had ever imagined.
+
+### CodeTheCurve
+
+In response, we launched UNESCO's [CodeTheCurve][3] hackathon in collaboration with 14 partners, including UN EQUALS, SAP, iHackOnline, Angel Hack, Internet Society, and YPO. Participants are invited to bring their open source ideas to combat the current and future environment and challenges relating to COVID-19. This initiative is centered around youth empowerment, gender inclusion, and making the world a better place for our communities, including for people we may not directly encounter daily.
+
+CodeTheCurve is for anyone above the age of 16. To ensure gender, age, and experience diversity, teams must include a developer or data scientist (early-stage chops are fine); at least one person under the age of 25; and at least one male and one female. The 40 teams selected to participate in CodeTheCurve will have access to more than 80 business and technical mentors (experts!) from around the world to help turn their ideas into reality.
+
+My vision for this hackathon is to train young talent; enable them with free, online resources and access to real people with real answers; and encourage the creation of real-world problem solving in real-time. The results of the hackathon, I hope, will be open source utilities and information that can be used, in some way, to combat COVID-19.
+
+#### Week-long learning, bootcamp, and hacking experience
+
+CodeTheCurve is a three-day virtual hackathon experience guided by expert business and technical mentors. Before the hackathon proper, participants begin with two days of self-paced, online learning from content curated by CodeTheCurve collaborators, followed by a two-day, instructor-led learning journey where the 40 selected teams will collaborate in virtual breakout rooms with activity kits, hands-on computing resources in machine learning, and expert-guided plenary sessions.
+
+#### CodeTheCurve hackathon themes
+
+CodeTheCurve includes three themes:
+
+ * Education
+ * Information and data management
+ * Current and post-COVID-19 health and social issues
+
+
+
+#### Professional development, entrepreneurship, and hands-on open source skills
+
+The 40 teams will be empowered with expert-guided, engaging activities, including the following skill-building opportunities:
+
+ * **Hand-on tech skills**
+ * Using Jupyter Notebooks for data science
+ * Data protection, privacy, security, and encryption
+ * Machine learning and artificial intelligence
+ * Architectural diagrams and frameworks
+ * Technical roadmaps
+ * **Professional development**
+ * Design thinking
+ * Personal branding
+ * Communication skills
+ * How not to feel like an imposter
+ * Conflict resolution
+ * Working in global, virtual teams
+ * Media literacy
+ * Ethics in machine learning and artificial intelligence
+ * **Entrepreneurship**
+ * Problem statements
+ * Mission and vision statements
+ * Value propositions
+ * Audience and target markets
+ * Business model canvassing
+ * Pitch decks
+ * Pitch practice
+
+
+
+### April 15: CodeTheCurve deadline
+
+Did I mention that the initial application deadline is April 15? Here's the full timeline:
+
+ * Video submission deadline: **April 15**
+ * 40 selected teams announced: **April 20**
+ * Learning resources for pre-collaboration: **April 20-21**
+ * Instructor-led learning: **April 22-23**
+ * Hacking: **April 24-26**
+ * CodeTheCurve winners announced: **April 30**
+
+
+
+#### Prizes. Prizes. Prizes.
+
+Prizes include free access to [IBM LinuxONE Community Cloud][5] for one year, free training courses from SAP, four pitch opportunities at IBM and SAP events, free access to enterprise-grade IBM Z and its machine learning suite for six months, and one-on-one technical and business mentorship for a full year with industry experts.
+
+### How to apply
+
+Interested in applying? Know someone who should apply? Simply [submit a video][6] of your **amazing** open source idea, the problem you're trying to solve, and who you expect to reach.
+
+If you'd like to learn more, here are some other articles about CodeTheCurve:
+
+ * [UN News CodeTheCurve article][7]
+ * [UNESCO CodeTheCurve blog][8]
+ * [Forbes CodeTheCurve article][9]
+ * [IBM CodeTheCurve blog][10]
+
+
+
+I cannot wait to see all the amazing open source ideas the world brings our way!
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/covid19-hackathon
+
+作者：[Melissa Sasi][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/mesassi
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/lenovo-thinkpad-laptop-window-focus.png?itok=g0xPm2kD (young woman working on a laptop)
+[2]: https://en.unesco.org/covid19/educationresponse
+[3]: https://www.codethecurve.org/
+[4]: https://mentornations.org/
+[5]: https://developer.ibm.com/linuxone/
+[6]: http://ibm.biz/codethecurve-apply
+[7]: https://news.un.org/en/story/2020/04/1061142
+[8]: http://ibm.biz/unesco-pr
+[9]: https://www.forbes.com/sites/danielnewman/2020/04/10/digital-transformation-for-good-shines-as-we-fight-covid-19/#78d51a4c4946
+[10]: http://ibm.biz/codethecurve
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200414 Try this Kubernetes HTTP router and reverse proxy.md b/sources/tech/20200414 Try this Kubernetes HTTP router and reverse proxy.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fc78ee9bce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200414 Try this Kubernetes HTTP router and reverse proxy.md
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Try this Kubernetes HTTP router and reverse proxy)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/http-kubernetes-skipper)
+[#]: author: (Sandor Szücs https://opensource.com/users/sszuecs)
+
+Try this Kubernetes HTTP router and reverse proxy
+======
+Skipper is designed to handle large numbers of HTTP route definitions,
+beyond what you would want to manage in Nginx or Apache.
+![Traffic circle with arrows pointing which way to go][1]
+
+Skipper is an open source HTTP router and reverse proxy for service composition. As its [GitHub page][2] states, it's designed to handle large amounts of dynamically configured HTTP route definitions (>600,000 routes) with detailed lookup conditions and flexible augmentation of the request flow with filters. It can be used out of the box or extended with custom lookup, filter logic, and configuration sources.
+
+### Proxies
+
+When some people think of a proxy, they imagine a webpage that serves as a gateway to an intranet or a suspicious-looking webpage designed to unblock social media sites on a school or work network. A forward proxy is one that operators of desktop infrastructure use to save internet bandwidth, enforce parental controls, or limit social media access. Another kind of proxy is one in which an individual user navigates to a page, provides credentials, and is then forwarded to a protected intranet resource. The inverse of that kind of proxy is the reverse proxy, which accepts all traffic and forwards it to a specific resource, like a server or container. That's the kind of work Skipper does for infrastructure.
+
+When I read [Matt Klein's post][3] on modern network load balancing and proxying, I realized that we, as [Skipper][4] maintainers, should explain more features and details about why and how you can leverage HTTP proxies. In this article, I will treat the terminology "HTTP (reverse) proxy" and "HTTP router" as the same.
+
+### HTTP routing
+
+According to [Wikipedia][5]: "Routing is the process of selecting a path for traffic in a network." This definition refers to routing at [OSI layer 3][6], most commonly based on [IP][7] with routing protocols like [BGP][8] or [OSPF][9]. Since this article isn't about one of those, I will try to explain what HTTP routers are about. But first, I want to introduce Skipper, an [OSI layer 7][10] HTTP router library written in [Go][11] and a core component of retailer [Zalando][12]'s e-commerce shop and the [Kubernetes][13] Ingress infrastructure.
+
+At Zalando, we use Skipper as a [Kubernetes Ingress][14] controller to support our users with visibility, reliability, security, and additional features to offload common applications.
+
+Any organization running HTTP services, often in a microservice architecture, needs to route HTTP requests to the right applications. HTTP routers route based on information provided by the HTTP request. For example, the following shows an HTTP/1.1 request.
+
+
+```
+GET /details HTTP/1.1
+Host: [www.zalando.de][15]
+User-Agent: curl/7.49.0
+Accept: */*
+Authorization: Bearer <token>
+...
+```
+
+We can route based on the method **GET**, the path **/details**, the **Host** header [**www.zalando.de**][16], or any arbitrary part of the request.
+
+One common problem an application owner faces is splitting an API into multiple applications, so you need to split the responsibility of a component into subcomponents. Another common task is to support refactoring; maybe you have rewritten one part of your app, and you want to deploy it separately now.
+
+For example, imagine you you have a store that has a list of products and their details, and you need to split it into _shop_ and _product_ backend applications. At **/**, your shop shows the list of products, and at **/details**, it shows product details, such as color, size, sustainability, and price.
+
+![Figure 1: shop][17]
+
+You need to split the responsibility of the product detail into its own application, such that **/** stays in the _shop_ application and **/details** is refactored to the _product_ application.
+
+![Figure 2: product and shop][18]
+
+To make sure an HTTP proxy finds the right backend for an incoming request, it uses a routing table to check the destination to make sure it's correct.
+
+### Routing tables
+
+In Skipper, the routing table is created by pulling information generated by [dataclients][19] from different sources. One source can be a [routes file][20], similar to what you may see in more popular HTTP servers, like Apache or Nginx.
+
+Depending on the size of your organization—or better, the number of backend applications—the routing table can grow quite large. Skipper implements the routing table as a tree that can scale beyond 600,000 routes (far more than you'd want to manage in an Nginx or Apache config).
+
+Following along with the example application above, Table 1 shows the routing table from [Figure 2][21]. The store **/** should be routed to **shop,** and the **/detail** routed to the **product** application.
+
+path | app
+---|---
+/ | shop
+/detail | product
+
+Table 1: Routing table
+
+The available dataclients in Skipper fetch routes from different sources and what a route consists of.
+
+### Dataclient
+
+The routing configuration in Skipper's routes file [dataclient][22] is similar to what you might know from HTTP proxies in Nginx or Apache. In Skipper, a routes file specifies all routes in [eskip][23] syntax, as shown in Figure 3.
+
+
+```
+r1: P1() && P2() && .. && PN()
+ -> f1()
+ -> f2()
+ ...
+ -> fN()
+ -> <backend>;
+r2: ...
+...
+```
+
+Figure 3: Routes file in eskip
+
+In the above:
+
+ * **r1, r2, ...** are unique routeIDs.
+ * **P1, P2,..,PN** are predicates that define the matching.
+ * **f1, f2,..,fN** are filters that are applied after the route was selected. Filters can change the request and response.
+ * Finally, the Skipper backend is defined. This can be a single URL, a list of load-balanced URLs, and others for special cases such as [direct response][24].
+
+
+
+The [routes string][25] is another dataclient that is handy for tests. For example, if you need a pseudo backend for your demo that replies a green background with HTML, you could use:
+
+
+```
+$ skipper -routes-string='*
+-> inlineContent(
+ "<html><body style=\"background-color: green;\"></body></html>"
+ )'
+```
+
+Skipper's most popular dataclient, by far, is the Kubernetes dataclient, which is used to fetch information from a [Kubernetes API server][26] and create a routing table from [Skipper Ingress][27] resources and the [RouteGroup][28] custom resource definition (CRD).
+
+To summarize the above, dataclients fetch information from different providers to build Skipper's routing table. Table 1 shows a routing table for the shop/description example, and Skipper uses predicates to select the route to process the request.
+
+### Predicates
+
+In Skipper, an incoming request is matched to [predicates][29] of all the routes to find the best matching route for an incoming request. Predicates are functions that match based on the incoming request. In the example from Figure 2 and Table 1, Skipper would have a routing table similar to Figure 4:
+
+
+```
+shop: Path("/")
+ -> "";
+product: Path("/detail")
+ -> "";
+```
+
+Figure 4: Skipper routing table
+
+This means HTTP requests with a path **/** would be matched by the **Path("/")** predicate, such that Skipper will execute the shop route. Requests with a path **/detail** would be matched by **Path("/detail")** and routed to the product application.
+
+In general, routing behavior can be changed by predicates. There are a lot of predicates you can choose from. For example, **Method("POST")** will be true only if a POST request would be passed. A route with more predicates is considered more specific. Also, a route with more predicates has more weight in the route selection than one that has less.
+
+Special cases are **Path()** and **PathSubtree()**, which is matched first in a tree and reduces the number of routes, which are scanned as a list. For example, the tree structure shown in Figure 5 helps to scale the number of routes to more than 600,000 in one of Zalando's production setups.
+
+![Skipper tree example][30]
+
+### Filters
+
+After a route is selected, the request [filters][31] are applied. Filters work on request or response; they can change the incoming request to the backend, and they can change the response to the client.
+
+For example, **setRequestHeader("Foo", "bar")** sets the HTTP header **"Foo"** to the value **"bar"**, such that the backend sees this header in the request.
+
+The response filter **responseCookie("keks", "val", 3600)** sets a Cookie named **"keks"** in the response to the caller, which might be a browser in this case. The cookie would have the value **"val"** and is valid for one hour.
+
+One filter that works on request and response is **enableAccessLog(40, 5)**. This would do access logs for all responses from the backend with status codes 40x or 5xx.
+
+As you can see from the examples, filters can change the request or the response or just do some work based on it. Another filter example is **auth filters** or **ratelimits**. These would stop requests from passing to the backend if the request should not be allowed to pass. For example, to serve static content from a directory called **/var/www**, you can use the filter **static("/var/www")**.
+
+### Learn more
+
+This article provided a basic overview of Skipper and its capabilities. For more information, consult [Skipper's documentation][32], and please share your questions or feedback in the comments.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/http-kubernetes-skipper
+
+作者：[Sandor Szücs][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/sszuecs
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/LAW-patent_reform_520x292_10136657_1012_dc.png?itok=Cd2PmDWf (Traffic circle with arrows pointing which way to go)
+[2]: https://github.com/zalando/skipper
+[3]: https://blog.envoyproxy.io/introduction-to-modern-network-load-balancing-and-proxying-a57f6ff80236
+[4]: https://opensource.zalando.com/skipper
+[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Routing
+[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OSI_model#Layer_3:_Network_Layer
+[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Internet_Protocol
+[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Border_Gateway_Protocol
+[9]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Open_Shortest_Path_First
+[10]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OSI_model#Layer_7:_Application_Layer
+[11]: https://golang.org/
+[12]: https://en.zalando.de/
+[13]: https://kubernetes.io
+[14]: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/ingress/
+[15]: http://www.zalando.de
+[16]: https://en.zalando.de/?_rfl=de
+[17]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/skipper_1_shop.png (Figure 1: shop)
+[18]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/skipper_2_product-shop.png (Figure 2: product and shop)
+[19]: https://opensource.zalando.com/skipper/reference/backends/
+[20]: https://opensource.zalando.com/skipper/data-clients/eskip-file/
+[21]: tmp.ftM58r5YpM#fig2
+[22]: https://opensource.zalando.com/skipper/tutorials/development/#dataclients
+[23]: https://godoc.org/github.com/zalando/skipper/eskip
+[24]: https://opensource.zalando.com/skipper/reference/backends/#shunt-backend
+[25]: https://opensource.zalando.com/skipper/data-clients/route-string/
+[26]: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/components/#kube-apiserver
+[27]: https://opensource.zalando.com/skipper/kubernetes/ingress-usage/
+[28]: https://opensource.zalando.com/skipper/kubernetes/routegroups/
+[29]: https://opensource.zalando.com/skipper/reference/predicates/
+[30]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/skipper_5_tree.png (Skipper tree example)
+[31]: https://opensource.zalando.com/skipper/reference/filters/
+[32]: https://opensource.zalando.com/skipper/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200415 6 open source teaching tools for virtual classrooms.md b/sources/tech/20200415 6 open source teaching tools for virtual classrooms.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..807ebfae3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200415 6 open source teaching tools for virtual classrooms.md
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (6 open source teaching tools for virtual classrooms)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/open-source-remote-teaching-tools)
+[#]: author: (Mathias Hoffmann https://opensource.com/users/mhopensource)
+
+6 open source teaching tools for virtual classrooms
+======
+Create podcasts, online lectures, tutorials, and other teaching
+resources for learning at home with open source tools.
+![Person reading a book and digital copy][1]
+
+As schools and universities are shutting down around the globe due to COVID-19, many of us in academia are wondering how we can get up to speed and establish a stable workflow to get our podcasts, online lectures, and tutorials out there for our students.
+
+Open source software (OSS) has a key role to play in this situation for many reasons, including:
+
+ * **Speed:** OSS can roll out quickly and in large numbers (e.g., to an army of teaching assistants for multiple tutorial sessions in big lectures) without licensing issues and in a decentralized manner.
+ * **Cost:** OSS does not cost anything upfront, which is important for financially stretched schools and universities that need solutions to complex challenges on very short notice.
+
+
+
+With everything going online, we need new ways to engage with students. Here is a list of tools that I have found useful to share my own lectures.
+
+### Create podcasts, videos, or live streams with OBS
+
+[Open Broadcast Studio (OBS)][2] is a professional, open source audio and video recording tool that allows you to record, stream instantly, and do much more. OBS is available for all major platforms (Windows, macOS, and Linux), so interoperability with your colleagues and their various devices is ensured.
+
+Even if you're already using online conferencing software as a recording system, OBS can be a great backup solution. Since it records locally, you're protected against any network lags or disconnections. You also have complete control over your data, so many educational institutions may find it to be a more secure solution than some other options.
+
+Compatibility is also an advantage: OBS stores recordings in a standard intermediate format (MKV), which can be transferred to MP4 or other formats. Also, support for Nvidia graphics cards under OBS is great, as the company is one of the main sponsors of the OBS project. This allows you to make full use of your hardware and speed up the recording process.
+
+### Video and sound editing
+
+After you record your podcast or video, you may find that it needs editing. There are many reasons you may need to edit your audio or video. For example, many university online platforms restrict the size of files you can upload, so you may have to cut long videos. Or, the sound may be too quiet, or maybe it was too noisy when you recorded it, so you need to make adjustments to the audio.
+
+Two of the open source apps to explore are [OpenShot][3] and [Shotcut][4]. Of the two, Shotcut is a more advanced program, which implies a slightly steeper learning curve. Both are cross-platform and have full support for hardware encoding with NVidia and other graphics cards, which will substantially lower processing time compared to CPU-only processing.
+
+You can also extract a soundtrack in either program (although I have found it to be much faster with Shotcut) and export it to an audio-editing program. I find [Audacity][5], another open source, cross-platform (Mac, Linux, Windows) tool, to work extremely well.
+
+My typical workflow looks something like this:
+
+ * Import the recording into Shotcut
+ * Extract the audio, save it to an audio file
+ * Import it into Audacity, normalize and amplify the audio, maybe do some noise reduction
+ * Save the audio to a new file
+ * Import the new audio file into Shotcut, align it with the audio-free video, and cut appropriately
+ * Export into an MP4 video (this last step usually takes some time, so have a coffee…)
+
+
+
+### Electronic blackboards
+
+If you want to annotate your slides or develop ideas on an electronic blackboard, you need note-taking software and a device with a touchscreen or a graphics tablet. A great open source tool (developed with Swiss taxpayer funding) for blackboarding is [OpenBoard][6]. It is cross-platform; although it is officially only available for Linux on Ubuntu 16.04, you can install a [Flatpak][7] and it will work on any Linux flavor. It is really a nice tool; its only shortcoming is that annotating slides is not very good.
+
+My main open source annotation and electric blackboard tool is [Xournal++][8], which is available in some Linux distros repos (e.g., Linux Mint) and otherwise via [Flathub][9]. Like all the tools mentioned earlier, it is also available on Mac and Windows. If you know of any open source, cross-platform note-taking tools, please share them in the comments.
+
+### Built-in solutions have their limits
+
+You might wonder why you should bother with alternative recording software in the first place. After all, most modern operating systems have built-in screen recorders that will also capture audio. However, these built-in solutions have their limits. One key limitation is that you cannot usually capture more than one video source at a time (e.g., a webcam with your talking head and a set of slides plus a whiteboard from a graphics tablet).
+
+The ability to use multiple video sources is very useful, though, since it can be dull for students to just listen to your voice and see your slides for extended periods. Face-to-face interactions—even if done virtually—help keep listeners' attention and make it easier for them to cope with imperfect recording quality and background noise. In addition, many of the built-in tools do not allow you to capture selected areas of the screen, and in general, you cannot change the resolution or the number of frames per second, which can be important for keeping your podcast's memory and bandwidth usage in check.
+
+### Conclusion
+
+When planning your online teaching, you will want to use a blend of audio, video, slides, and electronic blackboards to create an immersive experience even while students are learning remotely. Open source software offers advanced, effective tools for creating such online educational experiences.
+
+* * *
+
+_This article is based on "[Open source software for online teaching in the times of corona][10]" on Mathias Hoffman's blog and is reused with permission._
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/open-source-remote-teaching-tools
+
+作者：[Mathias Hoffmann][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/mhopensource
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/read_book_guide_tutorial_teacher_student_apaper.png?itok=_GOufk6N (Person reading a book and digital copy)
+[2]: https://obsproject.com/
+[3]: http://www.openshot.org/
+[4]: http://www.shotcut.org/
+[5]: https://www.audacityteam.org/
+[6]: http://www.openboard.ch/
+[7]: http://www.flathub.org
+[8]: https://github.com/xournalpp/xournalpp
+[9]: https://flathub.org/apps/details/com.github.xournalpp.xournalpp
+[10]: http://mathiashoffmann.net/2020/03/22/open-source-software-for-online-teaching-in-the-times-of-corona
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200415 How to automate your cryptocurrency trades with Python.md b/sources/tech/20200415 How to automate your cryptocurrency trades with Python.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c216d22663
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200415 How to automate your cryptocurrency trades with Python.md
@@ -0,0 +1,424 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to automate your cryptocurrency trades with Python)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/python-crypto-trading-bot)
+[#]: author: (Stephan Avenwedde https://opensource.com/users/hansic99)
+
+How to automate your cryptocurrency trades with Python
+======
+In this tutorial, learn how to set up and use Pythonic, a graphical
+programming tool that makes it easy for users to create Python
+applications using ready-made function modules.
+![scientific calculator][1]
+
+Unlike traditional stock exchanges like the New York Stock Exchange that have fixed trading hours, cryptocurrencies are traded 24/7, which makes it impossible for anyone to monitor the market on their own.
+
+Often in the past, I had to deal with the following questions related to my crypto trading:
+
+ * What happened overnight?
+ * Why are there no log entries?
+ * Why was this order placed?
+ * Why was no order placed?
+
+
+
+The usual solution is to use a crypto trading bot that places orders for you when you are doing other things, like sleeping, being with your family, or enjoying your spare time. There are a lot of commercial solutions available, but I wanted an open source option, so I created the crypto-trading bot [Pythonic][2]. As [I wrote][3] in an introductory article last year, "Pythonic is a graphical programming tool that makes it easy for users to create Python applications using ready-made function modules." It originated as a cryptocurrency bot and has an extensive logging engine and well-tested, reusable parts such as schedulers and timers.
+
+### Getting started
+
+This hands-on tutorial teaches you how to get started with Pythonic for automated trading. It uses the example of trading [Tron][4] against [Bitcoin][5] on the [Binance][6] exchange platform. I choose these coins because of their volatility against each other, rather than any personal preference.
+
+The bot will make decisions based on [exponential moving averages][7] (EMAs).
+
+![TRX/BTC 1-hour candle chart][8]
+
+TRX/BTC 1-hour candle chart
+
+The EMA indicator is, in general, a weighted moving average that gives more weight to recent price data. Although a moving average may be a simple indicator, I've had good experiences using it.
+
+The purple line in the chart above shows an EMA-25 indicator (meaning the last 25 values were taken into account).
+
+The bot monitors the pitch between the current EMA-25 value (t0) and the previous EMA-25 value (t-1). If the pitch exceeds a certain value, it signals rising prices, and the bot will place a buy order. If the pitch falls below a certain value, the bot will place a sell order.
+
+The pitch will be the main indicator for making decisions about trading. For this tutorial, it will be called the _trade factor_.
+
+### Toolchain
+
+The following tools are used in this tutorial:
+
+ * Binance expert trading view (visualizing data has been done by many others, so there's no need to reinvent the wheel by doing it yourself)
+ * Jupyter Notebook for data-science tasks
+ * Pythonic, which is the overall framework
+ * PythonicDaemon as the pure runtime (console- and Linux-only)
+
+
+
+### Data mining
+
+For a crypto trading bot to make good decisions, it's essential to get open-high-low-close ([OHLC][9]) data for your asset in a reliable way. You can use Pythonic's built-in elements and extend them with your own logic.
+
+The general workflow is:
+
+ 1. Synchronize with Binance time
+ 2. Download OHLC data
+ 3. Load existing OHLC data from the file into memory
+ 4. Compare both datasets and extend the existing dataset with the newer rows
+
+
+
+This workflow may be a bit overkill, but it makes this solution very robust against downtime and disconnections.
+
+To begin, you need the **Binance OHLC Query** element and a **Basic Operation** element to execute your own code.
+
+![Data-mining workflow][10]
+
+Data-mining workflow
+
+The OHLC query is set up to query the asset pair **TRXBTC** (Tron/Bitcoin) in one-hour intervals.
+
+![Configuration of the OHLC query element][11]
+
+Configuring the OHLC query element
+
+The output of this element is a [Pandas DataFrame][12]. You can access the DataFrame with the **input** variable in the **Basic Operation** element. Here, the **Basic Operation** element is set up to use Vim as the default code editor.
+
+![Basic Operation element set up to use Vim][13]
+
+Basic Operation element set up to use Vim
+
+Here is what the code looks like:
+
+
+```
+import pickle, pathlib, os
+import pandas as pd
+
+outout = None
+
+if isinstance(input, pd.DataFrame):
+ file_name = 'TRXBTC_1h.bin'
+ home_path = str(pathlib.Path.home())
+ data_path = os.path.join(home_path, file_name)
+
+ try:
+ df = pickle.load(open(data_path, 'rb'))
+ n_row_cnt = df.shape[0]
+ df = pd.concat([df,input], ignore_index=True).drop_duplicates(['close_time'])
+ df.reset_index(drop=True, inplace=True)
+ n_new_rows = df.shape[0] - n_row_cnt
+ log_txt = '{}: {} new rows written'.format(file_name, n_new_rows)
+ except:
+ log_txt = 'File error - writing new one: {}'.format(e)
+ df = input
+
+ pickle.dump(df, open(data_path, "wb" ))
+ output = df
+```
+
+First, check whether the input is the DataFrame type. Then look inside the user's home directory (**~/**) for a file named **TRXBTC_1h.bin**. If it is present, then open it, concatenate new rows (the code in the **try** section), and drop overlapping duplicates. If the file doesn't exist, trigger an _exception_ and execute the code in the **except** section, creating a new file.
+
+As long as the checkbox **log output** is enabled, you can follow the logging with the command-line tool **tail**:
+
+
+```
+`$ tail -f ~/Pythonic_2020/Feb/log_2020_02_19.txt`
+```
+
+For development purposes, skip the synchronization with Binance time and regular scheduling for now. This will be implemented below.
+
+### Data preparation
+
+The next step is to handle the evaluation logic in a separate grid; therefore, you have to pass over the DataFrame from Grid 1 to the first element of Grid 2 with the help of the **Return element**.
+
+In Grid 2, extend the DataFrame by a column that contains the EMA values by passing the DataFrame through a **Basic Technical Analysis** element.
+
+![Technical analysis workflow in Grid 2][14]
+
+Technical analysis workflow in Grid 2
+
+Configure the technical analysis element to calculate the EMAs over a period of 25 values.
+
+![Configuration of the technical analysis element][15]
+
+Configuring the technical analysis element
+
+When you run the whole setup and activate the debug output of the **Technical Analysis** element, you will realize that the values of the EMA-25 column all seem to be the same.
+
+![Missing decimal places in output][16]
+
+Decimal places are missing in the output
+
+This is because the EMA-25 values in the debug output include just six decimal places, even though the output retains the full precision of an 8-byte float value.
+
+For further processing, add a **Basic Operation** element:
+
+![Workflow in Grid 2][17]
+
+Workflow in Grid 2
+
+With the **Basic Operation** element, dump the DataFrame with the additional EMA-25 column so that it can be loaded into a Jupyter Notebook;
+
+![Dump extended DataFrame to file][18]
+
+Dump extended DataFrame to file
+
+### Evaluation logic
+
+Developing the evaluation logic inside Juypter Notebook enables you to access the code in a more direct way. To load the DataFrame, you need the following lines:
+
+![Representation with all decimal places][19]
+
+Representation with all decimal places
+
+You can access the latest EMA-25 values by using [**iloc**][20] and the column name. This keeps all of the decimal places.
+
+You already know how to get the latest value. The last line of the example above shows only the value. To copy the value to a separate variable, you have to access it with the **.at** method, as shown below.
+
+You can also directly calculate the trade factor, which you will need in the next step.
+
+![Buy/sell decision][21]
+
+Buy/sell decision
+
+### Determine the trading factor
+
+As you can see in the code above, I chose 0.009 as the trade factor. But how do I know if 0.009 is a good trading factor for decisions? Actually, this factor is really bad, so instead, you can brute-force the best-performing trade factor.
+
+Assume that you will buy or sell based on the closing price.
+
+![Validation function][22]
+
+Validation function
+
+In this example, **buy_factor** and **sell_factor** are predefined. So extend the logic to brute-force the best performing values.
+
+![Nested for loops for determining the buy and sell factor][23]
+
+Nested _for_ loops for determining the buy and sell factor
+
+This has 81 loops to process (9x9), which takes a couple of minutes on my machine (a Core i7 267QM).
+
+![System utilization while brute forcing][24]
+
+System utilization while brute-forcing
+
+After each loop, it appends a tuple of **buy_factor**, **sell_factor**, and the resulting **profit** to the **trading_factors** list. Sort the list by profit in descending order.
+
+![Sort profit with related trading factors in descending order][25]
+
+Sort profit with related trading factors in descending order
+
+When you print the list, you can see that 0.002 is the most promising factor.
+
+![Sorted list of trading factors and profit][26]
+
+Sorted list of trading factors and profit
+
+When I wrote this in March 2020, the prices were not volatile enough to present more promising results. I got much better results in February, but even then, the best-performing trading factors were also around 0.002.
+
+### Split the execution path
+
+Start a new grid now to maintain clarity. Pass the DataFrame with the EMA-25 column from Grid 2 to element 0A of Grid 3 by using a **Return** element.
+
+In Grid 3, add a **Basic Operation** element to execute the evaluation logic. Here is the code of that element:
+
+![Implemented evaluation logic][27]
+
+Implemented evaluation logic
+
+The element outputs a **1** if you should buy or a **-1** if you should sell. An output of **0** means there's nothing to do right now. Use a **Branch** element to control the execution path.
+
+![Branch element: Grid 3 Position 2A][28]
+
+Branch element: Grid 3, Position 2A
+
+Due to the fact that both **0** and **-1** are processed the same way, you need an additional Branch element on the right-most execution path to decide whether or not you should sell.
+
+![Branch element: Grid 3 Position 3B][29]
+
+Branch element: Grid 3, Position 3B
+
+Grid 3 should now look like this:
+
+![Workflow on Grid 3][30]
+
+Workflow on Grid 3
+
+### Execute orders
+
+Since you cannot buy twice, you must keep a persistent variable between the cycles that indicates whether you have already bought.
+
+You can do this with a **Stack element**. The Stack element is, as the name suggests, a representation of a file-based stack that can be filled with any Python data type.
+
+You need to define that the stack contains only one Boolean element, which determines if you bought (**True**) or not (**False**). As a consequence, you have to preset the stack with one **False**. You can set this up, for example, in Grid 4 by simply passing a **False** to the stack.
+
+![Forward a False-variable to the subsequent Stack element][31]
+
+Forward a **False** variable to the subsequent Stack element
+
+The Stack instances after the branch tree can be configured as follows:
+
+![Configuration of the Stack element][32]
+
+Configuring the Stack element
+
+In the Stack element configuration, set **Do this with input** to **Nothing**. Otherwise, the Boolean value will be overwritten by a 1 or 0.
+
+This configuration ensures that only one value is ever saved in the stack (**True** or **False**), and only one value can ever be read (for clarity).
+
+Right after the Stack element, you need an additional **Branch** element to evaluate the stack value before you place the **Binance Order** elements.
+
+![Evaluate the variable from the stack][33]
+
+Evaluating the variable from the stack
+
+Append the Binance Order element to the **True** path of the Branch element. The workflow on Grid 3 should now look like this:
+
+![Workflow on Grid 3][34]
+
+Workflow on Grid 3
+
+The Binance Order element is configured as follows:
+
+![Configuration of the Binance Order element][35]
+
+Configuring the Binance Order element
+
+You can generate the API and Secret keys on the Binance website under your account settings.
+
+![Creating an API key in Binance][36]
+
+Creating an API key in the Binance account settings
+
+In this tutorial, every trade is executed as a market trade and has a volume of 10,000 TRX (~US$ 150 on March 2020). (For the purposes of this tutorial, I am demonstrating the overall process by using a Market Order. Because of that, I recommend using at least a Limit order.)
+
+The subsequent element is not triggered if the order was not executed properly (e.g., a connection issue, insufficient funds, or incorrect currency pair). Therefore, you can assume that if the subsequent element is triggered, the order was placed.
+
+Here is an example of output from a successful sell order for XMRBTC:
+
+![Output of a successfully placed sell order][37]
+
+Successful sell order output
+
+This behavior makes subsequent steps more comfortable: You can always assume that as long the output is proper, the order was placed. Therefore, you can append a **Basic Operation** element that simply writes the output to **True** and writes this value on the stack to indicate whether the order was placed or not.
+
+If something went wrong, you can find the details in the logging message (if logging is enabled).
+
+![Logging output of Binance Order element][38]
+
+Logging output from Binance Order element
+
+### Schedule and sync
+
+For regular scheduling and synchronization, prepend the entire workflow in Grid 1 with the **Binance Scheduler** element.
+
+![Binance Scheduler at Grid 1, Position 1A][39]
+
+Binance Scheduler at Grid 1, Position 1A
+
+The Binance Scheduler element executes only once, so split the execution path on the end of Grid 1 and force it to re-synchronize itself by passing the output back to the Binance Scheduler element.
+
+![Grid 1: Split execution path][40]
+
+Grid 1: Split execution path
+
+Element 5A points to Element 1A of Grid 2, and Element 5B points to Element 1A of Grid 1 (Binance Scheduler).
+
+### Deploy
+
+You can run the whole setup 24/7 on your local machine, or you could host it entirely on an inexpensive cloud system. For example, you can use a Linux/FreeBSD cloud system for about US$5 per month, but they usually don't provide a window system. If you want to take advantage of these low-cost clouds, you can use PythonicDaemon, which runs completely inside the terminal.
+
+![PythonicDaemon console interface][41]
+
+PythonicDaemon console
+
+PythonicDaemon is part of the basic installation. To use it, save your complete workflow, transfer it to the remote running system (e.g., by Secure Copy [SCP]), and start PythonicDaemon with the workflow file as an argument:
+
+
+```
+`$ PythonicDaemon trading_bot_one`
+```
+
+To automatically start PythonicDaemon at system startup, you can add an entry to the crontab:
+
+
+```
+`# crontab -e`
+```
+
+![Crontab on Ubuntu Server][42]
+
+Crontab on Ubuntu Server
+
+### Next steps
+
+As I wrote at the beginning, this tutorial is just a starting point into automated trading. Programming trading bots is approximately 10% programming and 90% testing. When it comes to letting your bot trade with your money, you will definitely think thrice about the code you program. So I advise you to keep your code as simple and easy to understand as you can.
+
+If you want to continue developing your trading bot on your own, the next things to set up are:
+
+ * Automatic profit calculation (hopefully only positive!)
+ * Calculation of the prices you want to buy for
+ * Comparison with your order book (i.e., was the order filled completely?)
+
+
+
+You can download the whole example on [GitHub][2].
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/python-crypto-trading-bot
+
+作者：[Stephan Avenwedde][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/hansic99
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/calculator_money_currency_financial_tool.jpg?itok=2QMa1y8c (scientific calculator)
+[2]: https://github.com/hANSIc99/Pythonic
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/19/5/graphically-programming-pythonic
+[4]: https://tron.network/
+[5]: https://bitcoin.org/en/
+[6]: https://www.binance.com/
+[7]: https://www.investopedia.com/terms/e/ema.asp
+[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/1_ema-25.png (TRX/BTC 1-hour candle chart)
+[9]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Open-high-low-close_chart
+[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/2_data-mining-workflow.png (Data-mining workflow)
+[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/3_ohlc-query.png (Configuration of the OHLC query element)
+[12]: https://pandas.pydata.org/pandas-docs/stable/getting_started/dsintro.html#dataframe
+[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/4_edit-basic-operation.png (Basic Operation element set up to use Vim)
+[14]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/6_grid2-workflow.png (Technical analysis workflow in Grid 2)
+[15]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/7_technical-analysis-config.png (Configuration of the technical analysis element)
+[16]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/8_missing-decimals.png (Missing decimal places in output)
+[17]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/9_basic-operation-element.png (Workflow in Grid 2)
+[18]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/10_dump-extended-dataframe.png (Dump extended DataFrame to file)
+[19]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/11_load-dataframe-decimals.png (Representation with all decimal places)
+[20]: https://pandas.pydata.org/pandas-docs/stable/reference/api/pandas.DataFrame.iloc.html
+[21]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/12_trade-factor-decision.png (Buy/sell decision)
+[22]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/13_validation-function.png (Validation function)
+[23]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/14_brute-force-tf.png (Nested for loops for determining the buy and sell factor)
+[24]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/15_system-utilization.png (System utilization while brute forcing)
+[25]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/16_sort-profit.png (Sort profit with related trading factors in descending order)
+[26]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/17_sorted-trading-factors.png (Sorted list of trading factors and profit)
+[27]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/18_implemented-evaluation-logic.png (Implemented evaluation logic)
+[28]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/19_output.png (Branch element: Grid 3 Position 2A)
+[29]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/20_editbranch.png (Branch element: Grid 3 Position 3B)
+[30]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/21_grid3-workflow.png (Workflow on Grid 3)
+[31]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/22_pass-false-to-stack.png (Forward a False-variable to the subsequent Stack element)
+[32]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/23_stack-config.png (Configuration of the Stack element)
+[33]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/24_evaluate-stack-value.png (Evaluate the variable from the stack)
+[34]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/25_grid3-workflow.png (Workflow on Grid 3)
+[35]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/26_binance-order.png (Configuration of the Binance Order element)
+[36]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/27_api-key-binance.png (Creating an API key in Binance)
+[37]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/28_sell-order.png (Output of a successfully placed sell order)
+[38]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/29_binance-order-output.png (Logging output of Binance Order element)
+[39]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/30_binance-scheduler.png (Binance Scheduler at Grid 1, Position 1A)
+[40]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/31_split-execution-path.png (Grid 1: Split execution path)
+[41]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/32_pythonic-daemon.png (PythonicDaemon console interface)
+[42]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/33_crontab.png (Crontab on Ubuntu Server)
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200415 Writing Java with Quarkus in VS Code.md b/sources/tech/20200415 Writing Java with Quarkus in VS Code.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2d61db71de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200415 Writing Java with Quarkus in VS Code.md
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Writing Java with Quarkus in VS Code)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/java-quarkus-vs-code)
+[#]: author: (Daniel Oh https://opensource.com/users/daniel-oh)
+
+Writing Java with Quarkus in VS Code
+======
+In this tutorial, I'll walk you through how to rebuild, package, and
+deploy cloud-native applications automatically with Quarkus.
+![Person drinking a hat drink at the computer][1]
+
+In the previous articles in this series about cloud-native [Java][2] applications, I shared [_6 requirements of cloud-native software_][3] and [_4 things cloud-native Java must provide_][4]. But now you might want to implement these advanced Java applications in your local machine without climbing a steep learning curve. In this article, I will walk through using the open source technologies [Quarkus][5] and [Visual Studio Code][6] (VS Code) to accelerate the development of both traditional cloud-native Java stacks and also serverless, reactive applications with easier and more familiar methods.
+
+Quarkus is a Kubernetes-native Java stack tailored for GraalVM and OpenJDK HotSpot. It's crafted from best-of-breed Java libraries and standards with live coding, unified configuration, superfast startup, small memory footprint, and unified imperative and reactive development. VS Code is an open source integrated development environment (IDE) for editing code.
+
+### Generate a Quarkus project
+
+Begin by navigating to Quarkus' [Start coding][7] page to generate a Quarkus project that includes a RESTful endpoint. Leave all variables (i.e., Group, Artifact, Build Tool, Extensions) on the default settings, then click **Generate your application** at the top-right of the page. Note that the RESTEasy JAX-RS extension is preselected as default.
+
+![Quarkus Generate application button][8]
+
+The ZIP file will automatically download on your local machine. Extract the file with the following command:
+
+
+```
+$ unzip code-with-quarkus.zip
+Archive: code-with-quarkus.zip
+ creating: code-with-quarkus/
+ inflating: code-with-quarkus/pom.xml
+ ...
+```
+
+### Install VS Code
+
+Download and install VS Code in your preferred way, whether that's [from the website][9] or through your package manager (dnf, apt, brew, etc). Once that's done, open the unzipped Quarkus project using VS Code's command-line tool:
+
+
+```
+$ cd code-with-quarkus/
+$ code .
+```
+
+You will see the [Apache Maven][10] project structure with:
+
+ * **ExampleResource** exposed on **/hello**
+ * Associated JUnit test
+ * Accessible landing page via
+ * Dockerfiles for both [native compilation][11] and JVM HotSpot
+ * A unified application configuration file
+
+
+
+Add Quarkus tools to your IDE through the VS Code's extension feature.
+
+![Add Quarkus tools to VS Code IDE][12]
+
+### Start coding
+
+Run the application using Quarkus development mode. To run the application, you need:
+
+ * JDK 1.8+ installed with JAVA_HOME configured appropriately
+ * Apache Maven 3.6.3+
+
+
+
+Move to the **code-with-quarkus** directory then type **mvn compile quarkus:dev** in VS Code's terminal.
+
+![Run application][13]
+
+You will see that the Java application is running well with:
+
+ * About one second to startup
+ * Live coding activated
+ * EnabledCDI and RESTEASY features
+
+
+
+When you access the endpoint via a web browser, you will see the return code, **hello**.
+
+!["Hello" return][14]
+
+Now, you're ready to change the code! Move back to VS Code, then open the **ExampleResource.java** file in **src/main/java/org/acme**. Replace the return code with "**Welcome, Cloud-Native Java with Quarkus!"** Don't forget to **Save** the file.
+
+![Editing the return][15]
+
+Go back to the web browser and reload the page.
+
+![New return][16]
+
+_It's like magic!_ Behind the scenes, Quarkus rebuilt, packaged, and deployed the application for you automatically, and it only took half a second. This is one of the essential cloud-native Java runtime features for increasing development productivity.
+
+![Quarkus output][17]
+
+Continue running your cloud-native Java application in Quarkus.
+
+### Integrate data transactions via Quakrus Tool
+
+To add an in-memory database (H2) transaction capability, press **F1** then click on **Quarkus: Add extensions to the current project**.
+
+![Adding extensions in Quarkus][18]
+
+Enter **h2** in the search bar, then double-click on **JDBC Driver - H2 Data** in the result.
+
+![JDBC Driver - H2 Data extension][19]
+
+Select the following three extensions, which will simplify your persistence code and return JSON format data:
+
+ * Hibernate ORM with Panache Data
+ * JDBC Driver - H2
+ * RESTEasy JSON-B Web
+
+
+
+Press **Enter** to add those dependencies.
+
+![Add Quarkus extensions][20]
+
+You should see the following in a new VS Code terminal:
+
+![VS Code adding extensions][21]
+
+You should also find the following pulled dependencies in **POM.xml**:
+
+![dependencies in POM.xml][22]
+
+### Create an Inventory entity
+
+With your project in place, you can get to work defining the business logic.
+
+The first step is to define the model (entity) of an Inventory object. Since Quarkus uses Hibernate ORM Panache, create an **Inventory.java** file in the **src.main.java.org.acme** directory, and paste the following code into it:
+
+
+```
+package org.acme;
+
+import javax.persistence.Cacheable;
+import javax.persistence.Entity;
+
+import io.quarkus.hibernate.orm.panache.PanacheEntity;
+
+@[Entity][23]
+@Cacheable
+public class Inventory extends PanacheEntity {
+
+ public [String][24] itemId;
+ public [String][24] location;
+ public int quantity;
+ public [String][24] link
+
+ public Inventory() {
+
+ }
+
+}
+```
+
+#### Define the RESTful endpoint of Inventory
+
+Next, mirror the abstraction of service so that you can inject the Inventory service into various places (like a RESTful resource endpoint) in the future. Create an **InventoryResource.java** file in the **src.main.java.org.acme** directory and add this code to it:
+
+
+```
+package org.acme;
+
+import java.util.List;
+import javax.enterprise.context.ApplicationScoped;
+import javax.ws.rs.Consumes;
+import javax.ws.rs.GET;
+import javax.ws.rs.Path;
+import javax.ws.rs.Produces;
+
+@Path("/services/inventory")
+@ApplicationScoped
+@Produces("application/json")
+@Consumes("application/json")
+public class InventoryResource {
+
+ @GET
+
+ public List<Inventory> getAll() {
+ return Inventory.listAll();
+ }
+}
+```
+
+Don't forget to save these files. Go back to your web browser and access a new endpoint, . You will see:
+
+![Inventory endpoint][25]
+
+### Wrapping up
+
+If you have an issue or get an error when you implement this, you can find and reuse the [code in my GitHub repository][26].
+
+If you want to learn more, Quarkus has some [practical and useful guides][27] that show how to develop advanced cloud-native Java applications using Quarkus extensions with event-driven programming, serverless development, and Kubernetes deployment.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/java-quarkus-vs-code
+
+作者：[Daniel Oh][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/daniel-oh
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/coffee_tea_laptop_computer_work_desk.png?itok=D5yMx_Dr (Person drinking a hat drink at the computer)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/java
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/cloud-native-software
+[4]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/cloud-native-java
+[5]: https://quarkus.io/
+[6]: https://code.visualstudio.com/
+[7]: https://code.quarkus.io/
+[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/quarkus_generateapplication.png (Quarkus Generate application button)
+[9]: https://code.visualstudio.com/download
+[10]: https://maven.apache.org/
+[11]: https://quarkus.io/guides/building-native-image
+[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/add-quarkus-to-ide.png (Add Quarkus tools to VS Code IDE)
+[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/run-application.png (Run application)
+[14]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/endpoint-hello.png ("Hello" return)
+[15]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/edit-return-code.png (Editing the return)
+[16]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/new-return-code.png (New return)
+[17]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/quarkus-magic.png (Quarkus output)
+[18]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/quarkus-add-extensions.png (Adding extensions in Quarkus)
+[19]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/jbdc-driver-h2-data.png (JDBC Driver - H2 Data extension)
+[20]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/add-extensions.png (Add Quarkus extensions)
+[21]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/vscode-adding-extensions.png (VS Code adding extensions)
+[22]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/dependencies-pomxml.png (dependencies in POM.xml)
+[23]: http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&q=allinurl%3Adocs.oracle.com+javase+docs+api+entity
+[24]: http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&q=allinurl%3Adocs.oracle.com+javase+docs+api+string
+[25]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/inventory-endpoint.png (Inventory endpoint)
+[26]: https://github.com/danieloh30/code-with-quarkus
+[27]: https://quarkus.io/guides/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200417 How to set up and run WordPress for your classroom.md b/sources/tech/20200417 How to set up and run WordPress for your classroom.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bb8b87d560
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200417 How to set up and run WordPress for your classroom.md
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to set up and run WordPress for your classroom)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/wordpress-virtual-machine)
+[#]: author: (Don Watkins https://opensource.com/users/don-watkins)
+
+How to set up and run WordPress for your classroom
+======
+Follow these simple steps to customize WordPress for use in the
+classroom using free open source software.
+![Painting art on a computer screen][1]
+
+There are many good reasons to set up WordPress for your classroom. As more schools switch to online classes, WordPress can become the go-to content management system. Teachers using WordPress can provide a number of different educational choices to differentiate instruction for their students. Blogging is an accessible way to create content that energizes student learning. Teachers can write short stories, poems, and provide picture galleries that function as story starters. Students can comment and those comments can be moderated by their teacher.
+
+There are free options like [WordPress.com][2] and [Edublogs][3]. However, these free versions are limited, and you may want to explore all your options. You can install [Virtualbox][4] on any Windows, macOS, or Linux computer. You can use your own computer or an extra you happen to have access to in a virtual environment.
+
+On Linux, you can install Virtualbox from your package manager. For instance, on Debian, Elementary OS, or Ubuntu:
+
+
+```
+`$ sudo apt install virtualbox`
+```
+
+On Fedora:
+
+
+```
+`$ sudo dnf install virtualbox`
+```
+
+### Download a Wordpress image
+
+Wordpress is easy to install, but server configuration and management can be difficult for the uninitiated. That's why there's [Turnkey Linux][5], a project dedicated to creating virtual machine images and containers of popular server software, preconfigured and ready to run. With Turnkey Linux, you just download a disk image containing the operating system and the software you want to run, and then import that image into Virtualbox.
+
+To get started with Wordpress, download the **VM** virtual machine image from [turnkeylinux.org/wordpress][6] (in the **Builds** section). Make sure you download the image labeled **VM**, because that's the only format meant for Virtualbox.
+
+### Import the image into Virtualbox
+
+After installing Virtualbox, launch the application and import the virtual machine image into Virtualbox.
+
+![][7]
+
+Networking on the imported image is set to NAT by default. You will want to change the network settings to "bridged."
+
+![Virtualbox menu][8]
+
+After restarting the virtual machine, you are prompted to add passwords for MySQL, Adminer, and the WordPress **admin** user.
+
+Then you see the network configuration console for the installation. Launch a web browser and navigate to the **web** address provided (in this example, it's 192.168.86.149).
+
+![Console][9]
+
+In a web browser, you see a login screen for your Wordpress installation. Click on the **Login** link.
+
+![Wordpress welcome][10]
+
+Enter **admin** as the username, followed by the password you created earlier. Click the **Login** link. On this first login as **admin**, you can choose a new password. Be sure to remember it!
+
+![Login screen][11]
+
+After logging in, you're presented with the WordPress Dashboard. The software will likely notify you, in the upper left corner of the window, that a new version of Wordpress exists. Update to the latest versions as prompted so your site is secure.
+
+It's important to note that your Wordpress blog isn't visible by anyone on the Internet yet. It only exists in your local network: only people in your building who are connected to the same router or wifi access point as you can see your Wordpress site right now. The worldwide Internet can't get to it because you're behind a firewall (embedded in your router, and possible also in your computer).
+
+![Wordpress dashboard][12]
+
+Following the upgrade, the application restarts, and you're ready to begin configuring WordPress to your liking.
+
+![Wordpress configuration][13]
+
+On the far left, there is a button to **Customize Your Site**.
+
+There, you can choose the name of your site. You can accept the default theme, which is "Twenty Nineteen," or choose another. My favorite is "Twenty Ten," but browse through the themes available to find your personal favorite. WordPress comes with five free themes installed. You can download other free themes from the [WordPress][14][.org][15] site or choose to purchase a premium theme.
+
+When you click the **Customize Your Site** button, you're presented with new menu options. Select **Site Identity** and change the name of your site. You might use the name of your school or classroom. There's also room to choose a byline (the credit given to the author of a blog post). You can choose the colors for your site and where you will place menus and widgets. WordPress widgets and content and features to the sidebars for your site. Homepage settings are important, as they allow you to choose between a static page that might have a description of your school or classroom or having your blog entries displayed prominently. You can add additional CSS.
+
+![Turnkey theme][16]
+
+You can edit your front page, add additional pages like "About," or add a blog post. You can also manage widgets, manage menus, turn comments on or off, or add a link to learn more about WordPress.
+
+Customizing your site allows you to configure a number of options quickly and easily.
+
+WordPress has dozens of widgets that you can place in different areas of your page. Widgets are independent sections of content that can be placed into specific areas provided by your theme. These areas are called sidebars.
+
+### Adding content
+
+After you have WordPress configured to your liking, you probably want to get busy creating content. The best way to do that is to head back to the WordPress Dashboard.
+
+On the left side, near the top of the page, you see **Posts**. Select that link and a dropdown appears. Choose **Add New** to create your very first blog post.
+
+![Add post dropdown][17]
+
+Fill in your title in the top block and then move down to the body. It's like using a word processor. WordPress has all the tools you need to write. You can set the font size from _small_ to _huge_. You can start a paragraph with dropped capitals. The text and background color can be changed. Your posts can include quote blocks and embedded content. A wide variety of embedded content is supported so you can make your posts a dynamic multimedia experience.
+
+![Wordpress classroom blog][18]
+
+### Going online
+
+So far, your Wordpress blog only exists on your local network. Anyone using the same router as you (your housemates or classroom) can see your Wordpress site by navigating to 192.168.86.149, but once you're away from that router, the site becomes inaccessible.
+
+If you want to go online with your custom Wordpress site, you have to allow traffic through your router, and then direct that traffic to the computer running Virtualbox. If you've installed Virtualbox on a laptop, then your website would disappear any time you closed your laptop, which is why servers that never get shutdown exist. But if this is just a fun lesson on how to run a Wordpress site, then having a website that's only available during class hours is fine.
+
+If you have access to your router, then you can log into it and make the adjustments yourself. If you don't own or control your router, then you must talk to your systems administrator for access.
+
+A _router_ is the box you got from your internet service provider. You might also call it your _modem_.
+
+Every device is different, so there's no way for me to definitively tell you what you need to click on to adjust your settings. Generally, you access your home router through a web browser. Your router's address is often printed on the bottom of the router and begins with either 192.168 or 10.
+
+Navigate to the router address and log in with the credentials you were provided when you got your internet service. It's often as simple as `admin` with a numeric password (sometimes this password is printed on the router, too). If you don't know the login, call your internet provider and ask for details.
+
+Different routers use different terms for the same thing; keywords to look for are **Port forwarding**, **Virtual server**, and **Firewall**. Whatever your router calls it, you want to accept traffic coming to port 80 of your router and forward that traffic to the same port of your virtual machines's IP address (in this example, that is 192.168.86.149, but it could be different for you).
+
+![Example router setting screen][19]
+
+Now you're allowing traffic through the web port of your router's firewall. To view your Wordpress site over the Internet, get your worldwide IP address. You can get your global IP by going to the site [icanhazip.com][20]. Then go to a different computer, open a browser, and navigate to that IP address. As long as Virtualbox is running, you'll see your Wordpress site on the Internet. You can do this from anywhere in the world, because your site is on the Internet now.
+
+Most websites use a domain name so you don't have to remember global IP addresses. You can purchase a domain name from services like [webhosting.coop][21] or [gandi.net][22], or a temporary one from [freenom.com][23]. Mapping that to your Wordpress site, however, is out of scope for this article.
+
+### Wordpress for everyone
+
+[WordPress][24] is open source and is licensed under the [GNU Public License][25]. You are welcome to contribute to WordPress as either a [developer][26] or enthusiast. WordPress is committed to being inclusive and accessible as possible.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/wordpress-virtual-machine
+
+作者：[Don Watkins][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/don-watkins
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/painting_computer_screen_art_design_creative.png?itok=LVAeQx3_ (Painting art on a computer screen)
+[2]: https://wordpress.com/
+[3]: https://edublogs.org/
+[4]: https://www.virtualbox.org/
+[5]: https://www.turnkeylinux.org
+[6]: https://www.turnkeylinux.org/wordpress
+[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/how_to_get_started_with_wp_in_the_classroom_1.png
+[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/how_to_get_started_with_wp_in_the_classroom_2.png (Virtualbox menu)
+[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/how_to_get_started_with_wp_in_the_classroom_3.png (Console)
+[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/how_to_get_started_with_wp_in_the_classroom_4.png (Wordpress welcome)
+[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/how_to_get_started_with_wp_in_the_classroom_5.png (Login screen)
+[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/how_to_get_started_with_wp_in_the_classroom_6.png (Wordpress dashboard)
+[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/how_to_get_started_with_wp_in_the_classroom_7.png (Wordpress configuration)
+[14]: http://Wordpress.org
+[15]: http://WordPress.org
+[16]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/how_to_get_started_with_wp_in_the_classroom_8.png (Turnkey theme)
+[17]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/how_to_get_started_with_wp_in_the_classroom_12.png (Add post dropdown)
+[18]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/how_to_get_started_with_wp_in_the_classroom_13.png (Wordpress classroom blog)
+[19]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/router-web.jpg (Example router setting screen)
+[20]: http://icanhazip.com/
+[21]: https://webhosting.coop/domain-names
+[22]: https://www.gandi.net
+[23]: http://freenom.com/
+[24]: https://wordpress.org/
+[25]: https://github.com/WordPress/WordPress/blob/master/license.txt
+[26]: https://wordpress.org/five-for-the-future/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200417 Is reporting 100- of code coverage reasonable.md b/sources/tech/20200417 Is reporting 100- of code coverage reasonable.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6d57fb30f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200417 Is reporting 100- of code coverage reasonable.md
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Is reporting 100% of code coverage reasonable?)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/testing-code-coverage)
+[#]: author: (Eric Herman https://opensource.com/users/ericherman)
+
+Is reporting 100% of code coverage reasonable?
+======
+The time required to reach reporting 100% of code coverage is
+considerably less than what I would have estimated before this
+exploration.
+![Code going into a computer.][1]
+
+The [Foundation for Public Code][2] works to enable open and collaborative public-purpose software for public organizations (like local governments) internationally. We do this by supporting software at the codebase level through codebase stewardship. We also publish the [Standard for Public Code][3] (draft version 0.1.4 at the time of this writing), which helps open source codebase communities build solutions that can be reused successfully by other organizations. It includes guidance for policymakers, managers, developers, designers, and vendors.
+
+Among other things, the standard addresses [code coverage][4], or how much of the code is executed when an automated test suite runs. It's one way to measure the likelihood that the code contains undetected software bugs. In the standard's ["Use continuous integration" requirements][5], it says, "source code test and documentation coverage **should** be monitored." Additionally, the [guidance to check][6] this requirement states, "code coverage tools check whether coverage is at 100% of the code."
+
+Over my software development career, which spans more than two decades, I have worked on codebases large and small and some with very high percentages of code coverage. Yet none of the non-trivial codebases I have contributed to have reported 100% test coverage. This made me question whether the "_check whether coverage is at 100%_" guidance would be followed.
+
+When I think about the nature of the test coverage gaps in the codebases I have worked on, they typically have been around system states that are very difficult (and in some cases, impossible) to create. For instance, in earlier versions of Java, I recall we were required to write catch blocks for exceptions that could never be thrown.
+
+Previously, I reasoned that 100% test coverage is something to aspire to, but it is probably not worth the cost on most codebases and may not be realistic in a few.
+
+Coverage tools have been getting smarter and more tunable over time. Languages have been getting lighter, and libraries have been getting easier to mock and test. So how unreasonable is 100% coverage of functionality today?
+
+### Resource exhaustion
+
+The high-quality but low test-coverage codebases I contribute to happen to be written in C or C++. A quick glance at these codebases shows that there is a class of common low-coverage situations that I'll lump together under the umbrella of resource exhaustion: out of memory, out of disk space, etc.
+
+Here is a simple example of code that does not check for resource exhaustion; in this case, memory allocation failure:
+
+
+```
+char *buf = malloc(80);
+sprintf(buf, "hello, world");
+```
+
+This example code needs to allocate a small buffer, so it calls **malloc(80)**, and **malloc** usually returns a pointer to 80 bytes of memory … but that can fail. In the (unlikely) case that **malloc** returns **NULL**, the code above will proceed to call **sprintf** with a **NULL** pointer which causes a crash. It is typical in C code to do something more like this:
+
+
+```
+char *buf = malloc(80);
+if (buf == NULL) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "malloc returned NULL for 80 bytes?\n");
+ return NULL;
+}
+sprintf(buf, "hello, world");
+```
+
+This code guards against **malloc** returning **NULL**, which is better. However, creating tests for correct behavior in the face of this kind of resource exhaustion can be really hard. It's not impossible, of course, and there are multiple approaches. Many approaches result in fragile tests, which require a lot of maintenance over time, and these tests can be very time-consuming to build in the first place.
+
+### Exploration
+
+Pondering this, I decided to run a little experiment to see if I could learn something about the costs and consequences of this strict, 100% criterion.
+
+Since I do some embedded-systems development, I have a few C libraries that I've developed and reused over the years in my embedded projects. I decided to look at some of these libraries and see just how hard it would be to bring them up to 100% code coverage. In the process, I paid attention to the impact on code clarity, code structure, and performance.
+
+#### A library with preexisting dependency injection
+
+Step one is measuring by adding code coverage to a codebase. Since this is C, **gcc** provides quite a lot by default with the **\--coverage** option, and **lcov** (with **genhtml**) does a good job of making reports; thus, this step was easy. I expected the starting coverage to be pretty good—it was, but it had a few untested branches, as well as the predicted gaps around error conditions and error reporting.
+
+I made error reporting pluggable, so it was easier to capture and make assertions around error messages in previously untested branches.
+
+Since this code already allowed for pluggable implementations of **malloc** and **free**, it was straightforward to write little malloc and free wrappers that I could inject memory allocation failures into. Within an hour or two, that was covered.
+
+In the process, I realized that there was one condition where, from the perspective of the calling client code, it was impossible to distinguish between the situation where an error occurs and one where **NULL** is a valid return value. For you C programmers, it was essentially similar to the following:
+
+
+```
+/* stashes a copy of the value
+ * returns the previously stashed value */
+char *foo_stash(foo_s *context,
+ char *stash_me,
+ size_t stash_me_len)
+{
+ char *copy = malloc(stash_me_len);
+ if (copy == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ memcpy(copy, stash_me, stash_me_len);
+ char *previous = context->stash;
+ context->stash = copy;
+ /* previous may be NULL */
+ return previous;
+}
+```
+
+I adjusted the API to allow the error information to be explicitly available. If you are a C developer, you know there are various ways this can be accomplished. I chose an approach similar to this:
+
+
+```
+/* stashes a copy of the value
+ * returns the previously stashed value
+ * on error, the 'err' pointer is set to 1 */
+char *foo_stash2(foo_s *context,
+ char *stash_me,
+ size_t stash_me_len,
+ int *err)
+{
+ char *copy = malloc(stash_me_len);
+ if (copy == NULL) {
+ *err = 1;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ memcpy(copy, stash_me, stash_me_len);
+ char *previous = context->stash;
+ context->stash = copy;
+ /* previous may be NULL */
+ return previous;
+}
+```
+
+Without testing for resource exhaustion, it may have taken a long time for me to notice this (now obvious) shortcoming of the API.
+
+To get **lcov** to report 100% test coverage, I had to tell the compiler to [not inline any code][7], something I learned it does even at optimization level zero.
+
+When embedded in actual firmware, the compiler optimized away the unused indirection; therefore, the added indirection in the source code imposed no real-world performance penalty in the compiled firmware.
+
+Of course, this was the easy library.
+
+#### A more typical library
+
+Once I established a method of injecting memory allocation failures in tests, I decided to move onto another library, but one for which malloc and free were not already pluggable. I had questions. How invasive will this be to the codebase? Will it clutter the code, making it less clear? How time-consuming will it be?
+
+While I don't always record coverage metrics, I am a big believer in testing: more than 20 years ago, I learned that my code improves if I write the tests and client code [before][8] the implementation code, and I have worked that way ever since. (In [_Test-Driven Development: By Example_][9], you can find my name in the acknowledgments.) Yet, when I added code coverage reporting to the second library, I was surprised to see that (at some point in the past) I had added a pair of functions to the library without adding tests for them. The other untested areas were, unsurprisingly, code to handle memory-allocation failure.
+
+Writing tests for the pair of untested functions was, of course, quick and easy. The coverage tools also revealed that I had a function with an untested code branch that, given only a quick glance, contained a bug. The fix was trivial, yet I was surprised to find a bug, given the different projects where I use this library. Nonetheless, there it was, a humbling reminder that, all too often, bugs lurk in untested code.
+
+Next up was the more challenging stuff: testing for resource exhaustion. I started by introducing some global variables for the malloc/free function pointers, as well as a variable to hold a memory-tracking object. Once that was working, I moved those variables from global scope into a context argument that was already present. Refactoring the code to allow for the necessary indirection took only a couple of hours (less time than I expected), and the complexity added was negligible.
+
+### Reflections
+
+My conclusion from the first library was that it was well worth the time. The code is now more flexible, the API is now more complete for the caller, and writing the failure injection harness was pretty easy.
+
+From the second library, I was reminded that even less-pluggable code could be made testable without adding undue levels of complexity. The code improved, I fixed a bug, and I can be more confident in the code. Also, the additional modularity of being able to plug in an alternative memory allocator is a feature that may prove more valuable in the future.
+
+Exclusion comments are a feature of **lcov** to cause coverage reporting to ignore a block of code. Interestingly, I didn't feel the need to use exclusion comments in either library.
+
+I am more certain than ever that even very good code is improved by investing in test coverage.
+
+Both of these codebases are small, had some modularity already, began from a point of good testing, are single-threaded, and contain no graphical UI code. If I were to try to tackle this on one of the larger, more monolithic codebases I contribute to, it would be harder and require a larger time investment. There would likely be some sections of code where I might still conclude that the best thing to do would be to "cheat" by tuning the tooling to not report on some section of code.
+
+That said, I estimate that the time required to reach reporting 100% of code coverage is considerably less than what I would have estimated before this exploration.
+
+If you happen to be a C coder and want to see a running example of this, including **gcov** / **lcov** usage, I extracted the out-of-memory injecting code and put it in an [example repository][10].
+
+Have you pushed a codebase to 100% coverage by tests, or tried to? What was your experience? Please share it in the comments.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/testing-code-coverage
+
+作者：[Eric Herman][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ericherman
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/code_computer_development_programming.png?itok=4OM29-82 (Code going into a computer.)
+[2]: https://publiccode.net/
+[3]: https://standard.publiccode.net
+[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Code_coverage
+[5]: https://standard.publiccode.net/criteria/continuous-integration.html#requirements
+[6]: https://standard.publiccode.net/criteria/continuous-integration.html#how-to-test
+[7]: https://twitter.com/Eric_Herman/status/1224983465784938496
+[8]: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/automate-unit-tests
+[9]: https://www.oreilly.com/library/view/test-driven-development/0321146530/
+[10]: https://github.com/ericherman/context-alloc
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200419 A stress-free guide to keeping WordPress sites updated.md b/sources/tech/20200419 A stress-free guide to keeping WordPress sites updated.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..98ee9b1b1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200419 A stress-free guide to keeping WordPress sites updated.md
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (A stress-free guide to keeping WordPress sites updated)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/updating-wordpress)
+[#]: author: (Sara Kelly https://opensource.com/users/sarapk)
+
+A stress-free guide to keeping WordPress sites updated
+======
+This practical guide to a necessary task will show you how to maximize
+site performance and avoid bugs and other issues with regular updates.
+![Working from home at a laptop][1]
+
+We all know how important it is to keep WordPress sites updated. New updates provide the latest bug and security fixes against any nasties lurking on the web. But, more critically, an outdated site can also lead to poor performance, such as slow loading speed or an outdated look and feel.
+
+Unfortunately, keeping your WordPress site up-to-date is not as easy as clicking a button. There are several components to consider, from theme to plugins to PHP. Even worse, updating too quickly can wreak another kind of havoc. Have you ever experienced the dreaded, "There has been a critical error on your website" warning after an innocent little update? I know I have, many times!
+
+Here is a practical guide on what to look out for, as well as when and what to update, to ensure your WordPress site works well.
+
+### Updating WordPress
+
+Let's start with the basics. Check your WordPress version is up-to-date by visiting Dashboard > Updates.
+
+![WordPress update screen][2]
+
+### Choosing a WordPress theme
+
+Before we deep dive into updating themes, I'd like to take a few steps back. Choose an up-to-date theme from the get-go and do your homework before installing it! There is nothing worse than pouring your heart and soul into customizing a new theme, only to discover it is buggy.
+
+Questions to ask when choosing a theme include:
+
+ * When was it first created?
+ * What is the current version available?
+ * Does the theme provider still maintain an active demo site and helpdesk?
+ * What do recent reviews say about the theme?
+
+
+
+If the theme provider is no longer maintaining the theme, save yourself the trouble and move on. Also, don't assume that just because you paid for a theme, that is necessarily maintained. I recently fell into this trap when I purchased [Pinable][3]. I loved the Pinterest look and feel. However, soon after installation, I noticed the lack of customization within the theme settings, major compatibility issues arose with my plugins, and the customer service was nonexistent. I should have known better. The theme was created in 2013 and selling for a bargain.
+
+If you already have a theme, then pay attention to how frequently updates become available. If there are never any updates, the theme provider may have closed up shop. It is only a matter of time before the impact of an outdated theme will cause problems.
+
+A quick aside while we are on the topic—up-to-date themes also give access to the two new alignment options in the WordPress block editor, which enable wide-width and full-width images. These help your blog posts look more professional. While there are a number of [tutorials][4] on the web that show you how to manually update your functions, PHP file, and CSS to enable the new alignment blocks, the code does not always work on older themes (especially masonry themes).
+
+![Wordpress theme][5]
+
+### Updating themes
+
+To check the current version of your theme, go to Appearance > Themes and click on the active theme to see the current version. If an upgrade is available, there will be an alert banner. Click on "update now" to initiate the update. You can also check for updates by going to Dashboard > Updates.
+
+![Themify screenshot][6]
+
+If you purchased a theme from a marketplace such as [Envato][7] or [Themify][8], check the theme documentation to learn what is required to initiate updates, as it will not show up automatically in the dashboard. In most cases, you will be required to download and install a specific plugin or manually upload new versions when they become available. In the latter case, you will need to delete or rename the old theme file via your cPanel before you can install the new one. A guide to installing themes via cPanel is available [here][9].
+
+If you plan to customize your theme extensively and are worried about the impact of this when upgrading, consider creating a child theme first. A child theme lets you make changes without touching the original theme's code. You can then update your site without losing any customizations you've made. Read more about child themes [here][10].
+
+As I said before, the source of most issues tends to be the theme. Learn what is required to keep your theme up to date, and do so regularly. If your theme provider is no longer creating updates, then find a new theme.
+
+### Easy does it for plugins
+
+If you manage multiple plugins, then you will be used to the frequent dashboard reminders to update! Before we get onto that, though, let's touch on some basics.
+
+As a general rule, you don't want to have too many plugins. They slow down the speed of your site by creating more code that the browser has to load. Always delete any inactive plugins. I prefer to manage plugins on the Plugins tab. Here you can see all active and inactive plugins, the current version, and whether an update is available. To update the plugin, simply click "update."
+
+![Plugin update page][11]
+
+Nonetheless, I implore you to wait a week or two before installing new updates. Updating my plugins too quickly has caused me no end of grievances. To begin with, updates are prone to human error. Don't be the guinea pig that tests out the latest version. Sometimes, the newest version of a plugin is not compatible with an older version of WordPress or your theme. Check these are up-to-date first.
+
+### Website down after updating plugins?
+
+If your site has stopped working or performance has dropped noticeably after updating your plugins, then all is not lost. Forget about those newfangled plugins that promise to test speed and identify buggy plugins (the last thing you want is more plugins)! Disable all your plugins, then activate one at a time while you test the speed and performance of your site on a website such as [Pingdom][12]. This is a great exercise to perform periodically, even if your website has not crashed. Once you identify the plugin causing the problem, delete it.
+
+In the event you cannot access WordPress because there is a critical error, then you will need to access your files via cPanel and delete all the plugin folders from there ([full instructions here][13]). Don't worry; doing this will not impact your website's content. You can then proceed to reinstall and activate the plugins one-by-one via WordPress.
+
+Cache plugins tend to be the biggest culprit in my experience. Issues with cache plugins can be minimized by clearing the cache frequently. Do not install multiple cache plugins that perform the same function, as they will only serve to slow down your site. The only way to truly get around cache plugin issues is to either not use them, use a plugin recommended by your hosting provider, or become an expert on cache. [This blog][14] on common cache issues in WordPress is a good place to start.
+
+### Back up before updating PHP
+
+If you are concerned about your website speed and have spent enough time browsing Google for answers, then you likely have seen the advice, "You gotta update your PHP!" Please tread carefully with manual PHP updates, though! If you have a good hosting provider, you should never need to do this. Rather, select the option for automatic PHP version management with your host. Newer versions of PHP may not be stable or compatible with the version of WordPress you are running. Let your hosting provider be the one to determine when updates are ready.
+
+However, if you are adamant that an old version of PHP is causing your website to be slow, take care to follow these steps before initiating an update. First, back up your site. Investing in a premium version of [Jetpack][15] is worth its weight in gold. Jetpack can perform real-time as well as daily backups, depending on your plan. Not to mention, their customer service and troubleshooting support are excellent. Secondly, inform your hosting provider that you plan to update the PHP and seek their advice first. If your host is unable to advise or wants to charge you for the privilege, you should probably think about changing hosts.
+
+You can update PHP either via cPanel or via your hosting platform under Devs > PHP Manager. After that, you are on your own, as that is where my expertise on PHP ends.
+
+If you have any other tips or pitfalls regarding updating WordPress, drop them in the comments box below.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/updating-wordpress
+
+作者：[Sara Kelly][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/sarapk
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/wfh_work_home_laptop_work.png?itok=VFwToeMy (Working from home at a laptop)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/wp_update_1.png (Wordpress update screen)
+[3]: https://www.theme-junkie.com/themes/pinable/
+[4]: https://www.billerickson.net/full-and-wide-alignment-in-gutenberg/
+[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/wp_theme_2.png (Wordpress theme)
+[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/themify_3.png (Themify screenshot)
+[7]: https://elements.envato.com/
+[8]: https://themify.me/
+[9]: https://hostadvice.com/how-to/how-to-install-a-wordpress-theme-using-cpanel/
+[10]: https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/advanced-topics/child-themes/
+[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/plugins_4.png (Plugin update page)
+[12]: https://tools.pingdom.com/
+[13]: https://www.wpbeginner.com/plugins/how-to-deactivate-all-plugins-when-not-able-to-access-wp-admin/
+[14]: https://mhthemes.com/support/knb/solving-common-cache-issues-on-wordpress-websites/
+[15]: https://jetpack.com/upgrade/backup/?utm_source=google&utm_campaign=google_jetpack_search_brand_desktop_sg_en&utm_medium=paid_search&utm_term=%2Bwordpress%20%2Bjetpack%20%2Bbackup&creative=379260213317&campaignid=2061290863&utm_content=77066462603&matchtype=b&device=c&network=g&gclid=Cj0KCQjwu6fzBRC6ARIsAJUwa2RuPx5Dzr72eBEtZegsf11MmOBgLiwLX2HcEUXVaULIgv1MdZqGmeAaArmFEALw_wcB&gclsrc=aw.ds
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200419 Getting Started With Pacman Commands in Arch-based Linux Distributions.md b/sources/tech/20200419 Getting Started With Pacman Commands in Arch-based Linux Distributions.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f2fd06793f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200419 Getting Started With Pacman Commands in Arch-based Linux Distributions.md
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Getting Started With Pacman Commands in Arch-based Linux Distributions)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/pacman-command/)
+[#]: author: (Dimitrios Savvopoulos https://itsfoss.com/author/dimitrios/)
+
+Getting Started With Pacman Commands in Arch-based Linux Distributions
+======
+
+_**Brief: This beginner’s guide shows you what you can do with pacmancommands in Linux, how to use them to find new packages, install and upgrade new packages, and clean your system.**_
+
+The [pacman][1] package manager is one of the main difference between [Arch Linux][2] and other major distributions like Red Hat and Ubuntu/Debian. It combines a simple binary package format with an easy-to-use [build system][3]. The aim of pacman is to easily manage packages, either from the [official repositories][4] or the user’s own builds.
+
+If you ever used Ubuntu or Debian-based distributions, you might have used the apt-get or apt commands. Pacman is the equivalent in Arch Linux. If you [just installed Arch Linux][5], one of the first few [things to do after installing Arch Linux][6] is to learn to use pacman commands.
+
+In this beginner’s guide, I’ll explain some of the essential usage of the pacmand command that you should know for managing your Arch-based system.
+
+### Essential pacman commands Arch Linux users should know
+
+![][7]
+
+Like other package managers, pacman can synchronize package lists with the software repositories to allow the user to download and install packages with a simple command by solving all required dependencies.
+
+#### Install packages with pacman
+
+You can install a single package or multiple packages using pacman command in this fashion:
+
+```
+pacman -S _package_name1_ _package_name2_ ...
+```
+
+![Installing a package][8]
+
+The -S stands for synchronization. It means that pacman first synchronizes
+
+The pacman database categorises the installed packages in two groups according to the reason why they were installed:
+
+ * **explicitly-installed**: the packages that were installed by a generic pacman -S or -U command
+ * **dependencies**: the packages that were implicitly installed because [required][9] by another package that was explicitly installed.
+
+
+
+#### Remove an installed package
+
+To remove a single package, leaving all of its dependencies installed:
+
+```
+pacman -R package_name_
+```
+
+![Removing a package][10]
+
+To remove a package and its dependencies which are not required by any other installed package:
+
+```
+pacman -Rs _package_name_
+```
+
+To remove dependencies that are no longer needed. For example, the package which needed the dependencies was removed.
+
+```
+pacman -Qdtq | pacman -Rs -
+```
+
+#### Upgrading packages
+
+Pacman provides an easy way to [update Arch Linux][11]. You can update all installed packages with just one command. This could take a while depending on how up-to-date the system is.
+
+The following command synchronizes the repository databases _and_ updates the system’s packages, excluding “local” packages that are not in the configured repositories:
+
+```
+pacman -Syu
+```
+
+ * S stands for sync
+ * y is for refresh (local
+ * u is for system update
+
+
+
+Basically it is saying that sync to central repository (master package database), refresh the local copy of the master package database and then perform the system update (by updating all packages that have a newer version available).
+
+![System update][12]
+
+Attention!
+
+If you are an Arch Linux user before upgrading, it is advised to visit the [Arch Linux home page][2] to check the latest news for out-of-the-ordinary updates. If manual intervention is needed an appropriate news post will be made. Alternatively you can subscribe to the [RSS feed][13] or the [arch-announce mailing list][14].
+
+Be also mindful to look over the appropriate [forum][15] before upgrading fundamental software (such as the kernel, xorg, systemd, or glibc), for any reported problems.
+
+**Partial upgrades are unsupported** at a rolling release distribution such as Arch and Manjaro. That means when new library versions are pushed to the repositories, all the packages in the repositories need to be rebuilt against the libraries. For example, if two packages depend on the same library, upgrading only one package, might break the other package which depends on an older version of the library.
+
+#### Use pacman to search for packages
+
+Pacman queries the local package database with the -Q flag, the sync database with the -S flag and the files database with the -F flag.
+
+Pacman can search for packages in the database, both in packages’ names and descriptions:
+
+```
+pacman -Ss _string1_ _string2_ ...
+```
+
+![Searching for a package][16]
+
+To search for already installed packages:
+
+```
+pacman -Qs _string1_ _string2_ ...
+```
+
+To search for package file names in remote packages:
+
+```
+pacman -F _string1_ _string2_ ...
+```
+
+To view the dependency tree of a package:
+
+```
+pactree _package_naenter code hereme_
+```
+
+#### Cleaning the package cache
+
+Pacman stores its downloaded packages in /var/cache/pacman/pkg/ and does not remove the old or uninstalled versions automatically. This has some advantages:
+
+ 1. It allows to [downgrade][17] a package without the need to retrieve the previous version through other sources.
+ 2. A package that has been uninstalled can easily be reinstalled directly from the cache folder.
+
+
+
+However, it is necessary to clean up the cache periodically to prevent the folder to grow in size.
+
+The [paccache(8)][18] script, provided within the [pacman-contrib][19] package, deletes all cached versions of installed and uninstalled packages, except for the most recent 3, by default:
+
+```
+paccache -r
+```
+
+![Clear cache][20]
+
+To remove all the cached packages that are not currently installed, and the unused sync database, execute:
+
+```
+pacman -Sc
+```
+
+To remove all files from the cache, use the clean switch twice, this is the most aggressive approach and will leave nothing in the cache folder:
+
+```
+pacman -Scc
+```
+
+#### Installing local or third-party packages
+
+Install a ‘local’ package that is not from a remote repository:
+
+```
+pacman -U _/path/to/package/package_name-version.pkg.tar.xz_
+```
+
+Install a ‘remote’ package, not contained in an official repository:
+
+```
+pacman -U http://www.example.com/repo/example.pkg.tar.xz
+```
+
+### Bonus: Troubleshooting common errors with pacman
+
+Here are some common errors you may encounter while managing packages with pacman.
+
+#### Failed to commit transaction (conflicting files)
+
+If you see the following error:
+
+```
+error: could not prepare transaction
+error: failed to commit transaction (conflicting files)
+package: /path/to/file exists in filesystem
+Errors occurred, no packages were upgraded.
+```
+
+This is happening because pacman has detected a file conflict and will not overwrite files for you.
+
+A safe way to solve this is to first check if another package owns the file (pacman -Qo _/path/to/file_). If the file is owned by another package, file a bug report. If the file is not owned by another package, rename the file which ‘exists in filesystem’ and re-issue the update command. If all goes well, the file may then be removed.
+
+Instead of manually renaming and later removing all the files that belong to the package in question, you may explicitly run _**pacman -S –overwrite glob package**_ to force pacman to overwrite files that match _glob_.
+
+#### Failed to commit transaction (invalid or corrupted package)
+
+Look for .part files (partially downloaded packages) in /var/cache/pacman/pkg/ and remove them. It is often caused by usage of a custom XferCommand in pacman.conf.
+
+#### Failed to init transaction (unable to lock database)
+
+When pacman is about to alter the package database, for example installing a package, it creates a lock file at /var/lib/pacman/db.lck. This prevents another instance of pacman from trying to alter the package database at the same time.
+
+If pacman is interrupted while changing the database, this stale lock file can remain. If you are certain that no instances of pacman are running then delete the lock file.
+
+Check if a process is holding the lock file:
+
+```
+lsof /var/lib/pacman/db.lck
+```
+
+If the above command doesn’t return anything, you can remove the lock file:
+
+```
+rm /var/lib/pacman/db.lck
+```
+
+If you find the PID of the process holding the lock file with lsof command output, kill it first and then remove the lock file.
+
+I hope you like my humble effort in explaining the basic pacman commands. Please leave your comments below and don’t forget to subscribe on our social media. Stay safe!
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/pacman-command/
+
+作者：[Dimitrios Savvopoulos][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/dimitrios/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.archlinux.org/pacman/
+[2]: https://www.archlinux.org/
+[3]: https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Arch_Build_System
+[4]: https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Official_repositories
+[5]: https://itsfoss.com/install-arch-linux/
+[6]: https://itsfoss.com/things-to-do-after-installing-arch-linux/
+[7]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/essential-pacman-commands.jpg?ssl=1
+[8]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/sudo-pacman-S.png?ssl=1
+[9]: https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Dependency
+[10]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/sudo-pacman-R.png?ssl=1
+[11]: https://itsfoss.com/update-arch-linux/
+[12]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/sudo-pacman-Syu.png?ssl=1
+[13]: https://www.archlinux.org/feeds/news/
+[14]: https://mailman.archlinux.org/mailman/listinfo/arch-announce/
+[15]: https://bbs.archlinux.org/
+[16]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/sudo-pacman-Ss.png?ssl=1
+[17]: https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Downgrade
+[18]: https://jlk.fjfi.cvut.cz/arch/manpages/man/paccache.8
+[19]: https://www.archlinux.org/packages/?name=pacman-contrib
+[20]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/sudo-paccache-r.png?ssl=1
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200420 New open source GIS projects for Kubernetes applications.md b/sources/tech/20200420 New open source GIS projects for Kubernetes applications.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a8fdec6e71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200420 New open source GIS projects for Kubernetes applications.md
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (New open source GIS projects for Kubernetes applications)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/gis-kubernetes)
+[#]: author: (Adam Timm https://opensource.com/users/timmam)
+
+New open source GIS projects for Kubernetes applications
+======
+pg_tileserv and pg_featureserv make it easier for developers to add
+location services to Kubernetes applications.
+![A map with a route highlighted][1]
+
+Spatial data from geographic information systems (GIS) is all around us. From smartphones that make our lives better and more convenient to precision agriculture that is increasing the amount of food farmers can produce while reducing the cost, whether or not we realize it, almost every part of our lives is touched by spatial data.
+
+This increase of spatial data is simultaneously bringing an increase of open spatial datasets that people can consume and use to build all sorts of new applications. However, these types of datasets have not always been easy to work with. Also, due to the size of some of the geographic data, they can be difficult to bring to modern application deployment frameworks such as Kubernetes.
+
+To help with these issues, [Crunchy Data][2] recently announced two new open source projects, [pg_tileserv][3] and [pg_featureserv][4], to make it easier to develop cloud-native spatial applications. These projects, part of open source [Crunchy Spatial][5], help developers leverage the robust [PostGIS][6] geospatial database extension to [PostgreSQL][7] without having to write complex SQL statements.
+
+So what are pg_tileserv and pg_featuresev, how do they make it easier for developers to add location services to their Kubernetes applications, and what does this mean for the future of spatial applications?
+
+### Traditional GIS vs. modern spatial microservices
+
+Traditionally, when an organization or individual works with spatial data, they start with a product that grew up as a GIS. There are many high-quality open source GIS products ([QGIS][8], [GeoServer][9], [GeoNode][10], etc.), but they may not align with modern, cloud-native approaches to software design.
+
+The popularity of Kubernetes creates challenges for these legacy applications around automation and deployment, as they require a lot of manual configuration, for example, when data sources are added and modified. In many setups, these spatial applications must exist outside Kubernetes and cannot leverage many of the conveniences it provides.
+
+In contrast, modern spatial services should be driven by the spatial data that they are processing and serving out. They should align with modern software development practices and scale efficiently and integrate easily with developer workflows.
+
+Applications that are spatially aware also need to ensure they can handle the unique characteristics of spatial data (e.g., geometries, projections, etc.). To do all of this in independent microservices can be challenging unless you have a highly capable database to do the majority of the work for you. This is where pg_tileserv and pg_featureserv help, as both projects leverage the power of PostGIS, an open source geospatial extension to PostgreSQL, to provide advanced spatial capabilities from a simple REST framework
+
+### Generate map vector tiles with pg_tileserv
+
+![pg_tileserv][11]
+
+pg_tileserv is a lightweight vector tile server written in Go that enables you to generate [vector tiles][12] directly from PostGIS. It does this by implementing the **ST_AsMVT()** function in a best-practice method that translates an HTTP request to the database. It includes common defaults that allow you to pass a database connection URL to the server and be up and running in no time. There's no heavyweight software to install and configure, and it's designed for cloud-native GIS applications.
+
+For specific examples on how to use it, check out our blog posts on [tile serving][13] and [spatial tile serving with PostgreSQL functions][14].
+
+### Annotate your maps with pg_featureserv
+
+![pg_featureserv][15]
+
+pg_featureserv is a lightweight service written in Go that enables you to serve features directly out of PostGIS. It implements the [OGC API][16] for features and provides a standard REST endpoint for your spatial data and functions contained in PostGIS. Just like pg_tileserv, there's no heavyweight software to install; just pass a database connection URL to your PostGIS database, and you're off to the races. For a specific example of how to use it, check out our post on [querying spatial features][17].
+
+### Focus on spatial data, not GIS
+
+With our deep background in developing PostGIS and building PostGIS-backed applications, we wanted to help developers unlock all the value of spatial data in a way that is easy to deploy, scale, and maintain. As the source code of pg_tileserv and pg_featureserv show, we are just leveraging functions already in PostGIS. This allows developers to quickly add spatial data to their applications and data scientists to focus on the data.
+
+![GIS architecture][18]
+
+The benefits of this approach are:
+
+ * Faster performance because PostgreSQL and PostGIS are doing the work for you
+ * Less configuration to maintain because the database structure is the configuration
+ * By design, it runs in the cloud at enterprise scale from the start
+ * Shorter times to update customer-facing applications—when you update your data in the database, your application is updated instantly
+ * Ability to focus more on maintaining your data and delivering value to your users and less on wrangling software
+
+
+
+Also, since these services respond to the configuration of your database, they also expose functions contained in the database. Rather than developing their data functions to incorporate them into software later, data scientists can create functions in the database that are immediately made available via a REST API. The software begins to fade into the background so an organization can focus on the data.
+
+Suffice it to say, we're pretty excited about these new geospatial services, and we definitely want your feedback on them. Feel free to check out [pg_tileserve][3] and [pg_featureserv][4], try deploying them alongside your PostGIS databases with the [PostgreSQL Operator][19], and share your feedback in the comments.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/gis-kubernetes
+
+作者：[Adam Timm][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/timmam
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/map_route_location_gps_path.png?itok=RwtS4DsU (A map with a route highlighted)
+[2]: https://www.crunchydata.com/
+[3]: https://github.com/CrunchyData/pg_tileserv
+[4]: https://github.com/CrunchyData/pg_featureserv
+[5]: https://www.crunchydata.com/products/crunchy-spatial/
+[6]: https://postgis.net/
+[7]: https://www.postgresql.org
+[8]: https://www.qgis.org/en/site/
+[9]: http://geoserver.org/
+[10]: http://geonode.org/
+[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/pg_tileserv.jpg (pg_tileserv)
+[12]: https://info.crunchydata.com/blog/dynamic-vector-tiles-from-postgis
+[13]: https://info.crunchydata.com/blog/crunchy-spatial-tile-serving
+[14]: https://info.crunchydata.com/blog/crunchy-spatial-tile-serving-with-postgresql-functions
+[15]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/pg_featureserv.jpg (pg_featureserv)
+[16]: http://www.ogcapi.org/
+[17]: https://info.crunchydata.com/blog/crunchy-spatial-querying-spatial-features-with-pg_featureserv
+[18]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/architecture_0.png (GIS architecture)
+[19]: https://github.com/CrunchyData/postgres-operator
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200421 How I use Hugo for my classroom-s open source CMS.md b/sources/tech/20200421 How I use Hugo for my classroom-s open source CMS.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bef4b09a9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200421 How I use Hugo for my classroom-s open source CMS.md
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How I use Hugo for my classroom's open source CMS)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/hugo-classroom)
+[#]: author: (Peter Cheer https://opensource.com/users/petercheer)
+
+How I use Hugo for my classroom's open source CMS
+======
+This open source software streamlines text editing while leaving room
+for customization.
+![Digital hand surrounding by objects, bike, light bulb, graphs][1]
+
+People love Markdown text with good reason—it is easy to write, easy to read, easy to edit, and it can be converted to a wide range of other text mark up formats. While Markdown text is very good for content creation and manipulation, it imposes limitations on the options for content display.
+
+If we could combine the virtues of Markdown with the power and flexibility of Cascading Style Sheets, HTML5, and JavaScript, that would be something special. One of the programs trying to do this is [Hugo][2]. Hugo was created in 2013 by Steve Francia; it is cross-platform and open source under an Apache 2.0 license with an active developer community and a growing user base.
+
+The basic concept is that pieces of content, such as web pages or blog posts, written in Markdown and associated with metadata, are converted into HTML and combined with templates and themes to produce a complete web site. The power and flexibility come through these themes and templates or changing the default behaviors of Hugo. This power comes with a degree of unavoidable complexity, but there are lots of [pre-built templates][3] available if you lack the time or inclination to make your own.
+
+Installing Hugo on my Linux machine was quick and easy. Starting a new project is as simple as typing **hugo new site quickstart** at the command line which creates a new project with this folder structure:
+
+ * **archetypes**: Content template files that contain preconfigured front matter metadata (date, title, draft). You can create new archetypes with custom front matter fields.
+ * **assets**: Stores all the files, which are processed by Hugo Pipes (e.g., CSS/Sass files). This directory is not created by default.
+ * **config.toml**: The default site config file.
+ * **content**: Where all the content Markdown files live.
+ * **data**: Used to store configuration files that can be used by Hugo when generating your website.
+ * **layouts**: Stores templates as .html files.
+ * **static**: Stores all the static content—images, CSS, JavaScript, etc.
+ * **themes**: For the Hugo theme of your choice.
+
+
+
+The Markdown files in the content folder can be created manually or by Hugo and edited with any text editor or your Markdown creation tool of choice. If created manually, you will need to add any metadata that is needed. I prefer to use [Ghostwriter][4] for writing Markdown. Images are usually kept in a sub-folder in the static folder. Site development can proceed quickly, as Hugo includes a web server for testing and pre-viewing.
+
+To check your work, type **hugo server** at the command line to start the server. By default, Hugo will not publish:
+
+ * Content with a future **publishdate** value.
+ * Content with **draft: true** status.
+ * Content with a past **expirydate** value.
+
+
+
+Adding **hugo server -D** will include draft articles, and Hugo can be configured to mark all new articles as draft. After starting the web server, you can see your work in a web browser at localhost:1313. Once the server is started by default, it will automatically reload the browser window when it detects a change to one of your files.
+
+There are tasks Markdown cannot do that need some HTML code. Hugo recognizes this but believes in keeping Markdown code as clean, simple, and uncluttered as possible. Hugo does this with shortcodes such as **{{< youtube id= "w7Ft2ymGmfc" autoplay= "true">}}**, which will embed the YouTube video with id. w7Ft2ymGmfc. There are quite a few pre-built shortcodes for common tasks, but it is also possible to create your own for particular jobs.
+
+I work in education quite a lot and wanted to include some interactive puzzles and questions on my Hugo-generated website. To get the output looking like this:
+
+![JClic shortcode][5]
+
+I created the activities with an open source Java program called [JClic][6], exported them as HTML5, put that into static/activities/excel, and displayed it in an iframe.
+
+The HTML code, which would spoil the nice clean Markdown content, looks like this:
+
+
+```
+ <[iframe][7]
+ src="/activity/excel/index.html"
+ title="Activity"
+ height="400"
+ frameborder="0"
+ marginwidth="0"
+ marginheight="0"
+ scrolling="no"
+ style="border: 1px solid #CCC; border-width: 1px; margin-bottom: 20px; width: 100%;"
+ allowfullscreen="true">
+ </[iframe][7]>
+```
+
+The code is saved in layouts/shortcodes as **activity.html**
+
+This makes the shortcode placed inside my Markdown file **{{<activity>}}**, which is much neater.
+
+When your project is ready, you can build it with the **hugo** command; this will create a public folder and generate the website in it. Hugo has a number of built-in deployment options for different hosting providers—basically, you deploy your site by copying the public folder to your production web server. There is a lot more to Hugo that I haven't even gotten to yet, including configuration options, importing content from other static site generators and Wordpress, display data from JSON files, syntax highlighting of source code, and the fact that it is very fast (an advantage when working with large sites).
+
+In many software tools, ease-of-use comes at the expense of flexibility, or vice-versa; Hugo makes a largely successful attempt at including both. For basic use with Markdown content and a pre-built theme, Hugo is easy to use and produces rapid results. Alternatively, if you have the need to alter the configuration settings or dive in and create your own themes, shortcodes, templates, or metadata schemes, that choice is open to you.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/hugo-classroom
+
+作者：[Peter Cheer][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/petercheer
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/rh_003588_01_rd3os.combacktoschoolseriesk12_rh_021x_0.png?itok=fvorN0e- (Digital hand surrounding by objects, bike, light bulb, graphs)
+[2]: https://gohugo.io/
+[3]: https://themes.gohugo.io/
+[4]: http://github.com/wereturtle/ghostwriter
+[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/jclic_shortcode.png (JClic shortcode)
+[6]: https://clic.xtec.cat/legacy/en/index.html
+[7]: http://december.com/html/4/element/iframe.html
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200421 How I use Python to map the global spread of COVID-19.md b/sources/tech/20200421 How I use Python to map the global spread of COVID-19.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2f5f8dbef0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200421 How I use Python to map the global spread of COVID-19.md
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How I use Python to map the global spread of COVID-19)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/python-map-covid-19)
+[#]: author: (AnuragGupta https://opensource.com/users/999anuraggupta)
+
+How I use Python to map the global spread of COVID-19
+======
+Create a color coded geographic map of the potential spread of the virus
+using these open source scripts.
+![Globe up in the clouds][1]
+
+The spread of disease is a real concern for a world in which global travel is commonplace. A few organizations track significant epidemics (and any pandemic), and fortunately, they publish their work as open data. The raw data can be difficult for humans to process, though, and that's why data science is so vital. For instance, it could be useful to visualize the worldwide spread of COVID-19 with Python and Pandas.
+
+It can be hard to know where to start when you're faced with large amounts of raw data. The more you do it, however, the more patterns begin to emerge. Here's a common scenario, applied to COVID-19 data:
+
+ 1. Download COVID-19 country spread daily data into a Pandas DataFrame object from GitHub. For this, you need the Python Pandas library.
+ 2. Process and clean the downloaded data and make it suitable for visualizing. The downloaded data (as you will see for yourself) is in quite good condition. The one problem with this data is that it uses the names of countries, but it's better to use three-digit ISO 3 codes. To generate the three-digit ISO 3 codes, use a small Python library called pycountry. Having generated these codes, you can add an extra column to our DataFrame and populate it with these codes.
+ 3. Finally, for the visualization, use the **express** module of a library called Plotly. This article uses what are called choropleth maps (available in Plotly) to visualize the worldwide spread of the disease.
+
+
+
+### Step 1: Corona data
+
+We will download the latest corona data from:
+
+
+
+We will load the data directly into a Pandas DataFrame. Pandas provides a function, **read_csv()**, which can take a URL and return a DataFrame object as shown below:
+
+
+```
+import pycountry
+import plotly.express as px
+import pandas as pd
+URL_DATASET = r''
+df1 = pd.read_csv(URL_DATASET)
+print(df1.head(3)) # Get first 3 entries in the dataframe
+print(df1.tail(3)) # Get last 3 entries in the dataframe
+```
+
+The screenshot of output (on Jupyter) is:
+
+![Jupyter screenshot][2]
+
+From output, you can see that the DataFrame (df1) has the following columns:
+
+ 1. Date
+ 2. Country
+ 3. Confirmed
+ 4. Recovered
+ 5. Dead
+
+
+
+Further, you can see that the **Date** column has entries starting from January 22 to March 31. This database is updated daily, so you will get the current values.
+
+### Step 2: Cleaning and modifying the data frame
+
+We need to add another column to this DataFrame, which has the three-letter ISO alpha-3 codes. To do this, I followed these steps:
+
+ 1. Create a list of all countries in the database. This was required because in the **df**, in the column **Country**, each country was figuring for each date. So in effect, the **Country** column had multiple entries for each country. To do this, I used the **unique().tolist()** functions.
+ 2. Then I took a dictionary **d_country_code** (initially empty) and populated it with keys consisting of country names and values consisting of their three-letter ISO codes.
+ 3. To generate the three-letter ISO code for a country, I used the function **pycountry.countries.search_fuzzy(country)**. You need to understand that the return value of this function is a "list of **Country** objects." I passed the return value of this function to a name country_data. Further, in this list of objects, the first object i.e., at index 0, is the best fit. Further, this **\** object has an attribute **alpha_3**. So, I can "access" the 3 letter ISO code by using **country_data[0].alpha_3**. However, it is possible that some country names in the DataFrame may not have a corresponding ISO code (For example, disputed territories). So, for such countries, I gave an ISO code of "i.e. a blank string. Further, you need to wrap this code in a try-except block. The statement: **print(_‘could not add ISO 3 code for ->'_, country)** will give a printout of those countries for which the ISO 3 codes could not be found. In fact, you will find such countries as shown with white color in the final output.
+ 4. Having got the three-letter ISO code for each country (or an empty string for some), I added the country name (as key) and its corresponding ISO code (as value) to the dictionary **d_country_code**. For adding these, I used the **update()** method of the Python dictionary object.
+ 5. Having created a dictionary of country names and their codes, I added them to the DataFrame using a simple for loop.
+
+
+
+### Step 3: Visualizing the spread using Plotly
+
+A choropleth map is a map composed of colored polygons. It is used to represent spatial variations of a quantity. We will use the express module of Plotly conventionally called **px**. Here we show you how to create a choropleth map using the function: **px.choropleth**.
+
+The signature of this function is:
+
+
+```
+`plotly.express.choropleth(data_frame=None, lat=None, lon=None, locations=None, locationmode=None, geojson=None, featureidkey=None, color=None, hover_name=None, hover_data=None, custom_data=None, animation_frame=None, animation_group=None, category_orders={}, labels={}, color_discrete_sequence=None, color_discrete_map={}, color_continuous_scale=None, range_color=None, color_continuous_midpoint=None, projection=None, scope=None, center=None, title=None, template=None, width=None, height=None)`
+```
+
+The noteworthy points are that the **choropleth()** function needs the following things:
+
+ 1. A geometry in the form of a **geojson** object. This is where things are a bit confusing and not clearly mentioned in its documentation. You may or may not provide a **geojson** object. If you provide a **geojson** object, then that object will be used to plot the earth features, but if you don't provide a **geojson** object, then the function will, by default, use one of the built-in geometries. (In our example here, we will use a built-in geometry, so we won't provide any value for the **geojson** argument)
+ 2. A pandas DataFrame object for the attribute **data_frame**. Here we provide our DataFrame ie **df1** we created earlier.
+ 3. We will use the data of **Confirmed** column to decide the color of each country polygon.
+ 4. Further, we will use the **Date** column to create the **animation_frame**. Thus as we slide across the dates, the colors of the countries will change as per the values in the **Confirmed** column.
+
+
+
+The complete code is given below:
+
+
+```
+import pycountry
+import plotly.express as px
+import pandas as pd
+# ----------- Step 1 ------------
+URL_DATASET = r''
+df1 = pd.read_csv(URL_DATASET)
+# print(df1.head) # Uncomment to see what the dataframe is like
+# ----------- Step 2 ------------
+list_countries = df1['Country'].unique().tolist()
+# print(list_countries) # Uncomment to see list of countries
+d_country_code = {} # To hold the country names and their ISO
+for country in list_countries:
+ try:
+ country_data = pycountry.countries.search_fuzzy(country)
+ # country_data is a list of objects of class pycountry.db.Country
+ # The first item ie at index 0 of list is best fit
+ # object of class Country have an alpha_3 attribute
+ country_code = country_data[0].alpha_3
+ d_country_code.update({country: country_code})
+ except:
+ print('could not add ISO 3 code for ->', country)
+ # If could not find country, make ISO code ' '
+ d_country_code.update({country: ' '})
+
+# print(d_country_code) # Uncomment to check dictionary
+
+# create a new column iso_alpha in the df
+# and fill it with appropriate iso 3 code
+for k, v in d_country_code.items():
+ df1.loc[(df1.Country == k), 'iso_alpha'] = v
+
+# print(df1.head) # Uncomment to confirm that ISO codes added
+# ----------- Step 3 ------------
+fig = px.choropleth(data_frame = df1,
+ locations= "iso_alpha",
+ color= "Confirmed", # value in column 'Confirmed' determines color
+ hover_name= "Country",
+ color_continuous_scale= 'RdYlGn', # color scale red, yellow green
+ animation_frame= "Date")
+
+fig.show()
+```
+
+The output is something like the following:
+
+![Map][3]
+
+You can download and run the [complete code][4].
+
+To wrap up, here are some excellent resources on choropleth in Plotly:
+
+ *
+ * [https://plotly.com/python/reference/#choropleth][5]
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/python-map-covid-19
+
+作者：[AnuragGupta][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/999anuraggupta
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/cloud-globe.png?itok=_drXt4Tn (Globe up in the clouds)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/jupyter_screenshot.png (Jupyter screenshot)
+[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/map_2.png (Map)
+[4]: https://github.com/ag999git/jupyter_notebooks/blob/master/corona_spread_visualization
+[5]: tmp.azs72dmHFd#choropleth
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200421 How to take advantage of Linux-s extensive vocabulary.md b/sources/tech/20200421 How to take advantage of Linux-s extensive vocabulary.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..249d9d84f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200421 How to take advantage of Linux-s extensive vocabulary.md
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to take advantage of Linux's extensive vocabulary)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3539011/how-to-takke-advantage-of-linuxs-extensive-vocabulary.html)
+[#]: author: (Sandra Henry-Stocker https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/)
+
+How to take advantage of Linux's extensive vocabulary
+======
+Linux systems don't only know a lot of words, it has commands that can help you use them by finding words that are on the tip of your tongue or fixing your typos.
+Sandra Henry-Stocker
+
+While you might not think of Linux as a writing tutor, it does have some commendable language skills – at least when it comes to English. While the average American probably has a vocabulary between 20,000 and 50,000 words, Linux can claim over 100,000 words (spellings, not definitions). And you can easily put this vocabulary to work for you in a number of ways. Let’s look at how Linux can help with your word challenges.
+
+### Help with finding words
+
+First, let’s focus on finding words.If you use the **wc** command to count the number of words in the **/usr/share/dict/words** file on your system, you should see something like this:
+
+```
+$ wc -l /usr/share/dict/words
+102402 /usr/share/dict/words
+```
+
+As you can see, the **words** file on this system contains 102,402 words. So, when you’re trying to nail down just the right word and are having trouble, you stand a good chance of finding it on your system by remembering (or guessing at) some part of it. But you'll need a little help narrowing down those 102,402 words to a group worth your time to review. In this command, we’re looking for words that start with the letters “revi”.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][1]
+
+```
+$ grep ^reviv /usr/share/dict/words
+revival
+revival's
+revivalist
+revivalist's
+revivalists
+revivals
+revive
+revived
+revives
+revivification
+revivification's
+revivified
+revivifies
+revivify
+revivifying
+reviving
+```
+
+That’s sixteen words that start with the string “revi”. The **^** character represents the beginning of the word and, as you might have suspected, each word in the file is on a line by itself.
+
+A good number of the words in the **/usr/share/dict/words** file are names. If you want to find words regardless of whether they're capitalized, add the **-i** (ignore case) option to your **grep** command.
+
+```
+$ grep -i ^wool /usr/share/dict/words
+Woolf
+Woolf's
+Woolite
+Woolite's
+Woolongong
+Woolongong's
+Woolworth
+Woolworth's
+wool
+...
+```
+
+You can also look for words that end in or contain a certain string of letters. In this next command, we look for words that contain the string “nativ” at any location.
+
+```
+$ grep 'nativ' /usr/share/dict/words
+alternative
+alternative's
+alternatively
+alternatives
+imaginative
+imaginatively
+native
+native's
+natives
+nativities
+nativity
+nativity's
+nominative
+nominative's
+nominatives
+unimaginative
+```
+
+In this next command, we look for words that end in “emblance”, the **$** character representing the end of the line. Only two words in the **words** file fit the bill.
+
+[][2]
+
+```
+$ grep 'emblance$' /usr/share/dict/words
+resemblance
+semblance
+```
+
+If we, for some reason, want to find words with exactly 21 letters, we could use this command:
+
+```
+$ grep '^.....................$' /usr/share/dict/words
+counterintelligence's
+electroencephalograms
+electroencephalograph
+```
+
+On the other hand, making sure we've typed the correct number of dots can be tedious. This next command is little easier to manage:
+
+```
+$ grep -E '^[[:alpha:]]{21}$' /usr/share/dict/words
+electroencephalograms
+electroencephalograph
+```
+
+This command does the same thing:
+
+```
+$ grep -E '^\w{21}$' /usr/share/dict/words
+electroencephalograms
+electroencephalograph
+```
+
+The one important difference between these commands is that the one with the dots matches any string of 21 characters. The two specifying "alpha" or "\w" only match letters, so they find only two matching words.
+
+Now let’s look for words that contain 20 letters (or more) in a row.
+
+```
+$ grep -E '(\w{20})' /usr/share/dict/words
+Andrianampoinimerina
+Andrianampoinimerina's
+counterrevolutionaries
+counterrevolutionary
+counterrevolutionary's
+electroencephalogram
+electroencephalogram's
+electroencephalograms
+electroencephalograph
+electroencephalograph's
+electroencephalographs
+uncharacteristically
+```
+
+That command returns words with apostrophes because they contain 20 letters in a row before they get to that point.
+
+Next, we’ll check out words with 21 or more characters. The 1 and 20 in combination with the **v** (invert) option in this command cause **grep** to skip over words with anywhere from 1 to 20 characters.
+
+```
+$ grep -vwE '\w{1,20}' /usr/share/dict/words
+counterrevolutionaries
+electroencephalograms
+electroencephalograph
+electroencephalographs
+```
+
+In this next command, we look for words that start with “ex” and have four additional letters.
+
+```
+$ grep '^ex.\{4\}$' /usr/share/dict/words
+exacts
+exalts
+exam's
+exceed
+excels
+except
+excess
+excise
+excite
+excuse
+…
+```
+
+In case you're curious, the **words** file on this system contains 43 such words:
+
+```
+$ grep '^ex.\{4\}$' /usr/share/dict/words | wc -l
+43
+```
+
+To get help with spelling, you should try **aspell**. It can help you with individual words or run a spell check scan through an entire text file. In this first example, we ask **aspell** to help with a single word. It finds the word we’re after along with a couple other possibilities.
+
+### Checking a word
+
+```
+$ aspell -a
+@(#) International Ispell Version 3.1.20 (but really Aspell 0.60.7)
+prolifferate <== entered word
+& prolifferate 3 0: proliferate, proliferated, proliferates <== replacement options
+```
+
+If **aspell** doesn’t provide a list of words, that means that the spelling you offered was correct. Here's an example:
+
+```
+$ aspell -a
+@(#) International Ispell Version 3.1.20 (but really Aspell 0.60.7)
+proliferate <== entered text
+* <== no suggestions
+```
+
+Typing **^C** (control-c) exits **aspell**.
+
+### Checking a file
+
+When checking a file with **aspell**, you get suggestions for each misspelled word. When **aspell** spots typos, it highlights the misspelled words one at a time and gives you a chance to choose from a list of properly spelled words that are similar enough to the misspelled words to be good candidates for replacing them.
+
+To start checking a file, type **aspell -c** followed by the file name.
+
+```
+$ aspell -c thesis
+```
+
+You'll see something like this:
+
+```
+This thesis focusses on …
+
+1) focuses 6) Fosse's
+2) focused 7) flosses
+3) cusses 8) courses
+4) fusses 9) focus
+5) focus's 0) fuses
+i) Ignore I) Ignore all
+r) Replace R) Replace all
+a) Add l) Add Lower
+b) Abort x) Exit
+```
+
+Make your selection by pressing the key listed next to the word you want (1, 2, etc.) and **aspell** will replace the misspelled word in the file and move on to the next one if there are others. Notice that you also have options to replace the word by typing another one. Press "x" when you're done.
+
+### Help with crossword puzzles
+
+If you’re working on a crossword puzzle and need to find a five-letter word that starts with a “d” and has a “u” as its fourth letter, you can use a command like this:
+
+```
+$ grep -i '^d..u.$' /usr/share/dict/words
+datum
+debug
+debut
+demur
+donut
+```
+
+### Help with word scrambles
+
+If you’re working on a puzzle that requires you to de-scramble the letters in a string until you've found a proper word, you can offer the list of letters to grep like this example in which **grep** turns the letters "yxusonlia" into the word “anxiously”.
+
+```
+$ grep -P '^(?:([yxusonlia])(?!.*?\1)){9}$' /usr/share/dict/words
+anxiously
+```
+
+Linux’s word skills are impressive and sometimes even fun. Whether you're hoping to find words you can't quite call to mind or get a little help cheating on word puzzles, Linux offers some clever options.
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][3] and [LinkedIn][4] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3539011/how-to-takke-advantage-of-linuxs-extensive-vocabulary.html
+
+作者：[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[2]: https://www.networkworld.com/blog/itaas-and-the-corporate-storage-technology/?utm_source=IDG&utm_medium=promotions&utm_campaign=HPE22140&utm_content=sidebar (ITAAS and Corporate Storage Strategy)
+[3]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[4]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200423 4 open source chat applications you should use right now.md b/sources/tech/20200423 4 open source chat applications you should use right now.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..25aa100c53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200423 4 open source chat applications you should use right now.md
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (4 open source chat applications you should use right now)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/open-source-chat)
+[#]: author: (Sudeshna Sur https://opensource.com/users/sudeshna-sur)
+
+4 open source chat applications you should use right now
+======
+Collaborating remotely is an essential capability now, making open
+source real-time chat an essential piece of your toolbox.
+![Chat bubbles][1]
+
+The first thing we usually do after waking up in the morning is to check our cellphone to see if there are important messages from our colleagues and friends. Whether or not it's a good idea, this behavior has become part of our daily lifestyle.
+
+> _"Man is a rational animal. He can think up a reason for anything he wants to believe."_
+> _– Anatole France_
+
+No matter the soundness of the reason, we all have a suite of communication tools—email, phone calls, web-conferencing tools, or social networking—we use on a daily basis. Even before COVID-19, working from home already made these communication tools an essential part of our world. And as the pandemic has made working from home the new normal, we're facing unprecedented changes to how we communicate, which makes these tools not merely essential but now required.
+
+### Why chat?
+
+When working remotely as a part of a globally distributed team, we must have a collaborative environment. Chat applications play a vital role in helping us stay connected. In contrast to email, chat applications provide fast, real-time communications with colleagues around the globe.
+
+There are a lot of factors involved in choosing a chat application. To help you pick the right one for you, in this article, I'll explore four open source chat applications and one open source video-communication tool (for when you need to be "face-to-face" with your colleagues), then outline some of the features you should look for in an effective communication application.
+
+### 4 open source chat apps
+
+#### Rocket.Chat
+
+![Rocket.Chat][2]
+
+[Rocket.Chat][3] is a comprehensive communication platform that classifies channels as public (open to anyone who joins) or private (invitation-only) rooms. You can also send direct messages to people who are logged in; share documents, links, photos, videos, and GIFs; make video calls; and send audio messages without leaving the platform.
+
+Rocket.Chat is free and open source, but what makes it unique is its self-hosted chat system. You can download it onto your server, whether it's an on-premises server or a virtual private server on a public cloud.
+
+Rocket.Chat is completely free, and its [source code][4] is available on GitHub. Many open source projects use Rocket.Chat as their official communication platform. It is constantly evolving with new features and improvements.
+
+The things I like the most about Rocket.Chat are its ability to be customized according to user requirements and that it uses machine learning to do automatic, real-time message translation between users. You can also download Rocket.Chat for your mobile device and use it on the go.
+
+#### IRC
+
+![IRC on WeeChat 0.3.5][5]
+
+[Internet Relay Chat (IRC)][6] is a real-time, text-based form of communication. Although it's one of the oldest forms of electronic communication, it remains popular among many well-known software projects.
+
+IRC channels are discrete chat rooms. It allows you to have conversations with multiple people in an open channel or chat with someone privately one-on-one. If a channel name starts with a #, you can assume it to be official, whereas chat rooms that begin with ## are unofficial and usually casual.
+
+[Getting started with IRC][7] is easy. Your IRC handle or nickname is what allows people to find you, so it must be unique. But your choice of IRC client is completely your decision. If you want a more feature-rich application than a standard IRC client, you can connect to IRC with [Riot.im][8].
+
+Given its age, why should you still be on IRC? For one reason, it remains the home for many of the free and open source projects we depend on. If you want to participate in open source software and communities, IRC is the option to get started.
+
+#### Zulip
+
+![Zulip][9]
+
+[Zulip][10] is a popular group-chat application that follows the topic-based threading model. In Zulip, you subscribe to streams, just like in IRC channels or Rocket.Chat. But each Zulip stream opens a topic that is unique, which helps you track conversations later, thus making it more organized.
+
+Like other platforms, it supports emojis, inline images, video, and tweet previews. It also supports LaTeX for sharing math formulas or equations and Markdown and syntax highlighting for sharing code.
+
+Zulip is cross-platform and offers APIs for building your own integrations. Something I especially like about Zulip is its integration feature with GitHub: if I'm working on an issue, I can use Zulip's marker to link back to the pull request ID.
+
+Zulip is open source (you can access its [source code][11] on GitHub) and free to use, but it has paid offerings for on-premises support, [LDAP][12] integration, and more storage.
+
+#### Let's Chat
+
+![Let's Chat][13]
+
+[Let's Chat][14] is a self-hosted chat solution for small teams. It runs on Node.js and MongoDB and can be deployed to local servers or hosted services with a few clicks. It's free and open source, with the [source code][15] available on GitHub.
+
+What differentiates Let's Chat from other open source chat tools is its enterprise features: it supports LDAP and [Kerberos][16] authentication. It also has all the features a new user would want: you can search message history in the archives and tag people with mentions like @username.
+
+What I like about Let's Chat is that it has private and password-protected rooms, image embeds, GIPHY support, and code pasting. It is constantly evolving and adding more features to its bucket.
+
+### Bonus: Open source video chat with Jitsi
+
+![Jitsi][17]
+
+Sometimes text chat isn't enough, and you need to talk to someone face-to-face. In times like these, when in-person meetings aren't an option, video chat is the best alternative. [Jitsi][18] is a complete, open source, multi-platform, and WebRTC-compliant videoconferencing tool.
+
+Jitsi began with Jitsi Desktop and has evolved into multiple [projects][19], including Jitsi Meet, Jitsi Videobridge, jibri, and libjitsi, with [source code][20] published for each on GitHub.
+
+Jitsi is secure and scalable and supports advanced video-routing concepts such as simulcast and bandwidth estimation, as well as typical capabilities like audio, recording, screen-sharing, and dial-in features. You can set a password to secure your video-chat room and protect it against intruders, and it also supports live-streaming over YouTube. You can also build your own Jitsi server and host it on-premises or on a virtual private server, such as a Digital Ocean Droplet.
+
+What I like most about Jitsi is that it is free and frictionless; anyone can start a meeting in no time by visiting [meet.jit.si][21], and users are good to go with no need for registration or installation. (However, registration gives you calendar integrations.) This low-barrier-to-entry alternative to popular videoconferencing services is helping Jitsi's popularity spread rapidly.
+
+### Tips for choosing a chat application
+
+The variety of open source chat applications can make it hard to pick one. The following are some general guidelines for choosing a chat app.
+
+ * Tools that have an interactive interface and simple navigation are ideal.
+ * It's better to look for a tool that has great features and allows people to use it in various ways.
+ * Integrations with tools you use can play an important role in your decision. Some tools have great and seamless integrations with GitHub, GitLab, and certain applications, which is a useful feature.
+ * It's convenient to use tools that have a pathway to hosting on cloud-based services.
+ * The security of the chat service should be taken into account. The ability to host services on a private server is necessary for many organizations and individuals.
+ * It's best to select communication tools that have rich privacy settings and allow for both private and public chat rooms.
+
+
+
+Since people are more dependent than ever on online services, it is smart to have a backup communication platform available. For example, if a project is using Rocket.Chat, it should also have the option to hop into IRC, if necessary. Since these services are continuously updating, you may find yourself connected to multiple channels, and this is where integration becomes so valuable.
+
+Of the different open source chat services available, which ones do you like and use? How do these tools help you work remotely? Please share your thoughts in the comments.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/open-source-chat
+
+作者：[Sudeshna Sur][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/sudeshna-sur
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/talk_chat_communication_team.png?itok=CYfZ_gE7 (Chat bubbles)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/rocketchat.png (Rocket.Chat)
+[3]: https://rocket.chat/
+[4]: https://github.com/RocketChat/Rocket.Chat
+[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/irc.png (IRC on WeeChat 0.3.5)
+[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Internet_Relay_Chat
+[7]: https://opensource.com/article/16/6/getting-started-irc
+[8]: https://opensource.com/article/17/5/introducing-riot-IRC
+[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/zulip.png (Zulip)
+[10]: https://zulipchat.com/
+[11]: https://github.com/zulip/zulip
+[12]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lightweight_Directory_Access_Protocol
+[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/lets-chat.png (Let's Chat)
+[14]: https://sdelements.github.io/lets-chat/
+[15]: https://github.com/sdelements/lets-chat
+[16]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kerberos_(protocol)
+[17]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/jitsi_0_0.jpg (Jitsi)
+[18]: https://jitsi.org/
+[19]: https://jitsi.org/projects/
+[20]: https://github.com/jitsi
+[21]: http://meet.jit.si
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200426 6 tips for securing your WordPress website.md b/sources/tech/20200426 6 tips for securing your WordPress website.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..757ff42d30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200426 6 tips for securing your WordPress website.md
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (6 tips for securing your WordPress website)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/wordpress-security)
+[#]: author: (Lucy Carney https://opensource.com/users/lucy-carney)
+
+6 tips for securing your WordPress website
+======
+Even beginners can—and should—take these steps to protect their
+WordPress sites against cyberattacks.
+![A lock on the side of a building][1]
+
+Already powering over 30% of the internet, WordPress is the fastest-growing content management system (CMS) in the world—and it's not hard to see why. With tons of customization available through coding and plugins, top-notch SEO, and a supreme reputation for blogging, WordPress has certainly earned its popularity.
+
+However, with popularity comes other, less appealing attention. WordPress is a common target for intruders, malware, and cyberattacks—in fact, WordPress accounted for around [90% of hacked CMS platforms][2] in 2019.
+
+Whether you're a first-time WordPress user or an experienced developer, there are important steps you can take to protect your WordPress website. The following six key tips will get you started.
+
+### 1\. Choose reliable hosting
+
+Hosting is the unseen foundation of all websites—without it, you can't publish your site online. But hosting does much more than simply host your site. It's also responsible for site speed, performance, and security.
+
+The first thing to do is to check if a host includes SSL security in its plans.
+
+SSL is an essential security feature for all websites, whether you're running a small blog or a large online store. You'll need a more [advanced SSL certificate][3] if you're accepting payments, but for most sites, the basic free SSL should be fine.
+
+Other security features to look out for include:
+
+ * Frequent, automatic offsite backups
+ * Malware and antivirus scanning and removal
+ * Distributed denial of service (DDoS) protection
+ * Real-time network monitoring
+ * Advanced firewall protection
+
+
+
+In addition to these digital security features, it's worth thinking about your hosting provider's _physical_ security measures as well. These include limiting access to data centers with security guards, CCTV, and two-factor or biometric authentication.
+
+### 2\. Use security plugins
+
+One of the best—and easiest—ways of protecting your website's security is to install a security plugin, such as [Sucuri][4], which is an open source, GPLv2 licensed project. Security plugins are vitally important because they automate security, which means you can focus on running your site rather than committing all your time to fighting off online threats.
+
+These plugins detect and block malicious attacks and alert you about any issues that require your attention. In short, they constantly work in the background to protect your site, meaning you don't have to stay awake 24/7 to fight off hackers, bugs, and other digital nasties.
+
+A good security plugin will provide all the essential security features you need for free, but some advanced features require a paid subscription. For example, you'll need to pay if you want to unlock [Sucuri's website firewall][5]. Enabling a web application firewall (WAF) blocks common threats and adds an extra layer of security to your site, so it's a good idea to look for this feature when choosing a security plugin.
+
+### 3\. Choose trustworthy plugins and themes
+
+The joy of WordPress is that it is open source, so anyone and everyone can pitch in with themes and plugins that they've developed. This can also pose problems when it comes to picking a high-quality theme or plugin.
+
+It serves to be cautious when picking a free theme or plugin, as some are poorly designed—or worse, may hide malicious code.
+
+To avoid this, always source free themes and plugins from reputable sources, such as the WordPress library. Always read reviews and research the developer to see if they've built any other programs.
+
+Outdated or poorly designed themes and plugins can leave "backdoors" open for attackers or bugs to get into your site, which is why it pays to be careful in your choices. However, you should also be wary of nulled or cracked themes. These are premium themes that have been compromised by hackers and are for sale illegally. You might buy a nulled theme believing that it's all above-board—only to have your site damaged by hidden malicious code.
+
+To avoid nulled themes, don't get drawn in by discounted prices, and always stick to reputable stores, such as the official [WordPress directory][6]. If you're looking elsewhere, stick to large and trusted stores, such as [Themify][7], a theme and plugin store that has been running since 2010. Themify ensures all its WordPress themes pass the [Google Mobile-Friendly][8] test and are open source under the [GNU General Public License][9].
+
+### 4\. Run regular updates
+
+It's a fundamental WordPress rule: _always keep your site up to date._ However, it's a rule not everyone sticks to—in fact, only [43% of WordPress sites][10] are running the latest version.
+
+The problem is that when your site becomes outdated, it becomes susceptible to glitches, bugs, intrusions, and crashes because it falls behind on security and performance fixes. Outdated sites can't fix bugs the same way as updated sites can, and attackers can tell which sites are outdated. This means they can search for the most vulnerable sites and attack accordingly.
+
+This is why you should always run your site on the latest version of WordPress. And in order to keep your security at its strongest, you must update your plugins and themes as well as your core WordPress software.
+
+If you choose a managed WordPress hosting plan, you might find that your provider will check and run updates for you—be clear whether your host offers software _and_ plugin updates. If not, you can install an open source plugin manager, such as the GPLv2-licensed [Easy Updates Manager plugin][11], as an alternative.
+
+### 5\. Strengthen your logins
+
+Aside from creating a secure WordPress website through carefully choosing your theme and installing security plugins, you also need to safeguard against unauthorized access through logins.
+
+#### Password protection
+
+The first and simplest way to strengthen your login security is to change your password—especially if you're using an [easily guessed phrase][12] such as "123456" or "qwerty."
+
+Instead, try to use a long passphrase rather than a password, as they are harder to crack. The best way is to use a series of unrelated words strung together that you find easy to remember.
+
+Here are some other tips:
+
+ * Never reuse passwords
+ * Don't include obvious words such as family members' names or your favorite football team
+ * Never share your login details with anyone
+ * Include capitals and numbers to add complexity to your passphrase
+ * Don't write down or store your login details anywhere
+ * Use a [password manager][13]
+
+
+
+#### Change your login URL
+
+It's a good idea to change your default login web address from the standard format: yourdomain.com/wp-admin. This is because hackers know this is the default URL, so you risk brute-force attacks by not changing it.
+
+To avoid this, change the URL to something different. Use an open source plugin such as the GPLv2-licensed [WPS Hide Login][14] for safe, quick, and easy customization.
+
+#### Apply two-factor authentication
+
+For extra protection against unauthorized logins and brute-force attacks, you should add two-factor authentication. This means that even if someone _does_ get access to your login details, they'll need a code that's sent directly to your phone to gain access to your WordPress site's admin.
+
+Adding two-factor authentication is pretty easy. Simply install yet another plugin—this time, search the WordPress Plugin Directory for "two-factor authentication," and select the plugin you want. One option is [Two Factor][15], a popular GPLv2 licensed project that has over 10,000 active installations.
+
+#### Limit login attempts
+
+WordPress tries to be helpful by letting you guess your login details as many times as you like. However, this is also helpful to hackers trying to gain unauthorized access to your WordPress site to release malicious code.
+
+To combat brute-force attacks, install a plugin that limits login attempts and set how many guesses you want to allow.
+
+### 6\. Disable file editing
+
+This isn't such a beginner-friendly step, so don't attempt it unless you're a confident coder—and always back up your site first!
+
+That said, disabling file editing _is_ an important measure if you're really serious about protecting your WordPress website. If you don't hide your files, it means anyone can edit your theme and plugin code straight from the admin area—which is dangerous if an intruder gets in.
+
+To deny unauthorized access, go to your **wp-config.php** file and enter:
+
+
+```
+<Files wp-config.php>
+order allow,deny
+deny from all
+</Files>
+```
+
+Or, to remove the theme and plugin editing options from your WordPress admin area completely, edit your **wp-config.php** file by adding:
+
+
+```
+`define( 'DISALLOW_FILE_EDIT', true );`
+```
+
+Once you've saved and reloaded the file, the plugin and theme editors will disappear from your menus within the WordPress admin area, stopping anyone from editing your theme or plugin code—including you**.** Should you need to restore access to your theme and plugin code, just delete the code you added to your **wp-config.php** file when you disabled editing.
+
+Whether you block unauthorized access or totally disable file editing, it's important to take action to protect your site's code. Otherwise, it's easy for unwelcome visitors to edit your files and add new code. This means an attacker could use the editor to gather data from your WordPress site or even use your site to launch attacks on others.
+
+For an easier way of hiding your files, you can use a security plugin that will do it for you, such as Sucuri.
+
+### WordPress security recap
+
+WordPress is an excellent open source platform that should be enjoyed by beginners and developers alike without the fear of becoming a victim of an attack. Sadly, these threats aren't going anywhere anytime soon, so it's vital to stay on top of your site's security.
+
+Using the measures outlined above, you can create a stronger, more secure level of protection for your WordPress site and ensure a much more enjoyable experience for yourself.
+
+Staying secure is an ongoing commitment rather than a one-time checklist, so be sure to revisit these steps regularly and stay alert when building and using your CMS.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/wordpress-security
+
+作者：[Lucy Carney][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/lucy-carney
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/BUSINESS_3reasons.png?itok=k6F3-BqA (A lock on the side of a building)
+[2]: https://cyberforces.com/en/wordpress-most-hacked-cms
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/19/11/internet-security-tls-ssl-certificate-authority
+[4]: https://wordpress.org/plugins/sucuri-scanner/
+[5]: https://sucuri.net/website-firewall/
+[6]: https://wordpress.org/themes/
+[7]: https://themify.me/
+[8]: https://developers.google.com/search/mobile-sites/
+[9]: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html
+[10]: https://wordpress.org/about/stats/
+[11]: https://wordpress.org/plugins/stops-core-theme-and-plugin-updates/
+[12]: https://www.forbes.com/sites/kateoflahertyuk/2019/04/21/these-are-the-worlds-most-hacked-passwords-is-yours-on-the-list/#4f157c2f289c
+[13]: https://opensource.com/article/16/12/password-managers
+[14]: https://wordpress.org/plugins/wps-hide-login/
+[15]: https://en-gb.wordpress.org/plugins/two-factor/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200427 New zine- How Containers Work.md b/sources/tech/20200427 New zine- How Containers Work.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fa2198ebbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200427 New zine- How Containers Work.md
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (New zine: How Containers Work!)
+[#]: via: (https://jvns.ca/blog/2020/04/27/new-zine-how-containers-work/)
+[#]: author: (Julia Evans https://jvns.ca/)
+
+New zine: How Containers Work!
+======
+
+On Friday I published a new zine: “How Containers Work!”. I also launched a fun redesign of [wizardzines.com][1].
+
+You can get it for $12 at . If you buy it, you’ll get a PDF that you can either print out or read on your computer. Or you can get a pack of [all 8 zines][2] so far.
+
+Here’s the cover and table of contents:
+
+[![][3]][4]
+
+### why containers?
+
+I’ve spent a lot of time [figuring][5] [out][6] [how to][7] [run][8] [things][9] [in][10] [containers][11] over the last 3-4 years. And at the beginning I was really confused! I knew a bunch of things about Linux, and containers didn’t seem to fit in with anything I thought I knew (“is it a process? what’s a network namespace? what’s happening?“). The whole thing seemed really weird.
+
+It turns out that containers ARE actually pretty weird. They’re not just one thing, they’re what you get when you glue together 6 different features that were mostly designed to work together but have a bunch of confusing edge cases.
+
+As usual, the thing that helped me the most in my container adventures is a good understanding of the **fundamentals** – what exactly is actually happening on my server when I run a container?
+
+So that’s what this zine is about – cgroups, namespaces, pivot_root, seccomp-bpf, and all the other Linux kernel features that make containers work.
+
+Once I understood those ideas, it got a **lot** easier to debug when my containers were doing surprising things in production. I learned a couple of interesting and strange things about containers while writing this zine too – I’ll probably write a blog post about one of them later this week.
+
+### containers aren’t magic
+
+This picture (page 6 of the zine) shows you how to run a fish container image with only 15 lines of bash. This is heavily inspired by [bocker][12], which “implements” Docker in about 100 lines of bash.
+
+
+
+The main things I see missing from that script compared to what Docker actually does when running a container (other than using an actual container image and not just a tarball) are:
+
+ * it doesn’t drop any capabilities – the container is still running as root and has full root privileges (just in a different mount + PID namespace)
+ * it doesn’t block any system calls with seccomp-bpf
+
+
+
+### container command line tools
+
+The zine also goes over a bunch of command line tools & files that you can use to inspect running containers or play with Linux container features. Here’s a list:
+
+ * `mount -t overlay` (create and view overlay filesystems)
+ * `unshare` (create namespaces)
+ * `nsenter` (use an existing namespace)
+ * `getpcaps` (get a process’s capabilities)
+ * `capsh` (drop or add capabilities, etc)
+ * `cgcreate` (create a cgroup)
+ * `cgexec` (run a command in an existing cgroup)
+ * `chroot` (change root directory. not actually what containers use but interesting to play with anyway)
+ * `/sys/fs/cgroups` (for information about cgroups, like `memory.usage_in_bytes`)
+ * `/proc/PID/ns` (all a process’s namespaces)
+ * `lsns` (another way to view namespaces)
+
+
+
+I also made a short youtube video a while back called [ways to spy on a Docker container][13] that demos some of these command line tools.
+
+### container runtime agnostic
+
+I tried to keep this zine pretty container-runtime-agnostic – I mention Docker a couple of times because it’s so widely used, but it’s about the Linux kernel features that make containers work in general, not Docker or LXC or systemd-nspawn or Kubernetes or whatever. If you understand the fundamentals you can figure all those things out!
+
+### we redesigned wizardzines.com!
+
+On Friday I also launched a redesign of [wizardzines.com][1]! [Melody Starling][14] (who is amazing) did the design. I think now it’s better organized but the tiny touch that I’m most delighted by is that now the zines jump with joy when you hover over them.
+
+One cool thing about working with a designer is – they don’t just make things _look_ better, they help _organize_ the information better so the website makes more sense and it’s easier to find things! This is probably obvious to anyone who knows anything about design but I haven’t worked with designers very much (or maybe ever?) so it was really cool to see.
+
+One tiny example of this: Melody had the idea of adding a tiny FAQ on the landing page for each zine, where I can put the answers to all the questions people always ask! Here’s what the little FAQ box looks like:
+
+[![][15]][4]
+
+I probably want to edit those questions & answers over time but it’s SO NICE to have somewhere to put them.
+
+### what’s next: maybe debugging! or working more on flashcards!
+
+The two projects I’m thinking about the most right now are
+
+ 1. a zine about debugging, which I started last summer and haven’t gotten around to finishing yet
+ 2. a [flashcards project][16] that I’ve been adding to slowly over the last couple of months. I think could become a nice way to explain basic ideas.
+
+
+
+Here’s a link to where to [get the zine][4] again :)
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://jvns.ca/blog/2020/04/27/new-zine-how-containers-work/
+
+作者：[Julia Evans][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://jvns.ca/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://wizardzines.com
+[2]: https://wizardzines.com/zines/all-the-zines/
+[3]: https://jvns.ca/images/containers-cover.jpg
+[4]: https://wizardzines.com/zines/containers
+[5]: https://stripe.com/en-ca/blog/operating-kubernetes
+[6]: https://jvns.ca/blog/2016/09/15/whats-up-with-containers-docker-and-rkt/
+[7]: https://jvns.ca/blog/2016/10/10/what-even-is-a-container/
+[8]: https://jvns.ca/blog/2016/12/22/container-networking/
+[9]: https://jvns.ca/blog/2016/10/26/running-container-without-docker/
+[10]: https://jvns.ca/blog/2017/02/17/mystery-swap/
+[11]: https://jvns.ca/blog/2016/10/02/a-list-of-container-software/
+[12]: https://github.com/p8952/bocker
+[13]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YCVSdnYzH34&t=1s
+[14]: https://melody.dev
+[15]: https://jvns.ca/images/wizardzines-faq.png
+[16]: https://flashcards.wizardzines.com
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200428 Learn Bash with this book of puzzles.md b/sources/tech/20200428 Learn Bash with this book of puzzles.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..08a07b93c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200428 Learn Bash with this book of puzzles.md
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Learn Bash with this book of puzzles)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/bash-it-out-book)
+[#]: author: (Carlos Aguayo https://opensource.com/users/hwmaster1)
+
+Learn Bash with this book of puzzles
+======
+'Bash it out' covers basic, medium, and advanced Bash scripting using 16
+puzzles.
+![Puzzle pieces coming together to form a computer screen][1]
+
+Computers are both my hobby and my profession. I have about 10 of them scattered around my apartment, all running Linux (including my Macs). Since I enjoy upgrading my computers and my computer skills, when I came across [_Bash it out_][2] by Sylvain Leroux, I jumped on the chance to buy it. I use the command line a lot on Debian Linux, and it seemed like a great opportunity to expand my Bash knowledge. I smiled when the author explained in the preface that he uses Debian Linux, which is one of my two favorite distributions.
+
+Bash lets you automate tasks, so it's a labor-saving, interesting, and useful tool. Before reading the book, I already had a fair amount of experience with Bash on Unix and Linux. I'm not an expert, in part because the scripting language is so extensive and powerful. I first became intrigued with Bash when I saw it on the welcome screen of [EndeavourOS][3], an Arch-based Linux distribution.
+
+The following screenshots show some options from EndeavourOS. Beleieve it or not, these panels just point to Bash scripts, each of which accomplish some relatively complex tasks. And because it's all open source, I can modify any of these scripts if I want.
+
+![EndeavourOS after install][4]
+
+![EndeavourOS install apps][5]
+
+### Always something to learn
+
+My impressions of this book are very favorable. It's not long, but it is well-thought-out. The author has very extensive knowledge of Bash and an uncanny ability to explain how to use it. The book covers basic, medium, and advanced Bash scripting using 16 puzzles, which he calls "challenges." This taught me to see Bash scripting as a programming puzzle to solve, which makes it more interesting to play with.
+
+An exciting aspect of Bash is that it's deeply integrated with the Linux system. While part of its power lies in its syntax, it's also powerful because it has access to so much. You can script repetitive tasks, or tasks that are easy but you're just tired of performing manually. Nothing is too great or too small, and _Bash it out_ helps you understand both what you can do, and how to achieve it.
+
+This review would not be complete if I didn't mention David Both's free resource [_A sysadmin's guide to Bash scripting_][6] on Opensource.com. This 17-page PDF guide is different from _Bash it out_, but together they make a winning combination for anyone who wants to learn about it.
+
+I am not a computer programmer, but _Bash it out_ has increased my desire to get into more advanced levels of Bash scripting—I might inadvertently end up as a computer programmer without planning to.
+
+One reason I love Linux is because of how powerful and versatile the operating system is. However much I know about Linux, there is always something new to learn that makes me appreciate Linux even more.
+
+In a competitive and ever-changing job market, it behooves all of us to continuously update our skills. This book helped me learn Bash in a very hands-on way. It almost felt as if the author was in the same room with me, patiently guiding me in my learning.
+
+The author, Leroux, has an uncanny ability to engage readers. This is a rare gift that I think is even more valuable than his technical expertise. In fact, I am writing this book review to thank the author for anticipating my own learning needs; although we have never met, I have benefited in real ways from his gifts.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/bash-it-out-book
+
+作者：[Carlos Aguayo][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/hwmaster1
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/puzzle_computer_solve_fix_tool.png?itok=U0pH1uwj (Puzzle pieces coming together to form a computer screen)
+[2]: https://www.amazon.com/Bash-Out-Strengthen-challenges-difficulties/dp/1521773262/
+[3]: https://endeavouros.com/
+[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/endeavouros-welcome.png (EndeavourOS after install)
+[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/endeavouros-install-apps.png (EndeavourOS install apps)
+[6]: https://opensource.com/downloads/bash-scripting-ebook
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200429 Open source live streaming with Open Broadcaster Software.md b/sources/tech/20200429 Open source live streaming with Open Broadcaster Software.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..748786de77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200429 Open source live streaming with Open Broadcaster Software.md
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Open source live streaming with Open Broadcaster Software)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/open-source-live-stream)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+Open source live streaming with Open Broadcaster Software
+======
+If you have something to say, a skill to teach, or just something fun to
+share, broadcast it to the world with OBS.
+![An old-fashioned video camera][1]
+
+If you have a talent you want to share with the world, whether it's making your favorite sourdough bread or speedrunning through a level of your favorite video game, live streaming is the modern show-and-tell. It's a powerful way to tell the world about your hobby through a medium once reserved for exclusive and expensive TV studios. Not only is the medium available to anyone with a relatively good internet connection, but the most popular software to make it happen is open source.
+
+[OBS][2] (Open Broadcaster Software) is a cross-platform application that serves as a control center for your live stream. A _stream_, strictly speaking, means _progressive and coherent data_. The data in a stream can be audio, video, graphics, text, or anything else you can represent as digital data. OBS is programmed to accept data as input, combine streams together (technically referred to as _mixing_) into one product, and then broadcast it.
+
+![OBS flowchart][3]
+
+A _broadcast_ is data that can be received by some target. If you're live streaming, your primary target is a streaming service that can host your stream, so other people can find it in a web browser or media player. A live stream is a live event, so people have to "tune in" to your stream when it's happening, or else they miss it. However, you can also target your own hard drive so you can record a presentation and then post it on the internet later for people to watch at their leisure.
+
+### Installing OBS
+
+To install OBS on Windows or macOS, download an installer package from [OBS's website][2].
+
+To install OBS on Linux, either install it with your package manager (such as **dnf**, **zypper**, or **apt**) or [install it as a Flatpak][4].
+
+### Join a streaming service
+
+In order to live stream, you must have a stream broker. That is, you need a central location on the internet for your stream to be delivered, so your viewers can get to what you're broadcasting. There are a few popular streaming services online, like YouTube and Twitch. You can also [set up your own video streaming server][5] using open source software.
+
+Regardless of which option you choose, before you begin streaming, you must have a destination for your stream. If you do use a streaming service, you must obtain a _streaming key_. A streaming key is a hash value (it usually looks something like **2ae2fad4e33c3a89c21**) that is private and unique to you. You use this key to authenticate yourself through your streaming software. Without it, the streaming service can't know you are who you say you are and won't let you broadcast over your user account.
+
+* * *
+
+* * *
+
+* * *
+
+**![Streaming key][6]**
+
+ * In Twitch, your **Primary Stream Key** is available in the **Channel** panel of your **Creator Dashboard**.
+ * On YouTube, you must enable live streaming by verifying your account. Once you've done that, your **Stream Key** is in the **Other Features** menu option of your **Channel Dashboard**.
+ * If you're using your own server, there's no maze-like GUI to navigate. You just [create your own streaming key][7].
+
+
+
+### Enter your streaming key
+
+Once you have a streaming key, launch OBS and go to the **File** > **Settings** menu.
+
+In the **Settings** window, click on the **Stream** category in the left column. Set the **Service** to your stream service (Custom, Twitch, YouTube, etc.), and enter your stream key. Click the **OK** button in the bottom right to save your changes.
+
+### Create sources
+
+In OBS, _sources_ represent any input signal you want to stream. By default, sources are listed at the bottom of the OBS window.
+
+![OBS sources][8]
+
+This might be a webcam, a microphone, an audio stream (such as the sound of a video game you're playing), a screen capture of your computer (a "screencast"), a slideshow you want to present, an image, and so on. Before you start streaming, you should define all the sources you plan on using for your stream. This means you have to do a little pre-production and consider what you anticipate for your show. Any camera you have set up must be defined as a source in OBS. Any extra media you plan on cutting to during your show must be defined as a source. Any sound effects or background music must be defined as a source.
+
+Not all sources "happen" at once. By adding media to your **Sources** panel in OBS, you're just assembling the raw components for your stream. Once you make devices and data available to OBS, you can create your **Scenes**.
+
+#### Setting up audio
+
+Computers have seemingly dozens of ways to route audio. Here's the workflow to follow when setting up sound for your stream:
+
+ 1. Check your cables: verify that your microphone is plugged in.
+ 2. Go to your computer's sound control panel and set the input to whatever microphone you want OBS to treat as the main microphone. This might be a gaming headset or a boom mic or a desktop podcasting mic or a Bluetooth device or a fancy audio interface with XLR ports. Whatever it is, make sure your computer "hears" your main sound input.
+ 3. In OBS, create a source for your main microphone and name it something obvious (e.g., boom mic, master sound, or mic).
+ 4. Do a test. Make sure OBS "hears" your microphone by referring to the audio-level monitors at the bottom of the OBS window. If it's not responding to the input you believe you've set as input, check your cables, check your computer sound control panel, and check OBS.
+
+
+
+I've seen more people panic over audio sources than any other issue when streaming, and we've _all_ made the same dumb mistakes (several times each, probably!) when attempting to set a microphone for a live stream or videoconference call. Breathe deep, check your cables, check your inputs and outputs, and [get comfortable with audio][9]. It'll pay off in the end.
+
+### Create scenes
+
+A **Scene** in OBS is a screen layout and consists of one or more sources.
+
+![Scenes in OBS][10]
+
+For instance, you might create a scene called **Master shot** that shows you sitting at your desk in front of your computer or at the kitchen counter ready to mix ingredients together. The source could be a webcam mounted on a tripod a meter or two in front of you. Because you want to cut to a detail shot, you might create a second scene called **Close-up**, which uses the computer screen and audio as one input source and your microphone as another source, so you can narrate as you demonstrate what you're doing. If you're doing a baking show, you might want to mount a second webcam above the counter, so you can cut to an overhead shot of ingredients being mixed. Here, your source is a different webcam but probably the same microphone (to avoid making changes in the audio).
+
+A _scene_, in other words, is a lot like a _shot_ in traditional production vernacular, but it can be the combination of many shots. The fun thing about OBS is that you can mix and match a lot of different sources together, so when you're adding a **Scene**, you can resize and position different sources to achieve picture-in-picture, or split-screen, or any other effect you might want. It's common in video game "let's play" streams to have the video game in full-screen, with the player inset in the lower right or left. Or, if you're recording a panel or a multi-player game like D&D you might have several cameras covering several players in a _Brady Bunch_ grid.
+
+The possibilities are endless. During streaming, you can cut from one scene to another as needed. This is intended to be a dynamic system, so you can change scenes depending on what the viewer needs to see at any given moment.
+
+Generally, you want to have some preset scenes before you start to stream. Even if you have a friend willing to do video mixing as you stream, you always want a safe scene to fall back to, so take time beforehand to set up at least a master shot that shows you doing whatever it is you're doing. If all else fails, at least you'll have your main shot you can safely and reliably cut to.
+
+### Transitions
+
+When switching from one scene to another, OBS uses a transition. Once you have more than one scene, you can configure what kind of transition it uses in the **Transitions** panel. Simple transitions are usually best. By default, OBS uses a subtle crossfade, but you can experiment with others as you see fit.
+
+### Go live
+
+To start streaming, do your vocal exercises, find your motivation, and press the **Start Streaming** button.
+
+![Start streaming in OBS][11]
+
+As long as you've set up your streaming service correctly, you're on the air (or on the wires, anyway).
+
+If you're the talent (the person in front of the camera), it might be easiest to have someone control OBS during streaming. But if that's not possible, you can control it yourself as long as you've practiced a little in advance. If you're screencasting, it helps to have a two-monitor setup so you can control OBS without it being on screen.
+
+### Streaming for success
+
+Many of us take streaming for granted now that the internet exists and can broadcast media created by _anyone_. It's a hugely powerful means of communication, and we're all responsible for making the most of it.
+
+If you have something positive to say, a skill to teach, words of encouragement, or just something fun that you want to share, and you feel like you want to broadcast to the world, then take the time to learn OBS. You might not get a million viewers, but independent media is a vital part of [free culture][12]. The world can always use empowering and positive open source voices, and yours may be one of the most important of all.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/open-source-live-stream
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/LIFE_film.png?itok=aElrLLrw (An old-fashioned video camera)
+[2]: http://obsproject.com
+[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/obs-flowchart.jpg (OBS flowchart)
+[4]: https://flatpak.org/setup
+[5]: https://opensource.com/article/19/1/basic-live-video-streaming-server
+[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/twitch-key.jpg (Streaming key)
+[7]: https://opensource.com/article/19/1/basic-live-video-streaming-server#obs
+[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/obs-sources.jpg (OBS sources)
+[9]: https://opensource.com/article/17/1/linux-plays-sound
+[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/obs-scenes.jpg (Scenes in OBS)
+[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/obs-stream-start.jpg (Start streaming in OBS)
+[12]: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/creative-commons-real-world
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200430 Edit music recordings with Audacity on Linux.md b/sources/tech/20200430 Edit music recordings with Audacity on Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..be6f68f062
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200430 Edit music recordings with Audacity on Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Edit music recordings with Audacity on Linux)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/4/audacity)
+[#]: author: (David Both https://opensource.com/users/dboth)
+
+Edit music recordings with Audacity on Linux
+======
+How COVID-19 caused me to learn Audacity on the fly and learn to love
+it.
+![Bird singing and music notes][1]
+
+In this strange and difficult time of a global pandemic, we are all called upon to do things differently, to change our routines, and to learn new things.
+
+I have worked from home for many years, so that is nothing new to me. Even though I am allegedly retired, I write articles for Opensource.com and [Enable Sysadmin][2] and books. I also manage my own home network, which is larger than you might think, and my church's network and Linux hosts, and I help a few friends with Linux. All of this keeps me busy doing what I like to do, and all of it is usually well within my comfort zone.
+
+But COVID-19 has changed all of that. And, like many other types of organizations, my church had to move quickly to a new service-delivery paradigm. And that is what churches do—deliver a specific kind of service. As the church sysadmin and with some knowledge of audio recording and editing (back in the '70s, I mixed the sound and was the only roadie for a couple of regional folk-rock groups in Toledo, Ohio), I decided to learn the open source audio recording and editing software [Audacity][3] to help meet this challenge.
+
+This is not a comprehensive how-to article about using Audacity. It is about my experiences getting started with this powerful audio-editing tool, but there should be enough information here to help you get started.
+
+I have learned just what I need to know in order to accomplish my task: combining several separate audio clips into a single MP3 audio file. If you already know Audacity and do things differently or know things that I don't, that is expected. And if you have any suggestions to help me accomplish my task more easily, please share them in the comments.
+
+### The old way
+
+I try not to use the term "normal" now because it is hard to know exactly what that is—if such a state even exists. But our old method of producing recordings for our shut-ins, members who are traveling, and anyone else was to record the sermon portion of our regular, in-person church services and post them on our website.
+
+To do this, I installed a TASCAM SS-R100 solid-state recorder that stores the sermons as MP3 files on a thumb drive. We uploaded the recordings to a special directory of our website so people could download them. The recordings are uploaded using a Bash [program][4] I wrote for the task. _Automate everything!_ I trained a couple of others to perform these tasks using sudo in case I was not available.
+
+This all worked very well. Until it didn't.
+
+### The new way
+
+As soon as the first restrictions on large gatherings occurred, we made some changes. We could still have small gatherings, so four of us met Sunday mornings and recorded an abbreviated service using our in-house recorder and doing the upload the usual way. This worked, but as the crisis deepened and it became more of a risk to meet with even a few people, we had to make more changes.
+
+Like a huge number of other organizations, we realized we each needed to perform our parts of creating services in separate locations from our own homes.
+
+Now, depending upon the structure of the service, I receive several recordings that I need to combine to create the full church service. Our music director records each anthem and interlude using her iPhone and sends me the recordings in the M4A (MPEG-4 audio) format. They each range in length from seconds to five minutes and are up to 3MB in size. Likewise, our rector sends me two to six recordings, also in M4A format, that contains his portion of the service. Sometimes, other musicians in our church send solos or duets recorded with their significant others; these can be in MP3 or M4A formats.
+
+Then, I pull all of this together into a single recording that can be uploaded to our server for people to download. I use Audacity for this because it was available in my repo, and it was easy to get started.
+
+### Getting started with Audacity
+
+I had never used [Audacity][5] before this, so, like many others these days, I needed to learn something new just in time to accomplish what I needed to do. I struggled a bit at first, but it turned out to be fun and very enlightening.
+
+Audacity was easy to install on my Fedora 31 workstation because, as in many distros, it is available from the Fedora repository.
+
+The first time I opened Audacity with the program launcher icon, the application's window was empty with no projects nor tracks present. Audacity projects have an AUP extension, so if you have an existing project, you could click on the file in your favorite file manager and launch Audacity that way.
+
+### Convert M4A to MP3
+
+As installed by Fedora, Audacity does not recognize M4A files. Regardless of how you proceed, you need to install the [LAME][6] MP3 encoder and [FFmpeg][7] import/export library, both of which are available from the Fedora repository and, most likely, any other distro's repository.
+
+There are websites that explain how to configure Audacity to use these tools to import and convert audio files from M4A to other types (such as MP3), but I decided to write a script to do it from the command line. For one reason, using a script is faster than doing a lot of extra clicking in a GUI interface, and for another, the file names need some work, so I already needed a script to rename the files. Many people use non-alphanumeric characters to name files, but I don't like dealing with special keyboard characters from the command line. It's easier to manage files with simple alphanumeric names, so my script removes all non-alphanumeric characters from the file names and then converts the files to MP3 format.
+
+You may choose a different approach, but I like the scripted solution. It is fast, and I only need to run the script once, no matter how many files need to be renamed and converted to MP3.
+
+### Create a new project
+
+You can create a new project whether or not any audio tracks are loaded. I recommend creating the project first, before importing any audio files (aka "clips"). From the Menu bar, select **File > Save Project > Save Project As**. This opens a warning dialog window that says, _"'Save project' is for an Audacity project, not an audio file."_ Click the **OK** button to continue to a standard file-save dialog.
+
+I found that I needed to do this twice. The first time, the warning dialog did not display any buttons, so I had to close the dialog using the window menu or the x icon in the Title bar.
+
+Name the project whatever you like, and Audacity automatically adds the AUP extension. You now have an empty project.
+
+### Add audio files to your project
+
+The first step is to add your audio files to the project. Using the Menu bar, open **File > Import > Audio** and then use the file dialog to select one or more files to import. For my first test project, I loaded all the files at once without sorting the tracks nor aligning the clips in the desired sequence along the timeline. This time, I started by loading the audio files one at a time in the sequence I wanted them from top to bottom. As each file is imported, it is placed into a new track below any existing tracks. The following image shows the files loaded all at one time in the sequence they appear in the working directory.
+
+![Tracks loaded in Audacity][8]
+
+There is a timeline across the top of the window's track area. There is also a scroll bar at the bottom of the window, so you can scroll along the timeline when the tracks extend beyond the width of the Audacity window. There is also a vertical scroll bar if there are more tracks than fit into the window.
+
+Notice the names in the upper-left corner of the waveform section of each track—they are the file names of each track without the extension. These are not there by default, but I find them helpful. To display these names, use the Menu bar to select **Edit > Preferences** and place a check in the **Show Audio Track Name As Overlay** box.
+
+### Order your audio clips
+
+Once you have some files loaded into the Audacity workspace, you can start manipulating them. To order your audio clips, select one and use the **Time-Shift** tool (↔︎) to slide them horizontally along the tracks; continue doing this until all the clips line up end to end in the order you want them. Note that the clip you are moving is book-ended by a pair of vertical alignment lines. When they line up perfectly, the end lines of the two aligned tracks change color to alert you.
+
+You can hover the mouse pointer over the tool icons in the Audacity toolbars to see a pop-up that displays the name of that tool. This helps beginners understand what each tool does.
+
+![Audacity toolbox][9]
+
+Here, the **Selection** tool** **is selected in the Audacity toolbar. The **Time-Shift** tool is second from the left on the bottom row.
+
+The following image shows what happens when you slide the audio clips into place on the project timeline without sorting the tracks into a particular sequence. This may not be optimal for how you like to work. It is not for me.
+
+![Audio clips in Audacity][10]
+
+To remove segments of (or complete) audio clips, select them with the **Selection** tool—you can also select multiple adjacent tracks. Then you can press the **Delete** button on your keyboard to delete the selected segment(s).
+
+In the image above, you can see a vertical black line in track 1 and a vertical green line crossing all the tracks. These are the audio cursors that show the playback positions of a track or the entire project. Choose the **Selection** tool and click the desired position within a track, then click the **Play** button on the transport controls (in the upper-left of the Audacity window) to begin playback. Playback will continue past the end of the selected track and all the way to the end of the project. If tracks overlap on the timeline, they will play simultaneously.
+
+To begin playback immediately, click the desired starting point on the timeline. To play part of a track, hold down the Left mouse button to select a short segment of the track, and then click the **Play** button. The other transport buttons—Pause, Stop, and so—on are identified with universal icons and work as you would expect.
+
+You can also click the **Silence Audio Selection** button—the fifth button from the left on the **Edit** toolbar (shown below)—to completely silence a selected segment while leaving it in place for timing purposes. This is how I silenced a number of background clicks and noises.
+
+![Audacity edit tools][11]
+
+It took me a while to figure out how to sort the tracks vertically, and it turns out there are a few different ways to accomplish the task.
+
+You can use the track menu to reorder arrangement. Each track has its own Control Panel on the left side (shown below). The track drop-down Menu bar at the top of the Control Panel opens a menu that provides several track-sequencing options to move a track up, down, to the top, or to the bottom.
+
+![Moving tracks in Audacity][12]
+
+The items to move a track up or down move the track one position at a time, so you have to select it as many times as necessary to get the track in the desired position.
+
+To drag and drop tracks, you must click on the space occupied by the track details. In this screenshot, that's "Mono, 48000Hz 32 bit float". It can be tricky, because if you click too high, you adjust the panning (the left and right stereo position) and if you click too low, you may collapse or select the track. Target the "Mono" or "Stereo" label (whatever your track happens to be) label, and then click and drag the track up or down to reposition it in your workspace.
+
+### Apply amplification and noise reduction effects
+
+Some tracks need the overall volume to be adjusted. I used the **Selection** tool to double-click and select the entire track (but you could also select a portion of a track). On the Menu bar, select **Effect > Amplify** to display a small dialog window. You can use the slider or enter a value to specify the amount of amplification. Negative numbers decrease the volume. If you try to increase the volume, you need to place a check in the **Allow Clipping** box. Then click OK.
+
+I found that amplification is a bit tricky; it is easy to use too much or too little. Start by using small numbers to see the results. You can always use **Ctrl+Z** to undo your changes if you go too far in either direction.
+
+Another effect I find useful is noise reduction. One of the tracks was recorded with a noticeable 60Hz hum, which is usually due to poor grounding of the microphone or recorder. Fortunately, there were only several seconds of hum and no other sound at the beginning of the recording.
+
+Applying the noise reduction effect was a little confusing at first. First, I selected a few samples of the humming sound to tell Audacity what sound needed to be reduced, and then I navigated to **Effect > Noise Reduction**. This opens the **Noise Reduction** dialog. I clicked on the **Get Noise Profile** button in the Step 1 section of the dialog, which uses the selected sample as the basis for a set of filter presets. After it gathers the selected sample, though, the dialog disappeared (this is by design). I re-opened the dialog, used the slider to select the noise reduction level in decibels (I set it to 15dB and left the other sliders alone), and then clicked **OK**.
+
+This worked well—you can hear the residual hum only if you know it is there. I need to experiment with this some more, but since the result was acceptable, so I did not play with the settings any further.
+
+The reason the dialog box closes after getting a noise profile is actually for the sake of expediency. If you're processing many tracks or segments of audio, each with a different noise profile, you can open the **Noise Reduction** effect, get the current noise profile, and then select the audio you want to clean. You can then run the Noise Reduction filter using **Ctrl+R**, the keyboard shortcut for running the most recent filter. Instead of getting a new noise profile, however, Audacity uses the one you've just stored, and performs the filter instead. This way, you can get a sample with a few clicks but clean lots of audio with just one keyboard shortcut.
+
+### And so much more
+
+I have only worked with a few of the basics and have not even begun to scratch the surface of Audacity. I can already see that it has so many more features and tools that will enable me to create even more professional-sounding projects.
+
+For example, in addition to working with existing audio files, Audacity can make recordings from line inputs, the desktop sound stream, and microphone inputs. It can do special effects like fade in and out and cross-fades. And I have not even tried to figure out what many of the other effects and tools are capable of.
+
+I have a feeling I will need to learn more in the near future. Hopefully, this story of my very limited experience with Audacity will prompt you to check it out. For much more information, you can find the [Audacity manual][13] online.
+
+Using Audacity, you can quickly clean up audio file so that any background noise becomes tolerable.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/audacity
+
+作者：[David Both][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/dboth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/music-birds-recording-520.png?itok=UoM7brl0 (Bird singing and music notes)
+[2]: https://www.redhat.com/sysadmin/
+[3]: https://www.audacityteam.org/
+[4]: https://opensource.com/article/17/12/using-sudo-delegate
+[5]: https://opensource.com/education/16/9/audacity-classroom
+[6]: https://manual.audacityteam.org/man/installing_and_updating_audacity_on_linux.html#linlame
+[7]: https://manual.audacityteam.org/man/installing_and_updating_audacity_on_linux.html#linff
+[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/audacity1_tracksloaded.png (Tracks loaded in Audacity)
+[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/audacity2_tools.png (Audacity toolbox)
+[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/audacity3_audioclips.png (Audio clips in Audacity)
+[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/audacity4_edittoolbar.png (Audacity edit tools)
+[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/audacity5_trackmovement.png (Moving tracks in Audacity)
+[13]: https://manual.audacityteam.org/#
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200430 Linux and Kubernetes- Serving The Common Goals of Enterprises.md b/sources/tech/20200430 Linux and Kubernetes- Serving The Common Goals of Enterprises.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c3c0c36b66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200430 Linux and Kubernetes- Serving The Common Goals of Enterprises.md
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Linux and Kubernetes: Serving The Common Goals of Enterprises)
+[#]: via: (https://www.linux.com/articles/linux-and-kubernetes-serving-the-common-goals-of-enterprises/)
+[#]: author: (Swapnil Bhartiya https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/)
+
+Linux and Kubernetes: Serving The Common Goals of Enterprises
+======
+
+[![][1]][2]
+
+For [Stefanie Chiras,][3] VP & GM, Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) Business Unit at [Red Hat][4], aspects such as security and resiliency have always been important for Red Hat. More so, in the current situation when everyone has gone fully remote and it’s much harder to get people in front of the hardware for carrying out updates, patching, etc.
+
+“As we look at our current situation, never has it been more important to have an operating system that is resilient and secure, and we’re focused on that,” she said.
+
+The recently released version of [Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) 8.2][5] inadvertently address these challenge as it makes it easier for technology leaders to embrace the latest, production-ready innovations swiftly which offering security and resilience that their IT teams need.
+
+RHEL’s embrace of a predictable 6-month minor release cycle also helped customers plan upgrades more efficiently.
+
+“There is value for customers in having predictability of minor releases on a six-month cycle. Without knowing when they were coming was causing disruptions for them. The launch of 8.2 is now the second time we have delivered on our commitment of having minor releases every six months,” said Stefanie Chiras.
+
+In addition to offering security updates, the new version adds insights capabilities and forays into newer areas of innovation.
+
+The upgrade has expanded the earlier capability called ‘Adviser’ dramatically. Additional functionalities such as drift monitoring and CVE coverage allow for a much deeper granularity into how the infrastructure is running.
+
+“It really amplifies the skills that are already present in ops and sysadmin teams, and this provides a Red Hat consultation, if you will, directly into the data center,” claimed Charis.
+
+As containers are increasingly being leveraged for digital transformation, RHEL 8.2 offers an updated application stream of Red Hat’s container tools. It also has new, containerized versions of Buildah and Skopeo.
+
+[Skopeo][6] is an open-source image copying tool, while Buildah is a tool for building Docker- and Kubernetes-compatible images easily and quickly.
+
+RHEL has also ensured in-place upgrades in the new version. Customers can now directly in-place upgrade from version 7 to version 8.2.
+
+Chiras believes Linux has emerged as the go-to-platform for innovations such as Machine Learning, Deep Learning, and Artificial Intelligence.
+
+“Linux has now become the springboard of innovation,” she argued. “AI, machine learning, and deep learning are driving a real change in not just the software but also the hardware. In the context of these emerging technologies, it’s all about making them consumable into an enterprise.”
+
+“We’re very focused on our ecosystem, making sure that we’re working in the right upstream communities with the right ISVs, with the right hardware partners to make all of that magic come together,” Chiras said.
+
+Towards this end, Red Hat has been partnering with multiple architectures for a long time — be it an x86 architecture, ARM, Power, or mainframe with IBM Z. Its partnership with Nvidia pulls in capabilities such as FPGAs, and GPU.
+
+**Synergizing Kubernetes and Linux **
+
+Kubernetes is fast finding favor in enterprises. So how do Linux and Kubernetes serve the common goals of enterprises?
+
+“Kubernetes is a new way to deploy Linux. We’re very focused on providing operational consistency by leveraging our technology in RHEL and then bringing in that incredible capability of Kubernetes within our OpenShift product line,” Chiras said.
+
+The deployment of Linux within a Kubernetes environment is much more complicated than in a traditional deployment. RHEL, therefore, made some key changes. The company created Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS — an optimized version of RHEL for the OpenShift experience.
+
+“It’s deployed as an immutable. It’s tailored, narrow, and gets updated as part of your OpenShift update to provide consistent user experience and comprehensive security.
+
+The launch of the Red Hat Universal Base Image (UBI) offers users greater security, reliability, and performance of official Red Hat container images where OCI-compliant Linux containers run.
+
+“Kubernetes is a new way to deploy Linux. It really is a tight collaboration but what we’re really focused on is the customer experience. We want them to get easy updates with consistency and reliability, resilience and security. We’re pulling all of that together. With such advancements going on, it’s a fascinating space to watch,” added Chiras.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.linux.com/articles/linux-and-kubernetes-serving-the-common-goals-of-enterprises/
+
+作者：[Swapnil Bhartiya][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.linux.com/author/swapnil/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.linux.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/computer-2930704_1280-1068x634.jpg (computer-2930704_1280)
+[2]: https://www.linux.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/computer-2930704_1280.jpg
+[3]: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stefanie-chiras-9022144/
+[4]: https://www.redhat.com/en
+[5]: https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-us/red_hat_enterprise_linux/8/html-single/8.2_release_notes/index
+[6]: https://github.com/containers/skopeo
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200501 Transparent, open source alternative to Google Analytics.md b/sources/tech/20200501 Transparent, open source alternative to Google Analytics.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d4ce222a39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200501 Transparent, open source alternative to Google Analytics.md
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Transparent, open source alternative to Google Analytics)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/plausible-analytics)
+[#]: author: (Marko Saric https://opensource.com/users/markosaric)
+
+Transparent, open source alternative to Google Analytics
+======
+Plausible Analytics is a leaner, more transparent option, with the
+essential data you need but without all the privacy baggage.
+![Digital creative of a browser on the internet][1]
+
+Google Analytics is the most popular website analytics tool. Millions of developers and creators turn to it to collect and analyze their website statistics.
+
+More than 53% of all sites on the web track their visitors using Google Analytics. [84%][2] of sites that do use a known analytics script use Google Analytics.
+
+Google Analytics has, for years, been one of the first tools I installed on a newly launched site. It is a powerful and useful analytics tool. Installing Google Analytics was a habit I didn't think much about until the introduction of the [GDPR][3] (General Data Protection Regulation) and other privacy regulations.
+
+Using Google Analytics these days comes with several pitfalls, including the need for a privacy policy, the need for cookie banners, and the need for a GDPR consent prompt. All these may negatively impact the site loading time and visitor experience.
+
+This has made me try to [de-Google-ify websites][4] that I work on, and it's made me start working on independent solutions that are open source and more privacy-friendly. This is where Plausible Analytics enters the story.
+
+[Plausible Analytics][5] is an open source and lightweight alternative to Google Analytics. It doesn't use cookies and it doesn't collect any personal data, so you don't need to show any cookie banners or get GDPR or CCPA consent. Let's take a closer look.
+
+### Main differences between Google Analytics and Plausible
+
+Plausible Analytics is not designed to be a clone of Google Analytics. It is meant as a simple-to-use replacement and a privacy-friendly alternative. Here are the main differences between the two web analytics tools:
+
+#### Open source vs. closed source
+
+Google Analytics may be powerful and useful, but it is closed source. It is a proprietary tool run by one of the largest companies in the world, a company that is a key player in the ad-tech industry. There's simply no way of knowing what's going on behind the scenes. You have to put your trust in Google.
+
+Plausible is a fully open source tool. You can read our code [on GitHub][6]. We're "open" in other ways, too, such as our [public roadmap][7], which is based around the feedback and features submitted by the members of our community.
+
+#### Privacy of your website visitors
+
+Google Analytics places [several cookies][8] on the devices of your visitors, and it tracks and collects a lot of data. This means that there are several requirements if you want to use Google Analytics and be compliant with the different regulations:
+
+ * You need to have a privacy policy about analytics
+ * You need to show a cookie banner
+ * You need to obtain a GDPR/CCPA consent
+
+
+
+Plausible is made to be fully compliant with the privacy regulations. No cookies are used, and no personal data is collected. This means that you don't need to display the cookie banner, you don't need a privacy policy, and you don't need to ask for the GDPR/CCPA consent when using Plausible.
+
+#### Page weight and loading time
+
+The recommended way of installing Google Analytics is to use the Google Tag Manager. Google Tag Manager script weights 28 KB, and it downloads another JavaScript file called the Google Analytics tag, which adds an additional 17.7 KB to your page size. That's 45.7 KB of page weight combined.
+
+Plausible script weights only 1.4 KB. That's 33 times smaller than the Google Analytics Global Site Tag. Every KB matters when you want to keep your site fast to load.
+
+#### Accuracy of visitor stats
+
+Google Analytics is being blocked by an increasing number of web users. It's blocked by those who use open source browsers such as [Firefox][9] and [Brave][10]. It's also blocked by those who use open source browser add-ons such as the [uBlock Origin][11]. It's not uncommon to see 40% or more of the audience on a tech site blocking Google Analytics.
+
+Plausible is a new player on this market and it's privacy-friendly by default, so it doesn't see the same level of blockage.
+
+#### Simple vs. complex web analytics
+
+[Google Analytics is overkill][12] for many website owners. It's a complex tool that takes time to understand and requires training. Google Analytics presents hundreds of different reports and metrics for you to get insights from. Many users end up creating custom dashboards while ignoring all the rest.
+
+Plausible cuts through all the noise that Google Analytics creates. It presents everything you need to know on one single page—all the most valuable metrics at a glance. You can get an overview of the most actionable insights about your website in one minute.
+
+### A guided tour of Plausible Analytics
+
+Plausible Analytics is not a full-blown replacement and a feature-by-feature reproduction of Google Analytics. It's not designed for all the different use-cases of Google Analytics.
+
+It's built with simplicity and speed in mind. There is no navigational menu. There are no additional sub-menus. There is no need to create custom reports. You get one simple and useful web analytics dashboard out of the box.
+
+Rather than tracking every metric imaginable, many of them that you will never find a use for, Plausible focuses on the essential website stats only. It is easy to use and understand with no training or prior experience:
+
+![Plausible analytics in action][13]
+
+ * Choose the time range that you want to analyze. The visitor numbers are automatically presented on an hourly, daily, or monthly graph. The default time frame is set at the last 30 days.
+ * See the number of unique visitors, total page views, and the bounce rate. These metrics include a percentage comparison to the previous time period, so you understand if the trends are going up or down.
+ * See all the referral sources of traffic and all the most visited pages on your site. Bounce rates of the individual referrals and pages are included too.
+ * See the list of countries your traffic is coming from. You can also see the device, browser, and operating system your visitors are using.
+ * Track events and goals to identify the number of converted visitors, the conversion rate, and the referral sites that send the best quality traffic.
+
+
+
+Take a look at the [live demo][14] where you can follow the traffic to the Plausible website.
+
+### Give Plausible Analytics a chance
+
+With Plausible Analytics, you get all the important web analytics at a glance so you can focus on creating a better site without needing to annoy your visitors with all the different banners and prompts.
+
+You can try Plausible Analytics on your site alongside Google Analytics. [Register today][15] to try it out, and see what you like and what you don't. Share your feedback with the community. This helps us learn and improve. We'd love to hear from you.
+
+Take a look at five great open source alternatives to Google Docs.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/plausible-analytics
+
+作者：[Marko Saric][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/markosaric
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/browser_web_internet_website.png?itok=g5B_Bw62 (Digital creative of a browser on the internet)
+[2]: https://w3techs.com/technologies/details/ta-googleanalytics
+[3]: https://gdpr-info.eu/
+[4]: https://markosaric.com/degoogleify/
+[5]: https://plausible.io/
+[6]: https://github.com/plausible-insights/plausible
+[7]: https://feedback.plausible.io/roadmap
+[8]: https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/analyticsjs/cookie-usage
+[9]: https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/new/
+[10]: https://brave.com/
+[11]: https://github.com/gorhill/uBlock
+[12]: https://plausible.io/vs-google-analytics
+[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/plausible-analytics.png (Plausible analytics in action)
+[14]: https://plausible.io/plausible.io
+[15]: https://plausible.io/register
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200503 13 tips for getting your talk accepted at a tech conference.md b/sources/tech/20200503 13 tips for getting your talk accepted at a tech conference.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b260116fb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200503 13 tips for getting your talk accepted at a tech conference.md
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (13 tips for getting your talk accepted at a tech conference)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/tips-conference-proposals)
+[#]: author: (Todd Lewis https://opensource.com/users/toddlewis)
+
+13 tips for getting your talk accepted at a tech conference
+======
+Before you respond to an event's call for papers, make sure your talk's
+proposal aligns with these best practices.
+![All Things Open check-in at registration booth][1]
+
+As tech conference organizers ramp up for the fall season, you may be seeing calls for papers (CFP) landing in your email box or social media feeds. We at [All Things Open][2] (ATO) have seen a lot of presentation proposals over the years, and we've learned a few things about what makes them successful.
+
+As we prepare for the eighth annual ATO in October 2020, we thought we'd offer a few best practices for writing successful CFP responses. If you're considering submitting a talk to ATO or another tech event, we hope these tips will help improve the chances that your proposal will be accepted.
+
+### 1\. Know the event you're submitting a talk to
+
+This seems like the proverbial _no-brainer_, but some people don't take the time to research an event before they submit a talk. Peruse the conference's website and review the talks, speakers, topics, etc. featured in the last couple of years. You can also find a lot of information simply by googling. The time you invest here will help you avoid a submission that is completely out of context for the event.
+
+### 2\. Understand what the event is looking for
+
+Look for information about what the event is looking for and what types of topics or talks it expects will be a good fit. We try to provide as much information as possible about the [ATO conference][3], [why someone would want to speak][4], and [what we're looking for][5] (both general and special interest topics). We also try to make the submission process as easy as possible (no doubt, there is room for improvement), in part because we believe this improves the quality of submissions and makes our review process go more smoothly.
+
+### 3\. Reach out to the organizer and ask questions
+
+If you're considering submitting a talk, don't hesitate to reach out and ask the event organizers any questions you have and for guidance specific to the event. If there is no or little response, that should be a red flag. If you have any questions about All Things Open, please reach out directly at [info@allthingsopen.org][6].
+
+### 4\. Be clear about what attendees will learn from your talk
+
+This is one of the most common mistakes we see. Only about 25% of the proposals we receive clearly explain the proposed talk's takeaways. One reason you should include this is that nearly every event attendee makes their schedule based on what they will learn if they go to a session. But for organizers and proposal reviewers, having this information clearly stated upfront is pure gold. It simplifies and speeds up the assessment process, which gets you one step closer to being accepted as a speaker. A paragraph titled "Attendee Takeaways" with bullet points is the holy grail for everyone involved.
+
+### 5\. Keep recommended word counts in mind
+
+This is another mistake we see a lot. Many talks are submitted with either a single sentence description in the abstract or an extraordinary long volume of text. Neither is a good idea. The only exception we can think of is when a topic is very popular or topical, and that alone is enough to win the day even if the abstract is extremely short (but this is rare). Most abstracts should be between 75 and 250 words, and perhaps more for an extended workshop with prerequisites (e.g., preexisting knowledge or required downloads). Even then, try to keep your proposal as sharp, concise, and on-point as possible.
+
+Disregard this advice at your own risk; otherwise, there's a high likelihood that your proposal will be met with one of these reactions from reviewers: "They didn't take the time to write any more than this?" or "Sheesh, there's no way I have the time to read all that. I'm going to give it the lowest score and move on."
+
+### 6\. Choose a good title
+
+This is a debate we see all the time: Should a talk's title describe what the talk is about, or should it be written to stand out and get attention (e.g., evoking emotion, anchoring to a popular pop culture topic, or asking a compelling question)? There isn't a single correct answer to this question, but we definitely know when a title "works" and when it doesn't. We've seen some very creative titles work well and generate interest, and we've seen very straightforward titles work well, also.
+
+Here is our rule of thumb: If the talk covers a topic that has been around a while and is not particularly _hot_ right now, try getting creative and spicing it up a bit. If the topic is newer, a more straightforward title describing the talk in plain terms should be good.
+
+Titles on an event schedule may be the only thing attendees use to decide what talks to attend. So, run your potential talk titles by colleagues and friends, and seek their opinions. Ask: "If you were attending an event and saw this title on the schedule, would it pique your interest?"
+
+### 7\. Know the basic criteria that reviewers and organizers use to make decisions
+
+While this isn't a comprehensive list of review criteria, most reviewers and organizers consider one or more of the following when evaluating talk proposals. Therefore, at minimum, consider this list when you're creating a talk and the components that go with it.
+
+ 1. **Timeliness of and estimated interest in the topic:** Is the topic applicable to the session's target audience? Will it deliver value? Is it timely?
+ 2. **Educational value:** Based on the abstract and speaker, is it clear that attendees will learn something from the talk? As mentioned in item 4 above, including an "Attendee Takeaways" section is really helpful to establish educational value.
+ 3. **Technical value:** Is the technology you intend to showcase applicable, unique, or being used in a new and creative way? Is there a live demo or a hands-on component? While some topics don't lend themselves to a demo, most people are visual learners and are better off if a presentation includes one (if it's relevant). For this reason, we place a lot of value on demos and hands-on content.
+ 4. **Diversity:** Yes, there are exceptions, but the majority of events, reviewers, and organizers agree that having a diverse speaker lineup is optimal and results in a better overall event in multiple ways. A topic delivered from a different perspective can often lead to creative breakthroughs for attendees, which is a huge value-add. See item 10 below for more on this.
+ 5. **Talk difficulty level:** We identify All Things Open talks as introductory, intermediate, or advanced. Having a good mix of talk levels ensures everyone in attendance can access applicable content. See item 9 below for more on this, but in general, it's smart to indicate your talk's level, whether or not the CFP requests it.
+
+
+
+### 8\. Stay current on the event's industry or sector
+
+Submitting a proposal on a relevant topic increases the probability your talk will be accepted. But how do you know what topics are of interest, especially if the CFP doesn't spell it out in simple terms? The best way to know what's timely and interesting is to deeply understand the sector the event focuses on.
+
+Yes, this requires time and effort, and it implies you enjoy the sector enough to stay current on it, but it will pay off. This knowledge will result in a higher _sector IQ_, which will be reflected in your topic, title, and abstract. It will be recognized by reviewers and immediately set you apart from others. At All Things Open, we spend the majority of our time reading about and staying current on the "open" space so that we can feature relevant, substantive, and informed content. Submitting a talk that is relevant, substantive, and informed greatly enhances the chance it will be accepted.
+
+### 9\. Describe whether the talk is introductory, intermediate, or advanced
+
+Some CFPs don't ask for this information, but you should offer it anyway. It will make the reviewers and organizer very happy for multiple reasons, including these:
+
+ 1. Unless the event targets attendees with a certain skill or experience level (and most do not), organizers must include content that is appealing to a wide audience, including people of all skill, experience, and expertise levels. Even if an event focuses on a specific type of attendee (perhaps people with higher levels of experience or skills), most want to offer something a little different. Listing the talk level makes this much easier for organizers.
+ 2. News flash: Reviewers and organizers don't know everything and are not experts in every possible topic area. As a result, reviewers will sometimes look for a few keywords or other criteria, and adding the talk level can "seal the deal" and get your talk confirmed.
+
+
+
+### 10\. Tell organizers if you're a member of a historically underrepresented group
+
+A growing number of events are getting better at recognizing the value of diversity and ensuring their speaker lineup reflects it. If you're part of a group that hasn't typically been included in tech events and leadership, look to see if there is a place to indicate that on the submission form. If not, mention it in a conspicuous place somewhere in the abstract. This does not guarantee approval in any way—your proposal must still be well-written and relevant—but it does give reviewers and organizers pertinent information they may value and take into consideration.
+
+### 11\. Don't be ashamed of your credentials or speaking experience if it is light
+
+We talk to a lot of people who would like to deliver a presentation and have a lot to offer, but they never submit a talk because they don't feel they're qualified to speak. _Not true._ Some of the best talks we've seen are from first-time speakers or those very early in their speaking careers. Go ahead and submit the talk, and be honest when discussing your background. Most reviewers and organizers will focus on the substance of the submission over your experience and recognize that new ways of approaching and using technology often come from newbies rather than industry veterans.
+
+One caveat here: It still pays to know yourself. By this, we mean if you absolutely hate public speaking, have no desire to do it, and are only considering submitting a talk due to, for example, pressure from an employer, the talk is not likely to go well. It's better, to be honest, on the frontend than force something you have no desire to do.
+
+### 12\. Consider panel sessions carefully
+
+If you've got an idea for a panel session, please consider it carefully. In more than 10 years of hosting events we've seen some really good panel sessions, but we've seen far more that didn't go so well. Perhaps too many people were on the panel and not everyone had a chance to speak, perhaps a single panel member dominated the entire conversation, or perhaps the moderator didn't keep the dialogue and engagement flowing smoothly. Regardless of the issue, panels have the potential to go very wrong.
+
+That said, panels can still work and deliver a lot of value to attendees. If you do submit a panel session be sure to keep in mind the amount of time allotted for the session and confirm the number of panel members accordingly. Remember, less is always more when it comes to the panel format. Also, be sure the moderator understands the subject matter being discussed and doesn't mind enforcing format parameters and speaking time limits. Finally, let organizers know panel members and the moderator will engage in a pre-conference walk-through/preparation call before the event to ensure a smooth process in front of a live audience. Remember, organizers are well aware panels can be terrific but can also go in the opposite direction and very easily lead to a lot of negative feedback.
+
+### 13\. This is not an opportunity to sell
+
+This is a sensitive topic, but one that absolutely must be mentioned. Over the years we've seen literally hundreds of talks "disqualified" by reviewers because they viewed the talk as a sales pitch. Few things evoke such a visceral response. Yes, there are events, tracks, and session slots where a sales pitch is appropriate (and maybe even required by the company paying your costs). However, make it a priority to know when and where this is appropriate and acceptable. And always, and we mean always, err on the side of making substance the focus of the talk rather than a sales angle.
+
+It might sound like a cliche, but when a talk is delivered effectively with a focus on substance, people will **want** to buy what you're selling. And if you're not selling anything, they'll want to follow you on social media and generally engage with you—because you delivered value to them. Meaning: You gave them something they can apply themselves (education) or because your delivery style was entertaining and engaging. With rare exceptions, always focus any abstract on substance, and the rest will take care of itself.
+
+### Go for it!
+
+We greatly admire and respect anyone who submits a talk for consideration—it takes a lot of time, thought, and courage. Therefore, we go to great lengths to thank everyone who goes through the process; we give free event passes to everyone who applies (regardless of approval or rejection), and we make every effort to host Q&A sessions to provide as much guidance as possible on the front end. Again, the more time and consideration speakers put into the submission process, the easier the lives of reviewers and organizers. We need to make all of this as easy as possible.
+
+While this is not a comprehensive list of best practices, it includes some of the things we think people can benefit from knowing before submitting a talk. There are a lot of people out there with more knowledge and experience, so please share your best tips for submitting conference proposals in the comments, so we can all learn from you.
+
+* * *
+
+_[All Things Open][2] is a universe of platforms and events focusing on open source, open tech, and the open web. It hosts the [All Things Open conference][3], the largest open source/tech/web event on the US East Coast. The conference regularly hosts thousands of attendees and many of the world's most influential companies from a wide variety of industries and sectors. In 2019, nearly 5,000 people attended from 41 US states and 24 countries. Please direct inquiries about ATO to the team at [info@allthingsopen.org][6]._
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/tips-conference-proposals
+
+作者：[Todd Lewis][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/toddlewis
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/ato2016_checkin_conference.jpg?itok=DJtoSS6t (All Things Open check-in at registration booth)
+[2]: https://www.allthingsopen.org/
+[3]: https://2020.allthingsopen.org/
+[4]: https://2020.allthingsopen.org/call-for-speakers
+[5]: https://www.allthingsopen.org/what-were-looking-for/
+[6]: mailto:info@allthingsopen.org
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200504 Create interactive learning games for kids with open source.md b/sources/tech/20200504 Create interactive learning games for kids with open source.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f6ade34857
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200504 Create interactive learning games for kids with open source.md
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Create interactive learning games for kids with open source)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/jclic-games-kids)
+[#]: author: (Peter Cheer https://opensource.com/users/petercheer)
+
+Create interactive learning games for kids with open source
+======
+Help your students learn by creating fun puzzles and games in JClic, an
+easy Java-based app.
+![Family learning and reading together at night in a room][1]
+
+Schools are closed in many countries around the world to slow the spread of COVID-19. This has suddenly thrown many parents and teachers into homeschooling. Fortunately, there are plenty of educational resources on the internet to use or adapt, although their licenses vary. You can try searching for Creative Commons Open Educational Resources, but if you want to create your own materials, there are many options for that to.
+
+If you want to create digital educational activities with puzzles or tests, two easy-to-use, open source, cross-platform applications that fit the bill are eXeLearning and JClic. My earlier article on [eXeLearning][2] is a good introduction to that program, so here I'll look at [JClic][3]. It is an open source software project for creating various types of interactive activities such as associations, text-based activities, crosswords, and other puzzles with text, graphics, and multimedia elements.
+
+Although it's been around since the 1990s, JClic never developed a large user base in the English-speaking world. It was created in Catalonia by the [Catalan Educational Telematic Network][4] (XTEC).
+
+### About JClic
+
+JClic is a Java-based application that's available in many Linux repositories and can be downloaded from [GitHub][5]. It runs on Linux, macOS, and Windows, but because it is a Java program, you must have a Java runtime environment [installed][6].
+
+The program's interface has not really changed much over the years, even while features have been added or dropped, such as introducing HTML5 export functionality to replace Java Applet technology for web-based deployment. It hasn't needed to change much, though, because it's very effective at what it does.
+
+### Creating a JClic project
+
+Many teachers from many countries have used JClic to create interactive materials for a wide variety of ability levels, subjects, languages, and curricula. Some of these materials have been collected in an [downloadable activities library][7]. Although few activities are in English, you can get a sense of the possibilities JClic offers.
+
+As JClic has a visual, point-and-click program interface, it is easy enough to learn that a new user can quickly concentrate on content creation. [Documentation][8] is available on GitHub.
+
+The screenshots below are from one of the JClic projects I created to teach basic Excel skills to learners in Papua New Guinea.
+
+A JClic project is created in its authoring tool and consists of the following four elements:
+
+#### 1\. Metadata about the project
+
+![JClic metadata][9]
+
+#### 2\. A library of the graphical and other resources it uses
+
+![JClic media][10]
+
+#### 3\. A series of one or more activities
+
+![JClic activities][11]
+
+JClic can produce seven different activity types:
+
+ * Associations where the user discovers the relationships between two information sets
+ * Memory games where the user discovers pairs of identical elements or relations (which are hidden) between them
+ * Exploration activities involving the identification and information, based on a single Information set
+ * Puzzles where the user reconstructs information that is initially presented in a disordered form; the activity can include graphics, text, sound, or a combination of them
+ * Written-response activities that are solved by writing text, either a single word or a sentence
+ * Text activities that are based on words, phrases, letters, and paragraphs of text that need to be completed, understood, corrected, or ordered; these activities can contain images and windows with active content
+ * Word searches and crosswords
+
+
+
+Because of variants in the activities, there are 16 possible activity types.
+
+#### 4\. A timeline to sequence the activities
+
+![JClic timeline][12]
+
+### Using JClic content
+
+Projects can run in JClic's player (part of the Java application you used to create the project), or they can be exported to HTML5 so they can run in a web browser.
+
+The one thing I don't like about JClic is that its default HTML5 export function assumes you'll be online when running a project. If you want a project to work offline as needed, you must download a compiled and minified HTML5 player from [Github][13], and place it in the same folder as your JClic project.
+
+Next, open the **index.html** file in a text editor and replace this line:
+
+
+```
+``
+```
+
+With:
+
+
+```
+``
+```
+
+Now the HTML5 version of your project runs in a web browser, whether the user is online or not.
+
+JClic also provides a reports function that can store test scores in an ODBC-compliant database. I have not explored this feature, as my tests and puzzles are mostly used for self-assessment and to prompt reflection by the learner, rather than as part of a formal scheme, so the scores are not very important. If you would like to learn about it, there is [documentation][14] on running JClic Reports Server with Tomcat and MySQL (or [mariaDB][15]).
+
+### Conclusion
+
+JClic offers a wide range of activity types that provide plenty of room to be creative in designing content to fit your subject area and type of learner. JClic is a valuable addition for anyone who needs a quick and easy way to develop educational resources.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/jclic-games-kids
+
+作者：[Peter Cheer][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/petercheer
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/family_learning_kids_night_reading.png?itok=6K7sJVb1 (Family learning and reading together at night in a room)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/exelearning
+[3]: https://clic.xtec.cat/legacy/en/jclic/index.html
+[4]: https://clic.xtec.cat/legacy/en/index.html
+[5]: https://github.com/projectestac/jclic
+[6]: https://adoptopenjdk.net/installation.html
+[7]: https://clic.xtec.cat/repo/
+[8]: https://github.com/projectestac/jclic/wiki/JClic_Guide
+[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/metadata.png (JClic metadata)
+[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/media.png (JClic media)
+[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/activities.png (JClic activities)
+[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/sequence.png (JClic timeline)
+[13]: http://projectestac.github.io/jclic.js/
+[14]: https://github.com/projectestac/jclic/wiki/Jclic-Reports-Server-with-Tomcat-and-MySQL-on-Ubuntu
+[15]: https://mariadb.org/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200504 Define and optimize data partitions in Apache Cassandra.md b/sources/tech/20200504 Define and optimize data partitions in Apache Cassandra.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d28f0daee0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200504 Define and optimize data partitions in Apache Cassandra.md
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Define and optimize data partitions in Apache Cassandra)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/apache-cassandra)
+[#]: author: (Anil Inamdar https://opensource.com/users/anil-inamdar)
+
+Define and optimize data partitions in Apache Cassandra
+======
+Apache Cassandra is built for speed and scalability; here's how to get
+the most out of those benefits.
+![Person standing in front of a giant computer screen with numbers, data][1]
+
+Apache Cassandra is a database. But it's not just any database; it's a replicating database designed and tuned for scalability, high availability, low-latency, and performance. Cassandra can help your data survive regional outages, hardware failure, and what many admins would consider excessive amounts of data.
+
+Having a thorough command of data partitions enables you to achieve superior Cassandra cluster design, performance, and scalability. In this article, I'll examine how to define partitions and how Cassandra uses them, as well as the most critical best practices and known issues you ought to be aware of.
+
+To set the scene: partitions are chunks of data that serve as the atomic unit for key database-related functions like data distribution, replication, and indexing. Distributed data systems commonly distribute incoming data into these partitions, performing the partitioning with simple mathematical functions such as identity or hashing, and using a "partition key" to group data by partition. For example, consider a case where server logs arrive as incoming data. Using the "identity" partitioning function and the timestamps of each log (rounded to the hour value) for the partition key, we can partition this data such that each partition holds one hour of the logs.
+
+### Data partitions in Cassandra
+
+Cassandra operates as a distributed system and adheres to the data partitioning principles described above. With Cassandra, data partitioning relies on an algorithm configured at the cluster level, and a partition key configured at the table level.
+
+![Cassandra data partition][2]
+
+Cassandra Query Language (CQL) uses the familiar SQL table, row, and column terminologies. In the example diagram above, the table configuration includes the partition key within its primary key, with the format: Primary Key = Partition Key + [Clustering Columns].
+
+A primary key in Cassandra represents both a unique data partition and a data arrangement inside a partition. Data arrangement information is provided by optional clustering columns. Each unique partition key represents a set of table rows managed in a server, as well as all servers that manage its replicas.
+
+### Defining primary keys in CQL
+
+The following four examples demonstrate how a primary key can be represented in CQL syntax. The sets of rows produced by these definitions are generally considered a partition.
+
+#### Definition 1 (partition key: log_hour, clustering columns: none)
+
+
+```
+CREATE TABLE server_logs(
+ log_hour TIMESTAMP PRIMARYKEY,
+ log_level text,
+ message text,
+ server text
+ )
+```
+
+Here, all rows that share a **log_hour** go into the same partition.
+
+#### Definition 2 (partition key: log_hour, clustering columns: log_level)
+
+
+```
+CREATE TABLE server_logs(
+ log_hour TIMESTAMP,
+ log_level text,
+ message text,
+ server text,
+ PRIMARY KEY (log_hour, log_level)
+ )
+```
+
+This definition uses the same partition key as Definition 1, but here all rows in each partition are arranged in ascending order by **log_level**.
+
+#### Definition 3 (partition key: log_hour, server, clustering columns: none)
+
+
+```
+CREATE TABLE server_logs(
+ log_hour TIMESTAMP,
+ log_level text,
+ message text,
+ server text,
+ PRIMARY KEY ((log_hour, server))
+ )
+```
+
+In this definition, all rows share a **log_hour** for each distinct **server** as a single partition.
+
+#### Definition 4 (partition key: log_hour, server, clustering columns: log_level)
+
+
+```
+CREATE TABLE server_logs(
+ log_hour TIMESTAMP,
+ log_level text,
+ message text,
+ server text,
+ PRIMARY KEY ((log_hour, server),log_level)
+ )WITH CLUSTERING ORDER BY (column3 DESC);
+```
+
+This definition uses the same partition as Definition 3 but arranges the rows within a partition in descending order by **log_level**.
+
+### How Cassandra uses the partition key
+
+Cassandra relies on the partition key to determine which node to store data on and where to locate data when it's needed. Cassandra performs these read and write operations by looking at a partition key in a table, and using tokens (a long value out of range -2^63 to +2^63-1) for data distribution and indexing. These tokens are mapped to partition keys by using a partitioner, which applies a partitioning function that converts any partition key to a token. Through this token mechanism, every node of a Cassandra cluster owns a set of data partitions. The partition key then enables data indexing on each node.
+
+![Cassandra cluster with 3 nodes and token-based ownership][3]
+
+A Cassandra cluster with three nodes and token-based ownership. This is a simplistic representation: the actual implementation uses [Vnodes][4].
+
+### Data partition impacts on Cassandra clusters
+
+Careful partition key design is crucial to achieving the ideal partition size for the use case. Getting it right allows for even data distribution and strong I/O performance. Partition size has several impacts on Cassandra clusters you need to be aware of:
+
+ * Read performance—In order to find partitions in SSTables files on disk, Cassandra uses data structures that include caches, indexes, and index summaries. Partitions that are too large reduce the efficiency of maintaining these data structures – and will negatively impact performance as a result. Cassandra releases have made strides in this area: in particular, version 3.6 and above of the Cassandra engine introduce storage improvements that deliver better performance for large partitions and resilience against memory issues and crashes.
+ * Memory usage— Large partitions place greater pressure on the JVM heap, increasing its size while also making the garbage collection mechanism less efficient.
+ * Cassandra repairs—Large partitions make it more difficult for Cassandra to perform its repair maintenance operations, which keep data consistent by comparing data across replicas.
+ * Tombstone eviction—Not as mean as it sounds, Cassandra uses unique markers known as "tombstones" to mark data for deletion. Large partitions can make that deletion process more difficult if there isn't an appropriate data deletion pattern and compaction strategy in place.
+
+
+
+While these impacts may make it tempting to simply design partition keys that yield especially small partitions, the data access pattern is also highly influential on ideal partition size (for more information, read this in-depth guide to [Cassandra data modeling][5]). The data access pattern can be defined as how a table is queried, including all of the table's **select** queries. Ideally, CQL select queries should have just one partition key in the **where** clause—that is to say, Cassandra is most efficient when queries can get needed data from a single partition, instead of many smaller ones.
+
+### Best practices for partition key design
+
+Following best practices for partition key design helps you get to an ideal partition size. As a rule of thumb, the maximum partition size in Cassandra should stay under 100MB. Ideally, it should be under 10MB. While Cassandra versions 3.6 and newer make larger partition sizes more viable, careful testing and benchmarking must be performed for each workload to ensure a partition key design supports desired cluster performance.
+
+Specifically, these best practices should be considered as part of any partition key design:
+
+ * The goal for a partition key must be to fit an ideal amount of data into each partition for supporting the needs of its access pattern.
+ * A partition key should disallow unbounded partitions: those that may grow indefinitely in size over time. For instance, in the **server_logs** examples above, using the server column as a partition key would create unbounded partitions as the number of server logs continues to increase. In contrast, using **log_hour** limits each partition to an hour of data.
+ * A partition key should also avoid creating a partition skew, in which partitions grow unevenly, and some are able to grow without limit over time. In the **server_logs** examples, using the server column in a scenario where one server generates considerably more logs than others would produce a partition skew. To avoid this, a useful technique is to introduce another attribute from the table to force an even distribution, even if it's necessary to create a dummy column to do so.
+ * It's helpful to partition time-series data with a partition key that uses a time element as well as other attributes. This protects against unbounded partitions, enables access patterns to use the time attribute in querying specific data, and allows for time-bound data deletion. The examples above each demonstrate this by using the **log_hour** time attribute.
+
+
+
+Several tools are available to help test, analyze, and monitor Cassandra partitions to check that a chosen schema is efficient and effective. By carefully designing partition keys to align well with the data and needs of the solution at hand, and following best practices to optimize partition size, you can utilize data partitions that more fully deliver on the scalability and performance potential of a Cassandra deployment.
+
+Dani and Jon will give a three hour tutorial at OSCON this year called: Becoming friends with...
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/apache-cassandra
+
+作者：[Anil Inamdar][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/anil-inamdar
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_metrics_analytics_desktop_laptop.png?itok=9QXd7AUr (Person standing in front of a giant computer screen with numbers, data)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/apache_cassandra_1_0.png (Cassandra data partition)
+[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/apache_cassandra_2_0.png (Cassandra cluster with 3 nodes and token-based ownership)
+[4]: https://www.instaclustr.com/cassandra-vnodes-how-many-should-i-use/
+[5]: https://www.instaclustr.com/resource/6-step-guide-to-apache-cassandra-data-modelling-white-paper/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200504 Understanding systemd at startup on Linux.md b/sources/tech/20200504 Understanding systemd at startup on Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2d0a5ef7b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200504 Understanding systemd at startup on Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,445 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Understanding systemd at startup on Linux)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/systemd-startup)
+[#]: author: (David Both https://opensource.com/users/dboth)
+
+Understanding systemd at startup on Linux
+======
+systemd's startup provides important clues to help you solve problems
+when they occur.
+![People at the start line of a race][1]
+
+In [_Learning to love systemd_][2], the first article in this series, I looked at systemd's functions and architecture and the controversy around its role as a replacement for the old SystemV init program and startup scripts. In this second article, I'll start exploring the files and tools that manage the Linux startup sequence. I'll explain the systemd startup sequence, how to change the default startup target (runlevel in SystemV terms), and how to manually switch to a different target without going through a reboot.
+
+I'll also look at two important systemd tools. The first is the **systemctl** command, which is the primary means of interacting with and sending commands to systemd. The second is **journalctl**, which provides access to the systemd journals that contain huge amounts of system history data such as kernel and service messages (both informational and error messages).
+
+Be sure to use a non-production system for testing and experimentation in this and future articles. Your test system needs to have a GUI desktop (such as Xfce, LXDE, Gnome, KDE, or another) installed.
+
+I wrote in my previous article that I planned to look at creating a systemd unit and adding it to the startup sequence in this article. Because this article became longer than I anticipated, I will hold that for the next article in this series.
+
+### Exploring Linux startup with systemd
+
+Before you can observe the startup sequence, you need to do a couple of things to make the boot and startup sequences open and visible. Normally, most distributions use a startup animation or splash screen to hide the detailed messages that would otherwise be displayed during a Linux host's startup and shutdown. This is called the Plymouth boot screen on Red Hat-based distros. Those hidden messages can provide a great deal of information about startup and shutdown to a sysadmin looking for information to troubleshoot a bug or to just learn about the startup sequence. You can change this using the GRUB (Grand Unified Boot Loader) configuration.
+
+The main GRUB configuration file is **/boot/grub2/grub.cfg**, but, because this file can be overwritten when the kernel version is updated, you do not want to change it. Instead, modify the **/etc/default/grub** file, which is used to modify the default settings of **grub.cfg**.
+
+Start by looking at the current, unmodified version of the **/etc/default/grub** file:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# cd /etc/default ; cat grub
+GRUB_TIMEOUT=5
+GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR="$(sed 's, release .*$,,g' /etc/system-release)"
+GRUB_DEFAULT=saved
+GRUB_DISABLE_SUBMENU=true
+GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT="console"
+GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="resume=/dev/mapper/fedora_testvm1-swap rd.lvm.
+lv=fedora_testvm1/root rd.lvm.lv=fedora_testvm1/swap rd.lvm.lv=fedora_
+testvm1/usr rhgb quiet"
+GRUB_DISABLE_RECOVERY="true"
+[root@testvm1 default]#
+```
+
+Chapter 6 of the [GRUB documentation][3] contains a list of all the possible entries in the **/etc/default/grub** file, but I focus on the following:
+
+ * I change **GRUB_TIMEOUT**, the number of seconds for the GRUB menu countdown, from five to 10 to give a bit more time to respond to the GRUB menu before the countdown hits zero.
+ * I delete the last two parameters on **GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX**, which lists the command-line parameters that are passed to the kernel at boot time. One of these parameters, **rhgb** stands for Red Hat Graphical Boot, and it displays the little Fedora icon animation during the kernel initialization instead of showing boot-time messages. The other, the **quiet** parameter, prevents displaying the startup messages that document the progress of the startup and any errors that occur. I delete both **rhgb** and **quiet** because sysadmins need to see these messages. If something goes wrong during boot, the messages displayed on the screen can point to the cause of the problem.
+
+
+
+After you make these changes, your GRUB file will look like:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 default]# cat grub
+GRUB_TIMEOUT=10
+GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR="$(sed 's, release .*$,,g' /etc/system-release)"
+GRUB_DEFAULT=saved
+GRUB_DISABLE_SUBMENU=true
+GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT="console"
+GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="resume=/dev/mapper/fedora_testvm1-swap rd.lvm.
+lv=fedora_testvm1/root rd.lvm.lv=fedora_testvm1/swap rd.lvm.lv=fedora_
+testvm1/usr"
+GRUB_DISABLE_RECOVERY="false"
+[root@testvm1 default]#
+```
+
+The **grub2-mkconfig** program generates the **grub.cfg** configuration file using the contents of the **/etc/default/grub** file to modify some of the default GRUB settings. The **grub2-mkconfig** program sends its output to **STDOUT**. It has a **-o** option that allows you to specify a file to send the datastream to, but it is just as easy to use redirection. Run the following command to update the **/boot/grub2/grub.cfg** configuration file:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 grub2]# grub2-mkconfig > /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
+Generating grub configuration file ...
+Found linux image: /boot/vmlinuz-4.18.9-200.fc28.x86_64
+Found initrd image: /boot/initramfs-4.18.9-200.fc28.x86_64.img
+Found linux image: /boot/vmlinuz-4.17.14-202.fc28.x86_64
+Found initrd image: /boot/initramfs-4.17.14-202.fc28.x86_64.img
+Found linux image: /boot/vmlinuz-4.16.3-301.fc28.x86_64
+Found initrd image: /boot/initramfs-4.16.3-301.fc28.x86_64.img
+Found linux image: /boot/vmlinuz-0-rescue-7f12524278bd40e9b10a085bc82dc504
+Found initrd image: /boot/initramfs-0-rescue-7f12524278bd40e9b10a085bc82dc504.img
+done
+[root@testvm1 grub2]#
+```
+
+Reboot your test system to view the startup messages that would otherwise be hidden behind the Plymouth boot animation. But what if you need to view the startup messages and have not disabled the Plymouth boot animation? Or you have, but the messages stream by too fast to read? (Which they do.)
+
+There are a couple of options, and both involve log files and systemd journals—which are your friends. You can use the **less** command to view the contents of the **/var/log/messages** file. This file contains boot and startup messages as well as messages generated by the operating system during normal operation. You can also use the **journalctl** command without any options to view the systemd journal, which contains essentially the same information:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 grub2]# journalctl
+\-- Logs begin at Sat 2020-01-11 21:48:08 EST, end at Fri 2020-04-03 08:54:30 EDT. --
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: Linux version 5.3.7-301.fc31.x86_64 ([mockbuild@bkernel03.phx2.fedoraproject.org][4]) (gcc version 9.2.1 20190827 (Red Hat 9.2.1-1) (GCC)) #1 SMP Mon Oct >
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: Command line: BOOT_IMAGE=(hd0,msdos1)/vmlinuz-5.3.7-301.fc31.x86_64 root=/dev/mapper/VG01-root ro resume=/dev/mapper/VG01-swap rd.lvm.lv=VG01/root rd>
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: x86/fpu: Supporting XSAVE feature 0x001: 'x87 floating point registers'
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: x86/fpu: Supporting XSAVE feature 0x002: 'SSE registers'
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: x86/fpu: Supporting XSAVE feature 0x004: 'AVX registers'
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: x86/fpu: xstate_offset[2]: 576, xstate_sizes[2]: 256
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: x86/fpu: Enabled xstate features 0x7, context size is 832 bytes, using 'standard' format.
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: BIOS-provided physical RAM map:
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: BIOS-e820: [mem 0x0000000000000000-0x000000000009fbff] usable
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: BIOS-e820: [mem 0x000000000009fc00-0x000000000009ffff] reserved
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: BIOS-e820: [mem 0x00000000000f0000-0x00000000000fffff] reserved
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: BIOS-e820: [mem 0x0000000000100000-0x00000000dffeffff] usable
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: BIOS-e820: [mem 0x00000000dfff0000-0x00000000dfffffff] ACPI data
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: BIOS-e820: [mem 0x00000000fec00000-0x00000000fec00fff] reserved
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: BIOS-e820: [mem 0x00000000fee00000-0x00000000fee00fff] reserved
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: BIOS-e820: [mem 0x00000000fffc0000-0x00000000ffffffff] reserved
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: BIOS-e820: [mem 0x0000000100000000-0x000000041fffffff] usable
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: NX (Execute Disable) protection: active
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: SMBIOS 2.5 present.
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: DMI: innotek GmbH VirtualBox/VirtualBox, BIOS VirtualBox 12/01/2006
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: Hypervisor detected: KVM
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: kvm-clock: Using msrs 4b564d01 and 4b564d00
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: kvm-clock: cpu 0, msr 30ae01001, primary cpu clock
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: kvm-clock: using sched offset of 8250734066 cycles
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: clocksource: kvm-clock: mask: 0xffffffffffffffff max_cycles: 0x1cd42e4dffb, max_idle_ns: 881590591483 ns
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: tsc: Detected 2807.992 MHz processor
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: e820: update [mem 0x00000000-0x00000fff] usable ==> reserved
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: e820: remove [mem 0x000a0000-0x000fffff] usable
+<snip>
+```
+
+I truncated this datastream because it can be hundreds of thousands or even millions of lines long. (The journal listing on my primary workstation is 1,188,482 lines long.) Be sure to try this on your test system. If it has been running for some time—even if it has been rebooted many times—huge amounts of data will be displayed. Explore this journal data because it contains a lot of information that can be very useful when doing problem determination. Knowing what this data looks like for a normal boot and startup can help you locate problems when they occur.
+
+I will discuss systemd journals, the **journalctl** command, and how to sort through all of that data to find what you want in more detail in a future article in this series.
+
+After GRUB loads the kernel into memory, it must first extract itself from the compressed version of the file before it can perform any useful work. After the kernel has extracted itself and started running, it loads systemd and turns control over to it.
+
+This is the end of the boot process. At this point, the Linux kernel and systemd are running but unable to perform any productive tasks for the end user because nothing else is running, there's no shell to provide a command line, no background processes to manage the network or other communication links, and nothing that enables the computer to perform any productive function.
+
+Systemd can now load the functional units required to bring the system up to a selected target run state.
+
+### Targets
+
+A systemd target represents a Linux system's current or desired run state. Much like SystemV start scripts, targets define the services that must be present for the system to run and be active in that state. Figure 1 shows the possible run-state targets of a Linux system using systemd. As seen in the first article of this series and in the systemd bootup man page (man bootup), there are other intermediate targets that are required to enable various necessary services. These can include **swap.target**, **timers.target**, **local-fs.target**, and more. Some targets (like **basic.target**) are used as checkpoints to ensure that all the required services are up and running before moving on to the next-higher level target.
+
+Unless otherwise changed at boot time in the GRUB menu, systemd always starts the **default.target**. The **default.target** file is a symbolic link to the true target file. For a desktop workstation, this is typically going to be the **graphical.target**, which is equivalent to runlevel 5 in SystemV. For a server, the default is more likely to be the **multi-user.target**, which is like runlevel 3 in SystemV. The **emergency.target** file is similar to single-user mode. Targets and services are systemd units.
+
+The following table, which I included in the previous article in this series, compares the systemd targets with the old SystemV startup runlevels. The systemd target aliases are provided by systemd for backward compatibility. The target aliases allow scripts—and sysadmins—to use SystemV commands like **init 3** to change runlevels. Of course, the SystemV commands are forwarded to systemd for interpretation and execution.
+
+**systemd targets** | **SystemV runlevel** | **target aliases** | **Description**
+---|---|---|---
+default.target | | | This target is always aliased with a symbolic link to either **multi-user.target** or **graphical.target**. systemd always uses the **default.target** to start the system. The **default.target** should never be aliased to **halt.target**, **poweroff.target**, or **reboot.target**.
+graphical.target | 5 | runlevel5.target | **Multi-user.target** with a GUI
+| 4 | runlevel4.target | Unused. Runlevel 4 was identical to runlevel 3 in the SystemV world. This target could be created and customized to start local services without changing the default **multi-user.target**.
+multi-user.target | 3 | runlevel3.target | All services running, but command-line interface (CLI) only
+| 2 | runlevel2.target | Multi-user, without NFS, but all other non-GUI services running
+rescue.target | 1 | runlevel1.target | A basic system, including mounting the filesystems with only the most basic services running and a rescue shell on the main console
+emergency.target | S | | Single-user mode—no services are running; filesystems are not mounted. This is the most basic level of operation with only an emergency shell running on the main console for the user to interact with the system.
+halt.target | | | Halts the system without powering it down
+reboot.target | 6 | runlevel6.target | Reboot
+poweroff.target | 0 | runlevel0.target | Halts the system and turns the power off
+
+Each target has a set of dependencies described in its configuration file. systemd starts the required dependencies, which are the services required to run the Linux host at a specific level of functionality. When all of the dependencies listed in the target configuration files are loaded and running, the system is running at that target level. If you want, you can review the systemd startup sequence and runtime targets in the first article in this series, [_Learning to love systemd_][2].
+
+### Exploring the current target
+
+Many Linux distributions default to installing a GUI desktop interface so that the installed systems can be used as workstations. I always install from a Fedora Live boot USB drive with an Xfce or LXDE desktop. Even when I'm installing a server or other infrastructure type of host (such as the ones I use for routers and firewalls), I use one of these installations that installs a GUI desktop.
+
+I could install a server without a desktop (and that would be typical for data centers), but that does not meet my needs. It is not that I need the GUI desktop itself, but the LXDE installation includes many of the other tools I use that are not in a default server installation. This means less work for me after the initial installation.
+
+But just because I have a GUI desktop does not mean it makes sense to use it. I have a 16-port KVM that I can use to access the KVM interfaces of most of my Linux systems, but the vast majority of my interaction with them is via a remote SSH connection from my primary workstation. This way is more secure and uses fewer system resources to run **multi-user.target** compared to **graphical.target.**
+
+To begin, check the default target to verify that it is the **graphical.target**:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl get-default
+graphical.target
+[root@testvm1 ~]#
+```
+
+Now verify the currently running target. It should be the same as the default target. You can still use the old method, which displays the old SystemV runlevels. Note that the previous runlevel is on the left; it is **N** (which means None), indicating that the runlevel has not changed since the host was booted. The number 5 indicates the current target, as defined in the old SystemV terminology:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# runlevel
+N 5
+[root@testvm1 ~]#
+```
+
+Note that the runlevel man page indicates that runlevels are obsolete and provides a conversion table.
+
+You can also use the systemd method. There is no one-line answer here, but it does provide the answer in systemd terms:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl list-units --type target
+UNIT LOAD ACTIVE SUB DESCRIPTION
+basic.target loaded active active Basic System
+cryptsetup.target loaded active active Local Encrypted Volumes
+getty.target loaded active active Login Prompts
+graphical.target loaded active active Graphical Interface
+local-fs-pre.target loaded active active Local File Systems (Pre)
+local-fs.target loaded active active Local File Systems
+multi-user.target loaded active active Multi-User System
+network-online.target loaded active active Network is Online
+network.target loaded active active Network
+nfs-client.target loaded active active NFS client services
+nss-user-lookup.target loaded active active User and Group Name Lookups
+paths.target loaded active active Paths
+remote-fs-pre.target loaded active active Remote File Systems (Pre)
+remote-fs.target loaded active active Remote File Systems
+rpc_pipefs.target loaded active active rpc_pipefs.target
+slices.target loaded active active Slices
+sockets.target loaded active active Sockets
+sshd-keygen.target loaded active active sshd-keygen.target
+swap.target loaded active active Swap
+sysinit.target loaded active active System Initialization
+timers.target loaded active active Timers
+
+LOAD = Reflects whether the unit definition was properly loaded.
+ACTIVE = The high-level unit activation state, i.e. generalization of SUB.
+SUB = The low-level unit activation state, values depend on unit type.
+
+21 loaded units listed. Pass --all to see loaded but inactive units, too.
+To show all installed unit files use 'systemctl list-unit-files'.
+```
+
+This shows all of the currently loaded and active targets. You can also see the **graphical.target** and the **multi-user.target**. The **multi-user.target** is required before the **graphical.target** can be loaded. In this example, the **graphical.target** is active.
+
+### Switching to a different target
+
+Making the switch to the **multi-user.target** is easy:
+
+
+```
+`[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl isolate multi-user.target`
+```
+
+The display should now change from the GUI desktop or login screen to a virtual console. Log in and list the currently active systemd units to verify that **graphical.target** is no longer running:
+
+
+```
+`[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl list-units --type target`
+```
+
+Be sure to use the **runlevel** command to verify that it shows both previous and current "runlevels":
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# runlevel
+5 3
+```
+
+### Changing the default target
+
+Now, change the default target to the **multi-user.target** so that it will always boot into the **multi-user.target** for a console command-line interface rather than a GUI desktop interface. As the root user on your test host, change to the directory where the systemd configuration is maintained and do a quick listing:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# cd /etc/systemd/system/ ; ll
+drwxr-xr-x. 2 root root 4096 Apr 25 2018 basic.target.wants
+<snip>
+lrwxrwxrwx. 1 root root 36 Aug 13 16:23 default.target -> /lib/systemd/system/graphical.target
+lrwxrwxrwx. 1 root root 39 Apr 25 2018 display-manager.service -> /usr/lib/systemd/system/lightdm.service
+drwxr-xr-x. 2 root root 4096 Apr 25 2018 getty.target.wants
+drwxr-xr-x. 2 root root 4096 Aug 18 10:16 graphical.target.wants
+drwxr-xr-x. 2 root root 4096 Apr 25 2018 local-fs.target.wants
+drwxr-xr-x. 2 root root 4096 Oct 30 16:54 multi-user.target.wants
+<snip>
+[root@testvm1 system]#
+```
+
+I shortened this listing to highlight a few important things that will help explain how systemd manages the boot process. You should be able to see the entire list of directories and links on your virtual machine.
+
+The **default.target** entry is a symbolic link (symlink, soft link) to the directory **/lib/systemd/system/graphical.target**. List that directory to see what else is there:
+
+
+```
+`[root@testvm1 system]# ll /lib/systemd/system/ | less`
+```
+
+You should see files, directories, and more links in this listing, but look specifically for **multi-user.target** and **graphical.target**. Now display the contents of **default.target**, which is a link to **/lib/systemd/system/graphical.target**:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 system]# cat default.target
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1+
+#
+# This file is part of systemd.
+#
+# systemd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+[Unit]
+Description=Graphical Interface
+Documentation=man:systemd.special(7)
+Requires=multi-user.target
+Wants=display-manager.service
+Conflicts=rescue.service rescue.target
+After=multi-user.target rescue.service rescue.target display-manager.service
+AllowIsolate=yes
+[root@testvm1 system]#
+```
+
+This link to the **graphical.target** file describes all of the prerequisites and requirements that the graphical user interface requires. I will explore at least some of these options in the next article in this series.
+
+To enable the host to boot to multi-user mode, you need to delete the existing link and create a new one that points to the correct target. Make the [PWD][5] **/etc/systemd/system**, if it is not already:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 system]# rm -f default.target
+[root@testvm1 system]# ln -s /lib/systemd/system/multi-user.target default.target
+```
+
+List the **default.target** link to verify that it links to the correct file:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 system]# ll default.target
+lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 37 Nov 28 16:08 default.target -> /lib/systemd/system/multi-user.target
+[root@testvm1 system]#
+```
+
+If your link does not look exactly like this, delete it and try again. List the content of the **default.target** link:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 system]# cat default.target
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1+
+#
+# This file is part of systemd.
+#
+# systemd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+[Unit]
+Description=Multi-User System
+Documentation=man:systemd.special(7)
+Requires=basic.target
+Conflicts=rescue.service rescue.target
+After=basic.target rescue.service rescue.target
+AllowIsolate=yes
+[root@testvm1 system]#
+```
+
+The **default.target**—which is really a link to the **multi-user.target** at this point—now has different requirements in the **[Unit]** section. It does not require the graphical display manager.
+
+Reboot. Your virtual machine should boot to the console login for virtual console 1, which is identified on the display as tty1. Now that you know how to change the default target, change it back to the **graphical.target** using a command designed for the purpose.
+
+First, check the current default target:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl get-default
+multi-user.target
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl set-default graphical.target
+Removed /etc/systemd/system/default.target.
+Created symlink /etc/systemd/system/default.target → /usr/lib/systemd/system/graphical.target.
+[root@testvm1 ~]#
+```
+
+Enter the following command to go directly to the **graphical.target** and the display manager login page without having to reboot:
+
+
+```
+`[root@testvm1 system]# systemctl isolate default.target`
+```
+
+I do not know why the term "isolate" was chosen for this sub-command by systemd's developers. My research indicates that it may refer to running the specified target but "isolating" and terminating all other targets that are not required to support the target. However, the effect is to switch targets from one run target to another—in this case, from the multi-user target to the graphical target. The command above is equivalent to the old init 5 command in SystemV start scripts and the init program.
+
+Log into the GUI desktop, and verify that it is working as it should.
+
+### Summing up
+
+This article explored the Linux systemd startup sequence and started to explore two important systemd tools, **systemctl** and **journalctl**. It also explained how to switch from one target to another and to change the default target.
+
+The next article in this series will create a new systemd unit and configure it to run during startup. It will also look at some of the configuration options that help determine where in the sequence a particular unit will start, for example, after networking is up and running.
+
+### Resources
+
+There is a great deal of information about systemd available on the internet, but much is terse, obtuse, or even misleading. In addition to the resources mentioned in this article, the following webpages offer more detailed and reliable information about systemd startup.
+
+ * The Fedora Project has a good, practical [guide][6] [to systemd][6]. It has pretty much everything you need to know in order to configure, manage, and maintain a Fedora computer using systemd.
+ * The Fedora Project also has a good [cheat sheet][7] that cross-references the old SystemV commands to comparable systemd ones.
+ * For detailed technical information about systemd and the reasons for creating it, check out [Freedesktop.org][8]'s [description of systemd][9].
+ * [Linux.com][10]'s "More systemd fun" offers more advanced systemd [information and tips][11].
+
+
+
+There is also a series of deeply technical articles for Linux sysadmins by Lennart Poettering, the designer and primary developer of systemd. These articles were written between April 2010 and September 2011, but they are just as relevant now as they were then. Much of everything else good that has been written about systemd and its ecosystem is based on these papers.
+
+ * [Rethinking PID 1][12]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part I][13]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part II][14]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part III][15]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part IV][16]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part V][17]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part VI][18]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part VII][19]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part VIII][20]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part IX][21]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part X][22]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part XI][23]
+
+
+
+Alison Chiaken, a Linux kernel and systems programmer at Mentor Graphics, offers a preview of her...
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/systemd-startup
+
+作者：[David Both][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/dboth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/start_line.jpg?itok=9reaaW6m (People at the start line of a race)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/systemd
+[3]: http://www.gnu.org/software/grub/manual/grub
+[4]: mailto:mockbuild@bkernel03.phx2.fedoraproject.org
+[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pwd
+[6]: https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/quick-docs/understanding-and-administering-systemd/index.html
+[7]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/SysVinit_to_Systemd_Cheatsheet
+[8]: http://Freedesktop.org
+[9]: http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd
+[10]: http://Linux.com
+[11]: https://www.linux.com/training-tutorials/more-systemd-fun-blame-game-and-stopping-services-prejudice/
+[12]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/systemd.html
+[13]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/systemd-for-admins-1.html
+[14]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/systemd-for-admins-2.html
+[15]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/systemd-for-admins-3.html
+[16]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/systemd-for-admins-4.html
+[17]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/three-levels-of-off.html
+[18]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/changing-roots
+[19]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/blame-game.html
+[20]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-new-configuration-files.html
+[21]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/on-etc-sysinit.html
+[22]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/instances.html
+[23]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/inetd.html
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200505 8 open source video games to play.md b/sources/tech/20200505 8 open source video games to play.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ac0577d96b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200505 8 open source video games to play.md
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (8 open source video games to play)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/open-source-fps-games)
+[#]: author: (Aman Gaur https://opensource.com/users/amangaur)
+
+8 open source video games to play
+======
+These games are fun and free to play, a way to connect with friends, and
+an opportunity to make an old favorite even better.
+![Gaming on a grid with penguin pawns][1]
+
+Video games are a big business. That's great for the industry's longevity—not to mention for all the people working in programming and graphics. But it can take a lot of work, time, and money to keep up with all the latest gaming crazes. If you feel like playing a few quick rounds of a video game without investing in a new console or game franchise, then you'll be happy to know that there are plenty of open source combat games you can download, play, share, and even modify (if you're inclined to programming) for free.
+
+First-person shooters (FPS) are one of the most popular categories of video games. They are centered around the perspective of the protagonist (the player), and they often offer weapon-based advancement. As you get better at the game, you survive longer, you get better weapons, and you increase your power. FPS games have a distinct look and feel, which is reflected in the category's name: players see everything—their weapons and the game world—in first person, as if they're looking through their player character's eyes.
+
+If you want to give one a try, check out the following eight great open source FPS games.
+
+### Xonotic
+
+![Xonotic][2]
+
+[Xonotic][3] is a fast-paced, arena-based FPS game. It is a popular game in the open source world. One reason could be the fact that it has never been a mainstream game. It offers a variety of weapons and enemies that are thrown right at you mercilessly from the start. Demanding quick action and response, it is an experience that will keep you on the edge of your seats. The game is available under the GPLv3+ license.
+
+### Wolfenstein Enemy Territory
+
+![Wolfenstein Enemy Territory][4]
+
+Wolfenstein has been a major franchise in gaming for many years. If you are a fan of gore and glory, then you've probably already heard of this game (if not, you'll love it once you try it). [Wolfenstein Enemy Territory][5] is an early iteration of the popular World War II game. It became free to play in 2003, and its [source code][6] is provided under the GPLv3. To play, however, you must own the game data (or recreate it yourself) separately (which remains under its original EULA).
+
+### Doom
+
+![Doom][7]
+
+[Doom][8] is a wildly popular game that was also an early example of games on Linux—way back in 2004. There are many iterations of the game, many of which have been released as open source. The game is about acquiring a teleportation device that's been captured by demons, so the violence, while gory, is low on realism. The source code for the game was provided under the GPL, but many versions require that you own the game for the game assets. There are dozens of ports and adaptations, including [Freedoom][9] (with free assets), [Dhewm3][10], [RBDoom-3-BFG][11], and many more. Try a few and pick your favorite!
+
+### Smokin' Guns
+
+![Smokin' Guns][12]
+
+If you're a fan of the Old West and six-shooters, this FPS is for you. From cowboys to gunslingers and with a captivating background score, [Smokin' Guns][13] has it all. It's a semi-realistic simulation of the old spaghetti western. On your way through the game, you face multiple enemies and get multiple weapons, so there's always the promise of excitement and danger around the corner. The game is free and open source under the terms of the GPLv2.
+
+### Nexuiz
+
+![Nexuiz][14]
+
+[Nexuiz][15] (classic) is another great FPS that's free to play on multiple platforms. The game is based on the Quake engine and has been made open source under the GNU GPLv2. The game offers multiple modes, including online, LAN party, and bot training. The game features sophisticated weapons and fast action. It's brutal and exciting, with an objective: kill as many opponents as possible before they get you.
+
+Note that the open source version of Nexuiz is not the same as the version built on CryEngine3 that is sold on Steam.
+
+### .kkrieger
+
+![kkrieger][16]
+
+[.Kkrieger][17] was developed in 2004 by .theprodukkt, a German demogroup. The game was developed using an unreleased (at the time) engine known as Werkkzeug. This game might feel a little slow to many, but it still offers an intense experience. The approaching enemies are slow, but their sheer number makes it confusing to know which one to take down first. It's an onslaught, and you have to shoot through layers of enemies before you reach the final boss. It was released in a rather raw form on [GitHub][18] by its creators under a BSD license with some public domain components.
+
+### Warsow
+
+![Warsow][19]
+
+If you've ever played Borderlands 2, then imagine [Warsow][20] as an arena-style Borderlands. The game is built on a modernized Quake II engine, and its plot takes a simple approach: Kill as many opponents as possible. The team with the most number of kills wins. Despite its simplicity, it features amazing weaponry and lots of great trick moves, like circle jumping, bunny hopping, double jumping, ramp sliding, and so on. It makes for an engaging multiplayer session, and it's been recognized by multiple online leagues as a worthy game for their competitions. Get the source code from [GitHub][21] or install the game from your software repository.
+
+### World of Padman
+
+![World of Padman][22]
+
+[The World of Padman][23] may be the last game on this list, but it's one of the most unique. Designed by PadWorld Entertainment, World of Padman takes a different twist graphically and introduces you to quirky and whimsical characters in a colorful (albeit cartoonishly violent) world. It's based on the ioquake3 engine, and its unique style and uproarious gameplay have earned it a featured place in multiple gaming magazines. You can download the source code from [GitHub][24].
+
+### Give one a shot
+
+A game that becomes open source can act as a template for something great, whether it's a wholly open source version of an old classic, a remix of a beloved game, or an entirely new platform built on an old reliable engine.
+
+Open source gaming is important for many reasons: it provides users with a fun diversion, a way to connect with friends, and an opportunity for programmers and designers to hack within an existing framework. If titles like Doom weren't made open source, a little bit of video game history would be lost. Instead, it endures and has the opportunity to grow even more.
+
+Try an open source game, and watch your six.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/open-source-fps-games
+
+作者：[Aman Gaur][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/amangaur
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/game_pawn_grid_linux.png?itok=4gERzRkg (Gaming on a grid with penguin pawns)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/xonotic.jpg (Xonotic)
+[3]: https://www.xonotic.org/download/
+[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/wolfensteinenemyterritory.jpg (Wolfenstein Enemy Territory)
+[5]: https://www.splashdamage.com/games/wolfenstein-enemy-territory/
+[6]: https://github.com/id-Software/Enemy-Territory
+[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/doom.jpg (Doom)
+[8]: https://github.com/id-Software/DOOM
+[9]: https://freedoom.github.io/
+[10]: https://dhewm3.org/
+[11]: https://github.com/RobertBeckebans/RBDOOM-3-BFG/
+[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/smokinguns.jpg (Smokin' Guns)
+[13]: https://www.smokin-guns.org/downloads
+[14]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/nexuiz.jpg (Nexuiz)
+[15]: https://sourceforge.net/projects/nexuiz/
+[16]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kkrieger.jpg (kkrieger)
+[17]: https://web.archive.org/web/20120204065621/http://www.theprodukkt.com/kkrieger
+[18]: https://github.com/farbrausch/fr_public
+[19]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/warsow.jpg (Warsow)
+[20]: https://www.warsow.net/download
+[21]: https://github.com/Warsow
+[22]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/padman.jpg (World of Padman)
+[23]: https://worldofpadman.net/en/
+[24]: https://github.com/PadWorld-Entertainment
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200505 Analyzing data science code with R and Emacs.md b/sources/tech/20200505 Analyzing data science code with R and Emacs.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ebcfadbe92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200505 Analyzing data science code with R and Emacs.md
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Analyzing data science code with R and Emacs)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/r-emacs-data-science)
+[#]: author: (Peter Prevos https://opensource.com/users/danderzei)
+
+Analyzing data science code with R and Emacs
+======
+Emacs' versatility and extensibility bring the editor's full power into
+play for writing data science code.
+![metrics and data shown on a computer screen][1]
+
+Way back in 2012, _Harvard Business Review_ published an article that proclaimed "data scientist" to be the [sexiest job][2] of the 21st century. Interest in data science has exploded since then. Many great open source projects, such as [Python][3] and the [R language][4] for statistical computing, have facilitated the rapid developments in how we analyze data.
+
+I started my career using pencil and paper and moved to spreadsheets. Now the R language is my weapon of choice when I need to create value from data. Emacs is another one of my favorite tools. This article briefly explains how to use the [Emacs Speaks Statistics][5] (ESS) package to get started with developing R projects in this venerable editor.
+
+The vast majority of R developers use the [RStudio][6] IDE to manage their projects. RStudio is a powerful open source editor with specialized functionality to develop data science projects. RStudio is a great integrated development environment (IDE), but its editing functions are limited.
+
+Using Emacs to write data science code means that you have access to the full power of this extensible editor. I prefer using Emacs for my data science projects because I can do many other tasks within the same application, leveraging the multifunctionality of this venerable editor. If you are just getting started with Emacs, then please first read Seth Kenlon's [Emacs getting started][7] article.
+
+### Setting up Emacs for R
+
+Emacs is an almost infinitely extensible text editor, which unfortunately means that many things don't work the way you want them to out of the box. Before you can write and execute R scripts, you need to install some packages and configure them. The ESS package provides an interface between Emacs and R. Other packages, such as [Company][8] and [highlight-parentheses][9] help with completion and balancing parentheses.
+
+Emacs uses a version of Lisp for configuration. The lines of [Emacs Lisp][10] code below install the required extensions and define a minimal configuration to get you started. These lines were tested for GNU Emacs version 26.3.
+
+Copy these lines and save them in a file named **init.el** in your **.emacs.d** folder. This is the folder that Emacs uses to store configurations, including the [init file][11]. If you already have an init file, then you can append these lines to your config. This minimal configuration is enough to get you started.
+
+
+```
+;; Elisp file for R coding with Emacs
+
+;; Add MELPA repository and initialise the package manager
+(require 'package)
+(add-to-list 'package-archives
+ '("melpa" . "
+└── workdir # example folder used as a volume in the running container
+```
+
+The key steps of the approach are:
+
+ * Place the large file(s) in the **installer/** folder. In this example, I have the large Anaconda installer file **Anaconda3-2019.10-Linux-x86_64.sh**. You won't find this file if you clone my [Git repository][8] because only you, as the container image creator, need this source file. The end users of the image don't. [Download the installer][9] to follow along with the example.
+ * Create the **.dockerignore** file and have it ignore the **installer/** folder to avoid Docker copying all the large files into the build context.
+ * In a terminal, **cd** into the **tutorial2_docker_tricks/** folder and execute the build script as **./build_docker_image.sh**.
+ * In **build_docker_image.sh**, start the Python HTTP server to serve any files from the **installer/** folder: [code] cd installer
+python3 -m http.server --bind 10.0.2.15 8888 &
+cd ..
+```
+* If you're wondering about the strange internet protocol (IP) address, I'm working with a VirtualBox Linux VM, and **10.0.2.15** shows up as the address of the Ethernet adapter when I run **ifconfig**. This IP seems to be the convention used by VirtualBox. If your setup is different, you'll need to update this IP address to match your environment and then update **build_docker_image.sh** and **install_anaconda.dockerfile**. The server's port number is set to **8888** for this example. Note that the IP and port numbers could be passed in as build arguments, but I've hard-coded them for brevity.
+* Since the HTTP server is set to run in the background, stop the server near the end of the script with the **kill -9** command using an [elegant approach][10] I found: [code]`kill -9 `ps -ef | grep http.server | grep 8888 | awk '{print $2}'`
+```
+ * Note that this same **kill -9** is also used earlier in the script (before starting the HTTP server). In general, when I iterate on any build script that I might deliberately interrupt, this ensures a clean start of the HTTP server each time.
+ * In the [Dockerfile][11], there is a **RUN wget** instruction that downloads the Anaconda installer from the local HTTP server. It also deletes the installer file and cleans up after the installation. Most importantly, all these actions are performed within the same layer to keep the image size to a minimum: [code] # install Anaconda by downloading the installer via the local http server
+ARG ANACONDA
+RUN wget --no-proxy -O ~/anaconda.sh \
+ && /bin/bash ~/anaconda.sh -b -p /opt/conda \
+ && rm ~/anaconda.sh \
+ && rm -fr /var/lib/apt/lists/{apt,dpkg,cache,log} /tmp/* /var/tmp/*
+```
+ * This file runs the wrapper script, **anaconda.sh**, and cleans up large files by removing them with **rm**.
+ * After the build is complete, you should see an image **anaconda_ubuntu1804:v1**. (You can list the images with **docker image ls**.)
+ * You can instantiate a container from this image using **./run_container.sh** at the terminal while in the folder **tutorial2_docker_tricks/**. You can verify that Anaconda is installed with: [code] $ ./run_container.sh
+$ python --version
+Python 3.7.5
+$ conda --version
+conda 4.8.0
+$ anaconda --version
+anaconda Command line client (version 1.7.2)
+```
+ * You'll note that **run_container.sh** sets up a volume **workdir**. In this example repository, the folder **workdir/** is empty. This is a convention I use to set up a volume where I can have my Python and other scripts that are independent of the container image.
+
+
+
+### Minimize container image size
+
+Each **RUN** command is equivalent to executing a new shell, and each **RUN** command creates a layer. The naive approach of mimicking installation instructions with separate **RUN** commands may eventually break at one or more interdependent steps. If it happens to work, it will typically result in a larger image. Chaining multiple installation steps in one **RUN** command and including the **autoremove**, **autoclean**, and **rm** commands (as in the example below) is useful to minimize the size of each layer. Some of these steps may not be needed, depending on what's being installed. However, since these steps take an insignificant amount of time, I always throw them in for good measure at the end of **RUN** commands invoking **apt-get**:
+
+
+```
+RUN apt-get update \
+ && DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive \
+ apt-get -y --quiet --no-install-recommends install \
+ # list of packages being installed go here \
+ && apt-get -y autoremove \
+ && apt-get clean autoclean \
+ && rm -fr /var/lib/apt/lists/{apt,dpkg,cache,log} /tmp/* /var/tmp/*
+```
+
+Also, ensure that you have a **.dockerignore** file in place to ignore items that don't need to be sent to the Docker build context (such as the Anaconda installer file in the earlier example).
+
+### Organize the build tool I/O
+
+For software build systems, the build inputs and outputs—all the scripts that configure and invoke the tools—should be outside the image and the eventually running container. The container itself should remain stateless so that different users will have identical results with it. I covered this extensively in my [previous article][4] but wanted to emphasize it because it's been a useful convention for my work. These inputs and outputs are best accessed by setting up container volumes.
+
+I've had to use a container image that provides data in the form of source code and large pre-built binaries. As a software developer, I was expected to edit the code in the container. This was problematic, because containers are by default stateless: they don't save data within the container, because they're designed to be disposable. But I worked on it, and at the end of each day, I stopped the container and had to be careful not to remove it, because the state had to be maintained so I could continue work the next day. The disadvantage of this approach was that there would be a divergence of development state had there been more than one person working on the project. The value of having identical build systems across developers is somewhat lost with this approach.
+
+### Generate output as non-root user
+
+An important aspect of I/O concerns the ownership of the output files generated when running the tools in the container. By default, since Docker runs as **root**, the output files would be owned by **root**, which is unpleasant. You typically want to work as a non-root user. Changing the ownership after the build output is generated can be done with scripts, but it is an additional and unnecessary step. It's best to set the [**USER**][12] argument in the Dockerfile at the earliest point possible:
+
+
+```
+ARG USERNAME
+# other commands...
+USER ${USERNAME}
+```
+
+The **USERNAME** can be passed in as a build argument (**\--build-arg**) when executing the **docker image build**. You can see an example of this in the example [Dockerfile][11] and corresponding [build script][13].
+
+Some portions of the tools may also need to be installed as a non-root user. So the sequence of installations in the Dockerfile may need to be different from the way it's done if you are installing manually and directly under Linux.
+
+### Non-interactive installation
+
+Interactivity is the opposite of container automation. I've found the
+
+
+```
+`DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive apt-get -y --quiet --no-install-recommends`
+```
+
+options for the **apt-get install** instruction (as in the example above) necessary to prevent the installer from opening dialog boxes. Note that these options should be used as part of the **RUN** instruction. The **DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive** should not be set as an environment variable (**ENV**) in the Dockerfile, as this [FAQ explains][14], as it will be inherited by the containers.
+
+### Log your build and run output
+
+Debugging why a build failed is a common task, and logs are a great way to do this. Save a TypeScript of everything that happened during the container image build or container run session using the **tee** utility in a Bash script. In other words, add **|& tee $BASH_SOURCE.log** to the end of the **docker image build** and the **docker image run** commands in your scripts. See the examples in the [image build][13] and [container run][15] scripts.
+
+What this **tee**-ing technique does is generate a file with the same name as the Bash script but with a **.log** extension appended to it so that you know which script it originated from. Everything you see printed to the terminal when running the script will get logged to this file with a similar name.
+
+This is especially valuable for users of your container images to report issues to you when something doesn't work. You can ask them to send you the log file to help diagnose the issue. Many tools generate so much output that it easily overwhelms the default size of the terminal's buffer. Relying only on the terminal's buffer capacity to copy-paste error messages may not be sufficient for diagnosing issues because earlier errors may have been lost.
+
+I've found this to be useful, even in the container image-building scripts, especially when using the Python-based HTTP server discussed above. The server generates so many lines during a download that it typically overwhelms the terminal's buffer.
+
+### Deal with proxies elegantly
+
+In my work environment, proxies are required to reach the internet for downloading the resources in **RUN apt-get** and **RUN wget** commands. The proxies are typically inferred from the environment variables **http_proxy** or **https_proxy**. While **ENV** commands can be used to hard-code such proxy settings in the Dockerfile, there are multiple issues with using **ENV** for proxies directly.
+
+If you are the only one who will ever build the container, then perhaps this will work. But the Dockerfile couldn't be used by someone else at a different location with a different proxy setting. Another issue is that the IT department could change the proxy at some point, resulting in a Dockerfile that won't work any longer. Furthermore, the Dockerfile is a precise document specifying a configuration-controlled system, and every change will be scrutinized by quality assurance.
+
+One simple approach to avoid hard-coding the proxy is to pass your local proxy setting as a build argument in the **docker image build** command:
+
+
+```
+docker image build \
+ --build-arg MY_PROXY=
+```
+
+And then, in the Dockerfile, set the environment variables based on the build argument. In the example shown here, you can still set a default proxy value that can be overridden by the build argument above:
+
+
+```
+# set a default proxy
+ARG MY_PROXY=MY_PROXY=
+
+ err = json.Unmarshal(content, result2)
+ fmt.Println(result2, err) // json: Unmarshal(nil *main.Result)
+}
+```
+
+Restated in words, `result1` and `result2` are the same type; `*Result`. Decoding into `result1` works as expected, whereas decoding into `result2` causes the `json` package to complain that the value passed to `Unmarshal` is `nil`. However, both values were declared without an initialiser so both would have taken on the type’s zero value, `nil`.
+
+Eagle eyed readers will have spotted that the reason for the difference is the first` `invocation is passed `&result1`, while the second is passed `result2`, but this explanation is unsatisfactory because the documentation for `json.Unmarshal` states:
+
+> Unmarshal parses the JSON-encoded data and stores the result in the value pointed to by v. **If v is nil or not a pointer**, Unmarshal returns an InvalidUnmarshalError.
+
+Which is confusing because `result1` and `result2` _are_ pointers. Furthermore, without initialisation, both _are_ `nil`. Now, the documentation is correct (as you’d expect from a package that has been hammered on for a decade), but explaining _why_ takes a little more investigation.
+
+### Functions receive a copy of their arguments
+
+Every assignment in Go is a copy, this includes function arguments and return values.
+
+```
+package main
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+)
+
+func increment(v int) {
+ v++
+}
+
+func main() {
+ v := 1
+ increment(v)
+ fmt.Println(v) // 1
+}
+```
+
+In this example, `increment` is operating on a _copy_ of `main`‘s `v`. This is because the `v` declared in `main` and `increment`‘s `v` parameter have different addresses in memory. Thus changes to `increment`‘s `v` cannot affect the contents of `main`‘s `v`.
+
+```
+package main
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+)
+
+func increment(v *int) {
+ *v++
+}
+
+func main() {
+ v := 1
+ increment(&v)
+ fmt.Println(v) // 2
+}
+```
+
+If we wanted to write `increment` in a way that it could affect the contents of its caller we would need to pass a reference, a pointer, to `main.v`.[1][3] This example demonstrates why `json.Unmarshal` needs a pointer to the value to decode JSON into.
+
+### Pointers to pointers
+
+Returning to the original question, both `result1` and `result2` are declared as `*Result`, that is, pointers to a `Result` value. We established that you have to pass the address of caller’s value to `json.Unmarshal` otherwise it won’t be able to alter the contents of the caller’s value. Why then must we pass the address of `result1`, a `**Result`, a pointer to a pointer to a `Result`, for the operation to succeed.
+
+To explain this another detour is required. Consider this code:
+
+```
+package main
+
+import (
+ "encoding/json"
+ "fmt"
+)
+
+type Result struct {
+ Foo *string `json:"foo"`
+}
+
+func main() {
+ content := []byte(`{"foo": "bar"}`)
+ var result1 *Result
+
+ err := json.Unmarshal(content, &result1)
+ fmt.Printf("%#v %v", result1, err) // &main.Result{Foo:(*string)(0xc0000102f0)}
+}
+```
+
+In this example `Result` contains a pointer typed field, `Foo *string`. During JSON decoding `Unmarshal` allocated a new `string` value, stored the value `bar` in it, then placed the address of the string in `Result.Foo`. This behaviour is quite handy as it frees the caller from having to initialise `Result.Foo` and makes it easier to detect when a field was not initialised because the JSON did not contain a value. Beyond the convenience this offers for simple examples it would be prohibitively difficult for the caller to properly initialise all the reference type fields in a structure before decoding unknown JSON without first inspecting the incoming JSON which itself may be problematic if the input is coming from an `io.Reader` without the ability to rewind the input.
+
+> To unmarshal JSON into a pointer, Unmarshal first handles the case of the JSON being the JSON literal null. In that case, Unmarshal sets the pointer to nil. Otherwise, Unmarshal unmarshals the JSON into the value pointed at by the pointer. **If the pointer is nil, Unmarshal allocates a new value for it to point to**.
+
+`json.Unmarshal`‘s handling of pointer fields is clearly documented, and works as you would expect, allocating a new value whenever there is a need to decode into a pointer shaped field. It is this behaviour that gives us a hint to what is happening in the original example.
+
+We’ve seen that when `json.Unmarshal` encounters a field which points to `nil` it will allocate a new value of the correct type and assign its address the field before proceeding. Not only is does behaviour is applied recursively–for example in the case of a complex structure which contains pointers to other structures–but it also applies to the _value passed to `Unmarshal`._
+
+```
+package main
+
+import (
+ "encoding/json"
+ "fmt"
+)
+
+func main() {
+ content := []byte(`1`)
+ var result *int
+
+ err := json.Unmarshal(content, &result)
+ fmt.Println(*result, err) // 1
-
+ {{ range .List }}
+ {{ template "list_element" . }}
+ {{ end }}
+
-
+ {{ $user := .User }}
+ {{ range .List }}
+ {{ template "list_element" (makepair . $user) }}
+ {{ end }}
+
Landing!
`) +``` + +And here’s `header.go`: + +``` +package views + +var _ = Templates.MustParse(`net/http a lot, and this is not because it is bad, in fact it is the opposite, it is the most successful, oldest, most used API in the Go codebase. And because of that its design, evolution, and shortcoming have been thoroughly picked over. Think of this as flattery, not criticism.)
+[18]: https://godoc.org/golang.org/x/sync/errgroup
+[19]: https://www.ruby-lang.org/en/
+[20]: https://swift.org
+[21]: https://elm-lang.org
+[22]: https://golang.org
+[23]: https://nodejs.org/en/
+[24]: https://www.python.org
+[25]: https://www.rust-lang.org
+[26]: tmp.iUoDiQyXMU#easy-footnote-1-3936
+[27]: tmp.iUoDiQyXMU#easy-footnote-2-3936
+[28]: https://dave.cheney.net/2016/12/22/never-start-a-goroutine-without-knowing-how-it-will-stop (Never start a goroutine without knowing how it will stop)
+[29]: https://dave.cheney.net/2017/06/15/simplicity-debt (Simplicity Debt)
+[30]: https://dave.cheney.net/2013/04/30/curious-channels (Curious Channels)
+[31]: https://dave.cheney.net/2015/11/05/lets-talk-about-logging (Let’s talk about logging)
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200224 17 Cool Arduino Project Ideas for DIY Enthusiasts.md b/sources/tech/20200224 17 Cool Arduino Project Ideas for DIY Enthusiasts.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2cfe9c1872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200224 17 Cool Arduino Project Ideas for DIY Enthusiasts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (17 Cool Arduino Project Ideas for DIY Enthusiasts)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/cool-arduino-projects/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+17 Cool Arduino Project Ideas for DIY Enthusiasts
+======
+
+[Arduino][1] is an open-source electronics platform that combines both open source software and hardware to let people make interactive projects with ease. You can get Arduino-compatible [single board computers][2] and use them to make something useful.
+
+In addition to the hardware, you will also need to know the [Arduino language][3] to use the [Arduino IDE][4] to successfully create something.
+
+You can code using the web editor or use the Arduino IDE offline. Nevertheless, you can always refer to the [official resources][5] available to learn about Arduino.
+
+Considering that you know the essentials, I will be mentioning some of the best (or interesting) Arduino projects. You can try to make them for yourself or modify them to come up with something of your own.
+
+### Interesting Arduino project ideas for beginners, experts, everyone
+
+![][6]
+
+The following projects need a variety of additional hardware – so make sure to check out the official link to the projects (_originally featured on the [official Arduino Project Hub][7]_) to learn more about them.
+
+Also, it is worth noting that they aren’t particularly in any ranking order – so feel free to try what sounds best to you.
+
+#### 1\. LED Controller
+
+Looking for simple Arduino projects? Here’s one for you.
+
+One of the easiest projects that let you control LED lights. Yes, you do not have to opt for expensive LED products just to decorate your room (or for any other use-case), you can simply make an LED controller and customize it to use it however you want.
+
+It requires using the [Arduino UNO board][8] and a couple more things (which also includes an Android phone). You can learn more about it in the link to the project below.
+
+[LED Controller][9]
+
+#### 2\. Hot Glue LED Matrix Lamp
+
+![][10]
+
+Another Arduino LED project for you. Since we are talking about using LEDs to decorate, you can also make an LED lamp that looks beautiful.
+
+For this, you might want to make sure that you have a 3D printer. Next, you need an LED strip and **Arduino Nano R3** as the primary materials.
+
+Once you’ve printed the case and assembled the lamp section, all you need to do is to add the glue sticks and figure out the wiring. It does sound very simple to mention – you can learn more about it on the official Arduino project feature site.
+
+[LED Matrix Lamp][11]
+
+#### 3\. Arduino Mega Chess
+
+![][12]
+
+Want to have a personal digital chessboard? Why not?
+
+You’ll need a TFT LCD touch screen display and an [Arduino Mega 2560][13] board as the primary materials. If you have a 3D printer, you can create a pretty case for it and make changes accordingly.
+
+Take a look at the original project for inspiration.
+
+[Arduino Mega Chess][14]
+
+#### 4\. Enough Already: Mute My TV
+
+A very interesting project. I wouldn’t argue the usefulness of it – but if you’re annoyed by certain celebrities (or personalities) on TV, you can simply mute their voice whenever they’re about to speak something on TV.
+
+Technically, it was tested with the old tech back then (when you didn’t really stream anything). You can watch the video above to get an idea and try to recreate it or simply head to the link to read more about it.
+
+[Mute My TV][15]
+
+#### 5\. Robot Arm with Controller
+
+![][16]
+
+If you want to do something with the help of your robot and still have manual control over it, the robot arm with a controller is one of the most useful Arduino projects. It uses the [Arduino UNO board][8] if you’re wondering.
+
+You will have a robot arm -for which you can make a case using the 3D printer to enhance its usage and you can use it for a variety of use-cases. For instance, to clean the carbage using the robot arm or anything similar where you don’t want to directly intervene.
+
+[Robotic Arm With Controller][17]
+
+#### 6\. Make Musical Instrument Using Arduino
+
+I’ve seen a variety of musical instruments made using Arduino. You can explore the Internet if you want something different than this.
+
+You would need a [Pi supply flick charge][18] and an **Arduino UNO** to make it happen. It is indeed a cool Arduino project where you get to simply tap and your hand waves will be converted to music. Also, it isn’t tough to make this – so you should have a lot of fun making this.
+
+[Musical Instrument using Arduino][19]
+
+#### 7\. Pet Trainer: The MuttMentor
+
+An Arduino-based device that assists you to help train your pet – sounds exciting!
+
+For this, they’re using the [Arduino Nano 33 BLE Sense][20] while utilizing TensorFlow to train a small neural network for all the common actions that your pet does. Accordingly, the buzzer will offer a reinforcing notification when your pet obeys your command.
+
+This can have wide applications when tweaked as per your requirements. Check out the details below.
+
+[The MuttMentor][21]
+
+#### 8\. Basic Earthquake Detector
+
+Normally, you depend on the government officials to announce/inform about the earthquake stats (or the warning for it).
+
+But with Arduino boards, you can simply build a basic earthquake detector and have transparent results for yourself without depending on the authorities. Click on the button below to know about the relevant details to help make it.
+
+[Basic Earthquake Detector][22]
+
+#### 9\. Security Access Using RFID Reader
+
+![][23]
+
+As the project describes – “_RFID tagging is an ID system that uses small radio frequency identification_ “.
+
+So, in this project, you will be making an RFID reader using Arduino while pairing it with an [Adafruit NFC card][24] for security access. Check out the full details using the button below and let me know how it works for you.
+
+[Security Access using RFID reader][25]
+
+#### 10\. Smoke Detection using MQ-2 Gas Sensor
+
+![][26]
+
+This could be potentially one of the best Arduino projects out there. You don’t need to spend a lot of money to equip smoke detectors for your home, you can manage with a DIY solution to some extent.
+
+Of course, unless you want a complex failsafe set up along with your smoke detector, a basic inexpensive solution should do the trick. In either case, you can also find other applications for the smoke detector.
+
+[Smoke Detector][27]
+
+#### 11\. Arduino Based Amazon Echo using 1Sheeld
+
+![][28]
+
+In case you didn’t know [1Sheeld][29] basically replaces the need for an add-on Arduino board. You just need a smartphone and add Arduino shields to it so that you can do a lot of things with it.
+
+Using 5 such shields, the original creator of this project made himself a DIY Amazon Echo. You can find all the relevant details, schematics, and code to make it happen.
+
+[DIY Amazon Echo][30]
+
+#### 12\. Audio Spectrum Visualizer
+
+![][31]
+
+Just want to make something cool? Well, here’s an idea for an audio spectrum visualizer.
+
+For this, you will need an Arduino Nano R3 and an LED display as primary materials to get started with. You can tweak the display as required. You can connect it with your headphone output or simply a line-out amplifier.
+
+Easily one of the cheapest Arduino projects that you can try for fun.
+
+[Audio Spectrum Visualizer][32]
+
+#### 13\. Motion Following Motorized Camera
+
+![][33]
+
+Up for a challenge? If you are – this will be one of the coolest Arduino Projects in our list.
+
+Basically, this is meant to replace your home security camera which is limited to an angle of video recording. You can turn the same camera into a motorized camera that follows the motion.
+
+So, whenever it detects a movement, it will change its angle to try to follow the object. You can read more about it to find out how to make it.
+
+[Motion Following Motorized Camera][34]
+
+#### 14\. Water Quality Monitoring System
+
+![][35]
+
+If you’re concerned about your health in connection to the water you drink, you can try making this.
+
+It requires an Arduino UNO and the water quality sensors as the primary materials. To be honest, a useful Arduino project to go for. You can find everything you need to make this in the link below.
+
+[Water Quality Monitoring System][36]
+
+#### 15\. Punch Activated Arm Flamethrower
+
+I would be very cautious about this – but seriously, one of the best (and coolest) Arduino projects I’ve ever come across.
+
+Of course, this counts as a fun project to try out to see what bigger projects you can pull off using Arduino and here it is. In the project, he originally used the [SparkFun Arduino Pro Mini 328][37] along with an accelerometer as the primary materials.
+
+[Punch Activated Flamethrower][38]
+
+#### 16\. Polar Drawing Machine
+
+![][39]
+
+This isn’t any ordinary plotter machine that you might’ve seen people creating using Arduino boards.
+
+With this, you can draw some cool vector graphics images or bitmap. It might sound like bit of overkill but then it could also be fun to do something like this.
+
+This could be a tricky project, so you can refer to the details on the link to go through it thoroughly.
+
+[Polar Drawing Machine][40]
+
+#### 17\. Home Automation
+
+Technically, this is just a broad project idea because you can utilize the Arduino board to automate almost anything you want at your home.
+
+Just like I mentioned, you can go for a security access device, maybe create something that automatically waters the plants or simply make an alarm system.
+
+Countless possibilities of what you can do to automate things at your home. For reference, I’ve linked to an interesting home automation project below.
+
+[Home Automation][41]
+
+#### Bonus: Robot Cat (OpenCat)
+
+![][42]
+
+A programmable robotic cat for AI-enhanced services and STEM education. In this project, both Arduino and Raspberry Pi boards have been utilized.
+
+You can also look at the [Raspberry Pi alternatives][2] if you want. This project needs a lot of work, so you would want to invest a good amount of time to make it work.
+
+[OpenCat][43]
+
+**Wrapping Up**
+
+With the help of Arduino boards (coupled with other sensors and materials), you can do a lot of projects with ease. Some of the projects that I’ve listed above are suitable for beginners and some are not. Feel free to take your time to analyze what you need and the cost of the project before proceeding.
+
+Did I miss listing an interesting Arduino project that deserves the mention here? Let me know your thoughts in the comments.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/cool-arduino-projects/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.arduino.cc/
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/raspberry-pi-alternatives/
+[3]: https://www.arduino.cc/reference/en/
+[4]: https://www.arduino.cc/en/main/software
+[5]: https://www.arduino.cc/en/Guide/HomePage
+[6]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/arduino-project-ideas.jpg?ssl=1
+[7]: https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub
+[8]: https://store.arduino.cc/usa/arduino-uno-rev3
+[9]: https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/mayooghgirish/arduino-bluetooth-basic-tutorial-d8b737?ref=platform&ref_id=424_trending___&offset=89
+[10]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/led-matrix-lamp.jpg?ssl=1
+[11]: https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/john-bradnam/hot-glue-led-matrix-lamp-42322b?ref=platform&ref_id=424_trending___&offset=42
+[12]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/arduino-chess-board.jpg?ssl=1
+[13]: https://store.arduino.cc/usa/mega-2560-r3
+[14]: https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/Sergey_Urusov/arduino-mega-chess-d54383?ref=platform&ref_id=424_trending___&offset=95
+[15]: https://makezine.com/2011/08/16/enough-already-the-arduino-solution-to-overexposed-celebs/
+[16]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/robotic-arm-controller.jpg?ssl=1
+[17]: https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/H0meMadeGarbage/robot-arm-with-controller-2038df?ref=platform&ref_id=424_trending___&offset=13
+[18]: https://uk.pi-supply.com/products/flick-hat-3d-tracking-gesture-hat-raspberry-pi
+[19]: https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/lanmiLab/make-musical-instrument-using-arduino-and-flick-large-e2890b?ref=platform&ref_id=424_trending___&offset=24
+[20]: https://store.arduino.cc/usa/nano-33-ble-sense
+[21]: https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/whatsupdog/the-muttmentor-9d9753?ref=platform&ref_id=424_trending___&offset=44
+[22]: https://www.instructables.com/id/Basic-Arduino-Earthquake-Detector/
+[23]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/security-access-arduino.jpg?ssl=1
+[24]: https://www.adafruit.com/product/359
+[25]: https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/Aritro/security-access-using-rfid-reader-f7c746?ref=platform&ref_id=424_trending___&offset=85
+[26]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/smoke-detection-arduino.jpg?ssl=1
+[27]: https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/Aritro/smoke-detection-using-mq-2-gas-sensor-79c54a?ref=platform&ref_id=424_trending___&offset=89
+[28]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/diy-amazon-echo.jpg?ssl=1
+[29]: https://1sheeld.com/
+[30]: https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/ahmedismail3115/arduino-based-amazon-echo-using-1sheeld-84fa6f?ref=platform&ref_id=424_trending___&offset=91
+[31]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/audio-spectrum-visualizer.jpg?ssl=1
+[32]: https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/Shajeeb/32-band-audio-spectrum-visualizer-analyzer-902f51?ref=platform&ref_id=424_trending___&offset=87
+[33]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/motion-following-camera.jpg?ssl=1
+[34]: https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/lindsi8784/motion-following-motorized-camera-base-61afeb?ref=platform&ref_id=424_trending___&offset=86
+[35]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/water-quality-monitoring.jpg?ssl=1
+[36]: https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/chanhj/water-quality-monitoring-system-ddcb43?ref=platform&ref_id=424_trending___&offset=93
+[37]: https://www.sparkfun.com/products/11113
+[38]: https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/Advanced/punch-activated-arm-flamethrowers-real-firebending-95bb80
+[39]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/polar-drawing-machine.jpg?ssl=1
+[40]: https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/ArduinoFT/polar-drawing-machine-f7a05c?ref=search&ref_id=drawing&offset=2
+[41]: https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/ahmedel-hinidy2014/home-management-system-control-your-home-from-a-website-076846?ref=search&ref_id=home%20automation&offset=4
+[42]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/opencat.jpg?ssl=1
+[43]: https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/petoi/opencat-845129?ref=platform&ref_id=424_popular___&offset=8
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200224 Make free encrypted backups to the cloud on Fedora.md b/sources/tech/20200224 Make free encrypted backups to the cloud on Fedora.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6015e6dc92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200224 Make free encrypted backups to the cloud on Fedora.md
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Make free encrypted backups to the cloud on Fedora)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/make-free-encrypted-backups-to-the-cloud-on-fedora/)
+[#]: author: (Curt Warfield https://fedoramagazine.org/author/rcurtiswarfield/)
+
+Make free encrypted backups to the cloud on Fedora
+======
+
+![][1]
+
+Most free cloud storage is limited to 5GB or less. Even Google Drive is limited to 15GB. While not heavily advertised, IBM offers free accounts with a whopping **25GB** of cloud storage for free. This is not a limited time offer, and you don’t have to provide a credit card. It’s absolutely free! Better yet, since it’s S3 compatible, most of the S3 tools available for backups should work fine.
+
+This article will show you how to use restic for encrypted backups onto this free storage. Please also refer to [this previous Magazine article about installing and configuring restic.][2] Let’s get started!
+
+### Creating your free IBM account and storage
+
+Head over to the IBM cloud services site and follow the steps to sign up for a free account here:
+ 
+
+
+
+```
+
+Next, save the below image alongside the _logo.html_ file with the name _fedora-silverblue-logo.png_:
+
+![][6]
+
+Now view the results at
+